[T106][ZXW-22]7520V3SCV2.01.01.02P42U09_VEC_V0.8_AP_VEC origin source commit
Change-Id: Ic6e05d89ecd62fc34f82b23dcf306c93764aec4b
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/Makefile b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/Makefile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d40f390
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/Makefile
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# Minimal makefile for Sphinx documentation
+#
+
+# You can set these variables from the command line, and also
+# from the environment for the first two.
+SPHINXOPTS ?= -j auto
+SPHINXBUILD ?= sphinx-build
+SOURCEDIR = .
+BUILDDIR = _build
+DESTDIR = final
+
+ifeq ($(shell if which $(SPHINXBUILD) >/dev/null 2>&1; then echo 1; else echo 0; fi),0)
+$(error "The '$(SPHINXBUILD)' command was not found. Make sure you have Sphinx installed")
+endif
+
+# Put it first so that "make" without argument is like "make help".
+help:
+ @$(SPHINXBUILD) -M help "$(SOURCEDIR)" "$(BUILDDIR)" $(SPHINXOPTS) $(O)
+
+.PHONY: help Makefile clean publish
+
+publish: Makefile html singlehtml
+ rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)/$(DESTDIR)/
+ mkdir -p $(BUILDDIR)/$(DESTDIR)/
+ cp -r $(BUILDDIR)/html/* $(BUILDDIR)/$(DESTDIR)/
+ cp $(BUILDDIR)/singlehtml/index.html $(BUILDDIR)/$(DESTDIR)/singleindex.html
+ sed -i -e 's@index.html#@singleindex.html#@g' $(BUILDDIR)/$(DESTDIR)/singleindex.html
+
+clean:
+ @rm -rf $(BUILDDIR)
+
+# Catch-all target: route all unknown targets to Sphinx using the new
+# "make mode" option. $(O) is meant as a shortcut for $(SPHINXOPTS).
+%: Makefile
+ @$(SPHINXBUILD) -M $@ "$(SOURCEDIR)" "$(BUILDDIR)" $(SPHINXOPTS) $(O)
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/Pipfile b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/Pipfile
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ee1d22
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/Pipfile
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+[[source]]
+name = "pypi"
+url = "https://pypi.org/simple"
+verify_ssl = true
+
+[dev-packages]
+
+[packages]
+sphinx = "*"
+sphinx-rtd-theme = "*"
+pyyaml = "*"
+
+[requires]
+python_version = "3"
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/README b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/README
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..28d5c4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/README
@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
+documentation
+=============
+
+This is the directory that contains the Yocto Project documentation. The Yocto
+Project source repositories at http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit.cgi have two
+instances of the "documentation" directory. You should understand each of
+these instances.
+
+ poky/documentation - The directory within the poky Git repository containing
+ the set of Yocto Project manuals. When you clone the
+ poky Git repository, the documentation directory
+ contains the manuals. The state of the manuals in this
+ directory is guaranteed to reflect the latest Yocto
+ Project release. The manuals at the tip of this
+ directory will also likely contain most manual
+ development changes.
+
+ yocto-docs/documentation - The Git repository for the Yocto Project manuals.
+ This repository is where manual development
+ occurs. If you plan on contributing back to the
+ Yocto Project documentation, you should set up
+ a local Git repository based on this upstream
+ repository as follows:
+
+ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/yocto-docs
+
+ Changes and patches are first pushed to the
+ yocto-docs Git repository. Later, they make it
+ into the poky Git repository found at
+ git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky.
+
+Manual Organization
+===================
+
+Folders exist for individual manuals as follows:
+
+* sdk-manual - The Yocto Project Software Development Kit (SDK) Developer's Guide.
+* bsp-guide - The Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's Guide
+* dev-manual - The Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual
+* kernel-dev - The Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Tasks Manual
+* ref-manual - The Yocto Project Reference Manual
+* brief-yoctoprojectqs - The Yocto Project Quick Start
+* profile-manual - The Yocto Project Profile and Tracing Manual
+* toaster-manual - The Toaster Manual
+* test-manual - The Test Environment Manual
+
+Each folder is self-contained regarding content and figures.
+
+If you want to find HTML versions of the Yocto Project manuals on the web,
+go to http://www.yoctoproject.org and click on the "Documentation" tab. From
+there you have access to archived documentation from previous releases, current
+documentation for the latest release, and "Docs in Progress" for the release
+currently being developed.
+
+In general, the Yocto Project site (http://www.yoctoproject.org) is a great
+reference for both information and downloads.
+
+poky.yaml
+=========
+
+This file defines variables used for documentation production. The variables
+are used to define release pathnames, URLs for the published manuals, etc.
+
+template
+========
+Contains various templates, fonts, and some old PNG files.
+
+Sphinx
+======
+
+The Yocto Project documentation was migrated from the original DocBook
+format to Sphinx based documentation for the Yocto Project 3.2
+release. This section will provide additional information related to
+the Sphinx migration, and guidelines for developers willing to
+contribute to the Yocto Project documentation.
+
+ Sphinx is a tool that makes it easy to create intelligent and
+ beautiful documentation, written by Georg Brandl and licensed under
+ the BSD license. It was originally created for the Python
+ documentation.
+
+Extensive documentation is available on the Sphinx website:
+https://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/. Sphinx is designed to be
+extensible thanks to the ability to write our own custom extensions,
+as Python modules, which will be executed during the generation of the
+documentation.
+
+Yocto Project documentation website
+===================================
+
+A new website has been created to host the Yocto Project
+documentation, it can be found at: https://docs.yoctoproject.org/.
+
+The entire Yocto Project documentation, as well as the BitBake manual
+is published on this website, including all previously released
+versions. A version switcher was added, as a drop-down menu on the top
+of the page to switch back and forth between the various versions of
+the current active Yocto Project releases.
+
+Transition pages have been added (as rst file) to show links to old
+versions of the Yocto Project documentation with links to each manual
+generated with DocBook.
+
+How to build the Yocto Project documentation
+============================================
+
+Sphinx is written in Python. While it might work with Python2, for
+obvious reasons, we will only support building the Yocto Project
+documentation with Python3.
+
+Sphinx might be available in your Linux distro packages repositories,
+however it is not recommend using distro packages, as they might be
+old versions, especially if you are using an LTS version of your
+distro. The recommended method to install Sphinx and all required
+dependencies is to use the Python Package Index (pip).
+
+To install all required packages run:
+
+ $ pip3 install sphinx sphinx_rtd_theme pyyaml
+
+To build the documentation locally, run:
+
+ $ cd documentation
+ $ make html
+
+The resulting HTML index page will be _build/html/index.html, and you
+can browse your own copy of the locally generated documentation with
+your browser.
+
+Alternatively, you can use Pipenv to automatically install all required
+dependencies in a virtual environment:
+
+ $ cd documentation
+ $ pipenv install
+ $ pipenv run make html
+
+Sphinx theme and CSS customization
+==================================
+
+The Yocto Project documentation is currently based on the "Read the
+Docs" Sphinx theme, with a few changes to make sure the look and feel
+of the project documentation is preserved.
+
+Most of the theme changes can be done using the file
+'sphinx-static/theme_overrides.css'. Most CSS changes in this file
+were inherited from the DocBook CSS stylesheets.
+
+Sphinx design guidelines and principles
+=======================================
+
+The initial Docbook to Sphinx migration was done with an automated
+tool called Pandoc (https://pandoc.org/). The tool produced some clean
+output markdown text files. After the initial automated conversion
+additional changes were done to fix up headings, images and links. In
+addition Sphinx has built in mechanisms (directives) which were used
+to replace similar functions implemented in Docbook such as glossary,
+variables substitutions, notes and references.
+
+Headings
+========
+
+The layout of the Yocto Project manuals is organized as follows
+
+ Book
+ Chapter
+ Section
+ Section
+ Section
+
+The following headings styles are defined in Sphinx:
+
+ Book => overline ===
+ Chapter => overline ***
+ Section => ====
+ Section => ----
+ Section => ^^^^
+ Section => """" or ~~~~
+
+With this proposal, we preserve the same TOCs between Sphinx and Docbook.
+
+Built-in glossary
+=================
+
+Sphinx has a glossary directive. From
+https://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/usage/restructuredtext/directives.html#glossary:
+
+ This directive must contain a reST definition list with terms and
+ definitions. The definitions will then be referencable with the
+ [https://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/usage/restructuredtext/roles.html#role-term
+ 'term' role].
+
+So anywhere in any of the Yocto Project manuals, :term:`VAR` can be
+used to refer to an item from the glossary, and a link is created
+automatically. A general index of terms is also generated by Sphinx
+automatically.
+
+Global substitutions
+====================
+
+The Yocto Project documentation makes heavy use of global
+variables. In Docbook these variables are stored in the file
+poky.ent. This Docbook feature is not handled automatically with
+Pandoc. Sphinx has builtin support for substitutions
+(https://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/usage/restructuredtext/basics.html#substitutions),
+however there are important shortcomings. For example they cannot be
+used/nested inside code-block sections.
+
+A Sphinx extension was implemented to support variable substitutions
+to mimic the DocBook based documentation behavior. Variabes
+substitutions are done while reading/parsing the .rst files. The
+pattern for variables substitutions is the same as with DocBook,
+e.g. `&VAR;`.
+
+The implementation of the extension can be found here in the file
+documentation/sphinx/yocto-vars.py, this extension is enabled by
+default when building the Yocto Project documentation. All variables
+are set in a file call poky.yaml, which was initially generated from
+poky.ent. The file was converted into YAML so that it is easier to
+process by the custom Sphinx extension (which is a Python module).
+
+For example, the following .rst content will produce the 'expected'
+content:
+
+ .. code-block::
+ $ mkdir ~/poky-&DISTRO;
+ or
+ $ git clone &YOCTO_GIT_URL;/git/poky -b &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;
+
+Variables can be nested, like it was the case for DocBook:
+
+ YOCTO_HOME_URL : "http://www.yoctoproject.org"
+ YOCTO_DOCS_URL : "&YOCTO_HOME_URL;/docs"
+
+Note directive
+==============
+
+Sphinx has a builtin 'note' directive that produces clean Note section
+in the output file. There are various types of directives such as
+"attention", "caution", "danger", "error", "hint", "important", "tip",
+"warning", "admonition" that are supported, and additional directive
+can be added as Sphinx extension if needed.
+
+Figures
+=======
+
+The Yocto Project documentation has many figures/images. Sphinx has a
+'figure' directive which is straight forward to use. To include a
+figure in the body of the documentation:
+
+ .. image:: figures/YP-flow-diagram.png
+
+Links and References
+====================
+
+The following types of links can be used: links to other locations in
+the same document, to locations in other documents and to external
+websites.
+
+More information can be found here:
+https://sublime-and-sphinx-guide.readthedocs.io/en/latest/references.html.
+
+References
+==========
+
+The following extension is enabed by default:
+sphinx.ext.autosectionlabel
+(https://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/usage/extensions/autosectionlabel.html).
+
+This extension allows you to refer sections by their titles. Note that
+autosectionlabel_prefix_document is enabled by default, so that we can
+insert references from any document.
+
+For example, to insert an HTML link to a section from
+documentaion/manual/intro.rst, use:
+
+ Please check this :ref:`manual/intro:Cross-References to Locations in the Same Document`
+
+Alternatively a custom text can be used instead of using the section
+text:
+
+ Please check this :ref:`section <manual/intro:Cross-References to Locations in the Same Document>`
+
+TIP: The following command can be used to dump all the references that
+ are defined in the project documentation:
+
+ python -msphinx.ext.intersphinx <path to build folder>/html/objects.inv
+
+This dump contains all links and for each link it shows the default
+"Link Text" that Sphinx would use. If the default link text is not
+appropriate, a custom link text can be used in the ':ref:' directive.
+
+Extlinks
+========
+
+The sphinx.ext.extlinks extension is enabled by default
+(https://sublime-and-sphinx-guide.readthedocs.io/en/latest/references.html#use-the-external-links-extension),
+and it is configured with:
+
+ 'yocto_home': ('https://yoctoproject.org%s', None),
+ 'yocto_wiki': ('https://wiki.yoctoproject.org%s', None),
+ 'yocto_dl': ('https://downloads.yoctoproject.org%s', None),
+ 'yocto_lists': ('https://lists.yoctoproject.org%s', None),
+ 'yocto_bugs': ('https://bugzilla.yoctoproject.org%s', None),
+ 'yocto_ab': ('https://autobuilder.yoctoproject.org%s', None),
+ 'yocto_docs': ('https://docs.yoctoproject.org%s', None),
+ 'yocto_git': ('https://git.yoctoproject.org%s', None),
+ 'oe_home': ('https://www.openembedded.org%s', None),
+ 'oe_lists': ('https://lists.openembedded.org%s', None),
+
+It creates convenient shortcuts which can be used throughout the
+documentation rst files, as:
+
+ Please check this :yocto_wiki:`wiki page </Weekly_Status>`
+
+Intersphinx links
+=================
+
+The sphinx.ext.intersphinx extension is enabled by default
+(https://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/usage/extensions/intersphinx.html),
+so that we can cross reference content from other Sphinx based
+documentation projects, such as the BitBake manual.
+
+References to the bitbake manual can be done like this:
+
+ See the ":ref:`-D <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-intro:usage and syntax>`" option
+or
+ :term:`bitbake:BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS`
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/boilerplate.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/boilerplate.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ddffdac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/boilerplate.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+.. include:: <xhtml1-lat1.txt>
+.. include:: <xhtml1-symbol.txt>
+
+----
+
+| |project_name|
+| <docs@lists.yoctoproject.org>
+
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the
+terms of the `Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 2.0 UK: England & Wales
+<http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/2.0/uk/>`_ as published by Creative
+Commons.
+
+To report any inaccuracies or problems with this (or any other Yocto Project)
+manual, or to send additions or changes, please send email/patches to the Yocto
+Project documentation mailing list at ``docs@lists.yoctoproject.org`` or
+log into the freenode ``#yocto`` channel.
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/brief-yoctoprojectqs/brief-yoctoprojectqs.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/brief-yoctoprojectqs/brief-yoctoprojectqs.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c9622d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/brief-yoctoprojectqs/brief-yoctoprojectqs.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,430 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+=========================
+Yocto Project Quick Build
+=========================
+
+Welcome!
+========
+
+This short document steps you through the process for a typical
+image build using the Yocto Project. The document also introduces how to
+configure a build for specific hardware. You will use Yocto Project to
+build a reference embedded OS called Poky.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - The examples in this paper assume you are using a native Linux
+ system running a recent Ubuntu Linux distribution. If the machine
+ you want to use Yocto Project on to build an image
+ (:term:`Build Host`) is not
+ a native Linux system, you can still perform these steps by using
+ CROss PlatformS (CROPS) and setting up a Poky container. See the
+ :ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:setting up to use cross platforms (crops)`
+ section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
+ information.
+
+ - You may use Windows Subsystem For Linux v2 to set up a build host
+ using Windows 10.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The Yocto Project is not compatible with WSLv1, it is
+ compatible but not officially supported nor validated with
+ WSLv2, if you still decide to use WSL please upgrade to WSLv2.
+
+ See the :ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:setting up to use windows
+ subsystem for linux (wslv2)` section in the Yocto Project Development
+ Tasks Manual for more information.
+
+If you want more conceptual or background information on the Yocto
+Project, see the :doc:`../overview-manual/overview-manual`.
+
+Compatible Linux Distribution
+=============================
+
+Make sure your :term:`Build Host` meets the
+following requirements:
+
+- 50 Gbytes of free disk space
+
+- Runs a supported Linux distribution (i.e. recent releases of Fedora,
+ openSUSE, CentOS, Debian, or Ubuntu). For a list of Linux
+ distributions that support the Yocto Project, see the
+ :ref:`ref-manual/ref-system-requirements:supported linux distributions`
+ section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual. For detailed
+ information on preparing your build host, see the
+ :ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:preparing the build host`
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+-
+
+ - Git 1.8.3.1 or greater
+ - tar 1.28 or greater
+ - Python 3.5.0 or greater.
+ - gcc 5.0 or greater.
+
+If your build host does not meet any of these three listed version
+requirements, you can take steps to prepare the system so that you
+can still use the Yocto Project. See the
+:ref:`ref-manual/ref-system-requirements:required git, tar, python and gcc versions`
+section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for information.
+
+Build Host Packages
+===================
+
+You must install essential host packages on your build host. The
+following command installs the host packages based on an Ubuntu
+distribution:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ sudo apt-get install &UBUNTU_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL;
+
+.. note::
+
+ For host package requirements on all supported Linux distributions,
+ see the :ref:`ref-manual/ref-system-requirements:required packages for the build host`
+ section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
+
+Use Git to Clone Poky
+=====================
+
+Once you complete the setup instructions for your machine, you need to
+get a copy of the Poky repository on your build host. Use the following
+commands to clone the Poky repository.
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky
+ Cloning into 'poky'...
+ remote: Counting
+ objects: 432160, done. remote: Compressing objects: 100%
+ (102056/102056), done. remote: Total 432160 (delta 323116), reused
+ 432037 (delta 323000) Receiving objects: 100% (432160/432160), 153.81 MiB | 8.54 MiB/s, done.
+ Resolving deltas: 100% (323116/323116), done.
+ Checking connectivity... done.
+
+Move to the ``poky`` directory and take a look at the tags:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ cd poky
+ $ git fetch --tags
+ $ git tag
+ 1.1_M1.final
+ 1.1_M1.rc1
+ 1.1_M1.rc2
+ 1.1_M2.final
+ 1.1_M2.rc1
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ yocto-2.5
+ yocto-2.5.1
+ yocto-2.5.2
+ yocto-2.6
+ yocto-2.6.1
+ yocto-2.6.2
+ yocto-2.7
+ yocto_1.5_M5.rc8
+
+For this example, check out the branch based on the
+``&DISTRO_REL_TAG;`` release:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ git checkout tags/&DISTRO_REL_TAG; -b my-&DISTRO_REL_TAG;
+ Switched to a new branch 'my-&DISTRO_REL_TAG;'
+
+The previous Git checkout command creates a local branch named
+``my-&DISTRO_REL_TAG;``. The files available to you in that branch exactly
+match the repository's files in the ``&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;`` development
+branch at the time of the Yocto Project &DISTRO_REL_TAG; release.
+
+For more options and information about accessing Yocto Project related
+repositories, see the
+:ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:locating yocto project source files`
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+Building Your Image
+===================
+
+Use the following steps to build your image. The build process creates
+an entire Linux distribution, including the toolchain, from source.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - If you are working behind a firewall and your build host is not
+ set up for proxies, you could encounter problems with the build
+ process when fetching source code (e.g. fetcher failures or Git
+ failures).
+
+ - If you do not know your proxy settings, consult your local network
+ infrastructure resources and get that information. A good starting
+ point could also be to check your web browser settings. Finally,
+ you can find more information on the
+ ":yocto_wiki:`Working Behind a Network Proxy </wiki/Working_Behind_a_Network_Proxy>`"
+ page of the Yocto Project Wiki.
+
+#. **Initialize the Build Environment:** From within the ``poky``
+ directory, run the :ref:`ref-manual/ref-structure:\`\`oe-init-build-env\`\``
+ environment
+ setup script to define Yocto Project's build environment on your
+ build host.
+
+ .. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ cd ~/poky
+ $ source oe-init-build-env
+ You had no conf/local.conf file. This configuration file has therefore been
+ created for you with some default values. You may wish to edit it to, for
+ example, select a different MACHINE (target hardware). See conf/local.conf
+ for more information as common configuration options are commented.
+
+ You had no conf/bblayers.conf file. This configuration file has therefore
+ been created for you with some default values. To add additional metadata
+ layers into your configuration please add entries to conf/bblayers.conf.
+
+ The Yocto Project has extensive documentation about OE including a reference
+ manual which can be found at:
+ http://yoctoproject.org/documentation
+
+ For more information about OpenEmbedded see their website:
+ http://www.openembedded.org/
+
+ ### Shell environment set up for builds. ###
+
+ You can now run 'bitbake <target>'
+
+ Common targets are:
+ core-image-minimal
+ core-image-sato
+ meta-toolchain
+ meta-ide-support
+
+ You can also run generated qemu images with a command like 'runqemu qemux86-64'
+
+ Among other things, the script creates the :term:`Build Directory`, which is
+ ``build`` in this case and is located in the :term:`Source Directory`. After
+ the script runs, your current working directory is set to the Build
+ Directory. Later, when the build completes, the Build Directory contains all the
+ files created during the build.
+
+#. **Examine Your Local Configuration File:** When you set up the build
+ environment, a local configuration file named ``local.conf`` becomes
+ available in a ``conf`` subdirectory of the Build Directory. For this
+ example, the defaults are set to build for a ``qemux86`` target,
+ which is suitable for emulation. The package manager used is set to
+ the RPM package manager.
+
+ .. tip::
+
+ You can significantly speed up your build and guard against fetcher
+ failures by using mirrors. To use mirrors, add these lines to your
+ local.conf file in the Build directory: ::
+
+ SSTATE_MIRRORS = "\
+ file://.* http://sstate.yoctoproject.org/dev/PATH;downloadfilename=PATH \n \
+ file://.* http://sstate.yoctoproject.org/&YOCTO_DOC_VERSION_MINUS_ONE;/PATH;downloadfilename=PATH \n \
+ file://.* http://sstate.yoctoproject.org/&YOCTO_DOC_VERSION;/PATH;downloadfilename=PATH \n \
+ "
+
+
+ The previous examples showed how to add sstate paths for Yocto Project
+ &YOCTO_DOC_VERSION_MINUS_ONE;, &YOCTO_DOC_VERSION;, and a development
+ area. For a complete index of sstate locations, see http://sstate.yoctoproject.org/.
+
+#. **Start the Build:** Continue with the following command to build an OS
+ image for the target, which is ``core-image-sato`` in this example:
+
+ .. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ bitbake core-image-sato
+
+ For information on using the ``bitbake`` command, see the
+ :ref:`usingpoky-components-bitbake` section in the Yocto Project Overview and
+ Concepts Manual, or see the ":ref:`BitBake Command
+ <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual-command>`" section in the BitBake User Manual.
+
+#. **Simulate Your Image Using QEMU:** Once this particular image is
+ built, you can start QEMU, which is a Quick EMUlator that ships with
+ the Yocto Project:
+
+ .. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ runqemu qemux86-64
+
+ If you want to learn more about running QEMU, see the
+ :ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-qemu:using the quick emulator (qemu)` chapter in
+ the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+#. **Exit QEMU:** Exit QEMU by either clicking on the shutdown icon or by typing
+ ``Ctrl-C`` in the QEMU transcript window from which you evoked QEMU.
+
+Customizing Your Build for Specific Hardware
+============================================
+
+So far, all you have done is quickly built an image suitable for
+emulation only. This section shows you how to customize your build for
+specific hardware by adding a hardware layer into the Yocto Project
+development environment.
+
+In general, layers are repositories that contain related sets of
+instructions and configurations that tell the Yocto Project what to do.
+Isolating related metadata into functionally specific layers facilitates
+modular development and makes it easier to reuse the layer metadata.
+
+.. note::
+
+ By convention, layer names start with the string "meta-".
+
+Follow these steps to add a hardware layer:
+
+#. **Find a Layer:** Lots of hardware layers exist. The Yocto Project
+ :yocto_git:`Source Repositories <>` has many hardware layers.
+ This example adds the
+ `meta-altera <https://github.com/kraj/meta-altera>`__ hardware layer.
+
+#. **Clone the Layer:** Use Git to make a local copy of the layer on your
+ machine. You can put the copy in the top level of the copy of the
+ Poky repository created earlier:
+
+ .. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ cd ~/poky
+ $ git clone https://github.com/kraj/meta-altera.git
+ Cloning into 'meta-altera'...
+ remote: Counting objects: 25170, done.
+ remote: Compressing objects: 100% (350/350), done.
+ remote: Total 25170 (delta 645), reused 719 (delta 538), pack-reused 24219
+ Receiving objects: 100% (25170/25170), 41.02 MiB | 1.64 MiB/s, done.
+ Resolving deltas: 100% (13385/13385), done.
+ Checking connectivity... done.
+
+ The hardware layer now exists
+ with other layers inside the Poky reference repository on your build
+ host as ``meta-altera`` and contains all the metadata needed to
+ support hardware from Altera, which is owned by Intel.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ It is recommended for layers to have a branch per Yocto Project release.
+ Please make sure to checkout the layer branch supporting the Yocto Project
+ release you're using.
+
+#. **Change the Configuration to Build for a Specific Machine:** The
+ :term:`MACHINE` variable in the
+ ``local.conf`` file specifies the machine for the build. For this
+ example, set the ``MACHINE`` variable to ``cyclone5``. These
+ configurations are used:
+ https://github.com/kraj/meta-altera/blob/master/conf/machine/cyclone5.conf.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ See the "Examine Your Local Configuration File" step earlier for more
+ information on configuring the build.
+
+#. **Add Your Layer to the Layer Configuration File:** Before you can use
+ a layer during a build, you must add it to your ``bblayers.conf``
+ file, which is found in the
+ :term:`Build Directory` ``conf``
+ directory.
+
+ Use the ``bitbake-layers add-layer`` command to add the layer to the
+ configuration file:
+
+ .. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ cd ~/poky/build
+ $ bitbake-layers add-layer ../meta-altera
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ Parsing recipes: 100% |##################################################################| Time: 0:00:32
+ Parsing of 918 .bb files complete (0 cached, 918 parsed). 1401 targets,
+ 123 skipped, 0 masked, 0 errors.
+
+ You can find
+ more information on adding layers in the
+ :ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:adding a layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`
+ section.
+
+Completing these steps has added the ``meta-altera`` layer to your Yocto
+Project development environment and configured it to build for the
+``cyclone5`` machine.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The previous steps are for demonstration purposes only. If you were
+ to attempt to build an image for the ``cyclone5`` machine, you should
+ read the Altera ``README``.
+
+Creating Your Own General Layer
+===============================
+
+Maybe you have an application or specific set of behaviors you need to
+isolate. You can create your own general layer using the
+``bitbake-layers create-layer`` command. The tool automates layer
+creation by setting up a subdirectory with a ``layer.conf``
+configuration file, a ``recipes-example`` subdirectory that contains an
+``example.bb`` recipe, a licensing file, and a ``README``.
+
+The following commands run the tool to create a layer named
+``meta-mylayer`` in the ``poky`` directory:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ cd ~/poky
+ $ bitbake-layers create-layer meta-mylayer
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ Add your new layer with 'bitbake-layers add-layer meta-mylayer'
+
+For more information
+on layers and how to create them, see the
+:ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating a general layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+Where To Go Next
+================
+
+Now that you have experienced using the Yocto Project, you might be
+asking yourself "What now?". The Yocto Project has many sources of
+information including the website, wiki pages, and user manuals:
+
+- **Website:** The :yocto_home:`Yocto Project Website <>` provides
+ background information, the latest builds, breaking news, full
+ development documentation, and access to a rich Yocto Project
+ Development Community into which you can tap.
+
+- **Developer Screencast:** The `Getting Started with the Yocto Project -
+ New Developer Screencast Tutorial <http://vimeo.com/36450321>`__
+ provides a 30-minute video created for users unfamiliar with the
+ Yocto Project but familiar with Linux build hosts. While this
+ screencast is somewhat dated, the introductory and fundamental
+ concepts are useful for the beginner.
+
+- **Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual:** The
+ :doc:`../overview-manual/overview-manual` is a great
+ place to start to learn about the Yocto Project. This manual
+ introduces you to the Yocto Project and its development environment.
+ The manual also provides conceptual information for various aspects
+ of the Yocto Project.
+
+- **Yocto Project Wiki:** The :yocto_wiki:`Yocto Project Wiki <>`
+ provides additional information on where to go next when ramping up
+ with the Yocto Project, release information, project planning, and QA
+ information.
+
+- **Yocto Project Mailing Lists:** Related mailing lists provide a forum
+ for discussion, patch submission and announcements. Several mailing
+ lists exist and are grouped according to areas of concern. See the
+ :ref:`ref-manual/resources:mailing lists`
+ section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for a complete list of
+ Yocto Project mailing lists.
+
+- **Comprehensive List of Links and Other Documentation:** The
+ :ref:`ref-manual/resources:links and related documentation`
+ section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual provides a
+ comprehensive list of all related links and other user documentation.
+
+.. include:: /boilerplate.rst
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/brief-yoctoprojectqs/figures/bypqs-title.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/brief-yoctoprojectqs/figures/bypqs-title.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9e0a5ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/brief-yoctoprojectqs/figures/bypqs-title.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/brief-yoctoprojectqs/figures/yocto-project-transp.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/brief-yoctoprojectqs/figures/yocto-project-transp.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..31d2b14
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/brief-yoctoprojectqs/figures/yocto-project-transp.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/bsp-guide/bsp-guide.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/bsp-guide/bsp-guide.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4394a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/bsp-guide/bsp-guide.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+=====================================================
+Yocto Project Board Support Package Developer's Guide
+=====================================================
+
+|
+
+.. toctree::
+ :caption: Table of Contents
+ :numbered:
+
+ bsp
+ history
+
+.. include:: /boilerplate.rst
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/bsp-guide/bsp.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/bsp-guide/bsp.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d0275ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/bsp-guide/bsp.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,1531 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+************************************************
+Board Support Packages (BSP) - Developer's Guide
+************************************************
+
+A Board Support Package (BSP) is a collection of information that
+defines how to support a particular hardware device, set of devices, or
+hardware platform. The BSP includes information about the hardware
+features present on the device and kernel configuration information
+along with any additional hardware drivers required. The BSP also lists
+any additional software components required in addition to a generic
+Linux software stack for both essential and optional platform features.
+
+This guide presents information about BSP layers, defines a structure
+for components so that BSPs follow a commonly understood layout,
+discusses how to customize a recipe for a BSP, addresses BSP licensing,
+and provides information that shows you how to create a BSP
+Layer using the :ref:`bitbake-layers <bsp-guide/bsp:Creating a new BSP Layer Using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` Script>`
+tool.
+
+BSP Layers
+==========
+
+A BSP consists of a file structure inside a base directory.
+Collectively, you can think of the base directory, its file structure,
+and the contents as a BSP layer. Although not a strict requirement, BSP
+layers in the Yocto Project use the following well-established naming
+convention: ::
+
+ meta-bsp_root_name
+
+The string "meta-" is prepended to the
+machine or platform name, which is "bsp_root_name" in the above form.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Because the BSP layer naming convention is well-established, it is
+ advisable to follow it when creating layers. Technically speaking, a
+ BSP layer name does not need to start with ``meta-``.
+ However, various scripts and tools in the Yocto Project development
+ environment assume this convention.
+
+To help understand the BSP layer concept, consider the BSPs that the
+Yocto Project supports and provides with each release. You can see the
+layers in the
+:ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:yocto project source repositories`
+through
+a web interface at :yocto_git:`/`. If you go to that interface,
+you will find a list of repositories under "Yocto Metadata Layers".
+
+.. note::
+
+ Layers that are no longer actively supported as part of the Yocto
+ Project appear under the heading "Yocto Metadata Layer Archive."
+
+Each repository is a BSP layer supported by the Yocto Project (e.g.
+``meta-raspberrypi`` and ``meta-intel``). Each of these layers is a
+repository unto itself and clicking on the layer name displays two URLs
+from which you can clone the layer's repository to your local system.
+Here is an example that clones the Raspberry Pi BSP layer: ::
+
+ $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/meta-raspberrypi
+
+In addition to BSP layers, the ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer is part of the
+shipped ``poky`` repository. The ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer maintains
+several "reference" BSPs including the ARM-based Beaglebone, MIPS-based
+EdgeRouter, and generic versions of both 32-bit and 64-bit IA machines.
+
+For information on typical BSP development workflow, see the
+:ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:developing a board support package (bsp)`
+section. For more
+information on how to set up a local copy of source files from a Git
+repository, see the
+:ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:locating yocto project source files`
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+The BSP layer's base directory (``meta-bsp_root_name``) is the root
+directory of that Layer. This directory is what you add to the
+:term:`BBLAYERS` variable in the
+``conf/bblayers.conf`` file found in your
+:term:`Build Directory`, which is
+established after you run the OpenEmbedded build environment setup
+script (i.e. :ref:`ref-manual/ref-structure:\`\`oe-init-build-env\`\``).
+Adding the root directory allows the :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`
+to recognize the BSP
+layer and from it build an image. Here is an example: ::
+
+ BBLAYERS ?= " \
+ /usr/local/src/yocto/meta \
+ /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-poky \
+ /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-yocto-bsp \
+ /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-mylayer \
+ "
+
+.. note::
+
+ Ordering and :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` for the layers listed in ``BBLAYERS``
+ matter. For example, if multiple layers define a machine configuration, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system uses the last layer searched given similar layer
+ priorities. The build system works from the top-down through the layers
+ listed in ``BBLAYERS``.
+
+Some BSPs require or depend on additional layers beyond the BSP's root
+layer in order to be functional. In this case, you need to specify these
+layers in the ``README`` "Dependencies" section of the BSP's root layer.
+Additionally, if any build instructions exist for the BSP, you must add
+them to the "Dependencies" section.
+
+Some layers function as a layer to hold other BSP layers. These layers
+are known as ":term:`container layers <Container Layer>`". An example of
+this type of layer is OpenEmbedded's
+`meta-openembedded <https://github.com/openembedded/meta-openembedded>`__
+layer. The ``meta-openembedded`` layer contains many ``meta-*`` layers.
+In cases like this, you need to include the names of the actual layers
+you want to work with, such as: ::
+
+ BBLAYERS ?= " \
+ /usr/local/src/yocto/meta \
+ /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-poky \
+ /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-yocto-bsp \
+ /usr/local/src/yocto/meta-mylayer \
+ .../meta-openembedded/meta-oe \
+ .../meta-openembedded/meta-perl \
+ .../meta-openembedded/meta-networking \
+ "
+
+and so on.
+
+For more information on layers, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:understanding and creating layers`"
+section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+Preparing Your Build Host to Work With BSP Layers
+=================================================
+
+This section describes how to get your build host ready to work with BSP
+layers. Once you have the host set up, you can create the layer as
+described in the
+":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:creating a new bsp layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
+section.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For structural information on BSPs, see the
+ :ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:example filesystem layout` section.
+
+#. *Set Up the Build Environment:* Be sure you are set up to use BitBake
+ in a shell. See the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:preparing the build host`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on how
+ to get a build host ready that is either a native Linux machine or a machine
+ that uses CROPS.
+
+#. *Clone the poky Repository:* You need to have a local copy of the
+ Yocto Project :term:`Source Directory` (i.e. a local
+ ``poky`` repository). See the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:cloning the \`\`poky\`\` repository`" and
+ possibly the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:checking out by branch in poky`" or
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:checking out by tag in poky`"
+ sections
+ all in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on
+ how to clone the ``poky`` repository and check out the appropriate
+ branch for your work.
+
+#. *Determine the BSP Layer You Want:* The Yocto Project supports many
+ BSPs, which are maintained in their own layers or in layers designed
+ to contain several BSPs. To get an idea of machine support through
+ BSP layers, you can look at the `index of
+ machines <&YOCTO_RELEASE_DL_URL;/machines>`__ for the release.
+
+#. *Optionally Clone the meta-intel BSP Layer:* If your hardware is
+ based on current Intel CPUs and devices, you can leverage this BSP
+ layer. For details on the ``meta-intel`` BSP layer, see the layer's
+ `README <http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/meta-intel/tree/README>`__
+ file.
+
+ #. *Navigate to Your Source Directory:* Typically, you set up the
+ ``meta-intel`` Git repository inside the :term:`Source Directory` (e.g.
+ ``poky``). ::
+
+ $ cd /home/you/poky
+
+ #. *Clone the Layer:* ::
+
+ $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/meta-intel.git
+ Cloning into 'meta-intel'...
+ remote: Counting objects: 15585, done.
+ remote: Compressing objects: 100% (5056/5056), done.
+ remote: Total 15585 (delta 9123), reused 15329 (delta 8867)
+ Receiving objects: 100% (15585/15585), 4.51 MiB | 3.19 MiB/s, done.
+ Resolving deltas: 100% (9123/9123), done.
+ Checking connectivity... done.
+
+ #. *Check Out the Proper Branch:* The branch you check out for
+ ``meta-intel`` must match the same branch you are using for the
+ Yocto Project release (e.g. ``&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;``): ::
+
+ $ cd meta-intel
+ $ git checkout -b &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; remotes/origin/&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;
+ Branch &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; set up to track remote branch
+ &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; from origin.
+ Switched to a new branch '&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;'
+
+ .. note::
+
+ To see the available branch names in a cloned repository, use the ``git
+ branch -al`` command. See the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:checking out by branch in poky`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
+ information.
+
+#. *Optionally Set Up an Alternative BSP Layer:* If your hardware can be
+ more closely leveraged to an existing BSP not within the
+ ``meta-intel`` BSP layer, you can clone that BSP layer.
+
+ The process is identical to the process used for the ``meta-intel``
+ layer except for the layer's name. For example, if you determine that
+ your hardware most closely matches the ``meta-raspberrypi``, clone
+ that layer: ::
+
+ $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/meta-raspberrypi
+ Cloning into 'meta-raspberrypi'...
+ remote: Counting objects: 4743, done.
+ remote: Compressing objects: 100% (2185/2185), done.
+ remote: Total 4743 (delta 2447), reused 4496 (delta 2258)
+ Receiving objects: 100% (4743/4743), 1.18 MiB | 0 bytes/s, done.
+ Resolving deltas: 100% (2447/2447), done.
+ Checking connectivity... done.
+
+#. *Initialize the Build Environment:* While in the root directory of
+ the Source Directory (i.e. ``poky``), run the
+ :ref:`ref-manual/ref-structure:\`\`oe-init-build-env\`\`` environment
+ setup script to define the OpenEmbedded build environment on your
+ build host. ::
+
+ $ source oe-init-build-env
+
+ Among other things, the script creates the :term:`Build Directory`, which is
+ ``build`` in this case and is located in the :term:`Source Directory`. After
+ the script runs, your current working directory is set to the ``build``
+ directory.
+
+.. _bsp-filelayout:
+
+Example Filesystem Layout
+=========================
+
+Defining a common BSP directory structure allows end-users to understand
+and become familiar with that standard. A common format also encourages
+standardization of software support for hardware.
+
+The proposed form described in this section does have elements that are
+specific to the OpenEmbedded build system. It is intended that
+developers can use this structure with other build systems besides the
+OpenEmbedded build system. It is also intended that it will be be simple
+to extract information and convert it to other formats if required. The
+OpenEmbedded build system, through its standard :ref:`layers mechanism
+<overview-manual/overview-manual-yp-intro:the yocto project layer model>`, can
+directly accept the format described as a layer. The BSP layer captures
+all the hardware-specific details in one place using a standard format,
+which is useful for any person wishing to use the hardware platform
+regardless of the build system they are using.
+
+The BSP specification does not include a build system or other tools -
+the specification is concerned with the hardware-specific components
+only. At the end-distribution point, you can ship the BSP layer combined
+with a build system and other tools. Realize that it is important to
+maintain the distinction that the BSP layer, a build system, and tools
+are separate components that could be combined in certain end products.
+
+Before looking at the recommended form for the directory structure
+inside a BSP layer, you should be aware that some requirements do exist
+in order for a BSP layer to be considered compliant with the Yocto
+Project. For that list of requirements, see the
+":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:released bsp requirements`" section.
+
+Below is the typical directory structure for a BSP layer. While this
+basic form represents the standard, realize that the actual layout for
+individual BSPs could differ. ::
+
+ meta-bsp_root_name/
+ meta-bsp_root_name/bsp_license_file
+ meta-bsp_root_name/README
+ meta-bsp_root_name/README.sources
+ meta-bsp_root_name/binary/bootable_images
+ meta-bsp_root_name/conf/layer.conf
+ meta-bsp_root_name/conf/machine/*.conf
+ meta-bsp_root_name/recipes-bsp/*
+ meta-bsp_root_name/recipes-core/*
+ meta-bsp_root_name/recipes-graphics/*
+ meta-bsp_root_name/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_kernel_rev.bbappend
+
+Below is an example of the Raspberry Pi BSP layer that is available from
+the :yocto_git:`Source Respositories <>`:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ meta-raspberrypi/COPYING.MIT
+ meta-raspberrypi/README.md
+ meta-raspberrypi/classes
+ meta-raspberrypi/classes/sdcard_image-rpi.bbclass
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/layer.conf
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/machine/
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/machine/raspberrypi-cm.conf
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/machine/raspberrypi-cm3.conf
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/machine/raspberrypi.conf
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/machine/raspberrypi0-wifi.conf
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/machine/raspberrypi0.conf
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/machine/raspberrypi2.conf
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/machine/raspberrypi3-64.conf
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/machine/raspberrypi3.conf
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/machine/include
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/machine/include/rpi-base.inc
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/machine/include/rpi-default-providers.inc
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/machine/include/rpi-default-settings.inc
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/machine/include/rpi-default-versions.inc
+ meta-raspberrypi/conf/machine/include/tune-arm1176jzf-s.inc
+ meta-raspberrypi/docs
+ meta-raspberrypi/docs/Makefile
+ meta-raspberrypi/docs/conf.py
+ meta-raspberrypi/docs/contributing.md
+ meta-raspberrypi/docs/extra-apps.md
+ meta-raspberrypi/docs/extra-build-config.md
+ meta-raspberrypi/docs/index.rst
+ meta-raspberrypi/docs/layer-contents.md
+ meta-raspberrypi/docs/readme.md
+ meta-raspberrypi/files
+ meta-raspberrypi/files/custom-licenses
+ meta-raspberrypi/files/custom-licenses/Broadcom
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/bootfiles
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/bootfiles/bcm2835-bootfiles.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/bootfiles/rpi-config_git.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/common
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/common/firmware.inc
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/formfactor
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/formfactor/formfactor
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/formfactor/formfactor/raspberrypi
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/formfactor/formfactor/raspberrypi/machconfig
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/formfactor/formfactor_0.0.bbappend
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/rpi-u-boot-src
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/rpi-u-boot-src/files
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/rpi-u-boot-src/files/boot.cmd.in
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/rpi-u-boot-src/rpi-u-boot-scr.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/u-boot
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/u-boot/u-boot
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/u-boot/u-boot/*.patch
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/u-boot/u-boot_%.bbappend
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-connectivity
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-connectivity/bluez5
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-connectivity/bluez5/bluez5
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-connectivity/bluez5/bluez5/*.patch
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-connectivity/bluez5/bluez5/BCM43430A1.hcd
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-connectivity/bluez5/bluez5brcm43438.service
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-connectivity/bluez5/bluez5_%.bbappend
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-core
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-core/images
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-core/images/rpi-basic-image.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-core/images/rpi-hwup-image.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-core/images/rpi-test-image.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-core/packagegroups
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-core/packagegroups/packagegroup-rpi-test.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-core/psplash
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-core/psplash/files
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-core/psplash/files/psplash-raspberrypi-img.h
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-core/psplash/psplash_git.bbappend
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-core/udev
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-core/udev/udev-rules-rpi
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-core/udev/udev-rules-rpi/99-com.rules
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-core/udev/udev-rules-rpi.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/bcm2835
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/bcm2835/bcm2835_1.52.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/pi-blaster
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/pi-blaster/files
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/pi-blaster/files/*.patch
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/pi-blaster/pi-blaster_git.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/python
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/python/python-rtimu
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/python/python-rtimu/*.patch
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/python/python-rtimu_git.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/python/python-sense-hat_2.2.0.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/python/rpi-gpio
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/python/rpi-gpio/*.patch
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/python/rpi-gpio_0.6.3.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/python/rpio
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/python/rpio/*.patch
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/python/rpio_0.10.0.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/wiringPi
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/wiringPi/files
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/wiringPi/files/*.patch
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-devtools/wiringPi/wiringpi_git.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/eglinfo
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/eglinfo/eglinfo-fb_%.bbappend
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/eglinfo/eglinfo-x11_%.bbappend
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/mesa
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/mesa/mesa-gl_%.bbappend
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/mesa/mesa_%.bbappend
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/userland
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/userland/userland
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/userland/userland/*.patch
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/userland/userland_git.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/vc-graphics
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/vc-graphics/files
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/vc-graphics/files/egl.pc
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/vc-graphics/files/vchiq.sh
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/vc-graphics/vc-graphics-hardfp.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/vc-graphics/vc-graphics.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/vc-graphics/vc-graphics.inc
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/wayland
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/wayland/weston_%.bbappend
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/xorg-xserver
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/xorg-xserver/xserver-xf86-config
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/xorg-xserver/xserver-xf86-config/rpi
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/xorg-xserver/xserver-xf86-config/rpi/xorg.conf
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/xorg-xserver/xserver-xf86-config/rpi/xorg.conf.d
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/xorg-xserver/xserver-xf86-config/rpi/xorg.conf.d/10-evdev.conf
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/xorg-xserver/xserver-xf86-config/rpi/xorg.conf.d/98-pitft.conf
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/xorg-xserver/xserver-xf86-config/rpi/xorg.conf.d/99-calibration.conf
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/xorg-xserver/xserver-xf86-config_0.1.bbappend
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-graphics/xorg-xserver/xserver-xorg_%.bbappend
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-kernel
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-kernel/linux-firmware
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-kernel/linux-firmware/files
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-kernel/linux-firmware/files/brcmfmac43430-sdio.bin
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-kernel/linux-firmware/files/brcfmac43430-sdio.txt
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-kernel/linux-firmware/linux-firmware_%.bbappend
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-kernel/linux
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-raspberrypi-dev.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-raspberrypi.inc
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-raspberrypi_4.14.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-raspberrypi_4.9.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-multimedia
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-multimedia/gstreamer
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-multimedia/gstreamer/gstreamer1.0-omx
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-multimedia/gstreamer/gstreamer1.0-omx/*.patch
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-multimedia/gstreamer/gstreamer1.0-omx_%.bbappend
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-multimedia/gstreamer/gstreamer1.0-plugins-bad_%.bbappend
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-multimedia/gstreamer/gstreamer1.0-omx-1.12
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-multimedia/gstreamer/gstreamer1.0-omx-1.12/*.patch
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-multimedia/omxplayer
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-multimedia/omxplayer/omxplayer
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-multimedia/omxplayer/omxplayer/*.patch
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-multimedia/omxplayer/omxplayer_git.bb
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-multimedia/x264
+ meta-raspberrypi/recipes-multimedia/x264/x264_git.bbappend
+ meta-raspberrypi/wic meta-raspberrypi/wic/sdimage-raspberrypi.wks
+
+The following sections describe each part of the proposed BSP format.
+
+.. _bsp-filelayout-license:
+
+License Files
+-------------
+
+You can find these files in the BSP Layer at: ::
+
+ meta-bsp_root_name/bsp_license_file
+
+These optional files satisfy licensing requirements for the BSP. The
+type or types of files here can vary depending on the licensing
+requirements. For example, in the Raspberry Pi BSP, all licensing
+requirements are handled with the ``COPYING.MIT`` file.
+
+Licensing files can be MIT, BSD, GPLv*, and so forth. These files are
+recommended for the BSP but are optional and totally up to the BSP
+developer. For information on how to maintain license compliance, see
+the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:maintaining open source license compliance during your product's lifecycle`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _bsp-filelayout-readme:
+
+README File
+-----------
+
+You can find this file in the BSP Layer at: ::
+
+ meta-bsp_root_name/README
+
+This file provides information on how to boot the live images that are
+optionally included in the ``binary/`` directory. The ``README`` file
+also provides information needed for building the image.
+
+At a minimum, the ``README`` file must contain a list of dependencies,
+such as the names of any other layers on which the BSP depends and the
+name of the BSP maintainer with his or her contact information.
+
+.. _bsp-filelayout-readme-sources:
+
+README.sources File
+-------------------
+
+You can find this file in the BSP Layer at: ::
+
+ meta-bsp_root_name/README.sources
+
+This file provides information on where to locate the BSP source files
+used to build the images (if any) that reside in
+``meta-bsp_root_name/binary``. Images in the ``binary`` would be images
+released with the BSP. The information in the ``README.sources`` file
+also helps you find the :term:`Metadata`
+used to generate the images that ship with the BSP.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If the BSP's ``binary`` directory is missing or the directory has no images, an
+ existing ``README.sources`` file is meaningless and usually does not exist.
+
+.. _bsp-filelayout-binary:
+
+Pre-built User Binaries
+-----------------------
+
+You can find these files in the BSP Layer at: ::
+
+ meta-bsp_root_name/binary/bootable_images
+
+This optional area contains useful pre-built kernels and user-space
+filesystem images released with the BSP that are appropriate to the
+target system. This directory typically contains graphical (e.g. Sato)
+and minimal live images when the BSP tarball has been created and made
+available in the :yocto_home:`Yocto Project <>` website. You can
+use these kernels and images to get a system running and quickly get
+started on development tasks.
+
+The exact types of binaries present are highly hardware-dependent. The
+:ref:`README <bsp-guide/bsp:readme file>` file should be present in the
+BSP Layer and it explains how to use the images with the target
+hardware. Additionally, the
+:ref:`README.sources <bsp-guide/bsp:readme.sources file>` file should be
+present to locate the sources used to build the images and provide
+information on the Metadata.
+
+.. _bsp-filelayout-layer:
+
+Layer Configuration File
+------------------------
+
+You can find this file in the BSP Layer at: ::
+
+ meta-bsp_root_name/conf/layer.conf
+
+The ``conf/layer.conf`` file identifies the file structure as a layer,
+identifies the contents of the layer, and contains information about how
+the build system should use it. Generally, a standard boilerplate file
+such as the following works. In the following example, you would replace
+"bsp" with the actual name of the BSP (i.e. "bsp_root_name" from the example
+template). ::
+
+ # We have a conf and classes directory, add to BBPATH
+ BBPATH .= ":${LAYERDIR}"
+
+ # We have a recipes directory containing .bb and .bbappend files, add to BBFILES
+ BBFILES += "${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bb \
+ ${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bbappend"
+
+ BBFILE_COLLECTIONS += "bsp"
+ BBFILE_PATTERN_bsp = "^${LAYERDIR}/"
+ BBFILE_PRIORITY_bsp = "6"
+ LAYERDEPENDS_bsp = "intel"
+
+To illustrate the string substitutions, here are the corresponding
+statements from the Raspberry Pi ``conf/layer.conf`` file: ::
+
+ # We have a conf and classes directory, append to BBPATH
+ BBPATH .= ":${LAYERDIR}"
+
+ # We have a recipes directory containing .bb and .bbappend files, add to BBFILES
+ BBFILES += "${LAYERDIR}/recipes*/*/*.bb \
+ ${LAYERDIR}/recipes*/*/*.bbappend"
+
+ BBFILE_COLLECTIONS += "raspberrypi"
+ BBFILE_PATTERN_raspberrypi := "^${LAYERDIR}/"
+ BBFILE_PRIORITY_raspberrypi = "9"
+
+ # Additional license directories.
+ LICENSE_PATH += "${LAYERDIR}/files/custom-licenses"
+ .
+ .
+ .
+
+This file simply makes :term:`BitBake` aware of the recipes and configuration
+directories. The file must exist so that the OpenEmbedded build system can
+recognize the BSP.
+
+.. _bsp-filelayout-machine:
+
+Hardware Configuration Options
+------------------------------
+
+You can find these files in the BSP Layer at: ::
+
+ meta-bsp_root_name/conf/machine/*.conf
+
+The machine files bind together all the information contained elsewhere
+in the BSP into a format that the build system can understand. Each BSP
+Layer requires at least one machine file. If the BSP supports multiple
+machines, multiple machine configuration files can exist. These
+filenames correspond to the values to which users have set the
+:term:`MACHINE` variable.
+
+These files define things such as the kernel package to use
+(:term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` of
+:ref:`virtual/kernel <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using virtual providers>`),
+the hardware drivers to include in different types of images, any
+special software components that are needed, any bootloader information,
+and also any special image format requirements.
+
+This configuration file could also include a hardware "tuning" file that
+is commonly used to define the package architecture and specify
+optimization flags, which are carefully chosen to give best performance
+on a given processor.
+
+Tuning files are found in the ``meta/conf/machine/include`` directory
+within the :term:`Source Directory`.
+For example, many ``tune-*`` files (e.g. ``tune-arm1136jf-s.inc``,
+``tune-1586-nlp.inc``, and so forth) reside in the
+``poky/meta/conf/machine/include`` directory.
+
+To use an include file, you simply include them in the machine
+configuration file. For example, the Raspberry Pi BSP
+``raspberrypi3.conf`` contains the following statement: ::
+
+ include conf/machine/include/rpi-base.inc
+
+.. _bsp-filelayout-misc-recipes:
+
+Miscellaneous BSP-Specific Recipe Files
+---------------------------------------
+
+You can find these files in the BSP Layer at: ::
+
+ meta-bsp_root_name/recipes-bsp/*
+
+This optional directory contains miscellaneous recipe files for the BSP.
+Most notably would be the formfactor files. For example, in the
+Raspberry Pi BSP, there is the ``formfactor_0.0.bbappend`` file, which
+is an append file used to augment the recipe that starts the build.
+Furthermore, there are machine-specific settings used during the build
+that are defined by the ``machconfig`` file further down in the
+directory. Here is the ``machconfig`` file for the Raspberry Pi BSP: ::
+
+ HAVE_TOUCHSCREEN=0
+ HAVE_KEYBOARD=1
+
+ DISPLAY_CAN_ROTATE=0
+ DISPLAY_ORIENTATION=0
+ DISPLAY_DPI=133
+
+.. note::
+
+ If a BSP does not have a formfactor entry, defaults are established
+ according to the formfactor configuration file that is installed by
+ the main formfactor recipe
+ ``meta/recipes-bsp/formfactor/formfactor_0.0.bb``, which is found in
+ the :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+.. _bsp-filelayout-recipes-graphics:
+
+Display Support Files
+---------------------
+
+You can find these files in the BSP Layer at: ::
+
+ meta-bsp_root_name/recipes-graphics/*
+
+This optional directory contains recipes for the BSP if it has special
+requirements for graphics support. All files that are needed for the BSP
+to support a display are kept here.
+
+.. _bsp-filelayout-kernel:
+
+Linux Kernel Configuration
+--------------------------
+
+You can find these files in the BSP Layer at: ::
+
+ meta-bsp_root_name/recipes-kernel/linux/linux*.bbappend
+ meta-bsp_root_name/recipes-kernel/linux/*.bb
+
+Append files (``*.bbappend``) modify the main kernel recipe being used
+to build the image. The ``*.bb`` files would be a developer-supplied
+kernel recipe. This area of the BSP hierarchy can contain both these
+types of files although, in practice, it is likely that you would have
+one or the other.
+
+For your BSP, you typically want to use an existing Yocto Project kernel
+recipe found in the :term:`Source Directory`
+at
+``meta/recipes-kernel/linux``. You can append machine-specific changes
+to the kernel recipe by using a similarly named append file, which is
+located in the BSP Layer for your target device (e.g. the
+``meta-bsp_root_name/recipes-kernel/linux`` directory).
+
+Suppose you are using the ``linux-yocto_4.4.bb`` recipe to build the
+kernel. In other words, you have selected the kernel in your
+``"bsp_root_name".conf`` file by adding
+:term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` and :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION`
+statements as follows: ::
+
+ PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto"
+ PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto ?= "4.4%"
+
+.. note::
+
+ When the preferred provider is assumed by default, the ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER``
+ statement does not appear in the ``"bsp_root_name".conf`` file.
+
+You would use the ``linux-yocto_4.4.bbappend`` file to append specific
+BSP settings to the kernel, thus configuring the kernel for your
+particular BSP.
+
+You can find more information on what your append file should contain in
+the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:creating the append file`" section
+in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
+
+An alternate scenario is when you create your own kernel recipe for the
+BSP. A good example of this is the Raspberry Pi BSP. If you examine the
+``recipes-kernel/linux`` directory you see the following: ::
+
+ linux-raspberrypi-dev.bb
+ linux-raspberrypi.inc
+ linux-raspberrypi_4.14.bb
+ linux-raspberrypi_4.9.bb
+
+The directory contains three kernel recipes and a common include file.
+
+Developing a Board Support Package (BSP)
+========================================
+
+This section describes the high-level procedure you can follow to create
+a BSP. Although not required for BSP creation, the ``meta-intel``
+repository, which contains many BSPs supported by the Yocto Project, is
+part of the example.
+
+For an example that shows how to create a new layer using the tools, see
+the ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:creating a new bsp layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
+section.
+
+The following illustration and list summarize the BSP creation general
+workflow.
+
+.. image:: figures/bsp-dev-flow.png
+ :align: center
+
+#. *Set up Your Host Development System to Support Development Using the
+ Yocto Project*: See the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:preparing the build host`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for options on how to
+ get a system ready to use the Yocto Project.
+
+#. *Establish the meta-intel Repository on Your System:* Having
+ local copies of these supported BSP layers on your system gives you
+ access to layers you might be able to leverage when creating your
+ BSP. For information on how to get these files, see the
+ ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:preparing your build host to work with bsp layers`"
+ section.
+
+#. *Create Your Own BSP Layer Using the bitbake-layers Script:*
+ Layers are ideal for isolating and storing work for a given piece of
+ hardware. A layer is really just a location or area in which you
+ place the recipes and configurations for your BSP. In fact, a BSP is,
+ in itself, a special type of layer. The simplest way to create a new
+ BSP layer that is compliant with the Yocto Project is to use the
+ ``bitbake-layers`` script. For information about that script, see the
+ ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:creating a new bsp layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
+ section.
+
+ Another example that illustrates a layer is an application. Suppose
+ you are creating an application that has library or other
+ dependencies in order for it to compile and run. The layer, in this
+ case, would be where all the recipes that define those dependencies
+ are kept. The key point for a layer is that it is an isolated area
+ that contains all the relevant information for the project that the
+ OpenEmbedded build system knows about. For more information on
+ layers, see the ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-yp-intro:the yocto project layer model`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. You can also
+ reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:understanding and creating layers`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For more
+ information on BSP layers, see the ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:bsp layers`"
+ section.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - Four hardware reference BSPs exist that are part of the Yocto
+ Project release and are located in the ``poky/meta-yocto-bsp``
+ BSP layer:
+
+ - Texas Instruments Beaglebone (``beaglebone-yocto``)
+
+ - Ubiquiti Networks EdgeRouter Lite (``edgerouter``)
+
+ - Two general IA platforms (``genericx86`` and ``genericx86-64``)
+
+ - Three core Intel BSPs exist as part of the Yocto Project
+ release in the ``meta-intel`` layer:
+
+ - ``intel-core2-32``, which is a BSP optimized for the Core2
+ family of CPUs as well as all CPUs prior to the Silvermont
+ core.
+
+ - ``intel-corei7-64``, which is a BSP optimized for Nehalem
+ and later Core and Xeon CPUs as well as Silvermont and later
+ Atom CPUs, such as the Baytrail SoCs.
+
+ - ``intel-quark``, which is a BSP optimized for the Intel
+ Galileo gen1 & gen2 development boards.
+
+ When you set up a layer for a new BSP, you should follow a standard
+ layout. This layout is described in the ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:example filesystem layout`"
+ section. In the standard layout, notice
+ the suggested structure for recipes and configuration information.
+ You can see the standard layout for a BSP by examining any supported
+ BSP found in the ``meta-intel`` layer inside the Source Directory.
+
+#. *Make Configuration Changes to Your New BSP Layer:* The standard BSP
+ layer structure organizes the files you need to edit in ``conf`` and
+ several ``recipes-*`` directories within the BSP layer. Configuration
+ changes identify where your new layer is on the local system and
+ identifies the kernel you are going to use. When you run the
+ ``bitbake-layers`` script, you are able to interactively configure
+ many things for the BSP (e.g. keyboard, touchscreen, and so forth).
+
+#. *Make Recipe Changes to Your New BSP Layer:* Recipe changes include
+ altering recipes (``*.bb`` files), removing recipes you do not use,
+ and adding new recipes or append files (``.bbappend``) that support
+ your hardware.
+
+#. *Prepare for the Build:* Once you have made all the changes to your
+ BSP layer, there remains a few things you need to do for the
+ OpenEmbedded build system in order for it to create your image. You
+ need to get the build environment ready by sourcing an environment
+ setup script (i.e. ``oe-init-build-env``) and you need to be sure two
+ key configuration files are configured appropriately: the
+ ``conf/local.conf`` and the ``conf/bblayers.conf`` file. You must
+ make the OpenEmbedded build system aware of your new layer. See the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:enabling your layer`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information
+ on how to let the build system know about your new layer.
+
+#. *Build the Image:* The OpenEmbedded build system uses the BitBake
+ tool to build images based on the type of image you want to create.
+ You can find more information about BitBake in the
+ :doc:`BitBake User Manual <bitbake:index>`.
+
+ The build process supports several types of images to satisfy
+ different needs. See the
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-images:Images`" chapter in the Yocto
+ Project Reference Manual for information on supported images.
+
+Requirements and Recommendations for Released BSPs
+==================================================
+
+Certain requirements exist for a released BSP to be considered compliant
+with the Yocto Project. Additionally, recommendations also exist. This
+section describes the requirements and recommendations for released
+BSPs.
+
+Released BSP Requirements
+-------------------------
+
+Before looking at BSP requirements, you should consider the following:
+
+- The requirements here assume the BSP layer is a well-formed, "legal"
+ layer that can be added to the Yocto Project. For guidelines on
+ creating a layer that meets these base requirements, see the
+ ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:bsp layers`" section in this manual and the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:understanding and creating layers`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+- The requirements in this section apply regardless of how you package
+ a BSP. You should consult the packaging and distribution guidelines
+ for your specific release process. For an example of packaging and
+ distribution requirements, see the ":yocto_wiki:`Third Party BSP Release
+ Process </wiki/Third_Party_BSP_Release_Process>`"
+ wiki page.
+
+- The requirements for the BSP as it is made available to a developer
+ are completely independent of the released form of the BSP. For
+ example, the BSP Metadata can be contained within a Git repository
+ and could have a directory structure completely different from what
+ appears in the officially released BSP layer.
+
+- It is not required that specific packages or package modifications
+ exist in the BSP layer, beyond the requirements for general
+ compliance with the Yocto Project. For example, no requirement exists
+ dictating that a specific kernel or kernel version be used in a given
+ BSP.
+
+Following are the requirements for a released BSP that conform to the
+Yocto Project:
+
+- *Layer Name:* The BSP must have a layer name that follows the Yocto
+ Project standards. For information on BSP layer names, see the
+ ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:bsp layers`" section.
+
+- *File System Layout:* When possible, use the same directory names in
+ your BSP layer as listed in the ``recipes.txt`` file, which is found
+ in ``poky/meta`` directory of the :term:`Source Directory`
+ or in the OpenEmbedded-Core Layer (``openembedded-core``) at
+ https://git.openembedded.org/openembedded-core/tree/meta.
+
+ You should place recipes (``*.bb`` files) and recipe modifications
+ (``*.bbappend`` files) into ``recipes-*`` subdirectories by
+ functional area as outlined in ``recipes.txt``. If you cannot find a
+ category in ``recipes.txt`` to fit a particular recipe, you can make
+ up your own ``recipes-*`` subdirectory.
+
+ Within any particular ``recipes-*`` category, the layout should match
+ what is found in the OpenEmbedded-Core Git repository
+ (``openembedded-core``) or the Source Directory (``poky``). In other
+ words, make sure you place related files in appropriately-related
+ ``recipes-*`` subdirectories specific to the recipe's function, or
+ within a subdirectory containing a set of closely-related recipes.
+ The recipes themselves should follow the general guidelines for
+ recipes used in the Yocto Project found in the "`OpenEmbedded Style
+ Guide <http://openembedded.org/wiki/Styleguide>`__".
+
+- *License File:* You must include a license file in the
+ ``meta-bsp_root_name`` directory. This license covers the BSP
+ Metadata as a whole. You must specify which license to use since no
+ default license exists when one is not specified. See the
+ :yocto_git:`COPYING.MIT </cgit.cgi/meta-raspberrypi/tree/COPYING.MIT>`
+ file for the Raspberry Pi BSP in the ``meta-raspberrypi`` BSP layer
+ as an example.
+
+- *README File:* You must include a ``README`` file in the
+ ``meta-bsp_root_name`` directory. See the
+ :yocto_git:`README.md </cgit.cgi/meta-raspberrypi/tree/README.md>`
+ file for the Raspberry Pi BSP in the ``meta-raspberrypi`` BSP layer
+ as an example.
+
+ At a minimum, the ``README`` file should contain the following:
+
+ - A brief description of the target hardware.
+
+ - A list of all the dependencies of the BSP. These dependencies are
+ typically a list of required layers needed to build the BSP.
+ However, the dependencies should also contain information
+ regarding any other dependencies the BSP might have.
+
+ - Any required special licensing information. For example, this
+ information includes information on special variables needed to
+ satisfy a EULA, or instructions on information needed to build or
+ distribute binaries built from the BSP Metadata.
+
+ - The name and contact information for the BSP layer maintainer.
+ This is the person to whom patches and questions should be sent.
+ For information on how to find the right person, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:submitting a change to the yocto project`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ - Instructions on how to build the BSP using the BSP layer.
+
+ - Instructions on how to boot the BSP build from the BSP layer.
+
+ - Instructions on how to boot the binary images contained in the
+ ``binary`` directory, if present.
+
+ - Information on any known bugs or issues that users should know
+ about when either building or booting the BSP binaries.
+
+- *README.sources File:* If your BSP contains binary images in the
+ ``binary`` directory, you must include a ``README.sources`` file in
+ the ``meta-bsp_root_name`` directory. This file specifies exactly
+ where you can find the sources used to generate the binary images.
+
+- *Layer Configuration File:* You must include a ``conf/layer.conf``
+ file in the ``meta-bsp_root_name`` directory. This file identifies
+ the ``meta-bsp_root_name`` BSP layer as a layer to the build
+ system.
+
+- *Machine Configuration File:* You must include one or more
+ ``conf/machine/bsp_root_name.conf`` files in the
+ ``meta-bsp_root_name`` directory. These configuration files define
+ machine targets that can be built using the BSP layer. Multiple
+ machine configuration files define variations of machine
+ configurations that the BSP supports. If a BSP supports multiple
+ machine variations, you need to adequately describe each variation in
+ the BSP ``README`` file. Do not use multiple machine configuration
+ files to describe disparate hardware. If you do have very different
+ targets, you should create separate BSP layers for each target.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ It is completely possible for a developer to structure the working
+ repository as a conglomeration of unrelated BSP files, and to possibly
+ generate BSPs targeted for release from that directory using scripts or
+ some other mechanism (e.g. ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer). Such considerations
+ are outside the scope of this document.
+
+Released BSP Recommendations
+----------------------------
+
+Following are recommendations for released BSPs that conform to the
+Yocto Project:
+
+- *Bootable Images:* Released BSPs can contain one or more bootable
+ images. Including bootable images allows users to easily try out the
+ BSP using their own hardware.
+
+ In some cases, it might not be convenient to include a bootable
+ image. If so, you might want to make two versions of the BSP
+ available: one that contains binary images, and one that does not.
+ The version that does not contain bootable images avoids unnecessary
+ download times for users not interested in the images.
+
+ If you need to distribute a BSP and include bootable images or build
+ kernel and filesystems meant to allow users to boot the BSP for
+ evaluation purposes, you should put the images and artifacts within a
+ ``binary/`` subdirectory located in the ``meta-bsp_root_name``
+ directory.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you do include a bootable image as part of the BSP and the
+ image was built by software covered by the GPL or other open
+ source licenses, it is your responsibility to understand and meet
+ all licensing requirements, which could include distribution of
+ source files.
+
+- *Use a Yocto Linux Kernel:* Kernel recipes in the BSP should be based
+ on a Yocto Linux kernel. Basing your recipes on these kernels reduces
+ the costs for maintaining the BSP and increases its scalability. See
+ the ``Yocto Linux Kernel`` category in the
+ :yocto_git:`Source Repositories <>` for these kernels.
+
+Customizing a Recipe for a BSP
+==============================
+
+If you plan on customizing a recipe for a particular BSP, you need to do
+the following:
+
+- Create a ``*.bbappend`` file for the modified recipe. For information on using
+ append files, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using
+ .bbappend files in your layer`" section in the Yocto Project Development
+ Tasks Manual.
+
+- Ensure your directory structure in the BSP layer that supports your
+ machine is such that the OpenEmbedded build system can find it. See
+ the example later in this section for more information.
+
+- Put the append file in a directory whose name matches the machine's
+ name and is located in an appropriate sub-directory inside the BSP
+ layer (i.e. ``recipes-bsp``, ``recipes-graphics``, ``recipes-core``,
+ and so forth).
+
+- Place the BSP-specific files in the proper directory inside the BSP
+ layer. How expansive the layer is affects where you must place these
+ files. For example, if your layer supports several different machine
+ types, you need to be sure your layer's directory structure includes
+ hierarchy that separates the files according to machine. If your
+ layer does not support multiple machines, the layer would not have
+ that additional hierarchy and the files would obviously not be able
+ to reside in a machine-specific directory.
+
+Following is a specific example to help you better understand the
+process. This example customizes customizes a recipe by adding a
+BSP-specific configuration file named ``interfaces`` to the
+``init-ifupdown_1.0.bb`` recipe for machine "xyz" where the BSP layer
+also supports several other machines:
+
+#. Edit the ``init-ifupdown_1.0.bbappend`` file so that it contains the
+ following: ::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/files:"
+
+ The append file needs to be in the ``meta-xyz/recipes-core/init-ifupdown``
+ directory.
+
+#. Create and place the new ``interfaces`` configuration file in the
+ BSP's layer here: ::
+
+ meta-xyz/recipes-core/init-ifupdown/files/xyz-machine-one/interfaces
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If the ``meta-xyz`` layer did not support multiple machines, you would place
+ the interfaces configuration file in the layer here: ::
+
+ meta-xyz/recipes-core/init-ifupdown/files/interfaces
+
+ The :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable in the append files extends the search
+ path the build system uses to find files during the build. Consequently, for
+ this example you need to have the ``files`` directory in the same location as
+ your append file.
+
+BSP Licensing Considerations
+============================
+
+In some cases, a BSP contains separately-licensed Intellectual Property
+(IP) for a component or components. For these cases, you are required to
+accept the terms of a commercial or other type of license that requires
+some kind of explicit End User License Agreement (EULA). Once you accept
+the license, the OpenEmbedded build system can then build and include
+the corresponding component in the final BSP image. If the BSP is
+available as a pre-built image, you can download the image after
+agreeing to the license or EULA.
+
+You could find that some separately-licensed components that are
+essential for normal operation of the system might not have an
+unencumbered (or free) substitute. Without these essential components,
+the system would be non-functional. Then again, you might find that
+other licensed components that are simply 'good-to-have' or purely
+elective do have an unencumbered, free replacement component that you
+can use rather than agreeing to the separately-licensed component. Even
+for components essential to the system, you might find an unencumbered
+component that is not identical but will work as a less-capable version
+of the licensed version in the BSP recipe.
+
+For cases where you can substitute a free component and still maintain
+the system's functionality, the "DOWNLOADS" selection from the
+"SOFTWARE" tab on the :yocto_home:`Yocto Project Website <>` makes
+available de-featured BSPs that are completely free of any IP
+encumbrances. For these cases, you can use the substitution directly and
+without any further licensing requirements. If present, these fully
+de-featured BSPs are named appropriately different as compared to the
+names of their respective encumbered BSPs. If available, these
+substitutions are your simplest and most preferred options. Obviously,
+use of these substitutions assumes the resulting functionality meets
+system requirements.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If however, a non-encumbered version is unavailable or it provides
+ unsuitable functionality or quality, you can use an encumbered
+ version.
+
+A couple different methods exist within the OpenEmbedded build system to
+satisfy the licensing requirements for an encumbered BSP. The following
+list describes them in order of preference:
+
+#. *Use the LICENSE_FLAGS Variable to Define the Recipes that Have Commercial or
+ Other Types of Specially-Licensed Packages:* For each of those recipes, you can
+ specify a matching license string in a ``local.conf`` variable named
+ :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST`.
+ Specifying the matching license string signifies that you agree to
+ the license. Thus, the build system can build the corresponding
+ recipe and include the component in the image. See the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for details on
+ how to use these variables.
+
+ If you build as you normally would, without specifying any recipes in
+ the ``LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST``, the build stops and provides you
+ with the list of recipes that you have tried to include in the image
+ that need entries in the ``LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST``. Once you enter
+ the appropriate license flags into the whitelist, restart the build
+ to continue where it left off. During the build, the prompt will not
+ appear again since you have satisfied the requirement.
+
+ Once the appropriate license flags are on the white list in the
+ ``LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST`` variable, you can build the encumbered
+ image with no change at all to the normal build process.
+
+#. *Get a Pre-Built Version of the BSP:* You can get this type of BSP by
+ selecting the "DOWNLOADS" item from the "SOFTWARE" tab on the
+ :yocto_home:`Yocto Project website <>`. You can download BSP tarballs
+ that contain proprietary components after agreeing to the licensing
+ requirements of each of the individually encumbered packages as part
+ of the download process. Obtaining the BSP this way allows you to
+ access an encumbered image immediately after agreeing to the
+ click-through license agreements presented by the website. If you
+ want to build the image yourself using the recipes contained within
+ the BSP tarball, you will still need to create an appropriate
+ ``LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST`` to match the encumbered recipes in the
+ BSP.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Pre-compiled images are bundled with a time-limited kernel that runs
+ for a predetermined amount of time (10 days) before it forces the
+ system to reboot. This limitation is meant to discourage direct
+ redistribution of the image. You must eventually rebuild the image if
+ you want to remove this restriction.
+
+Creating a new BSP Layer Using the ``bitbake-layers`` Script
+============================================================
+
+The ``bitbake-layers create-layer`` script automates creating a BSP
+layer. What makes a layer a "BSP layer" is the presence of at least one
+machine configuration file. Additionally, a BSP layer usually has a
+kernel recipe or an append file that leverages off an existing kernel
+recipe. The primary requirement, however, is the machine configuration.
+
+Use these steps to create a BSP layer:
+
+- *Create a General Layer:* Use the ``bitbake-layers`` script with the
+ ``create-layer`` subcommand to create a new general layer. For
+ instructions on how to create a general layer using the
+ ``bitbake-layers`` script, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating a general layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+- *Create a Layer Configuration File:* Every layer needs a layer
+ configuration file. This configuration file establishes locations for
+ the layer's recipes, priorities for the layer, and so forth. You can
+ find examples of ``layer.conf`` files in the Yocto Project
+ :yocto_git:`Source Repositories <>`. To get examples of what you need
+ in your configuration file, locate a layer (e.g. "meta-ti") and
+ examine the
+ :yocto_git:`local.conf </cgit/cgit.cgi/meta-ti/tree/conf/layer.conf>`
+ file.
+
+- *Create a Machine Configuration File:* Create a
+ ``conf/machine/bsp_root_name.conf`` file. See
+ :yocto_git:`meta-yocto-bsp/conf/machine </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta-yocto-bsp/conf/machine>`
+ for sample ``bsp_root_name.conf`` files. Other samples such as
+ :yocto_git:`meta-ti </cgit/cgit.cgi/meta-ti/tree/conf/machine>`
+ and
+ :yocto_git:`meta-freescale </cgit/cgit.cgi/meta-freescale/tree/conf/machine>`
+ exist from other vendors that have more specific machine and tuning
+ examples.
+
+- *Create a Kernel Recipe:* Create a kernel recipe in
+ ``recipes-kernel/linux`` by either using a kernel append file or a
+ new custom kernel recipe file (e.g. ``yocto-linux_4.12.bb``). The BSP
+ layers mentioned in the previous step also contain different kernel
+ examples. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:modifying an existing recipe`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for
+ information on how to create a custom kernel.
+
+The remainder of this section provides a description of the Yocto
+Project reference BSP for Beaglebone, which resides in the
+:yocto_git:`meta-yocto-bsp </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta-yocto-bsp>`
+layer.
+
+BSP Layer Configuration Example
+-------------------------------
+
+The layer's ``conf`` directory contains the ``layer.conf`` configuration
+file. In this example, the ``conf/layer.conf`` is the following: ::
+
+ # We have a conf and classes directory, add to BBPATH
+ BBPATH .= ":${LAYERDIR}"
+
+ # We have a recipes directory containing .bb and .bbappend files, add to BBFILES
+ BBFILES += "${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bb \
+ ${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bbappend"
+
+ BBFILE_COLLECTIONS += "yoctobsp"
+ BBFILE_PATTERN_yoctobsp = "^${LAYERDIR}/"
+ BBFILE_PRIORITY_yoctobsp = "5"
+ LAYERVERSION_yoctobsp = "4"
+ LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_yoctobsp = "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;"
+
+The variables used in this file configure the layer. A good way to learn about layer
+configuration files is to examine various files for BSP from the
+:yocto_git:`Source Repositories <>`.
+
+For a detailed description of this particular layer configuration file,
+see ":ref:`step 3 <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating your own layer>`"
+in the discussion that describes how to create layers in the Yocto
+Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+BSP Machine Configuration Example
+---------------------------------
+
+As mentioned earlier in this section, the existence of a machine
+configuration file is what makes a layer a BSP layer as compared to a
+general or kernel layer.
+
+One or more machine configuration files exist in the
+``bsp_layer/conf/machine/`` directory of the layer: ::
+
+ bsp_layer/conf/machine/machine1\.conf
+ bsp_layer/conf/machine/machine2\.conf
+ bsp_layer/conf/machine/machine3\.conf
+ ... more ...
+
+For example, the machine configuration file for the `BeagleBone and
+BeagleBone Black development boards <https://beagleboard.org/bone>`__ is
+located in the layer ``poky/meta-yocto-bsp/conf/machine`` and is named
+``beaglebone-yocto.conf``: ::
+
+ #@TYPE: Machine
+ #@NAME: Beaglebone-yocto machine
+ #@DESCRIPTION: Reference machine configuration for http://beagleboard.org/bone and http://beagleboard.org/black boards
+
+ PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver ?= "xserver-xorg"
+ XSERVER ?= "xserver-xorg \
+ xf86-video-modesetting \
+ "
+
+ MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS = "kernel-modules kernel-devicetree"
+
+ EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS += "u-boot"
+
+ DEFAULTTUNE ?= "cortexa8hf-neon"
+ include conf/machine/include/tune-cortexa8.inc
+
+ IMAGE_FSTYPES += "tar.bz2 jffs2 wic wic.bmap"
+ EXTRA_IMAGECMD_jffs2 = "-lnp "
+ WKS_FILE ?= "beaglebone-yocto.wks"
+ IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " kernel-devicetree kernel-image-zimage"
+ do_image_wic[depends] += "mtools-native:do_populate_sysroot dosfstools-native:do_populate_sysroot"
+
+ SERIAL_CONSOLES ?= "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyO0"
+ SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK = "${SERIAL_CONSOLES}"
+
+ PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto"
+ PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto ?= "5.0%"
+
+ KERNEL_IMAGETYPE = "zImage"
+ KERNEL_DEVICETREE = "am335x-bone.dtb am335x-boneblack.dtb am335x-bonegreen.dtb"
+ KERNEL_EXTRA_ARGS += "LOADADDR=${UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT}"
+
+ SPL_BINARY = "MLO"
+ UBOOT_SUFFIX = "img"
+ UBOOT_MACHINE = "am335x_evm_defconfig"
+ UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT = "0x80008000"
+ UBOOT_LOADADDRESS = "0x80008000"
+
+ MACHINE_FEATURES = "usbgadget usbhost vfat alsa"
+
+ IMAGE_BOOT_FILES ?= "u-boot.${UBOOT_SUFFIX} MLO zImage am335x-bone.dtb am335x-boneblack.dtb am335x-bonegreen.dtb"
+
+The variables used to configure the machine define machine-specific properties; for
+example, machine-dependent packages, machine tunings, the type of kernel
+to build, and U-Boot configurations.
+
+The following list provides some explanation for the statements found in
+the example reference machine configuration file for the BeagleBone
+development boards. Realize that much more can be defined as part of a
+machine's configuration file. In general, you can learn about related
+variables that this example does not have by locating the variables in
+the ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-variables:variables glossary`" in the Yocto
+Project Reference Manual.
+
+- :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver <PREFERRED_PROVIDER>`:
+ The recipe that provides "virtual/xserver" when more than one
+ provider is found. In this case, the recipe that provides
+ "virtual/xserver" is "xserver-xorg", which exists in
+ ``poky/meta/recipes-graphics/xorg-xserver``.
+
+- :term:`XSERVER`: The packages that
+ should be installed to provide an X server and drivers for the
+ machine. In this example, the "xserver-xorg" and
+ "xf86-video-modesetting" are installed.
+
+- :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`:
+ A list of machine-dependent packages not essential for booting the
+ image. Thus, the build does not fail if the packages do not exist.
+ However, the packages are required for a fully-featured image.
+
+ .. tip::
+
+ Many ``MACHINE*`` variables exist that help you configure a particular piece
+ of hardware.
+
+- :term:`EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS`:
+ Recipes to build that do not provide packages for installing into the
+ root filesystem but building the image depends on the recipes.
+ Sometimes a recipe is required to build the final image but is not
+ needed in the root filesystem. In this case, the U-Boot recipe must
+ be built for the image.
+
+- :term:`DEFAULTTUNE`: Machines
+ use tunings to optimize machine, CPU, and application performance.
+ These features, which are collectively known as "tuning features",
+ exist in the :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` layer (e.g.
+ ``poky/meta/conf/machine/include``). In this example, the default
+ tuning file is "cortexa8hf-neon".
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The include statement that pulls in the
+ ``conf/machine/include/tune-cortexa8.inc`` file provides many tuning
+ possibilities.
+
+- :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`: The
+ formats the OpenEmbedded build system uses during the build when
+ creating the root filesystem. In this example, four types of images
+ are supported.
+
+- :term:`EXTRA_IMAGECMD`:
+ Specifies additional options for image creation commands. In this
+ example, the "-lnp " option is used when creating the
+ `JFFS2 <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JFFS2>`__ image.
+
+- :term:`WKS_FILE`: The location of
+ the :ref:`Wic kickstart <ref-manual/ref-kickstart:openembedded kickstart (\`\`.wks\`\`) reference>` file used
+ by the OpenEmbedded build system to create a partitioned image
+ (image.wic).
+
+- :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL`:
+ Specifies packages to install into an image through the
+ :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class. Recipes
+ use the ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable.
+
+- ``do_image_wic[depends]``: A task that is constructed during the
+ build. In this example, the task depends on specific tools in order
+ to create the sysroot when building a Wic image.
+
+- :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`:
+ Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using getty. In this case,
+ the baud rate is "115200" and the device name is "ttyO0".
+
+- :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel <PREFERRED_PROVIDER>`:
+ Specifies the recipe that provides "virtual/kernel" when more than
+ one provider is found. In this case, the recipe that provides
+ "virtual/kernel" is "linux-yocto", which exists in the layer's
+ ``recipes-kernel/linux`` directory.
+
+- :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto <PREFERRED_VERSION>`:
+ Defines the version of the recipe used to build the kernel, which is
+ "5.0" in this case.
+
+- :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE`:
+ The type of kernel to build for the device. In this case, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system creates a "zImage" image type.
+
+- :term:`KERNEL_DEVICETREE`:
+ The names of the generated Linux kernel device trees (i.e. the
+ ``*.dtb``) files. All the device trees for the various BeagleBone
+ devices are included.
+
+- :term:`KERNEL_EXTRA_ARGS`:
+ Additional ``make`` command-line arguments the OpenEmbedded build
+ system passes on when compiling the kernel. In this example,
+ ``LOADADDR=${UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT}`` is passed as a command-line argument.
+
+- :term:`SPL_BINARY`: Defines the
+ Secondary Program Loader (SPL) binary type. In this case, the SPL
+ binary is set to "MLO", which stands for Multimedia card LOader.
+
+ The BeagleBone development board requires an SPL to boot and that SPL
+ file type must be MLO. Consequently, the machine configuration needs
+ to define ``SPL_BINARY`` as ``MLO``.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ For more information on how the SPL variables are used, see the
+ :yocto_git:`u-boot.inc </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta/recipes-bsp/u-boot/u-boot.inc>`
+ include file.
+
+- :term:`UBOOT_* <UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT>`: Defines
+ various U-Boot configurations needed to build a U-Boot image. In this
+ example, a U-Boot image is required to boot the BeagleBone device.
+ See the following variables for more information:
+
+ - :term:`UBOOT_SUFFIX`:
+ Points to the generated U-Boot extension.
+
+ - :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE`:
+ Specifies the value passed on the make command line when building
+ a U-Boot image.
+
+ - :term:`UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT`:
+ Specifies the entry point for the U-Boot image.
+
+ - :term:`UBOOT_LOADADDRESS`:
+ Specifies the load address for the U-Boot image.
+
+- :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES`:
+ Specifies the list of hardware features the BeagleBone device is
+ capable of supporting. In this case, the device supports "usbgadget
+ usbhost vfat alsa".
+
+- :term:`IMAGE_BOOT_FILES`:
+ Files installed into the device's boot partition when preparing the
+ image using the Wic tool with the ``bootimg-partition`` or
+ ``bootimg-efi`` source plugin.
+
+BSP Kernel Recipe Example
+-------------------------
+
+The kernel recipe used to build the kernel image for the BeagleBone
+device was established in the machine configuration: ::
+
+ PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto"
+ PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto ?= "5.0%"
+
+The ``meta-yocto-bsp/recipes-kernel/linux`` directory in the layer contains
+metadata used to build the kernel. In this case, a kernel append file
+(i.e. ``linux-yocto_5.0.bbappend``) is used to override an established
+kernel recipe (i.e. ``linux-yocto_5.0.bb``), which is located in
+:yocto_git:`/cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta/recipes-kernel/linux`.
+
+Following is the contents of the append file: ::
+
+ KBRANCH_genericx86 = "v5.0/standard/base"
+ KBRANCH_genericx86-64 = "v5.0/standard/base"
+ KBRANCH_edgerouter = "v5.0/standard/edgerouter"
+ KBRANCH_beaglebone-yocto = "v5.0/standard/beaglebone"
+
+ KMACHINE_genericx86 ?= "common-pc"
+ KMACHINE_genericx86-64 ?= "common-pc-64"
+ KMACHINE_beaglebone-yocto ?= "beaglebone"
+
+ SRCREV_machine_genericx86 ?= "3df4aae6074e94e794e27fe7f17451d9353cdf3d"
+ SRCREV_machine_genericx86-64 ?= "3df4aae6074e94e794e27fe7f17451d9353cdf3d"
+ SRCREV_machine_edgerouter ?= "3df4aae6074e94e794e27fe7f17451d9353cdf3d"
+ SRCREV_machine_beaglebone-yocto ?= "3df4aae6074e94e794e27fe7f17451d9353cdf3d"
+
+ COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_genericx86 = "genericx86"
+ COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_genericx86-64 = "genericx86-64"
+ COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_edgerouter = "edgerouter"
+ COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_beaglebone-yocto = "beaglebone-yocto"
+
+ LINUX_VERSION_genericx86 = "5.0.3"
+ LINUX_VERSION_genericx86-64 = "5.0.3"
+ LINUX_VERSION_edgerouter = "5.0.3"
+ LINUX_VERSION_beaglebone-yocto = "5.0.3"
+
+This particular append file works for all the machines that are
+part of the ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer. The relevant statements are
+appended with the "beaglebone-yocto" string. The OpenEmbedded build
+system uses these statements to override similar statements in the
+kernel recipe:
+
+- :term:`KBRANCH`: Identifies the
+ kernel branch that is validated, patched, and configured during the
+ build.
+
+- :term:`KMACHINE`: Identifies the
+ machine name as known by the kernel, which is sometimes a different
+ name than what is known by the OpenEmbedded build system.
+
+- :term:`SRCREV`: Identifies the
+ revision of the source code used to build the image.
+
+- :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE`:
+ A regular expression that resolves to one or more target machines
+ with which the recipe is compatible.
+
+- :term:`LINUX_VERSION`: The
+ Linux version from kernel.org used by the OpenEmbedded build system
+ to build the kernel image.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/bsp-guide/figures/bsp-dev-flow.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/bsp-guide/figures/bsp-dev-flow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ca1fec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/bsp-guide/figures/bsp-dev-flow.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/bsp-guide/figures/bsp-title.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/bsp-guide/figures/bsp-title.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f624dd4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/bsp-guide/figures/bsp-title.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/bsp-guide/history.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/bsp-guide/history.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a67750f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/bsp-guide/history.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+***********************
+Manual Revision History
+***********************
+
+.. list-table::
+ :widths: 10 15 40
+ :header-rows: 1
+
+ * - Revision
+ - Date
+ - Note
+ * - 0.9
+ - November 2010
+ - The initial document released with the Yocto Project 0.9 Release
+ * - 1.0
+ - April 2011
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.0 Release.
+ * - 1.1
+ - October 2011
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.1 Release.
+ * - 1.2
+ - April 2012
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.2 Release.
+ * - 1.3
+ - October 2012
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.3 Release.
+ * - 1.4
+ - April 2013
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.4 Release.
+ * - 1.5
+ - October 2013
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.5 Release.
+ * - 1.6
+ - April 2014
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.6 Release.
+ * - 1.7
+ - October 2014
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.7 Release.
+ * - 1.8
+ - April 2015
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.8 Release.
+ * - 2.0
+ - October 2015
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.0 Release.
+ * - 2.1
+ - April 2016
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.1 Release.
+ * - 2.2
+ - October 2016
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.2 Release.
+ * - 2.3
+ - May 2017
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.3 Release.
+ * - 2.4
+ - October 2017
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.4 Release.
+ * - 2.5
+ - May 2018
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.5 Release.
+ * - 2.6
+ - November 2018
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.6 Release.
+ * - 2.7
+ - May 2019
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.7 Release.
+ * - 3.0
+ - October 2019
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.0 Release.
+ * - 3.1
+ - April 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1 Release.
+ * - 3.1.1
+ - June 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.1 Release.
+ * - 3.1.2
+ - August 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.2 Release.
+ * - 3.1.3
+ - September 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.3 Release.
+ * - 3.1.4
+ - November 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.4 Release.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/conf.py b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/conf.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6eb284e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/conf.py
@@ -0,0 +1,131 @@
+# Configuration file for the Sphinx documentation builder.
+#
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+#
+# This file only contains a selection of the most common options. For a full
+# list see the documentation:
+# https://www.sphinx-doc.org/en/master/usage/configuration.html
+
+# -- Path setup --------------------------------------------------------------
+
+# If extensions (or modules to document with autodoc) are in another directory,
+# add these directories to sys.path here. If the directory is relative to the
+# documentation root, use os.path.abspath to make it absolute, like shown here.
+#
+import os
+import sys
+import datetime
+
+current_version = "3.1.12"
+
+# String used in sidebar
+version = 'Version: ' + current_version
+if current_version == 'dev':
+ version = 'Version: Current Development'
+# Version seen in documentation_options.js and hence in js switchers code
+release = current_version
+
+
+# -- Project information -----------------------------------------------------
+project = 'The Yocto Project \xae'
+copyright = '2010-%s, The Linux Foundation' % datetime.datetime.now().year
+author = 'The Linux Foundation'
+
+# -- General configuration ---------------------------------------------------
+
+# to load local extension from the folder 'sphinx'
+sys.path.insert(0, os.path.abspath('sphinx'))
+
+# Add any Sphinx extension module names here, as strings. They can be
+# extensions coming with Sphinx (named 'sphinx.ext.*') or your custom
+# ones.
+extensions = [
+ 'sphinx.ext.autosectionlabel',
+ 'sphinx.ext.extlinks',
+ 'sphinx.ext.intersphinx',
+ 'yocto-vars'
+]
+autosectionlabel_prefix_document = True
+
+# Add any paths that contain templates here, relative to this directory.
+templates_path = ['_templates']
+
+# List of patterns, relative to source directory, that match files and
+# directories to ignore when looking for source files.
+# This pattern also affects html_static_path and html_extra_path.
+exclude_patterns = ['_build', 'Thumbs.db', '.DS_Store', 'boilerplate.rst']
+
+# master document name. The default changed from contents to index. so better
+# set it ourselves.
+master_doc = 'index'
+
+# create substitution for project configuration variables
+rst_prolog = """
+.. |project_name| replace:: %s
+.. |copyright| replace:: %s
+.. |author| replace:: %s
+""" % (project, copyright, author)
+
+# external links and substitutions
+extlinks = {
+ 'yocto_home': ('https://yoctoproject.org%s', None),
+ 'yocto_wiki': ('https://wiki.yoctoproject.org%s', None),
+ 'yocto_dl': ('https://downloads.yoctoproject.org%s', None),
+ 'yocto_lists': ('https://lists.yoctoproject.org%s', None),
+ 'yocto_bugs': ('https://bugzilla.yoctoproject.org%s', None),
+ 'yocto_ab': ('https://autobuilder.yoctoproject.org%s', None),
+ 'yocto_docs': ('https://docs.yoctoproject.org%s', None),
+ 'yocto_git': ('https://git.yoctoproject.org%s', None),
+ 'oe_home': ('https://www.openembedded.org%s', None),
+ 'oe_lists': ('https://lists.openembedded.org%s', None),
+}
+
+# Intersphinx config to use cross reference with Bitbake user manual
+intersphinx_mapping = {
+ 'bitbake': ('https://docs.yoctoproject.org/bitbake/1.46', None)
+}
+
+# -- Options for HTML output -------------------------------------------------
+
+# The theme to use for HTML and HTML Help pages. See the documentation for
+# a list of builtin themes.
+#
+try:
+ import sphinx_rtd_theme
+ html_theme = 'sphinx_rtd_theme'
+ html_theme_options = {
+ 'sticky_navigation': False,
+ }
+except ImportError:
+ sys.stderr.write("The Sphinx sphinx_rtd_theme HTML theme was not found.\
+ \nPlease make sure to install the sphinx_rtd_theme python package.\n")
+ sys.exit(1)
+
+html_logo = 'sphinx-static/YoctoProject_Logo_RGB.jpg'
+
+# Add any paths that contain custom static files (such as style sheets) here,
+# relative to this directory. They are copied after the builtin static files,
+# so a file named "default.css" will overwrite the builtin "default.css".
+html_static_path = ['sphinx-static']
+
+html_context = {
+ 'current_version': current_version,
+}
+
+# Add customm CSS and JS files
+html_css_files = ['theme_overrides.css']
+html_js_files = ['switchers.js']
+
+# Hide 'Created using Sphinx' text
+html_show_sphinx = False
+
+# Add 'Last updated' on each page
+html_last_updated_fmt = '%b %d, %Y'
+
+# Remove the trailing 'dot' in section numbers
+html_secnumber_suffix = " "
+
+latex_elements = {
+ 'passoptionstopackages': '\PassOptionsToPackage{bookmarksdepth=5}{hyperref}',
+ 'preamble': '\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}',
+}
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d401d3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,11687 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+************
+Common Tasks
+************
+
+This chapter describes fundamental procedures such as creating layers,
+adding new software packages, extending or customizing images, porting
+work to new hardware (adding a new machine), and so forth. You will find
+that the procedures documented here occur often in the development cycle
+using the Yocto Project.
+
+Understanding and Creating Layers
+=================================
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system supports organizing
+:term:`Metadata` into multiple layers.
+Layers allow you to isolate different types of customizations from each
+other. For introductory information on the Yocto Project Layer Model,
+see the
+":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-yp-intro:the yocto project layer model`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+Creating Your Own Layer
+-----------------------
+
+It is very easy to create your own layers to use with the OpenEmbedded
+build system. The Yocto Project ships with tools that speed up creating
+layers. This section describes the steps you perform by hand to create
+layers so that you can better understand them. For information about the
+layer-creation tools, see the
+":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:creating a new bsp layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
+section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's
+Guide and the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating a general layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
+section further down in this manual.
+
+Follow these general steps to create your layer without using tools:
+
+1. *Check Existing Layers:* Before creating a new layer, you should be
+ sure someone has not already created a layer containing the Metadata
+ you need. You can see the `OpenEmbedded Metadata
+ Index <https://layers.openembedded.org/layerindex/layers/>`__ for a
+ list of layers from the OpenEmbedded community that can be used in
+ the Yocto Project. You could find a layer that is identical or close
+ to what you need.
+
+2. *Create a Directory:* Create the directory for your layer. When you
+ create the layer, be sure to create the directory in an area not
+ associated with the Yocto Project :term:`Source Directory`
+ (e.g. the cloned ``poky`` repository).
+
+ While not strictly required, prepend the name of the directory with
+ the string "meta-". For example:
+ ::
+
+ meta-mylayer
+ meta-GUI_xyz
+ meta-mymachine
+
+ With rare exceptions, a layer's name follows this form:
+ ::
+
+ meta-root_name
+
+ Following this layer naming convention can save
+ you trouble later when tools, components, or variables "assume" your
+ layer name begins with "meta-". A notable example is in configuration
+ files as shown in the following step where layer names without the
+ "meta-" string are appended to several variables used in the
+ configuration.
+
+3. *Create a Layer Configuration File:* Inside your new layer folder,
+ you need to create a ``conf/layer.conf`` file. It is easiest to take
+ an existing layer configuration file and copy that to your layer's
+ ``conf`` directory and then modify the file as needed.
+
+ The ``meta-yocto-bsp/conf/layer.conf`` file in the Yocto Project
+ :yocto_git:`Source Repositories </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta-yocto-bsp/conf>`
+ demonstrates the required syntax. For your layer, you need to replace
+ "yoctobsp" with a unique identifier for your layer (e.g. "machinexyz"
+ for a layer named "meta-machinexyz"):
+ ::
+
+ # We have a conf and classes directory, add to BBPATH
+ BBPATH .= ":${LAYERDIR}"
+
+ # We have recipes-* directories, add to BBFILES
+ BBFILES += "${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bb \
+ ${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bbappend"
+
+ BBFILE_COLLECTIONS += "yoctobsp"
+ BBFILE_PATTERN_yoctobsp = "^${LAYERDIR}/"
+ BBFILE_PRIORITY_yoctobsp = "5"
+ LAYERVERSION_yoctobsp = "4"
+ LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_yoctobsp = "dunfell"
+
+ Following is an explanation of the layer configuration file:
+
+ - :term:`BBPATH`: Adds the layer's
+ root directory to BitBake's search path. Through the use of the
+ ``BBPATH`` variable, BitBake locates class files (``.bbclass``),
+ configuration files, and files that are included with ``include``
+ and ``require`` statements. For these cases, BitBake uses the
+ first file that matches the name found in ``BBPATH``. This is
+ similar to the way the ``PATH`` variable is used for binaries. It
+ is recommended, therefore, that you use unique class and
+ configuration filenames in your custom layer.
+
+ - :term:`BBFILES`: Defines the
+ location for all recipes in the layer.
+
+ - :term:`BBFILE_COLLECTIONS`:
+ Establishes the current layer through a unique identifier that is
+ used throughout the OpenEmbedded build system to refer to the
+ layer. In this example, the identifier "yoctobsp" is the
+ representation for the container layer named "meta-yocto-bsp".
+
+ - :term:`BBFILE_PATTERN`:
+ Expands immediately during parsing to provide the directory of the
+ layer.
+
+ - :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY`:
+ Establishes a priority to use for recipes in the layer when the
+ OpenEmbedded build finds recipes of the same name in different
+ layers.
+
+ - :term:`LAYERVERSION`:
+ Establishes a version number for the layer. You can use this
+ version number to specify this exact version of the layer as a
+ dependency when using the
+ :term:`LAYERDEPENDS`
+ variable.
+
+ - :term:`LAYERDEPENDS`:
+ Lists all layers on which this layer depends (if any).
+
+ - :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`:
+ Lists the :yocto_wiki:`Yocto Project </wiki/Releases>`
+ releases for which the current version is compatible. This
+ variable is a good way to indicate if your particular layer is
+ current.
+
+4. *Add Content:* Depending on the type of layer, add the content. If
+ the layer adds support for a machine, add the machine configuration
+ in a ``conf/machine/`` file within the layer. If the layer adds
+ distro policy, add the distro configuration in a ``conf/distro/``
+ file within the layer. If the layer introduces new recipes, put the
+ recipes you need in ``recipes-*`` subdirectories within the layer.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ For an explanation of layer hierarchy that is compliant with the
+ Yocto Project, see the ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:example filesystem layout`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's Guide.
+
+5. *Optionally Test for Compatibility:* If you want permission to use
+ the Yocto Project Compatibility logo with your layer or application
+ that uses your layer, perform the steps to apply for compatibility.
+ See the "`Making Sure Your Layer is Compatible With Yocto
+ Project <#making-sure-your-layer-is-compatible-with-yocto-project>`__"
+ section for more information.
+
+.. _best-practices-to-follow-when-creating-layers:
+
+Following Best Practices When Creating Layers
+---------------------------------------------
+
+To create layers that are easier to maintain and that will not impact
+builds for other machines, you should consider the information in the
+following list:
+
+- *Avoid "Overlaying" Entire Recipes from Other Layers in Your
+ Configuration:* In other words, do not copy an entire recipe into
+ your layer and then modify it. Rather, use an append file
+ (``.bbappend``) to override only those parts of the original recipe
+ you need to modify.
+
+- *Avoid Duplicating Include Files:* Use append files (``.bbappend``)
+ for each recipe that uses an include file. Or, if you are introducing
+ a new recipe that requires the included file, use the path relative
+ to the original layer directory to refer to the file. For example,
+ use ``require recipes-core/``\ `package`\ ``/``\ `file`\ ``.inc`` instead
+ of ``require`` `file`\ ``.inc``. If you're finding you have to overlay
+ the include file, it could indicate a deficiency in the include file
+ in the layer to which it originally belongs. If this is the case, you
+ should try to address that deficiency instead of overlaying the
+ include file. For example, you could address this by getting the
+ maintainer of the include file to add a variable or variables to make
+ it easy to override the parts needing to be overridden.
+
+- *Structure Your Layers:* Proper use of overrides within append files
+ and placement of machine-specific files within your layer can ensure
+ that a build is not using the wrong Metadata and negatively impacting
+ a build for a different machine. Following are some examples:
+
+ - *Modify Variables to Support a Different Machine:* Suppose you
+ have a layer named ``meta-one`` that adds support for building
+ machine "one". To do so, you use an append file named
+ ``base-files.bbappend`` and create a dependency on "foo" by
+ altering the :term:`DEPENDS`
+ variable:
+ ::
+
+ DEPENDS = "foo"
+
+ The dependency is created during any
+ build that includes the layer ``meta-one``. However, you might not
+ want this dependency for all machines. For example, suppose you
+ are building for machine "two" but your ``bblayers.conf`` file has
+ the ``meta-one`` layer included. During the build, the
+ ``base-files`` for machine "two" will also have the dependency on
+ ``foo``.
+
+ To make sure your changes apply only when building machine "one",
+ use a machine override with the ``DEPENDS`` statement:
+ ::
+
+ DEPENDS_one = "foo"
+
+ You should follow the same strategy when using ``_append``
+ and ``_prepend`` operations:
+ ::
+
+ DEPENDS_append_one = " foo"
+ DEPENDS_prepend_one = "foo "
+
+ As an actual example, here's a
+ snippet from the generic kernel include file ``linux-yocto.inc``,
+ wherein the kernel compile and link options are adjusted in the
+ case of a subset of the supported architectures:
+ ::
+
+ DEPENDS_append_aarch64 = " libgcc"
+ KERNEL_CC_append_aarch64 = " ${TOOLCHAIN_OPTIONS}"
+ KERNEL_LD_append_aarch64 = " ${TOOLCHAIN_OPTIONS}"
+
+ DEPENDS_append_nios2 = " libgcc"
+ KERNEL_CC_append_nios2 = " ${TOOLCHAIN_OPTIONS}"
+ KERNEL_LD_append_nios2 = " ${TOOLCHAIN_OPTIONS}"
+
+ DEPENDS_append_arc = " libgcc"
+ KERNEL_CC_append_arc = " ${TOOLCHAIN_OPTIONS}"
+ KERNEL_LD_append_arc = " ${TOOLCHAIN_OPTIONS}"
+
+ KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemuall=" features/debug/printk.scc"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Avoiding "+=" and "=+" and using machine-specific ``_append``
+ and ``_prepend`` operations is recommended as well.
+
+ - *Place Machine-Specific Files in Machine-Specific Locations:* When
+ you have a base recipe, such as ``base-files.bb``, that contains a
+ :term:`SRC_URI` statement to a
+ file, you can use an append file to cause the build to use your
+ own version of the file. For example, an append file in your layer
+ at ``meta-one/recipes-core/base-files/base-files.bbappend`` could
+ extend :term:`FILESPATH` using :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${BPN}:"
+
+ The build for machine "one" will pick up your machine-specific file as
+ long as you have the file in
+ ``meta-one/recipes-core/base-files/base-files/``. However, if you
+ are building for a different machine and the ``bblayers.conf``
+ file includes the ``meta-one`` layer and the location of your
+ machine-specific file is the first location where that file is
+ found according to ``FILESPATH``, builds for all machines will
+ also use that machine-specific file.
+
+ You can make sure that a machine-specific file is used for a
+ particular machine by putting the file in a subdirectory specific
+ to the machine. For example, rather than placing the file in
+ ``meta-one/recipes-core/base-files/base-files/`` as shown above,
+ put it in ``meta-one/recipes-core/base-files/base-files/one/``.
+ Not only does this make sure the file is used only when building
+ for machine "one", but the build process locates the file more
+ quickly.
+
+ In summary, you need to place all files referenced from
+ ``SRC_URI`` in a machine-specific subdirectory within the layer in
+ order to restrict those files to machine-specific builds.
+
+- *Perform Steps to Apply for Yocto Project Compatibility:* If you want
+ permission to use the Yocto Project Compatibility logo with your
+ layer or application that uses your layer, perform the steps to apply
+ for compatibility. See the "`Making Sure Your Layer is Compatible
+ With Yocto
+ Project <#making-sure-your-layer-is-compatible-with-yocto-project>`__"
+ section for more information.
+
+- *Follow the Layer Naming Convention:* Store custom layers in a Git
+ repository that use the ``meta-layer_name`` format.
+
+- *Group Your Layers Locally:* Clone your repository alongside other
+ cloned ``meta`` directories from the :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+Making Sure Your Layer is Compatible With Yocto Project
+-------------------------------------------------------
+
+When you create a layer used with the Yocto Project, it is advantageous
+to make sure that the layer interacts well with existing Yocto Project
+layers (i.e. the layer is compatible with the Yocto Project). Ensuring
+compatibility makes the layer easy to be consumed by others in the Yocto
+Project community and could allow you permission to use the Yocto
+Project Compatible Logo.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Only Yocto Project member organizations are permitted to use the
+ Yocto Project Compatible Logo. The logo is not available for general
+ use. For information on how to become a Yocto Project member
+ organization, see the :yocto_home:`Yocto Project Website <>`.
+
+The Yocto Project Compatibility Program consists of a layer application
+process that requests permission to use the Yocto Project Compatibility
+Logo for your layer and application. The process consists of two parts:
+
+1. Successfully passing a script (``yocto-check-layer``) that when run
+ against your layer, tests it against constraints based on experiences
+ of how layers have worked in the real world and where pitfalls have
+ been found. Getting a "PASS" result from the script is required for
+ successful compatibility registration.
+
+2. Completion of an application acceptance form, which you can find at
+ https://www.yoctoproject.org/webform/yocto-project-compatible-registration.
+
+To be granted permission to use the logo, you need to satisfy the
+following:
+
+- Be able to check the box indicating that you got a "PASS" when
+ running the script against your layer.
+
+- Answer "Yes" to the questions on the form or have an acceptable
+ explanation for any questions answered "No".
+
+- Be a Yocto Project Member Organization.
+
+The remainder of this section presents information on the registration
+form and on the ``yocto-check-layer`` script.
+
+Yocto Project Compatible Program Application
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Use the form to apply for your layer's approval. Upon successful
+application, you can use the Yocto Project Compatibility Logo with your
+layer and the application that uses your layer.
+
+To access the form, use this link:
+https://www.yoctoproject.org/webform/yocto-project-compatible-registration.
+Follow the instructions on the form to complete your application.
+
+The application consists of the following sections:
+
+- *Contact Information:* Provide your contact information as the fields
+ require. Along with your information, provide the released versions
+ of the Yocto Project for which your layer is compatible.
+
+- *Acceptance Criteria:* Provide "Yes" or "No" answers for each of the
+ items in the checklist. Space exists at the bottom of the form for
+ any explanations for items for which you answered "No".
+
+- *Recommendations:* Provide answers for the questions regarding Linux
+ kernel use and build success.
+
+``yocto-check-layer`` Script
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The ``yocto-check-layer`` script provides you a way to assess how
+compatible your layer is with the Yocto Project. You should run this
+script prior to using the form to apply for compatibility as described
+in the previous section. You need to achieve a "PASS" result in order to
+have your application form successfully processed.
+
+The script divides tests into three areas: COMMON, BSP, and DISTRO. For
+example, given a distribution layer (DISTRO), the layer must pass both
+the COMMON and DISTRO related tests. Furthermore, if your layer is a BSP
+layer, the layer must pass the COMMON and BSP set of tests.
+
+To execute the script, enter the following commands from your build
+directory:
+::
+
+ $ source oe-init-build-env
+ $ yocto-check-layer your_layer_directory
+
+Be sure to provide the actual directory for your
+layer as part of the command.
+
+Entering the command causes the script to determine the type of layer
+and then to execute a set of specific tests against the layer. The
+following list overviews the test:
+
+- ``common.test_readme``: Tests if a ``README`` file exists in the
+ layer and the file is not empty.
+
+- ``common.test_parse``: Tests to make sure that BitBake can parse the
+ files without error (i.e. ``bitbake -p``).
+
+- ``common.test_show_environment``: Tests that the global or per-recipe
+ environment is in order without errors (i.e. ``bitbake -e``).
+
+- ``common.test_world``: Verifies that ``bitbake world`` works.
+
+- ``common.test_signatures``: Tests to be sure that BSP and DISTRO
+ layers do not come with recipes that change signatures.
+
+- ``common.test_layerseries_compat``: Verifies layer compatibility is
+ set properly.
+
+- ``bsp.test_bsp_defines_machines``: Tests if a BSP layer has machine
+ configurations.
+
+- ``bsp.test_bsp_no_set_machine``: Tests to ensure a BSP layer does not
+ set the machine when the layer is added.
+
+- ``bsp.test_machine_world``: Verifies that ``bitbake world`` works
+ regardless of which machine is selected.
+
+- ``bsp.test_machine_signatures``: Verifies that building for a
+ particular machine affects only the signature of tasks specific to
+ that machine.
+
+- ``distro.test_distro_defines_distros``: Tests if a DISTRO layer has
+ distro configurations.
+
+- ``distro.test_distro_no_set_distros``: Tests to ensure a DISTRO layer
+ does not set the distribution when the layer is added.
+
+Enabling Your Layer
+-------------------
+
+Before the OpenEmbedded build system can use your new layer, you need to
+enable it. To enable your layer, simply add your layer's path to the
+``BBLAYERS`` variable in your ``conf/bblayers.conf`` file, which is
+found in the :term:`Build Directory`.
+The following example shows how to enable a layer named
+``meta-mylayer``:
+::
+
+ # POKY_BBLAYERS_CONF_VERSION is increased each time build/conf/bblayers.conf
+ # changes incompatibly
+ POKY_BBLAYERS_CONF_VERSION = "2"
+ BBPATH = "${TOPDIR}"
+ BBFILES ?= ""
+ BBLAYERS ?= " \
+ /home/user/poky/meta \
+ /home/user/poky/meta-poky \
+ /home/user/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \
+ /home/user/poky/meta-mylayer \
+ "
+
+BitBake parses each ``conf/layer.conf`` file from the top down as
+specified in the ``BBLAYERS`` variable within the ``conf/bblayers.conf``
+file. During the processing of each ``conf/layer.conf`` file, BitBake
+adds the recipes, classes and configurations contained within the
+particular layer to the source directory.
+
+.. _using-bbappend-files:
+
+Using .bbappend Files in Your Layer
+-----------------------------------
+
+A recipe that appends Metadata to another recipe is called a BitBake
+append file. A BitBake append file uses the ``.bbappend`` file type
+suffix, while the corresponding recipe to which Metadata is being
+appended uses the ``.bb`` file type suffix.
+
+You can use a ``.bbappend`` file in your layer to make additions or
+changes to the content of another layer's recipe without having to copy
+the other layer's recipe into your layer. Your ``.bbappend`` file
+resides in your layer, while the main ``.bb`` recipe file to which you
+are appending Metadata resides in a different layer.
+
+Being able to append information to an existing recipe not only avoids
+duplication, but also automatically applies recipe changes from a
+different layer into your layer. If you were copying recipes, you would
+have to manually merge changes as they occur.
+
+When you create an append file, you must use the same root name as the
+corresponding recipe file. For example, the append file
+``someapp_3.1.bbappend`` must apply to ``someapp_3.1.bb``. This
+means the original recipe and append file names are version
+number-specific. If the corresponding recipe is renamed to update to a
+newer version, you must also rename and possibly update the
+corresponding ``.bbappend`` as well. During the build process, BitBake
+displays an error on starting if it detects a ``.bbappend`` file that
+does not have a corresponding recipe with a matching name. See the
+:term:`BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY`
+variable for information on how to handle this error.
+
+As an example, consider the main formfactor recipe and a corresponding
+formfactor append file both from the :term:`Source Directory`.
+Here is the main
+formfactor recipe, which is named ``formfactor_0.0.bb`` and located in
+the "meta" layer at ``meta/recipes-bsp/formfactor``:
+::
+
+ SUMMARY = "Device formfactor information"
+ DESCRIPTION = "A formfactor configuration file provides information about the \
+ target hardware for which the image is being built and information that the \
+ build system cannot obtain from other sources such as the kernel."
+ SECTION = "base"
+ LICENSE = "MIT"
+ LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://${COREBASE}/meta/COPYING.MIT;md5=3da9cfbcb788c80a0384361b4de20420"
+ PR = "r45"
+
+ SRC_URI = "file://config file://machconfig"
+ S = "${WORKDIR}"
+
+ PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}"
+ INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS = "1"
+
+ do_install() {
+ # Install file only if it has contents
+ install -d ${D}${sysconfdir}/formfactor/
+ install -m 0644 ${S}/config ${D}${sysconfdir}/formfactor/
+ if [ -s "${S}/machconfig" ]; then
+ install -m 0644 ${S}/machconfig ${D}${sysconfdir}/formfactor/
+ fi
+ }
+
+In the main recipe, note the :term:`SRC_URI`
+variable, which tells the OpenEmbedded build system where to find files
+during the build.
+
+Following is the append file, which is named ``formfactor_0.0.bbappend``
+and is from the Raspberry Pi BSP Layer named ``meta-raspberrypi``. The
+file is in the layer at ``recipes-bsp/formfactor``:
+::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
+
+By default, the build system uses the
+:term:`FILESPATH` variable to
+locate files. This append file extends the locations by setting the
+:term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`
+variable. Setting this variable in the ``.bbappend`` file is the most
+reliable and recommended method for adding directories to the search
+path used by the build system to find files.
+
+The statement in this example extends the directories to include
+``${``\ :term:`THISDIR`\ ``}/${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``,
+which resolves to a directory named ``formfactor`` in the same directory
+in which the append file resides (i.e.
+``meta-raspberrypi/recipes-bsp/formfactor``. This implies that you must
+have the supporting directory structure set up that will contain any
+files or patches you will be including from the layer.
+
+Using the immediate expansion assignment operator ``:=`` is important
+because of the reference to ``THISDIR``. The trailing colon character is
+important as it ensures that items in the list remain colon-separated.
+
+.. note::
+
+ BitBake automatically defines the ``THISDIR`` variable. You should
+ never set this variable yourself. Using "_prepend" as part of the
+ ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` ensures your path will be searched prior to other
+ paths in the final list.
+
+ Also, not all append files add extra files. Many append files simply
+ exist to add build options (e.g. ``systemd``). For these cases, your
+ append file would not even use the ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` statement.
+
+Prioritizing Your Layer
+-----------------------
+
+Each layer is assigned a priority value. Priority values control which
+layer takes precedence if there are recipe files with the same name in
+multiple layers. For these cases, the recipe file from the layer with a
+higher priority number takes precedence. Priority values also affect the
+order in which multiple ``.bbappend`` files for the same recipe are
+applied. You can either specify the priority manually, or allow the
+build system to calculate it based on the layer's dependencies.
+
+To specify the layer's priority manually, use the
+:term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY`
+variable and append the layer's root name:
+::
+
+ BBFILE_PRIORITY_mylayer = "1"
+
+.. note::
+
+ It is possible for a recipe with a lower version number
+ :term:`PV` in a layer that has a higher
+ priority to take precedence.
+
+ Also, the layer priority does not currently affect the precedence
+ order of ``.conf`` or ``.bbclass`` files. Future versions of BitBake
+ might address this.
+
+Managing Layers
+---------------
+
+You can use the BitBake layer management tool ``bitbake-layers`` to
+provide a view into the structure of recipes across a multi-layer
+project. Being able to generate output that reports on configured layers
+with their paths and priorities and on ``.bbappend`` files and their
+applicable recipes can help to reveal potential problems.
+
+For help on the BitBake layer management tool, use the following
+command:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake-layers --help
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ usage: bitbake-layers [-d] [-q] [-F] [--color COLOR] [-h] <subcommand> ...
+
+ BitBake layers utility
+
+ optional arguments:
+ -d, --debug Enable debug output
+ -q, --quiet Print only errors
+ -F, --force Force add without recipe parse verification
+ --color COLOR Colorize output (where COLOR is auto, always, never)
+ -h, --help show this help message and exit
+
+ subcommands:
+ <subcommand>
+ layerindex-fetch Fetches a layer from a layer index along with its
+ dependent layers, and adds them to conf/bblayers.conf.
+ layerindex-show-depends
+ Find layer dependencies from layer index.
+ add-layer Add one or more layers to bblayers.conf.
+ remove-layer Remove one or more layers from bblayers.conf.
+ flatten flatten layer configuration into a separate output
+ directory.
+ show-layers show current configured layers.
+ show-overlayed list overlayed recipes (where the same recipe exists
+ in another layer)
+ show-recipes list available recipes, showing the layer they are
+ provided by
+ show-appends list bbappend files and recipe files they apply to
+ show-cross-depends Show dependencies between recipes that cross layer
+ boundaries.
+ create-layer Create a basic layer
+
+ Use bitbake-layers <subcommand> --help to get help on a specific command
+
+The following list describes the available commands:
+
+- ``help:`` Displays general help or help on a specified command.
+
+- ``show-layers:`` Shows the current configured layers.
+
+- ``show-overlayed:`` Lists overlayed recipes. A recipe is overlayed
+ when a recipe with the same name exists in another layer that has a
+ higher layer priority.
+
+- ``show-recipes:`` Lists available recipes and the layers that
+ provide them.
+
+- ``show-appends:`` Lists ``.bbappend`` files and the recipe files to
+ which they apply.
+
+- ``show-cross-depends:`` Lists dependency relationships between
+ recipes that cross layer boundaries.
+
+- ``add-layer:`` Adds a layer to ``bblayers.conf``.
+
+- ``remove-layer:`` Removes a layer from ``bblayers.conf``
+
+- ``flatten:`` Flattens the layer configuration into a separate
+ output directory. Flattening your layer configuration builds a
+ "flattened" directory that contains the contents of all layers, with
+ any overlayed recipes removed and any ``.bbappend`` files appended to
+ the corresponding recipes. You might have to perform some manual
+ cleanup of the flattened layer as follows:
+
+ - Non-recipe files (such as patches) are overwritten. The flatten
+ command shows a warning for these files.
+
+ - Anything beyond the normal layer setup has been added to the
+ ``layer.conf`` file. Only the lowest priority layer's
+ ``layer.conf`` is used.
+
+ - Overridden and appended items from ``.bbappend`` files need to be
+ cleaned up. The contents of each ``.bbappend`` end up in the
+ flattened recipe. However, if there are appended or changed
+ variable values, you need to tidy these up yourself. Consider the
+ following example. Here, the ``bitbake-layers`` command adds the
+ line ``#### bbappended ...`` so that you know where the following
+ lines originate:
+ ::
+
+ ...
+ DESCRIPTION = "A useful utility"
+ ...
+ EXTRA_OECONF = "--enable-something"
+ ...
+
+ #### bbappended from meta-anotherlayer ####
+
+ DESCRIPTION = "Customized utility"
+ EXTRA_OECONF += "--enable-somethingelse"
+
+
+ Ideally, you would tidy up these utilities as follows:
+ ::
+
+ ...
+ DESCRIPTION = "Customized utility"
+ ...
+ EXTRA_OECONF = "--enable-something --enable-somethingelse"
+ ...
+
+- ``layerindex-fetch``: Fetches a layer from a layer index, along
+ with its dependent layers, and adds the layers to the
+ ``conf/bblayers.conf`` file.
+
+- ``layerindex-show-depends``: Finds layer dependencies from the
+ layer index.
+
+- ``create-layer``: Creates a basic layer.
+
+Creating a General Layer Using the ``bitbake-layers`` Script
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The ``bitbake-layers`` script with the ``create-layer`` subcommand
+simplifies creating a new general layer.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - For information on BSP layers, see the ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:bsp layers`"
+ section in the Yocto
+ Project Board Specific (BSP) Developer's Guide.
+
+ - In order to use a layer with the OpenEmbedded build system, you
+ need to add the layer to your ``bblayers.conf`` configuration
+ file. See the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:adding a layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
+ section for more information.
+
+The default mode of the script's operation with this subcommand is to
+create a layer with the following:
+
+- A layer priority of 6.
+
+- A ``conf`` subdirectory that contains a ``layer.conf`` file.
+
+- A ``recipes-example`` subdirectory that contains a further
+ subdirectory named ``example``, which contains an ``example.bb``
+ recipe file.
+
+- A ``COPYING.MIT``, which is the license statement for the layer. The
+ script assumes you want to use the MIT license, which is typical for
+ most layers, for the contents of the layer itself.
+
+- A ``README`` file, which is a file describing the contents of your
+ new layer.
+
+In its simplest form, you can use the following command form to create a
+layer. The command creates a layer whose name corresponds to
+"your_layer_name" in the current directory:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake-layers create-layer your_layer_name
+
+As an example, the following command creates a layer named ``meta-scottrif``
+in your home directory:
+::
+
+ $ cd /usr/home
+ $ bitbake-layers create-layer meta-scottrif
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ Add your new layer with 'bitbake-layers add-layer meta-scottrif'
+
+If you want to set the priority of the layer to other than the default
+value of "6", you can either use the ``--priority`` option or you
+can edit the
+:term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` value
+in the ``conf/layer.conf`` after the script creates it. Furthermore, if
+you want to give the example recipe file some name other than the
+default, you can use the ``--example-recipe-name`` option.
+
+The easiest way to see how the ``bitbake-layers create-layer`` command
+works is to experiment with the script. You can also read the usage
+information by entering the following:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake-layers create-layer --help
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ usage: bitbake-layers create-layer [-h] [--priority PRIORITY]
+ [--example-recipe-name EXAMPLERECIPE]
+ layerdir
+
+ Create a basic layer
+
+ positional arguments:
+ layerdir Layer directory to create
+
+ optional arguments:
+ -h, --help show this help message and exit
+ --priority PRIORITY, -p PRIORITY
+ Layer directory to create
+ --example-recipe-name EXAMPLERECIPE, -e EXAMPLERECIPE
+ Filename of the example recipe
+
+Adding a Layer Using the ``bitbake-layers`` Script
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+Once you create your general layer, you must add it to your
+``bblayers.conf`` file. Adding the layer to this configuration file
+makes the OpenEmbedded build system aware of your layer so that it can
+search it for metadata.
+
+Add your layer by using the ``bitbake-layers add-layer`` command:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake-layers add-layer your_layer_name
+
+Here is an example that adds a
+layer named ``meta-scottrif`` to the configuration file. Following the
+command that adds the layer is another ``bitbake-layers`` command that
+shows the layers that are in your ``bblayers.conf`` file:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake-layers add-layer meta-scottrif
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ Parsing recipes: 100% |##########################################################| Time: 0:00:49
+ Parsing of 1441 .bb files complete (0 cached, 1441 parsed). 2055 targets, 56 skipped, 0 masked, 0 errors.
+ $ bitbake-layers show-layers
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ layer path priority
+ ==========================================================================
+ meta /home/scottrif/poky/meta 5
+ meta-poky /home/scottrif/poky/meta-poky 5
+ meta-yocto-bsp /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp 5
+ workspace /home/scottrif/poky/build/workspace 99
+ meta-scottrif /home/scottrif/poky/build/meta-scottrif 6
+
+
+Adding the layer to this file
+enables the build system to locate the layer during the build.
+
+.. note::
+
+ During a build, the OpenEmbedded build system looks in the layers
+ from the top of the list down to the bottom in that order.
+
+.. _usingpoky-extend-customimage:
+
+Customizing Images
+==================
+
+You can customize images to satisfy particular requirements. This
+section describes several methods and provides guidelines for each.
+
+.. _usingpoky-extend-customimage-localconf:
+
+Customizing Images Using ``local.conf``
+---------------------------------------
+
+Probably the easiest way to customize an image is to add a package by
+way of the ``local.conf`` configuration file. Because it is limited to
+local use, this method generally only allows you to add packages and is
+not as flexible as creating your own customized image. When you add
+packages using local variables this way, you need to realize that these
+variable changes are in effect for every build and consequently affect
+all images, which might not be what you require.
+
+To add a package to your image using the local configuration file, use
+the ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable with the ``_append`` operator:
+::
+
+ IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " strace"
+
+Use of the syntax is important -
+specifically, the space between the quote and the package name, which is
+``strace`` in this example. This space is required since the ``_append``
+operator does not add the space.
+
+Furthermore, you must use ``_append`` instead of the ``+=`` operator if
+you want to avoid ordering issues. The reason for this is because doing
+so unconditionally appends to the variable and avoids ordering problems
+due to the variable being set in image recipes and ``.bbclass`` files
+with operators like ``?=``. Using ``_append`` ensures the operation
+takes effect.
+
+As shown in its simplest use, ``IMAGE_INSTALL_append`` affects all
+images. It is possible to extend the syntax so that the variable applies
+to a specific image only. Here is an example:
+::
+
+ IMAGE_INSTALL_append_pn-core-image-minimal = " strace"
+
+This example adds ``strace`` to the ``core-image-minimal`` image only.
+
+You can add packages using a similar approach through the
+``CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL`` variable. If you use this variable, only
+``core-image-*`` images are affected.
+
+.. _usingpoky-extend-customimage-imagefeatures:
+
+Customizing Images Using Custom ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` and ``EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES``
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Another method for customizing your image is to enable or disable
+high-level image features by using the
+:term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` and
+:term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES`
+variables. Although the functions for both variables are nearly
+equivalent, best practices dictate using ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` from within
+a recipe and using ``EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES`` from within your
+``local.conf`` file, which is found in the
+:term:`Build Directory`.
+
+To understand how these features work, the best reference is
+``meta/classes/core-image.bbclass``. This class lists out the available
+``IMAGE_FEATURES`` of which most map to package groups while some, such
+as ``debug-tweaks`` and ``read-only-rootfs``, resolve as general
+configuration settings.
+
+In summary, the file looks at the contents of the ``IMAGE_FEATURES``
+variable and then maps or configures the feature accordingly. Based on
+this information, the build system automatically adds the appropriate
+packages or configurations to the
+:term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable.
+Effectively, you are enabling extra features by extending the class or
+creating a custom class for use with specialized image ``.bb`` files.
+
+Use the ``EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES`` variable from within your local
+configuration file. Using a separate area from which to enable features
+with this variable helps you avoid overwriting the features in the image
+recipe that are enabled with ``IMAGE_FEATURES``. The value of
+``EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES`` is added to ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` within
+``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``.
+
+To illustrate how you can use these variables to modify your image,
+consider an example that selects the SSH server. The Yocto Project ships
+with two SSH servers you can use with your images: Dropbear and OpenSSH.
+Dropbear is a minimal SSH server appropriate for resource-constrained
+environments, while OpenSSH is a well-known standard SSH server
+implementation. By default, the ``core-image-sato`` image is configured
+to use Dropbear. The ``core-image-full-cmdline`` and ``core-image-lsb``
+images both include OpenSSH. The ``core-image-minimal`` image does not
+contain an SSH server.
+
+You can customize your image and change these defaults. Edit the
+``IMAGE_FEATURES`` variable in your recipe or use the
+``EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES`` in your ``local.conf`` file so that it
+configures the image you are working with to include
+``ssh-server-dropbear`` or ``ssh-server-openssh``.
+
+.. note::
+
+ See the ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-features:image features`" section in the Yocto
+ Project Reference Manual for a complete list of image features that ship
+ with the Yocto Project.
+
+.. _usingpoky-extend-customimage-custombb:
+
+Customizing Images Using Custom .bb Files
+-----------------------------------------
+
+You can also customize an image by creating a custom recipe that defines
+additional software as part of the image. The following example shows
+the form for the two lines you need:
+::
+
+ IMAGE_INSTALL = "packagegroup-core-x11-base package1 package2"
+ inherit core-image
+
+Defining the software using a custom recipe gives you total control over
+the contents of the image. It is important to use the correct names of
+packages in the ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable. You must use the
+OpenEmbedded notation and not the Debian notation for the names (e.g.
+``glibc-dev`` instead of ``libc6-dev``).
+
+The other method for creating a custom image is to base it on an
+existing image. For example, if you want to create an image based on
+``core-image-sato`` but add the additional package ``strace`` to the
+image, copy the ``meta/recipes-sato/images/core-image-sato.bb`` to a new
+``.bb`` and add the following line to the end of the copy:
+::
+
+ IMAGE_INSTALL += "strace"
+
+.. _usingpoky-extend-customimage-customtasks:
+
+Customizing Images Using Custom Package Groups
+----------------------------------------------
+
+For complex custom images, the best approach for customizing an image is
+to create a custom package group recipe that is used to build the image
+or images. A good example of a package group recipe is
+``meta/recipes-core/packagegroups/packagegroup-base.bb``.
+
+If you examine that recipe, you see that the ``PACKAGES`` variable lists
+the package group packages to produce. The ``inherit packagegroup``
+statement sets appropriate default values and automatically adds
+``-dev``, ``-dbg``, and ``-ptest`` complementary packages for each
+package specified in the ``PACKAGES`` statement.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The ``inherit packagegroup`` line should be located near the top of the
+ recipe, certainly before the ``PACKAGES`` statement.
+
+For each package you specify in ``PACKAGES``, you can use ``RDEPENDS``
+and ``RRECOMMENDS`` entries to provide a list of packages the parent
+task package should contain. You can see examples of these further down
+in the ``packagegroup-base.bb`` recipe.
+
+Here is a short, fabricated example showing the same basic pieces for a
+hypothetical packagegroup defined in ``packagegroup-custom.bb``, where
+the variable ``PN`` is the standard way to abbreviate the reference to
+the full packagegroup name ``packagegroup-custom``:
+::
+
+ DESCRIPTION = "My Custom Package Groups"
+
+ inherit packagegroup
+
+ PACKAGES = "\
+ ${PN}-apps \
+ ${PN}-tools \
+ "
+
+ RDEPENDS_${PN}-apps = "\
+ dropbear \
+ portmap \
+ psplash"
+
+ RDEPENDS_${PN}-tools = "\
+ oprofile \
+ oprofileui-server \
+ lttng-tools"
+
+ RRECOMMENDS_${PN}-tools = "\
+ kernel-module-oprofile"
+
+In the previous example, two package group packages are created with
+their dependencies and their recommended package dependencies listed:
+``packagegroup-custom-apps``, and ``packagegroup-custom-tools``. To
+build an image using these package group packages, you need to add
+``packagegroup-custom-apps`` and/or ``packagegroup-custom-tools`` to
+``IMAGE_INSTALL``. For other forms of image dependencies see the other
+areas of this section.
+
+.. _usingpoky-extend-customimage-image-name:
+
+Customizing an Image Hostname
+-----------------------------
+
+By default, the configured hostname (i.e. ``/etc/hostname``) in an image
+is the same as the machine name. For example, if
+:term:`MACHINE` equals "qemux86", the
+configured hostname written to ``/etc/hostname`` is "qemux86".
+
+You can customize this name by altering the value of the "hostname"
+variable in the ``base-files`` recipe using either an append file or a
+configuration file. Use the following in an append file:
+::
+
+ hostname = "myhostname"
+
+Use the following in a configuration file:
+::
+
+ hostname_pn-base-files = "myhostname"
+
+Changing the default value of the variable "hostname" can be useful in
+certain situations. For example, suppose you need to do extensive
+testing on an image and you would like to easily identify the image
+under test from existing images with typical default hostnames. In this
+situation, you could change the default hostname to "testme", which
+results in all the images using the name "testme". Once testing is
+complete and you do not need to rebuild the image for test any longer,
+you can easily reset the default hostname.
+
+Another point of interest is that if you unset the variable, the image
+will have no default hostname in the filesystem. Here is an example that
+unsets the variable in a configuration file:
+::
+
+ hostname_pn-base-files = ""
+
+Having no default hostname in the filesystem is suitable for
+environments that use dynamic hostnames such as virtual machines.
+
+.. _new-recipe-writing-a-new-recipe:
+
+Writing a New Recipe
+====================
+
+Recipes (``.bb`` files) are fundamental components in the Yocto Project
+environment. Each software component built by the OpenEmbedded build
+system requires a recipe to define the component. This section describes
+how to create, write, and test a new recipe.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For information on variables that are useful for recipes and for
+ information about recipe naming issues, see the
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-varlocality:recipes`" section of the Yocto Project
+ Reference Manual.
+
+.. _new-recipe-overview:
+
+Overview
+--------
+
+The following figure shows the basic process for creating a new recipe.
+The remainder of the section provides details for the steps.
+
+.. image:: figures/recipe-workflow.png
+ :align: center
+
+.. _new-recipe-locate-or-automatically-create-a-base-recipe:
+
+Locate or Automatically Create a Base Recipe
+--------------------------------------------
+
+You can always write a recipe from scratch. However, three choices exist
+that can help you quickly get a start on a new recipe:
+
+- ``devtool add``: A command that assists in creating a recipe and an
+ environment conducive to development.
+
+- ``recipetool create``: A command provided by the Yocto Project that
+ automates creation of a base recipe based on the source files.
+
+- *Existing Recipes:* Location and modification of an existing recipe
+ that is similar in function to the recipe you need.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For information on recipe syntax, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:recipe syntax`" section.
+
+.. _new-recipe-creating-the-base-recipe-using-devtool:
+
+Creating the Base Recipe Using ``devtool add``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The ``devtool add`` command uses the same logic for auto-creating the
+recipe as ``recipetool create``, which is listed below. Additionally,
+however, ``devtool add`` sets up an environment that makes it easy for
+you to patch the source and to make changes to the recipe as is often
+necessary when adding a recipe to build a new piece of software to be
+included in a build.
+
+You can find a complete description of the ``devtool add`` command in
+the ":ref:`sdk-a-closer-look-at-devtool-add`" section
+in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible Software
+Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+.. _new-recipe-creating-the-base-recipe-using-recipetool:
+
+Creating the Base Recipe Using ``recipetool create``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``recipetool create`` automates creation of a base recipe given a set of
+source code files. As long as you can extract or point to the source
+files, the tool will construct a recipe and automatically configure all
+pre-build information into the recipe. For example, suppose you have an
+application that builds using Autotools. Creating the base recipe using
+``recipetool`` results in a recipe that has the pre-build dependencies,
+license requirements, and checksums configured.
+
+To run the tool, you just need to be in your
+:term:`Build Directory` and have sourced the
+build environment setup script (i.e.
+:ref:`structure-core-script`).
+To get help on the tool, use the following command:
+::
+
+ $ recipetool -h
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ usage: recipetool [-d] [-q] [--color COLOR] [-h] <subcommand> ...
+
+ OpenEmbedded recipe tool
+
+ options:
+ -d, --debug Enable debug output
+ -q, --quiet Print only errors
+ --color COLOR Colorize output (where COLOR is auto, always, never)
+ -h, --help show this help message and exit
+
+ subcommands:
+ create Create a new recipe
+ newappend Create a bbappend for the specified target in the specified
+ layer
+ setvar Set a variable within a recipe
+ appendfile Create/update a bbappend to replace a target file
+ appendsrcfiles Create/update a bbappend to add or replace source files
+ appendsrcfile Create/update a bbappend to add or replace a source file
+ Use recipetool <subcommand> --help to get help on a specific command
+
+Running ``recipetool create -o OUTFILE`` creates the base recipe and
+locates it properly in the layer that contains your source files.
+Following are some syntax examples:
+
+ - Use this syntax to generate a recipe based on source. Once generated,
+ the recipe resides in the existing source code layer:
+ ::
+
+ recipetool create -o OUTFILE source
+
+ - Use this syntax to generate a recipe using code that
+ you extract from source. The extracted code is placed in its own layer
+ defined by ``EXTERNALSRC``.
+ ::
+
+ recipetool create -o OUTFILE -x EXTERNALSRC source
+
+ - Use this syntax to generate a recipe based on source. The options
+ direct ``recipetool`` to generate debugging information. Once generated,
+ the recipe resides in the existing source code layer:
+ ::
+
+ recipetool create -d -o OUTFILE source
+
+.. _new-recipe-locating-and-using-a-similar-recipe:
+
+Locating and Using a Similar Recipe
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Before writing a recipe from scratch, it is often useful to discover
+whether someone else has already written one that meets (or comes close
+to meeting) your needs. The Yocto Project and OpenEmbedded communities
+maintain many recipes that might be candidates for what you are doing.
+You can find a good central index of these recipes in the `OpenEmbedded
+Layer Index <https://layers.openembedded.org>`__.
+
+Working from an existing recipe or a skeleton recipe is the best way to
+get started. Here are some points on both methods:
+
+- *Locate and modify a recipe that is close to what you want to do:*
+ This method works when you are familiar with the current recipe
+ space. The method does not work so well for those new to the Yocto
+ Project or writing recipes.
+
+ Some risks associated with this method are using a recipe that has
+ areas totally unrelated to what you are trying to accomplish with
+ your recipe, not recognizing areas of the recipe that you might have
+ to add from scratch, and so forth. All these risks stem from
+ unfamiliarity with the existing recipe space.
+
+- *Use and modify the following skeleton recipe:* If for some reason
+ you do not want to use ``recipetool`` and you cannot find an existing
+ recipe that is close to meeting your needs, you can use the following
+ structure to provide the fundamental areas of a new recipe.
+ ::
+
+ DESCRIPTION = ""
+ HOMEPAGE = ""
+ LICENSE = ""
+ SECTION = ""
+ DEPENDS = ""
+ LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = ""
+
+ SRC_URI = ""
+
+.. _new-recipe-storing-and-naming-the-recipe:
+
+Storing and Naming the Recipe
+-----------------------------
+
+Once you have your base recipe, you should put it in your own layer and
+name it appropriately. Locating it correctly ensures that the
+OpenEmbedded build system can find it when you use BitBake to process
+the recipe.
+
+- *Storing Your Recipe:* The OpenEmbedded build system locates your
+ recipe through the layer's ``conf/layer.conf`` file and the
+ :term:`BBFILES` variable. This
+ variable sets up a path from which the build system can locate
+ recipes. Here is the typical use:
+ ::
+
+ BBFILES += "${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bb \
+ ${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bbappend"
+
+ Consequently, you need to be sure you locate your new recipe inside
+ your layer such that it can be found.
+
+ You can find more information on how layers are structured in the
+ "`Understanding and Creating
+ Layers <#understanding-and-creating-layers>`__" section.
+
+- *Naming Your Recipe:* When you name your recipe, you need to follow
+ this naming convention:
+ ::
+
+ basename_version.bb
+
+ Use lower-cased characters and do not include the reserved suffixes
+ ``-native``, ``-cross``, ``-initial``, or ``-dev`` casually (i.e. do not use
+ them as part of your recipe name unless the string applies). Here are some
+ examples:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ cups_1.7.0.bb
+ gawk_4.0.2.bb
+ irssi_0.8.16-rc1.bb
+
+.. _new-recipe-running-a-build-on-the-recipe:
+
+Running a Build on the Recipe
+-----------------------------
+
+Creating a new recipe is usually an iterative process that requires
+using BitBake to process the recipe multiple times in order to
+progressively discover and add information to the recipe file.
+
+Assuming you have sourced the build environment setup script (i.e.
+:ref:`structure-core-script`) and you are in
+the :term:`Build Directory`, use
+BitBake to process your recipe. All you need to provide is the
+``basename`` of the recipe as described in the previous section:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake basename
+
+During the build, the OpenEmbedded build system creates a temporary work
+directory for each recipe
+(``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}``)
+where it keeps extracted source files, log files, intermediate
+compilation and packaging files, and so forth.
+
+The path to the per-recipe temporary work directory depends on the
+context in which it is being built. The quickest way to find this path
+is to have BitBake return it by running the following:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake -e basename | grep ^WORKDIR=
+
+As an example, assume a Source Directory
+top-level folder named ``poky``, a default Build Directory at
+``poky/build``, and a ``qemux86-poky-linux`` machine target system.
+Furthermore, suppose your recipe is named ``foo_1.3.0.bb``. In this
+case, the work directory the build system uses to build the package
+would be as follows:
+::
+
+ poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0
+
+Inside this directory you can find sub-directories such as ``image``,
+``packages-split``, and ``temp``. After the build, you can examine these
+to determine how well the build went.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can find log files for each task in the recipe's ``temp``
+ directory (e.g. ``poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0/temp``).
+ Log files are named ``log.taskname`` (e.g. ``log.do_configure``,
+ ``log.do_fetch``, and ``log.do_compile``).
+
+You can find more information about the build process in
+":doc:`../overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment`"
+chapter of the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+.. _new-recipe-fetching-code:
+
+Fetching Code
+-------------
+
+The first thing your recipe must do is specify how to fetch the source
+files. Fetching is controlled mainly through the
+:term:`SRC_URI` variable. Your recipe
+must have a ``SRC_URI`` variable that points to where the source is
+located. For a graphical representation of source locations, see the
+":ref:`sources-dev-environment`" section in
+the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+The :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch` task uses
+the prefix of each entry in the ``SRC_URI`` variable value to determine
+which :ref:`fetcher <bitbake:bb-fetchers>` to use to get your
+source files. It is the ``SRC_URI`` variable that triggers the fetcher.
+The :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task uses
+the variable after source is fetched to apply patches. The OpenEmbedded
+build system uses
+:term:`FILESOVERRIDES` for
+scanning directory locations for local files in ``SRC_URI``.
+
+The ``SRC_URI`` variable in your recipe must define each unique location
+for your source files. It is good practice to not hard-code version
+numbers in a URL used in ``SRC_URI``. Rather than hard-code these
+values, use ``${``\ :term:`PV`\ ``}``,
+which causes the fetch process to use the version specified in the
+recipe filename. Specifying the version in this manner means that
+upgrading the recipe to a future version is as simple as renaming the
+recipe to match the new version.
+
+Here is a simple example from the
+``meta/recipes-devtools/strace/strace_5.5.bb`` recipe where the source
+comes from a single tarball. Notice the use of the
+:term:`PV` variable:
+::
+
+ SRC_URI = "https://strace.io/files/${PV}/strace-${PV}.tar.xz \
+
+Files mentioned in ``SRC_URI`` whose names end in a typical archive
+extension (e.g. ``.tar``, ``.tar.gz``, ``.tar.bz2``, ``.zip``, and so
+forth), are automatically extracted during the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-unpack` task. For
+another example that specifies these types of files, see the
+"`Autotooled Package <#new-recipe-autotooled-package>`__" section.
+
+Another way of specifying source is from an SCM. For Git repositories,
+you must specify :term:`SRCREV` and
+you should specify :term:`PV` to include
+the revision with :term:`SRCPV`. Here
+is an example from the recipe
+``meta/recipes-kernel/blktrace/blktrace_git.bb``:
+::
+
+ SRCREV = "d6918c8832793b4205ed3bfede78c2f915c23385"
+
+ PR = "r6"
+ PV = "1.0.5+git${SRCPV}"
+
+ SRC_URI = "git://git.kernel.dk/blktrace.git \
+ file://ldflags.patch"
+
+If your ``SRC_URI`` statement includes URLs pointing to individual files
+fetched from a remote server other than a version control system,
+BitBake attempts to verify the files against checksums defined in your
+recipe to ensure they have not been tampered with or otherwise modified
+since the recipe was written. Two checksums are used:
+``SRC_URI[md5sum]`` and ``SRC_URI[sha256sum]``.
+
+If your ``SRC_URI`` variable points to more than a single URL (excluding
+SCM URLs), you need to provide the ``md5`` and ``sha256`` checksums for
+each URL. For these cases, you provide a name for each URL as part of
+the ``SRC_URI`` and then reference that name in the subsequent checksum
+statements. Here is an example combining lines from the files
+``git.inc`` and ``git_2.24.1.bb``:
+::
+
+ SRC_URI = "${KERNELORG_MIRROR}/software/scm/git/git-${PV}.tar.gz;name=tarball \
+ ${KERNELORG_MIRROR}/software/scm/git/git-manpages-${PV}.tar.gz;name=manpages"
+
+ SRC_URI[tarball.md5sum] = "166bde96adbbc11c8843d4f8f4f9811b"
+ SRC_URI[tarball.sha256sum] = "ad5334956301c86841eb1e5b1bb20884a6bad89a10a6762c958220c7cf64da02"
+ SRC_URI[manpages.md5sum] = "31c2272a8979022497ba3d4202df145d"
+ SRC_URI[manpages.sha256sum] = "9a7ae3a093bea39770eb96ca3e5b40bff7af0b9f6123f089d7821d0e5b8e1230"
+
+Proper values for ``md5`` and ``sha256`` checksums might be available
+with other signatures on the download page for the upstream source (e.g.
+``md5``, ``sha1``, ``sha256``, ``GPG``, and so forth). Because the
+OpenEmbedded build system only deals with ``sha256sum`` and ``md5sum``,
+you should verify all the signatures you find by hand.
+
+If no ``SRC_URI`` checksums are specified when you attempt to build the
+recipe, or you provide an incorrect checksum, the build will produce an
+error for each missing or incorrect checksum. As part of the error
+message, the build system provides the checksum string corresponding to
+the fetched file. Once you have the correct checksums, you can copy and
+paste them into your recipe and then run the build again to continue.
+
+.. note::
+
+ As mentioned, if the upstream source provides signatures for
+ verifying the downloaded source code, you should verify those
+ manually before setting the checksum values in the recipe and
+ continuing with the build.
+
+This final example is a bit more complicated and is from the
+``meta/recipes-sato/rxvt-unicode/rxvt-unicode_9.20.bb`` recipe. The
+example's ``SRC_URI`` statement identifies multiple files as the source
+files for the recipe: a tarball, a patch file, a desktop file, and an
+icon.
+::
+
+ SRC_URI = "http://dist.schmorp.de/rxvt-unicode/Attic/rxvt-unicode-${PV}.tar.bz2 \
+ file://xwc.patch \
+ file://rxvt.desktop \
+ file://rxvt.png"
+
+When you specify local files using the ``file://`` URI protocol, the
+build system fetches files from the local machine. The path is relative
+to the :term:`FILESPATH` variable
+and searches specific directories in a certain order:
+``${``\ :term:`BP`\ ``}``,
+``${``\ :term:`BPN`\ ``}``, and
+``files``. The directories are assumed to be subdirectories of the
+directory in which the recipe or append file resides. For another
+example that specifies these types of files, see the "`Single .c File
+Package (Hello
+World!) <#new-recipe-single-c-file-package-hello-world>`__" section.
+
+The previous example also specifies a patch file. Patch files are files
+whose names usually end in ``.patch`` or ``.diff`` but can end with
+compressed suffixes such as ``diff.gz`` and ``patch.bz2``, for example.
+The build system automatically applies patches as described in the
+"`Patching Code <#new-recipe-patching-code>`__" section.
+
+.. _new-recipe-unpacking-code:
+
+Unpacking Code
+--------------
+
+During the build, the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-unpack` task unpacks
+the source with ``${``\ :term:`S`\ ``}``
+pointing to where it is unpacked.
+
+If you are fetching your source files from an upstream source archived
+tarball and the tarball's internal structure matches the common
+convention of a top-level subdirectory named
+``${``\ :term:`BPN`\ ``}-${``\ :term:`PV`\ ``}``,
+then you do not need to set ``S``. However, if ``SRC_URI`` specifies to
+fetch source from an archive that does not use this convention, or from
+an SCM like Git or Subversion, your recipe needs to define ``S``.
+
+If processing your recipe using BitBake successfully unpacks the source
+files, you need to be sure that the directory pointed to by ``${S}``
+matches the structure of the source.
+
+.. _new-recipe-patching-code:
+
+Patching Code
+-------------
+
+Sometimes it is necessary to patch code after it has been fetched. Any
+files mentioned in ``SRC_URI`` whose names end in ``.patch`` or
+``.diff`` or compressed versions of these suffixes (e.g. ``diff.gz`` are
+treated as patches. The
+:ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task
+automatically applies these patches.
+
+The build system should be able to apply patches with the "-p1" option
+(i.e. one directory level in the path will be stripped off). If your
+patch needs to have more directory levels stripped off, specify the
+number of levels using the "striplevel" option in the ``SRC_URI`` entry
+for the patch. Alternatively, if your patch needs to be applied in a
+specific subdirectory that is not specified in the patch file, use the
+"patchdir" option in the entry.
+
+As with all local files referenced in
+:term:`SRC_URI` using ``file://``,
+you should place patch files in a directory next to the recipe either
+named the same as the base name of the recipe
+(:term:`BP` and
+:term:`BPN`) or "files".
+
+.. _new-recipe-licensing:
+
+Licensing
+---------
+
+Your recipe needs to have both the
+:term:`LICENSE` and
+:term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`
+variables:
+
+- ``LICENSE``: This variable specifies the license for the software.
+ If you do not know the license under which the software you are
+ building is distributed, you should go to the source code and look
+ for that information. Typical files containing this information
+ include ``COPYING``, ``LICENSE``, and ``README`` files. You could
+ also find the information near the top of a source file. For example,
+ given a piece of software licensed under the GNU General Public
+ License version 2, you would set ``LICENSE`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ LICENSE = "GPLv2"
+
+ The licenses you specify within ``LICENSE`` can have any name as long
+ as you do not use spaces, since spaces are used as separators between
+ license names. For standard licenses, use the names of the files in
+ ``meta/files/common-licenses/`` or the ``SPDXLICENSEMAP`` flag names
+ defined in ``meta/conf/licenses.conf``.
+
+- ``LIC_FILES_CHKSUM``: The OpenEmbedded build system uses this
+ variable to make sure the license text has not changed. If it has,
+ the build produces an error and it affords you the chance to figure
+ it out and correct the problem.
+
+ You need to specify all applicable licensing files for the software.
+ At the end of the configuration step, the build process will compare
+ the checksums of the files to be sure the text has not changed. Any
+ differences result in an error with the message containing the
+ current checksum. For more explanation and examples of how to set the
+ ``LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`` variable, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:tracking license changes`" section.
+
+ To determine the correct checksum string, you can list the
+ appropriate files in the ``LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`` variable with incorrect
+ md5 strings, attempt to build the software, and then note the
+ resulting error messages that will report the correct md5 strings.
+ See the "`Fetching Code <#new-recipe-fetching-code>`__" section for
+ additional information.
+
+ Here is an example that assumes the software has a ``COPYING`` file:
+ ::
+
+ LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=xxx"
+
+ When you try to build the
+ software, the build system will produce an error and give you the
+ correct string that you can substitute into the recipe file for a
+ subsequent build.
+
+.. _new-dependencies:
+
+Dependencies
+------------
+
+Most software packages have a short list of other packages that they
+require, which are called dependencies. These dependencies fall into two
+main categories: build-time dependencies, which are required when the
+software is built; and runtime dependencies, which are required to be
+installed on the target in order for the software to run.
+
+Within a recipe, you specify build-time dependencies using the
+:term:`DEPENDS` variable. Although
+nuances exist, items specified in ``DEPENDS`` should be names of other
+recipes. It is important that you specify all build-time dependencies
+explicitly.
+
+Another consideration is that configure scripts might automatically
+check for optional dependencies and enable corresponding functionality
+if those dependencies are found. If you wish to make a recipe that is
+more generally useful (e.g. publish the recipe in a layer for others to
+use), instead of hard-disabling the functionality, you can use the
+:term:`PACKAGECONFIG` variable to allow functionality and the
+corresponding dependencies to be enabled and disabled easily by other
+users of the recipe.
+
+Similar to build-time dependencies, you specify runtime dependencies
+through a variable -
+:term:`RDEPENDS`, which is
+package-specific. All variables that are package-specific need to have
+the name of the package added to the end as an override. Since the main
+package for a recipe has the same name as the recipe, and the recipe's
+name can be found through the
+``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}`` variable, then
+you specify the dependencies for the main package by setting
+``RDEPENDS_${PN}``. If the package were named ``${PN}-tools``, then you
+would set ``RDEPENDS_${PN}-tools``, and so forth.
+
+Some runtime dependencies will be set automatically at packaging time.
+These dependencies include any shared library dependencies (i.e. if a
+package "example" contains "libexample" and another package "mypackage"
+contains a binary that links to "libexample" then the OpenEmbedded build
+system will automatically add a runtime dependency to "mypackage" on
+"example"). See the
+":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual for further
+details.
+
+.. _new-recipe-configuring-the-recipe:
+
+Configuring the Recipe
+----------------------
+
+Most software provides some means of setting build-time configuration
+options before compilation. Typically, setting these options is
+accomplished by running a configure script with options, or by modifying
+a build configuration file.
+
+.. note::
+
+ As of Yocto Project Release 1.7, some of the core recipes that
+ package binary configuration scripts now disable the scripts due to
+ the scripts previously requiring error-prone path substitution. The
+ OpenEmbedded build system uses ``pkg-config`` now, which is much more
+ robust. You can find a list of the ``*-config`` scripts that are disabled
+ in the ":ref:`migration-1.7-binary-configuration-scripts-disabled`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
+
+A major part of build-time configuration is about checking for
+build-time dependencies and possibly enabling optional functionality as
+a result. You need to specify any build-time dependencies for the
+software you are building in your recipe's
+:term:`DEPENDS` value, in terms of
+other recipes that satisfy those dependencies. You can often find
+build-time or runtime dependencies described in the software's
+documentation.
+
+The following list provides configuration items of note based on how
+your software is built:
+
+- *Autotools:* If your source files have a ``configure.ac`` file, then
+ your software is built using Autotools. If this is the case, you just
+ need to worry about modifying the configuration.
+
+ When using Autotools, your recipe needs to inherit the
+ :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class
+ and your recipe does not have to contain a
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task.
+ However, you might still want to make some adjustments. For example,
+ you can set
+ :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
+ :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`
+ to pass any needed configure options that are specific to the recipe.
+
+- *CMake:* If your source files have a ``CMakeLists.txt`` file, then
+ your software is built using CMake. If this is the case, you just
+ need to worry about modifying the configuration.
+
+ When you use CMake, your recipe needs to inherit the
+ :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` class and your
+ recipe does not have to contain a
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task.
+ You can make some adjustments by setting
+ :term:`EXTRA_OECMAKE` to
+ pass any needed configure options that are specific to the recipe.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you need to install one or more custom CMake toolchain files
+ that are supplied by the application you are building, install the
+ files to ``${D}${datadir}/cmake/Modules`` during ``do_install``.
+
+- *Other:* If your source files do not have a ``configure.ac`` or
+ ``CMakeLists.txt`` file, then your software is built using some
+ method other than Autotools or CMake. If this is the case, you
+ normally need to provide a
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task
+ in your recipe unless, of course, there is nothing to configure.
+
+ Even if your software is not being built by Autotools or CMake, you
+ still might not need to deal with any configuration issues. You need
+ to determine if configuration is even a required step. You might need
+ to modify a Makefile or some configuration file used for the build to
+ specify necessary build options. Or, perhaps you might need to run a
+ provided, custom configure script with the appropriate options.
+
+ For the case involving a custom configure script, you would run
+ ``./configure --help`` and look for the options you need to set.
+
+Once configuration succeeds, it is always good practice to look at the
+``log.do_configure`` file to ensure that the appropriate options have
+been enabled and no additional build-time dependencies need to be added
+to ``DEPENDS``. For example, if the configure script reports that it
+found something not mentioned in ``DEPENDS``, or that it did not find
+something that it needed for some desired optional functionality, then
+you would need to add those to ``DEPENDS``. Looking at the log might
+also reveal items being checked for, enabled, or both that you do not
+want, or items not being found that are in ``DEPENDS``, in which case
+you would need to look at passing extra options to the configure script
+as needed. For reference information on configure options specific to
+the software you are building, you can consult the output of the
+``./configure --help`` command within ``${S}`` or consult the software's
+upstream documentation.
+
+.. _new-recipe-using-headers-to-interface-with-devices:
+
+Using Headers to Interface with Devices
+---------------------------------------
+
+If your recipe builds an application that needs to communicate with some
+device or needs an API into a custom kernel, you will need to provide
+appropriate header files. Under no circumstances should you ever modify
+the existing
+``meta/recipes-kernel/linux-libc-headers/linux-libc-headers.inc`` file.
+These headers are used to build ``libc`` and must not be compromised
+with custom or machine-specific header information. If you customize
+``libc`` through modified headers all other applications that use
+``libc`` thus become affected.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Never copy and customize the ``libc`` header file (i.e.
+ ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux-libc-headers/linux-libc-headers.inc``).
+
+The correct way to interface to a device or custom kernel is to use a
+separate package that provides the additional headers for the driver or
+other unique interfaces. When doing so, your application also becomes
+responsible for creating a dependency on that specific provider.
+
+Consider the following:
+
+- Never modify ``linux-libc-headers.inc``. Consider that file to be
+ part of the ``libc`` system, and not something you use to access the
+ kernel directly. You should access ``libc`` through specific ``libc``
+ calls.
+
+- Applications that must talk directly to devices should either provide
+ necessary headers themselves, or establish a dependency on a special
+ headers package that is specific to that driver.
+
+For example, suppose you want to modify an existing header that adds I/O
+control or network support. If the modifications are used by a small
+number programs, providing a unique version of a header is easy and has
+little impact. When doing so, bear in mind the guidelines in the
+previous list.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If for some reason your changes need to modify the behavior of the ``libc``,
+ and subsequently all other applications on the system, use a ``.bbappend``
+ to modify the ``linux-kernel-headers.inc`` file. However, take care to not
+ make the changes machine specific.
+
+Consider a case where your kernel is older and you need an older
+``libc`` ABI. The headers installed by your recipe should still be a
+standard mainline kernel, not your own custom one.
+
+When you use custom kernel headers you need to get them from
+:term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR`,
+which is the directory with kernel headers that are required to build
+out-of-tree modules. Your recipe will also need the following:
+::
+
+ do_configure[depends] += "virtual/kernel:do_shared_workdir"
+
+.. _new-recipe-compilation:
+
+Compilation
+-----------
+
+During a build, the ``do_compile`` task happens after source is fetched,
+unpacked, and configured. If the recipe passes through ``do_compile``
+successfully, nothing needs to be done.
+
+However, if the compile step fails, you need to diagnose the failure.
+Here are some common issues that cause failures.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For cases where improper paths are detected for configuration files
+ or for when libraries/headers cannot be found, be sure you are using
+ the more robust ``pkg-config``. See the note in section
+ ":ref:`new-recipe-configuring-the-recipe`" for additional information.
+
+- *Parallel build failures:* These failures manifest themselves as
+ intermittent errors, or errors reporting that a file or directory
+ that should be created by some other part of the build process could
+ not be found. This type of failure can occur even if, upon
+ inspection, the file or directory does exist after the build has
+ failed, because that part of the build process happened in the wrong
+ order.
+
+ To fix the problem, you need to either satisfy the missing dependency
+ in the Makefile or whatever script produced the Makefile, or (as a
+ workaround) set :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` to an empty string:
+ ::
+
+ PARALLEL_MAKE = ""
+
+ For information on parallel Makefile issues, see the "`Debugging
+ Parallel Make Races <#debugging-parallel-make-races>`__" section.
+
+- *Improper host path usage:* This failure applies to recipes building
+ for the target or ``nativesdk`` only. The failure occurs when the
+ compilation process uses improper headers, libraries, or other files
+ from the host system when cross-compiling for the target.
+
+ To fix the problem, examine the ``log.do_compile`` file to identify
+ the host paths being used (e.g. ``/usr/include``, ``/usr/lib``, and
+ so forth) and then either add configure options, apply a patch, or do
+ both.
+
+- *Failure to find required libraries/headers:* If a build-time
+ dependency is missing because it has not been declared in
+ :term:`DEPENDS`, or because the
+ dependency exists but the path used by the build process to find the
+ file is incorrect and the configure step did not detect it, the
+ compilation process could fail. For either of these failures, the
+ compilation process notes that files could not be found. In these
+ cases, you need to go back and add additional options to the
+ configure script as well as possibly add additional build-time
+ dependencies to ``DEPENDS``.
+
+ Occasionally, it is necessary to apply a patch to the source to
+ ensure the correct paths are used. If you need to specify paths to
+ find files staged into the sysroot from other recipes, use the
+ variables that the OpenEmbedded build system provides (e.g.
+ ``STAGING_BINDIR``, ``STAGING_INCDIR``, ``STAGING_DATADIR``, and so
+ forth).
+
+.. _new-recipe-installing:
+
+Installing
+----------
+
+During ``do_install``, the task copies the built files along with their
+hierarchy to locations that would mirror their locations on the target
+device. The installation process copies files from the
+``${``\ :term:`S`\ ``}``,
+``${``\ :term:`B`\ ``}``, and
+``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}``
+directories to the ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}``
+directory to create the structure as it should appear on the target
+system.
+
+How your software is built affects what you must do to be sure your
+software is installed correctly. The following list describes what you
+must do for installation depending on the type of build system used by
+the software being built:
+
+- *Autotools and CMake:* If the software your recipe is building uses
+ Autotools or CMake, the OpenEmbedded build system understands how to
+ install the software. Consequently, you do not have to have a
+ ``do_install`` task as part of your recipe. You just need to make
+ sure the install portion of the build completes with no issues.
+ However, if you wish to install additional files not already being
+ installed by ``make install``, you should do this using a
+ ``do_install_append`` function using the install command as described
+ in the "Manual" bulleted item later in this list.
+
+- *Other (using* ``make install``\ *)*: You need to define a ``do_install``
+ function in your recipe. The function should call
+ ``oe_runmake install`` and will likely need to pass in the
+ destination directory as well. How you pass that path is dependent on
+ how the ``Makefile`` being run is written (e.g. ``DESTDIR=${D}``,
+ ``PREFIX=${D}``, ``INSTALLROOT=${D}``, and so forth).
+
+ For an example recipe using ``make install``, see the
+ "`Makefile-Based Package <#new-recipe-makefile-based-package>`__"
+ section.
+
+- *Manual:* You need to define a ``do_install`` function in your
+ recipe. The function must first use ``install -d`` to create the
+ directories under
+ ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}``. Once the
+ directories exist, your function can use ``install`` to manually
+ install the built software into the directories.
+
+ You can find more information on ``install`` at
+ https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/manual/html_node/install-invocation.html.
+
+For the scenarios that do not use Autotools or CMake, you need to track
+the installation and diagnose and fix any issues until everything
+installs correctly. You need to look in the default location of
+``${D}``, which is ``${WORKDIR}/image``, to be sure your files have been
+installed correctly.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - During the installation process, you might need to modify some of
+ the installed files to suit the target layout. For example, you
+ might need to replace hard-coded paths in an initscript with
+ values of variables provided by the build system, such as
+ replacing ``/usr/bin/`` with ``${bindir}``. If you do perform such
+ modifications during ``do_install``, be sure to modify the
+ destination file after copying rather than before copying.
+ Modifying after copying ensures that the build system can
+ re-execute ``do_install`` if needed.
+
+ - ``oe_runmake install``, which can be run directly or can be run
+ indirectly by the
+ :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` and
+ :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` classes,
+ runs ``make install`` in parallel. Sometimes, a Makefile can have
+ missing dependencies between targets that can result in race
+ conditions. If you experience intermittent failures during
+ ``do_install``, you might be able to work around them by disabling
+ parallel Makefile installs by adding the following to the recipe:
+ ::
+
+ PARALLEL_MAKEINST = ""
+
+ See :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` for additional information.
+
+ - If you need to install one or more custom CMake toolchain files
+ that are supplied by the application you are building, install the
+ files to ``${D}${datadir}/cmake/Modules`` during
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install`.
+
+.. _new-recipe-enabling-system-services:
+
+Enabling System Services
+------------------------
+
+If you want to install a service, which is a process that usually starts
+on boot and runs in the background, then you must include some
+additional definitions in your recipe.
+
+If you are adding services and the service initialization script or the
+service file itself is not installed, you must provide for that
+installation in your recipe using a ``do_install_append`` function. If
+your recipe already has a ``do_install`` function, update the function
+near its end rather than adding an additional ``do_install_append``
+function.
+
+When you create the installation for your services, you need to
+accomplish what is normally done by ``make install``. In other words,
+make sure your installation arranges the output similar to how it is
+arranged on the target system.
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system provides support for starting services two
+different ways:
+
+- *SysVinit:* SysVinit is a system and service manager that manages the
+ init system used to control the very basic functions of your system.
+ The init program is the first program started by the Linux kernel
+ when the system boots. Init then controls the startup, running and
+ shutdown of all other programs.
+
+ To enable a service using SysVinit, your recipe needs to inherit the
+ :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>`
+ class. The class helps facilitate safely installing the package on
+ the target.
+
+ You will need to set the
+ :term:`INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES`,
+ :term:`INITSCRIPT_NAME`,
+ and
+ :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS`
+ variables within your recipe.
+
+- *systemd:* System Management Daemon (systemd) was designed to replace
+ SysVinit and to provide enhanced management of services. For more
+ information on systemd, see the systemd homepage at
+ https://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/.
+
+ To enable a service using systemd, your recipe needs to inherit the
+ :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class. See
+ the ``systemd.bbclass`` file located in your :term:`Source Directory`
+ section for
+ more information.
+
+.. _new-recipe-packaging:
+
+Packaging
+---------
+
+Successful packaging is a combination of automated processes performed
+by the OpenEmbedded build system and some specific steps you need to
+take. The following list describes the process:
+
+- *Splitting Files*: The ``do_package`` task splits the files produced
+ by the recipe into logical components. Even software that produces a
+ single binary might still have debug symbols, documentation, and
+ other logical components that should be split out. The ``do_package``
+ task ensures that files are split up and packaged correctly.
+
+- *Running QA Checks*: The
+ :ref:`insane <ref-classes-insane>` class adds a
+ step to the package generation process so that output quality
+ assurance checks are generated by the OpenEmbedded build system. This
+ step performs a range of checks to be sure the build's output is free
+ of common problems that show up during runtime. For information on
+ these checks, see the
+ :ref:`insane <ref-classes-insane>` class and
+ the ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-qa-checks:qa error and warning messages`"
+ chapter in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
+
+- *Hand-Checking Your Packages*: After you build your software, you
+ need to be sure your packages are correct. Examine the
+ ``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/packages-split``
+ directory and make sure files are where you expect them to be. If you
+ discover problems, you can set
+ :term:`PACKAGES`,
+ :term:`FILES`,
+ ``do_install(_append)``, and so forth as needed.
+
+- *Splitting an Application into Multiple Packages*: If you need to
+ split an application into several packages, see the "`Splitting an
+ Application into Multiple
+ Packages <#splitting-an-application-into-multiple-packages>`__"
+ section for an example.
+
+- *Installing a Post-Installation Script*: For an example showing how
+ to install a post-installation script, see the "`Post-Installation
+ Scripts <#new-recipe-post-installation-scripts>`__" section.
+
+- *Marking Package Architecture*: Depending on what your recipe is
+ building and how it is configured, it might be important to mark the
+ packages produced as being specific to a particular machine, or to
+ mark them as not being specific to a particular machine or
+ architecture at all.
+
+ By default, packages apply to any machine with the same architecture
+ as the target machine. When a recipe produces packages that are
+ machine-specific (e.g. the
+ :term:`MACHINE` value is passed
+ into the configure script or a patch is applied only for a particular
+ machine), you should mark them as such by adding the following to the
+ recipe:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}"
+
+ On the other hand, if the recipe produces packages that do not
+ contain anything specific to the target machine or architecture at
+ all (e.g. recipes that simply package script files or configuration
+ files), you should use the
+ :ref:`allarch <ref-classes-allarch>` class to
+ do this for you by adding this to your recipe:
+ ::
+
+ inherit allarch
+
+ Ensuring that the package architecture is correct is not critical
+ while you are doing the first few builds of your recipe. However, it
+ is important in order to ensure that your recipe rebuilds (or does
+ not rebuild) appropriately in response to changes in configuration,
+ and to ensure that you get the appropriate packages installed on the
+ target machine, particularly if you run separate builds for more than
+ one target machine.
+
+.. _new-sharing-files-between-recipes:
+
+Sharing Files Between Recipes
+-----------------------------
+
+Recipes often need to use files provided by other recipes on the build
+host. For example, an application linking to a common library needs
+access to the library itself and its associated headers. The way this
+access is accomplished is by populating a sysroot with files. Each
+recipe has two sysroots in its work directory, one for target files
+(``recipe-sysroot``) and one for files that are native to the build host
+(``recipe-sysroot-native``).
+
+.. note::
+
+ You could find the term "staging" used within the Yocto project
+ regarding files populating sysroots (e.g. the :term:`STAGING_DIR`
+ variable).
+
+Recipes should never populate the sysroot directly (i.e. write files
+into sysroot). Instead, files should be installed into standard
+locations during the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install` task within
+the ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}`` directory. The
+reason for this limitation is that almost all files that populate the
+sysroot are cataloged in manifests in order to ensure the files can be
+removed later when a recipe is either modified or removed. Thus, the
+sysroot is able to remain free from stale files.
+
+A subset of the files installed by the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install` task are
+used by the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot`
+task as defined by the the
+:term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` variable to
+automatically populate the sysroot. It is possible to modify the list of
+directories that populate the sysroot. The following example shows how
+you could add the ``/opt`` directory to the list of directories within a
+recipe:
+::
+
+ SYSROOT_DIRS += "/opt"
+
+For a more complete description of the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot`
+task and its associated functions, see the
+:ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class.
+
+.. _metadata-virtual-providers:
+
+Using Virtual Providers
+-----------------------
+
+Prior to a build, if you know that several different recipes provide the
+same functionality, you can use a virtual provider (i.e. ``virtual/*``)
+as a placeholder for the actual provider. The actual provider is
+determined at build-time.
+
+A common scenario where a virtual provider is used would be for the
+kernel recipe. Suppose you have three kernel recipes whose
+:term:`PN` values map to ``kernel-big``,
+``kernel-mid``, and ``kernel-small``. Furthermore, each of these recipes
+in some way uses a :term:`PROVIDES`
+statement that essentially identifies itself as being able to provide
+``virtual/kernel``. Here is one way through the
+:ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class:
+::
+
+ PROVIDES += "${@ "virtual/kernel" if (d.getVar("KERNEL_PACKAGE_NAME") == "kernel") else "" }"
+
+Any recipe that inherits the ``kernel`` class is
+going to utilize a ``PROVIDES`` statement that identifies that recipe as
+being able to provide the ``virtual/kernel`` item.
+
+Now comes the time to actually build an image and you need a kernel
+recipe, but which one? You can configure your build to call out the
+kernel recipe you want by using the
+:term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER`
+variable. As an example, consider the
+`x86-base.inc <https://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta/conf/machine/include/x86-base.inc>`_
+include file, which is a machine (i.e.
+:term:`MACHINE`) configuration file.
+This include file is the reason all x86-based machines use the
+``linux-yocto`` kernel. Here are the relevant lines from the include
+file:
+::
+
+ PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ??= "linux-yocto"
+ PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto ??= "4.15%"
+
+When you use a virtual provider, you do not have to "hard code" a recipe
+name as a build dependency. You can use the
+:term:`DEPENDS` variable to state the
+build is dependent on ``virtual/kernel`` for example:
+::
+
+ DEPENDS = "virtual/kernel"
+
+During the build, the OpenEmbedded build system picks
+the correct recipe needed for the ``virtual/kernel`` dependency based on
+the ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER`` variable. If you want to use the small kernel
+mentioned at the beginning of this section, configure your build as
+follows:
+::
+
+ PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ??= "kernel-small"
+
+.. note::
+
+ Any recipe that ``PROVIDES`` a ``virtual/*`` item that is ultimately not
+ selected through ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER`` does not get built. Preventing these
+ recipes from building is usually the desired behavior since this mechanism's
+ purpose is to select between mutually exclusive alternative providers.
+
+The following lists specific examples of virtual providers:
+
+- ``virtual/kernel``: Provides the name of the kernel recipe to use
+ when building a kernel image.
+
+- ``virtual/bootloader``: Provides the name of the bootloader to use
+ when building an image.
+
+- ``virtual/libgbm``: Provides ``gbm.pc``.
+
+- ``virtual/egl``: Provides ``egl.pc`` and possibly ``wayland-egl.pc``.
+
+- ``virtual/libgl``: Provides ``gl.pc`` (i.e. libGL).
+
+- ``virtual/libgles1``: Provides ``glesv1_cm.pc`` (i.e. libGLESv1_CM).
+
+- ``virtual/libgles2``: Provides ``glesv2.pc`` (i.e. libGLESv2).
+
+.. note::
+
+ Virtual providers only apply to build time dependencies specified with
+ :term:`PROVIDES` and :term:`DEPENDS`. They do not apply to runtime
+ dependencies specified with :term:`RPROVIDES` and :term:`RDEPENDS`.
+
+Properly Versioning Pre-Release Recipes
+---------------------------------------
+
+Sometimes the name of a recipe can lead to versioning problems when the
+recipe is upgraded to a final release. For example, consider the
+``irssi_0.8.16-rc1.bb`` recipe file in the list of example recipes in
+the "`Storing and Naming the
+Recipe <#new-recipe-storing-and-naming-the-recipe>`__" section. This
+recipe is at a release candidate stage (i.e. "rc1"). When the recipe is
+released, the recipe filename becomes ``irssi_0.8.16.bb``. The version
+change from ``0.8.16-rc1`` to ``0.8.16`` is seen as a decrease by the
+build system and package managers, so the resulting packages will not
+correctly trigger an upgrade.
+
+In order to ensure the versions compare properly, the recommended
+convention is to set :term:`PV` within the
+recipe to "previous_version+current_version". You can use an additional
+variable so that you can use the current version elsewhere. Here is an
+example:
+::
+
+ REALPV = "0.8.16-rc1"
+ PV = "0.8.15+${REALPV}"
+
+.. _new-recipe-post-installation-scripts:
+
+Post-Installation Scripts
+-------------------------
+
+Post-installation scripts run immediately after installing a package on
+the target or during image creation when a package is included in an
+image. To add a post-installation script to a package, add a
+``pkg_postinst_``\ `PACKAGENAME`\ ``()`` function to the recipe file
+(``.bb``) and replace `PACKAGENAME` with the name of the package you want
+to attach to the ``postinst`` script. To apply the post-installation
+script to the main package for the recipe, which is usually what is
+required, specify
+``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}`` in place of
+PACKAGENAME.
+
+A post-installation function has the following structure:
+::
+
+ pkg_postinst_PACKAGENAME() {
+ # Commands to carry out
+ }
+
+The script defined in the post-installation function is called when the
+root filesystem is created. If the script succeeds, the package is
+marked as installed.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Any RPM post-installation script that runs on the target should
+ return a 0 exit code. RPM does not allow non-zero exit codes for
+ these scripts, and the RPM package manager will cause the package to
+ fail installation on the target.
+
+Sometimes it is necessary for the execution of a post-installation
+script to be delayed until the first boot. For example, the script might
+need to be executed on the device itself. To delay script execution
+until boot time, you must explicitly mark post installs to defer to the
+target. You can use ``pkg_postinst_ontarget()`` or call
+``postinst_intercept delay_to_first_boot`` from ``pkg_postinst()``. Any
+failure of a ``pkg_postinst()`` script (including exit 1) triggers an
+error during the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task.
+
+If you have recipes that use ``pkg_postinst`` function and they require
+the use of non-standard native tools that have dependencies during
+rootfs construction, you need to use the
+:term:`PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS`
+variable in your recipe to list these tools. If you do not use this
+variable, the tools might be missing and execution of the
+post-installation script is deferred until first boot. Deferring the
+script to first boot is undesirable and for read-only rootfs impossible.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Equivalent support for pre-install, pre-uninstall, and post-uninstall
+ scripts exist by way of ``pkg_preinst``, ``pkg_prerm``, and ``pkg_postrm``,
+ respectively. These scrips work in exactly the same way as does
+ ``pkg_postinst`` with the exception that they run at different times. Also,
+ because of when they run, they are not applicable to being run at image
+ creation time like ``pkg_postinst``.
+
+.. _new-recipe-testing:
+
+Testing
+-------
+
+The final step for completing your recipe is to be sure that the
+software you built runs correctly. To accomplish runtime testing, add
+the build's output packages to your image and test them on the target.
+
+For information on how to customize your image by adding specific
+packages, see the "`Customizing
+Images <#usingpoky-extend-customimage>`__" section.
+
+.. _new-recipe-testing-examples:
+
+Examples
+--------
+
+To help summarize how to write a recipe, this section provides some
+examples given various scenarios:
+
+- Recipes that use local files
+
+- Using an Autotooled package
+
+- Using a Makefile-based package
+
+- Splitting an application into multiple packages
+
+- Adding binaries to an image
+
+.. _new-recipe-single-c-file-package-hello-world:
+
+Single .c File Package (Hello World!)
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Building an application from a single file that is stored locally (e.g.
+under ``files``) requires a recipe that has the file listed in the
+``SRC_URI`` variable. Additionally, you need to manually write the
+``do_compile`` and ``do_install`` tasks. The ``S`` variable defines the
+directory containing the source code, which is set to
+:term:`WORKDIR` in this case - the
+directory BitBake uses for the build.
+::
+
+ SUMMARY = "Simple helloworld application"
+ SECTION = "examples"
+ LICENSE = "MIT"
+ LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://${COMMON_LICENSE_DIR}/MIT;md5=0835ade698e0bcf8506ecda2f7b4f302"
+
+ SRC_URI = "file://helloworld.c"
+
+ S = "${WORKDIR}"
+
+ do_compile() {
+ ${CC} helloworld.c -o helloworld
+ }
+
+ do_install() {
+ install -d ${D}${bindir}
+ install -m 0755 helloworld ${D}${bindir}
+ }
+
+By default, the ``helloworld``, ``helloworld-dbg``, and
+``helloworld-dev`` packages are built. For information on how to
+customize the packaging process, see the "`Splitting an Application into
+Multiple Packages <#splitting-an-application-into-multiple-packages>`__"
+section.
+
+.. _new-recipe-autotooled-package:
+
+Autotooled Package
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Applications that use Autotools such as ``autoconf`` and ``automake``
+require a recipe that has a source archive listed in ``SRC_URI`` and
+also inherit the
+:ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class,
+which contains the definitions of all the steps needed to build an
+Autotool-based application. The result of the build is automatically
+packaged. And, if the application uses NLS for localization, packages
+with local information are generated (one package per language).
+Following is one example: (``hello_2.3.bb``)
+::
+
+ SUMMARY = "GNU Helloworld application"
+ SECTION = "examples"
+ LICENSE = "GPLv2+"
+ LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=751419260aa954499f7abaabaa882bbe"
+
+ SRC_URI = "${GNU_MIRROR}/hello/hello-${PV}.tar.gz"
+
+ inherit autotools gettext
+
+The variable ``LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`` is used to track source license
+changes as described in the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:tracking license changes`" section in
+the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. You can quickly create
+Autotool-based recipes in a manner similar to the previous example.
+
+.. _new-recipe-makefile-based-package:
+
+Makefile-Based Package
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Applications that use GNU ``make`` also require a recipe that has the
+source archive listed in ``SRC_URI``. You do not need to add a
+``do_compile`` step since by default BitBake starts the ``make`` command
+to compile the application. If you need additional ``make`` options, you
+should store them in the
+:term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` or
+:term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`
+variables. BitBake passes these options into the GNU ``make``
+invocation. Note that a ``do_install`` task is still required.
+Otherwise, BitBake runs an empty ``do_install`` task by default.
+
+Some applications might require extra parameters to be passed to the
+compiler. For example, the application might need an additional header
+path. You can accomplish this by adding to the ``CFLAGS`` variable. The
+following example shows this:
+::
+
+ CFLAGS_prepend = "-I ${S}/include "
+
+In the following example, ``mtd-utils`` is a makefile-based package:
+::
+
+ SUMMARY = "Tools for managing memory technology devices"
+ SECTION = "base"
+ DEPENDS = "zlib lzo e2fsprogs util-linux"
+ HOMEPAGE = "http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/"
+ LICENSE = "GPLv2+"
+ LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=0636e73ff0215e8d672dc4c32c317bb3 \
+ file://include/common.h;beginline=1;endline=17;md5=ba05b07912a44ea2bf81ce409380049c"
+
+ # Use the latest version at 26 Oct, 2013
+ SRCREV = "9f107132a6a073cce37434ca9cda6917dd8d866b"
+ SRC_URI = "git://git.infradead.org/mtd-utils.git \
+ file://add-exclusion-to-mkfs-jffs2-git-2.patch \
+ "
+
+ PV = "1.5.1+git${SRCPV}"
+
+ S = "${WORKDIR}/git"
+
+ EXTRA_OEMAKE = "'CC=${CC}' 'RANLIB=${RANLIB}' 'AR=${AR}' 'CFLAGS=${CFLAGS} -I${S}/include -DWITHOUT_XATTR' 'BUILDDIR=${S}'"
+
+ do_install () {
+ oe_runmake install DESTDIR=${D} SBINDIR=${sbindir} MANDIR=${mandir} INCLUDEDIR=${includedir}
+ }
+
+ PACKAGES =+ "mtd-utils-jffs2 mtd-utils-ubifs mtd-utils-misc"
+
+ FILES_mtd-utils-jffs2 = "${sbindir}/mkfs.jffs2 ${sbindir}/jffs2dump ${sbindir}/jffs2reader ${sbindir}/sumtool"
+ FILES_mtd-utils-ubifs = "${sbindir}/mkfs.ubifs ${sbindir}/ubi*"
+ FILES_mtd-utils-misc = "${sbindir}/nftl* ${sbindir}/ftl* ${sbindir}/rfd* ${sbindir}/doc* ${sbindir}/serve_image ${sbindir}/recv_image"
+
+ PARALLEL_MAKE = ""
+
+ BBCLASSEXTEND = "native"
+
+Splitting an Application into Multiple Packages
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+You can use the variables ``PACKAGES`` and ``FILES`` to split an
+application into multiple packages.
+
+Following is an example that uses the ``libxpm`` recipe. By default,
+this recipe generates a single package that contains the library along
+with a few binaries. You can modify the recipe to split the binaries
+into separate packages:
+::
+
+ require xorg-lib-common.inc
+
+ SUMMARY = "Xpm: X Pixmap extension library"
+ LICENSE = "BSD"
+ LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=51f4270b012ecd4ab1a164f5f4ed6cf7"
+ DEPENDS += "libxext libsm libxt"
+ PE = "1"
+
+ XORG_PN = "libXpm"
+
+ PACKAGES =+ "sxpm cxpm"
+ FILES_cxpm = "${bindir}/cxpm"
+ FILES_sxpm = "${bindir}/sxpm"
+
+In the previous example, we want to ship the ``sxpm`` and ``cxpm``
+binaries in separate packages. Since ``bindir`` would be packaged into
+the main ``PN`` package by default, we prepend the ``PACKAGES`` variable
+so additional package names are added to the start of list. This results
+in the extra ``FILES_*`` variables then containing information that
+define which files and directories go into which packages. Files
+included by earlier packages are skipped by latter packages. Thus, the
+main ``PN`` package does not include the above listed files.
+
+Packaging Externally Produced Binaries
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Sometimes, you need to add pre-compiled binaries to an image. For
+example, suppose that binaries for proprietary code exist, which are
+created by a particular division of a company. Your part of the company
+needs to use those binaries as part of an image that you are building
+using the OpenEmbedded build system. Since you only have the binaries
+and not the source code, you cannot use a typical recipe that expects to
+fetch the source specified in
+:term:`SRC_URI` and then compile it.
+
+One method is to package the binaries and then install them as part of
+the image. Generally, it is not a good idea to package binaries since,
+among other things, it can hinder the ability to reproduce builds and
+could lead to compatibility problems with ABI in the future. However,
+sometimes you have no choice.
+
+The easiest solution is to create a recipe that uses the
+:ref:`bin_package <ref-classes-bin-package>` class
+and to be sure that you are using default locations for build artifacts.
+In most cases, the ``bin_package`` class handles "skipping" the
+configure and compile steps as well as sets things up to grab packages
+from the appropriate area. In particular, this class sets ``noexec`` on
+both the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`
+and :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` tasks,
+sets ``FILES_${PN}`` to "/" so that it picks up all files, and sets up a
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install` task, which
+effectively copies all files from ``${S}`` to ``${D}``. The
+``bin_package`` class works well when the files extracted into ``${S}``
+are already laid out in the way they should be laid out on the target.
+For more information on these variables, see the
+:term:`FILES`,
+:term:`PN`,
+:term:`S`, and
+:term:`D` variables in the Yocto Project
+Reference Manual's variable glossary.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - Using :term:`DEPENDS` is a good
+ idea even for components distributed in binary form, and is often
+ necessary for shared libraries. For a shared library, listing the
+ library dependencies in ``DEPENDS`` makes sure that the libraries
+ are available in the staging sysroot when other recipes link
+ against the library, which might be necessary for successful
+ linking.
+
+ - Using ``DEPENDS`` also allows runtime dependencies between
+ packages to be added automatically. See the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual for more
+ information.
+
+If you cannot use the ``bin_package`` class, you need to be sure you are
+doing the following:
+
+- Create a recipe where the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` and
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` tasks do
+ nothing: It is usually sufficient to just not define these tasks in
+ the recipe, because the default implementations do nothing unless a
+ Makefile is found in
+ ``${``\ :term:`S`\ ``}``.
+
+ If ``${S}`` might contain a Makefile, or if you inherit some class
+ that replaces ``do_configure`` and ``do_compile`` with custom
+ versions, then you can use the
+ ``[``\ :ref:`noexec <bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>`\ ``]``
+ flag to turn the tasks into no-ops, as follows:
+ ::
+
+ do_configure[noexec] = "1"
+ do_compile[noexec] = "1"
+
+ Unlike
+ :ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:deleting a task`,
+ using the flag preserves the dependency chain from the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`,
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-unpack`, and
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` tasks to the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task.
+
+- Make sure your ``do_install`` task installs the binaries
+ appropriately.
+
+- Ensure that you set up :term:`FILES`
+ (usually
+ ``FILES_${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``) to
+ point to the files you have installed, which of course depends on
+ where you have installed them and whether those files are in
+ different locations than the defaults.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If image prelinking is enabled (e.g. "image-prelink" is in :term:`USER_CLASSES`
+ which it is by default), prelink will change the binaries in the generated images
+ and this often catches people out. Remove that class to ensure binaries are
+ preserved exactly if that is necessary.
+
+Following Recipe Style Guidelines
+---------------------------------
+
+When writing recipes, it is good to conform to existing style
+guidelines. The :oe_home:`OpenEmbedded Styleguide </wiki/Styleguide>` wiki page
+provides rough guidelines for preferred recipe style.
+
+It is common for existing recipes to deviate a bit from this style.
+However, aiming for at least a consistent style is a good idea. Some
+practices, such as omitting spaces around ``=`` operators in assignments
+or ordering recipe components in an erratic way, are widely seen as poor
+style.
+
+Recipe Syntax
+-------------
+
+Understanding recipe file syntax is important for writing recipes. The
+following list overviews the basic items that make up a BitBake recipe
+file. For more complete BitBake syntax descriptions, see the
+":doc:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata`"
+chapter of the BitBake User Manual.
+
+- *Variable Assignments and Manipulations:* Variable assignments allow
+ a value to be assigned to a variable. The assignment can be static
+ text or might include the contents of other variables. In addition to
+ the assignment, appending and prepending operations are also
+ supported.
+
+ The following example shows some of the ways you can use variables in
+ recipes:
+ ::
+
+ S = "${WORKDIR}/postfix-${PV}"
+ CFLAGS += "-DNO_ASM"
+ SRC_URI_append = " file://fixup.patch"
+
+- *Functions:* Functions provide a series of actions to be performed.
+ You usually use functions to override the default implementation of a
+ task function or to complement a default function (i.e. append or
+ prepend to an existing function). Standard functions use ``sh`` shell
+ syntax, although access to OpenEmbedded variables and internal
+ methods are also available.
+
+ The following is an example function from the ``sed`` recipe:
+ ::
+
+ do_install () {
+ autotools_do_install
+ install -d ${D}${base_bindir}
+ mv ${D}${bindir}/sed ${D}${base_bindir}/sed
+ rmdir ${D}${bindir}/
+ }
+
+ It is
+ also possible to implement new functions that are called between
+ existing tasks as long as the new functions are not replacing or
+ complementing the default functions. You can implement functions in
+ Python instead of shell. Both of these options are not seen in the
+ majority of recipes.
+
+- *Keywords:* BitBake recipes use only a few keywords. You use keywords
+ to include common functions (``inherit``), load parts of a recipe
+ from other files (``include`` and ``require``) and export variables
+ to the environment (``export``).
+
+ The following example shows the use of some of these keywords:
+ ::
+
+ export POSTCONF = "${STAGING_BINDIR}/postconf"
+ inherit autoconf
+ require otherfile.inc
+
+- *Comments (#):* Any lines that begin with the hash character (``#``)
+ are treated as comment lines and are ignored:
+ ::
+
+ # This is a comment
+
+This next list summarizes the most important and most commonly used
+parts of the recipe syntax. For more information on these parts of the
+syntax, you can reference the
+:doc:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata` chapter
+in the BitBake User Manual.
+
+- *Line Continuation (\\):* Use the backward slash (``\``) character to
+ split a statement over multiple lines. Place the slash character at
+ the end of the line that is to be continued on the next line:
+ ::
+
+ VAR = "A really long \
+ line"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You cannot have any characters including spaces or tabs after the
+ slash character.
+
+- *Using Variables (${VARNAME}):* Use the ``${VARNAME}`` syntax to
+ access the contents of a variable:
+ ::
+
+ SRC_URI = "${SOURCEFORGE_MIRROR}/libpng/zlib-${PV}.tar.gz"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ It is important to understand that the value of a variable
+ expressed in this form does not get substituted automatically. The
+ expansion of these expressions happens on-demand later (e.g.
+ usually when a function that makes reference to the variable
+ executes). This behavior ensures that the values are most
+ appropriate for the context in which they are finally used. On the
+ rare occasion that you do need the variable expression to be
+ expanded immediately, you can use the
+ :=
+ operator instead of
+ =
+ when you make the assignment, but this is not generally needed.
+
+- *Quote All Assignments ("value"):* Use double quotes around values in
+ all variable assignments (e.g. ``"value"``). Following is an example:
+ ::
+
+ VAR1 = "${OTHERVAR}"
+ VAR2 = "The version is ${PV}"
+
+- *Conditional Assignment (?=):* Conditional assignment is used to
+ assign a value to a variable, but only when the variable is currently
+ unset. Use the question mark followed by the equal sign (``?=``) to
+ make a "soft" assignment used for conditional assignment. Typically,
+ "soft" assignments are used in the ``local.conf`` file for variables
+ that are allowed to come through from the external environment.
+
+ Here is an example where ``VAR1`` is set to "New value" if it is
+ currently empty. However, if ``VAR1`` has already been set, it
+ remains unchanged:
+ ::
+
+ VAR1 ?= "New value"
+
+ In this next example, ``VAR1`` is left with the value "Original value":
+ ::
+
+ VAR1 = "Original value"
+ VAR1 ?= "New value"
+
+- *Appending (+=):* Use the plus character followed by the equals sign
+ (``+=``) to append values to existing variables.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ This operator adds a space between the existing content of the
+ variable and the new content.
+
+ Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ SRC_URI += "file://fix-makefile.patch"
+
+- *Prepending (=+):* Use the equals sign followed by the plus character
+ (``=+``) to prepend values to existing variables.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ This operator adds a space between the new content and the
+ existing content of the variable.
+
+ Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ VAR =+ "Starts"
+
+- *Appending (_append):* Use the ``_append`` operator to append values
+ to existing variables. This operator does not add any additional
+ space. Also, the operator is applied after all the ``+=``, and ``=+``
+ operators have been applied and after all ``=`` assignments have
+ occurred.
+
+ The following example shows the space being explicitly added to the
+ start to ensure the appended value is not merged with the existing
+ value:
+ ::
+
+ SRC_URI_append = " file://fix-makefile.patch"
+
+ You can also use
+ the ``_append`` operator with overrides, which results in the actions
+ only being performed for the specified target or machine:
+ ::
+
+ SRC_URI_append_sh4 = " file://fix-makefile.patch"
+
+- *Prepending (_prepend):* Use the ``_prepend`` operator to prepend
+ values to existing variables. This operator does not add any
+ additional space. Also, the operator is applied after all the ``+=``,
+ and ``=+`` operators have been applied and after all ``=``
+ assignments have occurred.
+
+ The following example shows the space being explicitly added to the
+ end to ensure the prepended value is not merged with the existing
+ value:
+ ::
+
+ CFLAGS_prepend = "-I${S}/myincludes "
+
+ You can also use the
+ ``_prepend`` operator with overrides, which results in the actions
+ only being performed for the specified target or machine:
+ ::
+
+ CFLAGS_prepend_sh4 = "-I${S}/myincludes "
+
+- *Overrides:* You can use overrides to set a value conditionally,
+ typically based on how the recipe is being built. For example, to set
+ the :term:`KBRANCH` variable's
+ value to "standard/base" for any target
+ :term:`MACHINE`, except for
+ qemuarm where it should be set to "standard/arm-versatile-926ejs",
+ you would do the following:
+ ::
+
+ KBRANCH = "standard/base"
+ KBRANCH_qemuarm = "standard/arm-versatile-926ejs"
+
+ Overrides are also used to separate
+ alternate values of a variable in other situations. For example, when
+ setting variables such as
+ :term:`FILES` and
+ :term:`RDEPENDS` that are
+ specific to individual packages produced by a recipe, you should
+ always use an override that specifies the name of the package.
+
+- *Indentation:* Use spaces for indentation rather than tabs. For
+ shell functions, both currently work. However, it is a policy
+ decision of the Yocto Project to use tabs in shell functions. Realize
+ that some layers have a policy to use spaces for all indentation.
+
+- *Using Python for Complex Operations:* For more advanced processing,
+ it is possible to use Python code during variable assignments (e.g.
+ search and replacement on a variable).
+
+ You indicate Python code using the ``${@python_code}`` syntax for the
+ variable assignment:
+ ::
+
+ SRC_URI = "ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/src/zip${@d.getVar('PV',1).replace('.', '')}.tgz
+
+- *Shell Function Syntax:* Write shell functions as if you were writing
+ a shell script when you describe a list of actions to take. You
+ should ensure that your script works with a generic ``sh`` and that
+ it does not require any ``bash`` or other shell-specific
+ functionality. The same considerations apply to various system
+ utilities (e.g. ``sed``, ``grep``, ``awk``, and so forth) that you
+ might wish to use. If in doubt, you should check with multiple
+ implementations - including those from BusyBox.
+
+.. _platdev-newmachine:
+
+Adding a New Machine
+====================
+
+Adding a new machine to the Yocto Project is a straightforward process.
+This section describes how to add machines that are similar to those
+that the Yocto Project already supports.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Although well within the capabilities of the Yocto Project, adding a
+ totally new architecture might require changes to ``gcc``/``glibc``
+ and to the site information, which is beyond the scope of this
+ manual.
+
+For a complete example that shows how to add a new machine, see the
+":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:creating a new bsp layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
+section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's
+Guide.
+
+.. _platdev-newmachine-conffile:
+
+Adding the Machine Configuration File
+-------------------------------------
+
+To add a new machine, you need to add a new machine configuration file
+to the layer's ``conf/machine`` directory. This configuration file
+provides details about the device you are adding.
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system uses the root name of the machine
+configuration file to reference the new machine. For example, given a
+machine configuration file named ``crownbay.conf``, the build system
+recognizes the machine as "crownbay".
+
+The most important variables you must set in your machine configuration
+file or include from a lower-level configuration file are as follows:
+
+- ``TARGET_ARCH`` (e.g. "arm")
+
+- ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel``
+
+- ``MACHINE_FEATURES`` (e.g. "apm screen wifi")
+
+You might also need these variables:
+
+- ``SERIAL_CONSOLES`` (e.g. "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1")
+
+- ``KERNEL_IMAGETYPE`` (e.g. "zImage")
+
+- ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` (e.g. "tar.gz jffs2")
+
+You can find full details on these variables in the reference section.
+You can leverage existing machine ``.conf`` files from
+``meta-yocto-bsp/conf/machine/``.
+
+.. _platdev-newmachine-kernel:
+
+Adding a Kernel for the Machine
+-------------------------------
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system needs to be able to build a kernel for the
+machine. You need to either create a new kernel recipe for this machine,
+or extend an existing kernel recipe. You can find several kernel recipe
+examples in the Source Directory at ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux`` that
+you can use as references.
+
+If you are creating a new kernel recipe, normal recipe-writing rules
+apply for setting up a ``SRC_URI``. Thus, you need to specify any
+necessary patches and set ``S`` to point at the source code. You need to
+create a ``do_configure`` task that configures the unpacked kernel with
+a ``defconfig`` file. You can do this by using a ``make defconfig``
+command or, more commonly, by copying in a suitable ``defconfig`` file
+and then running ``make oldconfig``. By making use of ``inherit kernel``
+and potentially some of the ``linux-*.inc`` files, most other
+functionality is centralized and the defaults of the class normally work
+well.
+
+If you are extending an existing kernel recipe, it is usually a matter
+of adding a suitable ``defconfig`` file. The file needs to be added into
+a location similar to ``defconfig`` files used for other machines in a
+given kernel recipe. A possible way to do this is by listing the file in
+the ``SRC_URI`` and adding the machine to the expression in
+``COMPATIBLE_MACHINE``:
+::
+
+ COMPATIBLE_MACHINE = '(qemux86|qemumips)'
+
+For more information on ``defconfig`` files, see the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:changing the configuration`"
+section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
+
+.. _platdev-newmachine-formfactor:
+
+Adding a Formfactor Configuration File
+--------------------------------------
+
+A formfactor configuration file provides information about the target
+hardware for which the image is being built and information that the
+build system cannot obtain from other sources such as the kernel. Some
+examples of information contained in a formfactor configuration file
+include framebuffer orientation, whether or not the system has a
+keyboard, the positioning of the keyboard in relation to the screen, and
+the screen resolution.
+
+The build system uses reasonable defaults in most cases. However, if
+customization is necessary, you need to create a ``machconfig`` file in
+the ``meta/recipes-bsp/formfactor/files`` directory. This directory
+contains directories for specific machines such as ``qemuarm`` and
+``qemux86``. For information about the settings available and the
+defaults, see the ``meta/recipes-bsp/formfactor/files/config`` file
+found in the same area.
+
+Following is an example for "qemuarm" machine:
+::
+
+ HAVE_TOUCHSCREEN=1
+ HAVE_KEYBOARD=1
+ DISPLAY_CAN_ROTATE=0
+ DISPLAY_ORIENTATION=0
+ #DISPLAY_WIDTH_PIXELS=640
+ #DISPLAY_HEIGHT_PIXELS=480
+ #DISPLAY_BPP=16
+ DISPLAY_DPI=150
+ DISPLAY_SUBPIXEL_ORDER=vrgb
+
+.. _gs-upgrading-recipes:
+
+Upgrading Recipes
+=================
+
+Over time, upstream developers publish new versions for software built
+by layer recipes. It is recommended to keep recipes up-to-date with
+upstream version releases.
+
+While several methods exist that allow you upgrade a recipe, you might
+consider checking on the upgrade status of a recipe first. You can do so
+using the ``devtool check-upgrade-status`` command. See the
+":ref:`devtool-checking-on-the-upgrade-status-of-a-recipe`"
+section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for more information.
+
+The remainder of this section describes three ways you can upgrade a
+recipe. You can use the Automated Upgrade Helper (AUH) to set up
+automatic version upgrades. Alternatively, you can use
+``devtool upgrade`` to set up semi-automatic version upgrades. Finally,
+you can manually upgrade a recipe by editing the recipe itself.
+
+.. _gs-using-the-auto-upgrade-helper:
+
+Using the Auto Upgrade Helper (AUH)
+-----------------------------------
+
+The AUH utility works in conjunction with the OpenEmbedded build system
+in order to automatically generate upgrades for recipes based on new
+versions being published upstream. Use AUH when you want to create a
+service that performs the upgrades automatically and optionally sends
+you an email with the results.
+
+AUH allows you to update several recipes with a single use. You can also
+optionally perform build and integration tests using images with the
+results saved to your hard drive and emails of results optionally sent
+to recipe maintainers. Finally, AUH creates Git commits with appropriate
+commit messages in the layer's tree for the changes made to recipes.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Conditions do exist when you should not use AUH to upgrade recipes
+ and you should instead use either ``devtool upgrade`` or upgrade your
+ recipes manually:
+
+ - When AUH cannot complete the upgrade sequence. This situation
+ usually results because custom patches carried by the recipe
+ cannot be automatically rebased to the new version. In this case,
+ ``devtool upgrade`` allows you to manually resolve conflicts.
+
+ - When for any reason you want fuller control over the upgrade
+ process. For example, when you want special arrangements for
+ testing.
+
+The following steps describe how to set up the AUH utility:
+
+1. *Be Sure the Development Host is Set Up:* You need to be sure that
+ your development host is set up to use the Yocto Project. For
+ information on how to set up your host, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-preparing-the-build-host`" section.
+
+2. *Make Sure Git is Configured:* The AUH utility requires Git to be
+ configured because AUH uses Git to save upgrades. Thus, you must have
+ Git user and email configured. The following command shows your
+ configurations:
+ ::
+
+ $ git config --list
+
+ If you do not have the user and
+ email configured, you can use the following commands to do so:
+ ::
+
+ $ git config --global user.name some_name
+ $ git config --global user.email username@domain.com
+
+3. *Clone the AUH Repository:* To use AUH, you must clone the repository
+ onto your development host. The following command uses Git to create
+ a local copy of the repository on your system:
+ ::
+
+ $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/auto-upgrade-helper
+ Cloning into 'auto-upgrade-helper'... remote: Counting objects: 768, done.
+ remote: Compressing objects: 100% (300/300), done.
+ remote: Total 768 (delta 499), reused 703 (delta 434)
+ Receiving objects: 100% (768/768), 191.47 KiB | 98.00 KiB/s, done.
+ Resolving deltas: 100% (499/499), done.
+ Checking connectivity... done.
+
+ AUH is not part of the :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` or
+ :term:`Poky` repositories.
+
+4. *Create a Dedicated Build Directory:* Run the
+ :ref:`structure-core-script`
+ script to create a fresh build directory that you use exclusively for
+ running the AUH utility:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky
+ $ source oe-init-build-env your_AUH_build_directory
+
+ Re-using an existing build directory and its configurations is not
+ recommended as existing settings could cause AUH to fail or behave
+ undesirably.
+
+5. *Make Configurations in Your Local Configuration File:* Several
+ settings need to exist in the ``local.conf`` file in the build
+ directory you just created for AUH. Make these following
+ configurations:
+
+ - If you want to enable :ref:`Build
+ History <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:maintaining build output quality>`,
+ which is optional, you need the following lines in the
+ ``conf/local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ INHERIT =+ "buildhistory"
+ BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT = "1"
+
+ With this configuration and a successful
+ upgrade, a build history "diff" file appears in the
+ ``upgrade-helper/work/recipe/buildhistory-diff.txt`` file found in
+ your build directory.
+
+ - If you want to enable testing through the
+ :ref:`testimage <ref-classes-testimage*>`
+ class, which is optional, you need to have the following set in
+ your ``conf/local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ INHERIT += "testimage"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If your distro does not enable by default ptest, which Poky
+ does, you need the following in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES_append = " ptest"
+
+
+6. *Optionally Start a vncserver:* If you are running in a server
+ without an X11 session, you need to start a vncserver:
+ ::
+
+ $ vncserver :1
+ $ export DISPLAY=:1
+
+7. *Create and Edit an AUH Configuration File:* You need to have the
+ ``upgrade-helper/upgrade-helper.conf`` configuration file in your
+ build directory. You can find a sample configuration file in the
+ :yocto_git:`AUH source repository </cgit/cgit.cgi/auto-upgrade-helper/tree/>`.
+
+ Read through the sample file and make configurations as needed. For
+ example, if you enabled build history in your ``local.conf`` as
+ described earlier, you must enable it in ``upgrade-helper.conf``.
+
+ Also, if you are using the default ``maintainers.inc`` file supplied
+ with Poky and located in ``meta-yocto`` and you do not set a
+ "maintainers_whitelist" or "global_maintainer_override" in the
+ ``upgrade-helper.conf`` configuration, and you specify "-e all" on
+ the AUH command-line, the utility automatically sends out emails to
+ all the default maintainers. Please avoid this.
+
+This next set of examples describes how to use the AUH:
+
+- *Upgrading a Specific Recipe:* To upgrade a specific recipe, use the
+ following form:
+ ::
+
+ $ upgrade-helper.py recipe_name
+
+ For example, this command upgrades the ``xmodmap`` recipe:
+ ::
+
+ $ upgrade-helper.py xmodmap
+
+- *Upgrading a Specific Recipe to a Particular Version:* To upgrade a
+ specific recipe to a particular version, use the following form:
+ ::
+
+ $ upgrade-helper.py recipe_name -t version
+
+ For example, this command upgrades the ``xmodmap`` recipe to version 1.2.3:
+ ::
+
+ $ upgrade-helper.py xmodmap -t 1.2.3
+
+- *Upgrading all Recipes to the Latest Versions and Suppressing Email
+ Notifications:* To upgrade all recipes to their most recent versions
+ and suppress the email notifications, use the following command:
+ ::
+
+ $ upgrade-helper.py all
+
+- *Upgrading all Recipes to the Latest Versions and Send Email
+ Notifications:* To upgrade all recipes to their most recent versions
+ and send email messages to maintainers for each attempted recipe as
+ well as a status email, use the following command:
+ ::
+
+ $ upgrade-helper.py -e all
+
+Once you have run the AUH utility, you can find the results in the AUH
+build directory:
+::
+
+ ${BUILDDIR}/upgrade-helper/timestamp
+
+The AUH utility
+also creates recipe update commits from successful upgrade attempts in
+the layer tree.
+
+You can easily set up to run the AUH utility on a regular basis by using
+a cron job. See the
+:yocto_git:`weeklyjob.sh </cgit/cgit.cgi/auto-upgrade-helper/tree/weeklyjob.sh>`
+file distributed with the utility for an example.
+
+.. _gs-using-devtool-upgrade:
+
+Using ``devtool upgrade``
+-------------------------
+
+As mentioned earlier, an alternative method for upgrading recipes to
+newer versions is to use
+:doc:`devtool upgrade <../ref-manual/ref-devtool-reference>`.
+You can read about ``devtool upgrade`` in general in the
+":ref:`sdk-devtool-use-devtool-upgrade-to-create-a-version-of-the-recipe-that-supports-a-newer-version-of-the-software`"
+section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
+Software Development Kit (eSDK) Manual.
+
+To see all the command-line options available with ``devtool upgrade``,
+use the following help command:
+::
+
+ $ devtool upgrade -h
+
+If you want to find out what version a recipe is currently at upstream
+without any attempt to upgrade your local version of the recipe, you can
+use the following command:
+::
+
+ $ devtool latest-version recipe_name
+
+As mentioned in the previous section describing AUH, ``devtool upgrade``
+works in a less-automated manner than AUH. Specifically,
+``devtool upgrade`` only works on a single recipe that you name on the
+command line, cannot perform build and integration testing using images,
+and does not automatically generate commits for changes in the source
+tree. Despite all these "limitations", ``devtool upgrade`` updates the
+recipe file to the new upstream version and attempts to rebase custom
+patches contained by the recipe as needed.
+
+.. note::
+
+ AUH uses much of ``devtool upgrade`` behind the scenes making AUH somewhat
+ of a "wrapper" application for ``devtool upgrade``.
+
+A typical scenario involves having used Git to clone an upstream
+repository that you use during build operations. Because you have built the
+recipe in the past, the layer is likely added to your
+configuration already. If for some reason, the layer is not added, you
+could add it easily using the
+":ref:`bitbake-layers <bsp-guide/bsp:creating a new bsp layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script>`"
+script. For example, suppose you use the ``nano.bb`` recipe from the
+``meta-oe`` layer in the ``meta-openembedded`` repository. For this
+example, assume that the layer has been cloned into following area:
+::
+
+ /home/scottrif/meta-openembedded
+
+The following command from your
+:term:`Build Directory` adds the layer to
+your build configuration (i.e. ``${BUILDDIR}/conf/bblayers.conf``):
+::
+
+ $ bitbake-layers add-layer /home/scottrif/meta-openembedded/meta-oe
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ Parsing recipes: 100% |##########################################| Time: 0:00:55
+ Parsing of 1431 .bb files complete (0 cached, 1431 parsed). 2040 targets, 56 skipped, 0 masked, 0 errors.
+ Removing 12 recipes from the x86_64 sysroot: 100% |##############| Time: 0:00:00
+ Removing 1 recipes from the x86_64_i586 sysroot: 100% |##########| Time: 0:00:00
+ Removing 5 recipes from the i586 sysroot: 100% |#################| Time: 0:00:00
+ Removing 5 recipes from the qemux86 sysroot: 100% |##############| Time: 0:00:00
+
+For this example, assume that the ``nano.bb`` recipe that
+is upstream has a 2.9.3 version number. However, the version in the
+local repository is 2.7.4. The following command from your build
+directory automatically upgrades the recipe for you:
+
+.. note::
+
+ Using the ``-V`` option is not necessary. Omitting the version number causes
+ ``devtool upgrade`` to upgrade the recipe to the most recent version.
+
+::
+
+ $ devtool upgrade nano -V 2.9.3
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ NOTE: Creating workspace layer in /home/scottrif/poky/build/workspace
+ Parsing recipes: 100% |##########################################| Time: 0:00:46
+ Parsing of 1431 .bb files complete (0 cached, 1431 parsed). 2040 targets, 56 skipped, 0 masked, 0 errors.
+ NOTE: Extracting current version source...
+ NOTE: Resolving any missing task queue dependencies
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ NOTE: Executing SetScene Tasks
+ NOTE: Executing RunQueue Tasks
+ NOTE: Tasks Summary: Attempted 74 tasks of which 72 didn't need to be rerun and all succeeded.
+ Adding changed files: 100% |#####################################| Time: 0:00:00
+ NOTE: Upgraded source extracted to /home/scottrif/poky/build/workspace/sources/nano
+ NOTE: New recipe is /home/scottrif/poky/build/workspace/recipes/nano/nano_2.9.3.bb
+
+Continuing with this example, you can use ``devtool build`` to build the
+newly upgraded recipe:
+::
+
+ $ devtool build nano
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ Loading cache: 100% |################################################################################################| Time: 0:00:01
+ Loaded 2040 entries from dependency cache.
+ Parsing recipes: 100% |##############################################################################################| Time: 0:00:00
+ Parsing of 1432 .bb files complete (1431 cached, 1 parsed). 2041 targets, 56 skipped, 0 masked, 0 errors.
+ NOTE: Resolving any missing task queue dependencies
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ NOTE: Executing SetScene Tasks
+ NOTE: Executing RunQueue Tasks
+ NOTE: nano: compiling from external source tree /home/scottrif/poky/build/workspace/sources/nano
+ NOTE: Tasks Summary: Attempted 520 tasks of which 304 didn't need to be rerun and all succeeded.
+
+Within the ``devtool upgrade`` workflow, opportunity
+exists to deploy and test your rebuilt software. For this example,
+however, running ``devtool finish`` cleans up the workspace once the
+source in your workspace is clean. This usually means using Git to stage
+and submit commits for the changes generated by the upgrade process.
+
+Once the tree is clean, you can clean things up in this example with the
+following command from the ``${BUILDDIR}/workspace/sources/nano``
+directory:
+::
+
+ $ devtool finish nano meta-oe
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ Loading cache: 100% |################################################################################################| Time: 0:00:00
+ Loaded 2040 entries from dependency cache.
+ Parsing recipes: 100% |##############################################################################################| Time: 0:00:01
+ Parsing of 1432 .bb files complete (1431 cached, 1 parsed). 2041 targets, 56 skipped, 0 masked, 0 errors.
+ NOTE: Adding new patch 0001-nano.bb-Stuff-I-changed-when-upgrading-nano.bb.patch
+ NOTE: Updating recipe nano_2.9.3.bb
+ NOTE: Removing file /home/scottrif/meta-openembedded/meta-oe/recipes-support/nano/nano_2.7.4.bb
+ NOTE: Moving recipe file to /home/scottrif/meta-openembedded/meta-oe/recipes-support/nano
+ NOTE: Leaving source tree /home/scottrif/poky/build/workspace/sources/nano as-is; if you no longer need it then please delete it manually
+
+
+Using the ``devtool finish`` command cleans up the workspace and creates a patch
+file based on your commits. The tool puts all patch files back into the
+source directory in a sub-directory named ``nano`` in this case.
+
+.. _dev-manually-upgrading-a-recipe:
+
+Manually Upgrading a Recipe
+---------------------------
+
+If for some reason you choose not to upgrade recipes using
+:ref:`gs-using-the-auto-upgrade-helper` or by :ref:`gs-using-devtool-upgrade`,
+you can manually edit the recipe files to upgrade the versions.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Manually updating multiple recipes scales poorly and involves many
+ steps. The recommendation to upgrade recipe versions is through AUH
+ or ``devtool upgrade``, both of which automate some steps and provide
+ guidance for others needed for the manual process.
+
+To manually upgrade recipe versions, follow these general steps:
+
+1. *Change the Version:* Rename the recipe such that the version (i.e.
+ the :term:`PV` part of the recipe name)
+ changes appropriately. If the version is not part of the recipe name,
+ change the value as it is set for ``PV`` within the recipe itself.
+
+2. *Update* ``SRCREV`` *if Needed*: If the source code your recipe builds
+ is fetched from Git or some other version control system, update
+ :term:`SRCREV` to point to the
+ commit hash that matches the new version.
+
+3. *Build the Software:* Try to build the recipe using BitBake. Typical
+ build failures include the following:
+
+ - License statements were updated for the new version. For this
+ case, you need to review any changes to the license and update the
+ values of :term:`LICENSE` and
+ :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`
+ as needed.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ License changes are often inconsequential. For example, the
+ license text's copyright year might have changed.
+
+ - Custom patches carried by the older version of the recipe might
+ fail to apply to the new version. For these cases, you need to
+ review the failures. Patches might not be necessary for the new
+ version of the software if the upgraded version has fixed those
+ issues. If a patch is necessary and failing, you need to rebase it
+ into the new version.
+
+4. *Optionally Attempt to Build for Several Architectures:* Once you
+ successfully build the new software for a given architecture, you
+ could test the build for other architectures by changing the
+ :term:`MACHINE` variable and
+ rebuilding the software. This optional step is especially important
+ if the recipe is to be released publicly.
+
+5. *Check the Upstream Change Log or Release Notes:* Checking both these
+ reveals if new features exist that could break
+ backwards-compatibility. If so, you need to take steps to mitigate or
+ eliminate that situation.
+
+6. *Optionally Create a Bootable Image and Test:* If you want, you can
+ test the new software by booting it onto actual hardware.
+
+7. *Create a Commit with the Change in the Layer Repository:* After all
+ builds work and any testing is successful, you can create commits for
+ any changes in the layer holding your upgraded recipe.
+
+.. _finding-the-temporary-source-code:
+
+Finding Temporary Source Code
+=============================
+
+You might find it helpful during development to modify the temporary
+source code used by recipes to build packages. For example, suppose you
+are developing a patch and you need to experiment a bit to figure out
+your solution. After you have initially built the package, you can
+iteratively tweak the source code, which is located in the
+:term:`Build Directory`, and then you can
+force a re-compile and quickly test your altered code. Once you settle
+on a solution, you can then preserve your changes in the form of
+patches.
+
+During a build, the unpacked temporary source code used by recipes to
+build packages is available in the Build Directory as defined by the
+:term:`S` variable. Below is the default
+value for the ``S`` variable as defined in the
+``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file in the
+:term:`Source Directory`:
+::
+
+ S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}"
+
+You should be aware that many recipes override the
+``S`` variable. For example, recipes that fetch their source from Git
+usually set ``S`` to ``${WORKDIR}/git``.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The :term:`BP` represents the base recipe name, which consists of the name
+ and version:
+ ::
+
+ BP = "${BPN}-${PV}"
+
+
+The path to the work directory for the recipe
+(:term:`WORKDIR`) is defined as
+follows:
+::
+
+ ${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}
+
+The actual directory depends on several things:
+
+- :term:`TMPDIR`: The top-level build
+ output directory.
+
+- :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`:
+ The target system identifier.
+
+- :term:`PN`: The recipe name.
+
+- :term:`EXTENDPE`: The epoch - (if
+ :term:`PE` is not specified, which is
+ usually the case for most recipes, then ``EXTENDPE`` is blank).
+
+- :term:`PV`: The recipe version.
+
+- :term:`PR`: The recipe revision.
+
+As an example, assume a Source Directory top-level folder named
+``poky``, a default Build Directory at ``poky/build``, and a
+``qemux86-poky-linux`` machine target system. Furthermore, suppose your
+recipe is named ``foo_1.3.0.bb``. In this case, the work directory the
+build system uses to build the package would be as follows:
+::
+
+ poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0
+
+.. _using-a-quilt-workflow:
+
+Using Quilt in Your Workflow
+============================
+
+`Quilt <https://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/quilt>`__ is a powerful tool
+that allows you to capture source code changes without having a clean
+source tree. This section outlines the typical workflow you can use to
+modify source code, test changes, and then preserve the changes in the
+form of a patch all using Quilt.
+
+.. note::
+
+ With regard to preserving changes to source files, if you clean a
+ recipe or have ``rm_work`` enabled, the
+ :ref:`devtool workflow <sdk-manual/sdk-extensible:using \`\`devtool\`\` in your sdk workflow>`
+ as described in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
+ Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual is a safer
+ development flow than the flow that uses Quilt.
+
+Follow these general steps:
+
+1. *Find the Source Code:* Temporary source code used by the
+ OpenEmbedded build system is kept in the
+ :term:`Build Directory`. See the
+ "`Finding Temporary Source
+ Code <#finding-the-temporary-source-code>`__" section to learn how to
+ locate the directory that has the temporary source code for a
+ particular package.
+
+2. *Change Your Working Directory:* You need to be in the directory that
+ has the temporary source code. That directory is defined by the
+ :term:`S` variable.
+
+3. *Create a New Patch:* Before modifying source code, you need to
+ create a new patch. To create a new patch file, use ``quilt new`` as
+ below:
+ ::
+
+ $ quilt new my_changes.patch
+
+4. *Notify Quilt and Add Files:* After creating the patch, you need to
+ notify Quilt about the files you plan to edit. You notify Quilt by
+ adding the files to the patch you just created:
+ ::
+
+ $ quilt add file1.c file2.c file3.c
+
+5. *Edit the Files:* Make your changes in the source code to the files
+ you added to the patch.
+
+6. *Test Your Changes:* Once you have modified the source code, the
+ easiest way to test your changes is by calling the ``do_compile``
+ task as shown in the following example:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake -c compile -f package
+
+ The ``-f`` or ``--force`` option forces the specified task to
+ execute. If you find problems with your code, you can just keep
+ editing and re-testing iteratively until things work as expected.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ All the modifications you make to the temporary source code disappear
+ once you run the ``do_clean`` or ``do_cleanall`` tasks using BitBake
+ (i.e. ``bitbake -c clean package`` and ``bitbake -c cleanall package``).
+ Modifications will also disappear if you use the ``rm_work`` feature as
+ described in the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:conserving disk space during builds`"
+ section.
+
+7. *Generate the Patch:* Once your changes work as expected, you need to
+ use Quilt to generate the final patch that contains all your
+ modifications.
+ ::
+
+ $ quilt refresh
+
+ At this point, the
+ ``my_changes.patch`` file has all your edits made to the ``file1.c``,
+ ``file2.c``, and ``file3.c`` files.
+
+ You can find the resulting patch file in the ``patches/``
+ subdirectory of the source (``S``) directory.
+
+8. *Copy the Patch File:* For simplicity, copy the patch file into a
+ directory named ``files``, which you can create in the same directory
+ that holds the recipe (``.bb``) file or the append (``.bbappend``)
+ file. Placing the patch here guarantees that the OpenEmbedded build
+ system will find the patch. Next, add the patch into the ``SRC_URI``
+ of the recipe. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ SRC_URI += "file://my_changes.patch"
+
+.. _platdev-appdev-devshell:
+
+Using a Development Shell
+=========================
+
+When debugging certain commands or even when just editing packages,
+``devshell`` can be a useful tool. When you invoke ``devshell``, all
+tasks up to and including
+:ref:`ref-tasks-patch` are run for the
+specified target. Then, a new terminal is opened and you are placed in
+``${``\ :term:`S`\ ``}``, the source
+directory. In the new terminal, all the OpenEmbedded build-related
+environment variables are still defined so you can use commands such as
+``configure`` and ``make``. The commands execute just as if the
+OpenEmbedded build system were executing them. Consequently, working
+this way can be helpful when debugging a build or preparing software to
+be used with the OpenEmbedded build system.
+
+Following is an example that uses ``devshell`` on a target named
+``matchbox-desktop``:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake matchbox-desktop -c devshell
+
+This command spawns a terminal with a shell prompt within the
+OpenEmbedded build environment. The
+:term:`OE_TERMINAL` variable
+controls what type of shell is opened.
+
+For spawned terminals, the following occurs:
+
+- The ``PATH`` variable includes the cross-toolchain.
+
+- The ``pkgconfig`` variables find the correct ``.pc`` files.
+
+- The ``configure`` command finds the Yocto Project site files as well
+ as any other necessary files.
+
+Within this environment, you can run configure or compile commands as if
+they were being run by the OpenEmbedded build system itself. As noted
+earlier, the working directory also automatically changes to the Source
+Directory (:term:`S`).
+
+To manually run a specific task using ``devshell``, run the
+corresponding ``run.*`` script in the
+``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/temp``
+directory (e.g., ``run.do_configure.``\ `pid`). If a task's script does
+not exist, which would be the case if the task was skipped by way of the
+sstate cache, you can create the task by first running it outside of the
+``devshell``:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake -c task
+
+.. note::
+
+ - Execution of a task's ``run.*`` script and BitBake's execution of
+ a task are identical. In other words, running the script re-runs
+ the task just as it would be run using the ``bitbake -c`` command.
+
+ - Any ``run.*`` file that does not have a ``.pid`` extension is a
+ symbolic link (symlink) to the most recent version of that file.
+
+Remember, that the ``devshell`` is a mechanism that allows you to get
+into the BitBake task execution environment. And as such, all commands
+must be called just as BitBake would call them. That means you need to
+provide the appropriate options for cross-compilation and so forth as
+applicable.
+
+When you are finished using ``devshell``, exit the shell or close the
+terminal window.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - It is worth remembering that when using ``devshell`` you need to
+ use the full compiler name such as ``arm-poky-linux-gnueabi-gcc``
+ instead of just using ``gcc``. The same applies to other
+ applications such as ``binutils``, ``libtool`` and so forth.
+ BitBake sets up environment variables such as ``CC`` to assist
+ applications, such as ``make`` to find the correct tools.
+
+ - It is also worth noting that ``devshell`` still works over X11
+ forwarding and similar situations.
+
+.. _platdev-appdev-devpyshell:
+
+Using a Development Python Shell
+================================
+
+Similar to working within a development shell as described in the
+previous section, you can also spawn and work within an interactive
+Python development shell. When debugging certain commands or even when
+just editing packages, ``devpyshell`` can be a useful tool. When you
+invoke ``devpyshell``, all tasks up to and including
+:ref:`ref-tasks-patch` are run for the
+specified target. Then a new terminal is opened. Additionally, key
+Python objects and code are available in the same way they are to
+BitBake tasks, in particular, the data store 'd'. So, commands such as
+the following are useful when exploring the data store and running
+functions:
+::
+
+ pydevshell> d.getVar("STAGING_DIR")
+ '/media/build1/poky/build/tmp/sysroots'
+ pydevshell> d.getVar("STAGING_DIR")
+ '${TMPDIR}/sysroots'
+ pydevshell> d.setVar("FOO", "bar")
+ pydevshell> d.getVar("FOO")
+ 'bar'
+ pydevshell> d.delVar("FOO")
+ pydevshell> d.getVar("FOO")
+ pydevshell> bb.build.exec_func("do_unpack", d)
+ pydevshell>
+
+The commands execute just as if the OpenEmbedded build
+system were executing them. Consequently, working this way can be
+helpful when debugging a build or preparing software to be used with the
+OpenEmbedded build system.
+
+Following is an example that uses ``devpyshell`` on a target named
+``matchbox-desktop``:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake matchbox-desktop -c devpyshell
+
+This command spawns a terminal and places you in an interactive Python
+interpreter within the OpenEmbedded build environment. The
+:term:`OE_TERMINAL` variable
+controls what type of shell is opened.
+
+When you are finished using ``devpyshell``, you can exit the shell
+either by using Ctrl+d or closing the terminal window.
+
+.. _dev-building:
+
+Building
+========
+
+This section describes various build procedures. For example, the steps
+needed for a simple build, a target that uses multiple configurations,
+building an image for more than one machine, and so forth.
+
+.. _dev-building-a-simple-image:
+
+Building a Simple Image
+-----------------------
+
+In the development environment, you need to build an image whenever you
+change hardware support, add or change system libraries, or add or
+change services that have dependencies. Several methods exist that allow
+you to build an image within the Yocto Project. This section presents
+the basic steps you need to build a simple image using BitBake from a
+build host running Linux.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - For information on how to build an image using
+ :term:`Toaster`, see the
+ :doc:`../toaster-manual/toaster-manual`.
+
+ - For information on how to use ``devtool`` to build images, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-extensible:using \`\`devtool\`\` in your sdk workflow`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
+ Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+ - For a quick example on how to build an image using the
+ OpenEmbedded build system, see the
+ :doc:`../brief-yoctoprojectqs/brief-yoctoprojectqs` document.
+
+The build process creates an entire Linux distribution from source and
+places it in your :term:`Build Directory` under
+``tmp/deploy/images``. For detailed information on the build process
+using BitBake, see the ":ref:`images-dev-environment`" section in the
+Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+The following figure and list overviews the build process:
+
+.. image:: figures/bitbake-build-flow.png
+ :align: center
+
+1. *Set up Your Host Development System to Support Development Using the
+ Yocto Project*: See the ":doc:`dev-manual-start`" section for options on how to get a
+ build host ready to use the Yocto Project.
+
+2. *Initialize the Build Environment:* Initialize the build environment
+ by sourcing the build environment script (i.e.
+ :ref:`structure-core-script`):
+ ::
+
+ $ source oe-init-build-env [build_dir]
+
+ When you use the initialization script, the OpenEmbedded build system
+ uses ``build`` as the default :term:`Build Directory` in your current work
+ directory. You can use a `build_dir` argument with the script to
+ specify a different build directory.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ A common practice is to use a different Build Directory for
+ different targets. For example, ``~/build/x86`` for a ``qemux86``
+ target, and ``~/build/arm`` for a ``qemuarm`` target.
+
+3. *Make Sure Your* ``local.conf`` *File is Correct*: Ensure the
+ ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file, which is found in the Build
+ Directory, is set up how you want it. This file defines many aspects
+ of the build environment including the target machine architecture
+ through the ``MACHINE`` variable, the packaging format used during
+ the build
+ (:term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`),
+ and a centralized tarball download directory through the
+ :term:`DL_DIR` variable.
+
+4. *Build the Image:* Build the image using the ``bitbake`` command:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake target
+
+ .. note::
+
+ For information on BitBake, see the :doc:`bitbake:index`.
+
+ The target is the name of the recipe you want to build. Common
+ targets are the images in ``meta/recipes-core/images``,
+ ``meta/recipes-sato/images``, and so forth all found in the
+ :term:`Source Directory`. Or, the target
+ can be the name of a recipe for a specific piece of software such as
+ BusyBox. For more details about the images the OpenEmbedded build
+ system supports, see the
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-images:Images`" chapter in the Yocto
+ Project Reference Manual.
+
+ As an example, the following command builds the
+ ``core-image-minimal`` image:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake core-image-minimal
+
+ Once an
+ image has been built, it often needs to be installed. The images and
+ kernels built by the OpenEmbedded build system are placed in the
+ Build Directory in ``tmp/deploy/images``. For information on how to
+ run pre-built images such as ``qemux86`` and ``qemuarm``, see the
+ :doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-manual` manual. For
+ information about how to install these images, see the documentation
+ for your particular board or machine.
+
+.. _dev-building-images-for-multiple-targets-using-multiple-configurations:
+
+Building Images for Multiple Targets Using Multiple Configurations
+------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+You can use a single ``bitbake`` command to build multiple images or
+packages for different targets where each image or package requires a
+different configuration (multiple configuration builds). The builds, in
+this scenario, are sometimes referred to as "multiconfigs", and this
+section uses that term throughout.
+
+This section describes how to set up for multiple configuration builds
+and how to account for cross-build dependencies between the
+multiconfigs.
+
+.. _dev-setting-up-and-running-a-multiple-configuration-build:
+
+Setting Up and Running a Multiple Configuration Build
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To accomplish a multiple configuration build, you must define each
+target's configuration separately using a parallel configuration file in
+the :term:`Build Directory`, and you
+must follow a required file hierarchy. Additionally, you must enable the
+multiple configuration builds in your ``local.conf`` file.
+
+Follow these steps to set up and execute multiple configuration builds:
+
+- *Create Separate Configuration Files*: You need to create a single
+ configuration file for each build target (each multiconfig).
+ Minimally, each configuration file must define the machine and the
+ temporary directory BitBake uses for the build. Suggested practice
+ dictates that you do not overlap the temporary directories used
+ during the builds. However, it is possible that you can share the
+ temporary directory
+ (:term:`TMPDIR`). For example,
+ consider a scenario with two different multiconfigs for the same
+ :term:`MACHINE`: "qemux86" built
+ for two distributions such as "poky" and "poky-lsb". In this case,
+ you might want to use the same ``TMPDIR``.
+
+ Here is an example showing the minimal statements needed in a
+ configuration file for a "qemux86" target whose temporary build
+ directory is ``tmpmultix86``:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINE = "qemux86"
+ TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmpmultix86"
+
+ The location for these multiconfig configuration files is specific.
+ They must reside in the current build directory in a sub-directory of
+ ``conf`` named ``multiconfig``. Following is an example that defines
+ two configuration files for the "x86" and "arm" multiconfigs:
+
+ .. image:: figures/multiconfig_files.png
+ :align: center
+
+ The reason for this required file hierarchy is because the ``BBPATH``
+ variable is not constructed until the layers are parsed.
+ Consequently, using the configuration file as a pre-configuration
+ file is not possible unless it is located in the current working
+ directory.
+
+- *Add the BitBake Multi-configuration Variable to the Local
+ Configuration File*: Use the
+ :term:`BBMULTICONFIG`
+ variable in your ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file to specify
+ each multiconfig. Continuing with the example from the previous
+ figure, the ``BBMULTICONFIG`` variable needs to enable two
+ multiconfigs: "x86" and "arm" by specifying each configuration file:
+ ::
+
+ BBMULTICONFIG = "x86 arm"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ A "default" configuration already exists by definition. This
+ configuration is named: "" (i.e. empty string) and is defined by
+ the variables coming from your ``local.conf``
+ file. Consequently, the previous example actually adds two
+ additional configurations to your build: "arm" and "x86" along
+ with "".
+
+- *Launch BitBake*: Use the following BitBake command form to launch
+ the multiple configuration build:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake [mc:multiconfigname:]target [[[mc:multiconfigname:]target] ... ]
+
+ For the example in this section, the following command applies:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake mc:x86:core-image-minimal mc:arm:core-image-sato mc::core-image-base
+
+ The previous BitBake command builds a ``core-image-minimal`` image
+ that is configured through the ``x86.conf`` configuration file, a
+ ``core-image-sato`` image that is configured through the ``arm.conf``
+ configuration file and a ``core-image-base`` that is configured
+ through your ``local.conf`` configuration file.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Support for multiple configuration builds in the Yocto Project &DISTRO;
+ (&DISTRO_NAME;) Release does not include Shared State (sstate)
+ optimizations. Consequently, if a build uses the same object twice
+ in, for example, two different ``TMPDIR``
+ directories, the build either loads from an existing sstate cache for
+ that build at the start or builds the object fresh.
+
+.. _dev-enabling-multiple-configuration-build-dependencies:
+
+Enabling Multiple Configuration Build Dependencies
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Sometimes dependencies can exist between targets (multiconfigs) in a
+multiple configuration build. For example, suppose that in order to
+build a ``core-image-sato`` image for an "x86" multiconfig, the root
+filesystem of an "arm" multiconfig must exist. This dependency is
+essentially that the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-image` task in the
+``core-image-sato`` recipe depends on the completion of the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task of the
+``core-image-minimal`` recipe.
+
+To enable dependencies in a multiple configuration build, you must
+declare the dependencies in the recipe using the following statement
+form:
+::
+
+ task_or_package[mcdepends] = "mc:from_multiconfig:to_multiconfig:recipe_name:task_on_which_to_depend"
+
+To better show how to use this statement, consider the example scenario
+from the first paragraph of this section. The following statement needs
+to be added to the recipe that builds the ``core-image-sato`` image:
+::
+
+ do_image[mcdepends] = "mc:x86:arm:core-image-minimal:do_rootfs"
+
+In this example, the `from_multiconfig` is "x86". The `to_multiconfig` is "arm". The
+task on which the ``do_image`` task in the recipe depends is the
+``do_rootfs`` task from the ``core-image-minimal`` recipe associated
+with the "arm" multiconfig.
+
+Once you set up this dependency, you can build the "x86" multiconfig
+using a BitBake command as follows:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake mc:x86:core-image-sato
+
+This command executes all the tasks needed to create the
+``core-image-sato`` image for the "x86" multiconfig. Because of the
+dependency, BitBake also executes through the ``do_rootfs`` task for the
+"arm" multiconfig build.
+
+Having a recipe depend on the root filesystem of another build might not
+seem that useful. Consider this change to the statement in the
+``core-image-sato`` recipe:
+::
+
+ do_image[mcdepends] = "mc:x86:arm:core-image-minimal:do_image"
+
+In this case, BitBake must
+create the ``core-image-minimal`` image for the "arm" build since the
+"x86" build depends on it.
+
+Because "x86" and "arm" are enabled for multiple configuration builds
+and have separate configuration files, BitBake places the artifacts for
+each build in the respective temporary build directories (i.e.
+:term:`TMPDIR`).
+
+.. _building-an-initramfs-image:
+
+Building an Initial RAM Filesystem (initramfs) Image
+----------------------------------------------------
+
+An initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) image provides a temporary root
+filesystem used for early system initialization (e.g. loading of modules
+needed to locate and mount the "real" root filesystem).
+
+.. note::
+
+ The initramfs image is the successor of initial RAM disk (initrd). It
+ is a "copy in and out" (cpio) archive of the initial filesystem that
+ gets loaded into memory during the Linux startup process. Because
+ Linux uses the contents of the archive during initialization, the
+ initramfs image needs to contain all of the device drivers and tools
+ needed to mount the final root filesystem.
+
+Follow these steps to create an initramfs image:
+
+1. *Create the initramfs Image Recipe:* You can reference the
+ ``core-image-minimal-initramfs.bb`` recipe found in the
+ ``meta/recipes-core`` directory of the :term:`Source Directory`
+ as an example
+ from which to work.
+
+2. *Decide if You Need to Bundle the initramfs Image Into the Kernel
+ Image:* If you want the initramfs image that is built to be bundled
+ in with the kernel image, set the
+ :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`
+ variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` configuration file and set the
+ :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE`
+ variable in the recipe that builds the kernel image.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ It is recommended that you do bundle the initramfs image with the
+ kernel image to avoid circular dependencies between the kernel
+ recipe and the initramfs recipe should the initramfs image include
+ kernel modules.
+
+ Setting the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`` flag causes the initramfs
+ image to be unpacked into the ``${B}/usr/`` directory. The unpacked
+ initramfs image is then passed to the kernel's ``Makefile`` using the
+ :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE`
+ variable, allowing the initramfs image to be built into the kernel
+ normally.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you choose to not bundle the initramfs image with the kernel
+ image, you are essentially using an
+ `Initial RAM Disk (initrd) <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Initrd>`__.
+ Creating an initrd is handled primarily through the :term:`INITRD_IMAGE`,
+ ``INITRD_LIVE``, and ``INITRD_IMAGE_LIVE`` variables. For more
+ information, see the :ref:`ref-classes-image-live` file.
+
+3. *Optionally Add Items to the initramfs Image Through the initramfs
+ Image Recipe:* If you add items to the initramfs image by way of its
+ recipe, you should use
+ :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL`
+ rather than
+ :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL`.
+ ``PACKAGE_INSTALL`` gives more direct control of what is added to the
+ image as compared to the defaults you might not necessarily want that
+ are set by the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>`
+ or :ref:`core-image <ref-classes-core-image>`
+ classes.
+
+4. *Build the Kernel Image and the initramfs Image:* Build your kernel
+ image using BitBake. Because the initramfs image recipe is a
+ dependency of the kernel image, the initramfs image is built as well
+ and bundled with the kernel image if you used the
+ :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`
+ variable described earlier.
+
+Building a Tiny System
+----------------------
+
+Very small distributions have some significant advantages such as
+requiring less on-die or in-package memory (cheaper), better performance
+through efficient cache usage, lower power requirements due to less
+memory, faster boot times, and reduced development overhead. Some
+real-world examples where a very small distribution gives you distinct
+advantages are digital cameras, medical devices, and small headless
+systems.
+
+This section presents information that shows you how you can trim your
+distribution to even smaller sizes than the ``poky-tiny`` distribution,
+which is around 5 Mbytes, that can be built out-of-the-box using the
+Yocto Project.
+
+.. _tiny-system-overview:
+
+Tiny System Overview
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The following list presents the overall steps you need to consider and
+perform to create distributions with smaller root filesystems, achieve
+faster boot times, maintain your critical functionality, and avoid
+initial RAM disks:
+
+- `Determine your goals and guiding
+ principles. <#goals-and-guiding-principles>`__
+
+- `Understand what contributes to your image
+ size. <#understand-what-gives-your-image-size>`__
+
+- `Reduce the size of the root
+ filesystem. <#trim-the-root-filesystem>`__
+
+- `Reduce the size of the kernel. <#trim-the-kernel>`__
+
+- `Eliminate packaging
+ requirements. <#remove-package-management-requirements>`__
+
+- `Look for other ways to minimize
+ size. <#look-for-other-ways-to-minimize-size>`__
+
+- `Iterate on the process. <#iterate-on-the-process>`__
+
+Goals and Guiding Principles
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Before you can reach your destination, you need to know where you are
+going. Here is an example list that you can use as a guide when creating
+very small distributions:
+
+- Determine how much space you need (e.g. a kernel that is 1 Mbyte or
+ less and a root filesystem that is 3 Mbytes or less).
+
+- Find the areas that are currently taking 90% of the space and
+ concentrate on reducing those areas.
+
+- Do not create any difficult "hacks" to achieve your goals.
+
+- Leverage the device-specific options.
+
+- Work in a separate layer so that you keep changes isolated. For
+ information on how to create layers, see the "`Understanding and
+ Creating Layers <#understanding-and-creating-layers>`__" section.
+
+.. _understand-what-gives-your-image-size:
+
+Understand What Contributes to Your Image Size
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+It is easiest to have something to start with when creating your own
+distribution. You can use the Yocto Project out-of-the-box to create the
+``poky-tiny`` distribution. Ultimately, you will want to make changes in
+your own distribution that are likely modeled after ``poky-tiny``.
+
+.. note::
+
+ To use ``poky-tiny`` in your build, set the ``DISTRO`` variable in your
+ ``local.conf`` file to "poky-tiny" as described in the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating your own distribution`"
+ section.
+
+Understanding some memory concepts will help you reduce the system size.
+Memory consists of static, dynamic, and temporary memory. Static memory
+is the TEXT (code), DATA (initialized data in the code), and BSS
+(uninitialized data) sections. Dynamic memory represents memory that is
+allocated at runtime: stacks, hash tables, and so forth. Temporary
+memory is recovered after the boot process. This memory consists of
+memory used for decompressing the kernel and for the ``__init__``
+functions.
+
+To help you see where you currently are with kernel and root filesystem
+sizes, you can use two tools found in the :term:`Source Directory`
+in the
+``scripts/tiny/`` directory:
+
+- ``ksize.py``: Reports component sizes for the kernel build objects.
+
+- ``dirsize.py``: Reports component sizes for the root filesystem.
+
+This next tool and command help you organize configuration fragments and
+view file dependencies in a human-readable form:
+
+- ``merge_config.sh``: Helps you manage configuration files and
+ fragments within the kernel. With this tool, you can merge individual
+ configuration fragments together. The tool allows you to make
+ overrides and warns you of any missing configuration options. The
+ tool is ideal for allowing you to iterate on configurations, create
+ minimal configurations, and create configuration files for different
+ machines without having to duplicate your process.
+
+ The ``merge_config.sh`` script is part of the Linux Yocto kernel Git
+ repositories (i.e. ``linux-yocto-3.14``, ``linux-yocto-3.10``,
+ ``linux-yocto-3.8``, and so forth) in the ``scripts/kconfig``
+ directory.
+
+ For more information on configuration fragments, see the
+ ":ref:`creating-config-fragments`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
+
+- ``bitbake -u taskexp -g bitbake_target``: Using the BitBake command
+ with these options brings up a Dependency Explorer from which you can
+ view file dependencies. Understanding these dependencies allows you
+ to make informed decisions when cutting out various pieces of the
+ kernel and root filesystem.
+
+Trim the Root Filesystem
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The root filesystem is made up of packages for booting, libraries, and
+applications. To change things, you can configure how the packaging
+happens, which changes the way you build them. You can also modify the
+filesystem itself or select a different filesystem.
+
+First, find out what is hogging your root filesystem by running the
+``dirsize.py`` script from your root directory:
+::
+
+ $ cd root-directory-of-image
+ $ dirsize.py 100000 > dirsize-100k.log
+ $ cat dirsize-100k.log
+
+You can apply a filter to the script to ignore files
+under a certain size. The previous example filters out any files below
+100 Kbytes. The sizes reported by the tool are uncompressed, and thus
+will be smaller by a relatively constant factor in a compressed root
+filesystem. When you examine your log file, you can focus on areas of
+the root filesystem that take up large amounts of memory.
+
+You need to be sure that what you eliminate does not cripple the
+functionality you need. One way to see how packages relate to each other
+is by using the Dependency Explorer UI with the BitBake command:
+::
+
+ $ cd image-directory
+ $ bitbake -u taskexp -g image
+
+Use the interface to
+select potential packages you wish to eliminate and see their dependency
+relationships.
+
+When deciding how to reduce the size, get rid of packages that result in
+minimal impact on the feature set. For example, you might not need a VGA
+display. Or, you might be able to get by with ``devtmpfs`` and ``mdev``
+instead of ``udev``.
+
+Use your ``local.conf`` file to make changes. For example, to eliminate
+``udev`` and ``glib``, set the following in the local configuration
+file:
+::
+
+ VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = ""
+
+Finally, you should consider exactly the type of root filesystem you
+need to meet your needs while also reducing its size. For example,
+consider ``cramfs``, ``squashfs``, ``ubifs``, ``ext2``, or an
+``initramfs`` using ``initramfs``. Be aware that ``ext3`` requires a 1
+Mbyte journal. If you are okay with running read-only, you do not need
+this journal.
+
+.. note::
+
+ After each round of elimination, you need to rebuild your system and
+ then use the tools to see the effects of your reductions.
+
+Trim the Kernel
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The kernel is built by including policies for hardware-independent
+aspects. What subsystems do you enable? For what architecture are you
+building? Which drivers do you build by default?
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can modify the kernel source if you want to help with boot time.
+
+Run the ``ksize.py`` script from the top-level Linux build directory to
+get an idea of what is making up the kernel:
+::
+
+ $ cd top-level-linux-build-directory
+ $ ksize.py > ksize.log
+ $ cat ksize.log
+
+When you examine the log, you will see how much space is taken up with
+the built-in ``.o`` files for drivers, networking, core kernel files,
+filesystem, sound, and so forth. The sizes reported by the tool are
+uncompressed, and thus will be smaller by a relatively constant factor
+in a compressed kernel image. Look to reduce the areas that are large
+and taking up around the "90% rule."
+
+To examine, or drill down, into any particular area, use the ``-d``
+option with the script:
+::
+
+ $ ksize.py -d > ksize.log
+
+Using this option
+breaks out the individual file information for each area of the kernel
+(e.g. drivers, networking, and so forth).
+
+Use your log file to see what you can eliminate from the kernel based on
+features you can let go. For example, if you are not going to need
+sound, you do not need any drivers that support sound.
+
+After figuring out what to eliminate, you need to reconfigure the kernel
+to reflect those changes during the next build. You could run
+``menuconfig`` and make all your changes at once. However, that makes it
+difficult to see the effects of your individual eliminations and also
+makes it difficult to replicate the changes for perhaps another target
+device. A better method is to start with no configurations using
+``allnoconfig``, create configuration fragments for individual changes,
+and then manage the fragments into a single configuration file using
+``merge_config.sh``. The tool makes it easy for you to iterate using the
+configuration change and build cycle.
+
+Each time you make configuration changes, you need to rebuild the kernel
+and check to see what impact your changes had on the overall size.
+
+Remove Package Management Requirements
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Packaging requirements add size to the image. One way to reduce the size
+of the image is to remove all the packaging requirements from the image.
+This reduction includes both removing the package manager and its unique
+dependencies as well as removing the package management data itself.
+
+To eliminate all the packaging requirements for an image, be sure that
+"package-management" is not part of your
+:term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`
+statement for the image. When you remove this feature, you are removing
+the package manager as well as its dependencies from the root
+filesystem.
+
+Look for Other Ways to Minimize Size
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Depending on your particular circumstances, other areas that you can
+trim likely exist. The key to finding these areas is through tools and
+methods described here combined with experimentation and iteration. Here
+are a couple of areas to experiment with:
+
+- ``glibc``: In general, follow this process:
+
+ 1. Remove ``glibc`` features from
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`
+ that you think you do not need.
+
+ 2. Build your distribution.
+
+ 3. If the build fails due to missing symbols in a package, determine
+ if you can reconfigure the package to not need those features. For
+ example, change the configuration to not support wide character
+ support as is done for ``ncurses``. Or, if support for those
+ characters is needed, determine what ``glibc`` features provide
+ the support and restore the configuration.
+
+ 4. Rebuild and repeat the process.
+
+- ``busybox``: For BusyBox, use a process similar as described for
+ ``glibc``. A difference is you will need to boot the resulting system
+ to see if you are able to do everything you expect from the running
+ system. You need to be sure to integrate configuration fragments into
+ Busybox because BusyBox handles its own core features and then allows
+ you to add configuration fragments on top.
+
+Iterate on the Process
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+If you have not reached your goals on system size, you need to iterate
+on the process. The process is the same. Use the tools and see just what
+is taking up 90% of the root filesystem and the kernel. Decide what you
+can eliminate without limiting your device beyond what you need.
+
+Depending on your system, a good place to look might be Busybox, which
+provides a stripped down version of Unix tools in a single, executable
+file. You might be able to drop virtual terminal services or perhaps
+ipv6.
+
+Building Images for More than One Machine
+-----------------------------------------
+
+A common scenario developers face is creating images for several
+different machines that use the same software environment. In this
+situation, it is tempting to set the tunings and optimization flags for
+each build specifically for the targeted hardware (i.e. "maxing out" the
+tunings). Doing so can considerably add to build times and package feed
+maintenance collectively for the machines. For example, selecting tunes
+that are extremely specific to a CPU core used in a system might enable
+some micro optimizations in GCC for that particular system but would
+otherwise not gain you much of a performance difference across the other
+systems as compared to using a more general tuning across all the builds
+(e.g. setting :term:`DEFAULTTUNE`
+specifically for each machine's build). Rather than "max out" each
+build's tunings, you can take steps that cause the OpenEmbedded build
+system to reuse software across the various machines where it makes
+sense.
+
+If build speed and package feed maintenance are considerations, you
+should consider the points in this section that can help you optimize
+your tunings to best consider build times and package feed maintenance.
+
+- *Share the Build Directory:* If at all possible, share the
+ :term:`TMPDIR` across builds. The
+ Yocto Project supports switching between different
+ :term:`MACHINE` values in the same
+ ``TMPDIR``. This practice is well supported and regularly used by
+ developers when building for multiple machines. When you use the same
+ ``TMPDIR`` for multiple machine builds, the OpenEmbedded build system
+ can reuse the existing native and often cross-recipes for multiple
+ machines. Thus, build time decreases.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If :term:`DISTRO` settings change or fundamental configuration settings
+ such as the filesystem layout, you need to work with a clean ``TMPDIR``.
+ Sharing ``TMPDIR`` under these circumstances might work but since it is
+ not guaranteed, you should use a clean ``TMPDIR``.
+
+- *Enable the Appropriate Package Architecture:* By default, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system enables three levels of package
+ architectures: "all", "tune" or "package", and "machine". Any given
+ recipe usually selects one of these package architectures (types) for
+ its output. Depending for what a given recipe creates packages,
+ making sure you enable the appropriate package architecture can
+ directly impact the build time.
+
+ A recipe that just generates scripts can enable "all" architecture
+ because there are no binaries to build. To specifically enable "all"
+ architecture, be sure your recipe inherits the
+ :ref:`allarch <ref-classes-allarch>` class.
+ This class is useful for "all" architectures because it configures
+ many variables so packages can be used across multiple architectures.
+
+ If your recipe needs to generate packages that are machine-specific
+ or when one of the build or runtime dependencies is already
+ machine-architecture dependent, which makes your recipe also
+ machine-architecture dependent, make sure your recipe enables the
+ "machine" package architecture through the
+ :term:`MACHINE_ARCH`
+ variable:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}"
+
+ When you do not
+ specifically enable a package architecture through the
+ :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`, The
+ OpenEmbedded build system defaults to the
+ :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` setting:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_ARCH = "${TUNE_PKGARCH}"
+
+- *Choose a Generic Tuning File if Possible:* Some tunes are more
+ generic and can run on multiple targets (e.g. an ``armv5`` set of
+ packages could run on ``armv6`` and ``armv7`` processors in most
+ cases). Similarly, ``i486`` binaries could work on ``i586`` and
+ higher processors. You should realize, however, that advances on
+ newer processor versions would not be used.
+
+ If you select the same tune for several different machines, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system reuses software previously built, thus
+ speeding up the overall build time. Realize that even though a new
+ sysroot for each machine is generated, the software is not recompiled
+ and only one package feed exists.
+
+- *Manage Granular Level Packaging:* Sometimes cases exist where
+ injecting another level of package architecture beyond the three
+ higher levels noted earlier can be useful. For example, consider how
+ NXP (formerly Freescale) allows for the easy reuse of binary packages
+ in their layer
+ :yocto_git:`meta-freescale </cgit/cgit.cgi/meta-freescale/>`.
+ In this example, the
+ :yocto_git:`fsl-dynamic-packagearch </cgit/cgit.cgi/meta-freescale/tree/classes/fsl-dynamic-packagearch.bbclass>`
+ class shares GPU packages for i.MX53 boards because all boards share
+ the AMD GPU. The i.MX6-based boards can do the same because all
+ boards share the Vivante GPU. This class inspects the BitBake
+ datastore to identify if the package provides or depends on one of
+ the sub-architecture values. If so, the class sets the
+ :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH` value
+ based on the ``MACHINE_SUBARCH`` value. If the package does not
+ provide or depend on one of the sub-architecture values but it
+ matches a value in the machine-specific filter, it sets
+ :term:`MACHINE_ARCH`. This
+ behavior reduces the number of packages built and saves build time by
+ reusing binaries.
+
+- *Use Tools to Debug Issues:* Sometimes you can run into situations
+ where software is being rebuilt when you think it should not be. For
+ example, the OpenEmbedded build system might not be using shared
+ state between machines when you think it should be. These types of
+ situations are usually due to references to machine-specific
+ variables such as :term:`MACHINE`,
+ :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`,
+ :term:`XSERVER`,
+ :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES`,
+ and so forth in code that is supposed to only be tune-specific or
+ when the recipe depends
+ (:term:`DEPENDS`,
+ :term:`RDEPENDS`,
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS`,
+ :term:`RSUGGESTS`, and so forth)
+ on some other recipe that already has
+ :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH` defined
+ as "${MACHINE_ARCH}".
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Patches to fix any issues identified are most welcome as these
+ issues occasionally do occur.
+
+ For such cases, you can use some tools to help you sort out the
+ situation:
+
+ - ``state-diff-machines.sh``*:* You can find this tool in the
+ ``scripts`` directory of the Source Repositories. See the comments
+ in the script for information on how to use the tool.
+
+ - *BitBake's "-S printdiff" Option:* Using this option causes
+ BitBake to try to establish the closest signature match it can
+ (e.g. in the shared state cache) and then run ``bitbake-diffsigs``
+ over the matches to determine the stamps and delta where these two
+ stamp trees diverge.
+
+Building Software from an External Source
+-----------------------------------------
+
+By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the
+:term:`Build Directory` when building source
+code. The build process involves fetching the source files, unpacking
+them, and then patching them if necessary before the build takes place.
+
+Situations exist where you might want to build software from source
+files that are external to and thus outside of the OpenEmbedded build
+system. For example, suppose you have a project that includes a new BSP
+with a heavily customized kernel. And, you want to minimize exposing the
+build system to the development team so that they can focus on their
+project and maintain everyone's workflow as much as possible. In this
+case, you want a kernel source directory on the development machine
+where the development occurs. You want the recipe's
+:term:`SRC_URI` variable to point to
+the external directory and use it as is, not copy it.
+
+To build from software that comes from an external source, all you need
+to do is inherit the
+:ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>` class
+and then set the
+:term:`EXTERNALSRC` variable to
+point to your external source code. Here are the statements to put in
+your ``local.conf`` file:
+::
+
+ INHERIT += "externalsrc"
+ EXTERNALSRC_pn-myrecipe = "path-to-your-source-tree"
+
+This next example shows how to accomplish the same thing by setting
+``EXTERNALSRC`` in the recipe itself or in the recipe's append file:
+::
+
+ EXTERNALSRC = "path"
+ EXTERNALSRC_BUILD = "path"
+
+.. note::
+
+ In order for these settings to take effect, you must globally or
+ locally inherit the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>`
+ class.
+
+By default, ``externalsrc.bbclass`` builds the source code in a
+directory separate from the external source directory as specified by
+:term:`EXTERNALSRC`. If you need
+to have the source built in the same directory in which it resides, or
+some other nominated directory, you can set
+:term:`EXTERNALSRC_BUILD`
+to point to that directory:
+::
+
+ EXTERNALSRC_BUILD_pn-myrecipe = "path-to-your-source-tree"
+
+Replicating a Build Offline
+---------------------------
+
+It can be useful to take a "snapshot" of upstream sources used in a
+build and then use that "snapshot" later to replicate the build offline.
+To do so, you need to first prepare and populate your downloads
+directory your "snapshot" of files. Once your downloads directory is
+ready, you can use it at any time and from any machine to replicate your
+build.
+
+Follow these steps to populate your Downloads directory:
+
+1. *Create a Clean Downloads Directory:* Start with an empty downloads
+ directory (:term:`DL_DIR`). You
+ start with an empty downloads directory by either removing the files
+ in the existing directory or by setting ``DL_DIR`` to point to either
+ an empty location or one that does not yet exist.
+
+2. *Generate Tarballs of the Source Git Repositories:* Edit your
+ ``local.conf`` configuration file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ DL_DIR = "/home/your-download-dir/"
+ BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1"
+
+ During
+ the fetch process in the next step, BitBake gathers the source files
+ and creates tarballs in the directory pointed to by ``DL_DIR``. See
+ the
+ :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS`
+ variable for more information.
+
+3. *Populate Your Downloads Directory Without Building:* Use BitBake to
+ fetch your sources but inhibit the build:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake target --runonly=fetch
+
+ The downloads directory (i.e. ``${DL_DIR}``) now has
+ a "snapshot" of the source files in the form of tarballs, which can
+ be used for the build.
+
+4. *Optionally Remove Any Git or other SCM Subdirectories From the
+ Downloads Directory:* If you want, you can clean up your downloads
+ directory by removing any Git or other Source Control Management
+ (SCM) subdirectories such as ``${DL_DIR}/git2/*``. The tarballs
+ already contain these subdirectories.
+
+Once your downloads directory has everything it needs regarding source
+files, you can create your "own-mirror" and build your target.
+Understand that you can use the files to build the target offline from
+any machine and at any time.
+
+Follow these steps to build your target using the files in the downloads
+directory:
+
+1. *Using Local Files Only:* Inside your ``local.conf`` file, add the
+ :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL`
+ variable, inherit the
+ :ref:`own-mirrors <ref-classes-own-mirrors>`
+ class, and use the
+ :term:`bitbake:BB_NO_NETWORK`
+ variable to your ``local.conf``.
+ ::
+
+ SOURCE_MIRROR_URL ?= "file:///home/your-download-dir/"
+ INHERIT += "own-mirrors"
+ BB_NO_NETWORK = "1"
+
+ The ``SOURCE_MIRROR_URL`` and ``own-mirror``
+ class set up the system to use the downloads directory as your "own
+ mirror". Using the ``BB_NO_NETWORK`` variable makes sure that
+ BitBake's fetching process in step 3 stays local, which means files
+ from your "own-mirror" are used.
+
+2. *Start With a Clean Build:* You can start with a clean build by
+ removing the
+ ``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}``
+ directory or using a new :term:`Build Directory`.
+
+3. *Build Your Target:* Use BitBake to build your target:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake target
+
+ The build completes using the known local "snapshot" of source
+ files from your mirror. The resulting tarballs for your "snapshot" of
+ source files are in the downloads directory.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The offline build does not work if recipes attempt to find the
+ latest version of software by setting
+ :term:`SRCREV` to
+ ``${``\ :term:`AUTOREV`\ ``}``:
+ ::
+
+ SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}"
+
+ When a recipe sets ``SRCREV`` to
+ ``${AUTOREV}``, the build system accesses the network in an
+ attempt to determine the latest version of software from the SCM.
+ Typically, recipes that use ``AUTOREV`` are custom or modified
+ recipes. Recipes that reside in public repositories usually do not
+ use ``AUTOREV``.
+
+ If you do have recipes that use ``AUTOREV``, you can take steps to
+ still use the recipes in an offline build. Do the following:
+
+ 1. Use a configuration generated by enabling `build
+ history <#maintaining-build-output-quality>`__.
+
+ 2. Use the ``buildhistory-collect-srcrevs`` command to collect the
+ stored ``SRCREV`` values from the build's history. For more
+ information on collecting these values, see the "`Build History
+ Package Information <#build-history-package-information>`__"
+ section.
+
+ 3. Once you have the correct source revisions, you can modify
+ those recipes to to set ``SRCREV`` to specific versions of the
+ software.
+
+Speeding Up a Build
+===================
+
+Build time can be an issue. By default, the build system uses simple
+controls to try and maximize build efficiency. In general, the default
+settings for all the following variables result in the most efficient
+build times when dealing with single socket systems (i.e. a single CPU).
+If you have multiple CPUs, you might try increasing the default values
+to gain more speed. See the descriptions in the glossary for each
+variable for more information:
+
+- :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS`:
+ The maximum number of threads BitBake simultaneously executes.
+
+- :term:`bitbake:BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS`:
+ The number of threads BitBake uses during parsing.
+
+- :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`: Extra
+ options passed to the ``make`` command during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task in
+ order to specify parallel compilation on the local build host.
+
+- :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST`:
+ Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task in
+ order to specify parallel installation on the local build host.
+
+As mentioned, these variables all scale to the number of processor cores
+available on the build system. For single socket systems, this
+auto-scaling ensures that the build system fundamentally takes advantage
+of potential parallel operations during the build based on the build
+machine's capabilities.
+
+Following are additional factors that can affect build speed:
+
+- File system type: The file system type that the build is being
+ performed on can also influence performance. Using ``ext4`` is
+ recommended as compared to ``ext2`` and ``ext3`` due to ``ext4``
+ improved features such as extents.
+
+- Disabling the updating of access time using ``noatime``: The
+ ``noatime`` mount option prevents the build system from updating file
+ and directory access times.
+
+- Setting a longer commit: Using the "commit=" mount option increases
+ the interval in seconds between disk cache writes. Changing this
+ interval from the five second default to something longer increases
+ the risk of data loss but decreases the need to write to the disk,
+ thus increasing the build performance.
+
+- Choosing the packaging backend: Of the available packaging backends,
+ IPK is the fastest. Additionally, selecting a singular packaging
+ backend also helps.
+
+- Using ``tmpfs`` for :term:`TMPDIR`
+ as a temporary file system: While this can help speed up the build,
+ the benefits are limited due to the compiler using ``-pipe``. The
+ build system goes to some lengths to avoid ``sync()`` calls into the
+ file system on the principle that if there was a significant failure,
+ the :term:`Build Directory`
+ contents could easily be rebuilt.
+
+- Inheriting the
+ :ref:`rm_work <ref-classes-rm-work>` class:
+ Inheriting this class has shown to speed up builds due to
+ significantly lower amounts of data stored in the data cache as well
+ as on disk. Inheriting this class also makes cleanup of
+ :term:`TMPDIR` faster, at the
+ expense of being easily able to dive into the source code. File
+ system maintainers have recommended that the fastest way to clean up
+ large numbers of files is to reformat partitions rather than delete
+ files due to the linear nature of partitions. This, of course,
+ assumes you structure the disk partitions and file systems in a way
+ that this is practical.
+
+Aside from the previous list, you should keep some trade offs in mind
+that can help you speed up the build:
+
+- Remove items from
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`
+ that you might not need.
+
+- Exclude debug symbols and other debug information: If you do not need
+ these symbols and other debug information, disabling the ``*-dbg``
+ package generation can speed up the build. You can disable this
+ generation by setting the
+ :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT`
+ variable to "1".
+
+- Disable static library generation for recipes derived from
+ ``autoconf`` or ``libtool``: Following is an example showing how to
+ disable static libraries and still provide an override to handle
+ exceptions:
+ ::
+
+ STATICLIBCONF = "--disable-static"
+ STATICLIBCONF_sqlite3-native = ""
+ EXTRA_OECONF += "${STATICLIBCONF}"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - Some recipes need static libraries in order to work correctly
+ (e.g. ``pseudo-native`` needs ``sqlite3-native``). Overrides,
+ as in the previous example, account for these kinds of
+ exceptions.
+
+ - Some packages have packaging code that assumes the presence of
+ the static libraries. If so, you might need to exclude them as
+ well.
+
+.. _platdev-working-with-libraries:
+
+Working With Libraries
+======================
+
+Libraries are an integral part of your system. This section describes
+some common practices you might find helpful when working with libraries
+to build your system:
+
+- `How to include static library
+ files <#including-static-library-files>`__
+
+- `How to use the Multilib feature to combine multiple versions of
+ library files into a single
+ image <#combining-multiple-versions-library-files-into-one-image>`__
+
+- `How to install multiple versions of the same library in parallel on
+ the same
+ system <#installing-multiple-versions-of-the-same-library>`__
+
+Including Static Library Files
+------------------------------
+
+If you are building a library and the library offers static linking, you
+can control which static library files (``*.a`` files) get included in
+the built library.
+
+The :term:`PACKAGES` and
+:term:`FILES_* <FILES>` variables in the
+``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file define how files installed
+by the ``do_install`` task are packaged. By default, the ``PACKAGES``
+variable includes ``${PN}-staticdev``, which represents all static
+library files.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Some previously released versions of the Yocto Project defined the
+ static library files through ``${PN}-dev``.
+
+Following is part of the BitBake configuration file, where you can see
+how the static library files are defined:
+::
+
+ PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN ?= ""
+ PACKAGES = "${PN}-dbg ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-dev ${PN}-doc ${PN}-locale ${PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN} ${PN}"
+ PACKAGES_DYNAMIC = "^${PN}-locale-.*"
+ FILES = ""
+
+ FILES_${PN} = "${bindir}/* ${sbindir}/* ${libexecdir}/* ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBS} \
+ ${sysconfdir} ${sharedstatedir} ${localstatedir} \
+ ${base_bindir}/* ${base_sbindir}/* \
+ ${base_libdir}/*${SOLIBS} \
+ ${base_prefix}/lib/udev/rules.d ${prefix}/lib/udev/rules.d \
+ ${datadir}/${BPN} ${libdir}/${BPN}/* \
+ ${datadir}/pixmaps ${datadir}/applications \
+ ${datadir}/idl ${datadir}/omf ${datadir}/sounds \
+ ${libdir}/bonobo/servers"
+
+ FILES_${PN}-bin = "${bindir}/* ${sbindir}/*"
+
+ FILES_${PN}-doc = "${docdir} ${mandir} ${infodir} ${datadir}/gtk-doc \
+ ${datadir}/gnome/help"
+ SECTION_${PN}-doc = "doc"
+
+ FILES_SOLIBSDEV ?= "${base_libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV}"
+ FILES_${PN}-dev = "${includedir} ${FILES_SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/*.la \
+ ${libdir}/*.o ${libdir}/pkgconfig ${datadir}/pkgconfig \
+ ${datadir}/aclocal ${base_libdir}/*.o \
+ ${libdir}/${BPN}/*.la ${base_libdir}/*.la"
+ SECTION_${PN}-dev = "devel"
+ ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-dev = "1"
+ RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})"
+
+ FILES_${PN}-staticdev = "${libdir}/*.a ${base_libdir}/*.a ${libdir}/${BPN}/*.a"
+ SECTION_${PN}-staticdev = "devel"
+ RDEPENDS_${PN}-staticdev = "${PN}-dev (= ${EXTENDPKGV})"
+
+.. _combining-multiple-versions-library-files-into-one-image:
+
+Combining Multiple Versions of Library Files into One Image
+-----------------------------------------------------------
+
+The build system offers the ability to build libraries with different
+target optimizations or architecture formats and combine these together
+into one system image. You can link different binaries in the image
+against the different libraries as needed for specific use cases. This
+feature is called "Multilib".
+
+An example would be where you have most of a system compiled in 32-bit
+mode using 32-bit libraries, but you have something large, like a
+database engine, that needs to be a 64-bit application and uses 64-bit
+libraries. Multilib allows you to get the best of both 32-bit and 64-bit
+libraries.
+
+While the Multilib feature is most commonly used for 32 and 64-bit
+differences, the approach the build system uses facilitates different
+target optimizations. You could compile some binaries to use one set of
+libraries and other binaries to use a different set of libraries. The
+libraries could differ in architecture, compiler options, or other
+optimizations.
+
+Several examples exist in the ``meta-skeleton`` layer found in the
+:term:`Source Directory`:
+
+- ``conf/multilib-example.conf`` configuration file
+
+- ``conf/multilib-example2.conf`` configuration file
+
+- ``recipes-multilib/images/core-image-multilib-example.bb`` recipe
+
+Preparing to Use Multilib
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+User-specific requirements drive the Multilib feature. Consequently,
+there is no one "out-of-the-box" configuration that likely exists to
+meet your needs.
+
+In order to enable Multilib, you first need to ensure your recipe is
+extended to support multiple libraries. Many standard recipes are
+already extended and support multiple libraries. You can check in the
+``meta/conf/multilib.conf`` configuration file in the
+:term:`Source Directory` to see how this is
+done using the
+:term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` variable.
+Eventually, all recipes will be covered and this list will not be
+needed.
+
+For the most part, the Multilib class extension works automatically to
+extend the package name from ``${PN}`` to ``${MLPREFIX}${PN}``, where
+``MLPREFIX`` is the particular multilib (e.g. "lib32-" or "lib64-").
+Standard variables such as
+:term:`DEPENDS`,
+:term:`RDEPENDS`,
+:term:`RPROVIDES`,
+:term:`RRECOMMENDS`,
+:term:`PACKAGES`, and
+:term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` are
+automatically extended by the system. If you are extending any manual
+code in the recipe, you can use the ``${MLPREFIX}`` variable to ensure
+those names are extended correctly. This automatic extension code
+resides in ``multilib.bbclass``.
+
+Using Multilib
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+After you have set up the recipes, you need to define the actual
+combination of multiple libraries you want to build. You accomplish this
+through your ``local.conf`` configuration file in the
+:term:`Build Directory`. An example
+configuration would be as follows:
+::
+
+ MACHINE = "qemux86-64"
+ require conf/multilib.conf
+ MULTILIBS = "multilib:lib32"
+ DEFAULTTUNE_virtclass-multilib-lib32 = "x86"
+ IMAGE_INSTALL_append = "lib32-glib-2.0"
+
+This example enables an additional library named
+``lib32`` alongside the normal target packages. When combining these
+"lib32" alternatives, the example uses "x86" for tuning. For information
+on this particular tuning, see
+``meta/conf/machine/include/ia32/arch-ia32.inc``.
+
+The example then includes ``lib32-glib-2.0`` in all the images, which
+illustrates one method of including a multiple library dependency. You
+can use a normal image build to include this dependency, for example:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake core-image-sato
+
+You can also build Multilib packages
+specifically with a command like this:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake lib32-glib-2.0
+
+Additional Implementation Details
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Generic implementation details as well as details that are specific to
+package management systems exist. Following are implementation details
+that exist regardless of the package management system:
+
+- The typical convention used for the class extension code as used by
+ Multilib assumes that all package names specified in
+ :term:`PACKAGES` that contain
+ ``${PN}`` have ``${PN}`` at the start of the name. When that
+ convention is not followed and ``${PN}`` appears at the middle or the
+ end of a name, problems occur.
+
+- The :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`
+ value under Multilib will be extended to "-vendormlmultilib" (e.g.
+ "-pokymllib32" for a "lib32" Multilib with Poky). The reason for this
+ slightly unwieldy contraction is that any "-" characters in the
+ vendor string presently break Autoconf's ``config.sub``, and other
+ separators are problematic for different reasons.
+
+For the RPM Package Management System, the following implementation
+details exist:
+
+- A unique architecture is defined for the Multilib packages, along
+ with creating a unique deploy folder under ``tmp/deploy/rpm`` in the
+ :term:`Build Directory`. For
+ example, consider ``lib32`` in a ``qemux86-64`` image. The possible
+ architectures in the system are "all", "qemux86_64",
+ "lib32_qemux86_64", and "lib32_x86".
+
+- The ``${MLPREFIX}`` variable is stripped from ``${PN}`` during RPM
+ packaging. The naming for a normal RPM package and a Multilib RPM
+ package in a ``qemux86-64`` system resolves to something similar to
+ ``bash-4.1-r2.x86_64.rpm`` and ``bash-4.1.r2.lib32_x86.rpm``,
+ respectively.
+
+- When installing a Multilib image, the RPM backend first installs the
+ base image and then installs the Multilib libraries.
+
+- The build system relies on RPM to resolve the identical files in the
+ two (or more) Multilib packages.
+
+For the IPK Package Management System, the following implementation
+details exist:
+
+- The ``${MLPREFIX}`` is not stripped from ``${PN}`` during IPK
+ packaging. The naming for a normal RPM package and a Multilib IPK
+ package in a ``qemux86-64`` system resolves to something like
+ ``bash_4.1-r2.x86_64.ipk`` and ``lib32-bash_4.1-rw_x86.ipk``,
+ respectively.
+
+- The IPK deploy folder is not modified with ``${MLPREFIX}`` because
+ packages with and without the Multilib feature can exist in the same
+ folder due to the ``${PN}`` differences.
+
+- IPK defines a sanity check for Multilib installation using certain
+ rules for file comparison, overridden, etc.
+
+Installing Multiple Versions of the Same Library
+------------------------------------------------
+
+Situations can exist where you need to install and use multiple versions
+of the same library on the same system at the same time. These
+situations almost always exist when a library API changes and you have
+multiple pieces of software that depend on the separate versions of the
+library. To accommodate these situations, you can install multiple
+versions of the same library in parallel on the same system.
+
+The process is straightforward as long as the libraries use proper
+versioning. With properly versioned libraries, all you need to do to
+individually specify the libraries is create separate, appropriately
+named recipes where the :term:`PN` part of
+the name includes a portion that differentiates each library version
+(e.g. the major part of the version number). Thus, instead of having a
+single recipe that loads one version of a library (e.g. ``clutter``),
+you provide multiple recipes that result in different versions of the
+libraries you want. As an example, the following two recipes would allow
+the two separate versions of the ``clutter`` library to co-exist on the
+same system:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ clutter-1.6_1.6.20.bb
+ clutter-1.8_1.8.4.bb
+
+Additionally, if
+you have other recipes that depend on a given library, you need to use
+the :term:`DEPENDS` variable to
+create the dependency. Continuing with the same example, if you want to
+have a recipe depend on the 1.8 version of the ``clutter`` library, use
+the following in your recipe:
+::
+
+ DEPENDS = "clutter-1.8"
+
+Using x32 psABI
+===============
+
+x32 processor-specific Application Binary Interface (`x32
+psABI <https://software.intel.com/en-us/node/628948>`__) is a native
+32-bit processor-specific ABI for Intel 64 (x86-64) architectures. An
+ABI defines the calling conventions between functions in a processing
+environment. The interface determines what registers are used and what
+the sizes are for various C data types.
+
+Some processing environments prefer using 32-bit applications even when
+running on Intel 64-bit platforms. Consider the i386 psABI, which is a
+very old 32-bit ABI for Intel 64-bit platforms. The i386 psABI does not
+provide efficient use and access of the Intel 64-bit processor
+resources, leaving the system underutilized. Now consider the x86_64
+psABI. This ABI is newer and uses 64-bits for data sizes and program
+pointers. The extra bits increase the footprint size of the programs,
+libraries, and also increases the memory and file system size
+requirements. Executing under the x32 psABI enables user programs to
+utilize CPU and system resources more efficiently while keeping the
+memory footprint of the applications low. Extra bits are used for
+registers but not for addressing mechanisms.
+
+The Yocto Project supports the final specifications of x32 psABI as
+follows:
+
+- You can create packages and images in x32 psABI format on x86_64
+ architecture targets.
+
+- You can successfully build recipes with the x32 toolchain.
+
+- You can create and boot ``core-image-minimal`` and
+ ``core-image-sato`` images.
+
+- RPM Package Manager (RPM) support exists for x32 binaries.
+
+- Support for large images exists.
+
+To use the x32 psABI, you need to edit your ``conf/local.conf``
+configuration file as follows:
+::
+
+ MACHINE = "qemux86-64"
+ DEFAULTTUNE = "x86-64-x32"
+ baselib = "${@d.getVar('BASE_LIB_tune-' + (d.getVar('DEFAULTTUNE') \
+ or 'INVALID')) or 'lib'}"
+
+Once you have set
+up your configuration file, use BitBake to build an image that supports
+the x32 psABI. Here is an example:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake core-image-sato
+
+Enabling GObject Introspection Support
+======================================
+
+`GObject
+introspection <https://wiki.gnome.org/Projects/GObjectIntrospection>`__
+is the standard mechanism for accessing GObject-based software from
+runtime environments. GObject is a feature of the GLib library that
+provides an object framework for the GNOME desktop and related software.
+GObject Introspection adds information to GObject that allows objects
+created within it to be represented across different programming
+languages. If you want to construct GStreamer pipelines using Python, or
+control UPnP infrastructure using Javascript and GUPnP, GObject
+introspection is the only way to do it.
+
+This section describes the Yocto Project support for generating and
+packaging GObject introspection data. GObject introspection data is a
+description of the API provided by libraries built on top of GLib
+framework, and, in particular, that framework's GObject mechanism.
+GObject Introspection Repository (GIR) files go to ``-dev`` packages,
+``typelib`` files go to main packages as they are packaged together with
+libraries that are introspected.
+
+The data is generated when building such a library, by linking the
+library with a small executable binary that asks the library to describe
+itself, and then executing the binary and processing its output.
+
+Generating this data in a cross-compilation environment is difficult
+because the library is produced for the target architecture, but its
+code needs to be executed on the build host. This problem is solved with
+the OpenEmbedded build system by running the code through QEMU, which
+allows precisely that. Unfortunately, QEMU does not always work
+perfectly as mentioned in the "`Known Issues <#known-issues>`__"
+section.
+
+Enabling the Generation of Introspection Data
+---------------------------------------------
+
+Enabling the generation of introspection data (GIR files) in your
+library package involves the following:
+
+1. Inherit the
+ :ref:`gobject-introspection <ref-classes-gobject-introspection>`
+ class.
+
+2. Make sure introspection is not disabled anywhere in the recipe or
+ from anything the recipe includes. Also, make sure that
+ "gobject-introspection-data" is not in
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`
+ and that "qemu-usermode" is not in
+ :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`.
+ If either of these conditions exist, nothing will happen.
+
+3. Try to build the recipe. If you encounter build errors that look like
+ something is unable to find ``.so`` libraries, check where these
+ libraries are located in the source tree and add the following to the
+ recipe:
+ ::
+
+ GIR_EXTRA_LIBS_PATH = "${B}/something/.libs"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ See recipes in the ``oe-core`` repository that use that
+ ``GIR_EXTRA_LIBS_PATH`` variable as an example.
+
+4. Look for any other errors, which probably mean that introspection
+ support in a package is not entirely standard, and thus breaks down
+ in a cross-compilation environment. For such cases, custom-made fixes
+ are needed. A good place to ask and receive help in these cases is
+ the :ref:`Yocto Project mailing
+ lists <resources-mailinglist>`.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Using a library that no longer builds against the latest Yocto
+ Project release and prints introspection related errors is a good
+ candidate for the previous procedure.
+
+Disabling the Generation of Introspection Data
+----------------------------------------------
+
+You might find that you do not want to generate introspection data. Or,
+perhaps QEMU does not work on your build host and target architecture
+combination. If so, you can use either of the following methods to
+disable GIR file generations:
+
+- Add the following to your distro configuration:
+ ::
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED = "gobject-introspection-data"
+
+ Adding this statement disables generating introspection data using
+ QEMU but will still enable building introspection tools and libraries
+ (i.e. building them does not require the use of QEMU).
+
+- Add the following to your machine configuration:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED = "qemu-usermode"
+
+ Adding this statement disables the use of QEMU when building packages for your
+ machine. Currently, this feature is used only by introspection
+ recipes and has the same effect as the previously described option.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Future releases of the Yocto Project might have other features
+ affected by this option.
+
+If you disable introspection data, you can still obtain it through other
+means such as copying the data from a suitable sysroot, or by generating
+it on the target hardware. The OpenEmbedded build system does not
+currently provide specific support for these techniques.
+
+Testing that Introspection Works in an Image
+--------------------------------------------
+
+Use the following procedure to test if generating introspection data is
+working in an image:
+
+1. Make sure that "gobject-introspection-data" is not in
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`
+ and that "qemu-usermode" is not in
+ :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`.
+
+2. Build ``core-image-sato``.
+
+3. Launch a Terminal and then start Python in the terminal.
+
+4. Enter the following in the terminal:
+ ::
+
+ >>> from gi.repository import GLib
+ >>> GLib.get_host_name()
+
+5. For something a little more advanced, enter the following see:
+ https://python-gtk-3-tutorial.readthedocs.io/en/latest/introduction.html
+
+Known Issues
+------------
+
+The following know issues exist for GObject Introspection Support:
+
+- ``qemu-ppc64`` immediately crashes. Consequently, you cannot build
+ introspection data on that architecture.
+
+- x32 is not supported by QEMU. Consequently, introspection data is
+ disabled.
+
+- musl causes transient GLib binaries to crash on assertion failures.
+ Consequently, generating introspection data is disabled.
+
+- Because QEMU is not able to run the binaries correctly, introspection
+ is disabled for some specific packages under specific architectures
+ (e.g. ``gcr``, ``libsecret``, and ``webkit``).
+
+- QEMU usermode might not work properly when running 64-bit binaries
+ under 32-bit host machines. In particular, "qemumips64" is known to
+ not work under i686.
+
+.. _dev-optionally-using-an-external-toolchain:
+
+Optionally Using an External Toolchain
+======================================
+
+You might want to use an external toolchain as part of your development.
+If this is the case, the fundamental steps you need to accomplish are as
+follows:
+
+- Understand where the installed toolchain resides. For cases where you
+ need to build the external toolchain, you would need to take separate
+ steps to build and install the toolchain.
+
+- Make sure you add the layer that contains the toolchain to your
+ ``bblayers.conf`` file through the
+ :term:`BBLAYERS` variable.
+
+- Set the ``EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN`` variable in your ``local.conf`` file
+ to the location in which you installed the toolchain.
+
+A good example of an external toolchain used with the Yocto Project is
+Mentor Graphics Sourcery G++ Toolchain. You can see information on how
+to use that particular layer in the ``README`` file at
+https://github.com/MentorEmbedded/meta-sourcery/. You can find
+further information by reading about the
+:term:`TCMODE` variable in the Yocto
+Project Reference Manual's variable glossary.
+
+Creating Partitioned Images Using Wic
+=====================================
+
+Creating an image for a particular hardware target using the
+OpenEmbedded build system does not necessarily mean you can boot that
+image as is on your device. Physical devices accept and boot images in
+various ways depending on the specifics of the device. Usually,
+information about the hardware can tell you what image format the device
+requires. Should your device require multiple partitions on an SD card,
+flash, or an HDD, you can use the OpenEmbedded Image Creator, Wic, to
+create the properly partitioned image.
+
+The ``wic`` command generates partitioned images from existing
+OpenEmbedded build artifacts. Image generation is driven by partitioning
+commands contained in an Openembedded kickstart file (``.wks``)
+specified either directly on the command line or as one of a selection
+of canned kickstart files as shown with the ``wic list images`` command
+in the "`Using an Existing Kickstart
+File <#using-a-provided-kickstart-file>`__" section. When you apply the
+command to a given set of build artifacts, the result is an image or set
+of images that can be directly written onto media and used on a
+particular system.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For a kickstart file reference, see the
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-kickstart:openembedded kickstart (\`\`.wks\`\`) reference`"
+ Chapter in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
+
+The ``wic`` command and the infrastructure it is based on is by
+definition incomplete. The purpose of the command is to allow the
+generation of customized images, and as such, was designed to be
+completely extensible through a plugin interface. See the "`Using the
+Wic PlugIn Interface <#wic-using-the-wic-plugin-interface>`__" section
+for information on these plugins.
+
+This section provides some background information on Wic, describes what
+you need to have in place to run the tool, provides instruction on how
+to use the Wic utility, provides information on using the Wic plugins
+interface, and provides several examples that show how to use Wic.
+
+.. _wic-background:
+
+Background
+----------
+
+This section provides some background on the Wic utility. While none of
+this information is required to use Wic, you might find it interesting.
+
+- The name "Wic" is derived from OpenEmbedded Image Creator (oeic). The
+ "oe" diphthong in "oeic" was promoted to the letter "w", because
+ "oeic" is both difficult to remember and to pronounce.
+
+- Wic is loosely based on the Meego Image Creator (``mic``) framework.
+ The Wic implementation has been heavily modified to make direct use
+ of OpenEmbedded build artifacts instead of package installation and
+ configuration, which are already incorporated within the OpenEmbedded
+ artifacts.
+
+- Wic is a completely independent standalone utility that initially
+ provides easier-to-use and more flexible replacements for an existing
+ functionality in OE-Core's
+ :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>`
+ class. The difference between Wic and those examples is that with Wic
+ the functionality of those scripts is implemented by a
+ general-purpose partitioning language, which is based on Redhat
+ kickstart syntax.
+
+.. _wic-requirements:
+
+Requirements
+------------
+
+In order to use the Wic utility with the OpenEmbedded Build system, your
+system needs to meet the following requirements:
+
+- The Linux distribution on your development host must support the
+ Yocto Project. See the ":ref:`detailed-supported-distros`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for the list of
+ distributions that support the Yocto Project.
+
+- The standard system utilities, such as ``cp``, must be installed on
+ your development host system.
+
+- You must have sourced the build environment setup script (i.e.
+ :ref:`structure-core-script`) found in the
+ :term:`Build Directory`.
+
+- You need to have the build artifacts already available, which
+ typically means that you must have already created an image using the
+ Openembedded build system (e.g. ``core-image-minimal``). While it
+ might seem redundant to generate an image in order to create an image
+ using Wic, the current version of Wic requires the artifacts in the
+ form generated by the OpenEmbedded build system.
+
+- You must build several native tools, which are built to run on the
+ build system:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake parted-native dosfstools-native mtools-native
+
+- Include "wic" as part of the
+ :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`
+ variable.
+
+- Include the name of the :ref:`wic kickstart file <openembedded-kickstart-wks-reference>`
+ as part of the :term:`WKS_FILE` variable
+
+.. _wic-getting-help:
+
+Getting Help
+------------
+
+You can get general help for the ``wic`` command by entering the ``wic``
+command by itself or by entering the command with a help argument as
+follows:
+::
+
+ $ wic -h
+ $ wic --help
+ $ wic help
+
+Currently, Wic supports seven commands: ``cp``, ``create``, ``help``,
+``list``, ``ls``, ``rm``, and ``write``. You can get help for all these
+commands except "help" by using the following form:
+::
+
+ $ wic help command
+
+For example, the following command returns help for the ``write``
+command:
+::
+
+ $ wic help write
+
+Wic supports help for three topics: ``overview``, ``plugins``, and
+``kickstart``. You can get help for any topic using the following form:
+::
+
+ $ wic help topic
+
+For example, the following returns overview help for Wic:
+::
+
+ $ wic help overview
+
+One additional level of help exists for Wic. You can get help on
+individual images through the ``list`` command. You can use the ``list``
+command to return the available Wic images as follows:
+::
+
+ $ wic list images
+ genericx86 Create an EFI disk image for genericx86*
+ beaglebone-yocto Create SD card image for Beaglebone
+ edgerouter Create SD card image for Edgerouter
+ qemux86-directdisk Create a qemu machine 'pcbios' direct disk image
+ directdisk-gpt Create a 'pcbios' direct disk image
+ mkefidisk Create an EFI disk image
+ directdisk Create a 'pcbios' direct disk image
+ systemd-bootdisk Create an EFI disk image with systemd-boot
+ mkhybridiso Create a hybrid ISO image
+ sdimage-bootpart Create SD card image with a boot partition
+ directdisk-multi-rootfs Create multi rootfs image using rootfs plugin
+ directdisk-bootloader-config Create a 'pcbios' direct disk image with custom bootloader config
+
+Once you know the list of available
+Wic images, you can use ``help`` with the command to get help on a
+particular image. For example, the following command returns help on the
+"beaglebone-yocto" image:
+::
+
+ $ wic list beaglebone-yocto help
+
+ Creates a partitioned SD card image for Beaglebone.
+ Boot files are located in the first vfat partition.
+
+Operational Modes
+-----------------
+
+You can use Wic in two different modes, depending on how much control
+you need for specifying the Openembedded build artifacts that are used
+for creating the image: Raw and Cooked:
+
+- *Raw Mode:* You explicitly specify build artifacts through Wic
+ command-line arguments.
+
+- *Cooked Mode:* The current
+ :term:`MACHINE` setting and image
+ name are used to automatically locate and provide the build
+ artifacts. You just supply a kickstart file and the name of the image
+ from which to use artifacts.
+
+Regardless of the mode you use, you need to have the build artifacts
+ready and available.
+
+Raw Mode
+~~~~~~~~
+
+Running Wic in raw mode allows you to specify all the partitions through
+the ``wic`` command line. The primary use for raw mode is if you have
+built your kernel outside of the Yocto Project
+:term:`Build Directory`. In other words, you
+can point to arbitrary kernel, root filesystem locations, and so forth.
+Contrast this behavior with cooked mode where Wic looks in the Build
+Directory (e.g. ``tmp/deploy/images/``\ machine).
+
+The general form of the ``wic`` command in raw mode is:
+::
+
+ $ wic create wks_file options ...
+
+ Where:
+
+ wks_file:
+ An OpenEmbedded kickstart file. You can provide
+ your own custom file or use a file from a set of
+ existing files as described by further options.
+
+ optional arguments:
+ -h, --help show this help message and exit
+ -o OUTDIR, --outdir OUTDIR
+ name of directory to create image in
+ -e IMAGE_NAME, --image-name IMAGE_NAME
+ name of the image to use the artifacts from e.g. core-
+ image-sato
+ -r ROOTFS_DIR, --rootfs-dir ROOTFS_DIR
+ path to the /rootfs dir to use as the .wks rootfs
+ source
+ -b BOOTIMG_DIR, --bootimg-dir BOOTIMG_DIR
+ path to the dir containing the boot artifacts (e.g.
+ /EFI or /syslinux dirs) to use as the .wks bootimg
+ source
+ -k KERNEL_DIR, --kernel-dir KERNEL_DIR
+ path to the dir containing the kernel to use in the
+ .wks bootimg
+ -n NATIVE_SYSROOT, --native-sysroot NATIVE_SYSROOT
+ path to the native sysroot containing the tools to use
+ to build the image
+ -s, --skip-build-check
+ skip the build check
+ -f, --build-rootfs build rootfs
+ -c {gzip,bzip2,xz}, --compress-with {gzip,bzip2,xz}
+ compress image with specified compressor
+ -m, --bmap generate .bmap
+ --no-fstab-update Do not change fstab file.
+ -v VARS_DIR, --vars VARS_DIR
+ directory with <image>.env files that store bitbake
+ variables
+ -D, --debug output debug information
+
+.. note::
+
+ You do not need root privileges to run Wic. In fact, you should not
+ run as root when using the utility.
+
+Cooked Mode
+~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Running Wic in cooked mode leverages off artifacts in the Build
+Directory. In other words, you do not have to specify kernel or root
+filesystem locations as part of the command. All you need to provide is
+a kickstart file and the name of the image from which to use artifacts
+by using the "-e" option. Wic looks in the Build Directory (e.g.
+``tmp/deploy/images/``\ machine) for artifacts.
+
+The general form of the ``wic`` command using Cooked Mode is as follows:
+::
+
+ $ wic create wks_file -e IMAGE_NAME
+
+ Where:
+
+ wks_file:
+ An OpenEmbedded kickstart file. You can provide
+ your own custom file or use a file from a set of
+ existing files provided with the Yocto Project
+ release.
+
+ required argument:
+ -e IMAGE_NAME, --image-name IMAGE_NAME
+ name of the image to use the artifacts from e.g. core-
+ image-sato
+
+.. _using-a-provided-kickstart-file:
+
+Using an Existing Kickstart File
+--------------------------------
+
+If you do not want to create your own kickstart file, you can use an
+existing file provided by the Wic installation. As shipped, kickstart
+files can be found in the :ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:yocto project source repositories` in the
+following two locations:
+::
+
+ poky/meta-yocto-bsp/wic
+ poky/scripts/lib/wic/canned-wks
+
+Use the following command to list the available kickstart files:
+::
+
+ $ wic list images
+ genericx86 Create an EFI disk image for genericx86*
+ beaglebone-yocto Create SD card image for Beaglebone
+ edgerouter Create SD card image for Edgerouter
+ qemux86-directdisk Create a qemu machine 'pcbios' direct disk image
+ directdisk-gpt Create a 'pcbios' direct disk image
+ mkefidisk Create an EFI disk image
+ directdisk Create a 'pcbios' direct disk image
+ systemd-bootdisk Create an EFI disk image with systemd-boot
+ mkhybridiso Create a hybrid ISO image
+ sdimage-bootpart Create SD card image with a boot partition
+ directdisk-multi-rootfs Create multi rootfs image using rootfs plugin
+ directdisk-bootloader-config Create a 'pcbios' direct disk image with custom bootloader config
+
+When you use an existing file, you
+do not have to use the ``.wks`` extension. Here is an example in Raw
+Mode that uses the ``directdisk`` file:
+::
+
+ $ wic create directdisk -r rootfs_dir -b bootimg_dir \
+ -k kernel_dir -n native_sysroot
+
+Here are the actual partition language commands used in the
+``genericx86.wks`` file to generate an image:
+::
+
+ # short-description: Create an EFI disk image for genericx86*
+ # long-description: Creates a partitioned EFI disk image for genericx86* machines
+ part /boot --source bootimg-efi --sourceparams="loader=grub-efi" --ondisk sda --label msdos --active --align 1024
+ part / --source rootfs --ondisk sda --fstype=ext4 --label platform --align 1024 --use-uuid
+ part swap --ondisk sda --size 44 --label swap1 --fstype=swap
+
+ bootloader --ptable gpt --timeout=5 --append="rootfstype=ext4 console=ttyS0,115200 console=tty0"
+
+.. _wic-using-the-wic-plugin-interface:
+
+Using the Wic Plugin Interface
+------------------------------
+
+You can extend and specialize Wic functionality by using Wic plugins.
+This section explains the Wic plugin interface.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Wic plugins consist of "source" and "imager" plugins. Imager plugins
+ are beyond the scope of this section.
+
+Source plugins provide a mechanism to customize partition content during
+the Wic image generation process. You can use source plugins to map
+values that you specify using ``--source`` commands in kickstart files
+(i.e. ``*.wks``) to a plugin implementation used to populate a given
+partition.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If you use plugins that have build-time dependencies (e.g. native
+ tools, bootloaders, and so forth) when building a Wic image, you need
+ to specify those dependencies using the :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`
+ variable.
+
+Source plugins are subclasses defined in plugin files. As shipped, the
+Yocto Project provides several plugin files. You can see the source
+plugin files that ship with the Yocto Project
+:yocto_git:`here </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/scripts/lib/wic/plugins/source>`.
+Each of these plugin files contains source plugins that are designed to
+populate a specific Wic image partition.
+
+Source plugins are subclasses of the ``SourcePlugin`` class, which is
+defined in the ``poky/scripts/lib/wic/pluginbase.py`` file. For example,
+the ``BootimgEFIPlugin`` source plugin found in the ``bootimg-efi.py``
+file is a subclass of the ``SourcePlugin`` class, which is found in the
+``pluginbase.py`` file.
+
+You can also implement source plugins in a layer outside of the Source
+Repositories (external layer). To do so, be sure that your plugin files
+are located in a directory whose path is
+``scripts/lib/wic/plugins/source/`` within your external layer. When the
+plugin files are located there, the source plugins they contain are made
+available to Wic.
+
+When the Wic implementation needs to invoke a partition-specific
+implementation, it looks for the plugin with the same name as the
+``--source`` parameter used in the kickstart file given to that
+partition. For example, if the partition is set up using the following
+command in a kickstart file:
+::
+
+ part /boot --source bootimg-pcbios --ondisk sda --label boot --active --align 1024
+
+The methods defined as class
+members of the matching source plugin (i.e. ``bootimg-pcbios``) in the
+``bootimg-pcbios.py`` plugin file are used.
+
+To be more concrete, here is the corresponding plugin definition from
+the ``bootimg-pcbios.py`` file for the previous command along with an
+example method called by the Wic implementation when it needs to prepare
+a partition using an implementation-specific function:
+::
+
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ class BootimgPcbiosPlugin(SourcePlugin):
+ """
+ Create MBR boot partition and install syslinux on it.
+ """
+
+ name = 'bootimg-pcbios'
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ @classmethod
+ def do_prepare_partition(cls, part, source_params, creator, cr_workdir,
+ oe_builddir, bootimg_dir, kernel_dir,
+ rootfs_dir, native_sysroot):
+ """
+ Called to do the actual content population for a partition i.e. it
+ 'prepares' the partition to be incorporated into the image.
+ In this case, prepare content for legacy bios boot partition.
+ """
+ .
+ .
+ .
+
+If a
+subclass (plugin) itself does not implement a particular function, Wic
+locates and uses the default version in the superclass. It is for this
+reason that all source plugins are derived from the ``SourcePlugin``
+class.
+
+The ``SourcePlugin`` class defined in the ``pluginbase.py`` file defines
+a set of methods that source plugins can implement or override. Any
+plugins (subclass of ``SourcePlugin``) that do not implement a
+particular method inherit the implementation of the method from the
+``SourcePlugin`` class. For more information, see the ``SourcePlugin``
+class in the ``pluginbase.py`` file for details:
+
+The following list describes the methods implemented in the
+``SourcePlugin`` class:
+
+- ``do_prepare_partition()``: Called to populate a partition with
+ actual content. In other words, the method prepares the final
+ partition image that is incorporated into the disk image.
+
+- ``do_configure_partition()``: Called before
+ ``do_prepare_partition()`` to create custom configuration files for a
+ partition (e.g. syslinux or grub configuration files).
+
+- ``do_install_disk()``: Called after all partitions have been
+ prepared and assembled into a disk image. This method provides a hook
+ to allow finalization of a disk image (e.g. writing an MBR).
+
+- ``do_stage_partition()``: Special content-staging hook called
+ before ``do_prepare_partition()``. This method is normally empty.
+
+ Typically, a partition just uses the passed-in parameters (e.g. the
+ unmodified value of ``bootimg_dir``). However, in some cases, things
+ might need to be more tailored. As an example, certain files might
+ additionally need to be taken from ``bootimg_dir + /boot``. This hook
+ allows those files to be staged in a customized fashion.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ ``get_bitbake_var()`` allows you to access non-standard variables that
+ you might want to use for this behavior.
+
+You can extend the source plugin mechanism. To add more hooks, create
+more source plugin methods within ``SourcePlugin`` and the corresponding
+derived subclasses. The code that calls the plugin methods uses the
+``plugin.get_source_plugin_methods()`` function to find the method or
+methods needed by the call. Retrieval of those methods is accomplished
+by filling up a dict with keys that contain the method names of
+interest. On success, these will be filled in with the actual methods.
+See the Wic implementation for examples and details.
+
+.. _wic-usage-examples:
+
+Wic Examples
+------------
+
+This section provides several examples that show how to use the Wic
+utility. All the examples assume the list of requirements in the
+"`Requirements <#wic-requirements>`__" section have been met. The
+examples assume the previously generated image is
+``core-image-minimal``.
+
+.. _generate-an-image-using-a-provided-kickstart-file:
+
+Generate an Image using an Existing Kickstart File
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This example runs in Cooked Mode and uses the ``mkefidisk`` kickstart
+file:
+::
+
+ $ wic create mkefidisk -e core-image-minimal
+ INFO: Building wic-tools...
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ INFO: The new image(s) can be found here:
+ ./mkefidisk-201804191017-sda.direct
+
+ The following build artifacts were used to create the image(s):
+ ROOTFS_DIR: /home/stephano/build/master/build/tmp-glibc/work/qemux86-oe-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/rootfs
+ BOOTIMG_DIR: /home/stephano/build/master/build/tmp-glibc/work/qemux86-oe-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/recipe-sysroot/usr/share
+ KERNEL_DIR: /home/stephano/build/master/build/tmp-glibc/deploy/images/qemux86
+ NATIVE_SYSROOT: /home/stephano/build/master/build/tmp-glibc/work/i586-oe-linux/wic-tools/1.0-r0/recipe-sysroot-native
+
+ INFO: The image(s) were created using OE kickstart file:
+ /home/stephano/build/master/openembedded-core/scripts/lib/wic/canned-wks/mkefidisk.wks
+
+The previous example shows the easiest way to create an image by running
+in cooked mode and supplying a kickstart file and the "-e" option to
+point to the existing build artifacts. Your ``local.conf`` file needs to
+have the :term:`MACHINE` variable set
+to the machine you are using, which is "qemux86" in this example.
+
+Once the image builds, the output provides image location, artifact use,
+and kickstart file information.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You should always verify the details provided in the output to make
+ sure that the image was indeed created exactly as expected.
+
+Continuing with the example, you can now write the image from the Build
+Directory onto a USB stick, or whatever media for which you built your
+image, and boot from the media. You can write the image by using
+``bmaptool`` or ``dd``:
+::
+
+ $ oe-run-native bmaptool copy mkefidisk-201804191017-sda.direct /dev/sdX
+
+or ::
+
+ $ sudo dd if=mkefidisk-201804191017-sda.direct of=/dev/sdX
+
+.. note::
+
+ For more information on how to use the ``bmaptool``
+ to flash a device with an image, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:flashing images using \`\`bmaptool\`\``"
+ section.
+
+Using a Modified Kickstart File
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Because partitioned image creation is driven by the kickstart file, it
+is easy to affect image creation by changing the parameters in the file.
+This next example demonstrates that through modification of the
+``directdisk-gpt`` kickstart file.
+
+As mentioned earlier, you can use the command ``wic list images`` to
+show the list of existing kickstart files. The directory in which the
+``directdisk-gpt.wks`` file resides is
+``scripts/lib/image/canned-wks/``, which is located in the
+:term:`Source Directory` (e.g. ``poky``).
+Because available files reside in this directory, you can create and add
+your own custom files to the directory. Subsequent use of the
+``wic list images`` command would then include your kickstart files.
+
+In this example, the existing ``directdisk-gpt`` file already does most
+of what is needed. However, for the hardware in this example, the image
+will need to boot from ``sdb`` instead of ``sda``, which is what the
+``directdisk-gpt`` kickstart file uses.
+
+The example begins by making a copy of the ``directdisk-gpt.wks`` file
+in the ``scripts/lib/image/canned-wks`` directory and then by changing
+the lines that specify the target disk from which to boot.
+::
+
+ $ cp /home/stephano/poky/scripts/lib/wic/canned-wks/directdisk-gpt.wks \
+ /home/stephano/poky/scripts/lib/wic/canned-wks/directdisksdb-gpt.wks
+
+Next, the example modifies the ``directdisksdb-gpt.wks`` file and
+changes all instances of "``--ondisk sda``" to "``--ondisk sdb``". The
+example changes the following two lines and leaves the remaining lines
+untouched:
+::
+
+ part /boot --source bootimg-pcbios --ondisk sdb --label boot --active --align 1024
+ part / --source rootfs --ondisk sdb --fstype=ext4 --label platform --align 1024 --use-uuid
+
+Once the lines are changed, the
+example generates the ``directdisksdb-gpt`` image. The command points
+the process at the ``core-image-minimal`` artifacts for the Next Unit of
+Computing (nuc) :term:`MACHINE` the
+``local.conf``.
+::
+
+ $ wic create directdisksdb-gpt -e core-image-minimal
+ INFO: Building wic-tools...
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ Initialising tasks: 100% |#######################################| Time: 0:00:01
+ NOTE: Executing SetScene Tasks
+ NOTE: Executing RunQueue Tasks
+ NOTE: Tasks Summary: Attempted 1161 tasks of which 1157 didn't need to be rerun and all succeeded.
+ INFO: Creating image(s)...
+
+ INFO: The new image(s) can be found here:
+ ./directdisksdb-gpt-201710090938-sdb.direct
+
+ The following build artifacts were used to create the image(s):
+ ROOTFS_DIR: /home/stephano/build/master/build/tmp-glibc/work/qemux86-oe-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/rootfs
+ BOOTIMG_DIR: /home/stephano/build/master/build/tmp-glibc/work/qemux86-oe-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/recipe-sysroot/usr/share
+ KERNEL_DIR: /home/stephano/build/master/build/tmp-glibc/deploy/images/qemux86
+ NATIVE_SYSROOT: /home/stephano/build/master/build/tmp-glibc/work/i586-oe-linux/wic-tools/1.0-r0/recipe-sysroot-native
+
+ INFO: The image(s) were created using OE kickstart file:
+ /home/stephano/poky/scripts/lib/wic/canned-wks/directdisksdb-gpt.wks
+
+Continuing with the example, you can now directly ``dd`` the image to a
+USB stick, or whatever media for which you built your image, and boot
+the resulting media:
+::
+
+ $ sudo dd if=directdisksdb-gpt-201710090938-sdb.direct of=/dev/sdb
+ 140966+0 records in
+ 140966+0 records out
+ 72174592 bytes (72 MB, 69 MiB) copied, 78.0282 s, 925 kB/s
+ $ sudo eject /dev/sdb
+
+Using a Modified Kickstart File and Running in Raw Mode
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This next example manually specifies each build artifact (runs in Raw
+Mode) and uses a modified kickstart file. The example also uses the
+``-o`` option to cause Wic to create the output somewhere other than the
+default output directory, which is the current directory:
+::
+
+ $ wic create /home/stephano/my_yocto/test.wks -o /home/stephano/testwic \
+ --rootfs-dir /home/stephano/build/master/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/rootfs \
+ --bootimg-dir /home/stephano/build/master/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/recipe-sysroot/usr/share \
+ --kernel-dir /home/stephano/build/master/build/tmp/deploy/images/qemux86 \
+ --native-sysroot /home/stephano/build/master/build/tmp/work/i586-poky-linux/wic-tools/1.0-r0/recipe-sysroot-native
+
+ INFO: Creating image(s)...
+
+ INFO: The new image(s) can be found here:
+ /home/stephano/testwic/test-201710091445-sdb.direct
+
+ The following build artifacts were used to create the image(s):
+ ROOTFS_DIR: /home/stephano/build/master/build/tmp-glibc/work/qemux86-oe-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/rootfs
+ BOOTIMG_DIR: /home/stephano/build/master/build/tmp-glibc/work/qemux86-oe-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/recipe-sysroot/usr/share
+ KERNEL_DIR: /home/stephano/build/master/build/tmp-glibc/deploy/images/qemux86
+ NATIVE_SYSROOT: /home/stephano/build/master/build/tmp-glibc/work/i586-oe-linux/wic-tools/1.0-r0/recipe-sysroot-native
+
+ INFO: The image(s) were created using OE kickstart file:
+ /home/stephano/my_yocto/test.wks
+
+For this example,
+:term:`MACHINE` did not have to be
+specified in the ``local.conf`` file since the artifact is manually
+specified.
+
+Using Wic to Manipulate an Image
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Wic image manipulation allows you to shorten turnaround time during
+image development. For example, you can use Wic to delete the kernel
+partition of a Wic image and then insert a newly built kernel. This
+saves you time from having to rebuild the entire image each time you
+modify the kernel.
+
+.. note::
+
+ In order to use Wic to manipulate a Wic image as in this example,
+ your development machine must have the ``mtools`` package installed.
+
+The following example examines the contents of the Wic image, deletes
+the existing kernel, and then inserts a new kernel:
+
+1. *List the Partitions:* Use the ``wic ls`` command to list all the
+ partitions in the Wic image:
+ ::
+
+ $ wic ls tmp/deploy/images/qemux86/core-image-minimal-qemux86.wic
+ Num Start End Size Fstype
+ 1 1048576 25041919 23993344 fat16
+ 2 25165824 72157183 46991360 ext4
+
+ The previous output shows two partitions in the
+ ``core-image-minimal-qemux86.wic`` image.
+
+2. *Examine a Particular Partition:* Use the ``wic ls`` command again
+ but in a different form to examine a particular partition.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You can get command usage on any Wic command using the following
+ form:
+ ::
+
+ $ wic help command
+
+
+ For example, the following command shows you the various ways to
+ use the
+ wic ls
+ command:
+ ::
+
+ $ wic help ls
+
+
+ The following command shows what is in Partition one:
+ ::
+
+ $ wic ls tmp/deploy/images/qemux86/core-image-minimal-qemux86.wic:1
+ Volume in drive : is boot
+ Volume Serial Number is E894-1809
+ Directory for ::/
+
+ libcom32 c32 186500 2017-10-09 16:06
+ libutil c32 24148 2017-10-09 16:06
+ syslinux cfg 220 2017-10-09 16:06
+ vesamenu c32 27104 2017-10-09 16:06
+ vmlinuz 6904608 2017-10-09 16:06
+ 5 files 7 142 580 bytes
+ 16 582 656 bytes free
+
+ The previous output shows five files, with the
+ ``vmlinuz`` being the kernel.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you see the following error, you need to update or create a
+ ``~/.mtoolsrc`` file and be sure to have the line "mtools_skip_check=1"
+ in the file. Then, run the Wic command again:
+ ::
+
+ ERROR: _exec_cmd: /usr/bin/mdir -i /tmp/wic-parttfokuwra ::/ returned '1' instead of 0
+ output: Total number of sectors (47824) not a multiple of sectors per track (32)!
+ Add mtools_skip_check=1 to your .mtoolsrc file to skip this test
+
+
+3. *Remove the Old Kernel:* Use the ``wic rm`` command to remove the
+ ``vmlinuz`` file (kernel):
+ ::
+
+ $ wic rm tmp/deploy/images/qemux86/core-image-minimal-qemux86.wic:1/vmlinuz
+
+4. *Add In the New Kernel:* Use the ``wic cp`` command to add the
+ updated kernel to the Wic image. Depending on how you built your
+ kernel, it could be in different places. If you used ``devtool`` and
+ an SDK to build your kernel, it resides in the ``tmp/work`` directory
+ of the extensible SDK. If you used ``make`` to build the kernel, the
+ kernel will be in the ``workspace/sources`` area.
+
+ The following example assumes ``devtool`` was used to build the
+ kernel:
+ ::
+
+ cp ~/poky_sdk/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/linux-yocto/4.12.12+git999-r0/linux-yocto-4.12.12+git999/arch/x86/boot/bzImage \
+ ~/poky/build/tmp/deploy/images/qemux86/core-image-minimal-qemux86.wic:1/vmlinuz
+
+ Once the new kernel is added back into the image, you can use the
+ ``dd`` command or :ref:`bmaptool
+ <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:flashing images using \`\`bmaptool\`\`>`
+ to flash your wic image onto an SD card or USB stick and test your
+ target.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Using ``bmaptool`` is generally 10 to 20 times faster than using ``dd``.
+
+Flashing Images Using ``bmaptool``
+==================================
+
+A fast and easy way to flash an image to a bootable device is to use
+Bmaptool, which is integrated into the OpenEmbedded build system.
+Bmaptool is a generic tool that creates a file's block map (bmap) and
+then uses that map to copy the file. As compared to traditional tools
+such as dd or cp, Bmaptool can copy (or flash) large files like raw
+system image files much faster.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - If you are using Ubuntu or Debian distributions, you can install
+ the ``bmap-tools`` package using the following command and then
+ use the tool without specifying ``PATH`` even from the root
+ account:
+ ::
+
+ $ sudo apt-get install bmap-tools
+
+ - If you are unable to install the ``bmap-tools`` package, you will
+ need to build Bmaptool before using it. Use the following command:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake bmap-tools-native
+
+Following, is an example that shows how to flash a Wic image. Realize
+that while this example uses a Wic image, you can use Bmaptool to flash
+any type of image. Use these steps to flash an image using Bmaptool:
+
+1. *Update your local.conf File:* You need to have the following set
+ in your ``local.conf`` file before building your image:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_FSTYPES += "wic wic.bmap"
+
+2. *Get Your Image:* Either have your image ready (pre-built with the
+ :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`
+ setting previously mentioned) or take the step to build the image:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake image
+
+3. *Flash the Device:* Flash the device with the image by using Bmaptool
+ depending on your particular setup. The following commands assume the
+ image resides in the Build Directory's ``deploy/images/`` area:
+
+ - If you have write access to the media, use this command form:
+ ::
+
+ $ oe-run-native bmap-tools-native bmaptool copy build-directory/tmp/deploy/images/machine/image.wic /dev/sdX
+
+ - If you do not have write access to the media, set your permissions
+ first and then use the same command form:
+ ::
+
+ $ sudo chmod 666 /dev/sdX
+ $ oe-run-native bmap-tools-native bmaptool copy build-directory/tmp/deploy/images/machine/image.wic /dev/sdX
+
+For help on the ``bmaptool`` command, use the following command:
+::
+
+ $ bmaptool --help
+
+Making Images More Secure
+=========================
+
+Security is of increasing concern for embedded devices. Consider the
+issues and problems discussed in just this sampling of work found across
+the Internet:
+
+- *"*\ `Security Risks of Embedded
+ Systems <https://www.schneier.com/blog/archives/2014/01/security_risks_9.html>`__\ *"*
+ by Bruce Schneier
+
+- *"*\ `Internet Census
+ 2012 <http://census2012.sourceforge.net/paper.html>`__\ *"* by Carna
+ Botnet
+
+- *"*\ `Security Issues for Embedded
+ Devices <http://elinux.org/images/6/6f/Security-issues.pdf>`__\ *"*
+ by Jake Edge
+
+When securing your image is of concern, there are steps, tools, and
+variables that you can consider to help you reach the security goals you
+need for your particular device. Not all situations are identical when
+it comes to making an image secure. Consequently, this section provides
+some guidance and suggestions for consideration when you want to make
+your image more secure.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Because the security requirements and risks are different for every
+ type of device, this section cannot provide a complete reference on
+ securing your custom OS. It is strongly recommended that you also
+ consult other sources of information on embedded Linux system
+ hardening and on security.
+
+General Considerations
+----------------------
+
+General considerations exist that help you create more secure images.
+You should consider the following suggestions to help make your device
+more secure:
+
+- Scan additional code you are adding to the system (e.g. application
+ code) by using static analysis tools. Look for buffer overflows and
+ other potential security problems.
+
+- Pay particular attention to the security for any web-based
+ administration interface.
+
+ Web interfaces typically need to perform administrative functions and
+ tend to need to run with elevated privileges. Thus, the consequences
+ resulting from the interface's security becoming compromised can be
+ serious. Look for common web vulnerabilities such as
+ cross-site-scripting (XSS), unvalidated inputs, and so forth.
+
+ As with system passwords, the default credentials for accessing a
+ web-based interface should not be the same across all devices. This
+ is particularly true if the interface is enabled by default as it can
+ be assumed that many end-users will not change the credentials.
+
+- Ensure you can update the software on the device to mitigate
+ vulnerabilities discovered in the future. This consideration
+ especially applies when your device is network-enabled.
+
+- Ensure you remove or disable debugging functionality before producing
+ the final image. For information on how to do this, see the
+ "`Considerations Specific to the OpenEmbedded Build
+ System <#considerations-specific-to-the-openembedded-build-system>`__"
+ section.
+
+- Ensure you have no network services listening that are not needed.
+
+- Remove any software from the image that is not needed.
+
+- Enable hardware support for secure boot functionality when your
+ device supports this functionality.
+
+Security Flags
+--------------
+
+The Yocto Project has security flags that you can enable that help make
+your build output more secure. The security flags are in the
+``meta/conf/distro/include/security_flags.inc`` file in your
+:term:`Source Directory` (e.g. ``poky``).
+
+.. note::
+
+ Depending on the recipe, certain security flags are enabled and
+ disabled by default.
+
+Use the following line in your ``local.conf`` file or in your custom
+distribution configuration file to enable the security compiler and
+linker flags for your build:
+::
+
+ require conf/distro/include/security_flags.inc
+
+Considerations Specific to the OpenEmbedded Build System
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+You can take some steps that are specific to the OpenEmbedded build
+system to make your images more secure:
+
+- Ensure "debug-tweaks" is not one of your selected
+ :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`.
+ When creating a new project, the default is to provide you with an
+ initial ``local.conf`` file that enables this feature using the
+ :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES`
+ variable with the line:
+ ::
+
+ EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES = "debug-tweaks"
+
+ To disable that feature, simply comment out that line in your
+ ``local.conf`` file, or make sure ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` does not contain
+ "debug-tweaks" before producing your final image. Among other things,
+ leaving this in place sets the root password as blank, which makes
+ logging in for debugging or inspection easy during development but
+ also means anyone can easily log in during production.
+
+- It is possible to set a root password for the image and also to set
+ passwords for any extra users you might add (e.g. administrative or
+ service type users). When you set up passwords for multiple images or
+ users, you should not duplicate passwords.
+
+ To set up passwords, use the
+ :ref:`extrausers <ref-classes-extrausers>`
+ class, which is the preferred method. For an example on how to set up
+ both root and user passwords, see the
+ ":ref:`extrausers.bbclass <ref-classes-extrausers>`"
+ section.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ When adding extra user accounts or setting a root password, be
+ cautious about setting the same password on every device. If you
+ do this, and the password you have set is exposed, then every
+ device is now potentially compromised. If you need this access but
+ want to ensure security, consider setting a different, random
+ password for each device. Typically, you do this as a separate
+ step after you deploy the image onto the device.
+
+- Consider enabling a Mandatory Access Control (MAC) framework such as
+ SMACK or SELinux and tuning it appropriately for your device's usage.
+ You can find more information in the
+ :yocto_git:`meta-selinux </cgit/cgit.cgi/meta-selinux/>` layer.
+
+Tools for Hardening Your Image
+------------------------------
+
+The Yocto Project provides tools for making your image more secure. You
+can find these tools in the ``meta-security`` layer of the
+:yocto_git:`Yocto Project Source Repositories <>`.
+
+Creating Your Own Distribution
+==============================
+
+When you build an image using the Yocto Project and do not alter any
+distribution :term:`Metadata`, you are
+creating a Poky distribution. If you wish to gain more control over
+package alternative selections, compile-time options, and other
+low-level configurations, you can create your own distribution.
+
+To create your own distribution, the basic steps consist of creating
+your own distribution layer, creating your own distribution
+configuration file, and then adding any needed code and Metadata to the
+layer. The following steps provide some more detail:
+
+- *Create a layer for your new distro:* Create your distribution layer
+ so that you can keep your Metadata and code for the distribution
+ separate. It is strongly recommended that you create and use your own
+ layer for configuration and code. Using your own layer as compared to
+ just placing configurations in a ``local.conf`` configuration file
+ makes it easier to reproduce the same build configuration when using
+ multiple build machines. See the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating a general layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
+ section for information on how to quickly set up a layer.
+
+- *Create the distribution configuration file:* The distribution
+ configuration file needs to be created in the ``conf/distro``
+ directory of your layer. You need to name it using your distribution
+ name (e.g. ``mydistro.conf``).
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The :term:`DISTRO` variable in your ``local.conf`` file determines the
+ name of your distribution.
+
+ You can split out parts of your configuration file into include files
+ and then "require" them from within your distribution configuration
+ file. Be sure to place the include files in the
+ ``conf/distro/include`` directory of your layer. A common example
+ usage of include files would be to separate out the selection of
+ desired version and revisions for individual recipes.
+
+ Your configuration file needs to set the following required
+ variables:
+
+ - :term:`DISTRO_NAME`
+
+ - :term:`DISTRO_VERSION`
+
+ These following variables are optional and you typically set them
+ from the distribution configuration file:
+
+ - :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`
+
+ - :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
+
+ - :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
+
+ - :term:`TCLIBC`
+
+ .. tip::
+
+ If you want to base your distribution configuration file on the
+ very basic configuration from OE-Core, you can use
+ ``conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` as a reference and just include
+ variables that differ as compared to ``defaultsetup.conf``.
+ Alternatively, you can create a distribution configuration file
+ from scratch using the ``defaultsetup.conf`` file or configuration files
+ from other distributions such as Poky or Angstrom as references.
+
+- *Provide miscellaneous variables:* Be sure to define any other
+ variables for which you want to create a default or enforce as part
+ of the distribution configuration. You can include nearly any
+ variable from the ``local.conf`` file. The variables you use are not
+ limited to the list in the previous bulleted item.
+
+- *Point to Your distribution configuration file:* In your
+ ``local.conf`` file in the :term:`Build Directory`,
+ set your
+ :term:`DISTRO` variable to point to
+ your distribution's configuration file. For example, if your
+ distribution's configuration file is named ``mydistro.conf``, then
+ you point to it as follows:
+ ::
+
+ DISTRO = "mydistro"
+
+- *Add more to the layer if necessary:* Use your layer to hold other
+ information needed for the distribution:
+
+ - Add recipes for installing distro-specific configuration files
+ that are not already installed by another recipe. If you have
+ distro-specific configuration files that are included by an
+ existing recipe, you should add an append file (``.bbappend``) for
+ those. For general information and recommendations on how to add
+ recipes to your layer, see the "`Creating Your Own
+ Layer <#creating-your-own-layer>`__" and "`Following Best
+ Practices When Creating
+ Layers <#best-practices-to-follow-when-creating-layers>`__"
+ sections.
+
+ - Add any image recipes that are specific to your distribution.
+
+ - Add a ``psplash`` append file for a branded splash screen. For
+ information on append files, see the "`Using .bbappend Files in
+ Your Layer <#using-bbappend-files>`__" section.
+
+ - Add any other append files to make custom changes that are
+ specific to individual recipes.
+
+Creating a Custom Template Configuration Directory
+==================================================
+
+If you are producing your own customized version of the build system for
+use by other users, you might want to customize the message shown by the
+setup script or you might want to change the template configuration
+files (i.e. ``local.conf`` and ``bblayers.conf``) that are created in a
+new build directory.
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system uses the environment variable
+``TEMPLATECONF`` to locate the directory from which it gathers
+configuration information that ultimately ends up in the
+:term:`Build Directory` ``conf`` directory.
+By default, ``TEMPLATECONF`` is set as follows in the ``poky``
+repository:
+::
+
+ TEMPLATECONF=${TEMPLATECONF:-meta-poky/conf}
+
+This is the
+directory used by the build system to find templates from which to build
+some key configuration files. If you look at this directory, you will
+see the ``bblayers.conf.sample``, ``local.conf.sample``, and
+``conf-notes.txt`` files. The build system uses these files to form the
+respective ``bblayers.conf`` file, ``local.conf`` file, and display the
+list of BitBake targets when running the setup script.
+
+To override these default configuration files with configurations you
+want used within every new Build Directory, simply set the
+``TEMPLATECONF`` variable to your directory. The ``TEMPLATECONF``
+variable is set in the ``.templateconf`` file, which is in the top-level
+:term:`Source Directory` folder
+(e.g. ``poky``). Edit the ``.templateconf`` so that it can locate your
+directory.
+
+Best practices dictate that you should keep your template configuration
+directory in your custom distribution layer. For example, suppose you
+have a layer named ``meta-mylayer`` located in your home directory and
+you want your template configuration directory named ``myconf``.
+Changing the ``.templateconf`` as follows causes the OpenEmbedded build
+system to look in your directory and base its configuration files on the
+``*.sample`` configuration files it finds. The final configuration files
+(i.e. ``local.conf`` and ``bblayers.conf`` ultimately still end up in
+your Build Directory, but they are based on your ``*.sample`` files.
+::
+
+ TEMPLATECONF=${TEMPLATECONF:-meta-mylayer/myconf}
+
+Aside from the ``*.sample`` configuration files, the ``conf-notes.txt``
+also resides in the default ``meta-poky/conf`` directory. The script
+that sets up the build environment (i.e.
+:ref:`structure-core-script`) uses this file to
+display BitBake targets as part of the script output. Customizing this
+``conf-notes.txt`` file is a good way to make sure your list of custom
+targets appears as part of the script's output.
+
+Here is the default list of targets displayed as a result of running
+either of the setup scripts:
+::
+
+ You can now run 'bitbake <target>'
+
+ Common targets are:
+ core-image-minimal
+ core-image-sato
+ meta-toolchain
+ meta-ide-support
+
+Changing the listed common targets is as easy as editing your version of
+``conf-notes.txt`` in your custom template configuration directory and
+making sure you have ``TEMPLATECONF`` set to your directory.
+
+.. _dev-saving-memory-during-a-build:
+
+Conserving Disk Space During Builds
+===================================
+
+To help conserve disk space during builds, you can add the following
+statement to your project's ``local.conf`` configuration file found in
+the :term:`Build Directory`:
+::
+
+ INHERIT += "rm_work"
+
+Adding this statement deletes the work directory used for
+building a recipe once the recipe is built. For more information on
+"rm_work", see the
+:ref:`rm_work <ref-classes-rm-work>` class in the
+Yocto Project Reference Manual.
+
+Working with Packages
+=====================
+
+This section describes a few tasks that involve packages:
+
+- `Excluding packages from an
+ image <#excluding-packages-from-an-image>`__
+
+- `Incrementing a binary package
+ version <#incrementing-a-binary-package-version>`__
+
+- `Handling optional module
+ packaging <#handling-optional-module-packaging>`__
+
+- `Using runtime package
+ management <#using-runtime-package-management>`__
+
+- `Generating and using signed
+ packages <#generating-and-using-signed-packages>`__
+
+- `Setting up and running package test
+ (ptest) <#testing-packages-with-ptest>`__
+
+- `Creating node package manager (NPM)
+ packages <#creating-node-package-manager-npm-packages>`__
+
+- `Adding custom metadata to
+ packages <#adding-custom-metadata-to-packages>`__
+
+Excluding Packages from an Image
+--------------------------------
+
+You might find it necessary to prevent specific packages from being
+installed into an image. If so, you can use several variables to direct
+the build system to essentially ignore installing recommended packages
+or to not install a package at all.
+
+The following list introduces variables you can use to prevent packages
+from being installed into your image. Each of these variables only works
+with IPK and RPM package types. Support for Debian packages does not
+exist. Also, you can use these variables from your ``local.conf`` file
+or attach them to a specific image recipe by using a recipe name
+override. For more detail on the variables, see the descriptions in the
+Yocto Project Reference Manual's glossary chapter.
+
+- :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`:
+ Use this variable to specify "recommended-only" packages that you do
+ not want installed.
+
+- :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`:
+ Use this variable to prevent all "recommended-only" packages from
+ being installed.
+
+- :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE`:
+ Use this variable to prevent specific packages from being installed
+ regardless of whether they are "recommended-only" or not. You need to
+ realize that the build process could fail with an error when you
+ prevent the installation of a package whose presence is required by
+ an installed package.
+
+.. _incrementing-a-binary-package-version:
+
+Incrementing a Package Version
+------------------------------
+
+This section provides some background on how binary package versioning
+is accomplished and presents some of the services, variables, and
+terminology involved.
+
+In order to understand binary package versioning, you need to consider
+the following:
+
+- Binary Package: The binary package that is eventually built and
+ installed into an image.
+
+- Binary Package Version: The binary package version is composed of two
+ components - a version and a revision.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Technically, a third component, the "epoch" (i.e. :term:`PE`) is involved
+ but this discussion for the most part ignores ``PE``.
+
+ The version and revision are taken from the
+ :term:`PV` and
+ :term:`PR` variables, respectively.
+
+- ``PV``: The recipe version. ``PV`` represents the version of the
+ software being packaged. Do not confuse ``PV`` with the binary
+ package version.
+
+- ``PR``: The recipe revision.
+
+- :term:`SRCPV`: The OpenEmbedded
+ build system uses this string to help define the value of ``PV`` when
+ the source code revision needs to be included in it.
+
+- :yocto_wiki:`PR Service </wiki/PR_Service>`: A
+ network-based service that helps automate keeping package feeds
+ compatible with existing package manager applications such as RPM,
+ APT, and OPKG.
+
+Whenever the binary package content changes, the binary package version
+must change. Changing the binary package version is accomplished by
+changing or "bumping" the ``PR`` and/or ``PV`` values. Increasing these
+values occurs one of two ways:
+
+- Automatically using a Package Revision Service (PR Service).
+
+- Manually incrementing the ``PR`` and/or ``PV`` variables.
+
+Given a primary challenge of any build system and its users is how to
+maintain a package feed that is compatible with existing package manager
+applications such as RPM, APT, and OPKG, using an automated system is
+much preferred over a manual system. In either system, the main
+requirement is that binary package version numbering increases in a
+linear fashion and that a number of version components exist that
+support that linear progression. For information on how to ensure
+package revisioning remains linear, see the "`Automatically Incrementing
+a Binary Package Revision
+Number <#automatically-incrementing-a-binary-package-revision-number>`__"
+section.
+
+The following three sections provide related information on the PR
+Service, the manual method for "bumping" ``PR`` and/or ``PV``, and on
+how to ensure binary package revisioning remains linear.
+
+Working With a PR Service
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+As mentioned, attempting to maintain revision numbers in the
+:term:`Metadata` is error prone, inaccurate,
+and causes problems for people submitting recipes. Conversely, the PR
+Service automatically generates increasing numbers, particularly the
+revision field, which removes the human element.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For additional information on using a PR Service, you can see the
+ :yocto_wiki:`PR Service </wiki/PR_Service>` wiki page.
+
+The Yocto Project uses variables in order of decreasing priority to
+facilitate revision numbering (i.e.
+:term:`PE`,
+:term:`PV`, and
+:term:`PR` for epoch, version, and
+revision, respectively). The values are highly dependent on the policies
+and procedures of a given distribution and package feed.
+
+Because the OpenEmbedded build system uses
+":ref:`signatures <overview-checksums>`", which are
+unique to a given build, the build system knows when to rebuild
+packages. All the inputs into a given task are represented by a
+signature, which can trigger a rebuild when different. Thus, the build
+system itself does not rely on the ``PR``, ``PV``, and ``PE`` numbers to
+trigger a rebuild. The signatures, however, can be used to generate
+these values.
+
+The PR Service works with both ``OEBasic`` and ``OEBasicHash``
+generators. The value of ``PR`` bumps when the checksum changes and the
+different generator mechanisms change signatures under different
+circumstances.
+
+As implemented, the build system includes values from the PR Service
+into the ``PR`` field as an addition using the form "``.x``" so ``r0``
+becomes ``r0.1``, ``r0.2`` and so forth. This scheme allows existing
+``PR`` values to be used for whatever reasons, which include manual
+``PR`` bumps, should it be necessary.
+
+By default, the PR Service is not enabled or running. Thus, the packages
+generated are just "self consistent". The build system adds and removes
+packages and there are no guarantees about upgrade paths but images will
+be consistent and correct with the latest changes.
+
+The simplest form for a PR Service is for it to exist for a single host
+development system that builds the package feed (building system). For
+this scenario, you can enable a local PR Service by setting
+:term:`PRSERV_HOST` in your
+``local.conf`` file in the :term:`Build Directory`:
+::
+
+ PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0"
+
+Once the service is started, packages will automatically
+get increasing ``PR`` values and BitBake takes care of starting and
+stopping the server.
+
+If you have a more complex setup where multiple host development systems
+work against a common, shared package feed, you have a single PR Service
+running and it is connected to each building system. For this scenario,
+you need to start the PR Service using the ``bitbake-prserv`` command:
+::
+
+ bitbake-prserv --host ip --port port --start
+
+In addition to
+hand-starting the service, you need to update the ``local.conf`` file of
+each building system as described earlier so each system points to the
+server and port.
+
+It is also recommended you use build history, which adds some sanity
+checks to binary package versions, in conjunction with the server that
+is running the PR Service. To enable build history, add the following to
+each building system's ``local.conf`` file:
+::
+
+ # It is recommended to activate "buildhistory" for testing the PR service
+ INHERIT += "buildhistory"
+ BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT = "1"
+
+For information on build
+history, see the "`Maintaining Build Output
+Quality <#maintaining-build-output-quality>`__" section.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system does not maintain ``PR`` information as
+ part of the shared state (sstate) packages. If you maintain an sstate
+ feed, its expected that either all your building systems that
+ contribute to the sstate feed use a shared PR Service, or you do not
+ run a PR Service on any of your building systems. Having some systems
+ use a PR Service while others do not leads to obvious problems.
+
+ For more information on shared state, see the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:shared state cache`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+Manually Bumping PR
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The alternative to setting up a PR Service is to manually "bump" the
+:term:`PR` variable.
+
+If a committed change results in changing the package output, then the
+value of the PR variable needs to be increased (or "bumped") as part of
+that commit. For new recipes you should add the ``PR`` variable and set
+its initial value equal to "r0", which is the default. Even though the
+default value is "r0", the practice of adding it to a new recipe makes
+it harder to forget to bump the variable when you make changes to the
+recipe in future.
+
+If you are sharing a common ``.inc`` file with multiple recipes, you can
+also use the ``INC_PR`` variable to ensure that the recipes sharing the
+``.inc`` file are rebuilt when the ``.inc`` file itself is changed. The
+``.inc`` file must set ``INC_PR`` (initially to "r0"), and all recipes
+referring to it should set ``PR`` to "${INC_PR}.0" initially,
+incrementing the last number when the recipe is changed. If the ``.inc``
+file is changed then its ``INC_PR`` should be incremented.
+
+When upgrading the version of a binary package, assuming the ``PV``
+changes, the ``PR`` variable should be reset to "r0" (or "${INC_PR}.0"
+if you are using ``INC_PR``).
+
+Usually, version increases occur only to binary packages. However, if
+for some reason ``PV`` changes but does not increase, you can increase
+the ``PE`` variable (Package Epoch). The ``PE`` variable defaults to
+"0".
+
+Binary package version numbering strives to follow the `Debian Version
+Field Policy
+Guidelines <https://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html>`__.
+These guidelines define how versions are compared and what "increasing"
+a version means.
+
+.. _automatically-incrementing-a-binary-package-revision-number:
+
+Automatically Incrementing a Package Version Number
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+When fetching a repository, BitBake uses the
+:term:`SRCREV` variable to determine
+the specific source code revision from which to build. You set the
+``SRCREV`` variable to
+:term:`AUTOREV` to cause the
+OpenEmbedded build system to automatically use the latest revision of
+the software:
+::
+
+ SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}"
+
+Furthermore, you need to reference ``SRCPV`` in ``PV`` in order to
+automatically update the version whenever the revision of the source
+code changes. Here is an example:
+::
+
+ PV = "1.0+git${SRCPV}"
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system substitutes ``SRCPV`` with the following:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ AUTOINC+source_code_revision
+
+The build system replaces the ``AUTOINC``
+with a number. The number used depends on the state of the PR Service:
+
+- If PR Service is enabled, the build system increments the number,
+ which is similar to the behavior of
+ :term:`PR`. This behavior results in
+ linearly increasing package versions, which is desirable. Here is an
+ example:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ hello-world-git_0.0+git0+b6558dd387-r0.0_armv7a-neon.ipk
+ hello-world-git_0.0+git1+dd2f5c3565-r0.0_armv7a-neon.ipk
+
+- If PR Service is not enabled, the build system replaces the
+ ``AUTOINC`` placeholder with zero (i.e. "0"). This results in
+ changing the package version since the source revision is included.
+ However, package versions are not increased linearly. Here is an
+ example:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ hello-world-git_0.0+git0+b6558dd387-r0.0_armv7a-neon.ipk
+ hello-world-git_0.0+git0+dd2f5c3565-r0.0_armv7a-neon.ipk
+
+In summary, the OpenEmbedded build system does not track the history of
+binary package versions for this purpose. ``AUTOINC``, in this case, is
+comparable to ``PR``. If PR server is not enabled, ``AUTOINC`` in the
+package version is simply replaced by "0". If PR server is enabled, the
+build system keeps track of the package versions and bumps the number
+when the package revision changes.
+
+Handling Optional Module Packaging
+----------------------------------
+
+Many pieces of software split functionality into optional modules (or
+plugins) and the plugins that are built might depend on configuration
+options. To avoid having to duplicate the logic that determines what
+modules are available in your recipe or to avoid having to package each
+module by hand, the OpenEmbedded build system provides functionality to
+handle module packaging dynamically.
+
+To handle optional module packaging, you need to do two things:
+
+- Ensure the module packaging is actually done.
+
+- Ensure that any dependencies on optional modules from other recipes
+ are satisfied by your recipe.
+
+Making Sure the Packaging is Done
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To ensure the module packaging actually gets done, you use the
+``do_split_packages`` function within the ``populate_packages`` Python
+function in your recipe. The ``do_split_packages`` function searches for
+a pattern of files or directories under a specified path and creates a
+package for each one it finds by appending to the
+:term:`PACKAGES` variable and
+setting the appropriate values for ``FILES_packagename``,
+``RDEPENDS_packagename``, ``DESCRIPTION_packagename``, and so forth.
+Here is an example from the ``lighttpd`` recipe:
+::
+
+ python populate_packages_prepend () {
+ lighttpd_libdir = d.expand('${libdir}')
+ do_split_packages(d, lighttpd_libdir, '^mod_(.*).so$',
+ 'lighttpd-module-%s', 'Lighttpd module for %s',
+ extra_depends='')
+ }
+
+The previous example specifies a number of things in the call to
+``do_split_packages``.
+
+- A directory within the files installed by your recipe through
+ ``do_install`` in which to search.
+
+- A regular expression used to match module files in that directory. In
+ the example, note the parentheses () that mark the part of the
+ expression from which the module name should be derived.
+
+- A pattern to use for the package names.
+
+- A description for each package.
+
+- An empty string for ``extra_depends``, which disables the default
+ dependency on the main ``lighttpd`` package. Thus, if a file in
+ ``${libdir}`` called ``mod_alias.so`` is found, a package called
+ ``lighttpd-module-alias`` is created for it and the
+ :term:`DESCRIPTION` is set to
+ "Lighttpd module for alias".
+
+Often, packaging modules is as simple as the previous example. However,
+more advanced options exist that you can use within
+``do_split_packages`` to modify its behavior. And, if you need to, you
+can add more logic by specifying a hook function that is called for each
+package. It is also perfectly acceptable to call ``do_split_packages``
+multiple times if you have more than one set of modules to package.
+
+For more examples that show how to use ``do_split_packages``, see the
+``connman.inc`` file in the ``meta/recipes-connectivity/connman/``
+directory of the ``poky`` :ref:`source repository <yocto-project-repositories>`. You can
+also find examples in ``meta/classes/kernel.bbclass``.
+
+Following is a reference that shows ``do_split_packages`` mandatory and
+optional arguments:
+::
+
+ Mandatory arguments
+
+ root
+ The path in which to search
+ file_regex
+ Regular expression to match searched files.
+ Use parentheses () to mark the part of this
+ expression that should be used to derive the
+ module name (to be substituted where %s is
+ used in other function arguments as noted below)
+ output_pattern
+ Pattern to use for the package names. Must
+ include %s.
+ description
+ Description to set for each package. Must
+ include %s.
+
+ Optional arguments
+
+ postinst
+ Postinstall script to use for all packages
+ (as a string)
+ recursive
+ True to perform a recursive search - default
+ False
+ hook
+ A hook function to be called for every match.
+ The function will be called with the following
+ arguments (in the order listed):
+
+ f
+ Full path to the file/directory match
+ pkg
+ The package name
+ file_regex
+ As above
+ output_pattern
+ As above
+ modulename
+ The module name derived using file_regex
+ extra_depends
+ Extra runtime dependencies (RDEPENDS) to be
+ set for all packages. The default value of None
+ causes a dependency on the main package
+ (${PN}) - if you do not want this, pass empty
+ string '' for this parameter.
+ aux_files_pattern
+ Extra item(s) to be added to FILES for each
+ package. Can be a single string item or a list
+ of strings for multiple items. Must include %s.
+ postrm
+ postrm script to use for all packages (as a
+ string)
+ allow_dirs
+ True to allow directories to be matched -
+ default False
+ prepend
+ If True, prepend created packages to PACKAGES
+ instead of the default False which appends them
+ match_path
+ match file_regex on the whole relative path to
+ the root rather than just the file name
+ aux_files_pattern_verbatim
+ Extra item(s) to be added to FILES for each
+ package, using the actual derived module name
+ rather than converting it to something legal
+ for a package name. Can be a single string item
+ or a list of strings for multiple items. Must
+ include %s.
+ allow_links
+ True to allow symlinks to be matched - default
+ False
+ summary
+ Summary to set for each package. Must include %s;
+ defaults to description if not set.
+
+
+
+Satisfying Dependencies
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The second part for handling optional module packaging is to ensure that
+any dependencies on optional modules from other recipes are satisfied by
+your recipe. You can be sure these dependencies are satisfied by using
+the :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`
+variable. Here is an example that continues with the ``lighttpd`` recipe
+shown earlier:
+::
+
+ PACKAGES_DYNAMIC = "lighttpd-module-.*"
+
+The name
+specified in the regular expression can of course be anything. In this
+example, it is ``lighttpd-module-`` and is specified as the prefix to
+ensure that any :term:`RDEPENDS` and
+:term:`RRECOMMENDS` on a package
+name starting with the prefix are satisfied during build time. If you
+are using ``do_split_packages`` as described in the previous section,
+the value you put in ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` should correspond to the name
+pattern specified in the call to ``do_split_packages``.
+
+Using Runtime Package Management
+--------------------------------
+
+During a build, BitBake always transforms a recipe into one or more
+packages. For example, BitBake takes the ``bash`` recipe and produces a
+number of packages (e.g. ``bash``, ``bash-bashbug``,
+``bash-completion``, ``bash-completion-dbg``, ``bash-completion-dev``,
+``bash-completion-extra``, ``bash-dbg``, and so forth). Not all
+generated packages are included in an image.
+
+In several situations, you might need to update, add, remove, or query
+the packages on a target device at runtime (i.e. without having to
+generate a new image). Examples of such situations include:
+
+- You want to provide in-the-field updates to deployed devices (e.g.
+ security updates).
+
+- You want to have a fast turn-around development cycle for one or more
+ applications that run on your device.
+
+- You want to temporarily install the "debug" packages of various
+ applications on your device so that debugging can be greatly improved
+ by allowing access to symbols and source debugging.
+
+- You want to deploy a more minimal package selection of your device
+ but allow in-the-field updates to add a larger selection for
+ customization.
+
+In all these situations, you have something similar to a more
+traditional Linux distribution in that in-field devices are able to
+receive pre-compiled packages from a server for installation or update.
+Being able to install these packages on a running, in-field device is
+what is termed "runtime package management".
+
+In order to use runtime package management, you need a host or server
+machine that serves up the pre-compiled packages plus the required
+metadata. You also need package manipulation tools on the target. The
+build machine is a likely candidate to act as the server. However, that
+machine does not necessarily have to be the package server. The build
+machine could push its artifacts to another machine that acts as the
+server (e.g. Internet-facing). In fact, doing so is advantageous for a
+production environment as getting the packages away from the development
+system's build directory prevents accidental overwrites.
+
+A simple build that targets just one device produces more than one
+package database. In other words, the packages produced by a build are
+separated out into a couple of different package groupings based on
+criteria such as the target's CPU architecture, the target board, or the
+C library used on the target. For example, a build targeting the
+``qemux86`` device produces the following three package databases:
+``noarch``, ``i586``, and ``qemux86``. If you wanted your ``qemux86``
+device to be aware of all the packages that were available to it, you
+would need to point it to each of these databases individually. In a
+similar way, a traditional Linux distribution usually is configured to
+be aware of a number of software repositories from which it retrieves
+packages.
+
+Using runtime package management is completely optional and not required
+for a successful build or deployment in any way. But if you want to make
+use of runtime package management, you need to do a couple things above
+and beyond the basics. The remainder of this section describes what you
+need to do.
+
+.. _runtime-package-management-build:
+
+Build Considerations
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This section describes build considerations of which you need to be
+aware in order to provide support for runtime package management.
+
+When BitBake generates packages, it needs to know what format or formats
+to use. In your configuration, you use the
+:term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`
+variable to specify the format:
+
+1. Open the ``local.conf`` file inside your
+ :term:`Build Directory` (e.g.
+ ``~/poky/build/conf/local.conf``).
+
+2. Select the desired package format as follows:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_packageformat"
+
+ where packageformat can be "ipk", "rpm",
+ "deb", or "tar" which are the supported package formats.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Because the Yocto Project supports four different package formats,
+ you can set the variable with more than one argument. However, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system only uses the first argument when
+ creating an image or Software Development Kit (SDK).
+
+If you would like your image to start off with a basic package database
+containing the packages in your current build as well as to have the
+relevant tools available on the target for runtime package management,
+you can include "package-management" in the
+:term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`
+variable. Including "package-management" in this configuration variable
+ensures that when the image is assembled for your target, the image
+includes the currently-known package databases as well as the
+target-specific tools required for runtime package management to be
+performed on the target. However, this is not strictly necessary. You
+could start your image off without any databases but only include the
+required on-target package tool(s). As an example, you could include
+"opkg" in your
+:term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable
+if you are using the IPK package format. You can then initialize your
+target's package database(s) later once your image is up and running.
+
+Whenever you perform any sort of build step that can potentially
+generate a package or modify existing package, it is always a good idea
+to re-generate the package index after the build by using the following
+command:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake package-index
+
+It might be tempting to build the
+package and the package index at the same time with a command such as
+the following:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake some-package package-index
+
+Do not do this as
+BitBake does not schedule the package index for after the completion of
+the package you are building. Consequently, you cannot be sure of the
+package index including information for the package you just built.
+Thus, be sure to run the package update step separately after building
+any packages.
+
+You can use the
+:term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`,
+:term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`,
+and
+:term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`
+variables to pre-configure target images to use a package feed. If you
+do not define these variables, then manual steps as described in the
+subsequent sections are necessary to configure the target. You should
+set these variables before building the image in order to produce a
+correctly configured image.
+
+When your build is complete, your packages reside in the
+``${TMPDIR}/deploy/packageformat`` directory. For example, if
+``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}`` is
+``tmp`` and your selected package type is RPM, then your RPM packages
+are available in ``tmp/deploy/rpm``.
+
+.. _runtime-package-management-server:
+
+Host or Server Machine Setup
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Although other protocols are possible, a server using HTTP typically
+serves packages. If you want to use HTTP, then set up and configure a
+web server such as Apache 2, lighttpd, or Python web server on the
+machine serving the packages.
+
+To keep things simple, this section describes how to set up a
+Python web server to share package feeds from the developer's
+machine. Although this server might not be the best for a production
+environment, the setup is simple and straight forward. Should you want
+to use a different server more suited for production (e.g. Apache 2,
+Lighttpd, or Nginx), take the appropriate steps to do so.
+
+From within the build directory where you have built an image based on
+your packaging choice (i.e. the
+:term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`
+setting), simply start the server. The following example assumes a build
+directory of ``~/poky/build/tmp/deploy/rpm`` and a ``PACKAGE_CLASSES``
+setting of "package_rpm":
+::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky/build/tmp/deploy/rpm
+ $ python3 -m http.server
+
+.. _runtime-package-management-target:
+
+Target Setup
+~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Setting up the target differs depending on the package management
+system. This section provides information for RPM, IPK, and DEB.
+
+.. _runtime-package-management-target-rpm:
+
+Using RPM
+^^^^^^^^^
+
+The `Dandified Packaging
+Tool <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DNF_(software)>`__ (DNF) performs
+runtime package management of RPM packages. In order to use DNF for
+runtime package management, you must perform an initial setup on the
+target machine for cases where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_*`` variables were not
+set as part of the image that is running on the target. This means if
+you built your image and did not not use these variables as part of the
+build and your image is now running on the target, you need to perform
+the steps in this section if you want to use runtime package management.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For information on the ``PACKAGE_FEED_*`` variables, see
+ :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`, :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and
+ :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` in the Yocto Project Reference Manual variables
+ glossary.
+
+On the target, you must inform DNF that package databases are available.
+You do this by creating a file named
+``/etc/yum.repos.d/oe-packages.repo`` and defining the ``oe-packages``.
+
+As an example, assume the target is able to use the following package
+databases: ``all``, ``i586``, and ``qemux86`` from a server named
+``my.server``. The specifics for setting up the web server are up to
+you. The critical requirement is that the URIs in the target repository
+configuration point to the correct remote location for the feeds.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For development purposes, you can point the web server to the build
+ system's ``deploy`` directory. However, for production use, it is better to
+ copy the package directories to a location outside of the build area and use
+ that location. Doing so avoids situations where the build system
+ overwrites or changes the ``deploy`` directory.
+
+When telling DNF where to look for the package databases, you must
+declare individual locations per architecture or a single location used
+for all architectures. You cannot do both:
+
+- *Create an Explicit List of Architectures:* Define individual base
+ URLs to identify where each package database is located:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ [oe-packages]
+ baseurl=http://my.server/rpm/i586 http://my.server/rpm/qemux86 http://my.server/rpm/all
+
+ This example
+ informs DNF about individual package databases for all three
+ architectures.
+
+- *Create a Single (Full) Package Index:* Define a single base URL that
+ identifies where a full package database is located:
+ ::
+
+ [oe-packages]
+ baseurl=http://my.server/rpm
+
+ This example informs DNF about a single
+ package database that contains all the package index information for
+ all supported architectures.
+
+Once you have informed DNF where to find the package databases, you need
+to fetch them:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ # dnf makecache
+
+DNF is now able to find, install, and
+upgrade packages from the specified repository or repositories.
+
+.. note::
+
+ See the `DNF documentation <https://dnf.readthedocs.io/en/latest/>`__ for
+ additional information.
+
+.. _runtime-package-management-target-ipk:
+
+Using IPK
+^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``opkg`` application performs runtime package management of IPK
+packages. You must perform an initial setup for ``opkg`` on the target
+machine if the
+:term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`,
+:term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`,
+and
+:term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`
+variables have not been set or the target image was built before the
+variables were set.
+
+The ``opkg`` application uses configuration files to find available
+package databases. Thus, you need to create a configuration file inside
+the ``/etc/opkg/`` direction, which informs ``opkg`` of any repository
+you want to use.
+
+As an example, suppose you are serving packages from a ``ipk/``
+directory containing the ``i586``, ``all``, and ``qemux86`` databases
+through an HTTP server named ``my.server``. On the target, create a
+configuration file (e.g. ``my_repo.conf``) inside the ``/etc/opkg/``
+directory containing the following:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ src/gz all http://my.server/ipk/all
+ src/gz i586 http://my.server/ipk/i586
+ src/gz qemux86 http://my.server/ipk/qemux86
+
+Next, instruct ``opkg`` to fetch the
+repository information:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ # opkg update
+
+The ``opkg`` application is now able to find, install, and upgrade packages
+from the specified repository.
+
+.. _runtime-package-management-target-deb:
+
+Using DEB
+^^^^^^^^^
+
+The ``apt`` application performs runtime package management of DEB
+packages. This application uses a source list file to find available
+package databases. You must perform an initial setup for ``apt`` on the
+target machine if the
+:term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`,
+:term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`,
+and
+:term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`
+variables have not been set or the target image was built before the
+variables were set.
+
+To inform ``apt`` of the repository you want to use, you might create a
+list file (e.g. ``my_repo.list``) inside the
+``/etc/apt/sources.list.d/`` directory. As an example, suppose you are
+serving packages from a ``deb/`` directory containing the ``i586``,
+``all``, and ``qemux86`` databases through an HTTP server named
+``my.server``. The list file should contain:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ deb http://my.server/deb/all ./
+ deb http://my.server/deb/i586 ./
+ deb http://my.server/deb/qemux86 ./
+
+Next, instruct the ``apt`` application
+to fetch the repository information:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ # apt-get update
+
+After this step,
+``apt`` is able to find, install, and upgrade packages from the
+specified repository.
+
+Generating and Using Signed Packages
+------------------------------------
+
+In order to add security to RPM packages used during a build, you can
+take steps to securely sign them. Once a signature is verified, the
+OpenEmbedded build system can use the package in the build. If security
+fails for a signed package, the build system aborts the build.
+
+This section describes how to sign RPM packages during a build and how
+to use signed package feeds (repositories) when doing a build.
+
+Signing RPM Packages
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To enable signing RPM packages, you must set up the following
+configurations in either your ``local.config`` or ``distro.config``
+file:
+::
+
+ # Inherit sign_rpm.bbclass to enable signing functionality
+ INHERIT += " sign_rpm"
+ # Define the GPG key that will be used for signing.
+ RPM_GPG_NAME = "key_name"
+ # Provide passphrase for the key
+ RPM_GPG_PASSPHRASE = "passphrase"
+
+.. note::
+
+ Be sure to supply appropriate values for both `key_name` and
+ `passphrase`.
+
+Aside from the ``RPM_GPG_NAME`` and ``RPM_GPG_PASSPHRASE`` variables in
+the previous example, two optional variables related to signing exist:
+
+- *GPG_BIN:* Specifies a ``gpg`` binary/wrapper that is executed
+ when the package is signed.
+
+- *GPG_PATH:* Specifies the ``gpg`` home directory used when the
+ package is signed.
+
+Processing Package Feeds
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+In addition to being able to sign RPM packages, you can also enable
+signed package feeds for IPK and RPM packages.
+
+The steps you need to take to enable signed package feed use are similar
+to the steps used to sign RPM packages. You must define the following in
+your ``local.config`` or ``distro.config`` file:
+::
+
+ INHERIT += "sign_package_feed"
+ PACKAGE_FEED_GPG_NAME = "key_name"
+ PACKAGE_FEED_GPG_PASSPHRASE_FILE = "path_to_file_containing_passphrase"
+
+For signed package feeds, the passphrase must exist in a separate file,
+which is pointed to by the ``PACKAGE_FEED_GPG_PASSPHRASE_FILE``
+variable. Regarding security, keeping a plain text passphrase out of the
+configuration is more secure.
+
+Aside from the ``PACKAGE_FEED_GPG_NAME`` and
+``PACKAGE_FEED_GPG_PASSPHRASE_FILE`` variables, three optional variables
+related to signed package feeds exist:
+
+- *GPG_BIN* Specifies a ``gpg`` binary/wrapper that is executed
+ when the package is signed.
+
+- *GPG_PATH:* Specifies the ``gpg`` home directory used when the
+ package is signed.
+
+- *PACKAGE_FEED_GPG_SIGNATURE_TYPE:* Specifies the type of ``gpg``
+ signature. This variable applies only to RPM and IPK package feeds.
+ Allowable values for the ``PACKAGE_FEED_GPG_SIGNATURE_TYPE`` are
+ "ASC", which is the default and specifies ascii armored, and "BIN",
+ which specifies binary.
+
+Testing Packages With ptest
+---------------------------
+
+A Package Test (ptest) runs tests against packages built by the
+OpenEmbedded build system on the target machine. A ptest contains at
+least two items: the actual test, and a shell script (``run-ptest``)
+that starts the test. The shell script that starts the test must not
+contain the actual test - the script only starts the test. On the other
+hand, the test can be anything from a simple shell script that runs a
+binary and checks the output to an elaborate system of test binaries and
+data files.
+
+The test generates output in the format used by Automake:
+::
+
+ result: testname
+
+where the result can be ``PASS``, ``FAIL``, or ``SKIP``, and
+the testname can be any identifying string.
+
+For a list of Yocto Project recipes that are already enabled with ptest,
+see the :yocto_wiki:`Ptest </wiki/Ptest>` wiki page.
+
+.. note::
+
+ A recipe is "ptest-enabled" if it inherits the
+ :ref:`ptest <ref-classes-ptest>` class.
+
+Adding ptest to Your Build
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To add package testing to your build, add the
+:term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` and
+:term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES`
+variables to your ``local.conf`` file, which is found in the
+:term:`Build Directory`:
+::
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES_append = " ptest"
+ EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES += "ptest-pkgs"
+
+Once your build is complete, the ptest files are installed into the
+``/usr/lib/package/ptest`` directory within the image, where ``package``
+is the name of the package.
+
+Running ptest
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The ``ptest-runner`` package installs a shell script that loops through
+all installed ptest test suites and runs them in sequence. Consequently,
+you might want to add this package to your image.
+
+Getting Your Package Ready
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+In order to enable a recipe to run installed ptests on target hardware,
+you need to prepare the recipes that build the packages you want to
+test. Here is what you have to do for each recipe:
+
+- *Be sure the recipe inherits
+ the* :ref:`ptest <ref-classes-ptest>` *class:*
+ Include the following line in each recipe:
+ ::
+
+ inherit ptest
+
+- *Create run-ptest:* This script starts your test. Locate the
+ script where you will refer to it using
+ :term:`SRC_URI`. Here is an
+ example that starts a test for ``dbus``:
+ ::
+
+ #!/bin/sh
+ cd test
+ make -k runtest-TESTS
+
+- *Ensure dependencies are met:* If the test adds build or runtime
+ dependencies that normally do not exist for the package (such as
+ requiring "make" to run the test suite), use the
+ :term:`DEPENDS` and
+ :term:`RDEPENDS` variables in
+ your recipe in order for the package to meet the dependencies. Here
+ is an example where the package has a runtime dependency on "make":
+ ::
+
+ RDEPENDS_${PN}-ptest += "make"
+
+- *Add a function to build the test suite:* Not many packages support
+ cross-compilation of their test suites. Consequently, you usually
+ need to add a cross-compilation function to the package.
+
+ Many packages based on Automake compile and run the test suite by
+ using a single command such as ``make check``. However, the host
+ ``make check`` builds and runs on the same computer, while
+ cross-compiling requires that the package is built on the host but
+ executed for the target architecture (though often, as in the case
+ for ptest, the execution occurs on the host). The built version of
+ Automake that ships with the Yocto Project includes a patch that
+ separates building and execution. Consequently, packages that use the
+ unaltered, patched version of ``make check`` automatically
+ cross-compiles.
+
+ Regardless, you still must add a ``do_compile_ptest`` function to
+ build the test suite. Add a function similar to the following to your
+ recipe:
+ ::
+
+ do_compile_ptest() {
+ oe_runmake buildtest-TESTS
+ }
+
+- *Ensure special configurations are set:* If the package requires
+ special configurations prior to compiling the test code, you must
+ insert a ``do_configure_ptest`` function into the recipe.
+
+- *Install the test suite:* The ``ptest`` class automatically copies
+ the file ``run-ptest`` to the target and then runs make
+ ``install-ptest`` to run the tests. If this is not enough, you need
+ to create a ``do_install_ptest`` function and make sure it gets
+ called after the "make install-ptest" completes.
+
+Creating Node Package Manager (NPM) Packages
+--------------------------------------------
+
+`NPM <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Npm_(software)>`__ is a package
+manager for the JavaScript programming language. The Yocto Project
+supports the NPM :ref:`fetcher <bitbake:bb-fetchers>`. You can
+use this fetcher in combination with
+:doc:`devtool <../ref-manual/ref-devtool-reference>` to create
+recipes that produce NPM packages.
+
+Two workflows exist that allow you to create NPM packages using
+``devtool``: the NPM registry modules method and the NPM project code
+method.
+
+.. note::
+
+ While it is possible to create NPM recipes manually, using
+ ``devtool`` is far simpler.
+
+Additionally, some requirements and caveats exist.
+
+.. _npm-package-creation-requirements:
+
+Requirements and Caveats
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+You need to be aware of the following before using ``devtool`` to create
+NPM packages:
+
+- Of the two methods that you can use ``devtool`` to create NPM
+ packages, the registry approach is slightly simpler. However, you
+ might consider the project approach because you do not have to
+ publish your module in the NPM registry
+ (`npm-registry <https://docs.npmjs.com/misc/registry>`_), which
+ is NPM's public registry.
+
+- Be familiar with
+ :doc:`devtool <../ref-manual/ref-devtool-reference>`.
+
+- The NPM host tools need the native ``nodejs-npm`` package, which is
+ part of the OpenEmbedded environment. You need to get the package by
+ cloning the https://github.com/openembedded/meta-openembedded
+ repository out of GitHub. Be sure to add the path to your local copy
+ to your ``bblayers.conf`` file.
+
+- ``devtool`` cannot detect native libraries in module dependencies.
+ Consequently, you must manually add packages to your recipe.
+
+- While deploying NPM packages, ``devtool`` cannot determine which
+ dependent packages are missing on the target (e.g. the node runtime
+ ``nodejs``). Consequently, you need to find out what files are
+ missing and be sure they are on the target.
+
+- Although you might not need NPM to run your node package, it is
+ useful to have NPM on your target. The NPM package name is
+ ``nodejs-npm``.
+
+.. _npm-using-the-registry-modules-method:
+
+Using the Registry Modules Method
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This section presents an example that uses the ``cute-files`` module,
+which is a file browser web application.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You must know the ``cute-files`` module version.
+
+The first thing you need to do is use ``devtool`` and the NPM fetcher to
+create the recipe:
+::
+
+ $ devtool add "npm://registry.npmjs.org;package=cute-files;version=1.0.2"
+
+The
+``devtool add`` command runs ``recipetool create`` and uses the same
+fetch URI to download each dependency and capture license details where
+possible. The result is a generated recipe.
+
+The recipe file is fairly simple and contains every license that
+``recipetool`` finds and includes the licenses in the recipe's
+:term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`
+variables. You need to examine the variables and look for those with
+"unknown" in the :term:`LICENSE`
+field. You need to track down the license information for "unknown"
+modules and manually add the information to the recipe.
+
+``recipetool`` creates a "shrinkwrap" file for your recipe. Shrinkwrap
+files capture the version of all dependent modules. Many packages do not
+provide shrinkwrap files. ``recipetool`` create a shrinkwrap file as it
+runs.
+
+.. note::
+
+ A package is created for each sub-module. This policy is the only
+ practical way to have the licenses for all of the dependencies
+ represented in the license manifest of the image.
+
+The ``devtool edit-recipe`` command lets you take a look at the recipe:
+::
+
+ $ devtool edit-recipe cute-files
+ SUMMARY = "Turn any folder on your computer into a cute file browser, available on the local network."
+ LICENSE = "MIT & ISC & Unknown"
+ LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://LICENSE;md5=71d98c0a1db42956787b1909c74a86ca \
+ file://node_modules/toidentifier/LICENSE;md5=1a261071a044d02eb6f2bb47f51a3502 \
+ file://node_modules/debug/LICENSE;md5=ddd815a475e7338b0be7a14d8ee35a99 \
+ ...
+ SRC_URI = " \
+ npm://registry.npmjs.org/;package=cute-files;version=${PV} \
+ npmsw://${THISDIR}/${BPN}/npm-shrinkwrap.json \
+ "
+ S = "${WORKDIR}/npm"
+ inherit npm LICENSE_${PN} = "MIT"
+ LICENSE_${PN}-accepts = "MIT"
+ LICENSE_${PN}-array-flatten = "MIT"
+ ...
+ LICENSE_${PN}-vary = "MIT"
+
+Three key points exist in the previous example:
+
+- :term:`SRC_URI` uses the NPM
+ scheme so that the NPM fetcher is used.
+
+- ``recipetool`` collects all the license information. If a
+ sub-module's license is unavailable, the sub-module's name appears in
+ the comments.
+
+- The ``inherit npm`` statement causes the
+ :ref:`npm <ref-classes-npm>` class to package
+ up all the modules.
+
+You can run the following command to build the ``cute-files`` package:
+::
+
+ $ devtool build cute-files
+
+Remember that ``nodejs`` must be installed on
+the target before your package.
+
+Assuming 192.168.7.2 for the target's IP address, use the following
+command to deploy your package:
+::
+
+ $ devtool deploy-target -s cute-files root@192.168.7.2
+
+Once the package is installed on the target, you can
+test the application:
+
+.. note::
+
+ Because of a known issue, you cannot simply run ``cute-files`` as you would
+ if you had run ``npm install``.
+
+::
+
+ $ cd /usr/lib/node_modules/cute-files
+ $ node cute-files.js
+
+On a browser,
+go to ``http://192.168.7.2:3000`` and you see the following:
+
+.. image:: figures/cute-files-npm-example.png
+ :align: center
+
+You can find the recipe in ``workspace/recipes/cute-files``. You can use
+the recipe in any layer you choose.
+
+.. _npm-using-the-npm-projects-method:
+
+Using the NPM Projects Code Method
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Although it is useful to package modules already in the NPM registry,
+adding ``node.js`` projects under development is a more common developer
+use case.
+
+This section covers the NPM projects code method, which is very similar
+to the "registry" approach described in the previous section. In the NPM
+projects method, you provide ``devtool`` with an URL that points to the
+source files.
+
+Replicating the same example, (i.e. ``cute-files``) use the following
+command:
+::
+
+ $ devtool add https://github.com/martinaglv/cute-files.git
+
+The
+recipe this command generates is very similar to the recipe created in
+the previous section. However, the ``SRC_URI`` looks like the following:
+::
+
+ SRC_URI = " \
+ git://github.com/martinaglv/cute-files.git;protocol=https \
+ npmsw://${THISDIR}/${BPN}/npm-shrinkwrap.json \
+ "
+
+In this example,
+the main module is taken from the Git repository and dependencies are
+taken from the NPM registry. Other than those differences, the recipe is
+basically the same between the two methods. You can build and deploy the
+package exactly as described in the previous section that uses the
+registry modules method.
+
+Adding custom metadata to packages
+----------------------------------
+
+The variable
+:term:`PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA`
+can be used to add additional metadata to packages. This is reflected in
+the package control/spec file. To take the ipk format for example, the
+CONTROL file stored inside would contain the additional metadata as
+additional lines.
+
+The variable can be used in multiple ways, including using suffixes to
+set it for a specific package type and/or package. Note that the order
+of precedence is the same as this list:
+
+- ``PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA_<PKGTYPE>_<PN>``
+
+- ``PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA_<PKGTYPE>``
+
+- ``PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA_<PN>``
+
+- ``PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA``
+
+`<PKGTYPE>` is a parameter and expected to be a distinct name of specific
+package type:
+
+- IPK for .ipk packages
+
+- DEB for .deb packages
+
+- RPM for .rpm packages
+
+`<PN>` is a parameter and expected to be a package name.
+
+The variable can contain multiple [one-line] metadata fields separated
+by the literal sequence '\\n'. The separator can be redefined using the
+variable flag ``separator``.
+
+The following is an example that adds two custom fields for ipk
+packages:
+::
+
+ PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA_IPK = "Vendor: CustomIpk\nGroup:Applications/Spreadsheets"
+
+Efficiently Fetching Source Files During a Build
+================================================
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system works with source files located through
+the :term:`SRC_URI` variable. When
+you build something using BitBake, a big part of the operation is
+locating and downloading all the source tarballs. For images,
+downloading all the source for various packages can take a significant
+amount of time.
+
+This section shows you how you can use mirrors to speed up fetching
+source files and how you can pre-fetch files all of which leads to more
+efficient use of resources and time.
+
+Setting up Effective Mirrors
+----------------------------
+
+A good deal that goes into a Yocto Project build is simply downloading
+all of the source tarballs. Maybe you have been working with another
+build system (OpenEmbedded or Angstrom) for which you have built up a
+sizable directory of source tarballs. Or, perhaps someone else has such
+a directory for which you have read access. If so, you can save time by
+adding statements to your configuration file so that the build process
+checks local directories first for existing tarballs before checking the
+Internet.
+
+Here is an efficient way to set it up in your ``local.conf`` file:
+::
+
+ SOURCE_MIRROR_URL ?= "file:///home/you/your-download-dir/"
+ INHERIT += "own-mirrors"
+ BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1"
+ # BB_NO_NETWORK = "1"
+
+In the previous example, the
+:term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS`
+variable causes the OpenEmbedded build system to generate tarballs of
+the Git repositories and store them in the
+:term:`DL_DIR` directory. Due to
+performance reasons, generating and storing these tarballs is not the
+build system's default behavior.
+
+You can also use the
+:term:`PREMIRRORS` variable. For
+an example, see the variable's glossary entry in the Yocto Project
+Reference Manual.
+
+Getting Source Files and Suppressing the Build
+----------------------------------------------
+
+Another technique you can use to ready yourself for a successive string
+of build operations, is to pre-fetch all the source files without
+actually starting a build. This technique lets you work through any
+download issues and ultimately gathers all the source files into your
+download directory :ref:`structure-build-downloads`,
+which is located with :term:`DL_DIR`.
+
+Use the following BitBake command form to fetch all the necessary
+sources without starting the build:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake target --runall=fetch
+
+This
+variation of the BitBake command guarantees that you have all the
+sources for that BitBake target should you disconnect from the Internet
+and want to do the build later offline.
+
+Selecting an Initialization Manager
+===================================
+
+By default, the Yocto Project uses SysVinit as the initialization
+manager. However, support also exists for systemd, which is a full
+replacement for init with parallel starting of services, reduced shell
+overhead and other features that are used by many distributions.
+
+Within the system, SysVinit treats system components as services. These
+services are maintained as shell scripts stored in the ``/etc/init.d/``
+directory. Services organize into different run levels. This
+organization is maintained by putting links to the services in the
+``/etc/rcN.d/`` directories, where `N/` is one of the following options:
+"S", "0", "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", or "6".
+
+.. note::
+
+ Each runlevel has a dependency on the previous runlevel. This
+ dependency allows the services to work properly.
+
+In comparison, systemd treats components as units. Using units is a
+broader concept as compared to using a service. A unit includes several
+different types of entities. Service is one of the types of entities.
+The runlevel concept in SysVinit corresponds to the concept of a target
+in systemd, where target is also a type of supported unit.
+
+In a SysVinit-based system, services load sequentially (i.e. one by one)
+during init and parallelization is not supported. With systemd, services
+start in parallel. Needless to say, the method can have an impact on
+system startup performance.
+
+If you want to use SysVinit, you do not have to do anything. But, if you
+want to use systemd, you must take some steps as described in the
+following sections.
+
+Using systemd Exclusively
+-------------------------
+
+Set these variables in your distribution configuration file as follows:
+::
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES_append = " systemd"
+ VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_init_manager = "systemd"
+
+You can also prevent the SysVinit distribution feature from
+being automatically enabled as follows:
+::
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED = "sysvinit"
+
+Doing so removes any
+redundant SysVinit scripts.
+
+To remove initscripts from your image altogether, set this variable
+also:
+::
+
+ VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_initscripts = ""
+
+For information on the backfill variable, see
+:term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`.
+
+Using systemd for the Main Image and Using SysVinit for the Rescue Image
+------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Set these variables in your distribution configuration file as follows:
+::
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES_append = " systemd"
+ VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_init_manager = "systemd"
+
+Doing so causes your main image to use the
+``packagegroup-core-boot.bb`` recipe and systemd. The rescue/minimal
+image cannot use this package group. However, it can install SysVinit
+and the appropriate packages will have support for both systemd and
+SysVinit.
+
+.. _selecting-dev-manager:
+
+Selecting a Device Manager
+==========================
+
+The Yocto Project provides multiple ways to manage the device manager
+(``/dev``):
+
+- Persistent and Pre-Populated\ ``/dev``: For this case, the ``/dev``
+ directory is persistent and the required device nodes are created
+ during the build.
+
+- Use ``devtmpfs`` with a Device Manager: For this case, the ``/dev``
+ directory is provided by the kernel as an in-memory file system and
+ is automatically populated by the kernel at runtime. Additional
+ configuration of device nodes is done in user space by a device
+ manager like ``udev`` or ``busybox-mdev``.
+
+.. _static-dev-management:
+
+Using Persistent and Pre-Populated\ ``/dev``
+--------------------------------------------
+
+To use the static method for device population, you need to set the
+:term:`USE_DEVFS` variable to "0"
+as follows:
+::
+
+ USE_DEVFS = "0"
+
+The content of the resulting ``/dev`` directory is defined in a Device
+Table file. The
+:term:`IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES`
+variable defines the Device Table to use and should be set in the
+machine or distro configuration file. Alternatively, you can set this
+variable in your ``local.conf`` configuration file.
+
+If you do not define the ``IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES`` variable, the default
+``device_table-minimal.txt`` is used:
+::
+
+ IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES = "device_table-mymachine.txt"
+
+The population is handled by the ``makedevs`` utility during image
+creation:
+
+.. _devtmpfs-dev-management:
+
+Using ``devtmpfs`` and a Device Manager
+---------------------------------------
+
+To use the dynamic method for device population, you need to use (or be
+sure to set) the :term:`USE_DEVFS`
+variable to "1", which is the default:
+::
+
+ USE_DEVFS = "1"
+
+With this
+setting, the resulting ``/dev`` directory is populated by the kernel
+using ``devtmpfs``. Make sure the corresponding kernel configuration
+variable ``CONFIG_DEVTMPFS`` is set when building you build a Linux
+kernel.
+
+All devices created by ``devtmpfs`` will be owned by ``root`` and have
+permissions ``0600``.
+
+To have more control over the device nodes, you can use a device manager
+like ``udev`` or ``busybox-mdev``. You choose the device manager by
+defining the ``VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager`` variable in your machine or
+distro configuration file. Alternatively, you can set this variable in
+your ``local.conf`` configuration file:
+::
+
+ VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "udev"
+
+ # Some alternative values
+ # VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "busybox-mdev"
+ # VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "systemd"
+
+.. _platdev-appdev-srcrev:
+
+Using an External SCM
+=====================
+
+If you're working on a recipe that pulls from an external Source Code
+Manager (SCM), it is possible to have the OpenEmbedded build system
+notice new recipe changes added to the SCM and then build the resulting
+packages that depend on the new recipes by using the latest versions.
+This only works for SCMs from which it is possible to get a sensible
+revision number for changes. Currently, you can do this with Apache
+Subversion (SVN), Git, and Bazaar (BZR) repositories.
+
+To enable this behavior, the :term:`PV` of
+the recipe needs to reference
+:term:`SRCPV`. Here is an example:
+::
+
+ PV = "1.2.3+git${SRCPV}"
+
+Then, you can add the following to your
+``local.conf``:
+::
+
+ SRCREV_pn-PN = "${AUTOREV}"
+
+:term:`PN` is the name of the recipe for
+which you want to enable automatic source revision updating.
+
+If you do not want to update your local configuration file, you can add
+the following directly to the recipe to finish enabling the feature:
+::
+
+ SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}"
+
+The Yocto Project provides a distribution named ``poky-bleeding``, whose
+configuration file contains the line:
+::
+
+ require conf/distro/include/poky-floating-revisions.inc
+
+This line pulls in the
+listed include file that contains numerous lines of exactly that form:
+::
+
+ #SRCREV_pn-opkg-native ?= "${AUTOREV}"
+ #SRCREV_pn-opkg-sdk ?= "${AUTOREV}"
+ #SRCREV_pn-opkg ?= "${AUTOREV}"
+ #SRCREV_pn-opkg-utils-native ?= "${AUTOREV}"
+ #SRCREV_pn-opkg-utils ?= "${AUTOREV}"
+ SRCREV_pn-gconf-dbus ?= "${AUTOREV}"
+ SRCREV_pn-matchbox-common ?= "${AUTOREV}"
+ SRCREV_pn-matchbox-config-gtk ?= "${AUTOREV}"
+ SRCREV_pn-matchbox-desktop ?= "${AUTOREV}"
+ SRCREV_pn-matchbox-keyboard ?= "${AUTOREV}"
+ SRCREV_pn-matchbox-panel-2 ?= "${AUTOREV}"
+ SRCREV_pn-matchbox-themes-extra ?= "${AUTOREV}"
+ SRCREV_pn-matchbox-terminal ?= "${AUTOREV}"
+ SRCREV_pn-matchbox-wm ?= "${AUTOREV}"
+ SRCREV_pn-settings-daemon ?= "${AUTOREV}"
+ SRCREV_pn-screenshot ?= "${AUTOREV}"
+ . . .
+
+These lines allow you to
+experiment with building a distribution that tracks the latest
+development source for numerous packages.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The ``poky-bleeding`` distribution is not tested on a regular basis. Keep
+ this in mind if you use it.
+
+Creating a Read-Only Root Filesystem
+====================================
+
+Suppose, for security reasons, you need to disable your target device's
+root filesystem's write permissions (i.e. you need a read-only root
+filesystem). Or, perhaps you are running the device's operating system
+from a read-only storage device. For either case, you can customize your
+image for that behavior.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Supporting a read-only root filesystem requires that the system and
+ applications do not try to write to the root filesystem. You must
+ configure all parts of the target system to write elsewhere, or to
+ gracefully fail in the event of attempting to write to the root
+ filesystem.
+
+Creating the Root Filesystem
+----------------------------
+
+To create the read-only root filesystem, simply add the
+"read-only-rootfs" feature to your image, normally in one of two ways.
+The first way is to add the "read-only-rootfs" image feature in the
+image's recipe file via the ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` variable:
+::
+
+ IMAGE_FEATURES += "read-only-rootfs"
+
+As an alternative, you can add the same feature
+from within your build directory's ``local.conf`` file with the
+associated ``EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES`` variable, as in:
+::
+
+ EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES = "read-only-rootfs"
+
+For more information on how to use these variables, see the
+":ref:`usingpoky-extend-customimage-imagefeatures`"
+section. For information on the variables, see
+:term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` and
+:term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES`.
+
+Post-Installation Scripts and Read-Only Root Filesystem
+-------------------------------------------------------
+
+It is very important that you make sure all post-Installation
+(``pkg_postinst``) scripts for packages that are installed into the
+image can be run at the time when the root filesystem is created during
+the build on the host system. These scripts cannot attempt to run during
+first-boot on the target device. With the "read-only-rootfs" feature
+enabled, the build system checks during root filesystem creation to make
+sure all post-installation scripts succeed. If any of these scripts
+still need to be run after the root filesystem is created, the build
+immediately fails. These build-time checks ensure that the build fails
+rather than the target device fails later during its initial boot
+operation.
+
+Most of the common post-installation scripts generated by the build
+system for the out-of-the-box Yocto Project are engineered so that they
+can run during root filesystem creation (e.g. post-installation scripts
+for caching fonts). However, if you create and add custom scripts, you
+need to be sure they can be run during this file system creation.
+
+Here are some common problems that prevent post-installation scripts
+from running during root filesystem creation:
+
+- *Not using $D in front of absolute paths:* The build system defines
+ ``$``\ :term:`D` when the root
+ filesystem is created. Furthermore, ``$D`` is blank when the script
+ is run on the target device. This implies two purposes for ``$D``:
+ ensuring paths are valid in both the host and target environments,
+ and checking to determine which environment is being used as a method
+ for taking appropriate actions.
+
+- *Attempting to run processes that are specific to or dependent on the
+ target architecture:* You can work around these attempts by using
+ native tools, which run on the host system, to accomplish the same
+ tasks, or by alternatively running the processes under QEMU, which
+ has the ``qemu_run_binary`` function. For more information, see the
+ :ref:`qemu <ref-classes-qemu>` class.
+
+Areas With Write Access
+-----------------------
+
+With the "read-only-rootfs" feature enabled, any attempt by the target
+to write to the root filesystem at runtime fails. Consequently, you must
+make sure that you configure processes and applications that attempt
+these types of writes do so to directories with write access (e.g.
+``/tmp`` or ``/var/run``).
+
+Maintaining Build Output Quality
+================================
+
+Many factors can influence the quality of a build. For example, if you
+upgrade a recipe to use a new version of an upstream software package or
+you experiment with some new configuration options, subtle changes can
+occur that you might not detect until later. Consider the case where
+your recipe is using a newer version of an upstream package. In this
+case, a new version of a piece of software might introduce an optional
+dependency on another library, which is auto-detected. If that library
+has already been built when the software is building, the software will
+link to the built library and that library will be pulled into your
+image along with the new software even if you did not want the library.
+
+The :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
+class exists to help you maintain the quality of your build output. You
+can use the class to highlight unexpected and possibly unwanted changes
+in the build output. When you enable build history, it records
+information about the contents of each package and image and then
+commits that information to a local Git repository where you can examine
+the information.
+
+The remainder of this section describes the following:
+
+- :ref:`How you can enable and disable build history <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:enabling and disabling build history>`
+
+- :ref:`How to understand what the build history contains <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:understanding what the build history contains>`
+
+- :ref:`How to limit the information used for build history <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using build history to gather image information only>`
+
+- :ref:`How to examine the build history from both a command-line and web interface <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:examining build history information>`
+
+Enabling and Disabling Build History
+------------------------------------
+
+Build history is disabled by default. To enable it, add the following
+``INHERIT`` statement and set the
+:term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT`
+variable to "1" at the end of your ``conf/local.conf`` file found in the
+:term:`Build Directory`:
+::
+
+ INHERIT += "buildhistory"
+ BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT = "1"
+
+Enabling build history as
+previously described causes the OpenEmbedded build system to collect
+build output information and commit it as a single commit to a local
+:ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:git` repository.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Enabling build history increases your build times slightly,
+ particularly for images, and increases the amount of disk space used
+ during the build.
+
+You can disable build history by removing the previous statements from
+your ``conf/local.conf`` file.
+
+Understanding What the Build History Contains
+---------------------------------------------
+
+Build history information is kept in
+``${``\ :term:`TOPDIR`\ ``}/buildhistory``
+in the Build Directory as defined by the
+:term:`BUILDHISTORY_DIR`
+variable. The following is an example abbreviated listing:
+
+.. image:: figures/buildhistory.png
+ :align: center
+
+At the top level, a ``metadata-revs`` file exists that lists the
+revisions of the repositories for the enabled layers when the build was
+produced. The rest of the data splits into separate ``packages``,
+``images`` and ``sdk`` directories, the contents of which are described
+as follows.
+
+Build History Package Information
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The history for each package contains a text file that has name-value
+pairs with information about the package. For example,
+``buildhistory/packages/i586-poky-linux/busybox/busybox/latest``
+contains the following:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ PV = 1.22.1
+ PR = r32
+ RPROVIDES =
+ RDEPENDS = glibc (>= 2.20) update-alternatives-opkg
+ RRECOMMENDS = busybox-syslog busybox-udhcpc update-rc.d
+ PKGSIZE = 540168
+ FILES = /usr/bin/* /usr/sbin/* /usr/lib/busybox/* /usr/lib/lib*.so.* \
+ /etc /com /var /bin/* /sbin/* /lib/*.so.* /lib/udev/rules.d \
+ /usr/lib/udev/rules.d /usr/share/busybox /usr/lib/busybox/* \
+ /usr/share/pixmaps /usr/share/applications /usr/share/idl \
+ /usr/share/omf /usr/share/sounds /usr/lib/bonobo/servers
+ FILELIST = /bin/busybox /bin/busybox.nosuid /bin/busybox.suid /bin/sh \
+ /etc/busybox.links.nosuid /etc/busybox.links.suid
+
+Most of these
+name-value pairs correspond to variables used to produce the package.
+The exceptions are ``FILELIST``, which is the actual list of files in
+the package, and ``PKGSIZE``, which is the total size of files in the
+package in bytes.
+
+A file also exists that corresponds to the recipe from which the package
+came (e.g. ``buildhistory/packages/i586-poky-linux/busybox/latest``):
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ PV = 1.22.1
+ PR = r32
+ DEPENDS = initscripts kern-tools-native update-rc.d-native \
+ virtual/i586-poky-linux-compilerlibs virtual/i586-poky-linux-gcc \
+ virtual/libc virtual/update-alternatives
+ PACKAGES = busybox-ptest busybox-httpd busybox-udhcpd busybox-udhcpc \
+ busybox-syslog busybox-mdev busybox-hwclock busybox-dbg \
+ busybox-staticdev busybox-dev busybox-doc busybox-locale busybox
+
+Finally, for those recipes fetched from a version control system (e.g.,
+Git), a file exists that lists source revisions that are specified in
+the recipe and lists the actual revisions used during the build. Listed
+and actual revisions might differ when
+:term:`SRCREV` is set to
+${:term:`AUTOREV`}. Here is an
+example assuming
+``buildhistory/packages/qemux86-poky-linux/linux-yocto/latest_srcrev``):
+::
+
+ # SRCREV_machine = "38cd560d5022ed2dbd1ab0dca9642e47c98a0aa1"
+ SRCREV_machine = "38cd560d5022ed2dbd1ab0dca9642e47c98a0aa1"
+ # SRCREV_meta = "a227f20eff056e511d504b2e490f3774ab260d6f"
+ SRCREV_meta ="a227f20eff056e511d504b2e490f3774ab260d6f"
+
+You can use the
+``buildhistory-collect-srcrevs`` command with the ``-a`` option to
+collect the stored ``SRCREV`` values from build history and report them
+in a format suitable for use in global configuration (e.g.,
+``local.conf`` or a distro include file) to override floating
+``AUTOREV`` values to a fixed set of revisions. Here is some example
+output from this command:
+::
+
+ $ buildhistory-collect-srcrevs -a
+ # i586-poky-linux
+ SRCREV_pn-glibc = "b8079dd0d360648e4e8de48656c5c38972621072"
+ SRCREV_pn-glibc-initial = "b8079dd0d360648e4e8de48656c5c38972621072"
+ SRCREV_pn-opkg-utils = "53274f087565fd45d8452c5367997ba6a682a37a"
+ SRCREV_pn-kmod = "fd56638aed3fe147015bfa10ed4a5f7491303cb4"
+ # x86_64-linux
+ SRCREV_pn-gtk-doc-stub-native = "1dea266593edb766d6d898c79451ef193eb17cfa"
+ SRCREV_pn-dtc-native = "65cc4d2748a2c2e6f27f1cf39e07a5dbabd80ebf"
+ SRCREV_pn-update-rc.d-native = "eca680ddf28d024954895f59a241a622dd575c11"
+ SRCREV_glibc_pn-cross-localedef-native = "b8079dd0d360648e4e8de48656c5c38972621072"
+ SRCREV_localedef_pn-cross-localedef-native = "c833367348d39dad7ba018990bfdaffaec8e9ed3"
+ SRCREV_pn-prelink-native = "faa069deec99bf61418d0bab831c83d7c1b797ca"
+ SRCREV_pn-opkg-utils-native = "53274f087565fd45d8452c5367997ba6a682a37a"
+ SRCREV_pn-kern-tools-native = "23345b8846fe4bd167efdf1bd8a1224b2ba9a5ff"
+ SRCREV_pn-kmod-native = "fd56638aed3fe147015bfa10ed4a5f7491303cb4"
+ # qemux86-poky-linux
+ SRCREV_machine_pn-linux-yocto = "38cd560d5022ed2dbd1ab0dca9642e47c98a0aa1"
+ SRCREV_meta_pn-linux-yocto = "a227f20eff056e511d504b2e490f3774ab260d6f"
+ # all-poky-linux
+ SRCREV_pn-update-rc.d = "eca680ddf28d024954895f59a241a622dd575c11"
+
+.. note::
+
+ Here are some notes on using the ``buildhistory-collect-srcrevs`` command:
+
+ - By default, only values where the ``SRCREV`` was not hardcoded
+ (usually when ``AUTOREV`` is used) are reported. Use the ``-a``
+ option to see all ``SRCREV`` values.
+
+ - The output statements might not have any effect if overrides are
+ applied elsewhere in the build system configuration. Use the
+ ``-f`` option to add the ``forcevariable`` override to each output
+ line if you need to work around this restriction.
+
+ - The script does apply special handling when building for multiple
+ machines. However, the script does place a comment before each set
+ of values that specifies which triplet to which they belong as
+ previously shown (e.g., ``i586-poky-linux``).
+
+Build History Image Information
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The files produced for each image are as follows:
+
+- ``image-files:`` A directory containing selected files from the root
+ filesystem. The files are defined by
+ :term:`BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES`.
+
+- ``build-id.txt:`` Human-readable information about the build
+ configuration and metadata source revisions. This file contains the
+ full build header as printed by BitBake.
+
+- ``*.dot:`` Dependency graphs for the image that are compatible with
+ ``graphviz``.
+
+- ``files-in-image.txt:`` A list of files in the image with
+ permissions, owner, group, size, and symlink information.
+
+- ``image-info.txt:`` A text file containing name-value pairs with
+ information about the image. See the following listing example for
+ more information.
+
+- ``installed-package-names.txt:`` A list of installed packages by name
+ only.
+
+- ``installed-package-sizes.txt:`` A list of installed packages ordered
+ by size.
+
+- ``installed-packages.txt:`` A list of installed packages with full
+ package filenames.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Installed package information is able to be gathered and produced
+ even if package management is disabled for the final image.
+
+Here is an example of ``image-info.txt``:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ DISTRO = poky
+ DISTRO_VERSION = 1.7
+ USER_CLASSES = buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink
+ IMAGE_CLASSES = image_types
+ IMAGE_FEATURES = debug-tweaks
+ IMAGE_LINGUAS =
+ IMAGE_INSTALL = packagegroup-core-boot run-postinsts
+ BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS =
+ NO_RECOMMENDATIONS =
+ PACKAGE_EXCLUDE =
+ ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND = write_package_manifest; license_create_manifest; \
+ write_image_manifest ; buildhistory_list_installed_image ; \
+ buildhistory_get_image_installed ; ssh_allow_empty_password; \
+ postinst_enable_logging; rootfs_update_timestamp ; ssh_disable_dns_lookup ;
+ IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND = buildhistory_get_imageinfo ;
+ IMAGESIZE = 6900
+
+Other than ``IMAGESIZE``,
+which is the total size of the files in the image in Kbytes, the
+name-value pairs are variables that may have influenced the content of
+the image. This information is often useful when you are trying to
+determine why a change in the package or file listings has occurred.
+
+Using Build History to Gather Image Information Only
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+As you can see, build history produces image information, including
+dependency graphs, so you can see why something was pulled into the
+image. If you are just interested in this information and not interested
+in collecting specific package or SDK information, you can enable
+writing only image information without any history by adding the
+following to your ``conf/local.conf`` file found in the
+:term:`Build Directory`:
+::
+
+ INHERIT += "buildhistory"
+ BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT = "0"
+ BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES = "image"
+
+Here, you set the
+:term:`BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES`
+variable to use the image feature only.
+
+Build History SDK Information
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Build history collects similar information on the contents of SDKs (e.g.
+``bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename``) as compared to information it
+collects for images. Furthermore, this information differs depending on
+whether an extensible or standard SDK is being produced.
+
+The following list shows the files produced for SDKs:
+
+- ``files-in-sdk.txt:`` A list of files in the SDK with permissions,
+ owner, group, size, and symlink information. This list includes both
+ the host and target parts of the SDK.
+
+- ``sdk-info.txt:`` A text file containing name-value pairs with
+ information about the SDK. See the following listing example for more
+ information.
+
+- ``sstate-task-sizes.txt:`` A text file containing name-value pairs
+ with information about task group sizes (e.g. ``do_populate_sysroot``
+ tasks have a total size). The ``sstate-task-sizes.txt`` file exists
+ only when an extensible SDK is created.
+
+- ``sstate-package-sizes.txt:`` A text file containing name-value pairs
+ with information for the shared-state packages and sizes in the SDK.
+ The ``sstate-package-sizes.txt`` file exists only when an extensible
+ SDK is created.
+
+- ``sdk-files:`` A folder that contains copies of the files mentioned
+ in ``BUILDHISTORY_SDK_FILES`` if the files are present in the output.
+ Additionally, the default value of ``BUILDHISTORY_SDK_FILES`` is
+ specific to the extensible SDK although you can set it differently if
+ you would like to pull in specific files from the standard SDK.
+
+ The default files are ``conf/local.conf``, ``conf/bblayers.conf``,
+ ``conf/auto.conf``, ``conf/locked-sigs.inc``, and
+ ``conf/devtool.conf``. Thus, for an extensible SDK, these files get
+ copied into the ``sdk-files`` directory.
+
+- The following information appears under each of the ``host`` and
+ ``target`` directories for the portions of the SDK that run on the
+ host and on the target, respectively:
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The following files for the most part are empty when producing an
+ extensible SDK because this type of SDK is not constructed from
+ packages as is the standard SDK.
+
+ - ``depends.dot:`` Dependency graph for the SDK that is compatible
+ with ``graphviz``.
+
+ - ``installed-package-names.txt:`` A list of installed packages by
+ name only.
+
+ - ``installed-package-sizes.txt:`` A list of installed packages
+ ordered by size.
+
+ - ``installed-packages.txt:`` A list of installed packages with full
+ package filenames.
+
+Here is an example of ``sdk-info.txt``:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ DISTRO = poky
+ DISTRO_VERSION = 1.3+snapshot-20130327
+ SDK_NAME = poky-glibc-i686-arm
+ SDK_VERSION = 1.3+snapshot
+ SDKMACHINE =
+ SDKIMAGE_FEATURES = dev-pkgs dbg-pkgs
+ BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS =
+ SDKSIZE = 352712
+
+Other than ``SDKSIZE``, which is
+the total size of the files in the SDK in Kbytes, the name-value pairs
+are variables that might have influenced the content of the SDK. This
+information is often useful when you are trying to determine why a
+change in the package or file listings has occurred.
+
+Examining Build History Information
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+You can examine build history output from the command line or from a web
+interface.
+
+To see any changes that have occurred (assuming you have
+:term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` = "1"),
+you can simply use any Git command that allows you to view the history
+of a repository. Here is one method:
+::
+
+ $ git log -p
+
+You need to realize,
+however, that this method does show changes that are not significant
+(e.g. a package's size changing by a few bytes).
+
+A command-line tool called ``buildhistory-diff`` does exist, though,
+that queries the Git repository and prints just the differences that
+might be significant in human-readable form. Here is an example:
+::
+
+ $ ~/poky/poky/scripts/buildhistory-diff . HEAD^
+ Changes to images/qemux86_64/glibc/core-image-minimal (files-in-image.txt):
+ /etc/anotherpkg.conf was added
+ /sbin/anotherpkg was added
+ * (installed-package-names.txt):
+ * anotherpkg was added
+ Changes to images/qemux86_64/glibc/core-image-minimal (installed-package-names.txt):
+ anotherpkg was added
+ packages/qemux86_64-poky-linux/v86d: PACKAGES: added "v86d-extras"
+ * PR changed from "r0" to "r1"
+ * PV changed from "0.1.10" to "0.1.12"
+ packages/qemux86_64-poky-linux/v86d/v86d: PKGSIZE changed from 110579 to 144381 (+30%)
+ * PR changed from "r0" to "r1"
+ * PV changed from "0.1.10" to "0.1.12"
+
+.. note::
+
+ The ``buildhistory-diff`` tool requires the ``GitPython``
+ package. Be sure to install it using Pip3 as follows:
+ ::
+
+ $ pip3 install GitPython --user
+
+
+ Alternatively, you can install ``python3-git`` using the appropriate
+ distribution package manager (e.g. ``apt-get``, ``dnf``, or ``zipper``).
+
+To see changes to the build history using a web interface, follow the
+instruction in the ``README`` file
+:yocto_git:`here </cgit/cgit.cgi/buildhistory-web/>`.
+
+Here is a sample screenshot of the interface:
+
+.. image:: figures/buildhistory-web.png
+ :align: center
+
+Performing Automated Runtime Testing
+====================================
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system makes available a series of automated
+tests for images to verify runtime functionality. You can run these
+tests on either QEMU or actual target hardware. Tests are written in
+Python making use of the ``unittest`` module, and the majority of them
+run commands on the target system over SSH. This section describes how
+you set up the environment to use these tests, run available tests, and
+write and add your own tests.
+
+For information on the test and QA infrastructure available within the
+Yocto Project, see the ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-release-process:testing and quality assurance`"
+section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
+
+Enabling Tests
+--------------
+
+Depending on whether you are planning to run tests using QEMU or on the
+hardware, you have to take different steps to enable the tests. See the
+following subsections for information on how to enable both types of
+tests.
+
+.. _qemu-image-enabling-tests:
+
+Enabling Runtime Tests on QEMU
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+In order to run tests, you need to do the following:
+
+- *Set up to avoid interaction with sudo for networking:* To
+ accomplish this, you must do one of the following:
+
+ - Add ``NOPASSWD`` for your user in ``/etc/sudoers`` either for all
+ commands or just for ``runqemu-ifup``. You must provide the full
+ path as that can change if you are using multiple clones of the
+ source repository.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ On some distributions, you also need to comment out "Defaults
+ requiretty" in ``/etc/sudoers``.
+
+ - Manually configure a tap interface for your system.
+
+ - Run as root the script in ``scripts/runqemu-gen-tapdevs``, which
+ should generate a list of tap devices. This is the option
+ typically chosen for Autobuilder-type environments.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - Be sure to use an absolute path when calling this script
+ with sudo.
+
+ - The package recipe ``qemu-helper-native`` is required to run
+ this script. Build the package using the following command:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake qemu-helper-native
+
+- *Set the DISPLAY variable:* You need to set this variable so that
+ you have an X server available (e.g. start ``vncserver`` for a
+ headless machine).
+
+- *Be sure your host's firewall accepts incoming connections from
+ 192.168.7.0/24:* Some of the tests (in particular DNF tests) start an
+ HTTP server on a random high number port, which is used to serve
+ files to the target. The DNF module serves
+ ``${WORKDIR}/oe-rootfs-repo`` so it can run DNF channel commands.
+ That means your host's firewall must accept incoming connections from
+ 192.168.7.0/24, which is the default IP range used for tap devices by
+ ``runqemu``.
+
+- *Be sure your host has the correct packages installed:* Depending
+ your host's distribution, you need to have the following packages
+ installed:
+
+ - Ubuntu and Debian: ``sysstat`` and ``iproute2``
+
+ - OpenSUSE: ``sysstat`` and ``iproute2``
+
+ - Fedora: ``sysstat`` and ``iproute``
+
+ - CentOS: ``sysstat`` and ``iproute``
+
+Once you start running the tests, the following happens:
+
+1. A copy of the root filesystem is written to ``${WORKDIR}/testimage``.
+
+2. The image is booted under QEMU using the standard ``runqemu`` script.
+
+3. A default timeout of 500 seconds occurs to allow for the boot process
+ to reach the login prompt. You can change the timeout period by
+ setting
+ :term:`TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT`
+ in the ``local.conf`` file.
+
+4. Once the boot process is reached and the login prompt appears, the
+ tests run. The full boot log is written to
+ ``${WORKDIR}/testimage/qemu_boot_log``.
+
+5. Each test module loads in the order found in ``TEST_SUITES``. You can
+ find the full output of the commands run over SSH in
+ ``${WORKDIR}/testimgage/ssh_target_log``.
+
+6. If no failures occur, the task running the tests ends successfully.
+ You can find the output from the ``unittest`` in the task log at
+ ``${WORKDIR}/temp/log.do_testimage``.
+
+.. _hardware-image-enabling-tests:
+
+Enabling Runtime Tests on Hardware
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system can run tests on real hardware, and for
+certain devices it can also deploy the image to be tested onto the
+device beforehand.
+
+For automated deployment, a "master image" is installed onto the
+hardware once as part of setup. Then, each time tests are to be run, the
+following occurs:
+
+1. The master image is booted into and used to write the image to be
+ tested to a second partition.
+
+2. The device is then rebooted using an external script that you need to
+ provide.
+
+3. The device boots into the image to be tested.
+
+When running tests (independent of whether the image has been deployed
+automatically or not), the device is expected to be connected to a
+network on a pre-determined IP address. You can either use static IP
+addresses written into the image, or set the image to use DHCP and have
+your DHCP server on the test network assign a known IP address based on
+the MAC address of the device.
+
+In order to run tests on hardware, you need to set ``TEST_TARGET`` to an
+appropriate value. For QEMU, you do not have to change anything, the
+default value is "qemu". For running tests on hardware, the following
+options exist:
+
+- *"simpleremote":* Choose "simpleremote" if you are going to run tests
+ on a target system that is already running the image to be tested and
+ is available on the network. You can use "simpleremote" in
+ conjunction with either real hardware or an image running within a
+ separately started QEMU or any other virtual machine manager.
+
+- *"SystemdbootTarget":* Choose "SystemdbootTarget" if your hardware is
+ an EFI-based machine with ``systemd-boot`` as bootloader and
+ ``core-image-testmaster`` (or something similar) is installed. Also,
+ your hardware under test must be in a DHCP-enabled network that gives
+ it the same IP address for each reboot.
+
+ If you choose "SystemdbootTarget", there are additional requirements
+ and considerations. See the "`Selecting
+ SystemdbootTarget <#selecting-systemdboottarget>`__" section, which
+ follows, for more information.
+
+- *"BeagleBoneTarget":* Choose "BeagleBoneTarget" if you are deploying
+ images and running tests on the BeagleBone "Black" or original
+ "White" hardware. For information on how to use these tests, see the
+ comments at the top of the BeagleBoneTarget
+ ``meta-yocto-bsp/lib/oeqa/controllers/beaglebonetarget.py`` file.
+
+- *"EdgeRouterTarget":* Choose "EdgeRouterTarget" if you are deploying
+ images and running tests on the Ubiquiti Networks EdgeRouter Lite.
+ For information on how to use these tests, see the comments at the
+ top of the EdgeRouterTarget
+ ``meta-yocto-bsp/lib/oeqa/controllers/edgeroutertarget.py`` file.
+
+- *"GrubTarget":* Choose "GrubTarget" if you are deploying images and running
+ tests on any generic PC that boots using GRUB. For information on how
+ to use these tests, see the comments at the top of the GrubTarget
+ ``meta-yocto-bsp/lib/oeqa/controllers/grubtarget.py`` file.
+
+- *"your-target":* Create your own custom target if you want to run
+ tests when you are deploying images and running tests on a custom
+ machine within your BSP layer. To do this, you need to add a Python
+ unit that defines the target class under ``lib/oeqa/controllers/``
+ within your layer. You must also provide an empty ``__init__.py``.
+ For examples, see files in ``meta-yocto-bsp/lib/oeqa/controllers/``.
+
+Selecting SystemdbootTarget
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+If you did not set ``TEST_TARGET`` to "SystemdbootTarget", then you do
+not need any information in this section. You can skip down to the
+"`Running Tests <#qemu-image-running-tests>`__" section.
+
+If you did set ``TEST_TARGET`` to "SystemdbootTarget", you also need to
+perform a one-time setup of your master image by doing the following:
+
+1. *Set EFI_PROVIDER:* Be sure that ``EFI_PROVIDER`` is as follows:
+ ::
+
+ EFI_PROVIDER = "systemd-boot"
+
+2. *Build the master image:* Build the ``core-image-testmaster`` image.
+ The ``core-image-testmaster`` recipe is provided as an example for a
+ "master" image and you can customize the image recipe as you would
+ any other recipe.
+
+ Here are the image recipe requirements:
+
+ - Inherits ``core-image`` so that kernel modules are installed.
+
+ - Installs normal linux utilities not busybox ones (e.g. ``bash``,
+ ``coreutils``, ``tar``, ``gzip``, and ``kmod``).
+
+ - Uses a custom Initial RAM Disk (initramfs) image with a custom
+ installer. A normal image that you can install usually creates a
+ single rootfs partition. This image uses another installer that
+ creates a specific partition layout. Not all Board Support
+ Packages (BSPs) can use an installer. For such cases, you need to
+ manually create the following partition layout on the target:
+
+ - First partition mounted under ``/boot``, labeled "boot".
+
+ - The main rootfs partition where this image gets installed,
+ which is mounted under ``/``.
+
+ - Another partition labeled "testrootfs" where test images get
+ deployed.
+
+3. *Install image:* Install the image that you just built on the target
+ system.
+
+The final thing you need to do when setting ``TEST_TARGET`` to
+"SystemdbootTarget" is to set up the test image:
+
+1. *Set up your local.conf file:* Make sure you have the following
+ statements in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_FSTYPES += "tar.gz"
+ INHERIT += "testimage"
+ TEST_TARGET = "SystemdbootTarget"
+ TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.2.3"
+
+2. *Build your test image:* Use BitBake to build the image:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake core-image-sato
+
+Power Control
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+For most hardware targets other than "simpleremote", you can control
+power:
+
+- You can use ``TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`` together with
+ ``TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`` as a command that runs on the host
+ and does power cycling. The test code passes one argument to that
+ command: off, on or cycle (off then on). Here is an example that
+ could appear in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD = "powercontrol.exp test 10.11.12.1 nuc1"
+
+ In this example, the expect
+ script does the following:
+
+ .. code-block:: shell
+
+ ssh test@10.11.12.1 "pyctl nuc1 arg"
+
+ It then runs a Python script that controls power for a label called
+ ``nuc1``.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You need to customize ``TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`` and
+ ``TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`` for your own setup. The one requirement
+ is that it accepts "on", "off", and "cycle" as the last argument.
+
+- When no command is defined, it connects to the device over SSH and
+ uses the classic reboot command to reboot the device. Classic reboot
+ is fine as long as the machine actually reboots (i.e. the SSH test
+ has not failed). It is useful for scenarios where you have a simple
+ setup, typically with a single board, and where some manual
+ interaction is okay from time to time.
+
+If you have no hardware to automatically perform power control but still
+wish to experiment with automated hardware testing, you can use the
+``dialog-power-control`` script that shows a dialog prompting you to perform
+the required power action. This script requires either KDialog or Zenity
+to be installed. To use this script, set the
+:term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`
+variable as follows:
+::
+
+ TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD = "${COREBASE}/scripts/contrib/dialog-power-control"
+
+Serial Console Connection
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+For test target classes requiring a serial console to interact with the
+bootloader (e.g. BeagleBoneTarget, EdgeRouterTarget, and GrubTarget),
+you need to specify a command to use to connect to the serial console of
+the target machine by using the
+:term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`
+variable and optionally the
+:term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`
+variable.
+
+These cases could be a serial terminal program if the machine is
+connected to a local serial port, or a ``telnet`` or ``ssh`` command
+connecting to a remote console server. Regardless of the case, the
+command simply needs to connect to the serial console and forward that
+connection to standard input and output as any normal terminal program
+does. For example, to use the picocom terminal program on serial device
+``/dev/ttyUSB0`` at 115200bps, you would set the variable as follows:
+::
+
+ TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD = "picocom /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 115200"
+
+For local
+devices where the serial port device disappears when the device reboots,
+an additional "serdevtry" wrapper script is provided. To use this
+wrapper, simply prefix the terminal command with
+``${COREBASE}/scripts/contrib/serdevtry``:
+::
+
+ TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD = "${COREBASE}/scripts/contrib/serdevtry picocom -b 115200 /dev/ttyUSB0"
+
+.. _qemu-image-running-tests:
+
+Running Tests
+-------------
+
+You can start the tests automatically or manually:
+
+- *Automatically running tests:* To run the tests automatically after
+ the OpenEmbedded build system successfully creates an image, first
+ set the
+ :term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO`
+ variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` file in the
+ :term:`Build Directory`:
+ ::
+
+ TESTIMAGE_AUTO = "1"
+
+ Next, build your image. If the image successfully builds, the
+ tests run:
+ ::
+
+ bitbake core-image-sato
+
+- *Manually running tests:* To manually run the tests, first globally
+ inherit the
+ :ref:`testimage <ref-classes-testimage*>` class
+ by editing your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ INHERIT += "testimage"
+
+ Next, use BitBake to run the tests:
+ ::
+
+ bitbake -c testimage image
+
+All test files reside in ``meta/lib/oeqa/runtime`` in the
+:term:`Source Directory`. A test name maps
+directly to a Python module. Each test module may contain a number of
+individual tests. Tests are usually grouped together by the area tested
+(e.g tests for systemd reside in ``meta/lib/oeqa/runtime/systemd.py``).
+
+You can add tests to any layer provided you place them in the proper
+area and you extend :term:`BBPATH` in
+the ``local.conf`` file as normal. Be sure that tests reside in
+``layer/lib/oeqa/runtime``.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Be sure that module names do not collide with module names used in
+ the default set of test modules in ``meta/lib/oeqa/runtime``.
+
+You can change the set of tests run by appending or overriding
+:term:`TEST_SUITES` variable in
+``local.conf``. Each name in ``TEST_SUITES`` represents a required test
+for the image. Test modules named within ``TEST_SUITES`` cannot be
+skipped even if a test is not suitable for an image (e.g. running the
+RPM tests on an image without ``rpm``). Appending "auto" to
+``TEST_SUITES`` causes the build system to try to run all tests that are
+suitable for the image (i.e. each test module may elect to skip itself).
+
+The order you list tests in ``TEST_SUITES`` is important and influences
+test dependencies. Consequently, tests that depend on other tests should
+be added after the test on which they depend. For example, since the
+``ssh`` test depends on the ``ping`` test, "ssh" needs to come after
+"ping" in the list. The test class provides no re-ordering or dependency
+handling.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Each module can have multiple classes with multiple test methods.
+ And, Python ``unittest`` rules apply.
+
+Here are some things to keep in mind when running tests:
+
+- The default tests for the image are defined as:
+ ::
+
+ DEFAULT_TEST_SUITES_pn-image = "ping ssh df connman syslog xorg scp vnc date rpm dnf dmesg"
+
+- Add your own test to the list of the by using the following:
+ ::
+
+ TEST_SUITES_append = " mytest"
+
+- Run a specific list of tests as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TEST_SUITES = "test1 test2 test3"
+
+ Remember, order is important. Be sure to place a test that is
+ dependent on another test later in the order.
+
+Exporting Tests
+---------------
+
+You can export tests so that they can run independently of the build
+system. Exporting tests is required if you want to be able to hand the
+test execution off to a scheduler. You can only export tests that are
+defined in :term:`TEST_SUITES`.
+
+If your image is already built, make sure the following are set in your
+``local.conf`` file:
+::
+
+ INHERIT += "testexport"
+ TEST_TARGET_IP = "IP-address-for-the-test-target"
+ TEST_SERVER_IP = "IP-address-for-the-test-server"
+
+You can then export the tests with the
+following BitBake command form:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake image -c testexport
+
+Exporting the tests places them in the
+:term:`Build Directory` in
+``tmp/testexport/``\ image, which is controlled by the
+``TEST_EXPORT_DIR`` variable.
+
+You can now run the tests outside of the build environment:
+::
+
+ $ cd tmp/testexport/image
+ $ ./runexported.py testdata.json
+
+Here is a complete example that shows IP addresses and uses the
+``core-image-sato`` image:
+::
+
+ INHERIT += "testexport"
+ TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.7.2"
+ TEST_SERVER_IP = "192.168.7.1"
+
+Use BitBake to export the tests:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake core-image-sato -c testexport
+
+Run the tests outside of
+the build environment using the following:
+::
+
+ $ cd tmp/testexport/core-image-sato
+ $ ./runexported.py testdata.json
+
+.. _qemu-image-writing-new-tests:
+
+Writing New Tests
+-----------------
+
+As mentioned previously, all new test files need to be in the proper
+place for the build system to find them. New tests for additional
+functionality outside of the core should be added to the layer that adds
+the functionality, in ``layer/lib/oeqa/runtime`` (as long as
+:term:`BBPATH` is extended in the
+layer's ``layer.conf`` file as normal). Just remember the following:
+
+- Filenames need to map directly to test (module) names.
+
+- Do not use module names that collide with existing core tests.
+
+- Minimally, an empty ``__init__.py`` file must exist in the runtime
+ directory.
+
+To create a new test, start by copying an existing module (e.g.
+``syslog.py`` or ``gcc.py`` are good ones to use). Test modules can use
+code from ``meta/lib/oeqa/utils``, which are helper classes.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Structure shell commands such that you rely on them and they return a
+ single code for success. Be aware that sometimes you will need to
+ parse the output. See the ``df.py`` and ``date.py`` modules for examples.
+
+You will notice that all test classes inherit ``oeRuntimeTest``, which
+is found in ``meta/lib/oetest.py``. This base class offers some helper
+attributes, which are described in the following sections:
+
+.. _qemu-image-writing-tests-class-methods:
+
+Class Methods
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Class methods are as follows:
+
+- *hasPackage(pkg):* Returns "True" if ``pkg`` is in the installed
+ package list of the image, which is based on the manifest file that
+ is generated during the ``do_rootfs`` task.
+
+- *hasFeature(feature):* Returns "True" if the feature is in
+ :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` or
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`.
+
+.. _qemu-image-writing-tests-class-attributes:
+
+Class Attributes
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Class attributes are as follows:
+
+- *pscmd:* Equals "ps -ef" if ``procps`` is installed in the image.
+ Otherwise, ``pscmd`` equals "ps" (busybox).
+
+- *tc:* The called test context, which gives access to the
+ following attributes:
+
+ - *d:* The BitBake datastore, which allows you to use stuff such
+ as ``oeRuntimeTest.tc.d.getVar("VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_init_manager")``.
+
+ - *testslist and testsrequired:* Used internally. The tests
+ do not need these.
+
+ - *filesdir:* The absolute path to
+ ``meta/lib/oeqa/runtime/files``, which contains helper files for
+ tests meant for copying on the target such as small files written
+ in C for compilation.
+
+ - *target:* The target controller object used to deploy and
+ start an image on a particular target (e.g. Qemu, SimpleRemote,
+ and SystemdbootTarget). Tests usually use the following:
+
+ - *ip:* The target's IP address.
+
+ - *server_ip:* The host's IP address, which is usually used
+ by the DNF test suite.
+
+ - *run(cmd, timeout=None):* The single, most used method.
+ This command is a wrapper for: ``ssh root@host "cmd"``. The
+ command returns a tuple: (status, output), which are what their
+ names imply - the return code of "cmd" and whatever output it
+ produces. The optional timeout argument represents the number
+ of seconds the test should wait for "cmd" to return. If the
+ argument is "None", the test uses the default instance's
+ timeout period, which is 300 seconds. If the argument is "0",
+ the test runs until the command returns.
+
+ - *copy_to(localpath, remotepath):*
+ ``scp localpath root@ip:remotepath``.
+
+ - *copy_from(remotepath, localpath):*
+ ``scp root@host:remotepath localpath``.
+
+.. _qemu-image-writing-tests-instance-attributes:
+
+Instance Attributes
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+A single instance attribute exists, which is ``target``. The ``target``
+instance attribute is identical to the class attribute of the same name,
+which is described in the previous section. This attribute exists as
+both an instance and class attribute so tests can use
+``self.target.run(cmd)`` in instance methods instead of
+``oeRuntimeTest.tc.target.run(cmd)``.
+
+Installing Packages in the DUT Without the Package Manager
+----------------------------------------------------------
+
+When a test requires a package built by BitBake, it is possible to
+install that package. Installing the package does not require a package
+manager be installed in the device under test (DUT). It does, however,
+require an SSH connection and the target must be using the
+``sshcontrol`` class.
+
+.. note::
+
+ This method uses ``scp`` to copy files from the host to the target, which
+ causes permissions and special attributes to be lost.
+
+A JSON file is used to define the packages needed by a test. This file
+must be in the same path as the file used to define the tests.
+Furthermore, the filename must map directly to the test module name with
+a ``.json`` extension.
+
+The JSON file must include an object with the test name as keys of an
+object or an array. This object (or array of objects) uses the following
+data:
+
+- "pkg" - A mandatory string that is the name of the package to be
+ installed.
+
+- "rm" - An optional boolean, which defaults to "false", that specifies
+ to remove the package after the test.
+
+- "extract" - An optional boolean, which defaults to "false", that
+ specifies if the package must be extracted from the package format.
+ When set to "true", the package is not automatically installed into
+ the DUT.
+
+Following is an example JSON file that handles test "foo" installing
+package "bar" and test "foobar" installing packages "foo" and "bar".
+Once the test is complete, the packages are removed from the DUT.
+::
+
+ {
+ "foo": {
+ "pkg": "bar"
+ },
+ "foobar": [
+ {
+ "pkg": "foo",
+ "rm": true
+ },
+ {
+ "pkg": "bar",
+ "rm": true
+ }
+ ]
+ }
+
+.. _usingpoky-debugging-tools-and-techniques:
+
+Debugging Tools and Techniques
+==============================
+
+The exact method for debugging build failures depends on the nature of
+the problem and on the system's area from which the bug originates.
+Standard debugging practices such as comparison against the last known
+working version with examination of the changes and the re-application
+of steps to identify the one causing the problem are valid for the Yocto
+Project just as they are for any other system. Even though it is
+impossible to detail every possible potential failure, this section
+provides some general tips to aid in debugging given a variety of
+situations.
+
+.. note::
+
+ A useful feature for debugging is the error reporting tool.
+ Configuring the Yocto Project to use this tool causes the
+ OpenEmbedded build system to produce error reporting commands as part
+ of the console output. You can enter the commands after the build
+ completes to log error information into a common database, that can
+ help you figure out what might be going wrong. For information on how
+ to enable and use this feature, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using the error reporting tool`"
+ section.
+
+The following list shows the debugging topics in the remainder of this
+section:
+
+- "`Viewing Logs from Failed
+ Tasks <#dev-debugging-viewing-logs-from-failed-tasks>`__" describes
+ how to find and view logs from tasks that failed during the build
+ process.
+
+- "`Viewing Variable
+ Values <#dev-debugging-viewing-variable-values>`__" describes how to
+ use the BitBake ``-e`` option to examine variable values after a
+ recipe has been parsed.
+
+- ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:viewing package information with \`\`oe-pkgdata-util\`\``"
+ describes how to use the ``oe-pkgdata-util`` utility to query
+ :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` and
+ display package-related information for built packages.
+
+- "`Viewing Dependencies Between Recipes and
+ Tasks <#dev-viewing-dependencies-between-recipes-and-tasks>`__"
+ describes how to use the BitBake ``-g`` option to display recipe
+ dependency information used during the build.
+
+- "`Viewing Task Variable
+ Dependencies <#dev-viewing-task-variable-dependencies>`__" describes
+ how to use the ``bitbake-dumpsig`` command in conjunction with key
+ subdirectories in the
+ :term:`Build Directory` to determine
+ variable dependencies.
+
+- "`Running Specific Tasks <#dev-debugging-taskrunning>`__" describes
+ how to use several BitBake options (e.g. ``-c``, ``-C``, and ``-f``)
+ to run specific tasks in the build chain. It can be useful to run
+ tasks "out-of-order" when trying isolate build issues.
+
+- "`General BitBake Problems <#dev-debugging-bitbake>`__" describes how
+ to use BitBake's ``-D`` debug output option to reveal more about what
+ BitBake is doing during the build.
+
+- "`Building with No Dependencies <#dev-debugging-buildfile>`__"
+ describes how to use the BitBake ``-b`` option to build a recipe
+ while ignoring dependencies.
+
+- "`Recipe Logging Mechanisms <#recipe-logging-mechanisms>`__"
+ describes how to use the many recipe logging functions to produce
+ debugging output and report errors and warnings.
+
+- "`Debugging Parallel Make Races <#debugging-parallel-make-races>`__"
+ describes how to debug situations where the build consists of several
+ parts that are run simultaneously and when the output or result of
+ one part is not ready for use with a different part of the build that
+ depends on that output.
+
+- "`Debugging With the GNU Project Debugger (GDB)
+ Remotely <#platdev-gdb-remotedebug>`__" describes how to use GDB to
+ allow you to examine running programs, which can help you fix
+ problems.
+
+- "`Debugging with the GNU Project Debugger (GDB) on the
+ Target <#debugging-with-the-gnu-project-debugger-gdb-on-the-target>`__"
+ describes how to use GDB directly on target hardware for debugging.
+
+- "`Other Debugging Tips <#dev-other-debugging-others>`__" describes
+ miscellaneous debugging tips that can be useful.
+
+.. _dev-debugging-viewing-logs-from-failed-tasks:
+
+Viewing Logs from Failed Tasks
+------------------------------
+
+You can find the log for a task in the file
+``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/temp/log.do_``\ `taskname`.
+For example, the log for the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task of the
+QEMU minimal image for the x86 machine (``qemux86``) might be in
+``tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/core-image-minimal/1.0-r0/temp/log.do_compile``.
+To see the commands :term:`BitBake` ran
+to generate a log, look at the corresponding ``run.do_``\ `taskname` file
+in the same directory.
+
+``log.do_``\ `taskname` and ``run.do_``\ `taskname` are actually symbolic
+links to ``log.do_``\ `taskname`\ ``.``\ `pid` and
+``log.run_``\ `taskname`\ ``.``\ `pid`, where `pid` is the PID the task had
+when it ran. The symlinks always point to the files corresponding to the
+most recent run.
+
+.. _dev-debugging-viewing-variable-values:
+
+Viewing Variable Values
+-----------------------
+
+Sometimes you need to know the value of a variable as a result of
+BitBake's parsing step. This could be because some unexpected behavior
+occurred in your project. Perhaps an attempt to :ref:`modify a variable
+<bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:modifying existing
+variables>` did not work out as expected.
+
+BitBake's ``-e`` option is used to display variable values after
+parsing. The following command displays the variable values after the
+configuration files (i.e. ``local.conf``, ``bblayers.conf``,
+``bitbake.conf`` and so forth) have been parsed:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake -e
+
+The following command displays variable values after a specific recipe has
+been parsed. The variables include those from the configuration as well:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake -e recipename
+
+.. note::
+
+ Each recipe has its own private set of variables (datastore).
+ Internally, after parsing the configuration, a copy of the resulting
+ datastore is made prior to parsing each recipe. This copying implies
+ that variables set in one recipe will not be visible to other
+ recipes.
+
+ Likewise, each task within a recipe gets a private datastore based on
+ the recipe datastore, which means that variables set within one task
+ will not be visible to other tasks.
+
+In the output of ``bitbake -e``, each variable is preceded by a
+description of how the variable got its value, including temporary
+values that were later overridden. This description also includes
+variable flags (varflags) set on the variable. The output can be very
+helpful during debugging.
+
+Variables that are exported to the environment are preceded by
+``export`` in the output of ``bitbake -e``. See the following example:
+::
+
+ export CC="i586-poky-linux-gcc -m32 -march=i586 --sysroot=/home/ulf/poky/build/tmp/sysroots/qemux86"
+
+In addition to variable values, the output of the ``bitbake -e`` and
+``bitbake -e`` recipe commands includes the following information:
+
+- The output starts with a tree listing all configuration files and
+ classes included globally, recursively listing the files they include
+ or inherit in turn. Much of the behavior of the OpenEmbedded build
+ system (including the behavior of the :ref:`ref-manual/ref-tasks:normal recipe build tasks`) is
+ implemented in the
+ :ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class and the
+ classes it inherits, rather than being built into BitBake itself.
+
+- After the variable values, all functions appear in the output. For
+ shell functions, variables referenced within the function body are
+ expanded. If a function has been modified using overrides or using
+ override-style operators like ``_append`` and ``_prepend``, then the
+ final assembled function body appears in the output.
+
+Viewing Package Information with ``oe-pkgdata-util``
+----------------------------------------------------
+
+You can use the ``oe-pkgdata-util`` command-line utility to query
+:term:`PKGDATA_DIR` and display
+various package-related information. When you use the utility, you must
+use it to view information on packages that have already been built.
+
+Following are a few of the available ``oe-pkgdata-util`` subcommands.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can use the standard \* and ? globbing wildcards as part of
+ package names and paths.
+
+- ``oe-pkgdata-util list-pkgs [pattern]``: Lists all packages
+ that have been built, optionally limiting the match to packages that
+ match pattern.
+
+- ``oe-pkgdata-util list-pkg-files package ...``: Lists the
+ files and directories contained in the given packages.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ A different way to view the contents of a package is to look at
+ the
+ ``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/packages-split``
+ directory of the recipe that generates the package. This directory
+ is created by the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task
+ and has one subdirectory for each package the recipe generates,
+ which contains the files stored in that package.
+
+ If you want to inspect the ``${WORKDIR}/packages-split``
+ directory, make sure that
+ :ref:`rm_work <ref-classes-rm-work>` is not
+ enabled when you build the recipe.
+
+- ``oe-pkgdata-util find-path path ...``: Lists the names of
+ the packages that contain the given paths. For example, the following
+ tells us that ``/usr/share/man/man1/make.1`` is contained in the
+ ``make-doc`` package:
+ ::
+
+ $ oe-pkgdata-util find-path /usr/share/man/man1/make.1
+ make-doc: /usr/share/man/man1/make.1
+
+- ``oe-pkgdata-util lookup-recipe package ...``: Lists the name
+ of the recipes that produce the given packages.
+
+For more information on the ``oe-pkgdata-util`` command, use the help
+facility:
+::
+
+ $ oe-pkgdata-util --help
+ $ oe-pkgdata-util subcommand --help
+
+.. _dev-viewing-dependencies-between-recipes-and-tasks:
+
+Viewing Dependencies Between Recipes and Tasks
+----------------------------------------------
+
+Sometimes it can be hard to see why BitBake wants to build other recipes
+before the one you have specified. Dependency information can help you
+understand why a recipe is built.
+
+To generate dependency information for a recipe, run the following
+command:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake -g recipename
+
+This command writes the following files in the current directory:
+
+- ``pn-buildlist``: A list of recipes/targets involved in building
+ `recipename`. "Involved" here means that at least one task from the
+ recipe needs to run when building `recipename` from scratch. Targets
+ that are in
+ :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED`
+ are not listed.
+
+- ``task-depends.dot``: A graph showing dependencies between tasks.
+
+The graphs are in
+`DOT <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/DOT_%28graph_description_language%29>`__
+format and can be converted to images (e.g. using the ``dot`` tool from
+`Graphviz <https://www.graphviz.org/>`__).
+
+.. note::
+
+ - DOT files use a plain text format. The graphs generated using the
+ ``bitbake -g`` command are often so large as to be difficult to
+ read without special pruning (e.g. with Bitbake's ``-I`` option)
+ and processing. Despite the form and size of the graphs, the
+ corresponding ``.dot`` files can still be possible to read and
+ provide useful information.
+
+ As an example, the ``task-depends.dot`` file contains lines such
+ as the following:
+ ::
+
+ "libxslt.do_configure" -> "libxml2.do_populate_sysroot"
+
+ The above example line reveals that the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`
+ task in ``libxslt`` depends on the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot`
+ task in ``libxml2``, which is a normal
+ :term:`DEPENDS` dependency
+ between the two recipes.
+
+ - For an example of how ``.dot`` files can be processed, see the
+ ``scripts/contrib/graph-tool`` Python script, which finds and
+ displays paths between graph nodes.
+
+You can use a different method to view dependency information by using
+the following command:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake -g -u taskexp recipename
+
+This command
+displays a GUI window from which you can view build-time and runtime
+dependencies for the recipes involved in building recipename.
+
+.. _dev-viewing-task-variable-dependencies:
+
+Viewing Task Variable Dependencies
+----------------------------------
+
+As mentioned in the
+":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:checksums (signatures)`" section of the BitBake
+User Manual, BitBake tries to automatically determine what variables a
+task depends on so that it can rerun the task if any values of the
+variables change. This determination is usually reliable. However, if
+you do things like construct variable names at runtime, then you might
+have to manually declare dependencies on those variables using
+``vardeps`` as described in the
+":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags`" section of the BitBake
+User Manual.
+
+If you are unsure whether a variable dependency is being picked up
+automatically for a given task, you can list the variable dependencies
+BitBake has determined by doing the following:
+
+1. Build the recipe containing the task:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake recipename
+
+2. Inside the :term:`STAMPS_DIR`
+ directory, find the signature data (``sigdata``) file that
+ corresponds to the task. The ``sigdata`` files contain a pickled
+ Python database of all the metadata that went into creating the input
+ checksum for the task. As an example, for the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch` task of the
+ ``db`` recipe, the ``sigdata`` file might be found in the following
+ location:
+ ::
+
+ ${BUILDDIR}/tmp/stamps/i586-poky-linux/db/6.0.30-r1.do_fetch.sigdata.7c048c18222b16ff0bcee2000ef648b1
+
+ For tasks that are accelerated through the shared state
+ (:ref:`sstate <overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:shared state cache>`) cache, an
+ additional ``siginfo`` file is written into
+ :term:`SSTATE_DIR` along with
+ the cached task output. The ``siginfo`` files contain exactly the
+ same information as ``sigdata`` files.
+
+3. Run ``bitbake-dumpsig`` on the ``sigdata`` or ``siginfo`` file. Here
+ is an example:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake-dumpsig ${BUILDDIR}/tmp/stamps/i586-poky-linux/db/6.0.30-r1.do_fetch.sigdata.7c048c18222b16ff0bcee2000ef648b1
+
+ In the output of the above command, you will find a line like the
+ following, which lists all the (inferred) variable dependencies for
+ the task. This list also includes indirect dependencies from
+ variables depending on other variables, recursively.
+ ::
+
+ Task dependencies: ['PV', 'SRCREV', 'SRC_URI', 'SRC_URI[md5sum]', 'SRC_URI[sha256sum]', 'base_do_fetch']
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Functions (e.g. ``base_do_fetch``) also count as variable dependencies.
+ These functions in turn depend on the variables they reference.
+
+ The output of ``bitbake-dumpsig`` also includes the value each
+ variable had, a list of dependencies for each variable, and
+ :term:`bitbake:BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST`
+ information.
+
+There is also a ``bitbake-diffsigs`` command for comparing two
+``siginfo`` or ``sigdata`` files. This command can be helpful when
+trying to figure out what changed between two versions of a task. If you
+call ``bitbake-diffsigs`` with just one file, the command behaves like
+``bitbake-dumpsig``.
+
+You can also use BitBake to dump out the signature construction
+information without executing tasks by using either of the following
+BitBake command-line options:
+::
+
+ ‐‐dump-signatures=SIGNATURE_HANDLER
+ -S SIGNATURE_HANDLER
+
+
+.. note::
+
+ Two common values for `SIGNATURE_HANDLER` are "none" and "printdiff", which
+ dump only the signature or compare the dumped signature with the cached one,
+ respectively.
+
+Using BitBake with either of these options causes BitBake to dump out
+``sigdata`` files in the ``stamps`` directory for every task it would
+have executed instead of building the specified target package.
+
+.. _dev-viewing-metadata-used-to-create-the-input-signature-of-a-shared-state-task:
+
+Viewing Metadata Used to Create the Input Signature of a Shared State Task
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Seeing what metadata went into creating the input signature of a shared
+state (sstate) task can be a useful debugging aid. This information is
+available in signature information (``siginfo``) files in
+:term:`SSTATE_DIR`. For
+information on how to view and interpret information in ``siginfo``
+files, see the "`Viewing Task Variable
+Dependencies <#dev-viewing-task-variable-dependencies>`__" section.
+
+For conceptual information on shared state, see the
+":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:shared state`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+.. _dev-invalidating-shared-state-to-force-a-task-to-run:
+
+Invalidating Shared State to Force a Task to Run
+------------------------------------------------
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system uses
+:ref:`checksums <overview-checksums>` and
+:ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:shared state` cache to avoid unnecessarily
+rebuilding tasks. Collectively, this scheme is known as "shared state
+code".
+
+As with all schemes, this one has some drawbacks. It is possible that
+you could make implicit changes to your code that the checksum
+calculations do not take into account. These implicit changes affect a
+task's output but do not trigger the shared state code into rebuilding a
+recipe. Consider an example during which a tool changes its output.
+Assume that the output of ``rpmdeps`` changes. The result of the change
+should be that all the ``package`` and ``package_write_rpm`` shared
+state cache items become invalid. However, because the change to the
+output is external to the code and therefore implicit, the associated
+shared state cache items do not become invalidated. In this case, the
+build process uses the cached items rather than running the task again.
+Obviously, these types of implicit changes can cause problems.
+
+To avoid these problems during the build, you need to understand the
+effects of any changes you make. Realize that changes you make directly
+to a function are automatically factored into the checksum calculation.
+Thus, these explicit changes invalidate the associated area of shared
+state cache. However, you need to be aware of any implicit changes that
+are not obvious changes to the code and could affect the output of a
+given task.
+
+When you identify an implicit change, you can easily take steps to
+invalidate the cache and force the tasks to run. The steps you can take
+are as simple as changing a function's comments in the source code. For
+example, to invalidate package shared state files, change the comment
+statements of
+:ref:`ref-tasks-package` or the
+comments of one of the functions it calls. Even though the change is
+purely cosmetic, it causes the checksum to be recalculated and forces
+the build system to run the task again.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For an example of a commit that makes a cosmetic change to invalidate
+ shared state, see this
+ :yocto_git:`commit </cgit.cgi/poky/commit/meta/classes/package.bbclass?id=737f8bbb4f27b4837047cb9b4fbfe01dfde36d54>`.
+
+.. _dev-debugging-taskrunning:
+
+Running Specific Tasks
+----------------------
+
+Any given recipe consists of a set of tasks. The standard BitBake
+behavior in most cases is: ``do_fetch``, ``do_unpack``, ``do_patch``,
+``do_configure``, ``do_compile``, ``do_install``, ``do_package``,
+``do_package_write_*``, and ``do_build``. The default task is
+``do_build`` and any tasks on which it depends build first. Some tasks,
+such as ``do_devshell``, are not part of the default build chain. If you
+wish to run a task that is not part of the default build chain, you can
+use the ``-c`` option in BitBake. Here is an example:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake matchbox-desktop -c devshell
+
+The ``-c`` option respects task dependencies, which means that all other
+tasks (including tasks from other recipes) that the specified task
+depends on will be run before the task. Even when you manually specify a
+task to run with ``-c``, BitBake will only run the task if it considers
+it "out of date". See the
+":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:stamp files and the rerunning of tasks`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual for how
+BitBake determines whether a task is "out of date".
+
+If you want to force an up-to-date task to be rerun (e.g. because you
+made manual modifications to the recipe's
+:term:`WORKDIR` that you want to try
+out), then you can use the ``-f`` option.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The reason ``-f`` is never required when running the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-devshell` task is because the
+ [\ :ref:`nostamp <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>`\ ]
+ variable flag is already set for the task.
+
+The following example shows one way you can use the ``-f`` option:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake matchbox-desktop
+ .
+ .
+ make some changes to the source code in the work directory
+ .
+ .
+ $ bitbake matchbox-desktop -c compile -f
+ $ bitbake matchbox-desktop
+
+This sequence first builds and then recompiles ``matchbox-desktop``. The
+last command reruns all tasks (basically the packaging tasks) after the
+compile. BitBake recognizes that the ``do_compile`` task was rerun and
+therefore understands that the other tasks also need to be run again.
+
+Another, shorter way to rerun a task and all
+:ref:`ref-manual/ref-tasks:normal recipe build tasks`
+that depend on it is to use the ``-C`` option.
+
+.. note::
+
+ This option is upper-cased and is separate from the ``-c``
+ option, which is lower-cased.
+
+Using this option invalidates the given task and then runs the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-build` task, which is
+the default task if no task is given, and the tasks on which it depends.
+You could replace the final two commands in the previous example with
+the following single command:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake matchbox-desktop -C compile
+
+Internally, the ``-f`` and ``-C`` options work by tainting (modifying)
+the input checksum of the specified task. This tainting indirectly
+causes the task and its dependent tasks to be rerun through the normal
+task dependency mechanisms.
+
+.. note::
+
+ BitBake explicitly keeps track of which tasks have been tainted in
+ this fashion, and will print warnings such as the following for
+ builds involving such tasks:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ WARNING: /home/ulf/poky/meta/recipes-sato/matchbox-desktop/matchbox-desktop_2.1.bb.do_compile is tainted from a forced run
+
+
+ The purpose of the warning is to let you know that the work directory
+ and build output might not be in the clean state they would be in for
+ a "normal" build, depending on what actions you took. To get rid of
+ such warnings, you can remove the work directory and rebuild the
+ recipe, as follows:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake matchbox-desktop -c clean
+ $ bitbake matchbox-desktop
+
+
+You can view a list of tasks in a given package by running the
+``do_listtasks`` task as follows:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake matchbox-desktop -c listtasks
+
+The results appear as output to the console and are also in
+the file ``${WORKDIR}/temp/log.do_listtasks``.
+
+.. _dev-debugging-bitbake:
+
+General BitBake Problems
+------------------------
+
+You can see debug output from BitBake by using the ``-D`` option. The
+debug output gives more information about what BitBake is doing and the
+reason behind it. Each ``-D`` option you use increases the logging
+level. The most common usage is ``-DDD``.
+
+The output from ``bitbake -DDD -v targetname`` can reveal why BitBake
+chose a certain version of a package or why BitBake picked a certain
+provider. This command could also help you in a situation where you
+think BitBake did something unexpected.
+
+.. _dev-debugging-buildfile:
+
+Building with No Dependencies
+-----------------------------
+
+To build a specific recipe (``.bb`` file), you can use the following
+command form:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake -b somepath/somerecipe.bb
+
+This command form does
+not check for dependencies. Consequently, you should use it only when
+you know existing dependencies have been met.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can also specify fragments of the filename. In this case, BitBake
+ checks for a unique match.
+
+Recipe Logging Mechanisms
+-------------------------
+
+The Yocto Project provides several logging functions for producing
+debugging output and reporting errors and warnings. For Python
+functions, the following logging functions exist. All of these functions
+log to ``${T}/log.do_``\ `task`, and can also log to standard output
+(stdout) with the right settings:
+
+- ``bb.plain(msg)``: Writes msg as is to the log while also
+ logging to stdout.
+
+- ``bb.note(msg)``: Writes "NOTE: msg" to the log. Also logs to
+ stdout if BitBake is called with "-v".
+
+- ``bb.debug(level, msg)``: Writes "DEBUG: msg" to the
+ log. Also logs to stdout if the log level is greater than or equal to
+ level. See the ":ref:`-D <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-intro:usage and syntax>`" option
+ in the BitBake User Manual for more information.
+
+- ``bb.warn(msg)``: Writes "WARNING: msg" to the log while also
+ logging to stdout.
+
+- ``bb.error(msg)``: Writes "ERROR: msg" to the log while also
+ logging to standard out (stdout).
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Calling this function does not cause the task to fail.
+
+- ``bb.fatal(``\ msg\ ``)``: This logging function is similar to
+ ``bb.error(``\ msg\ ``)`` but also causes the calling task to fail.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ ``bb.fatal()`` raises an exception, which means you do not need to put a
+ "return" statement after the function.
+
+The same logging functions are also available in shell functions, under
+the names ``bbplain``, ``bbnote``, ``bbdebug``, ``bbwarn``, ``bberror``,
+and ``bbfatal``. The
+:ref:`logging <ref-classes-logging>` class
+implements these functions. See that class in the ``meta/classes``
+folder of the :term:`Source Directory` for information.
+
+Logging With Python
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+When creating recipes using Python and inserting code that handles build
+logs, keep in mind the goal is to have informative logs while keeping
+the console as "silent" as possible. Also, if you want status messages
+in the log, use the "debug" loglevel.
+
+Following is an example written in Python. The code handles logging for
+a function that determines the number of tasks needed to be run. See the
+":ref:`ref-tasks-listtasks`"
+section for additional information:
+::
+
+ python do_listtasks() {
+ bb.debug(2, "Starting to figure out the task list")
+ if noteworthy_condition:
+ bb.note("There are 47 tasks to run")
+ bb.debug(2, "Got to point xyz")
+ if warning_trigger:
+ bb.warn("Detected warning_trigger, this might be a problem later.")
+ if recoverable_error:
+ bb.error("Hit recoverable_error, you really need to fix this!")
+ if fatal_error:
+ bb.fatal("fatal_error detected, unable to print the task list")
+ bb.plain("The tasks present are abc")
+ bb.debug(2, "Finished figuring out the tasklist")
+ }
+
+Logging With Bash
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+When creating recipes using Bash and inserting code that handles build
+logs, you have the same goals - informative with minimal console output.
+The syntax you use for recipes written in Bash is similar to that of
+recipes written in Python described in the previous section.
+
+Following is an example written in Bash. The code logs the progress of
+the ``do_my_function`` function.
+::
+
+ do_my_function() {
+ bbdebug 2 "Running do_my_function"
+ if [ exceptional_condition ]; then
+ bbnote "Hit exceptional_condition"
+ fi
+ bbdebug 2 "Got to point xyz"
+ if [ warning_trigger ]; then
+ bbwarn "Detected warning_trigger, this might cause a problem later."
+ fi
+ if [ recoverable_error ]; then
+ bberror "Hit recoverable_error, correcting"
+ fi
+ if [ fatal_error ]; then
+ bbfatal "fatal_error detected"
+ fi
+ bbdebug 2 "Completed do_my_function"
+ }
+
+
+Debugging Parallel Make Races
+-----------------------------
+
+A parallel ``make`` race occurs when the build consists of several parts
+that are run simultaneously and a situation occurs when the output or
+result of one part is not ready for use with a different part of the
+build that depends on that output. Parallel make races are annoying and
+can sometimes be difficult to reproduce and fix. However, some simple
+tips and tricks exist that can help you debug and fix them. This section
+presents a real-world example of an error encountered on the Yocto
+Project autobuilder and the process used to fix it.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If you cannot properly fix a ``make`` race condition, you can work around it
+ by clearing either the :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` or :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST`
+ variables.
+
+The Failure
+~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+For this example, assume that you are building an image that depends on
+the "neard" package. And, during the build, BitBake runs into problems
+and creates the following output.
+
+.. note::
+
+ This example log file has longer lines artificially broken to make
+ the listing easier to read.
+
+If you examine the output or the log file, you see the failure during
+``make``:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ | DEBUG: SITE files ['endian-little', 'bit-32', 'ix86-common', 'common-linux', 'common-glibc', 'i586-linux', 'common']
+ | DEBUG: Executing shell function do_compile
+ | NOTE: make -j 16
+ | make --no-print-directory all-am
+ | /bin/mkdir -p include/near
+ | /bin/mkdir -p include/near
+ | /bin/mkdir -p include/near
+ | ln -s /home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/work/i586-poky-linux/neard/
+ 0.14-r0/neard-0.14/include/types.h include/near/types.h
+ | ln -s /home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/work/i586-poky-linux/neard/
+ 0.14-r0/neard-0.14/include/log.h include/near/log.h
+ | ln -s /home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/work/i586-poky-linux/neard/
+ 0.14-r0/neard-0.14/include/plugin.h include/near/plugin.h
+ | /bin/mkdir -p include/near
+ | /bin/mkdir -p include/near
+ | /bin/mkdir -p include/near
+ | ln -s /home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/work/i586-poky-linux/neard/
+ 0.14-r0/neard-0.14/include/tag.h include/near/tag.h
+ | /bin/mkdir -p include/near
+ | ln -s /home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/work/i586-poky-linux/neard/
+ 0.14-r0/neard-0.14/include/adapter.h include/near/adapter.h
+ | /bin/mkdir -p include/near
+ | ln -s /home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/work/i586-poky-linux/neard/
+ 0.14-r0/neard-0.14/include/ndef.h include/near/ndef.h
+ | ln -s /home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/work/i586-poky-linux/neard/
+ 0.14-r0/neard-0.14/include/tlv.h include/near/tlv.h
+ | /bin/mkdir -p include/near
+ | /bin/mkdir -p include/near
+ | ln -s /home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/work/i586-poky-linux/neard/
+ 0.14-r0/neard-0.14/include/setting.h include/near/setting.h
+ | /bin/mkdir -p include/near
+ | /bin/mkdir -p include/near
+ | /bin/mkdir -p include/near
+ | ln -s /home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/work/i586-poky-linux/neard/
+ 0.14-r0/neard-0.14/include/device.h include/near/device.h
+ | ln -s /home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/work/i586-poky-linux/neard/
+ 0.14-r0/neard-0.14/include/nfc_copy.h include/near/nfc_copy.h
+ | ln -s /home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/work/i586-poky-linux/neard/
+ 0.14-r0/neard-0.14/include/snep.h include/near/snep.h
+ | ln -s /home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/work/i586-poky-linux/neard/
+ 0.14-r0/neard-0.14/include/version.h include/near/version.h
+ | ln -s /home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/work/i586-poky-linux/neard/
+ 0.14-r0/neard-0.14/include/dbus.h include/near/dbus.h
+ | ./src/genbuiltin nfctype1 nfctype2 nfctype3 nfctype4 p2p > src/builtin.h
+ | i586-poky-linux-gcc -m32 -march=i586 --sysroot=/home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/
+ build/build/tmp/sysroots/qemux86 -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -I. -I./include -I./src -I./gdbus -I/home/pokybuild/
+ yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/sysroots/qemux86/usr/include/glib-2.0
+ -I/home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/sysroots/qemux86/usr/
+ lib/glib-2.0/include -I/home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/
+ tmp/sysroots/qemux86/usr/include/dbus-1.0 -I/home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/yocto-slave/
+ nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/sysroots/qemux86/usr/lib/dbus-1.0/include -I/home/pokybuild/yocto-autobuilder/
+ yocto-slave/nightly-x86/build/build/tmp/sysroots/qemux86/usr/include/libnl3
+ -DNEAR_PLUGIN_BUILTIN -DPLUGINDIR=\""/usr/lib/near/plugins"\"
+ -DCONFIGDIR=\""/etc/neard\"" -O2 -pipe -g -feliminate-unused-debug-types -c
+ -o tools/snep-send.o tools/snep-send.c
+ | In file included from tools/snep-send.c:16:0:
+ | tools/../src/near.h:41:23: fatal error: near/dbus.h: No such file or directory
+ | #include <near/dbus.h>
+ | ^
+ | compilation terminated.
+ | make[1]: *** [tools/snep-send.o] Error 1
+ | make[1]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
+ | make: *** [all] Error 2
+ | ERROR: oe_runmake failed
+
+Reproducing the Error
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Because race conditions are intermittent, they do not manifest
+themselves every time you do the build. In fact, most times the build
+will complete without problems even though the potential race condition
+exists. Thus, once the error surfaces, you need a way to reproduce it.
+
+In this example, compiling the "neard" package is causing the problem.
+So the first thing to do is build "neard" locally. Before you start the
+build, set the
+:term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable
+in your ``local.conf`` file to a high number (e.g. "-j 20"). Using a
+high value for ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` increases the chances of the race
+condition showing up:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake neard
+
+Once the local build for "neard" completes, start a ``devshell`` build:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake neard -c devshell
+
+For information on how to use a
+``devshell``, see the "`Using a Development
+Shell <#platdev-appdev-devshell>`__" section.
+
+In the ``devshell``, do the following:
+::
+
+ $ make clean
+ $ make tools/snep-send.o
+
+The ``devshell`` commands cause the failure to clearly
+be visible. In this case, a missing dependency exists for the "neard"
+Makefile target. Here is some abbreviated, sample output with the
+missing dependency clearly visible at the end:
+::
+
+ i586-poky-linux-gcc -m32 -march=i586 --sysroot=/home/scott-lenovo/......
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ tools/snep-send.c
+ In file included from tools/snep-send.c:16:0:
+ tools/../src/near.h:41:23: fatal error: near/dbus.h: No such file or directory
+ #include <near/dbus.h>
+ ^
+ compilation terminated.
+ make: *** [tools/snep-send.o] Error 1
+ $
+
+
+Creating a Patch for the Fix
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Because there is a missing dependency for the Makefile target, you need
+to patch the ``Makefile.am`` file, which is generated from
+``Makefile.in``. You can use Quilt to create the patch:
+::
+
+ $ quilt new parallelmake.patch
+ Patch patches/parallelmake.patch is now on top
+ $ quilt add Makefile.am
+ File Makefile.am added to patch patches/parallelmake.patch
+
+For more information on using Quilt, see the
+"`Using Quilt in Your Workflow <#using-a-quilt-workflow>`__" section.
+
+At this point you need to make the edits to ``Makefile.am`` to add the
+missing dependency. For our example, you have to add the following line
+to the file:
+::
+
+ tools/snep-send.$(OBJEXT): include/near/dbus.h
+
+Once you have edited the file, use the ``refresh`` command to create the
+patch:
+::
+
+ $ quilt refresh
+ Refreshed patch patches/parallelmake.patch
+
+Once
+the patch file exists, you need to add it back to the originating recipe
+folder. Here is an example assuming a top-level
+:term:`Source Directory` named ``poky``:
+::
+
+ $ cp patches/parallelmake.patch poky/meta/recipes-connectivity/neard/neard
+
+The final thing you need to do to implement the fix in the build is to
+update the "neard" recipe (i.e. ``neard-0.14.bb``) so that the
+:term:`SRC_URI` statement includes
+the patch file. The recipe file is in the folder above the patch. Here
+is what the edited ``SRC_URI`` statement would look like:
+::
+
+ SRC_URI = "${KERNELORG_MIRROR}/linux/network/nfc/${BPN}-${PV}.tar.xz \
+ file://neard.in \
+ file://neard.service.in \
+ file://parallelmake.patch \
+ "
+
+With the patch complete and moved to the correct folder and the
+``SRC_URI`` statement updated, you can exit the ``devshell``:
+::
+
+ $ exit
+
+Testing the Build
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+With everything in place, you can get back to trying the build again
+locally:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake neard
+
+This build should succeed.
+
+Now you can open up a ``devshell`` again and repeat the clean and make
+operations as follows:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake neard -c devshell
+ $ make clean
+ $ make tools/snep-send.o
+
+The build should work without issue.
+
+As with all solved problems, if they originated upstream, you need to
+submit the fix for the recipe in OE-Core and upstream so that the
+problem is taken care of at its source. See the "`Submitting a Change to
+the Yocto Project <#how-to-submit-a-change>`__" section for more
+information.
+
+.. _platdev-gdb-remotedebug:
+
+Debugging With the GNU Project Debugger (GDB) Remotely
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+GDB allows you to examine running programs, which in turn helps you to
+understand and fix problems. It also allows you to perform post-mortem
+style analysis of program crashes. GDB is available as a package within
+the Yocto Project and is installed in SDK images by default. See the
+":ref:`ref-manual/ref-images:Images`" chapter in the Yocto
+Project Reference Manual for a description of these images. You can find
+information on GDB at https://sourceware.org/gdb/.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For best results, install debug (``-dbg``) packages for the applications you
+ are going to debug. Doing so makes extra debug symbols available that give
+ you more meaningful output.
+
+Sometimes, due to memory or disk space constraints, it is not possible
+to use GDB directly on the remote target to debug applications. These
+constraints arise because GDB needs to load the debugging information
+and the binaries of the process being debugged. Additionally, GDB needs
+to perform many computations to locate information such as function
+names, variable names and values, stack traces and so forth - even
+before starting the debugging process. These extra computations place
+more load on the target system and can alter the characteristics of the
+program being debugged.
+
+To help get past the previously mentioned constraints, you can use
+gdbserver, which runs on the remote target and does not load any
+debugging information from the debugged process. Instead, a GDB instance
+processes the debugging information that is run on a remote computer -
+the host GDB. The host GDB then sends control commands to gdbserver to
+make it stop or start the debugged program, as well as read or write
+memory regions of that debugged program. All the debugging information
+loaded and processed as well as all the heavy debugging is done by the
+host GDB. Offloading these processes gives the gdbserver running on the
+target a chance to remain small and fast.
+
+Because the host GDB is responsible for loading the debugging
+information and for doing the necessary processing to make actual
+debugging happen, you have to make sure the host can access the
+unstripped binaries complete with their debugging information and also
+be sure the target is compiled with no optimizations. The host GDB must
+also have local access to all the libraries used by the debugged
+program. Because gdbserver does not need any local debugging
+information, the binaries on the remote target can remain stripped.
+However, the binaries must also be compiled without optimization so they
+match the host's binaries.
+
+To remain consistent with GDB documentation and terminology, the binary
+being debugged on the remote target machine is referred to as the
+"inferior" binary. For documentation on GDB see the `GDB
+site <https://sourceware.org/gdb/documentation/>`__.
+
+The following steps show you how to debug using the GNU project
+debugger.
+
+1. *Configure your build system to construct the companion debug
+ filesystem:*
+
+ In your ``local.conf`` file, set the following:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_GEN_DEBUGFS = "1"
+ IMAGE_FSTYPES_DEBUGFS = "tar.bz2"
+
+ These options cause the
+ OpenEmbedded build system to generate a special companion filesystem
+ fragment, which contains the matching source and debug symbols to
+ your deployable filesystem. The build system does this by looking at
+ what is in the deployed filesystem, and pulling the corresponding
+ ``-dbg`` packages.
+
+ The companion debug filesystem is not a complete filesystem, but only
+ contains the debug fragments. This filesystem must be combined with
+ the full filesystem for debugging. Subsequent steps in this procedure
+ show how to combine the partial filesystem with the full filesystem.
+
+2. *Configure the system to include gdbserver in the target filesystem:*
+
+ Make the following addition in either your ``local.conf`` file or in
+ an image recipe:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " gdbserver"
+
+ The change makes
+ sure the ``gdbserver`` package is included.
+
+3. *Build the environment:*
+
+ Use the following command to construct the image and the companion
+ Debug Filesystem:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake image
+
+ Build the cross GDB component and
+ make it available for debugging. Build the SDK that matches the
+ image. Building the SDK is best for a production build that can be
+ used later for debugging, especially during long term maintenance:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake -c populate_sdk image
+
+ Alternatively, you can build the minimal toolchain components that
+ match the target. Doing so creates a smaller than typical SDK and
+ only contains a minimal set of components with which to build simple
+ test applications, as well as run the debugger:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake meta-toolchain
+
+ A final method is to build Gdb itself within the build system:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake gdb-cross-<architecture>
+
+ Doing so produces a temporary copy of
+ ``cross-gdb`` you can use for debugging during development. While
+ this is the quickest approach, the two previous methods in this step
+ are better when considering long-term maintenance strategies.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you run ``bitbake gdb-cross``, the OpenEmbedded build system suggests
+ the actual image (e.g. ``gdb-cross-i586``). The suggestion is usually the
+ actual name you want to use.
+
+4. *Set up the* ``debugfs``\ *:*
+
+ Run the following commands to set up the ``debugfs``:
+ ::
+
+ $ mkdir debugfs
+ $ cd debugfs
+ $ tar xvfj build-dir/tmp-glibc/deploy/images/machine/image.rootfs.tar.bz2
+ $ tar xvfj build-dir/tmp-glibc/deploy/images/machine/image-dbg.rootfs.tar.bz2
+
+5. *Set up GDB:*
+
+ Install the SDK (if you built one) and then source the correct
+ environment file. Sourcing the environment file puts the SDK in your
+ ``PATH`` environment variable.
+
+ If you are using the build system, Gdb is located in
+ `build-dir`\ ``/tmp/sysroots/``\ `host`\ ``/usr/bin/``\ `architecture`\ ``/``\ `architecture`\ ``-gdb``
+
+6. *Boot the target:*
+
+ For information on how to run QEMU, see the `QEMU
+ Documentation <https://wiki.qemu.org/Documentation/GettingStartedDevelopers>`__.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Be sure to verify that your host can access the target via TCP.
+
+7. *Debug a program:*
+
+ Debugging a program involves running gdbserver on the target and then
+ running Gdb on the host. The example in this step debugs ``gzip``:
+
+ .. code-block:: shell
+
+ root@qemux86:~# gdbserver localhost:1234 /bin/gzip —help
+
+ For
+ additional gdbserver options, see the `GDB Server
+ Documentation <https://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/documentation/>`__.
+
+ After running gdbserver on the target, you need to run Gdb on the
+ host and configure it and connect to the target. Use these commands:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd directory-holding-the-debugfs-directory
+ $ arch-gdb
+ (gdb) set sysroot debugfs
+ (gdb) set substitute-path /usr/src/debug debugfs/usr/src/debug
+ (gdb) target remote IP-of-target:1234
+
+ At this
+ point, everything should automatically load (i.e. matching binaries,
+ symbols and headers).
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The Gdb ``set`` commands in the previous example can be placed into the
+ users ``~/.gdbinit`` file. Upon starting, Gdb automatically runs whatever
+ commands are in that file.
+
+8. *Deploying without a full image rebuild:*
+
+ In many cases, during development you want a quick method to deploy a
+ new binary to the target and debug it, without waiting for a full
+ image build.
+
+ One approach to solving this situation is to just build the component
+ you want to debug. Once you have built the component, copy the
+ executable directly to both the target and the host ``debugfs``.
+
+ If the binary is processed through the debug splitting in
+ OpenEmbedded, you should also copy the debug items (i.e. ``.debug``
+ contents and corresponding ``/usr/src/debug`` files) from the work
+ directory. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake bash
+ $ bitbake -c devshell bash
+ $ cd ..
+ $ scp packages-split/bash/bin/bash target:/bin/bash
+ $ cp -a packages-split/bash-dbg/\* path/debugfs
+
+Debugging with the GNU Project Debugger (GDB) on the Target
+-----------------------------------------------------------
+
+The previous section addressed using GDB remotely for debugging
+purposes, which is the most usual case due to the inherent hardware
+limitations on many embedded devices. However, debugging in the target
+hardware itself is also possible with more powerful devices. This
+section describes what you need to do in order to support using GDB to
+debug on the target hardware.
+
+To support this kind of debugging, you need do the following:
+
+- Ensure that GDB is on the target. You can do this by adding "gdb" to
+ :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL`:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " gdb"
+
+ Alternatively, you can add "tools-debug" to :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_FEATURES_append = " tools-debug"
+
+- Ensure that debug symbols are present. You can make sure these
+ symbols are present by installing ``-dbg``:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_INSTALL_append = "packagename-dbg"
+
+ Alternatively, you can do the following to include
+ all the debug symbols:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_FEATURES_append = " dbg-pkgs"
+
+.. note::
+
+ To improve the debug information accuracy, you can reduce the level
+ of optimization used by the compiler. For example, when adding the
+ following line to your ``local.conf`` file, you will reduce optimization
+ from :term:`FULL_OPTIMIZATION` of "-O2" to :term:`DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION`
+ of "-O -fno-omit-frame-pointer":
+ ::
+
+ DEBUG_BUILD = "1"
+
+ Consider that this will reduce the application's performance and is
+ recommended only for debugging purposes.
+
+.. _dev-other-debugging-others:
+
+Other Debugging Tips
+--------------------
+
+Here are some other tips that you might find useful:
+
+- When adding new packages, it is worth watching for undesirable items
+ making their way into compiler command lines. For example, you do not
+ want references to local system files like ``/usr/lib/`` or
+ ``/usr/include/``.
+
+- If you want to remove the ``psplash`` boot splashscreen, add
+ ``psplash=false`` to the kernel command line. Doing so prevents
+ ``psplash`` from loading and thus allows you to see the console. It
+ is also possible to switch out of the splashscreen by switching the
+ virtual console (e.g. Fn+Left or Fn+Right on a Zaurus).
+
+- Removing :term:`TMPDIR` (usually
+ ``tmp/``, within the
+ :term:`Build Directory`) can often fix
+ temporary build issues. Removing ``TMPDIR`` is usually a relatively
+ cheap operation, because task output will be cached in
+ :term:`SSTATE_DIR` (usually
+ ``sstate-cache/``, which is also in the Build Directory).
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Removing ``TMPDIR`` might be a workaround rather than a fix.
+ Consequently, trying to determine the underlying cause of an issue before
+ removing the directory is a good idea.
+
+- Understanding how a feature is used in practice within existing
+ recipes can be very helpful. It is recommended that you configure
+ some method that allows you to quickly search through files.
+
+ Using GNU Grep, you can use the following shell function to
+ recursively search through common recipe-related files, skipping
+ binary files, ``.git`` directories, and the Build Directory (assuming
+ its name starts with "build"):
+ ::
+
+ g() {
+ grep -Ir \
+ --exclude-dir=.git \
+ --exclude-dir='build*' \
+ --include='*.bb*' \
+ --include='*.inc*' \
+ --include='*.conf*' \
+ --include='*.py*' \
+ "$@"
+ }
+
+ Following are some usage examples:
+ ::
+
+ $ g FOO # Search recursively for "FOO"
+ $ g -i foo # Search recursively for "foo", ignoring case
+ $ g -w FOO # Search recursively for "FOO" as a word, ignoring e.g. "FOOBAR"
+
+ If figuring
+ out how some feature works requires a lot of searching, it might
+ indicate that the documentation should be extended or improved. In
+ such cases, consider filing a documentation bug using the Yocto
+ Project implementation of
+ :yocto_bugs:`Bugzilla <>`. For information on
+ how to submit a bug against the Yocto Project, see the Yocto Project
+ Bugzilla :yocto_wiki:`wiki page </wiki/Bugzilla_Configuration_and_Bug_Tracking>`
+ and the "`Submitting a Defect Against the Yocto
+ Project <#submitting-a-defect-against-the-yocto-project>`__" section.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The manuals might not be the right place to document variables
+ that are purely internal and have a limited scope (e.g. internal
+ variables used to implement a single ``.bbclass`` file).
+
+Making Changes to the Yocto Project
+===================================
+
+Because the Yocto Project is an open-source, community-based project,
+you can effect changes to the project. This section presents procedures
+that show you how to submit a defect against the project and how to
+submit a change.
+
+Submitting a Defect Against the Yocto Project
+---------------------------------------------
+
+Use the Yocto Project implementation of
+`Bugzilla <https://www.bugzilla.org/about/>`__ to submit a defect (bug)
+against the Yocto Project. For additional information on this
+implementation of Bugzilla see the ":ref:`Yocto Project
+Bugzilla <resources-bugtracker>`" section in the
+Yocto Project Reference Manual. For more detail on any of the following
+steps, see the Yocto Project
+:yocto_wiki:`Bugzilla wiki page </wiki/Bugzilla_Configuration_and_Bug_Tracking>`.
+
+Use the following general steps to submit a bug:
+
+1. Open the Yocto Project implementation of :yocto_bugs:`Bugzilla <>`.
+
+2. Click "File a Bug" to enter a new bug.
+
+3. Choose the appropriate "Classification", "Product", and "Component"
+ for which the bug was found. Bugs for the Yocto Project fall into
+ one of several classifications, which in turn break down into
+ several products and components. For example, for a bug against the
+ ``meta-intel`` layer, you would choose "Build System, Metadata &
+ Runtime", "BSPs", and "bsps-meta-intel", respectively.
+
+4. Choose the "Version" of the Yocto Project for which you found the
+ bug (e.g. &DISTRO;).
+
+5. Determine and select the "Severity" of the bug. The severity
+ indicates how the bug impacted your work.
+
+6. Choose the "Hardware" that the bug impacts.
+
+7. Choose the "Architecture" that the bug impacts.
+
+8. Choose a "Documentation change" item for the bug. Fixing a bug might
+ or might not affect the Yocto Project documentation. If you are
+ unsure of the impact to the documentation, select "Don't Know".
+
+9. Provide a brief "Summary" of the bug. Try to limit your summary to
+ just a line or two and be sure to capture the essence of the bug.
+
+10. Provide a detailed "Description" of the bug. You should provide as
+ much detail as you can about the context, behavior, output, and so
+ forth that surrounds the bug. You can even attach supporting files
+ for output from logs by using the "Add an attachment" button.
+
+11. Click the "Submit Bug" button submit the bug. A new Bugzilla number
+ is assigned to the bug and the defect is logged in the bug tracking
+ system.
+
+Once you file a bug, the bug is processed by the Yocto Project Bug
+Triage Team and further details concerning the bug are assigned (e.g.
+priority and owner). You are the "Submitter" of the bug and any further
+categorization, progress, or comments on the bug result in Bugzilla
+sending you an automated email concerning the particular change or
+progress to the bug.
+
+.. _how-to-submit-a-change:
+
+Submitting a Change to the Yocto Project
+----------------------------------------
+
+Contributions to the Yocto Project and OpenEmbedded are very welcome.
+Because the system is extremely configurable and flexible, we recognize
+that developers will want to extend, configure or optimize it for their
+specific uses.
+
+The Yocto Project uses a mailing list and a patch-based workflow that is
+similar to the Linux kernel but contains important differences. In
+general, a mailing list exists through which you can submit patches. You
+should send patches to the appropriate mailing list so that they can be
+reviewed and merged by the appropriate maintainer. The specific mailing
+list you need to use depends on the location of the code you are
+changing. Each component (e.g. layer) should have a ``README`` file that
+indicates where to send the changes and which process to follow.
+
+You can send the patch to the mailing list using whichever approach you
+feel comfortable with to generate the patch. Once sent, the patch is
+usually reviewed by the community at large. If somebody has concerns
+with the patch, they will usually voice their concern over the mailing
+list. If a patch does not receive any negative reviews, the maintainer
+of the affected layer typically takes the patch, tests it, and then
+based on successful testing, merges the patch.
+
+The "poky" repository, which is the Yocto Project's reference build
+environment, is a hybrid repository that contains several individual
+pieces (e.g. BitBake, Metadata, documentation, and so forth) built using
+the combo-layer tool. The upstream location used for submitting changes
+varies by component:
+
+- *Core Metadata:* Send your patch to the
+ :oe_lists:`openembedded-core </g/openembedded-core>`
+ mailing list. For example, a change to anything under the ``meta`` or
+ ``scripts`` directories should be sent to this mailing list.
+
+- *BitBake:* For changes to BitBake (i.e. anything under the
+ ``bitbake`` directory), send your patch to the
+ :oe_lists:`bitbake-devel </g/bitbake-devel>`
+ mailing list.
+
+- *"meta-\*" trees:* These trees contain Metadata. Use the
+ :yocto_lists:`poky </g/poky>` mailing list.
+
+- *Documentation*: For changes to the Yocto Project documentation, use the
+ :yocto_lists:`docs </g/docs>` mailing list.
+
+For changes to other layers hosted in the Yocto Project source
+repositories (i.e. ``yoctoproject.org``) and tools use the
+:yocto_lists:`Yocto Project </g/yocto/>` general mailing list.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Sometimes a layer's documentation specifies to use a particular
+ mailing list. If so, use that list.
+
+For additional recipes that do not fit into the core Metadata, you
+should determine which layer the recipe should go into and submit the
+change in the manner recommended by the documentation (e.g. the
+``README`` file) supplied with the layer. If in doubt, please ask on the
+Yocto general mailing list or on the openembedded-devel mailing list.
+
+You can also push a change upstream and request a maintainer to pull the
+change into the component's upstream repository. You do this by pushing
+to a contribution repository that is upstream. See the ":ref:`gs-git-workflows-and-the-yocto-project`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual for additional
+concepts on working in the Yocto Project development environment.
+
+Two commonly used testing repositories exist for OpenEmbedded-Core:
+
+- *"ross/mut" branch:* The "mut" (master-under-test) tree exists in the
+ ``poky-contrib`` repository in the
+ :yocto_git:`Yocto Project source repositories <>`.
+
+- *"master-next" branch:* This branch is part of the main "poky"
+ repository in the Yocto Project source repositories.
+
+Maintainers use these branches to test submissions prior to merging
+patches. Thus, you can get an idea of the status of a patch based on
+whether the patch has been merged into one of these branches.
+
+.. note::
+
+ This system is imperfect and changes can sometimes get lost in the
+ flow. Asking about the status of a patch or change is reasonable if
+ the change has been idle for a while with no feedback. The Yocto
+ Project does have plans to use
+ `Patchwork <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Patchwork_(software)>`__
+ to track the status of patches and also to automatically preview
+ patches.
+
+The following sections provide procedures for submitting a change.
+
+.. _pushing-a-change-upstream:
+
+Using Scripts to Push a Change Upstream and Request a Pull
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Follow this procedure to push a change to an upstream "contrib" Git
+repository:
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can find general Git information on how to push a change upstream
+ in the
+ `Git Community Book <https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Distributed-Git-Distributed-Workflows>`__.
+
+1. *Make Your Changes Locally:* Make your changes in your local Git
+ repository. You should make small, controlled, isolated changes.
+ Keeping changes small and isolated aids review, makes
+ merging/rebasing easier and keeps the change history clean should
+ anyone need to refer to it in future.
+
+2. *Stage Your Changes:* Stage your changes by using the ``git add``
+ command on each file you changed.
+
+3. *Commit Your Changes:* Commit the change by using the ``git commit``
+ command. Make sure your commit information follows standards by
+ following these accepted conventions:
+
+ - Be sure to include a "Signed-off-by:" line in the same style as
+ required by the Linux kernel. Adding this line signifies that you,
+ the submitter, have agreed to the Developer's Certificate of
+ Origin 1.1 as follows:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ Developer's Certificate of Origin 1.1
+
+ By making a contribution to this project, I certify that:
+
+ (a) The contribution was created in whole or in part by me and I
+ have the right to submit it under the open source license
+ indicated in the file; or
+
+ (b) The contribution is based upon previous work that, to the best
+ of my knowledge, is covered under an appropriate open source
+ license and I have the right under that license to submit that
+ work with modifications, whether created in whole or in part
+ by me, under the same open source license (unless I am
+ permitted to submit under a different license), as indicated
+ in the file; or
+
+ (c) The contribution was provided directly to me by some other
+ person who certified (a), (b) or (c) and I have not modified
+ it.
+
+ (d) I understand and agree that this project and the contribution
+ are public and that a record of the contribution (including all
+ personal information I submit with it, including my sign-off) is
+ maintained indefinitely and may be redistributed consistent with
+ this project or the open source license(s) involved.
+
+ - Provide a single-line summary of the change and, if more
+ explanation is needed, provide more detail in the body of the
+ commit. This summary is typically viewable in the "shortlist" of
+ changes. Thus, providing something short and descriptive that
+ gives the reader a summary of the change is useful when viewing a
+ list of many commits. You should prefix this short description
+ with the recipe name (if changing a recipe), or else with the
+ short form path to the file being changed.
+
+ - For the body of the commit message, provide detailed information
+ that describes what you changed, why you made the change, and the
+ approach you used. It might also be helpful if you mention how you
+ tested the change. Provide as much detail as you can in the body
+ of the commit message.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You do not need to provide a more detailed explanation of a
+ change if the change is minor to the point of the single line
+ summary providing all the information.
+
+ - If the change addresses a specific bug or issue that is associated
+ with a bug-tracking ID, include a reference to that ID in your
+ detailed description. For example, the Yocto Project uses a
+ specific convention for bug references - any commit that addresses
+ a specific bug should use the following form for the detailed
+ description. Be sure to use the actual bug-tracking ID from
+ Bugzilla for bug-id:
+ ::
+
+ Fixes [YOCTO #bug-id]
+
+ detailed description of change
+
+4. *Push Your Commits to a "Contrib" Upstream:* If you have arranged for
+ permissions to push to an upstream contrib repository, push the
+ change to that repository:
+ ::
+
+ $ git push upstream_remote_repo local_branch_name
+
+ For example, suppose you have permissions to push
+ into the upstream ``meta-intel-contrib`` repository and you are
+ working in a local branch named `your_name`\ ``/README``. The following
+ command pushes your local commits to the ``meta-intel-contrib``
+ upstream repository and puts the commit in a branch named
+ `your_name`\ ``/README``:
+ ::
+
+ $ git push meta-intel-contrib your_name/README
+
+5. *Determine Who to Notify:* Determine the maintainer or the mailing
+ list that you need to notify for the change.
+
+ Before submitting any change, you need to be sure who the maintainer
+ is or what mailing list that you need to notify. Use either these
+ methods to find out:
+
+ - *Maintenance File:* Examine the ``maintainers.inc`` file, which is
+ located in the :term:`Source Directory` at
+ ``meta/conf/distro/include``, to see who is responsible for code.
+
+ - *Search by File:* Using :ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:git`, you can
+ enter the following command to bring up a short list of all
+ commits against a specific file:
+ ::
+
+ git shortlog -- filename
+
+ Just provide the name of the file for which you are interested. The
+ information returned is not ordered by history but does include a
+ list of everyone who has committed grouped by name. From the list,
+ you can see who is responsible for the bulk of the changes against
+ the file.
+
+ - *Examine the List of Mailing Lists:* For a list of the Yocto
+ Project and related mailing lists, see the ":ref:`Mailing
+ lists <resources-mailinglist>`" section in
+ the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
+
+6. *Make a Pull Request:* Notify the maintainer or the mailing list that
+ you have pushed a change by making a pull request.
+
+ The Yocto Project provides two scripts that conveniently let you
+ generate and send pull requests to the Yocto Project. These scripts
+ are ``create-pull-request`` and ``send-pull-request``. You can find
+ these scripts in the ``scripts`` directory within the
+ :term:`Source Directory` (e.g.
+ ``~/poky/scripts``).
+
+ Using these scripts correctly formats the requests without
+ introducing any whitespace or HTML formatting. The maintainer that
+ receives your patches either directly or through the mailing list
+ needs to be able to save and apply them directly from your emails.
+ Using these scripts is the preferred method for sending patches.
+
+ First, create the pull request. For example, the following command
+ runs the script, specifies the upstream repository in the contrib
+ directory into which you pushed the change, and provides a subject
+ line in the created patch files:
+ ::
+
+ $ ~/poky/scripts/create-pull-request -u meta-intel-contrib -s "Updated Manual Section Reference in README"
+
+ Running this script forms ``*.patch`` files in a folder named
+ ``pull-``\ `PID` in the current directory. One of the patch files is a
+ cover letter.
+
+ Before running the ``send-pull-request`` script, you must edit the
+ cover letter patch to insert information about your change. After
+ editing the cover letter, send the pull request. For example, the
+ following command runs the script and specifies the patch directory
+ and email address. In this example, the email address is a mailing
+ list:
+ ::
+
+ $ ~/poky/scripts/send-pull-request -p ~/meta-intel/pull-10565 -t meta-intel@yoctoproject.org
+
+ You need to follow the prompts as the script is interactive.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ For help on using these scripts, simply provide the ``-h``
+ argument as follows:
+ ::
+
+ $ poky/scripts/create-pull-request -h
+ $ poky/scripts/send-pull-request -h
+
+
+.. _submitting-a-patch:
+
+Using Email to Submit a Patch
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+You can submit patches without using the ``create-pull-request`` and
+``send-pull-request`` scripts described in the previous section.
+However, keep in mind, the preferred method is to use the scripts.
+
+Depending on the components changed, you need to submit the email to a
+specific mailing list. For some guidance on which mailing list to use,
+see the `list <#figuring-out-the-mailing-list-to-use>`__ at the
+beginning of this section. For a description of all the available
+mailing lists, see the ":ref:`Mailing Lists <resources-mailinglist>`" section in the
+Yocto Project Reference Manual.
+
+Here is the general procedure on how to submit a patch through email
+without using the scripts:
+
+1. *Make Your Changes Locally:* Make your changes in your local Git
+ repository. You should make small, controlled, isolated changes.
+ Keeping changes small and isolated aids review, makes
+ merging/rebasing easier and keeps the change history clean should
+ anyone need to refer to it in future.
+
+2. *Stage Your Changes:* Stage your changes by using the ``git add``
+ command on each file you changed.
+
+3. *Commit Your Changes:* Commit the change by using the
+ ``git commit --signoff`` command. Using the ``--signoff`` option
+ identifies you as the person making the change and also satisfies the
+ Developer's Certificate of Origin (DCO) shown earlier.
+
+ When you form a commit, you must follow certain standards established
+ by the Yocto Project development team. See :ref:`Step 3
+ <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using scripts to push a change upstream and request a pull>`
+ in the previous section for information on how to provide commit information
+ that meets Yocto Project commit message standards.
+
+4. *Format the Commit:* Format the commit into an email message. To
+ format commits, use the ``git format-patch`` command. When you
+ provide the command, you must include a revision list or a number of
+ patches as part of the command. For example, either of these two
+ commands takes your most recent single commit and formats it as an
+ email message in the current directory:
+ ::
+
+ $ git format-patch -1
+
+ or ::
+
+ $ git format-patch HEAD~
+
+ After the command is run, the current directory contains a numbered
+ ``.patch`` file for the commit.
+
+ If you provide several commits as part of the command, the
+ ``git format-patch`` command produces a series of numbered files in
+ the current directory – one for each commit. If you have more than
+ one patch, you should also use the ``--cover`` option with the
+ command, which generates a cover letter as the first "patch" in the
+ series. You can then edit the cover letter to provide a description
+ for the series of patches. For information on the
+ ``git format-patch`` command, see ``GIT_FORMAT_PATCH(1)`` displayed
+ using the ``man git-format-patch`` command.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you are or will be a frequent contributor to the Yocto Project
+ or to OpenEmbedded, you might consider requesting a contrib area
+ and the necessary associated rights.
+
+5. *Import the Files Into Your Mail Client:* Import the files into your
+ mail client by using the ``git send-email`` command.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ In order to use ``git send-email``, you must have the proper Git packages
+ installed on your host.
+ For Ubuntu, Debian, and Fedora the package is ``git-email``.
+
+ The ``git send-email`` command sends email by using a local or remote
+ Mail Transport Agent (MTA) such as ``msmtp``, ``sendmail``, or
+ through a direct ``smtp`` configuration in your Git ``~/.gitconfig``
+ file. If you are submitting patches through email only, it is very
+ important that you submit them without any whitespace or HTML
+ formatting that either you or your mailer introduces. The maintainer
+ that receives your patches needs to be able to save and apply them
+ directly from your emails. A good way to verify that what you are
+ sending will be applicable by the maintainer is to do a dry run and
+ send them to yourself and then save and apply them as the maintainer
+ would.
+
+ The ``git send-email`` command is the preferred method for sending
+ your patches using email since there is no risk of compromising
+ whitespace in the body of the message, which can occur when you use
+ your own mail client. The command also has several options that let
+ you specify recipients and perform further editing of the email
+ message. For information on how to use the ``git send-email``
+ command, see ``GIT-SEND-EMAIL(1)`` displayed using the
+ ``man git-send-email`` command.
+
+Working With Licenses
+=====================
+
+As mentioned in the ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:licensing`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, open source
+projects are open to the public and they consequently have different
+licensing structures in place. This section describes the mechanism by
+which the :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`
+tracks changes to
+licensing text and covers how to maintain open source license compliance
+during your project's lifecycle. The section also describes how to
+enable commercially licensed recipes, which by default are disabled.
+
+.. _usingpoky-configuring-LIC_FILES_CHKSUM:
+
+Tracking License Changes
+------------------------
+
+The license of an upstream project might change in the future. In order
+to prevent these changes going unnoticed, the
+:term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`
+variable tracks changes to the license text. The checksums are validated
+at the end of the configure step, and if the checksums do not match, the
+build will fail.
+
+.. _usingpoky-specifying-LIC_FILES_CHKSUM:
+
+Specifying the ``LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`` Variable
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The ``LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`` variable contains checksums of the license text
+in the source code for the recipe. Following is an example of how to
+specify ``LIC_FILES_CHKSUM``:
+::
+
+ LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=xxxx \
+ file://licfile1.txt;beginline=5;endline=29;md5=yyyy \
+ file://licfile2.txt;endline=50;md5=zzzz \
+ ..."
+
+.. note::
+
+ - When using "beginline" and "endline", realize that line numbering
+ begins with one and not zero. Also, the included lines are
+ inclusive (i.e. lines five through and including 29 in the
+ previous example for ``licfile1.txt``).
+
+ - When a license check fails, the selected license text is included
+ as part of the QA message. Using this output, you can determine
+ the exact start and finish for the needed license text.
+
+The build system uses the :term:`S`
+variable as the default directory when searching files listed in
+``LIC_FILES_CHKSUM``. The previous example employs the default
+directory.
+
+Consider this next example:
+::
+
+ LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://src/ls.c;beginline=5;endline=16;\
+ md5=bb14ed3c4cda583abc85401304b5cd4e"
+ LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://${WORKDIR}/license.html;md5=5c94767cedb5d6987c902ac850ded2c6"
+
+The first line locates a file in ``${S}/src/ls.c`` and isolates lines
+five through 16 as license text. The second line refers to a file in
+:term:`WORKDIR`.
+
+Note that ``LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`` variable is mandatory for all recipes,
+unless the ``LICENSE`` variable is set to "CLOSED".
+
+.. _usingpoky-LIC_FILES_CHKSUM-explanation-of-syntax:
+
+Explanation of Syntax
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+As mentioned in the previous section, the ``LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`` variable
+lists all the important files that contain the license text for the
+source code. It is possible to specify a checksum for an entire file, or
+a specific section of a file (specified by beginning and ending line
+numbers with the "beginline" and "endline" parameters, respectively).
+The latter is useful for source files with a license notice header,
+README documents, and so forth. If you do not use the "beginline"
+parameter, then it is assumed that the text begins on the first line of
+the file. Similarly, if you do not use the "endline" parameter, it is
+assumed that the license text ends with the last line of the file.
+
+The "md5" parameter stores the md5 checksum of the license text. If the
+license text changes in any way as compared to this parameter then a
+mismatch occurs. This mismatch triggers a build failure and notifies the
+developer. Notification allows the developer to review and address the
+license text changes. Also note that if a mismatch occurs during the
+build, the correct md5 checksum is placed in the build log and can be
+easily copied to the recipe.
+
+There is no limit to how many files you can specify using the
+``LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`` variable. Generally, however, every project
+requires a few specifications for license tracking. Many projects have a
+"COPYING" file that stores the license information for all the source
+code files. This practice allows you to just track the "COPYING" file as
+long as it is kept up to date.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - If you specify an empty or invalid "md5" parameter,
+ :term:`BitBake` returns an md5
+ mis-match error and displays the correct "md5" parameter value
+ during the build. The correct parameter is also captured in the
+ build log.
+
+ - If the whole file contains only license text, you do not need to
+ use the "beginline" and "endline" parameters.
+
+Enabling Commercially Licensed Recipes
+--------------------------------------
+
+By default, the OpenEmbedded build system disables components that have
+commercial or other special licensing requirements. Such requirements
+are defined on a recipe-by-recipe basis through the
+:term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` variable
+definition in the affected recipe. For instance, the
+``poky/meta/recipes-multimedia/gstreamer/gst-plugins-ugly`` recipe
+contains the following statement:
+::
+
+ LICENSE_FLAGS = "commercial"
+
+Here is a
+slightly more complicated example that contains both an explicit recipe
+name and version (after variable expansion):
+::
+
+ LICENSE_FLAGS = "license_${PN}_${PV}"
+
+In order for a component restricted by a
+``LICENSE_FLAGS`` definition to be enabled and included in an image, it
+needs to have a matching entry in the global
+:term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST`
+variable, which is a variable typically defined in your ``local.conf``
+file. For example, to enable the
+``poky/meta/recipes-multimedia/gstreamer/gst-plugins-ugly`` package, you
+could add either the string "commercial_gst-plugins-ugly" or the more
+general string "commercial" to ``LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST``. See the
+"`License Flag Matching <#license-flag-matching>`__" section for a full
+explanation of how ``LICENSE_FLAGS`` matching works. Here is the
+example:
+::
+
+ LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST = "commercial_gst-plugins-ugly"
+
+Likewise, to additionally enable the package built from the recipe
+containing ``LICENSE_FLAGS = "license_${PN}_${PV}"``, and assuming that
+the actual recipe name was ``emgd_1.10.bb``, the following string would
+enable that package as well as the original ``gst-plugins-ugly``
+package:
+::
+
+ LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST = "commercial_gst-plugins-ugly license_emgd_1.10"
+
+As a convenience, you do not need to specify the
+complete license string in the whitelist for every package. You can use
+an abbreviated form, which consists of just the first portion or
+portions of the license string before the initial underscore character
+or characters. A partial string will match any license that contains the
+given string as the first portion of its license. For example, the
+following whitelist string will also match both of the packages
+previously mentioned as well as any other packages that have licenses
+starting with "commercial" or "license".
+::
+
+ LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST = "commercial license"
+
+License Flag Matching
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+License flag matching allows you to control what recipes the
+OpenEmbedded build system includes in the build. Fundamentally, the
+build system attempts to match ``LICENSE_FLAGS`` strings found in
+recipes against ``LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST`` strings found in the
+whitelist. A match causes the build system to include a recipe in the
+build, while failure to find a match causes the build system to exclude
+a recipe.
+
+In general, license flag matching is simple. However, understanding some
+concepts will help you correctly and effectively use matching.
+
+Before a flag defined by a particular recipe is tested against the
+contents of the whitelist, the expanded string ``_${PN}`` is appended to
+the flag. This expansion makes each ``LICENSE_FLAGS`` value
+recipe-specific. After expansion, the string is then matched against the
+whitelist. Thus, specifying ``LICENSE_FLAGS = "commercial"`` in recipe
+"foo", for example, results in the string ``"commercial_foo"``. And, to
+create a match, that string must appear in the whitelist.
+
+Judicious use of the ``LICENSE_FLAGS`` strings and the contents of the
+``LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST`` variable allows you a lot of flexibility for
+including or excluding recipes based on licensing. For example, you can
+broaden the matching capabilities by using license flags string subsets
+in the whitelist.
+
+.. note::
+
+ When using a string subset, be sure to use the part of the expanded
+ string that precedes the appended underscore character (e.g.
+ ``usethispart_1.3``, ``usethispart_1.4``, and so forth).
+
+For example, simply specifying the string "commercial" in the whitelist
+matches any expanded ``LICENSE_FLAGS`` definition that starts with the
+string "commercial" such as "commercial_foo" and "commercial_bar", which
+are the strings the build system automatically generates for
+hypothetical recipes named "foo" and "bar" assuming those recipes simply
+specify the following:
+::
+
+ LICENSE_FLAGS = "commercial"
+
+Thus, you can choose
+to exhaustively enumerate each license flag in the whitelist and allow
+only specific recipes into the image, or you can use a string subset
+that causes a broader range of matches to allow a range of recipes into
+the image.
+
+This scheme works even if the ``LICENSE_FLAGS`` string already has
+``_${PN}`` appended. For example, the build system turns the license
+flag "commercial_1.2_foo" into "commercial_1.2_foo_foo" and would match
+both the general "commercial" and the specific "commercial_1.2_foo"
+strings found in the whitelist, as expected.
+
+Here are some other scenarios:
+
+- You can specify a versioned string in the recipe such as
+ "commercial_foo_1.2" in a "foo" recipe. The build system expands this
+ string to "commercial_foo_1.2_foo". Combine this license flag with a
+ whitelist that has the string "commercial" and you match the flag
+ along with any other flag that starts with the string "commercial".
+
+- Under the same circumstances, you can use "commercial_foo" in the
+ whitelist and the build system not only matches "commercial_foo_1.2"
+ but also matches any license flag with the string "commercial_foo",
+ regardless of the version.
+
+- You can be very specific and use both the package and version parts
+ in the whitelist (e.g. "commercial_foo_1.2") to specifically match a
+ versioned recipe.
+
+Other Variables Related to Commercial Licenses
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Other helpful variables related to commercial license handling exist and
+are defined in the
+``poky/meta/conf/distro/include/default-distrovars.inc`` file:
+::
+
+ COMMERCIAL_AUDIO_PLUGINS ?= ""
+ COMMERCIAL_VIDEO_PLUGINS ?= ""
+
+If you
+want to enable these components, you can do so by making sure you have
+statements similar to the following in your ``local.conf`` configuration
+file:
+::
+
+ COMMERCIAL_AUDIO_PLUGINS = "gst-plugins-ugly-mad \
+ gst-plugins-ugly-mpegaudioparse"
+ COMMERCIAL_VIDEO_PLUGINS = "gst-plugins-ugly-mpeg2dec \
+ gst-plugins-ugly-mpegstream gst-plugins-bad-mpegvideoparse"
+ LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST = "commercial_gst-plugins-ugly commercial_gst-plugins-bad commercial_qmmp"
+
+
+Of course, you could also create a matching whitelist for those
+components using the more general "commercial" in the whitelist, but
+that would also enable all the other packages with ``LICENSE_FLAGS``
+containing "commercial", which you may or may not want:
+::
+
+ LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST = "commercial"
+
+Specifying audio and video plugins as part of the
+``COMMERCIAL_AUDIO_PLUGINS`` and ``COMMERCIAL_VIDEO_PLUGINS`` statements
+(along with the enabling ``LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST``) includes the
+plugins or components into built images, thus adding support for media
+formats or components.
+
+Maintaining Open Source License Compliance During Your Product's Lifecycle
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+One of the concerns for a development organization using open source
+software is how to maintain compliance with various open source
+licensing during the lifecycle of the product. While this section does
+not provide legal advice or comprehensively cover all scenarios, it does
+present methods that you can use to assist you in meeting the compliance
+requirements during a software release.
+
+With hundreds of different open source licenses that the Yocto Project
+tracks, it is difficult to know the requirements of each and every
+license. However, the requirements of the major FLOSS licenses can begin
+to be covered by assuming that three main areas of concern exist:
+
+- Source code must be provided.
+
+- License text for the software must be provided.
+
+- Compilation scripts and modifications to the source code must be
+ provided.
+
+There are other requirements beyond the scope of these three and the
+methods described in this section (e.g. the mechanism through which
+source code is distributed).
+
+As different organizations have different methods of complying with open
+source licensing, this section is not meant to imply that there is only
+one single way to meet your compliance obligations, but rather to
+describe one method of achieving compliance. The remainder of this
+section describes methods supported to meet the previously mentioned
+three requirements. Once you take steps to meet these requirements, and
+prior to releasing images, sources, and the build system, you should
+audit all artifacts to ensure completeness.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The Yocto Project generates a license manifest during image creation
+ that is located in ``${DEPLOY_DIR}/licenses/``\ `image_name`\ ``-``\ `datestamp`
+ to assist with any audits.
+
+Providing the Source Code
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Compliance activities should begin before you generate the final image.
+The first thing you should look at is the requirement that tops the list
+for most compliance groups - providing the source. The Yocto Project has
+a few ways of meeting this requirement.
+
+One of the easiest ways to meet this requirement is to provide the
+entire :term:`DL_DIR` used by the
+build. This method, however, has a few issues. The most obvious is the
+size of the directory since it includes all sources used in the build
+and not just the source used in the released image. It will include
+toolchain source, and other artifacts, which you would not generally
+release. However, the more serious issue for most companies is
+accidental release of proprietary software. The Yocto Project provides
+an :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class to
+help avoid some of these concerns.
+
+Before you employ ``DL_DIR`` or the ``archiver`` class, you need to
+decide how you choose to provide source. The source ``archiver`` class
+can generate tarballs and SRPMs and can create them with various levels
+of compliance in mind.
+
+One way of doing this (but certainly not the only way) is to release
+just the source as a tarball. You can do this by adding the following to
+the ``local.conf`` file found in the
+:term:`Build Directory`:
+::
+
+ INHERIT += "archiver"
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "original"
+
+During the creation of your
+image, the source from all recipes that deploy packages to the image is
+placed within subdirectories of ``DEPLOY_DIR/sources`` based on the
+:term:`LICENSE` for each recipe.
+Releasing the entire directory enables you to comply with requirements
+concerning providing the unmodified source. It is important to note that
+the size of the directory can get large.
+
+A way to help mitigate the size issue is to only release tarballs for
+licenses that require the release of source. Let us assume you are only
+concerned with GPL code as identified by running the following script:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ # Script to archive a subset of packages matching specific license(s)
+ # Source and license files are copied into sub folders of package folder
+ # Must be run from build folder
+ #!/bin/bash
+ src_release_dir="source-release"
+ mkdir -p $src_release_dir
+ for a in tmp/deploy/sources/*; do
+ for d in $a/*; do
+ # Get package name from path
+ p=`basename $d`
+ p=${p%-*}
+ p=${p%-*}
+ # Only archive GPL packages (update *GPL* regex for your license check)
+ numfiles=`ls tmp/deploy/licenses/$p/*GPL* 2> /dev/null | wc -l`
+ if [ $numfiles -gt 1 ]; then
+ echo Archiving $p
+ mkdir -p $src_release_dir/$p/source
+ cp $d/* $src_release_dir/$p/source 2> /dev/null
+ mkdir -p $src_release_dir/$p/license
+ cp tmp/deploy/licenses/$p/* $src_release_dir/$p/license 2> /dev/null
+ fi
+ done
+ done
+
+At this point, you
+could create a tarball from the ``gpl_source_release`` directory and
+provide that to the end user. This method would be a step toward
+achieving compliance with section 3a of GPLv2 and with section 6 of
+GPLv3.
+
+Providing License Text
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+One requirement that is often overlooked is inclusion of license text.
+This requirement also needs to be dealt with prior to generating the
+final image. Some licenses require the license text to accompany the
+binary. You can achieve this by adding the following to your
+``local.conf`` file:
+::
+
+ COPY_LIC_MANIFEST = "1"
+ COPY_LIC_DIRS = "1"
+ LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE = "1"
+
+Adding these statements to the
+configuration file ensures that the licenses collected during package
+generation are included on your image.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Setting all three variables to "1" results in the image having two
+ copies of the same license file. One copy resides in
+ ``/usr/share/common-licenses`` and the other resides in
+ ``/usr/share/license``.
+
+ The reason for this behavior is because
+ :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` and
+ :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST`
+ add a copy of the license when the image is built but do not offer a
+ path for adding licenses for newly installed packages to an image.
+ :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE`
+ adds a separate package and an upgrade path for adding licenses to an
+ image.
+
+As the source ``archiver`` class has already archived the original
+unmodified source that contains the license files, you would have
+already met the requirements for inclusion of the license information
+with source as defined by the GPL and other open source licenses.
+
+Providing Compilation Scripts and Source Code Modifications
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+At this point, we have addressed all we need to prior to generating the
+image. The next two requirements are addressed during the final
+packaging of the release.
+
+By releasing the version of the OpenEmbedded build system and the layers
+used during the build, you will be providing both compilation scripts
+and the source code modifications in one step.
+
+If the deployment team has a :ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:bsp layer`
+and a distro layer, and those
+those layers are used to patch, compile, package, or modify (in any way)
+any open source software included in your released images, you might be
+required to release those layers under section 3 of GPLv2 or section 1
+of GPLv3. One way of doing that is with a clean checkout of the version
+of the Yocto Project and layers used during your build. Here is an
+example:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ # We built using the dunfell branch of the poky repo
+ $ git clone -b dunfell git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky
+ $ cd poky
+ # We built using the release_branch for our layers
+ $ git clone -b release_branch git://git.mycompany.com/meta-my-bsp-layer
+ $ git clone -b release_branch git://git.mycompany.com/meta-my-software-layer
+ # clean up the .git repos
+ $ find . -name ".git" -type d -exec rm -rf {} \;
+
+One
+thing a development organization might want to consider for end-user
+convenience is to modify ``meta-poky/conf/bblayers.conf.sample`` to
+ensure that when the end user utilizes the released build system to
+build an image, the development organization's layers are included in
+the ``bblayers.conf`` file automatically:
+::
+
+ # POKY_BBLAYERS_CONF_VERSION is increased each time build/conf/bblayers.conf
+ # changes incompatibly
+ POKY_BBLAYERS_CONF_VERSION = "2"
+
+ BBPATH = "${TOPDIR}"
+ BBFILES ?= ""
+
+ BBLAYERS ?= " \
+ ##OEROOT##/meta \
+ ##OEROOT##/meta-poky \
+ ##OEROOT##/meta-yocto-bsp \
+ ##OEROOT##/meta-mylayer \
+ "
+
+Creating and
+providing an archive of the :term:`Metadata`
+layers (recipes, configuration files, and so forth) enables you to meet
+your requirements to include the scripts to control compilation as well
+as any modifications to the original source.
+
+Copying Licenses that Do Not Exist
+----------------------------------
+
+Some packages, such as the linux-firmware package, have many licenses
+that are not in any way common. You can avoid adding a lot of these
+types of common license files, which are only applicable to a specific
+package, by using the
+:term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`
+variable. Using this variable also avoids QA errors when you use a
+non-common, non-CLOSED license in a recipe.
+
+The following is an example that uses the ``LICENSE.Abilis.txt`` file as
+the license from the fetched source:
+::
+
+ NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[Firmware-Abilis] = "LICENSE.Abilis.txt"
+
+Using the Error Reporting Tool
+==============================
+
+The error reporting tool allows you to submit errors encountered during
+builds to a central database. Outside of the build environment, you can
+use a web interface to browse errors, view statistics, and query for
+errors. The tool works using a client-server system where the client
+portion is integrated with the installed Yocto Project
+:term:`Source Directory` (e.g. ``poky``).
+The server receives the information collected and saves it in a
+database.
+
+A live instance of the error reporting server exists at
+https://errors.yoctoproject.org. This server exists so that when
+you want to get help with build failures, you can submit all of the
+information on the failure easily and then point to the URL in your bug
+report or send an email to the mailing list.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If you send error reports to this server, the reports become publicly
+ visible.
+
+Enabling and Using the Tool
+---------------------------
+
+By default, the error reporting tool is disabled. You can enable it by
+inheriting the
+:ref:`report-error <ref-classes-report-error>`
+class by adding the following statement to the end of your
+``local.conf`` file in your
+:term:`Build Directory`.
+::
+
+ INHERIT += "report-error"
+
+By default, the error reporting feature stores information in
+``${``\ :term:`LOG_DIR`\ ``}/error-report``.
+However, you can specify a directory to use by adding the following to
+your ``local.conf`` file:
+::
+
+ ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path"
+
+Enabling error
+reporting causes the build process to collect the errors and store them
+in a file as previously described. When the build system encounters an
+error, it includes a command as part of the console output. You can run
+the command to send the error file to the server. For example, the
+following command sends the errors to an upstream server:
+::
+
+ $ send-error-report /home/brandusa/project/poky/build/tmp/log/error-report/error_report_201403141617.txt
+
+In the previous example, the errors are sent to a public database
+available at https://errors.yoctoproject.org, which is used by the
+entire community. If you specify a particular server, you can send the
+errors to a different database. Use the following command for more
+information on available options:
+::
+
+ $ send-error-report --help
+
+When sending the error file, you are prompted to review the data being
+sent as well as to provide a name and optional email address. Once you
+satisfy these prompts, the command returns a link from the server that
+corresponds to your entry in the database. For example, here is a
+typical link: https://errors.yoctoproject.org/Errors/Details/9522/
+
+Following the link takes you to a web interface where you can browse,
+query the errors, and view statistics.
+
+Disabling the Tool
+------------------
+
+To disable the error reporting feature, simply remove or comment out the
+following statement from the end of your ``local.conf`` file in your
+:term:`Build Directory`.
+::
+
+ INHERIT += "report-error"
+
+Setting Up Your Own Error Reporting Server
+------------------------------------------
+
+If you want to set up your own error reporting server, you can obtain
+the code from the Git repository at :yocto_git:`/cgit/cgit.cgi/error-report-web/`.
+Instructions on how to set it up are in the README document.
+
+.. _dev-using-wayland-and-weston:
+
+Using Wayland and Weston
+========================
+
+`Wayland <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wayland_(display_server_protocol)>`__
+is a computer display server protocol that provides a method for
+compositing window managers to communicate directly with applications
+and video hardware and expects them to communicate with input hardware
+using other libraries. Using Wayland with supporting targets can result
+in better control over graphics frame rendering than an application
+might otherwise achieve.
+
+The Yocto Project provides the Wayland protocol libraries and the
+reference
+`Weston <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wayland_(display_server_protocol)#Weston>`__
+compositor as part of its release. You can find the integrated packages
+in the ``meta`` layer of the :term:`Source Directory`.
+Specifically, you
+can find the recipes that build both Wayland and Weston at
+``meta/recipes-graphics/wayland``.
+
+You can build both the Wayland and Weston packages for use only with
+targets that accept the `Mesa 3D and Direct Rendering
+Infrastructure <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mesa_(computer_graphics)>`__,
+which is also known as Mesa DRI. This implies that you cannot build and
+use the packages if your target uses, for example, the Intel Embedded
+Media and Graphics Driver (Intel EMGD) that overrides Mesa DRI.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Due to lack of EGL support, Weston 1.0.3 will not run directly on the
+ emulated QEMU hardware. However, this version of Weston will run
+ under X emulation without issues.
+
+This section describes what you need to do to implement Wayland and use
+the Weston compositor when building an image for a supporting target.
+
+Enabling Wayland in an Image
+----------------------------
+
+To enable Wayland, you need to enable it to be built and enable it to be
+included (installed) in the image.
+
+.. _enable-building:
+
+Building Wayland
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To cause Mesa to build the ``wayland-egl`` platform and Weston to build
+Wayland with Kernel Mode Setting
+(`KMS <https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/Kernel_Mode_Setting>`__)
+support, include the "wayland" flag in the
+:term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`
+statement in your ``local.conf`` file:
+::
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES_append = " wayland"
+
+.. note::
+
+ If X11 has been enabled elsewhere, Weston will build Wayland with X11
+ support
+
+.. _enable-installation-in-an-image:
+
+Installing Wayland and Weston
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+To install the Wayland feature into an image, you must include the
+following
+:term:`CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL`
+statement in your ``local.conf`` file:
+::
+
+ CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL += "wayland weston"
+
+Running Weston
+--------------
+
+To run Weston inside X11, enabling it as described earlier and building
+a Sato image is sufficient. If you are running your image under Sato, a
+Weston Launcher appears in the "Utility" category.
+
+Alternatively, you can run Weston through the command-line interpretor
+(CLI), which is better suited for development work. To run Weston under
+the CLI, you need to do the following after your image is built:
+
+1. Run these commands to export ``XDG_RUNTIME_DIR``:
+ ::
+
+ mkdir -p /tmp/$USER-weston
+ chmod 0700 /tmp/$USER-weston
+ export XDG_RUNTIME_DIR=/tmp/$USER-weston
+
+2. Launch Weston in the shell:
+ ::
+
+ weston
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-intro.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-intro.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..05136f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-intro.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+******************************************
+The Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual
+******************************************
+
+.. _dev-welcome:
+
+Welcome
+=======
+
+Welcome to the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual! This manual
+provides relevant procedures necessary for developing in the Yocto
+Project environment (i.e. developing embedded Linux images and
+user-space applications that run on targeted devices). The manual groups
+related procedures into higher-level sections. Procedures can consist of
+high-level steps or low-level steps depending on the topic.
+
+This manual provides the following:
+
+- Procedures that help you get going with the Yocto Project. For
+ example, procedures that show you how to set up a build host and work
+ with the Yocto Project source repositories.
+
+- Procedures that show you how to submit changes to the Yocto Project.
+ Changes can be improvements, new features, or bug fixes.
+
+- Procedures related to "everyday" tasks you perform while developing
+ images and applications using the Yocto Project. For example,
+ procedures to create a layer, customize an image, write a new recipe,
+ and so forth.
+
+This manual does not provide the following:
+
+- Redundant Step-by-step Instructions: For example, the
+ :doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-manual` manual contains detailed
+ instructions on how to install an SDK, which is used to develop
+ applications for target hardware.
+
+- Reference or Conceptual Material: This type of material resides in an
+ appropriate reference manual. For example, system variables are
+ documented in the :doc:`../ref-manual/ref-manual`.
+
+- Detailed Public Information Not Specific to the Yocto Project: For
+ example, exhaustive information on how to use the Source Control
+ Manager Git is better covered with Internet searches and official Git
+ Documentation than through the Yocto Project documentation.
+
+Other Information
+=================
+
+Because this manual presents information for many different topics,
+supplemental information is recommended for full comprehension. For
+introductory information on the Yocto Project, see the
+:yocto_home:`Yocto Project Website <>`. If you want to build an image with no
+knowledge of Yocto Project as a way of quickly testing it out, see the
+:doc:`../brief-yoctoprojectqs/brief-yoctoprojectqs` document.
+
+For a comprehensive list of links and other documentation, see the
+":ref:`ref-manual/resources:links and related documentation`"
+section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-qemu.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-qemu.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c91e8b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-qemu.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,477 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+*******************************
+Using the Quick EMUlator (QEMU)
+*******************************
+
+The Yocto Project uses an implementation of the Quick EMUlator (QEMU)
+Open Source project as part of the Yocto Project development "tool set".
+This chapter provides both procedures that show you how to use the Quick
+EMUlator (QEMU) and other QEMU information helpful for development
+purposes.
+
+.. _qemu-dev-overview:
+
+Overview
+========
+
+Within the context of the Yocto Project, QEMU is an emulator and
+virtualization machine that allows you to run a complete image you have
+built using the Yocto Project as just another task on your build system.
+QEMU is useful for running and testing images and applications on
+supported Yocto Project architectures without having actual hardware.
+Among other things, the Yocto Project uses QEMU to run automated Quality
+Assurance (QA) tests on final images shipped with each release.
+
+.. note::
+
+ This implementation is not the same as QEMU in general.
+
+This section provides a brief reference for the Yocto Project
+implementation of QEMU.
+
+For official information and documentation on QEMU in general, see the
+following references:
+
+- `QEMU Website <https://wiki.qemu.org/Main_Page>`__\ *:* The official
+ website for the QEMU Open Source project.
+
+- `Documentation <https://wiki.qemu.org/Manual>`__\ *:* The QEMU user
+ manual.
+
+.. _qemu-running-qemu:
+
+Running QEMU
+============
+
+To use QEMU, you need to have QEMU installed and initialized as well as
+have the proper artifacts (i.e. image files and root filesystems)
+available. Follow these general steps to run QEMU:
+
+1. *Install QEMU:* QEMU is made available with the Yocto Project a
+ number of ways. One method is to install a Software Development Kit
+ (SDK). See ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-intro:the qemu emulator`" section in the
+ Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible Software
+ Development Kit (eSDK) manual for information on how to install QEMU.
+
+2. *Setting Up the Environment:* How you set up the QEMU environment
+ depends on how you installed QEMU:
+
+ - If you cloned the ``poky`` repository or you downloaded and
+ unpacked a Yocto Project release tarball, you can source the build
+ environment script (i.e. :ref:`structure-core-script`):
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky
+ $ source oe-init-build-env
+
+ - If you installed a cross-toolchain, you can run the script that
+ initializes the toolchain. For example, the following commands run
+ the initialization script from the default ``poky_sdk`` directory:
+ ::
+
+ . ~/poky_sdk/environment-setup-core2-64-poky-linux
+
+3. *Ensure the Artifacts are in Place:* You need to be sure you have a
+ pre-built kernel that will boot in QEMU. You also need the target
+ root filesystem for your target machine's architecture:
+
+ - If you have previously built an image for QEMU (e.g. ``qemux86``,
+ ``qemuarm``, and so forth), then the artifacts are in place in
+ your :term:`Build Directory`.
+
+ - If you have not built an image, you can go to the
+ :yocto_dl:`machines/qemu </releases/yocto/yocto-3.1.2/machines/qemu/>` area and download a
+ pre-built image that matches your architecture and can be run on
+ QEMU.
+
+ See the ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-obtain:extracting the root filesystem`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
+ Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for information on
+ how to extract a root filesystem.
+
+4. *Run QEMU:* The basic ``runqemu`` command syntax is as follows:
+ ::
+
+ $ runqemu [option ] [...]
+
+ Based on what you provide on the command
+ line, ``runqemu`` does a good job of figuring out what you are trying
+ to do. For example, by default, QEMU looks for the most recently
+ built image according to the timestamp when it needs to look for an
+ image. Minimally, through the use of options, you must provide either
+ a machine name, a virtual machine image (``*wic.vmdk``), or a kernel
+ image (``*.bin``).
+
+ Here are some additional examples to help illustrate further QEMU:
+
+ - This example starts QEMU with MACHINE set to "qemux86-64".
+ Assuming a standard
+ :term:`Build Directory`, ``runqemu``
+ automatically finds the ``bzImage-qemux86-64.bin`` image file and
+ the ``core-image-minimal-qemux86-64-20200218002850.rootfs.ext4``
+ (assuming the current build created a ``core-image-minimal``
+ image).
+
+ .. note::
+
+ When more than one image with the same name exists, QEMU finds
+ and uses the most recently built image according to the
+ timestamp.
+
+ ::
+
+ $ runqemu qemux86-64
+
+ - This example produces the exact same results as the previous
+ example. This command, however, specifically provides the image
+ and root filesystem type.
+ ::
+
+ $ runqemu qemux86-64 core-image-minimal ext4
+
+ - This example specifies to boot an initial RAM disk image and to
+ enable audio in QEMU. For this case, ``runqemu`` set the internal
+ variable ``FSTYPE`` to "cpio.gz". Also, for audio to be enabled,
+ an appropriate driver must be installed (see the previous
+ description for the ``audio`` option for more information).
+ ::
+
+ $ runqemu qemux86-64 ramfs audio
+
+ - This example does not provide enough information for QEMU to
+ launch. While the command does provide a root filesystem type, it
+ must also minimally provide a `MACHINE`, `KERNEL`, or `VM` option.
+ ::
+
+ $ runqemu ext4
+
+ - This example specifies to boot a virtual machine image
+ (``.wic.vmdk`` file). From the ``.wic.vmdk``, ``runqemu``
+ determines the QEMU architecture (`MACHINE`) to be "qemux86-64" and
+ the root filesystem type to be "vmdk".
+ ::
+
+ $ runqemu /home/scott-lenovo/vm/core-image-minimal-qemux86-64.wic.vmdk
+
+Switching Between Consoles
+==========================
+
+When booting or running QEMU, you can switch between supported consoles
+by using Ctrl+Alt+number. For example, Ctrl+Alt+3 switches you to the
+serial console as long as that console is enabled. Being able to switch
+consoles is helpful, for example, if the main QEMU console breaks for
+some reason.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Usually, "2" gets you to the main console and "3" gets you to the
+ serial console.
+
+Removing the Splash Screen
+==========================
+
+You can remove the splash screen when QEMU is booting by using Alt+left.
+Removing the splash screen allows you to see what is happening in the
+background.
+
+Disabling the Cursor Grab
+=========================
+
+The default QEMU integration captures the cursor within the main window.
+It does this since standard mouse devices only provide relative input
+and not absolute coordinates. You then have to break out of the grab
+using the "Ctrl+Alt" key combination. However, the Yocto Project's
+integration of QEMU enables the wacom USB touch pad driver by default to
+allow input of absolute coordinates. This default means that the mouse
+can enter and leave the main window without the grab taking effect
+leading to a better user experience.
+
+.. _qemu-running-under-a-network-file-system-nfs-server:
+
+Running Under a Network File System (NFS) Server
+================================================
+
+One method for running QEMU is to run it on an NFS server. This is
+useful when you need to access the same file system from both the build
+and the emulated system at the same time. It is also worth noting that
+the system does not need root privileges to run. It uses a user space
+NFS server to avoid that. Follow these steps to set up for running QEMU
+using an NFS server.
+
+1. *Extract a Root Filesystem:* Once you are able to run QEMU in your
+ environment, you can use the ``runqemu-extract-sdk`` script, which is
+ located in the ``scripts`` directory along with the ``runqemu``
+ script.
+
+ The ``runqemu-extract-sdk`` takes a root filesystem tarball and
+ extracts it into a location that you specify. Here is an example that
+ takes a file system and extracts it to a directory named
+ ``test-nfs``:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ runqemu-extract-sdk ./tmp/deploy/images/qemux86-64/core-image-sato-qemux86-64.tar.bz2 test-nfs
+
+2. *Start QEMU:* Once you have extracted the file system, you can run
+ ``runqemu`` normally with the additional location of the file system.
+ You can then also make changes to the files within ``./test-nfs`` and
+ see those changes appear in the image in real time. Here is an
+ example using the ``qemux86`` image:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ runqemu qemux86-64 ./test-nfs
+
+.. note::
+
+ Should you need to start, stop, or restart the NFS share, you can use
+ the following commands:
+
+ - The following command starts the NFS share:
+ ::
+
+ runqemu-export-rootfs start file-system-location
+
+ - The following command stops the NFS share:
+ ::
+
+ runqemu-export-rootfs stop file-system-location
+
+ - The following command restarts the NFS share:
+ ::
+
+ runqemu-export-rootfs restart file-system-location
+
+.. _qemu-kvm-cpu-compatibility:
+
+QEMU CPU Compatibility Under KVM
+================================
+
+By default, the QEMU build compiles for and targets 64-bit and x86 Intel
+Core2 Duo processors and 32-bit x86 Intel Pentium II processors. QEMU
+builds for and targets these CPU types because they display a broad
+range of CPU feature compatibility with many commonly used CPUs.
+
+Despite this broad range of compatibility, the CPUs could support a
+feature that your host CPU does not support. Although this situation is
+not a problem when QEMU uses software emulation of the feature, it can
+be a problem when QEMU is running with KVM enabled. Specifically,
+software compiled with a certain CPU feature crashes when run on a CPU
+under KVM that does not support that feature. To work around this
+problem, you can override QEMU's runtime CPU setting by changing the
+``QB_CPU_KVM`` variable in ``qemuboot.conf`` in the
+:term:`Build Directory` ``deploy/image``
+directory. This setting specifies a ``-cpu`` option passed into QEMU in
+the ``runqemu`` script. Running ``qemu -cpu help`` returns a list of
+available supported CPU types.
+
+.. _qemu-dev-performance:
+
+QEMU Performance
+================
+
+Using QEMU to emulate your hardware can result in speed issues depending
+on the target and host architecture mix. For example, using the
+``qemux86`` image in the emulator on an Intel-based 32-bit (x86) host
+machine is fast because the target and host architectures match. On the
+other hand, using the ``qemuarm`` image on the same Intel-based host can
+be slower. But, you still achieve faithful emulation of ARM-specific
+issues.
+
+To speed things up, the QEMU images support using ``distcc`` to call a
+cross-compiler outside the emulated system. If you used ``runqemu`` to
+start QEMU, and the ``distccd`` application is present on the host
+system, any BitBake cross-compiling toolchain available from the build
+system is automatically used from within QEMU simply by calling
+``distcc``. You can accomplish this by defining the cross-compiler
+variable (e.g. ``export CC="distcc"``). Alternatively, if you are using
+a suitable SDK image or the appropriate stand-alone toolchain is
+present, the toolchain is also automatically used.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Several mechanisms exist that let you connect to the system running
+ on the QEMU emulator:
+
+ - QEMU provides a framebuffer interface that makes standard consoles
+ available.
+
+ - Generally, headless embedded devices have a serial port. If so,
+ you can configure the operating system of the running image to use
+ that port to run a console. The connection uses standard IP
+ networking.
+
+ - SSH servers exist in some QEMU images. The ``core-image-sato``
+ QEMU image has a Dropbear secure shell (SSH) server that runs with
+ the root password disabled. The ``core-image-full-cmdline`` and
+ ``core-image-lsb`` QEMU images have OpenSSH instead of Dropbear.
+ Including these SSH servers allow you to use standard ``ssh`` and
+ ``scp`` commands. The ``core-image-minimal`` QEMU image, however,
+ contains no SSH server.
+
+ - You can use a provided, user-space NFS server to boot the QEMU
+ session using a local copy of the root filesystem on the host. In
+ order to make this connection, you must extract a root filesystem
+ tarball by using the ``runqemu-extract-sdk`` command. After
+ running the command, you must then point the ``runqemu`` script to
+ the extracted directory instead of a root filesystem image file.
+ See the "`Running Under a Network File System (NFS)
+ Server <#qemu-running-under-a-network-file-system-nfs-server>`__"
+ section for more information.
+
+.. _qemu-dev-command-line-syntax:
+
+QEMU Command-Line Syntax
+========================
+
+The basic ``runqemu`` command syntax is as follows:
+::
+
+ $ runqemu [option ] [...]
+
+Based on what you provide on the command line, ``runqemu`` does a
+good job of figuring out what you are trying to do. For example, by
+default, QEMU looks for the most recently built image according to the
+timestamp when it needs to look for an image. Minimally, through the use
+of options, you must provide either a machine name, a virtual machine
+image (``*wic.vmdk``), or a kernel image (``*.bin``).
+
+Following is the command-line help output for the ``runqemu`` command:
+::
+
+ $ runqemu --help
+
+ Usage: you can run this script with any valid combination
+ of the following environment variables (in any order):
+ KERNEL - the kernel image file to use
+ ROOTFS - the rootfs image file or nfsroot directory to use
+ MACHINE - the machine name (optional, autodetected from KERNEL filename if unspecified)
+ Simplified QEMU command-line options can be passed with:
+ nographic - disable video console
+ serial - enable a serial console on /dev/ttyS0
+ slirp - enable user networking, no root privileges is required
+ kvm - enable KVM when running x86/x86_64 (VT-capable CPU required)
+ kvm-vhost - enable KVM with vhost when running x86/x86_64 (VT-capable CPU required)
+ publicvnc - enable a VNC server open to all hosts
+ audio - enable audio
+ [*/]ovmf* - OVMF firmware file or base name for booting with UEFI
+ tcpserial=<port> - specify tcp serial port number
+ biosdir=<dir> - specify custom bios dir
+ biosfilename=<filename> - specify bios filename
+ qemuparams=<xyz> - specify custom parameters to QEMU
+ bootparams=<xyz> - specify custom kernel parameters during boot
+ help, -h, --help: print this text
+
+ Examples:
+ runqemu
+ runqemu qemuarm
+ runqemu tmp/deploy/images/qemuarm
+ runqemu tmp/deploy/images/qemux86/<qemuboot.conf>
+ runqemu qemux86-64 core-image-sato ext4
+ runqemu qemux86-64 wic-image-minimal wic
+ runqemu path/to/bzImage-qemux86.bin path/to/nfsrootdir/ serial
+ runqemu qemux86 iso/hddimg/wic.vmdk/wic.qcow2/wic.vdi/ramfs/cpio.gz...
+ runqemu qemux86 qemuparams="-m 256"
+ runqemu qemux86 bootparams="psplash=false"
+ runqemu path/to/<image>-<machine>.wic
+ runqemu path/to/<image>-<machine>.wic.vmdk
+
+.. _qemu-dev-runqemu-command-line-options:
+
+``runqemu`` Command-Line Options
+================================
+
+Following is a description of ``runqemu`` options you can provide on the
+command line:
+
+.. note::
+
+ If you do provide some "illegal" option combination or perhaps you do
+ not provide enough in the way of options, ``runqemu``
+ provides appropriate error messaging to help you correct the problem.
+
+- `QEMUARCH`: The QEMU machine architecture, which must be "qemuarm",
+ "qemuarm64", "qemumips", "qemumips64", "qemuppc", "qemux86", or
+ "qemux86-64".
+
+- `VM`: The virtual machine image, which must be a ``.wic.vmdk``
+ file. Use this option when you want to boot a ``.wic.vmdk`` image.
+ The image filename you provide must contain one of the following
+ strings: "qemux86-64", "qemux86", "qemuarm", "qemumips64",
+ "qemumips", "qemuppc", or "qemush4".
+
+- `ROOTFS`: A root filesystem that has one of the following filetype
+ extensions: "ext2", "ext3", "ext4", "jffs2", "nfs", or "btrfs". If
+ the filename you provide for this option uses "nfs", it must provide
+ an explicit root filesystem path.
+
+- `KERNEL`: A kernel image, which is a ``.bin`` file. When you provide a
+ ``.bin`` file, ``runqemu`` detects it and assumes the file is a
+ kernel image.
+
+- `MACHINE`: The architecture of the QEMU machine, which must be one of
+ the following: "qemux86", "qemux86-64", "qemuarm", "qemuarm64",
+ "qemumips", "qemumips64", or "qemuppc". The MACHINE and QEMUARCH
+ options are basically identical. If you do not provide a MACHINE
+ option, ``runqemu`` tries to determine it based on other options.
+
+- ``ramfs``: Indicates you are booting an initial RAM disk (initramfs)
+ image, which means the ``FSTYPE`` is ``cpio.gz``.
+
+- ``iso``: Indicates you are booting an ISO image, which means the
+ ``FSTYPE`` is ``.iso``.
+
+- ``nographic``: Disables the video console, which sets the console to
+ "ttys0". This option is useful when you have logged into a server and
+ you do not want to disable forwarding from the X Window System (X11)
+ to your workstation or laptop.
+
+- ``serial``: Enables a serial console on ``/dev/ttyS0``.
+
+- ``biosdir``: Establishes a custom directory for BIOS, VGA BIOS and
+ keymaps.
+
+- ``biosfilename``: Establishes a custom BIOS name.
+
+- ``qemuparams=\"xyz\"``: Specifies custom QEMU parameters. Use this
+ option to pass options other than the simple "kvm" and "serial"
+ options.
+
+- ``bootparams=\"xyz\"``: Specifies custom boot parameters for the
+ kernel.
+
+- ``audio``: Enables audio in QEMU. The MACHINE option must be either
+ "qemux86" or "qemux86-64" in order for audio to be enabled.
+ Additionally, the ``snd_intel8x0`` or ``snd_ens1370`` driver must be
+ installed in linux guest.
+
+- ``slirp``: Enables "slirp" networking, which is a different way of
+ networking that does not need root access but also is not as easy to
+ use or comprehensive as the default.
+
+- ``kvm``: Enables KVM when running "qemux86" or "qemux86-64" QEMU
+ architectures. For KVM to work, all the following conditions must be
+ met:
+
+ - Your MACHINE must be either qemux86" or "qemux86-64".
+
+ - Your build host has to have the KVM modules installed, which are
+ ``/dev/kvm``.
+
+ - The build host ``/dev/kvm`` directory has to be both writable and
+ readable.
+
+- ``kvm-vhost``: Enables KVM with VHOST support when running "qemux86"
+ or "qemux86-64" QEMU architectures. For KVM with VHOST to work, the
+ following conditions must be met:
+
+ - `kvm <#kvm-cond>`__ option conditions must be met.
+
+ - Your build host has to have virtio net device, which are
+ ``/dev/vhost-net``.
+
+ - The build host ``/dev/vhost-net`` directory has to be either
+ readable or writable and "slirp-enabled".
+
+- ``publicvnc``: Enables a VNC server open to all hosts.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-start.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-start.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a85b86f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual-start.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,925 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+***********************************
+Setting Up to Use the Yocto Project
+***********************************
+
+This chapter provides guidance on how to prepare to use the Yocto
+Project. You can learn about creating a team environment to develop
+using the Yocto Project, how to set up a :ref:`build
+host <dev-manual/dev-manual-start:preparing the build host>`, how to locate
+Yocto Project source repositories, and how to create local Git
+repositories.
+
+.. _usingpoky-changes-collaborate:
+
+Creating a Team Development Environment
+=======================================
+
+It might not be immediately clear how you can use the Yocto Project in a
+team development environment, or how to scale it for a large team of
+developers. You can adapt the Yocto Project to many different use cases
+and scenarios; however, this flexibility could cause difficulties if you
+are trying to create a working setup that scales effectively.
+
+To help you understand how to set up this type of environment, this
+section presents a procedure that gives you information that can help
+you get the results you want. The procedure is high-level and presents
+some of the project's most successful experiences, practices, solutions,
+and available technologies that have proved to work well in the past;
+however, keep in mind, the procedure here is simply a starting point.
+You can build off these steps and customize the procedure to fit any
+particular working environment and set of practices.
+
+1. *Determine Who is Going to be Developing:* You first need to
+ understand who is going to be doing anything related to the Yocto
+ Project and determine their roles. Making this determination is
+ essential to completing subsequent steps, which are to get your
+ equipment together and set up your development environment's
+ hardware topology.
+
+ The following roles exist:
+
+ - *Application Developer:* This type of developer does application
+ level work on top of an existing software stack.
+
+ - *Core System Developer:* This type of developer works on the
+ contents of the operating system image itself.
+
+ - *Build Engineer:* This type of developer manages Autobuilders and
+ releases. Depending on the specifics of the environment, not all
+ situations might need a Build Engineer.
+
+ - *Test Engineer:* This type of developer creates and manages
+ automated tests that are used to ensure all application and core
+ system development meets desired quality standards.
+
+2. *Gather the Hardware:* Based on the size and make-up of the team,
+ get the hardware together. Ideally, any development, build, or test
+ engineer uses a system that runs a supported Linux distribution.
+ These systems, in general, should be high performance (e.g. dual,
+ six-core Xeons with 24 Gbytes of RAM and plenty of disk space). You
+ can help ensure efficiency by having any machines used for testing
+ or that run Autobuilders be as high performance as possible.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Given sufficient processing power, you might also consider
+ building Yocto Project development containers to be run under
+ Docker, which is described later.
+
+3. *Understand the Hardware Topology of the Environment:* Once you
+ understand the hardware involved and the make-up of the team, you
+ can understand the hardware topology of the development environment.
+ You can get a visual idea of the machines and their roles across the
+ development environment.
+
+4. *Use Git as Your Source Control Manager (SCM):* Keeping your
+ :term:`Metadata` (i.e. recipes,
+ configuration files, classes, and so forth) and any software you are
+ developing under the control of an SCM system that is compatible
+ with the OpenEmbedded build system is advisable. Of all of the SCMs
+ supported by BitBake, the Yocto Project team strongly recommends using
+ :ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:git`.
+ Git is a distributed system
+ that is easy to back up, allows you to work remotely, and then
+ connects back to the infrastructure.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ For information about BitBake, see the
+ :doc:`bitbake:index`.
+
+ It is relatively easy to set up Git services and create
+ infrastructure like :yocto_git:`/`, which is based on
+ server software called ``gitolite`` with ``cgit`` being used to
+ generate the web interface that lets you view the repositories. The
+ ``gitolite`` software identifies users using SSH keys and allows
+ branch-based access controls to repositories that you can control as
+ little or as much as necessary.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The setup of these services is beyond the scope of this manual.
+ However, sites such as the following exist that describe how to
+ perform setup:
+
+ - `Gitolite <https://gitolite.com>`__: Information for
+ ``gitolite``.
+
+ - `Interfaces, frontends, and
+ tools <https://git.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Interfaces,_frontends,_and_tools>`__:
+ Documentation on how to create interfaces and frontends for
+ Git.
+
+5. *Set up the Application Development Machines:* As mentioned earlier,
+ application developers are creating applications on top of existing
+ software stacks. Following are some best practices for setting up
+ machines used for application development:
+
+ - Use a pre-built toolchain that contains the software stack
+ itself. Then, develop the application code on top of the stack.
+ This method works well for small numbers of relatively isolated
+ applications.
+
+ - Keep your cross-development toolchains updated. You can do this
+ through provisioning either as new toolchain downloads or as
+ updates through a package update mechanism using ``opkg`` to
+ provide updates to an existing toolchain. The exact mechanics of
+ how and when to do this depend on local policy.
+
+ - Use multiple toolchains installed locally into different
+ locations to allow development across versions.
+
+6. *Set up the Core Development Machines:* As mentioned earlier, core
+ developers work on the contents of the operating system itself.
+ Following are some best practices for setting up machines used for
+ developing images:
+
+ - Have the :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System` available on
+ the developer workstations so developers can run their own builds
+ and directly rebuild the software stack.
+
+ - Keep the core system unchanged as much as possible and do your
+ work in layers on top of the core system. Doing so gives you a
+ greater level of portability when upgrading to new versions of
+ the core system or Board Support Packages (BSPs).
+
+ - Share layers amongst the developers of a particular project and
+ contain the policy configuration that defines the project.
+
+7. *Set up an Autobuilder:* Autobuilders are often the core of the
+ development environment. It is here that changes from individual
+ developers are brought together and centrally tested. Based on this
+ automated build and test environment, subsequent decisions about
+ releases can be made. Autobuilders also allow for "continuous
+ integration" style testing of software components and regression
+ identification and tracking.
+
+ See ":yocto_ab:`Yocto Project Autobuilder <>`" for more
+ information and links to buildbot. The Yocto Project team has found
+ this implementation works well in this role. A public example of
+ this is the Yocto Project Autobuilders, which the Yocto Project team
+ uses to test the overall health of the project.
+
+ The features of this system are:
+
+ - Highlights when commits break the build.
+
+ - Populates an :ref:`sstate
+ cache <overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:shared state cache>` from which
+ developers can pull rather than requiring local builds.
+
+ - Allows commit hook triggers, which trigger builds when commits
+ are made.
+
+ - Allows triggering of automated image booting and testing under
+ the QuickEMUlator (QEMU).
+
+ - Supports incremental build testing and from-scratch builds.
+
+ - Shares output that allows developer testing and historical
+ regression investigation.
+
+ - Creates output that can be used for releases.
+
+ - Allows scheduling of builds so that resources can be used
+ efficiently.
+
+8. *Set up Test Machines:* Use a small number of shared, high
+ performance systems for testing purposes. Developers can use these
+ systems for wider, more extensive testing while they continue to
+ develop locally using their primary development system.
+
+9. *Document Policies and Change Flow:* The Yocto Project uses a
+ hierarchical structure and a pull model. Scripts exist to create and
+ send pull requests (i.e. ``create-pull-request`` and
+ ``send-pull-request``). This model is in line with other open source
+ projects where maintainers are responsible for specific areas of the
+ project and a single maintainer handles the final "top-of-tree"
+ merges.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You can also use a more collective push model. The ``gitolite``
+ software supports both the push and pull models quite easily.
+
+ As with any development environment, it is important to document the
+ policy used as well as any main project guidelines so they are
+ understood by everyone. It is also a good idea to have
+ well-structured commit messages, which are usually a part of a
+ project's guidelines. Good commit messages are essential when
+ looking back in time and trying to understand why changes were made.
+
+ If you discover that changes are needed to the core layer of the
+ project, it is worth sharing those with the community as soon as
+ possible. Chances are if you have discovered the need for changes,
+ someone else in the community needs them also.
+
+10. *Development Environment Summary:* Aside from the previous steps,
+ some best practices exist within the Yocto Project development
+ environment. Consider the following:
+
+ - Use :ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:git` as the source control
+ system.
+
+ - Maintain your Metadata in layers that make sense for your
+ situation. See the ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-yp-intro:the yocto project layer model`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:understanding and creating layers`"
+ section for more information on layers.
+
+ - Separate the project's Metadata and code by using separate Git
+ repositories. See the ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:yocto project source repositories`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual for
+ information on these repositories. See the "`Locating Yocto
+ Project Source Files <#locating-yocto-project-source-files>`__"
+ section for information on how to set up local Git repositories
+ for related upstream Yocto Project Git repositories.
+
+ - Set up the directory for the shared state cache
+ (:term:`SSTATE_DIR`) where
+ it makes sense. For example, set up the sstate cache on a system
+ used by developers in the same organization and share the same
+ source directories on their machines.
+
+ - Set up an Autobuilder and have it populate the sstate cache and
+ source directories.
+
+ - The Yocto Project community encourages you to send patches to the
+ project to fix bugs or add features. If you do submit patches,
+ follow the project commit guidelines for writing good commit
+ messages. See the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:submitting a change to the yocto project`"
+ section.
+
+ - Send changes to the core sooner than later as others are likely
+ to run into the same issues. For some guidance on mailing lists
+ to use, see the list in the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:submitting a change to the yocto project`"
+ section. For a description
+ of the available mailing lists, see the ":ref:`resources-mailinglist`" section in
+ the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
+
+.. _dev-preparing-the-build-host:
+
+Preparing the Build Host
+========================
+
+This section provides procedures to set up a system to be used as your
+:term:`Build Host` for
+development using the Yocto Project. Your build host can be a native
+Linux machine (recommended), it can be a machine (Linux, Mac, or
+Windows) that uses `CROPS <https://github.com/crops/poky-container>`__,
+which leverages `Docker Containers <https://www.docker.com/>`__ or it
+can be a Windows machine capable of running Windows Subsystem For Linux
+v2 (WSL).
+
+.. note::
+
+ The Yocto Project is not compatible with
+ `Windows Subsystem for Linux v1 <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Windows_Subsystem_for_Linux>`__.
+ It is compatible but not officially supported nor validated with
+ WSLv2. If you still decide to use WSL please upgrade to
+ `WSLv2 <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/wsl/install-win10>`__.
+
+Once your build host is set up to use the Yocto Project, further steps
+are necessary depending on what you want to accomplish. See the
+following references for information on how to prepare for Board Support
+Package (BSP) development and kernel development:
+
+- *BSP Development:* See the ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:preparing your build host to work with bsp layers`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's
+ Guide.
+
+- *Kernel Development:* See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:preparing the build host to work on the kernel`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
+
+Setting Up a Native Linux Host
+------------------------------
+
+Follow these steps to prepare a native Linux machine as your Yocto
+Project Build Host:
+
+1. *Use a Supported Linux Distribution:* You should have a reasonably
+ current Linux-based host system. You will have the best results with
+ a recent release of Fedora, openSUSE, Debian, Ubuntu, RHEL or CentOS
+ as these releases are frequently tested against the Yocto Project and
+ officially supported. For a list of the distributions under
+ validation and their status, see the ":ref:`Supported Linux
+ Distributions <detailed-supported-distros>`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual and the wiki page at
+ :yocto_wiki:`Distribution Support </wiki/Distribution_Support>`.
+
+2. *Have Enough Free Memory:* Your system should have at least 50 Gbytes
+ of free disk space for building images.
+
+3. *Meet Minimal Version Requirements:* The OpenEmbedded build system
+ should be able to run on any modern distribution that has the
+ following versions for Git, tar, Python and gcc.
+
+ - Git 1.8.3.1 or greater
+
+ - tar 1.28 or greater
+
+ - Python 3.5.0 or greater.
+
+ - gcc 5.0 or greater.
+
+ If your build host does not meet any of these three listed version
+ requirements, you can take steps to prepare the system so that you
+ can still use the Yocto Project. See the
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-system-requirements:required git, tar, python and gcc versions`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for information.
+
+4. *Install Development Host Packages:* Required development host
+ packages vary depending on your build host and what you want to do
+ with the Yocto Project. Collectively, the number of required packages
+ is large if you want to be able to cover all cases.
+
+ For lists of required packages for all scenarios, see the
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-system-requirements:required packages for the build host`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
+
+Once you have completed the previous steps, you are ready to continue
+using a given development path on your native Linux machine. If you are
+going to use BitBake, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:cloning the \`\`poky\`\` repository`"
+section. If you are going
+to use the Extensible SDK, see the ":doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-extensible`" Chapter in the Yocto
+Project Application Development and the Extensible Software Development
+Kit (eSDK) manual. If you want to work on the kernel, see the :doc:`../kernel-dev/kernel-dev`. If you are going to use
+Toaster, see the ":doc:`../toaster-manual/toaster-manual-setup-and-use`"
+section in the Toaster User Manual.
+
+.. _setting-up-to-use-crops:
+
+Setting Up to Use CROss PlatformS (CROPS)
+-----------------------------------------
+
+With `CROPS <https://github.com/crops/poky-container>`__, which
+leverages `Docker Containers <https://www.docker.com/>`__, you can
+create a Yocto Project development environment that is operating system
+agnostic. You can set up a container in which you can develop using the
+Yocto Project on a Windows, Mac, or Linux machine.
+
+Follow these general steps to prepare a Windows, Mac, or Linux machine
+as your Yocto Project build host:
+
+1. *Determine What Your Build Host Needs:*
+ `Docker <https://www.docker.com/what-docker>`__ is a software
+ container platform that you need to install on the build host.
+ Depending on your build host, you might have to install different
+ software to support Docker containers. Go to the Docker installation
+ page and read about the platform requirements in "`Supported
+ Platforms <https://docs.docker.com/engine/install/#supported-platforms>`__"
+ your build host needs to run containers.
+
+2. *Choose What To Install:* Depending on whether or not your build host
+ meets system requirements, you need to install "Docker CE Stable" or
+ the "Docker Toolbox". Most situations call for Docker CE. However, if
+ you have a build host that does not meet requirements (e.g.
+ Pre-Windows 10 or Windows 10 "Home" version), you must install Docker
+ Toolbox instead.
+
+3. *Go to the Install Site for Your Platform:* Click the link for the
+ Docker edition associated with your build host's native software. For
+ example, if your build host is running Microsoft Windows Version 10
+ and you want the Docker CE Stable edition, click that link under
+ "Supported Platforms".
+
+4. *Install the Software:* Once you have understood all the
+ pre-requisites, you can download and install the appropriate
+ software. Follow the instructions for your specific machine and the
+ type of the software you need to install:
+
+ - Install `Docker CE for
+ Windows <https://docs.docker.com/docker-for-windows/install/#install-docker-desktop-on-windows>`__
+ for Windows build hosts that meet requirements.
+
+ - Install `Docker CE for
+ MacOs <https://docs.docker.com/docker-for-mac/install/#install-and-run-docker-desktop-on-mac>`__
+ for Mac build hosts that meet requirements.
+
+ - Install `Docker Toolbox for
+ Windows <https://docs.docker.com/toolbox/toolbox_install_windows/>`__
+ for Windows build hosts that do not meet Docker requirements.
+
+ - Install `Docker Toolbox for
+ MacOS <https://docs.docker.com/toolbox/toolbox_install_mac/>`__
+ for Mac build hosts that do not meet Docker requirements.
+
+ - Install `Docker CE for
+ CentOS <https://docs.docker.com/install/linux/docker-ce/centos/>`__
+ for Linux build hosts running the CentOS distribution.
+
+ - Install `Docker CE for
+ Debian <https://docs.docker.com/install/linux/docker-ce/debian/>`__
+ for Linux build hosts running the Debian distribution.
+
+ - Install `Docker CE for
+ Fedora <https://docs.docker.com/install/linux/docker-ce/fedora/>`__
+ for Linux build hosts running the Fedora distribution.
+
+ - Install `Docker CE for
+ Ubuntu <https://docs.docker.com/install/linux/docker-ce/ubuntu/>`__
+ for Linux build hosts running the Ubuntu distribution.
+
+5. *Optionally Orient Yourself With Docker:* If you are unfamiliar with
+ Docker and the container concept, you can learn more here -
+ https://docs.docker.com/get-started/.
+
+6. *Launch Docker or Docker Toolbox:* You should be able to launch
+ Docker or the Docker Toolbox and have a terminal shell on your
+ development host.
+
+7. *Set Up the Containers to Use the Yocto Project:* Go to
+ https://github.com/crops/docker-win-mac-docs/wiki and follow
+ the directions for your particular build host (i.e. Linux, Mac, or
+ Windows).
+
+ Once you complete the setup instructions for your machine, you have
+ the Poky, Extensible SDK, and Toaster containers available. You can
+ click those links from the page and learn more about using each of
+ those containers.
+
+Once you have a container set up, everything is in place to develop just
+as if you were running on a native Linux machine. If you are going to
+use the Poky container, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:cloning the \`\`poky\`\` repository`"
+section. If you are going to use the Extensible SDK container, see the
+":doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-extensible`" Chapter in the Yocto
+Project Application Development and the Extensible Software Development
+Kit (eSDK) manual. If you are going to use the Toaster container, see
+the ":doc:`../toaster-manual/toaster-manual-setup-and-use`"
+section in the Toaster User Manual.
+
+.. _setting-up-to-use-wsl:
+
+Setting Up to Use Windows Subsystem For Linux (WSLv2)
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+With `Windows Subsystem for Linux
+(WSLv2) <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/wsl/wsl2-about>`__,
+you can create a Yocto Project development environment that allows you
+to build on Windows. You can set up a Linux distribution inside Windows
+in which you can develop using the Yocto Project.
+
+Follow these general steps to prepare a Windows machine using WSLv2 as
+your Yocto Project build host:
+
+1. *Make sure your Windows 10 machine is capable of running WSLv2:*
+ WSLv2 is only available for Windows 10 builds > 18917. To check which
+ build version you are running, you may open a command prompt on
+ Windows and execute the command "ver".
+ ::
+
+ C:\Users\myuser> ver
+
+ Microsoft Windows [Version 10.0.19041.153]
+
+ If your build is capable of running
+ WSLv2 you may continue, for more information on this subject or
+ instructions on how to upgrade to WSLv2 visit `Windows 10
+ WSLv2 <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/wsl/wsl2-install>`__
+
+2. *Install the Linux distribution of your choice inside Windows 10:*
+ Once you know your version of Windows 10 supports WSLv2, you can
+ install the distribution of your choice from the Microsoft Store.
+ Open the Microsoft Store and search for Linux. While there are
+ several Linux distributions available, the assumption is that your
+ pick will be one of the distributions supported by the Yocto Project
+ as stated on the instructions for using a native Linux host. After
+ making your selection, simply click "Get" to download and install the
+ distribution.
+
+3. *Check your Linux distribution is using WSLv2:* Open a Windows
+ PowerShell and run:
+ ::
+
+ C:\WINDOWS\system32> wsl -l -v
+ NAME STATE VERSION
+ *Ubuntu Running 2
+
+ Note the version column which says the WSL version
+ being used by your distribution, on compatible systems, this can be
+ changed back at any point in time.
+
+4. *Optionally Orient Yourself on WSL:* If you are unfamiliar with WSL,
+ you can learn more here -
+ https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/wsl/wsl2-about.
+
+5. *Launch your WSL Distibution:* From the Windows start menu simply
+ launch your WSL distribution just like any other application.
+
+6. *Optimize your WSLv2 storage often:* Due to the way storage is
+ handled on WSLv2, the storage space used by the undelying Linux
+ distribution is not reflected immedately, and since bitbake heavily
+ uses storage, after several builds, you may be unaware you are
+ running out of space. WSLv2 uses a VHDX file for storage, this issue
+ can be easily avoided by manually optimizing this file often, this
+ can be done in the following way:
+
+ 1. *Find the location of your VHDX file:* First you need to find the
+ distro app package directory, to achieve this open a Windows
+ Powershell as Administrator and run:
+ ::
+
+ C:\WINDOWS\system32> Get-AppxPackage -Name "*Ubuntu*" | Select PackageFamilyName
+ PackageFamilyName
+ -----------------
+ CanonicalGroupLimited.UbuntuonWindows_79abcdefgh
+
+
+ You should now
+ replace the PackageFamilyName and your user on the following path
+ to find your VHDX file:
+ ::
+
+ ls C:\Users\myuser\AppData\Local\Packages\CanonicalGroupLimited.UbuntuonWindows_79abcdefgh\LocalState\
+ Mode LastWriteTime Length Name
+ -a---- 3/14/2020 9:52 PM 57418973184 ext4.vhdx
+
+ Your VHDX file path is:
+ ``C:\Users\myuser\AppData\Local\Packages\CanonicalGroupLimited.UbuntuonWindows_79abcdefgh\LocalState\ext4.vhdx``
+
+ 2. *Optimize your VHDX file:* Open a Windows Powershell as
+ Administrator to optimize your VHDX file, shutting down WSL first:
+ ::
+
+ C:\WINDOWS\system32> wsl --shutdown
+ C:\WINDOWS\system32> optimize-vhd -Path C:\Users\myuser\AppData\Local\Packages\CanonicalGroupLimited.UbuntuonWindows_79abcdefgh\LocalState\ext4.vhdx -Mode full
+
+ A progress bar should be shown while optimizing the
+ VHDX file, and storage should now be reflected correctly on the
+ Windows Explorer.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The current implementation of WSLv2 does not have out-of-the-box
+ access to external devices such as those connected through a USB
+ port, but it automatically mounts your ``C:`` drive on ``/mnt/c/``
+ (and others), which you can use to share deploy artifacts to be later
+ flashed on hardware through Windows, but your build directory should
+ not reside inside this mountpoint.
+
+Once you have WSLv2 set up, everything is in place to develop just as if
+you were running on a native Linux machine. If you are going to use the
+Extensible SDK container, see the ":doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-extensible`" Chapter in the Yocto
+Project Application Development and the Extensible Software Development
+Kit (eSDK) manual. If you are going to use the Toaster container, see
+the ":doc:`../toaster-manual/toaster-manual-setup-and-use`"
+section in the Toaster User Manual.
+
+Locating Yocto Project Source Files
+===================================
+
+This section shows you how to locate, fetch and configure the source
+files you'll need to work with the Yocto Project.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - For concepts and introductory information about Git as it is used
+ in the Yocto Project, see the ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:git`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ - For concepts on Yocto Project source repositories, see the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:yocto project source repositories`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual."
+
+Accessing Source Repositories
+-----------------------------
+
+Working from a copy of the upstream :ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:accessing source repositories` is the
+preferred method for obtaining and using a Yocto Project release. You
+can view the Yocto Project Source Repositories at
+:yocto_git:`/`. In particular, you can find the ``poky``
+repository at :yocto_git:`/cgit.cgi/poky`.
+
+Use the following procedure to locate the latest upstream copy of the
+``poky`` Git repository:
+
+1. *Access Repositories:* Open a browser and go to
+ :yocto_git:`/` to access the GUI-based interface into the
+ Yocto Project source repositories.
+
+2. *Select the Repository:* Click on the repository in which you are
+ interested (e.g. ``poky``).
+
+3. *Find the URL Used to Clone the Repository:* At the bottom of the
+ page, note the URL used to clone that repository
+ (e.g. :yocto_git:`/cgit.cgi/poky`).
+
+ .. note::
+
+ For information on cloning a repository, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:cloning the \`\`poky\`\` repository`" section.
+
+Accessing Index of Releases
+---------------------------
+
+Yocto Project maintains an Index of Releases area that contains related
+files that contribute to the Yocto Project. Rather than Git
+repositories, these files are tarballs that represent snapshots in time
+of a given component.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The recommended method for accessing Yocto Project components is to
+ use Git to clone the upstream repository and work from within that
+ locally cloned repository. The procedure in this section exists
+ should you desire a tarball snapshot of any given component.
+
+Follow these steps to locate and download a particular tarball:
+
+1. *Access the Index of Releases:* Open a browser and go to
+ :yocto_dl:`Index of Releases </releases>`. The
+ list represents released components (e.g. ``bitbake``, ``sato``, and
+ so on).
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The ``yocto`` directory contains the full array of released Poky
+ tarballs. The ``poky`` directory in the Index of Releases was
+ historically used for very early releases and exists now only for
+ retroactive completeness.
+
+2. *Select a Component:* Click on any released component in which you
+ are interested (e.g. ``yocto``).
+
+3. *Find the Tarball:* Drill down to find the associated tarball. For
+ example, click on ``yocto-&DISTRO;`` to view files associated with the
+ Yocto Project &DISTRO; release (e.g.
+ ``&YOCTO_POKY;.tar.bz2``, which is the
+ released Poky tarball).
+
+4. *Download the Tarball:* Click the tarball to download and save a
+ snapshot of the given component.
+
+Using the Downloads Page
+------------------------
+
+The :yocto_home:`Yocto Project Website <>` uses a "DOWNLOADS" page
+from which you can locate and download tarballs of any Yocto Project
+release. Rather than Git repositories, these files represent snapshot
+tarballs similar to the tarballs located in the Index of Releases
+described in the "`Accessing Index of
+Releases <#accessing-index-of-releases>`__" section.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The recommended method for accessing Yocto Project components is to
+ use Git to clone a repository and work from within that local
+ repository. The procedure in this section exists should you desire a
+ tarball snapshot of any given component.
+
+1. *Go to the Yocto Project Website:* Open The
+ :yocto_home:`Yocto Project Website <>` in your browser.
+
+2. *Get to the Downloads Area:* Select the "DOWNLOADS" item from the
+ pull-down "SOFTWARE" tab menu near the top of the page.
+
+3. *Select a Yocto Project Release:* Use the menu next to "RELEASE" to
+ display and choose a recent or past supported Yocto Project release
+ (e.g. &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;, &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP_MINUS_ONE;, and so forth).
+
+ .. note::
+
+ For a "map" of Yocto Project releases to version numbers, see the
+ :yocto_wiki:`Releases </wiki/Releases>` wiki page.
+
+ You can use the "RELEASE ARCHIVE" link to reveal a menu of all Yocto
+ Project releases.
+
+4. *Download Tools or Board Support Packages (BSPs):* From the
+ "DOWNLOADS" page, you can download tools or BSPs as well. Just scroll
+ down the page and look for what you need.
+
+Accessing Nightly Builds
+------------------------
+
+Yocto Project maintains an area for nightly builds that contains tarball
+releases at https://autobuilder.yocto.io//pub/nightly/. These builds include Yocto
+Project releases ("poky"), toolchains, and builds for supported
+machines.
+
+Should you ever want to access a nightly build of a particular Yocto
+Project component, use the following procedure:
+
+1. *Locate the Index of Nightly Builds:* Open a browser and go to
+ https://autobuilder.yocto.io//pub/nightly/ to access the Nightly Builds.
+
+2. *Select a Date:* Click on the date in which you are interested. If
+ you want the latest builds, use "CURRENT".
+
+3. *Select a Build:* Choose the area in which you are interested. For
+ example, if you are looking for the most recent toolchains, select
+ the "toolchain" link.
+
+4. *Find the Tarball:* Drill down to find the associated tarball.
+
+5. *Download the Tarball:* Click the tarball to download and save a
+ snapshot of the given component.
+
+Cloning and Checking Out Branches
+=================================
+
+To use the Yocto Project for development, you need a release locally
+installed on your development system. This locally installed set of
+files is referred to as the :term:`Source Directory`
+in the Yocto Project documentation.
+
+The preferred method of creating your Source Directory is by using
+:ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:git` to clone a local copy of the upstream
+``poky`` repository. Working from a cloned copy of the upstream
+repository allows you to contribute back into the Yocto Project or to
+simply work with the latest software on a development branch. Because
+Git maintains and creates an upstream repository with a complete history
+of changes and you are working with a local clone of that repository,
+you have access to all the Yocto Project development branches and tag
+names used in the upstream repository.
+
+Cloning the ``poky`` Repository
+-------------------------------
+
+Follow these steps to create a local version of the upstream
+:term:`Poky` Git repository.
+
+1. *Set Your Directory:* Change your working directory to where you want
+ to create your local copy of ``poky``.
+
+2. *Clone the Repository:* The following example command clones the
+ ``poky`` repository and uses the default name "poky" for your local
+ repository:
+ ::
+
+ $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky
+ Cloning into 'poky'...
+ remote: Counting objects: 432160, done.
+ remote: Compressing objects: 100% (102056/102056), done.
+ remote: Total 432160 (delta 323116), reused 432037 (delta 323000)
+ Receiving objects: 100% (432160/432160), 153.81 MiB | 8.54 MiB/s, done.
+ Resolving deltas: 100% (323116/323116), done.
+ Checking connectivity... done.
+
+ Unless you
+ specify a specific development branch or tag name, Git clones the
+ "master" branch, which results in a snapshot of the latest
+ development changes for "master". For information on how to check out
+ a specific development branch or on how to check out a local branch
+ based on a tag name, see the "`Checking Out By Branch in
+ Poky <#checking-out-by-branch-in-poky>`__" and `Checking Out By Tag
+ in Poky <#checkout-out-by-tag-in-poky>`__" sections, respectively.
+
+ Once the local repository is created, you can change to that
+ directory and check its status. Here, the single "master" branch
+ exists on your system and by default, it is checked out:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky
+ $ git status
+ On branch master
+ Your branch is up-to-date with 'origin/master'.
+ nothing to commit, working directory clean
+ $ git branch
+ * master
+
+ Your local repository of poky is identical to the
+ upstream poky repository at the time from which it was cloned. As you
+ work with the local branch, you can periodically use the
+ ``git pull --rebase`` command to be sure you are up-to-date
+ with the upstream branch.
+
+Checking Out by Branch in Poky
+------------------------------
+
+When you clone the upstream poky repository, you have access to all its
+development branches. Each development branch in a repository is unique
+as it forks off the "master" branch. To see and use the files of a
+particular development branch locally, you need to know the branch name
+and then specifically check out that development branch.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Checking out an active development branch by branch name gives you a
+ snapshot of that particular branch at the time you check it out.
+ Further development on top of the branch that occurs after check it
+ out can occur.
+
+1. *Switch to the Poky Directory:* If you have a local poky Git
+ repository, switch to that directory. If you do not have the local
+ copy of poky, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:cloning the \`\`poky\`\` repository`"
+ section.
+
+2. *Determine Existing Branch Names:*
+ ::
+
+ $ git branch -a
+ * master
+ remotes/origin/1.1_M1
+ remotes/origin/1.1_M2
+ remotes/origin/1.1_M3
+ remotes/origin/1.1_M4
+ remotes/origin/1.2_M1
+ remotes/origin/1.2_M2
+ remotes/origin/1.2_M3
+ . . .
+ remotes/origin/thud
+ remotes/origin/thud-next
+ remotes/origin/warrior
+ remotes/origin/warrior-next
+ remotes/origin/zeus
+ remotes/origin/zeus-next
+ ... and so on ...
+
+3. *Check out the Branch:* Check out the development branch in which you
+ want to work. For example, to access the files for the Yocto Project
+ &DISTRO; Release (&DISTRO_NAME;), use the following command:
+ ::
+
+ $ git checkout -b &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; origin/&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;
+ Branch &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; set up to track remote branch &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; from origin.
+ Switched to a new branch '&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;'
+
+ The previous command checks out the "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;" development
+ branch and reports that the branch is tracking the upstream
+ "origin/&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;" branch.
+
+ The following command displays the branches that are now part of your
+ local poky repository. The asterisk character indicates the branch
+ that is currently checked out for work:
+ ::
+
+ $ git branch
+ master
+ * &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;
+
+.. _checkout-out-by-tag-in-poky:
+
+Checking Out by Tag in Poky
+---------------------------
+
+Similar to branches, the upstream repository uses tags to mark specific
+commits associated with significant points in a development branch (i.e.
+a release point or stage of a release). You might want to set up a local
+branch based on one of those points in the repository. The process is
+similar to checking out by branch name except you use tag names.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Checking out a branch based on a tag gives you a stable set of files
+ not affected by development on the branch above the tag.
+
+1. *Switch to the Poky Directory:* If you have a local poky Git
+ repository, switch to that directory. If you do not have the local
+ copy of poky, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:cloning the \`\`poky\`\` repository`"
+ section.
+
+2. *Fetch the Tag Names:* To checkout the branch based on a tag name,
+ you need to fetch the upstream tags into your local repository:
+ ::
+
+ $ git fetch --tags
+ $
+
+3. *List the Tag Names:* You can list the tag names now:
+ ::
+
+ $ git tag
+ 1.1_M1.final
+ 1.1_M1.rc1
+ 1.1_M1.rc2
+ 1.1_M2.final
+ 1.1_M2.rc1
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ yocto-2.5
+ yocto-2.5.1
+ yocto-2.5.2
+ yocto-2.5.3
+ yocto-2.6
+ yocto-2.6.1
+ yocto-2.6.2
+ yocto-2.7
+ yocto_1.5_M5.rc8
+
+
+4. *Check out the Branch:*
+ ::
+
+ $ git checkout tags/yocto-&DISTRO; -b my_yocto_&DISTRO;
+ Switched to a new branch 'my_yocto_&DISTRO;'
+ $ git branch
+ master
+ * my_yocto_&DISTRO;
+
+ The previous command creates and
+ checks out a local branch named "my_yocto_&DISTRO;", which is based on
+ the commit in the upstream poky repository that has the same tag. In
+ this example, the files you have available locally as a result of the
+ ``checkout`` command are a snapshot of the "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;"
+ development branch at the point where Yocto Project &DISTRO; was
+ released.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f09224
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/dev-manual.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+======================================
+Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual
+======================================
+
+|
+
+.. toctree::
+ :caption: Table of Contents
+ :numbered:
+
+ dev-manual-intro
+ dev-manual-start
+ dev-manual-common-tasks
+ dev-manual-qemu
+ history
+
+.. include:: /boilerplate.rst
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/bitbake-build-flow.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/bitbake-build-flow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..108265a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/bitbake-build-flow.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/buildhistory-web.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/buildhistory-web.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f6db86c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/buildhistory-web.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/buildhistory.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/buildhistory.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd5f8a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/buildhistory.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/cute-files-npm-example.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/cute-files-npm-example.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ebe74f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/cute-files-npm-example.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/dev-title.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/dev-title.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..15e67d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/dev-title.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/multiconfig_files.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/multiconfig_files.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b59338
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/multiconfig_files.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/recipe-workflow.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/recipe-workflow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0e960b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/figures/recipe-workflow.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/history.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/history.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a171692
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/dev-manual/history.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+***********************
+Manual Revision History
+***********************
+
+.. list-table::
+ :widths: 10 15 40
+ :header-rows: 1
+
+ * - Revision
+ - Date
+ - Note
+ * - 1.1
+ - October 2011
+ - The initial document released with the Yocto Project 1.1 Release
+ * - 1.2
+ - April 2012
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.2 Release.
+ * - 1.3
+ - October 2012
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.3 Release.
+ * - 1.4
+ - April 2013
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.4 Release.
+ * - 1.5
+ - October 2013
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.5 Release.
+ * - 1.6
+ - April 2014
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.6 Release.
+ * - 1.7
+ - October 2014
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.7 Release.
+ * - 1.8
+ - April 2015
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.8 Release.
+ * - 2.0
+ - October 2015
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.0 Release.
+ * - 2.1
+ - April 2016
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.1 Release.
+ * - 2.2
+ - October 2016
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.2 Release.
+ * - 2.3
+ - May 2017
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.3 Release.
+ * - 2.4
+ - October 2017
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.4 Release.
+ * - 2.5
+ - May 2018
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.5 Release.
+ * - 2.6
+ - November 2018
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.6 Release.
+ * - 2.7
+ - May 2019
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.7 Release.
+ * - 3.0
+ - October 2019
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.0 Release.
+ * - 3.1
+ - April 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1 Release.
+ * - 3.1.1
+ - June 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.1 Release.
+ * - 3.1.2
+ - August 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.2 Release.
+ * - 3.1.3
+ - September 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.3 Release.
+ * - 3.1.4
+ - November 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.4 Release.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/figures/yp-how-it-works-new-diagram.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/figures/yp-how-it-works-new-diagram.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ce076f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/figures/yp-how-it-works-new-diagram.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/genindex.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/genindex.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4af06f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/genindex.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+=====
+Index
+=====
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/index.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..71ed4e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+.. The Yocto Project documentation master file, created by
+ sphinx-quickstart on Mon Apr 13 09:38:33 2020.
+ You can adapt this file completely to your liking, but it should at least
+ contain the root `toctree` directive.
+
+Welcome to the Yocto Project Documentation
+==========================================
+
+|
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+ :caption: Introduction and Overview
+
+ Quick Build <brief-yoctoprojectqs/brief-yoctoprojectqs>
+ what-i-wish-id-known
+ transitioning-to-a-custom-environment
+ Yocto Project Software Overview <https://www.yoctoproject.org/software-overview/>
+ Tips and Tricks Wiki <https://wiki.yoctoproject.org/wiki/TipsAndTricks>
+
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+ :caption: Manuals
+
+ Overview and Concepts Manual <overview-manual/overview-manual>
+ Reference Manual <ref-manual/ref-manual>
+ Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's guide <bsp-guide/bsp-guide>
+ Development Tasks Manual <dev-manual/dev-manual>
+ Linux Kernel Development Manual <kernel-dev/kernel-dev>
+ Profile and Tracing Manual <profile-manual/profile-manual>
+ Application Development and the Extensible SDK (eSDK) <sdk-manual/sdk-manual>
+ Toaster Manual <toaster-manual/toaster-manual>
+ Bitbake User Manual <https://docs.yoctoproject.org/bitbake/1.46>
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+ :caption: 'Mega' Manual
+
+ All-in-one 'Mega' Manual <https://docs.yoctoproject.org/singleindex.html>
+
+.. toctree::
+ :maxdepth: 1
+ :caption: Manuals/Variable Index
+
+ genindex
+ Current/Previous Version Specific Manuals <releases>
+
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/figures/kernel-architecture-overview.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/figures/kernel-architecture-overview.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2aad172
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/figures/kernel-architecture-overview.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/figures/kernel-dev-flow.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/figures/kernel-dev-flow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..793a395
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/figures/kernel-dev-flow.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/figures/kernel-dev-title.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/figures/kernel-dev-title.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a8dd54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/figures/kernel-dev-title.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/figures/kernel-overview-2-generic.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/figures/kernel-overview-2-generic.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee2cdb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/figures/kernel-overview-2-generic.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/history.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/history.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4c64ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/history.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+***********************
+Manual Revision History
+***********************
+
+.. list-table::
+ :widths: 10 15 40
+ :header-rows: 1
+
+ * - Revision
+ - Date
+ - Note
+ * - 1.4
+ - April 2013
+ - The initial document released with the Yocto Project 1.4 Release
+ * - 1.5
+ - October 2013
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.5 Release.
+ * - 1.6
+ - April 2014
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.6 Release.
+ * - 1.7
+ - October 2014
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.7 Release.
+ * - 1.8
+ - April 2015
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.8 Release.
+ * - 2.0
+ - October 2015
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.0 Release.
+ * - 2.1
+ - April 2016
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.1 Release.
+ * - 2.2
+ - October 2016
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.2 Release.
+ * - 2.3
+ - May 2017
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.3 Release.
+ * - 2.4
+ - October 2017
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.4 Release.
+ * - 2.5
+ - May 2018
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.5 Release.
+ * - 2.6
+ - November 2018
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.6 Release.
+ * - 2.7
+ - May 2019
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.7 Release.
+ * - 3.0
+ - October 2019
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.0 Release.
+ * - 3.1
+ - April 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1 Release.
+ * - 3.1.1
+ - June 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.1 Release.
+ * - 3.1.2
+ - August 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.2 Release.
+ * - 3.1.3
+ - September 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.3 Release.
+ * - 3.1.4
+ - November 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.4 Release.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..444037c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,957 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+*******************************************************
+Working with Advanced Metadata (``yocto-kernel-cache``)
+*******************************************************
+
+.. _kernel-dev-advanced-overview:
+
+Overview
+========
+
+In addition to supporting configuration fragments and patches, the Yocto
+Project kernel tools also support rich
+:term:`Metadata` that you can use to define
+complex policies and Board Support Package (BSP) support. The purpose of
+the Metadata and the tools that manage it is to help you manage the
+complexity of the configuration and sources used to support multiple
+BSPs and Linux kernel types.
+
+Kernel Metadata exists in many places. One area in the
+:ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:yocto project source repositories`
+is the ``yocto-kernel-cache`` Git repository. You can find this repository
+grouped under the "Yocto Linux Kernel" heading in the
+:yocto_git:`Yocto Project Source Repositories <>`.
+
+Kernel development tools ("kern-tools") exist also in the Yocto Project
+Source Repositories under the "Yocto Linux Kernel" heading in the
+``yocto-kernel-tools`` Git repository. The recipe that builds these
+tools is ``meta/recipes-kernel/kern-tools/kern-tools-native_git.bb`` in
+the :term:`Source Directory` (e.g.
+``poky``).
+
+Using Kernel Metadata in a Recipe
+=================================
+
+As mentioned in the introduction, the Yocto Project contains kernel
+Metadata, which is located in the ``yocto-kernel-cache`` Git repository.
+This Metadata defines Board Support Packages (BSPs) that correspond to
+definitions in linux-yocto recipes for corresponding BSPs. A BSP
+consists of an aggregation of kernel policy and enabled
+hardware-specific features. The BSP can be influenced from within the
+linux-yocto recipe.
+
+.. note::
+
+ A Linux kernel recipe that contains kernel Metadata (e.g. inherits
+ from the ``linux-yocto.inc`` file) is said to be a "linux-yocto style" recipe.
+
+Every linux-yocto style recipe must define the
+:term:`KMACHINE` variable. This
+variable is typically set to the same value as the ``MACHINE`` variable,
+which is used by :term:`BitBake`.
+However, in some cases, the variable might instead refer to the
+underlying platform of the ``MACHINE``.
+
+Multiple BSPs can reuse the same ``KMACHINE`` name if they are built
+using the same BSP description. Multiple Corei7-based BSPs could share
+the same "intel-corei7-64" value for ``KMACHINE``. It is important to
+realize that ``KMACHINE`` is just for kernel mapping, while ``MACHINE``
+is the machine type within a BSP Layer. Even with this distinction,
+however, these two variables can hold the same value. See the `BSP
+Descriptions <#bsp-descriptions>`__ section for more information.
+
+Every linux-yocto style recipe must also indicate the Linux kernel
+source repository branch used to build the Linux kernel. The
+:term:`KBRANCH` variable must be set
+to indicate the branch.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can use the ``KBRANCH`` value to define an alternate branch typically
+ with a machine override as shown here from the ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer:
+ ::
+
+ KBRANCH_edgerouter = "standard/edgerouter"
+
+
+The linux-yocto style recipes can optionally define the following
+variables:
+
+ - :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES`
+
+ - :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`
+
+:term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`
+defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration. If
+you do not specify a ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE``, it defaults to "standard".
+Together with ``KMACHINE``, ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`` defines the search
+arguments used by the kernel tools to find the appropriate description
+within the kernel Metadata with which to build out the sources and
+configuration. The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and
+"preempt-rt" kernel types. See the "`Kernel Types <#kernel-types>`__"
+section for more information on kernel types.
+
+During the build, the kern-tools search for the BSP description file
+that most closely matches the ``KMACHINE`` and ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE``
+variables passed in from the recipe. The tools use the first BSP
+description they find that matches both variables. If the tools cannot find
+a match, they issue a warning.
+
+The tools first search for the ``KMACHINE`` and then for the
+``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE``. If the tools cannot find a partial match, they
+will use the sources from the ``KBRANCH`` and any configuration
+specified in the :term:`SRC_URI`.
+
+You can use the
+:term:`KERNEL_FEATURES`
+variable to include features (configuration fragments, patches, or both)
+that are not already included by the ``KMACHINE`` and
+``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`` variable combination. For example, to include a
+feature specified as "features/netfilter/netfilter.scc", specify:
+::
+
+ KERNEL_FEATURES += "features/netfilter/netfilter.scc"
+
+To include a
+feature called "cfg/sound.scc" just for the ``qemux86`` machine,
+specify:
+::
+
+ KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86 = " cfg/sound.scc"
+
+The value of
+the entries in ``KERNEL_FEATURES`` are dependent on their location
+within the kernel Metadata itself. The examples here are taken from the
+``yocto-kernel-cache`` repository. Each branch of this repository
+contains "features" and "cfg" subdirectories at the top-level. For more
+information, see the "`Kernel Metadata
+Syntax <#kernel-metadata-syntax>`__" section.
+
+Kernel Metadata Syntax
+======================
+
+The kernel Metadata consists of three primary types of files: ``scc``
+[1]_ description files, configuration fragments, and patches. The
+``scc`` files define variables and include or otherwise reference any of
+the three file types. The description files are used to aggregate all
+types of kernel Metadata into what ultimately describes the sources and
+the configuration required to build a Linux kernel tailored to a
+specific machine.
+
+The ``scc`` description files are used to define two fundamental types
+of kernel Metadata:
+
+- Features
+
+- Board Support Packages (BSPs)
+
+Features aggregate sources in the form of patches and configuration
+fragments into a modular reusable unit. You can use features to
+implement conceptually separate kernel Metadata descriptions such as
+pure configuration fragments, simple patches, complex features, and
+kernel types. `Kernel types <#kernel-types>`__ define general kernel
+features and policy to be reused in the BSPs.
+
+BSPs define hardware-specific features and aggregate them with kernel
+types to form the final description of what will be assembled and built.
+
+While the kernel Metadata syntax does not enforce any logical separation
+of configuration fragments, patches, features or kernel types, best
+practices dictate a logical separation of these types of Metadata. The
+following Metadata file hierarchy is recommended:
+::
+
+ base/
+ bsp/
+ cfg/
+ features/
+ ktypes/
+ patches/
+
+The ``bsp`` directory contains the `BSP
+descriptions <#bsp-descriptions>`__. The remaining directories all
+contain "features". Separating ``bsp`` from the rest of the structure
+aids conceptualizing intended usage.
+
+Use these guidelines to help place your ``scc`` description files within
+the structure:
+
+- If your file contains only configuration fragments, place the file in
+ the ``cfg`` directory.
+
+- If your file contains only source-code fixes, place the file in the
+ ``patches`` directory.
+
+- If your file encapsulates a major feature, often combining sources
+ and configurations, place the file in ``features`` directory.
+
+- If your file aggregates non-hardware configuration and patches in
+ order to define a base kernel policy or major kernel type to be
+ reused across multiple BSPs, place the file in ``ktypes`` directory.
+
+These distinctions can easily become blurred - especially as out-of-tree
+features slowly merge upstream over time. Also, remember that how the
+description files are placed is a purely logical organization and has no
+impact on the functionality of the kernel Metadata. There is no impact
+because all of ``cfg``, ``features``, ``patches``, and ``ktypes``,
+contain "features" as far as the kernel tools are concerned.
+
+Paths used in kernel Metadata files are relative to base, which is
+either
+:term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` if
+you are creating Metadata in `recipe-space <#recipe-space-metadata>`__,
+or the top level of
+:yocto_git:`yocto-kernel-cache </cgit/cgit.cgi/yocto-kernel-cache/tree/>`
+if you are creating `Metadata outside of the
+recipe-space <#metadata-outside-the-recipe-space>`__.
+
+.. [1]
+ ``scc`` stands for Series Configuration Control, but the naming has
+ less significance in the current implementation of the tooling than
+ it had in the past. Consider ``scc`` files to be description files.
+
+Configuration
+-------------
+
+The simplest unit of kernel Metadata is the configuration-only feature.
+This feature consists of one or more Linux kernel configuration
+parameters in a configuration fragment file (``.cfg``) and a ``.scc``
+file that describes the fragment.
+
+As an example, consider the Symmetric Multi-Processing (SMP) fragment
+used with the ``linux-yocto-4.12`` kernel as defined outside of the
+recipe space (i.e. ``yocto-kernel-cache``). This Metadata consists of
+two files: ``smp.scc`` and ``smp.cfg``. You can find these files in the
+``cfg`` directory of the ``yocto-4.12`` branch in the
+``yocto-kernel-cache`` Git repository:
+::
+
+ cfg/smp.scc:
+ define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable SMP for 32 bit builds"
+ define KFEATURE_COMPATIBILITY all
+
+ kconf hardware smp.cfg
+
+ cfg/smp.cfg:
+ CONFIG_SMP=y
+ CONFIG_SCHED_SMT=y
+ # Increase default NR_CPUS from 8 to 64 so that platform with
+ # more than 8 processors can be all activated at boot time
+ CONFIG_NR_CPUS=64
+ # The following is needed when setting NR_CPUS to something
+ # greater than 8 on x86 architectures, it should be automatically
+ # disregarded by Kconfig when using a different arch
+ CONFIG_X86_BIGSMP=y
+
+You can find general information on configuration
+fragment files in the ":ref:`creating-config-fragments`" section.
+
+Within the ``smp.scc`` file, the
+:term:`KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION`
+statement provides a short description of the fragment. Higher level
+kernel tools use this description.
+
+Also within the ``smp.scc`` file, the ``kconf`` command includes the
+actual configuration fragment in an ``.scc`` file, and the "hardware"
+keyword identifies the fragment as being hardware enabling, as opposed
+to general policy, which would use the "non-hardware" keyword. The
+distinction is made for the benefit of the configuration validation
+tools, which warn you if a hardware fragment overrides a policy set by a
+non-hardware fragment.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The description file can include multiple ``kconf`` statements, one per
+ fragment.
+
+As described in the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:validating configuration`" section, you can
+use the following BitBake command to audit your configuration:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake linux-yocto -c kernel_configcheck -f
+
+Patches
+-------
+
+Patch descriptions are very similar to configuration fragment
+descriptions, which are described in the previous section. However,
+instead of a ``.cfg`` file, these descriptions work with source patches
+(i.e. ``.patch`` files).
+
+A typical patch includes a description file and the patch itself. As an
+example, consider the build patches used with the ``linux-yocto-4.12``
+kernel as defined outside of the recipe space (i.e.
+``yocto-kernel-cache``). This Metadata consists of several files:
+``build.scc`` and a set of ``*.patch`` files. You can find these files
+in the ``patches/build`` directory of the ``yocto-4.12`` branch in the
+``yocto-kernel-cache`` Git repository.
+
+The following listings show the ``build.scc`` file and part of the
+``modpost-mask-trivial-warnings.patch`` file:
+::
+
+ patches/build/build.scc:
+ patch arm-serialize-build-targets.patch
+ patch powerpc-serialize-image-targets.patch
+ patch kbuild-exclude-meta-directory-from-distclean-processi.patch
+
+ # applied by kgit
+ # patch kbuild-add-meta-files-to-the-ignore-li.patch
+
+ patch modpost-mask-trivial-warnings.patch
+ patch menuconfig-check-lxdiaglog.sh-Allow-specification-of.patch
+
+ patches/build/modpost-mask-trivial-warnings.patch:
+ From bd48931bc142bdd104668f3a062a1f22600aae61 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
+ From: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
+ Date: Sun, 25 Jan 2009 17:58:09 -0500
+ Subject: [PATCH] modpost: mask trivial warnings
+
+ Newer HOSTCC will complain about various stdio fcns because
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ char *dump_write = NULL, *files_source = NULL;
+ int opt;
+ --
+ 2.10.1
+
+ generated by cgit v0.10.2 at 2017-09-28 15:23:23 (GMT)
+
+The description file can
+include multiple patch statements where each statement handles a single
+patch. In the example ``build.scc`` file, five patch statements exist
+for the five patches in the directory.
+
+You can create a typical ``.patch`` file using ``diff -Nurp`` or
+``git format-patch`` commands. For information on how to create patches,
+see the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using \`\`devtool\`\` to patch the kernel`"
+and ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using traditional kernel development to patch the kernel`"
+sections.
+
+Features
+--------
+
+Features are complex kernel Metadata types that consist of configuration
+fragments, patches, and possibly other feature description files. As an
+example, consider the following generic listing:
+::
+
+ features/myfeature.scc
+ define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable myfeature"
+
+ patch 0001-myfeature-core.patch
+ patch 0002-myfeature-interface.patch
+
+ include cfg/myfeature_dependency.scc
+ kconf non-hardware myfeature.cfg
+
+This example shows how the ``patch`` and ``kconf`` commands are used as well
+as how an additional feature description file is included with the
+``include`` command.
+
+Typically, features are less granular than configuration fragments and
+are more likely than configuration fragments and patches to be the types
+of things you want to specify in the ``KERNEL_FEATURES`` variable of the
+Linux kernel recipe. See the "`Using Kernel Metadata in a
+Recipe <#using-kernel-metadata-in-a-recipe>`__" section earlier in the
+manual.
+
+Kernel Types
+------------
+
+A kernel type defines a high-level kernel policy by aggregating
+non-hardware configuration fragments with patches you want to use when
+building a Linux kernel of a specific type (e.g. a real-time kernel).
+Syntactically, kernel types are no different than features as described
+in the "`Features <#features>`__" section. The
+:term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`
+variable in the kernel recipe selects the kernel type. For example, in
+the ``linux-yocto_4.12.bb`` kernel recipe found in
+``poky/meta/recipes-kernel/linux``, a
+:ref:`require <bitbake:require-inclusion>` directive
+includes the ``poky/meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto.inc`` file,
+which has the following statement that defines the default kernel type:
+::
+
+ LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE ??= "standard"
+
+Another example would be the real-time kernel (i.e.
+``linux-yocto-rt_4.12.bb``). This kernel recipe directly sets the kernel
+type as follows:
+::
+
+ LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE = "preempt-rt"
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can find kernel recipes in the ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux`` directory
+ of the :ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:yocto project source repositories`
+ (e.g. ``poky/meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bb``). See the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:using kernel metadata in a recipe`"
+ section for more information.
+
+Three kernel types ("standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt") are supported
+for Linux Yocto kernels:
+
+- "standard": Includes the generic Linux kernel policy of the Yocto
+ Project linux-yocto kernel recipes. This policy includes, among other
+ things, which file systems, networking options, core kernel features,
+ and debugging and tracing options are supported.
+
+- "preempt-rt": Applies the ``PREEMPT_RT`` patches and the
+ configuration options required to build a real-time Linux kernel.
+ This kernel type inherits from the "standard" kernel type.
+
+- "tiny": Defines a bare minimum configuration meant to serve as a base
+ for very small Linux kernels. The "tiny" kernel type is independent
+ from the "standard" configuration. Although the "tiny" kernel type
+ does not currently include any source changes, it might in the
+ future.
+
+For any given kernel type, the Metadata is defined by the ``.scc`` (e.g.
+``standard.scc``). Here is a partial listing for the ``standard.scc``
+file, which is found in the ``ktypes/standard`` directory of the
+``yocto-kernel-cache`` Git repository:
+::
+
+ # Include this kernel type fragment to get the standard features and
+ # configuration values.
+
+ # Note: if only the features are desired, but not the configuration
+ # then this should be included as:
+ # include ktypes/standard/standard.scc nocfg
+ # if no chained configuration is desired, include it as:
+ # include ktypes/standard/standard.scc nocfg inherit
+
+
+
+ include ktypes/base/base.scc
+ branch standard
+
+ kconf non-hardware standard.cfg
+
+ include features/kgdb/kgdb.scc
+ .
+ .
+ .
+
+ include cfg/net/ip6_nf.scc
+ include cfg/net/bridge.scc
+
+ include cfg/systemd.scc
+
+ include features/rfkill/rfkill.scc
+
+As with any ``.scc`` file, a kernel type definition can aggregate other
+``.scc`` files with ``include`` commands. These definitions can also
+directly pull in configuration fragments and patches with the ``kconf``
+and ``patch`` commands, respectively.
+
+.. note::
+
+ It is not strictly necessary to create a kernel type ``.scc``
+ file. The Board Support Package (BSP) file can implicitly define the
+ kernel type using a ``define`` :term:`KTYPE` ``myktype`` line. See the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:bsp descriptions`" section for more
+ information.
+
+BSP Descriptions
+----------------
+
+BSP descriptions (i.e. ``*.scc`` files) combine kernel types with
+hardware-specific features. The hardware-specific Metadata is typically
+defined independently in the BSP layer, and then aggregated with each
+supported kernel type.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For BSPs supported by the Yocto Project, the BSP description files
+ are located in the ``bsp`` directory of the ``yocto-kernel-cache``
+ repository organized under the "Yocto Linux Kernel" heading in the
+ :yocto_git:`Yocto Project Source Repositories </>`.
+
+This section overviews the BSP description structure, the aggregation
+concepts, and presents a detailed example using a BSP supported by the
+Yocto Project (i.e. BeagleBone Board). For complete information on BSP
+layer file hierarchy, see the :doc:`../bsp-guide/bsp-guide`.
+
+.. _bsp-description-file-overview:
+
+Description Overview
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+For simplicity, consider the following root BSP layer description files
+for the BeagleBone board. These files employ both a structure and naming
+convention for consistency. The naming convention for the file is as
+follows:
+::
+
+ bsp_root_name-kernel_type.scc
+
+Here are some example root layer
+BSP filenames for the BeagleBone Board BSP, which is supported by the
+Yocto Project:
+::
+
+ beaglebone-standard.scc
+ beaglebone-preempt-rt.scc
+
+Each file uses the root name (i.e "beaglebone") BSP name followed by the
+kernel type.
+
+Examine the ``beaglebone-standard.scc`` file:
+::
+
+ define KMACHINE beaglebone
+ define KTYPE standard
+ define KARCH arm
+
+ include ktypes/standard/standard.scc
+ branch beaglebone
+
+ include beaglebone.scc
+
+ # default policy for standard kernels
+ include features/latencytop/latencytop.scc
+ include features/profiling/profiling.scc
+
+Every top-level BSP description file
+should define the :term:`KMACHINE`,
+:term:`KTYPE`, and
+:term:`KARCH` variables. These
+variables allow the OpenEmbedded build system to identify the
+description as meeting the criteria set by the recipe being built. This
+example supports the "beaglebone" machine for the "standard" kernel and
+the "arm" architecture.
+
+Be aware that a hard link between the ``KTYPE`` variable and a kernel
+type description file does not exist. Thus, if you do not have the
+kernel type defined in your kernel Metadata as it is here, you only need
+to ensure that the
+:term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`
+variable in the kernel recipe and the ``KTYPE`` variable in the BSP
+description file match.
+
+To separate your kernel policy from your hardware configuration, you
+include a kernel type (``ktype``), such as "standard". In the previous
+example, this is done using the following:
+::
+
+ include ktypes/standard/standard.scc
+
+This file aggregates all the configuration
+fragments, patches, and features that make up your standard kernel
+policy. See the "`Kernel Types <#kernel-types>`__" section for more
+information.
+
+To aggregate common configurations and features specific to the kernel
+for `mybsp`, use the following:
+::
+
+ include mybsp.scc
+
+You can see that in the BeagleBone example with the following:
+::
+
+ include beaglebone.scc
+
+For information on how to break a complete ``.config`` file into the various
+configuration fragments, see the ":ref:`creating-config-fragments`" section.
+
+Finally, if you have any configurations specific to the hardware that
+are not in a ``*.scc`` file, you can include them as follows:
+::
+
+ kconf hardware mybsp-extra.cfg
+
+The BeagleBone example does not include these
+types of configurations. However, the Malta 32-bit board does
+("mti-malta32"). Here is the ``mti-malta32-le-standard.scc`` file:
+::
+
+ define KMACHINE mti-malta32-le
+ define KMACHINE qemumipsel
+ define KTYPE standard
+ define KARCH mips
+
+ include ktypes/standard/standard.scc
+ branch mti-malta32
+
+ include mti-malta32.scc
+ kconf hardware mti-malta32-le.cfg
+
+.. _bsp-description-file-example-minnow:
+
+Example
+~~~~~~~
+
+Many real-world examples are more complex. Like any other ``.scc`` file,
+BSP descriptions can aggregate features. Consider the Minnow BSP
+definition given the ``linux-yocto-4.4`` branch of the
+``yocto-kernel-cache`` (i.e.
+``yocto-kernel-cache/bsp/minnow/minnow.scc``):
+
+.. note::
+
+ Although the Minnow Board BSP is unused, the Metadata remains and is
+ being used here just as an example.
+
+::
+
+ include cfg/x86.scc
+ include features/eg20t/eg20t.scc
+ include cfg/dmaengine.scc
+ include features/power/intel.scc
+ include cfg/efi.scc
+ include features/usb/ehci-hcd.scc
+ include features/usb/ohci-hcd.scc
+ include features/usb/usb-gadgets.scc
+ include features/usb/touchscreen-composite.scc
+ include cfg/timer/hpet.scc
+ include features/leds/leds.scc
+ include features/spi/spidev.scc
+ include features/i2c/i2cdev.scc
+ include features/mei/mei-txe.scc
+
+ # Earlyprintk and port debug requires 8250
+ kconf hardware cfg/8250.cfg
+
+ kconf hardware minnow.cfg
+ kconf hardware minnow-dev.cfg
+
+The ``minnow.scc`` description file includes a hardware configuration
+fragment (``minnow.cfg``) specific to the Minnow BSP as well as several
+more general configuration fragments and features enabling hardware
+found on the machine. This ``minnow.scc`` description file is then
+included in each of the three "minnow" description files for the
+supported kernel types (i.e. "standard", "preempt-rt", and "tiny").
+Consider the "minnow" description for the "standard" kernel type (i.e.
+``minnow-standard.scc``):
+::
+
+ define KMACHINE minnow
+ define KTYPE standard
+ define KARCH i386
+
+ include ktypes/standard
+
+ include minnow.scc
+
+ # Extra minnow configs above the minimal defined in minnow.scc
+ include cfg/efi-ext.scc
+ include features/media/media-all.scc
+ include features/sound/snd_hda_intel.scc
+
+ # The following should really be in standard.scc
+ # USB live-image support
+ include cfg/usb-mass-storage.scc
+ include cfg/boot-live.scc
+
+ # Basic profiling
+ include features/latencytop/latencytop.scc
+ include features/profiling/profiling.scc
+
+ # Requested drivers that don't have an existing scc
+ kconf hardware minnow-drivers-extra.cfg
+
+The ``include`` command midway through the file includes the ``minnow.scc`` description
+that defines all enabled hardware for the BSP that is common to all
+kernel types. Using this command significantly reduces duplication.
+
+Now consider the "minnow" description for the "tiny" kernel type (i.e.
+``minnow-tiny.scc``):
+::
+
+ define KMACHINE minnow
+ define KTYPE tiny
+ define KARCH i386
+
+ include ktypes/tiny
+
+ include minnow.scc
+
+As you might expect,
+the "tiny" description includes quite a bit less. In fact, it includes
+only the minimal policy defined by the "tiny" kernel type and the
+hardware-specific configuration required for booting the machine along
+with the most basic functionality of the system as defined in the base
+"minnow" description file.
+
+Notice again the three critical variables:
+:term:`KMACHINE`,
+:term:`KTYPE`, and
+:term:`KARCH`. Of these variables, only
+``KTYPE`` has changed to specify the "tiny" kernel type.
+
+Kernel Metadata Location
+========================
+
+Kernel Metadata always exists outside of the kernel tree either defined
+in a kernel recipe (recipe-space) or outside of the recipe. Where you
+choose to define the Metadata depends on what you want to do and how you
+intend to work. Regardless of where you define the kernel Metadata, the
+syntax used applies equally.
+
+If you are unfamiliar with the Linux kernel and only wish to apply a
+configuration and possibly a couple of patches provided to you by
+others, the recipe-space method is recommended. This method is also a
+good approach if you are working with Linux kernel sources you do not
+control or if you just do not want to maintain a Linux kernel Git
+repository on your own. For partial information on how you can define
+kernel Metadata in the recipe-space, see the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:modifying an existing recipe`" section.
+
+Conversely, if you are actively developing a kernel and are already
+maintaining a Linux kernel Git repository of your own, you might find it
+more convenient to work with kernel Metadata kept outside the
+recipe-space. Working with Metadata in this area can make iterative
+development of the Linux kernel more efficient outside of the BitBake
+environment.
+
+Recipe-Space Metadata
+---------------------
+
+When stored in recipe-space, the kernel Metadata files reside in a
+directory hierarchy below
+:term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`. For
+a linux-yocto recipe or for a Linux kernel recipe derived by copying and
+modifying
+``oe-core/meta-skeleton/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto-custom.bb`` to
+a recipe in your layer, ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` is typically set to
+``${``\ :term:`THISDIR`\ ``}/${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``.
+See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:modifying an existing recipe`"
+section for more information.
+
+Here is an example that shows a trivial tree of kernel Metadata stored
+in recipe-space within a BSP layer:
+::
+
+ meta-my_bsp_layer/
+ `-- recipes-kernel
+ `-- linux
+ `-- linux-yocto
+ |-- bsp-standard.scc
+ |-- bsp.cfg
+ `-- standard.cfg
+
+When the Metadata is stored in recipe-space, you must take steps to
+ensure BitBake has the necessary information to decide what files to
+fetch and when they need to be fetched again. It is only necessary to
+specify the ``.scc`` files on the
+:term:`SRC_URI`. BitBake parses them
+and fetches any files referenced in the ``.scc`` files by the
+``include``, ``patch``, or ``kconf`` commands. Because of this, it is
+necessary to bump the recipe :term:`PR`
+value when changing the content of files not explicitly listed in the
+``SRC_URI``.
+
+If the BSP description is in recipe space, you cannot simply list the
+``*.scc`` in the ``SRC_URI`` statement. You need to use the following
+form from your kernel append file:
+::
+
+ SRC_URI_append_myplatform = " \
+ file://myplatform;type=kmeta;destsuffix=myplatform \
+ "
+
+Metadata Outside the Recipe-Space
+---------------------------------
+
+When stored outside of the recipe-space, the kernel Metadata files
+reside in a separate repository. The OpenEmbedded build system adds the
+Metadata to the build as a "type=kmeta" repository through the
+:term:`SRC_URI` variable. As an
+example, consider the following ``SRC_URI`` statement from the
+``linux-yocto_4.12.bb`` kernel recipe:
+::
+
+ SRC_URI = "git://git.yoctoproject.org/linux-yocto-4.12.git;name=machine;branch=${KBRANCH}; \
+ git://git.yoctoproject.org/yocto-kernel-cache;type=kmeta;name=meta;branch=yocto-4.12;destsuffix=${KMETA}"
+
+
+``${KMETA}``, in this context, is simply used to name the directory into
+which the Git fetcher places the Metadata. This behavior is no different
+than any multi-repository ``SRC_URI`` statement used in a recipe (e.g.
+see the previous section).
+
+You can keep kernel Metadata in a "kernel-cache", which is a directory
+containing configuration fragments. As with any Metadata kept outside
+the recipe-space, you simply need to use the ``SRC_URI`` statement with
+the "type=kmeta" attribute. Doing so makes the kernel Metadata available
+during the configuration phase.
+
+If you modify the Metadata, you must not forget to update the ``SRCREV``
+statements in the kernel's recipe. In particular, you need to update the
+``SRCREV_meta`` variable to match the commit in the ``KMETA`` branch you
+wish to use. Changing the data in these branches and not updating the
+``SRCREV`` statements to match will cause the build to fetch an older
+commit.
+
+Organizing Your Source
+======================
+
+Many recipes based on the ``linux-yocto-custom.bb`` recipe use Linux
+kernel sources that have only a single branch - "master". This type of
+repository structure is fine for linear development supporting a single
+machine and architecture. However, if you work with multiple boards and
+architectures, a kernel source repository with multiple branches is more
+efficient. For example, suppose you need a series of patches for one
+board to boot. Sometimes, these patches are works-in-progress or
+fundamentally wrong, yet they are still necessary for specific boards.
+In these situations, you most likely do not want to include these
+patches in every kernel you build (i.e. have the patches as part of the
+lone "master" branch). It is situations like these that give rise to
+multiple branches used within a Linux kernel sources Git repository.
+
+Repository organization strategies exist that maximize source reuse,
+remove redundancy, and logically order your changes. This section
+presents strategies for the following cases:
+
+- Encapsulating patches in a feature description and only including the
+ patches in the BSP descriptions of the applicable boards.
+
+- Creating a machine branch in your kernel source repository and
+ applying the patches on that branch only.
+
+- Creating a feature branch in your kernel source repository and
+ merging that branch into your BSP when needed.
+
+The approach you take is entirely up to you and depends on what works
+best for your development model.
+
+Encapsulating Patches
+---------------------
+
+If you are reusing patches from an external tree and are not working on
+the patches, you might find the encapsulated feature to be appropriate.
+Given this scenario, you do not need to create any branches in the
+source repository. Rather, you just take the static patches you need and
+encapsulate them within a feature description. Once you have the feature
+description, you simply include that into the BSP description as
+described in the "`BSP Descriptions <#bsp-descriptions>`__" section.
+
+You can find information on how to create patches and BSP descriptions
+in the "`Patches <#patches>`__" and "`BSP
+Descriptions <#bsp-descriptions>`__" sections.
+
+Machine Branches
+----------------
+
+When you have multiple machines and architectures to support, or you are
+actively working on board support, it is more efficient to create
+branches in the repository based on individual machines. Having machine
+branches allows common source to remain in the "master" branch with any
+features specific to a machine stored in the appropriate machine branch.
+This organization method frees you from continually reintegrating your
+patches into a feature.
+
+Once you have a new branch, you can set up your kernel Metadata to use
+the branch a couple different ways. In the recipe, you can specify the
+new branch as the ``KBRANCH`` to use for the board as follows:
+::
+
+ KBRANCH = "mynewbranch"
+
+Another method is to use the ``branch`` command in the BSP
+description:
+::
+
+ mybsp.scc:
+ define KMACHINE mybsp
+ define KTYPE standard
+ define KARCH i386
+ include standard.scc
+
+ branch mynewbranch
+
+ include mybsp-hw.scc
+
+If you find yourself with numerous branches, you might consider using a
+hierarchical branching system similar to what the Yocto Linux Kernel Git
+repositories use:
+::
+
+ common/kernel_type/machine
+
+If you had two kernel types, "standard" and "small" for instance, three
+machines, and common as ``mydir``, the branches in your Git repository
+might look like this:
+::
+
+ mydir/base
+ mydir/standard/base
+ mydir/standard/machine_a
+ mydir/standard/machine_b
+ mydir/standard/machine_c
+ mydir/small/base
+ mydir/small/machine_a
+
+This organization can help clarify the branch relationships. In this
+case, ``mydir/standard/machine_a`` includes everything in ``mydir/base``
+and ``mydir/standard/base``. The "standard" and "small" branches add
+sources specific to those kernel types that for whatever reason are not
+appropriate for the other branches.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The "base" branches are an artifact of the way Git manages its data
+ internally on the filesystem: Git will not allow you to use
+ ``mydir/standard`` and ``mydir/standard/machine_a`` because it would have to
+ create a file and a directory named "standard".
+
+Feature Branches
+----------------
+
+When you are actively developing new features, it can be more efficient
+to work with that feature as a branch, rather than as a set of patches
+that have to be regularly updated. The Yocto Project Linux kernel tools
+provide for this with the ``git merge`` command.
+
+To merge a feature branch into a BSP, insert the ``git merge`` command
+after any ``branch`` commands:
+::
+
+ mybsp.scc:
+ define KMACHINE mybsp
+ define KTYPE standard
+ define KARCH i386
+ include standard.scc
+
+ branch mynewbranch
+ git merge myfeature
+
+ include mybsp-hw.scc
+
+.. _scc-reference:
+
+SCC Description File Reference
+==============================
+
+This section provides a brief reference for the commands you can use
+within an SCC description file (``.scc``):
+
+- ``branch [ref]``: Creates a new branch relative to the current branch
+ (typically ``${KTYPE}``) using the currently checked-out branch, or
+ "ref" if specified.
+
+- ``define``: Defines variables, such as
+ :term:`KMACHINE`,
+ :term:`KTYPE`,
+ :term:`KARCH`, and
+ :term:`KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION`.
+
+- ``include SCC_FILE``: Includes an SCC file in the current file. The
+ file is parsed as if you had inserted it inline.
+
+- ``kconf [hardware|non-hardware] CFG_FILE``: Queues a configuration
+ fragment for merging into the final Linux ``.config`` file.
+
+- ``git merge GIT_BRANCH``: Merges the feature branch into the current
+ branch.
+
+- ``patch PATCH_FILE``: Applies the patch to the current Git branch.
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..830b3e8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,2031 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+************
+Common Tasks
+************
+
+This chapter presents several common tasks you perform when you work
+with the Yocto Project Linux kernel. These tasks include preparing your
+host development system for kernel development, preparing a layer,
+modifying an existing recipe, patching the kernel, configuring the
+kernel, iterative development, working with your own sources, and
+incorporating out-of-tree modules.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The examples presented in this chapter work with the Yocto Project
+ 2.4 Release and forward.
+
+Preparing the Build Host to Work on the Kernel
+==============================================
+
+Before you can do any kernel development, you need to be sure your build
+host is set up to use the Yocto Project. For information on how to get
+set up, see the ":doc:`../dev-manual/dev-manual-start`" section in
+the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Part of preparing the system
+is creating a local Git repository of the
+:term:`Source Directory` (``poky``) on your system. Follow the steps in the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:cloning the \`\`poky\`\` repository`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual to set up your
+Source Directory.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Be sure you check out the appropriate development branch or you
+ create your local branch by checking out a specific tag to get the
+ desired version of Yocto Project. See the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:checking out by branch in poky`" and
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:checking out by tag in poky`"
+ sections in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information.
+
+Kernel development is best accomplished using
+:ref:`devtool <sdk-manual/sdk-extensible:using \`\`devtool\`\` in your sdk workflow>`
+and not through traditional kernel workflow methods. The remainder of
+this section provides information for both scenarios.
+
+Getting Ready to Develop Using ``devtool``
+------------------------------------------
+
+Follow these steps to prepare to update the kernel image using
+``devtool``. Completing this procedure leaves you with a clean kernel
+image and ready to make modifications as described in the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using \`\`devtool\`\` to patch the kernel`"
+section:
+
+1. *Initialize the BitBake Environment:* Before building an extensible
+ SDK, you need to initialize the BitBake build environment by sourcing
+ the build environment script (i.e. :ref:`structure-core-script`):
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky
+ $ source oe-init-build-env
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The previous commands assume the
+ :ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:yocto project source repositories`
+ (i.e. ``poky``) have been cloned using Git and the local repository is named
+ "poky".
+
+2. *Prepare Your local.conf File:* By default, the
+ :term:`MACHINE` variable is set to
+ "qemux86-64", which is fine if you are building for the QEMU emulator
+ in 64-bit mode. However, if you are not, you need to set the
+ ``MACHINE`` variable appropriately in your ``conf/local.conf`` file
+ found in the
+ :term:`Build Directory` (i.e.
+ ``~/poky/build`` in this example).
+
+ Also, since you are preparing to work on the kernel image, you need
+ to set the
+ :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
+ variable to include kernel modules.
+
+ In this example we wish to build for qemux86 so we must set the
+ ``MACHINE`` variable to "qemux86" and also add the "kernel-modules".
+ As described we do this by appending to ``conf/local.conf``:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINE = "qemux86"
+ MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-modules"
+
+3. *Create a Layer for Patches:* You need to create a layer to hold
+ patches created for the kernel image. You can use the
+ ``bitbake-layers create-layer`` command as follows:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky/build
+ $ bitbake-layers create-layer ../../meta-mylayer
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ Add your new layer with 'bitbake-layers add-layer ../../meta-mylayer'
+ $
+
+ .. note::
+
+ For background information on working with common and BSP layers,
+ see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:understanding and creating layers`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual and the
+ ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:bsp layers`" section in the Yocto Project Board
+ Support (BSP) Developer's Guide, respectively. For information on how to
+ use the ``bitbake-layers create-layer`` command to quickly set up a layer,
+ see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating a general layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+4. *Inform the BitBake Build Environment About Your Layer:* As directed
+ when you created your layer, you need to add the layer to the
+ :term:`BBLAYERS` variable in the
+ ``bblayers.conf`` file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky/build
+ $ bitbake-layers add-layer ../../meta-mylayer
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ $
+
+5. *Build the Extensible SDK:* Use BitBake to build the extensible SDK
+ specifically for use with images to be run using QEMU:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky/build
+ $ bitbake core-image-minimal -c populate_sdk_ext
+
+ Once
+ the build finishes, you can find the SDK installer file (i.e.
+ ``*.sh`` file) in the following directory:
+ ::
+
+ ~/poky/build/tmp/deploy/sdk
+
+ For this example, the installer file is named
+ ``poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-minimal-i586-toolchain-ext-DISTRO.sh``.
+
+6. *Install the Extensible SDK:* Use the following command to install
+ the SDK. For this example, install the SDK in the default
+ ``~/poky_sdk`` directory:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky/build/tmp/deploy/sdk
+ $ ./poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-minimal-i586-toolchain-ext-3.1.2.sh
+ Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro) Extensible SDK installer version 3.1.2
+ ============================================================================
+ Enter target directory for SDK (default: ~/poky_sdk):
+ You are about to install the SDK to "/home/scottrif/poky_sdk". Proceed [Y/n]? Y
+ Extracting SDK......................................done
+ Setting it up...
+ Extracting buildtools...
+ Preparing build system...
+ Parsing recipes: 100% |#################################################################| Time: 0:00:52
+ Initializing tasks: 100% |############## ###############################################| Time: 0:00:04
+ Checking sstate mirror object availability: 100% |######################################| Time: 0:00:00
+ Parsing recipes: 100% |#################################################################| Time: 0:00:33
+ Initializing tasks: 100% |##############################################################| Time: 0:00:00
+ done
+ SDK has been successfully set up and is ready to be used.
+ Each time you wish to use the SDK in a new shell session, you need to source the environment setup script e.g.
+ $ . /home/scottrif/poky_sdk/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux
+
+
+7. *Set Up a New Terminal to Work With the Extensible SDK:* You must set
+ up a new terminal to work with the SDK. You cannot use the same
+ BitBake shell used to build the installer.
+
+ After opening a new shell, run the SDK environment setup script as
+ directed by the output from installing the SDK:
+ ::
+
+ $ source ~/poky_sdk/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux
+ "SDK environment now set up; additionally you may now run devtool to perform development tasks.
+ Run devtool --help for further details.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you get a warning about attempting to use the extensible SDK in
+ an environment set up to run BitBake, you did not use a new shell.
+
+8. *Build the Clean Image:* The final step in preparing to work on the
+ kernel is to build an initial image using ``devtool`` in the new
+ terminal you just set up and initialized for SDK work:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool build-image
+ Parsing recipes: 100% |##########################################| Time: 0:00:05
+ Parsing of 830 .bb files complete (0 cached, 830 parsed). 1299 targets, 47 skipped, 0 masked, 0 errors.
+ WARNING: No packages to add, building image core-image-minimal unmodified
+ Loading cache: 100% |############################################| Time: 0:00:00
+ Loaded 1299 entries from dependency cache.
+ NOTE: Resolving any missing task queue dependencies
+ Initializing tasks: 100% |#######################################| Time: 0:00:07
+ Checking sstate mirror object availability: 100% |###############| Time: 0:00:00
+ NOTE: Executing SetScene Tasks
+ NOTE: Executing RunQueue Tasks
+ NOTE: Tasks Summary: Attempted 2866 tasks of which 2604 didn't need to be rerun and all succeeded.
+ NOTE: Successfully built core-image-minimal. You can find output files in /home/scottrif/poky_sdk/tmp/deploy/images/qemux86
+
+ If you were
+ building for actual hardware and not for emulation, you could flash
+ the image to a USB stick on ``/dev/sdd`` and boot your device. For an
+ example that uses a Minnowboard, see the
+ :yocto_wiki:`TipsAndTricks/KernelDevelopmentWithEsdk </wiki/TipsAndTricks/KernelDevelopmentWithEsdk>`
+ Wiki page.
+
+At this point you have set up to start making modifications to the
+kernel by using the extensible SDK. For a continued example, see the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using \`\`devtool\`\` to patch the kernel`"
+section.
+
+Getting Ready for Traditional Kernel Development
+------------------------------------------------
+
+Getting ready for traditional kernel development using the Yocto Project
+involves many of the same steps as described in the previous section.
+However, you need to establish a local copy of the kernel source since
+you will be editing these files.
+
+Follow these steps to prepare to update the kernel image using
+traditional kernel development flow with the Yocto Project. Completing
+this procedure leaves you ready to make modifications to the kernel
+source as described in the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using traditional kernel development to patch the kernel`"
+section:
+
+1. *Initialize the BitBake Environment:* Before you can do anything
+ using BitBake, you need to initialize the BitBake build environment
+ by sourcing the build environment script (i.e.
+ :ref:`structure-core-script`).
+ Also, for this example, be sure that the local branch you have
+ checked out for ``poky`` is the Yocto Project &DISTRO_NAME; branch. If
+ you need to checkout out the &DISTRO_NAME; branch, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:checking out by branch in poky`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky
+ $ git branch
+ master
+ * &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;
+ $ source oe-init-build-env
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The previous commands assume the
+ :ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:yocto project source repositories`
+ (i.e. ``poky``) have been cloned using Git and the local repository is named
+ "poky".
+
+2. *Prepare Your local.conf File:* By default, the
+ :term:`MACHINE` variable is set to
+ "qemux86-64", which is fine if you are building for the QEMU emulator
+ in 64-bit mode. However, if you are not, you need to set the
+ ``MACHINE`` variable appropriately in your ``conf/local.conf`` file
+ found in the
+ :term:`Build Directory` (i.e.
+ ``~/poky/build`` in this example).
+
+ Also, since you are preparing to work on the kernel image, you need
+ to set the
+ :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
+ variable to include kernel modules.
+
+ In this example we wish to build for qemux86 so we must set the
+ ``MACHINE`` variable to "qemux86" and also add the "kernel-modules".
+ As described we do this by appending to ``conf/local.conf``:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINE = "qemux86"
+ MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-modules"
+
+3. *Create a Layer for Patches:* You need to create a layer to hold
+ patches created for the kernel image. You can use the
+ ``bitbake-layers create-layer`` command as follows:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky/build
+ $ bitbake-layers create-layer ../../meta-mylayer
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ Add your new layer with 'bitbake-layers add-layer ../../meta-mylayer'
+
+ .. note::
+
+ For background information on working with common and BSP layers,
+ see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:understanding and creating layers`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual and the
+ ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:bsp layers`" section in the Yocto Project Board
+ Support (BSP) Developer's Guide, respectively. For information on how to
+ use the ``bitbake-layers create-layer`` command to quickly set up a layer,
+ see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating a general layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+4. *Inform the BitBake Build Environment About Your Layer:* As directed
+ when you created your layer, you need to add the layer to the
+ :term:`BBLAYERS` variable in the
+ ``bblayers.conf`` file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky/build
+ $ bitbake-layers add-layer ../../meta-mylayer
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server ...
+ $
+
+5. *Create a Local Copy of the Kernel Git Repository:* You can find Git
+ repositories of supported Yocto Project kernels organized under
+ "Yocto Linux Kernel" in the Yocto Project Source Repositories at
+ :yocto_git:`/`.
+
+ For simplicity, it is recommended that you create your copy of the
+ kernel Git repository outside of the
+ :term:`Source Directory`, which is
+ usually named ``poky``. Also, be sure you are in the
+ ``standard/base`` branch.
+
+ The following commands show how to create a local copy of the
+ ``linux-yocto-4.12`` kernel and be in the ``standard/base`` branch.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The ``linux-yocto-4.12`` kernel can be used with the Yocto Project 2.4
+ release and forward.
+ You cannot use the ``linux-yocto-4.12`` kernel with releases prior to
+ Yocto Project 2.4.
+
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~
+ $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/linux-yocto-4.12 --branch standard/base
+ Cloning into 'linux-yocto-4.12'...
+ remote: Counting objects: 6097195, done.
+ remote: Compressing objects: 100% (901026/901026), done.
+ remote: Total 6097195 (delta 5152604), reused 6096847 (delta 5152256)
+ Receiving objects: 100% (6097195/6097195), 1.24 GiB | 7.81 MiB/s, done.
+ Resolving deltas: 100% (5152604/5152604), done. Checking connectivity... done.
+ Checking out files: 100% (59846/59846), done.
+
+6. *Create a Local Copy of the Kernel Cache Git Repository:* For
+ simplicity, it is recommended that you create your copy of the kernel
+ cache Git repository outside of the
+ :term:`Source Directory`, which is
+ usually named ``poky``. Also, for this example, be sure you are in
+ the ``yocto-4.12`` branch.
+
+ The following commands show how to create a local copy of the
+ ``yocto-kernel-cache`` and be in the ``yocto-4.12`` branch:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~
+ $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/yocto-kernel-cache --branch yocto-4.12
+ Cloning into 'yocto-kernel-cache'...
+ remote: Counting objects: 22639, done.
+ remote: Compressing objects: 100% (9761/9761), done.
+ remote: Total 22639 (delta 12400), reused 22586 (delta 12347)
+ Receiving objects: 100% (22639/22639), 22.34 MiB | 6.27 MiB/s, done.
+ Resolving deltas: 100% (12400/12400), done.
+ Checking connectivity... done.
+
+At this point, you are ready to start making modifications to the kernel
+using traditional kernel development steps. For a continued example, see
+the "`Using Traditional Kernel Development to Patch the
+Kernel <#using-traditional-kernel-development-to-patch-the-kernel>`__"
+section.
+
+Creating and Preparing a Layer
+==============================
+
+If you are going to be modifying kernel recipes, it is recommended that
+you create and prepare your own layer in which to do your work. Your
+layer contains its own :term:`BitBake`
+append files (``.bbappend``) and provides a convenient mechanism to
+create your own recipe files (``.bb``) as well as store and use kernel
+patch files. For background information on working with layers, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:understanding and creating layers`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The Yocto Project comes with many tools that simplify tasks you need
+ to perform. One such tool is the ``bitbake-layers create-layer``
+ command, which simplifies creating a new layer. See the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating a general layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for
+ information on how to use this script to quick set up a new layer.
+
+To better understand the layer you create for kernel development, the
+following section describes how to create a layer without the aid of
+tools. These steps assume creation of a layer named ``mylayer`` in your
+home directory:
+
+1. *Create Structure*: Create the layer's structure:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd $HOME
+ $ mkdir meta-mylayer
+ $ mkdir meta-mylayer/conf
+ $ mkdir meta-mylayer/recipes-kernel
+ $ mkdir meta-mylayer/recipes-kernel/linux
+ $ mkdir meta-mylayer/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto
+
+ The ``conf`` directory holds your configuration files, while the
+ ``recipes-kernel`` directory holds your append file and eventual
+ patch files.
+
+2. *Create the Layer Configuration File*: Move to the
+ ``meta-mylayer/conf`` directory and create the ``layer.conf`` file as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ # We have a conf and classes directory, add to BBPATH
+ BBPATH .= ":${LAYERDIR}"
+
+ # We have recipes-* directories, add to BBFILES
+ BBFILES += "${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bb \
+ ${LAYERDIR}/recipes-*/*/*.bbappend"
+
+ BBFILE_COLLECTIONS += "mylayer"
+ BBFILE_PATTERN_mylayer = "^${LAYERDIR}/"
+ BBFILE_PRIORITY_mylayer = "5"
+
+ Notice ``mylayer`` as part of the last three statements.
+
+3. *Create the Kernel Recipe Append File*: Move to the
+ ``meta-mylayer/recipes-kernel/linux`` directory and create the
+ kernel's append file. This example uses the ``linux-yocto-4.12``
+ kernel. Thus, the name of the append file is
+ ``linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``:
+ ::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
+
+ SRC_URI_append = " file://patch-file-one.patch"
+ SRC_URI_append = " file://patch-file-two.patch"
+ SRC_URI_append = " file://patch-file-three.patch"
+
+ The :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` and :term:`SRC_URI` statements
+ enable the OpenEmbedded build system to find patch files. For more
+ information on using append files, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using .bbappend files in your layer`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+Modifying an Existing Recipe
+============================
+
+In many cases, you can customize an existing linux-yocto recipe to meet
+the needs of your project. Each release of the Yocto Project provides a
+few Linux kernel recipes from which you can choose. These are located in
+the :term:`Source Directory` in
+``meta/recipes-kernel/linux``.
+
+Modifying an existing recipe can consist of the following:
+
+- :ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:creating the append file`
+
+- :ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:applying patches`
+
+- :ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:changing the configuration`
+
+Before modifying an existing recipe, be sure that you have created a
+minimal, custom layer from which you can work. See the "`Creating and
+Preparing a Layer <#creating-and-preparing-a-layer>`__" section for
+information.
+
+Creating the Append File
+------------------------
+
+You create this file in your custom layer. You also name it accordingly
+based on the linux-yocto recipe you are using. For example, if you are
+modifying the ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bb`` recipe,
+the append file will typically be located as follows within your custom
+layer:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ your-layer/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend
+
+The append file should initially extend the
+:term:`FILESPATH` search path by
+prepending the directory that contains your files to the
+:term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`
+variable as follows:
+::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
+
+The path ``${``\ :term:`THISDIR`\ ``}/${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``
+expands to "linux-yocto" in the current directory for this example. If
+you add any new files that modify the kernel recipe and you have
+extended ``FILESPATH`` as described above, you must place the files in
+your layer in the following area:
+::
+
+ your-layer/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto/
+
+.. note::
+
+ If you are working on a new machine Board Support Package (BSP), be
+ sure to refer to the :doc:`../bsp-guide/bsp-guide`.
+
+As an example, consider the following append file used by the BSPs in
+``meta-yocto-bsp``:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ meta-yocto-bsp/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend
+
+The following listing shows the file. Be aware that the actual commit ID
+strings in this example listing might be different than the actual
+strings in the file from the ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer upstream.
+::
+
+ KBRANCH_genericx86 = "standard/base"
+ KBRANCH_genericx86-64 = "standard/base"
+
+ KMACHINE_genericx86 ?= "common-pc"
+ KMACHINE_genericx86-64 ?= "common-pc-64"
+ KBRANCH_edgerouter = "standard/edgerouter"
+ KBRANCH_beaglebone = "standard/beaglebone"
+
+ SRCREV_machine_genericx86 ?= "d09f2ce584d60ecb7890550c22a80c48b83c2e19"
+ SRCREV_machine_genericx86-64 ?= "d09f2ce584d60ecb7890550c22a80c48b83c2e19"
+ SRCREV_machine_edgerouter ?= "b5c8cfda2dfe296410d51e131289fb09c69e1e7d"
+ SRCREV_machine_beaglebone ?= "b5c8cfda2dfe296410d51e131289fb09c69e1e7d"
+
+
+ COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_genericx86 = "genericx86"
+ COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_genericx86-64 = "genericx86-64"
+ COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_edgerouter = "edgerouter"
+ COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_beaglebone = "beaglebone"
+
+ LINUX_VERSION_genericx86 = "4.12.7"
+ LINUX_VERSION_genericx86-64 = "4.12.7"
+ LINUX_VERSION_edgerouter = "4.12.10"
+ LINUX_VERSION_beaglebone = "4.12.10"
+
+This append file
+contains statements used to support several BSPs that ship with the
+Yocto Project. The file defines machines using the
+:term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE`
+variable and uses the
+:term:`KMACHINE` variable to ensure
+the machine name used by the OpenEmbedded build system maps to the
+machine name used by the Linux Yocto kernel. The file also uses the
+optional :term:`KBRANCH` variable to
+ensure the build process uses the appropriate kernel branch.
+
+Although this particular example does not use it, the
+:term:`KERNEL_FEATURES`
+variable could be used to enable features specific to the kernel. The
+append file points to specific commits in the
+:term:`Source Directory` Git repository and
+the ``meta`` Git repository branches to identify the exact kernel needed
+to build the BSP.
+
+One thing missing in this particular BSP, which you will typically need
+when developing a BSP, is the kernel configuration file (``.config``)
+for your BSP. When developing a BSP, you probably have a kernel
+configuration file or a set of kernel configuration files that, when
+taken together, define the kernel configuration for your BSP. You can
+accomplish this definition by putting the configurations in a file or a
+set of files inside a directory located at the same level as your
+kernel's append file and having the same name as the kernel's main
+recipe file. With all these conditions met, simply reference those files
+in the :term:`SRC_URI` statement in
+the append file.
+
+For example, suppose you had some configuration options in a file called
+``network_configs.cfg``. You can place that file inside a directory
+named ``linux-yocto`` and then add a ``SRC_URI`` statement such as the
+following to the append file. When the OpenEmbedded build system builds
+the kernel, the configuration options are picked up and applied.
+::
+
+ SRC_URI += "file://network_configs.cfg"
+
+To group related configurations into multiple files, you perform a
+similar procedure. Here is an example that groups separate
+configurations specifically for Ethernet and graphics into their own
+files and adds the configurations by using a ``SRC_URI`` statement like
+the following in your append file:
+::
+
+ SRC_URI += "file://myconfig.cfg \
+ file://eth.cfg \
+ file://gfx.cfg"
+
+Another variable you can use in your kernel recipe append file is the
+:term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`
+variable. When you use this statement, you are extending the locations
+used by the OpenEmbedded system to look for files and patches as the
+recipe is processed.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Other methods exist to accomplish grouping and defining configuration
+ options. For example, if you are working with a local clone of the
+ kernel repository, you could checkout the kernel's ``meta`` branch,
+ make your changes, and then push the changes to the local bare clone
+ of the kernel. The result is that you directly add configuration
+ options to the ``meta`` branch for your BSP. The configuration
+ options will likely end up in that location anyway if the BSP gets
+ added to the Yocto Project.
+
+ In general, however, the Yocto Project maintainers take care of
+ moving the ``SRC_URI``-specified configuration options to the
+ kernel's ``meta`` branch. Not only is it easier for BSP developers to
+ not have to worry about putting those configurations in the branch,
+ but having the maintainers do it allows them to apply 'global'
+ knowledge about the kinds of common configuration options multiple
+ BSPs in the tree are typically using. This allows for promotion of
+ common configurations into common features.
+
+Applying Patches
+----------------
+
+If you have a single patch or a small series of patches that you want to
+apply to the Linux kernel source, you can do so just as you would with
+any other recipe. You first copy the patches to the path added to
+:term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` in
+your ``.bbappend`` file as described in the previous section, and then
+reference them in :term:`SRC_URI`
+statements.
+
+For example, you can apply a three-patch series by adding the following
+lines to your linux-yocto ``.bbappend`` file in your layer:
+::
+
+ SRC_URI += "file://0001-first-change.patch"
+ SRC_URI += "file://0002-second-change.patch"
+ SRC_URI += "file://0003-third-change.patch"
+
+The next time you run BitBake to build
+the Linux kernel, BitBake detects the change in the recipe and fetches
+and applies the patches before building the kernel.
+
+For a detailed example showing how to patch the kernel using
+``devtool``, see the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using \`\`devtool\`\` to patch the kernel`"
+and
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using traditional kernel development to patch the kernel`"
+sections.
+
+Changing the Configuration
+--------------------------
+
+You can make wholesale or incremental changes to the final ``.config``
+file used for the eventual Linux kernel configuration by including a
+``defconfig`` file and by specifying configuration fragments in the
+:term:`SRC_URI` to be applied to that
+file.
+
+If you have a complete, working Linux kernel ``.config`` file you want
+to use for the configuration, as before, copy that file to the
+appropriate ``${PN}`` directory in your layer's ``recipes-kernel/linux``
+directory, and rename the copied file to "defconfig". Then, add the
+following lines to the linux-yocto ``.bbappend`` file in your layer:
+::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
+ SRC_URI += "file://defconfig"
+
+The ``SRC_URI`` tells the build system how to search
+for the file, while the
+:term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`
+extends the :term:`FILESPATH`
+variable (search directories) to include the ``${PN}`` directory you
+created to hold the configuration changes.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The build system applies the configurations from the ``defconfig``
+ file before applying any subsequent configuration fragments. The
+ final kernel configuration is a combination of the configurations in
+ the ``defconfig`` file and any configuration fragments you provide. You need
+ to realize that if you have any configuration fragments, the build system
+ applies these on top of and after applying the existing ``defconfig`` file
+ configurations.
+
+Generally speaking, the preferred approach is to determine the
+incremental change you want to make and add that as a configuration
+fragment. For example, if you want to add support for a basic serial
+console, create a file named ``8250.cfg`` in the ``${PN}`` directory
+with the following content (without indentation):
+::
+
+ CONFIG_SERIAL_8250=y
+ CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE=y
+ CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_PCI=y
+ CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_NR_UARTS=4
+ CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_RUNTIME_UARTS=4
+ CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE=y
+ CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE_CONSOLE=y
+
+Next, include this
+configuration fragment and extend the ``FILESPATH`` variable in your
+``.bbappend`` file:
+::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
+ SRC_URI += "file://8250.cfg"
+
+The next time you run BitBake to build the
+Linux kernel, BitBake detects the change in the recipe and fetches and
+applies the new configuration before building the kernel.
+
+For a detailed example showing how to configure the kernel, see the
+"`Configuring the Kernel <#configuring-the-kernel>`__" section.
+
+Using an "In-Tree" ``defconfig`` File
+--------------------------------------
+
+It might be desirable to have kernel configuration fragment support
+through a ``defconfig`` file that is pulled from the kernel source tree
+for the configured machine. By default, the OpenEmbedded build system
+looks for ``defconfig`` files in the layer used for Metadata, which is
+"out-of-tree", and then configures them using the following:
+::
+
+ SRC_URI += "file://defconfig"
+
+If you do not want to maintain copies of
+``defconfig`` files in your layer but would rather allow users to use
+the default configuration from the kernel tree and still be able to add
+configuration fragments to the
+:term:`SRC_URI` through, for example,
+append files, you can direct the OpenEmbedded build system to use a
+``defconfig`` file that is "in-tree".
+
+To specify an "in-tree" ``defconfig`` file, use the following statement
+form:
+::
+
+ KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_KMACHINE ?= "defconfig_file"
+
+Here is an example
+that assigns the ``KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`` variable based on "raspberrypi2"
+and provides the path to the "in-tree" ``defconfig`` file to be used for
+a Raspberry Pi 2, which is based on the Broadcom 2708/2709 chipset:
+::
+
+ KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_raspberrypi2 ?= "bcm2709_defconfig"
+
+Aside from modifying your kernel recipe and providing your own
+``defconfig`` file, you need to be sure no files or statements set
+``SRC_URI`` to use a ``defconfig`` other than your "in-tree" file (e.g.
+a kernel's ``linux-``\ `machine`\ ``.inc`` file). In other words, if the
+build system detects a statement that identifies an "out-of-tree"
+``defconfig`` file, that statement will override your
+``KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`` variable.
+
+See the
+:term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`
+variable description for more information.
+
+Using ``devtool`` to Patch the Kernel
+=====================================
+
+The steps in this procedure show you how you can patch the kernel using
+the extensible SDK and ``devtool``.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Before attempting this procedure, be sure you have performed the
+ steps to get ready for updating the kernel as described in the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:getting ready to develop using \`\`devtool\`\``"
+ section.
+
+Patching the kernel involves changing or adding configurations to an
+existing kernel, changing or adding recipes to the kernel that are
+needed to support specific hardware features, or even altering the
+source code itself.
+
+This example creates a simple patch by adding some QEMU emulator console
+output at boot time through ``printk`` statements in the kernel's
+``calibrate.c`` source code file. Applying the patch and booting the
+modified image causes the added messages to appear on the emulator's
+console. The example is a continuation of the setup procedure found in
+the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:getting ready to develop using \`\`devtool\`\``" Section.
+
+1. *Check Out the Kernel Source Files:* First you must use ``devtool``
+ to checkout the kernel source code in its workspace. Be sure you are
+ in the terminal set up to do work with the extensible SDK.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ See this step in the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:getting ready to develop using \`\`devtool\`\``"
+ section for more information.
+
+ Use the following ``devtool`` command to check out the code:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool modify linux-yocto
+
+ .. note::
+
+ During the checkout operation, a bug exists that could cause
+ errors such as the following to appear:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ ERROR: Taskhash mismatch 2c793438c2d9f8c3681fd5f7bc819efa versus
+ be3a89ce7c47178880ba7bf6293d7404 for
+ /path/to/esdk/layers/poky/meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.10.bb.do_unpack
+
+
+ You can safely ignore these messages. The source code is correctly
+ checked out.
+
+2. *Edit the Source Files* Follow these steps to make some simple
+ changes to the source files:
+
+ 1. *Change the working directory*: In the previous step, the output
+ noted where you can find the source files (e.g.
+ ``~/poky_sdk/workspace/sources/linux-yocto``). Change to where the
+ kernel source code is before making your edits to the
+ ``calibrate.c`` file:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky_sdk/workspace/sources/linux-yocto
+
+ 2. *Edit the source file*: Edit the ``init/calibrate.c`` file to have
+ the following changes:
+ ::
+
+ void calibrate_delay(void)
+ {
+ unsigned long lpj;
+ static bool printed;
+ int this_cpu = smp_processor_id();
+
+ printk("*************************************\n");
+ printk("* *\n");
+ printk("* HELLO YOCTO KERNEL *\n");
+ printk("* *\n");
+ printk("*************************************\n");
+
+ if (per_cpu(cpu_loops_per_jiffy, this_cpu)) {
+ .
+ .
+ .
+
+3. *Build the Updated Kernel Source:* To build the updated kernel
+ source, use ``devtool``:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool build linux-yocto
+
+4. *Create the Image With the New Kernel:* Use the
+ ``devtool build-image`` command to create a new image that has the
+ new kernel.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If the image you originally created resulted in a Wic file, you
+ can use an alternate method to create the new image with the
+ updated kernel. For an example, see the steps in the
+ :yocto_wiki:`TipsAndTricks/KernelDevelopmentWithEsdk </wiki/TipsAndTricks/KernelDevelopmentWithEsdk>`
+ Wiki Page.
+
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~
+ $ devtool build-image core-image-minimal
+
+5. *Test the New Image:* For this example, you can run the new image
+ using QEMU to verify your changes:
+
+ 1. *Boot the image*: Boot the modified image in the QEMU emulator
+ using this command:
+ ::
+
+ $ runqemu qemux86
+
+ 2. *Verify the changes*: Log into the machine using ``root`` with no
+ password and then use the following shell command to scroll
+ through the console's boot output.
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ # dmesg | less
+
+ You should see
+ the results of your ``printk`` statements as part of the output
+ when you scroll down the console window.
+
+6. *Stage and commit your changes*: Within your eSDK terminal, change
+ your working directory to where you modified the ``calibrate.c`` file
+ and use these Git commands to stage and commit your changes:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky_sdk/workspace/sources/linux-yocto
+ $ git status
+ $ git add init/calibrate.c
+ $ git commit -m "calibrate: Add printk example"
+
+7. *Export the Patches and Create an Append File:* To export your
+ commits as patches and create a ``.bbappend`` file, use the following
+ command in the terminal used to work with the extensible SDK. This
+ example uses the previously established layer named ``meta-mylayer``.
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool finish linux-yocto ~/meta-mylayer
+
+ .. note::
+
+ See Step 3 of the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:getting ready to develop using \`\`devtool\`\``"
+ section for information on setting up this layer.
+
+ Once the command
+ finishes, the patches and the ``.bbappend`` file are located in the
+ ``~/meta-mylayer/recipes-kernel/linux`` directory.
+
+8. *Build the Image With Your Modified Kernel:* You can now build an
+ image that includes your kernel patches. Execute the following
+ command from your
+ :term:`Build Directory` in the terminal
+ set up to run BitBake:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky/build
+ $ bitbake core-image-minimal
+
+Using Traditional Kernel Development to Patch the Kernel
+========================================================
+
+The steps in this procedure show you how you can patch the kernel using
+traditional kernel development (i.e. not using ``devtool`` and the
+extensible SDK as described in the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using \`\`devtool\`\` to patch the kernel`"
+section).
+
+.. note::
+
+ Before attempting this procedure, be sure you have performed the
+ steps to get ready for updating the kernel as described in the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:getting ready for traditional kernel development`"
+ section.
+
+Patching the kernel involves changing or adding configurations to an
+existing kernel, changing or adding recipes to the kernel that are
+needed to support specific hardware features, or even altering the
+source code itself.
+
+The example in this section creates a simple patch by adding some QEMU
+emulator console output at boot time through ``printk`` statements in
+the kernel's ``calibrate.c`` source code file. Applying the patch and
+booting the modified image causes the added messages to appear on the
+emulator's console. The example is a continuation of the setup procedure
+found in the "`Getting Ready for Traditional Kernel
+Development <#getting-ready-for-traditional-kernel-development>`__"
+Section.
+
+1. *Edit the Source Files* Prior to this step, you should have used Git
+ to create a local copy of the repository for your kernel. Assuming
+ you created the repository as directed in the "`Getting Ready for
+ Traditional Kernel
+ Development <#getting-ready-for-traditional-kernel-development>`__"
+ section, use the following commands to edit the ``calibrate.c`` file:
+
+ 1. *Change the working directory*: You need to locate the source
+ files in the local copy of the kernel Git repository. Change to
+ where the kernel source code is before making your edits to the
+ ``calibrate.c`` file:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/linux-yocto-4.12/init
+
+ 2. *Edit the source file*: Edit the ``calibrate.c`` file to have the
+ following changes:
+ ::
+
+ void calibrate_delay(void)
+ {
+ unsigned long lpj;
+ static bool printed;
+ int this_cpu = smp_processor_id();
+
+ printk("*************************************\n");
+ printk("* *\n");
+ printk("* HELLO YOCTO KERNEL *\n");
+ printk("* *\n");
+ printk("*************************************\n");
+
+ if (per_cpu(cpu_loops_per_jiffy, this_cpu)) {
+ .
+ .
+ .
+
+2. *Stage and Commit Your Changes:* Use standard Git commands to stage
+ and commit the changes you just made:
+ ::
+
+ $ git add calibrate.c
+ $ git commit -m "calibrate.c - Added some printk statements"
+
+ If you do not
+ stage and commit your changes, the OpenEmbedded Build System will not
+ pick up the changes.
+
+3. *Update Your local.conf File to Point to Your Source Files:* In
+ addition to your ``local.conf`` file specifying to use
+ "kernel-modules" and the "qemux86" machine, it must also point to the
+ updated kernel source files. Add
+ :term:`SRC_URI` and
+ :term:`SRCREV` statements similar
+ to the following to your ``local.conf``:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky/build/conf
+
+ Add the following to the ``local.conf``:
+ ::
+
+ SRC_URI_pn-linux-yocto = "git:///path-to/linux-yocto-4.12;protocol=file;name=machine;branch=standard/base; \
+ git:///path-to/yocto-kernel-cache;protocol=file;type=kmeta;name=meta;branch=yocto-4.12;destsuffix=${KMETA}"
+ SRCREV_meta_qemux86 = "${AUTOREV}"
+ SRCREV_machine_qemux86 = "${AUTOREV}"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Be sure to replace `path-to`
+ with the pathname to your local Git repositories. Also, you must
+ be sure to specify the correct branch and machine types. For this
+ example, the branch is ``standard/base`` and the machine is ``qemux86``.
+
+4. *Build the Image:* With the source modified, your changes staged and
+ committed, and the ``local.conf`` file pointing to the kernel files,
+ you can now use BitBake to build the image:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky/build
+ $ bitbake core-image-minimal
+
+5. *Boot the image*: Boot the modified image in the QEMU emulator using
+ this command. When prompted to login to the QEMU console, use "root"
+ with no password:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky/build
+ $ runqemu qemux86
+
+6. *Look for Your Changes:* As QEMU booted, you might have seen your
+ changes rapidly scroll by. If not, use these commands to see your
+ changes:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ # dmesg | less
+
+ You should see the results of your
+ ``printk`` statements as part of the output when you scroll down the
+ console window.
+
+7. *Generate the Patch File:* Once you are sure that your patch works
+ correctly, you can generate a ``*.patch`` file in the kernel source
+ repository:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/linux-yocto-4.12/init
+ $ git format-patch -1
+ 0001-calibrate.c-Added-some-printk-statements.patch
+
+8. *Move the Patch File to Your Layer:* In order for subsequent builds
+ to pick up patches, you need to move the patch file you created in
+ the previous step to your layer ``meta-mylayer``. For this example,
+ the layer created earlier is located in your home directory as
+ ``meta-mylayer``. When the layer was created using the
+ ``yocto-create`` script, no additional hierarchy was created to
+ support patches. Before moving the patch file, you need to add
+ additional structure to your layer using the following commands:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/meta-mylayer
+ $ mkdir recipes-kernel
+ $ mkdir recipes-kernel/linux
+ $ mkdir recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto
+
+ Once you have created this
+ hierarchy in your layer, you can move the patch file using the
+ following command:
+ ::
+
+ $ mv ~/linux-yocto-4.12/init/0001-calibrate.c-Added-some-printk-statements.patch ~/meta-mylayer/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto
+
+9. *Create the Append File:* Finally, you need to create the
+ ``linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend`` file and insert statements that allow
+ the OpenEmbedded build system to find the patch. The append file
+ needs to be in your layer's ``recipes-kernel/linux`` directory and it
+ must be named ``linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend`` and have the following
+ contents:
+ ::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
+ SRC_URI_append = "file://0001-calibrate.c-Added-some-printk-statements.patch"
+
+ The :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` and :term:`SRC_URI` statements
+ enable the OpenEmbedded build system to find the patch file.
+
+ For more information on append files and patches, see the "`Creating
+ the Append File <#creating-the-append-file>`__" and "`Applying
+ Patches <#applying-patches>`__" sections. You can also see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using .bbappend files in your layer`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ To build ``core-image-minimal`` again and see the effects of your patch,
+ you can essentially eliminate the temporary source files saved in
+ ``poky/build/tmp/work/...`` and residual effects of the build by entering
+ the following sequence of commands:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky/build
+ $ bitbake -c cleanall yocto-linux
+ $ bitbake core-image-minimal -c cleanall
+ $ bitbake core-image-minimal
+ $ runqemu qemux86
+
+
+Configuring the Kernel
+======================
+
+Configuring the Yocto Project kernel consists of making sure the
+``.config`` file has all the right information in it for the image you
+are building. You can use the ``menuconfig`` tool and configuration
+fragments to make sure your ``.config`` file is just how you need it.
+You can also save known configurations in a ``defconfig`` file that the
+build system can use for kernel configuration.
+
+This section describes how to use ``menuconfig``, create and use
+configuration fragments, and how to interactively modify your
+``.config`` file to create the leanest kernel configuration file
+possible.
+
+For more information on kernel configuration, see the "`Changing the
+Configuration <#changing-the-configuration>`__" section.
+
+Using ``menuconfig``
+---------------------
+
+The easiest way to define kernel configurations is to set them through
+the ``menuconfig`` tool. This tool provides an interactive method with
+which to set kernel configurations. For general information on
+``menuconfig``, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Menuconfig.
+
+To use the ``menuconfig`` tool in the Yocto Project development
+environment, you must do the following:
+
+- Because you launch ``menuconfig`` using BitBake, you must be sure to
+ set up your environment by running the
+ :ref:`structure-core-script` script found in
+ the :term:`Build Directory`.
+
+- You must be sure of the state of your build's configuration in the
+ :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+- Your build host must have the following two packages installed:
+ ::
+
+ libncurses5-dev
+ libtinfo-dev
+
+The following commands initialize the BitBake environment, run the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-kernel_configme`
+task, and launch ``menuconfig``. These commands assume the Source
+Directory's top-level folder is ``~/poky``:
+::
+
+ $ cd poky
+ $ source oe-init-build-env
+ $ bitbake linux-yocto -c kernel_configme -f
+ $ bitbake linux-yocto -c menuconfig
+
+Once ``menuconfig`` comes up, its standard
+interface allows you to interactively examine and configure all the
+kernel configuration parameters. After making your changes, simply exit
+the tool and save your changes to create an updated version of the
+``.config`` configuration file.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can use the entire ``.config`` file as the ``defconfig`` file. For
+ information on ``defconfig`` files, see the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:changing the configuration`",
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using an "in-tree" \`\`defconfig\`\` file`",
+ and ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:creating a \`\`defconfig\`\` file`"
+ sections.
+
+Consider an example that configures the "CONFIG_SMP" setting for the
+``linux-yocto-4.12`` kernel.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system recognizes this kernel as ``linux-yocto``
+ through Metadata (e.g. :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION`\ ``_linux-yocto ?= "12.4%"``).
+
+Once ``menuconfig`` launches, use the interface to navigate through the
+selections to find the configuration settings in which you are
+interested. For this example, you deselect "CONFIG_SMP" by clearing the
+"Symmetric Multi-Processing Support" option. Using the interface, you
+can find the option under "Processor Type and Features". To deselect
+"CONFIG_SMP", use the arrow keys to highlight "Symmetric
+Multi-Processing Support" and enter "N" to clear the asterisk. When you
+are finished, exit out and save the change.
+
+Saving the selections updates the ``.config`` configuration file. This
+is the file that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to configure the
+kernel during the build. You can find and examine this file in the Build
+Directory in ``tmp/work/``. The actual ``.config`` is located in the
+area where the specific kernel is built. For example, if you were
+building a Linux Yocto kernel based on the ``linux-yocto-4.12`` kernel
+and you were building a QEMU image targeted for ``x86`` architecture,
+the ``.config`` file would be:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/linux-yocto/4.12.12+gitAUTOINC+eda4d18...
+ ...967-r0/linux-qemux86-standard-build/.config
+
+.. note::
+
+ The previous example directory is artificially split and many of the
+ characters in the actual filename are omitted in order to make it
+ more readable. Also, depending on the kernel you are using, the exact
+ pathname might differ.
+
+Within the ``.config`` file, you can see the kernel settings. For
+example, the following entry shows that symmetric multi-processor
+support is not set:
+::
+
+ # CONFIG_SMP is not set
+
+A good method to isolate changed configurations is to use a combination
+of the ``menuconfig`` tool and simple shell commands. Before changing
+configurations with ``menuconfig``, copy the existing ``.config`` and
+rename it to something else, use ``menuconfig`` to make as many changes
+as you want and save them, then compare the renamed configuration file
+against the newly created file. You can use the resulting differences as
+your base to create configuration fragments to permanently save in your
+kernel layer.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Be sure to make a copy of the ``.config`` file and do not just rename it.
+ The build system needs an existing ``.config`` file from which to work.
+
+Creating a ``defconfig`` File
+------------------------------
+
+A ``defconfig`` file in the context of the Yocto Project is often a
+``.config`` file that is copied from a build or a ``defconfig`` taken
+from the kernel tree and moved into recipe space. You can use a
+``defconfig`` file to retain a known set of kernel configurations from
+which the OpenEmbedded build system can draw to create the final
+``.config`` file.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Out-of-the-box, the Yocto Project never ships a ``defconfig`` or ``.config``
+ file. The OpenEmbedded build system creates the final ``.config`` file used
+ to configure the kernel.
+
+To create a ``defconfig``, start with a complete, working Linux kernel
+``.config`` file. Copy that file to the appropriate
+``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}`` directory in
+your layer's ``recipes-kernel/linux`` directory, and rename the copied
+file to "defconfig" (e.g.
+``~/meta-mylayer/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto/defconfig``). Then,
+add the following lines to the linux-yocto ``.bbappend`` file in your
+layer:
+::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
+ SRC_URI += "file://defconfig"
+
+The :term:`SRC_URI` tells the build system how to search for the file, while the
+:term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` extends the :term:`FILESPATH`
+variable (search directories) to include the ``${PN}`` directory you
+created to hold the configuration changes.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The build system applies the configurations from the ``defconfig``
+ file before applying any subsequent configuration fragments. The
+ final kernel configuration is a combination of the configurations in
+ the ``defconfig`` file and any configuration fragments you provide. You need
+ to realize that if you have any configuration fragments, the build system
+ applies these on top of and after applying the existing ``defconfig`` file
+ configurations.
+
+For more information on configuring the kernel, see the "`Changing the
+Configuration <#changing-the-configuration>`__" section.
+
+.. _creating-config-fragments:
+
+Creating Configuration Fragments
+--------------------------------
+
+Configuration fragments are simply kernel options that appear in a file
+placed where the OpenEmbedded build system can find and apply them. The
+build system applies configuration fragments after applying
+configurations from a ``defconfig`` file. Thus, the final kernel
+configuration is a combination of the configurations in the
+``defconfig`` file and then any configuration fragments you provide. The
+build system applies fragments on top of and after applying the existing
+defconfig file configurations.
+
+Syntactically, the configuration statement is identical to what would
+appear in the ``.config`` file, which is in the :term:`Build Directory`.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For more information about where the ``.config`` file is located, see the
+ example in the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using \`\`menuconfig\`\``"
+ section.
+
+It is simple to create a configuration fragment. One method is to use
+shell commands. For example, issuing the following from the shell
+creates a configuration fragment file named ``my_smp.cfg`` that enables
+multi-processor support within the kernel:
+::
+
+ $ echo "CONFIG_SMP=y" >> my_smp.cfg
+
+.. note::
+
+ All configuration fragment files must use the ``.cfg`` extension in order
+ for the OpenEmbedded build system to recognize them as a configuration
+ fragment.
+
+Another method is to create a configuration fragment using the
+differences between two configuration files: one previously created and
+saved, and one freshly created using the ``menuconfig`` tool.
+
+To create a configuration fragment using this method, follow these
+steps:
+
+1. *Complete a Build Through Kernel Configuration:* Complete a build at
+ least through the kernel configuration task as follows:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake linux-yocto -c kernel_configme -f
+
+ This step ensures that you create a
+ ``.config`` file from a known state. Because situations exist where
+ your build state might become unknown, it is best to run this task
+ prior to starting ``menuconfig``.
+
+2. *Launch menuconfig:* Run the ``menuconfig`` command:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake linux-yocto -c menuconfig
+
+3. *Create the Configuration Fragment:* Run the ``diffconfig`` command
+ to prepare a configuration fragment. The resulting file
+ ``fragment.cfg`` is placed in the
+ ``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}``
+ directory:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake linux-yocto -c diffconfig
+
+The ``diffconfig`` command creates a file that is a list of Linux kernel
+``CONFIG_`` assignments. See the "`Changing the
+Configuration <#changing-the-configuration>`__" section for additional
+information on how to use the output as a configuration fragment.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can also use this method to create configuration fragments for a
+ BSP. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:bsp descriptions`"
+ section for more information.
+
+Where do you put your configuration fragment files? You can place these
+files in an area pointed to by
+:term:`SRC_URI` as directed by your
+``bblayers.conf`` file, which is located in your layer. The OpenEmbedded
+build system picks up the configuration and adds it to the kernel's
+configuration. For example, suppose you had a set of configuration
+options in a file called ``myconfig.cfg``. If you put that file inside a
+directory named ``linux-yocto`` that resides in the same directory as
+the kernel's append file within your layer and then add the following
+statements to the kernel's append file, those configuration options will
+be picked up and applied when the kernel is built:
+::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
+ SRC_URI += "file://myconfig.cfg"
+
+As mentioned earlier, you can group related configurations into multiple
+files and name them all in the ``SRC_URI`` statement as well. For
+example, you could group separate configurations specifically for
+Ethernet and graphics into their own files and add those by using a
+``SRC_URI`` statement like the following in your append file:
+::
+
+ SRC_URI += "file://myconfig.cfg \
+ file://eth.cfg \
+ file://gfx.cfg"
+
+Validating Configuration
+------------------------
+
+You can use the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-kernel_configcheck`
+task to provide configuration validation:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake linux-yocto -c kernel_configcheck -f
+
+Running this task produces warnings for when a
+requested configuration does not appear in the final ``.config`` file or
+when you override a policy configuration in a hardware configuration
+fragment.
+
+In order to run this task, you must have an existing ``.config`` file.
+See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using \`\`menuconfig\`\``" section for
+information on how to create a configuration file.
+
+Following is sample output from the ``do_kernel_configcheck`` task:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ Loading cache: 100% |########################################################| Time: 0:00:00
+ Loaded 1275 entries from dependency cache.
+ NOTE: Resolving any missing task queue dependencies
+
+ Build Configuration:
+ .
+ .
+ .
+
+ NOTE: Executing SetScene Tasks
+ NOTE: Executing RunQueue Tasks
+ WARNING: linux-yocto-4.12.12+gitAUTOINC+eda4d18ce4_16de014967-r0 do_kernel_configcheck:
+ [kernel config]: specified values did not make it into the kernel's final configuration:
+
+ ---------- CONFIG_X86_TSC -----------------
+ Config: CONFIG_X86_TSC
+ From: /home/scottrif/poky/build/tmp/work-shared/qemux86/kernel-source/.kernel-meta/configs/standard/bsp/common-pc/common-pc-cpu.cfg
+ Requested value: CONFIG_X86_TSC=y
+ Actual value:
+
+
+ ---------- CONFIG_X86_BIGSMP -----------------
+ Config: CONFIG_X86_BIGSMP
+ From: /home/scottrif/poky/build/tmp/work-shared/qemux86/kernel-source/.kernel-meta/configs/standard/cfg/smp.cfg
+ /home/scottrif/poky/build/tmp/work-shared/qemux86/kernel-source/.kernel-meta/configs/standard/defconfig
+ Requested value: # CONFIG_X86_BIGSMP is not set
+ Actual value:
+
+
+ ---------- CONFIG_NR_CPUS -----------------
+ Config: CONFIG_NR_CPUS
+ From: /home/scottrif/poky/build/tmp/work-shared/qemux86/kernel-source/.kernel-meta/configs/standard/cfg/smp.cfg
+ /home/scottrif/poky/build/tmp/work-shared/qemux86/kernel-source/.kernel-meta/configs/standard/bsp/common-pc/common-pc.cfg
+ /home/scottrif/poky/build/tmp/work-shared/qemux86/kernel-source/.kernel-meta/configs/standard/defconfig
+ Requested value: CONFIG_NR_CPUS=8
+ Actual value: CONFIG_NR_CPUS=1
+
+
+ ---------- CONFIG_SCHED_SMT -----------------
+ Config: CONFIG_SCHED_SMT
+ From: /home/scottrif/poky/build/tmp/work-shared/qemux86/kernel-source/.kernel-meta/configs/standard/cfg/smp.cfg
+ /home/scottrif/poky/build/tmp/work-shared/qemux86/kernel-source/.kernel-meta/configs/standard/defconfig
+ Requested value: CONFIG_SCHED_SMT=y
+ Actual value:
+
+
+
+ NOTE: Tasks Summary: Attempted 288 tasks of which 285 didn't need to be rerun and all succeeded.
+
+ Summary: There were 3 WARNING messages shown.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The previous output example has artificial line breaks to make it
+ more readable.
+
+The output describes the various problems that you can encounter along
+with where to find the offending configuration items. You can use the
+information in the logs to adjust your configuration files and then
+repeat the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-kernel_configme`
+and
+:ref:`ref-tasks-kernel_configcheck`
+tasks until they produce no warnings.
+
+For more information on how to use the ``menuconfig`` tool, see the
+:ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using \`\`menuconfig\`\`` section.
+
+Fine-Tuning the Kernel Configuration File
+-----------------------------------------
+
+You can make sure the ``.config`` file is as lean or efficient as
+possible by reading the output of the kernel configuration fragment
+audit, noting any issues, making changes to correct the issues, and then
+repeating.
+
+As part of the kernel build process, the ``do_kernel_configcheck`` task
+runs. This task validates the kernel configuration by checking the final
+``.config`` file against the input files. During the check, the task
+produces warning messages for the following issues:
+
+- Requested options that did not make the final ``.config`` file.
+
+- Configuration items that appear twice in the same configuration
+ fragment.
+
+- Configuration items tagged as "required" that were overridden.
+
+- A board overrides a non-board specific option.
+
+- Listed options not valid for the kernel being processed. In other
+ words, the option does not appear anywhere.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The :ref:`ref-tasks-kernel_configcheck` task can also optionally report if
+ an option is overridden during processing.
+
+For each output warning, a message points to the file that contains a
+list of the options and a pointer to the configuration fragment that
+defines them. Collectively, the files are the key to streamlining the
+configuration.
+
+To streamline the configuration, do the following:
+
+1. *Use a Working Configuration:* Start with a full configuration that
+ you know works. Be sure the configuration builds and boots
+ successfully. Use this configuration file as your baseline.
+
+2. *Run Configure and Check Tasks:* Separately run the
+ ``do_kernel_configme`` and ``do_kernel_configcheck`` tasks:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake linux-yocto -c kernel_configme -f
+ $ bitbake linux-yocto -c kernel_configcheck -f
+
+3. *Process the Results:* Take the resulting list of files from the
+ ``do_kernel_configcheck`` task warnings and do the following:
+
+ - Drop values that are redefined in the fragment but do not change
+ the final ``.config`` file.
+
+ - Analyze and potentially drop values from the ``.config`` file that
+ override required configurations.
+
+ - Analyze and potentially remove non-board specific options.
+
+ - Remove repeated and invalid options.
+
+4. *Re-Run Configure and Check Tasks:* After you have worked through the
+ output of the kernel configuration audit, you can re-run the
+ ``do_kernel_configme`` and ``do_kernel_configcheck`` tasks to see the
+ results of your changes. If you have more issues, you can deal with
+ them as described in the previous step.
+
+Iteratively working through steps two through four eventually yields a
+minimal, streamlined configuration file. Once you have the best
+``.config``, you can build the Linux Yocto kernel.
+
+Expanding Variables
+===================
+
+Sometimes it is helpful to determine what a variable expands to during a
+build. You can examine the values of variables by examining the
+output of the ``bitbake -e`` command. The output is long and is more
+easily managed in a text file, which allows for easy searches:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake -e virtual/kernel > some_text_file
+
+Within the text file, you can see
+exactly how each variable is expanded and used by the OpenEmbedded build
+system.
+
+Working with a "Dirty" Kernel Version String
+============================================
+
+If you build a kernel image and the version string has a "+" or a
+"-dirty" at the end, uncommitted modifications exist in the kernel's
+source directory. Follow these steps to clean up the version string:
+
+1. *Discover the Uncommitted Changes:* Go to the kernel's locally cloned
+ Git repository (source directory) and use the following Git command
+ to list the files that have been changed, added, or removed:
+ ::
+
+ $ git status
+
+2. *Commit the Changes:* You should commit those changes to the kernel
+ source tree regardless of whether or not you will save, export, or
+ use the changes:
+ ::
+
+ $ git add
+ $ git commit -s -a -m "getting rid of -dirty"
+
+3. *Rebuild the Kernel Image:* Once you commit the changes, rebuild the
+ kernel.
+
+ Depending on your particular kernel development workflow, the
+ commands you use to rebuild the kernel might differ. For information
+ on building the kernel image when using ``devtool``, see the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using \`\`devtool\`\` to patch the kernel`"
+ section. For
+ information on building the kernel image when using Bitbake, see the
+ "`Using Traditional Kernel Development to Patch the
+ Kernel <#using-traditional-kernel-development-to-patch-the-kernel>`__"
+ section.
+
+Working With Your Own Sources
+=============================
+
+If you cannot work with one of the Linux kernel versions supported by
+existing linux-yocto recipes, you can still make use of the Yocto
+Project Linux kernel tooling by working with your own sources. When you
+use your own sources, you will not be able to leverage the existing
+kernel :term:`Metadata` and stabilization
+work of the linux-yocto sources. However, you will be able to manage
+your own Metadata in the same format as the linux-yocto sources.
+Maintaining format compatibility facilitates converging with linux-yocto
+on a future, mutually-supported kernel version.
+
+To help you use your own sources, the Yocto Project provides a
+linux-yocto custom recipe (``linux-yocto-custom.bb``) that uses
+``kernel.org`` sources and the Yocto Project Linux kernel tools for
+managing kernel Metadata. You can find this recipe in the ``poky`` Git
+repository of the Yocto Project :yocto_git:`Source Repository <>`
+at:
+::
+
+ poky/meta-skeleton/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto-custom.bb
+
+Here are some basic steps you can use to work with your own sources:
+
+1. *Create a Copy of the Kernel Recipe:* Copy the
+ ``linux-yocto-custom.bb`` recipe to your layer and give it a
+ meaningful name. The name should include the version of the Yocto
+ Linux kernel you are using (e.g. ``linux-yocto-myproject_4.12.bb``,
+ where "4.12" is the base version of the Linux kernel with which you
+ would be working).
+
+2. *Create a Directory for Your Patches:* In the same directory inside
+ your layer, create a matching directory to store your patches and
+ configuration files (e.g. ``linux-yocto-myproject``).
+
+3. *Ensure You Have Configurations:* Make sure you have either a
+ ``defconfig`` file or configuration fragment files in your layer.
+ When you use the ``linux-yocto-custom.bb`` recipe, you must specify a
+ configuration. If you do not have a ``defconfig`` file, you can run
+ the following:
+ ::
+
+ $ make defconfig
+
+ After running the command, copy the
+ resulting ``.config`` file to the ``files`` directory in your layer
+ as "defconfig" and then add it to the
+ :term:`SRC_URI` variable in the
+ recipe.
+
+ Running the ``make defconfig`` command results in the default
+ configuration for your architecture as defined by your kernel.
+ However, no guarantee exists that this configuration is valid for
+ your use case, or that your board will even boot. This is
+ particularly true for non-x86 architectures.
+
+ To use non-x86 ``defconfig`` files, you need to be more specific and
+ find one that matches your board (i.e. for arm, you look in
+ ``arch/arm/configs`` and use the one that is the best starting point
+ for your board).
+
+4. *Edit the Recipe:* Edit the following variables in your recipe as
+ appropriate for your project:
+
+ - :term:`SRC_URI`: The
+ ``SRC_URI`` should specify a Git repository that uses one of the
+ supported Git fetcher protocols (i.e. ``file``, ``git``, ``http``,
+ and so forth). The ``SRC_URI`` variable should also specify either
+ a ``defconfig`` file or some configuration fragment files. The
+ skeleton recipe provides an example ``SRC_URI`` as a syntax
+ reference.
+
+ - :term:`LINUX_VERSION`:
+ The Linux kernel version you are using (e.g. "4.12").
+
+ - :term:`LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION`:
+ The Linux kernel ``CONFIG_LOCALVERSION`` that is compiled into the
+ resulting kernel and visible through the ``uname`` command.
+
+ - :term:`SRCREV`: The commit ID
+ from which you want to build.
+
+ - :term:`PR`: Treat this variable the
+ same as you would in any other recipe. Increment the variable to
+ indicate to the OpenEmbedded build system that the recipe has
+ changed.
+
+ - :term:`PV`: The default ``PV``
+ assignment is typically adequate. It combines the
+ ``LINUX_VERSION`` with the Source Control Manager (SCM) revision
+ as derived from the :term:`SRCPV`
+ variable. The combined results are a string with the following
+ form:
+ ::
+
+ 3.19.11+git1+68a635bf8dfb64b02263c1ac80c948647cc76d5f_1+218bd8d2022b9852c60d32f0d770931e3cf343e2
+
+ While lengthy, the extra verbosity in ``PV`` helps ensure you are
+ using the exact sources from which you intend to build.
+
+ - :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE`:
+ A list of the machines supported by your new recipe. This variable
+ in the example recipe is set by default to a regular expression
+ that matches only the empty string, "(^$)". This default setting
+ triggers an explicit build failure. You must change it to match a
+ list of the machines that your new recipe supports. For example,
+ to support the ``qemux86`` and ``qemux86-64`` machines, use the
+ following form:
+ ::
+
+ COMPATIBLE_MACHINE = "qemux86|qemux86-64"
+
+5. *Customize Your Recipe as Needed:* Provide further customizations to
+ your recipe as needed just as you would customize an existing
+ linux-yocto recipe. See the "`Modifying an Existing
+ Recipe <#modifying-an-existing-recipe>`__" section for information.
+
+Working with Out-of-Tree Modules
+================================
+
+This section describes steps to build out-of-tree modules on your target
+and describes how to incorporate out-of-tree modules in the build.
+
+Building Out-of-Tree Modules on the Target
+------------------------------------------
+
+While the traditional Yocto Project development model would be to
+include kernel modules as part of the normal build process, you might
+find it useful to build modules on the target. This could be the case if
+your target system is capable and powerful enough to handle the
+necessary compilation. Before deciding to build on your target, however,
+you should consider the benefits of using a proper cross-development
+environment from your build host.
+
+If you want to be able to build out-of-tree modules on the target, there
+are some steps you need to take on the target that is running your SDK
+image. Briefly, the ``kernel-dev`` package is installed by default on
+all ``*.sdk`` images and the ``kernel-devsrc`` package is installed on
+many of the ``*.sdk`` images. However, you need to create some scripts
+prior to attempting to build the out-of-tree modules on the target that
+is running that image.
+
+Prior to attempting to build the out-of-tree modules, you need to be on
+the target as root and you need to change to the ``/usr/src/kernel``
+directory. Next, ``make`` the scripts:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ # cd /usr/src/kernel
+ # make scripts
+
+Because all SDK image recipes include ``dev-pkgs``, the
+``kernel-dev`` packages will be installed as part of the SDK image and
+the ``kernel-devsrc`` packages will be installed as part of applicable
+SDK images. The SDK uses the scripts when building out-of-tree modules.
+Once you have switched to that directory and created the scripts, you
+should be able to build your out-of-tree modules on the target.
+
+Incorporating Out-of-Tree Modules
+---------------------------------
+
+While it is always preferable to work with sources integrated into the
+Linux kernel sources, if you need an external kernel module, the
+``hello-mod.bb`` recipe is available as a template from which you can
+create your own out-of-tree Linux kernel module recipe.
+
+This template recipe is located in the ``poky`` Git repository of the
+Yocto Project :yocto_git:`Source Repository <>` at:
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ poky/meta-skeleton/recipes-kernel/hello-mod/hello-mod_0.1.bb
+
+To get started, copy this recipe to your layer and give it a meaningful
+name (e.g. ``mymodule_1.0.bb``). In the same directory, create a new
+directory named ``files`` where you can store any source files, patches,
+or other files necessary for building the module that do not come with
+the sources. Finally, update the recipe as needed for the module.
+Typically, you will need to set the following variables:
+
+- :term:`DESCRIPTION`
+
+- :term:`LICENSE* <LICENSE>`
+
+- :term:`SRC_URI`
+
+- :term:`PV`
+
+Depending on the build system used by the module sources, you might need
+to make some adjustments. For example, a typical module ``Makefile``
+looks much like the one provided with the ``hello-mod`` template:
+::
+
+ obj-m := hello.o
+
+ SRC := $(shell pwd)
+
+ all:
+ $(MAKE) -C $(KERNEL_SRC) M=$(SRC)
+
+ modules_install:
+ $(MAKE) -C $(KERNEL_SRC) M=$(SRC) modules_install
+ ...
+
+The important point to note here is the :term:`KERNEL_SRC` variable. The
+:ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class sets this variable and the
+:term:`KERNEL_PATH` variable to
+``${STAGING_KERNEL_DIR}`` with the necessary Linux kernel build
+information to build modules. If your module ``Makefile`` uses a
+different variable, you might want to override the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-compile` step, or
+create a patch to the ``Makefile`` to work with the more typical
+``KERNEL_SRC`` or ``KERNEL_PATH`` variables.
+
+After you have prepared your recipe, you will likely want to include the
+module in your images. To do this, see the documentation for the
+following variables in the Yocto Project Reference Manual and set one of
+them appropriately for your machine configuration file:
+
+- :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
+
+- :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
+
+- :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
+
+- :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
+
+Modules are often not required for boot and can be excluded from certain
+build configurations. The following allows for the most flexibility:
+::
+
+ MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-mymodule"
+
+The value is
+derived by appending the module filename without the ``.ko`` extension
+to the string "kernel-module-".
+
+Because the variable is
+:term:`RRECOMMENDS` and not a
+:term:`RDEPENDS` variable, the build
+will not fail if this module is not available to include in the image.
+
+Inspecting Changes and Commits
+==============================
+
+A common question when working with a kernel is: "What changes have been
+applied to this tree?" Rather than using "grep" across directories to
+see what has changed, you can use Git to inspect or search the kernel
+tree. Using Git is an efficient way to see what has changed in the tree.
+
+What Changed in a Kernel?
+-------------------------
+
+Following are a few examples that show how to use Git commands to
+examine changes. These examples are by no means the only way to see
+changes.
+
+.. note::
+
+ In the following examples, unless you provide a commit range, ``kernel.org``
+ history is blended with Yocto Project kernel changes. You can form
+ ranges by using branch names from the kernel tree as the upper and
+ lower commit markers with the Git commands. You can see the branch
+ names through the web interface to the Yocto Project source
+ repositories at :yocto_git:`/`.
+
+To see a full range of the changes, use the ``git whatchanged`` command
+and specify a commit range for the branch (`commit`\ ``..``\ `commit`).
+
+Here is an example that looks at what has changed in the ``emenlow``
+branch of the ``linux-yocto-3.19`` kernel. The lower commit range is the
+commit associated with the ``standard/base`` branch, while the upper
+commit range is the commit associated with the ``standard/emenlow``
+branch.
+::
+
+ $ git whatchanged origin/standard/base..origin/standard/emenlow
+
+To see short, one line summaries of changes use the ``git log`` command:
+::
+
+ $ git log --oneline origin/standard/base..origin/standard/emenlow
+
+Use this command to see code differences for the changes:
+::
+
+ $ git diff origin/standard/base..origin/standard/emenlow
+
+Use this command to see the commit log messages and the text
+differences:
+::
+
+ $ git show origin/standard/base..origin/standard/emenlow
+
+Use this command to create individual patches for each change. Here is
+an example that that creates patch files for each commit and places them
+in your ``Documents`` directory:
+::
+
+ $ git format-patch -o $HOME/Documents origin/standard/base..origin/standard/emenlow
+
+Showing a Particular Feature or Branch Change
+---------------------------------------------
+
+Tags in the Yocto Project kernel tree divide changes for significant
+features or branches. The ``git show`` tag command shows changes based
+on a tag. Here is an example that shows ``systemtap`` changes:
+::
+
+ $ git show systemtap
+
+You can use the ``git branch --contains`` tag command to
+show the branches that contain a particular feature. This command shows
+the branches that contain the ``systemtap`` feature:
+::
+
+ $ git branch --contains systemtap
+
+Adding Recipe-Space Kernel Features
+===================================
+
+You can add kernel features in the
+:ref:`recipe-space <kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:recipe-space metadata>`
+by using the :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES`
+variable and by specifying the feature's ``.scc`` file path in the
+:term:`SRC_URI` statement. When you
+add features using this method, the OpenEmbedded build system checks to
+be sure the features are present. If the features are not present, the
+build stops. Kernel features are the last elements processed for
+configuring and patching the kernel. Therefore, adding features in this
+manner is a way to enforce specific features are present and enabled
+without needing to do a full audit of any other layer's additions to the
+``SRC_URI`` statement.
+
+You add a kernel feature by providing the feature as part of the
+``KERNEL_FEATURES`` variable and by providing the path to the feature's
+``.scc`` file, which is relative to the root of the kernel Metadata. The
+OpenEmbedded build system searches all forms of kernel Metadata on the
+``SRC_URI`` statement regardless of whether the Metadata is in the
+"kernel-cache", system kernel Metadata, or a recipe-space Metadata (i.e.
+part of the kernel recipe). See the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:kernel metadata location`" section for
+additional information.
+
+When you specify the feature's ``.scc`` file on the ``SRC_URI``
+statement, the OpenEmbedded build system adds the directory of that
+``.scc`` file along with all its subdirectories to the kernel feature
+search path. Because subdirectories are searched, you can reference a
+single ``.scc`` file in the ``SRC_URI`` statement to reference multiple
+kernel features.
+
+Consider the following example that adds the "test.scc" feature to the
+build.
+
+1. *Create the Feature File:* Create a ``.scc`` file and locate it just
+ as you would any other patch file, ``.cfg`` file, or fetcher item you
+ specify in the ``SRC_URI`` statement.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - You must add the directory of the ``.scc`` file to the
+ fetcher's search path in the same manner as you would add a
+ ``.patch`` file.
+
+ - You can create additional ``.scc`` files beneath the directory
+ that contains the file you are adding. All subdirectories are
+ searched during the build as potential feature directories.
+
+ Continuing with the example, suppose the "test.scc" feature you are
+ adding has a ``test.scc`` file in the following directory:
+ ::
+
+ my_recipe
+ |
+ +-linux-yocto
+ |
+ +-test.cfg
+ +-test.scc
+
+ In this example, the
+ ``linux-yocto`` directory has both the feature ``test.scc`` file and
+ a similarly named configuration fragment file ``test.cfg``.
+
+2. *Add the Feature File to SRC_URI:* Add the ``.scc`` file to the
+ recipe's ``SRC_URI`` statement:
+ ::
+
+ SRC_URI_append = " file://test.scc"
+
+ The leading space before the path is important as the path is
+ appended to the existing path.
+
+3. *Specify the Feature as a Kernel Feature:* Use the
+ ``KERNEL_FEATURES`` statement to specify the feature as a kernel
+ feature:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_FEATURES_append = " test.scc"
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build
+ system processes the kernel feature when it builds the kernel.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If other features are contained below "test.scc", then their
+ directories are relative to the directory containing the ``test.scc``
+ file.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-concepts-appx.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-concepts-appx.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..681faee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-concepts-appx.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,425 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+************************
+Advanced Kernel Concepts
+************************
+
+.. _kernel-big-picture:
+
+Yocto Project Kernel Development and Maintenance
+================================================
+
+Kernels available through the Yocto Project (Yocto Linux kernels), like
+other kernels, are based off the Linux kernel releases from
+https://www.kernel.org. At the beginning of a major Linux kernel
+development cycle, the Yocto Project team chooses a Linux kernel based
+on factors such as release timing, the anticipated release timing of
+final upstream ``kernel.org`` versions, and Yocto Project feature
+requirements. Typically, the Linux kernel chosen is in the final stages
+of development by the Linux community. In other words, the Linux kernel
+is in the release candidate or "rc" phase and has yet to reach final
+release. But, by being in the final stages of external development, the
+team knows that the ``kernel.org`` final release will clearly be within
+the early stages of the Yocto Project development window.
+
+This balance allows the Yocto Project team to deliver the most
+up-to-date Yocto Linux kernel possible, while still ensuring that the
+team has a stable official release for the baseline Linux kernel
+version.
+
+As implied earlier, the ultimate source for Yocto Linux kernels are
+released kernels from ``kernel.org``. In addition to a foundational
+kernel from ``kernel.org``, the available Yocto Linux kernels contain a
+mix of important new mainline developments, non-mainline developments
+(when no alternative exists), Board Support Package (BSP) developments,
+and custom features. These additions result in a commercially released
+Yocto Project Linux kernel that caters to specific embedded designer
+needs for targeted hardware.
+
+You can find a web interface to the Yocto Linux kernels in the
+:ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:yocto project source repositories`
+at :yocto_git:`/`. If you look at the interface, you will see to
+the left a grouping of Git repositories titled "Yocto Linux Kernel".
+Within this group, you will find several Linux Yocto kernels developed
+and included with Yocto Project releases:
+
+- *linux-yocto-4.1:* The stable Yocto Project kernel to use with
+ the Yocto Project Release 2.0. This kernel is based on the Linux 4.1
+ released kernel.
+
+- *linux-yocto-4.4:* The stable Yocto Project kernel to use with
+ the Yocto Project Release 2.1. This kernel is based on the Linux 4.4
+ released kernel.
+
+- *linux-yocto-4.6:* A temporary kernel that is not tied to any
+ Yocto Project release.
+
+- *linux-yocto-4.8:* The stable yocto Project kernel to use with
+ the Yocto Project Release 2.2.
+
+- *linux-yocto-4.9:* The stable Yocto Project kernel to use with
+ the Yocto Project Release 2.3. This kernel is based on the Linux 4.9
+ released kernel.
+
+- *linux-yocto-4.10:* The default stable Yocto Project kernel to
+ use with the Yocto Project Release 2.3. This kernel is based on the
+ Linux 4.10 released kernel.
+
+- *linux-yocto-4.12:* The default stable Yocto Project kernel to
+ use with the Yocto Project Release 2.4. This kernel is based on the
+ Linux 4.12 released kernel.
+
+- *yocto-kernel-cache:* The ``linux-yocto-cache`` contains patches
+ and configurations for the linux-yocto kernel tree. This repository
+ is useful when working on the linux-yocto kernel. For more
+ information on this "Advanced Kernel Metadata", see the
+ ":doc:`kernel-dev-advanced`" Chapter.
+
+- *linux-yocto-dev:* A development kernel based on the latest
+ upstream release candidate available.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Long Term Support Initiative (LTSI) for Yocto Linux kernels is as
+ follows:
+
+ - For Yocto Project releases 1.7, 1.8, and 2.0, the LTSI kernel is
+ ``linux-yocto-3.14``.
+
+ - For Yocto Project releases 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3, the LTSI kernel is
+ ``linux-yocto-4.1``.
+
+ - For Yocto Project release 2.4, the LTSI kernel is
+ ``linux-yocto-4.9``
+
+ - ``linux-yocto-4.4`` is an LTS kernel.
+
+Once a Yocto Linux kernel is officially released, the Yocto Project team
+goes into their next development cycle, or upward revision (uprev)
+cycle, while still continuing maintenance on the released kernel. It is
+important to note that the most sustainable and stable way to include
+feature development upstream is through a kernel uprev process.
+Back-porting hundreds of individual fixes and minor features from
+various kernel versions is not sustainable and can easily compromise
+quality.
+
+During the uprev cycle, the Yocto Project team uses an ongoing analysis
+of Linux kernel development, BSP support, and release timing to select
+the best possible ``kernel.org`` Linux kernel version on which to base
+subsequent Yocto Linux kernel development. The team continually monitors
+Linux community kernel development to look for significant features of
+interest. The team does consider back-porting large features if they
+have a significant advantage. User or community demand can also trigger
+a back-port or creation of new functionality in the Yocto Project
+baseline kernel during the uprev cycle.
+
+Generally speaking, every new Linux kernel both adds features and
+introduces new bugs. These consequences are the basic properties of
+upstream Linux kernel development and are managed by the Yocto Project
+team's Yocto Linux kernel development strategy. It is the Yocto Project
+team's policy to not back-port minor features to the released Yocto
+Linux kernel. They only consider back-porting significant technological
+jumps - and, that is done after a complete gap analysis. The reason
+for this policy is that back-porting any small to medium sized change
+from an evolving Linux kernel can easily create mismatches,
+incompatibilities and very subtle errors.
+
+The policies described in this section result in both a stable and a
+cutting edge Yocto Linux kernel that mixes forward ports of existing
+Linux kernel features and significant and critical new functionality.
+Forward porting Linux kernel functionality into the Yocto Linux kernels
+available through the Yocto Project can be thought of as a "micro
+uprev". The many "micro uprevs" produce a Yocto Linux kernel version
+with a mix of important new mainline, non-mainline, BSP developments and
+feature integrations. This Yocto Linux kernel gives insight into new
+features and allows focused amounts of testing to be done on the kernel,
+which prevents surprises when selecting the next major uprev. The
+quality of these cutting edge Yocto Linux kernels is evolving and the
+kernels are used in leading edge feature and BSP development.
+
+Yocto Linux Kernel Architecture and Branching Strategies
+========================================================
+
+As mentioned earlier, a key goal of the Yocto Project is to present the
+developer with a kernel that has a clear and continuous history that is
+visible to the user. The architecture and mechanisms, in particular the
+branching strategies, used achieve that goal in a manner similar to
+upstream Linux kernel development in ``kernel.org``.
+
+You can think of a Yocto Linux kernel as consisting of a baseline Linux
+kernel with added features logically structured on top of the baseline.
+The features are tagged and organized by way of a branching strategy
+implemented by the Yocto Project team using the Source Code Manager
+(SCM) Git.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - Git is the obvious SCM for meeting the Yocto Linux kernel
+ organizational and structural goals described in this section. Not
+ only is Git the SCM for Linux kernel development in ``kernel.org``
+ but, Git continues to grow in popularity and supports many
+ different work flows, front-ends and management techniques.
+
+ - You can find documentation on Git at https://git-scm.com/doc. You can
+ also get an introduction to Git as it applies to the Yocto Project in the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:git`" section in the Yocto Project
+ Overview and Concepts Manual. The latter reference provides an
+ overview of Git and presents a minimal set of Git commands that
+ allows you to be functional using Git. You can use as much, or as
+ little, of what Git has to offer to accomplish what you need for
+ your project. You do not have to be a "Git Expert" in order to use
+ it with the Yocto Project.
+
+Using Git's tagging and branching features, the Yocto Project team
+creates kernel branches at points where functionality is no longer
+shared and thus, needs to be isolated. For example, board-specific
+incompatibilities would require different functionality and would
+require a branch to separate the features. Likewise, for specific kernel
+features, the same branching strategy is used.
+
+This "tree-like" architecture results in a structure that has features
+organized to be specific for particular functionality, single kernel
+types, or a subset of kernel types. Thus, the user has the ability to
+see the added features and the commits that make up those features. In
+addition to being able to see added features, the user can also view the
+history of what made up the baseline Linux kernel.
+
+Another consequence of this strategy results in not having to store the
+same feature twice internally in the tree. Rather, the kernel team
+stores the unique differences required to apply the feature onto the
+kernel type in question.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The Yocto Project team strives to place features in the tree such
+ that features can be shared by all boards and kernel types where
+ possible. However, during development cycles or when large features
+ are merged, the team cannot always follow this practice. In those
+ cases, the team uses isolated branches to merge features.
+
+BSP-specific code additions are handled in a similar manner to
+kernel-specific additions. Some BSPs only make sense given certain
+kernel types. So, for these types, the team creates branches off the end
+of that kernel type for all of the BSPs that are supported on that
+kernel type. From the perspective of the tools that create the BSP
+branch, the BSP is really no different than a feature. Consequently, the
+same branching strategy applies to BSPs as it does to kernel features.
+So again, rather than store the BSP twice, the team only stores the
+unique differences for the BSP across the supported multiple kernels.
+
+While this strategy can result in a tree with a significant number of
+branches, it is important to realize that from the developer's point of
+view, there is a linear path that travels from the baseline
+``kernel.org``, through a select group of features and ends with their
+BSP-specific commits. In other words, the divisions of the kernel are
+transparent and are not relevant to the developer on a day-to-day basis.
+From the developer's perspective, this path is the "master" branch in
+Git terms. The developer does not need to be aware of the existence of
+any other branches at all. Of course, value exists in the having these
+branches in the tree, should a person decide to explore them. For
+example, a comparison between two BSPs at either the commit level or at
+the line-by-line code ``diff`` level is now a trivial operation.
+
+The following illustration shows the conceptual Yocto Linux kernel.
+
+.. image:: figures/kernel-architecture-overview.png
+ :align: center
+
+In the illustration, the "Kernel.org Branch Point" marks the specific
+spot (or Linux kernel release) from which the Yocto Linux kernel is
+created. From this point forward in the tree, features and differences
+are organized and tagged.
+
+The "Yocto Project Baseline Kernel" contains functionality that is
+common to every kernel type and BSP that is organized further along in
+the tree. Placing these common features in the tree this way means
+features do not have to be duplicated along individual branches of the
+tree structure.
+
+From the "Yocto Project Baseline Kernel", branch points represent
+specific functionality for individual Board Support Packages (BSPs) as
+well as real-time kernels. The illustration represents this through
+three BSP-specific branches and a real-time kernel branch. Each branch
+represents some unique functionality for the BSP or for a real-time
+Yocto Linux kernel.
+
+In this example structure, the "Real-time (rt) Kernel" branch has common
+features for all real-time Yocto Linux kernels and contains more
+branches for individual BSP-specific real-time kernels. The illustration
+shows three branches as an example. Each branch points the way to
+specific, unique features for a respective real-time kernel as they
+apply to a given BSP.
+
+The resulting tree structure presents a clear path of markers (or
+branches) to the developer that, for all practical purposes, is the
+Yocto Linux kernel needed for any given set of requirements.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Keep in mind the figure does not take into account all the supported
+ Yocto Linux kernels, but rather shows a single generic kernel just
+ for conceptual purposes. Also keep in mind that this structure
+ represents the
+ :ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:yocto project source repositories`
+ that are either pulled from during the build or established on the
+ host development system prior to the build by either cloning a
+ particular kernel's Git repository or by downloading and unpacking a
+ tarball.
+
+Working with the kernel as a structured tree follows recognized
+community best practices. In particular, the kernel as shipped with the
+product, should be considered an "upstream source" and viewed as a
+series of historical and documented modifications (commits). These
+modifications represent the development and stabilization done by the
+Yocto Project kernel development team.
+
+Because commits only change at significant release points in the product
+life cycle, developers can work on a branch created from the last
+relevant commit in the shipped Yocto Project Linux kernel. As mentioned
+previously, the structure is transparent to the developer because the
+kernel tree is left in this state after cloning and building the kernel.
+
+Kernel Build File Hierarchy
+===========================
+
+Upstream storage of all the available kernel source code is one thing,
+while representing and using the code on your host development system is
+another. Conceptually, you can think of the kernel source repositories
+as all the source files necessary for all the supported Yocto Linux
+kernels. As a developer, you are just interested in the source files for
+the kernel on which you are working. And, furthermore, you need them
+available on your host system.
+
+Kernel source code is available on your host system several different
+ways:
+
+- *Files Accessed While using devtool:* ``devtool``, which is
+ available with the Yocto Project, is the preferred method by which to
+ modify the kernel. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-intro:kernel modification workflow`" section.
+
+- *Cloned Repository:* If you are working in the kernel all the time,
+ you probably would want to set up your own local Git repository of
+ the Yocto Linux kernel tree. For information on how to clone a Yocto
+ Linux kernel Git repository, see the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:preparing the build host to work on the kernel`"
+ section.
+
+- *Temporary Source Files from a Build:* If you just need to make some
+ patches to the kernel using a traditional BitBake workflow (i.e. not
+ using the ``devtool``), you can access temporary kernel source files
+ that were extracted and used during a kernel build.
+
+The temporary kernel source files resulting from a build using BitBake
+have a particular hierarchy. When you build the kernel on your
+development system, all files needed for the build are taken from the
+source repositories pointed to by the
+:term:`SRC_URI` variable and gathered
+in a temporary work area where they are subsequently used to create the
+unique kernel. Thus, in a sense, the process constructs a local source
+tree specific to your kernel from which to generate the new kernel
+image.
+
+The following figure shows the temporary file structure created on your
+host system when you build the kernel using Bitbake. This
+:term:`Build Directory` contains all the
+source files used during the build.
+
+.. image:: figures/kernel-overview-2-generic.png
+ :align: center
+
+Again, for additional information on the Yocto Project kernel's
+architecture and its branching strategy, see the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-concepts-appx:yocto linux kernel architecture and branching strategies`"
+section. You can also reference the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using \`\`devtool\`\` to patch the kernel`"
+and
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using traditional kernel development to patch the kernel`"
+sections for detailed example that modifies the kernel.
+
+Determining Hardware and Non-Hardware Features for the Kernel Configuration Audit Phase
+=======================================================================================
+
+This section describes part of the kernel configuration audit phase that
+most developers can ignore. For general information on kernel
+configuration including ``menuconfig``, ``defconfig`` files, and
+configuration fragments, see the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:configuring the kernel`" section.
+
+During this part of the audit phase, the contents of the final
+``.config`` file are compared against the fragments specified by the
+system. These fragments can be system fragments, distro fragments, or
+user-specified configuration elements. Regardless of their origin, the
+OpenEmbedded build system warns the user if a specific option is not
+included in the final kernel configuration.
+
+By default, in order to not overwhelm the user with configuration
+warnings, the system only reports missing "hardware" options as they
+could result in a boot failure or indicate that important hardware is
+not available.
+
+To determine whether or not a given option is "hardware" or
+"non-hardware", the kernel Metadata in ``yocto-kernel-cache`` contains
+files that classify individual or groups of options as either hardware
+or non-hardware. To better show this, consider a situation where the
+``yocto-kernel-cache`` contains the following files:
+::
+
+ yocto-kernel-cache/features/drm-psb/hardware.cfg
+ yocto-kernel-cache/features/kgdb/hardware.cfg
+ yocto-kernel-cache/ktypes/base/hardware.cfg
+ yocto-kernel-cache/bsp/mti-malta32/hardware.cfg
+ yocto-kernel-cache/bsp/qemu-ppc32/hardware.cfg
+ yocto-kernel-cache/bsp/qemuarma9/hardware.cfg
+ yocto-kernel-cache/bsp/mti-malta64/hardware.cfg
+ yocto-kernel-cache/bsp/arm-versatile-926ejs/hardware.cfg
+ yocto-kernel-cache/bsp/common-pc/hardware.cfg
+ yocto-kernel-cache/bsp/common-pc-64/hardware.cfg
+ yocto-kernel-cache/features/rfkill/non-hardware.cfg
+ yocto-kernel-cache/ktypes/base/non-hardware.cfg
+ yocto-kernel-cache/features/aufs/non-hardware.kcf
+ yocto-kernel-cache/features/ocf/non-hardware.kcf
+ yocto-kernel-cache/ktypes/base/non-hardware.kcf
+ yocto-kernel-cache/ktypes/base/hardware.kcf
+ yocto-kernel-cache/bsp/qemu-ppc32/hardware.kcf
+
+The following list
+provides explanations for the various files:
+
+- ``hardware.kcf``: Specifies a list of kernel Kconfig files that
+ contain hardware options only.
+
+- ``non-hardware.kcf``: Specifies a list of kernel Kconfig files that
+ contain non-hardware options only.
+
+- ``hardware.cfg``: Specifies a list of kernel ``CONFIG_`` options that
+ are hardware, regardless of whether or not they are within a Kconfig
+ file specified by a hardware or non-hardware Kconfig file (i.e.
+ ``hardware.kcf`` or ``non-hardware.kcf``).
+
+- ``non-hardware.cfg``: Specifies a list of kernel ``CONFIG_`` options
+ that are not hardware, regardless of whether or not they are within a
+ Kconfig file specified by a hardware or non-hardware Kconfig file
+ (i.e. ``hardware.kcf`` or ``non-hardware.kcf``).
+
+Here is a specific example using the
+``kernel-cache/bsp/mti-malta32/hardware.cfg``:
+::
+
+ CONFIG_SERIAL_8250
+ CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_CONSOLE
+ CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_NR_UARTS
+ CONFIG_SERIAL_8250_PCI
+ CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE
+ CONFIG_SERIAL_CORE_CONSOLE
+ CONFIG_VGA_ARB
+
+The kernel configuration audit automatically detects
+these files (hence the names must be exactly the ones discussed here),
+and uses them as inputs when generating warnings about the final
+``.config`` file.
+
+A user-specified kernel Metadata repository, or recipe space feature,
+can use these same files to classify options that are found within its
+``.cfg`` files as hardware or non-hardware, to prevent the OpenEmbedded
+build system from producing an error or warning when an option is not in
+the final ``.config`` file.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-faq.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-faq.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d6be98a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-faq.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+**********************
+Kernel Development FAQ
+**********************
+
+.. _kernel-dev-faq-section:
+
+Common Questions and Solutions
+==============================
+
+The following lists some solutions for common questions.
+
+How do I use my own Linux kernel ``.config`` file?
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+Refer to the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:changing the configuration`"
+section for information.
+
+How do I create configuration fragments?
+----------------------------------------
+
+A: Refer to the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:creating configuration fragments`"
+section for information.
+
+How do I use my own Linux kernel sources?
+-----------------------------------------
+
+Refer to the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:working with your own sources`"
+section for information.
+
+How do I install/not-install the kernel image on the rootfs?
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The kernel image (e.g. ``vmlinuz``) is provided by the
+``kernel-image`` package. Image recipes depend on ``kernel-base``. To
+specify whether or not the kernel image is installed in the generated
+root filesystem, override ``RDEPENDS_${KERNEL_PACKAGE_NAME}-base`` to include or not
+include "kernel-image". See the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using .bbappend files in your layer`"
+section in the
+Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on how to use an
+append file to override metadata.
+
+How do I install a specific kernel module?
+------------------------------------------
+
+Linux kernel modules are packaged individually. To ensure a
+specific kernel module is included in an image, include it in the
+appropriate machine :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable.
+These other variables are useful for installing specific modules:
+- :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
+- :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
+- :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
+- :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
+
+For example, set the following in the ``qemux86.conf`` file to include
+the ``ab123`` kernel modules with images built for the ``qemux86``
+machine:
+::
+
+ MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-ab123"
+
+For more information, see the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`" section.
+
+How do I change the Linux kernel command line?
+----------------------------------------------
+
+The Linux kernel command line is
+typically specified in the machine config using the ``APPEND`` variable.
+For example, you can add some helpful debug information doing the
+following:
+::
+
+ APPEND += "printk.time=y initcall_debug debug"
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-intro.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-intro.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5679a0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-intro.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+************
+Introduction
+************
+
+.. _kernel-dev-overview:
+
+Overview
+========
+
+Regardless of how you intend to make use of the Yocto Project, chances
+are you will work with the Linux kernel. This manual describes how to
+set up your build host to support kernel development, introduces the
+kernel development process, provides background information on the Yocto
+Linux kernel :term:`Metadata`, describes
+common tasks you can perform using the kernel tools, shows you how to
+use the kernel Metadata needed to work with the kernel inside the Yocto
+Project, and provides insight into how the Yocto Project team develops
+and maintains Yocto Linux kernel Git repositories and Metadata.
+
+Each Yocto Project release has a set of Yocto Linux kernel recipes,
+whose Git repositories you can view in the Yocto
+:yocto_git:`Source Repositories <>` under the "Yocto Linux Kernel"
+heading. New recipes for the release track the latest Linux kernel
+upstream developments from https://www.kernel.org and introduce
+newly-supported platforms. Previous recipes in the release are refreshed
+and supported for at least one additional Yocto Project release. As they
+align, these previous releases are updated to include the latest from
+the Long Term Support Initiative (LTSI) project. You can learn more
+about Yocto Linux kernels and LTSI in the ":ref:`Yocto Project Kernel
+Development and Maintenance <kernel-big-picture>`" section.
+
+Also included is a Yocto Linux kernel development recipe
+(``linux-yocto-dev.bb``) should you want to work with the very latest in
+upstream Yocto Linux kernel development and kernel Metadata development.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For more on Yocto Linux kernels, see the
+ ":ref:`Yocto Project Kernel Development and Maintenance <kernel-big-picture>`"
+ section.
+
+The Yocto Project also provides a powerful set of kernel tools for
+managing Yocto Linux kernel sources and configuration data. You can use
+these tools to make a single configuration change, apply multiple
+patches, or work with your own kernel sources.
+
+In particular, the kernel tools allow you to generate configuration
+fragments that specify only what you must, and nothing more.
+Configuration fragments only need to contain the highest level visible
+``CONFIG`` options as presented by the Yocto Linux kernel ``menuconfig``
+system. Contrast this against a complete Yocto Linux kernel ``.config``
+file, which includes all the automatically selected ``CONFIG`` options.
+This efficiency reduces your maintenance effort and allows you to
+further separate your configuration in ways that make sense for your
+project. A common split separates policy and hardware. For example, all
+your kernels might support the ``proc`` and ``sys`` filesystems, but
+only specific boards require sound, USB, or specific drivers. Specifying
+these configurations individually allows you to aggregate them together
+as needed, but maintains them in only one place. Similar logic applies
+to separating source changes.
+
+If you do not maintain your own kernel sources and need to make only
+minimal changes to the sources, the released recipes provide a vetted
+base upon which to layer your changes. Doing so allows you to benefit
+from the continual kernel integration and testing performed during
+development of the Yocto Project.
+
+If, instead, you have a very specific Linux kernel source tree and are
+unable to align with one of the official Yocto Linux kernel recipes, an
+alternative exists by which you can use the Yocto Project Linux kernel
+tools with your own kernel sources.
+
+The remainder of this manual provides instructions for completing
+specific Linux kernel development tasks. These instructions assume you
+are comfortable working with
+`BitBake <https://openembedded.org/wiki/Bitbake>`__ recipes and basic
+open-source development tools. Understanding these concepts will
+facilitate the process of working with the kernel recipes. If you find
+you need some additional background, please be sure to review and
+understand the following documentation:
+
+- :doc:`../brief-yoctoprojectqs/brief-yoctoprojectqs` document.
+
+- :doc:`../overview-manual/overview-manual`.
+
+- :ref:`devtool
+ workflow <sdk-manual/sdk-extensible:using \`\`devtool\`\` in your sdk workflow>`
+ as described in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
+ Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+- The ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:understanding and creating layers`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+- The "`Kernel Modification
+ Workflow <#kernel-modification-workflow>`__" section.
+
+Kernel Modification Workflow
+============================
+
+Kernel modification involves changing the Yocto Project kernel, which
+could involve changing configuration options as well as adding new
+kernel recipes. Configuration changes can be added in the form of
+configuration fragments, while recipe modification comes through the
+kernel's ``recipes-kernel`` area in a kernel layer you create.
+
+This section presents a high-level overview of the Yocto Project kernel
+modification workflow. The illustration and accompanying list provide
+general information and references for further information.
+
+.. image:: figures/kernel-dev-flow.png
+ :align: center
+
+1. *Set up Your Host Development System to Support Development Using the
+ Yocto Project*: See the ":doc:`../dev-manual/dev-manual-start`" section in
+ the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for options on how to get
+ a build host ready to use the Yocto Project.
+
+2. *Set Up Your Host Development System for Kernel Development:* It is
+ recommended that you use ``devtool`` and an extensible SDK for kernel
+ development. Alternatively, you can use traditional kernel
+ development methods with the Yocto Project. Either way, there are
+ steps you need to take to get the development environment ready.
+
+ Using ``devtool`` and the eSDK requires that you have a clean build
+ of the image and that you are set up with the appropriate eSDK. For
+ more information, see the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:getting ready to develop using \`\`devtool\`\``"
+ section.
+
+ Using traditional kernel development requires that you have the
+ kernel source available in an isolated local Git repository. For more
+ information, see the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:getting ready for traditional kernel development`"
+ section.
+
+3. *Make Changes to the Kernel Source Code if applicable:* Modifying the
+ kernel does not always mean directly changing source files. However,
+ if you have to do this, you make the changes to the files in the
+ eSDK's Build Directory if you are using ``devtool``. For more
+ information, see the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using \`\`devtool\`\` to patch the kernel`"
+ section.
+
+ If you are using traditional kernel development, you edit the source
+ files in the kernel's local Git repository. For more information, see the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using traditional kernel development to patch the kernel`"
+ section.
+
+4. *Make Kernel Configuration Changes if Applicable:* If your situation
+ calls for changing the kernel's configuration, you can use
+ :ref:`menuconfig <kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using \`\`menuconfig\`\`>`,
+ which allows you to
+ interactively develop and test the configuration changes you are
+ making to the kernel. Saving changes you make with ``menuconfig``
+ updates the kernel's ``.config`` file.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Try to resist the temptation to directly edit an existing ``.config``
+ file, which is found in the Build Directory among the source code
+ used for the build. Doing so, can produce unexpected results when
+ the OpenEmbedded build system regenerates the configuration file.
+
+ Once you are satisfied with the configuration changes made using
+ ``menuconfig`` and you have saved them, you can directly compare the
+ resulting ``.config`` file against an existing original and gather
+ those changes into a
+ :ref:`configuration fragment file <creating-config-fragments>` to be
+ referenced from within the kernel's ``.bbappend`` file.
+
+ Additionally, if you are working in a BSP layer and need to modify
+ the BSP's kernel's configuration, you can use ``menuconfig``.
+
+5. *Rebuild the Kernel Image With Your Changes:* Rebuilding the kernel
+ image applies your changes. Depending on your target hardware, you
+ can verify your changes on actual hardware or perhaps QEMU.
+
+The remainder of this developer's guide covers common tasks typically
+used during kernel development, advanced Metadata usage, and Yocto Linux
+kernel maintenance concepts.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-maint-appx.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-maint-appx.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..69f6806
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev-maint-appx.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+******************
+Kernel Maintenance
+******************
+
+Tree Construction
+=================
+
+This section describes construction of the Yocto Project kernel source
+repositories as accomplished by the Yocto Project team to create Yocto
+Linux kernel repositories. These kernel repositories are found under the
+heading "Yocto Linux Kernel" at :yocto_git:`/` and
+are shipped as part of a Yocto Project release. The team creates these
+repositories by compiling and executing the set of feature descriptions
+for every BSP and feature in the product. Those feature descriptions
+list all necessary patches, configurations, branches, tags, and feature
+divisions found in a Yocto Linux kernel. Thus, the Yocto Project Linux
+kernel repository (or tree) and accompanying Metadata in the
+``yocto-kernel-cache`` are built.
+
+The existence of these repositories allow you to access and clone a
+particular Yocto Project Linux kernel repository and use it to build
+images based on their configurations and features.
+
+You can find the files used to describe all the valid features and BSPs
+in the Yocto Project Linux kernel in any clone of the Yocto Project
+Linux kernel source repository and ``yocto-kernel-cache`` Git trees. For
+example, the following commands clone the Yocto Project baseline Linux
+kernel that branches off ``linux.org`` version 4.12 and the
+``yocto-kernel-cache``, which contains stores of kernel Metadata:
+::
+
+ $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/linux-yocto-4.12
+ $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/linux-kernel-cache
+
+For more information on
+how to set up a local Git repository of the Yocto Project Linux kernel
+files, see the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:preparing the build host to work on the kernel`"
+section.
+
+Once you have cloned the kernel Git repository and the cache of Metadata
+on your local machine, you can discover the branches that are available
+in the repository using the following Git command:
+::
+
+ $ git branch -a
+
+Checking out a branch allows you to work with a particular Yocto Linux
+kernel. For example, the following commands check out the
+"standard/beagleboard" branch of the Yocto Linux kernel repository and
+the "yocto-4.12" branch of the ``yocto-kernel-cache`` repository:
+::
+
+ $ cd ~/linux-yocto-4.12
+ $ git checkout -b my-kernel-4.12 remotes/origin/standard/beagleboard
+ $ cd ~/linux-kernel-cache
+ $ git checkout -b my-4.12-metadata remotes/origin/yocto-4.12
+
+.. note::
+
+ Branches in the ``yocto-kernel-cache`` repository correspond to Yocto Linux
+ kernel versions (e.g. "yocto-4.12", "yocto-4.10", "yocto-4.9", and so forth).
+
+Once you have checked out and switched to appropriate branches, you can
+see a snapshot of all the kernel source files used to used to build that
+particular Yocto Linux kernel for a particular board.
+
+To see the features and configurations for a particular Yocto Linux
+kernel, you need to examine the ``yocto-kernel-cache`` Git repository.
+As mentioned, branches in the ``yocto-kernel-cache`` repository
+correspond to Yocto Linux kernel versions (e.g. ``yocto-4.12``).
+Branches contain descriptions in the form of ``.scc`` and ``.cfg``
+files.
+
+You should realize, however, that browsing your local
+``yocto-kernel-cache`` repository for feature descriptions and patches
+is not an effective way to determine what is in a particular kernel
+branch. Instead, you should use Git directly to discover the changes in
+a branch. Using Git is an efficient and flexible way to inspect changes
+to the kernel.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Ground up reconstruction of the complete kernel tree is an action
+ only taken by the Yocto Project team during an active development
+ cycle. When you create a clone of the kernel Git repository, you are
+ simply making it efficiently available for building and development.
+
+The following steps describe what happens when the Yocto Project Team
+constructs the Yocto Project kernel source Git repository (or tree)
+found at :yocto_git:`/` given the introduction of a new
+top-level kernel feature or BSP. The following actions effectively
+provide the Metadata and create the tree that includes the new feature,
+patch, or BSP:
+
+1. *Pass Feature to the OpenEmbedded Build System:* A top-level kernel
+ feature is passed to the kernel build subsystem. Normally, this
+ feature is a BSP for a particular kernel type.
+
+2. *Locate Feature:* The file that describes the top-level feature is
+ located by searching these system directories:
+
+ - The in-tree kernel-cache directories, which are located in the
+ :yocto_git:`yocto-kernel-cache </cgit/cgit.cgi/yocto-kernel-cache/tree/bsp>`
+ repository organized under the "Yocto Linux Kernel" heading in the
+ :yocto_git:`Yocto Project Source Repositories <>`.
+
+ - Areas pointed to by ``SRC_URI`` statements found in kernel recipes.
+
+ For a typical build, the target of the search is a feature
+ description in an ``.scc`` file whose name follows this format (e.g.
+ ``beaglebone-standard.scc`` and ``beaglebone-preempt-rt.scc``):
+ ::
+
+ bsp_root_name-kernel_type.scc
+
+3. *Expand Feature:* Once located, the feature description is either
+ expanded into a simple script of actions, or into an existing
+ equivalent script that is already part of the shipped kernel.
+
+4. *Append Extra Features:* Extra features are appended to the top-level
+ feature description. These features can come from the
+ :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES`
+ variable in recipes.
+
+5. *Locate, Expand, and Append Each Feature:* Each extra feature is
+ located, expanded and appended to the script as described in step
+ three.
+
+6. *Execute the Script:* The script is executed to produce files
+ ``.scc`` and ``.cfg`` files in appropriate directories of the
+ ``yocto-kernel-cache`` repository. These files are descriptions of
+ all the branches, tags, patches and configurations that need to be
+ applied to the base Git repository to completely create the source
+ (build) branch for the new BSP or feature.
+
+7. *Clone Base Repository:* The base repository is cloned, and the
+ actions listed in the ``yocto-kernel-cache`` directories are applied
+ to the tree.
+
+8. *Perform Cleanup:* The Git repositories are left with the desired
+ branches checked out and any required branching, patching and tagging
+ has been performed.
+
+The kernel tree and cache are ready for developer consumption to be
+locally cloned, configured, and built into a Yocto Project kernel
+specific to some target hardware.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - The generated ``yocto-kernel-cache`` repository adds to the kernel
+ as shipped with the Yocto Project release. Any add-ons and
+ configuration data are applied to the end of an existing branch.
+ The full repository generation that is found in the official Yocto
+ Project kernel repositories at :yocto_git:`/` is the
+ combination of all supported boards and configurations.
+
+ - The technique the Yocto Project team uses is flexible and allows
+ for seamless blending of an immutable history with additional
+ patches specific to a deployment. Any additions to the kernel
+ become an integrated part of the branches.
+
+ - The full kernel tree that you see on :yocto_git:`/` is
+ generated through repeating the above steps for all valid BSPs.
+ The end result is a branched, clean history tree that makes up the
+ kernel for a given release. You can see the script (``kgit-scc``)
+ responsible for this in the
+ :yocto_git:`yocto-kernel-tools </cgit.cgi/yocto-kernel-tools/tree/tools>`
+ repository.
+
+ - The steps used to construct the full kernel tree are the same
+ steps that BitBake uses when it builds a kernel image.
+
+Build Strategy
+==============
+
+Once you have cloned a Yocto Linux kernel repository and the cache
+repository (``yocto-kernel-cache``) onto your development system, you
+can consider the compilation phase of kernel development, which is
+building a kernel image. Some prerequisites exist that are validated by
+the build process before compilation starts:
+
+- The :term:`SRC_URI` points to the
+ kernel Git repository.
+
+- A BSP build branch with Metadata exists in the ``yocto-kernel-cache``
+ repository. The branch is based on the Yocto Linux kernel version and
+ has configurations and features grouped under the
+ ``yocto-kernel-cache/bsp`` directory. For example, features and
+ configurations for the BeagleBone Board assuming a
+ ``linux-yocto_4.12`` kernel reside in the following area of the
+ ``yocto-kernel-cache`` repository: yocto-kernel-cache/bsp/beaglebone
+
+ .. note::
+
+ In the previous example, the "yocto-4.12" branch is checked out in
+ the ``yocto-kernel-cache`` repository.
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system makes sure these conditions exist before
+attempting compilation. Other means, however, do exist, such as
+bootstrapping a BSP.
+
+Before building a kernel, the build process verifies the tree and
+configures the kernel by processing all of the configuration "fragments"
+specified by feature descriptions in the ``.scc`` files. As the features
+are compiled, associated kernel configuration fragments are noted and
+recorded in the series of directories in their compilation order. The
+fragments are migrated, pre-processed and passed to the Linux Kernel
+Configuration subsystem (``lkc``) as raw input in the form of a
+``.config`` file. The ``lkc`` uses its own internal dependency
+constraints to do the final processing of that information and generates
+the final ``.config`` file that is used during compilation.
+
+Using the board's architecture and other relevant values from the
+board's template, kernel compilation is started and a kernel image is
+produced.
+
+The other thing that you notice once you configure a kernel is that the
+build process generates a build tree that is separate from your kernel's
+local Git source repository tree. This build tree has a name that uses
+the following form, where ``${MACHINE}`` is the metadata name of the
+machine (BSP) and "kernel_type" is one of the Yocto Project supported
+kernel types (e.g. "standard"):
+::
+
+ linux-${MACHINE}-kernel_type-build
+
+The existing support in the ``kernel.org`` tree achieves this default
+functionality.
+
+This behavior means that all the generated files for a particular
+machine or BSP are now in the build tree directory. The files include
+the final ``.config`` file, all the ``.o`` files, the ``.a`` files, and
+so forth. Since each machine or BSP has its own separate
+:term:`Build Directory` in its own separate
+branch of the Git repository, you can easily switch between different
+builds.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..55b42ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/kernel-dev/kernel-dev.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+=============================================
+Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual
+=============================================
+
+|
+
+.. toctree::
+ :caption: Table of Contents
+ :numbered:
+
+ kernel-dev-intro
+ kernel-dev-common
+ kernel-dev-advanced
+ kernel-dev-concepts-appx
+ kernel-dev-maint-appx
+ kernel-dev-faq
+ history
+
+.. include:: /boilerplate.rst
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/YP-flow-diagram.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/YP-flow-diagram.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8264410
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/YP-flow-diagram.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/analysis-for-package-splitting.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/analysis-for-package-splitting.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0cb0386
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/analysis-for-package-splitting.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/configuration-compile-autoreconf.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/configuration-compile-autoreconf.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..043d195
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/configuration-compile-autoreconf.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/cross-development-toolchains.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/cross-development-toolchains.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cbe8371
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/cross-development-toolchains.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/git-workflow.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/git-workflow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e401330
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/git-workflow.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/image-generation.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/image-generation.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aff9fc2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/image-generation.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/images.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/images.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20c0130
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/images.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/index-downloads.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/index-downloads.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..d8d4475
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/index-downloads.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/key-dev-elements.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/key-dev-elements.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..76c4405
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/key-dev-elements.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/layer-input.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/layer-input.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..29b56f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/layer-input.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/overview-manual-title.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/overview-manual-title.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..41e9012
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/overview-manual-title.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/package-feeds.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/package-feeds.png
new file mode 100755
index 0000000..2668d3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/package-feeds.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/patching.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/patching.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80fba7e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/patching.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/poky-reference-distribution.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/poky-reference-distribution.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1be89ae
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/poky-reference-distribution.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/sdk-generation.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/sdk-generation.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..939f839
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/sdk-generation.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/sdk.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/sdk.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a376872
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/sdk.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/source-fetching.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/source-fetching.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf5e187
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/source-fetching.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/source-input.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/source-input.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6b6ba4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/source-input.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/source-repos.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/source-repos.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..603300b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/source-repos.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/user-configuration.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/user-configuration.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1424547
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/user-configuration.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/yp-download.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/yp-download.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfd12b6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/figures/yp-download.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/history.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/history.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5fde8f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/history.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+***********************
+Manual Revision History
+***********************
+
+.. list-table::
+ :widths: 10 15 40
+ :header-rows: 1
+
+ * - Revision
+ - Date
+ - Note
+ * - 2.5
+ - May 2018
+ - The initial document released with the Yocto Project 2.5 Release
+ * - 2.6
+ - November 2018
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.6 Release.
+ * - 2.7
+ - May 2019
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.7 Release.
+ * - 3.0
+ - October 2019
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.0 Release.
+ * - 3.1
+ - April 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1 Release.
+ * - 3.1.1
+ - June 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.1 Release.
+ * - 3.1.2
+ - August 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.2 Release.
+ * - 3.1.3
+ - September 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.3 Release.
+ * - 3.1.4
+ - November 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.4 Release.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9f50e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,2185 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+**********************
+Yocto Project Concepts
+**********************
+
+This chapter provides explanations for Yocto Project concepts that go
+beyond the surface of "how-to" information and reference (or look-up)
+material. Concepts such as components, the :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`
+workflow,
+cross-development toolchains, shared state cache, and so forth are
+explained.
+
+Yocto Project Components
+========================
+
+The :term:`BitBake` task executor
+together with various types of configuration files form the
+:term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)`. This section
+overviews these components by describing their use and how they
+interact.
+
+BitBake handles the parsing and execution of the data files. The data
+itself is of various types:
+
+- *Recipes:* Provides details about particular pieces of software.
+
+- *Class Data:* Abstracts common build information (e.g. how to build a
+ Linux kernel).
+
+- *Configuration Data:* Defines machine-specific settings, policy
+ decisions, and so forth. Configuration data acts as the glue to bind
+ everything together.
+
+BitBake knows how to combine multiple data sources together and refers
+to each data source as a layer. For information on layers, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:understanding and creating layers`"
+section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+Following are some brief details on these core components. For
+additional information on how these components interact during a build,
+see the
+":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:openembedded build system concepts`"
+section.
+
+.. _usingpoky-components-bitbake:
+
+BitBake
+-------
+
+BitBake is the tool at the heart of the :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`
+and is responsible
+for parsing the :term:`Metadata`, generating
+a list of tasks from it, and then executing those tasks.
+
+This section briefly introduces BitBake. If you want more information on
+BitBake, see the :doc:`BitBake User Manual <bitbake:index>`.
+
+To see a list of the options BitBake supports, use either of the
+following commands:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake -h
+ $ bitbake --help
+
+The most common usage for BitBake is ``bitbake recipename``, where
+``recipename`` is the name of the recipe you want to build (referred
+to as the "target"). The target often equates to the first part of a
+recipe's filename (e.g. "foo" for a recipe named ``foo_1.3.0-r0.bb``).
+So, to process the ``matchbox-desktop_1.2.3.bb`` recipe file, you might
+type the following:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake matchbox-desktop
+
+Several different
+versions of ``matchbox-desktop`` might exist. BitBake chooses the one
+selected by the distribution configuration. You can get more details
+about how BitBake chooses between different target versions and
+providers in the
+":ref:`Preferences <bitbake:bb-bitbake-preferences>`" section
+of the BitBake User Manual.
+
+BitBake also tries to execute any dependent tasks first. So for example,
+before building ``matchbox-desktop``, BitBake would build a cross
+compiler and ``glibc`` if they had not already been built.
+
+A useful BitBake option to consider is the ``-k`` or ``--continue``
+option. This option instructs BitBake to try and continue processing the
+job as long as possible even after encountering an error. When an error
+occurs, the target that failed and those that depend on it cannot be
+remade. However, when you use this option other dependencies can still
+be processed.
+
+.. _overview-components-recipes:
+
+Recipes
+-------
+
+Files that have the ``.bb`` suffix are "recipes" files. In general, a
+recipe contains information about a single piece of software. This
+information includes the location from which to download the unaltered
+source, any source patches to be applied to that source (if needed),
+which special configuration options to apply, how to compile the source
+files, and how to package the compiled output.
+
+The term "package" is sometimes used to refer to recipes. However, since
+the word "package" is used for the packaged output from the OpenEmbedded
+build system (i.e. ``.ipk`` or ``.deb`` files), this document avoids
+using the term "package" when referring to recipes.
+
+.. _overview-components-classes:
+
+Classes
+-------
+
+Class files (``.bbclass``) contain information that is useful to share
+between recipes files. An example is the
+:ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class,
+which contains common settings for any application that Autotools uses.
+The ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-classes:Classes`" chapter in the
+Yocto Project Reference Manual provides details about classes and how to
+use them.
+
+.. _overview-components-configurations:
+
+Configurations
+--------------
+
+The configuration files (``.conf``) define various configuration
+variables that govern the OpenEmbedded build process. These files fall
+into several areas that define machine configuration options,
+distribution configuration options, compiler tuning options, general
+common configuration options, and user configuration options in
+``conf/local.conf``, which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`.
+
+
+.. _overview-layers:
+
+Layers
+======
+
+Layers are repositories that contain related metadata (i.e. sets of
+instructions) that tell the OpenEmbedded build system how to build a
+target. Yocto Project's `layer model <#the-yocto-project-layer-model>`__
+facilitates collaboration, sharing, customization, and reuse within the
+Yocto Project development environment. Layers logically separate
+information for your project. For example, you can use a layer to hold
+all the configurations for a particular piece of hardware. Isolating
+hardware-specific configurations allows you to share other metadata by
+using a different layer where that metadata might be common across
+several pieces of hardware.
+
+Many layers exist that work in the Yocto Project development
+environment. The `Yocto Project Curated Layer
+Index <https://www.yoctoproject.org/software-overview/layers/>`__
+and `OpenEmbedded Layer
+Index <http://layers.openembedded.org/layerindex/branch/master/layers/>`__
+both contain layers from which you can use or leverage.
+
+By convention, layers in the Yocto Project follow a specific form.
+Conforming to a known structure allows BitBake to make assumptions
+during builds on where to find types of metadata. You can find
+procedures and learn about tools (i.e. ``bitbake-layers``) for creating
+layers suitable for the Yocto Project in the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:understanding and creating layers`"
+section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _openembedded-build-system-build-concepts:
+
+OpenEmbedded Build System Concepts
+==================================
+
+This section takes a more detailed look inside the build process used by
+the :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`,
+which is the build
+system specific to the Yocto Project. At the heart of the build system
+is BitBake, the task executor.
+
+The following diagram represents the high-level workflow of a build. The
+remainder of this section expands on the fundamental input, output,
+process, and metadata logical blocks that make up the workflow.
+
+.. image:: figures/YP-flow-diagram.png
+ :align: center
+
+In general, the build's workflow consists of several functional areas:
+
+- *User Configuration:* metadata you can use to control the build
+ process.
+
+- *Metadata Layers:* Various layers that provide software, machine, and
+ distro metadata.
+
+- *Source Files:* Upstream releases, local projects, and SCMs.
+
+- *Build System:* Processes under the control of
+ :term:`BitBake`. This block expands
+ on how BitBake fetches source, applies patches, completes
+ compilation, analyzes output for package generation, creates and
+ tests packages, generates images, and generates cross-development
+ tools.
+
+- *Package Feeds:* Directories containing output packages (RPM, DEB or
+ IPK), which are subsequently used in the construction of an image or
+ Software Development Kit (SDK), produced by the build system. These
+ feeds can also be copied and shared using a web server or other means
+ to facilitate extending or updating existing images on devices at
+ runtime if runtime package management is enabled.
+
+- *Images:* Images produced by the workflow.
+
+- *Application Development SDK:* Cross-development tools that are
+ produced along with an image or separately with BitBake.
+
+User Configuration
+------------------
+
+User configuration helps define the build. Through user configuration,
+you can tell BitBake the target architecture for which you are building
+the image, where to store downloaded source, and other build properties.
+
+The following figure shows an expanded representation of the "User
+Configuration" box of the `general workflow
+figure <#general-workflow-figure>`__:
+
+.. image:: figures/user-configuration.png
+ :align: center
+
+BitBake needs some basic configuration files in order to complete a
+build. These files are ``*.conf`` files. The minimally necessary ones
+reside as example files in the ``build/conf`` directory of the
+:term:`Source Directory`. For simplicity,
+this section refers to the Source Directory as the "Poky Directory."
+
+When you clone the :term:`Poky` Git repository
+or you download and unpack a Yocto Project release, you can set up the
+Source Directory to be named anything you want. For this discussion, the
+cloned repository uses the default name ``poky``.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The Poky repository is primarily an aggregation of existing
+ repositories. It is not a canonical upstream source.
+
+The ``meta-poky`` layer inside Poky contains a ``conf`` directory that
+has example configuration files. These example files are used as a basis
+for creating actual configuration files when you source
+:ref:`structure-core-script`, which is the
+build environment script.
+
+Sourcing the build environment script creates a
+:term:`Build Directory` if one does not
+already exist. BitBake uses the Build Directory for all its work during
+builds. The Build Directory has a ``conf`` directory that contains
+default versions of your ``local.conf`` and ``bblayers.conf``
+configuration files. These default configuration files are created only
+if versions do not already exist in the Build Directory at the time you
+source the build environment setup script.
+
+Because the Poky repository is fundamentally an aggregation of existing
+repositories, some users might be familiar with running the
+:ref:`structure-core-script` script in the context of separate
+:term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` and BitBake
+repositories rather than a single Poky repository. This discussion
+assumes the script is executed from within a cloned or unpacked version
+of Poky.
+
+Depending on where the script is sourced, different sub-scripts are
+called to set up the Build Directory (Yocto or OpenEmbedded).
+Specifically, the script ``scripts/oe-setup-builddir`` inside the poky
+directory sets up the Build Directory and seeds the directory (if
+necessary) with configuration files appropriate for the Yocto Project
+development environment.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The
+ scripts/oe-setup-builddir
+ script uses the
+ ``$TEMPLATECONF``
+ variable to determine which sample configuration files to locate.
+
+The ``local.conf`` file provides many basic variables that define a
+build environment. Here is a list of a few. To see the default
+configurations in a ``local.conf`` file created by the build environment
+script, see the
+:yocto_git:`local.conf.sample </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample>`
+in the ``meta-poky`` layer:
+
+- *Target Machine Selection:* Controlled by the
+ :term:`MACHINE` variable.
+
+- *Download Directory:* Controlled by the
+ :term:`DL_DIR` variable.
+
+- *Shared State Directory:* Controlled by the
+ :term:`SSTATE_DIR` variable.
+
+- *Build Output:* Controlled by the
+ :term:`TMPDIR` variable.
+
+- *Distribution Policy:* Controlled by the
+ :term:`DISTRO` variable.
+
+- *Packaging Format:* Controlled by the
+ :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`
+ variable.
+
+- *SDK Target Architecture:* Controlled by the
+ :term:`SDKMACHINE` variable.
+
+- *Extra Image Packages:* Controlled by the
+ :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES`
+ variable.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Configurations set in the
+ conf/local.conf
+ file can also be set in the
+ conf/site.conf
+ and
+ conf/auto.conf
+ configuration files.
+
+The ``bblayers.conf`` file tells BitBake what layers you want considered
+during the build. By default, the layers listed in this file include
+layers minimally needed by the build system. However, you must manually
+add any custom layers you have created. You can find more information on
+working with the ``bblayers.conf`` file in the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:enabling your layer`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+The files ``site.conf`` and ``auto.conf`` are not created by the
+environment initialization script. If you want the ``site.conf`` file,
+you need to create that yourself. The ``auto.conf`` file is typically
+created by an autobuilder:
+
+- *site.conf:* You can use the ``conf/site.conf`` configuration
+ file to configure multiple build directories. For example, suppose
+ you had several build environments and they shared some common
+ features. You can set these default build properties here. A good
+ example is perhaps the packaging format to use through the
+ :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`
+ variable.
+
+ One useful scenario for using the ``conf/site.conf`` file is to
+ extend your :term:`BBPATH` variable
+ to include the path to a ``conf/site.conf``. Then, when BitBake looks
+ for Metadata using ``BBPATH``, it finds the ``conf/site.conf`` file
+ and applies your common configurations found in the file. To override
+ configurations in a particular build directory, alter the similar
+ configurations within that build directory's ``conf/local.conf``
+ file.
+
+- *auto.conf:* The file is usually created and written to by an
+ autobuilder. The settings put into the file are typically the same as
+ you would find in the ``conf/local.conf`` or the ``conf/site.conf``
+ files.
+
+You can edit all configuration files to further define any particular
+build environment. This process is represented by the "User
+Configuration Edits" box in the figure.
+
+When you launch your build with the ``bitbake target`` command, BitBake
+sorts out the configurations to ultimately define your build
+environment. It is important to understand that the
+:term:`OpenEmbedded Build System` reads the
+configuration files in a specific order: ``site.conf``, ``auto.conf``,
+and ``local.conf``. And, the build system applies the normal assignment
+statement rules as described in the
+":doc:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata`" chapter
+of the BitBake User Manual. Because the files are parsed in a specific
+order, variable assignments for the same variable could be affected. For
+example, if the ``auto.conf`` file and the ``local.conf`` set variable1
+to different values, because the build system parses ``local.conf``
+after ``auto.conf``, variable1 is assigned the value from the
+``local.conf`` file.
+
+Metadata, Machine Configuration, and Policy Configuration
+---------------------------------------------------------
+
+The previous section described the user configurations that define
+BitBake's global behavior. This section takes a closer look at the
+layers the build system uses to further control the build. These layers
+provide Metadata for the software, machine, and policies.
+
+In general, three types of layer input exists. You can see them below
+the "User Configuration" box in the `general workflow
+figure <#general-workflow-figure>`__:
+
+- *Metadata (.bb + Patches):* Software layers containing
+ user-supplied recipe files, patches, and append files. A good example
+ of a software layer might be the
+ `meta-qt5 layer <https://github.com/meta-qt5/meta-qt5>`__ from
+ the `OpenEmbedded Layer
+ Index <http://layers.openembedded.org/layerindex/branch/master/layers/>`__.
+ This layer is for version 5.0 of the popular
+ `Qt <https://wiki.qt.io/About_Qt>`__ cross-platform application
+ development framework for desktop, embedded and mobile.
+
+- *Machine BSP Configuration:* Board Support Package (BSP) layers (i.e.
+ "BSP Layer" in the following figure) providing machine-specific
+ configurations. This type of information is specific to a particular
+ target architecture. A good example of a BSP layer from the `Poky
+ Reference Distribution <#gs-reference-distribution-poky>`__ is the
+ :yocto_git:`meta-yocto-bsp </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta-yocto-bsp>`
+ layer.
+
+- *Policy Configuration:* Distribution Layers (i.e. "Distro Layer" in
+ the following figure) providing top-level or general policies for the
+ images or SDKs being built for a particular distribution. For
+ example, in the Poky Reference Distribution the distro layer is the
+ :yocto_git:`meta-poky </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta-poky>`
+ layer. Within the distro layer is a ``conf/distro`` directory that
+ contains distro configuration files (e.g.
+ :yocto_git:`poky.conf </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta-poky/conf/distro/poky.conf>`
+ that contain many policy configurations for the Poky distribution.
+
+The following figure shows an expanded representation of these three
+layers from the `general workflow figure <#general-workflow-figure>`__:
+
+.. image:: figures/layer-input.png
+ :align: center
+
+In general, all layers have a similar structure. They all contain a
+licensing file (e.g. ``COPYING.MIT``) if the layer is to be distributed,
+a ``README`` file as good practice and especially if the layer is to be
+distributed, a configuration directory, and recipe directories. You can
+learn about the general structure for layers used with the Yocto Project
+in the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating your own layer`"
+section in the
+Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For a general discussion on
+layers and the many layers from which you can draw, see the
+"`Layers <#overview-layers>`__" and "`The Yocto Project Layer
+Model <#the-yocto-project-layer-model>`__" sections both earlier in this
+manual.
+
+If you explored the previous links, you discovered some areas where many
+layers that work with the Yocto Project exist. The `Source
+Repositories <http://git.yoctoproject.org/>`__ also shows layers
+categorized under "Yocto Metadata Layers."
+
+.. note::
+
+ Layers exist in the Yocto Project Source Repositories that cannot be
+ found in the OpenEmbedded Layer Index. These layers are either
+ deprecated or experimental in nature.
+
+BitBake uses the ``conf/bblayers.conf`` file, which is part of the user
+configuration, to find what layers it should be using as part of the
+build.
+
+Distro Layer
+~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The distribution layer provides policy configurations for your
+distribution. Best practices dictate that you isolate these types of
+configurations into their own layer. Settings you provide in
+``conf/distro/distro.conf`` override similar settings that BitBake finds
+in your ``conf/local.conf`` file in the Build Directory.
+
+The following list provides some explanation and references for what you
+typically find in the distribution layer:
+
+- *classes:* Class files (``.bbclass``) hold common functionality that
+ can be shared among recipes in the distribution. When your recipes
+ inherit a class, they take on the settings and functions for that
+ class. You can read more about class files in the
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-classes:Classes`" chapter of the Yocto
+ Reference Manual.
+
+- *conf:* This area holds configuration files for the layer
+ (``conf/layer.conf``), the distribution
+ (``conf/distro/distro.conf``), and any distribution-wide include
+ files.
+
+- *recipes-*:* Recipes and append files that affect common
+ functionality across the distribution. This area could include
+ recipes and append files to add distribution-specific configuration,
+ initialization scripts, custom image recipes, and so forth. Examples
+ of ``recipes-*`` directories are ``recipes-core`` and
+ ``recipes-extra``. Hierarchy and contents within a ``recipes-*``
+ directory can vary. Generally, these directories contain recipe files
+ (``*.bb``), recipe append files (``*.bbappend``), directories that
+ are distro-specific for configuration files, and so forth.
+
+BSP Layer
+~~~~~~~~~
+
+The BSP Layer provides machine configurations that target specific
+hardware. Everything in this layer is specific to the machine for which
+you are building the image or the SDK. A common structure or form is
+defined for BSP layers. You can learn more about this structure in the
+:doc:`../bsp-guide/bsp-guide`.
+
+.. note::
+
+ In order for a BSP layer to be considered compliant with the Yocto
+ Project, it must meet some structural requirements.
+
+The BSP Layer's configuration directory contains configuration files for
+the machine (``conf/machine/machine.conf``) and, of course, the layer
+(``conf/layer.conf``).
+
+The remainder of the layer is dedicated to specific recipes by function:
+``recipes-bsp``, ``recipes-core``, ``recipes-graphics``,
+``recipes-kernel``, and so forth. Metadata can exist for multiple
+formfactors, graphics support systems, and so forth.
+
+.. note::
+
+ While the figure shows several
+ recipes-\*
+ directories, not all these directories appear in all BSP layers.
+
+Software Layer
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The software layer provides the Metadata for additional software
+packages used during the build. This layer does not include Metadata
+that is specific to the distribution or the machine, which are found in
+their respective layers.
+
+This layer contains any recipes, append files, and patches, that your
+project needs.
+
+.. _sources-dev-environment:
+
+Sources
+-------
+
+In order for the OpenEmbedded build system to create an image or any
+target, it must be able to access source files. The `general workflow
+figure <#general-workflow-figure>`__ represents source files using the
+"Upstream Project Releases", "Local Projects", and "SCMs (optional)"
+boxes. The figure represents mirrors, which also play a role in locating
+source files, with the "Source Materials" box.
+
+The method by which source files are ultimately organized is a function
+of the project. For example, for released software, projects tend to use
+tarballs or other archived files that can capture the state of a release
+guaranteeing that it is statically represented. On the other hand, for a
+project that is more dynamic or experimental in nature, a project might
+keep source files in a repository controlled by a Source Control Manager
+(SCM) such as Git. Pulling source from a repository allows you to
+control the point in the repository (the revision) from which you want
+to build software. Finally, a combination of the two might exist, which
+would give the consumer a choice when deciding where to get source
+files.
+
+BitBake uses the :term:`SRC_URI`
+variable to point to source files regardless of their location. Each
+recipe must have a ``SRC_URI`` variable that points to the source.
+
+Another area that plays a significant role in where source files come
+from is pointed to by the
+:term:`DL_DIR` variable. This area is
+a cache that can hold previously downloaded source. You can also
+instruct the OpenEmbedded build system to create tarballs from Git
+repositories, which is not the default behavior, and store them in the
+``DL_DIR`` by using the
+:term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS`
+variable.
+
+Judicious use of a ``DL_DIR`` directory can save the build system a trip
+across the Internet when looking for files. A good method for using a
+download directory is to have ``DL_DIR`` point to an area outside of
+your Build Directory. Doing so allows you to safely delete the Build
+Directory if needed without fear of removing any downloaded source file.
+
+The remainder of this section provides a deeper look into the source
+files and the mirrors. Here is a more detailed look at the source file
+area of the `general workflow figure <#general-workflow-figure>`__:
+
+.. image:: figures/source-input.png
+ :align: center
+
+Upstream Project Releases
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Upstream project releases exist anywhere in the form of an archived file
+(e.g. tarball or zip file). These files correspond to individual
+recipes. For example, the figure uses specific releases each for
+BusyBox, Qt, and Dbus. An archive file can be for any released product
+that can be built using a recipe.
+
+Local Projects
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Local projects are custom bits of software the user provides. These bits
+reside somewhere local to a project - perhaps a directory into which the
+user checks in items (e.g. a local directory containing a development
+source tree used by the group).
+
+The canonical method through which to include a local project is to use
+the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>`
+class to include that local project. You use either the ``local.conf``
+or a recipe's append file to override or set the recipe to point to the
+local directory on your disk to pull in the whole source tree.
+
+.. _scms:
+
+Source Control Managers (Optional)
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Another place from which the build system can get source files is with
+:ref:`fetchers <bitbake:bb-fetchers>` employing various Source
+Control Managers (SCMs) such as Git or Subversion. In such cases, a
+repository is cloned or checked out. The
+:ref:`ref-tasks-fetch` task inside
+BitBake uses the :term:`SRC_URI`
+variable and the argument's prefix to determine the correct fetcher
+module.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For information on how to have the OpenEmbedded build system generate
+ tarballs for Git repositories and place them in the
+ DL_DIR
+ directory, see the :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS`
+ variable in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
+
+When fetching a repository, BitBake uses the
+:term:`SRCREV` variable to determine
+the specific revision from which to build.
+
+Source Mirror(s)
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Two kinds of mirrors exist: pre-mirrors and regular mirrors. The
+:term:`PREMIRRORS` and
+:term:`MIRRORS` variables point to
+these, respectively. BitBake checks pre-mirrors before looking upstream
+for any source files. Pre-mirrors are appropriate when you have a shared
+directory that is not a directory defined by the
+:term:`DL_DIR` variable. A Pre-mirror
+typically points to a shared directory that is local to your
+organization.
+
+Regular mirrors can be any site across the Internet that is used as an
+alternative location for source code should the primary site not be
+functioning for some reason or another.
+
+.. _package-feeds-dev-environment:
+
+Package Feeds
+-------------
+
+When the OpenEmbedded build system generates an image or an SDK, it gets
+the packages from a package feed area located in the
+:term:`Build Directory`. The `general
+workflow figure <#general-workflow-figure>`__ shows this package feeds
+area in the upper-right corner.
+
+This section looks a little closer into the package feeds area used by
+the build system. Here is a more detailed look at the area:
+
+.. image:: figures/package-feeds.png
+ :align: center
+
+Package feeds are an intermediary step in the build process. The
+OpenEmbedded build system provides classes to generate different package
+types, and you specify which classes to enable through the
+:term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`
+variable. Before placing the packages into package feeds, the build
+process validates them with generated output quality assurance checks
+through the :ref:`insane <ref-classes-insane>`
+class.
+
+The package feed area resides in the Build Directory. The directory the
+build system uses to temporarily store packages is determined by a
+combination of variables and the particular package manager in use. See
+the "Package Feeds" box in the illustration and note the information to
+the right of that area. In particular, the following defines where
+package files are kept:
+
+- :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`: Defined as
+ ``tmp/deploy`` in the Build Directory.
+
+- ``DEPLOY_DIR_*``: Depending on the package manager used, the package
+ type sub-folder. Given RPM, IPK, or DEB packaging and tarball
+ creation, the
+ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM`,
+ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK`,
+ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`, or
+ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR`,
+ variables are used, respectively.
+
+- :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`: Defines
+ architecture-specific sub-folders. For example, packages could exist
+ for the i586 or qemux86 architectures.
+
+BitBake uses the
+:ref:`do_package_write_* <ref-tasks-package_write_deb>`
+tasks to generate packages and place them into the package holding area
+(e.g. ``do_package_write_ipk`` for IPK packages). See the
+":ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_deb`",
+":ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_ipk`",
+":ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_rpm`",
+and
+":ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_tar`"
+sections in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for additional
+information. As an example, consider a scenario where an IPK packaging
+manager is being used and package architecture support for both i586 and
+qemux86 exist. Packages for the i586 architecture are placed in
+``build/tmp/deploy/ipk/i586``, while packages for the qemux86
+architecture are placed in ``build/tmp/deploy/ipk/qemux86``.
+
+.. _bitbake-dev-environment:
+
+BitBake Tool
+------------
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system uses
+:term:`BitBake` to produce images and
+Software Development Kits (SDKs). You can see from the `general workflow
+figure <#general-workflow-figure>`__, the BitBake area consists of
+several functional areas. This section takes a closer look at each of
+those areas.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Separate documentation exists for the BitBake tool. See the
+ BitBake User Manual
+ for reference material on BitBake.
+
+.. _source-fetching-dev-environment:
+
+Source Fetching
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The first stages of building a recipe are to fetch and unpack the source
+code:
+
+.. image:: figures/source-fetching.png
+ :align: center
+
+The :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch` and
+:ref:`ref-tasks-unpack` tasks fetch
+the source files and unpack them into the
+:term:`Build Directory`.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For every local file (e.g.
+ file://
+ ) that is part of a recipe's
+ SRC_URI
+ statement, the OpenEmbedded build system takes a checksum of the file
+ for the recipe and inserts the checksum into the signature for the
+ do_fetch
+ task. If any local file has been modified, the
+ do_fetch
+ task and all tasks that depend on it are re-executed.
+
+By default, everything is accomplished in the Build Directory, which has
+a defined structure. For additional general information on the Build
+Directory, see the ":ref:`structure-core-build`" section in
+the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
+
+Each recipe has an area in the Build Directory where the unpacked source
+code resides. The :term:`S` variable points
+to this area for a recipe's unpacked source code. The name of that
+directory for any given recipe is defined from several different
+variables. The preceding figure and the following list describe the
+Build Directory's hierarchy:
+
+- :term:`TMPDIR`: The base directory
+ where the OpenEmbedded build system performs all its work during the
+ build. The default base directory is the ``tmp`` directory.
+
+- :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`: The
+ architecture of the built package or packages. Depending on the
+ eventual destination of the package or packages (i.e. machine
+ architecture, :term:`Build Host`, SDK, or
+ specific machine), ``PACKAGE_ARCH`` varies. See the variable's
+ description for details.
+
+- :term:`TARGET_OS`: The operating
+ system of the target device. A typical value would be "linux" (e.g.
+ "qemux86-poky-linux").
+
+- :term:`PN`: The name of the recipe used
+ to build the package. This variable can have multiple meanings.
+ However, when used in the context of input files, ``PN`` represents
+ the name of the recipe.
+
+- :term:`WORKDIR`: The location
+ where the OpenEmbedded build system builds a recipe (i.e. does the
+ work to create the package).
+
+ - :term:`PV`: The version of the
+ recipe used to build the package.
+
+ - :term:`PR`: The revision of the
+ recipe used to build the package.
+
+- :term:`S`: Contains the unpacked source
+ files for a given recipe.
+
+ - :term:`BPN`: The name of the recipe
+ used to build the package. The ``BPN`` variable is a version of
+ the ``PN`` variable but with common prefixes and suffixes removed.
+
+ - :term:`PV`: The version of the
+ recipe used to build the package.
+
+.. note::
+
+ In the previous figure, notice that two sample hierarchies exist: one
+ based on package architecture (i.e.
+ PACKAGE_ARCH
+ ) and one based on a machine (i.e.
+ MACHINE
+ ). The underlying structures are identical. The differentiator being
+ what the OpenEmbedded build system is using as a build target (e.g.
+ general architecture, a build host, an SDK, or a specific machine).
+
+.. _patching-dev-environment:
+
+Patching
+~~~~~~~~
+
+Once source code is fetched and unpacked, BitBake locates patch files
+and applies them to the source files:
+
+.. image:: figures/patching.png
+ :align: center
+
+The :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task uses a
+recipe's :term:`SRC_URI` statements
+and the :term:`FILESPATH` variable
+to locate applicable patch files.
+
+Default processing for patch files assumes the files have either
+``*.patch`` or ``*.diff`` file types. You can use ``SRC_URI`` parameters
+to change the way the build system recognizes patch files. See the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task for more
+information.
+
+BitBake finds and applies multiple patches for a single recipe in the
+order in which it locates the patches. The ``FILESPATH`` variable
+defines the default set of directories that the build system uses to
+search for patch files. Once found, patches are applied to the recipe's
+source files, which are located in the
+:term:`S` directory.
+
+For more information on how the source directories are created, see the
+"`Source Fetching <#source-fetching-dev-environment>`__" section. For
+more information on how to create patches and how the build system
+processes patches, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:patching code`"
+section in the
+Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. You can also see the
+":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-extensible:use \`\`devtool modify\`\` to modify the source of an existing component`"
+section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
+Software Development Kit (SDK) manual and the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using traditional kernel development to patch the kernel`"
+section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
+
+.. _configuration-compilation-and-staging-dev-environment:
+
+Configuration, Compilation, and Staging
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+After source code is patched, BitBake executes tasks that configure and
+compile the source code. Once compilation occurs, the files are copied
+to a holding area (staged) in preparation for packaging:
+
+.. image:: figures/configuration-compile-autoreconf.png
+ :align: center
+
+This step in the build process consists of the following tasks:
+
+- :ref:`ref-tasks-prepare_recipe_sysroot`:
+ This task sets up the two sysroots in
+ ``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}``
+ (i.e. ``recipe-sysroot`` and ``recipe-sysroot-native``) so that
+ during the packaging phase the sysroots can contain the contents of
+ the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot`
+ tasks of the recipes on which the recipe containing the tasks
+ depends. A sysroot exists for both the target and for the native
+ binaries, which run on the host system.
+
+- *do_configure*: This task configures the source by enabling and
+ disabling any build-time and configuration options for the software
+ being built. Configurations can come from the recipe itself as well
+ as from an inherited class. Additionally, the software itself might
+ configure itself depending on the target for which it is being built.
+
+ The configurations handled by the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task
+ are specific to configurations for the source code being built by the
+ recipe.
+
+ If you are using the
+ :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class,
+ you can add additional configuration options by using the
+ :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
+ :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`
+ variables. For information on how this variable works within that
+ class, see the
+ :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class
+ :yocto_git:`here </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta/classes/autotools.bbclass>`.
+
+- *do_compile*: Once a configuration task has been satisfied,
+ BitBake compiles the source using the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task.
+ Compilation occurs in the directory pointed to by the
+ :term:`B` variable. Realize that the
+ ``B`` directory is, by default, the same as the
+ :term:`S` directory.
+
+- *do_install*: After compilation completes, BitBake executes the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task.
+ This task copies files from the ``B`` directory and places them in a
+ holding area pointed to by the :term:`D`
+ variable. Packaging occurs later using files from this holding
+ directory.
+
+.. _package-splitting-dev-environment:
+
+Package Splitting
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+After source code is configured, compiled, and staged, the build system
+analyzes the results and splits the output into packages:
+
+.. image:: figures/analysis-for-package-splitting.png
+ :align: center
+
+The :ref:`ref-tasks-package` and
+:ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata`
+tasks combine to analyze the files found in the
+:term:`D` directory and split them into
+subsets based on available packages and files. Analysis involves the
+following as well as other items: splitting out debugging symbols,
+looking at shared library dependencies between packages, and looking at
+package relationships.
+
+The ``do_packagedata`` task creates package metadata based on the
+analysis such that the build system can generate the final packages. The
+:ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot`
+task stages (copies) a subset of the files installed by the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install` task into
+the appropriate sysroot. Working, staged, and intermediate results of
+the analysis and package splitting process use several areas:
+
+- :term:`PKGD`: The destination
+ directory (i.e. ``package``) for packages before they are split into
+ individual packages.
+
+- :term:`PKGDESTWORK`: A
+ temporary work area (i.e. ``pkgdata``) used by the ``do_package``
+ task to save package metadata.
+
+- :term:`PKGDEST`: The parent
+ directory (i.e. ``packages-split``) for packages after they have been
+ split.
+
+- :term:`PKGDATA_DIR`: A shared,
+ global-state directory that holds packaging metadata generated during
+ the packaging process. The packaging process copies metadata from
+ ``PKGDESTWORK`` to the ``PKGDATA_DIR`` area where it becomes globally
+ available.
+
+- :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`:
+ The path for the sysroot for the system on which a component is built
+ to run (i.e. ``recipe-sysroot``).
+
+- :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`:
+ The path for the sysroot used when building components for the build
+ host (i.e. ``recipe-sysroot-native``).
+
+- :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET`:
+ The path for the sysroot used when a component that is built to
+ execute on a system and it generates code for yet another machine
+ (e.g. cross-canadian recipes).
+
+The :term:`FILES` variable defines the
+files that go into each package in
+:term:`PACKAGES`. If you want
+details on how this is accomplished, you can look at
+:yocto_git:`package.bbclass </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta/classes/package.bbclass>`.
+
+Depending on the type of packages being created (RPM, DEB, or IPK), the
+:ref:`do_package_write_* <ref-tasks-package_write_deb>`
+task creates the actual packages and places them in the Package Feed
+area, which is ``${TMPDIR}/deploy``. You can see the "`Package
+Feeds <#package-feeds-dev-environment>`__" section for more detail on
+that part of the build process.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Support for creating feeds directly from the
+ deploy/\*
+ directories does not exist. Creating such feeds usually requires some
+ kind of feed maintenance mechanism that would upload the new packages
+ into an official package feed (e.g. the Ångström distribution). This
+ functionality is highly distribution-specific and thus is not
+ provided out of the box.
+
+.. _image-generation-dev-environment:
+
+Image Generation
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Once packages are split and stored in the Package Feeds area, the build
+system uses BitBake to generate the root filesystem image:
+
+.. image:: figures/image-generation.png
+ :align: center
+
+The image generation process consists of several stages and depends on
+several tasks and variables. The
+:ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task creates
+the root filesystem (file and directory structure) for an image. This
+task uses several key variables to help create the list of packages to
+actually install:
+
+- :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL`: Lists
+ out the base set of packages from which to install from the Package
+ Feeds area.
+
+- :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE`:
+ Specifies packages that should not be installed into the image.
+
+- :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`:
+ Specifies features to include in the image. Most of these features
+ map to additional packages for installation.
+
+- :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`:
+ Specifies the package backend (e.g. RPM, DEB, or IPK) to use and
+ consequently helps determine where to locate packages within the
+ Package Feeds area.
+
+- :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS`:
+ Determines the language(s) for which additional language support
+ packages are installed.
+
+- :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL`:
+ The final list of packages passed to the package manager for
+ installation into the image.
+
+With :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS`
+pointing to the location of the filesystem under construction and the
+``PACKAGE_INSTALL`` variable providing the final list of packages to
+install, the root file system is created.
+
+Package installation is under control of the package manager (e.g.
+dnf/rpm, opkg, or apt/dpkg) regardless of whether or not package
+management is enabled for the target. At the end of the process, if
+package management is not enabled for the target, the package manager's
+data files are deleted from the root filesystem. As part of the final
+stage of package installation, post installation scripts that are part
+of the packages are run. Any scripts that fail to run on the build host
+are run on the target when the target system is first booted. If you are
+using a
+:ref:`read-only root filesystem <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating a read-only root filesystem>`,
+all the post installation scripts must succeed on the build host during
+the package installation phase since the root filesystem on the target
+is read-only.
+
+The final stages of the ``do_rootfs`` task handle post processing. Post
+processing includes creation of a manifest file and optimizations.
+
+The manifest file (``.manifest``) resides in the same directory as the
+root filesystem image. This file lists out, line-by-line, the installed
+packages. The manifest file is useful for the
+:ref:`testimage <ref-classes-testimage*>` class,
+for example, to determine whether or not to run specific tests. See the
+:term:`IMAGE_MANIFEST`
+variable for additional information.
+
+Optimizing processes that are run across the image include ``mklibs``,
+``prelink``, and any other post-processing commands as defined by the
+:term:`ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
+variable. The ``mklibs`` process optimizes the size of the libraries,
+while the ``prelink`` process optimizes the dynamic linking of shared
+libraries to reduce start up time of executables.
+
+After the root filesystem is built, processing begins on the image
+through the :ref:`ref-tasks-image`
+task. The build system runs any pre-processing commands as defined by
+the
+:term:`IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND`
+variable. This variable specifies a list of functions to call before the
+build system creates the final image output files.
+
+The build system dynamically creates ``do_image_*`` tasks as needed,
+based on the image types specified in the
+:term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable.
+The process turns everything into an image file or a set of image files
+and can compress the root filesystem image to reduce the overall size of
+the image. The formats used for the root filesystem depend on the
+``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` variable. Compression depends on whether the formats
+support compression.
+
+As an example, a dynamically created task when creating a particular
+image type would take the following form:
+::
+
+ do_image_type
+
+So, if the type
+as specified by the ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` were ``ext4``, the dynamically
+generated task would be as follows:
+::
+
+ do_image_ext4
+
+The final task involved in image creation is the
+:ref:`do_image_complete <ref-tasks-image-complete>`
+task. This task completes the image by applying any image post
+processing as defined through the
+:term:`IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
+variable. The variable specifies a list of functions to call once the
+build system has created the final image output files.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The entire image generation process is run under
+ Pseudo. Running under Pseudo ensures that the files in the root filesystem
+ have correct ownership.
+
+.. _sdk-generation-dev-environment:
+
+SDK Generation
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system uses BitBake to generate the Software
+Development Kit (SDK) installer scripts for both the standard SDK and
+the extensible SDK (eSDK):
+
+.. image:: figures/sdk-generation.png
+ :align: center
+
+.. note::
+
+ For more information on the cross-development toolchain generation,
+ see the ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:cross-development toolchain generation`"
+ section. For information on advantages gained when building a
+ cross-development toolchain using the do_populate_sdk task, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-obtain:building an sdk installer`" section in
+ the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible Software
+ Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+Like image generation, the SDK script process consists of several stages
+and depends on many variables. The
+:ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sdk`
+and
+:ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sdk_ext`
+tasks use these key variables to help create the list of packages to
+actually install. For information on the variables listed in the figure,
+see the "`Application Development SDK <#sdk-dev-environment>`__"
+section.
+
+The ``do_populate_sdk`` task helps create the standard SDK and handles
+two parts: a target part and a host part. The target part is the part
+built for the target hardware and includes libraries and headers. The
+host part is the part of the SDK that runs on the
+:term:`SDKMACHINE`.
+
+The ``do_populate_sdk_ext`` task helps create the extensible SDK and
+handles host and target parts differently than its counter part does for
+the standard SDK. For the extensible SDK, the task encapsulates the
+build system, which includes everything needed (host and target) for the
+SDK.
+
+Regardless of the type of SDK being constructed, the tasks perform some
+cleanup after which a cross-development environment setup script and any
+needed configuration files are created. The final output is the
+Cross-development toolchain installation script (``.sh`` file), which
+includes the environment setup script.
+
+Stamp Files and the Rerunning of Tasks
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+For each task that completes successfully, BitBake writes a stamp file
+into the :term:`STAMPS_DIR`
+directory. The beginning of the stamp file's filename is determined by
+the :term:`STAMP` variable, and the end
+of the name consists of the task's name and current `input
+checksum <#overview-checksums>`__.
+
+.. note::
+
+ This naming scheme assumes that
+ BB_SIGNATURE_HANDLER
+ is "OEBasicHash", which is almost always the case in current
+ OpenEmbedded.
+
+To determine if a task needs to be rerun, BitBake checks if a stamp file
+with a matching input checksum exists for the task. If such a stamp file
+exists, the task's output is assumed to exist and still be valid. If the
+file does not exist, the task is rerun.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The stamp mechanism is more general than the shared state (sstate)
+ cache mechanism described in the "`Setscene Tasks and Shared
+ State <#setscene-tasks-and-shared-state>`__" section. BitBake avoids
+ rerunning any task that has a valid stamp file, not just tasks that
+ can be accelerated through the sstate cache.
+
+ However, you should realize that stamp files only serve as a marker
+ that some work has been done and that these files do not record task
+ output. The actual task output would usually be somewhere in
+ :term:`TMPDIR` (e.g. in some
+ recipe's :term:`WORKDIR`.) What
+ the sstate cache mechanism adds is a way to cache task output that
+ can then be shared between build machines.
+
+Since ``STAMPS_DIR`` is usually a subdirectory of ``TMPDIR``, removing
+``TMPDIR`` will also remove ``STAMPS_DIR``, which means tasks will
+properly be rerun to repopulate ``TMPDIR``.
+
+If you want some task to always be considered "out of date", you can
+mark it with the :ref:`nostamp <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>`
+varflag. If some other task depends on such a task, then that task will
+also always be considered out of date, which might not be what you want.
+
+For details on how to view information about a task's signature, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:viewing task variable dependencies`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+Setscene Tasks and Shared State
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The description of tasks so far assumes that BitBake needs to build
+everything and no available prebuilt objects exist. BitBake does support
+skipping tasks if prebuilt objects are available. These objects are
+usually made available in the form of a shared state (sstate) cache.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For information on variables affecting sstate, see the
+ :term:`SSTATE_DIR`
+ and
+ :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS`
+ variables.
+
+The idea of a setscene task (i.e ``do_``\ taskname\ ``_setscene``) is a
+version of the task where instead of building something, BitBake can
+skip to the end result and simply place a set of files into specific
+locations as needed. In some cases, it makes sense to have a setscene
+task variant (e.g. generating package files in the
+:ref:`do_package_write_* <ref-tasks-package_write_deb>`
+task). In other cases, it does not make sense (e.g. a
+:ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task or a
+:ref:`ref-tasks-unpack` task) since
+the work involved would be equal to or greater than the underlying task.
+
+In the build system, the common tasks that have setscene variants are
+:ref:`ref-tasks-package`,
+``do_package_write_*``,
+:ref:`ref-tasks-deploy`,
+:ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata`, and
+:ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot`.
+Notice that these tasks represent most of the tasks whose output is an
+end result.
+
+The build system has knowledge of the relationship between these tasks
+and other preceding tasks. For example, if BitBake runs
+``do_populate_sysroot_setscene`` for something, it does not make sense
+to run any of the ``do_fetch``, ``do_unpack``, ``do_patch``,
+``do_configure``, ``do_compile``, and ``do_install`` tasks. However, if
+``do_package`` needs to be run, BitBake needs to run those other tasks.
+
+It becomes more complicated if everything can come from an sstate cache
+because some objects are simply not required at all. For example, you do
+not need a compiler or native tools, such as quilt, if nothing exists to
+compile or patch. If the ``do_package_write_*`` packages are available
+from sstate, BitBake does not need the ``do_package`` task data.
+
+To handle all these complexities, BitBake runs in two phases. The first
+is the "setscene" stage. During this stage, BitBake first checks the
+sstate cache for any targets it is planning to build. BitBake does a
+fast check to see if the object exists rather than a complete download.
+If nothing exists, the second phase, which is the setscene stage,
+completes and the main build proceeds.
+
+If objects are found in the sstate cache, the build system works
+backwards from the end targets specified by the user. For example, if an
+image is being built, the build system first looks for the packages
+needed for that image and the tools needed to construct an image. If
+those are available, the compiler is not needed. Thus, the compiler is
+not even downloaded. If something was found to be unavailable, or the
+download or setscene task fails, the build system then tries to install
+dependencies, such as the compiler, from the cache.
+
+The availability of objects in the sstate cache is handled by the
+function specified by the
+:term:`bitbake:BB_HASHCHECK_FUNCTION`
+variable and returns a list of available objects. The function specified
+by the
+:term:`bitbake:BB_SETSCENE_DEPVALID`
+variable is the function that determines whether a given dependency
+needs to be followed, and whether for any given relationship the
+function needs to be passed. The function returns a True or False value.
+
+.. _images-dev-environment:
+
+Images
+------
+
+The images produced by the build system are compressed forms of the root
+filesystem and are ready to boot on a target device. You can see from
+the `general workflow figure <#general-workflow-figure>`__ that BitBake
+output, in part, consists of images. This section takes a closer look at
+this output:
+
+.. image:: figures/images.png
+ :align: center
+
+.. note::
+
+ For a list of example images that the Yocto Project provides, see the
+ ":doc:`../ref-manual/ref-images`" chapter in the Yocto Project Reference
+ Manual.
+
+The build process writes images out to the :term:`Build Directory`
+inside the
+``tmp/deploy/images/machine/`` folder as shown in the figure. This
+folder contains any files expected to be loaded on the target device.
+The :term:`DEPLOY_DIR` variable
+points to the ``deploy`` directory, while the
+:term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
+variable points to the appropriate directory containing images for the
+current configuration.
+
+- kernel-image: A kernel binary file. The
+ :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE`
+ variable determines the naming scheme for the kernel image file.
+ Depending on this variable, the file could begin with a variety of
+ naming strings. The ``deploy/images/``\ machine directory can contain
+ multiple image files for the machine.
+
+- root-filesystem-image: Root filesystems for the target device (e.g.
+ ``*.ext3`` or ``*.bz2`` files). The
+ :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`
+ variable determines the root filesystem image type. The
+ ``deploy/images/``\ machine directory can contain multiple root
+ filesystems for the machine.
+
+- kernel-modules: Tarballs that contain all the modules built for the
+ kernel. Kernel module tarballs exist for legacy purposes and can be
+ suppressed by setting the
+ :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_DEPLOY`
+ variable to "0". The ``deploy/images/``\ machine directory can
+ contain multiple kernel module tarballs for the machine.
+
+- bootloaders: If applicable to the target machine, bootloaders
+ supporting the image. The ``deploy/images/``\ machine directory can
+ contain multiple bootloaders for the machine.
+
+- symlinks: The ``deploy/images/``\ machine folder contains a symbolic
+ link that points to the most recently built file for each machine.
+ These links might be useful for external scripts that need to obtain
+ the latest version of each file.
+
+.. _sdk-dev-environment:
+
+Application Development SDK
+---------------------------
+
+In the `general workflow figure <#general-workflow-figure>`__, the
+output labeled "Application Development SDK" represents an SDK. The SDK
+generation process differs depending on whether you build an extensible
+SDK (e.g. ``bitbake -c populate_sdk_ext`` imagename) or a standard SDK
+(e.g. ``bitbake -c populate_sdk`` imagename). This section takes a
+closer look at this output:
+
+.. image:: figures/sdk.png
+ :align: center
+
+The specific form of this output is a set of files that includes a
+self-extracting SDK installer (``*.sh``), host and target manifest
+files, and files used for SDK testing. When the SDK installer file is
+run, it installs the SDK. The SDK consists of a cross-development
+toolchain, a set of libraries and headers, and an SDK environment setup
+script. Running this installer essentially sets up your
+cross-development environment. You can think of the cross-toolchain as
+the "host" part because it runs on the SDK machine. You can think of the
+libraries and headers as the "target" part because they are built for
+the target hardware. The environment setup script is added so that you
+can initialize the environment before using the tools.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - The Yocto Project supports several methods by which you can set up
+ this cross-development environment. These methods include
+ downloading pre-built SDK installers or building and installing
+ your own SDK installer.
+
+ - For background information on cross-development toolchains in the
+ Yocto Project development environment, see the "`Cross-Development
+ Toolchain Generation <#cross-development-toolchain-generation>`__"
+ section.
+
+ - For information on setting up a cross-development environment, see
+ the :doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-manual` manual.
+
+All the output files for an SDK are written to the ``deploy/sdk`` folder
+inside the :term:`Build Directory` as
+shown in the previous figure. Depending on the type of SDK, several
+variables exist that help configure these files. The following list
+shows the variables associated with an extensible SDK:
+
+- :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`: Points to
+ the ``deploy`` directory.
+
+- :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE`:
+ Controls whether or not shared state artifacts are copied into the
+ extensible SDK. By default, all required shared state artifacts are
+ copied into the SDK.
+
+- :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA`:
+ Specifies whether or not packagedata is included in the extensible
+ SDK for all recipes in the "world" target.
+
+- :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN`:
+ Specifies whether or not the toolchain is included when building the
+ extensible SDK.
+
+- :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_WHITELIST`:
+ A list of variables allowed through from the build system
+ configuration into the extensible SDK configuration.
+
+- :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`:
+ A list of variables not allowed through from the build system
+ configuration into the extensible SDK configuration.
+
+- :term:`SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST`:
+ A list of classes to remove from the
+ :term:`INHERIT` value globally
+ within the extensible SDK configuration.
+
+This next list, shows the variables associated with a standard SDK:
+
+- :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`: Points to
+ the ``deploy`` directory.
+
+- :term:`SDKMACHINE`: Specifies
+ the architecture of the machine on which the cross-development tools
+ are run to create packages for the target hardware.
+
+- :term:`SDKIMAGE_FEATURES`:
+ Lists the features to include in the "target" part of the SDK.
+
+- :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK`:
+ Lists packages that make up the host part of the SDK (i.e. the part
+ that runs on the ``SDKMACHINE``). When you use
+ ``bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename`` to create the SDK, a set of
+ default packages apply. This variable allows you to add more
+ packages.
+
+- :term:`TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK`:
+ Lists packages that make up the target part of the SDK (i.e. the part
+ built for the target hardware).
+
+- :term:`SDKPATH`: Defines the
+ default SDK installation path offered by the installation script.
+
+- :term:`SDK_HOST_MANIFEST`:
+ Lists all the installed packages that make up the host part of the
+ SDK. This variable also plays a minor role for extensible SDK
+ development as well. However, it is mainly used for the standard SDK.
+
+- :term:`SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST`:
+ Lists all the installed packages that make up the target part of the
+ SDK. This variable also plays a minor role for extensible SDK
+ development as well. However, it is mainly used for the standard SDK.
+
+Cross-Development Toolchain Generation
+======================================
+
+The Yocto Project does most of the work for you when it comes to
+creating :ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-intro:the cross-development toolchain`. This
+section provides some technical background on how cross-development
+toolchains are created and used. For more information on toolchains, you
+can also see the :doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-manual` manual.
+
+In the Yocto Project development environment, cross-development
+toolchains are used to build images and applications that run on the
+target hardware. With just a few commands, the OpenEmbedded build system
+creates these necessary toolchains for you.
+
+The following figure shows a high-level build environment regarding
+toolchain construction and use.
+
+.. image:: figures/cross-development-toolchains.png
+ :align: center
+
+Most of the work occurs on the Build Host. This is the machine used to
+build images and generally work within the the Yocto Project
+environment. When you run
+:term:`BitBake` to create an image, the
+OpenEmbedded build system uses the host ``gcc`` compiler to bootstrap a
+cross-compiler named ``gcc-cross``. The ``gcc-cross`` compiler is what
+BitBake uses to compile source files when creating the target image. You
+can think of ``gcc-cross`` simply as an automatically generated
+cross-compiler that is used internally within BitBake only.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The extensible SDK does not use
+ gcc-cross-canadian
+ since this SDK ships a copy of the OpenEmbedded build system and the
+ sysroot within it contains
+ gcc-cross
+ .
+
+The chain of events that occurs when ``gcc-cross`` is bootstrapped is as
+follows:
+::
+
+ gcc -> binutils-cross -> gcc-cross-initial -> linux-libc-headers -> glibc-initial -> glibc -> gcc-cross -> gcc-runtime
+
+- ``gcc``: The build host's GNU Compiler Collection (GCC).
+
+- ``binutils-cross``: The bare minimum binary utilities needed in order
+ to run the ``gcc-cross-initial`` phase of the bootstrap operation.
+
+- ``gcc-cross-initial``: An early stage of the bootstrap process for
+ creating the cross-compiler. This stage builds enough of the
+ ``gcc-cross``, the C library, and other pieces needed to finish
+ building the final cross-compiler in later stages. This tool is a
+ "native" package (i.e. it is designed to run on the build host).
+
+- ``linux-libc-headers``: Headers needed for the cross-compiler.
+
+- ``glibc-initial``: An initial version of the Embedded GNU C Library
+ (GLIBC) needed to bootstrap ``glibc``.
+
+- ``glibc``: The GNU C Library.
+
+- ``gcc-cross``: The final stage of the bootstrap process for the
+ cross-compiler. This stage results in the actual cross-compiler that
+ BitBake uses when it builds an image for a targeted device.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you are replacing this cross compiler toolchain with a custom
+ version, you must replace
+ gcc-cross
+ .
+
+ This tool is also a "native" package (i.e. it is designed to run on
+ the build host).
+
+- ``gcc-runtime``: Runtime libraries resulting from the toolchain
+ bootstrapping process. This tool produces a binary that consists of
+ the runtime libraries need for the targeted device.
+
+You can use the OpenEmbedded build system to build an installer for the
+relocatable SDK used to develop applications. When you run the
+installer, it installs the toolchain, which contains the development
+tools (e.g., ``gcc-cross-canadian``, ``binutils-cross-canadian``, and
+other ``nativesdk-*`` tools), which are tools native to the SDK (i.e.
+native to :term:`SDK_ARCH`), you
+need to cross-compile and test your software. The figure shows the
+commands you use to easily build out this toolchain. This
+cross-development toolchain is built to execute on the
+:term:`SDKMACHINE`, which might or
+might not be the same machine as the Build Host.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If your target architecture is supported by the Yocto Project, you
+ can take advantage of pre-built images that ship with the Yocto
+ Project and already contain cross-development toolchain installers.
+
+Here is the bootstrap process for the relocatable toolchain:
+::
+
+ gcc -> binutils-crosssdk -> gcc-crosssdk-initial -> linux-libc-headers -> glibc-initial -> nativesdk-glibc -> gcc-crosssdk -> gcc-cross-canadian
+
+- ``gcc``: The build host's GNU Compiler Collection (GCC).
+
+- ``binutils-crosssdk``: The bare minimum binary utilities needed in
+ order to run the ``gcc-crosssdk-initial`` phase of the bootstrap
+ operation.
+
+- ``gcc-crosssdk-initial``: An early stage of the bootstrap process for
+ creating the cross-compiler. This stage builds enough of the
+ ``gcc-crosssdk`` and supporting pieces so that the final stage of the
+ bootstrap process can produce the finished cross-compiler. This tool
+ is a "native" binary that runs on the build host.
+
+- ``linux-libc-headers``: Headers needed for the cross-compiler.
+
+- ``glibc-initial``: An initial version of the Embedded GLIBC needed to
+ bootstrap ``nativesdk-glibc``.
+
+- ``nativesdk-glibc``: The Embedded GLIBC needed to bootstrap the
+ ``gcc-crosssdk``.
+
+- ``gcc-crosssdk``: The final stage of the bootstrap process for the
+ relocatable cross-compiler. The ``gcc-crosssdk`` is a transitory
+ compiler and never leaves the build host. Its purpose is to help in
+ the bootstrap process to create the eventual ``gcc-cross-canadian``
+ compiler, which is relocatable. This tool is also a "native" package
+ (i.e. it is designed to run on the build host).
+
+- ``gcc-cross-canadian``: The final relocatable cross-compiler. When
+ run on the :term:`SDKMACHINE`,
+ this tool produces executable code that runs on the target device.
+ Only one cross-canadian compiler is produced per architecture since
+ they can be targeted at different processor optimizations using
+ configurations passed to the compiler through the compile commands.
+ This circumvents the need for multiple compilers and thus reduces the
+ size of the toolchains.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For information on advantages gained when building a
+ cross-development toolchain installer, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-obtain:building an sdk installer`" appendix
+ in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
+ Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+Shared State Cache
+==================
+
+By design, the OpenEmbedded build system builds everything from scratch
+unless :term:`BitBake` can determine
+that parts do not need to be rebuilt. Fundamentally, building from
+scratch is attractive as it means all parts are built fresh and no
+possibility of stale data exists that can cause problems. When
+developers hit problems, they typically default back to building from
+scratch so they have a know state from the start.
+
+Building an image from scratch is both an advantage and a disadvantage
+to the process. As mentioned in the previous paragraph, building from
+scratch ensures that everything is current and starts from a known
+state. However, building from scratch also takes much longer as it
+generally means rebuilding things that do not necessarily need to be
+rebuilt.
+
+The Yocto Project implements shared state code that supports incremental
+builds. The implementation of the shared state code answers the
+following questions that were fundamental roadblocks within the
+OpenEmbedded incremental build support system:
+
+- What pieces of the system have changed and what pieces have not
+ changed?
+
+- How are changed pieces of software removed and replaced?
+
+- How are pre-built components that do not need to be rebuilt from
+ scratch used when they are available?
+
+For the first question, the build system detects changes in the "inputs"
+to a given task by creating a checksum (or signature) of the task's
+inputs. If the checksum changes, the system assumes the inputs have
+changed and the task needs to be rerun. For the second question, the
+shared state (sstate) code tracks which tasks add which output to the
+build process. This means the output from a given task can be removed,
+upgraded or otherwise manipulated. The third question is partly
+addressed by the solution for the second question assuming the build
+system can fetch the sstate objects from remote locations and install
+them if they are deemed to be valid.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - The build system does not maintain
+ :term:`PR` information as part of
+ the shared state packages. Consequently, considerations exist that
+ affect maintaining shared state feeds. For information on how the
+ build system works with packages and can track incrementing ``PR``
+ information, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ - The code in the build system that supports incremental builds is
+ not simple code. For techniques that help you work around issues
+ related to shared state code, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:viewing metadata used to create the input signature of a shared state task`"
+ and
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:invalidating shared state to force a task to run`"
+ sections both in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+The rest of this section goes into detail about the overall incremental
+build architecture, the checksums (signatures), and shared state.
+
+.. _concepts-overall-architecture:
+
+Overall Architecture
+--------------------
+
+When determining what parts of the system need to be built, BitBake
+works on a per-task basis rather than a per-recipe basis. You might
+wonder why using a per-task basis is preferred over a per-recipe basis.
+To help explain, consider having the IPK packaging backend enabled and
+then switching to DEB. In this case, the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install` and
+:ref:`ref-tasks-package` task outputs
+are still valid. However, with a per-recipe approach, the build would
+not include the ``.deb`` files. Consequently, you would have to
+invalidate the whole build and rerun it. Rerunning everything is not the
+best solution. Also, in this case, the core must be "taught" much about
+specific tasks. This methodology does not scale well and does not allow
+users to easily add new tasks in layers or as external recipes without
+touching the packaged-staging core.
+
+.. _overview-checksums:
+
+Checksums (Signatures)
+----------------------
+
+The shared state code uses a checksum, which is a unique signature of a
+task's inputs, to determine if a task needs to be run again. Because it
+is a change in a task's inputs that triggers a rerun, the process needs
+to detect all the inputs to a given task. For shell tasks, this turns
+out to be fairly easy because the build process generates a "run" shell
+script for each task and it is possible to create a checksum that gives
+you a good idea of when the task's data changes.
+
+To complicate the problem, there are things that should not be included
+in the checksum. First, there is the actual specific build path of a
+given task - the :term:`WORKDIR`. It
+does not matter if the work directory changes because it should not
+affect the output for target packages. Also, the build process has the
+objective of making native or cross packages relocatable.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Both native and cross packages run on the
+ build host. However, cross packages generate output for the target
+ architecture.
+
+The checksum therefore needs to exclude ``WORKDIR``. The simplistic
+approach for excluding the work directory is to set ``WORKDIR`` to some
+fixed value and create the checksum for the "run" script.
+
+Another problem results from the "run" scripts containing functions that
+might or might not get called. The incremental build solution contains
+code that figures out dependencies between shell functions. This code is
+used to prune the "run" scripts down to the minimum set, thereby
+alleviating this problem and making the "run" scripts much more readable
+as a bonus.
+
+So far, solutions for shell scripts exist. What about Python tasks? The
+same approach applies even though these tasks are more difficult. The
+process needs to figure out what variables a Python function accesses
+and what functions it calls. Again, the incremental build solution
+contains code that first figures out the variable and function
+dependencies, and then creates a checksum for the data used as the input
+to the task.
+
+Like the ``WORKDIR`` case, situations exist where dependencies should be
+ignored. For these situations, you can instruct the build process to
+ignore a dependency by using a line like the following:
+::
+
+ PACKAGE_ARCHS[vardepsexclude] = "MACHINE"
+
+This example ensures that the :term:`PACKAGE_ARCHS` variable
+does not depend on the value of :term:`MACHINE`, even if it does
+reference it.
+
+Equally, there are cases where you need to add dependencies BitBake is
+not able to find. You can accomplish this by using a line like the
+following:
+::
+
+ PACKAGE_ARCHS[vardeps] = "MACHINE"
+
+This example explicitly
+adds the ``MACHINE`` variable as a dependency for ``PACKAGE_ARCHS``.
+
+As an example, consider a case with in-line Python where BitBake is not
+able to figure out dependencies. When running in debug mode (i.e. using
+``-DDD``), BitBake produces output when it discovers something for which
+it cannot figure out dependencies. The Yocto Project team has currently
+not managed to cover those dependencies in detail and is aware of the
+need to fix this situation.
+
+Thus far, this section has limited discussion to the direct inputs into
+a task. Information based on direct inputs is referred to as the
+"basehash" in the code. However, the question of a task's indirect
+inputs still exits - items already built and present in the
+:term:`Build Directory`. The checksum (or
+signature) for a particular task needs to add the hashes of all the
+tasks on which the particular task depends. Choosing which dependencies
+to add is a policy decision. However, the effect is to generate a master
+checksum that combines the basehash and the hashes of the task's
+dependencies.
+
+At the code level, a variety of ways exist by which both the basehash
+and the dependent task hashes can be influenced. Within the BitBake
+configuration file, you can give BitBake some extra information to help
+it construct the basehash. The following statement effectively results
+in a list of global variable dependency excludes (i.e. variables never
+included in any checksum):
+::
+
+ BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST ?= "TMPDIR FILE PATH PWD BB_TASKHASH BBPATH DL_DIR \\
+ SSTATE_DIR THISDIR FILESEXTRAPATHS FILE_DIRNAME HOME LOGNAME SHELL TERM \\
+ USER FILESPATH STAGING_DIR_HOST STAGING_DIR_TARGET COREBASE PRSERV_HOST \\
+ PRSERV_DUMPDIR PRSERV_DUMPFILE PRSERV_LOCKDOWN PARALLEL_MAKE \\
+ CCACHE_DIR EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN CCACHE CCACHE_DISABLE LICENSE_PATH SDKPKGSUFFIX"
+
+The
+previous example excludes
+:term:`WORKDIR` since that variable
+is actually constructed as a path within
+:term:`TMPDIR`, which is on the
+whitelist.
+
+The rules for deciding which hashes of dependent tasks to include
+through dependency chains are more complex and are generally
+accomplished with a Python function. The code in
+``meta/lib/oe/sstatesig.py`` shows two examples of this and also
+illustrates how you can insert your own policy into the system if so
+desired. This file defines the two basic signature generators
+:term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` uses: "OEBasic" and
+"OEBasicHash". By default, a dummy "noop" signature handler is enabled
+in BitBake. This means that behavior is unchanged from previous
+versions. OE-Core uses the "OEBasicHash" signature handler by default
+through this setting in the ``bitbake.conf`` file:
+::
+
+ BB_SIGNATURE_HANDLER ?= "OEBasicHash"
+
+The "OEBasicHash" ``BB_SIGNATURE_HANDLER`` is the same
+as the "OEBasic" version but adds the task hash to the `stamp
+files <#stamp-files-and-the-rerunning-of-tasks>`__. This results in any
+metadata change that changes the task hash, automatically causing the
+task to be run again. This removes the need to bump
+:term:`PR` values, and changes to metadata
+automatically ripple across the build.
+
+It is also worth noting that the end result of these signature
+generators is to make some dependency and hash information available to
+the build. This information includes:
+
+- ``BB_BASEHASH_task-``\ taskname: The base hashes for each task in the
+ recipe.
+
+- ``BB_BASEHASH_``\ filename\ ``:``\ taskname: The base hashes for each
+ dependent task.
+
+- ``BBHASHDEPS_``\ filename\ ``:``\ taskname: The task dependencies for
+ each task.
+
+- ``BB_TASKHASH``: The hash of the currently running task.
+
+Shared State
+------------
+
+Checksums and dependencies, as discussed in the previous section, solve
+half the problem of supporting a shared state. The other half of the
+problem is being able to use checksum information during the build and
+being able to reuse or rebuild specific components.
+
+The :ref:`sstate <ref-classes-sstate>` class is a
+relatively generic implementation of how to "capture" a snapshot of a
+given task. The idea is that the build process does not care about the
+source of a task's output. Output could be freshly built or it could be
+downloaded and unpacked from somewhere. In other words, the build
+process does not need to worry about its origin.
+
+Two types of output exist. One type is just about creating a directory
+in :term:`WORKDIR`. A good example is
+the output of either
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install` or
+:ref:`ref-tasks-package`. The other
+type of output occurs when a set of data is merged into a shared
+directory tree such as the sysroot.
+
+The Yocto Project team has tried to keep the details of the
+implementation hidden in ``sstate`` class. From a user's perspective,
+adding shared state wrapping to a task is as simple as this
+:ref:`ref-tasks-deploy` example taken
+from the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class:
+::
+
+ DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}"
+ SSTATETASKS += "do_deploy"
+ do_deploy[sstate-inputdirs] = "${DEPLOYDIR}"
+ do_deploy[sstate-outputdirs] = "${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}"
+
+ python do_deploy_setscene () {
+ sstate_setscene(d)
+ }
+ addtask do_deploy_setscene
+ do_deploy[dirs] = "${DEPLOYDIR} ${B}"
+ do_deploy[stamp-extra-info] = "${MACHINE_ARCH}"
+
+The following list explains the previous example:
+
+- Adding "do_deploy" to ``SSTATETASKS`` adds some required
+ sstate-related processing, which is implemented in the
+ :ref:`sstate <ref-classes-sstate>` class, to
+ before and after the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-deploy` task.
+
+- The ``do_deploy[sstate-inputdirs] = "${DEPLOYDIR}"`` declares that
+ ``do_deploy`` places its output in ``${DEPLOYDIR}`` when run normally
+ (i.e. when not using the sstate cache). This output becomes the input
+ to the shared state cache.
+
+- The ``do_deploy[sstate-outputdirs] = "${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}"`` line
+ causes the contents of the shared state cache to be copied to
+ ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}``.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If ``do_deploy`` is not already in the shared state cache or if its input
+ checksum (signature) has changed from when the output was cached, the task
+ runs to populate the shared state cache, after which the contents of the
+ shared state cache is copied to ${:term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`}. If
+ ``do_deploy`` is in the shared state cache and its signature indicates
+ that the cached output is still valid (i.e. if no relevant task inputs
+ have changed), then the contents of the shared state cache copies
+ directly to ${``DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE``} by the ``do_deploy_setscene`` task
+ instead, skipping the ``do_deploy`` task.
+
+- The following task definition is glue logic needed to make the
+ previous settings effective:
+ ::
+
+ python do_deploy_setscene () {
+ sstate_setscene(d)
+ }
+ addtask do_deploy_setscene
+
+ ``sstate_setscene()`` takes the flags above as input and accelerates the ``do_deploy`` task
+ through the shared state cache if possible. If the task was
+ accelerated, ``sstate_setscene()`` returns True. Otherwise, it
+ returns False, and the normal ``do_deploy`` task runs. For more
+ information, see the ":ref:`setscene <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:setscene>`"
+ section in the BitBake User Manual.
+
+- The ``do_deploy[dirs] = "${DEPLOYDIR} ${B}"`` line creates
+ ``${DEPLOYDIR}`` and ``${B}`` before the ``do_deploy`` task runs, and
+ also sets the current working directory of ``do_deploy`` to ``${B}``.
+ For more information, see the ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags`"
+ section in the BitBake
+ User Manual.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ In cases where ``sstate-inputdirs`` and ``sstate-outputdirs`` would be
+ the same, you can use ``sstate-plaindirs``. For example, to preserve the
+ ${:term:`PKGD`} and ${:term:`PKGDEST`} output from the ``do_package``
+ task, use the following:
+ ::
+
+ do_package[sstate-plaindirs] = "${PKGD} ${PKGDEST}"
+
+
+- The ``do_deploy[stamp-extra-info] = "${MACHINE_ARCH}"`` line appends
+ extra metadata to the `stamp
+ file <#stamp-files-and-the-rerunning-of-tasks>`__. In this case, the
+ metadata makes the task specific to a machine's architecture. See
+ ":ref:`bitbake:ref-bitbake-tasklist`"
+ section in the BitBake User Manual for more information on the
+ ``stamp-extra-info`` flag.
+
+- ``sstate-inputdirs`` and ``sstate-outputdirs`` can also be used with
+ multiple directories. For example, the following declares
+ ``PKGDESTWORK`` and ``SHLIBWORK`` as shared state input directories,
+ which populates the shared state cache, and ``PKGDATA_DIR`` and
+ ``SHLIBSDIR`` as the corresponding shared state output directories:
+ ::
+
+ do_package[sstate-inputdirs] = "${PKGDESTWORK} ${SHLIBSWORKDIR}"
+ do_package[sstate-outputdirs] = "${PKGDATA_DIR} ${SHLIBSDIR}"
+
+- These methods also include the ability to take a lockfile when
+ manipulating shared state directory structures, for cases where file
+ additions or removals are sensitive:
+ ::
+
+ do_package[sstate-lockfile] = "${PACKAGELOCK}"
+
+Behind the scenes, the shared state code works by looking in
+:term:`SSTATE_DIR` and
+:term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` for
+shared state files. Here is an example:
+::
+
+ SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "\
+ file://.\* http://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH;downloadfilename=PATH \n \
+ file://.\* file:///some/local/dir/sstate/PATH"
+
+.. note::
+
+ The shared state directory (``SSTATE_DIR``) is organized into two-character
+ subdirectories, where the subdirectory names are based on the first two
+ characters of the hash.
+ If the shared state directory structure for a mirror has the same structure
+ as ``SSTATE_DIR``, you must specify "PATH" as part of the URI to enable the build
+ system to map to the appropriate subdirectory.
+
+The shared state package validity can be detected just by looking at the
+filename since the filename contains the task checksum (or signature) as
+described earlier in this section. If a valid shared state package is
+found, the build process downloads it and uses it to accelerate the
+task.
+
+The build processes use the ``*_setscene`` tasks for the task
+acceleration phase. BitBake goes through this phase before the main
+execution code and tries to accelerate any tasks for which it can find
+shared state packages. If a shared state package for a task is
+available, the shared state package is used. This means the task and any
+tasks on which it is dependent are not executed.
+
+As a real world example, the aim is when building an IPK-based image,
+only the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_ipk`
+tasks would have their shared state packages fetched and extracted.
+Since the sysroot is not used, it would never get extracted. This is
+another reason why a task-based approach is preferred over a
+recipe-based approach, which would have to install the output from every
+task.
+
+Automatically Added Runtime Dependencies
+========================================
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system automatically adds common types of runtime
+dependencies between packages, which means that you do not need to
+explicitly declare the packages using
+:term:`RDEPENDS`. Three automatic
+mechanisms exist (``shlibdeps``, ``pcdeps``, and ``depchains``) that
+handle shared libraries, package configuration (pkg-config) modules, and
+``-dev`` and ``-dbg`` packages, respectively. For other types of runtime
+dependencies, you must manually declare the dependencies.
+
+- ``shlibdeps``: During the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task of
+ each recipe, all shared libraries installed by the recipe are
+ located. For each shared library, the package that contains the
+ shared library is registered as providing the shared library. More
+ specifically, the package is registered as providing the
+ `soname <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Soname>`__ of the library. The
+ resulting shared-library-to-package mapping is saved globally in
+ :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` by the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata`
+ task.
+
+ Simultaneously, all executables and shared libraries installed by the
+ recipe are inspected to see what shared libraries they link against.
+ For each shared library dependency that is found, ``PKGDATA_DIR`` is
+ queried to see if some package (likely from a different recipe)
+ contains the shared library. If such a package is found, a runtime
+ dependency is added from the package that depends on the shared
+ library to the package that contains the library.
+
+ The automatically added runtime dependency also includes a version
+ restriction. This version restriction specifies that at least the
+ current version of the package that provides the shared library must
+ be used, as if "package (>= version)" had been added to ``RDEPENDS``.
+ This forces an upgrade of the package containing the shared library
+ when installing the package that depends on the library, if needed.
+
+ If you want to avoid a package being registered as providing a
+ particular shared library (e.g. because the library is for internal
+ use only), then add the library to
+ :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` inside
+ the package's recipe.
+
+- ``pcdeps``: During the ``do_package`` task of each recipe, all
+ pkg-config modules (``*.pc`` files) installed by the recipe are
+ located. For each module, the package that contains the module is
+ registered as providing the module. The resulting module-to-package
+ mapping is saved globally in ``PKGDATA_DIR`` by the
+ ``do_packagedata`` task.
+
+ Simultaneously, all pkg-config modules installed by the recipe are
+ inspected to see what other pkg-config modules they depend on. A
+ module is seen as depending on another module if it contains a
+ "Requires:" line that specifies the other module. For each module
+ dependency, ``PKGDATA_DIR`` is queried to see if some package
+ contains the module. If such a package is found, a runtime dependency
+ is added from the package that depends on the module to the package
+ that contains the module.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The
+ pcdeps
+ mechanism most often infers dependencies between
+ -dev
+ packages.
+
+- ``depchains``: If a package ``foo`` depends on a package ``bar``,
+ then ``foo-dev`` and ``foo-dbg`` are also made to depend on
+ ``bar-dev`` and ``bar-dbg``, respectively. Taking the ``-dev``
+ packages as an example, the ``bar-dev`` package might provide headers
+ and shared library symlinks needed by ``foo-dev``, which shows the
+ need for a dependency between the packages.
+
+ The dependencies added by ``depchains`` are in the form of
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS`.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ By default, ``foo-dev`` also has an ``RDEPENDS``-style dependency on
+ ``foo``, because the default value of ``RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev`` (set in
+ bitbake.conf) includes "${PN}".
+
+ To ensure that the dependency chain is never broken, ``-dev`` and
+ ``-dbg`` packages are always generated by default, even if the
+ packages turn out to be empty. See the
+ :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` variable
+ for more information.
+
+The ``do_package`` task depends on the ``do_packagedata`` task of each
+recipe in :term:`DEPENDS` through use
+of a ``[``\ :ref:`deptask <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>`\ ``]``
+declaration, which guarantees that the required
+shared-library/module-to-package mapping information will be available
+when needed as long as ``DEPENDS`` has been correctly set.
+
+Fakeroot and Pseudo
+===================
+
+Some tasks are easier to implement when allowed to perform certain
+operations that are normally reserved for the root user (e.g.
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install`,
+:ref:`do_package_write* <ref-tasks-package_write_deb>`,
+:ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs`, and
+:ref:`do_image* <ref-tasks-image>`). For example,
+the ``do_install`` task benefits from being able to set the UID and GID
+of installed files to arbitrary values.
+
+One approach to allowing tasks to perform root-only operations would be
+to require :term:`BitBake` to run as
+root. However, this method is cumbersome and has security issues. The
+approach that is actually used is to run tasks that benefit from root
+privileges in a "fake" root environment. Within this environment, the
+task and its child processes believe that they are running as the root
+user, and see an internally consistent view of the filesystem. As long
+as generating the final output (e.g. a package or an image) does not
+require root privileges, the fact that some earlier steps ran in a fake
+root environment does not cause problems.
+
+The capability to run tasks in a fake root environment is known as
+"`fakeroot <http://man.he.net/man1/fakeroot>`__", which is derived from
+the BitBake keyword/variable flag that requests a fake root environment
+for a task.
+
+In the :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`,
+the program that
+implements fakeroot is known as
+`Pseudo <https://www.yoctoproject.org/software-item/pseudo/>`__. Pseudo
+overrides system calls by using the environment variable ``LD_PRELOAD``,
+which results in the illusion of running as root. To keep track of
+"fake" file ownership and permissions resulting from operations that
+require root permissions, Pseudo uses an SQLite 3 database. This
+database is stored in
+``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/pseudo/files.db``
+for individual recipes. Storing the database in a file as opposed to in
+memory gives persistence between tasks and builds, which is not
+accomplished using fakeroot.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If you add your own task that manipulates the same files or
+ directories as a fakeroot task, then that task also needs to run
+ under fakeroot. Otherwise, the task cannot run root-only operations,
+ and cannot see the fake file ownership and permissions set by the
+ other task. You need to also add a dependency on
+ virtual/fakeroot-native:do_populate_sysroot
+ , giving the following:
+ ::
+
+ fakeroot do_mytask () {
+ ...
+ }
+ do_mytask[depends] += "virtual/fakeroot-native:do_populate_sysroot"
+
+
+For more information, see the
+:term:`FAKEROOT* <bitbake:FAKEROOT>` variables in the
+BitBake User Manual. You can also reference the "`Why Not
+Fakeroot? <https://github.com/wrpseudo/pseudo/wiki/WhyNotFakeroot>`__"
+article for background information on Fakeroot and Pseudo.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4bedd6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,672 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+*****************************************
+The Yocto Project Development Environment
+*****************************************
+
+This chapter takes a look at the Yocto Project development environment.
+The chapter provides Yocto Project Development environment concepts that
+help you understand how work is accomplished in an open source
+environment, which is very different as compared to work accomplished in
+a closed, proprietary environment.
+
+Specifically, this chapter addresses open source philosophy, source
+repositories, workflows, Git, and licensing.
+
+Open Source Philosophy
+======================
+
+Open source philosophy is characterized by software development directed
+by peer production and collaboration through an active community of
+developers. Contrast this to the more standard centralized development
+models used by commercial software companies where a finite set of
+developers produces a product for sale using a defined set of procedures
+that ultimately result in an end product whose architecture and source
+material are closed to the public.
+
+Open source projects conceptually have differing concurrent agendas,
+approaches, and production. These facets of the development process can
+come from anyone in the public (community) who has a stake in the
+software project. The open source environment contains new copyright,
+licensing, domain, and consumer issues that differ from the more
+traditional development environment. In an open source environment, the
+end product, source material, and documentation are all available to the
+public at no cost.
+
+A benchmark example of an open source project is the Linux kernel, which
+was initially conceived and created by Finnish computer science student
+Linus Torvalds in 1991. Conversely, a good example of a non-open source
+project is the Windows family of operating systems developed by
+Microsoft Corporation.
+
+Wikipedia has a good historical description of the Open Source
+Philosophy `here <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open_source>`__. You can
+also find helpful information on how to participate in the Linux
+Community
+`here <https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/process/index.html>`__.
+
+.. _gs-the-development-host:
+
+The Development Host
+====================
+
+A development host or :term:`Build Host` is key to
+using the Yocto Project. Because the goal of the Yocto Project is to
+develop images or applications that run on embedded hardware,
+development of those images and applications generally takes place on a
+system not intended to run the software - the development host.
+
+You need to set up a development host in order to use it with the Yocto
+Project. Most find that it is best to have a native Linux machine
+function as the development host. However, it is possible to use a
+system that does not run Linux as its operating system as your
+development host. When you have a Mac or Windows-based system, you can
+set it up as the development host by using
+`CROPS <https://github.com/crops/poky-container>`__, which leverages
+`Docker Containers <https://www.docker.com/>`__. Once you take the steps
+to set up a CROPS machine, you effectively have access to a shell
+environment that is similar to what you see when using a Linux-based
+development host. For the steps needed to set up a system using CROPS,
+see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:setting up to use cross platforms (crops)`"
+section in
+the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+If your development host is going to be a system that runs a Linux
+distribution, steps still exist that you must take to prepare the system
+for use with the Yocto Project. You need to be sure that the Linux
+distribution on the system is one that supports the Yocto Project. You
+also need to be sure that the correct set of host packages are installed
+that allow development using the Yocto Project. For the steps needed to
+set up a development host that runs Linux, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:setting up a native linux host`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+Once your development host is set up to use the Yocto Project, several
+methods exist for you to do work in the Yocto Project environment:
+
+- *Command Lines, BitBake, and Shells:* Traditional development in the
+ Yocto Project involves using the :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`,
+ which uses
+ BitBake, in a command-line environment from a shell on your
+ development host. You can accomplish this from a host that is a
+ native Linux machine or from a host that has been set up with CROPS.
+ Either way, you create, modify, and build images and applications all
+ within a shell-based environment using components and tools available
+ through your Linux distribution and the Yocto Project.
+
+ For a general flow of the build procedures, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:building a simple image`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+- *Board Support Package (BSP) Development:* Development of BSPs
+ involves using the Yocto Project to create and test layers that allow
+ easy development of images and applications targeted for specific
+ hardware. To development BSPs, you need to take some additional steps
+ beyond what was described in setting up a development host.
+
+ The :doc:`../bsp-guide/bsp-guide` provides BSP-related development
+ information. For specifics on development host preparation, see the
+ ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:preparing your build host to work with bsp layers`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package (BSP) Developer's
+ Guide.
+
+- *Kernel Development:* If you are going to be developing kernels using
+ the Yocto Project you likely will be using ``devtool``. A workflow
+ using ``devtool`` makes kernel development quicker by reducing
+ iteration cycle times.
+
+ The :doc:`../kernel-dev/kernel-dev` provides kernel-related
+ development information. For specifics on development host
+ preparation, see the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:preparing the build host to work on the kernel`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
+
+- *Using Toaster:* The other Yocto Project development method that
+ involves an interface that effectively puts the Yocto Project into
+ the background is Toaster. Toaster provides an interface to the
+ OpenEmbedded build system. The interface enables you to configure and
+ run your builds. Information about builds is collected and stored in
+ a database. You can use Toaster to configure and start builds on
+ multiple remote build servers.
+
+ For steps that show you how to set up your development host to use
+ Toaster and on how to use Toaster in general, see the
+ :doc:`../toaster-manual/toaster-manual`.
+
+.. _yocto-project-repositories:
+
+Yocto Project Source Repositories
+=================================
+
+The Yocto Project team maintains complete source repositories for all
+Yocto Project files at :yocto_git:`/`. This web-based source
+code browser is organized into categories by function such as IDE
+Plugins, Matchbox, Poky, Yocto Linux Kernel, and so forth. From the
+interface, you can click on any particular item in the "Name" column and
+see the URL at the bottom of the page that you need to clone a Git
+repository for that particular item. Having a local Git repository of
+the :term:`Source Directory`, which
+is usually named "poky", allows you to make changes, contribute to the
+history, and ultimately enhance the Yocto Project's tools, Board Support
+Packages, and so forth.
+
+For any supported release of Yocto Project, you can also go to the
+:yocto_home:`Yocto Project Website <>` and select the "DOWNLOADS"
+item from the "SOFTWARE" menu and get a released tarball of the ``poky``
+repository, any supported BSP tarball, or Yocto Project tools. Unpacking
+these tarballs gives you a snapshot of the released files.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - The recommended method for setting up the Yocto Project
+ :term:`Source Directory` and the files
+ for supported BSPs (e.g., ``meta-intel``) is to use `Git <#git>`__
+ to create a local copy of the upstream repositories.
+
+ - Be sure to always work in matching branches for both the selected
+ BSP repository and the Source Directory (i.e. ``poky``)
+ repository. For example, if you have checked out the "master"
+ branch of ``poky`` and you are going to use ``meta-intel``, be
+ sure to checkout the "master" branch of ``meta-intel``.
+
+In summary, here is where you can get the project files needed for
+development:
+
+- :yocto_git:`Source Repositories: <>` This area contains IDE
+ Plugins, Matchbox, Poky, Poky Support, Tools, Yocto Linux Kernel, and
+ Yocto Metadata Layers. You can create local copies of Git
+ repositories for each of these areas.
+
+ .. image:: figures/source-repos.png
+ :align: center
+
+ For steps on how to view and access these upstream Git repositories,
+ see the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:accessing source repositories`"
+ Section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+- :yocto_dl:`Index of /releases: </releases>` This is an index
+ of releases such as Poky, Pseudo, installers for cross-development
+ toolchains, miscellaneous support and all released versions of Yocto
+ Project in the form of images or tarballs. Downloading and extracting
+ these files does not produce a local copy of the Git repository but
+ rather a snapshot of a particular release or image.
+
+ .. image:: figures/index-downloads.png
+ :align: center
+
+ For steps on how to view and access these files, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:accessing index of releases`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+- *"DOWNLOADS" page for the* :yocto_home:`Yocto Project Website <>` *:*
+
+ The Yocto Project website includes a "DOWNLOADS" page accessible
+ through the "SOFTWARE" menu that allows you to download any Yocto
+ Project release, tool, and Board Support Package (BSP) in tarball
+ form. The tarballs are similar to those found in the
+ :yocto_dl:`Index of /releases: </releases>` area.
+
+ .. image:: figures/yp-download.png
+ :align: center
+
+ For steps on how to use the "DOWNLOADS" page, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:using the downloads page`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _gs-git-workflows-and-the-yocto-project:
+
+Git Workflows and the Yocto Project
+===================================
+
+Developing using the Yocto Project likely requires the use of
+`Git <#git>`__. Git is a free, open source distributed version control
+system used as part of many collaborative design environments. This
+section provides workflow concepts using the Yocto Project and Git. In
+particular, the information covers basic practices that describe roles
+and actions in a collaborative development environment.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If you are familiar with this type of development environment, you
+ might not want to read this section.
+
+The Yocto Project files are maintained using Git in "branches" whose Git
+histories track every change and whose structures provide branches for
+all diverging functionality. Although there is no need to use Git, many
+open source projects do so.
+
+For the Yocto Project, a key individual called the "maintainer" is
+responsible for the integrity of the "master" branch of a given Git
+repository. The "master" branch is the "upstream" repository from which
+final or most recent builds of a project occur. The maintainer is
+responsible for accepting changes from other developers and for
+organizing the underlying branch structure to reflect release strategies
+and so forth.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For information on finding out who is responsible for (maintains) a
+ particular area of code in the Yocto Project, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:submitting a change to the yocto project`"
+ section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+The Yocto Project ``poky`` Git repository also has an upstream
+contribution Git repository named ``poky-contrib``. You can see all the
+branches in this repository using the web interface of the
+:yocto_git:`Source Repositories <>` organized within the "Poky Support"
+area. These branches hold changes (commits) to the project that have
+been submitted or committed by the Yocto Project development team and by
+community members who contribute to the project. The maintainer
+determines if the changes are qualified to be moved from the "contrib"
+branches into the "master" branch of the Git repository.
+
+Developers (including contributing community members) create and
+maintain cloned repositories of upstream branches. The cloned
+repositories are local to their development platforms and are used to
+develop changes. When a developer is satisfied with a particular feature
+or change, they "push" the change to the appropriate "contrib"
+repository.
+
+Developers are responsible for keeping their local repository up-to-date
+with whatever upstream branch they are working against. They are also
+responsible for straightening out any conflicts that might arise within
+files that are being worked on simultaneously by more than one person.
+All this work is done locally on the development host before anything is
+pushed to a "contrib" area and examined at the maintainer's level.
+
+A somewhat formal method exists by which developers commit changes and
+push them into the "contrib" area and subsequently request that the
+maintainer include them into an upstream branch. This process is called
+"submitting a patch" or "submitting a change." For information on
+submitting patches and changes, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:submitting a change to the yocto project`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+In summary, a single point of entry exists for changes into a "master"
+or development branch of the Git repository, which is controlled by the
+project's maintainer. And, a set of developers exist who independently
+develop, test, and submit changes to "contrib" areas for the maintainer
+to examine. The maintainer then chooses which changes are going to
+become a permanent part of the project.
+
+.. image:: figures/git-workflow.png
+ :align: center
+
+While each development environment is unique, there are some best
+practices or methods that help development run smoothly. The following
+list describes some of these practices. For more information about Git
+workflows, see the workflow topics in the `Git Community
+Book <http://book.git-scm.com>`__.
+
+- *Make Small Changes:* It is best to keep the changes you commit small
+ as compared to bundling many disparate changes into a single commit.
+ This practice not only keeps things manageable but also allows the
+ maintainer to more easily include or refuse changes.
+
+- *Make Complete Changes:* It is also good practice to leave the
+ repository in a state that allows you to still successfully build
+ your project. In other words, do not commit half of a feature, then
+ add the other half as a separate, later commit. Each commit should
+ take you from one buildable project state to another buildable state.
+
+- *Use Branches Liberally:* It is very easy to create, use, and delete
+ local branches in your working Git repository on the development
+ host. You can name these branches anything you like. It is helpful to
+ give them names associated with the particular feature or change on
+ which you are working. Once you are done with a feature or change and
+ have merged it into your local master branch, simply discard the
+ temporary branch.
+
+- *Merge Changes:* The ``git merge`` command allows you to take the
+ changes from one branch and fold them into another branch. This
+ process is especially helpful when more than a single developer might
+ be working on different parts of the same feature. Merging changes
+ also automatically identifies any collisions or "conflicts" that
+ might happen as a result of the same lines of code being altered by
+ two different developers.
+
+- *Manage Branches:* Because branches are easy to use, you should use a
+ system where branches indicate varying levels of code readiness. For
+ example, you can have a "work" branch to develop in, a "test" branch
+ where the code or change is tested, a "stage" branch where changes
+ are ready to be committed, and so forth. As your project develops,
+ you can merge code across the branches to reflect ever-increasing
+ stable states of the development.
+
+- *Use Push and Pull:* The push-pull workflow is based on the concept
+ of developers "pushing" local commits to a remote repository, which
+ is usually a contribution repository. This workflow is also based on
+ developers "pulling" known states of the project down into their
+ local development repositories. The workflow easily allows you to
+ pull changes submitted by other developers from the upstream
+ repository into your work area ensuring that you have the most recent
+ software on which to develop. The Yocto Project has two scripts named
+ ``create-pull-request`` and ``send-pull-request`` that ship with the
+ release to facilitate this workflow. You can find these scripts in
+ the ``scripts`` folder of the
+ :term:`Source Directory`. For information
+ on how to use these scripts, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using scripts to push a change upstream and request a pull`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+- *Patch Workflow:* This workflow allows you to notify the maintainer
+ through an email that you have a change (or patch) you would like
+ considered for the "master" branch of the Git repository. To send
+ this type of change, you format the patch and then send the email
+ using the Git commands ``git format-patch`` and ``git send-email``.
+ For information on how to use these scripts, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:submitting a change to the yocto project`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+Git
+===
+
+The Yocto Project makes extensive use of Git, which is a free, open
+source distributed version control system. Git supports distributed
+development, non-linear development, and can handle large projects. It
+is best that you have some fundamental understanding of how Git tracks
+projects and how to work with Git if you are going to use the Yocto
+Project for development. This section provides a quick overview of how
+Git works and provides you with a summary of some essential Git
+commands.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - For more information on Git, see
+ http://git-scm.com/documentation.
+
+ - If you need to download Git, it is recommended that you add Git to
+ your system through your distribution's "software store" (e.g. for
+ Ubuntu, use the Ubuntu Software feature). For the Git download
+ page, see http://git-scm.com/download.
+
+ - For information beyond the introductory nature in this section,
+ see the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:locating yocto project source files`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+Repositories, Tags, and Branches
+--------------------------------
+
+As mentioned briefly in the previous section and also in the "`Git
+Workflows and the Yocto
+Project <#gs-git-workflows-and-the-yocto-project>`__" section, the Yocto
+Project maintains source repositories at :yocto_git:`/`. If you
+look at this web-interface of the repositories, each item is a separate
+Git repository.
+
+Git repositories use branching techniques that track content change (not
+files) within a project (e.g. a new feature or updated documentation).
+Creating a tree-like structure based on project divergence allows for
+excellent historical information over the life of a project. This
+methodology also allows for an environment from which you can do lots of
+local experimentation on projects as you develop changes or new
+features.
+
+A Git repository represents all development efforts for a given project.
+For example, the Git repository ``poky`` contains all changes and
+developments for that repository over the course of its entire life.
+That means that all changes that make up all releases are captured. The
+repository maintains a complete history of changes.
+
+You can create a local copy of any repository by "cloning" it with the
+``git clone`` command. When you clone a Git repository, you end up with
+an identical copy of the repository on your development system. Once you
+have a local copy of a repository, you can take steps to develop
+locally. For examples on how to clone Git repositories, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:locating yocto project source files`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+It is important to understand that Git tracks content change and not
+files. Git uses "branches" to organize different development efforts.
+For example, the ``poky`` repository has several branches that include
+the current "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;" branch, the "master" branch, and many
+branches for past Yocto Project releases. You can see all the branches
+by going to https://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit.cgi/poky/ and clicking on the
+``[...]`` link beneath the "Branch" heading.
+
+Each of these branches represents a specific area of development. The
+"master" branch represents the current or most recent development. All
+other branches represent offshoots of the "master" branch.
+
+When you create a local copy of a Git repository, the copy has the same
+set of branches as the original. This means you can use Git to create a
+local working area (also called a branch) that tracks a specific
+development branch from the upstream source Git repository. in other
+words, you can define your local Git environment to work on any
+development branch in the repository. To help illustrate, consider the
+following example Git commands:
+::
+
+ $ cd ~
+ $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky
+ $ cd poky
+ $ git checkout -b &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; origin/&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;
+
+In the previous example
+after moving to the home directory, the ``git clone`` command creates a
+local copy of the upstream ``poky`` Git repository. By default, Git
+checks out the "master" branch for your work. After changing the working
+directory to the new local repository (i.e. ``poky``), the
+``git checkout`` command creates and checks out a local branch named
+"&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;", which tracks the upstream
+"origin/&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;" branch. Changes you make while in this
+branch would ultimately affect the upstream "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;" branch
+of the ``poky`` repository.
+
+It is important to understand that when you create and checkout a local
+working branch based on a branch name, your local environment matches
+the "tip" of that particular development branch at the time you created
+your local branch, which could be different from the files in the
+"master" branch of the upstream repository. In other words, creating and
+checking out a local branch based on the "&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;" branch
+name is not the same as checking out the "master" branch in the
+repository. Keep reading to see how you create a local snapshot of a
+Yocto Project Release.
+
+Git uses "tags" to mark specific changes in a repository branch
+structure. Typically, a tag is used to mark a special point such as the
+final change (or commit) before a project is released. You can see the
+tags used with the ``poky`` Git repository by going to
+https://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit.cgi/poky/ and clicking on the ``[...]`` link
+beneath the "Tag" heading.
+
+Some key tags for the ``poky`` repository are ``jethro-14.0.3``,
+``morty-16.0.1``, ``pyro-17.0.0``, and
+``&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;-&POKYVERSION;``. These tags represent Yocto Project
+releases.
+
+When you create a local copy of the Git repository, you also have access
+to all the tags in the upstream repository. Similar to branches, you can
+create and checkout a local working Git branch based on a tag name. When
+you do this, you get a snapshot of the Git repository that reflects the
+state of the files when the change was made associated with that tag.
+The most common use is to checkout a working branch that matches a
+specific Yocto Project release. Here is an example:
+::
+
+ $ cd ~
+ $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky
+ $ cd poky
+ $ git fetch --tags
+ $ git checkout tags/rocko-18.0.0 -b my_rocko-18.0.0
+
+In this example, the name
+of the top-level directory of your local Yocto Project repository is
+``poky``. After moving to the ``poky`` directory, the ``git fetch``
+command makes all the upstream tags available locally in your
+repository. Finally, the ``git checkout`` command creates and checks out
+a branch named "my-rocko-18.0.0" that is based on the upstream branch
+whose "HEAD" matches the commit in the repository associated with the
+"rocko-18.0.0" tag. The files in your repository now exactly match that
+particular Yocto Project release as it is tagged in the upstream Git
+repository. It is important to understand that when you create and
+checkout a local working branch based on a tag, your environment matches
+a specific point in time and not the entire development branch (i.e.
+from the "tip" of the branch backwards).
+
+Basic Commands
+--------------
+
+Git has an extensive set of commands that lets you manage changes and
+perform collaboration over the life of a project. Conveniently though,
+you can manage with a small set of basic operations and workflows once
+you understand the basic philosophy behind Git. You do not have to be an
+expert in Git to be functional. A good place to look for instruction on
+a minimal set of Git commands is
+`here <http://git-scm.com/documentation>`__.
+
+The following list of Git commands briefly describes some basic Git
+operations as a way to get started. As with any set of commands, this
+list (in most cases) simply shows the base command and omits the many
+arguments it supports. See the Git documentation for complete
+descriptions and strategies on how to use these commands:
+
+- *git init:* Initializes an empty Git repository. You cannot use
+ Git commands unless you have a ``.git`` repository.
+
+- *git clone:* Creates a local clone of a Git repository that is on
+ equal footing with a fellow developer's Git repository or an upstream
+ repository.
+
+- *git add:* Locally stages updated file contents to the index that
+ Git uses to track changes. You must stage all files that have changed
+ before you can commit them.
+
+- *git commit:* Creates a local "commit" that documents the changes
+ you made. Only changes that have been staged can be committed.
+ Commits are used for historical purposes, for determining if a
+ maintainer of a project will allow the change, and for ultimately
+ pushing the change from your local Git repository into the project's
+ upstream repository.
+
+- *git status:* Reports any modified files that possibly need to be
+ staged and gives you a status of where you stand regarding local
+ commits as compared to the upstream repository.
+
+- *git checkout branch-name:* Changes your local working branch and
+ in this form assumes the local branch already exists. This command is
+ analogous to "cd".
+
+- *git checkout –b working-branch upstream-branch:* Creates and
+ checks out a working branch on your local machine. The local branch
+ tracks the upstream branch. You can use your local branch to isolate
+ your work. It is a good idea to use local branches when adding
+ specific features or changes. Using isolated branches facilitates
+ easy removal of changes if they do not work out.
+
+- *git branch:* Displays the existing local branches associated
+ with your local repository. The branch that you have currently
+ checked out is noted with an asterisk character.
+
+- *git branch -D branch-name:* Deletes an existing local branch.
+ You need to be in a local branch other than the one you are deleting
+ in order to delete branch-name.
+
+- *git pull --rebase:* Retrieves information from an upstream Git
+ repository and places it in your local Git repository. You use this
+ command to make sure you are synchronized with the repository from
+ which you are basing changes (.e.g. the "master" branch). The
+ "--rebase" option ensures that any local commits you have in your
+ branch are preserved at the top of your local branch.
+
+- *git push repo-name local-branch:upstream-branch:* Sends
+ all your committed local changes to the upstream Git repository that
+ your local repository is tracking (e.g. a contribution repository).
+ The maintainer of the project draws from these repositories to merge
+ changes (commits) into the appropriate branch of project's upstream
+ repository.
+
+- *git merge:* Combines or adds changes from one local branch of
+ your repository with another branch. When you create a local Git
+ repository, the default branch is named "master". A typical workflow
+ is to create a temporary branch that is based off "master" that you
+ would use for isolated work. You would make your changes in that
+ isolated branch, stage and commit them locally, switch to the
+ "master" branch, and then use the ``git merge`` command to apply the
+ changes from your isolated branch into the currently checked out
+ branch (e.g. "master"). After the merge is complete and if you are
+ done with working in that isolated branch, you can safely delete the
+ isolated branch.
+
+- *git cherry-pick commits:* Choose and apply specific commits from
+ one branch into another branch. There are times when you might not be
+ able to merge all the changes in one branch with another but need to
+ pick out certain ones.
+
+- *gitk:* Provides a GUI view of the branches and changes in your
+ local Git repository. This command is a good way to graphically see
+ where things have diverged in your local repository.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You need to install the
+ gitk
+ package on your development system to use this command.
+
+- *git log:* Reports a history of your commits to the repository.
+ This report lists all commits regardless of whether you have pushed
+ them upstream or not.
+
+- *git diff:* Displays line-by-line differences between a local
+ working file and the same file as understood by Git. This command is
+ useful to see what you have changed in any given file.
+
+Licensing
+=========
+
+Because open source projects are open to the public, they have different
+licensing structures in place. License evolution for both Open Source
+and Free Software has an interesting history. If you are interested in
+this history, you can find basic information here:
+
+- `Open source license
+ history <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Open-source_license>`__
+
+- `Free software license
+ history <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Free_software_license>`__
+
+In general, the Yocto Project is broadly licensed under the
+Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) License. MIT licensing
+permits the reuse of software within proprietary software as long as the
+license is distributed with that software. MIT is also compatible with
+the GNU General Public License (GPL). Patches to the Yocto Project
+follow the upstream licensing scheme. You can find information on the
+MIT license
+`here <http://www.opensource.org/licenses/mit-license.php>`__. You can
+find information on the GNU GPL
+`here <http://www.opensource.org/licenses/LGPL-3.0>`__.
+
+When you build an image using the Yocto Project, the build process uses
+a known list of licenses to ensure compliance. You can find this list in
+the :term:`Source Directory` at
+``meta/files/common-licenses``. Once the build completes, the list of
+all licenses found and used during that build are kept in the
+:term:`Build Directory` at
+``tmp/deploy/licenses``.
+
+If a module requires a license that is not in the base list, the build
+process generates a warning during the build. These tools make it easier
+for a developer to be certain of the licenses with which their shipped
+products must comply. However, even with these tools it is still up to
+the developer to resolve potential licensing issues.
+
+The base list of licenses used by the build process is a combination of
+the Software Package Data Exchange (SPDX) list and the Open Source
+Initiative (OSI) projects. `SPDX Group <http://spdx.org>`__ is a working
+group of the Linux Foundation that maintains a specification for a
+standard format for communicating the components, licenses, and
+copyrights associated with a software package.
+`OSI <http://opensource.org>`__ is a corporation dedicated to the Open
+Source Definition and the effort for reviewing and approving licenses
+that conform to the Open Source Definition (OSD).
+
+You can find a list of the combined SPDX and OSI licenses that the Yocto
+Project uses in the ``meta/files/common-licenses`` directory in your
+:term:`Source Directory`.
+
+For information that can help you maintain compliance with various open
+source licensing during the lifecycle of a product created using the
+Yocto Project, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:maintaining open source license compliance during your product's lifecycle`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/overview-manual-intro.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/overview-manual-intro.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8885eb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/overview-manual-intro.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+**********************************************
+The Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual
+**********************************************
+
+.. _overview-manual-welcome:
+
+Welcome
+=======
+
+Welcome to the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual! This manual
+introduces the Yocto Project by providing concepts, software overviews,
+best-known-methods (BKMs), and any other high-level introductory
+information suitable for a new Yocto Project user.
+
+The following list describes what you can get from this manual:
+
+- `Introducing the Yocto Project <#overview-yp>`__\ *:* This chapter
+ provides an introduction to the Yocto Project. You will learn about
+ features and challenges of the Yocto Project, the layer model,
+ components and tools, development methods, the
+ :term:`Poky` reference distribution, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system workflow, and some basic Yocto terms.
+
+- `The Yocto Project Development
+ Environment <#overview-development-environment>`__\ *:* This chapter
+ helps you get started understanding the Yocto Project development
+ environment. You will learn about open source, development hosts,
+ Yocto Project source repositories, workflows using Git and the Yocto
+ Project, a Git primer, and information about licensing.
+
+- :doc:`overview-manual-concepts` *:* This
+ chapter presents various concepts regarding the Yocto Project. You
+ can find conceptual information about components, development,
+ cross-toolchains, and so forth.
+
+This manual does not give you the following:
+
+- *Step-by-step Instructions for Development Tasks:* Instructional
+ procedures reside in other manuals within the Yocto Project
+ documentation set. For example, the :doc:`../dev-manual/dev-manual`
+ provides examples on how to perform
+ various development tasks. As another example, the
+ :doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-manual` manual contains detailed
+ instructions on how to install an SDK, which is used to develop
+ applications for target hardware.
+
+- *Reference Material:* This type of material resides in an appropriate
+ reference manual. For example, system variables are documented in the
+ :doc:`../ref-manual/ref-manual`. As another
+ example, the :doc:`../bsp-guide/bsp-guide` contains reference information on
+ BSPs.
+
+- *Detailed Public Information Not Specific to the Yocto Project:* For
+ example, exhaustive information on how to use the Source Control
+ Manager Git is better covered with Internet searches and official Git
+ Documentation than through the Yocto Project documentation.
+
+.. _overview-manual-other-information:
+
+Other Information
+=================
+
+Because this manual presents information for many different topics,
+supplemental information is recommended for full comprehension. For
+additional introductory information on the Yocto Project, see the
+:yocto_home:`Yocto Project Website <>`. If you want to build an image
+with no knowledge of Yocto Project as a way of quickly testing it out,
+see the :doc:`../brief-yoctoprojectqs/brief-yoctoprojectqs` document.
+For a comprehensive list of links and other documentation, see the
+":ref:`Links and Related
+Documentation <resources-links-and-related-documentation>`"
+section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/overview-manual-yp-intro.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/overview-manual-yp-intro.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f1c725a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/overview-manual-yp-intro.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,941 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+*****************************
+Introducing the Yocto Project
+*****************************
+
+What is the Yocto Project?
+==========================
+
+The Yocto Project is an open source collaboration project that helps
+developers create custom Linux-based systems that are designed for
+embedded products regardless of the product's hardware architecture.
+Yocto Project provides a flexible toolset and a development environment
+that allows embedded device developers across the world to collaborate
+through shared technologies, software stacks, configurations, and best
+practices used to create these tailored Linux images.
+
+Thousands of developers worldwide have discovered that Yocto Project
+provides advantages in both systems and applications development,
+archival and management benefits, and customizations used for speed,
+footprint, and memory utilization. The project is a standard when it
+comes to delivering embedded software stacks. The project allows
+software customizations and build interchange for multiple hardware
+platforms as well as software stacks that can be maintained and scaled.
+
+.. image:: figures/key-dev-elements.png
+ :align: center
+
+For further introductory information on the Yocto Project, you might be
+interested in this
+`article <https://www.embedded.com/electronics-blogs/say-what-/4458600/Why-the-Yocto-Project-for-my-IoT-Project->`__
+by Drew Moseley and in this short introductory
+`video <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=utZpKM7i5Z4>`__.
+
+The remainder of this section overviews advantages and challenges tied
+to the Yocto Project.
+
+.. _gs-features:
+
+Features
+--------
+
+The following list describes features and advantages of the Yocto
+Project:
+
+- *Widely Adopted Across the Industry:* Semiconductor, operating
+ system, software, and service vendors exist whose products and
+ services adopt and support the Yocto Project. For a look at the Yocto
+ Project community and the companies involved with the Yocto Project,
+ see the "COMMUNITY" and "ECOSYSTEM" tabs on the
+ :yocto_home:`Yocto Project <>` home page.
+
+- *Architecture Agnostic:* Yocto Project supports Intel, ARM, MIPS,
+ AMD, PPC and other architectures. Most ODMs, OSVs, and chip vendors
+ create and supply BSPs that support their hardware. If you have
+ custom silicon, you can create a BSP that supports that architecture.
+
+ Aside from lots of architecture support, the Yocto Project fully
+ supports a wide range of device emulation through the Quick EMUlator
+ (QEMU).
+
+- *Images and Code Transfer Easily:* Yocto Project output can easily
+ move between architectures without moving to new development
+ environments. Additionally, if you have used the Yocto Project to
+ create an image or application and you find yourself not able to
+ support it, commercial Linux vendors such as Wind River, Mentor
+ Graphics, Timesys, and ENEA could take it and provide ongoing
+ support. These vendors have offerings that are built using the Yocto
+ Project.
+
+- *Flexibility:* Corporations use the Yocto Project many different
+ ways. One example is to create an internal Linux distribution as a
+ code base the corporation can use across multiple product groups.
+ Through customization and layering, a project group can leverage the
+ base Linux distribution to create a distribution that works for their
+ product needs.
+
+- *Ideal for Constrained Embedded and IoT devices:* Unlike a full Linux
+ distribution, you can use the Yocto Project to create exactly what
+ you need for embedded devices. You only add the feature support or
+ packages that you absolutely need for the device. For devices that
+ have display hardware, you can use available system components such
+ as X11, GTK+, Qt, Clutter, and SDL (among others) to create a rich
+ user experience. For devices that do not have a display or where you
+ want to use alternative UI frameworks, you can choose to not install
+ these components.
+
+- *Comprehensive Toolchain Capabilities:* Toolchains for supported
+ architectures satisfy most use cases. However, if your hardware
+ supports features that are not part of a standard toolchain, you can
+ easily customize that toolchain through specification of
+ platform-specific tuning parameters. And, should you need to use a
+ third-party toolchain, mechanisms built into the Yocto Project allow
+ for that.
+
+- *Mechanism Rules Over Policy:* Focusing on mechanism rather than
+ policy ensures that you are free to set policies based on the needs
+ of your design instead of adopting decisions enforced by some system
+ software provider.
+
+- *Uses a Layer Model:* The Yocto Project `layer
+ infrastructure <#the-yocto-project-layer-model>`__ groups related
+ functionality into separate bundles. You can incrementally add these
+ grouped functionalities to your project as needed. Using layers to
+ isolate and group functionality reduces project complexity and
+ redundancy, allows you to easily extend the system, make
+ customizations, and keep functionality organized.
+
+- *Supports Partial Builds:* You can build and rebuild individual
+ packages as needed. Yocto Project accomplishes this through its
+ `shared-state cache <#shared-state-cache>`__ (sstate) scheme. Being
+ able to build and debug components individually eases project
+ development.
+
+- *Releases According to a Strict Schedule:* Major releases occur on a
+ :doc:`six-month cycle <../ref-manual/ref-release-process>`
+ predictably in October and April. The most recent two releases
+ support point releases to address common vulnerabilities and
+ exposures. This predictability is crucial for projects based on the
+ Yocto Project and allows development teams to plan activities.
+
+- *Rich Ecosystem of Individuals and Organizations:* For open source
+ projects, the value of community is very important. Support forums,
+ expertise, and active developers who continue to push the Yocto
+ Project forward are readily available.
+
+- *Binary Reproducibility:* The Yocto Project allows you to be very
+ specific about dependencies and achieves very high percentages of
+ binary reproducibility (e.g. 99.8% for ``core-image-minimal``). When
+ distributions are not specific about which packages are pulled in and
+ in what order to support dependencies, other build systems can
+ arbitrarily include packages.
+
+- *License Manifest:* The Yocto Project provides a :ref:`license
+ manifest <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:maintaining open source license compliance during your product's lifecycle>`
+ for review by people who need to track the use of open source
+ licenses (e.g. legal teams).
+
+.. _gs-challenges:
+
+Challenges
+----------
+
+The following list presents challenges you might encounter when
+developing using the Yocto Project:
+
+- *Steep Learning Curve:* The Yocto Project has a steep learning curve
+ and has many different ways to accomplish similar tasks. It can be
+ difficult to choose how to proceed when varying methods exist by
+ which to accomplish a given task.
+
+- *Understanding What Changes You Need to Make For Your Design Requires
+ Some Research:* Beyond the simple tutorial stage, understanding what
+ changes need to be made for your particular design can require a
+ significant amount of research and investigation. For information
+ that helps you transition from trying out the Yocto Project to using
+ it for your project, see the ":ref:`what-i-wish-id-known:what i wish i'd known about yocto project`" and
+ ":ref:`transitioning-to-a-custom-environment:transitioning to a custom environment for systems development`"
+ documents on the Yocto Project website.
+
+- *Project Workflow Could Be Confusing:* The `Yocto Project
+ workflow <#overview-development-environment>`__ could be confusing if
+ you are used to traditional desktop and server software development.
+ In a desktop development environment, mechanisms exist to easily pull
+ and install new packages, which are typically pre-compiled binaries
+ from servers accessible over the Internet. Using the Yocto Project,
+ you must modify your configuration and rebuild to add additional
+ packages.
+
+- *Working in a Cross-Build Environment Can Feel Unfamiliar:* When
+ developing code to run on a target, compilation, execution, and
+ testing done on the actual target can be faster than running a
+ BitBake build on a development host and then deploying binaries to
+ the target for test. While the Yocto Project does support development
+ tools on the target, the additional step of integrating your changes
+ back into the Yocto Project build environment would be required.
+ Yocto Project supports an intermediate approach that involves making
+ changes on the development system within the BitBake environment and
+ then deploying only the updated packages to the target.
+
+ The Yocto Project :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`
+ produces packages
+ in standard formats (i.e. RPM, DEB, IPK, and TAR). You can deploy
+ these packages into the running system on the target by using
+ utilities on the target such as ``rpm`` or ``ipk``.
+
+- *Initial Build Times Can be Significant:* Long initial build times
+ are unfortunately unavoidable due to the large number of packages
+ initially built from scratch for a fully functioning Linux system.
+ Once that initial build is completed, however, the shared-state
+ (sstate) cache mechanism Yocto Project uses keeps the system from
+ rebuilding packages that have not been "touched" since the last
+ build. The sstate mechanism significantly reduces times for
+ successive builds.
+
+The Yocto Project Layer Model
+=============================
+
+The Yocto Project's "Layer Model" is a development model for embedded
+and IoT Linux creation that distinguishes the Yocto Project from other
+simple build systems. The Layer Model simultaneously supports
+collaboration and customization. Layers are repositories that contain
+related sets of instructions that tell the :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`
+what to do. You can
+collaborate, share, and reuse layers.
+
+Layers can contain changes to previous instructions or settings at any
+time. This powerful override capability is what allows you to customize
+previously supplied collaborative or community layers to suit your
+product requirements.
+
+You use different layers to logically separate information in your
+build. As an example, you could have BSP, GUI, distro configuration,
+middleware, or application layers. Putting your entire build into one
+layer limits and complicates future customization and reuse. Isolating
+information into layers, on the other hand, helps simplify future
+customizations and reuse. You might find it tempting to keep everything
+in one layer when working on a single project. However, the more modular
+your Metadata, the easier it is to cope with future changes.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - Use Board Support Package (BSP) layers from silicon vendors when
+ possible.
+
+ - Familiarize yourself with the `Yocto Project curated layer
+ index <https://www.yoctoproject.org/software-overview/layers/>`__
+ or the `OpenEmbedded layer
+ index <http://layers.openembedded.org/layerindex/branch/master/layers/>`__.
+ The latter contains more layers but they are less universally
+ validated.
+
+ - Layers support the inclusion of technologies, hardware components,
+ and software components. The :ref:`Yocto Project
+ Compatible <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:making sure your layer is compatible with yocto project>`
+ designation provides a minimum level of standardization that
+ contributes to a strong ecosystem. "YP Compatible" is applied to
+ appropriate products and software components such as BSPs, other
+ OE-compatible layers, and related open-source projects, allowing
+ the producer to use Yocto Project badges and branding assets.
+
+To illustrate how layers are used to keep things modular, consider
+machine customizations. These types of customizations typically reside
+in a special layer, rather than a general layer, called a BSP Layer.
+Furthermore, the machine customizations should be isolated from recipes
+and Metadata that support a new GUI environment, for example. This
+situation gives you a couple of layers: one for the machine
+configurations, and one for the GUI environment. It is important to
+understand, however, that the BSP layer can still make machine-specific
+additions to recipes within the GUI environment layer without polluting
+the GUI layer itself with those machine-specific changes. You can
+accomplish this through a recipe that is a BitBake append
+(``.bbappend``) file, which is described later in this section.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For general information on BSP layer structure, see the
+ :doc:`../bsp-guide/bsp-guide`
+ .
+
+The :term:`Source Directory`
+contains both general layers and BSP layers right out of the box. You
+can easily identify layers that ship with a Yocto Project release in the
+Source Directory by their names. Layers typically have names that begin
+with the string ``meta-``.
+
+.. note::
+
+ It is not a requirement that a layer name begin with the prefix
+ meta-
+ , but it is a commonly accepted standard in the Yocto Project
+ community.
+
+For example, if you were to examine the `tree
+view <https://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/>`__ of the
+``poky`` repository, you will see several layers: ``meta``,
+``meta-skeleton``, ``meta-selftest``, ``meta-poky``, and
+``meta-yocto-bsp``. Each of these repositories represents a distinct
+layer.
+
+For procedures on how to create layers, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:understanding and creating layers`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+Components and Tools
+====================
+
+The Yocto Project employs a collection of components and tools used by
+the project itself, by project developers, and by those using the Yocto
+Project. These components and tools are open source projects and
+metadata that are separate from the reference distribution
+(:term:`Poky`) and the
+:term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`. Most of the
+components and tools are downloaded separately.
+
+This section provides brief overviews of the components and tools
+associated with the Yocto Project.
+
+.. _gs-development-tools:
+
+Development Tools
+-----------------
+
+The following list consists of tools that help you develop images and
+applications using the Yocto Project:
+
+- *CROPS:* `CROPS <https://github.com/crops/poky-container/>`__ is an
+ open source, cross-platform development framework that leverages
+ `Docker Containers <https://www.docker.com/>`__. CROPS provides an
+ easily managed, extensible environment that allows you to build
+ binaries for a variety of architectures on Windows, Linux and Mac OS
+ X hosts.
+
+- *devtool:* This command-line tool is available as part of the
+ extensible SDK (eSDK) and is its cornerstone. You can use ``devtool``
+ to help build, test, and package software within the eSDK. You can
+ use the tool to optionally integrate what you build into an image
+ built by the OpenEmbedded build system.
+
+ The ``devtool`` command employs a number of sub-commands that allow
+ you to add, modify, and upgrade recipes. As with the OpenEmbedded
+ build system, "recipes" represent software packages within
+ ``devtool``. When you use ``devtool add``, a recipe is automatically
+ created. When you use ``devtool modify``, the specified existing
+ recipe is used in order to determine where to get the source code and
+ how to patch it. In both cases, an environment is set up so that when
+ you build the recipe a source tree that is under your control is used
+ in order to allow you to make changes to the source as desired. By
+ default, both new recipes and the source go into a "workspace"
+ directory under the eSDK. The ``devtool upgrade`` command updates an
+ existing recipe so that you can build it for an updated set of source
+ files.
+
+ You can read about the ``devtool`` workflow in the Yocto Project
+ Application Development and Extensible Software Development Kit
+ (eSDK) Manual in the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-extensible:using \`\`devtool\`\` in your sdk workflow`"
+ section.
+
+- *Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK):* The eSDK provides a
+ cross-development toolchain and libraries tailored to the contents of
+ a specific image. The eSDK makes it easy to add new applications and
+ libraries to an image, modify the source for an existing component,
+ test changes on the target hardware, and integrate into the rest of
+ the OpenEmbedded build system. The eSDK gives you a toolchain
+ experience supplemented with the powerful set of ``devtool`` commands
+ tailored for the Yocto Project environment.
+
+ For information on the eSDK, see the :doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-manual` Manual.
+
+- *Toaster:* Toaster is a web interface to the Yocto Project
+ OpenEmbedded build system. Toaster allows you to configure, run, and
+ view information about builds. For information on Toaster, see the
+ :doc:`../toaster-manual/toaster-manual`.
+
+.. _gs-production-tools:
+
+Production Tools
+----------------
+
+The following list consists of tools that help production related
+activities using the Yocto Project:
+
+- *Auto Upgrade Helper:* This utility when used in conjunction with the
+ :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`
+ (BitBake and
+ OE-Core) automatically generates upgrades for recipes that are based
+ on new versions of the recipes published upstream. See
+ :ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using the auto upgrade helper (auh)`
+ for how to set it up.
+
+- *Recipe Reporting System:* The Recipe Reporting System tracks recipe
+ versions available for Yocto Project. The main purpose of the system
+ is to help you manage the recipes you maintain and to offer a dynamic
+ overview of the project. The Recipe Reporting System is built on top
+ of the `OpenEmbedded Layer
+ Index <http://layers.openembedded.org/layerindex/layers/>`__, which
+ is a website that indexes OpenEmbedded-Core layers.
+
+- *Patchwork:* `Patchwork <http://jk.ozlabs.org/projects/patchwork/>`__
+ is a fork of a project originally started by
+ `OzLabs <http://ozlabs.org/>`__. The project is a web-based tracking
+ system designed to streamline the process of bringing contributions
+ into a project. The Yocto Project uses Patchwork as an organizational
+ tool to handle patches, which number in the thousands for every
+ release.
+
+- *AutoBuilder:* AutoBuilder is a project that automates build tests
+ and quality assurance (QA). By using the public AutoBuilder, anyone
+ can determine the status of the current "master" branch of Poky.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ AutoBuilder is based on buildbot.
+
+ A goal of the Yocto Project is to lead the open source industry with
+ a project that automates testing and QA procedures. In doing so, the
+ project encourages a development community that publishes QA and test
+ plans, publicly demonstrates QA and test plans, and encourages
+ development of tools that automate and test and QA procedures for the
+ benefit of the development community.
+
+ You can learn more about the AutoBuilder used by the Yocto Project
+ Autobuilder `here <&YOCTO_AB_URL;>`__.
+
+- *Cross-Prelink:* Prelinking is the process of pre-computing the load
+ addresses and link tables generated by the dynamic linker as compared
+ to doing this at runtime. Doing this ahead of time results in
+ performance improvements when the application is launched and reduced
+ memory usage for libraries shared by many applications.
+
+ Historically, cross-prelink is a variant of prelink, which was
+ conceived by `Jakub
+ Jelínek <http://people.redhat.com/jakub/prelink.pdf>`__ a number of
+ years ago. Both prelink and cross-prelink are maintained in the same
+ repository albeit on separate branches. By providing an emulated
+ runtime dynamic linker (i.e. ``glibc``-derived ``ld.so`` emulation),
+ the cross-prelink project extends the prelink software's ability to
+ prelink a sysroot environment. Additionally, the cross-prelink
+ software enables the ability to work in sysroot style environments.
+
+ The dynamic linker determines standard load address calculations
+ based on a variety of factors such as mapping addresses, library
+ usage, and library function conflicts. The prelink tool uses this
+ information, from the dynamic linker, to determine unique load
+ addresses for executable and linkable format (ELF) binaries that are
+ shared libraries and dynamically linked. The prelink tool modifies
+ these ELF binaries with the pre-computed information. The result is
+ faster loading and often lower memory consumption because more of the
+ library code can be re-used from shared Copy-On-Write (COW) pages.
+
+ The original upstream prelink project only supports running prelink
+ on the end target device due to the reliance on the target device's
+ dynamic linker. This restriction causes issues when developing a
+ cross-compiled system. The cross-prelink adds a synthesized dynamic
+ loader that runs on the host, thus permitting cross-prelinking
+ without ever having to run on a read-write target filesystem.
+
+- *Pseudo:* Pseudo is the Yocto Project implementation of
+ `fakeroot <http://man.he.net/man1/fakeroot>`__, which is used to run
+ commands in an environment that seemingly has root privileges.
+
+ During a build, it can be necessary to perform operations that
+ require system administrator privileges. For example, file ownership
+ or permissions might need definition. Pseudo is a tool that you can
+ either use directly or through the environment variable
+ ``LD_PRELOAD``. Either method allows these operations to succeed as
+ if system administrator privileges exist even when they do not.
+
+ You can read more about Pseudo in the "`Fakeroot and
+ Pseudo <#fakeroot-and-pseudo>`__" section.
+
+.. _gs-openembedded-build-system:
+
+Open-Embedded Build System Components
+-------------------------------------
+
+The following list consists of components associated with the
+:term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`:
+
+- *BitBake:* BitBake is a core component of the Yocto Project and is
+ used by the OpenEmbedded build system to build images. While BitBake
+ is key to the build system, BitBake is maintained separately from the
+ Yocto Project.
+
+ BitBake is a generic task execution engine that allows shell and
+ Python tasks to be run efficiently and in parallel while working
+ within complex inter-task dependency constraints. In short, BitBake
+ is a build engine that works through recipes written in a specific
+ format in order to perform sets of tasks.
+
+ You can learn more about BitBake in the :doc:`BitBake User
+ Manual <bitbake:index>`.
+
+- *OpenEmbedded-Core:* OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core) is a common layer of
+ metadata (i.e. recipes, classes, and associated files) used by
+ OpenEmbedded-derived systems, which includes the Yocto Project. The
+ Yocto Project and the OpenEmbedded Project both maintain the
+ OpenEmbedded-Core. You can find the OE-Core metadata in the Yocto
+ Project :yocto_git:`Source Repositories </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta>`.
+
+ Historically, the Yocto Project integrated the OE-Core metadata
+ throughout the Yocto Project source repository reference system
+ (Poky). After Yocto Project Version 1.0, the Yocto Project and
+ OpenEmbedded agreed to work together and share a common core set of
+ metadata (OE-Core), which contained much of the functionality
+ previously found in Poky. This collaboration achieved a long-standing
+ OpenEmbedded objective for having a more tightly controlled and
+ quality-assured core. The results also fit well with the Yocto
+ Project objective of achieving a smaller number of fully featured
+ tools as compared to many different ones.
+
+ Sharing a core set of metadata results in Poky as an integration
+ layer on top of OE-Core. You can see that in this
+ `figure <#yp-key-dev-elements>`__. The Yocto Project combines various
+ components such as BitBake, OE-Core, script "glue", and documentation
+ for its build system.
+
+.. _gs-reference-distribution-poky:
+
+Reference Distribution (Poky)
+-----------------------------
+
+Poky is the Yocto Project reference distribution. It contains the
+:term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`
+(BitBake and OE-Core) as well as a set of metadata to get you started
+building your own distribution. See the
+`figure <#what-is-the-yocto-project>`__ in "What is the Yocto Project?"
+section for an illustration that shows Poky and its relationship with
+other parts of the Yocto Project.
+
+To use the Yocto Project tools and components, you can download
+(``clone``) Poky and use it to bootstrap your own distribution.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Poky does not contain binary files. It is a working example of how to
+ build your own custom Linux distribution from source.
+
+You can read more about Poky in the "`Reference Embedded Distribution
+(Poky) <#reference-embedded-distribution>`__" section.
+
+.. _gs-packages-for-finished-targets:
+
+Packages for Finished Targets
+-----------------------------
+
+The following lists components associated with packages for finished
+targets:
+
+- *Matchbox:* Matchbox is an Open Source, base environment for the X
+ Window System running on non-desktop, embedded platforms such as
+ handhelds, set-top boxes, kiosks, and anything else for which screen
+ space, input mechanisms, or system resources are limited.
+
+ Matchbox consists of a number of interchangeable and optional
+ applications that you can tailor to a specific, non-desktop platform
+ to enhance usability in constrained environments.
+
+ You can find the Matchbox source in the Yocto Project
+ :yocto_git:`Source Repositories <>`.
+
+- *Opkg:* Open PacKaGe management (opkg) is a lightweight package
+ management system based on the itsy package (ipkg) management system.
+ Opkg is written in C and resembles Advanced Package Tool (APT) and
+ Debian Package (dpkg) in operation.
+
+ Opkg is intended for use on embedded Linux devices and is used in
+ this capacity in the
+ `OpenEmbedded <http://www.openembedded.org/wiki/Main_Page>`__ and
+ `OpenWrt <https://openwrt.org/>`__ projects, as well as the Yocto
+ Project.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ As best it can, opkg maintains backwards compatibility with ipkg
+ and conforms to a subset of Debian's policy manual regarding
+ control files.
+
+ You can find the opkg source in the Yocto Project
+ :yocto_git:`Source Repositories <>`.
+
+.. _gs-archived-components:
+
+Archived Components
+-------------------
+
+The Build Appliance is a virtual machine image that enables you to build
+and boot a custom embedded Linux image with the Yocto Project using a
+non-Linux development system.
+
+Historically, the Build Appliance was the second of three methods by
+which you could use the Yocto Project on a system that was not native to
+Linux.
+
+1. *Hob:* Hob, which is now deprecated and is no longer available since
+ the 2.1 release of the Yocto Project provided a rudimentary,
+ GUI-based interface to the Yocto Project. Toaster has fully replaced
+ Hob.
+
+2. *Build Appliance:* Post Hob, the Build Appliance became available. It
+ was never recommended that you use the Build Appliance as a
+ day-to-day production development environment with the Yocto Project.
+ Build Appliance was useful as a way to try out development in the
+ Yocto Project environment.
+
+3. *CROPS:* The final and best solution available now for developing
+ using the Yocto Project on a system not native to Linux is with
+ `CROPS <#gs-crops-overview>`__.
+
+.. _gs-development-methods:
+
+Development Methods
+===================
+
+The Yocto Project development environment usually involves a
+:term:`Build Host` and target
+hardware. You use the Build Host to build images and develop
+applications, while you use the target hardware to test deployed
+software.
+
+This section provides an introduction to the choices or development
+methods you have when setting up your Build Host. Depending on the your
+particular workflow preference and the type of operating system your
+Build Host runs, several choices exist that allow you to use the Yocto
+Project.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For additional detail about the Yocto Project development
+ environment, see the ":doc:`overview-manual-development-environment`"
+ chapter.
+
+- *Native Linux Host:* By far the best option for a Build Host. A
+ system running Linux as its native operating system allows you to
+ develop software by directly using the
+ :term:`BitBake` tool. You can
+ accomplish all aspects of development from a familiar shell of a
+ supported Linux distribution.
+
+ For information on how to set up a Build Host on a system running
+ Linux as its native operating system, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:setting up a native linux host`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+- *CROss PlatformS (CROPS):* Typically, you use
+ `CROPS <https://github.com/crops/poky-container/>`__, which leverages
+ `Docker Containers <https://www.docker.com/>`__, to set up a Build
+ Host that is not running Linux (e.g. Microsoft Windows or macOS).
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You can, however, use CROPS on a Linux-based system.
+
+ CROPS is an open source, cross-platform development framework that
+ provides an easily managed, extensible environment for building
+ binaries targeted for a variety of architectures on Windows, macOS,
+ or Linux hosts. Once the Build Host is set up using CROPS, you can
+ prepare a shell environment to mimic that of a shell being used on a
+ system natively running Linux.
+
+ For information on how to set up a Build Host with CROPS, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:setting up to use cross platforms (crops)`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+- *Windows Subsystem For Linux (WSLv2):* You may use Windows Subsystem
+ For Linux v2 to set up a build host using Windows 10.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The Yocto Project is not compatible with WSLv1, it is compatible
+ but not officially supported nor validated with WSLv2, if you
+ still decide to use WSL please upgrade to WSLv2.
+
+ The Windows Subsystem For Linux allows Windows 10 to run a real Linux
+ kernel inside of a lightweight utility virtual machine (VM) using
+ virtualization technology.
+
+ For information on how to set up a Build Host with WSLv2, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:setting up to use windows subsystem for linux (wslv2)`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+- *Toaster:* Regardless of what your Build Host is running, you can use
+ Toaster to develop software using the Yocto Project. Toaster is a web
+ interface to the Yocto Project's :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`.
+ The interface
+ enables you to configure and run your builds. Information about
+ builds is collected and stored in a database. You can use Toaster to
+ configure and start builds on multiple remote build servers.
+
+ For information about and how to use Toaster, see the
+ :doc:`../toaster-manual/toaster-manual`.
+
+.. _reference-embedded-distribution:
+
+Reference Embedded Distribution (Poky)
+======================================
+
+"Poky", which is pronounced *Pock*-ee, is the name of the Yocto
+Project's reference distribution or Reference OS Kit. Poky contains the
+:term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`
+(:term:`BitBake` and
+:term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)`) as well as a set
+of :term:`Metadata` to get you started
+building your own distro. In other words, Poky is a base specification
+of the functionality needed for a typical embedded system as well as the
+components from the Yocto Project that allow you to build a distribution
+into a usable binary image.
+
+Poky is a combined repository of BitBake, OpenEmbedded-Core (which is
+found in ``meta``), ``meta-poky``, ``meta-yocto-bsp``, and documentation
+provided all together and known to work well together. You can view
+these items that make up the Poky repository in the
+:yocto_git:`Source Repositories </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/>`.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If you are interested in all the contents of the
+ poky
+ Git repository, see the ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-structure:top-level core components`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
+
+The following figure illustrates what generally comprises Poky:
+
+.. image:: figures/poky-reference-distribution.png
+ :align: center
+
+- BitBake is a task executor and scheduler that is the heart of the
+ OpenEmbedded build system.
+
+- ``meta-poky``, which is Poky-specific metadata.
+
+- ``meta-yocto-bsp``, which are Yocto Project-specific Board Support
+ Packages (BSPs).
+
+- OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core) metadata, which includes shared
+ configurations, global variable definitions, shared classes,
+ packaging, and recipes. Classes define the encapsulation and
+ inheritance of build logic. Recipes are the logical units of software
+ and images to be built.
+
+- Documentation, which contains the Yocto Project source files used to
+ make the set of user manuals.
+
+.. note::
+
+ While Poky is a "complete" distribution specification and is tested
+ and put through QA, you cannot use it as a product "out of the box"
+ in its current form.
+
+To use the Yocto Project tools, you can use Git to clone (download) the
+Poky repository then use your local copy of the reference distribution
+to bootstrap your own distribution.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Poky does not contain binary files. It is a working example of how to
+ build your own custom Linux distribution from source.
+
+Poky has a regular, well established, six-month release cycle under its
+own version. Major releases occur at the same time major releases (point
+releases) occur for the Yocto Project, which are typically in the Spring
+and Fall. For more information on the Yocto Project release schedule and
+cadence, see the ":doc:`../ref-manual/ref-release-process`" chapter in the
+Yocto Project Reference Manual.
+
+Much has been said about Poky being a "default configuration". A default
+configuration provides a starting image footprint. You can use Poky out
+of the box to create an image ranging from a shell-accessible minimal
+image all the way up to a Linux Standard Base-compliant image that uses
+a GNOME Mobile and Embedded (GMAE) based reference user interface called
+Sato.
+
+One of the most powerful properties of Poky is that every aspect of a
+build is controlled by the metadata. You can use metadata to augment
+these base image types by adding metadata
+`layers <#the-yocto-project-layer-model>`__ that extend functionality.
+These layers can provide, for example, an additional software stack for
+an image type, add a board support package (BSP) for additional
+hardware, or even create a new image type.
+
+Metadata is loosely grouped into configuration files or package recipes.
+A recipe is a collection of non-executable metadata used by BitBake to
+set variables or define additional build-time tasks. A recipe contains
+fields such as the recipe description, the recipe version, the license
+of the package and the upstream source repository. A recipe might also
+indicate that the build process uses autotools, make, distutils or any
+other build process, in which case the basic functionality can be
+defined by the classes it inherits from the OE-Core layer's class
+definitions in ``./meta/classes``. Within a recipe you can also define
+additional tasks as well as task prerequisites. Recipe syntax through
+BitBake also supports both ``_prepend`` and ``_append`` operators as a
+method of extending task functionality. These operators inject code into
+the beginning or end of a task. For information on these BitBake
+operators, see the
+":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:appending and prepending (override style syntax)`"
+section in the BitBake User's Manual.
+
+.. _openembedded-build-system-workflow:
+
+The OpenEmbedded Build System Workflow
+======================================
+
+The :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System` uses a "workflow" to
+accomplish image and SDK generation. The following figure overviews that
+workflow:
+
+.. image:: figures/YP-flow-diagram.png
+ :align: center
+
+Following is a brief summary of the "workflow":
+
+1. Developers specify architecture, policies, patches and configuration
+ details.
+
+2. The build system fetches and downloads the source code from the
+ specified location. The build system supports standard methods such
+ as tarballs or source code repositories systems such as Git.
+
+3. Once source code is downloaded, the build system extracts the sources
+ into a local work area where patches are applied and common steps for
+ configuring and compiling the software are run.
+
+4. The build system then installs the software into a temporary staging
+ area where the binary package format you select (DEB, RPM, or IPK) is
+ used to roll up the software.
+
+5. Different QA and sanity checks run throughout entire build process.
+
+6. After the binaries are created, the build system generates a binary
+ package feed that is used to create the final root file image.
+
+7. The build system generates the file system image and a customized
+ Extensible SDK (eSDK) for application development in parallel.
+
+For a very detailed look at this workflow, see the "`OpenEmbedded Build
+System Concepts <#openembedded-build-system-build-concepts>`__" section.
+
+Some Basic Terms
+================
+
+It helps to understand some basic fundamental terms when learning the
+Yocto Project. Although a list of terms exists in the ":doc:`Yocto Project
+Terms <../ref-manual/ref-terms>`" section of the Yocto Project
+Reference Manual, this section provides the definitions of some terms
+helpful for getting started:
+
+- *Configuration Files:* Files that hold global definitions of
+ variables, user-defined variables, and hardware configuration
+ information. These files tell the :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`
+ what to build and
+ what to put into the image to support a particular platform.
+
+- *Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK):* A custom SDK for
+ application developers. This eSDK allows developers to incorporate
+ their library and programming changes back into the image to make
+ their code available to other application developers. For information
+ on the eSDK, see the :doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-manual` manual.
+
+- *Layer:* A collection of related recipes. Layers allow you to
+ consolidate related metadata to customize your build. Layers also
+ isolate information used when building for multiple architectures.
+ Layers are hierarchical in their ability to override previous
+ specifications. You can include any number of available layers from
+ the Yocto Project and customize the build by adding your layers after
+ them. You can search the Layer Index for layers used within Yocto
+ Project.
+
+ For more detailed information on layers, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:understanding and creating layers`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For a
+ discussion specifically on BSP Layers, see the
+ ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:bsp layers`" section in the Yocto
+ Project Board Support Packages (BSP) Developer's Guide.
+
+- *Metadata:* A key element of the Yocto Project is the Metadata that
+ is used to construct a Linux distribution and is contained in the
+ files that the OpenEmbedded build system parses when building an
+ image. In general, Metadata includes recipes, configuration files,
+ and other information that refers to the build instructions
+ themselves, as well as the data used to control what things get built
+ and the effects of the build. Metadata also includes commands and
+ data used to indicate what versions of software are used, from where
+ they are obtained, and changes or additions to the software itself
+ (patches or auxiliary files) that are used to fix bugs or customize
+ the software for use in a particular situation. OpenEmbedded-Core is
+ an important set of validated metadata.
+
+- *OpenEmbedded Build System:* The terms "BitBake" and "build system"
+ are sometimes used for the OpenEmbedded Build System.
+
+ BitBake is a task scheduler and execution engine that parses
+ instructions (i.e. recipes) and configuration data. After a parsing
+ phase, BitBake creates a dependency tree to order the compilation,
+ schedules the compilation of the included code, and finally executes
+ the building of the specified custom Linux image (distribution).
+ BitBake is similar to the ``make`` tool.
+
+ During a build process, the build system tracks dependencies and
+ performs a native or cross-compilation of the package. As a first
+ step in a cross-build setup, the framework attempts to create a
+ cross-compiler toolchain (i.e. Extensible SDK) suited for the target
+ platform.
+
+- *OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core):* OE-Core is metadata comprised of
+ foundation recipes, classes, and associated files that are meant to
+ be common among many different OpenEmbedded-derived systems,
+ including the Yocto Project. OE-Core is a curated subset of an
+ original repository developed by the OpenEmbedded community that has
+ been pared down into a smaller, core set of continuously validated
+ recipes. The result is a tightly controlled and quality-assured core
+ set of recipes.
+
+ You can see the Metadata in the ``meta`` directory of the Yocto
+ Project `Source
+ Repositories <http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi>`__.
+
+- *Packages:* In the context of the Yocto Project, this term refers to
+ a recipe's packaged output produced by BitBake (i.e. a "baked
+ recipe"). A package is generally the compiled binaries produced from
+ the recipe's sources. You "bake" something by running it through
+ BitBake.
+
+ It is worth noting that the term "package" can, in general, have
+ subtle meanings. For example, the packages referred to in the
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-system-requirements:required packages for the build host`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Reference Manual are compiled binaries
+ that, when installed, add functionality to your Linux distribution.
+
+ Another point worth noting is that historically within the Yocto
+ Project, recipes were referred to as packages - thus, the existence
+ of several BitBake variables that are seemingly mis-named, (e.g.
+ :term:`PR`,
+ :term:`PV`, and
+ :term:`PE`).
+
+- *Poky:* Poky is a reference embedded distribution and a reference
+ test configuration. Poky provides the following:
+
+ - A base-level functional distro used to illustrate how to customize
+ a distribution.
+
+ - A means by which to test the Yocto Project components (i.e. Poky
+ is used to validate the Yocto Project).
+
+ - A vehicle through which you can download the Yocto Project.
+
+ Poky is not a product level distro. Rather, it is a good starting
+ point for customization.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Poky is an integration layer on top of OE-Core.
+
+- *Recipe:* The most common form of metadata. A recipe contains a list
+ of settings and tasks (i.e. instructions) for building packages that
+ are then used to build the binary image. A recipe describes where you
+ get source code and which patches to apply. Recipes describe
+ dependencies for libraries or for other recipes as well as
+ configuration and compilation options. Related recipes are
+ consolidated into a layer.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/overview-manual.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/overview-manual.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f20b20e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/overview-manual/overview-manual.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+==========================================
+Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual
+==========================================
+
+|
+
+.. toctree::
+ :caption: Table of Contents
+ :numbered:
+
+ overview-manual-intro
+ overview-manual-yp-intro
+ overview-manual-development-environment
+ overview-manual-concepts
+ history
+
+.. include:: /boilerplate.rst
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/poky.yaml b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/poky.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af041e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/poky.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+DISTRO : "3.1.12"
+DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP : "dunfell"
+DISTRO_NAME : "Dunfell"
+DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP_MINUS_ONE : "zeus"
+YOCTO_DOC_VERSION : "3.1.12"
+YOCTO_DOC_VERSION_MINUS_ONE : "3.0.2"
+DISTRO_REL_TAG : "yocto-3.1.12"
+POKYVERSION : "23.0.12"
+YOCTO_POKY : "poky-&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;-&POKYVERSION;"
+YOCTO_DL_URL : "https://downloads.yoctoproject.org"
+YOCTO_AB_URL : "https://autobuilder.yoctoproject.org"
+YOCTO_RELEASE_DL_URL : "&YOCTO_DL_URL;/releases/yocto/yocto-&DISTRO;"
+UBUNTU_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL : "gawk wget git-core diffstat unzip texinfo gcc-multilib \
+ build-essential chrpath socat cpio python3 python3-pip python3-pexpect \
+ xz-utils debianutils iputils-ping python3-git python3-jinja2 libegl1-mesa libsdl1.2-dev \
+ pylint3 xterm python3-subunit mesa-common-dev"
+FEDORA_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL : "gawk make wget tar bzip2 gzip python3 unzip perl patch \
+ diffutils diffstat git cpp gcc gcc-c++ glibc-devel texinfo chrpath \
+ ccache perl-Data-Dumper perl-Text-ParseWords perl-Thread-Queue perl-bignum socat \
+ python3-pexpect findutils which file cpio python python3-pip xz python3-GitPython \
+ python3-jinja2 SDL-devel xterm rpcgen mesa-libGL-devel perl-FindBin perl-File-Compare \
+ perl-File-Copy perl-locale"
+OPENSUSE_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL : "python gcc gcc-c++ git chrpath make wget python-xml \
+ diffstat makeinfo python-curses patch socat python3 python3-curses tar python3-pip \
+ python3-pexpect xz which python3-Jinja2 Mesa-libEGL1 libSDL-devel xterm rpcgen Mesa-dri-devel
+ \n\ $ sudo pip3 install GitPython"
+CENTOS7_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL : "-y epel-release
+ \n\ $ sudo yum makecache
+ \n\ $ sudo yum install gawk make wget tar bzip2 gzip python3 unzip perl patch \
+ diffutils diffstat git cpp gcc gcc-c++ glibc-devel texinfo chrpath socat \
+ perl-Data-Dumper perl-Text-ParseWords perl-Thread-Queue python36-pip xz \
+ which SDL-devel xterm mesa-libGL-devel
+ \n\ $ sudo pip3 install GitPython jinja2"
+CENTOS8_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL : "-y epel-release
+ \n\ $ sudo dnf config-manager --set-enabled PowerTools
+ \n\ $ sudo dnf makecache
+ \n\ $ sudo dnf install gawk make wget tar bzip2 gzip python3 unzip perl patch \
+ diffutils diffstat git cpp gcc gcc-c++ glibc-devel texinfo chrpath ccache \
+ socat perl-Data-Dumper perl-Text-ParseWords perl-Thread-Queue python3-pip \
+ python3-GitPython python3-jinja2 python3-pexpect xz which SDL-devel xterm \
+ rpcgen mesa-libGL-devel"
+PIP3_HOST_PACKAGES_DOC : "$ sudo pip3 install sphinx sphinx_rtd_theme pyyaml"
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/kernelshark-all.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/kernelshark-all.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99b40ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/kernelshark-all.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/kernelshark-choose-events.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/kernelshark-choose-events.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8dd62a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/kernelshark-choose-events.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/kernelshark-i915-display.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/kernelshark-i915-display.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb0edfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/kernelshark-i915-display.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/kernelshark-output-display.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/kernelshark-output-display.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae2d0e5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/kernelshark-output-display.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/oprofileui-busybox.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/oprofileui-busybox.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a8275c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/oprofileui-busybox.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/oprofileui-copy-to-user.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/oprofileui-copy-to-user.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..deb6470
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/oprofileui-copy-to-user.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/oprofileui-downloading.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/oprofileui-downloading.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57742d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/oprofileui-downloading.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/oprofileui-processes.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/oprofileui-processes.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ae54702
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/oprofileui-processes.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-probe-do_fork-profile.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-probe-do_fork-profile.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a1070d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-probe-do_fork-profile.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-report-cycles-u.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-report-cycles-u.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..68ec6af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-report-cycles-u.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-systemwide-libc.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-systemwide-libc.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b72869
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-systemwide-libc.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-systemwide.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-systemwide.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..12ce244
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-systemwide.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-annotate-menu.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-annotate-menu.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ceb34ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-annotate-menu.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-annotate-udhcpc.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-annotate-udhcpc.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3581e9d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-annotate-udhcpc.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-debuginfo.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-debuginfo.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c317b49
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-debuginfo.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-dso-zoom-menu.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-dso-zoom-menu.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1913c86
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-dso-zoom-menu.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-dso-zoom.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-dso-zoom.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a1962c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-dso-zoom.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-expanded-stripped.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-expanded-stripped.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b642d06
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-busybox-expanded-stripped.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-flat-stripped.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-flat-stripped.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c8f395a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-flat-stripped.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-g-copy-from-user-expanded-stripped.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-g-copy-from-user-expanded-stripped.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bb7c764
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-g-copy-from-user-expanded-stripped.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-g-copy-to-user-expanded-debuginfo.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-g-copy-to-user-expanded-debuginfo.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a799af5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-g-copy-to-user-expanded-debuginfo.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-g-copy-to-user-expanded-stripped-unresolved-hidden.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-g-copy-to-user-expanded-stripped-unresolved-hidden.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e91808a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-g-copy-to-user-expanded-stripped-unresolved-hidden.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-g-copy-to-user-expanded-stripped.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-g-copy-to-user-expanded-stripped.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..812302d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/perf-wget-g-copy-to-user-expanded-stripped.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/profile-title.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/profile-title.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ce5c682
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/profile-title.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/pybootchartgui-linux-yocto.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/pybootchartgui-linux-yocto.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b6bfda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/pybootchartgui-linux-yocto.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/pychart-linux-yocto-rpm-nostrip.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/pychart-linux-yocto-rpm-nostrip.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..444675c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/pychart-linux-yocto-rpm-nostrip.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/pychart-linux-yocto-rpm.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/pychart-linux-yocto-rpm.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ee3535
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/pychart-linux-yocto-rpm.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/sched-wakeup-profile.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/sched-wakeup-profile.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f25811
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/sched-wakeup-profile.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/sysprof-callers.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/sysprof-callers.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..640c8d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/sysprof-callers.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/sysprof-copy-from-user.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/sysprof-copy-from-user.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d31427
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/sysprof-copy-from-user.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/sysprof-copy-to-user.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/sysprof-copy-to-user.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7a5bab7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/figures/sysprof-copy-to-user.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/history.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/history.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c4c64ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/history.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+***********************
+Manual Revision History
+***********************
+
+.. list-table::
+ :widths: 10 15 40
+ :header-rows: 1
+
+ * - Revision
+ - Date
+ - Note
+ * - 1.4
+ - April 2013
+ - The initial document released with the Yocto Project 1.4 Release
+ * - 1.5
+ - October 2013
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.5 Release.
+ * - 1.6
+ - April 2014
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.6 Release.
+ * - 1.7
+ - October 2014
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.7 Release.
+ * - 1.8
+ - April 2015
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.8 Release.
+ * - 2.0
+ - October 2015
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.0 Release.
+ * - 2.1
+ - April 2016
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.1 Release.
+ * - 2.2
+ - October 2016
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.2 Release.
+ * - 2.3
+ - May 2017
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.3 Release.
+ * - 2.4
+ - October 2017
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.4 Release.
+ * - 2.5
+ - May 2018
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.5 Release.
+ * - 2.6
+ - November 2018
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.6 Release.
+ * - 2.7
+ - May 2019
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.7 Release.
+ * - 3.0
+ - October 2019
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.0 Release.
+ * - 3.1
+ - April 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1 Release.
+ * - 3.1.1
+ - June 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.1 Release.
+ * - 3.1.2
+ - August 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.2 Release.
+ * - 3.1.3
+ - September 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.3 Release.
+ * - 3.1.4
+ - November 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.4 Release.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/profile-manual-arch.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/profile-manual-arch.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..73cd0c2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/profile-manual-arch.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+*************************************************************
+Overall Architecture of the Linux Tracing and Profiling Tools
+*************************************************************
+
+Architecture of the Tracing and Profiling Tools
+===============================================
+
+It may seem surprising to see a section covering an 'overall
+architecture' for what seems to be a random collection of tracing tools
+that together make up the Linux tracing and profiling space. The fact
+is, however, that in recent years this seemingly disparate set of tools
+has started to converge on a 'core' set of underlying mechanisms:
+
+- static tracepoints
+- dynamic tracepoints
+
+ - kprobes
+ - uprobes
+
+- the perf_events subsystem
+- debugfs
+
+.. admonition:: Tying it Together
+
+ Rather than enumerating here how each tool makes use of these common
+ mechanisms, textboxes like this will make note of the specific usages
+ in each tool as they come up in the course of the text.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/profile-manual-examples.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/profile-manual-examples.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97a9e9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/profile-manual-examples.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+*******************
+Real-World Examples
+*******************
+
+|
+
+This chapter contains real-world examples.
+
+Slow Write Speed on Live Images
+===============================
+
+In one of our previous releases (denzil), users noticed that booting off
+of a live image and writing to disk was noticeably slower. This included
+the boot itself, especially the first one, since first boots tend to do
+a significant amount of writing due to certain post-install scripts.
+
+The problem (and solution) was discovered by using the Yocto tracing
+tools, in this case 'perf stat', 'perf script', 'perf record' and 'perf
+report'.
+
+See all the unvarnished details of how this bug was diagnosed and solved
+here: Yocto Bug #3049
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/profile-manual-intro.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/profile-manual-intro.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d435e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/profile-manual-intro.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+******************************************
+Yocto Project Profiling and Tracing Manual
+******************************************
+
+.. _profile-intro:
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+Yocto bundles a number of tracing and profiling tools - this 'HOWTO'
+describes their basic usage and shows by example how to make use of them
+to examine application and system behavior.
+
+The tools presented are for the most part completely open-ended and have
+quite good and/or extensive documentation of their own which can be used
+to solve just about any problem you might come across in Linux. Each
+section that describes a particular tool has links to that tool's
+documentation and website.
+
+The purpose of this 'HOWTO' is to present a set of common and generally
+useful tracing and profiling idioms along with their application (as
+appropriate) to each tool, in the context of a general-purpose
+'drill-down' methodology that can be applied to solving a large number
+(90%?) of problems. For help with more advanced usages and problems,
+please see the documentation and/or websites listed for each tool.
+
+The final section of this 'HOWTO' is a collection of real-world examples
+which we'll be continually adding to as we solve more problems using the
+tools - feel free to add your own examples to the list!
+
+.. _profile-manual-general-setup:
+
+General Setup
+=============
+
+Most of the tools are available only in 'sdk' images or in images built
+after adding 'tools-profile' to your local.conf. So, in order to be able
+to access all of the tools described here, please first build and boot
+an 'sdk' image e.g. ::
+
+ $ bitbake core-image-sato-sdk
+
+or alternatively by adding 'tools-profile' to the EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES line in
+your local.conf: ::
+
+ EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES = "debug-tweaks tools-profile"
+
+If you use the 'tools-profile' method, you don't need to build an sdk image -
+the tracing and profiling tools will be included in non-sdk images as well e.g.: ::
+
+ $ bitbake core-image-sato
+
+.. note::
+
+ By default, the Yocto build system strips symbols from the binaries
+ it packages, which makes it difficult to use some of the tools.
+
+ You can prevent that by setting the
+ :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP`
+ variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` when you build the image: ::
+
+ INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP = "1"
+
+ The above setting will noticeably increase the size of your image.
+
+If you've already built a stripped image, you can generate debug
+packages (xxx-dbg) which you can manually install as needed.
+
+To generate debug info for packages, you can add dbg-pkgs to
+EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES in local.conf. For example: ::
+
+ EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES = "debug-tweaks tools-profile dbg-pkgs"
+
+Additionally, in order to generate the right type of debuginfo, we also need to
+set :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE` in the ``local.conf`` file: ::
+
+ PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE = 'debug-file-directory'
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/profile-manual-usage.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/profile-manual-usage.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3c020a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/profile-manual-usage.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,2624 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+.. highlight:: shell
+
+***************************************************************
+Basic Usage (with examples) for each of the Yocto Tracing Tools
+***************************************************************
+
+|
+
+This chapter presents basic usage examples for each of the tracing
+tools.
+
+.. _profile-manual-perf:
+
+perf
+====
+
+The 'perf' tool is the profiling and tracing tool that comes bundled
+with the Linux kernel.
+
+Don't let the fact that it's part of the kernel fool you into thinking
+that it's only for tracing and profiling the kernel - you can indeed use
+it to trace and profile just the kernel, but you can also use it to
+profile specific applications separately (with or without kernel
+context), and you can also use it to trace and profile the kernel and
+all applications on the system simultaneously to gain a system-wide view
+of what's going on.
+
+In many ways, perf aims to be a superset of all the tracing and
+profiling tools available in Linux today, including all the other tools
+covered in this HOWTO. The past couple of years have seen perf subsume a
+lot of the functionality of those other tools and, at the same time,
+those other tools have removed large portions of their previous
+functionality and replaced it with calls to the equivalent functionality
+now implemented by the perf subsystem. Extrapolation suggests that at
+some point those other tools will simply become completely redundant and
+go away; until then, we'll cover those other tools in these pages and in
+many cases show how the same things can be accomplished in perf and the
+other tools when it seems useful to do so.
+
+The coverage below details some of the most common ways you'll likely
+want to apply the tool; full documentation can be found either within
+the tool itself or in the man pages at
+`perf(1) <http://linux.die.net/man/1/perf>`__.
+
+.. _perf-setup:
+
+Perf Setup
+----------
+
+For this section, we'll assume you've already performed the basic setup
+outlined in the ":ref:`profile-manual/profile-manual-intro:General Setup`" section.
+
+In particular, you'll get the most mileage out of perf if you profile an
+image built with the following in your ``local.conf`` file: ::
+
+ INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP = "1"
+
+perf runs on the target system for the most part. You can archive
+profile data and copy it to the host for analysis, but for the rest of
+this document we assume you've ssh'ed to the host and will be running
+the perf commands on the target.
+
+.. _perf-basic-usage:
+
+Basic Perf Usage
+----------------
+
+The perf tool is pretty much self-documenting. To remind yourself of the
+available commands, simply type 'perf', which will show you basic usage
+along with the available perf subcommands: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf
+
+ usage: perf [--version] [--help] COMMAND [ARGS]
+
+ The most commonly used perf commands are:
+ annotate Read perf.data (created by perf record) and display annotated code
+ archive Create archive with object files with build-ids found in perf.data file
+ bench General framework for benchmark suites
+ buildid-cache Manage build-id cache.
+ buildid-list List the buildids in a perf.data file
+ diff Read two perf.data files and display the differential profile
+ evlist List the event names in a perf.data file
+ inject Filter to augment the events stream with additional information
+ kmem Tool to trace/measure kernel memory(slab) properties
+ kvm Tool to trace/measure kvm guest os
+ list List all symbolic event types
+ lock Analyze lock events
+ probe Define new dynamic tracepoints
+ record Run a command and record its profile into perf.data
+ report Read perf.data (created by perf record) and display the profile
+ sched Tool to trace/measure scheduler properties (latencies)
+ script Read perf.data (created by perf record) and display trace output
+ stat Run a command and gather performance counter statistics
+ test Runs sanity tests.
+ timechart Tool to visualize total system behavior during a workload
+ top System profiling tool.
+
+ See 'perf help COMMAND' for more information on a specific command.
+
+
+Using perf to do Basic Profiling
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+As a simple test case, we'll profile the 'wget' of a fairly large file,
+which is a minimally interesting case because it has both file and
+network I/O aspects, and at least in the case of standard Yocto images,
+it's implemented as part of busybox, so the methods we use to analyze it
+can be used in a very similar way to the whole host of supported busybox
+applets in Yocto. ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# rm linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2; \
+ wget http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/mirror/sources/linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2
+
+The quickest and easiest way to get some basic overall data about what's
+going on for a particular workload is to profile it using 'perf stat'.
+'perf stat' basically profiles using a few default counters and displays
+the summed counts at the end of the run: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf stat wget http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/mirror/sources/linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2
+ Connecting to downloads.yoctoproject.org (140.211.169.59:80)
+ linux-2.6.19.2.tar.b 100% |***************************************************| 41727k 0:00:00 ETA
+
+ Performance counter stats for 'wget http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/mirror/sources/linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2':
+
+ 4597.223902 task-clock # 0.077 CPUs utilized
+ 23568 context-switches # 0.005 M/sec
+ 68 CPU-migrations # 0.015 K/sec
+ 241 page-faults # 0.052 K/sec
+ 3045817293 cycles # 0.663 GHz
+ <not supported> stalled-cycles-frontend
+ <not supported> stalled-cycles-backend
+ 858909167 instructions # 0.28 insns per cycle
+ 165441165 branches # 35.987 M/sec
+ 19550329 branch-misses # 11.82% of all branches
+
+ 59.836627620 seconds time elapsed
+
+Many times such a simple-minded test doesn't yield much of
+interest, but sometimes it does (see Real-world Yocto bug (slow
+loop-mounted write speed)).
+
+Also, note that 'perf stat' isn't restricted to a fixed set of counters
+- basically any event listed in the output of 'perf list' can be tallied
+by 'perf stat'. For example, suppose we wanted to see a summary of all
+the events related to kernel memory allocation/freeing along with cache
+hits and misses: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf stat -e kmem:* -e cache-references -e cache-misses wget http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/mirror/sources/linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2
+ Connecting to downloads.yoctoproject.org (140.211.169.59:80)
+ linux-2.6.19.2.tar.b 100% |***************************************************| 41727k 0:00:00 ETA
+
+ Performance counter stats for 'wget http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/mirror/sources/linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2':
+
+ 5566 kmem:kmalloc
+ 125517 kmem:kmem_cache_alloc
+ 0 kmem:kmalloc_node
+ 0 kmem:kmem_cache_alloc_node
+ 34401 kmem:kfree
+ 69920 kmem:kmem_cache_free
+ 133 kmem:mm_page_free
+ 41 kmem:mm_page_free_batched
+ 11502 kmem:mm_page_alloc
+ 11375 kmem:mm_page_alloc_zone_locked
+ 0 kmem:mm_page_pcpu_drain
+ 0 kmem:mm_page_alloc_extfrag
+ 66848602 cache-references
+ 2917740 cache-misses # 4.365 % of all cache refs
+
+ 44.831023415 seconds time elapsed
+
+So 'perf stat' gives us a nice easy
+way to get a quick overview of what might be happening for a set of
+events, but normally we'd need a little more detail in order to
+understand what's going on in a way that we can act on in a useful way.
+
+To dive down into a next level of detail, we can use 'perf record'/'perf
+report' which will collect profiling data and present it to use using an
+interactive text-based UI (or simply as text if we specify --stdio to
+'perf report').
+
+As our first attempt at profiling this workload, we'll simply run 'perf
+record', handing it the workload we want to profile (everything after
+'perf record' and any perf options we hand it - here none - will be
+executed in a new shell). perf collects samples until the process exits
+and records them in a file named 'perf.data' in the current working
+directory. ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf record wget http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/mirror/sources/linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2
+
+ Connecting to downloads.yoctoproject.org (140.211.169.59:80)
+ linux-2.6.19.2.tar.b 100% |************************************************| 41727k 0:00:00 ETA
+ [ perf record: Woken up 1 times to write data ]
+ [ perf record: Captured and wrote 0.176 MB perf.data (~7700 samples) ]
+
+To see the results in a
+'text-based UI' (tui), simply run 'perf report', which will read the
+perf.data file in the current working directory and display the results
+in an interactive UI: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf report
+
+.. image:: figures/perf-wget-flat-stripped.png
+ :align: center
+
+The above screenshot displays a 'flat' profile, one entry for each
+'bucket' corresponding to the functions that were profiled during the
+profiling run, ordered from the most popular to the least (perf has
+options to sort in various orders and keys as well as display entries
+only above a certain threshold and so on - see the perf documentation
+for details). Note that this includes both userspace functions (entries
+containing a [.]) and kernel functions accounted to the process (entries
+containing a [k]). (perf has command-line modifiers that can be used to
+restrict the profiling to kernel or userspace, among others).
+
+Notice also that the above report shows an entry for 'busybox', which is
+the executable that implements 'wget' in Yocto, but that instead of a
+useful function name in that entry, it displays a not-so-friendly hex
+value instead. The steps below will show how to fix that problem.
+
+Before we do that, however, let's try running a different profile, one
+which shows something a little more interesting. The only difference
+between the new profile and the previous one is that we'll add the -g
+option, which will record not just the address of a sampled function,
+but the entire callchain to the sampled function as well: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf record -g wget http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/mirror/sources/linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2
+ Connecting to downloads.yoctoproject.org (140.211.169.59:80)
+ linux-2.6.19.2.tar.b 100% |************************************************| 41727k 0:00:00 ETA
+ [ perf record: Woken up 3 times to write data ]
+ [ perf record: Captured and wrote 0.652 MB perf.data (~28476 samples) ]
+
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf report
+
+.. image:: figures/perf-wget-g-copy-to-user-expanded-stripped.png
+ :align: center
+
+Using the callgraph view, we can actually see not only which functions
+took the most time, but we can also see a summary of how those functions
+were called and learn something about how the program interacts with the
+kernel in the process.
+
+Notice that each entry in the above screenshot now contains a '+' on the
+left-hand side. This means that we can expand the entry and drill down
+into the callchains that feed into that entry. Pressing 'enter' on any
+one of them will expand the callchain (you can also press 'E' to expand
+them all at the same time or 'C' to collapse them all).
+
+In the screenshot above, we've toggled the ``__copy_to_user_ll()`` entry
+and several subnodes all the way down. This lets us see which callchains
+contributed to the profiled ``__copy_to_user_ll()`` function which
+contributed 1.77% to the total profile.
+
+As a bit of background explanation for these callchains, think about
+what happens at a high level when you run wget to get a file out on the
+network. Basically what happens is that the data comes into the kernel
+via the network connection (socket) and is passed to the userspace
+program 'wget' (which is actually a part of busybox, but that's not
+important for now), which takes the buffers the kernel passes to it and
+writes it to a disk file to save it.
+
+The part of this process that we're looking at in the above call stacks
+is the part where the kernel passes the data it's read from the socket
+down to wget i.e. a copy-to-user.
+
+Notice also that here there's also a case where the hex value is
+displayed in the callstack, here in the expanded ``sys_clock_gettime()``
+function. Later we'll see it resolve to a userspace function call in
+busybox.
+
+.. image:: figures/perf-wget-g-copy-from-user-expanded-stripped.png
+ :align: center
+
+The above screenshot shows the other half of the journey for the data -
+from the wget program's userspace buffers to disk. To get the buffers to
+disk, the wget program issues a ``write(2)``, which does a ``copy-from-user`` to
+the kernel, which then takes care via some circuitous path (probably
+also present somewhere in the profile data), to get it safely to disk.
+
+Now that we've seen the basic layout of the profile data and the basics
+of how to extract useful information out of it, let's get back to the
+task at hand and see if we can get some basic idea about where the time
+is spent in the program we're profiling, wget. Remember that wget is
+actually implemented as an applet in busybox, so while the process name
+is 'wget', the executable we're actually interested in is busybox. So
+let's expand the first entry containing busybox:
+
+.. image:: figures/perf-wget-busybox-expanded-stripped.png
+ :align: center
+
+Again, before we expanded we saw that the function was labeled with a
+hex value instead of a symbol as with most of the kernel entries.
+Expanding the busybox entry doesn't make it any better.
+
+The problem is that perf can't find the symbol information for the
+busybox binary, which is actually stripped out by the Yocto build
+system.
+
+One way around that is to put the following in your ``local.conf`` file
+when you build the image: ::
+
+ INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP = "1"
+
+However, we already have an image with the binaries stripped, so
+what can we do to get perf to resolve the symbols? Basically we need to
+install the debuginfo for the busybox package.
+
+To generate the debug info for the packages in the image, we can add
+``dbg-pkgs`` to :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES` in ``local.conf``. For example: ::
+
+ EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES = "debug-tweaks tools-profile dbg-pkgs"
+
+Additionally, in order to generate the type of debuginfo that perf
+understands, we also need to set
+:term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`
+in the ``local.conf`` file: ::
+
+ PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE = 'debug-file-directory'
+
+Once we've done that, we can install the
+debuginfo for busybox. The debug packages once built can be found in
+``build/tmp/deploy/rpm/*`` on the host system. Find the busybox-dbg-...rpm
+file and copy it to the target. For example: ::
+
+ [trz@empanada core2]$ scp /home/trz/yocto/crownbay-tracing-dbg/build/tmp/deploy/rpm/core2_32/busybox-dbg-1.20.2-r2.core2_32.rpm root@192.168.1.31:
+ busybox-dbg-1.20.2-r2.core2_32.rpm 100% 1826KB 1.8MB/s 00:01
+
+Now install the debug rpm on the target: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# rpm -i busybox-dbg-1.20.2-r2.core2_32.rpm
+
+Now that the debuginfo is installed, we see that the busybox entries now display
+their functions symbolically:
+
+.. image:: figures/perf-wget-busybox-debuginfo.png
+ :align: center
+
+If we expand one of the entries and press 'enter' on a leaf node, we're
+presented with a menu of actions we can take to get more information
+related to that entry:
+
+.. image:: figures/perf-wget-busybox-dso-zoom-menu.png
+ :align: center
+
+One of these actions allows us to show a view that displays a
+busybox-centric view of the profiled functions (in this case we've also
+expanded all the nodes using the 'E' key):
+
+.. image:: figures/perf-wget-busybox-dso-zoom.png
+ :align: center
+
+Finally, we can see that now that the busybox debuginfo is installed,
+the previously unresolved symbol in the ``sys_clock_gettime()`` entry
+mentioned previously is now resolved, and shows that the
+sys_clock_gettime system call that was the source of 6.75% of the
+copy-to-user overhead was initiated by the ``handle_input()`` busybox
+function:
+
+.. image:: figures/perf-wget-g-copy-to-user-expanded-debuginfo.png
+ :align: center
+
+At the lowest level of detail, we can dive down to the assembly level
+and see which instructions caused the most overhead in a function.
+Pressing 'enter' on the 'udhcpc_main' function, we're again presented
+with a menu:
+
+.. image:: figures/perf-wget-busybox-annotate-menu.png
+ :align: center
+
+Selecting 'Annotate udhcpc_main', we get a detailed listing of
+percentages by instruction for the udhcpc_main function. From the
+display, we can see that over 50% of the time spent in this function is
+taken up by a couple tests and the move of a constant (1) to a register:
+
+.. image:: figures/perf-wget-busybox-annotate-udhcpc.png
+ :align: center
+
+As a segue into tracing, let's try another profile using a different
+counter, something other than the default 'cycles'.
+
+The tracing and profiling infrastructure in Linux has become unified in
+a way that allows us to use the same tool with a completely different
+set of counters, not just the standard hardware counters that
+traditional tools have had to restrict themselves to (of course the
+traditional tools can also make use of the expanded possibilities now
+available to them, and in some cases have, as mentioned previously).
+
+We can get a list of the available events that can be used to profile a
+workload via 'perf list': ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf list
+
+ List of pre-defined events (to be used in -e):
+ cpu-cycles OR cycles [Hardware event]
+ stalled-cycles-frontend OR idle-cycles-frontend [Hardware event]
+ stalled-cycles-backend OR idle-cycles-backend [Hardware event]
+ instructions [Hardware event]
+ cache-references [Hardware event]
+ cache-misses [Hardware event]
+ branch-instructions OR branches [Hardware event]
+ branch-misses [Hardware event]
+ bus-cycles [Hardware event]
+ ref-cycles [Hardware event]
+
+ cpu-clock [Software event]
+ task-clock [Software event]
+ page-faults OR faults [Software event]
+ minor-faults [Software event]
+ major-faults [Software event]
+ context-switches OR cs [Software event]
+ cpu-migrations OR migrations [Software event]
+ alignment-faults [Software event]
+ emulation-faults [Software event]
+
+ L1-dcache-loads [Hardware cache event]
+ L1-dcache-load-misses [Hardware cache event]
+ L1-dcache-prefetch-misses [Hardware cache event]
+ L1-icache-loads [Hardware cache event]
+ L1-icache-load-misses [Hardware cache event]
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ rNNN [Raw hardware event descriptor]
+ cpu/t1=v1[,t2=v2,t3 ...]/modifier [Raw hardware event descriptor]
+ (see 'perf list --help' on how to encode it)
+
+ mem:<addr>[:access] [Hardware breakpoint]
+
+ sunrpc:rpc_call_status [Tracepoint event]
+ sunrpc:rpc_bind_status [Tracepoint event]
+ sunrpc:rpc_connect_status [Tracepoint event]
+ sunrpc:rpc_task_begin [Tracepoint event]
+ skb:kfree_skb [Tracepoint event]
+ skb:consume_skb [Tracepoint event]
+ skb:skb_copy_datagram_iovec [Tracepoint event]
+ net:net_dev_xmit [Tracepoint event]
+ net:net_dev_queue [Tracepoint event]
+ net:netif_receive_skb [Tracepoint event]
+ net:netif_rx [Tracepoint event]
+ napi:napi_poll [Tracepoint event]
+ sock:sock_rcvqueue_full [Tracepoint event]
+ sock:sock_exceed_buf_limit [Tracepoint event]
+ udp:udp_fail_queue_rcv_skb [Tracepoint event]
+ hda:hda_send_cmd [Tracepoint event]
+ hda:hda_get_response [Tracepoint event]
+ hda:hda_bus_reset [Tracepoint event]
+ scsi:scsi_dispatch_cmd_start [Tracepoint event]
+ scsi:scsi_dispatch_cmd_error [Tracepoint event]
+ scsi:scsi_eh_wakeup [Tracepoint event]
+ drm:drm_vblank_event [Tracepoint event]
+ drm:drm_vblank_event_queued [Tracepoint event]
+ drm:drm_vblank_event_delivered [Tracepoint event]
+ random:mix_pool_bytes [Tracepoint event]
+ random:mix_pool_bytes_nolock [Tracepoint event]
+ random:credit_entropy_bits [Tracepoint event]
+ gpio:gpio_direction [Tracepoint event]
+ gpio:gpio_value [Tracepoint event]
+ block:block_rq_abort [Tracepoint event]
+ block:block_rq_requeue [Tracepoint event]
+ block:block_rq_issue [Tracepoint event]
+ block:block_bio_bounce [Tracepoint event]
+ block:block_bio_complete [Tracepoint event]
+ block:block_bio_backmerge [Tracepoint event]
+ .
+ .
+ writeback:writeback_wake_thread [Tracepoint event]
+ writeback:writeback_wake_forker_thread [Tracepoint event]
+ writeback:writeback_bdi_register [Tracepoint event]
+ .
+ .
+ writeback:writeback_single_inode_requeue [Tracepoint event]
+ writeback:writeback_single_inode [Tracepoint event]
+ kmem:kmalloc [Tracepoint event]
+ kmem:kmem_cache_alloc [Tracepoint event]
+ kmem:mm_page_alloc [Tracepoint event]
+ kmem:mm_page_alloc_zone_locked [Tracepoint event]
+ kmem:mm_page_pcpu_drain [Tracepoint event]
+ kmem:mm_page_alloc_extfrag [Tracepoint event]
+ vmscan:mm_vmscan_kswapd_sleep [Tracepoint event]
+ vmscan:mm_vmscan_kswapd_wake [Tracepoint event]
+ vmscan:mm_vmscan_wakeup_kswapd [Tracepoint event]
+ vmscan:mm_vmscan_direct_reclaim_begin [Tracepoint event]
+ .
+ .
+ module:module_get [Tracepoint event]
+ module:module_put [Tracepoint event]
+ module:module_request [Tracepoint event]
+ sched:sched_kthread_stop [Tracepoint event]
+ sched:sched_wakeup [Tracepoint event]
+ sched:sched_wakeup_new [Tracepoint event]
+ sched:sched_process_fork [Tracepoint event]
+ sched:sched_process_exec [Tracepoint event]
+ sched:sched_stat_runtime [Tracepoint event]
+ rcu:rcu_utilization [Tracepoint event]
+ workqueue:workqueue_queue_work [Tracepoint event]
+ workqueue:workqueue_execute_end [Tracepoint event]
+ signal:signal_generate [Tracepoint event]
+ signal:signal_deliver [Tracepoint event]
+ timer:timer_init [Tracepoint event]
+ timer:timer_start [Tracepoint event]
+ timer:hrtimer_cancel [Tracepoint event]
+ timer:itimer_state [Tracepoint event]
+ timer:itimer_expire [Tracepoint event]
+ irq:irq_handler_entry [Tracepoint event]
+ irq:irq_handler_exit [Tracepoint event]
+ irq:softirq_entry [Tracepoint event]
+ irq:softirq_exit [Tracepoint event]
+ irq:softirq_raise [Tracepoint event]
+ printk:console [Tracepoint event]
+ task:task_newtask [Tracepoint event]
+ task:task_rename [Tracepoint event]
+ syscalls:sys_enter_socketcall [Tracepoint event]
+ syscalls:sys_exit_socketcall [Tracepoint event]
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ syscalls:sys_enter_unshare [Tracepoint event]
+ syscalls:sys_exit_unshare [Tracepoint event]
+ raw_syscalls:sys_enter [Tracepoint event]
+ raw_syscalls:sys_exit [Tracepoint event]
+
+.. admonition:: Tying it Together
+
+ These are exactly the same set of events defined by the trace event
+ subsystem and exposed by ftrace/tracecmd/kernelshark as files in
+ /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events, by SystemTap as
+ kernel.trace("tracepoint_name") and (partially) accessed by LTTng.
+
+Only a subset of these would be of interest to us when looking at this
+workload, so let's choose the most likely subsystems (identified by the
+string before the colon in the Tracepoint events) and do a 'perf stat'
+run using only those wildcarded subsystems: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf stat -e skb:* -e net:* -e napi:* -e sched:* -e workqueue:* -e irq:* -e syscalls:* wget http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/mirror/sources/linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2
+ Performance counter stats for 'wget http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/mirror/sources/linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2':
+
+ 23323 skb:kfree_skb
+ 0 skb:consume_skb
+ 49897 skb:skb_copy_datagram_iovec
+ 6217 net:net_dev_xmit
+ 6217 net:net_dev_queue
+ 7962 net:netif_receive_skb
+ 2 net:netif_rx
+ 8340 napi:napi_poll
+ 0 sched:sched_kthread_stop
+ 0 sched:sched_kthread_stop_ret
+ 3749 sched:sched_wakeup
+ 0 sched:sched_wakeup_new
+ 0 sched:sched_switch
+ 29 sched:sched_migrate_task
+ 0 sched:sched_process_free
+ 1 sched:sched_process_exit
+ 0 sched:sched_wait_task
+ 0 sched:sched_process_wait
+ 0 sched:sched_process_fork
+ 1 sched:sched_process_exec
+ 0 sched:sched_stat_wait
+ 2106519415641 sched:sched_stat_sleep
+ 0 sched:sched_stat_iowait
+ 147453613 sched:sched_stat_blocked
+ 12903026955 sched:sched_stat_runtime
+ 0 sched:sched_pi_setprio
+ 3574 workqueue:workqueue_queue_work
+ 3574 workqueue:workqueue_activate_work
+ 0 workqueue:workqueue_execute_start
+ 0 workqueue:workqueue_execute_end
+ 16631 irq:irq_handler_entry
+ 16631 irq:irq_handler_exit
+ 28521 irq:softirq_entry
+ 28521 irq:softirq_exit
+ 28728 irq:softirq_raise
+ 1 syscalls:sys_enter_sendmmsg
+ 1 syscalls:sys_exit_sendmmsg
+ 0 syscalls:sys_enter_recvmmsg
+ 0 syscalls:sys_exit_recvmmsg
+ 14 syscalls:sys_enter_socketcall
+ 14 syscalls:sys_exit_socketcall
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ 16965 syscalls:sys_enter_read
+ 16965 syscalls:sys_exit_read
+ 12854 syscalls:sys_enter_write
+ 12854 syscalls:sys_exit_write
+ .
+ .
+ .
+
+ 58.029710972 seconds time elapsed
+
+
+
+Let's pick one of these tracepoints
+and tell perf to do a profile using it as the sampling event: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf record -g -e sched:sched_wakeup wget http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/mirror/sources/linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2
+
+.. image:: figures/sched-wakeup-profile.png
+ :align: center
+
+The screenshot above shows the results of running a profile using
+sched:sched_switch tracepoint, which shows the relative costs of various
+paths to sched_wakeup (note that sched_wakeup is the name of the
+tracepoint - it's actually defined just inside ttwu_do_wakeup(), which
+accounts for the function name actually displayed in the profile:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+ /*
+ * Mark the task runnable and perform wakeup-preemption.
+ */
+ static void
+ ttwu_do_wakeup(struct rq *rq, struct task_struct *p, int wake_flags)
+ {
+ trace_sched_wakeup(p, true);
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ }
+
+A couple of the more interesting
+callchains are expanded and displayed above, basically some network
+receive paths that presumably end up waking up wget (busybox) when
+network data is ready.
+
+Note that because tracepoints are normally used for tracing, the default
+sampling period for tracepoints is 1 i.e. for tracepoints perf will
+sample on every event occurrence (this can be changed using the -c
+option). This is in contrast to hardware counters such as for example
+the default 'cycles' hardware counter used for normal profiling, where
+sampling periods are much higher (in the thousands) because profiling
+should have as low an overhead as possible and sampling on every cycle
+would be prohibitively expensive.
+
+Using perf to do Basic Tracing
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Profiling is a great tool for solving many problems or for getting a
+high-level view of what's going on with a workload or across the system.
+It is however by definition an approximation, as suggested by the most
+prominent word associated with it, 'sampling'. On the one hand, it
+allows a representative picture of what's going on in the system to be
+cheaply taken, but on the other hand, that cheapness limits its utility
+when that data suggests a need to 'dive down' more deeply to discover
+what's really going on. In such cases, the only way to see what's really
+going on is to be able to look at (or summarize more intelligently) the
+individual steps that go into the higher-level behavior exposed by the
+coarse-grained profiling data.
+
+As a concrete example, we can trace all the events we think might be
+applicable to our workload: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf record -g -e skb:* -e net:* -e napi:* -e sched:sched_switch -e sched:sched_wakeup -e irq:*
+ -e syscalls:sys_enter_read -e syscalls:sys_exit_read -e syscalls:sys_enter_write -e syscalls:sys_exit_write
+ wget http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/mirror/sources/linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2
+
+We can look at the raw trace output using 'perf script' with no
+arguments: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf script
+
+ perf 1262 [000] 11624.857082: sys_exit_read: 0x0
+ perf 1262 [000] 11624.857193: sched_wakeup: comm=migration/0 pid=6 prio=0 success=1 target_cpu=000
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.858021: softirq_raise: vec=1 [action=TIMER]
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.858074: softirq_entry: vec=1 [action=TIMER]
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.858081: softirq_exit: vec=1 [action=TIMER]
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.858166: sys_enter_read: fd: 0x0003, buf: 0xbf82c940, count: 0x0200
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.858177: sys_exit_read: 0x200
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.858878: kfree_skb: skbaddr=0xeb248d80 protocol=0 location=0xc15a5308
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.858945: kfree_skb: skbaddr=0xeb248000 protocol=0 location=0xc15a5308
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.859020: softirq_raise: vec=1 [action=TIMER]
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.859076: softirq_entry: vec=1 [action=TIMER]
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.859083: softirq_exit: vec=1 [action=TIMER]
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.859167: sys_enter_read: fd: 0x0003, buf: 0xb7720000, count: 0x0400
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.859192: sys_exit_read: 0x1d7
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.859228: sys_enter_read: fd: 0x0003, buf: 0xb7720000, count: 0x0400
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.859233: sys_exit_read: 0x0
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.859573: sys_enter_read: fd: 0x0003, buf: 0xbf82c580, count: 0x0200
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.859584: sys_exit_read: 0x200
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.859864: sys_enter_read: fd: 0x0003, buf: 0xb7720000, count: 0x0400
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.859888: sys_exit_read: 0x400
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.859935: sys_enter_read: fd: 0x0003, buf: 0xb7720000, count: 0x0400
+ wget 1262 [001] 11624.859944: sys_exit_read: 0x400
+
+This gives us a detailed timestamped sequence of events that occurred within the
+workload with respect to those events.
+
+In many ways, profiling can be viewed as a subset of tracing -
+theoretically, if you have a set of trace events that's sufficient to
+capture all the important aspects of a workload, you can derive any of
+the results or views that a profiling run can.
+
+Another aspect of traditional profiling is that while powerful in many
+ways, it's limited by the granularity of the underlying data. Profiling
+tools offer various ways of sorting and presenting the sample data,
+which make it much more useful and amenable to user experimentation, but
+in the end it can't be used in an open-ended way to extract data that
+just isn't present as a consequence of the fact that conceptually, most
+of it has been thrown away.
+
+Full-blown detailed tracing data does however offer the opportunity to
+manipulate and present the information collected during a tracing run in
+an infinite variety of ways.
+
+Another way to look at it is that there are only so many ways that the
+'primitive' counters can be used on their own to generate interesting
+output; to get anything more complicated than simple counts requires
+some amount of additional logic, which is typically very specific to the
+problem at hand. For example, if we wanted to make use of a 'counter'
+that maps to the value of the time difference between when a process was
+scheduled to run on a processor and the time it actually ran, we
+wouldn't expect such a counter to exist on its own, but we could derive
+one called say 'wakeup_latency' and use it to extract a useful view of
+that metric from trace data. Likewise, we really can't figure out from
+standard profiling tools how much data every process on the system reads
+and writes, along with how many of those reads and writes fail
+completely. If we have sufficient trace data, however, we could with the
+right tools easily extract and present that information, but we'd need
+something other than pre-canned profiling tools to do that.
+
+Luckily, there is a general-purpose way to handle such needs, called
+'programming languages'. Making programming languages easily available
+to apply to such problems given the specific format of data is called a
+'programming language binding' for that data and language. Perf supports
+two programming language bindings, one for Python and one for Perl.
+
+.. admonition:: Tying it Together
+
+ Language bindings for manipulating and aggregating trace data are of
+ course not a new idea. One of the first projects to do this was IBM's
+ DProbes dpcc compiler, an ANSI C compiler which targeted a low-level
+ assembly language running on an in-kernel interpreter on the target
+ system. This is exactly analogous to what Sun's DTrace did, except
+ that DTrace invented its own language for the purpose. Systemtap,
+ heavily inspired by DTrace, also created its own one-off language,
+ but rather than running the product on an in-kernel interpreter,
+ created an elaborate compiler-based machinery to translate its
+ language into kernel modules written in C.
+
+Now that we have the trace data in perf.data, we can use 'perf script
+-g' to generate a skeleton script with handlers for the read/write
+entry/exit events we recorded: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf script -g python
+ generated Python script: perf-script.py
+
+The skeleton script simply creates a python function for each event type in the
+perf.data file. The body of each function simply prints the event name along
+with its parameters. For example:
+
+.. code-block:: python
+
+ def net__netif_rx(event_name, context, common_cpu,
+ common_secs, common_nsecs, common_pid, common_comm,
+ skbaddr, len, name):
+ print_header(event_name, common_cpu, common_secs, common_nsecs,
+ common_pid, common_comm)
+
+ print "skbaddr=%u, len=%u, name=%s\n" % (skbaddr, len, name),
+
+We can run that script directly to print all of the events contained in the
+perf.data file: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf script -s perf-script.py
+
+ in trace_begin
+ syscalls__sys_exit_read 0 11624.857082795 1262 perf nr=3, ret=0
+ sched__sched_wakeup 0 11624.857193498 1262 perf comm=migration/0, pid=6, prio=0, success=1, target_cpu=0
+ irq__softirq_raise 1 11624.858021635 1262 wget vec=TIMER
+ irq__softirq_entry 1 11624.858074075 1262 wget vec=TIMER
+ irq__softirq_exit 1 11624.858081389 1262 wget vec=TIMER
+ syscalls__sys_enter_read 1 11624.858166434 1262 wget nr=3, fd=3, buf=3213019456, count=512
+ syscalls__sys_exit_read 1 11624.858177924 1262 wget nr=3, ret=512
+ skb__kfree_skb 1 11624.858878188 1262 wget skbaddr=3945041280, location=3243922184, protocol=0
+ skb__kfree_skb 1 11624.858945608 1262 wget skbaddr=3945037824, location=3243922184, protocol=0
+ irq__softirq_raise 1 11624.859020942 1262 wget vec=TIMER
+ irq__softirq_entry 1 11624.859076935 1262 wget vec=TIMER
+ irq__softirq_exit 1 11624.859083469 1262 wget vec=TIMER
+ syscalls__sys_enter_read 1 11624.859167565 1262 wget nr=3, fd=3, buf=3077701632, count=1024
+ syscalls__sys_exit_read 1 11624.859192533 1262 wget nr=3, ret=471
+ syscalls__sys_enter_read 1 11624.859228072 1262 wget nr=3, fd=3, buf=3077701632, count=1024
+ syscalls__sys_exit_read 1 11624.859233707 1262 wget nr=3, ret=0
+ syscalls__sys_enter_read 1 11624.859573008 1262 wget nr=3, fd=3, buf=3213018496, count=512
+ syscalls__sys_exit_read 1 11624.859584818 1262 wget nr=3, ret=512
+ syscalls__sys_enter_read 1 11624.859864562 1262 wget nr=3, fd=3, buf=3077701632, count=1024
+ syscalls__sys_exit_read 1 11624.859888770 1262 wget nr=3, ret=1024
+ syscalls__sys_enter_read 1 11624.859935140 1262 wget nr=3, fd=3, buf=3077701632, count=1024
+ syscalls__sys_exit_read 1 11624.859944032 1262 wget nr=3, ret=1024
+
+That in itself isn't very useful; after all, we can accomplish pretty much the
+same thing by simply running 'perf script' without arguments in the same
+directory as the perf.data file.
+
+We can however replace the print statements in the generated function
+bodies with whatever we want, and thereby make it infinitely more
+useful.
+
+As a simple example, let's just replace the print statements in the
+function bodies with a simple function that does nothing but increment a
+per-event count. When the program is run against a perf.data file, each
+time a particular event is encountered, a tally is incremented for that
+event. For example:
+
+.. code-block:: python
+
+ def net__netif_rx(event_name, context, common_cpu,
+ common_secs, common_nsecs, common_pid, common_comm,
+ skbaddr, len, name):
+ inc_counts(event_name)
+
+Each event handler function in the generated code
+is modified to do this. For convenience, we define a common function
+called inc_counts() that each handler calls; inc_counts() simply tallies
+a count for each event using the 'counts' hash, which is a specialized
+hash function that does Perl-like autovivification, a capability that's
+extremely useful for kinds of multi-level aggregation commonly used in
+processing traces (see perf's documentation on the Python language
+binding for details):
+
+.. code-block:: python
+
+ counts = autodict()
+
+ def inc_counts(event_name):
+ try:
+ counts[event_name] += 1
+ except TypeError:
+ counts[event_name] = 1
+
+Finally, at the end of the trace processing run, we want to print the
+result of all the per-event tallies. For that, we use the special
+'trace_end()' function:
+
+.. code-block:: python
+
+ def trace_end():
+ for event_name, count in counts.iteritems():
+ print "%-40s %10s\n" % (event_name, count)
+
+The end result is a summary of all the events recorded in the trace: ::
+
+ skb__skb_copy_datagram_iovec 13148
+ irq__softirq_entry 4796
+ irq__irq_handler_exit 3805
+ irq__softirq_exit 4795
+ syscalls__sys_enter_write 8990
+ net__net_dev_xmit 652
+ skb__kfree_skb 4047
+ sched__sched_wakeup 1155
+ irq__irq_handler_entry 3804
+ irq__softirq_raise 4799
+ net__net_dev_queue 652
+ syscalls__sys_enter_read 17599
+ net__netif_receive_skb 1743
+ syscalls__sys_exit_read 17598
+ net__netif_rx 2
+ napi__napi_poll 1877
+ syscalls__sys_exit_write 8990
+
+Note that this is
+pretty much exactly the same information we get from 'perf stat', which
+goes a little way to support the idea mentioned previously that given
+the right kind of trace data, higher-level profiling-type summaries can
+be derived from it.
+
+Documentation on using the `'perf script' python
+binding <http://linux.die.net/man/1/perf-script-python>`__.
+
+System-Wide Tracing and Profiling
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The examples so far have focused on tracing a particular program or
+workload - in other words, every profiling run has specified the program
+to profile in the command-line e.g. 'perf record wget ...'.
+
+It's also possible, and more interesting in many cases, to run a
+system-wide profile or trace while running the workload in a separate
+shell.
+
+To do system-wide profiling or tracing, you typically use the -a flag to
+'perf record'.
+
+To demonstrate this, open up one window and start the profile using the
+-a flag (press Ctrl-C to stop tracing): ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf record -g -a
+ ^C[ perf record: Woken up 6 times to write data ]
+ [ perf record: Captured and wrote 1.400 MB perf.data (~61172 samples) ]
+
+In another window, run the wget test: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# wget http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/mirror/sources/linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2
+ Connecting to downloads.yoctoproject.org (140.211.169.59:80)
+ linux-2.6.19.2.tar.b 100% \|*******************************\| 41727k 0:00:00 ETA
+
+Here we see entries not only for our wget load, but for
+other processes running on the system as well:
+
+.. image:: figures/perf-systemwide.png
+ :align: center
+
+In the snapshot above, we can see callchains that originate in libc, and
+a callchain from Xorg that demonstrates that we're using a proprietary X
+driver in userspace (notice the presence of 'PVR' and some other
+unresolvable symbols in the expanded Xorg callchain).
+
+Note also that we have both kernel and userspace entries in the above
+snapshot. We can also tell perf to focus on userspace but providing a
+modifier, in this case 'u', to the 'cycles' hardware counter when we
+record a profile: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf record -g -a -e cycles:u
+ ^C[ perf record: Woken up 2 times to write data ]
+ [ perf record: Captured and wrote 0.376 MB perf.data (~16443 samples) ]
+
+.. image:: figures/perf-report-cycles-u.png
+ :align: center
+
+Notice in the screenshot above, we see only userspace entries ([.])
+
+Finally, we can press 'enter' on a leaf node and select the 'Zoom into
+DSO' menu item to show only entries associated with a specific DSO. In
+the screenshot below, we've zoomed into the 'libc' DSO which shows all
+the entries associated with the libc-xxx.so DSO.
+
+.. image:: figures/perf-systemwide-libc.png
+ :align: center
+
+We can also use the system-wide -a switch to do system-wide tracing.
+Here we'll trace a couple of scheduler events: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf record -a -e sched:sched_switch -e sched:sched_wakeup
+ ^C[ perf record: Woken up 38 times to write data ]
+ [ perf record: Captured and wrote 9.780 MB perf.data (~427299 samples) ]
+
+We can look at the raw output using 'perf script' with no arguments: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf script
+
+ perf 1383 [001] 6171.460045: sched_wakeup: comm=kworker/1:1 pid=21 prio=120 success=1 target_cpu=001
+ perf 1383 [001] 6171.460066: sched_switch: prev_comm=perf prev_pid=1383 prev_prio=120 prev_state=R+ ==> next_comm=kworker/1:1 next_pid=21 next_prio=120
+ kworker/1:1 21 [001] 6171.460093: sched_switch: prev_comm=kworker/1:1 prev_pid=21 prev_prio=120 prev_state=S ==> next_comm=perf next_pid=1383 next_prio=120
+ swapper 0 [000] 6171.468063: sched_wakeup: comm=kworker/0:3 pid=1209 prio=120 success=1 target_cpu=000
+ swapper 0 [000] 6171.468107: sched_switch: prev_comm=swapper/0 prev_pid=0 prev_prio=120 prev_state=R ==> next_comm=kworker/0:3 next_pid=1209 next_prio=120
+ kworker/0:3 1209 [000] 6171.468143: sched_switch: prev_comm=kworker/0:3 prev_pid=1209 prev_prio=120 prev_state=S ==> next_comm=swapper/0 next_pid=0 next_prio=120
+ perf 1383 [001] 6171.470039: sched_wakeup: comm=kworker/1:1 pid=21 prio=120 success=1 target_cpu=001
+ perf 1383 [001] 6171.470058: sched_switch: prev_comm=perf prev_pid=1383 prev_prio=120 prev_state=R+ ==> next_comm=kworker/1:1 next_pid=21 next_prio=120
+ kworker/1:1 21 [001] 6171.470082: sched_switch: prev_comm=kworker/1:1 prev_pid=21 prev_prio=120 prev_state=S ==> next_comm=perf next_pid=1383 next_prio=120
+ perf 1383 [001] 6171.480035: sched_wakeup: comm=kworker/1:1 pid=21 prio=120 success=1 target_cpu=001
+
+.. _perf-filtering:
+
+Filtering
+^^^^^^^^^
+
+Notice that there are a lot of events that don't really have anything to
+do with what we're interested in, namely events that schedule 'perf'
+itself in and out or that wake perf up. We can get rid of those by using
+the '--filter' option - for each event we specify using -e, we can add a
+--filter after that to filter out trace events that contain fields with
+specific values: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf record -a -e sched:sched_switch --filter 'next_comm != perf && prev_comm != perf' -e sched:sched_wakeup --filter 'comm != perf'
+ ^C[ perf record: Woken up 38 times to write data ]
+ [ perf record: Captured and wrote 9.688 MB perf.data (~423279 samples) ]
+
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf script
+
+ swapper 0 [000] 7932.162180: sched_switch: prev_comm=swapper/0 prev_pid=0 prev_prio=120 prev_state=R ==> next_comm=kworker/0:3 next_pid=1209 next_prio=120
+ kworker/0:3 1209 [000] 7932.162236: sched_switch: prev_comm=kworker/0:3 prev_pid=1209 prev_prio=120 prev_state=S ==> next_comm=swapper/0 next_pid=0 next_prio=120
+ perf 1407 [001] 7932.170048: sched_wakeup: comm=kworker/1:1 pid=21 prio=120 success=1 target_cpu=001
+ perf 1407 [001] 7932.180044: sched_wakeup: comm=kworker/1:1 pid=21 prio=120 success=1 target_cpu=001
+ perf 1407 [001] 7932.190038: sched_wakeup: comm=kworker/1:1 pid=21 prio=120 success=1 target_cpu=001
+ perf 1407 [001] 7932.200044: sched_wakeup: comm=kworker/1:1 pid=21 prio=120 success=1 target_cpu=001
+ perf 1407 [001] 7932.210044: sched_wakeup: comm=kworker/1:1 pid=21 prio=120 success=1 target_cpu=001
+ perf 1407 [001] 7932.220044: sched_wakeup: comm=kworker/1:1 pid=21 prio=120 success=1 target_cpu=001
+ swapper 0 [001] 7932.230111: sched_wakeup: comm=kworker/1:1 pid=21 prio=120 success=1 target_cpu=001
+ swapper 0 [001] 7932.230146: sched_switch: prev_comm=swapper/1 prev_pid=0 prev_prio=120 prev_state=R ==> next_comm=kworker/1:1 next_pid=21 next_prio=120
+ kworker/1:1 21 [001] 7932.230205: sched_switch: prev_comm=kworker/1:1 prev_pid=21 prev_prio=120 prev_state=S ==> next_comm=swapper/1 next_pid=0 next_prio=120
+ swapper 0 [000] 7932.326109: sched_wakeup: comm=kworker/0:3 pid=1209 prio=120 success=1 target_cpu=000
+ swapper 0 [000] 7932.326171: sched_switch: prev_comm=swapper/0 prev_pid=0 prev_prio=120 prev_state=R ==> next_comm=kworker/0:3 next_pid=1209 next_prio=120
+ kworker/0:3 1209 [000] 7932.326214: sched_switch: prev_comm=kworker/0:3 prev_pid=1209 prev_prio=120 prev_state=S ==> next_comm=swapper/0 next_pid=0 next_prio=120
+
+In this case, we've filtered out all events that have
+'perf' in their 'comm' or 'comm_prev' or 'comm_next' fields. Notice that
+there are still events recorded for perf, but notice that those events
+don't have values of 'perf' for the filtered fields. To completely
+filter out anything from perf will require a bit more work, but for the
+purpose of demonstrating how to use filters, it's close enough.
+
+.. admonition:: Tying it Together
+
+ These are exactly the same set of event filters defined by the trace
+ event subsystem. See the ftrace/tracecmd/kernelshark section for more
+ discussion about these event filters.
+
+.. admonition:: Tying it Together
+
+ These event filters are implemented by a special-purpose
+ pseudo-interpreter in the kernel and are an integral and
+ indispensable part of the perf design as it relates to tracing.
+ kernel-based event filters provide a mechanism to precisely throttle
+ the event stream that appears in user space, where it makes sense to
+ provide bindings to real programming languages for postprocessing the
+ event stream. This architecture allows for the intelligent and
+ flexible partitioning of processing between the kernel and user
+ space. Contrast this with other tools such as SystemTap, which does
+ all of its processing in the kernel and as such requires a special
+ project-defined language in order to accommodate that design, or
+ LTTng, where everything is sent to userspace and as such requires a
+ super-efficient kernel-to-userspace transport mechanism in order to
+ function properly. While perf certainly can benefit from for instance
+ advances in the design of the transport, it doesn't fundamentally
+ depend on them. Basically, if you find that your perf tracing
+ application is causing buffer I/O overruns, it probably means that
+ you aren't taking enough advantage of the kernel filtering engine.
+
+Using Dynamic Tracepoints
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+perf isn't restricted to the fixed set of static tracepoints listed by
+'perf list'. Users can also add their own 'dynamic' tracepoints anywhere
+in the kernel. For instance, suppose we want to define our own
+tracepoint on do_fork(). We can do that using the 'perf probe' perf
+subcommand: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf probe do_fork
+ Added new event:
+ probe:do_fork (on do_fork)
+
+ You can now use it in all perf tools, such as:
+
+ perf record -e probe:do_fork -aR sleep 1
+
+Adding a new tracepoint via
+'perf probe' results in an event with all the expected files and format
+in /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events, just the same as for static
+tracepoints (as discussed in more detail in the trace events subsystem
+section: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/probe/do_fork# ls -al
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Oct 28 11:42 .
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Oct 28 11:42 ..
+ -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Oct 28 11:42 enable
+ -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Oct 28 11:42 filter
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 0 Oct 28 11:42 format
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 0 Oct 28 11:42 id
+
+ root@crownbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/probe/do_fork# cat format
+ name: do_fork
+ ID: 944
+ format:
+ field:unsigned short common_type; offset:0; size:2; signed:0;
+ field:unsigned char common_flags; offset:2; size:1; signed:0;
+ field:unsigned char common_preempt_count; offset:3; size:1; signed:0;
+ field:int common_pid; offset:4; size:4; signed:1;
+ field:int common_padding; offset:8; size:4; signed:1;
+
+ field:unsigned long __probe_ip; offset:12; size:4; signed:0;
+
+ print fmt: "(%lx)", REC->__probe_ip
+
+We can list all dynamic tracepoints currently in
+existence: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf probe -l
+ probe:do_fork (on do_fork)
+ probe:schedule (on schedule)
+
+Let's record system-wide ('sleep 30' is a
+trick for recording system-wide but basically do nothing and then wake
+up after 30 seconds): ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf record -g -a -e probe:do_fork sleep 30
+ [ perf record: Woken up 1 times to write data ]
+ [ perf record: Captured and wrote 0.087 MB perf.data (~3812 samples) ]
+
+Using 'perf script' we can see each do_fork event that fired: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# perf script
+
+ # ========
+ # captured on: Sun Oct 28 11:55:18 2012
+ # hostname : crownbay
+ # os release : 3.4.11-yocto-standard
+ # perf version : 3.4.11
+ # arch : i686
+ # nrcpus online : 2
+ # nrcpus avail : 2
+ # cpudesc : Intel(R) Atom(TM) CPU E660 @ 1.30GHz
+ # cpuid : GenuineIntel,6,38,1
+ # total memory : 1017184 kB
+ # cmdline : /usr/bin/perf record -g -a -e probe:do_fork sleep 30
+ # event : name = probe:do_fork, type = 2, config = 0x3b0, config1 = 0x0, config2 = 0x0, excl_usr = 0, excl_kern
+ = 0, id = { 5, 6 }
+ # HEADER_CPU_TOPOLOGY info available, use -I to display
+ # ========
+ #
+ matchbox-deskto 1197 [001] 34211.378318: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ matchbox-deskto 1295 [001] 34211.380388: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ pcmanfm 1296 [000] 34211.632350: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ pcmanfm 1296 [000] 34211.639917: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ matchbox-deskto 1197 [001] 34217.541603: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ matchbox-deskto 1299 [001] 34217.543584: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ gthumb 1300 [001] 34217.697451: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ gthumb 1300 [001] 34219.085734: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ gthumb 1300 [000] 34219.121351: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ gthumb 1300 [001] 34219.264551: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ pcmanfm 1296 [000] 34219.590380: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ matchbox-deskto 1197 [001] 34224.955965: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ matchbox-deskto 1306 [001] 34224.957972: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ matchbox-termin 1307 [000] 34225.038214: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ matchbox-termin 1307 [001] 34225.044218: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ matchbox-termin 1307 [000] 34225.046442: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ matchbox-deskto 1197 [001] 34237.112138: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ matchbox-deskto 1311 [001] 34237.114106: do_fork: (c1028460)
+ gaku 1312 [000] 34237.202388: do_fork: (c1028460)
+
+And using 'perf report' on the same file, we can see the
+callgraphs from starting a few programs during those 30 seconds:
+
+.. image:: figures/perf-probe-do_fork-profile.png
+ :align: center
+
+.. admonition:: Tying it Together
+
+ The trace events subsystem accommodate static and dynamic tracepoints
+ in exactly the same way - there's no difference as far as the
+ infrastructure is concerned. See the ftrace section for more details
+ on the trace event subsystem.
+
+.. admonition:: Tying it Together
+
+ Dynamic tracepoints are implemented under the covers by kprobes and
+ uprobes. kprobes and uprobes are also used by and in fact are the
+ main focus of SystemTap.
+
+.. _perf-documentation:
+
+Perf Documentation
+------------------
+
+Online versions of the man pages for the commands discussed in this
+section can be found here:
+
+- The `'perf stat' manpage <http://linux.die.net/man/1/perf-stat>`__.
+
+- The `'perf record'
+ manpage <http://linux.die.net/man/1/perf-record>`__.
+
+- The `'perf report'
+ manpage <http://linux.die.net/man/1/perf-report>`__.
+
+- The `'perf probe' manpage <http://linux.die.net/man/1/perf-probe>`__.
+
+- The `'perf script'
+ manpage <http://linux.die.net/man/1/perf-script>`__.
+
+- Documentation on using the `'perf script' python
+ binding <http://linux.die.net/man/1/perf-script-python>`__.
+
+- The top-level `perf(1) manpage <http://linux.die.net/man/1/perf>`__.
+
+Normally, you should be able to invoke the man pages via perf itself
+e.g. 'perf help' or 'perf help record'.
+
+However, by default Yocto doesn't install man pages, but perf invokes
+the man pages for most help functionality. This is a bug and is being
+addressed by a Yocto bug: `Bug 3388 - perf: enable man pages for basic
+'help'
+functionality <https://bugzilla.yoctoproject.org/show_bug.cgi?id=3388>`__.
+
+The man pages in text form, along with some other files, such as a set
+of examples, can be found in the 'perf' directory of the kernel tree: ::
+
+ tools/perf/Documentation
+
+There's also a nice perf tutorial on the perf
+wiki that goes into more detail than we do here in certain areas: `Perf
+Tutorial <https://perf.wiki.kernel.org/index.php/Tutorial>`__
+
+.. _profile-manual-ftrace:
+
+ftrace
+======
+
+'ftrace' literally refers to the 'ftrace function tracer' but in reality
+this encompasses a number of related tracers along with the
+infrastructure that they all make use of.
+
+.. _ftrace-setup:
+
+ftrace Setup
+------------
+
+For this section, we'll assume you've already performed the basic setup
+outlined in the ":ref:`profile-manual/profile-manual-intro:General Setup`" section.
+
+ftrace, trace-cmd, and kernelshark run on the target system, and are
+ready to go out-of-the-box - no additional setup is necessary. For the
+rest of this section we assume you've ssh'ed to the host and will be
+running ftrace on the target. kernelshark is a GUI application and if
+you use the '-X' option to ssh you can have the kernelshark GUI run on
+the target but display remotely on the host if you want.
+
+Basic ftrace usage
+------------------
+
+'ftrace' essentially refers to everything included in the /tracing
+directory of the mounted debugfs filesystem (Yocto follows the standard
+convention and mounts it at /sys/kernel/debug). Here's a listing of all
+the files found in /sys/kernel/debug/tracing on a Yocto system: ::
+
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# ls
+ README kprobe_events trace
+ available_events kprobe_profile trace_clock
+ available_filter_functions options trace_marker
+ available_tracers per_cpu trace_options
+ buffer_size_kb printk_formats trace_pipe
+ buffer_total_size_kb saved_cmdlines tracing_cpumask
+ current_tracer set_event tracing_enabled
+ dyn_ftrace_total_info set_ftrace_filter tracing_on
+ enabled_functions set_ftrace_notrace tracing_thresh
+ events set_ftrace_pid
+ free_buffer set_graph_function
+
+The files listed above are used for various purposes
+- some relate directly to the tracers themselves, others are used to set
+tracing options, and yet others actually contain the tracing output when
+a tracer is in effect. Some of the functions can be guessed from their
+names, others need explanation; in any case, we'll cover some of the
+files we see here below but for an explanation of the others, please see
+the ftrace documentation.
+
+We'll start by looking at some of the available built-in tracers.
+
+cat'ing the 'available_tracers' file lists the set of available tracers: ::
+
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# cat available_tracers
+ blk function_graph function nop
+
+The 'current_tracer' file contains the tracer currently in effect: ::
+
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# cat current_tracer
+ nop
+
+The above listing of current_tracer shows that the
+'nop' tracer is in effect, which is just another way of saying that
+there's actually no tracer currently in effect.
+
+echo'ing one of the available_tracers into current_tracer makes the
+specified tracer the current tracer: ::
+
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# echo function > current_tracer
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# cat current_tracer
+ function
+
+The above sets the current tracer to be the 'function tracer'. This tracer
+traces every function call in the kernel and makes it available as the
+contents of the 'trace' file. Reading the 'trace' file lists the
+currently buffered function calls that have been traced by the function
+tracer: ::
+
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# cat trace | less
+
+ # tracer: function
+ #
+ # entries-in-buffer/entries-written: 310629/766471 #P:8
+ #
+ # _-----=> irqs-off
+ # / _----=> need-resched
+ # | / _---=> hardirq/softirq
+ # || / _--=> preempt-depth
+ # ||| / delay
+ # TASK-PID CPU# |||| TIMESTAMP FUNCTION
+ # | | | |||| | |
+ <idle>-0 [004] d..1 470.867169: ktime_get_real <-intel_idle
+ <idle>-0 [004] d..1 470.867170: getnstimeofday <-ktime_get_real
+ <idle>-0 [004] d..1 470.867171: ns_to_timeval <-intel_idle
+ <idle>-0 [004] d..1 470.867171: ns_to_timespec <-ns_to_timeval
+ <idle>-0 [004] d..1 470.867172: smp_apic_timer_interrupt <-apic_timer_interrupt
+ <idle>-0 [004] d..1 470.867172: native_apic_mem_write <-smp_apic_timer_interrupt
+ <idle>-0 [004] d..1 470.867172: irq_enter <-smp_apic_timer_interrupt
+ <idle>-0 [004] d..1 470.867172: rcu_irq_enter <-irq_enter
+ <idle>-0 [004] d..1 470.867173: rcu_idle_exit_common.isra.33 <-rcu_irq_enter
+ <idle>-0 [004] d..1 470.867173: local_bh_disable <-irq_enter
+ <idle>-0 [004] d..1 470.867173: add_preempt_count <-local_bh_disable
+ <idle>-0 [004] d.s1 470.867174: tick_check_idle <-irq_enter
+ <idle>-0 [004] d.s1 470.867174: tick_check_oneshot_broadcast <-tick_check_idle
+ <idle>-0 [004] d.s1 470.867174: ktime_get <-tick_check_idle
+ <idle>-0 [004] d.s1 470.867174: tick_nohz_stop_idle <-tick_check_idle
+ <idle>-0 [004] d.s1 470.867175: update_ts_time_stats <-tick_nohz_stop_idle
+ <idle>-0 [004] d.s1 470.867175: nr_iowait_cpu <-update_ts_time_stats
+ <idle>-0 [004] d.s1 470.867175: tick_do_update_jiffies64 <-tick_check_idle
+ <idle>-0 [004] d.s1 470.867175: _raw_spin_lock <-tick_do_update_jiffies64
+ <idle>-0 [004] d.s1 470.867176: add_preempt_count <-_raw_spin_lock
+ <idle>-0 [004] d.s2 470.867176: do_timer <-tick_do_update_jiffies64
+ <idle>-0 [004] d.s2 470.867176: _raw_spin_lock <-do_timer
+ <idle>-0 [004] d.s2 470.867176: add_preempt_count <-_raw_spin_lock
+ <idle>-0 [004] d.s3 470.867177: ntp_tick_length <-do_timer
+ <idle>-0 [004] d.s3 470.867177: _raw_spin_lock_irqsave <-ntp_tick_length
+ .
+ .
+ .
+
+Each line in the trace above shows what was happening in the kernel on a given
+cpu, to the level of detail of function calls. Each entry shows the function
+called, followed by its caller (after the arrow).
+
+The function tracer gives you an extremely detailed idea of what the
+kernel was doing at the point in time the trace was taken, and is a
+great way to learn about how the kernel code works in a dynamic sense.
+
+.. admonition:: Tying it Together
+
+ The ftrace function tracer is also available from within perf, as the
+ ftrace:function tracepoint.
+
+It is a little more difficult to follow the call chains than it needs to
+be - luckily there's a variant of the function tracer that displays the
+callchains explicitly, called the 'function_graph' tracer: ::
+
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# echo function_graph > current_tracer
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# cat trace | less
+
+ tracer: function_graph
+
+ CPU DURATION FUNCTION CALLS
+ | | | | | | |
+ 7) 0.046 us | pick_next_task_fair();
+ 7) 0.043 us | pick_next_task_stop();
+ 7) 0.042 us | pick_next_task_rt();
+ 7) 0.032 us | pick_next_task_fair();
+ 7) 0.030 us | pick_next_task_idle();
+ 7) | _raw_spin_unlock_irq() {
+ 7) 0.033 us | sub_preempt_count();
+ 7) 0.258 us | }
+ 7) 0.032 us | sub_preempt_count();
+ 7) + 13.341 us | } /* __schedule */
+ 7) 0.095 us | } /* sub_preempt_count */
+ 7) | schedule() {
+ 7) | __schedule() {
+ 7) 0.060 us | add_preempt_count();
+ 7) 0.044 us | rcu_note_context_switch();
+ 7) | _raw_spin_lock_irq() {
+ 7) 0.033 us | add_preempt_count();
+ 7) 0.247 us | }
+ 7) | idle_balance() {
+ 7) | _raw_spin_unlock() {
+ 7) 0.031 us | sub_preempt_count();
+ 7) 0.246 us | }
+ 7) | update_shares() {
+ 7) 0.030 us | __rcu_read_lock();
+ 7) 0.029 us | __rcu_read_unlock();
+ 7) 0.484 us | }
+ 7) 0.030 us | __rcu_read_lock();
+ 7) | load_balance() {
+ 7) | find_busiest_group() {
+ 7) 0.031 us | idle_cpu();
+ 7) 0.029 us | idle_cpu();
+ 7) 0.035 us | idle_cpu();
+ 7) 0.906 us | }
+ 7) 1.141 us | }
+ 7) 0.022 us | msecs_to_jiffies();
+ 7) | load_balance() {
+ 7) | find_busiest_group() {
+ 7) 0.031 us | idle_cpu();
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ 4) 0.062 us | msecs_to_jiffies();
+ 4) 0.062 us | __rcu_read_unlock();
+ 4) | _raw_spin_lock() {
+ 4) 0.073 us | add_preempt_count();
+ 4) 0.562 us | }
+ 4) + 17.452 us | }
+ 4) 0.108 us | put_prev_task_fair();
+ 4) 0.102 us | pick_next_task_fair();
+ 4) 0.084 us | pick_next_task_stop();
+ 4) 0.075 us | pick_next_task_rt();
+ 4) 0.062 us | pick_next_task_fair();
+ 4) 0.066 us | pick_next_task_idle();
+ ------------------------------------------
+ 4) kworker-74 => <idle>-0
+ ------------------------------------------
+
+ 4) | finish_task_switch() {
+ 4) | _raw_spin_unlock_irq() {
+ 4) 0.100 us | sub_preempt_count();
+ 4) 0.582 us | }
+ 4) 1.105 us | }
+ 4) 0.088 us | sub_preempt_count();
+ 4) ! 100.066 us | }
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ 3) | sys_ioctl() {
+ 3) 0.083 us | fget_light();
+ 3) | security_file_ioctl() {
+ 3) 0.066 us | cap_file_ioctl();
+ 3) 0.562 us | }
+ 3) | do_vfs_ioctl() {
+ 3) | drm_ioctl() {
+ 3) 0.075 us | drm_ut_debug_printk();
+ 3) | i915_gem_pwrite_ioctl() {
+ 3) | i915_mutex_lock_interruptible() {
+ 3) 0.070 us | mutex_lock_interruptible();
+ 3) 0.570 us | }
+ 3) | drm_gem_object_lookup() {
+ 3) | _raw_spin_lock() {
+ 3) 0.080 us | add_preempt_count();
+ 3) 0.620 us | }
+ 3) | _raw_spin_unlock() {
+ 3) 0.085 us | sub_preempt_count();
+ 3) 0.562 us | }
+ 3) 2.149 us | }
+ 3) 0.133 us | i915_gem_object_pin();
+ 3) | i915_gem_object_set_to_gtt_domain() {
+ 3) 0.065 us | i915_gem_object_flush_gpu_write_domain();
+ 3) 0.065 us | i915_gem_object_wait_rendering();
+ 3) 0.062 us | i915_gem_object_flush_cpu_write_domain();
+ 3) 1.612 us | }
+ 3) | i915_gem_object_put_fence() {
+ 3) 0.097 us | i915_gem_object_flush_fence.constprop.36();
+ 3) 0.645 us | }
+ 3) 0.070 us | add_preempt_count();
+ 3) 0.070 us | sub_preempt_count();
+ 3) 0.073 us | i915_gem_object_unpin();
+ 3) 0.068 us | mutex_unlock();
+ 3) 9.924 us | }
+ 3) + 11.236 us | }
+ 3) + 11.770 us | }
+ 3) + 13.784 us | }
+ 3) | sys_ioctl() {
+
+As you can see, the function_graph display is much easier
+to follow. Also note that in addition to the function calls and
+associated braces, other events such as scheduler events are displayed
+in context. In fact, you can freely include any tracepoint available in
+the trace events subsystem described in the next section by simply
+enabling those events, and they'll appear in context in the function
+graph display. Quite a powerful tool for understanding kernel dynamics.
+
+Also notice that there are various annotations on the left hand side of
+the display. For example if the total time it took for a given function
+to execute is above a certain threshold, an exclamation point or plus
+sign appears on the left hand side. Please see the ftrace documentation
+for details on all these fields.
+
+The 'trace events' Subsystem
+----------------------------
+
+One especially important directory contained within the
+/sys/kernel/debug/tracing directory is the 'events' subdirectory, which
+contains representations of every tracepoint in the system. Listing out
+the contents of the 'events' subdirectory, we see mainly another set of
+subdirectories: ::
+
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# cd events
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events# ls -al
+ drwxr-xr-x 38 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 .
+ drwxr-xr-x 5 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 ..
+ drwxr-xr-x 19 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 block
+ drwxr-xr-x 32 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 btrfs
+ drwxr-xr-x 5 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 drm
+ -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 enable
+ drwxr-xr-x 40 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 ext3
+ drwxr-xr-x 79 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 ext4
+ drwxr-xr-x 14 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 ftrace
+ drwxr-xr-x 8 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 hda
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 header_event
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 header_page
+ drwxr-xr-x 25 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 i915
+ drwxr-xr-x 7 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 irq
+ drwxr-xr-x 12 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 jbd
+ drwxr-xr-x 14 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 jbd2
+ drwxr-xr-x 14 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 kmem
+ drwxr-xr-x 7 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 module
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 napi
+ drwxr-xr-x 6 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 net
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 oom
+ drwxr-xr-x 12 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 power
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 printk
+ drwxr-xr-x 8 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 random
+ drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 raw_syscalls
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 rcu
+ drwxr-xr-x 6 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 rpm
+ drwxr-xr-x 20 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 sched
+ drwxr-xr-x 7 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 scsi
+ drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 signal
+ drwxr-xr-x 5 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 skb
+ drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 sock
+ drwxr-xr-x 10 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 sunrpc
+ drwxr-xr-x 538 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 syscalls
+ drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 task
+ drwxr-xr-x 14 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 timer
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 udp
+ drwxr-xr-x 21 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 vmscan
+ drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 vsyscall
+ drwxr-xr-x 6 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 workqueue
+ drwxr-xr-x 26 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 writeback
+
+Each one of these subdirectories
+corresponds to a 'subsystem' and contains yet again more subdirectories,
+each one of those finally corresponding to a tracepoint. For example,
+here are the contents of the 'kmem' subsystem: ::
+
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events# cd kmem
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem# ls -al
+ drwxr-xr-x 14 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 .
+ drwxr-xr-x 38 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 ..
+ -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 enable
+ -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 filter
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 kfree
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 kmalloc
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 kmalloc_node
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 kmem_cache_alloc
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 kmem_cache_alloc_node
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 kmem_cache_free
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 mm_page_alloc
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 mm_page_alloc_extfrag
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 mm_page_alloc_zone_locked
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 mm_page_free
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 mm_page_free_batched
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 mm_page_pcpu_drain
+
+Let's see what's inside the subdirectory for a
+specific tracepoint, in this case the one for kmalloc: ::
+
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem# cd kmalloc
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc# ls -al
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 .
+ drwxr-xr-x 14 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 ..
+ -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 enable
+ -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 filter
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 format
+ -r--r--r-- 1 root root 0 Nov 14 23:19 id
+
+The 'format' file for the
+tracepoint describes the event in memory, which is used by the various
+tracing tools that now make use of these tracepoint to parse the event
+and make sense of it, along with a 'print fmt' field that allows tools
+like ftrace to display the event as text. Here's what the format of the
+kmalloc event looks like: ::
+
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc# cat format
+ name: kmalloc
+ ID: 313
+ format:
+ field:unsigned short common_type; offset:0; size:2; signed:0;
+ field:unsigned char common_flags; offset:2; size:1; signed:0;
+ field:unsigned char common_preempt_count; offset:3; size:1; signed:0;
+ field:int common_pid; offset:4; size:4; signed:1;
+ field:int common_padding; offset:8; size:4; signed:1;
+
+ field:unsigned long call_site; offset:16; size:8; signed:0;
+ field:const void * ptr; offset:24; size:8; signed:0;
+ field:size_t bytes_req; offset:32; size:8; signed:0;
+ field:size_t bytes_alloc; offset:40; size:8; signed:0;
+ field:gfp_t gfp_flags; offset:48; size:4; signed:0;
+
+ print fmt: "call_site=%lx ptr=%p bytes_req=%zu bytes_alloc=%zu gfp_flags=%s", REC->call_site, REC->ptr, REC->bytes_req, REC->bytes_alloc,
+ (REC->gfp_flags) ? __print_flags(REC->gfp_flags, "|", {(unsigned long)(((( gfp_t)0x10u) | (( gfp_t)0x40u) | (( gfp_t)0x80u) | ((
+ gfp_t)0x20000u) | (( gfp_t)0x02u) | (( gfp_t)0x08u)) | (( gfp_t)0x4000u) | (( gfp_t)0x10000u) | (( gfp_t)0x1000u) | (( gfp_t)0x200u) | ((
+ gfp_t)0x400000u)), "GFP_TRANSHUGE"}, {(unsigned long)((( gfp_t)0x10u) | (( gfp_t)0x40u) | (( gfp_t)0x80u) | (( gfp_t)0x20000u) | ((
+ gfp_t)0x02u) | (( gfp_t)0x08u)), "GFP_HIGHUSER_MOVABLE"}, {(unsigned long)((( gfp_t)0x10u) | (( gfp_t)0x40u) | (( gfp_t)0x80u) | ((
+ gfp_t)0x20000u) | (( gfp_t)0x02u)), "GFP_HIGHUSER"}, {(unsigned long)((( gfp_t)0x10u) | (( gfp_t)0x40u) | (( gfp_t)0x80u) | ((
+ gfp_t)0x20000u)), "GFP_USER"}, {(unsigned long)((( gfp_t)0x10u) | (( gfp_t)0x40u) | (( gfp_t)0x80u) | (( gfp_t)0x80000u)), GFP_TEMPORARY"},
+ {(unsigned long)((( gfp_t)0x10u) | (( gfp_t)0x40u) | (( gfp_t)0x80u)), "GFP_KERNEL"}, {(unsigned long)((( gfp_t)0x10u) | (( gfp_t)0x40u)),
+ "GFP_NOFS"}, {(unsigned long)((( gfp_t)0x20u)), "GFP_ATOMIC"}, {(unsigned long)((( gfp_t)0x10u)), "GFP_NOIO"}, {(unsigned long)((
+ gfp_t)0x20u), "GFP_HIGH"}, {(unsigned long)(( gfp_t)0x10u), "GFP_WAIT"}, {(unsigned long)(( gfp_t)0x40u), "GFP_IO"}, {(unsigned long)((
+ gfp_t)0x100u), "GFP_COLD"}, {(unsigned long)(( gfp_t)0x200u), "GFP_NOWARN"}, {(unsigned long)(( gfp_t)0x400u), "GFP_REPEAT"}, {(unsigned
+ long)(( gfp_t)0x800u), "GFP_NOFAIL"}, {(unsigned long)(( gfp_t)0x1000u), "GFP_NORETRY"}, {(unsigned long)(( gfp_t)0x4000u), "GFP_COMP"},
+ {(unsigned long)(( gfp_t)0x8000u), "GFP_ZERO"}, {(unsigned long)(( gfp_t)0x10000u), "GFP_NOMEMALLOC"}, {(unsigned long)(( gfp_t)0x20000u),
+ "GFP_HARDWALL"}, {(unsigned long)(( gfp_t)0x40000u), "GFP_THISNODE"}, {(unsigned long)(( gfp_t)0x80000u), "GFP_RECLAIMABLE"}, {(unsigned
+ long)(( gfp_t)0x08u), "GFP_MOVABLE"}, {(unsigned long)(( gfp_t)0), "GFP_NOTRACK"}, {(unsigned long)(( gfp_t)0x400000u), "GFP_NO_KSWAPD"},
+ {(unsigned long)(( gfp_t)0x800000u), "GFP_OTHER_NODE"} ) : "GFP_NOWAIT"
+
+The 'enable' file
+in the tracepoint directory is what allows the user (or tools such as
+trace-cmd) to actually turn the tracepoint on and off. When enabled, the
+corresponding tracepoint will start appearing in the ftrace 'trace' file
+described previously. For example, this turns on the kmalloc tracepoint: ::
+
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc# echo 1 > enable
+
+At the moment, we're not interested in the function tracer or
+some other tracer that might be in effect, so we first turn it off, but
+if we do that, we still need to turn tracing on in order to see the
+events in the output buffer: ::
+
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# echo nop > current_tracer
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# echo 1 > tracing_on
+
+Now, if we look at the the 'trace' file, we see nothing
+but the kmalloc events we just turned on: ::
+
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# cat trace | less
+ # tracer: nop
+ #
+ # entries-in-buffer/entries-written: 1897/1897 #P:8
+ #
+ # _-----=> irqs-off
+ # / _----=> need-resched
+ # | / _---=> hardirq/softirq
+ # || / _--=> preempt-depth
+ # ||| / delay
+ # TASK-PID CPU# |||| TIMESTAMP FUNCTION
+ # | | | |||| | |
+ dropbear-1465 [000] ...1 18154.620753: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff816650d4 ptr=ffff8800729c3000 bytes_req=2048 bytes_alloc=2048 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL
+ <idle>-0 [000] ..s3 18154.621640: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81619b36 ptr=ffff88006d555800 bytes_req=512 bytes_alloc=512 gfp_flags=GFP_ATOMIC
+ <idle>-0 [000] ..s3 18154.621656: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81619b36 ptr=ffff88006d555800 bytes_req=512 bytes_alloc=512 gfp_flags=GFP_ATOMIC
+ matchbox-termin-1361 [001] ...1 18154.755472: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81614050 ptr=ffff88006d5f0e00 bytes_req=512 bytes_alloc=512 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL|GFP_REPEAT
+ Xorg-1264 [002] ...1 18154.755581: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff8141abe8 ptr=ffff8800734f4cc0 bytes_req=168 bytes_alloc=192 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL|GFP_NOWARN|GFP_NORETRY
+ Xorg-1264 [002] ...1 18154.755583: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff814192a3 ptr=ffff88001f822520 bytes_req=24 bytes_alloc=32 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL|GFP_ZERO
+ Xorg-1264 [002] ...1 18154.755589: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81419edb ptr=ffff8800721a2f00 bytes_req=64 bytes_alloc=64 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL|GFP_ZERO
+ matchbox-termin-1361 [001] ...1 18155.354594: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81614050 ptr=ffff88006db35400 bytes_req=576 bytes_alloc=1024 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL|GFP_REPEAT
+ Xorg-1264 [002] ...1 18155.354703: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff8141abe8 ptr=ffff8800734f4cc0 bytes_req=168 bytes_alloc=192 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL|GFP_NOWARN|GFP_NORETRY
+ Xorg-1264 [002] ...1 18155.354705: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff814192a3 ptr=ffff88001f822520 bytes_req=24 bytes_alloc=32 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL|GFP_ZERO
+ Xorg-1264 [002] ...1 18155.354711: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81419edb ptr=ffff8800721a2f00 bytes_req=64 bytes_alloc=64 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL|GFP_ZERO
+ <idle>-0 [000] ..s3 18155.673319: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81619b36 ptr=ffff88006d555800 bytes_req=512 bytes_alloc=512 gfp_flags=GFP_ATOMIC
+ dropbear-1465 [000] ...1 18155.673525: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff816650d4 ptr=ffff8800729c3000 bytes_req=2048 bytes_alloc=2048 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL
+ <idle>-0 [000] ..s3 18155.674821: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81619b36 ptr=ffff88006d554800 bytes_req=512 bytes_alloc=512 gfp_flags=GFP_ATOMIC
+ <idle>-0 [000] ..s3 18155.793014: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81619b36 ptr=ffff88006d554800 bytes_req=512 bytes_alloc=512 gfp_flags=GFP_ATOMIC
+ dropbear-1465 [000] ...1 18155.793219: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff816650d4 ptr=ffff8800729c3000 bytes_req=2048 bytes_alloc=2048 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL
+ <idle>-0 [000] ..s3 18155.794147: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81619b36 ptr=ffff88006d555800 bytes_req=512 bytes_alloc=512 gfp_flags=GFP_ATOMIC
+ <idle>-0 [000] ..s3 18155.936705: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81619b36 ptr=ffff88006d555800 bytes_req=512 bytes_alloc=512 gfp_flags=GFP_ATOMIC
+ dropbear-1465 [000] ...1 18155.936910: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff816650d4 ptr=ffff8800729c3000 bytes_req=2048 bytes_alloc=2048 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL
+ <idle>-0 [000] ..s3 18155.937869: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81619b36 ptr=ffff88006d554800 bytes_req=512 bytes_alloc=512 gfp_flags=GFP_ATOMIC
+ matchbox-termin-1361 [001] ...1 18155.953667: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81614050 ptr=ffff88006d5f2000 bytes_req=512 bytes_alloc=512 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL|GFP_REPEAT
+ Xorg-1264 [002] ...1 18155.953775: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff8141abe8 ptr=ffff8800734f4cc0 bytes_req=168 bytes_alloc=192 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL|GFP_NOWARN|GFP_NORETRY
+ Xorg-1264 [002] ...1 18155.953777: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff814192a3 ptr=ffff88001f822520 bytes_req=24 bytes_alloc=32 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL|GFP_ZERO
+ Xorg-1264 [002] ...1 18155.953783: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81419edb ptr=ffff8800721a2f00 bytes_req=64 bytes_alloc=64 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL|GFP_ZERO
+ <idle>-0 [000] ..s3 18156.176053: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81619b36 ptr=ffff88006d554800 bytes_req=512 bytes_alloc=512 gfp_flags=GFP_ATOMIC
+ dropbear-1465 [000] ...1 18156.176257: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff816650d4 ptr=ffff8800729c3000 bytes_req=2048 bytes_alloc=2048 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL
+ <idle>-0 [000] ..s3 18156.177717: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81619b36 ptr=ffff88006d555800 bytes_req=512 bytes_alloc=512 gfp_flags=GFP_ATOMIC
+ <idle>-0 [000] ..s3 18156.399229: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81619b36 ptr=ffff88006d555800 bytes_req=512 bytes_alloc=512 gfp_flags=GFP_ATOMIC
+ dropbear-1465 [000] ...1 18156.399434: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff816650d4 ptr=ffff8800729c3000 bytes_http://rostedt.homelinux.com/kernelshark/req=2048 bytes_alloc=2048 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL
+ <idle>-0 [000] ..s3 18156.400660: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81619b36 ptr=ffff88006d554800 bytes_req=512 bytes_alloc=512 gfp_flags=GFP_ATOMIC
+ matchbox-termin-1361 [001] ...1 18156.552800: kmalloc: call_site=ffffffff81614050 ptr=ffff88006db34800 bytes_req=576 bytes_alloc=1024 gfp_flags=GFP_KERNEL|GFP_REPEAT
+
+To again disable the kmalloc event, we need to send 0 to the enable file: ::
+
+ root@sugarbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/kmem/kmalloc# echo 0 > enable
+
+You can enable any number of events or complete subsystems (by
+using the 'enable' file in the subsystem directory) and get an
+arbitrarily fine-grained idea of what's going on in the system by
+enabling as many of the appropriate tracepoints as applicable.
+
+A number of the tools described in this HOWTO do just that, including
+trace-cmd and kernelshark in the next section.
+
+.. admonition:: Tying it Together
+
+ These tracepoints and their representation are used not only by
+ ftrace, but by many of the other tools covered in this document and
+ they form a central point of integration for the various tracers
+ available in Linux. They form a central part of the instrumentation
+ for the following tools: perf, lttng, ftrace, blktrace and SystemTap
+
+.. admonition:: Tying it Together
+
+ Eventually all the special-purpose tracers currently available in
+ /sys/kernel/debug/tracing will be removed and replaced with
+ equivalent tracers based on the 'trace events' subsystem.
+
+.. _trace-cmd-kernelshark:
+
+trace-cmd/kernelshark
+---------------------
+
+trace-cmd is essentially an extensive command-line 'wrapper' interface
+that hides the details of all the individual files in
+/sys/kernel/debug/tracing, allowing users to specify specific particular
+events within the /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/ subdirectory and to
+collect traces and avoid having to deal with those details directly.
+
+As yet another layer on top of that, kernelshark provides a GUI that
+allows users to start and stop traces and specify sets of events using
+an intuitive interface, and view the output as both trace events and as
+a per-CPU graphical display. It directly uses 'trace-cmd' as the
+plumbing that accomplishes all that underneath the covers (and actually
+displays the trace-cmd command it uses, as we'll see).
+
+To start a trace using kernelshark, first start kernelshark: ::
+
+ root@sugarbay:~# kernelshark
+
+Then bring up the 'Capture' dialog by
+choosing from the kernelshark menu: ::
+
+ Capture | Record
+
+That will display the following dialog, which allows you to choose one or more
+events (or even one or more complete subsystems) to trace:
+
+.. image:: figures/kernelshark-choose-events.png
+ :align: center
+
+Note that these are exactly the same sets of events described in the
+previous trace events subsystem section, and in fact is where trace-cmd
+gets them for kernelshark.
+
+In the above screenshot, we've decided to explore the graphics subsystem
+a bit and so have chosen to trace all the tracepoints contained within
+the 'i915' and 'drm' subsystems.
+
+After doing that, we can start and stop the trace using the 'Run' and
+'Stop' button on the lower right corner of the dialog (the same button
+will turn into the 'Stop' button after the trace has started):
+
+.. image:: figures/kernelshark-output-display.png
+ :align: center
+
+Notice that the right-hand pane shows the exact trace-cmd command-line
+that's used to run the trace, along with the results of the trace-cmd
+run.
+
+Once the 'Stop' button is pressed, the graphical view magically fills up
+with a colorful per-cpu display of the trace data, along with the
+detailed event listing below that:
+
+.. image:: figures/kernelshark-i915-display.png
+ :align: center
+
+Here's another example, this time a display resulting from tracing 'all
+events':
+
+.. image:: figures/kernelshark-all.png
+ :align: center
+
+The tool is pretty self-explanatory, but for more detailed information
+on navigating through the data, see the `kernelshark
+website <http://rostedt.homelinux.com/kernelshark/>`__.
+
+.. _ftrace-documentation:
+
+ftrace Documentation
+--------------------
+
+The documentation for ftrace can be found in the kernel Documentation
+directory: ::
+
+ Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt
+
+The documentation for the trace event subsystem can also be found in the kernel
+Documentation directory: ::
+
+ Documentation/trace/events.txt
+
+There is a nice series of articles on using ftrace and trace-cmd at LWN:
+
+- `Debugging the kernel using Ftrace - part
+ 1 <http://lwn.net/Articles/365835/>`__
+
+- `Debugging the kernel using Ftrace - part
+ 2 <http://lwn.net/Articles/366796/>`__
+
+- `Secrets of the Ftrace function
+ tracer <http://lwn.net/Articles/370423/>`__
+
+- `trace-cmd: A front-end for
+ Ftrace <https://lwn.net/Articles/410200/>`__
+
+There's more detailed documentation kernelshark usage here:
+`KernelShark <http://rostedt.homelinux.com/kernelshark/>`__
+
+An amusing yet useful README (a tracing mini-HOWTO) can be found in
+``/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/README``.
+
+.. _profile-manual-systemtap:
+
+systemtap
+=========
+
+SystemTap is a system-wide script-based tracing and profiling tool.
+
+SystemTap scripts are C-like programs that are executed in the kernel to
+gather/print/aggregate data extracted from the context they end up being
+invoked under.
+
+For example, this probe from the `SystemTap
+tutorial <http://sourceware.org/systemtap/tutorial/>`__ simply prints a
+line every time any process on the system open()s a file. For each line,
+it prints the executable name of the program that opened the file, along
+with its PID, and the name of the file it opened (or tried to open),
+which it extracts from the open syscall's argstr.
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ probe syscall.open
+ {
+ printf ("%s(%d) open (%s)\n", execname(), pid(), argstr)
+ }
+
+ probe timer.ms(4000) # after 4 seconds
+ {
+ exit ()
+ }
+
+Normally, to execute this
+probe, you'd simply install systemtap on the system you want to probe,
+and directly run the probe on that system e.g. assuming the name of the
+file containing the above text is trace_open.stp: ::
+
+ # stap trace_open.stp
+
+What systemtap does under the covers to run this probe is 1) parse and
+convert the probe to an equivalent 'C' form, 2) compile the 'C' form
+into a kernel module, 3) insert the module into the kernel, which arms
+it, and 4) collect the data generated by the probe and display it to the
+user.
+
+In order to accomplish steps 1 and 2, the 'stap' program needs access to
+the kernel build system that produced the kernel that the probed system
+is running. In the case of a typical embedded system (the 'target'), the
+kernel build system unfortunately isn't typically part of the image
+running on the target. It is normally available on the 'host' system
+that produced the target image however; in such cases, steps 1 and 2 are
+executed on the host system, and steps 3 and 4 are executed on the
+target system, using only the systemtap 'runtime'.
+
+The systemtap support in Yocto assumes that only steps 3 and 4 are run
+on the target; it is possible to do everything on the target, but this
+section assumes only the typical embedded use-case.
+
+So basically what you need to do in order to run a systemtap script on
+the target is to 1) on the host system, compile the probe into a kernel
+module that makes sense to the target, 2) copy the module onto the
+target system and 3) insert the module into the target kernel, which
+arms it, and 4) collect the data generated by the probe and display it
+to the user.
+
+.. _systemtap-setup:
+
+systemtap Setup
+---------------
+
+Those are a lot of steps and a lot of details, but fortunately Yocto
+includes a script called 'crosstap' that will take care of those
+details, allowing you to simply execute a systemtap script on the remote
+target, with arguments if necessary.
+
+In order to do this from a remote host, however, you need to have access
+to the build for the image you booted. The 'crosstap' script provides
+details on how to do this if you run the script on the host without
+having done a build: ::
+
+ $ crosstap root@192.168.1.88 trace_open.stp
+
+ Error: No target kernel build found.
+ Did you forget to create a local build of your image?
+
+ 'crosstap' requires a local sdk build of the target system
+ (or a build that includes 'tools-profile') in order to build
+ kernel modules that can probe the target system.
+
+ Practically speaking, that means you need to do the following:
+ - If you're running a pre-built image, download the release
+ and/or BSP tarballs used to build the image.
+ - If you're working from git sources, just clone the metadata
+ and BSP layers needed to build the image you'll be booting.
+ - Make sure you're properly set up to build a new image (see
+ the BSP README and/or the widely available basic documentation
+ that discusses how to build images).
+ - Build an -sdk version of the image e.g.:
+ $ bitbake core-image-sato-sdk
+ OR
+ - Build a non-sdk image but include the profiling tools:
+ [ edit local.conf and add 'tools-profile' to the end of
+ the EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES variable ]
+ $ bitbake core-image-sato
+
+ Once you've build the image on the host system, you're ready to
+ boot it (or the equivalent pre-built image) and use 'crosstap'
+ to probe it (you need to source the environment as usual first):
+
+ $ source oe-init-build-env
+ $ cd ~/my/systemtap/scripts
+ $ crosstap root@192.168.1.xxx myscript.stp
+
+.. note::
+
+ SystemTap, which uses 'crosstap', assumes you can establish an ssh
+ connection to the remote target. Please refer to the crosstap wiki
+ page for details on verifying ssh connections at
+ . Also, the ability to ssh into the target system is not enabled by
+ default in \*-minimal images.
+
+So essentially what you need to
+do is build an SDK image or image with 'tools-profile' as detailed in
+the ":ref:`profile-manual/profile-manual-intro:General Setup`" section of this
+manual, and boot the resulting target image.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If you have a build directory containing multiple machines, you need
+ to have the MACHINE you're connecting to selected in local.conf, and
+ the kernel in that machine's build directory must match the kernel on
+ the booted system exactly, or you'll get the above 'crosstap' message
+ when you try to invoke a script.
+
+Running a Script on a Target
+----------------------------
+
+Once you've done that, you should be able to run a systemtap script on
+the target: ::
+
+ $ cd /path/to/yocto
+ $ source oe-init-build-env
+
+ ### Shell environment set up for builds. ###
+
+ You can now run 'bitbake <target>'
+
+ Common targets are:
+ core-image-minimal
+ core-image-sato
+ meta-toolchain
+ meta-ide-support
+
+ You can also run generated qemu images with a command like 'runqemu qemux86-64'
+
+Once you've done that, you can cd to whatever
+directory contains your scripts and use 'crosstap' to run the script: ::
+
+ $ cd /path/to/my/systemap/script
+ $ crosstap root@192.168.7.2 trace_open.stp
+
+If you get an error connecting to the target e.g.: ::
+
+ $ crosstap root@192.168.7.2 trace_open.stp
+ error establishing ssh connection on remote 'root@192.168.7.2'
+
+Try ssh'ing to the target and see what happens: ::
+
+ $ ssh root@192.168.7.2
+
+A lot of the time, connection
+problems are due specifying a wrong IP address or having a 'host key
+verification error'.
+
+If everything worked as planned, you should see something like this
+(enter the password when prompted, or press enter if it's set up to use
+no password):
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ $ crosstap root@192.168.7.2 trace_open.stp
+ root@192.168.7.2's password:
+ matchbox-termin(1036) open ("/tmp/vte3FS2LW", O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL|O_LARGEFILE, 0600)
+ matchbox-termin(1036) open ("/tmp/vteJMC7LW", O_RDWR|O_CREAT|O_EXCL|O_LARGEFILE, 0600)
+
+.. _systemtap-documentation:
+
+systemtap Documentation
+-----------------------
+
+The SystemTap language reference can be found here: `SystemTap Language
+Reference <http://sourceware.org/systemtap/langref/>`__
+
+Links to other SystemTap documents, tutorials, and examples can be found
+here: `SystemTap documentation
+page <http://sourceware.org/systemtap/documentation.html>`__
+
+.. _profile-manual-sysprof:
+
+Sysprof
+=======
+
+Sysprof is a very easy to use system-wide profiler that consists of a
+single window with three panes and a few buttons which allow you to
+start, stop, and view the profile from one place.
+
+.. _sysprof-setup:
+
+Sysprof Setup
+-------------
+
+For this section, we'll assume you've already performed the basic setup
+outlined in the ":ref:`profile-manual/profile-manual-intro:General Setup`" section.
+
+Sysprof is a GUI-based application that runs on the target system. For
+the rest of this document we assume you've ssh'ed to the host and will
+be running Sysprof on the target (you can use the '-X' option to ssh and
+have the Sysprof GUI run on the target but display remotely on the host
+if you want).
+
+.. _sysprof-basic-usage:
+
+Basic Sysprof Usage
+-------------------
+
+To start profiling the system, you simply press the 'Start' button. To
+stop profiling and to start viewing the profile data in one easy step,
+press the 'Profile' button.
+
+Once you've pressed the profile button, the three panes will fill up
+with profiling data:
+
+.. image:: figures/sysprof-copy-to-user.png
+ :align: center
+
+The left pane shows a list of functions and processes. Selecting one of
+those expands that function in the right pane, showing all its callees.
+Note that this caller-oriented display is essentially the inverse of
+perf's default callee-oriented callchain display.
+
+In the screenshot above, we're focusing on ``__copy_to_user_ll()`` and
+looking up the callchain we can see that one of the callers of
+``__copy_to_user_ll`` is sys_read() and the complete callpath between them.
+Notice that this is essentially a portion of the same information we saw
+in the perf display shown in the perf section of this page.
+
+.. image:: figures/sysprof-copy-from-user.png
+ :align: center
+
+Similarly, the above is a snapshot of the Sysprof display of a
+copy-from-user callchain.
+
+Finally, looking at the third Sysprof pane in the lower left, we can see
+a list of all the callers of a particular function selected in the top
+left pane. In this case, the lower pane is showing all the callers of
+``__mark_inode_dirty``:
+
+.. image:: figures/sysprof-callers.png
+ :align: center
+
+Double-clicking on one of those functions will in turn change the focus
+to the selected function, and so on.
+
+.. admonition:: Tying it Together
+
+ If you like sysprof's 'caller-oriented' display, you may be able to
+ approximate it in other tools as well. For example, 'perf report' has
+ the -g (--call-graph) option that you can experiment with; one of the
+ options is 'caller' for an inverted caller-based callgraph display.
+
+.. _sysprof-documentation:
+
+Sysprof Documentation
+---------------------
+
+There doesn't seem to be any documentation for Sysprof, but maybe that's
+because it's pretty self-explanatory. The Sysprof website, however, is
+here: `Sysprof, System-wide Performance Profiler for
+Linux <http://sysprof.com/>`__
+
+LTTng (Linux Trace Toolkit, next generation)
+============================================
+
+.. _lttng-setup:
+
+LTTng Setup
+-----------
+
+For this section, we'll assume you've already performed the basic setup
+outlined in the ":ref:`profile-manual/profile-manual-intro:General Setup`" section.
+LTTng is run on the target system by ssh'ing to it.
+
+Collecting and Viewing Traces
+-----------------------------
+
+Once you've applied the above commits and built and booted your image
+(you need to build the core-image-sato-sdk image or use one of the other
+methods described in the ":ref:`profile-manual/profile-manual-intro:General Setup`" section), you're ready to start
+tracing.
+
+Collecting and viewing a trace on the target (inside a shell)
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+First, from the host, ssh to the target: ::
+
+ $ ssh -l root 192.168.1.47
+ The authenticity of host '192.168.1.47 (192.168.1.47)' can't be established.
+ RSA key fingerprint is 23:bd:c8:b1:a8:71:52:00:ee:00:4f:64:9e:10:b9:7e.
+ Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes
+ Warning: Permanently added '192.168.1.47' (RSA) to the list of known hosts.
+ root@192.168.1.47's password:
+
+Once on the target, use these steps to create a trace: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# lttng create
+ Spawning a session daemon
+ Session auto-20121015-232120 created.
+ Traces will be written in /home/root/lttng-traces/auto-20121015-232120
+
+Enable the events you want to trace (in this case all kernel events): ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# lttng enable-event --kernel --all
+ All kernel events are enabled in channel channel0
+
+Start the trace: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# lttng start
+ Tracing started for session auto-20121015-232120
+
+And then stop the trace after awhile or after running a particular workload that
+you want to trace: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# lttng stop
+ Tracing stopped for session auto-20121015-232120
+
+You can now view the trace in text form on the target: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# lttng view
+ [23:21:56.989270399] (+?.?????????) sys_geteuid: { 1 }, { }
+ [23:21:56.989278081] (+0.000007682) exit_syscall: { 1 }, { ret = 0 }
+ [23:21:56.989286043] (+0.000007962) sys_pipe: { 1 }, { fildes = 0xB77B9E8C }
+ [23:21:56.989321802] (+0.000035759) exit_syscall: { 1 }, { ret = 0 }
+ [23:21:56.989329345] (+0.000007543) sys_mmap_pgoff: { 1 }, { addr = 0x0, len = 10485760, prot = 3, flags = 131362, fd = 4294967295, pgoff = 0 }
+ [23:21:56.989351694] (+0.000022349) exit_syscall: { 1 }, { ret = -1247805440 }
+ [23:21:56.989432989] (+0.000081295) sys_clone: { 1 }, { clone_flags = 0x411, newsp = 0xB5EFFFE4, parent_tid = 0xFFFFFFFF, child_tid = 0x0 }
+ [23:21:56.989477129] (+0.000044140) sched_stat_runtime: { 1 }, { comm = "lttng-consumerd", tid = 1193, runtime = 681660, vruntime = 43367983388 }
+ [23:21:56.989486697] (+0.000009568) sched_migrate_task: { 1 }, { comm = "lttng-consumerd", tid = 1193, prio = 20, orig_cpu = 1, dest_cpu = 1 }
+ [23:21:56.989508418] (+0.000021721) hrtimer_init: { 1 }, { hrtimer = 3970832076, clockid = 1, mode = 1 }
+ [23:21:56.989770462] (+0.000262044) hrtimer_cancel: { 1 }, { hrtimer = 3993865440 }
+ [23:21:56.989771580] (+0.000001118) hrtimer_cancel: { 0 }, { hrtimer = 3993812192 }
+ [23:21:56.989776957] (+0.000005377) hrtimer_expire_entry: { 1 }, { hrtimer = 3993865440, now = 79815980007057, function = 3238465232 }
+ [23:21:56.989778145] (+0.000001188) hrtimer_expire_entry: { 0 }, { hrtimer = 3993812192, now = 79815980008174, function = 3238465232 }
+ [23:21:56.989791695] (+0.000013550) softirq_raise: { 1 }, { vec = 1 }
+ [23:21:56.989795396] (+0.000003701) softirq_raise: { 0 }, { vec = 1 }
+ [23:21:56.989800635] (+0.000005239) softirq_raise: { 0 }, { vec = 9 }
+ [23:21:56.989807130] (+0.000006495) sched_stat_runtime: { 1 }, { comm = "lttng-consumerd", tid = 1193, runtime = 330710, vruntime = 43368314098 }
+ [23:21:56.989809993] (+0.000002863) sched_stat_runtime: { 0 }, { comm = "lttng-sessiond", tid = 1181, runtime = 1015313, vruntime = 36976733240 }
+ [23:21:56.989818514] (+0.000008521) hrtimer_expire_exit: { 0 }, { hrtimer = 3993812192 }
+ [23:21:56.989819631] (+0.000001117) hrtimer_expire_exit: { 1 }, { hrtimer = 3993865440 }
+ [23:21:56.989821866] (+0.000002235) hrtimer_start: { 0 }, { hrtimer = 3993812192, function = 3238465232, expires = 79815981000000, softexpires = 79815981000000 }
+ [23:21:56.989822984] (+0.000001118) hrtimer_start: { 1 }, { hrtimer = 3993865440, function = 3238465232, expires = 79815981000000, softexpires = 79815981000000 }
+ [23:21:56.989832762] (+0.000009778) softirq_entry: { 1 }, { vec = 1 }
+ [23:21:56.989833879] (+0.000001117) softirq_entry: { 0 }, { vec = 1 }
+ [23:21:56.989838069] (+0.000004190) timer_cancel: { 1 }, { timer = 3993871956 }
+ [23:21:56.989839187] (+0.000001118) timer_cancel: { 0 }, { timer = 3993818708 }
+ [23:21:56.989841492] (+0.000002305) timer_expire_entry: { 1 }, { timer = 3993871956, now = 79515980, function = 3238277552 }
+ [23:21:56.989842819] (+0.000001327) timer_expire_entry: { 0 }, { timer = 3993818708, now = 79515980, function = 3238277552 }
+ [23:21:56.989854831] (+0.000012012) sched_stat_runtime: { 1 }, { comm = "lttng-consumerd", tid = 1193, runtime = 49237, vruntime = 43368363335 }
+ [23:21:56.989855949] (+0.000001118) sched_stat_runtime: { 0 }, { comm = "lttng-sessiond", tid = 1181, runtime = 45121, vruntime = 36976778361 }
+ [23:21:56.989861257] (+0.000005308) sched_stat_sleep: { 1 }, { comm = "kworker/1:1", tid = 21, delay = 9451318 }
+ [23:21:56.989862374] (+0.000001117) sched_stat_sleep: { 0 }, { comm = "kworker/0:0", tid = 4, delay = 9958820 }
+ [23:21:56.989868241] (+0.000005867) sched_wakeup: { 0 }, { comm = "kworker/0:0", tid = 4, prio = 120, success = 1, target_cpu = 0 }
+ [23:21:56.989869358] (+0.000001117) sched_wakeup: { 1 }, { comm = "kworker/1:1", tid = 21, prio = 120, success = 1, target_cpu = 1 }
+ [23:21:56.989877460] (+0.000008102) timer_expire_exit: { 1 }, { timer = 3993871956 }
+ [23:21:56.989878577] (+0.000001117) timer_expire_exit: { 0 }, { timer = 3993818708 }
+ .
+ .
+ .
+
+You can now safely destroy the trace
+session (note that this doesn't delete the trace - it's still there in
+~/lttng-traces): ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# lttng destroy
+ Session auto-20121015-232120 destroyed at /home/root
+
+Note that the trace is saved in a directory of the same name as returned by
+'lttng create', under the ~/lttng-traces directory (note that you can change this by
+supplying your own name to 'lttng create'): ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# ls -al ~/lttng-traces
+ drwxrwx--- 3 root root 1024 Oct 15 23:21 .
+ drwxr-xr-x 5 root root 1024 Oct 15 23:57 ..
+ drwxrwx--- 3 root root 1024 Oct 15 23:21 auto-20121015-232120
+
+Collecting and viewing a userspace trace on the target (inside a shell)
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+For LTTng userspace tracing, you need to have a properly instrumented
+userspace program. For this example, we'll use the 'hello' test program
+generated by the lttng-ust build.
+
+The 'hello' test program isn't installed on the rootfs by the lttng-ust
+build, so we need to copy it over manually. First cd into the build
+directory that contains the hello executable: ::
+
+ $ cd build/tmp/work/core2_32-poky-linux/lttng-ust/2.0.5-r0/git/tests/hello/.libs
+
+Copy that over to the target machine: ::
+
+ $ scp hello root@192.168.1.20:
+
+You now have the instrumented lttng 'hello world' test program on the
+target, ready to test.
+
+First, from the host, ssh to the target: ::
+
+ $ ssh -l root 192.168.1.47
+ The authenticity of host '192.168.1.47 (192.168.1.47)' can't be established.
+ RSA key fingerprint is 23:bd:c8:b1:a8:71:52:00:ee:00:4f:64:9e:10:b9:7e.
+ Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes
+ Warning: Permanently added '192.168.1.47' (RSA) to the list of known hosts.
+ root@192.168.1.47's password:
+
+Once on the target, use these steps to create a trace: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# lttng create
+ Session auto-20190303-021943 created.
+ Traces will be written in /home/root/lttng-traces/auto-20190303-021943
+
+Enable the events you want to trace (in this case all userspace events): ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# lttng enable-event --userspace --all
+ All UST events are enabled in channel channel0
+
+Start the trace: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# lttng start
+ Tracing started for session auto-20190303-021943
+
+Run the instrumented hello world program: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# ./hello
+ Hello, World!
+ Tracing... done.
+
+And then stop the trace after awhile or after running a particular workload
+that you want to trace: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# lttng stop
+ Tracing stopped for session auto-20190303-021943
+
+You can now view the trace in text form on the target: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# lttng view
+ [02:31:14.906146544] (+?.?????????) hello:1424 ust_tests_hello:tptest: { cpu_id = 1 }, { intfield = 0, intfield2 = 0x0, longfield = 0, netintfield = 0, netintfieldhex = 0x0, arrfield1 = [ [0] = 1, [1] = 2, [2] = 3 ], arrfield2 = "test", _seqfield1_length = 4, seqfield1 = [ [0] = 116, [1] = 101, [2] = 115, [3] = 116 ], _seqfield2_length = 4, seqfield2 = "test", stringfield = "test", floatfield = 2222, doublefield = 2, boolfield = 1 }
+ [02:31:14.906170360] (+0.000023816) hello:1424 ust_tests_hello:tptest: { cpu_id = 1 }, { intfield = 1, intfield2 = 0x1, longfield = 1, netintfield = 1, netintfieldhex = 0x1, arrfield1 = [ [0] = 1, [1] = 2, [2] = 3 ], arrfield2 = "test", _seqfield1_length = 4, seqfield1 = [ [0] = 116, [1] = 101, [2] = 115, [3] = 116 ], _seqfield2_length = 4, seqfield2 = "test", stringfield = "test", floatfield = 2222, doublefield = 2, boolfield = 1 }
+ [02:31:14.906183140] (+0.000012780) hello:1424 ust_tests_hello:tptest: { cpu_id = 1 }, { intfield = 2, intfield2 = 0x2, longfield = 2, netintfield = 2, netintfieldhex = 0x2, arrfield1 = [ [0] = 1, [1] = 2, [2] = 3 ], arrfield2 = "test", _seqfield1_length = 4, seqfield1 = [ [0] = 116, [1] = 101, [2] = 115, [3] = 116 ], _seqfield2_length = 4, seqfield2 = "test", stringfield = "test", floatfield = 2222, doublefield = 2, boolfield = 1 }
+ [02:31:14.906194385] (+0.000011245) hello:1424 ust_tests_hello:tptest: { cpu_id = 1 }, { intfield = 3, intfield2 = 0x3, longfield = 3, netintfield = 3, netintfieldhex = 0x3, arrfield1 = [ [0] = 1, [1] = 2, [2] = 3 ], arrfield2 = "test", _seqfield1_length = 4, seqfield1 = [ [0] = 116, [1] = 101, [2] = 115, [3] = 116 ], _seqfield2_length = 4, seqfield2 = "test", stringfield = "test", floatfield = 2222, doublefield = 2, boolfield = 1 }
+ .
+ .
+ .
+
+You can now safely destroy the trace session (note that this doesn't delete the
+trace - it's still there in ~/lttng-traces): ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# lttng destroy
+ Session auto-20190303-021943 destroyed at /home/root
+
+.. _lltng-documentation:
+
+LTTng Documentation
+-------------------
+
+You can find the primary LTTng Documentation on the `LTTng
+Documentation <https://lttng.org/docs/>`__ site. The documentation on
+this site is appropriate for intermediate to advanced software
+developers who are working in a Linux environment and are interested in
+efficient software tracing.
+
+For information on LTTng in general, visit the `LTTng
+Project <http://lttng.org/lttng2.0>`__ site. You can find a "Getting
+Started" link on this site that takes you to an LTTng Quick Start.
+
+.. _profile-manual-blktrace:
+
+blktrace
+========
+
+blktrace is a tool for tracing and reporting low-level disk I/O.
+blktrace provides the tracing half of the equation; its output can be
+piped into the blkparse program, which renders the data in a
+human-readable form and does some basic analysis:
+
+.. _blktrace-setup:
+
+blktrace Setup
+--------------
+
+For this section, we'll assume you've already performed the basic setup
+outlined in the ":ref:`profile-manual/profile-manual-intro:General Setup`"
+section.
+
+blktrace is an application that runs on the target system. You can run
+the entire blktrace and blkparse pipeline on the target, or you can run
+blktrace in 'listen' mode on the target and have blktrace and blkparse
+collect and analyze the data on the host (see the
+":ref:`profile-manual/profile-manual-usage:Using blktrace Remotely`" section
+below). For the rest of this section we assume you've ssh'ed to the host and
+will be running blkrace on the target.
+
+.. _blktrace-basic-usage:
+
+Basic blktrace Usage
+--------------------
+
+To record a trace, simply run the 'blktrace' command, giving it the name
+of the block device you want to trace activity on: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# blktrace /dev/sdc
+
+In another shell, execute a workload you want to trace. ::
+
+ root@crownbay:/media/sdc# rm linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2; wget http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/mirror/sources/linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2; sync
+ Connecting to downloads.yoctoproject.org (140.211.169.59:80)
+ linux-2.6.19.2.tar.b 100% \|*******************************\| 41727k 0:00:00 ETA
+
+Press Ctrl-C in the blktrace shell to stop the trace. It
+will display how many events were logged, along with the per-cpu file
+sizes (blktrace records traces in per-cpu kernel buffers and simply
+dumps them to userspace for blkparse to merge and sort later). ::
+
+ ^C=== sdc ===
+ CPU 0: 7082 events, 332 KiB data
+ CPU 1: 1578 events, 74 KiB data
+ Total: 8660 events (dropped 0), 406 KiB data
+
+If you examine the files saved to disk, you see multiple files, one per CPU and
+with the device name as the first part of the filename: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# ls -al
+ drwxr-xr-x 6 root root 1024 Oct 27 22:39 .
+ drwxr-sr-x 4 root root 1024 Oct 26 18:24 ..
+ -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 339938 Oct 27 22:40 sdc.blktrace.0
+ -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 75753 Oct 27 22:40 sdc.blktrace.1
+
+To view the trace events, simply invoke 'blkparse' in the directory
+containing the trace files, giving it the device name that forms the
+first part of the filenames: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# blkparse sdc
+
+ 8,32 1 1 0.000000000 1225 Q WS 3417048 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 2 0.000025213 1225 G WS 3417048 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 3 0.000033384 1225 P N [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 4 0.000043301 1225 I WS 3417048 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000057270 0 m N cfq1225 insert_request
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000064813 0 m N cfq1225 add_to_rr
+ 8,32 1 5 0.000076336 1225 U N [jbd2/sdc-8] 1
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000088559 0 m N cfq workload slice:150
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000097359 0 m N cfq1225 set_active wl_prio:0 wl_type:1
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000104063 0 m N cfq1225 Not idling. st->count:1
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000112584 0 m N cfq1225 fifo= (null)
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000118730 0 m N cfq1225 dispatch_insert
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000127390 0 m N cfq1225 dispatched a request
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000133536 0 m N cfq1225 activate rq, drv=1
+ 8,32 1 6 0.000136889 1225 D WS 3417048 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 7 0.000360381 1225 Q WS 3417056 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 8 0.000377422 1225 G WS 3417056 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 9 0.000388876 1225 P N [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 10 0.000397886 1225 Q WS 3417064 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 11 0.000404800 1225 M WS 3417064 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 12 0.000412343 1225 Q WS 3417072 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 13 0.000416533 1225 M WS 3417072 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 14 0.000422121 1225 Q WS 3417080 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 15 0.000425194 1225 M WS 3417080 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 16 0.000431968 1225 Q WS 3417088 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 17 0.000435251 1225 M WS 3417088 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 18 0.000440279 1225 Q WS 3417096 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 19 0.000443911 1225 M WS 3417096 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 20 0.000450336 1225 Q WS 3417104 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 21 0.000454038 1225 M WS 3417104 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 22 0.000462070 1225 Q WS 3417112 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 23 0.000465422 1225 M WS 3417112 + 8 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 24 0.000474222 1225 I WS 3417056 + 64 [jbd2/sdc-8]
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000483022 0 m N cfq1225 insert_request
+ 8,32 1 25 0.000489727 1225 U N [jbd2/sdc-8] 1
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000498457 0 m N cfq1225 Not idling. st->count:1
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000503765 0 m N cfq1225 dispatch_insert
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000512914 0 m N cfq1225 dispatched a request
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000518851 0 m N cfq1225 activate rq, drv=2
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ 8,32 0 0 58.515006138 0 m N cfq3551 complete rqnoidle 1
+ 8,32 0 2024 58.516603269 3 C WS 3156992 + 16 [0]
+ 8,32 0 0 58.516626736 0 m N cfq3551 complete rqnoidle 1
+ 8,32 0 0 58.516634558 0 m N cfq3551 arm_idle: 8 group_idle: 0
+ 8,32 0 0 58.516636933 0 m N cfq schedule dispatch
+ 8,32 1 0 58.516971613 0 m N cfq3551 slice expired t=0
+ 8,32 1 0 58.516982089 0 m N cfq3551 sl_used=13 disp=6 charge=13 iops=0 sect=80
+ 8,32 1 0 58.516985511 0 m N cfq3551 del_from_rr
+ 8,32 1 0 58.516990819 0 m N cfq3551 put_queue
+
+ CPU0 (sdc):
+ Reads Queued: 0, 0KiB Writes Queued: 331, 26,284KiB
+ Read Dispatches: 0, 0KiB Write Dispatches: 485, 40,484KiB
+ Reads Requeued: 0 Writes Requeued: 0
+ Reads Completed: 0, 0KiB Writes Completed: 511, 41,000KiB
+ Read Merges: 0, 0KiB Write Merges: 13, 160KiB
+ Read depth: 0 Write depth: 2
+ IO unplugs: 23 Timer unplugs: 0
+ CPU1 (sdc):
+ Reads Queued: 0, 0KiB Writes Queued: 249, 15,800KiB
+ Read Dispatches: 0, 0KiB Write Dispatches: 42, 1,600KiB
+ Reads Requeued: 0 Writes Requeued: 0
+ Reads Completed: 0, 0KiB Writes Completed: 16, 1,084KiB
+ Read Merges: 0, 0KiB Write Merges: 40, 276KiB
+ Read depth: 0 Write depth: 2
+ IO unplugs: 30 Timer unplugs: 1
+
+ Total (sdc):
+ Reads Queued: 0, 0KiB Writes Queued: 580, 42,084KiB
+ Read Dispatches: 0, 0KiB Write Dispatches: 527, 42,084KiB
+ Reads Requeued: 0 Writes Requeued: 0
+ Reads Completed: 0, 0KiB Writes Completed: 527, 42,084KiB
+ Read Merges: 0, 0KiB Write Merges: 53, 436KiB
+ IO unplugs: 53 Timer unplugs: 1
+
+ Throughput (R/W): 0KiB/s / 719KiB/s
+ Events (sdc): 6,592 entries
+ Skips: 0 forward (0 - 0.0%)
+ Input file sdc.blktrace.0 added
+ Input file sdc.blktrace.1 added
+
+The report shows each event that was
+found in the blktrace data, along with a summary of the overall block
+I/O traffic during the run. You can look at the
+`blkparse <http://linux.die.net/man/1/blkparse>`__ manpage to learn the
+meaning of each field displayed in the trace listing.
+
+.. _blktrace-live-mode:
+
+Live Mode
+~~~~~~~~~
+
+blktrace and blkparse are designed from the ground up to be able to
+operate together in a 'pipe mode' where the stdout of blktrace can be
+fed directly into the stdin of blkparse: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# blktrace /dev/sdc -o - | blkparse -i -
+
+This enables long-lived tracing sessions
+to run without writing anything to disk, and allows the user to look for
+certain conditions in the trace data in 'real-time' by viewing the trace
+output as it scrolls by on the screen or by passing it along to yet
+another program in the pipeline such as grep which can be used to
+identify and capture conditions of interest.
+
+There's actually another blktrace command that implements the above
+pipeline as a single command, so the user doesn't have to bother typing
+in the above command sequence: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# btrace /dev/sdc
+
+Using blktrace Remotely
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Because blktrace traces block I/O and at the same time normally writes
+its trace data to a block device, and in general because it's not really
+a great idea to make the device being traced the same as the device the
+tracer writes to, blktrace provides a way to trace without perturbing
+the traced device at all by providing native support for sending all
+trace data over the network.
+
+To have blktrace operate in this mode, start blktrace on the target
+system being traced with the -l option, along with the device to trace: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:~# blktrace -l /dev/sdc
+ server: waiting for connections...
+
+On the host system, use the -h option to connect to the target system,
+also passing it the device to trace: ::
+
+ $ blktrace -d /dev/sdc -h 192.168.1.43
+ blktrace: connecting to 192.168.1.43
+ blktrace: connected!
+
+On the target system, you should see this: ::
+
+ server: connection from 192.168.1.43
+
+In another shell, execute a workload you want to trace. ::
+
+ root@crownbay:/media/sdc# rm linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2; wget http://downloads.yoctoproject.org/mirror/sources/linux-2.6.19.2.tar.bz2; sync
+ Connecting to downloads.yoctoproject.org (140.211.169.59:80)
+ linux-2.6.19.2.tar.b 100% \|*******************************\| 41727k 0:00:00 ETA
+
+When it's done, do a Ctrl-C on the host system to stop the
+trace: ::
+
+ ^C=== sdc ===
+ CPU 0: 7691 events, 361 KiB data
+ CPU 1: 4109 events, 193 KiB data
+ Total: 11800 events (dropped 0), 554 KiB data
+
+On the target system, you should also see a trace summary for the trace
+just ended: ::
+
+ server: end of run for 192.168.1.43:sdc
+ === sdc ===
+ CPU 0: 7691 events, 361 KiB data
+ CPU 1: 4109 events, 193 KiB data
+ Total: 11800 events (dropped 0), 554 KiB data
+
+The blktrace instance on the host will
+save the target output inside a hostname-timestamp directory: ::
+
+ $ ls -al
+ drwxr-xr-x 10 root root 1024 Oct 28 02:40 .
+ drwxr-sr-x 4 root root 1024 Oct 26 18:24 ..
+ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 1024 Oct 28 02:40 192.168.1.43-2012-10-28-02:40:56
+
+cd into that directory to see the output files: ::
+
+ $ ls -l
+ -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 369193 Oct 28 02:44 sdc.blktrace.0
+ -rw-r--r-- 1 root root 197278 Oct 28 02:44 sdc.blktrace.1
+
+And run blkparse on the host system using the device name: ::
+
+ $ blkparse sdc
+
+ 8,32 1 1 0.000000000 1263 Q RM 6016 + 8 [ls]
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000036038 0 m N cfq1263 alloced
+ 8,32 1 2 0.000039390 1263 G RM 6016 + 8 [ls]
+ 8,32 1 3 0.000049168 1263 I RM 6016 + 8 [ls]
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000056152 0 m N cfq1263 insert_request
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000061600 0 m N cfq1263 add_to_rr
+ 8,32 1 0 0.000075498 0 m N cfq workload slice:300
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ 8,32 0 0 177.266385696 0 m N cfq1267 arm_idle: 8 group_idle: 0
+ 8,32 0 0 177.266388140 0 m N cfq schedule dispatch
+ 8,32 1 0 177.266679239 0 m N cfq1267 slice expired t=0
+ 8,32 1 0 177.266689297 0 m N cfq1267 sl_used=9 disp=6 charge=9 iops=0 sect=56
+ 8,32 1 0 177.266692649 0 m N cfq1267 del_from_rr
+ 8,32 1 0 177.266696560 0 m N cfq1267 put_queue
+
+ CPU0 (sdc):
+ Reads Queued: 0, 0KiB Writes Queued: 270, 21,708KiB
+ Read Dispatches: 59, 2,628KiB Write Dispatches: 495, 39,964KiB
+ Reads Requeued: 0 Writes Requeued: 0
+ Reads Completed: 90, 2,752KiB Writes Completed: 543, 41,596KiB
+ Read Merges: 0, 0KiB Write Merges: 9, 344KiB
+ Read depth: 2 Write depth: 2
+ IO unplugs: 20 Timer unplugs: 1
+ CPU1 (sdc):
+ Reads Queued: 688, 2,752KiB Writes Queued: 381, 20,652KiB
+ Read Dispatches: 31, 124KiB Write Dispatches: 59, 2,396KiB
+ Reads Requeued: 0 Writes Requeued: 0
+ Reads Completed: 0, 0KiB Writes Completed: 11, 764KiB
+ Read Merges: 598, 2,392KiB Write Merges: 88, 448KiB
+ Read depth: 2 Write depth: 2
+ IO unplugs: 52 Timer unplugs: 0
+
+ Total (sdc):
+ Reads Queued: 688, 2,752KiB Writes Queued: 651, 42,360KiB
+ Read Dispatches: 90, 2,752KiB Write Dispatches: 554, 42,360KiB
+ Reads Requeued: 0 Writes Requeued: 0
+ Reads Completed: 90, 2,752KiB Writes Completed: 554, 42,360KiB
+ Read Merges: 598, 2,392KiB Write Merges: 97, 792KiB
+ IO unplugs: 72 Timer unplugs: 1
+
+ Throughput (R/W): 15KiB/s / 238KiB/s
+ Events (sdc): 9,301 entries
+ Skips: 0 forward (0 - 0.0%)
+
+You should see the trace events and summary just as you would have if you'd run
+the same command on the target.
+
+Tracing Block I/O via 'ftrace'
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+It's also possible to trace block I/O using only
+:ref:`profile-manual/profile-manual-usage:The 'trace events' Subsystem`, which
+can be useful for casual tracing if you don't want to bother dealing with the
+userspace tools.
+
+To enable tracing for a given device, use /sys/block/xxx/trace/enable,
+where xxx is the device name. This for example enables tracing for
+/dev/sdc: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# echo 1 > /sys/block/sdc/trace/enable
+
+Once you've selected the device(s) you want
+to trace, selecting the 'blk' tracer will turn the blk tracer on: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# cat available_tracers
+ blk function_graph function nop
+
+ root@crownbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# echo blk > current_tracer
+
+Execute the workload you're interested in: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# cat /media/sdc/testfile.txt
+
+And look at the output (note here that we're using 'trace_pipe' instead of
+trace to capture this trace - this allows us to wait around on the pipe
+for data to appear): ::
+
+ root@crownbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# cat trace_pipe
+ cat-3587 [001] d..1 3023.276361: 8,32 Q R 1699848 + 8 [cat]
+ cat-3587 [001] d..1 3023.276410: 8,32 m N cfq3587 alloced
+ cat-3587 [001] d..1 3023.276415: 8,32 G R 1699848 + 8 [cat]
+ cat-3587 [001] d..1 3023.276424: 8,32 P N [cat]
+ cat-3587 [001] d..2 3023.276432: 8,32 I R 1699848 + 8 [cat]
+ cat-3587 [001] d..1 3023.276439: 8,32 m N cfq3587 insert_request
+ cat-3587 [001] d..1 3023.276445: 8,32 m N cfq3587 add_to_rr
+ cat-3587 [001] d..2 3023.276454: 8,32 U N [cat] 1
+ cat-3587 [001] d..1 3023.276464: 8,32 m N cfq workload slice:150
+ cat-3587 [001] d..1 3023.276471: 8,32 m N cfq3587 set_active wl_prio:0 wl_type:2
+ cat-3587 [001] d..1 3023.276478: 8,32 m N cfq3587 fifo= (null)
+ cat-3587 [001] d..1 3023.276483: 8,32 m N cfq3587 dispatch_insert
+ cat-3587 [001] d..1 3023.276490: 8,32 m N cfq3587 dispatched a request
+ cat-3587 [001] d..1 3023.276497: 8,32 m N cfq3587 activate rq, drv=1
+ cat-3587 [001] d..2 3023.276500: 8,32 D R 1699848 + 8 [cat]
+
+And this turns off tracing for the specified device: ::
+
+ root@crownbay:/sys/kernel/debug/tracing# echo 0 > /sys/block/sdc/trace/enable
+
+.. _blktrace-documentation:
+
+blktrace Documentation
+----------------------
+
+Online versions of the man pages for the commands discussed in this
+section can be found here:
+
+- http://linux.die.net/man/8/blktrace
+
+- http://linux.die.net/man/1/blkparse
+
+- http://linux.die.net/man/8/btrace
+
+The above manpages, along with manpages for the other blktrace utilities
+(btt, blkiomon, etc) can be found in the /doc directory of the blktrace
+tools git repo: ::
+
+ $ git clone git://git.kernel.dk/blktrace.git
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/profile-manual.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/profile-manual.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ec5b9e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/profile-manual/profile-manual.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+==========================================
+Yocto Project Profiling and Tracing Manual
+==========================================
+
+|
+
+.. toctree::
+ :caption: Table of Contents
+ :numbered:
+
+ profile-manual-intro
+ profile-manual-arch
+ profile-manual-usage
+ profile-manual-examples
+ history
+
+.. include:: /boilerplate.rst
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/TODO b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/TODO
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ee0db97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/TODO
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+Handbook Todo List:
+
+ * Document adding a new IMAGE_FEATURE to the customising images section
+ * Add instructions about using zaurus/openmoko emulation
+ * Add component overview/block diagrams
+ * Software Deevelopment intro should mention its software development for
+ intended target and could be a different arch etc and thus special case.
+ * Expand insane.bbclass documentation to cover tests
+ * Document remaining classes (see list in ref-classes)
+ * Document formfactor
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/examples/hello-autotools/hello_2.10.bb b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/examples/hello-autotools/hello_2.10.bb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa2beb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/examples/hello-autotools/hello_2.10.bb
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+DESCRIPTION = "GNU Helloworld application"
+SECTION = "examples"
+LICENSE = "GPLv3"
+LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=d32239bcb673463ab874e80d47fae504"
+
+SRC_URI = "${GNU_MIRROR}/hello/hello-${PV}.tar.gz"
+SRC_URI[sha256sum] = "31e066137a962676e89f69d1b65382de95a7ef7d914b8cb956f41ea72e0f516b"
+
+inherit autotools-brokensep gettext
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/examples/hello-single/files/helloworld.c b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/examples/hello-single/files/helloworld.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc7169b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/examples/hello-single/files/helloworld.c
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+int main(void)
+{
+ printf("Hello world!\n");
+
+ return 0;
+}
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/examples/hello-single/hello.bb b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/examples/hello-single/hello.bb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0812743
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/examples/hello-single/hello.bb
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+DESCRIPTION = "Simple helloworld application"
+SECTION = "examples"
+LICENSE = "MIT"
+LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://${COMMON_LICENSE_DIR}/MIT;md5=0835ade698e0bcf8506ecda2f7b4f302"
+
+SRC_URI = "file://helloworld.c"
+
+S = "${WORKDIR}"
+
+do_compile() {
+ ${CC} helloworld.c -o helloworld
+}
+
+do_install() {
+ install -d ${D}${bindir}
+ install -m 0755 helloworld ${D}${bindir}
+}
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/examples/libxpm/libxpm_3.5.6.bb b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/examples/libxpm/libxpm_3.5.6.bb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c0c8986
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/examples/libxpm/libxpm_3.5.6.bb
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+require recipes-graphics/xorg-lib/xorg-lib-common.inc
+
+DESCRIPTION = "X11 Pixmap library"
+LICENSE = "X-BSD"
+LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=3e07763d16963c3af12db271a31abaa5"
+DEPENDS += "libxext"
+PR = "r2"
+PE = "1"
+
+XORG_PN = "libXpm"
+
+PACKAGES =+ "sxpm cxpm"
+FILES_cxpm = "${bindir}/cxpm"
+FILES_sxpm = "${bindir}/sxpm"
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/examples/mtd-makefile/mtd-utils_1.0.0.bb b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/examples/mtd-makefile/mtd-utils_1.0.0.bb
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5d05a43
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/examples/mtd-makefile/mtd-utils_1.0.0.bb
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+DESCRIPTION = "Tools for managing memory technology devices."
+SECTION = "base"
+DEPENDS = "zlib"
+HOMEPAGE = "http://www.linux-mtd.infradead.org/"
+LICENSE = "GPLv2"
+LIC_FILES_CHKSUM = "file://COPYING;md5=0636e73ff0215e8d672dc4c32c317bb3 \
+ file://include/common.h;beginline=1;endline=17;md5=ba05b07912a44ea2bf81ce409380049c"
+
+SRC_URI = "ftp://ftp.infradead.org/pub/mtd-utils/mtd-utils-${PV}.tar.gz"
+
+CFLAGS_prepend = "-I ${S}/include "
+
+do_install() {
+ oe_runmake install DESTDIR=${D}
+}
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/faq.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/faq.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8c2b34b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/faq.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,464 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+***
+FAQ
+***
+
+**Q:** How does Poky differ from :oe_home:`OpenEmbedded <>`?
+
+**A:** The term ``Poky`` refers to the specific reference build
+system that the Yocto Project provides. Poky is based on
+:term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` and :term:`BitBake`. Thus, the
+generic term used here for the build system is the "OpenEmbedded build
+system." Development in the Yocto Project using Poky is closely tied to
+OpenEmbedded, with changes always being merged to OE-Core or BitBake
+first before being pulled back into Poky. This practice benefits both
+projects immediately.
+
+**Q:** My development system does not meet the required Git, tar, and
+Python versions. In particular, I do not have Python 3.5.0 or greater.
+Can I still use the Yocto Project?
+
+**A:** You can get the required tools on your host development system a
+couple different ways (i.e. building a tarball or downloading a
+tarball). See the
+":ref:`ref-manual/ref-system-requirements:required git, tar, python and gcc versions`"
+section for steps on how to update your build tools.
+
+**Q:** How can you claim Poky / OpenEmbedded-Core is stable?
+
+**A:** There are three areas that help with stability;
+
+- The Yocto Project team keeps :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` small and
+ focused, containing around 830 recipes as opposed to the thousands
+ available in other OpenEmbedded community layers. Keeping it small
+ makes it easy to test and maintain.
+
+- The Yocto Project team runs manual and automated tests using a small,
+ fixed set of reference hardware as well as emulated targets.
+
+- The Yocto Project uses an autobuilder, which provides continuous
+ build and integration tests.
+
+**Q:** How do I get support for my board added to the Yocto Project?
+
+**A:** Support for an additional board is added by creating a Board
+Support Package (BSP) layer for it. For more information on how to
+create a BSP layer, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:understanding and creating layers`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual and the
+:doc:`../bsp-guide/bsp-guide`.
+
+Usually, if the board is not completely exotic, adding support in the
+Yocto Project is fairly straightforward.
+
+**Q:** Are there any products built using the OpenEmbedded build system?
+
+**A:** The software running on the `Vernier
+LabQuest <http://vernier.com/labquest/>`__ is built using the
+OpenEmbedded build system. See the `Vernier
+LabQuest <http://www.vernier.com/products/interfaces/labq/>`__ website
+for more information. There are a number of pre-production devices using
+the OpenEmbedded build system and the Yocto Project team announces them
+as soon as they are released.
+
+**Q:** What does the OpenEmbedded build system produce as output?
+
+**A:** Because you can use the same set of recipes to create output of
+various formats, the output of an OpenEmbedded build depends on how you
+start it. Usually, the output is a flashable image ready for the target
+device.
+
+**Q:** How do I add my package to the Yocto Project?
+
+**A:** To add a package, you need to create a BitBake recipe. For
+information on how to create a BitBake recipe, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:writing a new recipe`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+**Q:** Do I have to reflash my entire board with a new Yocto Project
+image when recompiling a package?
+
+**A:** The OpenEmbedded build system can build packages in various
+formats such as IPK for OPKG, Debian package (``.deb``), or RPM. You can
+then upgrade the packages using the package tools on the device, much
+like on a desktop distribution such as Ubuntu or Fedora. However,
+package management on the target is entirely optional.
+
+**Q:** I see the error
+'``chmod: XXXXX new permissions are r-xrwxrwx, not r-xr-xr-x``'. What is
+wrong?
+
+**A:** You are probably running the build on an NTFS filesystem. Use
+``ext2``, ``ext3``, or ``ext4`` instead.
+
+**Q:** I see lots of 404 responses for files when the OpenEmbedded build
+system is trying to download sources. Is something wrong?
+
+**A:** Nothing is wrong. The OpenEmbedded build system checks any
+configured source mirrors before downloading from the upstream sources.
+The build system does this searching for both source archives and
+pre-checked out versions of SCM-managed software. These checks help in
+large installations because it can reduce load on the SCM servers
+themselves. The address above is one of the default mirrors configured
+into the build system. Consequently, if an upstream source disappears,
+the team can place sources there so builds continue to work.
+
+**Q:** I have machine-specific data in a package for one machine only
+but the package is being marked as machine-specific in all cases, how do
+I prevent this?
+
+**A:** Set ``SRC_URI_OVERRIDES_PACKAGE_ARCH`` = "0" in the ``.bb`` file
+but make sure the package is manually marked as machine-specific for the
+case that needs it. The code that handles
+``SRC_URI_OVERRIDES_PACKAGE_ARCH`` is in the
+``meta/classes/base.bbclass`` file.
+
+**Q:** I'm behind a firewall and need to use a proxy server. How do I do
+that?
+
+**A:** Most source fetching by the OpenEmbedded build system is done by
+``wget`` and you therefore need to specify the proxy settings in a
+``.wgetrc`` file, which can be in your home directory if you are a
+single user or can be in ``/usr/local/etc/wgetrc`` as a global user
+file.
+
+Following is the applicable code for setting various proxy types in the
+``.wgetrc`` file. By default, these settings are disabled with comments.
+To use them, remove the comments: ::
+
+ # You can set the default proxies for Wget to use for http, https, and ftp.
+ # They will override the value in the environment.
+ #https_proxy = http://proxy.yoyodyne.com:18023/
+ #http_proxy = http://proxy.yoyodyne.com:18023/
+ #ftp_proxy = http://proxy.yoyodyne.com:18023/
+
+ # If you do not want to use proxy at all, set this to off.
+ #use_proxy = on
+
+The Yocto Project also includes a
+``meta-poky/conf/site.conf.sample`` file that shows how to configure CVS
+and Git proxy servers if needed. For more information on setting up
+various proxy types and configuring proxy servers, see the
+":yocto_wiki:`Working Behind a Network Proxy </wiki/Working_Behind_a_Network_Proxy>`"
+Wiki page.
+
+**Q:** What's the difference between target and target\ ``-native``?
+
+**A:** The ``*-native`` targets are designed to run on the system being
+used for the build. These are usually tools that are needed to assist
+the build in some way such as ``quilt-native``, which is used to apply
+patches. The non-native version is the one that runs on the target
+device.
+
+**Q:** I'm seeing random build failures. Help?!
+
+**A:** If the same build is failing in totally different and random
+ways, the most likely explanation is:
+
+- The hardware you are running the build on has some problem.
+
+- You are running the build under virtualization, in which case the
+ virtualization probably has bugs.
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system processes a massive amount of data that
+causes lots of network, disk and CPU activity and is sensitive to even
+single-bit failures in any of these areas. True random failures have
+always been traced back to hardware or virtualization issues.
+
+**Q:** When I try to build a native recipe, the build fails with
+``iconv.h`` problems.
+
+**A:** If you get an error message that indicates GNU ``libiconv`` is
+not in use but ``iconv.h`` has been included from ``libiconv``, you need
+to check to see if you have a previously installed version of the header
+file in ``/usr/local/include``.
+::
+
+ #error GNU libiconv not in use but included iconv.h is from libiconv
+
+If you find a previously installed
+file, you should either uninstall it or temporarily rename it and try
+the build again.
+
+This issue is just a single manifestation of "system leakage" issues
+caused when the OpenEmbedded build system finds and uses previously
+installed files during a native build. This type of issue might not be
+limited to ``iconv.h``. Be sure that leakage cannot occur from
+``/usr/local/include`` and ``/opt`` locations.
+
+**Q:** What do we need to ship for license compliance?
+
+**A:** This is a difficult question and you need to consult your lawyer
+for the answer for your specific case. It is worth bearing in mind that
+for GPL compliance, there needs to be enough information shipped to
+allow someone else to rebuild and produce the same end result you are
+shipping. This means sharing the source code, any patches applied to it,
+and also any configuration information about how that package was
+configured and built.
+
+You can find more information on licensing in the
+":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:licensing`"
+section in the Yocto
+Project Overview and Concepts Manual and also in the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:maintaining open source license compliance during your product's lifecycle`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+**Q:** How do I disable the cursor on my touchscreen device?
+
+**A:** You need to create a form factor file as described in the
+":ref:`bsp-filelayout-misc-recipes`" section in
+the Yocto Project Board Support Packages (BSP) Developer's Guide. Set
+the ``HAVE_TOUCHSCREEN`` variable equal to one as follows:
+::
+
+ HAVE_TOUCHSCREEN=1
+
+**Q:** How do I make sure connected network interfaces are brought up by
+default?
+
+**A:** The default interfaces file provided by the netbase recipe does
+not automatically bring up network interfaces. Therefore, you will need
+to add a BSP-specific netbase that includes an interfaces file. See the
+":ref:`bsp-filelayout-misc-recipes`" section in
+the Yocto Project Board Support Packages (BSP) Developer's Guide for
+information on creating these types of miscellaneous recipe files.
+
+For example, add the following files to your layer: ::
+
+ meta-MACHINE/recipes-bsp/netbase/netbase/MACHINE/interfaces
+ meta-MACHINE/recipes-bsp/netbase/netbase_5.0.bbappend
+
+**Q:** How do I create images with more free space?
+
+**A:** By default, the OpenEmbedded build system creates images that are
+1.3 times the size of the populated root filesystem. To affect the image
+size, you need to set various configurations:
+
+- *Image Size:* The OpenEmbedded build system uses the
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` variable to define
+ the size of the image in Kbytes. The build system determines the size
+ by taking into account the initial root filesystem size before any
+ modifications such as requested size for the image and any requested
+ additional free disk space to be added to the image.
+
+- *Overhead:* Use the
+ :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR` variable
+ to define the multiplier that the build system applies to the initial
+ image size, which is 1.3 by default.
+
+- *Additional Free Space:* Use the
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`
+ variable to add additional free space to the image. The build system
+ adds this space to the image after it determines its
+ ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE``.
+
+**Q:** Why don't you support directories with spaces in the pathnames?
+
+**A:** The Yocto Project team has tried to do this before but too many
+of the tools the OpenEmbedded build system depends on, such as
+``autoconf``, break when they find spaces in pathnames. Until that
+situation changes, the team will not support spaces in pathnames.
+
+**Q:** How do I use an external toolchain?
+
+**A:** The toolchain configuration is very flexible and customizable. It
+is primarily controlled with the ``TCMODE`` variable. This variable
+controls which ``tcmode-*.inc`` file to include from the
+``meta/conf/distro/include`` directory within the :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+The default value of ``TCMODE`` is "default", which tells the
+OpenEmbedded build system to use its internally built toolchain (i.e.
+``tcmode-default.inc``). However, other patterns are accepted. In
+particular, "external-\*" refers to external toolchains. One example is
+the Sourcery G++ Toolchain. The support for this toolchain resides in
+the separate ``meta-sourcery`` layer at
+http://github.com/MentorEmbedded/meta-sourcery/.
+
+In addition to the toolchain configuration, you also need a
+corresponding toolchain recipe file. This recipe file needs to package
+up any pre-built objects in the toolchain such as ``libgcc``,
+``libstdcc++``, any locales, and ``libc``.
+
+**Q:** How does the OpenEmbedded build system obtain source code and
+will it work behind my firewall or proxy server?
+
+**A:** The way the build system obtains source code is highly
+configurable. You can setup the build system to get source code in most
+environments if HTTP transport is available.
+
+When the build system searches for source code, it first tries the local
+download directory. If that location fails, Poky tries
+:term:`PREMIRRORS`, the upstream source, and then
+:term:`MIRRORS` in that order.
+
+Assuming your distribution is "poky", the OpenEmbedded build system uses
+the Yocto Project source ``PREMIRRORS`` by default for SCM-based
+sources, upstreams for normal tarballs, and then falls back to a number
+of other mirrors including the Yocto Project source mirror if those
+fail.
+
+As an example, you could add a specific server for the build system to
+attempt before any others by adding something like the following to the
+``local.conf`` configuration file: ::
+
+ PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\
+ git://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
+ ftp://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
+ http://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
+ https://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n"
+
+These changes cause the build system to intercept Git, FTP, HTTP, and
+HTTPS requests and direct them to the ``http://`` sources mirror. You
+can use ``file://`` URLs to point to local directories or network shares
+as well.
+
+Aside from the previous technique, these options also exist:
+::
+
+ BB_NO_NETWORK = "1"
+
+This statement tells BitBake to issue an error
+instead of trying to access the Internet. This technique is useful if
+you want to ensure code builds only from local sources.
+
+Here is another technique:
+::
+
+ BB_FETCH_PREMIRRORONLY = "1"
+
+This statement
+limits the build system to pulling source from the ``PREMIRRORS`` only.
+Again, this technique is useful for reproducing builds.
+
+Here is another technique:
+::
+
+ BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1"
+
+This
+statement tells the build system to generate mirror tarballs. This
+technique is useful if you want to create a mirror server. If not,
+however, the technique can simply waste time during the build.
+
+Finally, consider an example where you are behind an HTTP-only firewall.
+You could make the following changes to the ``local.conf`` configuration
+file as long as the ``PREMIRRORS`` server is current: ::
+
+ PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\
+ ftp://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
+ http://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
+ https://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n"
+ BB_FETCH_PREMIRRORONLY = "1"
+
+These changes would cause the build system to successfully fetch source
+over HTTP and any network accesses to anything other than the
+``PREMIRRORS`` would fail.
+
+The build system also honors the standard shell environment variables
+``http_proxy``, ``ftp_proxy``, ``https_proxy``, and ``all_proxy`` to
+redirect requests through proxy servers.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can find more information on the
+ ":yocto_wiki:`Working Behind a Network Proxy </wiki/Working_Behind_a_Network_Proxy>`"
+ Wiki page.
+
+**Q:** Can I get rid of build output so I can start over?
+
+**A:** Yes - you can easily do this. When you use BitBake to build an
+image, all the build output goes into the directory created when you run
+the build environment setup script (i.e.
+:ref:`structure-core-script`). By default, this :term:`Build Directory`
+is named ``build`` but can be named
+anything you want.
+
+Within the Build Directory, is the ``tmp`` directory. To remove all the
+build output yet preserve any source code or downloaded files from
+previous builds, simply remove the ``tmp`` directory.
+
+**Q:** Why do ``${bindir}`` and ``${libdir}`` have strange values for
+``-native`` recipes?
+
+**A:** Executables and libraries might need to be used from a directory
+other than the directory into which they were initially installed.
+Complicating this situation is the fact that sometimes these executables
+and libraries are compiled with the expectation of being run from that
+initial installation target directory. If this is the case, moving them
+causes problems.
+
+This scenario is a fundamental problem for package maintainers of
+mainstream Linux distributions as well as for the OpenEmbedded build
+system. As such, a well-established solution exists. Makefiles,
+Autotools configuration scripts, and other build systems are expected to
+respect environment variables such as ``bindir``, ``libdir``, and
+``sysconfdir`` that indicate where executables, libraries, and data
+reside when a program is actually run. They are also expected to respect
+a ``DESTDIR`` environment variable, which is prepended to all the other
+variables when the build system actually installs the files. It is
+understood that the program does not actually run from within
+``DESTDIR``.
+
+When the OpenEmbedded build system uses a recipe to build a
+target-architecture program (i.e. one that is intended for inclusion on
+the image being built), that program eventually runs from the root file
+system of that image. Thus, the build system provides a value of
+"/usr/bin" for ``bindir``, a value of "/usr/lib" for ``libdir``, and so
+forth.
+
+Meanwhile, ``DESTDIR`` is a path within the :term:`Build Directory`.
+However, when the recipe builds a
+native program (i.e. one that is intended to run on the build machine),
+that program is never installed directly to the build machine's root
+file system. Consequently, the build system uses paths within the Build
+Directory for ``DESTDIR``, ``bindir`` and related variables. To better
+understand this, consider the following two paths where the first is
+relatively normal and the second is not:
+
+.. note::
+
+ Due to these lengthy examples, the paths are artificially broken
+ across lines for readability.
+
+::
+
+ /home/maxtothemax/poky-bootchart2/build/tmp/work/i586-poky-linux/zlib/
+ 1.2.8-r0/sysroot-destdir/usr/bin
+
+ /home/maxtothemax/poky-bootchart2/build/tmp/work/x86_64-linux/
+ zlib-native/1.2.8-r0/sysroot-destdir/home/maxtothemax/poky-bootchart2/
+ build/tmp/sysroots/x86_64-linux/usr/bin
+
+Even if the paths look unusual,
+they both are correct - the first for a target and the second for a
+native recipe. These paths are a consequence of the ``DESTDIR``
+mechanism and while they appear strange, they are correct and in
+practice very effective.
+
+**Q:** The files provided by my ``*-native`` recipe do not appear to be
+available to other recipes. Files are missing from the native sysroot,
+my recipe is installing to the wrong place, or I am getting permissions
+errors during the do_install task in my recipe! What is wrong?
+
+**A:** This situation results when a build system does not recognize the
+environment variables supplied to it by :term:`BitBake`. The
+incident that prompted this FAQ entry involved a Makefile that used an
+environment variable named ``BINDIR`` instead of the more standard
+variable ``bindir``. The makefile's hardcoded default value of
+"/usr/bin" worked most of the time, but not for the recipe's ``-native``
+variant. For another example, permissions errors might be caused by a
+Makefile that ignores ``DESTDIR`` or uses a different name for that
+environment variable. Check the the build system to see if these kinds
+of issues exist.
+
+**Q:** I'm adding a binary in a recipe but it's different in the image, what is
+changing it?
+
+**A:** The first most obvious change is the system stripping debug symbols from
+it. Setting :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP` to stop debug symbols being stripped and/or
+:term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT` to stop debug symbols being split into a separate
+file will ensure the binary is unchanged. The other less obvious thing that can
+happen is prelinking of the image. This is set by default in local.conf via
+:term:`USER_CLASSES` which can contain 'image-prelink'. If you remove that, the
+image will not be prelinked meaning the binaries would be unchanged.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/figures/build-workspace-directory.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/figures/build-workspace-directory.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5387d33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/figures/build-workspace-directory.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/figures/define-generic.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/figures/define-generic.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bd22718
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/figures/define-generic.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/figures/poky-title.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/figures/poky-title.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2893d84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/figures/poky-title.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/history.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/history.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04d6b09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/history.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+***********************
+Manual Revision History
+***********************
+
+.. list-table::
+ :widths: 10 15 40
+ :header-rows: 1
+
+ * - Revision
+ - Date
+ - Note
+ * - 0.9
+ - November 2010
+ - The initial document released with the Yocto Project 0.9 Release
+ * - 1.0
+ - April 2011
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.0 Release.
+ * - 1.1
+ - October 2011
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.1 Release.
+ * - 1.2
+ - April 2012
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.2 Release.
+ * - 1.3
+ - October 2012
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.3 Release.
+ * - 1.4
+ - April 2013
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.4 Release.
+ * - 1.5
+ - October 2013
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.5 Release.
+ * - 1.6
+ - April 2014
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.6 Release.
+ * - 1.7
+ - October 2014
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.7 Release.
+ * - 1.8
+ - April 2015
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 1.8 Release.
+ * - 2.0
+ - October 2015
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.0 Release.
+ * - 2.1
+ - April 2016
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.1 Release.
+ * - 2.2
+ - October 2016
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.2 Release.
+ * - 2.3
+ - May 2017
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.3 Release.
+ * - 2.4
+ - October 2017
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.4 Release.
+ * - 2.5
+ - May 2018
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.5 Release.
+ * - 2.6
+ - November 2018
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.6 Release.
+ * - 2.7
+ - May 2019
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.7 Release.
+ * - 3.0
+ - October 2019
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.0 Release.
+ * - 3.1
+ - April 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1 Release.
+
+ * - 3.1.1
+ - June 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.1 Release.
+ * - 3.1.2
+ - August 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.2 Release.
+ * - 3.1.3
+ - September 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.3 Release.
+ * - 3.1.4
+ - November 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.4 Release.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.3.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.3.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f97585
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.3.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+Moving to the Yocto Project 1.3 Release
+=======================================
+
+This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto
+Project 1.3 Release from the prior release.
+
+.. _1.3-local-configuration:
+
+Local Configuration
+-------------------
+
+Differences include changes for
+:term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` and ``bblayers.conf``.
+
+.. _migration-1.3-sstate-mirrors:
+
+SSTATE_MIRRORS
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The shared state cache (sstate-cache), as pointed to by
+:term:`SSTATE_DIR`, by default now has two-character
+subdirectories to prevent issues arising from too many files in the same
+directory. Also, native sstate-cache packages, which are built to run on
+the host system, will go into a subdirectory named using the distro ID
+string. If you copy the newly structured sstate-cache to a mirror
+location (either local or remote) and then point to it in
+:term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS`, you need to append "PATH"
+to the end of the mirror URL so that the path used by BitBake before the
+mirror substitution is appended to the path used to access the mirror.
+Here is an example: ::
+
+ SSTATE_MIRRORS = "file://.* http://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH"
+
+.. _migration-1.3-bblayers-conf:
+
+bblayers.conf
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The ``meta-yocto`` layer consists of two parts that correspond to the
+Poky reference distribution and the reference hardware Board Support
+Packages (BSPs), respectively: ``meta-yocto`` and ``meta-yocto-bsp``.
+When running BitBake for the first time after upgrading, your
+``conf/bblayers.conf`` file will be updated to handle this change and
+you will be asked to re-run or restart for the changes to take effect.
+
+.. _1.3-recipes:
+
+Recipes
+-------
+
+Differences include changes for the following:
+
+.. _migration-1.3-python-function-whitespace:
+
+Python Function Whitespace
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+All Python functions must now use four spaces for indentation.
+Previously, an inconsistent mix of spaces and tabs existed, which made
+extending these functions using ``_append`` or ``_prepend`` complicated
+given that Python treats whitespace as syntactically significant. If you
+are defining or extending any Python functions (e.g.
+``populate_packages``, ``do_unpack``, ``do_patch`` and so forth) in
+custom recipes or classes, you need to ensure you are using consistent
+four-space indentation.
+
+.. _migration-1.3-proto=-in-src-uri:
+
+proto= in SRC_URI
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Any use of ``proto=`` in :term:`SRC_URI` needs to be
+changed to ``protocol=``. In particular, this applies to the following
+URIs:
+
+- ``svn://``
+
+- ``bzr://``
+
+- ``hg://``
+
+- ``osc://``
+
+Other URIs were already using ``protocol=``. This change improves
+consistency.
+
+.. _migration-1.3-nativesdk:
+
+nativesdk
+~~~~~~~~~
+
+The suffix ``nativesdk`` is now implemented as a prefix, which
+simplifies a lot of the packaging code for ``nativesdk`` recipes. All
+custom ``nativesdk`` recipes, which are relocatable packages that are
+native to :term:`SDK_ARCH`, and any references need to
+be updated to use ``nativesdk-*`` instead of ``*-nativesdk``.
+
+.. _migration-1.3-task-recipes:
+
+Task Recipes
+~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+"Task" recipes are now known as "Package groups" and have been renamed
+from ``task-*.bb`` to ``packagegroup-*.bb``. Existing references to the
+previous ``task-*`` names should work in most cases as there is an
+automatic upgrade path for most packages. However, you should update
+references in your own recipes and configurations as they could be
+removed in future releases. You should also rename any custom ``task-*``
+recipes to ``packagegroup-*``, and change them to inherit
+``packagegroup`` instead of ``task``, as well as taking the opportunity
+to remove anything now handled by ``packagegroup.bbclass``, such as
+providing ``-dev`` and ``-dbg`` packages, setting
+:term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`, and so forth. See the
+":ref:`packagegroup.bbclass <ref-classes-packagegroup>`" section for
+further details.
+
+.. _migration-1.3-image-features:
+
+IMAGE_FEATURES
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Image recipes that previously included ``apps-console-core`` in
+:term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` should now include ``splash``
+instead to enable the boot-up splash screen. Retaining
+``apps-console-core`` will still include the splash screen but generates a
+warning. The ``apps-x11-core`` and ``apps-x11-games`` ``IMAGE_FEATURES``
+features have been removed.
+
+.. _migration-1.3-removed-recipes:
+
+Removed Recipes
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The following recipes have been removed. For most of them, it is
+unlikely that you would have any references to them in your own
+:term:`Metadata`. However, you should check your metadata
+against this list to be sure:
+
+- ``libx11-trim``: Replaced by ``libx11``, which has a negligible
+ size difference with modern Xorg.
+
+- ``xserver-xorg-lite``: Use ``xserver-xorg``, which has a negligible
+ size difference when DRI and GLX modules are not installed.
+
+- ``xserver-kdrive``: Effectively unmaintained for many years.
+
+- ``mesa-xlib``: No longer serves any purpose.
+
+- ``galago``: Replaced by telepathy.
+
+- ``gail``: Functionality was integrated into GTK+ 2.13.
+
+- ``eggdbus``: No longer needed.
+
+- ``gcc-*-intermediate``: The build has been restructured to avoid
+ the need for this step.
+
+- ``libgsmd``: Unmaintained for many years. Functionality now
+ provided by ``ofono`` instead.
+
+- *contacts, dates, tasks, eds-tools*: Largely unmaintained PIM
+ application suite. It has been moved to ``meta-gnome`` in
+ ``meta-openembedded``.
+
+In addition to the previously listed changes, the ``meta-demoapps``
+directory has also been removed because the recipes in it were not being
+maintained and many had become obsolete or broken. Additionally, these
+recipes were not parsed in the default configuration. Many of these
+recipes are already provided in an updated and maintained form within
+the OpenEmbedded community layers such as ``meta-oe`` and
+``meta-gnome``. For the remainder, you can now find them in the
+``meta-extras`` repository, which is in the
+:yocto_git:`Source Repositories <>` at
+:yocto_git:`/cgit/cgit.cgi/meta-extras/`.
+
+.. _1.3-linux-kernel-naming:
+
+Linux Kernel Naming
+-------------------
+
+The naming scheme for kernel output binaries has been changed to now
+include :term:`PE` as part of the filename:
+::
+
+ KERNEL_IMAGE_BASE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}-${PE}-${PV}-${PR}-${MACHINE}-${DATETIME}"
+
+Because the ``PE`` variable is not set by default, these binary files
+could result with names that include two dash characters. Here is an
+example: ::
+
+ bzImage--3.10.9+git0+cd502a8814_7144bcc4b8-r0-qemux86-64-20130830085431.bin
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.4.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.4.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..daaea0f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.4.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+Moving to the Yocto Project 1.4 Release
+=======================================
+
+This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto
+Project 1.4 Release from the prior release.
+
+.. _migration-1.4-bitbake:
+
+BitBake
+-------
+
+Differences include the following:
+
+- *Comment Continuation:* If a comment ends with a line continuation
+ (\\) character, then the next line must also be a comment. Any
+ instance where this is not the case, now triggers a warning. You must
+ either remove the continuation character, or be sure the next line is
+ a comment.
+
+- *Package Name Overrides:* The runtime package specific variables
+ :term:`RDEPENDS`,
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS`,
+ :term:`RSUGGESTS`,
+ :term:`RPROVIDES`,
+ :term:`RCONFLICTS`,
+ :term:`RREPLACES`, :term:`FILES`,
+ :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY`, and the pre, post, install,
+ and uninstall script functions ``pkg_preinst``, ``pkg_postinst``,
+ ``pkg_prerm``, and ``pkg_postrm`` should always have a package name
+ override. For example, use ``RDEPENDS_${PN}`` for the main package
+ instead of ``RDEPENDS``. BitBake uses more strict checks when it
+ parses recipes.
+
+.. _migration-1.4-build-behavior:
+
+Build Behavior
+--------------
+
+Differences include the following:
+
+- *Shared State Code:* The shared state code has been optimized to
+ avoid running unnecessary tasks. For example, the following no longer
+ populates the target sysroot since that is not necessary:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake -c rootfs some-image
+
+ Instead, the system just needs to extract the
+ output package contents, re-create the packages, and construct the
+ root filesystem. This change is unlikely to cause any problems unless
+ you have missing declared dependencies.
+
+- *Scanning Directory Names:* When scanning for files in
+ :term:`SRC_URI`, the build system now uses
+ :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` instead of
+ :term:`OVERRIDES` for the directory names. In
+ general, the values previously in ``OVERRIDES`` are now in
+ ``FILESOVERRIDES`` as well. However, if you relied upon an additional
+ value you previously added to ``OVERRIDES``, you might now need to
+ add it to ``FILESOVERRIDES`` unless you are already adding it through
+ the :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES` or
+ :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` variables, as
+ appropriate. For more related changes, see the
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/migration-1.4:variables`" section.
+
+.. _migration-1.4-proxies-and-fetching-source:
+
+Proxies and Fetching Source
+---------------------------
+
+A new ``oe-git-proxy`` script has been added to replace previous methods
+of handling proxies and fetching source from Git. See the
+``meta-yocto/conf/site.conf.sample`` file for information on how to use
+this script.
+
+.. _migration-1.4-custom-interfaces-file-netbase-change:
+
+Custom Interfaces File (netbase change)
+---------------------------------------
+
+If you have created your own custom ``etc/network/interfaces`` file by
+creating an append file for the ``netbase`` recipe, you now need to
+create an append file for the ``init-ifupdown`` recipe instead, which
+you can find in the :term:`Source Directory` at
+``meta/recipes-core/init-ifupdown``. For information on how to use
+append files, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using .bbappend files in your layer`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _migration-1.4-remote-debugging:
+
+Remote Debugging
+----------------
+
+Support for remote debugging with the Eclipse IDE is now separated into
+an image feature (``eclipse-debug``) that corresponds to the
+``packagegroup-core-eclipse-debug`` package group. Previously, the
+debugging feature was included through the ``tools-debug`` image
+feature, which corresponds to the ``packagegroup-core-tools-debug``
+package group.
+
+.. _migration-1.4-variables:
+
+Variables
+---------
+
+The following variables have changed:
+
+- ``SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS``: This variable now uses a distribution
+ ID, which is composed of the host distributor ID followed by the
+ release. Previously,
+ :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` was
+ composed of the description field. For example, "Ubuntu 12.10"
+ becomes "Ubuntu-12.10". You do not need to worry about this change if
+ you are not specifically setting this variable, or if you are
+ specifically setting it to "".
+
+- ``SRC_URI``: The ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``,
+ ``${``\ :term:`PF`\ ``}``,
+ ``${``\ :term:`P`\ ``}``, and ``FILE_DIRNAME`` directories
+ have been dropped from the default value of the
+ :term:`FILESPATH` variable, which is used as the
+ search path for finding files referred to in
+ :term:`SRC_URI`. If you have a recipe that relied upon
+ these directories, which would be unusual, then you will need to add
+ the appropriate paths within the recipe or, alternatively, rearrange
+ the files. The most common locations are still covered by ``${``\ :term:`BP`\ ``}``,
+ ``${``\ :term:`BPN`\ ``}``, and "files", which all remain in the default value of
+ :term:`FILESPATH`.
+
+.. _migration-target-package-management-with-rpm:
+
+Target Package Management with RPM
+----------------------------------
+
+If runtime package management is enabled and the RPM backend is
+selected, Smart is now installed for package download, dependency
+resolution, and upgrades instead of Zypper. For more information on how
+to use Smart, run the following command on the target:
+::
+
+ smart --help
+
+.. _migration-1.4-recipes-moved:
+
+Recipes Moved
+-------------
+
+The following recipes were moved from their previous locations because
+they are no longer used by anything in the OpenEmbedded-Core:
+
+- ``clutter-box2d``: Now resides in the ``meta-oe`` layer.
+
+- ``evolution-data-server``: Now resides in the ``meta-gnome`` layer.
+
+- ``gthumb``: Now resides in the ``meta-gnome`` layer.
+
+- ``gtkhtml2``: Now resides in the ``meta-oe`` layer.
+
+- ``gupnp``: Now resides in the ``meta-multimedia`` layer.
+
+- ``gypsy``: Now resides in the ``meta-oe`` layer.
+
+- ``libcanberra``: Now resides in the ``meta-gnome`` layer.
+
+- ``libgdata``: Now resides in the ``meta-gnome`` layer.
+
+- ``libmusicbrainz``: Now resides in the ``meta-multimedia`` layer.
+
+- ``metacity``: Now resides in the ``meta-gnome`` layer.
+
+- ``polkit``: Now resides in the ``meta-oe`` layer.
+
+- ``zeroconf``: Now resides in the ``meta-networking`` layer.
+
+.. _migration-1.4-removals-and-renames:
+
+Removals and Renames
+--------------------
+
+The following list shows what has been removed or renamed:
+
+- ``evieext``: Removed because it has been removed from ``xserver``
+ since 2008.
+
+- *Gtk+ DirectFB:* Removed support because upstream Gtk+ no longer
+ supports it as of version 2.18.
+
+- ``libxfontcache / xfontcacheproto``: Removed because they were
+ removed from the Xorg server in 2008.
+
+- ``libxp / libxprintapputil / libxprintutil / printproto``: Removed
+ because the XPrint server was removed from Xorg in 2008.
+
+- ``libxtrap / xtrapproto``: Removed because their functionality was
+ broken upstream.
+
+- *linux-yocto 3.0 kernel:* Removed with linux-yocto 3.8 kernel being
+ added. The linux-yocto 3.2 and linux-yocto 3.4 kernels remain as part
+ of the release.
+
+- ``lsbsetup``: Removed with functionality now provided by
+ ``lsbtest``.
+
+- ``matchbox-stroke``: Removed because it was never more than a
+ proof-of-concept.
+
+- ``matchbox-wm-2 / matchbox-theme-sato-2``: Removed because they are
+ not maintained. However, ``matchbox-wm`` and ``matchbox-theme-sato``
+ are still provided.
+
+- ``mesa-dri``: Renamed to ``mesa``.
+
+- ``mesa-xlib``: Removed because it was no longer useful.
+
+- ``mutter``: Removed because nothing ever uses it and the recipe is
+ very old.
+
+- ``orinoco-conf``: Removed because it has become obsolete.
+
+- ``update-modules``: Removed because it is no longer used. The
+ kernel module ``postinstall`` and ``postrm`` scripts can now do the
+ same task without the use of this script.
+
+- ``web``: Removed because it is not maintained. Superseded by
+ ``web-webkit``.
+
+- ``xf86bigfontproto``: Removed because upstream it has been disabled
+ by default since 2007. Nothing uses ``xf86bigfontproto``.
+
+- ``xf86rushproto``: Removed because its dependency in ``xserver``
+ was spurious and it was removed in 2005.
+
+- ``zypper / libzypp / sat-solver``: Removed and been functionally
+ replaced with Smart (``python-smartpm``) when RPM packaging is used
+ and package management is enabled on the target.
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.5.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.5.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc7afac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.5.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+Moving to the Yocto Project 1.5 Release
+=======================================
+
+This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto
+Project 1.5 Release from the prior release.
+
+.. _migration-1.5-host-dependency-changes:
+
+Host Dependency Changes
+-----------------------
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system now has some additional requirements on
+the host system:
+
+- Python 2.7.3+
+
+- Tar 1.24+
+
+- Git 1.7.8+
+
+- Patched version of Make if you are using 3.82. Most distributions
+ that provide Make 3.82 use the patched version.
+
+If the Linux distribution you are using on your build host does not
+provide packages for these, you can install and use the Buildtools
+tarball, which provides an SDK-like environment containing them.
+
+For more information on this requirement, see the
+":ref:`ref-manual/ref-system-requirements:required git, tar, python and gcc versions`"
+section.
+
+.. _migration-1.5-atom-pc-bsp:
+
+``atom-pc`` Board Support Package (BSP)
+---------------------------------------
+
+The ``atom-pc`` hardware reference BSP has been replaced by a
+``genericx86`` BSP. This BSP is not necessarily guaranteed to work on
+all x86 hardware, but it will run on a wider range of systems than the
+``atom-pc`` did.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Additionally, a ``genericx86-64`` BSP has been added for 64-bit Atom
+ systems.
+
+.. _migration-1.5-bitbake:
+
+BitBake
+-------
+
+The following changes have been made that relate to BitBake:
+
+- BitBake now supports a ``_remove`` operator. The addition of this
+ operator means you will have to rename any items in recipe space
+ (functions, variables) whose names currently contain ``_remove_`` or
+ end with ``_remove`` to avoid unexpected behavior.
+
+- BitBake's global method pool has been removed. This method is not
+ particularly useful and led to clashes between recipes containing
+ functions that had the same name.
+
+- The "none" server backend has been removed. The "process" server
+ backend has been serving well as the default for a long time now.
+
+- The ``bitbake-runtask`` script has been removed.
+
+- ``${``\ :term:`P`\ ``}`` and
+ ``${``\ :term:`PF`\ ``}`` are no longer added to
+ :term:`PROVIDES` by default in ``bitbake.conf``.
+ These version-specific ``PROVIDES`` items were seldom used.
+ Attempting to use them could result in two versions being built
+ simultaneously rather than just one version due to the way BitBake
+ resolves dependencies.
+
+.. _migration-1.5-qa-warnings:
+
+QA Warnings
+-----------
+
+The following changes have been made to the package QA checks:
+
+- If you have customized :term:`ERROR_QA` or
+ :term:`WARN_QA` values in your configuration, check
+ that they contain all of the issues that you wish to be reported.
+ Previous Yocto Project versions contained a bug that meant that any
+ item not mentioned in ``ERROR_QA`` or ``WARN_QA`` would be treated as
+ a warning. Consequently, several important items were not already in
+ the default value of ``WARN_QA``. All of the possible QA checks are
+ now documented in the ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`"
+ section.
+
+- An additional QA check has been added to check if
+ ``/usr/share/info/dir`` is being installed. Your recipe should delete
+ this file within :ref:`ref-tasks-install` if "make
+ install" is installing it.
+
+- If you are using the ``buildhistory`` class, the check for the package
+ version going backwards is now controlled using a standard QA check.
+ Thus, if you have customized your ``ERROR_QA`` or ``WARN_QA`` values
+ and still wish to have this check performed, you should add
+ "version-going-backwards" to your value for one or the other
+ variables depending on how you wish it to be handled. See the
+ documented QA checks in the
+ ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section.
+
+.. _migration-1.5-directory-layout-changes:
+
+Directory Layout Changes
+------------------------
+
+The following directory changes exist:
+
+- Output SDK installer files are now named to include the image name
+ and tuning architecture through the :term:`SDK_NAME`
+ variable.
+
+- Images and related files are now installed into a directory that is
+ specific to the machine, instead of a parent directory containing
+ output files for multiple machines. The
+ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` variable continues
+ to point to the directory containing images for the current
+ :term:`MACHINE` and should be used anywhere there is a
+ need to refer to this directory. The ``runqemu`` script now uses this
+ variable to find images and kernel binaries and will use BitBake to
+ determine the directory. Alternatively, you can set the
+ ``DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`` variable in the external environment.
+
+- When buildhistory is enabled, its output is now written under the
+ :term:`Build Directory` rather than
+ :term:`TMPDIR`. Doing so makes it easier to delete
+ ``TMPDIR`` and preserve the build history. Additionally, data for
+ produced SDKs is now split by :term:`IMAGE_NAME`.
+
+- The ``pkgdata`` directory produced as part of the packaging process
+ has been collapsed into a single machine-specific directory. This
+ directory is located under ``sysroots`` and uses a machine-specific
+ name (i.e. ``tmp/sysroots/machine/pkgdata``).
+
+.. _migration-1.5-shortened-git-srcrev-values:
+
+Shortened Git ``SRCREV`` Values
+-------------------------------
+
+BitBake will now shorten revisions from Git repositories from the normal
+40 characters down to 10 characters within :term:`SRCPV`
+for improved usability in path and file names. This change should be
+safe within contexts where these revisions are used because the chances
+of spatially close collisions is very low. Distant collisions are not a
+major issue in the way the values are used.
+
+.. _migration-1.5-image-features:
+
+``IMAGE_FEATURES``
+------------------
+
+The following changes have been made that relate to
+:term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`:
+
+- The value of ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` is now validated to ensure invalid
+ feature items are not added. Some users mistakenly add package names
+ to this variable instead of using
+ :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` in order to have the
+ package added to the image, which does not work. This change is
+ intended to catch those kinds of situations. Valid ``IMAGE_FEATURES``
+ are drawn from ``PACKAGE_GROUP`` definitions,
+ :term:`COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB` and a new
+ "validitems" varflag on ``IMAGE_FEATURES``. The "validitems" varflag
+ change allows additional features to be added if they are not
+ provided using the previous two mechanisms.
+
+- The previously deprecated "apps-console-core" ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` item
+ is no longer supported. Add "splash" to ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` if you
+ wish to have the splash screen enabled, since this is all that
+ apps-console-core was doing.
+
+.. _migration-1.5-run:
+
+``/run``
+--------
+
+The ``/run`` directory from the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard 3.0 has
+been introduced. You can find some of the implications for this change
+`here <http://cgit.openembedded.org/openembedded-core/commit/?id=0e326280a15b0f2c4ef2ef4ec441f63f55b75873>`__.
+The change also means that recipes that install files to ``/var/run``
+must be changed. You can find a guide on how to make these changes
+`here <https://www.mail-archive.com/openembedded-devel@lists.openembedded.org/msg31649.html>`__.
+
+.. _migration-1.5-removal-of-package-manager-database-within-image-recipes:
+
+Removal of Package Manager Database Within Image Recipes
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+The image ``core-image-minimal`` no longer adds
+``remove_packaging_data_files`` to
+:term:`ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`.
+This addition is now handled automatically when "package-management" is
+not in :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. If you have custom
+image recipes that make this addition, you should remove the lines, as
+they are not needed and might interfere with correct operation of
+postinstall scripts.
+
+.. _migration-1.5-images-now-rebuild-only-on-changes-instead-of-every-time:
+
+Images Now Rebuild Only on Changes Instead of Every Time
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+The :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` and other related image
+construction tasks are no longer marked as "nostamp". Consequently, they
+will only be re-executed when their inputs have changed. Previous
+versions of the OpenEmbedded build system always rebuilt the image when
+requested rather when necessary.
+
+.. _migration-1.5-task-recipes:
+
+Task Recipes
+------------
+
+The previously deprecated ``task.bbclass`` has now been dropped. For
+recipes that previously inherited from this class, you should rename
+them from ``task-*`` to ``packagegroup-*`` and inherit packagegroup
+instead.
+
+For more information, see the
+":ref:`packagegroup.bbclass <ref-classes-packagegroup>`" section.
+
+.. _migration-1.5-busybox:
+
+BusyBox
+-------
+
+By default, we now split BusyBox into two binaries: one that is suid
+root for those components that need it, and another for the rest of the
+components. Splitting BusyBox allows for optimization that eliminates
+the ``tinylogin`` recipe as recommended by upstream. You can disable
+this split by setting
+:term:`BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID` to "0".
+
+.. _migration-1.5-automated-image-testing:
+
+Automated Image Testing
+-----------------------
+
+A new automated image testing framework has been added through the
+:ref:`testimage.bbclass <ref-classes-testimage*>` class. This
+framework replaces the older ``imagetest-qemu`` framework.
+
+You can learn more about performing automated image tests in the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _migration-1.5-build-history:
+
+Build History
+-------------
+
+Following are changes to Build History:
+
+- Installed package sizes: ``installed-package-sizes.txt`` for an image
+ now records the size of the files installed by each package instead
+ of the size of each compressed package archive file.
+
+- The dependency graphs (``depends*.dot``) now use the actual package
+ names instead of replacing dashes, dots and plus signs with
+ underscores.
+
+- The ``buildhistory-diff`` and ``buildhistory-collect-srcrevs``
+ utilities have improved command-line handling. Use the ``--help``
+ option for each utility for more information on the new syntax.
+
+For more information on Build History, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:maintaining build output quality`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _migration-1.5-udev:
+
+``udev``
+--------
+
+Following are changes to ``udev``:
+
+- ``udev`` no longer brings in ``udev-extraconf`` automatically through
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS`, since this was originally
+ intended to be optional. If you need the extra rules, then add
+ ``udev-extraconf`` to your image.
+
+- ``udev`` no longer brings in ``pciutils-ids`` or ``usbutils-ids``
+ through ``RRECOMMENDS``. These are not needed by ``udev`` itself and
+ removing them saves around 350KB.
+
+.. _migration-1.5-removed-renamed-recipes:
+
+Removed and Renamed Recipes
+---------------------------
+
+- The ``linux-yocto`` 3.2 kernel has been removed.
+
+- ``libtool-nativesdk`` has been renamed to ``nativesdk-libtool``.
+
+- ``tinylogin`` has been removed. It has been replaced by a suid
+ portion of Busybox. See the "`BusyBox <#busybox>`__"
+ section for more information.
+
+- ``external-python-tarball`` has been renamed to
+ ``buildtools-tarball``.
+
+- ``web-webkit`` has been removed. It has been functionally replaced by
+ ``midori``.
+
+- ``imake`` has been removed. It is no longer needed by any other
+ recipe.
+
+- ``transfig-native`` has been removed. It is no longer needed by any
+ other recipe.
+
+- ``anjuta-remote-run`` has been removed. Anjuta IDE integration has
+ not been officially supported for several releases.
+
+.. _migration-1.5-other-changes:
+
+Other Changes
+-------------
+
+Following is a list of short entries describing other changes:
+
+- ``run-postinsts``: Make this generic.
+
+- ``base-files``: Remove the unnecessary ``media/``\ xxx directories.
+
+- ``alsa-state``: Provide an empty ``asound.conf`` by default.
+
+- ``classes/image``: Ensure
+ :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` supports
+ pre-renamed package names.
+
+- ``classes/rootfs_rpm``: Implement ``BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`` for RPM.
+
+- ``systemd``: Remove ``systemd_unitdir`` if ``systemd`` is not in
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`.
+
+- ``systemd``: Remove ``init.d`` dir if ``systemd`` unit file is
+ present and ``sysvinit`` is not a distro feature.
+
+- ``libpam``: Deny all services for the ``OTHER`` entries.
+
+- ``image.bbclass``: Move ``runtime_mapping_rename`` to avoid conflict
+ with ``multilib``. See :yocto_bugs:`YOCTO #4993 </show_bug.cgi?id=4993>`
+ in Bugzilla for more information.
+
+- ``linux-dtb``: Use kernel build system to generate the ``dtb`` files.
+
+- ``kern-tools``: Switch from guilt to new ``kgit-s2q`` tool.
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.6.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.6.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6c4c8a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.6.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+Moving to the Yocto Project 1.6 Release
+=======================================
+
+This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto
+Project 1.6 Release from the prior release.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-archiver-class:
+
+``archiver`` Class
+------------------
+
+The :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class has been rewritten
+and its configuration has been simplified. For more details on the
+source archiver, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:maintaining open source license compliance during your product's lifecycle`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-packaging-changes:
+
+Packaging Changes
+-----------------
+
+The following packaging changes have been made:
+
+- The ``binutils`` recipe no longer produces a ``binutils-symlinks``
+ package. ``update-alternatives`` is now used to handle the preferred
+ ``binutils`` variant on the target instead.
+
+- The tc (traffic control) utilities have been split out of the main
+ ``iproute2`` package and put into the ``iproute2-tc`` package.
+
+- The ``gtk-engines`` schemas have been moved to a dedicated
+ ``gtk-engines-schemas`` package.
+
+- The ``armv7a`` with thumb package architecture suffix has changed.
+ The suffix for these packages with the thumb optimization enabled is
+ "t2" as it should be. Use of this suffix was not the case in the 1.5
+ release. Architecture names will change within package feeds as a
+ result.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-bitbake:
+
+BitBake
+-------
+
+The following changes have been made to :term:`BitBake`.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-matching-branch-requirement-for-git-fetching:
+
+Matching Branch Requirement for Git Fetching
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+When fetching source from a Git repository using
+:term:`SRC_URI`, BitBake will now validate the
+:term:`SRCREV` value against the branch. You can specify
+the branch using the following form:
+::
+
+ SRC_URI = "git://server.name/repository;branch=branchname"
+
+If you do not specify a branch, BitBake looks in the default "master" branch.
+
+Alternatively, if you need to bypass this check (e.g. if you are
+fetching a revision corresponding to a tag that is not on any branch),
+you can add ";nobranch=1" to the end of the URL within ``SRC_URI``.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-bitbake-deps:
+
+Python Definition substitutions
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+BitBake had some previously deprecated Python definitions within its
+``bb`` module removed. You should use their sub-module counterparts
+instead:
+
+- ``bb.MalformedUrl``: Use ``bb.fetch.MalformedUrl``.
+
+- ``bb.encodeurl``: Use ``bb.fetch.encodeurl``.
+
+- ``bb.decodeurl``: Use ``bb.fetch.decodeurl``
+
+- ``bb.mkdirhier``: Use ``bb.utils.mkdirhier``.
+
+- ``bb.movefile``: Use ``bb.utils.movefile``.
+
+- ``bb.copyfile``: Use ``bb.utils.copyfile``.
+
+- ``bb.which``: Use ``bb.utils.which``.
+
+- ``bb.vercmp_string``: Use ``bb.utils.vercmp_string``.
+
+- ``bb.vercmp``: Use ``bb.utils.vercmp``.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-bitbake-fetcher:
+
+SVK Fetcher
+~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The SVK fetcher has been removed from BitBake.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-bitbake-console-output:
+
+Console Output Error Redirection
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The BitBake console UI will now output errors to ``stderr`` instead of
+``stdout``. Consequently, if you are piping or redirecting the output of
+``bitbake`` to somewhere else, and you wish to retain the errors, you
+will need to add ``2>&1`` (or something similar) to the end of your
+``bitbake`` command line.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-task-taskname-overrides:
+
+``task-``\ taskname Overrides
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``task-``\ taskname overrides have been adjusted so that tasks whose
+names contain underscores have the underscores replaced by hyphens for
+the override so that they now function properly. For example, the task
+override for :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sdk` is
+``task-populate-sdk``.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-variable-changes:
+
+Changes to Variables
+--------------------
+
+The following variables have changed. For information on the
+OpenEmbedded build system variables, see the ":doc:`ref-variables`" Chapter.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-variable-changes-TMPDIR:
+
+``TMPDIR``
+~~~~~~~~~~
+
+:term:`TMPDIR` can no longer be on an NFS mount. NFS does
+not offer full POSIX locking and inode consistency and can cause
+unexpected issues if used to store ``TMPDIR``.
+
+The check for this occurs on startup. If ``TMPDIR`` is detected on an
+NFS mount, an error occurs.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-variable-changes-PRINC:
+
+``PRINC``
+~~~~~~~~~
+
+The ``PRINC`` variable has been deprecated and triggers a warning if
+detected during a build. For :term:`PR` increments on changes,
+use the PR service instead. You can find out more about this service in
+the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:working with a pr service`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-variable-changes-IMAGE_TYPES:
+
+``IMAGE_TYPES``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The "sum.jffs2" option for :term:`IMAGE_TYPES` has
+been replaced by the "jffs2.sum" option, which fits the processing
+order.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-variable-changes-COPY_LIC_MANIFEST:
+
+``COPY_LIC_MANIFEST``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable must now
+be set to "1" rather than any value in order to enable it.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-variable-changes-COPY_LIC_DIRS:
+
+``COPY_LIC_DIRS``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` variable must now be set
+to "1" rather than any value in order to enable it.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-variable-changes-PACKAGE_GROUP:
+
+``PACKAGE_GROUP``
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The ``PACKAGE_GROUP`` variable has been renamed to
+:term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES` to more accurately
+reflect its purpose. You can still use ``PACKAGE_GROUP`` but the
+OpenEmbedded build system produces a warning message when it encounters
+the variable.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-variable-changes-variable-entry-behavior:
+
+Preprocess and Post Process Command Variable Behavior
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The following variables now expect a semicolon separated list of
+functions to call and not arbitrary shell commands:
+
+ - :term:`ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND`
+ - :term:`ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
+ - :term:`SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
+ - :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND`
+ - :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND`
+ - :term:`IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
+ - :term:`IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND`
+ - :term:`ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND`
+ - :term:`ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND`
+
+For
+migration purposes, you can simply wrap shell commands in a shell
+function and then call the function. Here is an example: ::
+
+ my_postprocess_function() {
+ echo "hello" > ${IMAGE_ROOTFS}/hello.txt
+ }
+ ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "my_postprocess_function; "
+
+.. _migration-1.6-package-test-ptest:
+
+Package Test (ptest)
+--------------------
+
+Package Tests (ptest) are built but not installed by default. For
+information on using Package Tests, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:testing packages with ptest`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For information on the
+``ptest`` class, see the ":ref:`ptest.bbclass <ref-classes-ptest>`"
+section.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-build-changes:
+
+Build Changes
+-------------
+
+Separate build and source directories have been enabled by default for
+selected recipes where it is known to work (a whitelist) and for all
+recipes that inherit the :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` class. In
+future releases the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class
+will enable a separate build directory by default as well. Recipes
+building Autotools-based software that fails to build with a separate
+build directory should be changed to inherit from the
+:ref:`autotools-brokensep <ref-classes-autotools>` class instead of
+the ``autotools`` or ``autotools_stage``\ classes.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-building-qemu-native:
+
+``qemu-native``
+---------------
+
+``qemu-native`` now builds without SDL-based graphical output support by
+default. The following additional lines are needed in your
+``local.conf`` to enable it:
+::
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG_pn-qemu-native = "sdl"
+ ASSUME_PROVIDED += "libsdl-native"
+
+.. note::
+
+ The default ``local.conf`` contains these statements. Consequently, if you
+ are building a headless system and using a default ``local.conf``
+ file, you will need comment these two lines out.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-core-image-basic:
+
+``core-image-basic``
+--------------------
+
+``core-image-basic`` has been renamed to ``core-image-full-cmdline``.
+
+In addition to ``core-image-basic`` being renamed,
+``packagegroup-core-basic`` has been renamed to
+``packagegroup-core-full-cmdline`` to match.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-licensing:
+
+Licensing
+---------
+
+The top-level ``LICENSE`` file has been changed to better describe the
+license of the various components of :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)`. However,
+the licensing itself remains unchanged.
+
+Normally, this change would not cause any side-effects. However, some
+recipes point to this file within
+:term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` (as
+``${COREBASE}/LICENSE``) and thus the accompanying checksum must be
+changed from 3f40d7994397109285ec7b81fdeb3b58 to
+4d92cd373abda3937c2bc47fbc49d690. A better alternative is to have
+``LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`` point to a file describing the license that is
+distributed with the source that the recipe is building, if possible,
+rather than pointing to ``${COREBASE}/LICENSE``.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-cflags-options:
+
+``CFLAGS`` Options
+------------------
+
+The "-fpermissive" option has been removed from the default
+:term:`CFLAGS` value. You need to take action on
+individual recipes that fail when building with this option. You need to
+either patch the recipes to fix the issues reported by the compiler, or
+you need to add "-fpermissive" to ``CFLAGS`` in the recipes.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-custom-images:
+
+Custom Image Output Types
+-------------------------
+
+Custom image output types, as selected using
+:term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`, must declare their
+dependencies on other image types (if any) using a new
+:term:`IMAGE_TYPEDEP` variable.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-do-package-write-task:
+
+Tasks
+-----
+
+The ``do_package_write`` task has been removed. The task is no longer
+needed.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-update-alternatives-provider:
+
+``update-alternative`` Provider
+-------------------------------
+
+The default ``update-alternatives`` provider has been changed from
+``opkg`` to ``opkg-utils``. This change resolves some troublesome
+circular dependencies. The runtime package has also been renamed from
+``update-alternatives-cworth`` to ``update-alternatives-opkg``.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-virtclass-overrides:
+
+``virtclass`` Overrides
+-----------------------
+
+The ``virtclass`` overrides are now deprecated. Use the equivalent class
+overrides instead (e.g. ``virtclass-native`` becomes ``class-native``.)
+
+.. _migration-1.6-removed-renamed-recipes:
+
+Removed and Renamed Recipes
+---------------------------
+
+The following recipes have been removed:
+
+- ``packagegroup-toolset-native`` - This recipe is largely unused.
+
+- ``linux-yocto-3.8`` - Support for the Linux yocto 3.8 kernel has been
+ dropped. Support for the 3.10 and 3.14 kernels have been added with
+ the ``linux-yocto-3.10`` and ``linux-yocto-3.14`` recipes.
+
+- ``ocf-linux`` - This recipe has been functionally replaced using
+ ``cryptodev-linux``.
+
+- ``genext2fs`` - ``genext2fs`` is no longer used by the build system
+ and is unmaintained upstream.
+
+- ``js`` - This provided an ancient version of Mozilla's javascript
+ engine that is no longer needed.
+
+- ``zaurusd`` - The recipe has been moved to the ``meta-handheld``
+ layer.
+
+- ``eglibc 2.17`` - Replaced by the ``eglibc 2.19`` recipe.
+
+- ``gcc 4.7.2`` - Replaced by the now stable ``gcc 4.8.2``.
+
+- ``external-sourcery-toolchain`` - this recipe is now maintained in
+ the ``meta-sourcery`` layer.
+
+- ``linux-libc-headers-yocto 3.4+git`` - Now using version 3.10 of the
+ ``linux-libc-headers`` by default.
+
+- ``meta-toolchain-gmae`` - This recipe is obsolete.
+
+- ``packagegroup-core-sdk-gmae`` - This recipe is obsolete.
+
+- ``packagegroup-core-standalone-gmae-sdk-target`` - This recipe is
+ obsolete.
+
+.. _migration-1.6-removed-classes:
+
+Removed Classes
+---------------
+
+The following classes have become obsolete and have been removed:
+
+- ``module_strip``
+
+- ``pkg_metainfo``
+
+- ``pkg_distribute``
+
+- ``image-empty``
+
+.. _migration-1.6-reference-bsps:
+
+Reference Board Support Packages (BSPs)
+---------------------------------------
+
+The following reference BSPs changes occurred:
+
+- The BeagleBoard (``beagleboard``) ARM reference hardware has been
+ replaced by the BeagleBone (``beaglebone``) hardware.
+
+- The RouterStation Pro (``routerstationpro``) MIPS reference hardware
+ has been replaced by the EdgeRouter Lite (``edgerouter``) hardware.
+
+The previous reference BSPs for the ``beagleboard`` and
+``routerstationpro`` machines are still available in a new
+``meta-yocto-bsp-old`` layer in the
+:yocto_git:`Source Repositories <>` at
+:yocto_git:`/cgit/cgit.cgi/meta-yocto-bsp-old/`.
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.7.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.7.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a5151e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.7.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,223 @@
+Moving to the Yocto Project 1.7 Release
+=======================================
+
+This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto
+Project 1.7 Release from the prior release.
+
+.. _migration-1.7-changes-to-setting-qemu-packageconfig-options:
+
+Changes to Setting QEMU ``PACKAGECONFIG`` Options in ``local.conf``
+-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The QEMU recipe now uses a number of
+:term:`PACKAGECONFIG` options to enable various
+optional features. The method used to set defaults for these options
+means that existing ``local.conf`` files will need to be be modified to
+append to ``PACKAGECONFIG`` for ``qemu-native`` and ``nativesdk-qemu``
+instead of setting it. In other words, to enable graphical output for
+QEMU, you should now have these lines in ``local.conf``:
+::
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-qemu-native = " sdl"
+ PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-nativesdk-qemu = " sdl"
+
+.. _migration-1.7-minimum-git-version:
+
+Minimum Git version
+-------------------
+
+The minimum :ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:git`
+version required on the
+build host is now 1.7.8 because the ``--list`` option is now required by
+BitBake's Git fetcher. As always, if your host distribution does not
+provide a version of Git that meets this requirement, you can use the
+``buildtools-tarball`` that does. See the
+":ref:`ref-manual/ref-system-requirements:required git, tar, python and gcc versions`"
+section for more information.
+
+.. _migration-1.7-autotools-class-changes:
+
+Autotools Class Changes
+-----------------------
+
+The following :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class changes
+occurred:
+
+- *A separate build directory is now used by default:* The
+ ``autotools`` class has been changed to use a directory for building
+ (:term:`B`), which is separate from the source directory
+ (:term:`S`). This is commonly referred to as ``B != S``, or
+ an out-of-tree build.
+
+ If the software being built is already capable of building in a
+ directory separate from the source, you do not need to do anything.
+ However, if the software is not capable of being built in this
+ manner, you will need to either patch the software so that it can
+ build separately, or you will need to change the recipe to inherit
+ the :ref:`autotools-brokensep <ref-classes-autotools>` class
+ instead of the ``autotools`` or ``autotools_stage`` classes.
+
+- The ``--foreign`` option is no longer passed to ``automake`` when
+ running ``autoconf``: This option tells ``automake`` that a
+ particular software package does not follow the GNU standards and
+ therefore should not be expected to distribute certain files such as
+ ``ChangeLog``, ``AUTHORS``, and so forth. Because the majority of
+ upstream software packages already tell ``automake`` to enable
+ foreign mode themselves, the option is mostly superfluous. However,
+ some recipes will need patches for this change. You can easily make
+ the change by patching ``configure.ac`` so that it passes "foreign"
+ to ``AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE()``. See `this
+ commit <http://cgit.openembedded.org/openembedded-core/commit/?id=01943188f85ce6411717fb5bf702d609f55813f2>`__
+ for an example showing how to make the patch.
+
+.. _migration-1.7-binary-configuration-scripts-disabled:
+
+Binary Configuration Scripts Disabled
+-------------------------------------
+
+Some of the core recipes that package binary configuration scripts now
+disable the scripts due to the scripts previously requiring error-prone
+path substitution. Software that links against these libraries using
+these scripts should use the much more robust ``pkg-config`` instead.
+The list of recipes changed in this version (and their configuration
+scripts) is as follows:
+::
+
+ directfb (directfb-config)
+ freetype (freetype-config)
+ gpgme (gpgme-config)
+ libassuan (libassuan-config)
+ libcroco (croco-6.0-config)
+ libgcrypt (libgcrypt-config)
+ libgpg-error (gpg-error-config)
+ libksba (ksba-config)
+ libpcap (pcap-config)
+ libpcre (pcre-config)
+ libpng (libpng-config, libpng16-config)
+ libsdl (sdl-config)
+ libusb-compat (libusb-config)
+ libxml2 (xml2-config)
+ libxslt (xslt-config)
+ ncurses (ncurses-config)
+ neon (neon-config)
+ npth (npth-config)
+ pth (pth-config)
+ taglib (taglib-config)
+
+Additionally, support for ``pkg-config`` has been added to some recipes in the
+previous list in the rare cases where the upstream software package does
+not already provide it.
+
+.. _migration-1.7-glibc-replaces-eglibc:
+
+``eglibc 2.19`` Replaced with ``glibc 2.20``
+--------------------------------------------
+
+Because ``eglibc`` and ``glibc`` were already fairly close, this
+replacement should not require any significant changes to other software
+that links to ``eglibc``. However, there were a number of minor changes
+in ``glibc 2.20`` upstream that could require patching some software
+(e.g. the removal of the ``_BSD_SOURCE`` feature test macro).
+
+``glibc 2.20`` requires version 2.6.32 or greater of the Linux kernel.
+Thus, older kernels will no longer be usable in conjunction with it.
+
+For full details on the changes in ``glibc 2.20``, see the upstream
+release notes
+`here <https://sourceware.org/ml/libc-alpha/2014-09/msg00088.html>`__.
+
+.. _migration-1.7-kernel-module-autoloading:
+
+Kernel Module Autoloading
+-------------------------
+
+The :term:`module_autoload_* <module_autoload>` variable is now
+deprecated and a new
+:term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable
+should be used instead. Also, :term:`module_conf_* <module_conf>`
+must now be used in conjunction with a new
+:term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` variable.
+The new variables no longer require you to specify the module name as
+part of the variable name. This change not only simplifies usage but
+also allows the values of these variables to be appropriately
+incorporated into task signatures and thus trigger the appropriate tasks
+to re-execute when changed. You should replace any references to
+``module_autoload_*`` with ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD``, and add any
+modules for which ``module_conf_*`` is specified to
+``KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF``.
+
+.. _migration-1.7-qa-check-changes:
+
+QA Check Changes
+----------------
+
+The following changes have occurred to the QA check process:
+
+- Additional QA checks ``file-rdeps`` and ``build-deps`` have been
+ added in order to verify that file dependencies are satisfied (e.g.
+ package contains a script requiring ``/bin/bash``) and build-time
+ dependencies are declared, respectively. For more information, please
+ see the ":doc:`ref-qa-checks`" chapter.
+
+- Package QA checks are now performed during a new
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package_qa` task rather than being
+ part of the :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. This allows
+ more parallel execution. This change is unlikely to be an issue
+ except for highly customized recipes that disable packaging tasks
+ themselves by marking them as ``noexec``. For those packages, you
+ will need to disable the ``do_package_qa`` task as well.
+
+- Files being overwritten during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task now
+ trigger an error instead of a warning. Recipes should not be
+ overwriting files written to the sysroot by other recipes. If you
+ have these types of recipes, you need to alter them so that they do
+ not overwrite these files.
+
+ You might now receive this error after changes in configuration or
+ metadata resulting in orphaned files being left in the sysroot. If
+ you do receive this error, the way to resolve the issue is to delete
+ your :term:`TMPDIR` or to move it out of the way and
+ then re-start the build. Anything that has been fully built up to
+ that point and does not need rebuilding will be restored from the
+ shared state cache and the rest of the build will be able to proceed
+ as normal.
+
+.. _migration-1.7-removed-recipes:
+
+Removed Recipes
+---------------
+
+The following recipes have been removed:
+
+- ``x-load``: This recipe has been superseded by U-boot SPL for all
+ Cortex-based TI SoCs. For legacy boards, the ``meta-ti`` layer, which
+ contains a maintained recipe, should be used instead.
+
+- ``ubootchart``: This recipe is obsolete. A ``bootchart2`` recipe has
+ been added to functionally replace it.
+
+- ``linux-yocto 3.4``: Support for the linux-yocto 3.4 kernel has been
+ dropped. Support for the 3.10 and 3.14 kernels remains, while support
+ for version 3.17 has been added.
+
+- ``eglibc`` has been removed in favor of ``glibc``. See the
+ ":ref:`migration-1.7-glibc-replaces-eglibc`" section for more information.
+
+.. _migration-1.7-miscellaneous-changes:
+
+Miscellaneous Changes
+---------------------
+
+The following miscellaneous change occurred:
+
+- The build history feature now writes ``build-id.txt`` instead of
+ ``build-id``. Additionally, ``build-id.txt`` now contains the full
+ build header as printed by BitBake upon starting the build. You
+ should manually remove old "build-id" files from your existing build
+ history repositories to avoid confusion. For information on the build
+ history feature, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:maintaining build output quality`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.8.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.8.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d601e6b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-1.8.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,183 @@
+Moving to the Yocto Project 1.8 Release
+=======================================
+
+This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto
+Project 1.8 Release from the prior release.
+
+.. _migration-1.8-removed-recipes:
+
+Removed Recipes
+---------------
+
+The following recipes have been removed:
+
+- ``owl-video``: Functionality replaced by ``gst-player``.
+
+- ``gaku``: Functionality replaced by ``gst-player``.
+
+- ``gnome-desktop``: This recipe is now available in ``meta-gnome`` and
+ is no longer needed.
+
+- ``gsettings-desktop-schemas``: This recipe is now available in
+ ``meta-gnome`` and is no longer needed.
+
+- ``python-argparse``: The ``argparse`` module is already provided in
+ the default Python distribution in a package named
+ ``python-argparse``. Consequently, the separate ``python-argparse``
+ recipe is no longer needed.
+
+- ``telepathy-python, libtelepathy, telepathy-glib, telepathy-idle, telepathy-mission-control``:
+ All these recipes have moved to ``meta-oe`` and are consequently no
+ longer needed by any recipes in OpenEmbedded-Core.
+
+- ``linux-yocto_3.10`` and ``linux-yocto_3.17``: Support for the
+ linux-yocto 3.10 and 3.17 kernels has been dropped. Support for the
+ 3.14 kernel remains, while support for 3.19 kernel has been added.
+
+- ``poky-feed-config-opkg``: This recipe has become obsolete and is no
+ longer needed. Use ``distro-feed-config`` from ``meta-oe`` instead.
+
+- ``libav 0.8.x``: ``libav 9.x`` is now used.
+
+- ``sed-native``: No longer needed. A working version of ``sed`` is
+ expected to be provided by the host distribution.
+
+.. _migration-1.8-bluez:
+
+BlueZ 4.x / 5.x Selection
+-------------------------
+
+Proper built-in support for selecting BlueZ 5.x in preference to the
+default of 4.x now exists. To use BlueZ 5.x, simply add "bluez5" to your
+:term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value. If you had
+previously added append files (``*.bbappend``) to make this selection,
+you can now remove them.
+
+Additionally, a ``bluetooth`` class has been added to make selection of
+the appropriate bluetooth support within a recipe a little easier. If
+you wish to make use of this class in a recipe, add something such as
+the following: ::
+
+ inherit bluetooth
+ PACKAGECONFIG ??= "${@bb.utils.contains('DISTRO_FEATURES', 'bluetooth', '${BLUEZ}', '', d)}"
+ PACKAGECONFIG[bluez4] = "--enable-bluetooth,--disable-bluetooth,bluez4"
+ PACKAGECONFIG[bluez5] = "--enable-bluez5,--disable-bluez5,bluez5"
+
+.. _migration-1.8-kernel-build-changes:
+
+Kernel Build Changes
+--------------------
+
+The kernel build process was changed to place the source in a common
+shared work area and to place build artifacts separately in the source
+code tree. In theory, migration paths have been provided for most common
+usages in kernel recipes but this might not work in all cases. In
+particular, users need to ensure that ``${S}`` (source files) and
+``${B}`` (build artifacts) are used correctly in functions such as
+:ref:`ref-tasks-configure` and
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install`. For kernel recipes that do not
+inherit from ``kernel-yocto`` or include ``linux-yocto.inc``, you might
+wish to refer to the ``linux.inc`` file in the ``meta-oe`` layer for the
+kinds of changes you need to make. For reference, here is the
+`commit <http://cgit.openembedded.org/meta-openembedded/commit/meta-oe/recipes-kernel/linux/linux.inc?id=fc7132ede27ac67669448d3d2845ce7d46c6a1ee>`__
+where the ``linux.inc`` file in ``meta-oe`` was updated.
+
+Recipes that rely on the kernel source code and do not inherit the
+module classes might need to add explicit dependencies on the
+``do_shared_workdir`` kernel task, for example: ::
+
+ do_configure[depends] += "virtual/kernel:do_shared_workdir"
+
+.. _migration-1.8-ssl:
+
+SSL 3.0 is Now Disabled in OpenSSL
+----------------------------------
+
+SSL 3.0 is now disabled when building OpenSSL. Disabling SSL 3.0 avoids
+any lingering instances of the POODLE vulnerability. If you feel you
+must re-enable SSL 3.0, then you can add an append file (``*.bbappend``)
+for the ``openssl`` recipe to remove "-no-ssl3" from
+:term:`EXTRA_OECONF`.
+
+.. _migration-1.8-default-sysroot-poisoning:
+
+Default Sysroot Poisoning
+-------------------------
+
+``gcc's`` default sysroot and include directories are now "poisoned". In
+other words, the sysroot and include directories are being redirected to
+a non-existent location in order to catch when host directories are
+being used due to the correct options not being passed. This poisoning
+applies both to the cross-compiler used within the build and to the
+cross-compiler produced in the SDK.
+
+If this change causes something in the build to fail, it almost
+certainly means the various compiler flags and commands are not being
+passed correctly to the underlying piece of software. In such cases, you
+need to take corrective steps.
+
+.. _migration-1.8-rebuild-improvements:
+
+Rebuild Improvements
+--------------------
+
+Changes have been made to the :ref:`base <ref-classes-base>`,
+:ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>`, and
+:ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` classes to clean out generated files
+when the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task needs to be
+re-executed.
+
+One of the improvements is to attempt to run "make clean" during the
+``do_configure`` task if a ``Makefile`` exists. Some software packages
+do not provide a working clean target within their make files. If you
+have such recipes, you need to set
+:term:`CLEANBROKEN` to "1" within the recipe, for example: ::
+
+ CLEANBROKEN = "1"
+
+.. _migration-1.8-qa-check-and-validation-changes:
+
+QA Check and Validation Changes
+-------------------------------
+
+The following QA Check and Validation Changes have occurred:
+
+- Usage of ``PRINC`` previously triggered a warning. It now triggers an
+ error. You should remove any remaining usage of ``PRINC`` in any
+ recipe or append file.
+
+- An additional QA check has been added to detect usage of ``${D}`` in
+ :term:`FILES` values where :term:`D` values
+ should not be used at all. The same check ensures that ``$D`` is used
+ in ``pkg_preinst/pkg_postinst/pkg_prerm/pkg_postrm`` functions
+ instead of ``${D}``.
+
+- :term:`S` now needs to be set to a valid value within a
+ recipe. If ``S`` is not set in the recipe, the directory is not
+ automatically created. If ``S`` does not point to a directory that
+ exists at the time the :ref:`ref-tasks-unpack` task
+ finishes, a warning will be shown.
+
+- :term:`LICENSE` is now validated for correct
+ formatting of multiple licenses. If the format is invalid (e.g.
+ multiple licenses are specified with no operators to specify how the
+ multiple licenses interact), then a warning will be shown.
+
+.. _migration-1.8-miscellaneous-changes:
+
+Miscellaneous Changes
+---------------------
+
+The following miscellaneous changes have occurred:
+
+- The ``send-error-report`` script now expects a "-s" option to be
+ specified before the server address. This assumes a server address is
+ being specified.
+
+- The ``oe-pkgdata-util`` script now expects a "-p" option to be
+ specified before the ``pkgdata`` directory, which is now optional. If
+ the ``pkgdata`` directory is not specified, the script will run
+ BitBake to query :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` from the
+ build environment.
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.0.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.0.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4eea948
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.0.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,281 @@
+Moving to the Yocto Project 2.0 Release
+=======================================
+
+This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto
+Project 2.0 Release from the prior release.
+
+.. _migration-2.0-gcc-5:
+
+GCC 5
+-----
+
+The default compiler is now GCC 5.2. This change has required fixes for
+compilation errors in a number of other recipes.
+
+One important example is a fix for when the Linux kernel freezes at boot
+time on ARM when built with GCC 5. If you are using your own kernel
+recipe or source tree and building for ARM, you will likely need to
+apply this
+`patch <https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit?id=a077224fd35b2f7fbc93f14cf67074fc792fbac2>`__.
+The standard ``linux-yocto`` kernel source tree already has a workaround
+for the same issue.
+
+For further details, see https://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-5/changes.html
+and the porting guide at
+https://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-5/porting_to.html.
+
+Alternatively, you can switch back to GCC 4.9 or 4.8 by setting
+``GCCVERSION`` in your configuration, as follows:
+::
+
+ GCCVERSION = "4.9%"
+
+.. _migration-2.0-Gstreamer-0.10-removed:
+
+Gstreamer 0.10 Removed
+----------------------
+
+Gstreamer 0.10 has been removed in favor of Gstreamer 1.x. As part of
+the change, recipes for Gstreamer 0.10 and related software are now
+located in ``meta-multimedia``. This change results in Qt4 having Phonon
+and Gstreamer support in QtWebkit disabled by default.
+
+.. _migration-2.0-removed-recipes:
+
+Removed Recipes
+---------------
+
+The following recipes have been moved or removed:
+
+- ``bluez4``: The recipe is obsolete and has been moved due to
+ ``bluez5`` becoming fully integrated. The ``bluez4`` recipe now
+ resides in ``meta-oe``.
+
+- ``gamin``: The recipe is obsolete and has been removed.
+
+- ``gnome-icon-theme``: The recipe's functionally has been replaced by
+ ``adwaita-icon-theme``.
+
+- Gstreamer 0.10 Recipes: Recipes for Gstreamer 0.10 have been removed
+ in favor of the recipes for Gstreamer 1.x.
+
+- ``insserv``: The recipe is obsolete and has been removed.
+
+- ``libunique``: The recipe is no longer used and has been moved to
+ ``meta-oe``.
+
+- ``midori``: The recipe's functionally has been replaced by
+ ``epiphany``.
+
+- ``python-gst``: The recipe is obsolete and has been removed since it
+ only contains bindings for Gstreamer 0.10.
+
+- ``qt-mobility``: The recipe is obsolete and has been removed since it
+ requires ``Gstreamer 0.10``, which has been replaced.
+
+- ``subversion``: All 1.6.x versions of this recipe have been removed.
+
+- ``webkit-gtk``: The older 1.8.3 version of this recipe has been
+ removed in favor of ``webkitgtk``.
+
+.. _migration-2.0-bitbake-datastore-improvements:
+
+BitBake datastore improvements
+------------------------------
+
+The method by which BitBake's datastore handles overrides has changed.
+Overrides are now applied dynamically and ``bb.data.update_data()`` is
+now a no-op. Thus, ``bb.data.update_data()`` is no longer required in
+order to apply the correct overrides. In practice, this change is
+unlikely to require any changes to Metadata. However, these minor
+changes in behavior exist:
+
+- All potential overrides are now visible in the variable history as
+ seen when you run the following:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake -e
+
+- ``d.delVar('VARNAME')`` and
+ ``d.setVar('VARNAME', None)`` result in the variable and all
+ of its overrides being cleared out. Before the change, only the
+ non-overridden values were cleared.
+
+.. _migration-2.0-shell-message-function-changes:
+
+Shell Message Function Changes
+------------------------------
+
+The shell versions of the BitBake message functions (i.e. ``bbdebug``,
+``bbnote``, ``bbwarn``, ``bbplain``, ``bberror``, and ``bbfatal``) are
+now connected through to their BitBake equivalents ``bb.debug()``,
+``bb.note()``, ``bb.warn()``, ``bb.plain()``, ``bb.error()``, and
+``bb.fatal()``, respectively. Thus, those message functions that you
+would expect to be printed by the BitBake UI are now actually printed.
+In practice, this change means two things:
+
+- If you now see messages on the console that you did not previously
+ see as a result of this change, you might need to clean up the calls
+ to ``bbwarn``, ``bberror``, and so forth. Or, you might want to
+ simply remove the calls.
+
+- The ``bbfatal`` message function now suppresses the full error log in
+ the UI, which means any calls to ``bbfatal`` where you still wish to
+ see the full error log should be replaced by ``die`` or
+ ``bbfatal_log``.
+
+.. _migration-2.0-extra-development-debug-package-cleanup:
+
+Extra Development/Debug Package Cleanup
+---------------------------------------
+
+The following recipes have had extra ``dev/dbg`` packages removed:
+
+- ``acl``
+
+- ``apmd``
+
+- ``aspell``
+
+- ``attr``
+
+- ``augeas``
+
+- ``bzip2``
+
+- ``cogl``
+
+- ``curl``
+
+- ``elfutils``
+
+- ``gcc-target``
+
+- ``libgcc``
+
+- ``libtool``
+
+- ``libxmu``
+
+- ``opkg``
+
+- ``pciutils``
+
+- ``rpm``
+
+- ``sysfsutils``
+
+- ``tiff``
+
+- ``xz``
+
+All of the above recipes now conform to the standard packaging scheme
+where a single ``-dev``, ``-dbg``, and ``-staticdev`` package exists per
+recipe.
+
+.. _migration-2.0-recipe-maintenance-tracking-data-moved-to-oe-core:
+
+Recipe Maintenance Tracking Data Moved to OE-Core
+-------------------------------------------------
+
+Maintenance tracking data for recipes that was previously part of
+``meta-yocto`` has been moved to :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)`. The change
+includes ``package_regex.inc`` and ``distro_alias.inc``, which are
+typically enabled when using the ``distrodata`` class. Additionally, the
+contents of ``upstream_tracking.inc`` has now been split out to the
+relevant recipes.
+
+.. _migration-2.0-automatic-stale-sysroot-file-cleanup:
+
+Automatic Stale Sysroot File Cleanup
+------------------------------------
+
+Stale files from recipes that no longer exist in the current
+configuration are now automatically removed from sysroot as well as
+removed from any other place managed by shared state. This automatic
+cleanup means that the build system now properly handles situations such
+as renaming the build system side of recipes, removal of layers from
+``bblayers.conf``, and :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`
+changes.
+
+Additionally, work directories for old versions of recipes are now
+pruned. If you wish to disable pruning old work directories, you can set
+the following variable in your configuration:
+::
+
+ SSTATE_PRUNE_OBSOLETEWORKDIR = "0"
+
+.. _migration-2.0-linux-yocto-kernel-metadata-repository-now-split-from-source:
+
+``linux-yocto`` Kernel Metadata Repository Now Split from Source
+----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The ``linux-yocto`` tree has up to now been a combined set of kernel
+changes and configuration (meta) data carried in a single tree. While
+this format is effective at keeping kernel configuration and source
+modifications synchronized, it is not always obvious to developers how
+to manipulate the Metadata as compared to the source.
+
+Metadata processing has now been removed from the
+:ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` class and the external
+Metadata repository ``yocto-kernel-cache``, which has always been used
+to seed the ``linux-yocto`` "meta" branch. This separate ``linux-yocto``
+cache repository is now the primary location for this data. Due to this
+change, ``linux-yocto`` is no longer able to process combined trees.
+Thus, if you need to have your own combined kernel repository, you must
+do the split there as well and update your recipes accordingly. See the
+``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.1.bb`` recipe for an example.
+
+.. _migration-2.0-additional-qa-checks:
+
+Additional QA checks
+--------------------
+
+The following QA checks have been added:
+
+- Added a "host-user-contaminated" check for ownership issues for
+ packaged files outside of ``/home``. The check looks for files that
+ are incorrectly owned by the user that ran BitBake instead of owned
+ by a valid user in the target system.
+
+- Added an "invalid-chars" check for invalid (non-UTF8) characters in
+ recipe metadata variable values (i.e.
+ :term:`DESCRIPTION`,
+ :term:`SUMMARY`, :term:`LICENSE`, and
+ :term:`SECTION`). Some package managers do not support
+ these characters.
+
+- Added an "invalid-packageconfig" check for any options specified in
+ :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` that do not match any
+ ``PACKAGECONFIG`` option defined for the recipe.
+
+.. _migration-2.0-miscellaneous:
+
+Miscellaneous Changes
+---------------------
+
+These additional changes exist:
+
+- ``gtk-update-icon-cache`` has been renamed to ``gtk-icon-utils``.
+
+- The ``tools-profile`` :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`
+ item as well as its corresponding packagegroup and
+ ``packagegroup-core-tools-profile`` no longer bring in ``oprofile``.
+ Bringing in ``oprofile`` was originally added to aid compilation on
+ resource-constrained targets. However, this aid has not been widely
+ used and is not likely to be used going forward due to the more
+ powerful target platforms and the existence of better
+ cross-compilation tools.
+
+- The :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable's default
+ value now specifies ``ext4`` instead of ``ext3``.
+
+- All support for the ``PRINC`` variable has been removed.
+
+- The ``packagegroup-core-full-cmdline`` packagegroup no longer brings
+ in ``lighttpd`` due to the fact that bringing in ``lighttpd`` is not
+ really in line with the packagegroup's purpose, which is to add full
+ versions of command-line tools that by default are provided by
+ ``busybox``.
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.1.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.1.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0220221
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.1.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,436 @@
+Moving to the Yocto Project 2.1 Release
+=======================================
+
+This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto
+Project 2.1 Release from the prior release.
+
+.. _migration-2.1-variable-expansion-in-python-functions:
+
+Variable Expansion in Python Functions
+--------------------------------------
+
+Variable expressions, such as ``${VARNAME}`` no longer expand
+automatically within Python functions. Suppressing expansion was done to
+allow Python functions to construct shell scripts or other code for
+situations in which you do not want such expressions expanded. For any
+existing code that relies on these expansions, you need to change the
+expansions to expand the value of individual variables through
+``d.getVar()``. To alternatively expand more complex expressions, use
+``d.expand()``.
+
+.. _migration-2.1-overrides-must-now-be-lower-case:
+
+Overrides Must Now be Lower-Case
+--------------------------------
+
+The convention for overrides has always been for them to be lower-case
+characters. This practice is now a requirement as BitBake's datastore
+now assumes lower-case characters in order to give a slight performance
+boost during parsing. In practical terms, this requirement means that
+anything that ends up in :term:`OVERRIDES` must now
+appear in lower-case characters (e.g. values for ``MACHINE``,
+``TARGET_ARCH``, ``DISTRO``, and also recipe names if
+``_pn-``\ recipename overrides are to be effective).
+
+.. _migration-2.1-expand-parameter-to-getvar-and-getvarflag-now-mandatory:
+
+Expand Parameter to ``getVar()`` and ``getVarFlag()`` is Now Mandatory
+----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The expand parameter to ``getVar()`` and ``getVarFlag()`` previously
+defaulted to False if not specified. Now, however, no default exists so
+one must be specified. You must change any ``getVar()`` calls that do
+not specify the final expand parameter to calls that do specify the
+parameter. You can run the following ``sed`` command at the base of a
+layer to make this change:
+::
+
+ sed -e 's:\(\.getVar([^,()]*\)):\1, False):g' -i `grep -ril getVar *`
+ sed -e 's:\(\.getVarFlag([^,()]*,[^,()]*\)):\1, False):g' -i `grep -ril getVarFlag *`
+
+.. note::
+
+ The reason for this change is that it prepares the way for changing
+ the default to True in a future Yocto Project release. This future
+ change is a much more sensible default than False. However, the
+ change needs to be made gradually as a sudden change of the default
+ would potentially cause side-effects that would be difficult to
+ detect.
+
+.. _migration-2.1-makefile-environment-changes:
+
+Makefile Environment Changes
+----------------------------
+
+:term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` now defaults to "" instead of
+"-e MAKEFLAGS=". Setting ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` to "-e MAKEFLAGS=" by default
+was a historical accident that has required many classes (e.g.
+``autotools``, ``module``) and recipes to override this default in order
+to work with sensible build systems. When upgrading to the release, you
+must edit any recipe that relies upon this old default by either setting
+``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` back to "-e MAKEFLAGS=" or by explicitly setting any
+required variable value overrides using ``EXTRA_OEMAKE``, which is
+typically only needed when a Makefile sets a default value for a
+variable that is inappropriate for cross-compilation using the "="
+operator rather than the "?=" operator.
+
+.. _migration-2.1-libexecdir-reverted-to-prefix-libexec:
+
+``libexecdir`` Reverted to ``${prefix}/libexec``
+------------------------------------------------
+
+The use of ``${libdir}/${BPN}`` as ``libexecdir`` is different as
+compared to all other mainstream distributions, which either uses
+``${prefix}/libexec`` or ``${libdir}``. The use is also contrary to the
+GNU Coding Standards (i.e.
+https://www.gnu.org/prep/standards/html_node/Directory-Variables.html)
+that suggest ``${prefix}/libexec`` and also notes that any
+package-specific nesting should be done by the package itself. Finally,
+having ``libexecdir`` change between recipes makes it very difficult for
+different recipes to invoke binaries that have been installed into
+``libexecdir``. The Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (i.e.
+http://refspecs.linuxfoundation.org/FHS_3.0/fhs/ch04s07.html) now
+recognizes the use of ``${prefix}/libexec/``, giving distributions the
+choice between ``${prefix}/lib`` or ``${prefix}/libexec`` without
+breaking FHS.
+
+.. _migration-2.1-ac-cv-sizeof-off-t-no-longer-cached-in-site-files:
+
+``ac_cv_sizeof_off_t`` is No Longer Cached in Site Files
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+For recipes inheriting the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>`
+class, ``ac_cv_sizeof_off_t`` is no longer cached in the site files for
+``autoconf``. The reason for this change is because the
+``ac_cv_sizeof_off_t`` value is not necessarily static per architecture
+as was previously assumed. Rather, the value changes based on whether
+large file support is enabled. For most software that uses ``autoconf``,
+this change should not be a problem. However, if you have a recipe that
+bypasses the standard :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task
+from the ``autotools`` class and the software the recipe is building
+uses a very old version of ``autoconf``, the recipe might be incapable
+of determining the correct size of ``off_t`` during ``do_configure``.
+
+The best course of action is to patch the software as necessary to allow
+the default implementation from the ``autotools`` class to work such
+that ``autoreconf`` succeeds and produces a working configure script,
+and to remove the overridden ``do_configure`` task such that the default
+implementation does get used.
+
+.. _migration-2.1-image-generation-split-out-from-filesystem-generation:
+
+Image Generation is Now Split Out from Filesystem Generation
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Previously, for image recipes the :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs`
+task assembled the filesystem and then from that filesystem generated
+images. With this Yocto Project release, image generation is split into
+separate :ref:`ref-tasks-image` tasks for clarity both in
+operation and in the code.
+
+For most cases, this change does not present any problems. However, if
+you have made customizations that directly modify the ``do_rootfs`` task
+or that mention ``do_rootfs``, you might need to update those changes.
+In particular, if you had added any tasks after ``do_rootfs``, you
+should make edits so that those tasks are after the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-image-complete` task rather than
+after ``do_rootfs`` so that the your added tasks run at the correct
+time.
+
+A minor part of this restructuring is that the post-processing
+definitions and functions have been moved from the
+:ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class to the
+:ref:`rootfs-postcommands <ref-classes-rootfs*>` class. Functionally,
+however, they remain unchanged.
+
+.. _migration-2.1-removed-recipes:
+
+Removed Recipes
+---------------
+
+The following recipes have been removed in the 2.1 release:
+
+- ``gcc`` version 4.8: Versions 4.9 and 5.3 remain.
+
+- ``qt4``: All support for Qt 4.x has been moved out to a separate
+ ``meta-qt4`` layer because Qt 4 is no longer supported upstream.
+
+- ``x11vnc``: Moved to the ``meta-oe`` layer.
+
+- ``linux-yocto-3.14``: No longer supported.
+
+- ``linux-yocto-3.19``: No longer supported.
+
+- ``libjpeg``: Replaced by the ``libjpeg-turbo`` recipe.
+
+- ``pth``: Became obsolete.
+
+- ``liboil``: Recipe is no longer needed and has been moved to the
+ ``meta-multimedia`` layer.
+
+- ``gtk-theme-torturer``: Recipe is no longer needed and has been moved
+ to the ``meta-gnome`` layer.
+
+- ``gnome-mime-data``: Recipe is no longer needed and has been moved to
+ the ``meta-gnome`` layer.
+
+- ``udev``: Replaced by the ``eudev`` recipe for compatibility when
+ using ``sysvinit`` with newer kernels.
+
+- ``python-pygtk``: Recipe became obsolete.
+
+- ``adt-installer``: Recipe became obsolete. See the "`ADT
+ Removed <#adt-removed>`__" section for more
+ information.
+
+.. _migration-2.1-class-changes:
+
+Class Changes
+-------------
+
+The following classes have changed:
+
+- ``autotools_stage``: Removed because the
+ :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class now provides its
+ functionality. Recipes that inherited from ``autotools_stage`` should
+ now inherit from ``autotools`` instead.
+
+- ``boot-directdisk``: Merged into the ``image-vm`` class. The
+ ``boot-directdisk`` class was rarely directly used. Consequently,
+ this change should not cause any issues.
+
+- ``bootimg``: Merged into the
+ :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class. The ``bootimg``
+ class was rarely directly used. Consequently, this change should not
+ cause any issues.
+
+- ``packageinfo``: Removed due to its limited use by the Hob UI, which
+ has itself been removed.
+
+.. _migration-2.1-build-system-ui-changes:
+
+Build System User Interface Changes
+-----------------------------------
+
+The following changes have been made to the build system user interface:
+
+- *Hob GTK+-based UI*: Removed because it is unmaintained and based on
+ the outdated GTK+ 2 library. The Toaster web-based UI is much more
+ capable and is actively maintained. See the
+ ":ref:`toaster-manual/toaster-manual-setup-and-use:using the toaster web interface`"
+ section in the Toaster User Manual for more information on this
+ interface.
+
+- *"puccho" BitBake UI*: Removed because is unmaintained and no longer
+ useful.
+
+.. _migration-2.1-adt-removed:
+
+ADT Removed
+-----------
+
+The Application Development Toolkit (ADT) has been removed because its
+functionality almost completely overlapped with the :ref:`standard
+SDK <sdk-manual/sdk-using:using the standard sdk>` and the
+:ref:`extensible SDK <sdk-manual/sdk-extensible:using the extensible sdk>`. For
+information on these SDKs and how to build and use them, see the
+:doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-manual` manual.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The Yocto Project Eclipse IDE Plug-in is still supported and is not
+ affected by this change.
+
+.. _migration-2.1-poky-reference-distribution-changes:
+
+Poky Reference Distribution Changes
+-----------------------------------
+
+The following changes have been made for the Poky distribution:
+
+- The ``meta-yocto`` layer has been renamed to ``meta-poky`` to better
+ match its purpose, which is to provide the Poky reference
+ distribution. The ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer retains its original name
+ since it provides reference machines for the Yocto Project and it is
+ otherwise unrelated to Poky. References to ``meta-yocto`` in your
+ ``conf/bblayers.conf`` should automatically be updated, so you should
+ not need to change anything unless you are relying on this naming
+ elsewhere.
+
+- The :ref:`uninative <ref-classes-uninative>` class is now enabled
+ by default in Poky. This class attempts to isolate the build system
+ from the host distribution's C library and makes re-use of native
+ shared state artifacts across different host distributions practical.
+ With this class enabled, a tarball containing a pre-built C library
+ is downloaded at the start of the build.
+
+ The ``uninative`` class is enabled through the
+ ``meta/conf/distro/include/yocto-uninative.inc`` file, which for
+ those not using the Poky distribution, can include to easily enable
+ the same functionality.
+
+ Alternatively, if you wish to build your own ``uninative`` tarball,
+ you can do so by building the ``uninative-tarball`` recipe, making it
+ available to your build machines (e.g. over HTTP/HTTPS) and setting a
+ similar configuration as the one set by ``yocto-uninative.inc``.
+
+- Static library generation, for most cases, is now disabled by default
+ in the Poky distribution. Disabling this generation saves some build
+ time as well as the size used for build output artifacts.
+
+ Disabling this library generation is accomplished through a
+ ``meta/conf/distro/include/no-static-libs.inc``, which for those not
+ using the Poky distribution can easily include to enable the same
+ functionality.
+
+ Any recipe that needs to opt-out of having the "--disable-static"
+ option specified on the configure command line either because it is
+ not a supported option for the configure script or because static
+ libraries are needed should set the following variable:
+ ::
+
+ DISABLE_STATIC = ""
+
+- The separate ``poky-tiny`` distribution now uses the musl C library
+ instead of a heavily pared down ``glibc``. Using musl results in a
+ smaller distribution and facilitates much greater maintainability
+ because musl is designed to have a small footprint.
+
+ If you have used ``poky-tiny`` and have customized the ``glibc``
+ configuration you will need to redo those customizations with musl
+ when upgrading to the new release.
+
+.. _migration-2.1-packaging-changes:
+
+Packaging Changes
+-----------------
+
+The following changes have been made to packaging:
+
+- The ``runuser`` and ``mountpoint`` binaries, which were previously in
+ the main ``util-linux`` package, have been split out into the
+ ``util-linux-runuser`` and ``util-linux-mountpoint`` packages,
+ respectively.
+
+- The ``python-elementtree`` package has been merged into the
+ ``python-xml`` package.
+
+.. _migration-2.1-tuning-file-changes:
+
+Tuning File Changes
+-------------------
+
+The following changes have been made to the tuning files:
+
+- The "no-thumb-interwork" tuning feature has been dropped from the ARM
+ tune include files. Because interworking is required for ARM EABI,
+ attempting to disable it through a tuning feature no longer makes
+ sense.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Support for ARM OABI was deprecated in gcc 4.7.
+
+- The ``tune-cortexm*.inc`` and ``tune-cortexr4.inc`` files have been
+ removed because they are poorly tested. Until the OpenEmbedded build
+ system officially gains support for CPUs without an MMU, these tuning
+ files would probably be better maintained in a separate layer if
+ needed.
+
+.. _migration-2.1-supporting-gobject-introspection:
+
+Supporting GObject Introspection
+--------------------------------
+
+This release supports generation of GLib Introspective Repository (GIR)
+files through GObject introspection, which is the standard mechanism for
+accessing GObject-based software from runtime environments. You can
+enable, disable, and test the generation of this data. See the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:enabling gobject introspection support`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
+information.
+
+.. _migration-2.1-miscellaneous-changes:
+
+Miscellaneous Changes
+---------------------
+
+These additional changes exist:
+
+- The minimum Git version has been increased to 1.8.3.1. If your host
+ distribution does not provide a sufficiently recent version, you can
+ install the buildtools, which will provide it. See the
+ :ref:`ref-manual/ref-system-requirements:required git, tar, python and gcc versions`
+ section for more information on the buildtools tarball.
+
+- The buggy and incomplete support for the RPM version 4 package
+ manager has been removed. The well-tested and maintained support for
+ RPM version 5 remains.
+
+- Previously, the following list of packages were removed if
+ package-management was not in
+ :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`, regardless of any
+ dependencies:
+ ::
+
+ update-rc.d
+ base-passwd
+ shadow
+ update-alternatives
+ run-postinsts
+
+ With the Yocto Project 2.1 release, these packages are
+ only removed if "read-only-rootfs" is in ``IMAGE_FEATURES``, since
+ they might still be needed for a read-write image even in the absence
+ of a package manager (e.g. if users need to be added, modified, or
+ removed at runtime).
+
+- The
+ :ref:`devtool modify <sdk-manual/sdk-extensible:use \`\`devtool modify\`\` to modify the source of an existing component>`
+ command now defaults to extracting the source since that is most
+ commonly expected. The "-x" or "--extract" options are now no-ops. If
+ you wish to provide your own existing source tree, you will now need
+ to specify either the "-n" or "--no-extract" options when running
+ ``devtool modify``.
+
+- If the formfactor for a machine is either not supplied or does not
+ specify whether a keyboard is attached, then the default is to assume
+ a keyboard is attached rather than assume no keyboard. This change
+ primarily affects the Sato UI.
+
+- The ``.debug`` directory packaging is now automatic. If your recipe
+ builds software that installs binaries into directories other than
+ the standard ones, you no longer need to take care of setting
+ ``FILES_${PN}-dbg`` to pick up the resulting ``.debug`` directories
+ as these directories are automatically found and added.
+
+- Inaccurate disk and CPU percentage data has been dropped from
+ ``buildstats`` output. This data has been replaced with
+ ``getrusage()`` data and corrected IO statistics. You will probably
+ need to update any custom code that reads the ``buildstats`` data.
+
+- The ``meta/conf/distro/include/package_regex.inc`` is now deprecated.
+ The contents of this file have been moved to individual recipes.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Because this file will likely be removed in a future Yocto Project
+ release, it is suggested that you remove any references to the
+ file that might be in your configuration.
+
+- The ``v86d/uvesafb`` has been removed from the ``genericx86`` and
+ ``genericx86-64`` reference machines, which are provided by the
+ ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer. Most modern x86 boards do not rely on this
+ file and it only adds kernel error messages during startup. If you do
+ still need to support ``uvesafb``, you can simply add ``v86d`` to
+ your image.
+
+- Build sysroot paths are now removed from debug symbol files. Removing
+ these paths means that remote GDB using an unstripped build system
+ sysroot will no longer work (although this was never documented to
+ work). The supported method to accomplish something similar is to set
+ ``IMAGE_GEN_DEBUGFS`` to "1", which will generate a companion debug
+ image containing unstripped binaries and associated debug sources
+ alongside the image.
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.2.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.2.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8afa8ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.2.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,450 @@
+Moving to the Yocto Project 2.2 Release
+=======================================
+
+This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto
+Project 2.2 Release from the prior release.
+
+.. _migration-2.2-minimum-kernel-version:
+
+Minimum Kernel Version
+----------------------
+
+The minimum kernel version for the target system and for SDK is now
+3.2.0, due to the upgrade to ``glibc 2.24``. Specifically, for
+AArch64-based targets the version is 3.14. For Nios II-based targets,
+the minimum kernel version is 3.19.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For x86 and x86_64, you can reset :term:`OLDEST_KERNEL`
+ to anything down to 2.6.32 if desired.
+
+.. _migration-2.2-staging-directories-in-sysroot-simplified:
+
+Staging Directories in Sysroot Has Been Simplified
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+The way directories are staged in sysroot has been simplified and
+introduces the new :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`,
+:term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE`, and
+:term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST`. See the
+`v2 patch series on the OE-Core Mailing
+List <http://lists.openembedded.org/pipermail/openembedded-core/2016-May/121365.html>`__
+for additional information.
+
+.. _migration-2.2-removal-of-old-images-from-tmp-deploy-now-enabled:
+
+Removal of Old Images and Other Files in ``tmp/deploy`` Now Enabled
+-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Removal of old images and other files in ``tmp/deploy/`` is now enabled
+by default due to a new staging method used for those files. As a result
+of this change, the ``RM_OLD_IMAGE`` variable is now redundant.
+
+.. _migration-2.2-python-changes:
+
+Python Changes
+--------------
+
+The following changes for Python occurred:
+
+.. _migration-2.2-bitbake-now-requires-python-3.4:
+
+BitBake Now Requires Python 3.4+
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+BitBake requires Python 3.4 or greater.
+
+.. _migration-2.2-utf-8-locale-required-on-build-host:
+
+UTF-8 Locale Required on Build Host
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+A UTF-8 locale is required on the build host due to Python 3. Since
+C.UTF-8 is not a standard, the default is en_US.UTF-8.
+
+.. _migration-2.2-metadata-now-must-use-python-3-syntax:
+
+Metadata Must Now Use Python 3 Syntax
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The metadata is now required to use Python 3 syntax. For help preparing
+metadata, see any of the many Python 3 porting guides available.
+Alternatively, you can reference the conversion commits for Bitbake and
+you can use :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` as a guide for changes. Following are
+particular areas of interest:
+
+ - subprocess command-line pipes needing locale decoding
+
+ - the syntax for octal values changed
+
+ - the ``iter*()`` functions changed name
+
+ - iterators now return views, not lists
+
+ - changed names for Python modules
+
+.. _migration-2.2-target-python-recipes-switched-to-python-3:
+
+Target Python Recipes Switched to Python 3
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Most target Python recipes have now been switched to Python 3.
+Unfortunately, systems using RPM as a package manager and providing
+online package-manager support through SMART still require Python 2.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Python 2 and recipes that use it can still be built for the target as
+ with previous versions.
+
+.. _migration-2.2-buildtools-tarball-includes-python-3:
+
+``buildtools-tarball`` Includes Python 3
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``buildtools-tarball`` now includes Python 3.
+
+.. _migration-2.2-uclibc-replaced-by-musl:
+
+uClibc Replaced by musl
+-----------------------
+
+uClibc has been removed in favor of musl. Musl has matured, is better
+maintained, and is compatible with a wider range of applications as
+compared to uClibc.
+
+.. _migration-2.2-B-no-longer-default-working-directory-for-tasks:
+
+``${B}`` No Longer Default Working Directory for Tasks
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+``${``\ :term:`B`\ ``}`` is no longer the default working
+directory for tasks. Consequently, any custom tasks you define now need
+to either have the
+``[``\ :ref:`dirs <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>`\ ``]`` flag
+set, or the task needs to change into the appropriate working directory
+manually (e.g using ``cd`` for a shell task).
+
+.. note::
+
+ The preferred method is to use the
+ [dirs]
+ flag.
+
+.. _migration-2.2-runqemu-ported-to-python:
+
+``runqemu`` Ported to Python
+----------------------------
+
+``runqemu`` has been ported to Python and has changed behavior in some
+cases. Previous usage patterns continue to be supported.
+
+The new ``runqemu`` is a Python script. Machine knowledge is no longer
+hardcoded into ``runqemu``. You can choose to use the ``qemuboot``
+configuration file to define the BSP's own arguments and to make it
+bootable with ``runqemu``. If you use a configuration file, use the
+following form:
+::
+
+ image-name-machine.qemuboot.conf
+
+The configuration file
+enables fine-grained tuning of options passed to QEMU without the
+``runqemu`` script hard-coding any knowledge about different machines.
+Using a configuration file is particularly convenient when trying to use
+QEMU with machines other than the ``qemu*`` machines in
+:term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)`. The ``qemuboot.conf`` file is generated by the
+``qemuboot`` class when the root filesystem is being build (i.e. build
+rootfs). QEMU boot arguments can be set in BSP's configuration file and
+the ``qemuboot`` class will save them to ``qemuboot.conf``.
+
+If you want to use ``runqemu`` without a configuration file, use the
+following command form:
+::
+
+ $ runqemu machine rootfs kernel [options]
+
+Supported machines are as follows:
+
+ - qemuarm
+ - qemuarm64
+ - qemux86
+ - qemux86-64
+ - qemuppc
+ - qemumips
+ - qemumips64
+ - qemumipsel
+ - qemumips64el
+
+Consider the
+following example, which uses the ``qemux86-64`` machine, provides a
+root filesystem, provides an image, and uses the ``nographic`` option: ::
+
+ $ runqemu qemux86-64 tmp/deploy/images/qemux86-64/core-image-minimal-qemux86-64.ext4 tmp/deploy/images/qemux86-64/bzImage nographic
+
+Following is a list of variables that can be set in configuration files
+such as ``bsp.conf`` to enable the BSP to be booted by ``runqemu``:
+
+.. note::
+
+ "QB" means "QEMU Boot".
+
+::
+
+ QB_SYSTEM_NAME: QEMU name (e.g. "qemu-system-i386")
+ QB_OPT_APPEND: Options to append to QEMU (e.g. "-show-cursor")
+ QB_DEFAULT_KERNEL: Default kernel to boot (e.g. "bzImage")
+ QB_DEFAULT_FSTYPE: Default FSTYPE to boot (e.g. "ext4")
+ QB_MEM: Memory (e.g. "-m 512")
+ QB_MACHINE: QEMU machine (e.g. "-machine virt")
+ QB_CPU: QEMU cpu (e.g. "-cpu qemu32")
+ QB_CPU_KVM: Similar to QB_CPU except used for kvm support (e.g. "-cpu kvm64")
+ QB_KERNEL_CMDLINE_APPEND: Options to append to the kernel's -append
+ option (e.g. "console=ttyS0 console=tty")
+ QB_DTB: QEMU dtb name
+ QB_AUDIO_DRV: QEMU audio driver (e.g. "alsa", set it when support audio)
+ QB_AUDIO_OPT: QEMU audio option (e.g. "-soundhw ac97,es1370"), which is used
+ when QB_AUDIO_DRV is set.
+ QB_KERNEL_ROOT: Kernel's root (e.g. /dev/vda)
+ QB_TAP_OPT: Network option for 'tap' mode (e.g.
+ "-netdev tap,id=net0,ifname=@TAP@,script=no,downscript=no -device virtio-net-device,netdev=net0").
+ runqemu will replace "@TAP@" with the one that is used, such as tap0, tap1 ...
+ QB_SLIRP_OPT: Network option for SLIRP mode (e.g. "-netdev user,id=net0 -device virtio-net-device,netdev=net0")
+ QB_ROOTFS_OPT: Used as rootfs (e.g.
+ "-drive id=disk0,file=@ROOTFS@,if=none,format=raw -device virtio-blk-device,drive=disk0").
+ runqemu will replace "@ROOTFS@" with the one which is used, such as
+ core-image-minimal-qemuarm64.ext4.
+ QB_SERIAL_OPT: Serial port (e.g. "-serial mon:stdio")
+ QB_TCPSERIAL_OPT: tcp serial port option (e.g.
+ " -device virtio-serial-device -chardev socket,id=virtcon,port=@PORT@,host=127.0.0.1 -device virtconsole,chardev=virtcon"
+ runqemu will replace "@PORT@" with the port number which is used.
+
+To use ``runqemu``, set :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES` as
+follows and run ``runqemu``:
+
+.. note::
+
+ For command-line syntax, use ``runqemu help``.
+
+::
+
+ IMAGE_CLASSES += "qemuboot"
+
+.. _migration-2.2-default-linker-hash-style-changed:
+
+Default Linker Hash Style Changed
+---------------------------------
+
+The default linker hash style for ``gcc-cross`` is now "sysv" in order
+to catch recipes that are building software without using the
+OpenEmbedded :term:`LDFLAGS`. This change could result in
+seeing some "No GNU_HASH in the elf binary" QA issues when building such
+recipes. You need to fix these recipes so that they use the expected
+``LDFLAGS``. Depending on how the software is built, the build system
+used by the software (e.g. a Makefile) might need to be patched.
+However, sometimes making this fix is as simple as adding the following
+to the recipe:
+::
+
+ TARGET_CC_ARCH += "${LDFLAGS}"
+
+.. _migration-2.2-kernel-image-base-name-no-longer-uses-kernel-imagetype:
+
+``KERNEL_IMAGE_BASE_NAME`` no Longer Uses ``KERNEL_IMAGETYPE``
+--------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The ``KERNEL_IMAGE_BASE_NAME`` variable no longer uses the
+:term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` variable to create the
+image's base name. Because the OpenEmbedded build system can now build
+multiple kernel image types, this part of the kernel image base name as
+been removed leaving only the following:
+::
+
+ KERNEL_IMAGE_BASE_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}-${DATETIME}"
+
+If you have recipes or
+classes that use ``KERNEL_IMAGE_BASE_NAME`` directly, you might need to
+update the references to ensure they continue to work.
+
+.. _migration-2.2-bitbake-changes:
+
+BitBake Changes
+---------------
+
+The following changes took place for BitBake:
+
+- The "goggle" UI and standalone image-writer tool have been removed as
+ they both require GTK+ 2.0 and were not being maintained.
+
+- The Perforce fetcher now supports :term:`SRCREV` for
+ specifying the source revision to use, be it
+ ``${``\ :term:`AUTOREV`\ ``}``, changelist number,
+ p4date, or label, in preference to separate
+ :term:`SRC_URI` parameters to specify these. This
+ change is more in-line with how the other fetchers work for source
+ control systems. Recipes that fetch from Perforce will need to be
+ updated to use ``SRCREV`` in place of specifying the source revision
+ within ``SRC_URI``.
+
+- Some of BitBake's internal code structures for accessing the recipe
+ cache needed to be changed to support the new multi-configuration
+ functionality. These changes will affect external tools that use
+ BitBake's tinfoil module. For information on these changes, see the
+ changes made to the scripts supplied with OpenEmbedded-Core:
+ `1 <http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/commit/?id=189371f8393971d00bca0fceffd67cc07784f6ee>`__
+ and
+ `2 <http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/commit/?id=4a5aa7ea4d07c2c90a1654b174873abb018acc67>`__.
+
+- The task management code has been rewritten to avoid using ID
+ indirection in order to improve performance. This change is unlikely
+ to cause any problems for most users. However, the setscene
+ verification function as pointed to by
+ ``BB_SETSCENE_VERIFY_FUNCTION`` needed to change signature.
+ Consequently, a new variable named ``BB_SETSCENE_VERIFY_FUNCTION2``
+ has been added allowing multiple versions of BitBake to work with
+ suitably written metadata, which includes OpenEmbedded-Core and Poky.
+ Anyone with custom BitBake task scheduler code might also need to
+ update the code to handle the new structure.
+
+.. _migration-2.2-swabber-has-been-removed:
+
+Swabber has Been Removed
+------------------------
+
+Swabber, a tool that was intended to detect host contamination in the
+build process, has been removed, as it has been unmaintained and unused
+for some time and was never particularly effective. The OpenEmbedded
+build system has since incorporated a number of mechanisms including
+enhanced QA checks that mean that there is less of a need for such a
+tool.
+
+.. _migration-2.2-removed-recipes:
+
+Removed Recipes
+---------------
+
+The following recipes have been removed:
+
+- ``augeas``: No longer needed and has been moved to ``meta-oe``.
+
+- ``directfb``: Unmaintained and has been moved to ``meta-oe``.
+
+- ``gcc``: Removed 4.9 version. Versions 5.4 and 6.2 are still present.
+
+- ``gnome-doc-utils``: No longer needed.
+
+- ``gtk-doc-stub``: Replaced by ``gtk-doc``.
+
+- ``gtk-engines``: No longer needed and has been moved to
+ ``meta-gnome``.
+
+- ``gtk-sato-engine``: Became obsolete.
+
+- ``libglade``: No longer needed and has been moved to ``meta-oe``.
+
+- ``libmad``: Unmaintained and functionally replaced by ``libmpg123``.
+ ``libmad`` has been moved to ``meta-oe``.
+
+- ``libowl``: Became obsolete.
+
+- ``libxsettings-client``: No longer needed.
+
+- ``oh-puzzles``: Functionally replaced by ``puzzles``.
+
+- ``oprofileui``: Became obsolete. OProfile has been largely supplanted
+ by perf.
+
+- ``packagegroup-core-directfb.bb``: Removed.
+
+- ``core-image-directfb.bb``: Removed.
+
+- ``pointercal``: No longer needed and has been moved to ``meta-oe``.
+
+- ``python-imaging``: No longer needed and moved to ``meta-python``
+
+- ``python-pyrex``: No longer needed and moved to ``meta-python``.
+
+- ``sato-icon-theme``: Became obsolete.
+
+- ``swabber-native``: Swabber has been removed. See the `entry on
+ Swabber <#swabber-has-been-removed>`__.
+
+- ``tslib``: No longer needed and has been moved to ``meta-oe``.
+
+- ``uclibc``: Removed in favor of musl.
+
+- ``xtscal``: No longer needed and moved to ``meta-oe``
+
+.. _migration-2.2-removed-classes:
+
+Removed Classes
+---------------
+
+The following classes have been removed:
+
+- ``distutils-native-base``: No longer needed.
+
+- ``distutils3-native-base``: No longer needed.
+
+- ``sdl``: Only set :term:`DEPENDS` and
+ :term:`SECTION`, which are better set within the
+ recipe instead.
+
+- ``sip``: Mostly unused.
+
+- ``swabber``: See the `entry on
+ Swabber <#swabber-has-been-removed>`__.
+
+.. _migration-2.2-minor-packaging-changes:
+
+Minor Packaging Changes
+-----------------------
+
+The following minor packaging changes have occurred:
+
+- ``grub``: Split ``grub-editenv`` into its own package.
+
+- ``systemd``: Split container and vm related units into a new package,
+ systemd-container.
+
+- ``util-linux``: Moved ``prlimit`` to a separate
+ ``util-linux-prlimit`` package.
+
+.. _migration-2.2-miscellaneous-changes:
+
+Miscellaneous Changes
+---------------------
+
+The following miscellaneous changes have occurred:
+
+- ``package_regex.inc``: Removed because the definitions
+ ``package_regex.inc`` previously contained have been moved to their
+ respective recipes.
+
+- Both ``devtool add`` and ``recipetool create`` now use a fixed
+ :term:`SRCREV` by default when fetching from a Git
+ repository. You can override this in either case to use
+ ``${``\ :term:`AUTOREV`\ ``}`` instead by using the
+ ``-a`` or ``DASHDASHautorev`` command-line option
+
+- ``distcc``: GTK+ UI is now disabled by default.
+
+- ``packagegroup-core-tools-testapps``: Removed Piglit.
+
+- ``image.bbclass``: Renamed COMPRESS(ION) to CONVERSION. This change
+ means that ``COMPRESSIONTYPES``, ``COMPRESS_DEPENDS`` and
+ ``COMPRESS_CMD`` are deprecated in favor of ``CONVERSIONTYPES``,
+ ``CONVERSION_DEPENDS`` and ``CONVERSION_CMD``. The ``COMPRESS*``
+ variable names will still work in the 2.2 release but metadata that
+ does not need to be backwards-compatible should be changed to use the
+ new names as the ``COMPRESS*`` ones will be removed in a future
+ release.
+
+- ``gtk-doc``: A full version of ``gtk-doc`` is now made available.
+ However, some old software might not be capable of using the current
+ version of ``gtk-doc`` to build documentation. You need to change
+ recipes that build such software so that they explicitly disable
+ building documentation with ``gtk-doc``.
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.3.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.3.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bf3e70
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.3.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,523 @@
+Moving to the Yocto Project 2.3 Release
+=======================================
+
+This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto
+Project 2.3 Release from the prior release.
+
+.. _migration-2.3-recipe-specific-sysroots:
+
+Recipe-specific Sysroots
+------------------------
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system now uses one sysroot per recipe to resolve
+long-standing issues with configuration script auto-detection of
+undeclared dependencies. Consequently, you might find that some of your
+previously written custom recipes are missing declared dependencies,
+particularly those dependencies that are incidentally built earlier in a
+typical build process and thus are already likely to be present in the
+shared sysroot in previous releases.
+
+Consider the following:
+
+- *Declare Build-Time Dependencies:* Because of this new feature, you
+ must explicitly declare all build-time dependencies for your recipe.
+ If you do not declare these dependencies, they are not populated into
+ the sysroot for the recipe.
+
+- *Specify Pre-Installation and Post-Installation Native Tool
+ Dependencies:* You must specifically specify any special native tool
+ dependencies of ``pkg_preinst`` and ``pkg_postinst`` scripts by using
+ the :term:`PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS` variable.
+ Specifying these dependencies ensures that these tools are available
+ if these scripts need to be run on the build host during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task.
+
+ As an example, see the ``dbus`` recipe. You will see that this recipe
+ has a ``pkg_postinst`` that calls ``systemctl`` if "systemd" is in
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. In the example,
+ ``systemd-systemctl-native`` is added to ``PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS``,
+ which is also conditional on "systemd" being in ``DISTRO_FEATURES``.
+
+- Examine Recipes that Use ``SSTATEPOSTINSTFUNCS``: You need to
+ examine any recipe that uses ``SSTATEPOSTINSTFUNCS`` and determine
+ steps to take.
+
+ Functions added to ``SSTATEPOSTINSTFUNCS`` are still called as they
+ were in previous Yocto Project releases. However, since a separate
+ sysroot is now being populated for every recipe and if existing
+ functions being called through ``SSTATEPOSTINSTFUNCS`` are doing
+ relocation, then you will need to change these to use a
+ post-installation script that is installed by a function added to
+ :term:`SYSROOT_PREPROCESS_FUNCS`.
+
+ For an example, see the ``pixbufcache`` class in ``meta/classes/`` in
+ the :ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:yocto project source repositories`.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The
+ SSTATEPOSTINSTFUNCS
+ variable itself is now deprecated in favor of the
+ do_populate_sysroot[postfuncs]
+ task. Consequently, if you do still have any function or functions
+ that need to be called after the sysroot component is created for
+ a recipe, then you would be well advised to take steps to use a
+ post installation script as described previously. Taking these
+ steps prepares your code for when
+ SSTATEPOSTINSTFUNCS
+ is removed in a future Yocto Project release.
+
+- *Specify the Sysroot when Using Certain External Scripts:* Because
+ the shared sysroot is now gone, the scripts
+ ``oe-find-native-sysroot`` and ``oe-run-native`` have been changed
+ such that you need to specify which recipe's
+ :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE` is used.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can find more information on how recipe-specific sysroots work in
+ the ":ref:`ref-classes-staging`" section.
+
+.. _migration-2.3-path-variable:
+
+``PATH`` Variable
+-----------------
+
+Within the environment used to run build tasks, the environment variable
+``PATH`` is now sanitized such that the normal native binary paths
+(``/bin``, ``/sbin``, ``/usr/bin`` and so forth) are removed and a
+directory containing symbolic links linking only to the binaries from
+the host mentioned in the :term:`HOSTTOOLS` and
+:term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL` variables is added
+to ``PATH``.
+
+Consequently, any native binaries provided by the host that you need to
+call needs to be in one of these two variables at the configuration
+level.
+
+Alternatively, you can add a native recipe (i.e. ``-native``) that
+provides the binary to the recipe's :term:`DEPENDS`
+value.
+
+.. note::
+
+ PATH
+ is not sanitized in the same way within ``devshell``.
+ If it were, you would have difficulty running host tools for
+ development and debugging within the shell.
+
+.. _migration-2.3-scripts:
+
+Changes to Scripts
+------------------
+
+The following changes to scripts took place:
+
+- ``oe-find-native-sysroot``: The usage for the
+ ``oe-find-native-sysroot`` script has changed to the following:
+ ::
+
+ $ . oe-find-native-sysroot recipe
+
+ You must now supply a recipe for recipe
+ as part of the command. Prior to the Yocto Project 2.3 release, it
+ was not necessary to provide the script with the command.
+
+- ``oe-run-native``: The usage for the ``oe-run-native`` script has
+ changed to the following:
+ ::
+
+ $ oe-run-native native_recipe tool
+
+ You must
+ supply the name of the native recipe and the tool you want to run as
+ part of the command. Prior to the Yocto Project 2.3 release, it
+ was not necessary to provide the native recipe with the command.
+
+- ``cleanup-workdir``: The ``cleanup-workdir`` script has been
+ removed because the script was found to be deleting files it should
+ not have, which lead to broken build trees. Rather than trying to
+ delete portions of :term:`TMPDIR` and getting it wrong,
+ it is recommended that you delete ``TMPDIR`` and have it restored
+ from shared state (sstate) on subsequent builds.
+
+- ``wipe-sysroot``: The ``wipe-sysroot`` script has been removed as
+ it is no longer needed with recipe-specific sysroots.
+
+.. _migration-2.3-functions:
+
+Changes to Functions
+--------------------
+
+The previously deprecated ``bb.data.getVar()``, ``bb.data.setVar()``,
+and related functions have been removed in favor of ``d.getVar()``,
+``d.setVar()``, and so forth.
+
+You need to fix any references to these old functions.
+
+.. _migration-2.3-bitbake-changes:
+
+BitBake Changes
+---------------
+
+The following changes took place for BitBake:
+
+- *BitBake's Graphical Dependency Explorer UI Replaced:* BitBake's
+ graphical dependency explorer UI ``depexp`` was replaced by
+ ``taskexp`` ("Task Explorer"), which provides a graphical way of
+ exploring the ``task-depends.dot`` file. The data presented by Task
+ Explorer is much more accurate than the data that was presented by
+ ``depexp``. Being able to visualize the data is an often requested
+ feature as standard ``*.dot`` file viewers cannot usual cope with the
+ size of the ``task-depends.dot`` file.
+
+- *BitBake "-g" Output Changes:* The ``package-depends.dot`` and
+ ``pn-depends.dot`` files as previously generated using the
+ ``bitbake -g`` command have been removed. A ``recipe-depends.dot``
+ file is now generated as a collapsed version of ``task-depends.dot``
+ instead.
+
+ The reason for this change is because ``package-depends.dot`` and
+ ``pn-depends.dot`` largely date back to a time before task-based
+ execution and do not take into account task-level dependencies
+ between recipes, which could be misleading.
+
+- *Mirror Variable Splitting Changes:* Mirror variables including
+ :term:`MIRRORS`, :term:`PREMIRRORS`,
+ and :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` can now separate
+ values entirely with spaces. Consequently, you no longer need "\\n".
+ BitBake looks for pairs of values, which simplifies usage. There
+ should be no change required to existing mirror variable values
+ themselves.
+
+- *The Subversion (SVN) Fetcher Uses an "ssh" Parameter and Not an
+ "rsh" Parameter:* The SVN fetcher now takes an "ssh" parameter
+ instead of an "rsh" parameter. This new optional parameter is used
+ when the "protocol" parameter is set to "svn+ssh". You can only use
+ the new parameter to specify the ``ssh`` program used by SVN. The SVN
+ fetcher passes the new parameter through the ``SVN_SSH`` environment
+ variable during the :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch` task.
+
+ See the ":ref:`bitbake:svn-fetcher`"
+ section in the BitBake
+ User Manual for additional information.
+
+- ``BB_SETSCENE_VERIFY_FUNCTION`` and ``BB_SETSCENE_VERIFY_FUNCTION2``
+ Removed: Because the mechanism they were part of is no longer
+ necessary with recipe-specific sysroots, the
+ ``BB_SETSCENE_VERIFY_FUNCTION`` and ``BB_SETSCENE_VERIFY_FUNCTION2``
+ variables have been removed.
+
+.. _migration-2.3-absolute-symlinks:
+
+Absolute Symbolic Links
+-----------------------
+
+Absolute symbolic links (symlinks) within staged files are no longer
+permitted and now trigger an error. Any explicit creation of symlinks
+can use the ``lnr`` script, which is a replacement for ``ln -r``.
+
+If the build scripts in the software that the recipe is building are
+creating a number of absolute symlinks that need to be corrected, you
+can inherit ``relative_symlinks`` within the recipe to turn those
+absolute symlinks into relative symlinks.
+
+.. _migration-2.3-gplv2-and-gplv3-moves:
+
+GPLv2 Versions of GPLv3 Recipes Moved
+-------------------------------------
+
+Older GPLv2 versions of GPLv3 recipes have moved to a separate
+``meta-gplv2`` layer.
+
+If you use :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE` to
+exclude GPLv3 or set :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION`
+to substitute a GPLv2 version of a GPLv3 recipe, then you must add the
+``meta-gplv2`` layer to your configuration.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can ``find meta-gplv2`` layer in the OpenEmbedded layer index at
+ https://layers.openembedded.org/layerindex/branch/master/layer/meta-gplv2/.
+
+These relocated GPLv2 recipes do not receive the same level of
+maintenance as other core recipes. The recipes do not get security fixes
+and upstream no longer maintains them. In fact, the upstream community
+is actively hostile towards people that use the old versions of the
+recipes. Moving these recipes into a separate layer both makes the
+different needs of the recipes clearer and clearly identifies the number
+of these recipes.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The long-term solution might be to move to BSD-licensed replacements
+ of the GPLv3 components for those that need to exclude GPLv3-licensed
+ components from the target system. This solution will be investigated
+ for future Yocto Project releases.
+
+.. _migration-2.3-package-management-changes:
+
+Package Management Changes
+--------------------------
+
+The following package management changes took place:
+
+- Smart package manager is replaced by DNF package manager. Smart has
+ become unmaintained upstream, is not ported to Python 3.x.
+ Consequently, Smart needed to be replaced. DNF is the only feasible
+ candidate.
+
+ The change in functionality is that the on-target runtime package
+ management from remote package feeds is now done with a different
+ tool that has a different set of command-line options. If you have
+ scripts that call the tool directly, or use its API, they need to be
+ fixed.
+
+ For more information, see the `DNF
+ Documentation <http://dnf.readthedocs.io/en/latest/>`__.
+
+- Rpm 5.x is replaced with Rpm 4.x. This is done for two major reasons:
+
+ - DNF is API-incompatible with Rpm 5.x and porting it and
+ maintaining the port is non-trivial.
+
+ - Rpm 5.x itself has limited maintenance upstream, and the Yocto
+ Project is one of the very few remaining users.
+
+- Berkeley DB 6.x is removed and Berkeley DB 5.x becomes the default:
+
+ - Version 6.x of Berkeley DB has largely been rejected by the open
+ source community due to its AGPLv3 license. As a result, most
+ mainstream open source projects that require DB are still
+ developed and tested with DB 5.x.
+
+ - In OE-core, the only thing that was requiring DB 6.x was Rpm 5.x.
+ Thus, no reason exists to continue carrying DB 6.x in OE-core.
+
+- ``createrepo`` is replaced with ``createrepo_c``.
+
+ ``createrepo_c`` is the current incarnation of the tool that
+ generates remote repository metadata. It is written in C as compared
+ to ``createrepo``, which is written in Python. ``createrepo_c`` is
+ faster and is maintained.
+
+- Architecture-independent RPM packages are "noarch" instead of "all".
+
+ This change was made because too many places in DNF/RPM4 stack
+ already make that assumption. Only the filenames and the architecture
+ tag has changed. Nothing else has changed in OE-core system,
+ particularly in the :ref:`allarch.bbclass <ref-classes-allarch>`
+ class.
+
+- Signing of remote package feeds using ``PACKAGE_FEED_SIGN`` is not
+ currently supported. This issue will be fully addressed in a future
+ Yocto Project release. See :yocto_bugs:`defect 11209 </show_bug.cgi?id=11209>`
+ for more information on a solution to package feed signing with RPM
+ in the Yocto Project 2.3 release.
+
+- OPKG now uses the libsolv backend for resolving package dependencies
+ by default. This is vastly superior to OPKG's internal ad-hoc solver
+ that was previously used. This change does have a small impact on
+ disk (around 500 KB) and memory footprint.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ For further details on this change, see the
+ :yocto_git:`commit message </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/commit/?id=f4d4f99cfbc2396e49c1613a7d237b9e57f06f81>`.
+
+.. _migration-2.3-removed-recipes:
+
+Removed Recipes
+---------------
+
+The following recipes have been removed:
+
+- ``linux-yocto 4.8``: Version 4.8 has been removed. Versions 4.1
+ (LTSI), 4.4 (LTS), 4.9 (LTS/LTSI) and 4.10 are now present.
+
+- ``python-smartpm``: Functionally replaced by ``dnf``.
+
+- ``createrepo``: Replaced by the ``createrepo-c`` recipe.
+
+- ``rpmresolve``: No longer needed with the move to RPM 4 as RPM
+ itself is used instead.
+
+- ``gstreamer``: Removed the GStreamer Git version recipes as they
+ have been stale. ``1.10.``\ x recipes are still present.
+
+- ``alsa-conf-base``: Merged into ``alsa-conf`` since ``libasound``
+ depended on both. Essentially, no way existed to install only one of
+ these.
+
+- ``tremor``: Moved to ``meta-multimedia``. Fixed-integer Vorbis
+ decoding is not needed by current hardware. Thus, GStreamer's ivorbis
+ plugin has been disabled by default eliminating the need for the
+ ``tremor`` recipe in :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)`.
+
+- ``gummiboot``: Replaced by ``systemd-boot``.
+
+.. _migration-2.3-wic-changes:
+
+Wic Changes
+-----------
+
+The following changes have been made to Wic:
+
+.. note::
+
+ For more information on Wic, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+- *Default Output Directory Changed:* Wic's default output directory is
+ now the current directory by default instead of the unusual
+ ``/var/tmp/wic``.
+
+ The "-o" and "--outdir" options remain unchanged and are used to
+ specify your preferred output directory if you do not want to use the
+ default directory.
+
+- *fsimage Plug-in Removed:* The Wic fsimage plugin has been removed as
+ it duplicates functionality of the rawcopy plugin.
+
+.. _migration-2.3-qa-changes:
+
+QA Changes
+----------
+
+The following QA checks have changed:
+
+- ``unsafe-references-in-binaries``: The
+ ``unsafe-references-in-binaries`` QA check, which was disabled by
+ default, has now been removed. This check was intended to detect
+ binaries in ``/bin`` that link to libraries in ``/usr/lib`` and have
+ the case where the user has ``/usr`` on a separate filesystem to
+ ``/``.
+
+ The removed QA check was buggy. Additionally, ``/usr`` residing on a
+ separate partition from ``/`` is now a rare configuration.
+ Consequently, ``unsafe-references-in-binaries`` was removed.
+
+- ``file-rdeps``: The ``file-rdeps`` QA check is now an error by
+ default instead of a warning. Because it is an error instead of a
+ warning, you need to address missing runtime dependencies.
+
+ For additional information, see the
+ :ref:`insane <ref-classes-insane>` class and the
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-qa-checks:errors and warnings`" section.
+
+.. _migration-2.3-miscellaneous-changes:
+
+Miscellaneous Changes
+---------------------
+
+The following miscellaneous changes have occurred:
+
+- In this release, a number of recipes have been changed to ignore the
+ ``largefile`` :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` item,
+ enabling large file support unconditionally. This feature has always
+ been enabled by default. Disabling the feature has not been widely
+ tested.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Future releases of the Yocto Project will remove entirely the
+ ability to disable the
+ largefile
+ feature, which would make it unconditionally enabled everywhere.
+
+- If the :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` value contains
+ the value of the :term:`DATE` variable, which is the
+ default between Poky releases, the ``DATE`` value is explicitly
+ excluded from ``/etc/issue`` and ``/etc/issue.net``, which is
+ displayed at the login prompt, in order to avoid conflicts with
+ Multilib enabled. Regardless, the ``DATE`` value is inaccurate if the
+ ``base-files`` recipe is restored from shared state (sstate) rather
+ than rebuilt.
+
+ If you need the build date recorded in ``/etc/issue*`` or anywhere
+ else in your image, a better method is to define a post-processing
+ function to do it and have the function called from
+ :term:`ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`.
+ Doing so ensures the value is always up-to-date with the created
+ image.
+
+- Dropbear's ``init`` script now disables DSA host keys by default.
+ This change is in line with the systemd service file, which supports
+ RSA keys only, and with recent versions of OpenSSH, which deprecates
+ DSA host keys.
+
+- The :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` class now
+ correctly uses tabs as separators between all columns in
+ ``installed-package-sizes.txt`` in order to aid import into other
+ tools.
+
+- The ``USE_LDCONFIG`` variable has been replaced with the "ldconfig"
+ ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` feature. Distributions that previously set:
+ ::
+
+ USE_LDCONFIG = "0"
+
+ should now instead use the following:
+
+ ::
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED_append = " ldconfig"
+
+- The default value of
+ :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` now
+ includes all versions of AGPL licenses in addition to GPL and LGPL.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The default list is not intended to be guaranteed as a complete
+ safe list. You should seek legal advice based on what you are
+ distributing if you are unsure.
+
+- Kernel module packages are now suffixed with the kernel version in
+ order to allow module packages from multiple kernel versions to
+ co-exist on a target system. If you wish to return to the previous
+ naming scheme that does not include the version suffix, use the
+ following:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_MODULE_PACKAGE_SUFFIX = ""
+
+- Removal of ``libtool`` ``*.la`` files is now enabled by default. The
+ ``*.la`` files are not actually needed on Linux and relocating them
+ is an unnecessary burden.
+
+ If you need to preserve these ``.la`` files (e.g. in a custom
+ distribution), you must change
+ :term:`INHERIT_DISTRO` such that
+ "remove-libtool" is not included in the value.
+
+- Extensible SDKs built for GCC 5+ now refuse to install on a
+ distribution where the host GCC version is 4.8 or 4.9. This change
+ resulted from the fact that the installation is known to fail due to
+ the way the ``uninative`` shared state (sstate) package is built. See
+ the :ref:`uninative <ref-classes-uninative>` class for additional
+ information.
+
+- All native and nativesdk recipes now use a separate
+ ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` value instead of sharing the value used by
+ recipes for the target, in order to avoid unnecessary rebuilds.
+
+ The ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` for ``native`` recipes is
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE` added to
+ an intersection of ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` and
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE`.
+
+ For nativesdk recipes, the corresponding variables are
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK`
+ and
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK`.
+
+- The ``FILESDIR`` variable, which was previously deprecated and rarely
+ used, has now been removed. You should change any recipes that set
+ ``FILESDIR`` to set :term:`FILESPATH` instead.
+
+- The ``MULTIMACH_HOST_SYS`` variable has been removed as it is no
+ longer needed with recipe-specific sysroots.
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.4.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.4.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..260b320
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.4.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
+Moving to the Yocto Project 2.4 Release
+=======================================
+
+This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto
+Project 2.4 Release from the prior release.
+
+.. _migration-2.4-memory-resident-mode:
+
+Memory Resident Mode
+--------------------
+
+A persistent mode is now available in BitBake's default operation,
+replacing its previous "memory resident mode" (i.e.
+``oe-init-build-env-memres``). Now you only need to set
+:term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT` to a timeout (in
+seconds) and BitBake's server stays resident for that amount of time
+between invocations. The ``oe-init-build-env-memres`` script has been
+removed since a separate environment setup script is no longer needed.
+
+.. _migration-2.4-packaging-changes:
+
+Packaging Changes
+-----------------
+
+This section provides information about packaging changes that have
+occurred:
+
+- ``python3`` Changes:
+
+ - The main "python3" package now brings in all of the standard
+ Python 3 distribution rather than a subset. This behavior matches
+ what is expected based on traditional Linux distributions. If you
+ wish to install a subset of Python 3, specify ``python-core`` plus
+ one or more of the individual packages that are still produced.
+
+ - ``python3``: The ``bz2.py``, ``lzma.py``, and
+ ``_compression.py`` scripts have been moved from the
+ ``python3-misc`` package to the ``python3-compression`` package.
+
+- ``binutils``: The ``libbfd`` library is now packaged in a separate
+ "libbfd" package. This packaging saves space when certain tools (e.g.
+ ``perf``) are installed. In such cases, the tools only need
+ ``libbfd`` rather than all the packages in ``binutils``.
+
+- ``util-linux`` Changes:
+
+ - The ``su`` program is now packaged in a separate "util-linux-su"
+ package, which is only built when "pam" is listed in the
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` variable.
+ ``util-linux`` should not be installed unless it is needed because
+ ``su`` is normally provided through the shadow file format. The
+ main ``util-linux`` package has runtime dependencies (i.e.
+ :term:`RDEPENDS`) on the ``util-linux-su`` package
+ when "pam" is in ``DISTRO_FEATURES``.
+
+ - The ``switch_root`` program is now packaged in a separate
+ "util-linux-switch-root" package for small initramfs images that
+ do not need the whole ``util-linux`` package or the busybox
+ binary, which are both much larger than ``switch_root``. The main
+ ``util-linux`` package has a recommended runtime dependency (i.e.
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS`) on the
+ ``util-linux-switch-root`` package.
+
+ - The ``ionice`` program is now packaged in a separate
+ "util-linux-ionice" package. The main ``util-linux`` package has a
+ recommended runtime dependency (i.e. ``RRECOMMENDS``) on the
+ ``util-linux-ionice`` package.
+
+- ``initscripts``: The ``sushell`` program is now packaged in a
+ separate "initscripts-sushell" package. This packaging change allows
+ systems to pull ``sushell`` in when ``selinux`` is enabled. The
+ change also eliminates needing to pull in the entire ``initscripts``
+ package. The main ``initscripts`` package has a runtime dependency
+ (i.e. ``RDEPENDS``) on the ``sushell`` package when "selinux" is in
+ ``DISTRO_FEATURES``.
+
+- ``glib-2.0``: The ``glib-2.0`` package now has a recommended
+ runtime dependency (i.e. ``RRECOMMENDS``) on the ``shared-mime-info``
+ package, since large portions of GIO are not useful without the MIME
+ database. You can remove the dependency by using the
+ :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` variable if
+ ``shared-mime-info`` is too large and is not required.
+
+- *Go Standard Runtime:* The Go standard runtime has been split out
+ from the main ``go`` recipe into a separate ``go-runtime`` recipe.
+
+.. _migration-2.4-removed-recipes:
+
+Removed Recipes
+---------------
+
+The following recipes have been removed:
+
+- ``acpitests``: This recipe is not maintained.
+
+- ``autogen-native``: No longer required by Grub, oe-core, or
+ meta-oe.
+
+- ``bdwgc``: Nothing in OpenEmbedded-Core requires this recipe. It
+ has moved to meta-oe.
+
+- ``byacc``: This recipe was only needed by rpm 5.x and has moved to
+ meta-oe.
+
+- ``gcc (5.4)``: The 5.4 series dropped the recipe in favor of 6.3 /
+ 7.2.
+
+- ``gnome-common``: Deprecated upstream and no longer needed.
+
+- ``go-bootstrap-native``: Go 1.9 does its own bootstrapping so this
+ recipe has been removed.
+
+- ``guile``: This recipe was only needed by ``autogen-native`` and
+ ``remake``. The recipe is no longer needed by either of these
+ programs.
+
+- ``libclass-isa-perl``: This recipe was previously needed for LSB 4,
+ no longer needed.
+
+- ``libdumpvalue-perl``: This recipe was previously needed for LSB 4,
+ no longer needed.
+
+- ``libenv-perl``: This recipe was previously needed for LSB 4, no
+ longer needed.
+
+- ``libfile-checktree-perl``: This recipe was previously needed for
+ LSB 4, no longer needed.
+
+- ``libi18n-collate-perl``: This recipe was previously needed for LSB
+ 4, no longer needed.
+
+- ``libiconv``: This recipe was only needed for ``uclibc``, which was
+ removed in the previous release. ``glibc`` and ``musl`` have their
+ own implementations. ``meta-mingw`` still needs ``libiconv``, so it
+ has been moved to ``meta-mingw``.
+
+- ``libpng12``: This recipe was previously needed for LSB. The
+ current ``libpng`` is 1.6.x.
+
+- ``libpod-plainer-perl``: This recipe was previously needed for LSB
+ 4, no longer needed.
+
+- ``linux-yocto (4.1)``: This recipe was removed in favor of 4.4,
+ 4.9, 4.10 and 4.12.
+
+- ``mailx``: This recipe was previously only needed for LSB
+ compatibility, and upstream is defunct.
+
+- ``mesa (git version only)``: The git version recipe was stale with
+ respect to the release version.
+
+- ``ofono (git version only)``: The git version recipe was stale with
+ respect to the release version.
+
+- ``portmap``: This recipe is obsolete and is superseded by
+ ``rpcbind``.
+
+- ``python3-pygpgme``: This recipe is old and unmaintained. It was
+ previously required by ``dnf``, which has switched to official
+ ``gpgme`` Python bindings.
+
+- ``python-async``: This recipe has been removed in favor of the
+ Python 3 version.
+
+- ``python-gitdb``: This recipe has been removed in favor of the
+ Python 3 version.
+
+- ``python-git``: This recipe was removed in favor of the Python 3
+ version.
+
+- ``python-mako``: This recipe was removed in favor of the Python 3
+ version.
+
+- ``python-pexpect``: This recipe was removed in favor of the Python
+ 3 version.
+
+- ``python-ptyprocess``: This recipe was removed in favor of Python
+ the 3 version.
+
+- ``python-pycurl``: Nothing is using this recipe in
+ OpenEmbedded-Core (i.e. ``meta-oe``).
+
+- ``python-six``: This recipe was removed in favor of the Python 3
+ version.
+
+- ``python-smmap``: This recipe was removed in favor of the Python 3
+ version.
+
+- ``remake``: Using ``remake`` as the provider of ``virtual/make`` is
+ broken. Consequently, this recipe is not needed in OpenEmbedded-Core.
+
+.. _migration-2.4-kernel-device-tree-move:
+
+Kernel Device Tree Move
+-----------------------
+
+Kernel Device Tree support is now easier to enable in a kernel recipe.
+The Device Tree code has moved to a
+:ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class.
+Functionality is automatically enabled for any recipe that inherits the
+:ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class and sets the
+:term:`KERNEL_DEVICETREE` variable. The
+previous mechanism for doing this,
+``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-dtb.inc``, is still available to avoid
+breakage, but triggers a deprecation warning. Future releases of the
+Yocto Project will remove ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-dtb.inc``.
+It is advisable to remove any ``require`` statements that request
+``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-dtb.inc`` from any custom kernel
+recipes you might have. This will avoid breakage in post 2.4 releases.
+
+.. _migration-2.4-package-qa-changes:
+
+Package QA Changes
+------------------
+
+The following package QA changes took place:
+
+- The "unsafe-references-in-scripts" QA check has been removed.
+
+- If you refer to ``${COREBASE}/LICENSE`` within
+ :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` you receive a
+ warning because this file is a description of the license for
+ OE-Core. Use ``${COMMON_LICENSE_DIR}/MIT`` if your recipe is
+ MIT-licensed and you cannot use the preferred method of referring to
+ a file within the source tree.
+
+.. _migration-2.4-readme-changes:
+
+``README`` File Changes
+-----------------------
+
+The following are changes to ``README`` files:
+
+- The main Poky ``README`` file has been moved to the ``meta-poky``
+ layer and has been renamed ``README.poky``. A symlink has been
+ created so that references to the old location work.
+
+- The ``README.hardware`` file has been moved to ``meta-yocto-bsp``. A
+ symlink has been created so that references to the old location work.
+
+- A ``README.qemu`` file has been created with coverage of the
+ ``qemu*`` machines.
+
+.. _migration-2.4-miscellaneous-changes:
+
+Miscellaneous Changes
+---------------------
+
+The following are additional changes:
+
+- The ``ROOTFS_PKGMANAGE_BOOTSTRAP`` variable and any references to it
+ have been removed. You should remove this variable from any custom
+ recipes.
+
+- The ``meta-yocto`` directory has been removed.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ In the Yocto Project 2.1 release
+ meta-yocto
+ was renamed to
+ meta-poky
+ and the
+ meta-yocto
+ subdirectory remained to avoid breaking existing configurations.
+
+- The ``maintainers.inc`` file, which tracks maintainers by listing a
+ primary person responsible for each recipe in OE-Core, has been moved
+ from ``meta-poky`` to OE-Core (i.e. from
+ ``meta-poky/conf/distro/include`` to ``meta/conf/distro/include``).
+
+- The :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>` class now makes
+ a single commit per build rather than one commit per subdirectory in
+ the repository. This behavior assumes the commits are enabled with
+ :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` = "1", which
+ is typical. Previously, the ``buildhistory`` class made one commit
+ per subdirectory in the repository in order to make it easier to see
+ the changes for a particular subdirectory. To view a particular
+ change, specify that subdirectory as the last parameter on the
+ ``git show`` or ``git diff`` commands.
+
+- The ``x86-base.inc`` file, which is included by all x86-based machine
+ configurations, now sets :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`
+ using ``?=`` to "live" rather than appending with ``+=``. This change
+ makes the default easier to override.
+
+- BitBake fires multiple "BuildStarted" events when multiconfig is
+ enabled (one per configuration). For more information, see the
+ ":ref:`Events <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:events>`" section in the BitBake User
+ Manual.
+
+- By default, the ``security_flags.inc`` file sets a
+ :term:`GCCPIE` variable with an option to enable
+ Position Independent Executables (PIE) within ``gcc``. Enabling PIE
+ in the GNU C Compiler (GCC), makes Return Oriented Programming (ROP)
+ attacks much more difficult to execute.
+
+- OE-Core now provides a ``bitbake-layers`` plugin that implements a
+ "create-layer" subcommand. The implementation of this subcommand has
+ resulted in the ``yocto-layer`` script being deprecated and will
+ likely be removed in the next Yocto Project release.
+
+- The ``vmdk``, ``vdi``, and ``qcow2`` image file types are now used in
+ conjunction with the "wic" image type through ``CONVERSION_CMD``.
+ Consequently, the equivalent image types are now ``wic.vmdk``,
+ ``wic.vdi``, and ``wic.qcow2``, respectively.
+
+- ``do_image_<type>[depends]`` has replaced ``IMAGE_DEPENDS_<type>``.
+ If you have your own classes that implement custom image types, then
+ you need to update them.
+
+- OpenSSL 1.1 has been introduced. However, the default is still 1.0.x
+ through the :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION`
+ variable. This preference is set is due to the remaining
+ compatibility issues with other software. The
+ :term:`PROVIDES` variable in the openssl 1.0 recipe
+ now includes "openssl10" as a marker that can be used in
+ :term:`DEPENDS` within recipes that build software
+ that still depend on OpenSSL 1.0.
+
+- To ensure consistent behavior, BitBake's "-r" and "-R" options (i.e.
+ prefile and postfile), which are used to read or post-read additional
+ configuration files from the command line, now only affect the
+ current BitBake command. Before these BitBake changes, these options
+ would "stick" for future executions.
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.5.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.5.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1aeddc8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.5.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
+Moving to the Yocto Project 2.5 Release
+=======================================
+
+This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto
+Project 2.5 Release from the prior release.
+
+.. _migration-2.5-packaging-changes:
+
+Packaging Changes
+-----------------
+
+This section provides information about packaging changes that have
+occurred:
+
+- ``bind-libs``: The libraries packaged by the bind recipe are in a
+ separate ``bind-libs`` package.
+
+- ``libfm-gtk``: The ``libfm`` GTK+ bindings are split into a
+ separate ``libfm-gtk`` package.
+
+- ``flex-libfl``: The flex recipe splits out libfl into a separate
+ ``flex-libfl`` package to avoid too many dependencies being pulled in
+ where only the library is needed.
+
+- ``grub-efi``: The ``grub-efi`` configuration is split into a
+ separate ``grub-bootconf`` recipe. However, the dependency
+ relationship from ``grub-efi`` is through a virtual/grub-bootconf
+ provider making it possible to have your own recipe provide the
+ dependency. Alternatively, you can use a BitBake append file to bring
+ the configuration back into the ``grub-efi`` recipe.
+
+- *armv7a Legacy Package Feed Support:* Legacy support is removed for
+ transitioning from ``armv7a`` to ``armv7a-vfp-neon`` in package
+ feeds, which was previously enabled by setting
+ ``PKGARCHCOMPAT_ARMV7A``. This transition occurred in 2011 and active
+ package feeds should by now be updated to the new naming.
+
+.. _migration-2.5-removed-recipes:
+
+Removed Recipes
+---------------
+
+The following recipes have been removed:
+
+- ``gcc``: The version 6.4 recipes are replaced by 7.x.
+
+- ``gst-player``: Renamed to ``gst-examples`` as per upstream.
+
+- ``hostap-utils``: This software package is obsolete.
+
+- ``latencytop``: This recipe is no longer maintained upstream. The
+ last release was in 2009.
+
+- ``libpfm4``: The only file that requires this recipe is
+ ``oprofile``, which has been removed.
+
+- ``linux-yocto``: The version 4.4, 4.9, and 4.10 recipes have been
+ removed. Versions 4.12, 4.14, and 4.15 remain.
+
+- ``man``: This recipe has been replaced by modern ``man-db``
+
+- ``mkelfimage``: This tool has been removed in the upstream coreboot
+ project, and is no longer needed with the removal of the ELF image
+ type.
+
+- ``nativesdk-postinst-intercept``: This recipe is not maintained.
+
+- ``neon``: This software package is no longer maintained upstream
+ and is no longer needed by anything in OpenEmbedded-Core.
+
+- ``oprofile``: The functionality of this recipe is replaced by
+ ``perf`` and keeping compatibility on an ongoing basis with ``musl``
+ is difficult.
+
+- ``pax``: This software package is obsolete.
+
+- ``stat``: This software package is not maintained upstream.
+ ``coreutils`` provides a modern stat binary.
+
+- ``zisofs-tools-native``: This recipe is no longer needed because
+ the compressed ISO image feature has been removed.
+
+.. _migration-2.5-scripts-and-tools-changes:
+
+Scripts and Tools Changes
+-------------------------
+
+The following are changes to scripts and tools:
+
+- ``yocto-bsp``, ``yocto-kernel``, and ``yocto-layer``: The
+ ``yocto-bsp``, ``yocto-kernel``, and ``yocto-layer`` scripts
+ previously shipped with poky but not in OpenEmbedded-Core have been
+ removed. These scripts are not maintained and are outdated. In many
+ cases, they are also limited in scope. The
+ ``bitbake-layers create-layer`` command is a direct replacement for
+ ``yocto-layer``. See the documentation to create a BSP or kernel
+ recipe in the ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:bsp kernel recipe example`" section.
+
+- ``devtool finish``: ``devtool finish`` now exits with an error if
+ there are uncommitted changes or a rebase/am in progress in the
+ recipe's source repository. If this error occurs, there might be
+ uncommitted changes that will not be included in updates to the
+ patches applied by the recipe. A -f/--force option is provided for
+ situations that the uncommitted changes are inconsequential and you
+ want to proceed regardless.
+
+- ``scripts/oe-setup-rpmrepo`` script: The functionality of
+ ``scripts/oe-setup-rpmrepo`` is replaced by
+ ``bitbake package-index``.
+
+- ``scripts/test-dependencies.sh`` script: The script is largely made
+ obsolete by the recipe-specific sysroots functionality introduced in
+ the previous release.
+
+.. _migration-2.5-bitbake-changes:
+
+BitBake Changes
+---------------
+
+The following are BitBake changes:
+
+- The ``--runall`` option has changed. There are two different
+ behaviors people might want:
+
+ - *Behavior A:* For a given target (or set of targets) look through
+ the task graph and run task X only if it is present and will be
+ built.
+
+ - *Behavior B:* For a given target (or set of targets) look through
+ the task graph and run task X if any recipe in the taskgraph has
+ such a target, even if it is not in the original task graph.
+
+ The ``--runall`` option now performs "Behavior B". Previously
+ ``--runall`` behaved like "Behavior A". A ``--runonly`` option has
+ been added to retain the ability to perform "Behavior A".
+
+- Several explicit "run this task for all recipes in the dependency
+ tree" tasks have been removed (e.g. ``fetchall``, ``checkuriall``,
+ and the ``*all`` tasks provided by the ``distrodata`` and
+ ``archiver`` classes). There is a BitBake option to complete this for
+ any arbitrary task. For example:
+ ::
+
+ bitbake <target> -c fetchall
+
+ should now be replaced with:
+ ::
+
+ bitbake <target> --runall=fetch
+
+.. _migration-2.5-python-and-python3-changes:
+
+Python and Python 3 Changes
+---------------------------
+
+The following are auto-packaging changes to Python and Python 3:
+
+The script-managed ``python-*-manifest.inc`` files that were previously
+used to generate Python and Python 3 packages have been replaced with a
+JSON-based file that is easier to read and maintain. A new task is
+available for maintainers of the Python recipes to update the JSON file
+when upgrading to new Python versions. You can now edit the file
+directly instead of having to edit a script and run it to update the
+file.
+
+One particular change to note is that the Python recipes no longer have
+build-time provides for their packages. This assumes ``python-foo`` is
+one of the packages provided by the Python recipe. You can no longer run
+``bitbake python-foo`` or have a
+:term:`DEPENDS` on ``python-foo``,
+but doing either of the following causes the package to work as
+expected: ::
+
+ IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " python-foo"
+
+or ::
+
+ RDEPENDS_${PN} = "python-foo"
+
+The earlier build-time provides behavior was a quirk of the
+way the Python manifest file was created. For more information on this
+change please see :yocto_git:`this commit
+</cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/commit/?id=8d94b9db221d1def42f091b991903faa2d1651ce>`.
+
+.. _migration-2.5-miscellaneous-changes:
+
+Miscellaneous Changes
+---------------------
+
+The following are additional changes:
+
+- The ``kernel`` class supports building packages for multiple kernels.
+ If your kernel recipe or ``.bbappend`` file mentions packaging at
+ all, you should replace references to the kernel in package names
+ with ``${KERNEL_PACKAGE_NAME}``. For example, if you disable
+ automatic installation of the kernel image using
+ ``RDEPENDS_kernel-base = ""`` you can avoid warnings using
+ ``RDEPENDS_${KERNEL_PACKAGE_NAME}-base = ""`` instead.
+
+- The ``buildhistory`` class commits changes to the repository by
+ default so you no longer need to set ``BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT = "1"``.
+ If you want to disable commits you need to set
+ ``BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT = "0"`` in your configuration.
+
+- The ``beaglebone`` reference machine has been renamed to
+ ``beaglebone-yocto``. The ``beaglebone-yocto`` BSP is a reference
+ implementation using only mainline components available in
+ OpenEmbedded-Core and ``meta-yocto-bsp``, whereas Texas Instruments
+ maintains a full-featured BSP in the ``meta-ti`` layer. This rename
+ avoids the previous name clash that existed between the two BSPs.
+
+- The ``update-alternatives`` class no longer works with SysV ``init``
+ scripts because this usage has been problematic. Also, the
+ ``sysklogd`` recipe no longer uses ``update-alternatives`` because it
+ is incompatible with other implementations.
+
+- By default, the :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` class uses
+ ``ninja`` instead of ``make`` for building. This improves build
+ performance. If a recipe is broken with ``ninja``, then the recipe
+ can set ``OECMAKE_GENERATOR = "Unix Makefiles"`` to change back to
+ ``make``.
+
+- The previously deprecated ``base_*`` functions have been removed in
+ favor of their replacements in ``meta/lib/oe`` and
+ ``bitbake/lib/bb``. These are typically used from recipes and
+ classes. Any references to the old functions must be updated. The
+ following table shows the removed functions and their replacements:
+
+ +------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
+ | *Removed* | *Replacement* |
+ +==============================+==========================================================+
+ | base_path_join() | oe.path.join() |
+ +------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
+ | base_path_relative() | oe.path.relative() |
+ +------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
+ | base_path_out() | oe.path.format_display() |
+ +------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
+ | base_read_file() | oe.utils.read_file() |
+ +------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
+ | base_ifelse() | oe.utils.ifelse() |
+ +------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
+ | base_conditional() | oe.utils.conditional() |
+ +------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
+ | base_less_or_equal() | oe.utils.less_or_equal() |
+ +------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
+ | base_version_less_or_equal() | oe.utils.version_less_or_equal() |
+ +------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
+ | base_contains() | bb.utils.contains() |
+ +------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
+ | base_both_contain() | oe.utils.both_contain() |
+ +------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
+ | base_prune_suffix() | oe.utils.prune_suffix() |
+ +------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
+ | oe_filter() | oe.utils.str_filter() |
+ +------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
+ | oe_filter_out() | oe.utils.str_filter_out() (or use the \_remove operator) |
+ +------------------------------+----------------------------------------------------------+
+
+- Using ``exit 1`` to explicitly defer a postinstall script until first
+ boot is now deprecated since it is not an obvious mechanism and can
+ mask actual errors. If you want to explicitly defer a postinstall to
+ first boot on the target rather than at ``rootfs`` creation time, use
+ ``pkg_postinst_ontarget()`` or call
+ ``postinst_intercept delay_to_first_boot`` from ``pkg_postinst()``.
+ Any failure of a ``pkg_postinst()`` script (including ``exit 1``)
+ will trigger a warning during ``do_rootfs``.
+
+ For more information, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:post-installation scripts`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+- The ``elf`` image type has been removed. This image type was removed
+ because the ``mkelfimage`` tool that was required to create it is no
+ longer provided by coreboot upstream and required updating every time
+ ``binutils`` updated.
+
+- Support for .iso image compression (previously enabled through
+ ``COMPRESSISO = "1"``) has been removed. The userspace tools
+ (``zisofs-tools``) are unmaintained and ``squashfs`` provides better
+ performance and compression. In order to build a live image with
+ squashfs+lz4 compression enabled you should now set
+ ``LIVE_ROOTFS_TYPE = "squashfs-lz4"`` and ensure that ``live`` is in
+ ``IMAGE_FSTYPES``.
+
+- Recipes with an unconditional dependency on ``libpam`` are only
+ buildable with ``pam`` in ``DISTRO_FEATURES``. If the dependency is
+ truly optional then it is recommended that the dependency be
+ conditional upon ``pam`` being in ``DISTRO_FEATURES``.
+
+- For EFI-based machines, the bootloader (``grub-efi`` by default) is
+ installed into the image at /boot. Wic can be used to split the
+ bootloader into separate boot and rootfs partitions if necessary.
+
+- Patches whose context does not match exactly (i.e. where patch
+ reports "fuzz" when applying) will generate a warning. For an example
+ of this see `this
+ commit <http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/commit/?id=cc97bc08125b63821ce3f616771830f77c456f57>`__.
+
+- Layers are expected to set ``LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_layername`` to match
+ the version(s) of OpenEmbedded-Core they are compatible with. This is
+ specified as codenames using spaces to separate multiple values (e.g.
+ "rocko sumo"). If a layer does not set
+ ``LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_layername``, a warning will is shown. If a layer
+ sets a value that does not include the current version ("sumo" for
+ the 2.5 release), then an error will be produced.
+
+- The ``TZ`` environment variable is set to "UTC" within the build
+ environment in order to fix reproducibility problems in some recipes.
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.6.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.6.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2f0da48
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.6.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,457 @@
+Moving to the Yocto Project 2.6 Release
+=======================================
+
+This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto
+Project 2.6 Release from the prior release.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-gcc-changes:
+
+GCC 8.2 is Now Used by Default
+------------------------------
+
+The GNU Compiler Collection version 8.2 is now used by default for
+compilation. For more information on what has changed in the GCC 8.x
+release, see https://gcc.gnu.org/gcc-8/changes.html.
+
+If you still need to compile with version 7.x, GCC 7.3 is also provided.
+You can select this version by setting the and can be selected by
+setting the :term:`GCCVERSION` variable to "7.%" in
+your configuration.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-removed-recipes:
+
+Removed Recipes
+---------------
+
+The following recipes have been removed:
+
+- *beecrypt*: No longer needed since moving to RPM 4.
+- *bigreqsproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *calibrateproto*: Removed in favor of ``xinput``.
+- *compositeproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *damageproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *dmxproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *dri2proto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *dri3proto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *eee-acpi-scripts*: Became obsolete.
+- *fixesproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *fontsproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *fstests*: Became obsolete.
+- *gccmakedep*: No longer used.
+- *glproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *gnome-desktop3*: No longer needed. This recipe has moved to ``meta-oe``.
+- *icon-naming-utils*: No longer used since the Sato theme was removed in 2016.
+- *inputproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *kbproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *libusb-compat*: Became obsolete.
+- *libuser*: Became obsolete.
+- *libnfsidmap*: No longer an external requirement since ``nfs-utils`` 2.2.1. ``libnfsidmap`` is now integrated.
+- *libxcalibrate*: No longer needed with ``xinput``
+- *mktemp*: Became obsolete. The ``mktemp`` command is provided by both ``busybox`` and ``coreutils``.
+- *ossp-uuid*: Is not being maintained and has mostly been replaced by ``uuid.h`` in ``util-linux``.
+- *pax-utils*: No longer needed. Previous QA tests that did use this recipe are now done at build time.
+- *pcmciautils*: Became obsolete.
+- *pixz*: No longer needed. ``xz`` now supports multi-threaded compression.
+- *presentproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *randrproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *recordproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *renderproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *resourceproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *scrnsaverproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *trace-cmd*: Became obsolete. ``perf`` replaced this recipe's functionally.
+- *videoproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *wireless-tools*: Became obsolete. Superseded by ``iw``.
+- *xcmiscproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *xextproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *xf86dgaproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *xf86driproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *xf86miscproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *xf86-video-omapfb*: Became obsolete. Use kernel modesetting driver instead.
+- *xf86-video-omap*: Became obsolete. Use kernel modesetting driver instead.
+- *xf86vidmodeproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *xineramaproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *xproto*: Replaced by ``xorgproto``.
+- *yasm*: No longer needed since previous usages are now satisfied by ``nasm``.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-packaging-changes:
+
+Packaging Changes
+-----------------
+
+The following packaging changes have been made:
+
+- *cmake*: ``cmake.m4`` and ``toolchain`` files have been moved to
+ the main package.
+
+- *iptables*: The ``iptables`` modules have been split into
+ separate packages.
+
+- *alsa-lib*: ``libasound`` is now in the main ``alsa-lib`` package
+ instead of ``libasound``.
+
+- *glibc*: ``libnss-db`` is now in its own package along with a
+ ``/var/db/makedbs.sh`` script to update databases.
+
+- *python and python3*: The main package has been removed from
+ the recipe. You must install specific packages or ``python-modules``
+ / ``python3-modules`` for everything.
+
+- *systemtap*: Moved ``systemtap-exporter`` into its own package.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-xorg-protocol-dependencies:
+
+XOrg Protocol dependencies
+--------------------------
+
+The ``*proto`` upstream repositories have been combined into one
+"xorgproto" repository. Thus, the corresponding recipes have also been
+combined into a single ``xorgproto`` recipe. Any recipes that depend
+upon the older ``*proto`` recipes need to be changed to depend on the
+newer ``xorgproto`` recipe instead.
+
+For names of recipes removed because of this repository change, see the
+`Removed Recipes <#removed-recipes>`__ section.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-distutils-distutils3-fetching-dependencies:
+
+``distutils`` and ``distutils3`` Now Prevent Fetching Dependencies During the ``do_configure`` Task
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Previously, it was possible for Python recipes that inherited the
+:ref:`distutils <ref-classes-distutils>` and
+:ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>` classes to fetch code
+during the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task to satisfy
+dependencies mentioned in ``setup.py`` if those dependencies were not
+provided in the sysroot (i.e. recipes providing the dependencies were
+missing from :term:`DEPENDS`).
+
+.. note::
+
+ This change affects classes beyond just the two mentioned (i.e.
+ ``distutils`` and ``distutils3``). Any recipe that inherits ``distutils*``
+ classes are affected. For example, the ``setuptools`` and ``setuptools3``
+ recipes are affected since they inherit the ``distutils*`` classes.
+
+Fetching these types of dependencies that are not provided in the
+sysroot negatively affects the ability to reproduce builds. This type of
+fetching is now explicitly disabled. Consequently, any missing
+dependencies in Python recipes that use these classes now result in an
+error during the ``do_configure`` task.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-linux-yocto-configuration-audit-issues-now-correctly-reported:
+
+``linux-yocto`` Configuration Audit Issues Now Correctly Reported
+-----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Due to a bug, the kernel configuration audit functionality was not
+writing out any resulting warnings during the build. This issue is now
+corrected. You might notice these warnings now if you have a custom
+kernel configuration with a ``linux-yocto`` style kernel recipe.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-image-kernel-artifact-naming-changes:
+
+Image/Kernel Artifact Naming Changes
+------------------------------------
+
+The following changes have been made:
+
+- Name variables (e.g. :term:`IMAGE_NAME`) use a new
+ ``IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX`` variable instead of
+ :term:`DATETIME`. Using ``IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX``
+ allows easier and more direct changes.
+
+ The ``IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX`` variable is set in the ``bitbake.conf``
+ configuration file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX = "-${DATETIME}"
+
+- Several variables have changed names for consistency:
+ ::
+
+ Old Variable Name New Variable Name
+ ========================================================
+ KERNEL_IMAGE_BASE_NAME KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME
+ KERNEL_IMAGE_SYMLINK_NAME KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME
+ MODULE_TARBALL_BASE_NAME MODULE_TARBALL_NAME
+ MODULE_TARBALL_SYMLINK_NAME MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME
+ INITRAMFS_BASE_NAME INITRAMFS_NAME
+
+- The ``MODULE_IMAGE_BASE_NAME`` variable has been removed. The module
+ tarball name is now controlled directly with the
+ :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_NAME` variable.
+
+- The :term:`KERNEL_DTB_NAME` and
+ :term:`KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME` variables
+ have been introduced to control kernel Device Tree Binary (DTB)
+ artifact names instead of mangling ``KERNEL_IMAGE_*`` variables.
+
+- The :term:`KERNEL_FIT_NAME` and
+ :term:`KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME` variables
+ have been introduced to specify the name of flattened image tree
+ (FIT) kernel images similar to other deployed artifacts.
+
+- The :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_NAME` and
+ :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME`
+ variable values no longer include the "module-" prefix or ".tgz"
+ suffix. These parts are now hardcoded so that the values are
+ consistent with other artifact naming variables.
+
+- Added the :term:`INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME`
+ variable so that the symlink can be controlled similarly to other
+ artifact types.
+
+- :term:`INITRAMFS_NAME` now uses
+ "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}" instead
+ of "${PV}-${PR}-${MACHINE}-${DATETIME}", which makes it consistent
+ with other variables.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-serial-console-deprecated:
+
+``SERIAL_CONSOLE`` Deprecated
+-----------------------------
+
+The :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLE` variable has been
+functionally replaced by the
+:term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES` variable for some time.
+With the Yocto Project 2.6 release, ``SERIAL_CONSOLE`` has been
+officially deprecated.
+
+``SERIAL_CONSOLE`` will continue to work as before for the 2.6 release.
+However, for the sake of future compatibility, it is recommended that
+you replace all instances of ``SERIAL_CONSOLE`` with
+``SERIAL_CONSOLES``.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The only difference in usage is that ``SERIAL_CONSOLES``
+ expects entries to be separated using semicolons as compared to
+ ``SERIAL_CONSOLE``, which expects spaces.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-poky-sets-unknown-configure-option-to-qa-error:
+
+Configure Script Reports Unknown Options as Errors
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+If the configure script reports an unknown option, this now triggers a
+QA error instead of a warning. Any recipes that previously got away with
+specifying such unknown options now need to be fixed.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-override-changes:
+
+Override Changes
+----------------
+
+The following changes have occurred:
+
+- The ``virtclass-native`` and ``virtclass-nativesdk`` Overrides Have
+ Been Removed: The ``virtclass-native`` and ``virtclass-nativesdk``
+ overrides have been deprecated since 2012 in favor of
+ ``class-native`` and ``class-nativesdk``, respectively. Both
+ ``virtclass-native`` and ``virtclass-nativesdk`` are now dropped.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The ``virtclass-multilib-`` overrides for multilib are still valid.
+
+- The ``forcevariable`` Override Now Has a Higher Priority Than
+ ``libc`` Overrides: The ``forcevariable`` override is documented to
+ be the highest priority override. However, due to a long-standing
+ quirk of how :term:`OVERRIDES` is set, the ``libc``
+ overrides (e.g. ``libc-glibc``, ``libc-musl``, and so forth)
+ erroneously had a higher priority. This issue is now corrected.
+
+ It is likely this change will not cause any problems. However, it is
+ possible with some unusual configurations that you might see a change
+ in behavior if you were relying on the previous behavior. Be sure to
+ check how you use ``forcevariable`` and ``libc-*`` overrides in your
+ custom layers and configuration files to ensure they make sense.
+
+- The ``build-${BUILD_OS}`` Override Has Been Removed: The
+ ``build-${BUILD_OS}``, which is typically ``build-linux``, override
+ has been removed because building on a host operating system other
+ than a recent version of Linux is neither supported nor recommended.
+ Dropping the override avoids giving the impression that other host
+ operating systems might be supported.
+
+- The "_remove" operator now preserves whitespace. Consequently, when
+ specifying list items to remove, be aware that leading and trailing
+ whitespace resulting from the removal is retained.
+
+ See the ":ref:`bitbake:removing-override-style-syntax`"
+ section in the BitBake User Manual for a detailed example.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-systemd-configuration-now-split-out-to-system-conf:
+
+``systemd`` Configuration is Now Split Into ``systemd-conf``
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The configuration for the ``systemd`` recipe has been moved into a
+``system-conf`` recipe. Moving this configuration to a separate recipe
+avoids the ``systemd`` recipe from becoming machine-specific for cases
+where machine-specific configurations need to be applied (e.g. for
+``qemu*`` machines).
+
+Currently, the new recipe packages the following files:
+::
+
+ ${sysconfdir}/machine-id
+ ${sysconfdir}/systemd/coredump.conf
+ ${sysconfdir}/systemd/journald.conf
+ ${sysconfdir}/systemd/logind.conf
+ ${sysconfdir}/systemd/system.conf
+ ${sysconfdir}/systemd/user.conf
+
+If you previously used bbappend files to append the ``systemd`` recipe to
+change any of the listed files, you must do so for the ``systemd-conf``
+recipe instead.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-automatic-testing-changes:
+
+Automatic Testing Changes
+-------------------------
+
+This section provides information about automatic testing changes:
+
+- ``TEST_IMAGE`` Variable Removed: Prior to this release, you set the
+ ``TEST_IMAGE`` variable to "1" to enable automatic testing for
+ successfully built images. The ``TEST_IMAGE`` variable no longer
+ exists and has been replaced by the
+ :term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO` variable.
+
+- Inheriting the ``testimage`` and ``testsdk`` Classes: Best
+ practices now dictate that you use the
+ :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES` variable rather than the
+ :term:`INHERIT` variable when you inherit the
+ :ref:`testimage <ref-classes-testimage*>` and
+ :ref:`testsdk <ref-classes-testsdk>` classes used for automatic
+ testing.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-openssl-changes:
+
+OpenSSL Changes
+---------------
+
+`OpenSSL <https://www.openssl.org/>`__ has been upgraded from 1.0 to
+1.1. By default, this upgrade could cause problems for recipes that have
+both versions in their dependency chains. The problem is that both
+versions cannot be installed together at build time.
+
+.. note::
+
+ It is possible to have both versions of the library at runtime.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-bitbake-changes:
+
+BitBake Changes
+---------------
+
+The server logfile ``bitbake-cookerdaemon.log`` is now always placed in
+the :term:`Build Directory` instead of the current
+directory.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-security-changes:
+
+Security Changes
+----------------
+
+The Poky distribution now uses security compiler flags by default.
+Inclusion of these flags could cause new failures due to stricter
+checking for various potential security issues in code.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-post-installation-changes:
+
+Post Installation Changes
+-------------------------
+
+You must explicitly mark post installs to defer to the target. If you
+want to explicitly defer a postinstall to first boot on the target
+rather than at rootfs creation time, use ``pkg_postinst_ontarget()`` or
+call ``postinst_intercept delay_to_first_boot`` from ``pkg_postinst()``.
+Any failure of a ``pkg_postinst()`` script (including exit 1) triggers
+an error during the :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task.
+
+For more information on post-installation behavior, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:post-installation scripts`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-python-3-profile-guided-optimizations:
+
+Python 3 Profile-Guided Optimization
+------------------------------------
+
+The ``python3`` recipe now enables profile-guided optimization. Using
+this optimization requires a little extra build time in exchange for
+improved performance on the target at runtime. Additionally, the
+optimization is only enabled if the current
+:term:`MACHINE` has support for user-mode emulation in
+QEMU (i.e. "qemu-usermode" is in
+:term:`MACHINE_FEATURES`, which it is by
+default).
+
+If you wish to disable Python profile-guided optimization regardless of
+the value of ``MACHINE_FEATURES``, then ensure that
+:term:`PACKAGECONFIG` for the ``python3`` recipe
+does not contain "pgo". You could accomplish the latter using the
+following at the configuration level:
+::
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG_remove_pn-python3 = "pgo"
+
+Alternatively, you can set ``PACKAGECONFIG`` using an append file
+for the ``python3`` recipe.
+
+.. _migration-2.6-miscellaneous-changes:
+
+Miscellaneous Changes
+---------------------
+
+The following miscellaneous changes occurred:
+
+- Default to using the Thumb-2 instruction set for armv7a and above. If
+ you have any custom recipes that build software that needs to be
+ built with the ARM instruction set, change the recipe to set the
+ instruction set as follows:
+ ::
+
+ ARM_INSTRUCTION_SET = "arm"
+
+- ``run-postinsts`` no longer uses ``/etc/*-postinsts`` for
+ ``dpkg/opkg`` in favor of built-in postinst support. RPM behavior
+ remains unchanged.
+
+- The ``NOISO`` and ``NOHDD`` variables are no longer used. You now
+ control building ``*.iso`` and ``*.hddimg`` image types directly by
+ using the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable.
+
+- The ``scripts/contrib/mkefidisk.sh`` has been removed in favor of
+ Wic.
+
+- ``kernel-modules`` has been removed from
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS` for ``qemumips`` and
+ ``qemumips64`` machines. Removal also impacts the ``x86-base.inc``
+ file.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ ``genericx86`` and ``genericx86-64`` retain ``kernel-modules`` as part of
+ the ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable setting.
+
+- The ``LGPLv2_WHITELIST_GPL-3.0`` variable has been removed. If you
+ are setting this variable in your configuration, set or append it to
+ the ``WHITELIST_GPL-3.0`` variable instead.
+
+- ``${ASNEEDED}`` is now included in the
+ :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` variable directly. The
+ remaining definitions from ``meta/conf/distro/include/as-needed.inc``
+ have been moved to corresponding recipes.
+
+- Support for DSA host keys has been dropped from the OpenSSH recipes.
+ If you are still using DSA keys, you must switch over to a more
+ secure algorithm as recommended by OpenSSH upstream.
+
+- The ``dhcp`` recipe now uses the ``dhcpd6.conf`` configuration file
+ in ``dhcpd6.service`` for IPv6 DHCP rather than re-using
+ ``dhcpd.conf``, which is now reserved for IPv4.
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.7.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.7.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7e628fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-2.7.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+Moving to the Yocto Project 2.7 Release
+=======================================
+
+This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto
+Project 2.7 Release from the prior release.
+
+.. _migration-2.7-bitbake-changes:
+
+BitBake Changes
+---------------
+
+The following changes have been made to BitBake:
+
+- BitBake now checks anonymous Python functions and pure Python
+ functions (e.g. ``def funcname:``) in the metadata for tab
+ indentation. If found, BitBake produces a warning.
+
+- Bitbake now checks
+ :term:`BBFILE_COLLECTIONS` for duplicate
+ entries and triggers an error if any are found.
+
+.. _migration-2.7-eclipse-support-dropped:
+
+Eclipse Support Removed
+-----------------------
+
+Support for the Eclipse IDE has been removed. Support continues for
+those releases prior to 2.7 that did include support. The 2.7 release
+does not include the Eclipse Yocto plugin.
+
+.. _migration-2.7-qemu-native-splits-system-and-user-mode-parts:
+
+``qemu-native`` Splits the System and User-Mode Parts
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+The system and user-mode parts of ``qemu-native`` are now split.
+``qemu-native`` provides the user-mode components and
+``qemu-system-native`` provides the system components. If you have
+recipes that depend on QEMU's system emulation functionality at build
+time, they should now depend upon ``qemu-system-native`` instead of
+``qemu-native``.
+
+.. _migration-2.7-upstream-tracking.inc-removed:
+
+The ``upstream-tracking.inc`` File Has Been Removed
+---------------------------------------------------
+
+The previously deprecated ``upstream-tracking.inc`` file is now removed.
+Any ``UPSTREAM_TRACKING*`` variables are now set in the corresponding
+recipes instead.
+
+Remove any references you have to the ``upstream-tracking.inc`` file in
+your configuration.
+
+.. _migration-2.7-distro-features-libc-removed:
+
+The ``DISTRO_FEATURES_LIBC`` Variable Has Been Removed
+------------------------------------------------------
+
+The ``DISTRO_FEATURES_LIBC`` variable is no longer used. The ability to
+configure glibc using kconfig has been removed for quite some time
+making the ``libc-*`` features set no longer effective.
+
+Remove any references you have to ``DISTRO_FEATURES_LIBC`` in your own
+layers.
+
+.. _migration-2.7-license-values:
+
+License Value Corrections
+-------------------------
+
+The following corrections have been made to the
+:term:`LICENSE` values set by recipes:
+
+- *socat*: Corrected ``LICENSE`` to be "GPLv2" rather than "GPLv2+".
+- *libgfortran*: Set license to "GPL-3.0-with-GCC-exception".
+- *elfutils*: Removed "Elfutils-Exception" and set to "GPLv2" for shared libraries
+
+.. _migration-2.7-packaging-changes:
+
+Packaging Changes
+-----------------
+
+This section provides information about packaging changes.
+
+- ``bind``: The ``nsupdate`` binary has been moved to the
+ ``bind-utils`` package.
+
+- Debug split: The default debug split has been changed to create
+ separate source packages (i.e. package_name\ ``-dbg`` and
+ package_name\ ``-src``). If you are currently using ``dbg-pkgs`` in
+ :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` to bring in debug
+ symbols and you still need the sources, you must now also add
+ ``src-pkgs`` to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``. Source packages remain in the
+ target portion of the SDK by default, unless you have set your own
+ value for :term:`SDKIMAGE_FEATURES` that
+ does not include ``src-pkgs``.
+
+- Mount all using ``util-linux``: ``/etc/default/mountall`` has moved
+ into the -mount sub-package.
+
+- Splitting binaries using ``util-linux``: ``util-linux`` now splits
+ each binary into its own package for fine-grained control. The main
+ ``util-linux`` package pulls in the individual binary packages using
+ the :term:`RRECOMMENDS` and
+ :term:`RDEPENDS` variables. As a result, existing
+ images should not see any changes assuming
+ :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` is not set.
+
+- ``netbase/base-files``: ``/etc/hosts`` has moved from ``netbase`` to
+ ``base-files``.
+
+- ``tzdata``: The main package has been converted to an empty meta
+ package that pulls in all ``tzdata`` packages by default.
+
+- ``lrzsz``: This package has been removed from
+ ``packagegroup-self-hosted`` and
+ ``packagegroup-core-tools-testapps``. The X/Y/ZModem support is less
+ likely to be needed on modern systems. If you are relying on these
+ packagegroups to include the ``lrzsz`` package in your image, you now
+ need to explicitly add the package.
+
+.. _migration-2.7-removed-recipes:
+
+Removed Recipes
+---------------
+
+The following recipes have been removed:
+
+- *gcc*: Drop version 7.3 recipes. Version 8.3 now remains.
+- *linux-yocto*: Drop versions 4.14 and 4.18 recipes. Versions 4.19 and 5.0 remain.
+- *go*: Drop version 1.9 recipes. Versions 1.11 and 1.12 remain.
+- *xvideo-tests*: Became obsolete.
+- *libart-lgpl*: Became obsolete.
+- *gtk-icon-utils-native*: These tools are now provided by gtk+3-native
+- *gcc-cross-initial*: No longer needed. gcc-cross/gcc-crosssdk is now used instead.
+- *gcc-crosssdk-initial*: No longer needed. gcc-cross/gcc-crosssdk is now used instead.
+- *glibc-initial*: Removed because the benefits of having it for site_config are currently outweighed by the cost of building the recipe.
+
+.. _migration-2.7-removed-classes:
+
+Removed Classes
+---------------
+
+The following classes have been removed:
+
+- *distutils-tools*: This class was never used.
+- *bugzilla.bbclass*: Became obsolete.
+- *distrodata*: This functionally has been replaced by a more modern tinfoil-based implementation.
+
+.. _migration-2.7-miscellaneous-changes:
+
+Miscellaneous Changes
+---------------------
+
+The following miscellaneous changes occurred:
+
+- The ``distro`` subdirectory of the Poky repository has been removed
+ from the top-level ``scripts`` directory.
+
+- Perl now builds for the target using
+ `perl-cross <http://arsv.github.io/perl-cross/>`_ for better
+ maintainability and improved build performance. This change should
+ not present any problems unless you have heavily customized your Perl
+ recipe.
+
+- ``arm-tunes``: Removed the "-march" option if mcpu is already added.
+
+- ``update-alternatives``: Convert file renames to
+ :term:`PACKAGE_PREPROCESS_FUNCS`
+
+- ``base/pixbufcache``: Obsolete ``sstatecompletions`` code has been
+ removed.
+
+- :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>` class:
+ :term:`RDEPENDS` handling has been enabled.
+
+- ``inetutils``: This recipe has rsh disabled.
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-3.0.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-3.0.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..047b755
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-3.0.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+Moving to the Yocto Project 3.0 Release
+=======================================
+
+This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto
+Project 3.0 Release from the prior release.
+
+.. _migration-3.0-init-system-selection:
+
+Init System Selection
+---------------------
+
+Changing the init system manager previously required setting a number of
+different variables. You can now change the manager by setting the
+``INIT_MANAGER`` variable and the corresponding include files (i.e.
+``conf/distro/include/init-manager-*.conf``). Include files are provided
+for four values: "none", "sysvinit", "systemd", and "mdev-busybox". The
+default value, "none", for ``INIT_MANAGER`` should allow your current
+settings to continue working. However, it is advisable to explicitly set
+``INIT_MANAGER``.
+
+.. _migration-3.0-lsb-support-removed:
+
+LSB Support Removed
+-------------------
+
+Linux Standard Base (LSB) as a standard is not current, and is not well
+suited for embedded applications. Support can be continued in a separate
+layer if needed. However, presently LSB support has been removed from
+the core.
+
+As a result of this change, the ``poky-lsb`` derivative distribution
+configuration that was also used for testing alternative configurations
+has been replaced with a ``poky-altcfg`` distribution that has LSB parts
+removed.
+
+.. _migration-3.0-removed-recipes:
+
+Removed Recipes
+---------------
+
+The following recipes have been removed.
+
+- ``core-image-lsb-dev``: Part of removed LSB support.
+
+- ``core-image-lsb``: Part of removed LSB support.
+
+- ``core-image-lsb-sdk``: Part of removed LSB support.
+
+- ``cve-check-tool``: Functionally replaced by the ``cve-update-db``
+ recipe and ``cve-check`` class.
+
+- ``eglinfo``: No longer maintained. ``eglinfo`` from ``mesa-demos`` is
+ an adequate and maintained alternative.
+
+- ``gcc-8.3``: Version 8.3 removed. Replaced by 9.2.
+
+- ``gnome-themes-standard``: Only needed by gtk+ 2.x, which has been
+ removed.
+
+- ``gtk+``: GTK+ 2 is obsolete and has been replaced by gtk+3.
+
+- ``irda-utils``: Has become obsolete. IrDA support has been removed
+ from the Linux kernel in version 4.17 and later.
+
+- ``libnewt-python``: ``libnewt`` Python support merged into main
+ ``libnewt`` recipe.
+
+- ``libsdl``: Replaced by newer ``libsdl2``.
+
+- ``libx11-diet``: Became obsolete.
+
+- ``libxx86dga``: Removed obsolete client library.
+
+- ``libxx86misc``: Removed. Library is redundant.
+
+- ``linux-yocto``: Version 5.0 removed, which is now redundant (5.2 /
+ 4.19 present).
+
+- ``lsbinitscripts``: Part of removed LSB support.
+
+- ``lsb``: Part of removed LSB support.
+
+- ``lsbtest``: Part of removed LSB support.
+
+- ``openssl10``: Replaced by newer ``openssl`` version 1.1.
+
+- ``packagegroup-core-lsb``: Part of removed LSB support.
+
+- ``python-nose``: Removed the Python 2.x version of the recipe.
+
+- ``python-numpy``: Removed the Python 2.x version of the recipe.
+
+- ``python-scons``: Removed the Python 2.x version of the recipe.
+
+- ``source-highlight``: No longer needed.
+
+- ``stress``: Replaced by ``stress-ng``.
+
+- ``vulkan``: Split into ``vulkan-loader``, ``vulkan-headers``, and
+ ``vulkan-tools``.
+
+- ``weston-conf``: Functionality moved to ``weston-init``.
+
+.. _migration-3.0-packaging-changes:
+
+Packaging Changes
+-----------------
+
+The following packaging changes have occurred.
+
+- The `Epiphany <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GNOME_Web>`__ browser
+ has been dropped from ``packagegroup-self-hosted`` as it has not been
+ needed inside ``build-appliance-image`` for quite some time and was
+ causing resource problems.
+
+- ``libcap-ng`` Python support has been moved to a separate
+ ``libcap-ng-python`` recipe to streamline the build process when the
+ Python bindings are not needed.
+
+- ``libdrm`` now packages the file ``amdgpu.ids`` into a separate
+ ``libdrm-amdgpu`` package.
+
+- ``python3``: The ``runpy`` module is now in the ``python3-core``
+ package as it is required to support the common "python3 -m" command
+ usage.
+
+- ``distcc`` now provides separate ``distcc-client`` and
+ ``distcc-server`` packages as typically one or the other are needed,
+ rather than both.
+
+- ``python*-setuptools`` recipes now separately package the
+ ``pkg_resources`` module in a ``python-pkg-resources`` /
+ ``python3-pkg-resources`` package as the module is useful independent
+ of the rest of the setuptools package. The main ``python-setuptools``
+ / ``python3-setuptools`` package depends on this new package so you
+ should only need to update dependencies unless you want to take
+ advantage of the increased granularity.
+
+.. _migration-3.0-cve-checking:
+
+CVE Checking
+------------
+
+``cve-check-tool`` has been functionally replaced by a new
+``cve-update-db`` recipe and functionality built into the ``cve-check``
+class. The result uses NVD JSON data feeds rather than the deprecated
+XML feeds that ``cve-check-tool`` was using, supports CVSSv3 scoring,
+and makes other improvements.
+
+Additionally, the ``CVE_CHECK_CVE_WHITELIST`` variable has been replaced
+by ``CVE_CHECK_WHITELIST``.
+
+.. _migration-3.0-bitbake-changes:
+
+Bitbake Changes
+---------------
+
+The following BitBake changes have occurred.
+
+- ``addtask`` statements now properly validate dependent tasks.
+ Previously, an invalid task was silently ignored. With this change,
+ the invalid task generates a warning.
+
+- Other invalid ``addtask`` and ``deltask`` usages now trigger these
+ warnings: "multiple target tasks arguments with addtask / deltask",
+ and "multiple before/after clauses".
+
+- The "multiconfig" prefix is now shortened to "mc". "multiconfig" will
+ continue to work, however it may be removed in a future release.
+
+- The ``bitbake -g`` command no longer generates a
+ ``recipe-depends.dot`` file as the contents (i.e. a reprocessed
+ version of ``task-depends.dot``) were confusing.
+
+- The ``bb.build.FuncFailed`` exception, previously raised by
+ ``bb.build.exec_func()`` when certain other exceptions have occurred,
+ has been removed. The real underlying exceptions will be raised
+ instead. If you have calls to ``bb.build.exec_func()`` in custom
+ classes or ``tinfoil-using`` scripts, any references to
+ ``bb.build.FuncFailed`` should be cleaned up.
+
+- Additionally, the ``bb.build.exec_func()`` no longer accepts the
+ "pythonexception" parameter. The function now always raises
+ exceptions. Remove this argument in any calls to
+ ``bb.build.exec_func()`` in custom classes or scripts.
+
+- The
+ :term:`bitbake:BB_SETSCENE_VERIFY_FUNCTION2`
+ is no longer used. In the unlikely event that you have any references
+ to it, they should be removed.
+
+- The ``RunQueueExecuteScenequeue`` and ``RunQueueExecuteTasks`` events
+ have been removed since setscene tasks are now executed as part of
+ the normal runqueue. Any event handling code in custom classes or
+ scripts that handles these two events need to be updated.
+
+- The arguments passed to functions used with
+ :term:`bitbake:BB_HASHCHECK_FUNCTION`
+ have changed. If you are using your own custom hash check function,
+ see :yocto_git:`/cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/commit/?id=40a5e193c4ba45c928fccd899415ea56b5417725`
+ for details.
+
+- Task specifications in ``BB_TASKDEPDATA`` and class implementations
+ used in signature generator classes now use "<fn>:<task>" everywhere
+ rather than the "." delimiter that was being used in some places.
+ This change makes it consistent with all areas in the code. Custom
+ signature generator classes and code that reads ``BB_TASKDEPDATA``
+ need to be updated to use ':' as a separator rather than '.'.
+
+.. _migration-3.0-sanity-checks:
+
+Sanity Checks
+-------------
+
+The following sanity check changes occurred.
+
+- :term:`SRC_URI` is now checked for usage of two
+ problematic items:
+
+ - "${PN}" prefix/suffix use - Warnings always appear if ${PN} is
+ used. You must fix the issue regardless of whether multiconfig or
+ anything else that would cause prefixing/suffixing to happen.
+
+ - Github archive tarballs - these are not guaranteed to be stable.
+ Consequently, it is likely that the tarballs will be refreshed and
+ thus the SRC_URI checksums will fail to apply. It is recommended
+ that you fetch either an official release tarball or a specific
+ revision from the actual Git repository instead.
+
+ Either one of these items now trigger a warning by default. If you
+ wish to disable this check, remove ``src-uri-bad`` from
+ :term:`WARN_QA`.
+
+- The ``file-rdeps`` runtime dependency check no longer expands
+ :term:`RDEPENDS` recursively as there is no mechanism
+ to ensure they can be fully computed, and thus races sometimes result
+ in errors either showing up or not. Thus, you might now see errors
+ for missing runtime dependencies that were previously satisfied
+ recursively. Here is an example: package A contains a shell script
+ starting with ``#!/bin/bash`` but has no dependency on bash. However,
+ package A depends on package B, which does depend on bash. You need
+ to add the missing dependency or dependencies to resolve the warning.
+
+- Setting ``DEPENDS_${PN}`` anywhere (i.e. typically in a recipe) now
+ triggers an error. The error is triggered because
+ :term:`DEPENDS` is not a package-specific variable
+ unlike RDEPENDS. You should set ``DEPENDS`` instead.
+
+- systemd currently does not work well with the musl C library because
+ only upstream officially supports linking the library with glibc.
+ Thus, a warning is shown when building systemd in conjunction with
+ musl.
+
+.. _migration-3.0-miscellaneous-changes:
+
+Miscellaneous Changes
+---------------------
+
+The following miscellaneous changes have occurred.
+
+- The ``gnome`` class has been removed because it now does very little.
+ You should update recipes that previously inherited this class to do
+ the following: inherit gnomebase gtk-icon-cache gconf mime
+
+- The ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-dtb.inc`` file has been
+ removed. This file was previously deprecated in favor of setting
+ :term:`KERNEL_DEVICETREE` in any kernel
+ recipe and only produced a warning. Remove any ``include`` or
+ ``require`` statements pointing to this file.
+
+- :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS`,
+ :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS`,
+ :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS`, and
+ :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` are no longer exported
+ to the external environment. This change did not require any changes
+ to core recipes, which is a good indicator that no changes will be
+ required. However, if for some reason the software being built by one
+ of your recipes is expecting these variables to be set, then building
+ the recipe will fail. In such cases, you must either export the
+ variable or variables in the recipe or change the scripts so that
+ exporting is not necessary.
+
+- You must change the host distro identifier used in
+ :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` to use all lowercase
+ characters even if it does not contain a version number. This change
+ is necessary only if you are not using ``uninative`` and
+ :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS`.
+
+- In the ``base-files`` recipe, writing the hostname into
+ ``/etc/hosts`` and ``/etc/hostname`` is now done within the main
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install` function rather than in the
+ ``do_install_basefilesissue`` function. The reason for the change is
+ because ``do_install_basefilesissue`` is more easily overridden
+ without having to duplicate the hostname functionality. If you have
+ done the latter (e.g. in a ``base-files`` bbappend), then you should
+ remove it from your customized ``do_install_basefilesissue``
+ function.
+
+- The ``wic --expand`` command now uses commas to separate "key:value"
+ pairs rather than hyphens.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The wic command-line help is not updated.
+
+ You must update any scripts or commands where you use
+ ``wic --expand`` with multiple "key:value" pairs.
+
+- UEFI image variable settings have been moved from various places to a
+ central ``conf/image-uefi.conf``. This change should not influence
+ any existing configuration as the ``meta/conf/image-uefi.conf`` in
+ the core metadata sets defaults that can be overridden in the same
+ manner as before.
+
+- ``conf/distro/include/world-broken.inc`` has been removed. For cases
+ where certain recipes need to be disabled when using the musl C
+ library, these recipes now have ``COMPATIBLE_HOST_libc-musl`` set
+ with a comment that explains why.
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-3.1.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-3.1.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4fcd249
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-3.1.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
+Moving to the Yocto Project 3.1 Release
+=======================================
+
+This section provides migration information for moving to the Yocto
+Project 3.1 Release from the prior release.
+
+.. _migration-3.1-minimum-system-requirements:
+
+Minimum system requirements
+---------------------------
+
+The following versions / requirements of build host components have been
+updated:
+
+- gcc 5.0
+
+- python 3.5
+
+- tar 1.28
+
+- ``rpcgen`` is now required on the host (part of the ``libc-dev-bin``
+ package on Ubuntu, Debian and related distributions, and the
+ ``glibc`` package on RPM-based distributions).
+
+Additionally, the ``makeinfo`` and ``pod2man`` tools are *no longer*
+required on the host.
+
+.. _migration-3.1-mpc8315e-rdb-removed:
+
+mpc8315e-rdb machine removed
+----------------------------
+
+The MPC8315E-RDB machine is old/obsolete and unobtainable, thus given
+the maintenance burden the ``mpc8315e-rdb`` machine configuration that
+supported it has been removed in this release. The removal does leave a
+gap in official PowerPC reference hardware support; this may change in
+future if a suitable machine with accompanying support resources is
+found.
+
+.. _migration-3.1-python-2-removed:
+
+Python 2 removed
+----------------
+
+Due to the expiration of upstream support in January 2020, support for
+Python 2 has now been removed; it is recommended that you use Python 3
+instead. If absolutely needed there is a meta-python2 community layer
+containing Python 2, related classes and various Python 2-based modules,
+however it should not be considered as supported.
+
+.. _migration-3.1-reproducible-builds:
+
+Reproducible builds now enabled by default
+------------------------------------------
+
+In order to avoid unnecessary differences in output files (aiding binary
+reproducibility), the Poky distribution configuration
+(``DISTRO = "poky"``) now inherits the ``reproducible_build`` class by
+default.
+
+.. _migration-3.1-ptest-feature-impact:
+
+Impact of ptest feature is now more significant
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+The Poky distribution configuration (``DISTRO = "poky"``) enables ptests
+by default to enable runtime testing of various components. In this
+release, a dependency needed to be added that has resulted in a
+significant increase in the number of components that will be built just
+when building a simple image such as core-image-minimal. If you do not
+need runtime tests enabled for core components, then it is recommended
+that you remove "ptest" from
+:term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` to save a significant
+amount of build time e.g. by adding the following in your configuration:
+::
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES_remove = "ptest"
+
+.. _migration-3.1-removed-recipes:
+
+Removed recipes
+---------------
+
+The following recipes have been removed:
+
+- ``chkconfig``: obsolete
+
+- ``console-tools``: obsolete
+
+- ``enchant``: replaced by ``enchant2``
+
+- ``foomatic-filters``: obsolete
+
+- ``libidn``: no longer needed, moved to meta-oe
+
+- ``libmodulemd``: replaced by ``libmodulemd-v1``
+
+- ``linux-yocto``: drop 4.19, 5.2 version recipes (5.4 now provided)
+
+- ``nspr``: no longer needed, moved to meta-oe
+
+- ``nss``: no longer needed, moved to meta-oe
+
+- ``python``: Python 2 removed (Python 3 preferred)
+
+- ``python-setuptools``: Python 2 version removed (python3-setuptools
+ preferred)
+
+- ``sysprof``: no longer needed, moved to meta-oe
+
+- ``texi2html``: obsolete
+
+- ``u-boot-fw-utils``: functionally replaced by ``libubootenv``
+
+.. _migration-3.1-features-check:
+
+features_check class replaces distro_features_check
+---------------------------------------------------
+
+The ``distro_features_check`` class has had its functionality expanded,
+now supporting ``ANY_OF_MACHINE_FEATURES``,
+``REQUIRED_MACHINE_FEATURES``, ``CONFLICT_MACHINE_FEATURES``,
+``ANY_OF_COMBINED_FEATURES``, ``REQUIRED_COMBINED_FEATURES``,
+``CONFLICT_COMBINED_FEATURES``. As a result the class has now been
+renamed to ``features_check``; the ``distro_features_check`` class still
+exists but generates a warning and redirects to the new class. In
+preparation for a future removal of the old class it is recommended that
+you update recipes currently inheriting ``distro_features_check`` to
+inherit ``features_check`` instead.
+
+.. _migration-3.1-removed-classes:
+
+Removed classes
+---------------
+
+The following classes have been removed:
+
+- ``distutils-base``: moved to meta-python2
+
+- ``distutils``: moved to meta-python2
+
+- ``libc-common``: merged into the glibc recipe as nothing else used
+ it.
+
+- ``python-dir``: moved to meta-python2
+
+- ``pythonnative``: moved to meta-python2
+
+- ``setuptools``: moved to meta-python2
+
+- ``tinderclient``: dropped as it was obsolete.
+
+.. _migration-3.1-src-uri-checksums:
+
+SRC_URI checksum behaviour
+--------------------------
+
+Previously, recipes by tradition included both SHA256 and MD5 checksums
+for remotely fetched files in :term:`SRC_URI`, even
+though only one is actually mandated. However, the MD5 checksum does not
+add much given its inherent weakness; thus when a checksum fails only
+the SHA256 sum will now be printed. The md5sum will still be verified if
+it is specified.
+
+.. _migration-3.1-npm:
+
+npm fetcher changes
+-------------------
+
+The npm fetcher has been completely reworked in this release. The npm
+fetcher now only fetches the package source itself and no longer the
+dependencies; there is now also an npmsw fetcher which explicitly
+fetches the shrinkwrap file and the dependencies. This removes the
+slightly awkward ``NPM_LOCKDOWN`` and ``NPM_SHRINKWRAP`` variables which
+pointed to local files; the lockdown file is no longer needed at all.
+Additionally, the package name in ``npm://`` entries in
+:term:`SRC_URI` is now specified using a ``package``
+parameter instead of the earlier ``name`` which overlapped with the
+generic ``name`` parameter. All recipes using the npm fetcher will need
+to be changed as a result.
+
+An example of the new scheme: ::
+
+ SRC_URI = "npm://registry.npmjs.org;package=array-flatten;version=1.1.1 \
+ npmsw://${THISDIR}/npm-shrinkwrap.json"
+
+Another example where the sources are fetched from git rather than an npm repository: ::
+
+ SRC_URI = "git://github.com/foo/bar.git;protocol=https \
+ npmsw://${THISDIR}/npm-shrinkwrap.json"
+
+devtool and recipetool have also been updated to match with the npm
+fetcher changes. Other than producing working and more complete recipes
+for npm sources, there is also a minor change to the command line for
+devtool: the ``--fetch-dev`` option has been renamed to ``--npm-dev`` as
+it is npm-specific.
+
+.. _migration-3.1-packaging-changes:
+
+Packaging changes
+-----------------
+
+- ``intltool`` has been removed from ``packagegroup-core-sdk`` as it is
+ rarely needed to build modern software - gettext can do most of the
+ things it used to be needed for. ``intltool`` has also been removed
+ from ``packagegroup-core-self-hosted`` as it is not needed to for
+ standard builds.
+
+- git: ``git-am``, ``git-difftool``, ``git-submodule``, and
+ ``git-request-pull`` are no longer perl-based, so are now installed
+ with the main ``git`` package instead of within ``git-perltools``.
+
+- The ``ldconfig`` binary built as part of glibc has now been moved to
+ its own ``ldconfig`` package (note no ``glibc-`` prefix). This
+ package is in the :term:`RRECOMMENDS` of the main
+ ``glibc`` package if ``ldconfig`` is present in
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`.
+
+- ``libevent`` now splits each shared library into its own package (as
+ Debian does). Since these are shared libraries and will be pulled in
+ through the normal shared library dependency handling, there should
+ be no impact to existing configurations other than less unnecessary
+ libraries being installed in some cases.
+
+- linux-firmware now has a new package for ``bcm4366c`` and includes
+ available NVRAM config files into the ``bcm43340``, ``bcm43362``,
+ ``bcm43430`` and ``bcm4356-pcie`` packages.
+
+- ``harfbuzz`` now splits the new ``libharfbuzz-subset.so`` library
+ into its own package to reduce the main package size in cases where
+ ``libharfbuzz-subset.so`` is not needed.
+
+.. _migration-3.1-package-qa-warnings:
+
+Additional warnings
+-------------------
+
+Warnings will now be shown at ``do_package_qa`` time in the following
+circumstances:
+
+- A recipe installs ``.desktop`` files containing ``MimeType`` keys but
+ does not inherit the new ``mime-xdg`` class
+
+- A recipe installs ``.xml`` files into ``${datadir}/mime/packages``
+ but does not inherit the ``mime`` class
+
+.. _migration-3.1-x86-live-wic:
+
+``wic`` image type now used instead of ``live`` by default for x86
+------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+``conf/machine/include/x86-base.inc`` (inherited by most x86 machine
+configurations) now specifies ``wic`` instead of ``live`` by default in
+:term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`. The ``live`` image type will
+likely be removed in a future release so it is recommended that you use
+``wic`` instead.
+
+.. _migration-3.1-misc:
+
+Miscellaneous changes
+---------------------
+
+- The undocumented ``SRC_DISTRIBUTE_LICENSES`` variable has now been
+ removed in favour of a new ``AVAILABLE_LICENSES`` variable which is
+ dynamically set based upon license files found in
+ ``${COMMON_LICENSE_DIR}`` and ``${LICENSE_PATH}``.
+
+- The tune definition for big-endian microblaze machines is now
+ ``microblaze`` instead of ``microblazeeb``.
+
+- ``newlib`` no longer has built-in syscalls. ``libgloss`` should then
+ provide the syscalls, ``crt0.o`` and other functions that are no
+ longer part of ``newlib`` itself. If you are using
+ ``TCLIBC = "newlib"`` this now means that you must link applications
+ with both ``newlib`` and ``libgloss``, whereas before ``newlib``
+ would run in many configurations by itself.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-general.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-general.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..182482e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration-general.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+General Migration Considerations
+================================
+
+Some considerations are not tied to a specific Yocto Project release.
+This section presents information you should consider when migrating to
+any new Yocto Project release.
+
+- *Dealing with Customized Recipes*:
+
+ Issues could arise if you take
+ older recipes that contain customizations and simply copy them
+ forward expecting them to work after you migrate to new Yocto Project
+ metadata. For example, suppose you have a recipe in your layer that
+ is a customized version of a core recipe copied from the earlier
+ release, rather than through the use of an append file. When you
+ migrate to a newer version of Yocto Project, the metadata (e.g.
+ perhaps an include file used by the recipe) could have changed in a
+ way that would break the build. Say, for example, a function is
+ removed from an include file and the customized recipe tries to call
+ that function.
+
+ You could "forward-port" all your customizations in your recipe so
+ that everything works for the new release. However, this is not the
+ optimal solution as you would have to repeat this process with each
+ new release if changes occur that give rise to problems.
+
+ The better solution (where practical) is to use append files
+ (``*.bbappend``) to capture any customizations you want to make to a
+ recipe. Doing so, isolates your changes from the main recipe making
+ them much more manageable. However, sometimes it is not practical to
+ use an append file. A good example of this is when introducing a
+ newer or older version of a recipe in another layer.
+
+- *Updating Append Files*:
+
+ Since append files generally only contain
+ your customizations, they often do not need to be adjusted for new
+ releases. However, if the ``.bbappend`` file is specific to a
+ particular version of the recipe (i.e. its name does not use the %
+ wildcard) and the version of the recipe to which it is appending has
+ changed, then you will at a minimum need to rename the append file to
+ match the name of the recipe file. A mismatch between an append file
+ and its corresponding recipe file (``.bb``) will trigger an error
+ during parsing.
+
+ Depending on the type of customization the append file applies, other
+ incompatibilities might occur when you upgrade. For example, if your
+ append file applies a patch and the recipe to which it is appending
+ is updated to a newer version, the patch might no longer apply. If
+ this is the case and assuming the patch is still needed, you must
+ modify the patch file so that it does apply.
+
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..20288b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/migration.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+******************************************
+Migrating to a Newer Yocto Project Release
+******************************************
+
+This chapter provides information you can use to migrate work to a newer
+Yocto Project release. You can find the same information in the release
+notes for a given release.
+
+.. toctree::
+
+ migration-general
+ migration-1.3
+ migration-1.4
+ migration-1.5
+ migration-1.6
+ migration-1.7
+ migration-1.8
+ migration-2.0
+ migration-2.1
+ migration-2.2
+ migration-2.3
+ migration-2.4
+ migration-2.5
+ migration-2.6
+ migration-2.7
+ migration-3.0
+ migration-3.1
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-classes.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-classes.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e657fe0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-classes.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,2909 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+*******
+Classes
+*******
+
+Class files are used to abstract common functionality and share it
+amongst multiple recipe (``.bb``) files. To use a class file, you simply
+make sure the recipe inherits the class. In most cases, when a recipe
+inherits a class it is enough to enable its features. There are cases,
+however, where in the recipe you might need to set variables or override
+some default behavior.
+
+Any :term:`Metadata` usually found in a recipe can also be
+placed in a class file. Class files are identified by the extension
+``.bbclass`` and are usually placed in a ``classes/`` directory beneath
+the ``meta*/`` directory found in the :term:`Source Directory`.
+Class files can also be pointed to by
+:term:`BUILDDIR` (e.g. ``build/``) in the same way as
+``.conf`` files in the ``conf`` directory. Class files are searched for
+in :term:`BBPATH` using the same method by which ``.conf``
+files are searched.
+
+This chapter discusses only the most useful and important classes. Other
+classes do exist within the ``meta/classes`` directory in the Source
+Directory. You can reference the ``.bbclass`` files directly for more
+information.
+
+.. _ref-classes-allarch:
+
+``allarch.bbclass``
+===================
+
+The ``allarch`` class is inherited by recipes that do not produce
+architecture-specific output. The class disables functionality that is
+normally needed for recipes that produce executable binaries (such as
+building the cross-compiler and a C library as pre-requisites, and
+splitting out of debug symbols during packaging).
+
+.. note::
+
+ Unlike some distro recipes (e.g. Debian), OpenEmbedded recipes that
+ produce packages that depend on tunings through use of the
+ :term:`RDEPENDS` and
+ :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` variables, should never be
+ configured for all architectures using ``allarch``. This is the case
+ even if the recipes do not produce architecture-specific output.
+
+ Configuring such recipes for all architectures causes the
+ ``do_package_write_*`` tasks to
+ have different signatures for the machines with different tunings.
+ Additionally, unnecessary rebuilds occur every time an image for a
+ different ``MACHINE`` is built even when the recipe never changes.
+
+By default, all recipes inherit the :ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` and
+:ref:`package <ref-classes-package>` classes, which enable
+functionality needed for recipes that produce executable output. If your
+recipe, for example, only produces packages that contain configuration
+files, media files, or scripts (e.g. Python and Perl), then it should
+inherit the ``allarch`` class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-archiver:
+
+``archiver.bbclass``
+====================
+
+The ``archiver`` class supports releasing source code and other
+materials with the binaries.
+
+For more details on the source archiver, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:maintaining open source license compliance during your product's lifecycle`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. You can also see
+the :term:`ARCHIVER_MODE` variable for information
+about the variable flags (varflags) that help control archive creation.
+
+.. _ref-classes-autotools:
+
+``autotools*.bbclass``
+======================
+
+The ``autotools*`` classes support Autotooled packages.
+
+The ``autoconf``, ``automake``, and ``libtool`` packages bring
+standardization. This class defines a set of tasks (e.g. ``configure``,
+``compile`` and so forth) that work for all Autotooled packages. It
+should usually be enough to define a few standard variables and then
+simply ``inherit autotools``. These classes can also work with software
+that emulates Autotools. For more information, see the
+":ref:`new-recipe-autotooled-package`" section
+in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+By default, the ``autotools*`` classes use out-of-tree builds (i.e.
+``autotools.bbclass`` building with ``B != S``).
+
+If the software being built by a recipe does not support using
+out-of-tree builds, you should have the recipe inherit the
+``autotools-brokensep`` class. The ``autotools-brokensep`` class behaves
+the same as the ``autotools`` class but builds with :term:`B`
+== :term:`S`. This method is useful when out-of-tree build
+support is either not present or is broken.
+
+.. note::
+
+ It is recommended that out-of-tree support be fixed and used if at
+ all possible.
+
+It's useful to have some idea of how the tasks defined by the
+``autotools*`` classes work and what they do behind the scenes.
+
+- :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` - Regenerates the
+ configure script (using ``autoreconf``) and then launches it with a
+ standard set of arguments used during cross-compilation. You can pass
+ additional parameters to ``configure`` through the ``EXTRA_OECONF``
+ or :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`
+ variables.
+
+- :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` - Runs ``make`` with
+ arguments that specify the compiler and linker. You can pass
+ additional arguments through the ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` variable.
+
+- :ref:`ref-tasks-install` - Runs ``make install`` and
+ passes in ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}`` as ``DESTDIR``.
+
+.. _ref-classes-base:
+
+``base.bbclass``
+================
+
+The ``base`` class is special in that every ``.bb`` file implicitly
+inherits the class. This class contains definitions for standard basic
+tasks such as fetching, unpacking, configuring (empty by default),
+compiling (runs any ``Makefile`` present), installing (empty by default)
+and packaging (empty by default). These classes are often overridden or
+extended by other classes such as the
+:ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class or the
+:ref:`package <ref-classes-package>` class.
+
+The class also contains some commonly used functions such as
+``oe_runmake``, which runs ``make`` with the arguments specified in
+:term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` variable as well as the
+arguments passed directly to ``oe_runmake``.
+
+.. _ref-classes-bash-completion:
+
+``bash-completion.bbclass``
+===========================
+
+Sets up packaging and dependencies appropriate for recipes that build
+software that includes bash-completion data.
+
+.. _ref-classes-bin-package:
+
+``bin_package.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``bin_package`` class is a helper class for recipes that extract the
+contents of a binary package (e.g. an RPM) and install those contents
+rather than building the binary from source. The binary package is
+extracted and new packages in the configured output package format are
+created. Extraction and installation of proprietary binaries is a good
+example use for this class.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For RPMs and other packages that do not contain a subdirectory, you
+ should specify an appropriate fetcher parameter to point to the
+ subdirectory. For example, if BitBake is using the Git fetcher (``git://``),
+ the "subpath" parameter limits the checkout to a specific subpath
+ of the tree. Here is an example where ``${BP}`` is used so that the files
+ are extracted into the subdirectory expected by the default value of
+ ``S``:
+ ::
+
+ SRC_URI = "git://example.com/downloads/somepackage.rpm;subpath=${BP}"
+
+
+ See the ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-fetching:fetchers`" section in the BitBake User Manual for
+ more information on supported BitBake Fetchers.
+
+.. _ref-classes-binconfig:
+
+``binconfig.bbclass``
+=====================
+
+The ``binconfig`` class helps to correct paths in shell scripts.
+
+Before ``pkg-config`` had become widespread, libraries shipped shell
+scripts to give information about the libraries and include paths needed
+to build software (usually named ``LIBNAME-config``). This class assists
+any recipe using such scripts.
+
+During staging, the OpenEmbedded build system installs such scripts into
+the ``sysroots/`` directory. Inheriting this class results in all paths
+in these scripts being changed to point into the ``sysroots/`` directory
+so that all builds that use the script use the correct directories for
+the cross compiling layout. See the
+:term:`BINCONFIG_GLOB` variable for more
+information.
+
+.. _ref-classes-binconfig-disabled:
+
+``binconfig-disabled.bbclass``
+==============================
+
+An alternative version of the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>`
+class, which disables binary configuration scripts by making them return
+an error in favor of using ``pkg-config`` to query the information. The
+scripts to be disabled should be specified using the
+:term:`BINCONFIG` variable within the recipe inheriting
+the class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-blacklist:
+
+``blacklist.bbclass``
+=====================
+
+The ``blacklist`` class prevents the OpenEmbedded build system from
+building specific recipes (blacklists them). To use this class, inherit
+the class globally and set :term:`PNBLACKLIST` for
+each recipe you wish to blacklist. Specify the :term:`PN`
+value as a variable flag (varflag) and provide a reason, which is
+reported, if the package is requested to be built as the value. For
+example, if you want to blacklist a recipe called "exoticware", you add
+the following to your ``local.conf`` or distribution configuration:
+::
+
+ INHERIT += "blacklist"
+ PNBLACKLIST[exoticware] = "Not supported by our organization."
+
+.. _ref-classes-buildhistory:
+
+``buildhistory.bbclass``
+========================
+
+The ``buildhistory`` class records a history of build output metadata,
+which can be used to detect possible regressions as well as used for
+analysis of the build output. For more information on using Build
+History, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:maintaining build output quality`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _ref-classes-buildstats:
+
+``buildstats.bbclass``
+======================
+
+The ``buildstats`` class records performance statistics about each task
+executed during the build (e.g. elapsed time, CPU usage, and I/O usage).
+
+When you use this class, the output goes into the
+:term:`BUILDSTATS_BASE` directory, which defaults
+to ``${TMPDIR}/buildstats/``. You can analyze the elapsed time using
+``scripts/pybootchartgui/pybootchartgui.py``, which produces a cascading
+chart of the entire build process and can be useful for highlighting
+bottlenecks.
+
+Collecting build statistics is enabled by default through the
+:term:`USER_CLASSES` variable from your
+``local.conf`` file. Consequently, you do not have to do anything to
+enable the class. However, if you want to disable the class, simply
+remove "buildstats" from the ``USER_CLASSES`` list.
+
+.. _ref-classes-buildstats-summary:
+
+``buildstats-summary.bbclass``
+==============================
+
+When inherited globally, prints statistics at the end of the build on
+sstate re-use. In order to function, this class requires the
+:ref:`buildstats <ref-classes-buildstats>` class be enabled.
+
+.. _ref-classes-ccache:
+
+``ccache.bbclass``
+==================
+
+The ``ccache`` class enables the C/C++ Compiler Cache for the build.
+This class is used to give a minor performance boost during the build.
+However, using the class can lead to unexpected side-effects. Thus, it
+is recommended that you do not use this class. See
+http://ccache.samba.org/ for information on the C/C++ Compiler
+Cache.
+
+.. _ref-classes-chrpath:
+
+``chrpath.bbclass``
+===================
+
+The ``chrpath`` class is a wrapper around the "chrpath" utility, which
+is used during the build process for ``nativesdk``, ``cross``, and
+``cross-canadian`` recipes to change ``RPATH`` records within binaries
+in order to make them relocatable.
+
+.. _ref-classes-clutter:
+
+``clutter.bbclass``
+===================
+
+The ``clutter`` class consolidates the major and minor version naming
+and other common items used by Clutter and related recipes.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Unlike some other classes related to specific libraries, recipes
+ building other software that uses Clutter do not need to inherit this
+ class unless they use the same recipe versioning scheme that the
+ Clutter and related recipes do.
+
+.. _ref-classes-cmake:
+
+``cmake.bbclass``
+=================
+
+The ``cmake`` class allows for recipes that need to build software using
+the `CMake <https://cmake.org/overview/>`__ build system. You can use
+the :term:`EXTRA_OECMAKE` variable to specify
+additional configuration options to be passed using the ``cmake``
+command line.
+
+On the occasion that you would be installing custom CMake toolchain
+files supplied by the application being built, you should install them
+to the preferred CMake Module directory: ``${D}${datadir}/cmake/``
+Modules during
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install`.
+
+.. _ref-classes-cml1:
+
+``cml1.bbclass``
+================
+
+The ``cml1`` class provides basic support for the Linux kernel style
+build configuration system.
+
+.. _ref-classes-compress_doc:
+
+``compress_doc.bbclass``
+========================
+
+Enables compression for man pages and info pages. This class is intended
+to be inherited globally. The default compression mechanism is gz (gzip)
+but you can select an alternative mechanism by setting the
+:term:`DOC_COMPRESS` variable.
+
+.. _ref-classes-copyleft_compliance:
+
+``copyleft_compliance.bbclass``
+===============================
+
+The ``copyleft_compliance`` class preserves source code for the purposes
+of license compliance. This class is an alternative to the ``archiver``
+class and is still used by some users even though it has been deprecated
+in favor of the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-copyleft_filter:
+
+``copyleft_filter.bbclass``
+===========================
+
+A class used by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` and
+:ref:`copyleft_compliance <ref-classes-copyleft_compliance>` classes
+for filtering licenses. The ``copyleft_filter`` class is an internal
+class and is not intended to be used directly.
+
+.. _ref-classes-core-image:
+
+``core-image.bbclass``
+======================
+
+The ``core-image`` class provides common definitions for the
+``core-image-*`` image recipes, such as support for additional
+:term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`.
+
+.. _ref-classes-cpan:
+
+``cpan*.bbclass``
+=================
+
+The ``cpan*`` classes support Perl modules.
+
+Recipes for Perl modules are simple. These recipes usually only need to
+point to the source's archive and then inherit the proper class file.
+Building is split into two methods depending on which method the module
+authors used.
+
+- Modules that use old ``Makefile.PL``-based build system require
+ ``cpan.bbclass`` in their recipes.
+
+- Modules that use ``Build.PL``-based build system require using
+ ``cpan_build.bbclass`` in their recipes.
+
+Both build methods inherit the ``cpan-base`` class for basic Perl
+support.
+
+.. _ref-classes-cross:
+
+``cross.bbclass``
+=================
+
+The ``cross`` class provides support for the recipes that build the
+cross-compilation tools.
+
+.. _ref-classes-cross-canadian:
+
+``cross-canadian.bbclass``
+==========================
+
+The ``cross-canadian`` class provides support for the recipes that build
+the Canadian Cross-compilation tools for SDKs. See the
+":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:cross-development toolchain generation`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual for more
+discussion on these cross-compilation tools.
+
+.. _ref-classes-crosssdk:
+
+``crosssdk.bbclass``
+====================
+
+The ``crosssdk`` class provides support for the recipes that build the
+cross-compilation tools used for building SDKs. See the
+":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:cross-development toolchain generation`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual for more
+discussion on these cross-compilation tools.
+
+.. _ref-classes-debian:
+
+``debian.bbclass``
+==================
+
+The ``debian`` class renames output packages so that they follow the
+Debian naming policy (i.e. ``glibc`` becomes ``libc6`` and
+``glibc-devel`` becomes ``libc6-dev``.) Renaming includes the library
+name and version as part of the package name.
+
+If a recipe creates packages for multiple libraries (shared object files
+of ``.so`` type), use the :term:`LEAD_SONAME`
+variable in the recipe to specify the library on which to apply the
+naming scheme.
+
+.. _ref-classes-deploy:
+
+``deploy.bbclass``
+==================
+
+The ``deploy`` class handles deploying files to the
+:term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE` directory. The main
+function of this class is to allow the deploy step to be accelerated by
+shared state. Recipes that inherit this class should define their own
+:ref:`ref-tasks-deploy` function to copy the files to be
+deployed to :term:`DEPLOYDIR`, and use ``addtask`` to
+add the task at the appropriate place, which is usually after
+:ref:`ref-tasks-compile` or
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install`. The class then takes care of
+staging the files from ``DEPLOYDIR`` to ``DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE``.
+
+.. _ref-classes-devshell:
+
+``devshell.bbclass``
+====================
+
+The ``devshell`` class adds the ``do_devshell`` task. Distribution
+policy dictates whether to include this class. See the ":ref:`platdev-appdev-devshell`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
+information about using ``devshell``.
+
+.. _ref-classes-devupstream:
+
+``devupstream.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``devupstream`` class uses
+:term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` to add a variant of the
+recipe that fetches from an alternative URI (e.g. Git) instead of a
+tarball. Following is an example:
+::
+
+ BBCLASSEXTEND = "devupstream:target"
+ SRC_URI_class-devupstream = "git://git.example.com/example"
+ SRCREV_class-devupstream = "abcd1234"
+
+Adding the above statements to your recipe creates a variant that has
+:term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE` set to "-1".
+Consequently, you need to select the variant of the recipe to use it.
+Any development-specific adjustments can be done by using the
+``class-devupstream`` override. Here is an example:
+::
+
+ DEPENDS_append_class-devupstream = " gperf-native"
+ do_configure_prepend_class-devupstream() {
+ touch ${S}/README
+ }
+
+The class
+currently only supports creating a development variant of the target
+recipe, not ``native`` or ``nativesdk`` variants.
+
+The ``BBCLASSEXTEND`` syntax (i.e. ``devupstream:target``) provides
+support for ``native`` and ``nativesdk`` variants. Consequently, this
+functionality can be added in a future release.
+
+Support for other version control systems such as Subversion is limited
+due to BitBake's automatic fetch dependencies (e.g.
+``subversion-native``).
+
+.. _ref-classes-distutils:
+
+``distutils*.bbclass``
+======================
+
+The ``distutils*`` classes support recipes for Python version 2.x
+extensions, which are simple. These recipes usually only need to point
+to the source's archive and then inherit the proper class. Building is
+split into two methods depending on which method the module authors
+used.
+
+- Extensions that use an Autotools-based build system require Autotools
+ and the classes based on ``distutils`` in their recipes.
+
+- Extensions that use build systems based on ``distutils`` require the
+ ``distutils`` class in their recipes.
+
+- Extensions that use build systems based on ``setuptools`` require the
+ :ref:`setuptools <ref-classes-setuptools>` class in their recipes.
+
+The ``distutils-common-base`` class is required by some of the
+``distutils*`` classes to provide common Python2 support.
+
+.. _ref-classes-distutils3:
+
+``distutils3*.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``distutils3*`` classes support recipes for Python version 3.x
+extensions, which are simple. These recipes usually only need to point
+to the source's archive and then inherit the proper class. Building is
+split into three methods depending on which method the module authors
+used.
+
+- Extensions that use an Autotools-based build system require Autotools
+ and ``distutils``-based classes in their recipes.
+
+- Extensions that use ``distutils``-based build systems require the
+ ``distutils`` class in their recipes.
+
+- Extensions that use build systems based on ``setuptools3`` require
+ the :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools>` class in their
+ recipes.
+
+The ``distutils3*`` classes either inherit their corresponding
+``distutils*`` class or replicate them using a Python3 version instead
+(e.g. ``distutils3-base`` inherits ``distutils-common-base``, which is
+the same as ``distutils-base`` but inherits ``python3native`` instead of
+``pythonnative``).
+
+.. _ref-classes-externalsrc:
+
+``externalsrc.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``externalsrc`` class supports building software from source code
+that is external to the OpenEmbedded build system. Building software
+from an external source tree means that the build system's normal fetch,
+unpack, and patch process is not used.
+
+By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the :term:`S`
+and :term:`B` variables to locate unpacked recipe source code
+and to build it, respectively. When your recipe inherits the
+``externalsrc`` class, you use the
+:term:`EXTERNALSRC` and
+:term:`EXTERNALSRC_BUILD` variables to
+ultimately define ``S`` and ``B``.
+
+By default, this class expects the source code to support recipe builds
+that use the :term:`B` variable to point to the directory in
+which the OpenEmbedded build system places the generated objects built
+from the recipes. By default, the ``B`` directory is set to the
+following, which is separate from the source directory (``S``):
+::
+
+ ${WORKDIR}/${BPN}/{PV}/
+
+See these variables for more information:
+:term:`WORKDIR`, :term:`BPN`, and
+:term:`PV`,
+
+For more information on the ``externalsrc`` class, see the comments in
+``meta/classes/externalsrc.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
+For information on how to use the
+``externalsrc`` class, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:building software from an external source`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _ref-classes-extrausers:
+
+``extrausers.bbclass``
+======================
+
+The ``extrausers`` class allows additional user and group configuration
+to be applied at the image level. Inheriting this class either globally
+or from an image recipe allows additional user and group operations to
+be performed using the
+:term:`EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS` variable.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The user and group operations added using the
+ extrausers
+ class are not tied to a specific recipe outside of the recipe for the
+ image. Thus, the operations can be performed across the image as a
+ whole. Use the
+ useradd
+ class to add user and group configuration to a specific recipe.
+
+Here is an example that uses this class in an image recipe:
+::
+
+ inherit extrausers
+ EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\
+ useradd -p '' tester; \
+ groupadd developers; \
+ userdel nobody; \
+ groupdel -g video; \
+ groupmod -g 1020 developers; \
+ usermod -s /bin/sh tester; \
+ "
+
+Here is an example that adds two users named "tester-jim" and "tester-sue" and assigns
+passwords:
+::
+
+ inherit extrausers
+ EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\
+ useradd -P tester01 tester-jim; \
+ useradd -P tester01 tester-sue; \
+ "
+
+Finally, here is an example that sets the root password to "1876*18":
+::
+
+ inherit extrausers
+ EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\
+ usermod -P 1876*18 root; \
+ "
+
+.. _ref-classes-features_check:
+
+``features_check.bbclass``
+=================================
+
+The ``features_check`` class allows individual recipes to check
+for required and conflicting
+:term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`, :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` or :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`.
+
+This class provides support for the following variables:
+
+- :term:`REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES`
+- :term:`CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES`
+- :term:`ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES`
+- ``REQUIRED_MACHINE_FEATURES``
+- ``CONFLICT_MACHINE_FEATURES``
+- ``ANY_OF_MACHINE_FEATURES``
+- ``REQUIRED_COMBINED_FEATURES``
+- ``CONFLICT_COMBINED_FEATURES``
+- ``ANY_OF_COMBINED_FEATURES``
+
+If any conditions specified in the recipe using the above
+variables are not met, the recipe will be skipped, and if the
+build system attempts to build the recipe then an error will be
+triggered.
+
+.. _ref-classes-fontcache:
+
+``fontcache.bbclass``
+=====================
+
+The ``fontcache`` class generates the proper post-install and
+post-remove (postinst and postrm) scriptlets for font packages. These
+scriptlets call ``fc-cache`` (part of ``Fontconfig``) to add the fonts
+to the font information cache. Since the cache files are
+architecture-specific, ``fc-cache`` runs using QEMU if the postinst
+scriptlets need to be run on the build host during image creation.
+
+If the fonts being installed are in packages other than the main
+package, set :term:`FONT_PACKAGES` to specify the
+packages containing the fonts.
+
+.. _ref-classes-fs-uuid:
+
+``fs-uuid.bbclass``
+===================
+
+The ``fs-uuid`` class extracts UUID from
+``${``\ :term:`ROOTFS`\ ``}``, which must have been built
+by the time that this function gets called. The ``fs-uuid`` class only
+works on ``ext`` file systems and depends on ``tune2fs``.
+
+.. _ref-classes-gconf:
+
+``gconf.bbclass``
+=================
+
+The ``gconf`` class provides common functionality for recipes that need
+to install GConf schemas. The schemas will be put into a separate
+package (``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-gconf``) that is created
+automatically when this class is inherited. This package uses the
+appropriate post-install and post-remove (postinst/postrm) scriptlets to
+register and unregister the schemas in the target image.
+
+.. _ref-classes-gettext:
+
+``gettext.bbclass``
+===================
+
+The ``gettext`` class provides support for building software that uses
+the GNU ``gettext`` internationalization and localization system. All
+recipes building software that use ``gettext`` should inherit this
+class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-gnomebase:
+
+``gnomebase.bbclass``
+=====================
+
+The ``gnomebase`` class is the base class for recipes that build
+software from the GNOME stack. This class sets
+:term:`SRC_URI` to download the source from the GNOME
+mirrors as well as extending :term:`FILES` with the typical
+GNOME installation paths.
+
+.. _ref-classes-gobject-introspection:
+
+``gobject-introspection.bbclass``
+=================================
+
+Provides support for recipes building software that supports GObject
+introspection. This functionality is only enabled if the
+"gobject-introspection-data" feature is in
+:term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` as well as
+"qemu-usermode" being in
+:term:`MACHINE_FEATURES`.
+
+.. note::
+
+ This functionality is backfilled by default and, if not applicable,
+ should be disabled through ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`` or
+ ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED``, respectively.
+
+.. _ref-classes-grub-efi:
+
+``grub-efi.bbclass``
+====================
+
+The ``grub-efi`` class provides ``grub-efi``-specific functions for
+building bootable images.
+
+This class supports several variables:
+
+- :term:`INITRD`: Indicates list of filesystem images to
+ concatenate and use as an initial RAM disk (initrd) (optional).
+
+- :term:`ROOTFS`: Indicates a filesystem image to include
+ as the root filesystem (optional).
+
+- :term:`GRUB_GFXSERIAL`: Set this to "1" to have
+ graphics and serial in the boot menu.
+
+- :term:`LABELS`: A list of targets for the automatic
+ configuration.
+
+- :term:`APPEND`: An override list of append strings for
+ each ``LABEL``.
+
+- :term:`GRUB_OPTS`: Additional options to add to the
+ configuration (optional). Options are delimited using semi-colon
+ characters (``;``).
+
+- :term:`GRUB_TIMEOUT`: Timeout before executing
+ the default ``LABEL`` (optional).
+
+.. _ref-classes-gsettings:
+
+``gsettings.bbclass``
+=====================
+
+The ``gsettings`` class provides common functionality for recipes that
+need to install GSettings (glib) schemas. The schemas are assumed to be
+part of the main package. Appropriate post-install and post-remove
+(postinst/postrm) scriptlets are added to register and unregister the
+schemas in the target image.
+
+.. _ref-classes-gtk-doc:
+
+``gtk-doc.bbclass``
+===================
+
+The ``gtk-doc`` class is a helper class to pull in the appropriate
+``gtk-doc`` dependencies and disable ``gtk-doc``.
+
+.. _ref-classes-gtk-icon-cache:
+
+``gtk-icon-cache.bbclass``
+==========================
+
+The ``gtk-icon-cache`` class generates the proper post-install and
+post-remove (postinst/postrm) scriptlets for packages that use GTK+ and
+install icons. These scriptlets call ``gtk-update-icon-cache`` to add
+the fonts to GTK+'s icon cache. Since the cache files are
+architecture-specific, ``gtk-update-icon-cache`` is run using QEMU if
+the postinst scriptlets need to be run on the build host during image
+creation.
+
+.. _ref-classes-gtk-immodules-cache:
+
+``gtk-immodules-cache.bbclass``
+===============================
+
+The ``gtk-immodules-cache`` class generates the proper post-install and
+post-remove (postinst/postrm) scriptlets for packages that install GTK+
+input method modules for virtual keyboards. These scriptlets call
+``gtk-update-icon-cache`` to add the input method modules to the cache.
+Since the cache files are architecture-specific,
+``gtk-update-icon-cache`` is run using QEMU if the postinst scriptlets
+need to be run on the build host during image creation.
+
+If the input method modules being installed are in packages other than
+the main package, set
+:term:`GTKIMMODULES_PACKAGES` to specify
+the packages containing the modules.
+
+.. _ref-classes-gzipnative:
+
+``gzipnative.bbclass``
+======================
+
+The ``gzipnative`` class enables the use of different native versions of
+``gzip`` and ``pigz`` rather than the versions of these tools from the
+build host.
+
+.. _ref-classes-icecc:
+
+``icecc.bbclass``
+=================
+
+The ``icecc`` class supports
+`Icecream <https://github.com/icecc/icecream>`__, which facilitates
+taking compile jobs and distributing them among remote machines.
+
+The class stages directories with symlinks from ``gcc`` and ``g++`` to
+``icecc``, for both native and cross compilers. Depending on each
+configure or compile, the OpenEmbedded build system adds the directories
+at the head of the ``PATH`` list and then sets the ``ICECC_CXX`` and
+``ICEC_CC`` variables, which are the paths to the ``g++`` and ``gcc``
+compilers, respectively.
+
+For the cross compiler, the class creates a ``tar.gz`` file that
+contains the Yocto Project toolchain and sets ``ICECC_VERSION``, which
+is the version of the cross-compiler used in the cross-development
+toolchain, accordingly.
+
+The class handles all three different compile stages (i.e native
+,cross-kernel and target) and creates the necessary environment
+``tar.gz`` file to be used by the remote machines. The class also
+supports SDK generation.
+
+If :term:`ICECC_PATH` is not set in your
+``local.conf`` file, then the class tries to locate the ``icecc`` binary
+using ``which``. If :term:`ICECC_ENV_EXEC` is set
+in your ``local.conf`` file, the variable should point to the
+``icecc-create-env`` script provided by the user. If you do not point to
+a user-provided script, the build system uses the default script
+provided by the recipe ``icecc-create-env-native.bb``.
+
+.. note::
+
+ This script is a modified version and not the one that comes with
+ icecc.
+
+If you do not want the Icecream distributed compile support to apply to
+specific recipes or classes, you can effectively "blacklist" them by
+listing the recipes and classes using the
+:term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_BL` and
+:term:`ICECC_USER_CLASS_BL`, variables,
+respectively, in your ``local.conf`` file. Doing so causes the
+OpenEmbedded build system to handle these compilations locally.
+
+Additionally, you can list recipes using the
+:term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_WL` variable in
+your ``local.conf`` file to force ``icecc`` to be enabled for recipes
+using an empty :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable.
+
+Inheriting the ``icecc`` class changes all sstate signatures.
+Consequently, if a development team has a dedicated build system that
+populates :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` and they want to
+reuse sstate from ``SSTATE_MIRRORS``, then all developers and the build
+system need to either inherit the ``icecc`` class or nobody should.
+
+At the distribution level, you can inherit the ``icecc`` class to be
+sure that all builders start with the same sstate signatures. After
+inheriting the class, you can then disable the feature by setting the
+:term:`ICECC_DISABLED` variable to "1" as follows:
+::
+
+ INHERIT_DISTRO_append = " icecc"
+ ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1"
+
+This practice
+makes sure everyone is using the same signatures but also requires
+individuals that do want to use Icecream to enable the feature
+individually as follows in your ``local.conf`` file:
+::
+
+ ICECC_DISABLED = ""
+
+.. _ref-classes-image:
+
+``image.bbclass``
+=================
+
+The ``image`` class helps support creating images in different formats.
+First, the root filesystem is created from packages using one of the
+``rootfs*.bbclass`` files (depending on the package format used) and
+then one or more image files are created.
+
+- The ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` variable controls the types of images to
+ generate.
+
+- The ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable controls the list of packages to
+ install into the image.
+
+For information on customizing images, see the
+":ref:`usingpoky-extend-customimage`" section
+in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For information on how
+images are created, see the
+":ref:`images-dev-environment`" section in the
+Yocto Project Overview and Concpets Manual.
+
+.. _ref-classes-image-buildinfo:
+
+``image-buildinfo.bbclass``
+===========================
+
+The ``image-buildinfo`` class writes information to the target
+filesystem on ``/etc/build``.
+
+.. _ref-classes-image_types:
+
+``image_types.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``image_types`` class defines all of the standard image output types
+that you can enable through the
+:term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable. You can use this
+class as a reference on how to add support for custom image output
+types.
+
+By default, the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class automatically
+enables the ``image_types`` class. The ``image`` class uses the
+``IMGCLASSES`` variable as follows:
+::
+
+ IMGCLASSES = "rootfs_${IMAGE_PKGTYPE} image_types ${IMAGE_CLASSES}"
+ IMGCLASSES += "${@['populate_sdk_base', 'populate_sdk_ext']['linux' in d.getVar("SDK_OS")]}"
+ IMGCLASSES += "${@bb.utils.contains_any('IMAGE_FSTYPES', 'live iso hddimg', 'image-live', '', d)}"
+ IMGCLASSES += "${@bb.utils.contains('IMAGE_FSTYPES', 'container', 'image-container', '', d)}"
+ IMGCLASSES += "image_types_wic"
+ IMGCLASSES += "rootfs-postcommands"
+ IMGCLASSES += "image-postinst-intercepts"
+ inherit ${IMGCLASSES}
+
+The ``image_types`` class also handles conversion and compression of images.
+
+.. note::
+
+ To build a VMware VMDK image, you need to add "wic.vmdk" to
+ ``IMAGE_FSTYPES``. This would also be similar for Virtual Box Virtual Disk
+ Image ("vdi") and QEMU Copy On Write Version 2 ("qcow2") images.
+
+.. _ref-classes-image-live:
+
+``image-live.bbclass``
+======================
+
+This class controls building "live" (i.e. HDDIMG and ISO) images. Live
+images contain syslinux for legacy booting, as well as the bootloader
+specified by :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` if
+:term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` contains "efi".
+
+Normally, you do not use this class directly. Instead, you add "live" to
+:term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`.
+
+.. _ref-classes-image-mklibs:
+
+``image-mklibs.bbclass``
+========================
+
+The ``image-mklibs`` class enables the use of the ``mklibs`` utility
+during the :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task, which optimizes
+the size of libraries contained in the image.
+
+By default, the class is enabled in the ``local.conf.template`` using
+the :term:`USER_CLASSES` variable as follows:
+::
+
+ USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink"
+
+.. _ref-classes-image-prelink:
+
+``image-prelink.bbclass``
+=========================
+
+The ``image-prelink`` class enables the use of the ``prelink`` utility
+during the :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task, which optimizes
+the dynamic linking of shared libraries to reduce executable startup
+time.
+
+By default, the class is enabled in the ``local.conf.template`` using
+the :term:`USER_CLASSES` variable as follows:
+::
+
+ USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink"
+
+.. _ref-classes-insane:
+
+``insane.bbclass``
+==================
+
+The ``insane`` class adds a step to the package generation process so
+that output quality assurance checks are generated by the OpenEmbedded
+build system. A range of checks are performed that check the build's
+output for common problems that show up during runtime. Distribution
+policy usually dictates whether to include this class.
+
+You can configure the sanity checks so that specific test failures
+either raise a warning or an error message. Typically, failures for new
+tests generate a warning. Subsequent failures for the same test would
+then generate an error message once the metadata is in a known and good
+condition. See the ":doc:`ref-qa-checks`" Chapter for a list of all the warning
+and error messages you might encounter using a default configuration.
+
+Use the :term:`WARN_QA` and
+:term:`ERROR_QA` variables to control the behavior of
+these checks at the global level (i.e. in your custom distro
+configuration). However, to skip one or more checks in recipes, you
+should use :term:`INSANE_SKIP`. For example, to skip
+the check for symbolic link ``.so`` files in the main package of a
+recipe, add the following to the recipe. You need to realize that the
+package name override, in this example ``${PN}``, must be used:
+::
+
+ INSANE_SKIP_${PN} += "dev-so"
+
+Please keep in mind that the QA checks
+exist in order to detect real or potential problems in the packaged
+output. So exercise caution when disabling these checks.
+
+The following list shows the tests you can list with the ``WARN_QA`` and
+``ERROR_QA`` variables:
+
+- ``already-stripped:`` Checks that produced binaries have not
+ already been stripped prior to the build system extracting debug
+ symbols. It is common for upstream software projects to default to
+ stripping debug symbols for output binaries. In order for debugging
+ to work on the target using ``-dbg`` packages, this stripping must be
+ disabled.
+
+- ``arch:`` Checks the Executable and Linkable Format (ELF) type, bit
+ size, and endianness of any binaries to ensure they match the target
+ architecture. This test fails if any binaries do not match the type
+ since there would be an incompatibility. The test could indicate that
+ the wrong compiler or compiler options have been used. Sometimes
+ software, like bootloaders, might need to bypass this check.
+
+- ``buildpaths:`` Checks for paths to locations on the build host
+ inside the output files. Currently, this test triggers too many false
+ positives and thus is not normally enabled.
+
+- ``build-deps:`` Determines if a build-time dependency that is
+ specified through :term:`DEPENDS`, explicit
+ :term:`RDEPENDS`, or task-level dependencies exists
+ to match any runtime dependency. This determination is particularly
+ useful to discover where runtime dependencies are detected and added
+ during packaging. If no explicit dependency has been specified within
+ the metadata, at the packaging stage it is too late to ensure that
+ the dependency is built, and thus you can end up with an error when
+ the package is installed into the image during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task because the auto-detected
+ dependency was not satisfied. An example of this would be where the
+ :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class automatically
+ adds a dependency on the ``initscripts-functions`` package to
+ packages that install an initscript that refers to
+ ``/etc/init.d/functions``. The recipe should really have an explicit
+ ``RDEPENDS`` for the package in question on ``initscripts-functions``
+ so that the OpenEmbedded build system is able to ensure that the
+ ``initscripts`` recipe is actually built and thus the
+ ``initscripts-functions`` package is made available.
+
+- ``compile-host-path:`` Checks the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` log for indications that
+ paths to locations on the build host were used. Using such paths
+ might result in host contamination of the build output.
+
+- ``debug-deps:`` Checks that all packages except ``-dbg`` packages
+ do not depend on ``-dbg`` packages, which would cause a packaging
+ bug.
+
+- ``debug-files:`` Checks for ``.debug`` directories in anything but
+ the ``-dbg`` package. The debug files should all be in the ``-dbg``
+ package. Thus, anything packaged elsewhere is incorrect packaging.
+
+- ``dep-cmp:`` Checks for invalid version comparison statements in
+ runtime dependency relationships between packages (i.e. in
+ :term:`RDEPENDS`,
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS`,
+ :term:`RSUGGESTS`,
+ :term:`RPROVIDES`,
+ :term:`RREPLACES`, and
+ :term:`RCONFLICTS` variable values). Any invalid
+ comparisons might trigger failures or undesirable behavior when
+ passed to the package manager.
+
+- ``desktop:`` Runs the ``desktop-file-validate`` program against any
+ ``.desktop`` files to validate their contents against the
+ specification for ``.desktop`` files.
+
+- ``dev-deps:`` Checks that all packages except ``-dev`` or
+ ``-staticdev`` packages do not depend on ``-dev`` packages, which
+ would be a packaging bug.
+
+- ``dev-so:`` Checks that the ``.so`` symbolic links are in the
+ ``-dev`` package and not in any of the other packages. In general,
+ these symlinks are only useful for development purposes. Thus, the
+ ``-dev`` package is the correct location for them. Some very rare
+ cases do exist for dynamically loaded modules where these symlinks
+ are needed instead in the main package.
+
+- ``file-rdeps:`` Checks that file-level dependencies identified by
+ the OpenEmbedded build system at packaging time are satisfied. For
+ example, a shell script might start with the line ``#!/bin/bash``.
+ This line would translate to a file dependency on ``/bin/bash``. Of
+ the three package managers that the OpenEmbedded build system
+ supports, only RPM directly handles file-level dependencies,
+ resolving them automatically to packages providing the files.
+ However, the lack of that functionality in the other two package
+ managers does not mean the dependencies do not still need resolving.
+ This QA check attempts to ensure that explicitly declared
+ :term:`RDEPENDS` exist to handle any file-level
+ dependency detected in packaged files.
+
+- ``files-invalid:`` Checks for :term:`FILES` variable
+ values that contain "//", which is invalid.
+
+- ``host-user-contaminated:`` Checks that no package produced by the
+ recipe contains any files outside of ``/home`` with a user or group
+ ID that matches the user running BitBake. A match usually indicates
+ that the files are being installed with an incorrect UID/GID, since
+ target IDs are independent from host IDs. For additional information,
+ see the section describing the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task.
+
+- ``incompatible-license:`` Report when packages are excluded from
+ being created due to being marked with a license that is in
+ :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`.
+
+- ``install-host-path:`` Checks the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install` log for indications that
+ paths to locations on the build host were used. Using such paths
+ might result in host contamination of the build output.
+
+- ``installed-vs-shipped:`` Reports when files have been installed
+ within ``do_install`` but have not been included in any package by
+ way of the :term:`FILES` variable. Files that do not
+ appear in any package cannot be present in an image later on in the
+ build process. Ideally, all installed files should be packaged or not
+ installed at all. These files can be deleted at the end of
+ ``do_install`` if the files are not needed in any package.
+
+- ``invalid-chars:`` Checks that the recipe metadata variables
+ :term:`DESCRIPTION`,
+ :term:`SUMMARY`, :term:`LICENSE`, and
+ :term:`SECTION` do not contain non-UTF-8 characters.
+ Some package managers do not support such characters.
+
+- ``invalid-packageconfig:`` Checks that no undefined features are
+ being added to :term:`PACKAGECONFIG`. For
+ example, any name "foo" for which the following form does not exist:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG[foo] = "..."
+
+- ``la:`` Checks ``.la`` files for any ``TMPDIR`` paths. Any ``.la``
+ file containing these paths is incorrect since ``libtool`` adds the
+ correct sysroot prefix when using the files automatically itself.
+
+- ``ldflags:`` Ensures that the binaries were linked with the
+ :term:`LDFLAGS` options provided by the build system.
+ If this test fails, check that the ``LDFLAGS`` variable is being
+ passed to the linker command.
+
+- ``libdir:`` Checks for libraries being installed into incorrect
+ (possibly hardcoded) installation paths. For example, this test will
+ catch recipes that install ``/lib/bar.so`` when ``${base_libdir}`` is
+ "lib32". Another example is when recipes install
+ ``/usr/lib64/foo.so`` when ``${libdir}`` is "/usr/lib".
+
+- ``libexec:`` Checks if a package contains files in
+ ``/usr/libexec``. This check is not performed if the ``libexecdir``
+ variable has been set explicitly to ``/usr/libexec``.
+
+- ``packages-list:`` Checks for the same package being listed
+ multiple times through the :term:`PACKAGES` variable
+ value. Installing the package in this manner can cause errors during
+ packaging.
+
+- ``perm-config:`` Reports lines in ``fs-perms.txt`` that have an
+ invalid format.
+
+- ``perm-line:`` Reports lines in ``fs-perms.txt`` that have an
+ invalid format.
+
+- ``perm-link:`` Reports lines in ``fs-perms.txt`` that specify
+ 'link' where the specified target already exists.
+
+- ``perms:`` Currently, this check is unused but reserved.
+
+- ``pkgconfig:`` Checks ``.pc`` files for any
+ :term:`TMPDIR`/:term:`WORKDIR` paths.
+ Any ``.pc`` file containing these paths is incorrect since
+ ``pkg-config`` itself adds the correct sysroot prefix when the files
+ are accessed.
+
+- ``pkgname:`` Checks that all packages in
+ :term:`PACKAGES` have names that do not contain
+ invalid characters (i.e. characters other than 0-9, a-z, ., +, and
+ -).
+
+- ``pkgv-undefined:`` Checks to see if the ``PKGV`` variable is
+ undefined during :ref:`ref-tasks-package`.
+
+- ``pkgvarcheck:`` Checks through the variables
+ :term:`RDEPENDS`,
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS`,
+ :term:`RSUGGESTS`,
+ :term:`RCONFLICTS`,
+ :term:`RPROVIDES`,
+ :term:`RREPLACES`, :term:`FILES`,
+ :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY`, ``pkg_preinst``,
+ ``pkg_postinst``, ``pkg_prerm`` and ``pkg_postrm``, and reports if
+ there are variable sets that are not package-specific. Using these
+ variables without a package suffix is bad practice, and might
+ unnecessarily complicate dependencies of other packages within the
+ same recipe or have other unintended consequences.
+
+- ``pn-overrides:`` Checks that a recipe does not have a name
+ (:term:`PN`) value that appears in
+ :term:`OVERRIDES`. If a recipe is named such that
+ its ``PN`` value matches something already in ``OVERRIDES`` (e.g.
+ ``PN`` happens to be the same as :term:`MACHINE` or
+ :term:`DISTRO`), it can have unexpected consequences.
+ For example, assignments such as ``FILES_${PN} = "xyz"`` effectively
+ turn into ``FILES = "xyz"``.
+
+- ``rpaths:`` Checks for rpaths in the binaries that contain build
+ system paths such as ``TMPDIR``. If this test fails, bad ``-rpath``
+ options are being passed to the linker commands and your binaries
+ have potential security issues.
+
+- ``split-strip:`` Reports that splitting or stripping debug symbols
+ from binaries has failed.
+
+- ``staticdev:`` Checks for static library files (``*.a``) in
+ non-``staticdev`` packages.
+
+- ``symlink-to-sysroot:`` Checks for symlinks in packages that point
+ into :term:`TMPDIR` on the host. Such symlinks will
+ work on the host, but are clearly invalid when running on the target.
+
+- ``textrel:`` Checks for ELF binaries that contain relocations in
+ their ``.text`` sections, which can result in a performance impact at
+ runtime. See the explanation for the ``ELF binary`` message in
+ ":doc:`ref-qa-checks`" for more information regarding runtime performance
+ issues.
+
+- ``unlisted-pkg-lics:`` Checks that all declared licenses applying
+ for a package are also declared on the recipe level (i.e. any license
+ in ``LICENSE_*`` should appear in :term:`LICENSE`).
+
+- ``useless-rpaths:`` Checks for dynamic library load paths (rpaths)
+ in the binaries that by default on a standard system are searched by
+ the linker (e.g. ``/lib`` and ``/usr/lib``). While these paths will
+ not cause any breakage, they do waste space and are unnecessary.
+
+- ``var-undefined:`` Reports when variables fundamental to packaging
+ (i.e. :term:`WORKDIR`,
+ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`, :term:`D`,
+ :term:`PN`, and :term:`PKGD`) are undefined
+ during :ref:`ref-tasks-package`.
+
+- ``version-going-backwards:`` If Build History is enabled, reports
+ when a package being written out has a lower version than the
+ previously written package under the same name. If you are placing
+ output packages into a feed and upgrading packages on a target system
+ using that feed, the version of a package going backwards can result
+ in the target system not correctly upgrading to the "new" version of
+ the package.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you are not using runtime package management on your target
+ system, then you do not need to worry about this situation.
+
+- ``xorg-driver-abi:`` Checks that all packages containing Xorg
+ drivers have ABI dependencies. The ``xserver-xorg`` recipe provides
+ driver ABI names. All drivers should depend on the ABI versions that
+ they have been built against. Driver recipes that include
+ ``xorg-driver-input.inc`` or ``xorg-driver-video.inc`` will
+ automatically get these versions. Consequently, you should only need
+ to explicitly add dependencies to binary driver recipes.
+
+.. _ref-classes-insserv:
+
+``insserv.bbclass``
+===================
+
+The ``insserv`` class uses the ``insserv`` utility to update the order
+of symbolic links in ``/etc/rc?.d/`` within an image based on
+dependencies specified by LSB headers in the ``init.d`` scripts
+themselves.
+
+.. _ref-classes-kernel:
+
+``kernel.bbclass``
+==================
+
+The ``kernel`` class handles building Linux kernels. The class contains
+code to build all kernel trees. All needed headers are staged into the
+``STAGING_KERNEL_DIR`` directory to allow out-of-tree module builds
+using the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class.
+
+This means that each built kernel module is packaged separately and
+inter-module dependencies are created by parsing the ``modinfo`` output.
+If all modules are required, then installing the ``kernel-modules``
+package installs all packages with modules and various other kernel
+packages such as ``kernel-vmlinux``.
+
+The ``kernel`` class contains logic that allows you to embed an initial
+RAM filesystem (initramfs) image when you build the kernel image. For
+information on how to build an initramfs, see the
+":ref:`building-an-initramfs-image`" section in
+the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+Various other classes are used by the ``kernel`` and ``module`` classes
+internally including the :ref:`kernel-arch <ref-classes-kernel-arch>`,
+:ref:`module-base <ref-classes-module-base>`, and
+:ref:`linux-kernel-base <ref-classes-linux-kernel-base>` classes.
+
+.. _ref-classes-kernel-arch:
+
+``kernel-arch.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``kernel-arch`` class sets the ``ARCH`` environment variable for
+Linux kernel compilation (including modules).
+
+.. _ref-classes-kernel-devicetree:
+
+``kernel-devicetree.bbclass``
+=============================
+
+The ``kernel-devicetree`` class, which is inherited by the
+:ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class, supports device tree
+generation.
+
+.. _ref-classes-kernel-fitimage:
+
+``kernel-fitimage.bbclass``
+===========================
+
+The ``kernel-fitimage`` class provides support to pack a kernel Image,
+device trees and a RAM disk into a single FIT image. In theory, a FIT
+image can support any number of kernels, RAM disks and device-trees.
+However, ``kernel-fitimage`` currently only supports
+limited usescases: just one kernel image, an optional RAM disk, and
+any number of device tree.
+
+To create a FIT image, it is required that :term:`KERNEL_CLASSES`
+is set to "kernel-fitimage" and :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE`
+is set to "fitImage".
+
+The options for the device tree compiler passed to mkimage -D feature
+when creating the FIT image are specified using the
+:term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS` variable.
+
+Only a single kernel can be added to the FIT image created by
+``kernel-fitimage`` and the kernel image in FIT is mandatory. The
+address where the kernel image is to be loaded by U-boot is
+specified by :term:`UBOOT_LOADADDRESS` and the entrypoint by
+:term:`UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT`.
+
+Multiple device trees can be added to the FIT image created by
+``kernel-fitimage`` and the device tree is optional.
+The address where the device tree is to be loaded by U-boot is
+specified by :term:`UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS` for device tree overlays
+and by :term:`UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS` for device tree binaries.
+
+Only a single RAM disk can be added to the FIT image created by
+``kernel-fitimage`` and the RAM disk in FIT is optional.
+The address where the RAM disk image is to be loaded by U-boot
+is specified by :term:`UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS` and the entrypoint by
+:term:`UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT`. The ramdisk is added to FIT image when
+:term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` is specified.
+
+The FIT image generated by ``kernel-fitimage`` class is signed when the
+variables :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_ENABLE`, :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS`,
+:term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` and :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` are set
+appropriately. The default values used for :term:`FIT_HASH_ALG` and
+:term:`FIT_SIGN_ALG` in ``kernel-fitimage`` are "sha256" and
+"rsa2048" respectively.
+
+
+.. _ref-classes-kernel-grub:
+
+``kernel-grub.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``kernel-grub`` class updates the boot area and the boot menu with
+the kernel as the priority boot mechanism while installing a RPM to
+update the kernel on a deployed target.
+
+.. _ref-classes-kernel-module-split:
+
+``kernel-module-split.bbclass``
+===============================
+
+The ``kernel-module-split`` class provides common functionality for
+splitting Linux kernel modules into separate packages.
+
+.. _ref-classes-kernel-uboot:
+
+``kernel-uboot.bbclass``
+========================
+
+The ``kernel-uboot`` class provides support for building from
+vmlinux-style kernel sources.
+
+.. _ref-classes-kernel-uimage:
+
+``kernel-uimage.bbclass``
+=========================
+
+The ``kernel-uimage`` class provides support to pack uImage.
+
+.. _ref-classes-kernel-yocto:
+
+``kernel-yocto.bbclass``
+========================
+
+The ``kernel-yocto`` class provides common functionality for building
+from linux-yocto style kernel source repositories.
+
+.. _ref-classes-kernelsrc:
+
+``kernelsrc.bbclass``
+=====================
+
+The ``kernelsrc`` class sets the Linux kernel source and version.
+
+.. _ref-classes-lib_package:
+
+``lib_package.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``lib_package`` class supports recipes that build libraries and
+produce executable binaries, where those binaries should not be
+installed by default along with the library. Instead, the binaries are
+added to a separate ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-bin`` package to
+make their installation optional.
+
+.. _ref-classes-libc*:
+
+``libc*.bbclass``
+=================
+
+The ``libc*`` classes support recipes that build packages with ``libc``:
+
+- The ``libc-common`` class provides common support for building with
+ ``libc``.
+
+- The ``libc-package`` class supports packaging up ``glibc`` and
+ ``eglibc``.
+
+.. _ref-classes-license:
+
+``license.bbclass``
+===================
+
+The ``license`` class provides license manifest creation and license
+exclusion. This class is enabled by default using the default value for
+the :term:`INHERIT_DISTRO` variable.
+
+.. _ref-classes-linux-kernel-base:
+
+``linux-kernel-base.bbclass``
+=============================
+
+The ``linux-kernel-base`` class provides common functionality for
+recipes that build out of the Linux kernel source tree. These builds
+goes beyond the kernel itself. For example, the Perf recipe also
+inherits this class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-linuxloader:
+
+``linuxloader.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+Provides the function ``linuxloader()``, which gives the value of the
+dynamic loader/linker provided on the platform. This value is used by a
+number of other classes.
+
+.. _ref-classes-logging:
+
+``logging.bbclass``
+===================
+
+The ``logging`` class provides the standard shell functions used to log
+messages for various BitBake severity levels (i.e. ``bbplain``,
+``bbnote``, ``bbwarn``, ``bberror``, ``bbfatal``, and ``bbdebug``).
+
+This class is enabled by default since it is inherited by the ``base``
+class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-meta:
+
+``meta.bbclass``
+================
+
+The ``meta`` class is inherited by recipes that do not build any output
+packages themselves, but act as a "meta" target for building other
+recipes.
+
+.. _ref-classes-metadata_scm:
+
+``metadata_scm.bbclass``
+========================
+
+The ``metadata_scm`` class provides functionality for querying the
+branch and revision of a Source Code Manager (SCM) repository.
+
+The :ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class uses this class to print the
+revisions of each layer before starting every build. The
+``metadata_scm`` class is enabled by default because it is inherited by
+the ``base`` class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-migrate_localcount:
+
+``migrate_localcount.bbclass``
+==============================
+
+The ``migrate_localcount`` class verifies a recipe's localcount data and
+increments it appropriately.
+
+.. _ref-classes-mime:
+
+``mime.bbclass``
+================
+
+The ``mime`` class generates the proper post-install and post-remove
+(postinst/postrm) scriptlets for packages that install MIME type files.
+These scriptlets call ``update-mime-database`` to add the MIME types to
+the shared database.
+
+.. _ref-classes-mirrors:
+
+``mirrors.bbclass``
+===================
+
+The ``mirrors`` class sets up some standard
+:term:`MIRRORS` entries for source code mirrors. These
+mirrors provide a fall-back path in case the upstream source specified
+in :term:`SRC_URI` within recipes is unavailable.
+
+This class is enabled by default since it is inherited by the
+:ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-module:
+
+``module.bbclass``
+==================
+
+The ``module`` class provides support for building out-of-tree Linux
+kernel modules. The class inherits the
+:ref:`module-base <ref-classes-module-base>` and
+:ref:`kernel-module-split <ref-classes-kernel-module-split>` classes,
+and implements the :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` and
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install` tasks. The class provides
+everything needed to build and package a kernel module.
+
+For general information on out-of-tree Linux kernel modules, see the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`"
+section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
+
+.. _ref-classes-module-base:
+
+``module-base.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``module-base`` class provides the base functionality for building
+Linux kernel modules. Typically, a recipe that builds software that
+includes one or more kernel modules and has its own means of building
+the module inherits this class as opposed to inheriting the
+:ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-multilib*:
+
+``multilib*.bbclass``
+=====================
+
+The ``multilib*`` classes provide support for building libraries with
+different target optimizations or target architectures and installing
+them side-by-side in the same image.
+
+For more information on using the Multilib feature, see the
+":ref:`combining-multiple-versions-library-files-into-one-image`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _ref-classes-native:
+
+``native.bbclass``
+==================
+
+The ``native`` class provides common functionality for recipes that
+build tools to run on the :term:`Build Host` (i.e. tools that use the compiler
+or other tools from the build host).
+
+You can create a recipe that builds tools that run natively on the host
+a couple different ways:
+
+- Create a myrecipe\ ``-native.bb`` recipe that inherits the ``native``
+ class. If you use this method, you must order the inherit statement
+ in the recipe after all other inherit statements so that the
+ ``native`` class is inherited last.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ When creating a recipe this way, the recipe name must follow this
+ naming convention:
+ ::
+
+ myrecipe-native.bb
+
+
+ Not using this naming convention can lead to subtle problems
+ caused by existing code that depends on that naming convention.
+
+- Create or modify a target recipe that contains the following:
+ ::
+
+ BBCLASSEXTEND = "native"
+
+ Inside the
+ recipe, use ``_class-native`` and ``_class-target`` overrides to
+ specify any functionality specific to the respective native or target
+ case.
+
+Although applied differently, the ``native`` class is used with both
+methods. The advantage of the second method is that you do not need to
+have two separate recipes (assuming you need both) for native and
+target. All common parts of the recipe are automatically shared.
+
+.. _ref-classes-nativesdk:
+
+``nativesdk.bbclass``
+=====================
+
+The ``nativesdk`` class provides common functionality for recipes that
+wish to build tools to run as part of an SDK (i.e. tools that run on
+:term:`SDKMACHINE`).
+
+You can create a recipe that builds tools that run on the SDK machine a
+couple different ways:
+
+- Create a ``nativesdk-``\ myrecipe\ ``.bb`` recipe that inherits the
+ ``nativesdk`` class. If you use this method, you must order the
+ inherit statement in the recipe after all other inherit statements so
+ that the ``nativesdk`` class is inherited last.
+
+- Create a ``nativesdk`` variant of any recipe by adding the following:
+ ::
+
+ BBCLASSEXTEND = "nativesdk"
+
+ Inside the
+ recipe, use ``_class-nativesdk`` and ``_class-target`` overrides to
+ specify any functionality specific to the respective SDK machine or
+ target case.
+
+.. note::
+
+ When creating a recipe, you must follow this naming convention:
+ ::
+
+ nativesdk-myrecipe.bb
+
+
+ Not doing so can lead to subtle problems because code exists that
+ depends on the naming convention.
+
+Although applied differently, the ``nativesdk`` class is used with both
+methods. The advantage of the second method is that you do not need to
+have two separate recipes (assuming you need both) for the SDK machine
+and the target. All common parts of the recipe are automatically shared.
+
+.. _ref-classes-nopackages:
+
+``nopackages.bbclass``
+======================
+
+Disables packaging tasks for those recipes and classes where packaging
+is not needed.
+
+.. _ref-classes-npm:
+
+``npm.bbclass``
+===============
+
+Provides support for building Node.js software fetched using the `node
+package manager (NPM) <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Npm_(software)>`__.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Currently, recipes inheriting this class must use the ``npm://``
+ fetcher to have dependencies fetched and packaged automatically.
+
+For information on how to create NPM packages, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating node package manager (npm) packages`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _ref-classes-oelint:
+
+``oelint.bbclass``
+==================
+
+The ``oelint`` class is an obsolete lint checking tool that exists in
+``meta/classes`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+A number of classes exist that could be generally useful in OE-Core but
+are never actually used within OE-Core itself. The ``oelint`` class is
+one such example. However, being aware of this class can reduce the
+proliferation of different versions of similar classes across multiple
+layers.
+
+.. _ref-classes-own-mirrors:
+
+``own-mirrors.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``own-mirrors`` class makes it easier to set up your own
+:term:`PREMIRRORS` from which to first fetch source
+before attempting to fetch it from the upstream specified in
+:term:`SRC_URI` within each recipe.
+
+To use this class, inherit it globally and specify
+:term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL`. Here is an example:
+::
+
+ INHERIT += "own-mirrors"
+ SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my-source-mirror"
+
+You can specify only a single URL
+in ``SOURCE_MIRROR_URL``.
+
+.. _ref-classes-package:
+
+``package.bbclass``
+===================
+
+The ``package`` class supports generating packages from a build's
+output. The core generic functionality is in ``package.bbclass``. The
+code specific to particular package types resides in these
+package-specific classes:
+:ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>`,
+:ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>`,
+:ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>`, and
+:ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>`.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The
+ package_tar
+ class is broken and not supported. It is recommended that you do not
+ use this class.
+
+You can control the list of resulting package formats by using the
+``PACKAGE_CLASSES`` variable defined in your ``conf/local.conf``
+configuration file, which is located in the :term:`Build Directory`.
+When defining the variable, you can
+specify one or more package types. Since images are generated from
+packages, a packaging class is needed to enable image generation. The
+first class listed in this variable is used for image generation.
+
+If you take the optional step to set up a repository (package feed) on
+the development host that can be used by DNF, you can install packages
+from the feed while you are running the image on the target (i.e.
+runtime installation of packages). For more information, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using runtime package management`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+The package-specific class you choose can affect build-time performance
+and has space ramifications. In general, building a package with IPK
+takes about thirty percent less time as compared to using RPM to build
+the same or similar package. This comparison takes into account a
+complete build of the package with all dependencies previously built.
+The reason for this discrepancy is because the RPM package manager
+creates and processes more :term:`Metadata` than the IPK package
+manager. Consequently, you might consider setting ``PACKAGE_CLASSES`` to
+"package_ipk" if you are building smaller systems.
+
+Before making your package manager decision, however, you should
+consider some further things about using RPM:
+
+- RPM starts to provide more abilities than IPK due to the fact that it
+ processes more Metadata. For example, this information includes
+ individual file types, file checksum generation and evaluation on
+ install, sparse file support, conflict detection and resolution for
+ Multilib systems, ACID style upgrade, and repackaging abilities for
+ rollbacks.
+
+- For smaller systems, the extra space used for the Berkeley Database
+ and the amount of metadata when using RPM can affect your ability to
+ perform on-device upgrades.
+
+You can find additional information on the effects of the package class
+at these two Yocto Project mailing list links:
+
+- :yocto_lists:`/pipermail/poky/2011-May/006362.html`
+
+- :yocto_lists:`/pipermail/poky/2011-May/006363.html`
+
+.. _ref-classes-package_deb:
+
+``package_deb.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``package_deb`` class provides support for creating packages that
+use the Debian (i.e. ``.deb``) file format. The class ensures the
+packages are written out in a ``.deb`` file format to the
+``${``\ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`\ ``}`` directory.
+
+This class inherits the :ref:`package <ref-classes-package>` class and
+is enabled through the :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`
+variable in the ``local.conf`` file.
+
+.. _ref-classes-package_ipk:
+
+``package_ipk.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``package_ipk`` class provides support for creating packages that
+use the IPK (i.e. ``.ipk``) file format. The class ensures the packages
+are written out in a ``.ipk`` file format to the
+``${``\ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK`\ ``}`` directory.
+
+This class inherits the :ref:`package <ref-classes-package>` class and
+is enabled through the :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`
+variable in the ``local.conf`` file.
+
+.. _ref-classes-package_rpm:
+
+``package_rpm.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``package_rpm`` class provides support for creating packages that
+use the RPM (i.e. ``.rpm``) file format. The class ensures the packages
+are written out in a ``.rpm`` file format to the
+``${``\ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM`\ ``}`` directory.
+
+This class inherits the :ref:`package <ref-classes-package>` class and
+is enabled through the :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`
+variable in the ``local.conf`` file.
+
+.. _ref-classes-package_tar:
+
+``package_tar.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``package_tar`` class provides support for creating tarballs. The
+class ensures the packages are written out in a tarball format to the
+``${``\ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR`\ ``}`` directory.
+
+This class inherits the :ref:`package <ref-classes-package>` class and
+is enabled through the :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`
+variable in the ``local.conf`` file.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You cannot specify the ``package_tar`` class first using the
+ ``PACKAGE_CLASSES`` variable. You must use ``.deb``, ``.ipk``, or ``.rpm``
+ file formats for your image or SDK.
+
+.. _ref-classes-packagedata:
+
+``packagedata.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``packagedata`` class provides common functionality for reading
+``pkgdata`` files found in :term:`PKGDATA_DIR`. These
+files contain information about each output package produced by the
+OpenEmbedded build system.
+
+This class is enabled by default because it is inherited by the
+:ref:`package <ref-classes-package>` class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-packagegroup:
+
+``packagegroup.bbclass``
+========================
+
+The ``packagegroup`` class sets default values appropriate for package
+group recipes (e.g. ``PACKAGES``, ``PACKAGE_ARCH``, ``ALLOW_EMPTY``, and
+so forth). It is highly recommended that all package group recipes
+inherit this class.
+
+For information on how to use this class, see the
+":ref:`usingpoky-extend-customimage-customtasks`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+Previously, this class was called the ``task`` class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-patch:
+
+``patch.bbclass``
+=================
+
+The ``patch`` class provides all functionality for applying patches
+during the :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task.
+
+This class is enabled by default because it is inherited by the
+:ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-perlnative:
+
+``perlnative.bbclass``
+======================
+
+When inherited by a recipe, the ``perlnative`` class supports using the
+native version of Perl built by the build system rather than using the
+version provided by the build host.
+
+.. _ref-classes-pixbufcache:
+
+``pixbufcache.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``pixbufcache`` class generates the proper post-install and
+post-remove (postinst/postrm) scriptlets for packages that install
+pixbuf loaders, which are used with ``gdk-pixbuf``. These scriptlets
+call ``update_pixbuf_cache`` to add the pixbuf loaders to the cache.
+Since the cache files are architecture-specific, ``update_pixbuf_cache``
+is run using QEMU if the postinst scriptlets need to be run on the build
+host during image creation.
+
+If the pixbuf loaders being installed are in packages other than the
+recipe's main package, set
+:term:`PIXBUF_PACKAGES` to specify the packages
+containing the loaders.
+
+.. _ref-classes-pkgconfig:
+
+``pkgconfig.bbclass``
+=====================
+
+The ``pkgconfig`` class provides a standard way to get header and
+library information by using ``pkg-config``. This class aims to smooth
+integration of ``pkg-config`` into libraries that use it.
+
+During staging, BitBake installs ``pkg-config`` data into the
+``sysroots/`` directory. By making use of sysroot functionality within
+``pkg-config``, the ``pkgconfig`` class no longer has to manipulate the
+files.
+
+.. _ref-classes-populate-sdk:
+
+``populate_sdk.bbclass``
+========================
+
+The ``populate_sdk`` class provides support for SDK-only recipes. For
+information on advantages gained when building a cross-development
+toolchain using the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sdk`
+task, see the ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-obtain:building an sdk installer`"
+section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
+Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+.. _ref-classes-populate-sdk-*:
+
+``populate_sdk_*.bbclass``
+==========================
+
+The ``populate_sdk_*`` classes support SDK creation and consist of the
+following classes:
+
+- ``populate_sdk_base``: The base class supporting SDK creation under
+ all package managers (i.e. DEB, RPM, and opkg).
+
+- ``populate_sdk_deb``: Supports creation of the SDK given the Debian
+ package manager.
+
+- ``populate_sdk_rpm``: Supports creation of the SDK given the RPM
+ package manager.
+
+- ``populate_sdk_ipk``: Supports creation of the SDK given the opkg
+ (IPK format) package manager.
+
+- ``populate_sdk_ext``: Supports extensible SDK creation under all
+ package managers.
+
+The ``populate_sdk_base`` class inherits the appropriate
+``populate_sdk_*`` (i.e. ``deb``, ``rpm``, and ``ipk``) based on
+:term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE`.
+
+The base class ensures all source and destination directories are
+established and then populates the SDK. After populating the SDK, the
+``populate_sdk_base`` class constructs two sysroots:
+``${``\ :term:`SDK_ARCH`\ ``}-nativesdk``, which
+contains the cross-compiler and associated tooling, and the target,
+which contains a target root filesystem that is configured for the SDK
+usage. These two images reside in :term:`SDK_OUTPUT`,
+which consists of the following:
+::
+
+ ${SDK_OUTPUT}/${SDK_ARCH}-nativesdk-pkgs
+ ${SDK_OUTPUT}/${SDKTARGETSYSROOT}/target-pkgs
+
+Finally, the base populate SDK class creates the toolchain environment
+setup script, the tarball of the SDK, and the installer.
+
+The respective ``populate_sdk_deb``, ``populate_sdk_rpm``, and
+``populate_sdk_ipk`` classes each support the specific type of SDK.
+These classes are inherited by and used with the ``populate_sdk_base``
+class.
+
+For more information on the cross-development toolchain generation, see
+the ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:cross-development toolchain generation`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For
+information on advantages gained when building a cross-development
+toolchain using the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sdk`
+task, see the
+":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-obtain:building an sdk installer`"
+section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
+Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+.. _ref-classes-prexport:
+
+``prexport.bbclass``
+====================
+
+The ``prexport`` class provides functionality for exporting
+:term:`PR` values.
+
+.. note::
+
+ This class is not intended to be used directly. Rather, it is enabled
+ when using "``bitbake-prserv-tool export``".
+
+.. _ref-classes-primport:
+
+``primport.bbclass``
+====================
+
+The ``primport`` class provides functionality for importing
+:term:`PR` values.
+
+.. note::
+
+ This class is not intended to be used directly. Rather, it is enabled
+ when using "``bitbake-prserv-tool import``".
+
+.. _ref-classes-prserv:
+
+``prserv.bbclass``
+==================
+
+The ``prserv`` class provides functionality for using a :ref:`PR
+service <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:working with a pr service>` in order to
+automatically manage the incrementing of the :term:`PR`
+variable for each recipe.
+
+This class is enabled by default because it is inherited by the
+:ref:`package <ref-classes-package>` class. However, the OpenEmbedded
+build system will not enable the functionality of this class unless
+:term:`PRSERV_HOST` has been set.
+
+.. _ref-classes-ptest:
+
+``ptest.bbclass``
+=================
+
+The ``ptest`` class provides functionality for packaging and installing
+runtime tests for recipes that build software that provides these tests.
+
+This class is intended to be inherited by individual recipes. However,
+the class' functionality is largely disabled unless "ptest" appears in
+:term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. See the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:testing packages with ptest`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information
+on ptest.
+
+.. _ref-classes-ptest-gnome:
+
+``ptest-gnome.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+Enables package tests (ptests) specifically for GNOME packages, which
+have tests intended to be executed with ``gnome-desktop-testing``.
+
+For information on setting up and running ptests, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:testing packages with ptest`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _ref-classes-python-dir:
+
+``python-dir.bbclass``
+======================
+
+The ``python-dir`` class provides the base version, location, and site
+package location for Python.
+
+.. _ref-classes-python3native:
+
+``python3native.bbclass``
+=========================
+
+The ``python3native`` class supports using the native version of Python
+3 built by the build system rather than support of the version provided
+by the build host.
+
+.. _ref-classes-pythonnative:
+
+``pythonnative.bbclass``
+========================
+
+When inherited by a recipe, the ``pythonnative`` class supports using
+the native version of Python built by the build system rather than using
+the version provided by the build host.
+
+.. _ref-classes-qemu:
+
+``qemu.bbclass``
+================
+
+The ``qemu`` class provides functionality for recipes that either need
+QEMU or test for the existence of QEMU. Typically, this class is used to
+run programs for a target system on the build host using QEMU's
+application emulation mode.
+
+.. _ref-classes-recipe_sanity:
+
+``recipe_sanity.bbclass``
+=========================
+
+The ``recipe_sanity`` class checks for the presence of any host system
+recipe prerequisites that might affect the build (e.g. variables that
+are set or software that is present).
+
+.. _ref-classes-relocatable:
+
+``relocatable.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``relocatable`` class enables relocation of binaries when they are
+installed into the sysroot.
+
+This class makes use of the :ref:`chrpath <ref-classes-chrpath>` class
+and is used by both the :ref:`cross <ref-classes-cross>` and
+:ref:`native <ref-classes-native>` classes.
+
+.. _ref-classes-remove-libtool:
+
+``remove-libtool.bbclass``
+==========================
+
+The ``remove-libtool`` class adds a post function to the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install` task to remove all ``.la`` files
+installed by ``libtool``. Removing these files results in them being
+absent from both the sysroot and target packages.
+
+If a recipe needs the ``.la`` files to be installed, then the recipe can
+override the removal by setting ``REMOVE_LIBTOOL_LA`` to "0" as follows:
+::
+
+ REMOVE_LIBTOOL_LA = "0"
+
+.. note::
+
+ The ``remove-libtool`` class is not enabled by default.
+
+.. _ref-classes-report-error:
+
+``report-error.bbclass``
+========================
+
+The ``report-error`` class supports enabling the :ref:`error reporting
+tool <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using the error reporting tool>`",
+which allows you to submit build error information to a central database.
+
+The class collects debug information for recipe, recipe version, task,
+machine, distro, build system, target system, host distro, branch,
+commit, and log. From the information, report files using a JSON format
+are created and stored in
+``${``\ :term:`LOG_DIR`\ ``}/error-report``.
+
+.. _ref-classes-rm-work:
+
+``rm_work.bbclass``
+===================
+
+The ``rm_work`` class supports deletion of temporary workspace, which
+can ease your hard drive demands during builds.
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system can use a substantial amount of disk space
+during the build process. A portion of this space is the work files
+under the ``${TMPDIR}/work`` directory for each recipe. Once the build
+system generates the packages for a recipe, the work files for that
+recipe are no longer needed. However, by default, the build system
+preserves these files for inspection and possible debugging purposes. If
+you would rather have these files deleted to save disk space as the
+build progresses, you can enable ``rm_work`` by adding the following to
+your ``local.conf`` file, which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`.
+::
+
+ INHERIT += "rm_work"
+
+If you are
+modifying and building source code out of the work directory for a
+recipe, enabling ``rm_work`` will potentially result in your changes to
+the source being lost. To exclude some recipes from having their work
+directories deleted by ``rm_work``, you can add the names of the recipe
+or recipes you are working on to the ``RM_WORK_EXCLUDE`` variable, which
+can also be set in your ``local.conf`` file. Here is an example:
+::
+
+ RM_WORK_EXCLUDE += "busybox glibc"
+
+.. _ref-classes-rootfs*:
+
+``rootfs*.bbclass``
+===================
+
+The ``rootfs*`` classes support creating the root filesystem for an
+image and consist of the following classes:
+
+- The ``rootfs-postcommands`` class, which defines filesystem
+ post-processing functions for image recipes.
+
+- The ``rootfs_deb`` class, which supports creation of root filesystems
+ for images built using ``.deb`` packages.
+
+- The ``rootfs_rpm`` class, which supports creation of root filesystems
+ for images built using ``.rpm`` packages.
+
+- The ``rootfs_ipk`` class, which supports creation of root filesystems
+ for images built using ``.ipk`` packages.
+
+- The ``rootfsdebugfiles`` class, which installs additional files found
+ on the build host directly into the root filesystem.
+
+The root filesystem is created from packages using one of the
+``rootfs*.bbclass`` files as determined by the
+:term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` variable.
+
+For information on how root filesystem images are created, see the
+":ref:`image-generation-dev-environment`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+.. _ref-classes-sanity:
+
+``sanity.bbclass``
+==================
+
+The ``sanity`` class checks to see if prerequisite software is present
+on the host system so that users can be notified of potential problems
+that might affect their build. The class also performs basic user
+configuration checks from the ``local.conf`` configuration file to
+prevent common mistakes that cause build failures. Distribution policy
+usually determines whether to include this class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-scons:
+
+``scons.bbclass``
+=================
+
+The ``scons`` class supports recipes that need to build software that
+uses the SCons build system. You can use the
+:term:`EXTRA_OESCONS` variable to specify
+additional configuration options you want to pass SCons command line.
+
+.. _ref-classes-sdl:
+
+``sdl.bbclass``
+===============
+
+The ``sdl`` class supports recipes that need to build software that uses
+the Simple DirectMedia Layer (SDL) library.
+
+.. _ref-classes-setuptools:
+
+``setuptools.bbclass``
+======================
+
+The ``setuptools`` class supports Python version 2.x extensions that use
+build systems based on ``setuptools``. If your recipe uses these build
+systems, the recipe needs to inherit the ``setuptools`` class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-setuptools3:
+
+``setuptools3.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``setuptools3`` class supports Python version 3.x extensions that
+use build systems based on ``setuptools3``. If your recipe uses these
+build systems, the recipe needs to inherit the ``setuptools3`` class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-sign_rpm:
+
+``sign_rpm.bbclass``
+====================
+
+The ``sign_rpm`` class supports generating signed RPM packages.
+
+.. _ref-classes-sip:
+
+``sip.bbclass``
+===============
+
+The ``sip`` class supports recipes that build or package SIP-based
+Python bindings.
+
+.. _ref-classes-siteconfig:
+
+``siteconfig.bbclass``
+======================
+
+The ``siteconfig`` class provides functionality for handling site
+configuration. The class is used by the
+:ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class to accelerate the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task.
+
+.. _ref-classes-siteinfo:
+
+``siteinfo.bbclass``
+====================
+
+The ``siteinfo`` class provides information about the targets that might
+be needed by other classes or recipes.
+
+As an example, consider Autotools, which can require tests that must
+execute on the target hardware. Since this is not possible in general
+when cross compiling, site information is used to provide cached test
+results so these tests can be skipped over but still make the correct
+values available. The ``meta/site directory`` contains test results
+sorted into different categories such as architecture, endianness, and
+the ``libc`` used. Site information provides a list of files containing
+data relevant to the current build in the ``CONFIG_SITE`` variable that
+Autotools automatically picks up.
+
+The class also provides variables like ``SITEINFO_ENDIANNESS`` and
+``SITEINFO_BITS`` that can be used elsewhere in the metadata.
+
+.. _ref-classes-spdx:
+
+``spdx.bbclass``
+================
+
+The ``spdx`` class integrates real-time license scanning, generation of
+SPDX standard output, and verification of license information during the
+build.
+
+.. note::
+
+ This class is currently at the prototype stage in the 1.6 release.
+
+.. _ref-classes-sstate:
+
+``sstate.bbclass``
+==================
+
+The ``sstate`` class provides support for Shared State (sstate). By
+default, the class is enabled through the
+:term:`INHERIT_DISTRO` variable's default value.
+
+For more information on sstate, see the
+":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:shared state cache`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+.. _ref-classes-staging:
+
+``staging.bbclass``
+===================
+
+The ``staging`` class installs files into individual recipe work
+directories for sysroots. The class contains the following key tasks:
+
+- The :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task,
+ which is responsible for handing the files that end up in the recipe
+ sysroots.
+
+- The
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-prepare_recipe_sysroot`
+ task (a "partner" task to the ``populate_sysroot`` task), which
+ installs the files into the individual recipe work directories (i.e.
+ :term:`WORKDIR`).
+
+The code in the ``staging`` class is complex and basically works in two
+stages:
+
+- *Stage One:* The first stage addresses recipes that have files they
+ want to share with other recipes that have dependencies on the
+ originating recipe. Normally these dependencies are installed through
+ the :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task into
+ ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}``. The ``do_populate_sysroot`` task
+ copies a subset of these files into ``${SYSROOT_DESTDIR}``. This
+ subset of files is controlled by the
+ :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`,
+ :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE`, and
+ :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST`
+ variables.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Additionally, a recipe can customize the files further by
+ declaring a processing function in the ``SYSROOT_PREPROCESS_FUNCS``
+ variable.
+
+ A shared state (sstate) object is built from these files and the
+ files are placed into a subdirectory of
+ :ref:`structure-build-tmp-sysroots-components`.
+ The files are scanned for hardcoded paths to the original
+ installation location. If the location is found in text files, the
+ hardcoded locations are replaced by tokens and a list of the files
+ needing such replacements is created. These adjustments are referred
+ to as "FIXMEs". The list of files that are scanned for paths is
+ controlled by the :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`
+ variable.
+
+- *Stage Two:* The second stage addresses recipes that want to use
+ something from another recipe and declare a dependency on that recipe
+ through the :term:`DEPENDS` variable. The recipe will
+ have a
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-prepare_recipe_sysroot`
+ task and when this task executes, it creates the ``recipe-sysroot``
+ and ``recipe-sysroot-native`` in the recipe work directory (i.e.
+ :term:`WORKDIR`). The OpenEmbedded build system
+ creates hard links to copies of the relevant files from
+ ``sysroots-components`` into the recipe work directory.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If hard links are not possible, the build system uses actual
+ copies.
+
+ The build system then addresses any "FIXMEs" to paths as defined from
+ the list created in the first stage.
+
+ Finally, any files in ``${bindir}`` within the sysroot that have the
+ prefix "``postinst-``" are executed.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Although such sysroot post installation scripts are not
+ recommended for general use, the files do allow some issues such
+ as user creation and module indexes to be addressed.
+
+ Because recipes can have other dependencies outside of ``DEPENDS``
+ (e.g. ``do_unpack[depends] += "tar-native:do_populate_sysroot"``),
+ the sysroot creation function ``extend_recipe_sysroot`` is also added
+ as a pre-function for those tasks whose dependencies are not through
+ ``DEPENDS`` but operate similarly.
+
+ When installing dependencies into the sysroot, the code traverses the
+ dependency graph and processes dependencies in exactly the same way
+ as the dependencies would or would not be when installed from sstate.
+ This processing means, for example, a native tool would have its
+ native dependencies added but a target library would not have its
+ dependencies traversed or installed. The same sstate dependency code
+ is used so that builds should be identical regardless of whether
+ sstate was used or not. For a closer look, see the
+ ``setscene_depvalid()`` function in the
+ :ref:`sstate <ref-classes-sstate>` class.
+
+ The build system is careful to maintain manifests of the files it
+ installs so that any given dependency can be installed as needed. The
+ sstate hash of the installed item is also stored so that if it
+ changes, the build system can reinstall it.
+
+.. _ref-classes-syslinux:
+
+``syslinux.bbclass``
+====================
+
+The ``syslinux`` class provides syslinux-specific functions for building
+bootable images.
+
+The class supports the following variables:
+
+- :term:`INITRD`: Indicates list of filesystem images to
+ concatenate and use as an initial RAM disk (initrd). This variable is
+ optional.
+
+- :term:`ROOTFS`: Indicates a filesystem image to include
+ as the root filesystem. This variable is optional.
+
+- :term:`AUTO_SYSLINUXMENU`: Enables creating
+ an automatic menu when set to "1".
+
+- :term:`LABELS`: Lists targets for automatic
+ configuration.
+
+- :term:`APPEND`: Lists append string overrides for each
+ label.
+
+- :term:`SYSLINUX_OPTS`: Lists additional options
+ to add to the syslinux file. Semicolon characters separate multiple
+ options.
+
+- :term:`SYSLINUX_SPLASH`: Lists a background
+ for the VGA boot menu when you are using the boot menu.
+
+- :term:`SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE`: Set
+ to "console=ttyX" to change kernel boot default console.
+
+- :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL`: Sets an alternate
+ serial port. Or, turns off serial when the variable is set with an
+ empty string.
+
+- :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY`: Sets an
+ alternate "console=tty..." kernel boot argument.
+
+.. _ref-classes-systemd:
+
+``systemd.bbclass``
+===================
+
+The ``systemd`` class provides support for recipes that install systemd
+unit files.
+
+The functionality for this class is disabled unless you have "systemd"
+in :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`.
+
+Under this class, the recipe or Makefile (i.e. whatever the recipe is
+calling during the :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task)
+installs unit files into
+``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}${systemd_unitdir}/system``. If the unit
+files being installed go into packages other than the main package, you
+need to set :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES` in your
+recipe to identify the packages in which the files will be installed.
+
+You should set :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` to the
+name of the service file. You should also use a package name override to
+indicate the package to which the value applies. If the value applies to
+the recipe's main package, use ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``. Here
+is an example from the connman recipe:
+::
+
+ SYSTEMD_SERVICE_${PN} = "connman.service"
+
+Services are set up to start on boot automatically
+unless you have set
+:term:`SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE` to "disable".
+
+For more information on ``systemd``, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:selecting an initialization manager`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _ref-classes-systemd-boot:
+
+``systemd-boot.bbclass``
+========================
+
+The ``systemd-boot`` class provides functions specific to the
+systemd-boot bootloader for building bootable images. This is an
+internal class and is not intended to be used directly.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The ``systemd-boot`` class is a result from merging the ``gummiboot`` class
+ used in previous Yocto Project releases with the ``systemd`` project.
+
+Set the :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` variable to
+"systemd-boot" to use this class. Doing so creates a standalone EFI
+bootloader that is not dependent on systemd.
+
+For information on more variables used and supported in this class, see
+the :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`,
+:term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`, and
+:term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT` variables.
+
+You can also see the `Systemd-boot
+documentation <http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__
+for more information.
+
+.. _ref-classes-terminal:
+
+``terminal.bbclass``
+====================
+
+The ``terminal`` class provides support for starting a terminal session.
+The :term:`OE_TERMINAL` variable controls which
+terminal emulator is used for the session.
+
+Other classes use the ``terminal`` class anywhere a separate terminal
+session needs to be started. For example, the
+:ref:`patch <ref-classes-patch>` class assuming
+:term:`PATCHRESOLVE` is set to "user", the
+:ref:`cml1 <ref-classes-cml1>` class, and the
+:ref:`devshell <ref-classes-devshell>` class all use the ``terminal``
+class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-testimage*:
+
+``testimage*.bbclass``
+======================
+
+The ``testimage*`` classes support running automated tests against
+images using QEMU and on actual hardware. The classes handle loading the
+tests and starting the image. To use the classes, you need to perform
+steps to set up the environment.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Best practices include using :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES` rather than
+ :term:`INHERIT` to inherit the ``testimage`` class for automated image
+ testing.
+
+The tests are commands that run on the target system over ``ssh``. Each
+test is written in Python and makes use of the ``unittest`` module.
+
+The ``testimage.bbclass`` runs tests on an image when called using the
+following:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake -c testimage image
+
+The ``testimage-auto`` class
+runs tests on an image after the image is constructed (i.e.
+:term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO` must be set to "1").
+
+For information on how to enable, run, and create new tests, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _ref-classes-testsdk:
+
+``testsdk.bbclass``
+===================
+
+This class supports running automated tests against software development
+kits (SDKs). The ``testsdk`` class runs tests on an SDK when called
+using the following:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake -c testsdk image
+
+.. note::
+
+ Best practices include using :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES` rather than
+ :term:`INHERIT` to inherit the ``testsdk`` class for automated SDK
+ testing.
+
+.. _ref-classes-texinfo:
+
+``texinfo.bbclass``
+===================
+
+This class should be inherited by recipes whose upstream packages invoke
+the ``texinfo`` utilities at build-time. Native and cross recipes are
+made to use the dummy scripts provided by ``texinfo-dummy-native``, for
+improved performance. Target architecture recipes use the genuine
+Texinfo utilities. By default, they use the Texinfo utilities on the
+host system.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If you want to use the Texinfo recipe shipped with the build system,
+ you can remove "texinfo-native" from :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED` and makeinfo
+ from :term:`SANITY_REQUIRED_UTILITIES`.
+
+.. _ref-classes-toaster:
+
+``toaster.bbclass``
+===================
+
+The ``toaster`` class collects information about packages and images and
+sends them as events that the BitBake user interface can receive. The
+class is enabled when the Toaster user interface is running.
+
+This class is not intended to be used directly.
+
+.. _ref-classes-toolchain-scripts:
+
+``toolchain-scripts.bbclass``
+=============================
+
+The ``toolchain-scripts`` class provides the scripts used for setting up
+the environment for installed SDKs.
+
+.. _ref-classes-typecheck:
+
+``typecheck.bbclass``
+=====================
+
+The ``typecheck`` class provides support for validating the values of
+variables set at the configuration level against their defined types.
+The OpenEmbedded build system allows you to define the type of a
+variable using the "type" varflag. Here is an example:
+::
+
+ IMAGE_FEATURES[type] = "list"
+
+.. _ref-classes-uboot-config:
+
+``uboot-config.bbclass``
+========================
+
+The ``uboot-config`` class provides support for U-Boot configuration for
+a machine. Specify the machine in your recipe as follows:
+::
+
+ UBOOT_CONFIG ??= <default>
+ UBOOT_CONFIG[foo] = "config,images"
+
+You can also specify the machine using this method:
+::
+
+ UBOOT_MACHINE = "config"
+
+See the :term:`UBOOT_CONFIG` and :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` variables for additional
+information.
+
+.. _ref-classes-uninative:
+
+``uninative.bbclass``
+=====================
+
+Attempts to isolate the build system from the host distribution's C
+library in order to make re-use of native shared state artifacts across
+different host distributions practical. With this class enabled, a
+tarball containing a pre-built C library is downloaded at the start of
+the build. In the Poky reference distribution this is enabled by default
+through ``meta/conf/distro/include/yocto-uninative.inc``. Other
+distributions that do not derive from poky can also
+"``require conf/distro/include/yocto-uninative.inc``" to use this.
+Alternatively if you prefer, you can build the uninative-tarball recipe
+yourself, publish the resulting tarball (e.g. via HTTP) and set
+``UNINATIVE_URL`` and ``UNINATIVE_CHECKSUM`` appropriately. For an
+example, see the ``meta/conf/distro/include/yocto-uninative.inc``.
+
+The ``uninative`` class is also used unconditionally by the extensible
+SDK. When building the extensible SDK, ``uninative-tarball`` is built
+and the resulting tarball is included within the SDK.
+
+.. _ref-classes-update-alternatives:
+
+``update-alternatives.bbclass``
+===============================
+
+The ``update-alternatives`` class helps the alternatives system when
+multiple sources provide the same command. This situation occurs when
+several programs that have the same or similar function are installed
+with the same name. For example, the ``ar`` command is available from
+the ``busybox``, ``binutils`` and ``elfutils`` packages. The
+``update-alternatives`` class handles renaming the binaries so that
+multiple packages can be installed without conflicts. The ``ar`` command
+still works regardless of which packages are installed or subsequently
+removed. The class renames the conflicting binary in each package and
+symlinks the highest priority binary during installation or removal of
+packages.
+
+To use this class, you need to define a number of variables:
+
+- :term:`ALTERNATIVE`
+
+- :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`
+
+- :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`
+
+- :term:`ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY`
+
+These variables list alternative commands needed by a package, provide
+pathnames for links, default links for targets, and so forth. For
+details on how to use this class, see the comments in the
+:yocto_git:`update-alternatives.bbclass </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta/classes/update-alternatives.bbclass>`
+file.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can use the ``update-alternatives`` command directly in your recipes.
+ However, this class simplifies things in most cases.
+
+.. _ref-classes-update-rc.d:
+
+``update-rc.d.bbclass``
+=======================
+
+The ``update-rc.d`` class uses ``update-rc.d`` to safely install an
+initialization script on behalf of the package. The OpenEmbedded build
+system takes care of details such as making sure the script is stopped
+before a package is removed and started when the package is installed.
+
+Three variables control this class: ``INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES``,
+``INITSCRIPT_NAME`` and ``INITSCRIPT_PARAMS``. See the variable links
+for details.
+
+.. _ref-classes-useradd:
+
+``useradd*.bbclass``
+====================
+
+The ``useradd*`` classes support the addition of users or groups for
+usage by the package on the target. For example, if you have packages
+that contain system services that should be run under their own user or
+group, you can use these classes to enable creation of the user or
+group. The ``meta-skeleton/recipes-skeleton/useradd/useradd-example.bb``
+recipe in the :term:`Source Directory` provides a simple
+example that shows how to add three users and groups to two packages.
+See the ``useradd-example.bb`` recipe for more information on how to use
+these classes.
+
+The ``useradd_base`` class provides basic functionality for user or
+groups settings.
+
+The ``useradd*`` classes support the
+:term:`USERADD_PACKAGES`,
+:term:`USERADD_PARAM`,
+:term:`GROUPADD_PARAM`, and
+:term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM` variables.
+
+The ``useradd-staticids`` class supports the addition of users or groups
+that have static user identification (``uid``) and group identification
+(``gid``) values.
+
+The default behavior of the OpenEmbedded build system for assigning
+``uid`` and ``gid`` values when packages add users and groups during
+package install time is to add them dynamically. This works fine for
+programs that do not care what the values of the resulting users and
+groups become. In these cases, the order of the installation determines
+the final ``uid`` and ``gid`` values. However, if non-deterministic
+``uid`` and ``gid`` values are a problem, you can override the default,
+dynamic application of these values by setting static values. When you
+set static values, the OpenEmbedded build system looks in
+:term:`BBPATH` for ``files/passwd`` and ``files/group``
+files for the values.
+
+To use static ``uid`` and ``gid`` values, you need to set some
+variables. See the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`,
+:term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`,
+:term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`, and
+:term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variables.
+You can also see the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class for
+additional information.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You do not use the ``useradd-staticids`` class directly. You either enable
+ or disable the class by setting the ``USERADDEXTENSION`` variable. If you
+ enable or disable the class in a configured system, :term:`TMPDIR` might
+ contain incorrect ``uid`` and ``gid`` values. Deleting the ``TMPDIR``
+ directory will correct this condition.
+
+.. _ref-classes-utility-tasks:
+
+``utility-tasks.bbclass``
+=========================
+
+The ``utility-tasks`` class provides support for various "utility" type
+tasks that are applicable to all recipes, such as
+:ref:`ref-tasks-clean` and
+:ref:`ref-tasks-listtasks`.
+
+This class is enabled by default because it is inherited by the
+:ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-utils:
+
+``utils.bbclass``
+=================
+
+The ``utils`` class provides some useful Python functions that are
+typically used in inline Python expressions (e.g. ``${@...}``). One
+example use is for ``bb.utils.contains()``.
+
+This class is enabled by default because it is inherited by the
+:ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class.
+
+.. _ref-classes-vala:
+
+``vala.bbclass``
+================
+
+The ``vala`` class supports recipes that need to build software written
+using the Vala programming language.
+
+.. _ref-classes-waf:
+
+``waf.bbclass``
+===============
+
+The ``waf`` class supports recipes that need to build software that uses
+the Waf build system. You can use the
+:term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
+:term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` variables
+to specify additional configuration options to be passed on the Waf
+command line.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-devtool-reference.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-devtool-reference.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b9ddf5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-devtool-reference.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,631 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+***************************
+``devtool`` Quick Reference
+***************************
+
+The ``devtool`` command-line tool provides a number of features that
+help you build, test, and package software. This command is available
+alongside the ``bitbake`` command. Additionally, the ``devtool`` command
+is a key part of the extensible SDK.
+
+This chapter provides a Quick Reference for the ``devtool`` command. For
+more information on how to apply the command when using the extensible
+SDK, see the ":doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-extensible`" chapter in the Yocto
+Project Application Development and the Extensible Software Development
+Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+.. _devtool-getting-help:
+
+Getting Help
+============
+
+The ``devtool`` command line is organized similarly to Git in that it
+has a number of sub-commands for each function. You can run
+``devtool --help`` to see all the commands:
+::
+
+ $ devtool -h
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ usage: devtool [--basepath BASEPATH] [--bbpath BBPATH] [-d] [-q] [--color COLOR] [-h] <subcommand> ...
+
+ OpenEmbedded development tool
+
+ options:
+ --basepath BASEPATH Base directory of SDK / build directory
+ --bbpath BBPATH Explicitly specify the BBPATH, rather than getting it from the metadata
+ -d, --debug Enable debug output
+ -q, --quiet Print only errors
+ --color COLOR Colorize output (where COLOR is auto, always, never)
+ -h, --help show this help message and exit
+
+ subcommands:
+ Beginning work on a recipe:
+ add Add a new recipe
+ modify Modify the source for an existing recipe
+ upgrade Upgrade an existing recipe
+ Getting information:
+ status Show workspace status
+ latest-version Report the latest version of an existing recipe
+ check-upgrade-status Report upgradability for multiple (or all) recipes
+ search Search available recipes
+ Working on a recipe in the workspace:
+ build Build a recipe
+ rename Rename a recipe file in the workspace
+ edit-recipe Edit a recipe file
+ find-recipe Find a recipe file
+ configure-help Get help on configure script options
+ update-recipe Apply changes from external source tree to recipe
+ reset Remove a recipe from your workspace
+ finish Finish working on a recipe in your workspace
+ Testing changes on target:
+ deploy-target Deploy recipe output files to live target machine
+ undeploy-target Undeploy recipe output files in live target machine
+ build-image Build image including workspace recipe packages
+ Advanced:
+ create-workspace Set up workspace in an alternative location
+ extract Extract the source for an existing recipe
+ sync Synchronize the source tree for an existing recipe
+ menuconfig Alter build-time configuration for a recipe
+ import Import exported tar archive into workspace
+ export Export workspace into a tar archive
+ other:
+ selftest-reverse Reverse value (for selftest)
+ pluginfile Print the filename of this plugin
+ bbdir Print the BBPATH directory of this plugin
+ count How many times have this plugin been registered.
+ multiloaded How many times have this plugin been initialized
+ Use devtool <subcommand> --help to get help on a specific command
+
+As directed in the general help output, you can
+get more syntax on a specific command by providing the command name and
+using "--help":
+::
+
+ $ devtool add --help
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ usage: devtool add [-h] [--same-dir | --no-same-dir] [--fetch URI] [--npm-dev] [--version VERSION] [--no-git] [--srcrev SRCREV | --autorev] [--srcbranch SRCBRANCH] [--binary] [--also-native] [--src-subdir SUBDIR] [--mirrors]
+ [--provides PROVIDES]
+ [recipename] [srctree] [fetchuri]
+
+ Adds a new recipe to the workspace to build a specified source tree. Can optionally fetch a remote URI and unpack it to create the source tree.
+
+ arguments:
+ recipename Name for new recipe to add (just name - no version, path or extension). If not specified, will attempt to auto-detect it.
+ srctree Path to external source tree. If not specified, a subdirectory of /media/build1/poky/build/workspace/sources will be used.
+ fetchuri Fetch the specified URI and extract it to create the source tree
+
+ options:
+ -h, --help show this help message and exit
+ --same-dir, -s Build in same directory as source
+ --no-same-dir Force build in a separate build directory
+ --fetch URI, -f URI Fetch the specified URI and extract it to create the source tree (deprecated - pass as positional argument instead)
+ --npm-dev For npm, also fetch devDependencies
+ --version VERSION, -V VERSION
+ Version to use within recipe (PV)
+ --no-git, -g If fetching source, do not set up source tree as a git repository
+ --srcrev SRCREV, -S SRCREV
+ Source revision to fetch if fetching from an SCM such as git (default latest)
+ --autorev, -a When fetching from a git repository, set SRCREV in the recipe to a floating revision instead of fixed
+ --srcbranch SRCBRANCH, -B SRCBRANCH
+ Branch in source repository if fetching from an SCM such as git (default master)
+ --binary, -b Treat the source tree as something that should be installed verbatim (no compilation, same directory structure). Useful with binary packages e.g. RPMs.
+ --also-native Also add native variant (i.e. support building recipe for the build host as well as the target machine)
+ --src-subdir SUBDIR Specify subdirectory within source tree to use
+ --mirrors Enable PREMIRRORS and MIRRORS for source tree fetching (disable by default).
+ --provides PROVIDES, -p PROVIDES
+ Specify an alias for the item provided by the recipe. E.g. virtual/libgl
+
+.. _devtool-the-workspace-layer-structure:
+
+The Workspace Layer Structure
+=============================
+
+``devtool`` uses a "Workspace" layer in which to accomplish builds. This
+layer is not specific to any single ``devtool`` command but is rather a
+common working area used across the tool.
+
+The following figure shows the workspace structure:
+
+.. image:: figures/build-workspace-directory.png
+ :align: center
+ :scale: 70%
+
+.. code-block:: none
+
+ attic - A directory created if devtool believes it must preserve
+ anything when you run "devtool reset". For example, if you
+ run "devtool add", make changes to the recipe, and then
+ run "devtool reset", devtool takes notice that the file has
+ been changed and moves it into the attic should you still
+ want the recipe.
+
+ README - Provides information on what is in workspace layer and how to
+ manage it.
+
+ .devtool_md5 - A checksum file used by devtool.
+
+ appends - A directory that contains *.bbappend files, which point to
+ external source.
+
+ conf - A configuration directory that contains the layer.conf file.
+
+ recipes - A directory containing recipes. This directory contains a
+ folder for each directory added whose name matches that of the
+ added recipe. devtool places the recipe.bb file
+ within that sub-directory.
+
+ sources - A directory containing a working copy of the source files used
+ when building the recipe. This is the default directory used
+ as the location of the source tree when you do not provide a
+ source tree path. This directory contains a folder for each
+ set of source files matched to a corresponding recipe.
+
+.. _devtool-adding-a-new-recipe-to-the-workspace:
+
+Adding a New Recipe to the Workspace Layer
+==========================================
+
+Use the ``devtool add`` command to add a new recipe to the workspace
+layer. The recipe you add should not exist - ``devtool`` creates it for
+you. The source files the recipe uses should exist in an external area.
+
+The following example creates and adds a new recipe named ``jackson`` to
+a workspace layer the tool creates. The source code built by the recipes
+resides in ``/home/user/sources/jackson``:
+::
+
+ $ devtool add jackson /home/user/sources/jackson
+
+If you add a recipe and the workspace layer does not exist, the command
+creates the layer and populates it as described in "`The Workspace Layer
+Structure <#devtool-the-workspace-layer-structure>`__" section.
+
+Running ``devtool add`` when the workspace layer exists causes the tool
+to add the recipe, append files, and source files into the existing
+workspace layer. The ``.bbappend`` file is created to point to the
+external source tree.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If your recipe has runtime dependencies defined, you must be sure
+ that these packages exist on the target hardware before attempting to
+ run your application. If dependent packages (e.g. libraries) do not
+ exist on the target, your application, when run, will fail to find
+ those functions. For more information, see the
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-devtool-reference:deploying your software on the target machine`"
+ section.
+
+By default, ``devtool add`` uses the latest revision (i.e. master) when
+unpacking files from a remote URI. In some cases, you might want to
+specify a source revision by branch, tag, or commit hash. You can
+specify these options when using the ``devtool add`` command:
+
+- To specify a source branch, use the ``--srcbranch`` option:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool add --srcbranch DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP jackson /home/user/sources/jackson
+
+ In the previous example, you are checking out the DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP
+ branch.
+
+- To specify a specific tag or commit hash, use the ``--srcrev``
+ option:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool add --srcrev DISTRO_REL_TAG jackson /home/user/sources/jackson
+ $ devtool add --srcrev some_commit_hash /home/user/sources/jackson
+
+ The previous examples check out the
+ DISTRO_REL_TAG tag and the commit associated with the
+ some_commit_hash hash.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If you prefer to use the latest revision every time the recipe is
+ built, use the options ``--autorev`` or ``-a``.
+
+.. _devtool-extracting-the-source-for-an-existing-recipe:
+
+Extracting the Source for an Existing Recipe
+============================================
+
+Use the ``devtool extract`` command to extract the source for an
+existing recipe. When you use this command, you must supply the root
+name of the recipe (i.e. no version, paths, or extensions), and you must
+supply the directory to which you want the source extracted.
+
+Additional command options let you control the name of a development
+branch into which you can checkout the source and whether or not to keep
+a temporary directory, which is useful for debugging.
+
+.. _devtool-synchronizing-a-recipes-extracted-source-tree:
+
+Synchronizing a Recipe's Extracted Source Tree
+==============================================
+
+Use the ``devtool sync`` command to synchronize a previously extracted
+source tree for an existing recipe. When you use this command, you must
+supply the root name of the recipe (i.e. no version, paths, or
+extensions), and you must supply the directory to which you want the
+source extracted.
+
+Additional command options let you control the name of a development
+branch into which you can checkout the source and whether or not to keep
+a temporary directory, which is useful for debugging.
+
+.. _devtool-modifying-a-recipe:
+
+Modifying an Existing Recipe
+============================
+
+Use the ``devtool modify`` command to begin modifying the source of an
+existing recipe. This command is very similar to the
+:ref:`add <devtool-adding-a-new-recipe-to-the-workspace>` command
+except that it does not physically create the recipe in the workspace
+layer because the recipe already exists in an another layer.
+
+The ``devtool modify`` command extracts the source for a recipe, sets it
+up as a Git repository if the source had not already been fetched from
+Git, checks out a branch for development, and applies any patches from
+the recipe as commits on top. You can use the following command to
+checkout the source files:
+::
+
+ $ devtool modify recipe
+
+Using the above command form, ``devtool`` uses the existing recipe's
+:term:`SRC_URI` statement to locate the upstream source,
+extracts the source into the default sources location in the workspace.
+The default development branch used is "devtool".
+
+.. _devtool-edit-an-existing-recipe:
+
+Edit an Existing Recipe
+=======================
+
+Use the ``devtool edit-recipe`` command to run the default editor, which
+is identified using the ``EDITOR`` variable, on the specified recipe.
+
+When you use the ``devtool edit-recipe`` command, you must supply the
+root name of the recipe (i.e. no version, paths, or extensions). Also,
+the recipe file itself must reside in the workspace as a result of the
+``devtool add`` or ``devtool upgrade`` commands. However, you can
+override that requirement by using the "-a" or "--any-recipe" option.
+Using either of these options allows you to edit any recipe regardless
+of its location.
+
+.. _devtool-updating-a-recipe:
+
+Updating a Recipe
+=================
+
+Use the ``devtool update-recipe`` command to update your recipe with
+patches that reflect changes you make to the source files. For example,
+if you know you are going to work on some code, you could first use the
+:ref:`devtool modify <devtool-modifying-a-recipe>` command to extract
+the code and set up the workspace. After which, you could modify,
+compile, and test the code.
+
+When you are satisfied with the results and you have committed your
+changes to the Git repository, you can then run the
+``devtool update-recipe`` to create the patches and update the recipe:
+::
+
+ $ devtool update-recipe recipe
+
+If you run the ``devtool update-recipe``
+without committing your changes, the command ignores the changes.
+
+Often, you might want to apply customizations made to your software in
+your own layer rather than apply them to the original recipe. If so, you
+can use the ``-a`` or ``--append`` option with the
+``devtool update-recipe`` command. These options allow you to specify
+the layer into which to write an append file:
+::
+
+ $ devtool update-recipe recipe -a base-layer-directory
+
+The ``*.bbappend`` file is created at the
+appropriate path within the specified layer directory, which may or may
+not be in your ``bblayers.conf`` file. If an append file already exists,
+the command updates it appropriately.
+
+.. _devtool-checking-on-the-upgrade-status-of-a-recipe:
+
+Checking on the Upgrade Status of a Recipe
+==========================================
+
+Upstream recipes change over time. Consequently, you might find that you
+need to determine if you can upgrade a recipe to a newer version.
+
+To check on the upgrade status of a recipe, use the
+``devtool check-upgrade-status`` command. The command displays a table
+of your current recipe versions, the latest upstream versions, the email
+address of the recipe's maintainer, and any additional information such
+as commit hash strings and reasons you might not be able to upgrade a
+particular recipe.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - For the ``oe-core`` layer, recipe maintainers come from the
+ `maintainers.inc <http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta/conf/distro/include/maintainers.inc>`_
+ file.
+
+ - If the recipe is using the :ref:`bitbake:git-fetcher`
+ rather than a
+ tarball, the commit hash points to the commit that matches the
+ recipe's latest version tag.
+
+As with all ``devtool`` commands, you can get help on the individual
+command:
+::
+
+ $ devtool check-upgrade-status -h
+ NOTE: Starting bitbake server...
+ usage: devtool check-upgrade-status [-h] [--all] [recipe [recipe ...]]
+
+ Prints a table of recipes together with versions currently provided by recipes, and latest upstream versions, when there is a later version available
+
+ arguments:
+ recipe Name of the recipe to report (omit to report upgrade info for all recipes)
+
+ options:
+ -h, --help show this help message and exit
+ --all, -a Show all recipes, not just recipes needing upgrade
+
+Unless you provide a specific recipe name on the command line, the
+command checks all recipes in all configured layers.
+
+Following is a partial example table that reports on all the recipes.
+Notice the reported reason for not upgrading the ``base-passwd`` recipe.
+In this example, while a new version is available upstream, you do not
+want to use it because the dependency on ``cdebconf`` is not easily
+satisfied.
+
+.. note::
+
+ When a reason for not upgrading displays, the reason is usually
+ written into the recipe using the ``RECIPE_NO_UPDATE_REASON``
+ variable. See the
+ :yocto_git:`base-passwd.bb </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta/recipes-core/base-passwd/base-passwd_3.5.29.bb>`
+ recipe for an example.
+
+::
+
+ $ devtool check-upgrade-status
+ ...
+ NOTE: acpid 2.0.30 2.0.31 Ross Burton <ross.burton@intel.com>
+ NOTE: u-boot-fw-utils 2018.11 2019.01 Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com> d3689267f92c5956e09cc7d1baa4700141662bff
+ NOTE: u-boot-tools 2018.11 2019.01 Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com> d3689267f92c5956e09cc7d1baa4700141662bff
+ .
+ .
+ .
+ NOTE: base-passwd 3.5.29 3.5.45 Anuj Mittal <anuj.mittal@intel.com> cannot be updated due to: Version 3.5.38 requires cdebconf for update-passwd utility
+ NOTE: busybox 1.29.2 1.30.0 Andrej Valek <andrej.valek@siemens.com>
+ NOTE: dbus-test 1.12.10 1.12.12 Chen Qi <Qi.Chen@windriver.com>
+
+.. _devtool-upgrading-a-recipe:
+
+Upgrading a Recipe
+==================
+
+As software matures, upstream recipes are upgraded to newer versions. As
+a developer, you need to keep your local recipes up-to-date with the
+upstream version releases. Several methods exist by which you can
+upgrade recipes. You can read about them in the ":ref:`gs-upgrading-recipes`"
+section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. This section
+overviews the ``devtool upgrade`` command.
+
+Before you upgrade a recipe, you can check on its upgrade status. See
+the ":ref:`devtool-checking-on-the-upgrade-status-of-a-recipe`" section
+for more information.
+
+The ``devtool upgrade`` command upgrades an existing recipe to a more
+recent version of the recipe upstream. The command puts the upgraded
+recipe file along with any associated files into a "workspace" and, if
+necessary, extracts the source tree to a specified location. During the
+upgrade, patches associated with the recipe are rebased or added as
+needed.
+
+When you use the ``devtool upgrade`` command, you must supply the root
+name of the recipe (i.e. no version, paths, or extensions), and you must
+supply the directory to which you want the source extracted. Additional
+command options let you control things such as the version number to
+which you want to upgrade (i.e. the :term:`PV`), the source
+revision to which you want to upgrade (i.e. the
+:term:`SRCREV`), whether or not to apply patches, and so
+forth.
+
+You can read more on the ``devtool upgrade`` workflow in the
+":ref:`sdk-devtool-use-devtool-upgrade-to-create-a-version-of-the-recipe-that-supports-a-newer-version-of-the-software`"
+section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
+Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. You can also see an example of
+how to use ``devtool upgrade`` in the ":ref:`gs-using-devtool-upgrade`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _devtool-resetting-a-recipe:
+
+Resetting a Recipe
+==================
+
+Use the ``devtool reset`` command to remove a recipe and its
+configuration (e.g. the corresponding ``.bbappend`` file) from the
+workspace layer. Realize that this command deletes the recipe and the
+append file. The command does not physically move them for you.
+Consequently, you must be sure to physically relocate your updated
+recipe and the append file outside of the workspace layer before running
+the ``devtool reset`` command.
+
+If the ``devtool reset`` command detects that the recipe or the append
+files have been modified, the command preserves the modified files in a
+separate "attic" subdirectory under the workspace layer.
+
+Here is an example that resets the workspace directory that contains the
+``mtr`` recipe:
+::
+
+ $ devtool reset mtr
+ NOTE: Cleaning sysroot for recipe mtr...
+ NOTE: Leaving source tree /home/scottrif/poky/build/workspace/sources/mtr as-is; if you no longer need it then please delete it manually
+ $
+
+.. _devtool-building-your-recipe:
+
+Building Your Recipe
+====================
+
+Use the ``devtool build`` command to build your recipe. The
+``devtool build`` command is equivalent to the
+``bitbake -c populate_sysroot`` command.
+
+When you use the ``devtool build`` command, you must supply the root
+name of the recipe (i.e. do not provide versions, paths, or extensions).
+You can use either the "-s" or the "--disable-parallel-make" options to
+disable parallel makes during the build. Here is an example:
+::
+
+ $ devtool build recipe
+
+.. _devtool-building-your-image:
+
+Building Your Image
+===================
+
+Use the ``devtool build-image`` command to build an image, extending it
+to include packages from recipes in the workspace. Using this command is
+useful when you want an image that ready for immediate deployment onto a
+device for testing. For proper integration into a final image, you need
+to edit your custom image recipe appropriately.
+
+When you use the ``devtool build-image`` command, you must supply the
+name of the image. This command has no command line options:
+::
+
+ $ devtool build-image image
+
+.. _devtool-deploying-your-software-on-the-target-machine:
+
+Deploying Your Software on the Target Machine
+=============================================
+
+Use the ``devtool deploy-target`` command to deploy the recipe's build
+output to the live target machine:
+::
+
+ $ devtool deploy-target recipe target
+
+The target is the address of the target machine, which must be running
+an SSH server (i.e. ``user@hostname[:destdir]``).
+
+This command deploys all files installed during the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install` task. Furthermore, you do not
+need to have package management enabled within the target machine. If
+you do, the package manager is bypassed.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The ``deploy-target`` functionality is for development only. You
+ should never use it to update an image that will be used in
+ production.
+
+Some conditions exist that could prevent a deployed application from
+behaving as expected. When both of the following conditions exist, your
+application has the potential to not behave correctly when run on the
+target:
+
+- You are deploying a new application to the target and the recipe you
+ used to build the application had correctly defined runtime
+ dependencies.
+
+- The target does not physically have the packages on which the
+ application depends installed.
+
+If both of these conditions exist, your application will not behave as
+expected. The reason for this misbehavior is because the
+``devtool deploy-target`` command does not deploy the packages (e.g.
+libraries) on which your new application depends. The assumption is that
+the packages are already on the target. Consequently, when a runtime
+call is made in the application for a dependent function (e.g. a library
+call), the function cannot be found.
+
+To be sure you have all the dependencies local to the target, you need
+to be sure that the packages are pre-deployed (installed) on the target
+before attempting to run your application.
+
+.. _devtool-removing-your-software-from-the-target-machine:
+
+Removing Your Software from the Target Machine
+==============================================
+
+Use the ``devtool undeploy-target`` command to remove deployed build
+output from the target machine. For the ``devtool undeploy-target``
+command to work, you must have previously used the
+":ref:`devtool deploy-target <ref-manual/ref-devtool-reference:deploying your software on the target machine>`"
+command.
+::
+
+ $ devtool undeploy-target recipe target
+
+The target is the
+address of the target machine, which must be running an SSH server (i.e.
+``user@hostname``).
+
+.. _devtool-creating-the-workspace:
+
+Creating the Workspace Layer in an Alternative Location
+=======================================================
+
+Use the ``devtool create-workspace`` command to create a new workspace
+layer in your :term:`Build Directory`. When you create a
+new workspace layer, it is populated with the ``README`` file and the
+``conf`` directory only.
+
+The following example creates a new workspace layer in your current
+working and by default names the workspace layer "workspace":
+::
+
+ $ devtool create-workspace
+
+You can create a workspace layer anywhere by supplying a pathname with
+the command. The following command creates a new workspace layer named
+"new-workspace":
+::
+
+ $ devtool create-workspace /home/scottrif/new-workspace
+
+.. _devtool-get-the-status-of-the-recipes-in-your-workspace:
+
+Get the Status of the Recipes in Your Workspace
+===============================================
+
+Use the ``devtool status`` command to list the recipes currently in your
+workspace. Information includes the paths to their respective external
+source trees.
+
+The ``devtool status`` command has no command-line options:
+::
+
+ $ devtool status
+
+Following is sample output after using
+:ref:`devtool add <ref-manual/ref-devtool-reference:adding a new recipe to the workspace layer>`
+to create and add the ``mtr_0.86.bb`` recipe to the ``workspace`` directory:
+::
+
+ $ devtool status
+ mtr:/home/scottrif/poky/build/workspace/sources/mtr (/home/scottrif/poky/build/workspace/recipes/mtr/mtr_0.86.bb)
+ $
+
+.. _devtool-search-for-available-target-recipes:
+
+Search for Available Target Recipes
+===================================
+
+Use the ``devtool search`` command to search for available target
+recipes. The command matches the recipe name, package name, description,
+and installed files. The command displays the recipe name as a result of
+a match.
+
+When you use the ``devtool search`` command, you must supply a keyword.
+The command uses the keyword when searching for a match.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-features.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-features.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f28ad2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-features.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,350 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+********
+Features
+********
+
+This chapter provides a reference of shipped machine and distro features
+you can include as part of your image, a reference on image features you
+can select, and a reference on feature backfilling.
+
+Features provide a mechanism for working out which packages should be
+included in the generated images. Distributions can select which
+features they want to support through the ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` variable,
+which is set or appended to in a distribution's configuration file such
+as ``poky.conf``, ``poky-tiny.conf``, ``poky-lsb.conf`` and so forth.
+Machine features are set in the ``MACHINE_FEATURES`` variable, which is
+set in the machine configuration file and specifies the hardware
+features for a given machine.
+
+These two variables combine to work out which kernel modules, utilities,
+and other packages to include. A given distribution can support a
+selected subset of features so some machine features might not be
+included if the distribution itself does not support them.
+
+One method you can use to determine which recipes are checking to see if
+a particular feature is contained or not is to ``grep`` through the
+:term:`Metadata` for the feature. Here is an example that
+discovers the recipes whose build is potentially changed based on a
+given feature:
+::
+
+ $ cd poky
+ $ git grep 'contains.*MACHINE_FEATURES.*feature'
+
+.. _ref-features-machine:
+
+Machine Features
+================
+
+The items below are features you can use with
+:term:`MACHINE_FEATURES`. Features do not have a
+one-to-one correspondence to packages, and they can go beyond simply
+controlling the installation of a package or packages. Sometimes a
+feature can influence how certain recipes are built. For example, a
+feature might determine whether a particular configure option is
+specified within the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task
+for a particular recipe.
+
+This feature list only represents features as shipped with the Yocto
+Project metadata:
+
+- *acpi:* Hardware has ACPI (x86/x86_64 only)
+
+- *alsa:* Hardware has ALSA audio drivers
+
+- *apm:* Hardware uses APM (or APM emulation)
+
+- *bluetooth:* Hardware has integrated BT
+
+- *efi:* Support for booting through EFI
+
+- *ext2:* Hardware HDD or Microdrive
+
+- *keyboard:* Hardware has a keyboard
+
+- *pcbios:* Support for booting through BIOS
+
+- *pci:* Hardware has a PCI bus
+
+- *pcmcia:* Hardware has PCMCIA or CompactFlash sockets
+
+- *phone:* Mobile phone (voice) support
+
+- *qvga:* Machine has a QVGA (320x240) display
+
+- *rtc:* Machine has a Real-Time Clock
+
+- *screen:* Hardware has a screen
+
+- *serial:* Hardware has serial support (usually RS232)
+
+- *touchscreen:* Hardware has a touchscreen
+
+- *usbgadget:* Hardware is USB gadget device capable
+
+- *usbhost:* Hardware is USB Host capable
+
+- *vfat:* FAT file system support
+
+- *wifi:* Hardware has integrated WiFi
+
+.. _ref-features-distro:
+
+Distro Features
+===============
+
+The items below are features you can use with
+:term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` to enable features across
+your distribution. Features do not have a one-to-one correspondence to
+packages, and they can go beyond simply controlling the installation of
+a package or packages. In most cases, the presence or absence of a
+feature translates to the appropriate option supplied to the configure
+script during the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for
+the recipes that optionally support the feature.
+
+Some distro features are also machine features. These select features
+make sense to be controlled both at the machine and distribution
+configuration level. See the
+:term:`COMBINED_FEATURES` variable for more
+information.
+
+This list only represents features as shipped with the Yocto Project
+metadata:
+
+- *alsa:* Include ALSA support (OSS compatibility kernel modules
+ installed if available).
+
+- *api-documentation:* Enables generation of API documentation during
+ recipe builds. The resulting documentation is added to SDK tarballs
+ when the ``bitbake -c populate_sdk`` command is used. See the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing-standard:adding api documentation to the standard sdk`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
+ Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+- *bluetooth:* Include bluetooth support (integrated BT only).
+
+- *cramfs:* Include CramFS support.
+
+- *directfb:* Include DirectFB support.
+
+- *ext2:* Include tools for supporting for devices with internal
+ HDD/Microdrive for storing files (instead of Flash only devices).
+
+- *ipsec:* Include IPSec support.
+
+- *ipv6:* Include IPv6 support.
+
+- *keyboard:* Include keyboard support (e.g. keymaps will be loaded
+ during boot).
+
+- *ldconfig:* Include support for ldconfig and ``ld.so.conf`` on the
+ target.
+
+- *nfs:* Include NFS client support (for mounting NFS exports on
+ device).
+
+- *opengl:* Include the Open Graphics Library, which is a
+ cross-language, multi-platform application programming interface used
+ for rendering two and three-dimensional graphics.
+
+- *pci:* Include PCI bus support.
+
+- *pcmcia:* Include PCMCIA/CompactFlash support.
+
+- *ppp:* Include PPP dialup support.
+
+- *ptest:* Enables building the package tests where supported by
+ individual recipes. For more information on package tests, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:testing packages with ptest`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+- *smbfs:* Include SMB networks client support (for mounting
+ Samba/Microsoft Windows shares on device).
+
+- *systemd:* Include support for this ``init`` manager, which is a full
+ replacement of for ``init`` with parallel starting of services,
+ reduced shell overhead, and other features. This ``init`` manager is
+ used by many distributions.
+
+- *usbgadget:* Include USB Gadget Device support (for USB
+ networking/serial/storage).
+
+- *usbhost:* Include USB Host support (allows to connect external
+ keyboard, mouse, storage, network etc).
+
+- *usrmerge:* Merges the ``/bin``, ``/sbin``, ``/lib``, and ``/lib64``
+ directories into their respective counterparts in the ``/usr``
+ directory to provide better package and application compatibility.
+
+- *wayland:* Include the Wayland display server protocol and the
+ library that supports it.
+
+- *wifi:* Include WiFi support (integrated only).
+
+- *x11:* Include the X server and libraries.
+
+.. _ref-features-image:
+
+Image Features
+==============
+
+The contents of images generated by the OpenEmbedded build system can be
+controlled by the :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` and
+:term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES` variables that
+you typically configure in your image recipes. Through these variables,
+you can add several different predefined packages such as development
+utilities or packages with debug information needed to investigate
+application problems or profile applications.
+
+The following image features are available for all images:
+
+- *allow-empty-password:* Allows Dropbear and OpenSSH to accept root
+ logins and logins from accounts having an empty password string.
+
+- *dbg-pkgs:* Installs debug symbol packages for all packages installed
+ in a given image.
+
+- *debug-tweaks:* Makes an image suitable for development (e.g. allows
+ root logins without passwords and enables post-installation logging).
+ See the 'allow-empty-password', 'empty-root-password', and
+ 'post-install-logging' features in this list for additional
+ information.
+
+- *dev-pkgs:* Installs development packages (headers and extra library
+ links) for all packages installed in a given image.
+
+- *doc-pkgs:* Installs documentation packages for all packages
+ installed in a given image.
+
+- *empty-root-password:* Sets the root password to an empty string,
+ which allows logins with a blank password.
+
+- *package-management:* Installs package management tools and preserves
+ the package manager database.
+
+- *post-install-logging:* Enables logging postinstall script runs to
+ the ``/var/log/postinstall.log`` file on first boot of the image on
+ the target system.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ To make the ``/var/log`` directory on the target persistent, use the
+ :term:`VOLATILE_LOG_DIR` variable by setting it to "no".
+
+- *ptest-pkgs:* Installs ptest packages for all ptest-enabled recipes.
+
+- *read-only-rootfs:* Creates an image whose root filesystem is
+ read-only. See the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating a read-only root filesystem`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
+ information.
+
+- *splash:* Enables showing a splash screen during boot. By default,
+ this screen is provided by ``psplash``, which does allow
+ customization. If you prefer to use an alternative splash screen
+ package, you can do so by setting the ``SPLASH`` variable to a
+ different package name (or names) within the image recipe or at the
+ distro configuration level.
+
+- *staticdev-pkgs:* Installs static development packages, which are
+ static libraries (i.e. ``*.a`` files), for all packages installed in
+ a given image.
+
+Some image features are available only when you inherit the
+:ref:`core-image <ref-classes-core-image>` class. The current list of
+these valid features is as follows:
+
+- *hwcodecs:* Installs hardware acceleration codecs.
+
+- *nfs-server:* Installs an NFS server.
+
+- *perf:* Installs profiling tools such as ``perf``, ``systemtap``, and
+ ``LTTng``. For general information on user-space tools, see the
+ :doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-manual` manual.
+
+- *ssh-server-dropbear:* Installs the Dropbear minimal SSH server.
+
+- *ssh-server-openssh:* Installs the OpenSSH SSH server, which is more
+ full-featured than Dropbear. Note that if both the OpenSSH SSH server
+ and the Dropbear minimal SSH server are present in
+ ``IMAGE_FEATURES``, then OpenSSH will take precedence and Dropbear
+ will not be installed.
+
+- *tools-debug:* Installs debugging tools such as ``strace`` and
+ ``gdb``. For information on GDB, see the
+ ":ref:`platdev-gdb-remotedebug`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For information on
+ tracing and profiling, see the :doc:`../profile-manual/profile-manual`.
+
+- *tools-sdk:* Installs a full SDK that runs on the device.
+
+- *tools-testapps:* Installs device testing tools (e.g. touchscreen
+ debugging).
+
+- *x11:* Installs the X server.
+
+- *x11-base:* Installs the X server with a minimal environment.
+
+- *x11-sato:* Installs the OpenedHand Sato environment.
+
+.. _ref-features-backfill:
+
+Feature Backfilling
+===================
+
+Sometimes it is necessary in the OpenEmbedded build system to extend
+:term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` or
+:term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` to control functionality
+that was previously enabled and not able to be disabled. For these
+cases, we need to add an additional feature item to appear in one of
+these variables, but we do not want to force developers who have
+existing values of the variables in their configuration to add the new
+feature in order to retain the same overall level of functionality.
+Thus, the OpenEmbedded build system has a mechanism to automatically
+"backfill" these added features into existing distro or machine
+configurations. You can see the list of features for which this is done
+by finding the
+:term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL` and
+:term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL`
+variables in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file.
+
+Because such features are backfilled by default into all configurations
+as described in the previous paragraph, developers who wish to disable
+the new features need to be able to selectively prevent the backfilling
+from occurring. They can do this by adding the undesired feature or
+features to the
+:term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`
+or
+:term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`
+variables for distro features and machine features respectively.
+
+Here are two examples to help illustrate feature backfilling:
+
+- *The "pulseaudio" distro feature option*: Previously, PulseAudio
+ support was enabled within the Qt and GStreamer frameworks. Because
+ of this, the feature is backfilled and thus enabled for all distros
+ through the ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` variable in the
+ ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. However, your distro needs to
+ disable the feature. You can disable the feature without affecting
+ other existing distro configurations that need PulseAudio support by
+ adding "pulseaudio" to ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`` in
+ your distro's ``.conf`` file. Adding the feature to this variable
+ when it also exists in the ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` variable
+ prevents the build system from adding the feature to your
+ configuration's ``DISTRO_FEATURES``, effectively disabling the
+ feature for that particular distro.
+
+- *The "rtc" machine feature option*: Previously, real time clock (RTC)
+ support was enabled for all target devices. Because of this, the
+ feature is backfilled and thus enabled for all machines through the
+ ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` variable in the
+ ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. However, your target device does not
+ have this capability. You can disable RTC support for your device
+ without affecting other machines that need RTC support by adding the
+ feature to your machine's ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED``
+ list in the machine's ``.conf`` file. Adding the feature to this
+ variable when it also exists in the ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL``
+ variable prevents the build system from adding the feature to your
+ configuration's ``MACHINE_FEATURES``, effectively disabling RTC
+ support for that particular machine.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-images.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-images.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..56ec856
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-images.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+******
+Images
+******
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system provides several example images to satisfy
+different needs. When you issue the ``bitbake`` command you provide a
+"top-level" recipe that essentially begins the build for the type of
+image you want.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Building an image without GNU General Public License Version 3
+ (GPLv3), GNU Lesser General Public License Version 3 (LGPLv3), and
+ the GNU Affero General Public License Version 3 (AGPL-3.0) components
+ is only supported for minimal and base images. Furthermore, if you
+ are going to build an image using non-GPLv3 and similarly licensed
+ components, you must make the following changes in the ``local.conf``
+ file before using the BitBake command to build the minimal or base
+ image:
+ ::
+
+ 1. Comment out the EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES line
+ 2. Set INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0 LGPL-3.0 AGPL-3.0"
+
+
+From within the ``poky`` Git repository, you can use the following
+command to display the list of directories within the :term:`Source Directory`
+that contain image recipe files: ::
+
+ $ ls meta*/recipes*/images/*.bb
+
+Following is a list of supported recipes:
+
+- ``build-appliance-image``: An example virtual machine that contains
+ all the pieces required to run builds using the build system as well
+ as the build system itself. You can boot and run the image using
+ either the `VMware
+ Player <http://www.vmware.com/products/player/overview.html>`__ or
+ `VMware
+ Workstation <http://www.vmware.com/products/workstation/overview.html>`__.
+ For more information on this image, see the :yocto_home:`Build
+ Appliance </software-item/build-appliance>` page
+ on the Yocto Project website.
+
+- ``core-image-base``: A console-only image that fully supports the
+ target device hardware.
+
+- ``core-image-clutter``: An image with support for the Open GL-based
+ toolkit Clutter, which enables development of rich and animated
+ graphical user interfaces.
+
+- ``core-image-full-cmdline``: A console-only image with more
+ full-featured Linux system functionality installed.
+
+- ``core-image-lsb``: An image that conforms to the Linux Standard Base
+ (LSB) specification. This image requires a distribution configuration
+ that enables LSB compliance (e.g. ``poky-lsb``). If you build
+ ``core-image-lsb`` without that configuration, the image will not be
+ LSB-compliant.
+
+- ``core-image-lsb-dev``: A ``core-image-lsb`` image that is suitable
+ for development work using the host. The image includes headers and
+ libraries you can use in a host development environment. This image
+ requires a distribution configuration that enables LSB compliance
+ (e.g. ``poky-lsb``). If you build ``core-image-lsb-dev`` without that
+ configuration, the image will not be LSB-compliant.
+
+- ``core-image-lsb-sdk``: A ``core-image-lsb`` that includes everything
+ in the cross-toolchain but also includes development headers and
+ libraries to form a complete standalone SDK. This image requires a
+ distribution configuration that enables LSB compliance (e.g.
+ ``poky-lsb``). If you build ``core-image-lsb-sdk`` without that
+ configuration, the image will not be LSB-compliant. This image is
+ suitable for development using the target.
+
+- ``core-image-minimal``: A small image just capable of allowing a
+ device to boot.
+
+- ``core-image-minimal-dev``: A ``core-image-minimal`` image suitable
+ for development work using the host. The image includes headers and
+ libraries you can use in a host development environment.
+
+- ``core-image-minimal-initramfs``: A ``core-image-minimal`` image that
+ has the Minimal RAM-based Initial Root Filesystem (initramfs) as part
+ of the kernel, which allows the system to find the first "init"
+ program more efficiently. See the
+ :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` variable for
+ additional information helpful when working with initramfs images.
+
+- ``core-image-minimal-mtdutils``: A ``core-image-minimal`` image that
+ has support for the Minimal MTD Utilities, which let the user
+ interact with the MTD subsystem in the kernel to perform operations
+ on flash devices.
+
+- ``core-image-rt``: A ``core-image-minimal`` image plus a real-time
+ test suite and tools appropriate for real-time use.
+
+- ``core-image-rt-sdk``: A ``core-image-rt`` image that includes
+ everything in the cross-toolchain. The image also includes
+ development headers and libraries to form a complete stand-alone SDK
+ and is suitable for development using the target.
+
+- ``core-image-sato``: An image with Sato support, a mobile environment
+ and visual style that works well with mobile devices. The image
+ supports X11 with a Sato theme and applications such as a terminal,
+ editor, file manager, media player, and so forth.
+
+- ``core-image-sato-dev``: A ``core-image-sato`` image suitable for
+ development using the host. The image includes libraries needed to
+ build applications on the device itself, testing and profiling tools,
+ and debug symbols. This image was formerly ``core-image-sdk``.
+
+- ``core-image-sato-sdk``: A ``core-image-sato`` image that includes
+ everything in the cross-toolchain. The image also includes
+ development headers and libraries to form a complete standalone SDK
+ and is suitable for development using the target.
+
+- ``core-image-testmaster``: A "master" image designed to be used for
+ automated runtime testing. Provides a "known good" image that is
+ deployed to a separate partition so that you can boot into it and use
+ it to deploy a second image to be tested. You can find more
+ information about runtime testing in the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+- ``core-image-testmaster-initramfs``: A RAM-based Initial Root
+ Filesystem (initramfs) image tailored for use with the
+ ``core-image-testmaster`` image.
+
+- ``core-image-weston``: A very basic Wayland image with a terminal.
+ This image provides the Wayland protocol libraries and the reference
+ Weston compositor. For more information, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using wayland and weston`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+- ``core-image-x11``: A very basic X11 image with a terminal.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-kickstart.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-kickstart.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7f6d4eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-kickstart.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+*******************************************
+OpenEmbedded Kickstart (``.wks``) Reference
+*******************************************
+
+.. _openembedded-kickstart-wks-reference:
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+The current Wic implementation supports only the basic kickstart
+partitioning commands: ``partition`` (or ``part`` for short) and
+``bootloader``.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Future updates will implement more commands and options. If you use
+ anything that is not specifically supported, results can be
+ unpredictable.
+
+This chapter provides a reference on the available kickstart commands.
+The information lists the commands, their syntax, and meanings.
+Kickstart commands are based on the Fedora kickstart versions but with
+modifications to reflect Wic capabilities. You can see the original
+documentation for those commands at the following link:
+http://pykickstart.readthedocs.io/en/latest/kickstart-docs.html
+
+Command: part or partition
+==========================
+
+Either of these commands creates a partition on the system and uses the
+following syntax:
+::
+
+ part [mntpoint]
+ partition [mntpoint]
+
+If you do not
+provide mntpoint, Wic creates a partition but does not mount it.
+
+The ``mntpoint`` is where the partition is mounted and must be in one of
+the following forms:
+
+- ``/path``: For example, "/", "/usr", or "/home"
+
+- ``swap``: The created partition is used as swap space
+
+Specifying a mntpoint causes the partition to automatically be mounted.
+Wic achieves this by adding entries to the filesystem table (fstab)
+during image generation. In order for Wic to generate a valid fstab, you
+must also provide one of the ``--ondrive``, ``--ondisk``, or
+``--use-uuid`` partition options as part of the command.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The mount program must understand the PARTUUID syntax you use with
+ ``--use-uuid`` and non-root *mountpoint*, including swap. The busybox
+ versions of these application are currently excluded.
+
+Here is an example that uses "/" as the mountpoint. The command uses
+``--ondisk`` to force the partition onto the ``sdb`` disk:
+::
+
+ part / --source rootfs --ondisk sdb --fstype=ext3 --label platform --align 1024
+
+Here is a list that describes other supported options you can use with
+the ``part`` and ``partition`` commands:
+
+- ``--size``: The minimum partition size in MBytes. Specify an
+ integer value such as 500. Do not append the number with "MB". You do
+ not need this option if you use ``--source``.
+
+- ``--fixed-size``: The exact partition size in MBytes. You cannot
+ specify with ``--size``. An error occurs when assembling the disk
+ image if the partition data is larger than ``--fixed-size``.
+
+- ``--source``: This option is a Wic-specific option that names the
+ source of the data that populates the partition. The most common
+ value for this option is "rootfs", but you can use any value that
+ maps to a valid source plugin. For information on the source plugins,
+ see the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using the wic plugin interface`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ If you use ``--source rootfs``, Wic creates a partition as large as
+ needed and fills it with the contents of the root filesystem pointed
+ to by the ``-r`` command-line option or the equivalent rootfs derived
+ from the ``-e`` command-line option. The filesystem type used to
+ create the partition is driven by the value of the ``--fstype``
+ option specified for the partition. See the entry on ``--fstype``
+ that follows for more information.
+
+ If you use ``--source plugin-name``, Wic creates a partition as large
+ as needed and fills it with the contents of the partition that is
+ generated by the specified plugin name using the data pointed to by
+ the ``-r`` command-line option or the equivalent rootfs derived from
+ the ``-e`` command-line option. Exactly what those contents are and
+ filesystem type used are dependent on the given plugin
+ implementation.
+
+ If you do not use the ``--source`` option, the ``wic`` command
+ creates an empty partition. Consequently, you must use the ``--size``
+ option to specify the size of the empty partition.
+
+- ``--ondisk`` or ``--ondrive``: Forces the partition to be created
+ on a particular disk.
+
+- ``--fstype``: Sets the file system type for the partition. Valid
+ values are:
+
+ - ``ext4``
+
+ - ``ext3``
+
+ - ``ext2``
+
+ - ``btrfs``
+
+ - ``squashfs``
+
+ - ``swap``
+
+- ``--fsoptions``: Specifies a free-form string of options to be used
+ when mounting the filesystem. This string is copied into the
+ ``/etc/fstab`` file of the installed system and should be enclosed in
+ quotes. If not specified, the default string is "defaults".
+
+- ``--label label``: Specifies the label to give to the filesystem to
+ be made on the partition. If the given label is already in use by
+ another filesystem, a new label is created for the partition.
+
+- ``--active``: Marks the partition as active.
+
+- ``--align (in KBytes)``: This option is a Wic-specific option that
+ says to start partitions on boundaries given x KBytes.
+
+- ``--offset (in KBytes)``: This option is a Wic-specific option that
+ says to place a partition at exactly the specified offset. If the
+ partition cannot be placed at the specified offset, the image build
+ will fail.
+
+- ``--no-table``: This option is a Wic-specific option. Using the
+ option reserves space for the partition and causes it to become
+ populated. However, the partition is not added to the partition
+ table.
+
+- ``--exclude-path``: This option is a Wic-specific option that
+ excludes the given relative path from the resulting image. This
+ option is only effective with the rootfs source plugin.
+
+- ``--extra-space``: This option is a Wic-specific option that adds
+ extra space after the space filled by the content of the partition.
+ The final size can exceed the size specified by the ``--size``
+ option. The default value is 10 Mbytes.
+
+- ``--overhead-factor``: This option is a Wic-specific option that
+ multiplies the size of the partition by the option's value. You must
+ supply a value greater than or equal to "1". The default value is
+ "1.3".
+
+- ``--part-name``: This option is a Wic-specific option that
+ specifies a name for GPT partitions.
+
+- ``--part-type``: This option is a Wic-specific option that
+ specifies the partition type globally unique identifier (GUID) for
+ GPT partitions. You can find the list of partition type GUIDs at
+ http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table#Partition_type_GUIDs.
+
+- ``--use-uuid``: This option is a Wic-specific option that causes
+ Wic to generate a random GUID for the partition. The generated
+ identifier is used in the bootloader configuration to specify the
+ root partition.
+
+- ``--uuid``: This option is a Wic-specific option that specifies the
+ partition UUID.
+
+- ``--fsuuid``: This option is a Wic-specific option that specifies
+ the filesystem UUID. You can generate or modify
+ :term:`WKS_FILE` with this option if a preconfigured
+ filesystem UUID is added to the kernel command line in the bootloader
+ configuration before you run Wic.
+
+- ``--system-id``: This option is a Wic-specific option that
+ specifies the partition system ID, which is a one byte long,
+ hexadecimal parameter with or without the 0x prefix.
+
+- ``--mkfs-extraopts``: This option specifies additional options to
+ pass to the ``mkfs`` utility. Some default options for certain
+ filesystems do not take effect. See Wic's help on kickstart (i.e.
+ ``wic help kickstart``).
+
+Command: bootloader
+===================
+
+This command specifies how the bootloader should be configured and
+supports the following options:
+
+.. note::
+
+ Bootloader functionality and boot partitions are implemented by the
+ various
+ --source
+ plugins that implement bootloader functionality. The bootloader
+ command essentially provides a means of modifying bootloader
+ configuration.
+
+- ``--timeout``: Specifies the number of seconds before the
+ bootloader times out and boots the default option.
+
+- ``--append``: Specifies kernel parameters. These parameters will be
+ added to the syslinux ``APPEND`` or ``grub`` kernel command line.
+
+- ``--configfile``: Specifies a user-defined configuration file for
+ the bootloader. You can provide a full pathname for the file or a
+ file that exists in the ``canned-wks`` folder. This option overrides
+ all other bootloader options.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-manual.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-manual.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..033f4ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-manual.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+==============================
+Yocto Project Reference Manual
+==============================
+
+|
+
+.. toctree::
+ :caption: Table of Contents
+ :numbered:
+
+ ref-system-requirements
+ ref-terms
+ ref-release-process
+ migration
+ ref-structure
+ ref-classes
+ ref-tasks
+ ref-devtool-reference
+ ref-kickstart
+ ref-qa-checks
+ ref-images
+ ref-features
+ ref-variables
+ ref-varlocality
+ faq
+ resources
+ history
+
+.. include:: /boilerplate.rst
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-qa-checks.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-qa-checks.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..228b4fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-qa-checks.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,568 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+*****************************
+QA Error and Warning Messages
+*****************************
+
+.. _qa-introduction:
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+When building a recipe, the OpenEmbedded build system performs various
+QA checks on the output to ensure that common issues are detected and
+reported. Sometimes when you create a new recipe to build new software,
+it will build with no problems. When this is not the case, or when you
+have QA issues building any software, it could take a little time to
+resolve them.
+
+While it is tempting to ignore a QA message or even to disable QA
+checks, it is best to try and resolve any reported QA issues. This
+chapter provides a list of the QA messages and brief explanations of the
+issues you could encounter so that you can properly resolve problems.
+
+The next section provides a list of all QA error and warning messages
+based on a default configuration. Each entry provides the message or
+error form along with an explanation.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - At the end of each message, the name of the associated QA test (as
+ listed in the ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`"
+ section) appears within square brackets.
+
+ - As mentioned, this list of error and warning messages is for QA
+ checks only. The list does not cover all possible build errors or
+ warnings you could encounter.
+
+ - Because some QA checks are disabled by default, this list does not
+ include all possible QA check errors and warnings.
+
+.. _qa-errors-and-warnings:
+
+Errors and Warnings
+===================
+
+.. _qa-check-libexec:
+
+- ``<packagename>: <path> is using libexec please relocate to <libexecdir> [libexec]``
+
+ The specified package contains files in ``/usr/libexec`` when the
+ distro configuration uses a different path for ``<libexecdir>`` By
+ default, ``<libexecdir>`` is ``$prefix/libexec``. However, this
+ default can be changed (e.g. ``${libdir}``).
+
+
+.. _qa-check-rpaths:
+
+- ``package <packagename> contains bad RPATH <rpath> in file <file> [rpaths]``
+
+ The specified binary produced by the recipe contains dynamic library
+ load paths (rpaths) that contain build system paths such as
+ :term:`TMPDIR`, which are incorrect for the target and
+ could potentially be a security issue. Check for bad ``-rpath``
+ options being passed to the linker in your
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` log. Depending on the build
+ system used by the software being built, there might be a configure
+ option to disable rpath usage completely within the build of the
+ software.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-useless-rpaths:
+
+- ``<packagename>: <file> contains probably-redundant RPATH <rpath> [useless-rpaths]``
+
+ The specified binary produced by the recipe contains dynamic library
+ load paths (rpaths) that on a standard system are searched by default
+ by the linker (e.g. ``/lib`` and ``/usr/lib``). While these paths
+ will not cause any breakage, they do waste space and are unnecessary.
+ Depending on the build system used by the software being built, there
+ might be a configure option to disable rpath usage completely within
+ the build of the software.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-file-rdeps:
+
+- ``<packagename> requires <files>, but no providers in its RDEPENDS [file-rdeps]``
+
+ A file-level dependency has been identified from the specified
+ package on the specified files, but there is no explicit
+ corresponding entry in :term:`RDEPENDS`. If
+ particular files are required at runtime then ``RDEPENDS`` should be
+ declared in the recipe to ensure the packages providing them are
+ built.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-build-deps:
+
+- ``<packagename1> rdepends on <packagename2>, but it isn't a build dependency? [build-deps]``
+
+ A runtime dependency exists between the two specified packages, but
+ there is nothing explicit within the recipe to enable the
+ OpenEmbedded build system to ensure that dependency is satisfied.
+ This condition is usually triggered by an
+ :term:`RDEPENDS` value being added at the packaging
+ stage rather than up front, which is usually automatic based on the
+ contents of the package. In most cases, you should change the recipe
+ to add an explicit ``RDEPENDS`` for the dependency.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-dev-so:
+
+- ``non -dev/-dbg/nativesdk- package contains symlink .so: <packagename> path '<path>' [dev-so]``
+
+ Symlink ``.so`` files are for development only, and should therefore
+ go into the ``-dev`` package. This situation might occur if you add
+ ``*.so*`` rather than ``*.so.*`` to a non-dev package. Change
+ :term:`FILES` (and possibly
+ :term:`PACKAGES`) such that the specified ``.so``
+ file goes into an appropriate ``-dev`` package.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-staticdev:
+
+- ``non -staticdev package contains static .a library: <packagename> path '<path>' [staticdev]``
+
+ Static ``.a`` library files should go into a ``-staticdev`` package.
+ Change :term:`FILES` (and possibly
+ :term:`PACKAGES`) such that the specified ``.a`` file
+ goes into an appropriate ``-staticdev`` package.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-libdir:
+
+- ``<packagename>: found library in wrong location [libdir]``
+
+ The specified file may have been installed into an incorrect
+ (possibly hardcoded) installation path. For example, this test will
+ catch recipes that install ``/lib/bar.so`` when ``${base_libdir}`` is
+ "lib32". Another example is when recipes install
+ ``/usr/lib64/foo.so`` when ``${libdir}`` is "/usr/lib". False
+ positives occasionally exist. For these cases add "libdir" to
+ :term:`INSANE_SKIP` for the package.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-debug-files:
+
+- ``non debug package contains .debug directory: <packagename> path <path> [debug-files]``
+
+ The specified package contains a ``.debug`` directory, which should
+ not appear in anything but the ``-dbg`` package. This situation might
+ occur if you add a path which contains a ``.debug`` directory and do
+ not explicitly add the ``.debug`` directory to the ``-dbg`` package.
+ If this is the case, add the ``.debug`` directory explicitly to
+ ``FILES_${PN}-dbg``. See :term:`FILES` for additional
+ information on ``FILES``.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-arch:
+
+- ``Architecture did not match (<machine_arch> to <file_arch>) on <file> [arch]``
+
+ By default, the OpenEmbedded build system checks the Executable and
+ Linkable Format (ELF) type, bit size, and endianness of any binaries
+ to ensure they match the target architecture. This test fails if any
+ binaries do not match the type since there would be an
+ incompatibility. The test could indicate that the wrong compiler or
+ compiler options have been used. Sometimes software, like
+ bootloaders, might need to bypass this check. If the file you receive
+ the error for is firmware that is not intended to be executed within
+ the target operating system or is intended to run on a separate
+ processor within the device, you can add "arch" to
+ :term:`INSANE_SKIP` for the package. Another
+ option is to check the :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` log
+ and verify that the compiler options being used are correct.
+
+
+
+- ``Bit size did not match (<machine_bits> to <file_bits>) <recipe> on <file> [arch]``
+
+ By default, the OpenEmbedded build system checks the Executable and
+ Linkable Format (ELF) type, bit size, and endianness of any binaries
+ to ensure they match the target architecture. This test fails if any
+ binaries do not match the type since there would be an
+ incompatibility. The test could indicate that the wrong compiler or
+ compiler options have been used. Sometimes software, like
+ bootloaders, might need to bypass this check. If the file you receive
+ the error for is firmware that is not intended to be executed within
+ the target operating system or is intended to run on a separate
+ processor within the device, you can add "arch" to
+ :term:`INSANE_SKIP` for the package. Another
+ option is to check the :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` log
+ and verify that the compiler options being used are correct.
+
+
+
+- ``Endianness did not match (<machine_endianness> to <file_endianness>) on <file> [arch]``
+
+ By default, the OpenEmbedded build system checks the Executable and
+ Linkable Format (ELF) type, bit size, and endianness of any binaries
+ to ensure they match the target architecture. This test fails if any
+ binaries do not match the type since there would be an
+ incompatibility. The test could indicate that the wrong compiler or
+ compiler options have been used. Sometimes software, like
+ bootloaders, might need to bypass this check. If the file you receive
+ the error for is firmware that is not intended to be executed within
+ the target operating system or is intended to run on a separate
+ processor within the device, you can add "arch" to
+ :term:`INSANE_SKIP` for the package. Another
+ option is to check the :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` log
+ and verify that the compiler options being used are correct.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-textrel:
+
+- ``ELF binary '<file>' has relocations in .text [textrel]``
+
+ The specified ELF binary contains relocations in its ``.text``
+ sections. This situation can result in a performance impact at
+ runtime.
+
+ Typically, the way to solve this performance issue is to add "-fPIC"
+ or "-fpic" to the compiler command-line options. For example, given
+ software that reads :term:`CFLAGS` when you build it,
+ you could add the following to your recipe:
+ ::
+
+ CFLAGS_append = " -fPIC "
+
+ For more information on text relocations at runtime, see
+ http://www.akkadia.org/drepper/textrelocs.html.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-ldflags:
+
+- ``No GNU_HASH in the elf binary: '<file>' [ldflags]``
+
+ This indicates that binaries produced when building the recipe have
+ not been linked with the :term:`LDFLAGS` options
+ provided by the build system. Check to be sure that the ``LDFLAGS``
+ variable is being passed to the linker command. A common workaround
+ for this situation is to pass in ``LDFLAGS`` using
+ :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` within the recipe as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ TARGET_CC_ARCH += "${LDFLAGS}"
+
+
+.. _qa-check-xorg-driver-abi:
+
+- ``Package <packagename> contains Xorg driver (<driver>) but no xorg-abi- dependencies [xorg-driver-abi]``
+
+ The specified package contains an Xorg driver, but does not have a
+ corresponding ABI package dependency. The xserver-xorg recipe
+ provides driver ABI names. All drivers should depend on the ABI
+ versions that they have been built against. Driver recipes that
+ include ``xorg-driver-input.inc`` or ``xorg-driver-video.inc`` will
+ automatically get these versions. Consequently, you should only need
+ to explicitly add dependencies to binary driver recipes.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-infodir:
+
+- ``The /usr/share/info/dir file is not meant to be shipped in a particular package. [infodir]``
+
+ The ``/usr/share/info/dir`` should not be packaged. Add the following
+ line to your :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task or to your
+ ``do_install_append`` within the recipe as follows:
+ ::
+
+ rm ${D}${infodir}/dir
+
+
+.. _qa-check-symlink-to-sysroot:
+
+- ``Symlink <path> in <packagename> points to TMPDIR [symlink-to-sysroot]``
+
+ The specified symlink points into :term:`TMPDIR` on the
+ host. Such symlinks will work on the host. However, they are clearly
+ invalid when running on the target. You should either correct the
+ symlink to use a relative path or remove the symlink.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-la:
+
+- ``<file> failed sanity test (workdir) in path <path> [la]``
+
+ The specified ``.la`` file contains :term:`TMPDIR`
+ paths. Any ``.la`` file containing these paths is incorrect since
+ ``libtool`` adds the correct sysroot prefix when using the files
+ automatically itself.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-pkgconfig:
+
+- ``<file> failed sanity test (tmpdir) in path <path> [pkgconfig]``
+
+ The specified ``.pc`` file contains
+ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``/``\ :term:`WORKDIR`
+ paths. Any ``.pc`` file containing these paths is incorrect since
+ ``pkg-config`` itself adds the correct sysroot prefix when the files
+ are accessed.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-debug-deps:
+
+- ``<packagename> rdepends on <debug_packagename> [debug-deps]``
+
+ A dependency exists between the specified non-dbg package (i.e. a
+ package whose name does not end in ``-dbg``) and a package that is a
+ ``dbg`` package. The ``dbg`` packages contain debug symbols and are
+ brought in using several different methods:
+
+ - Using the ``dbg-pkgs``
+ :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` value.
+
+ - Using :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL`.
+
+ - As a dependency of another ``dbg`` package that was brought in
+ using one of the above methods.
+
+ The dependency might have been automatically added because the
+ ``dbg`` package erroneously contains files that it should not contain
+ (e.g. a non-symlink ``.so`` file) or it might have been added
+ manually (e.g. by adding to :term:`RDEPENDS`).
+
+
+.. _qa-check-dev-deps:
+
+- ``<packagename> rdepends on <dev_packagename> [dev-deps]``
+
+ A dependency exists between the specified non-dev package (a package
+ whose name does not end in ``-dev``) and a package that is a ``dev``
+ package. The ``dev`` packages contain development headers and are
+ usually brought in using several different methods:
+
+ - Using the ``dev-pkgs``
+ :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` value.
+
+ - Using :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL`.
+
+ - As a dependency of another ``dev`` package that was brought in
+ using one of the above methods.
+
+ The dependency might have been automatically added (because the
+ ``dev`` package erroneously contains files that it should not have
+ (e.g. a non-symlink ``.so`` file) or it might have been added
+ manually (e.g. by adding to :term:`RDEPENDS`).
+
+
+.. _qa-check-dep-cmp:
+
+- ``<var>_<packagename> is invalid: <comparison> (<value>) only comparisons <, =, >, <=, and >= are allowed [dep-cmp]``
+
+ If you are adding a versioned dependency relationship to one of the
+ dependency variables (:term:`RDEPENDS`,
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS`,
+ :term:`RSUGGESTS`,
+ :term:`RPROVIDES`,
+ :term:`RREPLACES`, or
+ :term:`RCONFLICTS`), you must only use the named
+ comparison operators. Change the versioned dependency values you are
+ adding to match those listed in the message.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-compile-host-path:
+
+- ``<recipename>: The compile log indicates that host include and/or library paths were used. Please check the log '<logfile>' for more information. [compile-host-path]``
+
+ The log for the :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task
+ indicates that paths on the host were searched for files, which is
+ not appropriate when cross-compiling. Look for "is unsafe for
+ cross-compilation" or "CROSS COMPILE Badness" in the specified log
+ file.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-install-host-path:
+
+- ``<recipename>: The install log indicates that host include and/or library paths were used. Please check the log '<logfile>' for more information. [install-host-path]``
+
+ The log for the :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task
+ indicates that paths on the host were searched for files, which is
+ not appropriate when cross-compiling. Look for "is unsafe for
+ cross-compilation" or "CROSS COMPILE Badness" in the specified log
+ file.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-configure-unsafe:
+
+- ``This autoconf log indicates errors, it looked at host include and/or library paths while determining system capabilities. Rerun configure task after fixing this. The path was '<path>'``
+
+ The log for the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task
+ indicates that paths on the host were searched for files, which is
+ not appropriate when cross-compiling. Look for "is unsafe for
+ cross-compilation" or "CROSS COMPILE Badness" in the specified log
+ file.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-pkgname:
+
+- ``<packagename> doesn't match the [a-z0-9.+-]+ regex [pkgname]``
+
+ The convention within the OpenEmbedded build system (sometimes
+ enforced by the package manager itself) is to require that package
+ names are all lower case and to allow a restricted set of characters.
+ If your recipe name does not match this, or you add packages to
+ :term:`PACKAGES` that do not conform to the
+ convention, then you will receive this error. Rename your recipe. Or,
+ if you have added a non-conforming package name to ``PACKAGES``,
+ change the package name appropriately.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-unknown-configure-option:
+
+- ``<recipe>: configure was passed unrecognized options: <options> [unknown-configure-option]``
+
+ The configure script is reporting that the specified options are
+ unrecognized. This situation could be because the options were
+ previously valid but have been removed from the configure script. Or,
+ there was a mistake when the options were added and there is another
+ option that should be used instead. If you are unsure, consult the
+ upstream build documentation, the ``./configure --help`` output, and
+ the upstream change log or release notes. Once you have worked out
+ what the appropriate change is, you can update
+ :term:`EXTRA_OECONF`,
+ :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`, or the
+ individual :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` option values
+ accordingly.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-pn-overrides:
+
+- ``Recipe <recipefile> has PN of "<recipename>" which is in OVERRIDES, this can result in unexpected behavior. [pn-overrides]``
+
+ The specified recipe has a name (:term:`PN`) value that
+ appears in :term:`OVERRIDES`. If a recipe is named
+ such that its ``PN`` value matches something already in ``OVERRIDES``
+ (e.g. ``PN`` happens to be the same as :term:`MACHINE`
+ or :term:`DISTRO`), it can have unexpected
+ consequences. For example, assignments such as
+ ``FILES_${PN} = "xyz"`` effectively turn into ``FILES = "xyz"``.
+ Rename your recipe (or if ``PN`` is being set explicitly, change the
+ ``PN`` value) so that the conflict does not occur. See
+ :term:`FILES` for additional information.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-pkgvarcheck:
+
+- ``<recipefile>: Variable <variable> is set as not being package specific, please fix this. [pkgvarcheck]``
+
+ Certain variables (:term:`RDEPENDS`,
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS`,
+ :term:`RSUGGESTS`,
+ :term:`RCONFLICTS`,
+ :term:`RPROVIDES`,
+ :term:`RREPLACES`, :term:`FILES`,
+ ``pkg_preinst``, ``pkg_postinst``, ``pkg_prerm``, ``pkg_postrm``, and
+ :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY`) should always be set specific
+ to a package (i.e. they should be set with a package name override
+ such as ``RDEPENDS_${PN} = "value"`` rather than
+ ``RDEPENDS = "value"``). If you receive this error, correct any
+ assignments to these variables within your recipe.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-already-stripped:
+
+- ``File '<file>' from <recipename> was already stripped, this will prevent future debugging! [already-stripped]``
+
+ Produced binaries have already been stripped prior to the build
+ system extracting debug symbols. It is common for upstream software
+ projects to default to stripping debug symbols for output binaries.
+ In order for debugging to work on the target using ``-dbg`` packages,
+ this stripping must be disabled.
+
+ Depending on the build system used by the software being built,
+ disabling this stripping could be as easy as specifying an additional
+ configure option. If not, disabling stripping might involve patching
+ the build scripts. In the latter case, look for references to "strip"
+ or "STRIP", or the "-s" or "-S" command-line options being specified
+ on the linker command line (possibly through the compiler command
+ line if preceded with "-Wl,").
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Disabling stripping here does not mean that the final packaged
+ binaries will be unstripped. Once the OpenEmbedded build system
+ splits out debug symbols to the ``-dbg`` package, it will then
+ strip the symbols from the binaries.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-packages-list:
+
+- ``<packagename> is listed in PACKAGES multiple times, this leads to packaging errors. [packages-list]``
+
+ Package names must appear only once in the
+ :term:`PACKAGES` variable. You might receive this
+ error if you are attempting to add a package to ``PACKAGES`` that is
+ already in the variable's value.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-files-invalid:
+
+- ``FILES variable for package <packagename> contains '//' which is invalid. Attempting to fix this but you should correct the metadata. [files-invalid]``
+
+ The string "//" is invalid in a Unix path. Correct all occurrences
+ where this string appears in a :term:`FILES` variable so
+ that there is only a single "/".
+
+
+.. _qa-check-installed-vs-shipped:
+
+- ``<recipename>: Files/directories were installed but not shipped in any package [installed-vs-shipped]``
+
+ Files have been installed within the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task but have not been
+ included in any package by way of the :term:`FILES`
+ variable. Files that do not appear in any package cannot be present
+ in an image later on in the build process. You need to do one of the
+ following:
+
+ - Add the files to ``FILES`` for the package you want them to appear
+ in (e.g. ``FILES_${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}`` for the main
+ package).
+
+ - Delete the files at the end of the ``do_install`` task if the
+ files are not needed in any package.
+
+
+
+- ``<oldpackage>-<oldpkgversion> was registered as shlib provider for <library>, changing it to <newpackage>-<newpkgversion> because it was built later``
+
+ This message means that both ``<oldpackage>`` and ``<newpackage>``
+ provide the specified shared library. You can expect this message
+ when a recipe has been renamed. However, if that is not the case, the
+ message might indicate that a private version of a library is being
+ erroneously picked up as the provider for a common library. If that
+ is the case, you should add the library's ``.so`` file name to
+ :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` in the recipe that provides
+ the private version of the library.
+
+
+.. _qa-check-unlisted-pkg-lics:
+
+- ``LICENSE_<packagename> includes licenses (<licenses>) that are not listed in LICENSE [unlisted-pkg-lics]``
+
+ The :term:`LICENSE` of the recipe should be a superset
+ of all the licenses of all packages produced by this recipe. In other
+ words, any license in ``LICENSE_*`` should also appear in
+ :term:`LICENSE`.
+
+
+
+Configuring and Disabling QA Checks
+===================================
+
+You can configure the QA checks globally so that specific check failures
+either raise a warning or an error message, using the
+:term:`WARN_QA` and :term:`ERROR_QA`
+variables, respectively. You can also disable checks within a particular
+recipe using :term:`INSANE_SKIP`. For information on
+how to work with the QA checks, see the
+":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Please keep in mind that the QA checks exist in order to detect real
+ or potential problems in the packaged output. So exercise caution
+ when disabling these checks.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-release-process.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-release-process.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6d9ff6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-release-process.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,191 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+*****************************************************
+Yocto Project Releases and the Stable Release Process
+*****************************************************
+
+The Yocto Project release process is predictable and consists of both
+major and minor (point) releases. This brief chapter provides
+information on how releases are named, their life cycle, and their
+stability.
+
+Major and Minor Release Cadence
+===============================
+
+The Yocto Project delivers major releases (e.g. DISTRO) using a six
+month cadence roughly timed each April and October of the year.
+Following are examples of some major YP releases with their codenames
+also shown. See the "`Major Release
+Codenames <#major-release-codenames>`__" section for information on
+codenames used with major releases.
+
+ - 2.2 (Morty)
+ - 2.1 (Krogoth)
+ - 2.0 (Jethro)
+
+While the cadence is never perfect, this timescale facilitates
+regular releases that have strong QA cycles while not overwhelming users
+with too many new releases. The cadence is predictable and avoids many
+major holidays in various geographies.
+
+The Yocto project delivers minor (point) releases on an unscheduled
+basis and are usually driven by the accumulation of enough significant
+fixes or enhancements to the associated major release. Following are
+some example past point releases:
+
+ - 2.1.1
+ - 2.1.2
+ - 2.2.1
+
+The point release
+indicates a point in the major release branch where a full QA cycle and
+release process validates the content of the new branch.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Realize that there can be patches merged onto the stable release
+ branches as and when they become available.
+
+Major Release Codenames
+=======================
+
+Each major release receives a codename that identifies the release in
+the :ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:yocto project source repositories`.
+The concept is that branches of :term:`Metadata` with the same
+codename are likely to be compatible and thus work together.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Codenames are associated with major releases because a Yocto Project
+ release number (e.g. DISTRO) could conflict with a given layer or
+ company versioning scheme. Codenames are unique, interesting, and
+ easily identifiable.
+
+Releases are given a nominal release version as well but the codename is
+used in repositories for this reason. You can find information on Yocto
+Project releases and codenames at
+:yocto_wiki:`/wiki/Releases`.
+
+Stable Release Process
+======================
+
+Once released, the release enters the stable release process at which
+time a person is assigned as the maintainer for that stable release.
+This maintainer monitors activity for the release by investigating and
+handling nominated patches and backport activity. Only fixes and
+enhancements that have first been applied on the "master" branch (i.e.
+the current, in-development branch) are considered for backporting to a
+stable release.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The current Yocto Project policy regarding backporting is to consider
+ bug fixes and security fixes only. Policy dictates that features are
+ not backported to a stable release. This policy means generic recipe
+ version upgrades are unlikely to be accepted for backporting. The
+ exception to this policy occurs when a strong reason exists such as
+ the fix happens to also be the preferred upstream approach.
+
+Stable release branches have strong maintenance for about a year after
+their initial release. Should significant issues be found for any
+release regardless of its age, fixes could be backported to older
+releases. For issues that are not backported given an older release,
+Community LTS trees and branches exist where community members share
+patches for older releases. However, these types of patches do not go
+through the same release process as do point releases. You can find more
+information about stable branch maintenance at
+:yocto_wiki:`/wiki/Stable_branch_maintenance`.
+
+Testing and Quality Assurance
+=============================
+
+Part of the Yocto Project development and release process is quality
+assurance through the execution of test strategies. Test strategies
+provide the Yocto Project team a way to ensure a release is validated.
+Additionally, because the test strategies are visible to you as a
+developer, you can validate your projects. This section overviews the
+available test infrastructure used in the Yocto Project. For information
+on how to run available tests on your projects, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+The QA/testing infrastructure is woven into the project to the point
+where core developers take some of it for granted. The infrastructure
+consists of the following pieces:
+
+- ``bitbake-selftest``: A standalone command that runs unit tests on
+ key pieces of BitBake and its fetchers.
+
+- :ref:`sanity.bbclass <ref-classes-sanity>`: This automatically
+ included class checks the build environment for missing tools (e.g.
+ ``gcc``) or common misconfigurations such as
+ :term:`MACHINE` set incorrectly.
+
+- :ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`: This class checks the
+ generated output from builds for sanity. For example, if building for
+ an ARM target, did the build produce ARM binaries. If, for example,
+ the build produced PPC binaries then there is a problem.
+
+- :ref:`testimage.bbclass <ref-classes-testimage*>`: This class
+ performs runtime testing of images after they are built. The tests
+ are usually used with :doc:`QEMU <../dev-manual/dev-manual-qemu>`
+ to boot the images and check the combined runtime result boot
+ operation and functions. However, the test can also use the IP
+ address of a machine to test.
+
+- :ref:`ptest <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:testing packages with ptest>`:
+ Runs tests against packages produced during the build for a given
+ piece of software. The test allows the packages to be be run within a
+ target image.
+
+- ``oe-selftest``: Tests combination BitBake invocations. These tests
+ operate outside the OpenEmbedded build system itself. The
+ ``oe-selftest`` can run all tests by default or can run selected
+ tests or test suites.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Running ``oe-selftest`` requires host packages beyond the "Essential"
+ grouping. See the :ref:`ref-manual/ref-system-requirements:required packages for the build host`
+ section for more information.
+
+Originally, much of this testing was done manually. However, significant
+effort has been made to automate the tests so that more people can use
+them and the Yocto Project development team can run them faster and more
+efficiently.
+
+The Yocto Project's main Autobuilder (&YOCTO_AB_URL;)
+publicly tests each Yocto Project release's code in the
+:term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)`, Poky, and BitBake repositories. The testing
+occurs for both the current state of the "master" branch and also for
+submitted patches. Testing for submitted patches usually occurs in the
+"ross/mut" branch in the ``poky-contrib`` repository (i.e. the
+master-under-test branch) or in the "master-next" branch in the ``poky``
+repository.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can find all these branches in the Yocto Project
+ Source Repositories
+ .
+
+Testing within these public branches ensures in a publicly visible way
+that all of the main supposed architectures and recipes in OE-Core
+successfully build and behave properly.
+
+Various features such as ``multilib``, sub architectures (e.g. ``x32``,
+``poky-tiny``, ``musl``, ``no-x11`` and and so forth),
+``bitbake-selftest``, and ``oe-selftest`` are tested as part of the QA
+process of a release. Complete testing and validation for a release
+takes the Autobuilder workers several hours.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The Autobuilder workers are non-homogeneous, which means regular
+ testing across a variety of Linux distributions occurs. The
+ Autobuilder is limited to only testing QEMU-based setups and not real
+ hardware.
+
+Finally, in addition to the Autobuilder's tests, the Yocto Project QA
+team also performs testing on a variety of platforms, which includes
+actual hardware, to ensure expected results.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-structure.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-structure.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db1ea97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-structure.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,874 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+**************************
+Source Directory Structure
+**************************
+
+The :term:`Source Directory` consists of numerous files,
+directories and subdirectories; understanding their locations and
+contents is key to using the Yocto Project effectively. This chapter
+describes the Source Directory and gives information about those files
+and directories.
+
+For information on how to establish a local Source Directory on your
+development system, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:locating yocto project source files`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system does not support file or directory
+ names that contain spaces. Be sure that the Source Directory you use
+ does not contain these types of names.
+
+.. _structure-core:
+
+Top-Level Core Components
+=========================
+
+This section describes the top-level components of the :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+.. _structure-core-bitbake:
+
+``bitbake/``
+------------
+
+This directory includes a copy of BitBake for ease of use. The copy
+usually matches the current stable BitBake release from the BitBake
+project. BitBake, a :term:`Metadata` interpreter, reads the
+Yocto Project Metadata and runs the tasks defined by that data. Failures
+are usually caused by errors in your Metadata and not from BitBake
+itself; consequently, most users do not need to worry about BitBake.
+
+When you run the ``bitbake`` command, the main BitBake executable (which
+resides in the ``bitbake/bin/`` directory) starts. Sourcing the
+environment setup script (i.e. :ref:`structure-core-script`) places
+the ``scripts/`` and ``bitbake/bin/`` directories (in that order) into
+the shell's ``PATH`` environment variable.
+
+For more information on BitBake, see the :doc:`BitBake User Manual
+<bitbake:index>`.
+
+.. _structure-core-build:
+
+``build/``
+----------
+
+This directory contains user configuration files and the output
+generated by the OpenEmbedded build system in its standard configuration
+where the source tree is combined with the output. The :term:`Build Directory`
+is created initially when you ``source``
+the OpenEmbedded build environment setup script (i.e.
+:ref:`structure-core-script`).
+
+It is also possible to place output and configuration files in a
+directory separate from the :term:`Source Directory` by
+providing a directory name when you ``source`` the setup script. For
+information on separating output from your local Source Directory files
+(commonly described as an "out of tree" build), see the
+":ref:`structure-core-script`" section.
+
+.. _handbook:
+
+``documentation/``
+------------------
+
+This directory holds the source for the Yocto Project documentation as
+well as templates and tools that allow you to generate PDF and HTML
+versions of the manuals. Each manual is contained in its own sub-folder;
+for example, the files for this reference manual reside in the
+``ref-manual/`` directory.
+
+.. _structure-core-meta:
+
+``meta/``
+---------
+
+This directory contains the minimal, underlying OpenEmbedded-Core
+metadata. The directory holds recipes, common classes, and machine
+configuration for strictly emulated targets (``qemux86``, ``qemuarm``,
+and so forth.)
+
+.. _structure-core-meta-poky:
+
+``meta-poky/``
+--------------
+
+Designed above the ``meta/`` content, this directory adds just enough
+metadata to define the Poky reference distribution.
+
+.. _structure-core-meta-yocto-bsp:
+
+``meta-yocto-bsp/``
+-------------------
+
+This directory contains the Yocto Project reference hardware Board
+Support Packages (BSPs). For more information on BSPs, see the
+:doc:`../bsp-guide/bsp-guide`.
+
+.. _structure-meta-selftest:
+
+``meta-selftest/``
+------------------
+
+This directory adds additional recipes and append files used by the
+OpenEmbedded selftests to verify the behavior of the build system. You
+do not have to add this layer to your ``bblayers.conf`` file unless you
+want to run the selftests.
+
+.. _structure-meta-skeleton:
+
+``meta-skeleton/``
+------------------
+
+This directory contains template recipes for BSP and kernel development.
+
+.. _structure-core-scripts:
+
+``scripts/``
+------------
+
+This directory contains various integration scripts that implement extra
+functionality in the Yocto Project environment (e.g. QEMU scripts). The
+:ref:`structure-core-script` script prepends this directory to the
+shell's ``PATH`` environment variable.
+
+The ``scripts`` directory has useful scripts that assist in contributing
+back to the Yocto Project, such as ``create-pull-request`` and
+``send-pull-request``.
+
+.. _structure-core-script:
+
+``oe-init-build-env``
+---------------------
+
+This script sets up the OpenEmbedded build environment. Running this
+script with the ``source`` command in a shell makes changes to ``PATH``
+and sets other core BitBake variables based on the current working
+directory. You need to run an environment setup script before running
+BitBake commands. The script uses other scripts within the ``scripts``
+directory to do the bulk of the work.
+
+When you run this script, your Yocto Project environment is set up, a
+:term:`Build Directory` is created, your working
+directory becomes the Build Directory, and you are presented with some
+simple suggestions as to what to do next, including a list of some
+possible targets to build. Here is an example:
+::
+
+ $ source oe-init-build-env
+
+ ### Shell environment set up for builds. ###
+
+ You can now run 'bitbake <target>'
+
+ Common targets are:
+ core-image-minimal
+ core-image-sato
+ meta-toolchain
+ meta-ide-support
+
+ You can also run generated qemu images with a command like 'runqemu qemux86-64'
+
+The default output of the ``oe-init-build-env`` script is from the
+``conf-notes.txt`` file, which is found in the ``meta-poky`` directory
+within the :term:`Source Directory`. If you design a
+custom distribution, you can include your own version of this
+configuration file to mention the targets defined by your distribution.
+See the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating a custom template configuration directory`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
+information.
+
+By default, running this script without a Build Directory argument
+creates the ``build/`` directory in your current working directory. If
+you provide a Build Directory argument when you ``source`` the script,
+you direct the OpenEmbedded build system to create a Build Directory of
+your choice. For example, the following command creates a Build
+Directory named ``mybuilds/`` that is outside of the :term:`Source Directory`:
+::
+
+ $ source oe-init-build-env ~/mybuilds
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system uses the template configuration files, which
+are found by default in the ``meta-poky/conf/`` directory in the Source
+Directory. See the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating a custom template configuration directory`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
+information.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system does not support file or directory
+ names that contain spaces. If you attempt to run the ``oe-init-build-env``
+ script from a Source Directory that contains spaces in either the
+ filenames or directory names, the script returns an error indicating
+ no such file or directory. Be sure to use a Source Directory free of
+ names containing spaces.
+
+.. _structure-basic-top-level:
+
+``LICENSE, README, and README.hardware``
+----------------------------------------
+
+These files are standard top-level files.
+
+.. _structure-build:
+
+The Build Directory - ``build/``
+================================
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system creates the :term:`Build Directory`
+when you run the build environment setup
+script :ref:`structure-core-script`. If you do not give the Build
+Directory a specific name when you run the setup script, the name
+defaults to ``build/``.
+
+For subsequent parsing and processing, the name of the Build directory
+is available via the :term:`TOPDIR` variable.
+
+.. _structure-build-buildhistory:
+
+``build/buildhistory/``
+-----------------------
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system creates this directory when you enable
+build history via the ``buildhistory`` class file. The directory
+organizes build information into image, packages, and SDK
+subdirectories. For information on the build history feature, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:maintaining build output quality`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _structure-build-conf-local.conf:
+
+``build/conf/local.conf``
+-------------------------
+
+This configuration file contains all the local user configurations for
+your build environment. The ``local.conf`` file contains documentation
+on the various configuration options. Any variable set here overrides
+any variable set elsewhere within the environment unless that variable
+is hard-coded within a file (e.g. by using '=' instead of '?='). Some
+variables are hard-coded for various reasons but such variables are
+relatively rare.
+
+At a minimum, you would normally edit this file to select the target
+``MACHINE``, which package types you wish to use
+(:term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`), and the location from
+which you want to access downloaded files (``DL_DIR``).
+
+If ``local.conf`` is not present when you start the build, the
+OpenEmbedded build system creates it from ``local.conf.sample`` when you
+``source`` the top-level build environment setup script
+:ref:`structure-core-script`.
+
+The source ``local.conf.sample`` file used depends on the
+``$TEMPLATECONF`` script variable, which defaults to ``meta-poky/conf/``
+when you are building from the Yocto Project development environment,
+and to ``meta/conf/`` when you are building from the OpenEmbedded-Core
+environment. Because the script variable points to the source of the
+``local.conf.sample`` file, this implies that you can configure your
+build environment from any layer by setting the variable in the
+top-level build environment setup script as follows:
+::
+
+ TEMPLATECONF=your_layer/conf
+
+Once the build process gets the sample
+file, it uses ``sed`` to substitute final
+``${``\ :term:`OEROOT`\ ``}`` values for all
+``##OEROOT##`` values.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can see how the ``TEMPLATECONF`` variable is used by looking at the
+ ``scripts/oe-setup-builddir``` script in the :term:`Source Directory`.
+ You can find the Yocto Project version of the ``local.conf.sample`` file in
+ the ``meta-poky/conf`` directory.
+
+.. _structure-build-conf-bblayers.conf:
+
+``build/conf/bblayers.conf``
+----------------------------
+
+This configuration file defines
+:ref:`layers <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:understanding and creating layers>`,
+which are directory trees, traversed (or walked) by BitBake. The
+``bblayers.conf`` file uses the :term:`BBLAYERS`
+variable to list the layers BitBake tries to find.
+
+If ``bblayers.conf`` is not present when you start the build, the
+OpenEmbedded build system creates it from ``bblayers.conf.sample`` when
+you ``source`` the top-level build environment setup script (i.e.
+:ref:`structure-core-script`).
+
+As with the ``local.conf`` file, the source ``bblayers.conf.sample``
+file used depends on the ``$TEMPLATECONF`` script variable, which
+defaults to ``meta-poky/conf/`` when you are building from the Yocto
+Project development environment, and to ``meta/conf/`` when you are
+building from the OpenEmbedded-Core environment. Because the script
+variable points to the source of the ``bblayers.conf.sample`` file, this
+implies that you can base your build from any layer by setting the
+variable in the top-level build environment setup script as follows:
+::
+
+ TEMPLATECONF=your_layer/conf
+
+Once the build process gets the sample file, it uses ``sed`` to substitute final
+``${``\ :term:`OEROOT`\ ``}`` values for all ``##OEROOT##`` values.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can see how the ``TEMPLATECONF`` variable ``scripts/oe-setup-builddir``
+ script in the :term:`Source Directory`. You can find the Yocto Project
+ version of the ``bblayers.conf.sample`` file in the ``meta-poky/conf/``
+ directory.
+
+.. _structure-build-conf-sanity_info:
+
+``build/cache/sanity_info``
+---------------------------
+
+This file indicates the state of the sanity checks and is created during
+the build.
+
+.. _structure-build-downloads:
+
+``build/downloads/``
+--------------------
+
+This directory contains downloaded upstream source tarballs. You can
+reuse the directory for multiple builds or move the directory to another
+location. You can control the location of this directory through the
+``DL_DIR`` variable.
+
+.. _structure-build-sstate-cache:
+
+``build/sstate-cache/``
+-----------------------
+
+This directory contains the shared state cache. You can reuse the
+directory for multiple builds or move the directory to another location.
+You can control the location of this directory through the
+``SSTATE_DIR`` variable.
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp:
+
+``build/tmp/``
+--------------
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system creates and uses this directory for all
+the build system's output. The :term:`TMPDIR` variable
+points to this directory.
+
+BitBake creates this directory if it does not exist. As a last resort,
+to clean up a build and start it from scratch (other than the
+downloads), you can remove everything in the ``tmp`` directory or get
+rid of the directory completely. If you do, you should also completely
+remove the ``build/sstate-cache`` directory.
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp-buildstats:
+
+``build/tmp/buildstats/``
+-------------------------
+
+This directory stores the build statistics.
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp-cache:
+
+``build/tmp/cache/``
+--------------------
+
+When BitBake parses the metadata (recipes and configuration files), it
+caches the results in ``build/tmp/cache/`` to speed up future builds.
+The results are stored on a per-machine basis.
+
+During subsequent builds, BitBake checks each recipe (together with, for
+example, any files included or appended to it) to see if they have been
+modified. Changes can be detected, for example, through file
+modification time (mtime) changes and hashing of file contents. If no
+changes to the file are detected, then the parsed result stored in the
+cache is reused. If the file has changed, it is reparsed.
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp-deploy:
+
+``build/tmp/deploy/``
+---------------------
+
+This directory contains any "end result" output from the OpenEmbedded
+build process. The :term:`DEPLOY_DIR` variable points
+to this directory. For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy``
+directory, see the
+":ref:`images-dev-environment`" and
+":ref:`sdk-dev-environment`" sections in the Yocto
+Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp-deploy-deb:
+
+``build/tmp/deploy/deb/``
+-------------------------
+
+This directory receives any ``.deb`` packages produced by the build
+process. The packages are sorted into feeds for different architecture
+types.
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp-deploy-rpm:
+
+``build/tmp/deploy/rpm/``
+-------------------------
+
+This directory receives any ``.rpm`` packages produced by the build
+process. The packages are sorted into feeds for different architecture
+types.
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp-deploy-ipk:
+
+``build/tmp/deploy/ipk/``
+-------------------------
+
+This directory receives ``.ipk`` packages produced by the build process.
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp-deploy-licenses:
+
+``build/tmp/deploy/licenses/``
+------------------------------
+
+This directory receives package licensing information. For example, the
+directory contains sub-directories for ``bash``, ``busybox``, and
+``glibc`` (among others) that in turn contain appropriate ``COPYING``
+license files with other licensing information. For information on
+licensing, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:maintaining open source license compliance during your product's lifecycle`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp-deploy-images:
+
+``build/tmp/deploy/images/``
+----------------------------
+
+This directory is populated with the basic output objects of the build
+(think of them as the "generated artifacts" of the build process),
+including things like the boot loader image, kernel, root filesystem and
+more. If you want to flash the resulting image from a build onto a
+device, look here for the necessary components.
+
+Be careful when deleting files in this directory. You can safely delete
+old images from this directory (e.g. ``core-image-*``). However, the
+kernel (``*zImage*``, ``*uImage*``, etc.), bootloader and other
+supplementary files might be deployed here prior to building an image.
+Because these files are not directly produced from the image, if you
+delete them they will not be automatically re-created when you build the
+image again.
+
+If you do accidentally delete files here, you will need to force them to
+be re-created. In order to do that, you will need to know the target
+that produced them. For example, these commands rebuild and re-create
+the kernel files:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake -c clean virtual/kernel
+ $ bitbake virtual/kernel
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp-deploy-sdk:
+
+``build/tmp/deploy/sdk/``
+-------------------------
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system creates this directory to hold toolchain
+installer scripts which, when executed, install the sysroot that matches
+your target hardware. You can find out more about these installers in
+the ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-obtain:building an sdk installer`"
+section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
+Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp-sstate-control:
+
+``build/tmp/sstate-control/``
+-----------------------------
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system uses this directory for the shared state
+manifest files. The shared state code uses these files to record the
+files installed by each sstate task so that the files can be removed
+when cleaning the recipe or when a newer version is about to be
+installed. The build system also uses the manifests to detect and
+produce a warning when files from one task are overwriting those from
+another.
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp-sysroots-components:
+
+``build/tmp/sysroots-components/``
+----------------------------------
+
+This directory is the location of the sysroot contents that the task
+:ref:`ref-tasks-prepare_recipe_sysroot`
+links or copies into the recipe-specific sysroot for each recipe listed
+in :term:`DEPENDS`. Population of this directory is
+handled through shared state, while the path is specified by the
+:term:`COMPONENTS_DIR` variable. Apart from a few
+unusual circumstances, handling of the ``sysroots-components`` directory
+should be automatic, and recipes should not directly reference
+``build/tmp/sysroots-components``.
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp-sysroots:
+
+``build/tmp/sysroots/``
+-----------------------
+
+Previous versions of the OpenEmbedded build system used to create a
+global shared sysroot per machine along with a native sysroot. Beginning
+with the 2.3 version of the Yocto Project, sysroots exist in
+recipe-specific :term:`WORKDIR` directories. Thus, the
+``build/tmp/sysroots/`` directory is unused.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The ``build/tmp/sysroots/`` directory can still be populated using the
+ ``bitbake build-sysroots`` command and can be used for compatibility in some
+ cases. However, in general it is not recommended to populate this directory.
+ Individual recipe-specific sysroots should be used.
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp-stamps:
+
+``build/tmp/stamps/``
+---------------------
+
+This directory holds information that BitBake uses for accounting
+purposes to track what tasks have run and when they have run. The
+directory is sub-divided by architecture, package name, and version.
+Following is an example:
+::
+
+ stamps/all-poky-linux/distcc-config/1.0-r0.do_build-2fdd....2do
+
+Although the files in the directory are empty of data, BitBake uses the filenames
+and timestamps for tracking purposes.
+
+For information on how BitBake uses stamp files to determine if a task
+should be rerun, see the
+":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:stamp files and the rerunning of tasks`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp-log:
+
+``build/tmp/log/``
+------------------
+
+This directory contains general logs that are not otherwise placed using
+the package's ``WORKDIR``. Examples of logs are the output from the
+``do_check_pkg`` or ``do_distro_check`` tasks. Running a build does not
+necessarily mean this directory is created.
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp-work:
+
+``build/tmp/work/``
+-------------------
+
+This directory contains architecture-specific work sub-directories for
+packages built by BitBake. All tasks execute from the appropriate work
+directory. For example, the source for a particular package is unpacked,
+patched, configured and compiled all within its own work directory.
+Within the work directory, organization is based on the package group
+and version for which the source is being compiled as defined by the
+:term:`WORKDIR`.
+
+It is worth considering the structure of a typical work directory. As an
+example, consider ``linux-yocto-kernel-3.0`` on the machine ``qemux86``
+built within the Yocto Project. For this package, a work directory of
+``tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/linux-yocto/3.0+git1+<.....>``, referred
+to as the ``WORKDIR``, is created. Within this directory, the source is
+unpacked to ``linux-qemux86-standard-build`` and then patched by Quilt.
+(See the ":ref:`using-a-quilt-workflow`" section in
+the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information.) Within
+the ``linux-qemux86-standard-build`` directory, standard Quilt
+directories ``linux-3.0/patches`` and ``linux-3.0/.pc`` are created, and
+standard Quilt commands can be used.
+
+There are other directories generated within ``WORKDIR``. The most
+important directory is ``WORKDIR/temp/``, which has log files for each
+task (``log.do_*.pid``) and contains the scripts BitBake runs for each
+task (``run.do_*.pid``). The ``WORKDIR/image/`` directory is where "make
+install" places its output that is then split into sub-packages within
+``WORKDIR/packages-split/``.
+
+.. _structure-build-tmp-work-tunearch-recipename-version:
+
+``build/tmp/work/tunearch/recipename/version/``
+-----------------------------------------------
+
+The recipe work directory - ``${WORKDIR}``.
+
+As described earlier in the
+":ref:`structure-build-tmp-sysroots`" section,
+beginning with the 2.3 release of the Yocto Project, the OpenEmbedded
+build system builds each recipe in its own work directory (i.e.
+:term:`WORKDIR`). The path to the work directory is
+constructed using the architecture of the given build (e.g.
+:term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`, :term:`MACHINE_ARCH`, or "allarch"), the recipe
+name, and the version of the recipe (i.e.
+:term:`PE`\ ``:``\ :term:`PV`\ ``-``\ :term:`PR`).
+
+A number of key subdirectories exist within each recipe work directory:
+
+- ``${WORKDIR}/temp``: Contains the log files of each task executed for
+ this recipe, the "run" files for each executed task, which contain
+ the code run, and a ``log.task_order`` file, which lists the order in
+ which tasks were executed.
+
+- ``${WORKDIR}/image``: Contains the output of the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task, which corresponds to
+ the ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}`` variable in that task.
+
+- ``${WORKDIR}/pseudo``: Contains the pseudo database and log for any
+ tasks executed under pseudo for the recipe.
+
+- ``${WORKDIR}/sysroot-destdir``: Contains the output of the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task.
+
+- ``${WORKDIR}/package``: Contains the output of the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task before the output is
+ split into individual packages.
+
+- ``${WORKDIR}/packages-split``: Contains the output of the
+ ``do_package`` task after the output has been split into individual
+ packages. Subdirectories exist for each individual package created by
+ the recipe.
+
+- ``${WORKDIR}/recipe-sysroot``: A directory populated with the target
+ dependencies of the recipe. This directory looks like the target
+ filesystem and contains libraries that the recipe might need to link
+ against (e.g. the C library).
+
+- ``${WORKDIR}/recipe-sysroot-native``: A directory populated with the
+ native dependencies of the recipe. This directory contains the tools
+ the recipe needs to build (e.g. the compiler, Autoconf, libtool, and
+ so forth).
+
+- ``${WORKDIR}/build``: This subdirectory applies only to recipes that
+ support builds where the source is separate from the build artifacts.
+ The OpenEmbedded build system uses this directory as a separate build
+ directory (i.e. ``${``\ :term:`B`\ ``}``).
+
+.. _structure-build-work-shared:
+
+``build/tmp/work-shared/``
+--------------------------
+
+For efficiency, the OpenEmbedded build system creates and uses this
+directory to hold recipes that share a work directory with other
+recipes. In practice, this is only used for ``gcc`` and its variants
+(e.g. ``gcc-cross``, ``libgcc``, ``gcc-runtime``, and so forth).
+
+.. _structure-meta:
+
+The Metadata - ``meta/``
+========================
+
+As mentioned previously, :term:`Metadata` is the core of the
+Yocto Project. Metadata has several important subdivisions:
+
+.. _structure-meta-classes:
+
+``meta/classes/``
+-----------------
+
+This directory contains the ``*.bbclass`` files. Class files are used to
+abstract common code so it can be reused by multiple packages. Every
+package inherits the ``base.bbclass`` file. Examples of other important
+classes are ``autotools.bbclass``, which in theory allows any
+Autotool-enabled package to work with the Yocto Project with minimal
+effort. Another example is ``kernel.bbclass`` that contains common code
+and functions for working with the Linux kernel. Functions like image
+generation or packaging also have their specific class files such as
+``image.bbclass``, ``rootfs_*.bbclass`` and ``package*.bbclass``.
+
+For reference information on classes, see the
+":ref:`ref-manual/ref-classes:Classes`" chapter.
+
+.. _structure-meta-conf:
+
+``meta/conf/``
+--------------
+
+This directory contains the core set of configuration files that start
+from ``bitbake.conf`` and from which all other configuration files are
+included. See the include statements at the end of the ``bitbake.conf``
+file and you will note that even ``local.conf`` is loaded from there.
+While ``bitbake.conf`` sets up the defaults, you can often override
+these by using the (``local.conf``) file, machine file or the
+distribution configuration file.
+
+.. _structure-meta-conf-machine:
+
+``meta/conf/machine/``
+----------------------
+
+This directory contains all the machine configuration files. If you set
+``MACHINE = "qemux86"``, the OpenEmbedded build system looks for a
+``qemux86.conf`` file in this directory. The ``include`` directory
+contains various data common to multiple machines. If you want to add
+support for a new machine to the Yocto Project, look in this directory.
+
+.. _structure-meta-conf-distro:
+
+``meta/conf/distro/``
+---------------------
+
+The contents of this directory controls any distribution-specific
+configurations. For the Yocto Project, the ``defaultsetup.conf`` is the
+main file here. This directory includes the versions and the ``SRCDATE``
+definitions for applications that are configured here. An example of an
+alternative configuration might be ``poky-bleeding.conf``. Although this
+file mainly inherits its configuration from Poky.
+
+.. _structure-meta-conf-machine-sdk:
+
+``meta/conf/machine-sdk/``
+--------------------------
+
+The OpenEmbedded build system searches this directory for configuration
+files that correspond to the value of
+:term:`SDKMACHINE`. By default, 32-bit and 64-bit x86
+files ship with the Yocto Project that support some SDK hosts. However,
+it is possible to extend that support to other SDK hosts by adding
+additional configuration files in this subdirectory within another
+layer.
+
+.. _structure-meta-files:
+
+``meta/files/``
+---------------
+
+This directory contains common license files and several text files used
+by the build system. The text files contain minimal device information
+and lists of files and directories with known permissions.
+
+.. _structure-meta-lib:
+
+``meta/lib/``
+-------------
+
+This directory contains OpenEmbedded Python library code used during the
+build process.
+
+.. _structure-meta-recipes-bsp:
+
+``meta/recipes-bsp/``
+---------------------
+
+This directory contains anything linking to specific hardware or
+hardware configuration information such as "u-boot" and "grub".
+
+.. _structure-meta-recipes-connectivity:
+
+``meta/recipes-connectivity/``
+------------------------------
+
+This directory contains libraries and applications related to
+communication with other devices.
+
+.. _structure-meta-recipes-core:
+
+``meta/recipes-core/``
+----------------------
+
+This directory contains what is needed to build a basic working Linux
+image including commonly used dependencies.
+
+.. _structure-meta-recipes-devtools:
+
+``meta/recipes-devtools/``
+--------------------------
+
+This directory contains tools that are primarily used by the build
+system. The tools, however, can also be used on targets.
+
+.. _structure-meta-recipes-extended:
+
+``meta/recipes-extended/``
+--------------------------
+
+This directory contains non-essential applications that add features
+compared to the alternatives in core. You might need this directory for
+full tool functionality or for Linux Standard Base (LSB) compliance.
+
+.. _structure-meta-recipes-gnome:
+
+``meta/recipes-gnome/``
+-----------------------
+
+This directory contains all things related to the GTK+ application
+framework.
+
+.. _structure-meta-recipes-graphics:
+
+``meta/recipes-graphics/``
+--------------------------
+
+This directory contains X and other graphically related system
+libraries.
+
+.. _structure-meta-recipes-kernel:
+
+``meta/recipes-kernel/``
+------------------------
+
+This directory contains the kernel and generic applications and
+libraries that have strong kernel dependencies.
+
+.. _structure-meta-recipes-lsb4:
+
+``meta/recipes-lsb4/``
+----------------------
+
+This directory contains recipes specifically added to support the Linux
+Standard Base (LSB) version 4.x.
+
+.. _structure-meta-recipes-multimedia:
+
+``meta/recipes-multimedia/``
+----------------------------
+
+This directory contains codecs and support utilities for audio, images
+and video.
+
+.. _structure-meta-recipes-rt:
+
+``meta/recipes-rt/``
+--------------------
+
+This directory contains package and image recipes for using and testing
+the ``PREEMPT_RT`` kernel.
+
+.. _structure-meta-recipes-sato:
+
+``meta/recipes-sato/``
+----------------------
+
+This directory contains the Sato demo/reference UI/UX and its associated
+applications and configuration data.
+
+.. _structure-meta-recipes-support:
+
+``meta/recipes-support/``
+-------------------------
+
+This directory contains recipes used by other recipes, but that are not
+directly included in images (i.e. dependencies of other recipes).
+
+.. _structure-meta-site:
+
+``meta/site/``
+--------------
+
+This directory contains a list of cached results for various
+architectures. Because certain "autoconf" test results cannot be
+determined when cross-compiling due to the tests not able to run on a
+live system, the information in this directory is passed to "autoconf"
+for the various architectures.
+
+.. _structure-meta-recipes-txt:
+
+``meta/recipes.txt``
+--------------------
+
+This file is a description of the contents of ``recipes-*``.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-system-requirements.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-system-requirements.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..041f64c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-system-requirements.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,454 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+*******************
+System Requirements
+*******************
+
+Welcome to the Yocto Project Reference Manual! This manual provides
+reference information for the current release of the Yocto Project, and
+is most effectively used after you have an understanding of the basics
+of the Yocto Project. The manual is neither meant to be read as a
+starting point to the Yocto Project, nor read from start to finish.
+Rather, use this manual to find variable definitions, class
+descriptions, and so forth as needed during the course of using the
+Yocto Project.
+
+For introductory information on the Yocto Project, see the
+:yocto_home:`Yocto Project Website <>` and the
+":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:the yocto project development environment`"
+chapter in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+If you want to use the Yocto Project to quickly build an image without
+having to understand concepts, work through the
+:doc:`../brief-yoctoprojectqs/brief-yoctoprojectqs` document. You can find "how-to"
+information in the :doc:`../dev-manual/dev-manual`. You can find Yocto Project overview
+and conceptual information in the :doc:`../overview-manual/overview-manual`.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For more information about the Yocto Project Documentation set, see
+ the :ref:`ref-manual/resources:links and related documentation` section.
+
+.. _detailed-supported-distros:
+
+Supported Linux Distributions
+=============================
+
+Currently, the Yocto Project is supported on the following
+distributions:
+
+- Ubuntu 16.04 (LTS)
+
+- Ubuntu 18.04 (LTS)
+
+- Ubuntu 19.04
+
+- Ubuntu 20.04
+
+- Fedora 28
+
+- Fedora 29
+
+- Fedora 30
+
+- Fedora 31
+
+- Fedora 32
+
+- Fedora 33
+
+- Fedora 34
+
+- CentOS 7.x
+
+- Debian GNU/Linux 8.x (Jessie)
+
+- Debian GNU/Linux 9.x (Stretch)
+
+- Debian GNU/Linux 10.x (Buster)
+
+- Debian GNU/Linux 11.x (Bullseye)
+
+- OpenSUSE Leap 15.1
+
+- OpenSUSE Leap 15.2
+
+
+.. note::
+
+ - While the Yocto Project Team attempts to ensure all Yocto Project
+ releases are one hundred percent compatible with each officially
+ supported Linux distribution, instances might exist where you
+ encounter a problem while using the Yocto Project on a specific
+ distribution.
+
+ - Yocto Project releases are tested against the stable Linux
+ distributions in the above list. The Yocto Project should work
+ on other distributions but validation is not performed against
+ them.
+
+ - In particular, the Yocto Project does not support and currently
+ has no plans to support rolling-releases or development
+ distributions due to their constantly changing nature. We welcome
+ patches and bug reports, but keep in mind that our priority is on
+ the supported platforms listed below.
+
+ - You may use Windows Subsystem For Linux v2 to set up a build host
+ using Windows 10, but validation is not performed against build
+ hosts using WSLv2.
+
+ - The Yocto Project is not compatible with WSLv1, it is
+ compatible but not officially supported nor validated with
+ WSLv2, if you still decide to use WSL please upgrade to WSLv2.
+
+ - If you encounter problems, please go to :yocto_bugs:`Yocto Project
+ Bugzilla <>` and submit a bug. We are
+ interested in hearing about your experience. For information on
+ how to submit a bug, see the Yocto Project
+ :yocto_wiki:`Bugzilla wiki page </wiki/Bugzilla_Configuration_and_Bug_Tracking>`
+ and the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:submitting a defect against the yocto project`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+
+Required Packages for the Build Host
+====================================
+
+The list of packages you need on the host development system can be
+large when covering all build scenarios using the Yocto Project. This
+section describes required packages according to Linux distribution and
+function.
+
+.. _ubuntu-packages:
+
+Ubuntu and Debian
+-----------------
+
+The following list shows the required packages by function given a
+supported Ubuntu or Debian Linux distribution:
+
+.. note::
+
+ - If your build system has the ``oss4-dev`` package installed, you
+ might experience QEMU build failures due to the package installing
+ its own custom ``/usr/include/linux/soundcard.h`` on the Debian
+ system. If you run into this situation, either of the following
+ solutions exist:
+ ::
+
+ $ sudo apt-get build-dep qemu
+ $ sudo apt-get remove oss4-dev
+
+ - For Debian-8, ``python3-git`` and ``pylint3`` are no longer
+ available via ``apt-get``.
+ ::
+
+ $ sudo pip3 install GitPython pylint==1.9.5
+
+- *Essentials:* Packages needed to build an image on a headless system:
+ ::
+
+ $ sudo apt-get install &UBUNTU_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL;
+
+- *Documentation:* Packages needed if you are going to build out the
+ Yocto Project documentation manuals:
+ ::
+
+ $ sudo apt-get install make python3-pip
+ &PIP3_HOST_PACKAGES_DOC;
+
+ .. note::
+
+ It is currently not possible to build out documentation from Debian 8
+ (Jessie) because of outdated ``pip3`` and ``python3``. ``python3-sphinx``
+ is too outdated.
+
+Fedora Packages
+---------------
+
+The following list shows the required packages by function given a
+supported Fedora Linux distribution:
+
+- *Essentials:* Packages needed to build an image for a headless
+ system:
+ ::
+
+ $ sudo dnf install &FEDORA_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL;
+
+- *Documentation:* Packages needed if you are going to build out the
+ Yocto Project documentation manuals:
+ ::
+
+ $ sudo dnf install make python3-pip which
+ &PIP3_HOST_PACKAGES_DOC;
+
+openSUSE Packages
+-----------------
+
+The following list shows the required packages by function given a
+supported openSUSE Linux distribution:
+
+- *Essentials:* Packages needed to build an image for a headless
+ system:
+ ::
+
+ $ sudo zypper install &OPENSUSE_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL;
+
+- *Documentation:* Packages needed if you are going to build out the
+ Yocto Project documentation manuals:
+ ::
+
+ $ sudo zypper install make python3-pip which
+ &PIP3_HOST_PACKAGES_DOC;
+
+
+CentOS-7 Packages
+-----------------
+
+The following list shows the required packages by function given a
+supported CentOS-7 Linux distribution:
+
+- *Essentials:* Packages needed to build an image for a headless
+ system:
+ ::
+
+ $ sudo yum install &CENTOS7_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL;
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - Extra Packages for Enterprise Linux (i.e. ``epel-release``) is
+ a collection of packages from Fedora built on RHEL/CentOS for
+ easy installation of packages not included in enterprise Linux
+ by default. You need to install these packages separately.
+
+ - The ``makecache`` command consumes additional Metadata from
+ ``epel-release``.
+
+- *Documentation:* Packages needed if you are going to build out the
+ Yocto Project documentation manuals:
+ ::
+
+ $ sudo yum install make python3-pip which
+ &PIP3_HOST_PACKAGES_DOC;
+
+CentOS-8 Packages
+-----------------
+
+The following list shows the required packages by function given a
+supported CentOS-8 Linux distribution:
+
+- *Essentials:* Packages needed to build an image for a headless
+ system:
+ ::
+
+ $ sudo dnf install &CENTOS8_HOST_PACKAGES_ESSENTIAL;
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - Extra Packages for Enterprise Linux (i.e. ``epel-release``) is
+ a collection of packages from Fedora built on RHEL/CentOS for
+ easy installation of packages not included in enterprise Linux
+ by default. You need to install these packages separately.
+
+ - The ``PowerTools`` repo provides additional packages such as
+ ``rpcgen`` and ``texinfo``.
+
+ - The ``makecache`` command consumes additional Metadata from
+ ``epel-release``.
+
+- *Documentation:* Packages needed if you are going to build out the
+ Yocto Project documentation manuals:
+ ::
+
+ $ sudo dnf install make python3-pip which
+ &PIP3_HOST_PACKAGES_DOC;
+
+Required Git, tar, Python and gcc Versions
+==========================================
+
+In order to use the build system, your host development system must meet
+the following version requirements for Git, tar, and Python:
+
+- Git 1.8.3.1 or greater
+
+- tar 1.28 or greater
+
+- Python 3.5.0 or greater
+
+If your host development system does not meet all these requirements,
+you can resolve this by installing a ``buildtools`` tarball that
+contains these tools. You can get the tarball one of two ways: download
+a pre-built tarball or use BitBake to build the tarball.
+
+In addition, your host development system must meet the following
+version requirement for gcc:
+
+- gcc 5.0 or greater
+
+If your host development system does not meet this requirement, you can
+resolve this by installing a ``buildtools-extended`` tarball that
+contains additional tools, the equivalent of ``buildtools-essential``.
+
+Installing a Pre-Built ``buildtools`` Tarball with ``install-buildtools`` script
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The ``install-buildtools`` script is the easiest of the three methods by
+which you can get these tools. It downloads a pre-built buildtools
+installer and automatically installs the tools for you:
+
+1. Execute the ``install-buildtools`` script. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd poky
+ $ scripts/install-buildtools --without-extended-buildtools \
+ --base-url &YOCTO_DL_URL;/releases/yocto \
+ --release yocto-&DISTRO; \
+ --installer-version &DISTRO;
+
+ During execution, the buildtools tarball will be downloaded, the
+ checksum of the download will be verified, the installer will be run
+ for you, and some basic checks will be run to to make sure the
+ installation is functional.
+
+ To avoid the need of ``sudo`` privileges, the ``install-buildtools``
+ script will by default tell the installer to install in:
+ ::
+
+ /path/to/poky/buildtools
+
+ If your host development system needs the additional tools provided
+ in the ``buildtools-extended`` tarball, you can instead execute the
+ ``install-buildtools`` script with the default parameters:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd poky
+ $ scripts/install-buildtools
+
+2. Source the tools environment setup script by using a command like the
+ following:
+ ::
+
+ $ source /path/to/poky/buildtools/environment-setup-x86_64-pokysdk-linux
+
+ Of course, you need to supply your installation directory and be sure to
+ use the right file (i.e. i586 or x86_64).
+
+ After you have sourced the setup script, the tools are added to
+ ``PATH`` and any other environment variables required to run the
+ tools are initialized. The results are working versions versions of
+ Git, tar, Python and ``chrpath``. And in the case of the
+ ``buildtools-extended`` tarball, additional working versions of tools
+ including ``gcc``, ``make`` and the other tools included in
+ ``packagegroup-core-buildessential``.
+
+Downloading a Pre-Built ``buildtools`` Tarball
+----------------------------------------------
+
+Downloading and running a pre-built buildtools installer is the easiest
+of the two methods by which you can get these tools:
+
+1. Locate and download the ``*.sh`` at &YOCTO_RELEASE_DL_URL;/buildtools/
+
+2. Execute the installation script. Here is an example for the
+ traditional installer:
+ ::
+
+ $ sh ~/Downloads/x86_64-buildtools-nativesdk-standalone-DISTRO.sh
+
+ Here is an example for the extended installer:
+ ::
+
+ $ sh ~/Downloads/x86_64-buildtools-extended-nativesdk-standalone-DISTRO.sh
+
+ During execution, a prompt appears that allows you to choose the
+ installation directory. For example, you could choose the following:
+ ``/home/your-username/buildtools``
+
+3. Source the tools environment setup script by using a command like the
+ following:
+ ::
+
+ $ source /home/your_username/buildtools/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux
+
+ Of
+ course, you need to supply your installation directory and be sure to
+ use the right file (i.e. i585 or x86-64).
+
+ After you have sourced the setup script, the tools are added to
+ ``PATH`` and any other environment variables required to run the
+ tools are initialized. The results are working versions versions of
+ Git, tar, Python and ``chrpath``. And in the case of the
+ ``buildtools-extended`` tarball, additional working versions of tools
+ including ``gcc``, ``make`` and the other tools included in
+ ``packagegroup-core-buildessential``.
+
+Building Your Own ``buildtools`` Tarball
+----------------------------------------
+
+Building and running your own buildtools installer applies only when you
+have a build host that can already run BitBake. In this case, you use
+that machine to build the ``.sh`` file and then take steps to transfer
+and run it on a machine that does not meet the minimal Git, tar, and
+Python (or gcc) requirements.
+
+Here are the steps to take to build and run your own buildtools
+installer:
+
+1. On the machine that is able to run BitBake, be sure you have set up
+ your build environment with the setup script
+ (:ref:`structure-core-script`).
+
+2. Run the BitBake command to build the tarball:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake buildtools-tarball
+
+ or run the BitBake command to build the extended tarball:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake buildtools-extended-tarball
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The :term:`SDKMACHINE` variable in your ``local.conf`` file determines
+ whether you build tools for a 32-bit or 64-bit system.
+
+ Once the build completes, you can find the ``.sh`` file that installs
+ the tools in the ``tmp/deploy/sdk`` subdirectory of the
+ :term:`Build Directory`. The installer file has the string
+ "buildtools" (or "buildtools-extended") in the name.
+
+3. Transfer the ``.sh`` file from the build host to the machine that
+ does not meet the Git, tar, or Python (or gcc) requirements.
+
+4. On the machine that does not meet the requirements, run the ``.sh``
+ file to install the tools. Here is an example for the traditional
+ installer:
+ ::
+
+ $ sh ~/Downloads/x86_64-buildtools-nativesdk-standalone-&DISTRO;.sh
+
+ Here is an example for the extended installer:
+ ::
+
+ $ sh ~/Downloads/x86_64-buildtools-extended-nativesdk-standalone-&DISTRO;.sh
+
+ During execution, a prompt appears that allows you to choose the
+ installation directory. For example, you could choose the following:
+ ``/home/your_username/buildtools``
+
+5. Source the tools environment setup script by using a command like the
+ following:
+ ::
+
+ $ source /home/your_username/buildtools/environment-setup-x86_64-poky-linux
+
+ Of course, you need to supply your installation directory and be sure to
+ use the right file (i.e. i586 or x86_64).
+
+ After you have sourced the setup script, the tools are added to
+ ``PATH`` and any other environment variables required to run the
+ tools are initialized. The results are working versions versions of
+ Git, tar, Python and ``chrpath``. And in the case of the
+ ``buildtools-extended`` tarball, additional working versions of tools
+ including ``gcc``, ``make`` and the other tools included in
+ ``packagegroup-core-buildessential``.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-tasks.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-tasks.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ed1536
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-tasks.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,858 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+*****
+Tasks
+*****
+
+Tasks are units of execution for BitBake. Recipes (``.bb`` files) use
+tasks to complete configuring, compiling, and packaging software. This
+chapter provides a reference of the tasks defined in the OpenEmbedded
+build system.
+
+Normal Recipe Build Tasks
+=========================
+
+The following sections describe normal tasks associated with building a
+recipe. For more information on tasks and dependencies, see the
+":ref:`Tasks <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`" and
+":ref:`Dependencies <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies>`" sections in the
+BitBake User Manual.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-build:
+
+``do_build``
+------------
+
+The default task for all recipes. This task depends on all other normal
+tasks required to build a recipe.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-compile:
+
+``do_compile``
+--------------
+
+Compiles the source code. This task runs with the current working
+directory set to ``${``\ :term:`B`\ ``}``.
+
+The default behavior of this task is to run the ``oe_runmake`` function
+if a makefile (``Makefile``, ``makefile``, or ``GNUmakefile``) is found.
+If no such file is found, the ``do_compile`` task does nothing.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-compile_ptest_base:
+
+``do_compile_ptest_base``
+-------------------------
+
+Compiles the runtime test suite included in the software being built.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-configure:
+
+``do_configure``
+----------------
+
+Configures the source by enabling and disabling any build-time and
+configuration options for the software being built. The task runs with
+the current working directory set to ``${``\ :term:`B`\ ``}``.
+
+The default behavior of this task is to run ``oe_runmake clean`` if a
+makefile (``Makefile``, ``makefile``, or ``GNUmakefile``) is found and
+:term:`CLEANBROKEN` is not set to "1". If no such
+file is found or the ``CLEANBROKEN`` variable is set to "1", the
+``do_configure`` task does nothing.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-configure_ptest_base:
+
+``do_configure_ptest_base``
+---------------------------
+
+Configures the runtime test suite included in the software being built.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-deploy:
+
+``do_deploy``
+-------------
+
+Writes output files that are to be deployed to
+``${``\ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`\ ``}``. The
+task runs with the current working directory set to
+``${``\ :term:`B`\ ``}``.
+
+Recipes implementing this task should inherit the
+:ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class and should write the output
+to ``${``\ :term:`DEPLOYDIR`\ ``}``, which is not to be
+confused with ``${DEPLOY_DIR}``. The ``deploy`` class sets up
+``do_deploy`` as a shared state (sstate) task that can be accelerated
+through sstate use. The sstate mechanism takes care of copying the
+output from ``${DEPLOYDIR}`` to ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}``.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Do not write the output directly to ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}``, as this causes
+ the sstate mechanism to malfunction.
+
+The ``do_deploy`` task is not added as a task by default and
+consequently needs to be added manually. If you want the task to run
+after :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`, you can add it by doing
+the following:
+::
+
+ addtask deploy after do_compile
+
+Adding ``do_deploy`` after other tasks works the same way.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You do not need to add ``before do_build`` to the ``addtask`` command
+ (though it is harmless), because the ``base`` class contains the following:
+ ::
+
+ do_build[recrdeptask] += "do_deploy"
+
+
+ See the ":ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies`"
+ section in the BitBake User Manual for more information.
+
+If the ``do_deploy`` task re-executes, any previous output is removed
+(i.e. "cleaned").
+
+.. _ref-tasks-fetch:
+
+``do_fetch``
+------------
+
+Fetches the source code. This task uses the
+:term:`SRC_URI` variable and the argument's prefix to
+determine the correct :ref:`fetcher <bitbake:bb-fetchers>`
+module.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-image:
+
+``do_image``
+------------
+
+Starts the image generation process. The ``do_image`` task runs after
+the OpenEmbedded build system has run the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task during which packages are
+identified for installation into the image and the root filesystem is
+created, complete with post-processing.
+
+The ``do_image`` task performs pre-processing on the image through the
+:term:`IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND` and
+dynamically generates supporting ``do_image_*`` tasks as needed.
+
+For more information on image creation, see the ":ref:`image-generation-dev-environment`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-image-complete:
+
+``do_image_complete``
+---------------------
+
+Completes the image generation process. The ``do_image_complete`` task
+runs after the OpenEmbedded build system has run the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-image` task during which image
+pre-processing occurs and through dynamically generated ``do_image_*``
+tasks the image is constructed.
+
+The ``do_image_complete`` task performs post-processing on the image
+through the
+:term:`IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`.
+
+For more information on image creation, see the
+":ref:`image-generation-dev-environment`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-install:
+
+``do_install``
+--------------
+
+Copies files that are to be packaged into the holding area
+``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}``. This task runs with the current
+working directory set to ``${``\ :term:`B`\ ``}``, which is the
+compilation directory. The ``do_install`` task, as well as other tasks
+that either directly or indirectly depend on the installed files (e.g.
+:ref:`ref-tasks-package`, ``do_package_write_*``, and
+:ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs`), run under
+:ref:`fakeroot <overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:fakeroot and pseudo>`.
+
+.. note::
+
+ When installing files, be careful not to set the owner and group IDs
+ of the installed files to unintended values. Some methods of copying
+ files, notably when using the recursive ``cp`` command, can preserve
+ the UID and/or GID of the original file, which is usually not what
+ you want. The ``host-user-contaminated`` QA check checks for files
+ that probably have the wrong ownership.
+
+ Safe methods for installing files include the following:
+
+ - The ``install`` utility. This utility is the preferred method.
+
+ - The ``cp`` command with the "--no-preserve=ownership" option.
+
+ - The ``tar`` command with the "--no-same-owner" option. See the
+ ``bin_package.bbclass`` file in the ``meta/classes`` directory of
+ the :term:`Source Directory` for an example.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-install_ptest_base:
+
+``do_install_ptest_base``
+-------------------------
+
+Copies the runtime test suite files from the compilation directory to a
+holding area.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-package:
+
+``do_package``
+--------------
+
+Analyzes the content of the holding area
+``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}`` and splits the content into subsets
+based on available packages and files. This task makes use of the
+:term:`PACKAGES` and :term:`FILES`
+variables.
+
+The ``do_package`` task, in conjunction with the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task, also saves some
+important package metadata. For additional information, see the
+:term:`PKGDESTWORK` variable and the
+":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-package_qa:
+
+``do_package_qa``
+-----------------
+
+Runs QA checks on packaged files. For more information on these checks,
+see the :ref:`insane <ref-classes-insane>` class.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-package_write_deb:
+
+``do_package_write_deb``
+------------------------
+
+Creates Debian packages (i.e. ``*.deb`` files) and places them in the
+``${``\ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`\ ``}`` directory in
+the package feeds area. For more information, see the
+":ref:`package-feeds-dev-environment`" section in
+the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-package_write_ipk:
+
+``do_package_write_ipk``
+------------------------
+
+Creates IPK packages (i.e. ``*.ipk`` files) and places them in the
+``${``\ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK`\ ``}`` directory in
+the package feeds area. For more information, see the
+":ref:`package-feeds-dev-environment`" section in
+the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-package_write_rpm:
+
+``do_package_write_rpm``
+------------------------
+
+Creates RPM packages (i.e. ``*.rpm`` files) and places them in the
+``${``\ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM`\ ``}`` directory in
+the package feeds area. For more information, see the
+":ref:`package-feeds-dev-environment`" section in
+the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-package_write_tar:
+
+``do_package_write_tar``
+------------------------
+
+Creates tarballs and places them in the
+``${``\ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR`\ ``}`` directory in
+the package feeds area. For more information, see the
+":ref:`package-feeds-dev-environment`" section in
+the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-packagedata:
+
+``do_packagedata``
+------------------
+
+Saves package metadata generated by the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-package` task in
+:term:`PKGDATA_DIR` to make it available globally.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-patch:
+
+``do_patch``
+------------
+
+Locates patch files and applies them to the source code.
+
+After fetching and unpacking source files, the build system uses the
+recipe's :term:`SRC_URI` statements
+to locate and apply patch files to the source code.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The build system uses the :term:`FILESPATH` variable to determine the
+ default set of directories when searching for patches.
+
+Patch files, by default, are ``*.patch`` and ``*.diff`` files created
+and kept in a subdirectory of the directory holding the recipe file. For
+example, consider the
+:yocto_git:`bluez5 </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta/recipes-connectivity/bluez5>`
+recipe from the OE-Core layer (i.e. ``poky/meta``):
+::
+
+ poky/meta/recipes-connectivity/bluez5
+
+This recipe has two patch files located here:
+::
+
+ poky/meta/recipes-connectivity/bluez5/bluez5
+
+In the ``bluez5`` recipe, the ``SRC_URI`` statements point to the source
+and patch files needed to build the package.
+
+.. note::
+
+ In the case for the ``bluez5_5.48.bb`` recipe, the ``SRC_URI`` statements
+ are from an include file ``bluez5.inc``.
+
+As mentioned earlier, the build system treats files whose file types are
+``.patch`` and ``.diff`` as patch files. However, you can use the
+"apply=yes" parameter with the ``SRC_URI`` statement to indicate any
+file as a patch file:
+::
+
+ SRC_URI = " \
+ git://path_to_repo/some_package \
+ file://file;apply=yes \
+ "
+
+Conversely, if you have a directory full of patch files and you want to
+exclude some so that the ``do_patch`` task does not apply them during
+the patch phase, you can use the "apply=no" parameter with the
+``SRC_URI`` statement:
+::
+
+ SRC_URI = " \
+ git://path_to_repo/some_package \
+ file://path_to_lots_of_patch_files \
+ file://path_to_lots_of_patch_files/patch_file5;apply=no \
+ "
+
+In the
+previous example, assuming all the files in the directory holding the
+patch files end with either ``.patch`` or ``.diff``, every file would be
+applied as a patch by default except for the ``patch_file5`` patch.
+
+You can find out more about the patching process in the
+":ref:`patching-dev-environment`" section in
+the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the
+":ref:`new-recipe-patching-code`" section in the
+Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-populate_lic:
+
+``do_populate_lic``
+-------------------
+
+Writes license information for the recipe that is collected later when
+the image is constructed.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-populate_sdk:
+
+``do_populate_sdk``
+-------------------
+
+Creates the file and directory structure for an installable SDK. See the
+":ref:`sdk-generation-dev-environment`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual for more
+information.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-populate_sdk_ext:
+
+``do_populate_sdk_ext``
+-----------------------
+
+Creates the file and directory structure for an installable extensible
+SDK (eSDK). See the ":ref:`sdk-generation-dev-environment`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual for more
+information.
+
+
+.. _ref-tasks-populate_sysroot:
+
+``do_populate_sysroot``
+-----------------------
+
+Stages (copies) a subset of the files installed by the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install` task into the appropriate
+sysroot. For information on how to access these files from other
+recipes, see the :term:`STAGING_DIR* <STAGING_DIR_HOST>` variables.
+Directories that would typically not be needed by other recipes at build
+time (e.g. ``/etc``) are not copied by default.
+
+For information on what directories are copied by default, see the
+:term:`SYSROOT_DIRS* <SYSROOT_DIRS>` variables. You can change
+these variables inside your recipe if you need to make additional (or
+fewer) directories available to other recipes at build time.
+
+The ``do_populate_sysroot`` task is a shared state (sstate) task, which
+means that the task can be accelerated through sstate use. Realize also
+that if the task is re-executed, any previous output is removed (i.e.
+"cleaned").
+
+.. _ref-tasks-prepare_recipe_sysroot:
+
+``do_prepare_recipe_sysroot``
+-----------------------------
+
+Installs the files into the individual recipe specific sysroots (i.e.
+``recipe-sysroot`` and ``recipe-sysroot-native`` under
+``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}`` based upon the
+dependencies specified by :term:`DEPENDS`). See the
+":ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>`" class for more information.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-rm_work:
+
+``do_rm_work``
+--------------
+
+Removes work files after the OpenEmbedded build system has finished with
+them. You can learn more by looking at the
+":ref:`rm_work.bbclass <ref-classes-rm-work>`" section.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-unpack:
+
+``do_unpack``
+-------------
+
+Unpacks the source code into a working directory pointed to by
+``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}``. The :term:`S`
+variable also plays a role in where unpacked source files ultimately
+reside. For more information on how source files are unpacked, see the
+":ref:`source-fetching-dev-environment`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and also see
+the ``WORKDIR`` and ``S`` variable descriptions.
+
+Manually Called Tasks
+=====================
+
+These tasks are typically manually triggered (e.g. by using the
+``bitbake -c`` command-line option):
+
+.. _ref-tasks-checkpkg:
+
+``do_checkpkg``
+---------------
+
+Provides information about the recipe including its upstream version and
+status. The upstream version and status reveals whether or not a version
+of the recipe exists upstream and a status of not updated, updated, or
+unknown.
+
+To check the upstream version and status of a recipe, use the following
+devtool commands:
+::
+
+ $ devtool latest-version
+ $ devtool check-upgrade-status
+
+See the ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-devtool-reference:\`\`devtool\`\` quick reference`"
+chapter for more information on
+``devtool``. See the ":ref:`devtool-checking-on-the-upgrade-status-of-a-recipe`"
+section for information on checking the upgrade status of a recipe.
+
+To build the ``checkpkg`` task, use the ``bitbake`` command with the
+"-c" option and task name:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake core-image-minimal -c checkpkg
+
+By default, the results are stored in :term:`$LOG_DIR <LOG_DIR>` (e.g.
+``$BUILD_DIR/tmp/log``).
+
+.. _ref-tasks-checkuri:
+
+``do_checkuri``
+---------------
+
+Validates the :term:`SRC_URI` value.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-clean:
+
+``do_clean``
+------------
+
+Removes all output files for a target from the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-unpack` task forward (i.e. ``do_unpack``,
+:ref:`ref-tasks-configure`,
+:ref:`ref-tasks-compile`,
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install`, and
+:ref:`ref-tasks-package`).
+
+You can run this task using BitBake as follows:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake -c clean recipe
+
+Running this task does not remove the
+:ref:`sstate <overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:shared state cache>` cache files.
+Consequently, if no changes have been made and the recipe is rebuilt
+after cleaning, output files are simply restored from the sstate cache.
+If you want to remove the sstate cache files for the recipe, you need to
+use the :ref:`ref-tasks-cleansstate` task instead
+(i.e. ``bitbake -c cleansstate`` recipe).
+
+.. _ref-tasks-cleanall:
+
+``do_cleanall``
+---------------
+
+Removes all output files, shared state
+(:ref:`sstate <overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:shared state cache>`) cache, and
+downloaded source files for a target (i.e. the contents of
+:term:`DL_DIR`). Essentially, the ``do_cleanall`` task is
+identical to the :ref:`ref-tasks-cleansstate` task
+with the added removal of downloaded source files.
+
+You can run this task using BitBake as follows:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake -c cleanall recipe
+
+Typically, you would not normally use the ``cleanall`` task. Do so only
+if you want to start fresh with the :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`
+task.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-cleansstate:
+
+``do_cleansstate``
+------------------
+
+Removes all output files and shared state
+(:ref:`sstate <overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:shared state cache>`) cache for a
+target. Essentially, the ``do_cleansstate`` task is identical to the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-clean` task with the added removal of
+shared state (:ref:`sstate <overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:shared state cache>`)
+cache.
+
+You can run this task using BitBake as follows:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake -c cleansstate recipe
+
+When you run the ``do_cleansstate`` task, the OpenEmbedded build system
+no longer uses any sstate. Consequently, building the recipe from
+scratch is guaranteed.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The ``do_cleansstate`` task cannot remove sstate from a remote sstate
+ mirror. If you need to build a target from scratch using remote mirrors, use
+ the "-f" option as follows:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake -f -c do_cleansstate target
+
+
+.. _ref-tasks-devpyshell:
+
+``do_devpyshell``
+-----------------
+
+Starts a shell in which an interactive Python interpreter allows you to
+interact with the BitBake build environment. From within this shell, you
+can directly examine and set bits from the data store and execute
+functions as if within the BitBake environment. See the ":ref:`platdev-appdev-devpyshell`" section in
+the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information about
+using ``devpyshell``.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-devshell:
+
+``do_devshell``
+---------------
+
+Starts a shell whose environment is set up for development, debugging,
+or both. See the ":ref:`platdev-appdev-devshell`" section in the
+Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information about using
+``devshell``.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-listtasks:
+
+``do_listtasks``
+----------------
+
+Lists all defined tasks for a target.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-package_index:
+
+``do_package_index``
+--------------------
+
+Creates or updates the index in the :ref:`package-feeds-dev-environment` area.
+
+.. note::
+
+ This task is not triggered with the ``bitbake -c`` command-line option as
+ are the other tasks in this section. Because this task is specifically for
+ the ``package-index`` recipe, you run it using ``bitbake package-index``.
+
+Image-Related Tasks
+===================
+
+The following tasks are applicable to image recipes.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-bootimg:
+
+``do_bootimg``
+--------------
+
+Creates a bootable live image. See the
+:term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable for additional
+information on live image types.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-bundle_initramfs:
+
+``do_bundle_initramfs``
+-----------------------
+
+Combines an initial RAM disk (initramfs) image and kernel together to
+form a single image. The
+:term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` variable
+has some more information about these types of images.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-rootfs:
+
+``do_rootfs``
+-------------
+
+Creates the root filesystem (file and directory structure) for an image.
+See the ":ref:`image-generation-dev-environment`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual for more
+information on how the root filesystem is created.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-testimage:
+
+``do_testimage``
+----------------
+
+Boots an image and performs runtime tests within the image. For
+information on automatically testing images, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-testimage_auto:
+
+``do_testimage_auto``
+---------------------
+
+Boots an image and performs runtime tests within the image immediately
+after it has been built. This task is enabled when you set
+:term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO` equal to "1".
+
+For information on automatically testing images, see the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+Kernel-Related Tasks
+====================
+
+The following tasks are applicable to kernel recipes. Some of these
+tasks (e.g. the :ref:`ref-tasks-menuconfig` task) are
+also applicable to recipes that use Linux kernel style configuration
+such as the BusyBox recipe.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-compile_kernelmodules:
+
+``do_compile_kernelmodules``
+----------------------------
+
+Runs the step that builds the kernel modules (if needed). Building a
+kernel consists of two steps: 1) the kernel (``vmlinux``) is built, and
+2) the modules are built (i.e. ``make modules``).
+
+.. _ref-tasks-diffconfig:
+
+``do_diffconfig``
+-----------------
+
+When invoked by the user, this task creates a file containing the
+differences between the original config as produced by
+:ref:`ref-tasks-kernel_configme` task and the
+changes made by the user with other methods (i.e. using
+(:ref:`ref-tasks-kernel_menuconfig`). Once the
+file of differences is created, it can be used to create a config
+fragment that only contains the differences. You can invoke this task
+from the command line as follows:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake linux-yocto -c diffconfig
+
+For more information, see the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:creating configuration fragments`"
+section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-kernel_checkout:
+
+``do_kernel_checkout``
+----------------------
+
+Converts the newly unpacked kernel source into a form with which the
+OpenEmbedded build system can work. Because the kernel source can be
+fetched in several different ways, the ``do_kernel_checkout`` task makes
+sure that subsequent tasks are given a clean working tree copy of the
+kernel with the correct branches checked out.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-kernel_configcheck:
+
+``do_kernel_configcheck``
+-------------------------
+
+Validates the configuration produced by the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-kernel_menuconfig` task. The
+``do_kernel_configcheck`` task produces warnings when a requested
+configuration does not appear in the final ``.config`` file or when you
+override a policy configuration in a hardware configuration fragment.
+You can run this task explicitly and view the output by using the
+following command:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake linux-yocto -c kernel_configcheck -f
+
+For more information, see the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:validating configuration`"
+section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-kernel_configme:
+
+``do_kernel_configme``
+----------------------
+
+After the kernel is patched by the :ref:`ref-tasks-patch`
+task, the ``do_kernel_configme`` task assembles and merges all the
+kernel config fragments into a merged configuration that can then be
+passed to the kernel configuration phase proper. This is also the time
+during which user-specified defconfigs are applied if present, and where
+configuration modes such as ``--allnoconfig`` are applied.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-kernel_menuconfig:
+
+``do_kernel_menuconfig``
+------------------------
+
+Invoked by the user to manipulate the ``.config`` file used to build a
+linux-yocto recipe. This task starts the Linux kernel configuration
+tool, which you then use to modify the kernel configuration.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You can also invoke this tool from the command line as follows:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake linux-yocto -c menuconfig
+
+
+See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using \`\`menuconfig\`\``"
+section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more
+information on this configuration tool.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-kernel_metadata:
+
+``do_kernel_metadata``
+----------------------
+
+Collects all the features required for a given kernel build, whether the
+features come from :term:`SRC_URI` or from Git
+repositories. After collection, the ``do_kernel_metadata`` task
+processes the features into a series of config fragments and patches,
+which can then be applied by subsequent tasks such as
+:ref:`ref-tasks-patch` and
+:ref:`ref-tasks-kernel_configme`.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-menuconfig:
+
+``do_menuconfig``
+-----------------
+
+Runs ``make menuconfig`` for the kernel. For information on
+``menuconfig``, see the
+":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using \`\`menuconfig\`\``"
+section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-savedefconfig:
+
+``do_savedefconfig``
+--------------------
+
+When invoked by the user, creates a defconfig file that can be used
+instead of the default defconfig. The saved defconfig contains the
+differences between the default defconfig and the changes made by the
+user using other methods (i.e. the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-kernel_menuconfig` task. You
+can invoke the task using the following command:
+::
+
+ $ bitbake linux-yocto -c savedefconfig
+
+.. _ref-tasks-shared_workdir:
+
+``do_shared_workdir``
+---------------------
+
+After the kernel has been compiled but before the kernel modules have
+been compiled, this task copies files required for module builds and
+which are generated from the kernel build into the shared work
+directory. With these copies successfully copied, the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-compile_kernelmodules` task
+can successfully build the kernel modules in the next step of the build.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-sizecheck:
+
+``do_sizecheck``
+----------------
+
+After the kernel has been built, this task checks the size of the
+stripped kernel image against
+:term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`. If that
+variable was set and the size of the stripped kernel exceeds that size,
+the kernel build produces a warning to that effect.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-strip:
+
+``do_strip``
+------------
+
+If ``KERNEL_IMAGE_STRIP_EXTRA_SECTIONS`` is defined, this task strips
+the sections named in that variable from ``vmlinux``. This stripping is
+typically used to remove nonessential sections such as ``.comment``
+sections from a size-sensitive configuration.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-validate_branches:
+
+``do_validate_branches``
+------------------------
+
+After the kernel is unpacked but before it is patched, this task makes
+sure that the machine and metadata branches as specified by the
+:term:`SRCREV` variables actually exist on the specified
+branches. If these branches do not exist and
+:term:`AUTOREV` is not being used, the
+``do_validate_branches`` task fails during the build.
+
+Miscellaneous Tasks
+===================
+
+The following sections describe miscellaneous tasks.
+
+.. _ref-tasks-spdx:
+
+``do_spdx``
+-----------
+
+A build stage that takes the source code and scans it on a remote
+FOSSOLOGY server in order to produce an SPDX document. This task applies
+only to the :ref:`spdx <ref-classes-spdx>` class.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-terms.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-terms.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4ceebc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-terms.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,394 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+*******************
+Yocto Project Terms
+*******************
+
+Following is a list of terms and definitions users new to the Yocto Project
+development environment might find helpful. While some of these terms are
+universal, the list includes them just in case:
+
+.. glossary::
+
+ :term:`Append Files`
+ Files that append build information to a recipe file. Append files are
+ known as BitBake append files and ``.bbappend`` files. The OpenEmbedded
+ build system expects every append file to have a corresponding recipe
+ (``.bb``) file. Furthermore, the append file and corresponding recipe file
+ must use the same root filename. The filenames can differ only in the
+ file type suffix used (e.g. ``formfactor_0.0.bb`` and
+ ``formfactor_0.0.bbappend``).
+
+ Information in append files extends or overrides the information in the
+ similarly-named recipe file. For an example of an append file in use, see
+ the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:Using .bbappend Files in
+ Your Layer`" section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ When you name an append file, you can use the "``%``" wildcard character
+ to allow for matching recipe names. For example, suppose you have an
+ append file named as follows:
+ ::
+
+ busybox_1.21.%.bbappend
+
+ That append file
+ would match any ``busybox_1.21.``\ x\ ``.bb`` version of the recipe. So,
+ the append file would match any of the following recipe names:
+
+ .. code-block:: shell
+
+ busybox_1.21.1.bb
+ busybox_1.21.2.bb
+ busybox_1.21.3.bb
+ busybox_1.21.10.bb
+ busybox_1.21.25.bb
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The use of the "%" character is limited in that it only works
+ directly in front of the .bbappend portion of the append file's
+ name. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other location of
+ the name.
+
+ :term:`BitBake`
+ The task executor and scheduler used by the OpenEmbedded build system to
+ build images. For more information on BitBake, see the :doc:`BitBake User
+ Manual <bitbake:index>`.
+
+ :term:`Board Support Package (BSP)`
+ A group of drivers, definitions, and other components that provide support
+ for a specific hardware configuration. For more information on BSPs, see
+ the :ref:`bsp-guide/bsp-guide:Yocto Project Board Support Package
+ Developer's Guide`.
+
+ :term:`Build Directory`
+ This term refers to the area used by the OpenEmbedded build system for
+ builds. The area is created when you ``source`` the setup environment
+ script that is found in the Source Directory
+ (i.e. :ref:`ref-manual/ref-structure:\`\`oe-init-build-env\`\``). The
+ :term:`TOPDIR` variable points to the Build Directory.
+
+ You have a lot of flexibility when creating the Build Directory.
+ Following are some examples that show how to create the directory. The
+ examples assume your :term:`Source Directory` is named ``poky``:
+
+ - Create the Build Directory inside your Source Directory and let
+ the name of the Build Directory default to ``build``:
+
+ .. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ cd $HOME/poky
+ $ source oe-init-build-env
+
+ - Create the Build Directory inside your home directory and
+ specifically name it ``test-builds``:
+
+ .. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ cd $HOME
+ $ source poky/oe-init-build-env test-builds
+
+ - Provide a directory path and specifically name the Build
+ Directory. Any intermediate folders in the pathname must exist.
+ This next example creates a Build Directory named
+ ``YP-POKYVERSION`` in your home directory within the existing
+ directory ``mybuilds``:
+
+ .. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ cd $HOME
+ $ source $HOME/poky/oe-init-build-env $HOME/mybuilds/YP-POKYVERSION
+
+ .. note::
+
+ By default, the Build Directory contains :term:`TMPDIR`, which is a
+ temporary directory the build system uses for its work. ``TMPDIR`` cannot
+ be under NFS. Thus, by default, the Build Directory cannot be under
+ NFS. However, if you need the Build Directory to be under NFS, you can
+ set this up by setting ``TMPDIR`` in your ``local.conf`` file to use a local
+ drive. Doing so effectively separates ``TMPDIR`` from :term:`TOPDIR`, which is the
+ Build Directory.
+
+ :term:`Build Host`
+ The system used to build images in a Yocto Project Development
+ environment. The build system is sometimes referred to as the development
+ host.
+
+ :term:`Classes`
+ Files that provide for logic encapsulation and inheritance so that
+ commonly used patterns can be defined once and then easily used in
+ multiple recipes. For reference information on the Yocto Project classes,
+ see the ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-classes:Classes`" chapter. Class files end with the
+ ``.bbclass`` filename extension.
+
+ :term:`Configuration File`
+ Files that hold global definitions of variables, user-defined variables,
+ and hardware configuration information. These files tell the OpenEmbedded
+ build system what to build and what to put into the image to support a
+ particular platform.
+
+ Configuration files end with a ``.conf`` filename extension. The
+ :file:`conf/local.conf` configuration file in the :term:`Build Directory`
+ contains user-defined variables that affect every build. The
+ :file:`meta-poky/conf/distro/poky.conf` configuration file defines Yocto
+ "distro" configuration variables used only when building with this
+ policy. Machine configuration files, which are located throughout the
+ :term:`Source Directory`, define variables for specific hardware and are
+ only used when building for that target (e.g. the
+ :file:`machine/beaglebone.conf` configuration file defines variables for
+ the Texas Instruments ARM Cortex-A8 development board).
+
+ :term:`Container Layer`
+ Layers that hold other layers. An example of a container layer is
+ OpenEmbedded's `meta-openembedded
+ <https://github.com/openembedded/meta-openembedded>`_ layer. The
+ ``meta-openembedded`` layer contains many ``meta-*`` layers.
+
+ :term:`Cross-Development Toolchain`
+ In general, a cross-development toolchain is a collection of software
+ development tools and utilities that run on one architecture and allow you
+ to develop software for a different, or targeted, architecture. These
+ toolchains contain cross-compilers, linkers, and debuggers that are
+ specific to the target architecture.
+
+ The Yocto Project supports two different cross-development toolchains:
+
+ - A toolchain only used by and within BitBake when building an image for a
+ target architecture.
+
+ - A relocatable toolchain used outside of BitBake by developers when
+ developing applications that will run on a targeted device.
+
+ Creation of these toolchains is simple and automated. For information on
+ toolchain concepts as they apply to the Yocto Project, see the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:Cross-Development
+ Toolchain Generation`" section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts
+ Manual. You can also find more information on using the relocatable
+ toolchain in the :ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-manual:Yocto Project Application
+ Development and the Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK)` manual.
+
+ :term:`Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK)`
+ A custom SDK for application developers. This eSDK allows developers to
+ incorporate their library and programming changes back into the image to
+ make their code available to other application developers.
+
+ For information on the eSDK, see the :ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-manual:Yocto
+ Project Application Development and the Extensible Software Development
+ Kit (eSDK)` manual.
+
+ :term:`Image`
+ An image is an artifact of the BitBake build process given a collection of
+ recipes and related Metadata. Images are the binary output that run on
+ specific hardware or QEMU and are used for specific use-cases. For a list
+ of the supported image types that the Yocto Project provides, see the
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-images:Images`" chapter.
+
+ :term:`Layer`
+ A collection of related recipes. Layers allow you to consolidate related
+ metadata to customize your build. Layers also isolate information used
+ when building for multiple architectures. Layers are hierarchical in
+ their ability to override previous specifications. You can include any
+ number of available layers from the Yocto Project and customize the build
+ by adding your layers after them. You can search the Layer Index for
+ layers used within Yocto Project.
+
+ For introductory information on layers, see the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-yp-intro:The Yocto Project Layer
+ Model`" section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For
+ more detailed information on layers, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:Understanding and Creating
+ Layers`" section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For a
+ discussion specifically on BSP Layers, see the ":ref:`bsp-guide/bsp:BSP
+ Layers`" section in the Yocto Project Board Support Packages (BSP)
+ Developer's Guide.
+
+ :term:`Metadata`
+ A key element of the Yocto Project is the Metadata that
+ is used to construct a Linux distribution and is contained in the
+ files that the :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`
+ parses when building an image. In general, Metadata includes recipes,
+ configuration files, and other information that refers to the build
+ instructions themselves, as well as the data used to control what
+ things get built and the effects of the build. Metadata also includes
+ commands and data used to indicate what versions of software are
+ used, from where they are obtained, and changes or additions to the
+ software itself (patches or auxiliary files) that are used to fix
+ bugs or customize the software for use in a particular situation.
+ OpenEmbedded-Core is an important set of validated metadata.
+
+ In the context of the kernel ("kernel Metadata"), the term refers to
+ the kernel config fragments and features contained in the
+ :yocto_git:`yocto-kernel-cache </cgit/cgit.cgi/yocto-kernel-cache>`
+ Git repository.
+
+ :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)`
+ OE-Core is metadata comprised of
+ foundational recipes, classes, and associated files that are meant to
+ be common among many different OpenEmbedded-derived systems,
+ including the Yocto Project. OE-Core is a curated subset of an
+ original repository developed by the OpenEmbedded community that has
+ been pared down into a smaller, core set of continuously validated
+ recipes. The result is a tightly controlled and an quality-assured
+ core set of recipes.
+
+ You can see the Metadata in the ``meta`` directory of the Yocto
+ Project :yocto_git:`Source Repositories </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky>`.
+
+ :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`
+ The build system specific to the Yocto
+ Project. The OpenEmbedded build system is based on another project
+ known as "Poky", which uses :term:`BitBake` as the task
+ executor. Throughout the Yocto Project documentation set, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system is sometimes referred to simply as "the
+ build system". If other build systems, such as a host or target build
+ system are referenced, the documentation clearly states the
+ difference.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ For some historical information about Poky, see the :term:`Poky` term.
+
+ :term:`Package`
+ In the context of the Yocto Project, this term refers to a
+ recipe's packaged output produced by BitBake (i.e. a "baked recipe").
+ A package is generally the compiled binaries produced from the
+ recipe's sources. You "bake" something by running it through BitBake.
+
+ It is worth noting that the term "package" can, in general, have
+ subtle meanings. For example, the packages referred to in the
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-system-requirements:required packages for the build host`"
+ section are compiled binaries that, when installed, add functionality to
+ your Linux distribution.
+
+ Another point worth noting is that historically within the Yocto
+ Project, recipes were referred to as packages - thus, the existence
+ of several BitBake variables that are seemingly mis-named, (e.g.
+ :term:`PR`, :term:`PV`, and
+ :term:`PE`).
+
+ :term:`Package Groups`
+ Arbitrary groups of software Recipes. You use
+ package groups to hold recipes that, when built, usually accomplish a
+ single task. For example, a package group could contain the recipes
+ for a company's proprietary or value-add software. Or, the package
+ group could contain the recipes that enable graphics. A package group
+ is really just another recipe. Because package group files are
+ recipes, they end with the ``.bb`` filename extension.
+
+ :term:`Poky`
+ Poky, which is pronounced *Pock*-ee, is a reference embedded
+ distribution and a reference test configuration. Poky provides the
+ following:
+
+ - A base-level functional distro used to illustrate how to customize
+ a distribution.
+
+ - A means by which to test the Yocto Project components (i.e. Poky
+ is used to validate the Yocto Project).
+
+ - A vehicle through which you can download the Yocto Project.
+
+ Poky is not a product level distro. Rather, it is a good starting
+ point for customization.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Poky began as an open-source project initially developed by
+ OpenedHand. OpenedHand developed Poky from the existing
+ OpenEmbedded build system to create a commercially supportable
+ build system for embedded Linux. After Intel Corporation acquired
+ OpenedHand, the poky project became the basis for the Yocto
+ Project's build system.
+
+ :term:`Recipe`
+ A set of instructions for building packages. A recipe
+ describes where you get source code, which patches to apply, how to
+ configure the source, how to compile it and so on. Recipes also
+ describe dependencies for libraries or for other recipes. Recipes
+ represent the logical unit of execution, the software to build, the
+ images to build, and use the ``.bb`` file extension.
+
+ :term:`Reference Kit`
+ A working example of a system, which includes a
+ :term:`BSP<Board Support Package (BSP)>` as well as a
+ :term:`build host<Build Host>` and other components, that can
+ work on specific hardware.
+
+ :term:`Source Directory`
+ This term refers to the directory structure
+ created as a result of creating a local copy of the ``poky`` Git
+ repository ``git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky`` or expanding a
+ released ``poky`` tarball.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Creating a local copy of the
+ poky
+ Git repository is the recommended method for setting up your
+ Source Directory.
+
+ Sometimes you might hear the term "poky directory" used to refer to
+ this directory structure.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system does not support file or directory
+ names that contain spaces. Be sure that the Source Directory you
+ use does not contain these types of names.
+
+ The Source Directory contains BitBake, Documentation, Metadata and
+ other files that all support the Yocto Project. Consequently, you
+ must have the Source Directory in place on your development system in
+ order to do any development using the Yocto Project.
+
+ When you create a local copy of the Git repository, you can name the
+ repository anything you like. Throughout much of the documentation,
+ "poky" is used as the name of the top-level folder of the local copy
+ of the poky Git repository. So, for example, cloning the ``poky`` Git
+ repository results in a local Git repository whose top-level folder
+ is also named "poky".
+
+ While it is not recommended that you use tarball expansion to set up
+ the Source Directory, if you do, the top-level directory name of the
+ Source Directory is derived from the Yocto Project release tarball.
+ For example, downloading and unpacking
+ :yocto_dl:`/releases/yocto/&DISTRO_REL_TAG;/&YOCTO_POKY;.tar.bz2`
+ results in a Source Directory whose root folder is named ``poky``.
+
+ It is important to understand the differences between the Source
+ Directory created by unpacking a released tarball as compared to
+ cloning ``git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky``. When you unpack a
+ tarball, you have an exact copy of the files based on the time of
+ release - a fixed release point. Any changes you make to your local
+ files in the Source Directory are on top of the release and will
+ remain local only. On the other hand, when you clone the ``poky`` Git
+ repository, you have an active development repository with access to
+ the upstream repository's branches and tags. In this case, any local
+ changes you make to the local Source Directory can be later applied
+ to active development branches of the upstream ``poky`` Git
+ repository.
+
+ For more information on concepts related to Git repositories,
+ branches, and tags, see the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:repositories, tags, and branches`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ :term:`Task`
+ A unit of execution for BitBake (e.g.
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`,
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`,
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-patch`, and so forth).
+
+ :term:`Toaster`
+ A web interface to the Yocto Project's :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`.
+ The interface enables you to
+ configure and run your builds. Information about builds is collected
+ and stored in a database. For information on Toaster, see the
+ :doc:`../toaster-manual/toaster-manual`.
+
+ :term:`Upstream`
+ A reference to source code or repositories that are not
+ local to the development system but located in a master area that is
+ controlled by the maintainer of the source code. For example, in
+ order for a developer to work on a particular piece of code, they
+ need to first get a copy of it from an "upstream" source.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-variables.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-variables.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..db0cc2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-variables.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,8748 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+******************
+Variables Glossary
+******************
+
+This chapter lists common variables used in the OpenEmbedded build
+system and gives an overview of their function and contents.
+
+:term:`A <ABIEXTENSION>` :term:`B` :term:`C <CACHE>`
+:term:`D` :term:`E <EFI_PROVIDER>` :term:`F <FEATURE_PACKAGES>`
+:term:`G <GCCPIE>` :term:`H <HOMEPAGE>` :term:`I <ICECC_DISABLED>`
+:term:`K <KARCH>` :term:`L <LABELS>` :term:`M <MACHINE>`
+:term:`N <NATIVELSBSTRING>` :term:`O <OBJCOPY>` :term:`P`
+:term:`R <RANLIB>` :term:`S` :term:`T`
+:term:`U <UBOOT_CONFIG>` :term:`V <VOLATILE_LOG_DIR>`
+:term:`W <WARN_QA>` :term:`X <XSERVER>`
+
+.. glossary::
+
+ :term:`ABIEXTENSION`
+ Extension to the Application Binary Interface (ABI) field of the GNU
+ canonical architecture name (e.g. "eabi").
+
+ ABI extensions are set in the machine include files. For example, the
+ ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc`` file sets the
+ following extension:
+ ::
+
+ ABIEXTENSION = "eabi"
+
+ :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY`
+ Specifies whether to produce an output package even if it is empty.
+ By default, BitBake does not produce empty packages. This default
+ behavior can cause issues when there is an
+ :term:`RDEPENDS` or some other hard runtime
+ requirement on the existence of the package.
+
+ Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in
+ conjunction with a package name override, as in:
+ ::
+
+ ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN} = "1"
+ ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-dev = "1"
+ ALLOW_EMPTY_${PN}-staticdev = "1"
+
+ :term:`ALTERNATIVE`
+ Lists commands in a package that need an alternative binary naming
+ scheme. Sometimes the same command is provided in multiple packages.
+ When this occurs, the OpenEmbedded build system needs to use the
+ alternatives system to create a different binary naming scheme so the
+ commands can co-exist.
+
+ To use the variable, list out the package's commands that also exist
+ as part of another package. For example, if the ``busybox`` package
+ has four commands that also exist as part of another package, you
+ identify them as follows:
+ ::
+
+ ALTERNATIVE_busybox = "sh sed test bracket"
+
+ For more information on the alternatives system, see the
+ ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
+ section.
+
+ :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`
+ Used by the alternatives system to map duplicated commands to actual
+ locations. For example, if the ``bracket`` command provided by the
+ ``busybox`` package is duplicated through another package, you must
+ use the ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` variable to specify the actual
+ location:
+ ::
+
+ ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME[bracket] = "/usr/bin/["
+
+ In this example, the binary for the ``bracket`` command (i.e. ``[``)
+ from the ``busybox`` package resides in ``/usr/bin/``.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` is not defined, it defaults to ``${bindir}/name``.
+
+ For more information on the alternatives system, see the
+ ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
+ section.
+
+ :term:`ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY`
+ Used by the alternatives system to create default priorities for
+ duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single
+ default regardless of the command name or package, a default for
+ specific duplicated commands regardless of the package, or a default
+ for specific commands tied to particular packages. Here are the
+ available syntax forms:
+ ::
+
+ ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY = "priority"
+ ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY[name] = "priority"
+ ALTERNATIVE_PRIORITY_pkg[name] = "priority"
+
+ For more information on the alternatives system, see the
+ ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
+ section.
+
+ :term:`ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`
+ Used by the alternatives system to create default link locations for
+ duplicated commands. You can use the variable to create a single
+ default location for all duplicated commands regardless of the
+ command name or package, a default for specific duplicated commands
+ regardless of the package, or a default for specific commands tied to
+ particular packages. Here are the available syntax forms:
+ ::
+
+ ALTERNATIVE_TARGET = "target"
+ ALTERNATIVE_TARGET[name] = "target"
+ ALTERNATIVE_TARGET_pkg[name] = "target"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` is not defined, it inherits the value
+ from the :term:`ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME` variable.
+
+ If ``ALTERNATIVE_LINK_NAME`` and ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` are the
+ same, the target for ``ALTERNATIVE_TARGET`` has "``.{BPN}``"
+ appended to it.
+
+ Finally, if the file referenced has not been renamed, the
+ alternatives system will rename it to avoid the need to rename
+ alternative files in the :ref:`ref-tasks-install`
+ task while retaining support for the command if necessary.
+
+ For more information on the alternatives system, see the
+ ":ref:`update-alternatives.bbclass <ref-classes-update-alternatives>`"
+ section.
+
+ :term:`ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES`
+ When inheriting the
+ :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>`
+ class, this variable identifies a list of distribution features where
+ at least one must be enabled in the current configuration in order
+ for the OpenEmbedded build system to build the recipe. In other words,
+ if none of the features listed in ``ANY_OF_DISTRO_FEATURES``
+ appear in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, then
+ the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build
+ the recipe then an error will be triggered.
+
+
+ :term:`APPEND`
+ An override list of append strings for each target specified with
+ :term:`LABELS`.
+
+ See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
+ information on how this variable is used.
+
+ :term:`AR`
+ The minimal command and arguments used to run ``ar``.
+
+ :term:`ARCHIVER_MODE`
+ When used with the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class,
+ determines the type of information used to create a released archive.
+ You can use this variable to create archives of patched source,
+ original source, configured source, and so forth by employing the
+ following variable flags (varflags):
+ ::
+
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "original" # Uses original (unpacked) source files.
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "patched" # Uses patched source files. This is the default.
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[src] = "configured" # Uses configured source files.
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[diff] = "1" # Uses patches between do_unpack and do_patch.
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[diff-exclude] ?= "file file ..." # Lists files and directories to exclude from diff.
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[dumpdata] = "1" # Uses environment data.
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[recipe] = "1" # Uses recipe and include files.
+ ARCHIVER_MODE[srpm] = "1" # Uses RPM package files.
+
+ For information on how the variable works, see the
+ ``meta/classes/archiver.bbclass`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+ :term:`AS`
+ Minimal command and arguments needed to run the assembler.
+
+ :term:`ASSUME_PROVIDED`
+ Lists recipe names (:term:`PN` values) BitBake does not
+ attempt to build. Instead, BitBake assumes these recipes have already
+ been built.
+
+ In OpenEmbedded-Core, ``ASSUME_PROVIDED`` mostly specifies native
+ tools that should not be built. An example is ``git-native``, which
+ when specified, allows for the Git binary from the host to be used
+ rather than building ``git-native``.
+
+ :term:`ASSUME_SHLIBS`
+ Provides additional ``shlibs`` provider mapping information, which
+ adds to or overwrites the information provided automatically by the
+ system. Separate multiple entries using spaces.
+
+ As an example, use the following form to add an ``shlib`` provider of
+ shlibname in packagename with the optional version:
+ ::
+
+ shlibname:packagename[_version]
+
+ Here is an example that adds a shared library named ``libEGL.so.1``
+ as being provided by the ``libegl-implementation`` package:
+ ::
+
+ ASSUME_SHLIBS = "libEGL.so.1:libegl-implementation"
+
+ :term:`AUTHOR`
+ The email address used to contact the original author or authors in
+ order to send patches and forward bugs.
+
+ :term:`AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS`
+ When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
+ which is the default behavior, ``AUTO_LIBNAME_PKGS`` specifies which
+ packages should be checked for libraries and renamed according to
+ Debian library package naming.
+
+ The default value is "${PACKAGES}", which causes the debian class to
+ act on all packages that are explicitly generated by the recipe.
+
+ :term:`AUTO_SYSLINUXMENU`
+ Enables creating an automatic menu for the syslinux bootloader. You
+ must set this variable in your recipe. The
+ :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks this variable.
+
+ :term:`AUTOREV`
+ When ``SRCREV`` is set to the value of this variable, it specifies to
+ use the latest source revision in the repository. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ SRCREV = "${AUTOREV}"
+
+ If you use the previous statement to retrieve the latest version of
+ software, you need to be sure :term:`PV` contains
+ ``${``\ :term:`SRCPV`\ ``}``. For example, suppose you
+ have a kernel recipe that inherits the
+ :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class and you use the previous
+ statement. In this example, ``${SRCPV}`` does not automatically get
+ into ``PV``. Consequently, you need to change ``PV`` in your recipe
+ so that it does contain ``${SRCPV}``.
+
+ For more information see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:automatically incrementing a package version number`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES`
+ List of licenses found in the directories specified by
+ :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR` and
+ :term:`LICENSE_PATH`.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ It is assumed that all changes to ``COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`` and
+ ``LICENSE_PATH`` have been done before ``AVAILABLE_LICENSES``
+ is defined (in :ref:`ref-classes-license`).
+
+ :term:`AVAILTUNES`
+ The list of defined CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI)
+ tunings (i.e. "tunes") available for use by the OpenEmbedded build
+ system.
+
+ The list simply presents the tunes that are available. Not all tunes
+ may be compatible with a particular machine configuration, or with
+ each other in a
+ :ref:`Multilib <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image>`
+ configuration.
+
+ To add a tune to the list, be sure to append it with spaces using the
+ "+=" BitBake operator. Do not simply replace the list by using the
+ "=" operator. See the
+ ":ref:`Basic Syntax <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:basic syntax>`" section in the BitBake
+ User Manual for more information.
+
+ :term:`B`
+ The directory within the :term:`Build Directory` in
+ which the OpenEmbedded build system places generated objects during a
+ recipe's build process. By default, this directory is the same as the
+ :term:`S` directory, which is defined as:
+ ::
+
+ S = "${WORKDIR}/${BP}"
+
+ You can separate the (``S``) directory and the directory pointed to
+ by the ``B`` variable. Most Autotools-based recipes support
+ separating these directories. The build system defaults to using
+ separate directories for ``gcc`` and some kernel recipes.
+
+ :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`
+ Lists "recommended-only" packages to not install. Recommended-only
+ packages are packages installed only through the
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable. You can prevent any
+ of these "recommended" packages from being installed by listing them
+ with the ``BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`` variable:
+ ::
+
+ BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS = "package_name package_name package_name ..."
+
+ You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
+ can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
+ override:
+ ::
+
+ BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "package_name"
+
+ It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages
+ using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them
+ (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS`
+ variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and
+ will install the packages to avoid dependency errors.
+
+ Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM
+ packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB.
+
+ See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the
+ :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for related
+ information.
+
+ :term:`BASE_LIB`
+ The library directory name for the CPU or Application Binary
+ Interface (ABI) tune. The ``BASE_LIB`` applies only in the Multilib
+ context. See the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:combining multiple versions of library files into one image`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information
+ on Multilib.
+
+ The ``BASE_LIB`` variable is defined in the machine include files in
+ the :term:`Source Directory`. If Multilib is not
+ being used, the value defaults to "lib".
+
+ :term:`BASE_WORKDIR`
+ Points to the base of the work directory for all recipes. The default
+ value is "${TMPDIR}/work".
+
+ :term:`BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS`
+ Specifies a space-delimited list of hosts that the fetcher is allowed
+ to use to obtain the required source code. Following are
+ considerations surrounding this variable:
+
+ - This host list is only used if ``BB_NO_NETWORK`` is either not set
+ or set to "0".
+
+ - Limited support for wildcard matching against the beginning of
+ host names exists. For example, the following setting matches
+ ``git.gnu.org``, ``ftp.gnu.org``, and ``foo.git.gnu.org``.
+ ::
+
+ BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS = "*.gnu.org"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The use of the "``*``" character only works at the beginning of
+ a host name and it must be isolated from the remainder of the
+ host name. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other
+ location of the name or combined with the front part of the
+ name.
+
+ For example, ``*.foo.bar`` is supported, while ``*aa.foo.bar``
+ is not.
+
+ - Mirrors not in the host list are skipped and logged in debug.
+
+ - Attempts to access networks not in the host list cause a failure.
+
+ Using ``BB_ALLOWED_NETWORKS`` in conjunction with
+ :term:`PREMIRRORS` is very useful. Adding the host
+ you want to use to ``PREMIRRORS`` results in the source code being
+ fetched from an allowed location and avoids raising an error when a
+ host that is not allowed is in a :term:`SRC_URI`
+ statement. This is because the fetcher does not attempt to use the
+ host listed in ``SRC_URI`` after a successful fetch from the
+ ``PREMIRRORS`` occurs.
+
+ :term:`BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY`
+ Defines how BitBake handles situations where an append file
+ (``.bbappend``) has no corresponding recipe file (``.bb``). This
+ condition often occurs when layers get out of sync (e.g. ``oe-core``
+ bumps a recipe version and the old recipe no longer exists and the
+ other layer has not been updated to the new version of the recipe
+ yet).
+
+ The default fatal behavior is safest because it is the sane reaction
+ given something is out of sync. It is important to realize when your
+ changes are no longer being applied.
+
+ You can change the default behavior by setting this variable to "1",
+ "yes", or "true" in your ``local.conf`` file, which is located in the
+ :term:`Build Directory`: Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ BB_DANGLINGAPPENDS_WARNONLY = "1"
+
+ :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS`
+ Monitors disk space and available inodes during the build and allows
+ you to control the build based on these parameters.
+
+ Disk space monitoring is disabled by default. To enable monitoring,
+ add the ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` variable to your ``conf/local.conf`` file
+ found in the :term:`Build Directory`. Use the
+ following form:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "action,dir,threshold [...]"
+
+ where:
+
+ action is:
+ ABORT: Immediately abort the build when
+ a threshold is broken.
+ STOPTASKS: Stop the build after the currently
+ executing tasks have finished when
+ a threshold is broken.
+ WARN: Issue a warning but continue the
+ build when a threshold is broken.
+ Subsequent warnings are issued as
+ defined by the BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL
+ variable, which must be defined in
+ the conf/local.conf file.
+
+ dir is:
+ Any directory you choose. You can specify one or
+ more directories to monitor by separating the
+ groupings with a space. If two directories are
+ on the same device, only the first directory
+ is monitored.
+
+ threshold is:
+ Either the minimum available disk space,
+ the minimum number of free inodes, or
+ both. You must specify at least one. To
+ omit one or the other, simply omit the value.
+ Specify the threshold using G, M, K for Gbytes,
+ Mbytes, and Kbytes, respectively. If you do
+ not specify G, M, or K, Kbytes is assumed by
+ default. Do not use GB, MB, or KB.
+
+ Here are some examples:
+ ::
+
+ BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},1G,100K WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K"
+ BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "STOPTASKS,${TMPDIR},1G"
+ BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "ABORT,${TMPDIR},,100K"
+
+ The first example works only if you also provide the
+ :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`
+ variable in the ``conf/local.conf``. This example causes the build
+ system to immediately abort when either the disk space in
+ ``${TMPDIR}`` drops below 1 Gbyte or the available free inodes drops
+ below 100 Kbytes. Because two directories are provided with the
+ variable, the build system also issue a warning when the disk space
+ in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}`` directory drops below 1 Gbyte or the number
+ of free inodes drops below 100 Kbytes. Subsequent warnings are issued
+ during intervals as defined by the ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL``
+ variable.
+
+ The second example stops the build after all currently executing
+ tasks complete when the minimum disk space in the ``${TMPDIR}``
+ directory drops below 1 Gbyte. No disk monitoring occurs for the free
+ inodes in this case.
+
+ The final example immediately aborts the build when the number of
+ free inodes in the ``${TMPDIR}`` directory drops below 100 Kbytes. No
+ disk space monitoring for the directory itself occurs in this case.
+
+ :term:`BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`
+ Defines the disk space and free inode warning intervals. To set these
+ intervals, define the variable in your ``conf/local.conf`` file in
+ the :term:`Build Directory`.
+
+ If you are going to use the ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable, you
+ must also use the :term:`BB_DISKMON_DIRS`
+ variable and define its action as "WARN". During the build,
+ subsequent warnings are issued each time disk space or number of free
+ inodes further reduces by the respective interval.
+
+ If you do not provide a ``BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL`` variable and you
+ do use ``BB_DISKMON_DIRS`` with the "WARN" action, the disk
+ monitoring interval defaults to the following:
+ ::
+
+ BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K"
+
+ When specifying the variable in your configuration file, use the
+ following form:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "disk_space_interval,disk_inode_interval"
+
+ where:
+
+ disk_space_interval is:
+ An interval of memory expressed in either
+ G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes,
+ respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB.
+
+ disk_inode_interval is:
+ An interval of free inodes expressed in either
+ G, M, or K for Gbytes, Mbytes, or Kbytes,
+ respectively. You cannot use GB, MB, or KB.
+
+ Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ BB_DISKMON_DIRS = "WARN,${SSTATE_DIR},1G,100K"
+ BB_DISKMON_WARNINTERVAL = "50M,5K"
+
+ These variables cause the
+ OpenEmbedded build system to issue subsequent warnings each time the
+ available disk space further reduces by 50 Mbytes or the number of
+ free inodes further reduces by 5 Kbytes in the ``${SSTATE_DIR}``
+ directory. Subsequent warnings based on the interval occur each time
+ a respective interval is reached beyond the initial warning (i.e. 1
+ Gbytes and 100 Kbytes).
+
+ :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS`
+ Causes tarballs of the source control repositories (e.g. Git
+ repositories), including metadata, to be placed in the
+ :term:`DL_DIR` directory.
+
+ For performance reasons, creating and placing tarballs of these
+ repositories is not the default action by the OpenEmbedded build
+ system.
+ ::
+
+ BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS = "1"
+
+ Set this variable in your
+ ``local.conf`` file in the :term:`Build Directory`.
+
+ Once you have the tarballs containing your source files, you can
+ clean up your ``DL_DIR`` directory by deleting any Git or other
+ source control work directories.
+
+ :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS`
+ The maximum number of tasks BitBake should run in parallel at any one
+ time. The OpenEmbedded build system automatically configures this
+ variable to be equal to the number of cores on the build system. For
+ example, a system with a dual core processor that also uses
+ hyper-threading causes the ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS`` variable to default
+ to "4".
+
+ For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to
+ override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds.
+ However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical
+ CPUs, you might want to make sure the ``BB_NUMBER_THREADS`` variable
+ is not set higher than "20".
+
+ For more information on speeding up builds, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:speeding up a build`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`
+ Specifies the time (in seconds) after which to unload the BitBake
+ server due to inactivity. Set ``BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`` to determine how
+ long the BitBake server stays resident between invocations.
+
+ For example, the following statement in your ``local.conf`` file
+ instructs the server to be unloaded after 20 seconds of inactivity:
+ ::
+
+ BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT = "20"
+
+ If you want the server to never be unloaded,
+ set ``BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`` to "-1".
+
+ :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND`
+ Allows you to extend a recipe so that it builds variants of the
+ software. Common variants for recipes exist such as "natives" like
+ ``quilt-native``, which is a copy of Quilt built to run on the build
+ system; "crosses" such as ``gcc-cross``, which is a compiler built to
+ run on the build machine but produces binaries that run on the target
+ :term:`MACHINE`; "nativesdk", which targets the SDK
+ machine instead of ``MACHINE``; and "mulitlibs" in the form
+ "``multilib:``\ multilib_name".
+
+ To build a different variant of the recipe with a minimal amount of
+ code, it usually is as simple as adding the following to your recipe:
+ ::
+
+ BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "native nativesdk"
+ BBCLASSEXTEND =+ "multilib:multilib_name"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Internally, the ``BBCLASSEXTEND`` mechanism generates recipe
+ variants by rewriting variable values and applying overrides such
+ as ``_class-native``. For example, to generate a native version of
+ a recipe, a :term:`DEPENDS` on "foo" is rewritten
+ to a ``DEPENDS`` on "foo-native".
+
+ Even when using ``BBCLASSEXTEND``, the recipe is only parsed once.
+ Parsing once adds some limitations. For example, it is not
+ possible to include a different file depending on the variant,
+ since ``include`` statements are processed when the recipe is
+ parsed.
+
+ :term:`BBFILE_COLLECTIONS`
+ Lists the names of configured layers. These names are used to find
+ the other ``BBFILE_*`` variables. Typically, each layer will append
+ its name to this variable in its ``conf/layer.conf`` file.
+
+ :term:`BBFILE_PATTERN`
+ Variable that expands to match files from
+ :term:`BBFILES` in a particular layer. This variable
+ is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the
+ name of the specific layer (e.g. ``BBFILE_PATTERN_emenlow``).
+
+ :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY`
+ Assigns the priority for recipe files in each layer.
+
+ This variable is useful in situations where the same recipe appears
+ in more than one layer. Setting this variable allows you to
+ prioritize a layer against other layers that contain the same recipe
+ - effectively letting you control the precedence for the multiple
+ layers. The precedence established through this variable stands
+ regardless of a recipe's version (:term:`PV` variable). For
+ example, a layer that has a recipe with a higher ``PV`` value but for
+ which the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` is set to have a lower precedence still
+ has a lower precedence.
+
+ A larger value for the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` variable results in a
+ higher precedence. For example, the value 6 has a higher precedence
+ than the value 5. If not specified, the ``BBFILE_PRIORITY`` variable
+ is set based on layer dependencies (see the ``LAYERDEPENDS`` variable
+ for more information. The default priority, if unspecified for a
+ layer with no dependencies, is the lowest defined priority + 1 (or 1
+ if no priorities are defined).
+
+ .. tip::
+
+ You can use the command ``bitbake-layers show-layers``
+ to list all configured layers along with their priorities.
+
+ :term:`BBFILES`
+ A space-separated list of recipe files BitBake uses to build
+ software.
+
+ When specifying recipe files, you can pattern match using Python's
+ `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_ syntax.
+ For details on the syntax, see the documentation by following the
+ previous link.
+
+ :term:`BBFILES_DYNAMIC`
+ Activates content when identified layers are present. You identify
+ the layers by the collections that the layers define.
+
+ Use the ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC`` variable to avoid ``.bbappend`` files
+ whose corresponding ``.bb`` file is in a layer that attempts to
+ modify other layers through ``.bbappend`` but does not want to
+ introduce a hard dependency on those other layers.
+
+ Use the following form for ``BBFILES_DYNAMIC``:
+ collection_name:filename_pattern The following example identifies two
+ collection names and two filename patterns:
+ ::
+
+ BBFILES_DYNAMIC += " \
+ clang-layer:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/meta-clang/*/*/*.bbappend \
+ core:${LAYERDIR}/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend \
+ "
+
+ This next example shows an error message that occurs because invalid
+ entries are found, which cause parsing to abort:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ ERROR: BBFILES_DYNAMIC entries must be of the form <collection name>:<filename pattern>, not:
+ /work/my-layer/bbappends/meta-security-isafw/*/*/*.bbappend
+ /work/my-layer/bbappends/openembedded-core/meta/*/*/*.bbappend
+
+ :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS`
+ Variable that controls how BitBake displays logs on build failure.
+
+ :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES`
+ If :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS` is set, specifies the
+ maximum number of lines from the task log file to print when
+ reporting a failed task. If you do not set ``BBINCLUDELOGS_LINES``,
+ the entire log is printed.
+
+ :term:`BBLAYERS`
+ Lists the layers to enable during the build. This variable is defined
+ in the ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file in the :term:`Build Directory`.
+ Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ BBLAYERS = " \
+ /home/scottrif/poky/meta \
+ /home/scottrif/poky/meta-poky \
+ /home/scottrif/poky/meta-yocto-bsp \
+ /home/scottrif/poky/meta-mykernel \
+ "
+
+ This example enables four layers, one of which is a custom,
+ user-defined layer named ``meta-mykernel``.
+
+ :term:`BBMASK`
+ Prevents BitBake from processing recipes and recipe append files.
+
+ You can use the ``BBMASK`` variable to "hide" these ``.bb`` and
+ ``.bbappend`` files. BitBake ignores any recipe or recipe append
+ files that match any of the expressions. It is as if BitBake does not
+ see them at all. Consequently, matching files are not parsed or
+ otherwise used by BitBake.
+
+ The values you provide are passed to Python's regular expression
+ compiler. Consequently, the syntax follows Python's Regular
+ Expression (re) syntax. The expressions are compared against the full
+ paths to the files. For complete syntax information, see Python's
+ documentation at https://docs.python.org/3/library/re.html#regular-expression-syntax.
+
+ The following example uses a complete regular expression to tell
+ BitBake to ignore all recipe and recipe append files in the
+ ``meta-ti/recipes-misc/`` directory:
+ ::
+
+ BBMASK = "meta-ti/recipes-misc/"
+
+ If you want to mask out multiple directories or recipes, you can
+ specify multiple regular expression fragments. This next example
+ masks out multiple directories and individual recipes: ::
+
+ BBMASK += "/meta-ti/recipes-misc/ meta-ti/recipes-ti/packagegroup/"
+ BBMASK += "/meta-oe/recipes-support/"
+ BBMASK += "/meta-foo/.*/openldap"
+ BBMASK += "opencv.*\.bbappend"
+ BBMASK += "lzma"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ When specifying a directory name, use the trailing slash character
+ to ensure you match just that directory name.
+
+ :term:`BBMULTICONFIG`
+ Specifies each additional separate configuration when you are
+ building targets with multiple configurations. Use this variable in
+ your ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file. Specify a
+ multiconfigname for each configuration file you are using. For
+ example, the following line specifies three configuration files:
+ ::
+
+ BBMULTICONFIG = "configA configB configC"
+
+ Each configuration file you
+ use must reside in the :term:`Build Directory`
+ ``conf/multiconfig`` directory (e.g.
+ build_directory\ ``/conf/multiconfig/configA.conf``).
+
+ For information on how to use ``BBMULTICONFIG`` in an environment
+ that supports building targets with multiple configurations, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-building-images-for-multiple-targets-using-multiple-configurations`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`BBPATH`
+ Used by BitBake to locate ``.bbclass`` and configuration files. This
+ variable is analogous to the ``PATH`` variable.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you run BitBake from a directory outside of the
+ Build Directory
+ , you must be sure to set
+ BBPATH
+ to point to the Build Directory. Set the variable as you would any
+ environment variable and then run BitBake:
+ ::
+
+ $ BBPATH = "build_directory"
+ $ export BBPATH
+ $ bitbake target
+
+
+ :term:`BBSERVER`
+ If defined in the BitBake environment, ``BBSERVER`` points to the
+ BitBake remote server.
+
+ Use the following format to export the variable to the BitBake
+ environment:
+ ::
+
+ export BBSERVER=localhost:$port
+
+ By default, ``BBSERVER`` also appears in
+ :term:`bitbake:BB_HASHBASE_WHITELIST`.
+ Consequently, ``BBSERVER`` is excluded from checksum and dependency
+ data.
+
+ :term:`BINCONFIG`
+ When inheriting the
+ :ref:`binconfig-disabled <ref-classes-binconfig-disabled>` class,
+ this variable specifies binary configuration scripts to disable in
+ favor of using ``pkg-config`` to query the information. The
+ ``binconfig-disabled`` class will modify the specified scripts to
+ return an error so that calls to them can be easily found and
+ replaced.
+
+ To add multiple scripts, separate them by spaces. Here is an example
+ from the ``libpng`` recipe:
+ ::
+
+ BINCONFIG = "${bindir}/libpng-config ${bindir}/libpng16-config"
+
+ :term:`BINCONFIG_GLOB`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class,
+ this variable specifies a wildcard for configuration scripts that
+ need editing. The scripts are edited to correct any paths that have
+ been set up during compilation so that they are correct for use when
+ installed into the sysroot and called by the build processes of other
+ recipes.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The ``BINCONFIG_GLOB`` variable uses
+ `shell globbing <https://tldp.org/LDP/abs/html/globbingref.html>`__,
+ which is recognition and expansion of wildcards during pattern
+ matching. Shell globbing is very similar to
+ `fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__
+ and `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__.
+
+ For more information on how this variable works, see
+ ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
+ You can also find general
+ information on the class in the
+ ":ref:`binconfig.bbclass <ref-classes-binconfig>`" section.
+
+ :term:`BP`
+ The base recipe name and version but without any special recipe name
+ suffix (i.e. ``-native``, ``lib64-``, and so forth). ``BP`` is
+ comprised of the following:
+ ::
+
+ ${BPN}-${PV}
+
+ :term:`BPN`
+ This variable is a version of the :term:`PN` variable with
+ common prefixes and suffixes removed, such as ``nativesdk-``,
+ ``-cross``, ``-native``, and multilib's ``lib64-`` and ``lib32-``.
+ The exact lists of prefixes and suffixes removed are specified by the
+ :term:`MLPREFIX` and
+ :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX` variables,
+ respectively.
+
+ :term:`BUGTRACKER`
+ Specifies a URL for an upstream bug tracking website for a recipe.
+ The OpenEmbedded build system does not use this variable. Rather, the
+ variable is a useful pointer in case a bug in the software being
+ built needs to be manually reported.
+
+ :term:`BUILD_ARCH`
+ Specifies the architecture of the build host (e.g. ``i686``). The
+ OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of ``BUILD_ARCH`` from the
+ machine name reported by the ``uname`` command.
+
+ :term:`BUILD_AS_ARCH`
+ Specifies the architecture-specific assembler flags for the build
+ host. By default, the value of ``BUILD_AS_ARCH`` is empty.
+
+ :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`
+ Specifies the architecture-specific C compiler flags for the build
+ host. By default, the value of ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is empty.
+
+ :term:`BUILD_CCLD`
+ Specifies the linker command to be used for the build host when the C
+ compiler is being used as the linker. By default, ``BUILD_CCLD``
+ points to GCC and passes as arguments the value of
+ :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming
+ ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is set.
+
+ :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS`
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
+ build host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
+ :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
+ default.
+
+ :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS`
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C preprocessor (i.e. to both the C
+ and the C++ compilers) when building for the build host. When
+ building in the ``-native`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS`
+ is set to the value of this variable by default.
+
+ :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS`
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
+ build host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
+ :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
+ by default.
+
+ :term:`BUILD_FC`
+ Specifies the Fortran compiler command for the build host. By
+ default, ``BUILD_FC`` points to Gfortran and passes as arguments the
+ value of :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH`, assuming
+ ``BUILD_CC_ARCH`` is set.
+
+ :term:`BUILD_LD`
+ Specifies the linker command for the build host. By default,
+ ``BUILD_LD`` points to the GNU linker (ld) and passes as arguments
+ the value of :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH`, assuming
+ ``BUILD_LD_ARCH`` is set.
+
+ :term:`BUILD_LD_ARCH`
+ Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the build host. By
+ default, the value of ``BUILD_LD_ARCH`` is empty.
+
+ :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS`
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the build
+ host. When building in the ``-native`` context,
+ :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
+ by default.
+
+ :term:`BUILD_OPTIMIZATION`
+ Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when
+ building for the build host or the SDK. The flags are passed through
+ the :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` and
+ :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` default values.
+
+ The default value of the ``BUILD_OPTIMIZATION`` variable is "-O2
+ -pipe".
+
+ :term:`BUILD_OS`
+ Specifies the operating system in use on the build host (e.g.
+ "linux"). The OpenEmbedded build system sets the value of
+ ``BUILD_OS`` from the OS reported by the ``uname`` command - the
+ first word, converted to lower-case characters.
+
+ :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`
+ The toolchain binary prefix used for native recipes. The OpenEmbedded
+ build system uses the ``BUILD_PREFIX`` value to set the
+ :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building for
+ ``native`` recipes.
+
+ :term:`BUILD_STRIP`
+ Specifies the command to be used to strip debugging symbols from
+ binaries produced for the build host. By default, ``BUILD_STRIP``
+ points to
+ ``${``\ :term:`BUILD_PREFIX`\ ``}strip``.
+
+ :term:`BUILD_SYS`
+ Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
+ system, to use when building for the build host (i.e. when building
+ ``native`` recipes).
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
+ on :term:`BUILD_ARCH`,
+ :term:`BUILD_VENDOR`, and
+ :term:`BUILD_OS`. You do not need to set the
+ ``BUILD_SYS`` variable yourself.
+
+ :term:`BUILD_VENDOR`
+ Specifies the vendor name to use when building for the build host.
+ The default value is an empty string ("").
+
+ :term:`BUILDDIR`
+ Points to the location of the :term:`Build Directory`.
+ You can define this directory indirectly through the
+ :ref:`structure-core-script` script by passing in a Build
+ Directory path when you run the script. If you run the script and do
+ not provide a Build Directory path, the ``BUILDDIR`` defaults to
+ ``build`` in the current directory.
+
+ :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
+ class, this variable specifies whether or not to commit the build
+ history output in a local Git repository. If set to "1", this local
+ repository will be maintained automatically by the ``buildhistory``
+ class and a commit will be created on every build for changes to each
+ top-level subdirectory of the build history output (images, packages,
+ and sdk). If you want to track changes to build history over time,
+ you should set this value to "1".
+
+ By default, the ``buildhistory`` class does not commit the build
+ history output in a local Git repository:
+ ::
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT ?= "0"
+
+ :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
+ class, this variable specifies the author to use for each Git commit.
+ In order for the ``BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`` variable to work, the
+ :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` variable must
+ be set to "1".
+
+ Git requires that the value you provide for the
+ ``BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR`` variable takes the form of "name
+ email@host". Providing an email address or host that is not valid
+ does not produce an error.
+
+ By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT_AUTHOR ?= "buildhistory <buildhistory@${DISTRO}>"
+
+ :term:`BUILDHISTORY_DIR`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
+ class, this variable specifies the directory in which build history
+ information is kept. For more information on how the variable works,
+ see the ``buildhistory.class``.
+
+ By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the directory as follows:
+ ::
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/buildhistory"
+
+ :term:`BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
+ class, this variable specifies the build history features to be
+ enabled. For more information on how build history works, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:maintaining build output quality`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ You can specify these features in the form of a space-separated list:
+
+ - *image:* Analysis of the contents of images, which includes the
+ list of installed packages among other things.
+
+ - *package:* Analysis of the contents of individual packages.
+
+ - *sdk:* Analysis of the contents of the software development kit
+ (SDK).
+
+ - *task:* Save output file signatures for
+ :ref:`shared state <overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:shared state cache>`
+ (sstate) tasks.
+ This saves one file per task and lists the SHA-256 checksums for
+ each file staged (i.e. the output of the task).
+
+ By default, the ``buildhistory`` class enables the following
+ features:
+ ::
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_FEATURES ?= "image package sdk"
+
+ :term:`BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
+ class, this variable specifies a list of paths to files copied from
+ the image contents into the build history directory under an
+ "image-files" directory in the directory for the image, so that you
+ can track the contents of each file. The default is to copy
+ ``/etc/passwd`` and ``/etc/group``, which allows you to monitor for
+ changes in user and group entries. You can modify the list to include
+ any file. Specifying an invalid path does not produce an error.
+ Consequently, you can include files that might not always be present.
+
+ By default, the ``buildhistory`` class provides paths to the
+ following files:
+ ::
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_IMAGE_FILES ?= "/etc/passwd /etc/group"
+
+ :term:`BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
+ class, this variable optionally specifies a remote repository to
+ which build history pushes Git changes. In order for
+ ``BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO`` to work,
+ :term:`BUILDHISTORY_COMMIT` must be set to
+ "1".
+
+ The repository should correspond to a remote address that specifies a
+ repository as understood by Git, or alternatively to a remote name
+ that you have set up manually using ``git remote`` within the local
+ repository.
+
+ By default, the ``buildhistory`` class sets the variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ BUILDHISTORY_PUSH_REPO ?= ""
+
+ :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS`
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
+ SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
+ :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
+ default.
+
+ :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS`
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
+ C and the C++ compilers) when building for the SDK. When building in
+ the ``nativesdk-`` context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set
+ to the value of this variable by default.
+
+ :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS`
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
+ SDK. When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
+ :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
+ by default.
+
+ :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS`
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the SDK.
+ When building in the ``nativesdk-`` context,
+ :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
+ by default.
+
+ :term:`BUILDSTATS_BASE`
+ Points to the location of the directory that holds build statistics
+ when you use and enable the
+ :ref:`buildstats <ref-classes-buildstats>` class. The
+ ``BUILDSTATS_BASE`` directory defaults to
+ ``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/buildstats/``.
+
+ :term:`BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID`
+ For the BusyBox recipe, specifies whether to split the output
+ executable file into two parts: one for features that require
+ ``setuid root``, and one for the remaining features (i.e. those that
+ do not require ``setuid root``).
+
+ The ``BUSYBOX_SPLIT_SUID`` variable defaults to "1", which results in
+ splitting the output executable file. Set the variable to "0" to get
+ a single output executable file.
+
+ :term:`CACHE`
+ Specifies the directory BitBake uses to store a cache of the
+ :term:`Metadata` so it does not need to be parsed every time
+ BitBake is started.
+
+ :term:`CC`
+ The minimal command and arguments used to run the C compiler.
+
+ :term:`CFLAGS`
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler. This variable is
+ exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the
+ software being built during the compilation step.
+
+ Default initialization for ``CFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
+ being built:
+
+ - :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` when building for the
+ target
+
+ - :term:`BUILD_CFLAGS` when building for the
+ build host (i.e. ``-native``)
+
+ - :term:`BUILDSDK_CFLAGS` when building for
+ an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
+
+ :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE`
+ An internal variable specifying the special class override that
+ should currently apply (e.g. "class-target", "class-native", and so
+ forth). The classes that use this variable (e.g.
+ :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>`,
+ :ref:`nativesdk <ref-classes-nativesdk>`, and so forth) set the
+ variable to appropriate values.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ ``CLASSOVERRIDE`` gets its default "class-target" value from the
+ ``bitbake.conf`` file.
+
+ As an example, the following override allows you to install extra
+ files, but only when building for the target:
+ ::
+
+ do_install_append_class-target() {
+ install my-extra-file ${D}${sysconfdir}
+ }
+
+ Here is an example where ``FOO`` is set to
+ "native" when building for the build host, and to "other" when not
+ building for the build host:
+ ::
+
+ FOO_class-native = "native"
+ FOO = "other"
+
+ The underlying mechanism behind ``CLASSOVERRIDE`` is simply
+ that it is included in the default value of
+ :term:`OVERRIDES`.
+
+ :term:`CLEANBROKEN`
+ If set to "1" within a recipe, ``CLEANBROKEN`` specifies that the
+ ``make clean`` command does not work for the software being built.
+ Consequently, the OpenEmbedded build system will not try to run
+ ``make clean`` during the :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`
+ task, which is the default behavior.
+
+ :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`
+ Provides a list of hardware features that are enabled in both
+ :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES` and
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`. This select list of
+ features contains features that make sense to be controlled both at
+ the machine and distribution configuration level. For example, the
+ "bluetooth" feature requires hardware support but should also be
+ optional at the distribution level, in case the hardware supports
+ Bluetooth but you do not ever intend to use it.
+
+ :term:`COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`
+ Points to ``meta/files/common-licenses`` in the
+ :term:`Source Directory`, which is where generic license
+ files reside.
+
+ :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST`
+ A regular expression that resolves to one or more hosts (when the
+ recipe is native) or one or more targets (when the recipe is
+ non-native) with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression
+ is matched against :term:`HOST_SYS`. You can use the
+ variable to stop recipes from being built for classes of systems with
+ which the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is
+ particularly useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase
+ parsing speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not
+ compatible with the current system.
+
+ :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE`
+ A regular expression that resolves to one or more target machines
+ with which a recipe is compatible. The regular expression is matched
+ against :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`. You can use
+ the variable to stop recipes from being built for machines with which
+ the recipes are not compatible. Stopping these builds is particularly
+ useful with kernels. The variable also helps to increase parsing
+ speed since the build system skips parsing recipes not compatible
+ with the current machine.
+
+ :term:`COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB`
+ Defines wildcards to match when installing a list of complementary
+ packages for all the packages explicitly (or implicitly) installed in
+ an image.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The ``COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB`` variable uses Unix filename pattern matching
+ (`fnmatch <https://docs.python.org/3/library/fnmatch.html#module-fnmatch>`__),
+ which is similar to the Unix style pathname pattern expansion
+ (`glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`__).
+
+ The resulting list of complementary packages is associated with an
+ item that can be added to
+ :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`. An example usage of
+ this is the "dev-pkgs" item that when added to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``
+ will install -dev packages (containing headers and other development
+ files) for every package in the image.
+
+ To add a new feature item pointing to a wildcard, use a variable flag
+ to specify the feature item name and use the value to specify the
+ wildcard. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ COMPLEMENTARY_GLOB[dev-pkgs] = '*-dev'
+
+ :term:`COMPONENTS_DIR`
+ Stores sysroot components for each recipe. The OpenEmbedded build
+ system uses ``COMPONENTS_DIR`` when constructing recipe-specific
+ sysroots for other recipes.
+
+ The default is
+ "``${``\ :term:`STAGING_DIR`\ ``}-components``."
+ (i.e.
+ "``${``\ :term:`TMPDIR`\ ``}/sysroots-components``").
+
+ :term:`CONF_VERSION`
+ Tracks the version of the local configuration file (i.e.
+ ``local.conf``). The value for ``CONF_VERSION`` increments each time
+ ``build/conf/`` compatibility changes.
+
+ :term:`CONFFILES`
+ Identifies editable or configurable files that are part of a package.
+ If the Package Management System (PMS) is being used to update
+ packages on the target system, it is possible that configuration
+ files you have changed after the original installation and that you
+ now want to remain unchanged are overwritten. In other words,
+ editable files might exist in the package that you do not want reset
+ as part of the package update process. You can use the ``CONFFILES``
+ variable to list the files in the package that you wish to prevent
+ the PMS from overwriting during this update process.
+
+ To use the ``CONFFILES`` variable, provide a package name override
+ that identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a
+ space-separated list of files. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ CONFFILES_${PN} += "${sysconfdir}/file1 \
+ ${sysconfdir}/file2 ${sysconfdir}/file3"
+
+ A relationship exists between the ``CONFFILES`` and ``FILES``
+ variables. The files listed within ``CONFFILES`` must be a subset of
+ the files listed within ``FILES``. Because the configuration files
+ you provide with ``CONFFILES`` are simply being identified so that
+ the PMS will not overwrite them, it makes sense that the files must
+ already be included as part of the package through the ``FILES``
+ variable.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ When specifying paths as part of the ``CONFFILES`` variable, it is
+ good practice to use appropriate path variables.
+ For example, ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc`` or ``${bindir}``
+ rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these variables at
+ the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in the
+ :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+ :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE`
+ Identifies the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) source files. The
+ OpenEmbedded build system receives and uses this kernel Kconfig
+ variable as an environment variable. By default, the variable is set
+ to null ("").
+
+ The ``CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE`` can be either a single cpio archive
+ with a ``.cpio`` suffix or a space-separated list of directories and
+ files for building the initramfs image. A cpio archive should contain
+ a filesystem archive to be used as an initramfs image. Directories
+ should contain a filesystem layout to be included in the initramfs
+ image. Files should contain entries according to the format described
+ by the ``usr/gen_init_cpio`` program in the kernel tree.
+
+ If you specify multiple directories and files, the initramfs image
+ will be the aggregate of all of them.
+
+ For information on creating an initramfs, see the
+ ":ref:`building-an-initramfs-image`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`CONFIG_SITE`
+ A list of files that contains ``autoconf`` test results relevant to
+ the current build. This variable is used by the Autotools utilities
+ when running ``configure``.
+
+ :term:`CONFIGURE_FLAGS`
+ The minimal arguments for GNU configure.
+
+ :term:`CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES`
+ When inheriting the
+ :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>`
+ class, this variable identifies distribution features that would be
+ in conflict should the recipe be built. In other words, if the
+ ``CONFLICT_DISTRO_FEATURES`` variable lists a feature that also
+ appears in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, then
+ the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build
+ the recipe then an error will be triggered.
+
+ :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
+ A space-separated list of licenses to exclude from the source
+ archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In
+ other words, if a license in a recipe's
+ :term:`LICENSE` value is in the value of
+ ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE``, then its source is not archived by the
+ class.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`` variable takes precedence over the
+ :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` variable.
+
+ The default value, which is "CLOSED Proprietary", for
+ ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`` is set by the
+ :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
+ is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
+
+ :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE`
+ A space-separated list of licenses to include in the source archived
+ by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. In other
+ words, if a license in a recipe's :term:`LICENSE`
+ value is in the value of ``COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE``, then its
+ source is archived by the class.
+
+ The default value is set by the
+ :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
+ is inherited by the ``archiver`` class. The default value includes
+ "GPL*", "LGPL*", and "AGPL*".
+
+ :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`
+ A list of recipes to exclude in the source archived by the
+ :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The
+ ``COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`` variable overrides the license inclusion and
+ exclusion caused through the
+ :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and
+ :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
+ variables, respectively.
+
+ The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly exclude
+ any recipes by name, for ``COPYLEFT_PN_EXCLUDE`` is set by the
+ :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
+ is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
+
+ :term:`COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`
+ A list of recipes to include in the source archived by the
+ :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class. The
+ ``COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`` variable overrides the license inclusion and
+ exclusion caused through the
+ :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_INCLUDE` and
+ :term:`COPYLEFT_LICENSE_EXCLUDE`
+ variables, respectively.
+
+ The default value, which is "" indicating to not explicitly include
+ any recipes by name, for ``COPYLEFT_PN_INCLUDE`` is set by the
+ :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>` class, which
+ is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
+
+ :term:`COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES`
+ A space-separated list of recipe types to include in the source
+ archived by the :ref:`archiver <ref-classes-archiver>` class.
+ Recipe types are ``target``, ``native``, ``nativesdk``, ``cross``,
+ ``crosssdk``, and ``cross-canadian``.
+
+ The default value, which is "target*", for ``COPYLEFT_RECIPE_TYPES``
+ is set by the :ref:`copyleft_filter <ref-classes-copyleft_filter>`
+ class, which is inherited by the ``archiver`` class.
+
+ :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS`
+ If set to "1" along with the
+ :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system copies into the image the license files,
+ which are located in ``/usr/share/common-licenses``, for each
+ package. The license files are placed in directories within the image
+ itself during build time.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The ``COPY_LIC_DIRS`` does not offer a path for adding licenses for
+ newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for
+ read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the
+ :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information.
+ You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:providing license text`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for
+ information on providing license text.
+
+ :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST`
+ If set to "1", the OpenEmbedded build system copies the license
+ manifest for the image to
+ ``/usr/share/common-licenses/license.manifest`` within the image
+ itself during build time.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The ``COPY_LIC_MANIFEST`` does not offer a path for adding licenses for
+ newly installed packages to an image, which might be most suitable for
+ read-only filesystems that cannot be upgraded. See the
+ :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE` variable for additional information.
+ You can also reference the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:providing license text`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for
+ information on providing license text.
+
+ :term:`CORE_IMAGE_EXTRA_INSTALL`
+ Specifies the list of packages to be added to the image. You should
+ only set this variable in the ``local.conf`` configuration file found
+ in the :term:`Build Directory`.
+
+ This variable replaces ``POKY_EXTRA_INSTALL``, which is no longer
+ supported.
+
+ :term:`COREBASE`
+ Specifies the parent directory of the OpenEmbedded-Core Metadata
+ layer (i.e. ``meta``).
+
+ It is an important distinction that ``COREBASE`` points to the parent
+ of this layer and not the layer itself. Consider an example where you
+ have cloned the Poky Git repository and retained the ``poky`` name
+ for your local copy of the repository. In this case, ``COREBASE``
+ points to the ``poky`` folder because it is the parent directory of
+ the ``poky/meta`` layer.
+
+ :term:`COREBASE_FILES`
+ Lists files from the :term:`COREBASE` directory that
+ should be copied other than the layers listed in the
+ ``bblayers.conf`` file. The ``COREBASE_FILES`` variable exists for
+ the purpose of copying metadata from the OpenEmbedded build system
+ into the extensible SDK.
+
+ Explicitly listing files in ``COREBASE`` is needed because it
+ typically contains build directories and other files that should not
+ normally be copied into the extensible SDK. Consequently, the value
+ of ``COREBASE_FILES`` is used in order to only copy the files that
+ are actually needed.
+
+ :term:`CPP`
+ The minimal command and arguments used to run the C preprocessor.
+
+ :term:`CPPFLAGS`
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
+ C and the C++ compilers). This variable is exported to an environment
+ variable and thus made visible to the software being built during the
+ compilation step.
+
+ Default initialization for ``CPPFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
+ being built:
+
+ - :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS` when building for
+ the target
+
+ - :term:`BUILD_CPPFLAGS` when building for the
+ build host (i.e. ``-native``)
+
+ - :term:`BUILDSDK_CPPFLAGS` when building
+ for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
+
+ :term:`CROSS_COMPILE`
+ The toolchain binary prefix for the target tools. The
+ ``CROSS_COMPILE`` variable is the same as the
+ :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` variable.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system sets the ``CROSS_COMPILE``
+ variable only in certain contexts (e.g. when building for kernel
+ and kernel module recipes).
+
+ :term:`CVSDIR`
+ The directory in which files checked out under the CVS system are
+ stored.
+
+ :term:`CXX`
+ The minimal command and arguments used to run the C++ compiler.
+
+ :term:`CXXFLAGS`
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler. This variable is
+ exported to an environment variable and thus made visible to the
+ software being built during the compilation step.
+
+ Default initialization for ``CXXFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
+ being built:
+
+ - :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS` when building for
+ the target
+
+ - :term:`BUILD_CXXFLAGS` when building for the
+ build host (i.e. ``-native``)
+
+ - :term:`BUILDSDK_CXXFLAGS` when building
+ for an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
+
+ :term:`D`
+ The destination directory. The location in the :term:`Build Directory`
+ where components are installed by the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task. This location defaults
+ to:
+ ::
+
+ ${WORKDIR}/image
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Tasks that read from or write to this directory should run under
+ :ref:`fakeroot <overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:fakeroot and pseudo>`.
+
+ :term:`DATE`
+ The date the build was started. Dates appear using the year, month,
+ and day (YMD) format (e.g. "20150209" for February 9th, 2015).
+
+ :term:`DATETIME`
+ The date and time on which the current build started. The format is
+ suitable for timestamps.
+
+ :term:`DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME`
+ When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
+ which is the default behavior, ``DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME`` specifies a
+ particular package should not be renamed according to Debian library
+ package naming. You must use the package name as an override when you
+ set this variable. Here is an example from the ``fontconfig`` recipe:
+ ::
+
+ DEBIAN_NOAUTONAME_fontconfig-utils = "1"
+
+ :term:`DEBIANNAME`
+ When the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class is inherited,
+ which is the default behavior, ``DEBIANNAME`` allows you to override
+ the library name for an individual package. Overriding the library
+ name in these cases is rare. You must use the package name as an
+ override when you set this variable. Here is an example from the
+ ``dbus`` recipe:
+ ::
+
+ DEBIANNAME_${PN} = "dbus-1"
+
+ :term:`DEBUG_BUILD`
+ Specifies to build packages with debugging information. This
+ influences the value of the ``SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`` variable.
+
+ :term:`DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION`
+ The options to pass in ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` and ``CFLAGS`` when
+ compiling a system for debugging. This variable defaults to "-O
+ -fno-omit-frame-pointer ${DEBUG_FLAGS} -pipe".
+
+ :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE`
+ Specifies a weak bias for recipe selection priority.
+
+ The most common usage of this is variable is to set it to "-1" within
+ a recipe for a development version of a piece of software. Using the
+ variable in this way causes the stable version of the recipe to build
+ by default in the absence of ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` being used to
+ build the development version.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The bias provided by ``DEFAULT_PREFERENCE`` is weak and is overridden
+ by :term:`BBFILE_PRIORITY` if that variable is different between two
+ layers that contain different versions of the same recipe.
+
+ :term:`DEFAULTTUNE`
+ The default CPU and Application Binary Interface (ABI) tunings (i.e.
+ the "tune") used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The
+ ``DEFAULTTUNE`` helps define
+ :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`.
+
+ The default tune is either implicitly or explicitly set by the
+ machine (:term:`MACHINE`). However, you can override
+ the setting using available tunes as defined with
+ :term:`AVAILTUNES`.
+
+ :term:`DEPENDS`
+ Lists a recipe's build-time dependencies. These are dependencies on
+ other recipes whose contents (e.g. headers and shared libraries) are
+ needed by the recipe at build time.
+
+ As an example, consider a recipe ``foo`` that contains the following
+ assignment:
+ ::
+
+ DEPENDS = "bar"
+
+ The practical effect of the previous
+ assignment is that all files installed by bar will be available in
+ the appropriate staging sysroot, given by the
+ :term:`STAGING_DIR* <STAGING_DIR>` variables, by the time the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for ``foo`` runs.
+ This mechanism is implemented by having ``do_configure`` depend on
+ the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task of
+ each recipe listed in ``DEPENDS``, through a
+ ``[``\ :ref:`deptask <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:variable flags>`\ ``]``
+ declaration in the :ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ It seldom is necessary to reference, for example, ``STAGING_DIR_HOST``
+ explicitly. The standard classes and build-related variables are
+ configured to automatically use the appropriate staging sysroots.
+
+ As another example, ``DEPENDS`` can also be used to add utilities
+ that run on the build machine during the build. For example, a recipe
+ that makes use of a code generator built by the recipe ``codegen``
+ might have the following:
+ ::
+
+ DEPENDS = "codegen-native"
+
+ For more
+ information, see the :ref:`native <ref-classes-native>` class and
+ the :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH` variable.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - ``DEPENDS`` is a list of recipe names. Or, to be more precise,
+ it is a list of :term:`PROVIDES` names, which
+ usually match recipe names. Putting a package name such as
+ "foo-dev" in ``DEPENDS`` does not make sense. Use "foo"
+ instead, as this will put files from all the packages that make
+ up ``foo``, which includes those from ``foo-dev``, into the
+ sysroot.
+
+ - One recipe having another recipe in ``DEPENDS`` does not by
+ itself add any runtime dependencies between the packages
+ produced by the two recipes. However, as explained in the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual,
+ runtime dependencies will often be added automatically, meaning
+ ``DEPENDS`` alone is sufficient for most recipes.
+
+ - Counterintuitively, ``DEPENDS`` is often necessary even for
+ recipes that install precompiled components. For example, if
+ ``libfoo`` is a precompiled library that links against
+ ``libbar``, then linking against ``libfoo`` requires both
+ ``libfoo`` and ``libbar`` to be available in the sysroot.
+ Without a ``DEPENDS`` from the recipe that installs ``libfoo``
+ to the recipe that installs ``libbar``, other recipes might
+ fail to link against ``libfoo``.
+
+ For information on runtime dependencies, see the
+ :term:`RDEPENDS` variable. You can also see the
+ ":ref:`Tasks <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`" and
+ ":ref:`Dependencies <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies>`" sections in the
+ BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and
+ dependencies.
+
+ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`
+ Points to the general area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to
+ place images, packages, SDKs, and other output files that are ready
+ to be used outside of the build system. By default, this directory
+ resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as
+ ``${TMPDIR}/deploy``.
+
+ For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section.
+ For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the
+ ":ref:`Images <images-dev-environment>`", ":ref:`Package
+ Feeds <package-feeds-dev-environment>`", and
+ ":ref:`sdk-dev-environment`" sections all in the
+ Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`
+ Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
+ Debian packages that are ready to be used outside of the build
+ system. This variable applies only when
+ :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
+ "package_deb".
+
+ The BitBake configuration file initially defines the
+ ``DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`` variable as a sub-folder of
+ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:
+ ::
+
+ DEPLOY_DIR_DEB = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/deb"
+
+ The :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>` class uses the
+ ``DEPLOY_DIR_DEB`` variable to make sure the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_deb` task
+ writes Debian packages into the appropriate folder. For more
+ information on how packaging works, see the ":ref:`Package
+ Feeds <package-feeds-dev-environment>`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
+ Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
+ images and other associated output files that are ready to be
+ deployed onto the target machine. The directory is machine-specific
+ as it contains the ``${MACHINE}`` name. By default, this directory
+ resides within the :term:`Build Directory` as
+ ``${DEPLOY_DIR}/images/${MACHINE}/``.
+
+ For more information on the structure of the Build Directory, see
+ ":ref:`ref-manual/ref-structure:the build directory - \`\`build/\`\``" section.
+ For more detail on the contents of the ``deploy`` directory, see the
+ ":ref:`Images <images-dev-environment>`" and
+ ":ref:`sdk-dev-environment`" sections both in
+ the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IPK`
+ Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
+ IPK packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system.
+ This variable applies only when
+ :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
+ "package_ipk".
+
+ The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
+ sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:
+ ::
+
+ DEPLOY_DIR_IPK = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/ipk"
+
+ The :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>` class uses the
+ ``DEPLOY_DIR_IPK`` variable to make sure the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_ipk` task
+ writes IPK packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
+ on how packaging works, see the ":ref:`Package
+ Feeds <package-feeds-dev-environment>`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_RPM`
+ Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
+ RPM packages that are ready to be used outside of the build system.
+ This variable applies only when
+ :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
+ "package_rpm".
+
+ The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
+ sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:
+ ::
+
+ DEPLOY_DIR_RPM = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/rpm"
+
+ The :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>` class uses the
+ ``DEPLOY_DIR_RPM`` variable to make sure the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_rpm` task
+ writes RPM packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
+ on how packaging works, see the ":ref:`Package
+ Feeds <package-feeds-dev-environment>`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_TAR`
+ Points to the area that the OpenEmbedded build system uses to place
+ tarballs that are ready to be used outside of the build system. This
+ variable applies only when
+ :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` contains
+ "package_tar".
+
+ The BitBake configuration file initially defines this variable as a
+ sub-folder of :term:`DEPLOY_DIR`:
+ ::
+
+ DEPLOY_DIR_TAR = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/tar"
+
+ The :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class uses the
+ ``DEPLOY_DIR_TAR`` variable to make sure the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package_write_tar` task
+ writes TAR packages into the appropriate folder. For more information
+ on how packaging works, see the ":ref:`Package
+ Feeds <package-feeds-dev-environment>`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ :term:`DEPLOYDIR`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`deploy <ref-classes-deploy>` class, the
+ ``DEPLOYDIR`` points to a temporary work area for deployed files that
+ is set in the ``deploy`` class as follows:
+ ::
+
+ DEPLOYDIR = "${WORKDIR}/deploy-${PN}"
+
+ Recipes inheriting the ``deploy`` class should copy files to be
+ deployed into ``DEPLOYDIR``, and the class will take care of copying
+ them into :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
+ afterwards.
+
+ :term:`DESCRIPTION`
+ The package description used by package managers. If not set,
+ ``DESCRIPTION`` takes the value of the :term:`SUMMARY`
+ variable.
+
+ :term:`DISTRO`
+ The short name of the distribution. For information on the long name
+ of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO_NAME`
+ variable.
+
+ The ``DISTRO`` variable corresponds to a distribution configuration
+ file whose root name is the same as the variable's argument and whose
+ filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the distribution
+ configuration file for the Poky distribution is named ``poky.conf``
+ and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory of the
+ :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+ Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO`` variable is set as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ DISTRO = "poky"
+
+ Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro``
+ directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the
+ distribution configuration. The value for ``DISTRO`` must not contain
+ spaces, and is typically all lower-case.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If the ``DISTRO`` variable is blank, a set of default configurations
+ are used, which are specified within
+ ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory.
+
+ :term:`DISTRO_CODENAME`
+ Specifies a codename for the distribution being built.
+
+ :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
+ Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images.
+ This variable takes affect through ``packagegroup-base`` so the
+ variable only really applies to the more full-featured images that
+ include ``packagegroup-base``. You can use this variable to keep
+ distro policy out of generic images. As with all other distro
+ variables, you set this variable in the distro ``.conf`` file.
+
+ :term:`DISTRO_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
+ Specifies a list of distro-specific packages to add to all images if
+ the packages exist. The packages might not exist or be empty (e.g.
+ kernel modules). The list of packages are automatically installed but
+ you can remove them.
+
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`
+ The software support you want in your distribution for various
+ features. You define your distribution features in the distribution
+ configuration file.
+
+ In most cases, the presence or absence of a feature in
+ ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` is translated to the appropriate option supplied
+ to the configure script during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task for recipes that
+ optionally support the feature. For example, specifying "x11" in
+ ``DISTRO_FEATURES``, causes every piece of software built for the
+ target that can optionally support X11 to have its X11 support
+ enabled.
+
+ Two more examples are Bluetooth and NFS support. For a more complete
+ list of features that ships with the Yocto Project and that you can
+ provide with this variable, see the ":ref:`ref-features-distro`" section.
+
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL`
+ Features to be added to ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` if not also present in
+ ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED``.
+
+ This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is
+ not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference
+ the variable to see which distro features are being backfilled for
+ all distro configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section
+ for more information.
+
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`
+ Features from ``DISTRO_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` that should not be
+ backfilled (i.e. added to ``DISTRO_FEATURES``) during the build. See
+ the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information.
+
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT`
+ A convenience variable that gives you the default list of distro
+ features with the exception of any features specific to the C library
+ (``libc``).
+
+ When creating a custom distribution, you might find it useful to be
+ able to reuse the default
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` options without the
+ need to write out the full set. Here is an example that uses
+ ``DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT`` from a custom distro configuration file:
+ ::
+
+ DISTRO_FEATURES ?= "${DISTRO_FEATURES_DEFAULT} myfeature"
+
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE`
+ Specifies a list of features that if present in the target
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be
+ included in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` when building native recipes. This
+ variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE`
+ variable.
+
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK`
+ Specifies a list of features that if present in the target
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` value should be
+ included in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` when building nativesdk recipes. This
+ variable is used in addition to the features filtered using the
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK`
+ variable.
+
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVE`
+ Specifies a list of features that should be included in
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building native
+ recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features filtered
+ using the
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVE`
+ variable.
+
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_NATIVESDK`
+ Specifies a list of features that should be included in
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES` when building
+ nativesdk recipes. This variable is used in addition to the features
+ filtered using the
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES_FILTER_NATIVESDK`
+ variable.
+
+ :term:`DISTRO_NAME`
+ The long name of the distribution. For information on the short name
+ of the distribution, see the :term:`DISTRO` variable.
+
+ The ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable corresponds to a distribution
+ configuration file whose root name is the same as the variable's
+ argument and whose filename extension is ``.conf``. For example, the
+ distribution configuration file for the Poky distribution is named
+ ``poky.conf`` and resides in the ``meta-poky/conf/distro`` directory
+ of the :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+ Within that ``poky.conf`` file, the ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable is set
+ as follows:
+ ::
+
+ DISTRO_NAME = "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)"
+
+ Distribution configuration files are located in a ``conf/distro``
+ directory within the :term:`Metadata` that contains the
+ distribution configuration.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If the ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable is blank, a set of default
+ configurations are used, which are specified within
+ ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` also in the Source Directory.
+
+ :term:`DISTRO_VERSION`
+ The version of the distribution.
+
+ :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES`
+ A colon-separated list of overrides specific to the current
+ distribution. By default, this list includes the value of
+ :term:`DISTRO`.
+
+ You can extend ``DISTROOVERRIDES`` to add extra overrides that should
+ apply to the distribution.
+
+ The underlying mechanism behind ``DISTROOVERRIDES`` is simply that it
+ is included in the default value of
+ :term:`OVERRIDES`.
+
+ :term:`DL_DIR`
+ The central download directory used by the build process to store
+ downloads. By default, ``DL_DIR`` gets files suitable for mirroring
+ for everything except Git repositories. If you want tarballs of Git
+ repositories, use the
+ :term:`BB_GENERATE_MIRROR_TARBALLS`
+ variable.
+
+ You can set this directory by defining the ``DL_DIR`` variable in the
+ ``conf/local.conf`` file. This directory is self-maintaining and you
+ should not have to touch it. By default, the directory is
+ ``downloads`` in the :term:`Build Directory`.
+ ::
+
+ #DL_DIR ?= "${TOPDIR}/downloads"
+
+ To specify a different download directory,
+ simply remove the comment from the line and provide your directory.
+
+ During a first build, the system downloads many different source code
+ tarballs from various upstream projects. Downloading can take a
+ while, particularly if your network connection is slow. Tarballs are
+ all stored in the directory defined by ``DL_DIR`` and the build
+ system looks there first to find source tarballs.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ When wiping and rebuilding, you can preserve this directory to
+ speed up this part of subsequent builds.
+
+ You can safely share this directory between multiple builds on the
+ same development machine. For additional information on how the build
+ process gets source files when working behind a firewall or proxy
+ server, see this specific question in the ":doc:`faq`"
+ chapter. You can also refer to the
+ ":yocto_wiki:`Working Behind a Network Proxy </wiki/Working_Behind_a_Network_Proxy>`"
+ Wiki page.
+
+ :term:`DOC_COMPRESS`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`compress_doc <ref-classes-compress_doc>`
+ class, this variable sets the compression policy used when the
+ OpenEmbedded build system compresses man pages and info pages. By
+ default, the compression method used is gz (gzip). Other policies
+ available are xz and bz2.
+
+ For information on policies and on how to use this variable, see the
+ comments in the ``meta/classes/compress_doc.bbclass`` file.
+
+ :term:`EFI_PROVIDER`
+ When building bootable images (i.e. where ``hddimg``, ``iso``, or
+ ``wic.vmdk`` is in :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`), the
+ ``EFI_PROVIDER`` variable specifies the EFI bootloader to use. The
+ default is "grub-efi", but "systemd-boot" can be used instead.
+
+ See the :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` and
+ :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` classes for more
+ information.
+
+ :term:`ENABLE_BINARY_LOCALE_GENERATION`
+ Variable that controls which locales for ``glibc`` are generated
+ during the build (useful if the target device has 64Mbytes of RAM or
+ less).
+
+ :term:`ERR_REPORT_DIR`
+ When used with the :ref:`report-error <ref-classes-report-error>`
+ class, specifies the path used for storing the debug files created by
+ the :ref:`error reporting
+ tool <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:using the error reporting tool>`, which
+ allows you to submit build errors you encounter to a central
+ database. By default, the value of this variable is
+ ``${``\ :term:`LOG_DIR`\ ``}/error-report``.
+
+ You can set ``ERR_REPORT_DIR`` to the path you want the error
+ reporting tool to store the debug files as follows in your
+ ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ ERR_REPORT_DIR = "path"
+
+ :term:`ERROR_QA`
+ Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as
+ errors by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in
+ your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you
+ can control with this variable, see the
+ ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section.
+
+ :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`
+ Triggers the OpenEmbedded build system's shared libraries resolver to
+ exclude an entire package when scanning for shared libraries.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The shared libraries resolver's functionality results in part from
+ the internal function ``package_do_shlibs``, which is part of the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. You should be aware that the shared
+ libraries resolver might implicitly define some dependencies between
+ packages.
+
+ The ``EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`` variable is similar to the
+ :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS` variable, which excludes a
+ package's particular libraries only and not the whole package.
+
+ Use the ``EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS`` variable by setting it to "1" for a
+ particular package:
+ ::
+
+ EXCLUDE_FROM_SHLIBS = "1"
+
+ :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`
+ Directs BitBake to exclude a recipe from world builds (i.e.
+ ``bitbake world``). During world builds, BitBake locates, parses and
+ builds all recipes found in every layer exposed in the
+ ``bblayers.conf`` configuration file.
+
+ To exclude a recipe from a world build using this variable, set the
+ variable to "1" in the recipe.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Recipes added to ``EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`` may still be built during a
+ world build in order to satisfy dependencies of other recipes. Adding
+ a recipe to ``EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`` only ensures that the recipe is not
+ explicitly added to the list of build targets in a world build.
+
+ :term:`EXTENDPE`
+ Used with file and pathnames to create a prefix for a recipe's
+ version based on the recipe's :term:`PE` value. If ``PE``
+ is set and greater than zero for a recipe, ``EXTENDPE`` becomes that
+ value (e.g if ``PE`` is equal to "1" then ``EXTENDPE`` becomes "1").
+ If a recipe's ``PE`` is not set (the default) or is equal to zero,
+ ``EXTENDPE`` becomes "".
+
+ See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example.
+
+ :term:`EXTENDPKGV`
+ The full package version specification as it appears on the final
+ packages produced by a recipe. The variable's value is normally used
+ to fix a runtime dependency to the exact same version of another
+ package in the same recipe:
+ ::
+
+ RDEPENDS_${PN}-additional-module = "${PN} (= ${EXTENDPKGV})"
+
+ The dependency relationships are intended to force the package
+ manager to upgrade these types of packages in lock-step.
+
+ :term:`EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS`
+ When set, the ``EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS`` variable indicates that these
+ tools are not in the source tree.
+
+ When kernel tools are available in the tree, they are preferred over
+ any externally installed tools. Setting the ``EXTERNAL_KERNEL_TOOLS``
+ variable tells the OpenEmbedded build system to prefer the installed
+ external tools. See the
+ :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>` class in
+ ``meta/classes`` to see how the variable is used.
+
+ :term:`EXTERNALSRC`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>`
+ class, this variable points to the source tree, which is outside of
+ the OpenEmbedded build system. When set, this variable sets the
+ :term:`S` variable, which is what the OpenEmbedded build
+ system uses to locate unpacked recipe source code.
+
+ For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the
+ ":ref:`externalsrc.bbclass <ref-classes-externalsrc>`" section. You
+ can also find information on how to use this variable in the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:building software from an external source`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`EXTERNALSRC_BUILD`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`externalsrc <ref-classes-externalsrc>`
+ class, this variable points to the directory in which the recipe's
+ source code is built, which is outside of the OpenEmbedded build
+ system. When set, this variable sets the :term:`B` variable,
+ which is what the OpenEmbedded build system uses to locate the Build
+ Directory.
+
+ For more information on ``externalsrc.bbclass``, see the
+ ":ref:`externalsrc.bbclass <ref-classes-externalsrc>`" section. You
+ can also find information on how to use this variable in the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:building software from an external source`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`EXTRA_AUTORECONF`
+ For recipes inheriting the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>`
+ class, you can use ``EXTRA_AUTORECONF`` to specify extra options to
+ pass to the ``autoreconf`` command that is executed during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task.
+
+ The default value is "--exclude=autopoint".
+
+ :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES`
+ A list of additional features to include in an image. When listing
+ more than one feature, separate them with a space.
+
+ Typically, you configure this variable in your ``local.conf`` file,
+ which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`.
+ Although you can use this variable from within a recipe, best
+ practices dictate that you do not.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ To enable primary features from within the image recipe, use the
+ :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variable.
+
+ Here are some examples of features you can add:
+
+ - "dbg-pkgs" - Adds -dbg packages for all installed packages including
+ symbol information for debugging and profiling.
+
+ - "debug-tweaks" - Makes an image suitable for debugging. For example, allows root logins without passwords and
+ enables post-installation logging. See the 'allow-empty-password' and
+ 'post-install-logging' features in the ":ref:`ref-features-image`"
+ section for more information.
+ - "dev-pkgs" - Adds -dev packages for all installed packages. This is
+ useful if you want to develop against the libraries in the image.
+ - "read-only-rootfs" - Creates an image whose root filesystem is
+ read-only. See the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating a read-only root filesystem`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
+ information
+ - "tools-debug" - Adds debugging tools such as gdb and strace.
+ - "tools-sdk" - Adds development tools such as gcc, make,
+ pkgconfig and so forth.
+ - "tools-testapps" - Adds useful testing tools
+ such as ts_print, aplay, arecord and so forth.
+
+ For a complete list of image features that ships with the Yocto
+ Project, see the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section.
+
+ For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this
+ variable, see the ":ref:`usingpoky-extend-customimage-imagefeatures`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`EXTRA_IMAGECMD`
+ Specifies additional options for the image creation command that has
+ been specified in :term:`IMAGE_CMD`. When setting
+ this variable, use an override for the associated image type. Here is
+ an example:
+ ::
+
+ EXTRA_IMAGECMD_ext3 ?= "-i 4096"
+
+ :term:`EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS`
+ A list of recipes to build that do not provide packages for
+ installing into the root filesystem.
+
+ Sometimes a recipe is required to build the final image but is not
+ needed in the root filesystem. You can use the ``EXTRA_IMAGEDEPENDS``
+ variable to list these recipes and thus specify the dependencies. A
+ typical example is a required bootloader in a machine configuration.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ To add packages to the root filesystem, see the various
+ \*:term:`RDEPENDS` and \*:term:`RRECOMMENDS` variables.
+
+ :term:`EXTRANATIVEPATH`
+ A list of subdirectories of
+ ``${``\ :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE`\ ``}``
+ added to the beginning of the environment variable ``PATH``. As an
+ example, the following prepends
+ "${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/foo:${STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE}/bar:" to
+ ``PATH``:
+ ::
+
+ EXTRANATIVEPATH = "foo bar"
+
+ :term:`EXTRA_OECMAKE`
+ Additional `CMake <https://cmake.org/overview/>`__ options. See the
+ :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` class for additional information.
+
+ :term:`EXTRA_OECONF`
+ Additional ``configure`` script options. See
+ :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS` for
+ additional information on passing configure script options.
+
+ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`
+ Additional GNU ``make`` options.
+
+ Because the ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` defaults to "", you need to set the
+ variable to specify any required GNU options.
+
+ :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` and
+ :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST` also make use of
+ ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` to pass the required flags.
+
+ :term:`EXTRA_OESCONS`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`scons <ref-classes-scons>` class, this
+ variable specifies additional configuration options you want to pass
+ to the ``scons`` command line.
+
+ :term:`EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`extrausers <ref-classes-extrausers>`
+ class, this variable provides image level user and group operations.
+ This is a more global method of providing user and group
+ configuration as compared to using the
+ :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class, which ties user and
+ group configurations to a specific recipe.
+
+ The set list of commands you can configure using the
+ ``EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS`` is shown in the ``extrausers`` class. These
+ commands map to the normal Unix commands of the same names:
+ ::
+
+ # EXTRA_USERS_PARAMS = "\
+ # useradd -p '' tester; \
+ # groupadd developers; \
+ # userdel nobody; \
+ # groupdel -g video; \
+ # groupmod -g 1020 developers; \
+ # usermod -s /bin/sh tester; \
+ # "
+
+ :term:`FEATURE_PACKAGES`
+ Defines one or more packages to include in an image when a specific
+ item is included in :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`.
+ When setting the value, ``FEATURE_PACKAGES`` should have the name of
+ the feature item as an override. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ FEATURE_PACKAGES_widget = "package1 package2"
+
+ In this example, if "widget" were added to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``,
+ package1 and package2 would be included in the image.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Packages installed by features defined through ``FEATURE_PACKAGES``
+ are often package groups. While similarly named, you should not
+ confuse the ``FEATURE_PACKAGES`` variable with package groups, which
+ are discussed elsewhere in the documentation.
+
+ :term:`FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI`
+ Points to the base URL of the server and location within the
+ document-root that provides the metadata and packages required by
+ OPKG to support runtime package management of IPK packages. You set
+ this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
+
+ Consider the following example:
+ ::
+
+ FEED_DEPLOYDIR_BASE_URI = "http://192.168.7.1/BOARD-dir"
+
+ This example assumes you are serving
+ your packages over HTTP and your databases are located in a directory
+ named ``BOARD-dir``, which is underneath your HTTP server's
+ document-root. In this case, the OpenEmbedded build system generates
+ a set of configuration files for you in your target that work with
+ the feed.
+
+ :term:`FILES`
+ The list of files and directories that are placed in a package. The
+ :term:`PACKAGES` variable lists the packages
+ generated by a recipe.
+
+ To use the ``FILES`` variable, provide a package name override that
+ identifies the resulting package. Then, provide a space-separated
+ list of files or paths that identify the files you want included as
+ part of the resulting package. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ FILES_${PN} += "${bindir}/mydir1 ${bindir}/mydir2/myfile"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - When specifying files or paths, you can pattern match using
+ Python's
+ `glob <https://docs.python.org/3/library/glob.html>`_
+ syntax. For details on the syntax, see the documentation by
+ following the previous link.
+
+ - When specifying paths as part of the ``FILES`` variable, it is
+ good practice to use appropriate path variables. For example,
+ use ``${sysconfdir}`` rather than ``/etc``, or ``${bindir}``
+ rather than ``/usr/bin``. You can find a list of these
+ variables at the top of the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file in
+ the :term:`Source Directory`. You will also
+ find the default values of the various ``FILES_*`` variables in
+ this file.
+
+ If some of the files you provide with the ``FILES`` variable are
+ editable and you know they should not be overwritten during the
+ package update process by the Package Management System (PMS), you
+ can identify these files so that the PMS will not overwrite them. See
+ the :term:`CONFFILES` variable for information on
+ how to identify these files to the PMS.
+
+ :term:`FILES_SOLIBSDEV`
+ Defines the file specification to match
+ :term:`SOLIBSDEV`. In other words,
+ ``FILES_SOLIBSDEV`` defines the full path name of the development
+ symbolic link (symlink) for shared libraries on the target platform.
+
+ The following statement from the ``bitbake.conf`` shows how it is
+ set:
+ ::
+
+ FILES_SOLIBSDEV ?= "${base_libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV} ${libdir}/lib*${SOLIBSDEV}"
+
+ :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS`
+ Extends the search path the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
+ looking for files and patches as it processes recipes and append
+ files. The default directories BitBake uses when it processes recipes
+ are initially defined by the :term:`FILESPATH`
+ variable. You can extend ``FILESPATH`` variable by using
+ ``FILESEXTRAPATHS``.
+
+ Best practices dictate that you accomplish this by using
+ ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` from within a ``.bbappend`` file and that you
+ prepend paths as follows:
+ ::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
+
+ In the above example, the build system first
+ looks for files in a directory that has the same name as the
+ corresponding append file.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ When extending ``FILESEXTRAPATHS``, be sure to use the immediate
+ expansion (``:=``) operator. Immediate expansion makes sure that
+ BitBake evaluates :term:`THISDIR` at the time the
+ directive is encountered rather than at some later time when
+ expansion might result in a directory that does not contain the
+ files you need.
+
+ Also, include the trailing separating colon character if you are
+ prepending. The trailing colon character is necessary because you
+ are directing BitBake to extend the path by prepending directories
+ to the search path.
+
+ Here is another common use:
+ ::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "${THISDIR}/files:"
+
+ In this example, the build system extends the
+ ``FILESPATH`` variable to include a directory named ``files`` that is
+ in the same directory as the corresponding append file.
+
+ This next example specifically adds three paths:
+ ::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend := "path_1:path_2:path_3:"
+
+ A final example shows how you can extend the search path and include
+ a :term:`MACHINE`-specific override, which is useful
+ in a BSP layer:
+ ::
+
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS_prepend_intel-x86-common := "${THISDIR}/${PN}:"
+
+ The previous statement appears in the
+ ``linux-yocto-dev.bbappend`` file, which is found in the
+ :ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:yocto project source repositories` in
+ ``meta-intel/common/recipes-kernel/linux``. Here, the machine
+ override is a special :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`
+ definition for multiple ``meta-intel`` machines.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ For a layer that supports a single BSP, the override could just be
+ the value of ``MACHINE``.
+
+ By prepending paths in ``.bbappend`` files, you allow multiple append
+ files that reside in different layers but are used for the same
+ recipe to correctly extend the path.
+
+ :term:`FILESOVERRIDES`
+ A subset of :term:`OVERRIDES` used by the
+ OpenEmbedded build system for creating
+ :term:`FILESPATH`. The ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable
+ uses overrides to automatically extend the
+ :term:`FILESPATH` variable. For an example of how
+ that works, see the :term:`FILESPATH` variable
+ description. Additionally, you find more information on how overrides
+ are handled in the
+ ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`"
+ section of the BitBake User Manual.
+
+ By default, the ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable is defined as:
+ ::
+
+ FILESOVERRIDES = "${TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH}:${MACHINEOVERRIDES}:${DISTROOVERRIDES}"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Do not hand-edit the ``FILESOVERRIDES`` variable. The values match up
+ with expected overrides and are used in an expected manner by the
+ build system.
+
+ :term:`FILESPATH`
+ The default set of directories the OpenEmbedded build system uses
+ when searching for patches and files.
+
+ During the build process, BitBake searches each directory in
+ ``FILESPATH`` in the specified order when looking for files and
+ patches specified by each ``file://`` URI in a recipe's
+ :term:`SRC_URI` statements.
+
+ The default value for the ``FILESPATH`` variable is defined in the
+ ``base.bbclass`` class found in ``meta/classes`` in the
+ :term:`Source Directory`:
+ ::
+
+ FILESPATH = "${@base_set_filespath(["${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BP}", \
+ "${FILE_DIRNAME}/${BPN}", "${FILE_DIRNAME}/files"], d)}"
+
+ The
+ ``FILESPATH`` variable is automatically extended using the overrides
+ from the :term:`FILESOVERRIDES` variable.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - Do not hand-edit the ``FILESPATH`` variable. If you want the
+ build system to look in directories other than the defaults,
+ extend the ``FILESPATH`` variable by using the
+ :term:`FILESEXTRAPATHS` variable.
+
+ - Be aware that the default ``FILESPATH`` directories do not map
+ to directories in custom layers where append files
+ (``.bbappend``) are used. If you want the build system to find
+ patches or files that reside with your append files, you need
+ to extend the ``FILESPATH`` variable by using the
+ ``FILESEXTRAPATHS`` variable.
+
+ You can take advantage of this searching behavior in useful ways. For
+ example, consider a case where the following directory structure
+ exists for general and machine-specific configurations:
+ ::
+
+ files/defconfig
+ files/MACHINEA/defconfig
+ files/MACHINEB/defconfig
+
+ Also in the example, the ``SRC_URI`` statement contains
+ "file://defconfig". Given this scenario, you can set
+ :term:`MACHINE` to "MACHINEA" and cause the build
+ system to use files from ``files/MACHINEA``. Set ``MACHINE`` to
+ "MACHINEB" and the build system uses files from ``files/MACHINEB``.
+ Finally, for any machine other than "MACHINEA" and "MACHINEB", the
+ build system uses files from ``files/defconfig``.
+
+ You can find out more about the patching process in the
+ ":ref:`patching-dev-environment`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the
+ ":ref:`new-recipe-patching-code`" section in
+ the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. See the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task as well.
+
+ :term:`FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES`
+ Allows you to define your own file permissions settings table as part
+ of your configuration for the packaging process. For example, suppose
+ you need a consistent set of custom permissions for a set of groups
+ and users across an entire work project. It is best to do this in the
+ packages themselves but this is not always possible.
+
+ By default, the OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``fs-perms.txt``,
+ which is located in the ``meta/files`` folder in the :term:`Source Directory`.
+ If you create your own file
+ permissions setting table, you should place it in your layer or the
+ distro's layer.
+
+ You define the ``FILESYSTEM_PERMS_TABLES`` variable in the
+ ``conf/local.conf`` file, which is found in the :term:`Build Directory`,
+ to point to your custom
+ ``fs-perms.txt``. You can specify more than a single file permissions
+ setting table. The paths you specify to these files must be defined
+ within the :term:`BBPATH` variable.
+
+ For guidance on how to create your own file permissions settings
+ table file, examine the existing ``fs-perms.txt``.
+
+ :term:`FIT_HASH_ALG`
+ Specifies the hash algorithm used in creating the FIT Image. For e.g. sha256.
+
+ :term:`FIT_SIGN_ALG`
+ Specifies the signature algorithm used in creating the FIT Image.
+ For e.g. rsa2048.
+
+ :term:`FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class,
+ this variable specifies the runtime dependencies for font packages.
+ By default, the ``FONT_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`` is set to "fontconfig-utils".
+
+ :term:`FONT_PACKAGES`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`fontcache <ref-classes-fontcache>` class,
+ this variable identifies packages containing font files that need to
+ be cached by Fontconfig. By default, the ``fontcache`` class assumes
+ that fonts are in the recipe's main package (i.e.
+ ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if fonts you
+ need are in a package other than that main package.
+
+ :term:`FORCE_RO_REMOVE`
+ Forces the removal of the packages listed in ``ROOTFS_RO_UNNEEDED``
+ during the generation of the root filesystem.
+
+ Set the variable to "1" to force the removal of these packages.
+
+ :term:`FULL_OPTIMIZATION`
+ The options to pass in ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` and ``CFLAGS`` when
+ compiling an optimized system. This variable defaults to "-O2 -pipe
+ ${DEBUG_FLAGS}".
+
+ :term:`GCCPIE`
+ Enables Position Independent Executables (PIE) within the GNU C
+ Compiler (GCC). Enabling PIE in the GCC makes Return Oriented
+ Programming (ROP) attacks much more difficult to execute.
+
+ By default the ``security_flags.inc`` file enables PIE by setting the
+ variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ GCCPIE ?= "--enable-default-pie"
+
+ :term:`GCCVERSION`
+ Specifies the default version of the GNU C Compiler (GCC) used for
+ compilation. By default, ``GCCVERSION`` is set to "8.x" in the
+ ``meta/conf/distro/include/tcmode-default.inc`` include file:
+ ::
+
+ GCCVERSION ?= "8.%"
+
+ You can override this value by setting it in a
+ configuration file such as the ``local.conf``.
+
+ :term:`GDB`
+ The minimal command and arguments to run the GNU Debugger.
+
+ :term:`GITDIR`
+ The directory in which a local copy of a Git repository is stored
+ when it is cloned.
+
+ :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`
+ Specifies the list of GLIBC locales to generate should you not wish
+ to generate all LIBC locals, which can be time consuming.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you specifically remove the locale ``en_US.UTF-8``, you must set
+ :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS` appropriately.
+
+ You can set ``GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`` in your ``local.conf`` file.
+ By default, all locales are generated.
+ ::
+
+ GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES = "en_GB.UTF-8 en_US.UTF-8"
+
+ :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
+ this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be
+ passed to the ``groupadd`` command if you wish to add a group to the
+ system when the package is installed.
+
+ Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe:
+ ::
+
+ GROUPADD_PARAM_${PN} = "-r netdev"
+
+ For information on the standard Linux shell command
+ ``groupadd``, see http://linux.die.net/man/8/groupadd.
+
+ :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
+ this variable specifies for a package what parameters should be
+ passed to the ``groupmems`` command if you wish to modify the members
+ of a group when the package is installed.
+
+ For information on the standard Linux shell command ``groupmems``,
+ see http://linux.die.net/man/8/groupmems.
+
+ :term:`GRUB_GFXSERIAL`
+ Configures the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB) to have graphics
+ and serial in the boot menu. Set this variable to "1" in your
+ ``local.conf`` or distribution configuration file to enable graphics
+ and serial in the menu.
+
+ See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
+ information on how this variable is used.
+
+ :term:`GRUB_OPTS`
+ Additional options to add to the GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB)
+ configuration. Use a semi-colon character (``;``) to separate
+ multiple options.
+
+ The ``GRUB_OPTS`` variable is optional. See the
+ :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information
+ on how this variable is used.
+
+ :term:`GRUB_TIMEOUT`
+ Specifies the timeout before executing the default ``LABEL`` in the
+ GNU GRand Unified Bootloader (GRUB).
+
+ The ``GRUB_TIMEOUT`` variable is optional. See the
+ :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more information
+ on how this variable is used.
+
+ :term:`GTKIMMODULES_PACKAGES`
+ When inheriting the
+ :ref:`gtk-immodules-cache <ref-classes-gtk-immodules-cache>` class,
+ this variable specifies the packages that contain the GTK+ input
+ method modules being installed when the modules are in packages other
+ than the main package.
+
+ :term:`HOMEPAGE`
+ Website where more information about the software the recipe is
+ building can be found.
+
+ :term:`HOST_ARCH`
+ The name of the target architecture, which is normally the same as
+ :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. The OpenEmbedded build system
+ supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures
+ supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is
+ configurable:
+
+ - arm
+ - i586
+ - x86_64
+ - powerpc
+ - powerpc64
+ - mips
+ - mipsel
+
+ :term:`HOST_CC_ARCH`
+ Specifies architecture-specific compiler flags that are passed to the
+ C compiler.
+
+ Default initialization for ``HOST_CC_ARCH`` varies depending on what
+ is being built:
+
+ - :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH` when building for the
+ target
+
+ - :term:`BUILD_CC_ARCH` when building for the build host (i.e.
+ ``-native``)
+
+ - ``BUILDSDK_CC_ARCH`` when building for an SDK (i.e.
+ ``nativesdk-``)
+
+ :term:`HOST_OS`
+ Specifies the name of the target operating system, which is normally
+ the same as the :term:`TARGET_OS`. The variable can
+ be set to "linux" for ``glibc``-based systems and to "linux-musl" for
+ ``musl``. For ARM/EABI targets, there are also "linux-gnueabi" and
+ "linux-musleabi" values possible.
+
+ :term:`HOST_PREFIX`
+ Specifies the prefix for the cross-compile toolchain. ``HOST_PREFIX``
+ is normally the same as :term:`TARGET_PREFIX`.
+
+ :term:`HOST_SYS`
+ Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
+ system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the
+ current recipe.
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
+ on :term:`HOST_ARCH`,
+ :term:`HOST_VENDOR`, and
+ :term:`HOST_OS` variables.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You do not need to set the variable yourself.
+
+ Consider these two examples:
+
+ - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit x86 machine running Linux, the
+ value is "i686-linux".
+
+ - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian MIPS target running
+ Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux".
+
+ :term:`HOSTTOOLS`
+ A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that
+ should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this
+ filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. If a tool
+ specified in the value of ``HOSTTOOLS`` is not found on the build
+ host, the OpenEmbedded build system produces an error and the build
+ is not started.
+
+ For additional information, see
+ :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`.
+
+ :term:`HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`
+ A space-separated list (filter) of tools on the build host that
+ should be allowed to be called from within build tasks. Using this
+ filter helps reduce the possibility of host contamination. Unlike
+ :term:`HOSTTOOLS`, the OpenEmbedded build system
+ does not produce an error if a tool specified in the value of
+ ``HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`` is not found on the build host. Thus, you can
+ use ``HOSTTOOLS_NONFATAL`` to filter optional host tools.
+
+ :term:`HOST_VENDOR`
+ Specifies the name of the vendor. ``HOST_VENDOR`` is normally the
+ same as :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`.
+
+ :term:`ICECC_DISABLED`
+ Disables or enables the ``icecc`` (Icecream) function. For more
+ information on this function and best practices for using this
+ variable, see the ":ref:`icecc.bbclass <ref-classes-icecc>`"
+ section.
+
+ Setting this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf`` disables the
+ function:
+ ::
+
+ ICECC_DISABLED ??= "1"
+
+ To enable the function, set the variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ ICECC_DISABLED = ""
+
+ :term:`ICECC_ENV_EXEC`
+ Points to the ``icecc-create-env`` script that you provide. This
+ variable is used by the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You
+ set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
+
+ If you do not point to a script that you provide, the OpenEmbedded
+ build system uses the default script provided by the
+ ``icecc-create-env.bb`` recipe, which is a modified version and not
+ the one that comes with ``icecc``.
+
+ :term:`ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE`
+ Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task that specify parallel
+ compilation. This variable usually takes the form of "-j x", where x
+ represents the maximum number of parallel threads ``make`` can run.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The options passed affect builds on all enabled machines on the
+ network, which are machines running the ``iceccd`` daemon.
+
+ If your enabled machines support multiple cores, coming up with the
+ maximum number of parallel threads that gives you the best
+ performance could take some experimentation since machine speed,
+ network lag, available memory, and existing machine loads can all
+ affect build time. Consequently, unlike the
+ :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable, there is no
+ rule-of-thumb for setting ``ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE`` to achieve optimal
+ performance.
+
+ If you do not set ``ICECC_PARALLEL_MAKE``, the build system does not
+ use it (i.e. the system does not detect and assign the number of
+ cores as is done with ``PARALLEL_MAKE``).
+
+ :term:`ICECC_PATH`
+ The location of the ``icecc`` binary. You can set this variable in
+ your ``local.conf`` file. If your ``local.conf`` file does not define
+ this variable, the :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class attempts
+ to define it by locating ``icecc`` using ``which``.
+
+ :term:`ICECC_USER_CLASS_BL`
+ Identifies user classes that you do not want the Icecream distributed
+ compile support to consider. This variable is used by the
+ :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
+ your ``local.conf`` file.
+
+ When you list classes using this variable, you are "blacklisting"
+ them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any classes
+ you list will be distributed and compiled locally.
+
+ :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_BL`
+ Identifies user recipes that you do not want the Icecream distributed
+ compile support to consider. This variable is used by the
+ :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
+ your ``local.conf`` file.
+
+ When you list packages using this variable, you are "blacklisting"
+ them from distributed compilation across remote hosts. Any packages
+ you list will be distributed and compiled locally.
+
+ :term:`ICECC_USER_PACKAGE_WL`
+ Identifies user recipes that use an empty
+ :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE` variable that you want to
+ force remote distributed compilation on using the Icecream
+ distributed compile support. This variable is used by the
+ :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` class. You set this variable in
+ your ``local.conf`` file.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`
+ The base name of image output files. This variable defaults to the
+ recipe name (``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``).
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_BOOT_FILES`
+ A space-separated list of files installed into the boot partition
+ when preparing an image using the Wic tool with the
+ ``bootimg-partition`` or ``bootimg-efi`` source plugin. By default,
+ the files are
+ installed under the same name as the source files. To change the
+ installed name, separate it from the original name with a semi-colon
+ (;). Source files need to be located in
+ :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`. Here are two
+ examples:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.img uImage;kernel"
+ IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "u-boot.${UBOOT_SUFFIX} ${KERNEL_IMAGETYPE}"
+
+ Alternatively, source files can be picked up using a glob pattern. In
+ this case, the destination file must have the same name as the base
+ name of the source file path. To install files into a directory
+ within the target location, pass its name after a semi-colon (;).
+ Here are two examples:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*"
+ IMAGE_BOOT_FILES = "bcm2835-bootfiles/*;boot/"
+
+ The first example
+ installs all files from ``${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/bcm2835-bootfiles``
+ into the root of the target partition. The second example installs
+ the same files into a ``boot`` directory within the target partition.
+
+ You can find information on how to use the Wic tool in the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
+ section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. Reference
+ material for Wic is located in the
+ ":doc:`../ref-manual/ref-kickstart`" chapter.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_CLASSES`
+ A list of classes that all images should inherit. You typically use
+ this variable to specify the list of classes that register the
+ different types of images the OpenEmbedded build system creates.
+
+ The default value for ``IMAGE_CLASSES`` is ``image_types``. You can
+ set this variable in your ``local.conf`` or in a distribution
+ configuration file.
+
+ For more information, see ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass`` in the
+ :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_CMD`
+ Specifies the command to create the image file for a specific image
+ type, which corresponds to the value set set in
+ :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`, (e.g. ``ext3``,
+ ``btrfs``, and so forth). When setting this variable, you should use
+ an override for the associated type. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_CMD_jffs2 = "mkfs.jffs2 --root=${IMAGE_ROOTFS} \
+ --faketime --output=${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.jffs2 \
+ ${EXTRA_IMAGECMD}"
+
+ You typically do not need to set this variable unless you are adding
+ support for a new image type. For more examples on how to set this
+ variable, see the :ref:`image_types <ref-classes-image_types>`
+ class file, which is ``meta/classes/image_types.bbclass``.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES`
+ Specifies one or more files that contain custom device tables that
+ are passed to the ``makedevs`` command as part of creating an image.
+ These files list basic device nodes that should be created under
+ ``/dev`` within the image. If ``IMAGE_DEVICE_TABLES`` is not set,
+ ``files/device_table-minimal.txt`` is used, which is located by
+ :term:`BBPATH`. For details on how you should write
+ device table files, see ``meta/files/device_table-minimal.txt`` as an
+ example.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`
+ The primary list of features to include in an image. Typically, you
+ configure this variable in an image recipe. Although you can use this
+ variable from your ``local.conf`` file, which is found in the
+ :term:`Build Directory`, best practices dictate that you do
+ not.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ To enable extra features from outside the image recipe, use the
+ :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES` variable.
+
+ For a list of image features that ships with the Yocto Project, see
+ the ":ref:`ref-features-image`" section.
+
+ For an example that shows how to customize your image by using this
+ variable, see the ":ref:`usingpoky-extend-customimage-imagefeatures`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`
+ Specifies the formats the OpenEmbedded build system uses during the
+ build when creating the root filesystem. For example, setting
+ ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` as follows causes the build system to create root
+ filesystems using two formats: ``.ext3`` and ``.tar.bz2``:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_FSTYPES = "ext3 tar.bz2"
+
+ For the complete list of supported image formats from which you can
+ choose, see :term:`IMAGE_TYPES`.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - If an image recipe uses the "inherit image" line and you are
+ setting ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` inside the recipe, you must set
+ ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` prior to using the "inherit image" line.
+
+ - Due to the way the OpenEmbedded build system processes this
+ variable, you cannot update its contents by using ``_append``
+ or ``_prepend``. You must use the ``+=`` operator to add one or
+ more options to the ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` variable.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL`
+ Used by recipes to specify the packages to install into an image
+ through the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class. Use the
+ ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable with care to avoid ordering issues.
+
+ Image recipes set ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` to specify the packages to
+ install into an image through ``image.bbclass``. Additionally,
+ "helper" classes such as the
+ :ref:`core-image <ref-classes-core-image>` class exist that can
+ take lists used with ``IMAGE_FEATURES`` and turn them into
+ auto-generated entries in ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` in addition to its
+ default contents.
+
+ When you use this variable, it is best to use it as follows:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_INSTALL_append = " package-name"
+
+ Be sure to include the space
+ between the quotation character and the start of the package name or
+ names.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - When working with a
+ :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/ref-images:images>`
+ image, do not use the ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` variable to specify
+ packages for installation. Instead, use the
+ :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL` variable, which
+ allows the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) recipe to use a
+ fixed set of packages and not be affected by ``IMAGE_INSTALL``.
+ For information on creating an initramfs, see the
+ ":ref:`building-an-initramfs-image`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ - Using ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` with the
+ :ref:`+= <bitbake:appending-and-prepending>`
+ BitBake operator within the ``/conf/local.conf`` file or from
+ within an image recipe is not recommended. Use of this operator
+ in these ways can cause ordering issues. Since
+ ``core-image.bbclass`` sets ``IMAGE_INSTALL`` to a default
+ value using the
+ :ref:`?= <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:setting a default value (?=)>`
+ operator, using a ``+=`` operation against ``IMAGE_INSTALL``
+ results in unexpected behavior when used within
+ ``conf/local.conf``. Furthermore, the same operation from
+ within an image recipe may or may not succeed depending on the
+ specific situation. In both these cases, the behavior is
+ contrary to how most users expect the ``+=`` operator to work.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_LINGUAS`
+ Specifies the list of locales to install into the image during the
+ root filesystem construction process. The OpenEmbedded build system
+ automatically splits locale files, which are used for localization,
+ into separate packages. Setting the ``IMAGE_LINGUAS`` variable
+ ensures that any locale packages that correspond to packages already
+ selected for installation into the image are also installed. Here is
+ an example:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_LINGUAS = "pt-br de-de"
+
+ In this example, the build system ensures any Brazilian Portuguese
+ and German locale files that correspond to packages in the image are
+ installed (i.e. ``*-locale-pt-br`` and ``*-locale-de-de`` as well as
+ ``*-locale-pt`` and ``*-locale-de``, since some software packages
+ only provide locale files by language and not by country-specific
+ language).
+
+ See the :term:`GLIBC_GENERATE_LOCALES`
+ variable for information on generating GLIBC locales.
+
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_LINK_NAME`
+ The name of the output image symlink (which does not include
+ the version part as :term:`IMAGE_NAME` does). The default value
+ is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME` and :term:`MACHINE`
+ variables:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}"
+
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_MANIFEST`
+ The manifest file for the image. This file lists all the installed
+ packages that make up the image. The file contains package
+ information on a line-per-package basis as follows:
+ ::
+
+ packagename packagearch version
+
+ The :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class defines the manifest
+ file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_MANIFEST ="${DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE}/${IMAGE_NAME}.rootfs.manifest"
+
+ The location is
+ derived using the :term:`DEPLOY_DIR_IMAGE`
+ and :term:`IMAGE_NAME` variables. You can find
+ information on how the image is created in the ":ref:`image-generation-dev-environment`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_NAME`
+ The name of the output image files minus the extension. This variable
+ is derived using the :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`,
+ :term:`MACHINE`, and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX`
+ variables:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_NAME ?= "${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_NAME_SUFFIX`
+ Suffix used for the image output file name - defaults to ``".rootfs"``
+ to distinguish the image file from other files created during image
+ building; however if this suffix is redundant or not desired you can
+ clear the value of this variable (set the value to ""). For example,
+ this is typically cleared in initramfs image recipes.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR`
+ Defines a multiplier that the build system applies to the initial
+ image size for cases when the multiplier times the returned disk
+ usage value for the image is greater than the sum of
+ ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`` and ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE``. The result of
+ the multiplier applied to the initial image size creates free disk
+ space in the image as overhead. By default, the build process uses a
+ multiplier of 1.3 for this variable. This default value results in
+ 30% free disk space added to the image when this method is used to
+ determine the final generated image size. You should be aware that
+ post install scripts and the package management system uses disk
+ space inside this overhead area. Consequently, the multiplier does
+ not produce an image with all the theoretical free disk space. See
+ ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`` for information on how the build system
+ determines the overall image size.
+
+ The default 30% free disk space typically gives the image enough room
+ to boot and allows for basic post installs while still leaving a
+ small amount of free disk space. If 30% free space is inadequate, you
+ can increase the default value. For example, the following setting
+ gives you 50% free space added to the image:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR = "1.5"
+
+ Alternatively, you can ensure a specific amount of free disk space is
+ added to the image by using the ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE``
+ variable.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_PKGTYPE`
+ Defines the package type (i.e. DEB, RPM, IPK, or TAR) used by the
+ OpenEmbedded build system. The variable is defined appropriately by
+ the :ref:`package_deb <ref-classes-package_deb>`,
+ :ref:`package_rpm <ref-classes-package_rpm>`,
+ :ref:`package_ipk <ref-classes-package_ipk>`, or
+ :ref:`package_tar <ref-classes-package_tar>` class.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The ``package_tar`` class is broken and is not supported. It is
+ recommended that you do not use it.
+
+ The :ref:`populate_sdk_* <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` and
+ :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` classes use the ``IMAGE_PKGTYPE``
+ for packaging up images and SDKs.
+
+ You should not set the ``IMAGE_PKGTYPE`` manually. Rather, the
+ variable is set indirectly through the appropriate
+ :ref:`package_* <ref-classes-package>` class using the
+ :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES` variable. The
+ OpenEmbedded build system uses the first package type (e.g. DEB, RPM,
+ or IPK) that appears with the variable
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Files using the ``.tar`` format are never used as a substitute
+ packaging format for DEB, RPM, and IPK formatted files for your image
+ or SDK.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
+ Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
+ system creates the final image output files. You can specify
+ functions separated by semicolons:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the
+ function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
+ directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
+ information.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND`
+ Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build
+ system creates the final image output files. You can specify
+ functions separated by semicolons:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within the
+ function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
+ directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
+ information.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS`
+ The location of the root filesystem while it is under construction
+ (i.e. during the :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task). This
+ variable is not configurable. Do not change it.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_ALIGNMENT`
+ Specifies the alignment for the output image file in Kbytes. If the
+ size of the image is not a multiple of this value, then the size is
+ rounded up to the nearest multiple of the value. The default value is
+ "1". See :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE` for
+ additional information.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`
+ Defines additional free disk space created in the image in Kbytes. By
+ default, this variable is set to "0". This free disk space is added
+ to the image after the build system determines the image size as
+ described in ``IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE``.
+
+ This variable is particularly useful when you want to ensure that a
+ specific amount of free disk space is available on a device after an
+ image is installed and running. For example, to be sure 5 Gbytes of
+ free disk space is available, set the variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "5242880"
+
+ For example, the Yocto Project Build Appliance specifically requests
+ 40 Gbytes of extra space with the line:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE = "41943040"
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE`
+ Defines the size in Kbytes for the generated image. The OpenEmbedded
+ build system determines the final size for the generated image using
+ an algorithm that takes into account the initial disk space used for
+ the generated image, a requested size for the image, and requested
+ additional free disk space to be added to the image. Programatically,
+ the build system determines the final size of the generated image as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ if (image-du * overhead) < rootfs-size:
+ internal-rootfs-size = rootfs-size + xspace
+ else:
+ internal-rootfs-size = (image-du * overhead) + xspace
+ where:
+ image-du = Returned value of the du command on the image.
+ overhead = IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR
+ rootfs-size = IMAGE_ROOTFS_SIZE
+ internal-rootfs-size = Initial root filesystem size before any modifications.
+ xspace = IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE
+
+ See the :term:`IMAGE_OVERHEAD_FACTOR`
+ and :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS_EXTRA_SPACE`
+ variables for related information.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_TYPEDEP`
+ Specifies a dependency from one image type on another. Here is an
+ example from the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class:
+ ::
+
+ IMAGE_TYPEDEP_live = "ext3"
+
+ In the previous example, the variable ensures that when "live" is
+ listed with the :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable,
+ the OpenEmbedded build system produces an ``ext3`` image first since
+ one of the components of the live image is an ``ext3`` formatted
+ partition containing the root filesystem.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_TYPES`
+ Specifies the complete list of supported image types by default:
+
+ - btrfs
+ - container
+ - cpio
+ - cpio.gz
+ - cpio.lz4
+ - cpio.lzma
+ - cpio.xz
+ - cramfs
+ - ext2
+ - ext2.bz2
+ - ext2.gz
+ - ext2.lzma
+ - ext3
+ - ext3.gz
+ - ext4
+ - ext4.gz
+ - f2fs
+ - hddimg
+ - iso
+ - jffs2
+ - jffs2.sum
+ - multiubi
+ - squashfs
+ - squashfs-lz4
+ - squashfs-lzo
+ - squashfs-xz
+ - tar
+ - tar.bz2
+ - tar.gz
+ - tar.lz4
+ - tar.xz
+ - tar.zst
+ - ubi
+ - ubifs
+ - wic
+ - wic.bz2
+ - wic.gz
+ - wic.lzma
+
+ For more information about these types of images, see
+ ``meta/classes/image_types*.bbclass`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+ :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX`
+ Version suffix that is part of the default :term:`IMAGE_NAME` and
+ :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` values.
+ Defaults to ``"-${DATETIME}"``, however you could set this to a
+ version string that comes from your external build environment if
+ desired, and this suffix would then be used consistently across
+ the build artifacts.
+
+ :term:`INC_PR`
+ Helps define the recipe revision for recipes that share a common
+ ``include`` file. You can think of this variable as part of the
+ recipe revision as set from within an include file.
+
+ Suppose, for example, you have a set of recipes that are used across
+ several projects. And, within each of those recipes the revision (its
+ :term:`PR` value) is set accordingly. In this case, when
+ the revision of those recipes changes, the burden is on you to find
+ all those recipes and be sure that they get changed to reflect the
+ updated version of the recipe. In this scenario, it can get
+ complicated when recipes that are used in many places and provide
+ common functionality are upgraded to a new revision.
+
+ A more efficient way of dealing with this situation is to set the
+ ``INC_PR`` variable inside the ``include`` files that the recipes
+ share and then expand the ``INC_PR`` variable within the recipes to
+ help define the recipe revision.
+
+ The following provides an example that shows how to use the
+ ``INC_PR`` variable given a common ``include`` file that defines the
+ variable. Once the variable is defined in the ``include`` file, you
+ can use the variable to set the ``PR`` values in each recipe. You
+ will notice that when you set a recipe's ``PR`` you can provide more
+ granular revisioning by appending values to the ``INC_PR`` variable:
+ ::
+
+ recipes-graphics/xorg-font/xorg-font-common.inc:INC_PR = "r2"
+ recipes-graphics/xorg-font/encodings_1.0.4.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.1"
+ recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-util_1.3.0.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.0"
+ recipes-graphics/xorg-font/font-alias_1.0.3.bb:PR = "${INC_PR}.3"
+
+ The
+ first line of the example establishes the baseline revision to be
+ used for all recipes that use the ``include`` file. The remaining
+ lines in the example are from individual recipes and show how the
+ ``PR`` value is set.
+
+ :term:`INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`
+ Specifies a space-separated list of license names (as they would
+ appear in :term:`LICENSE`) that should be excluded
+ from the build. Recipes that provide no alternatives to listed
+ incompatible licenses are not built. Packages that are individually
+ licensed with the specified incompatible licenses will be deleted.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ This functionality is only regularly tested using the following
+ setting:
+ ::
+
+ INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "GPL-3.0 LGPL-3.0 AGPL-3.0"
+
+
+ Although you can use other settings, you might be required to
+ remove dependencies on or provide alternatives to components that
+ are required to produce a functional system image.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ It is possible to define a list of licenses that are allowed to be
+ used instead of the licenses that are excluded. To do this, define
+ a variable ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES`` with the names of the licences
+ that are allowed. Then define ``INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`` as:
+ ::
+
+ INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE = "${@' '.join(sorted(set(d.getVar('AVAILABLE_LICENSES').split()) - set(d.getVar('COMPATIBLE_LICENSES').split())))}"
+
+
+ This will result in ``INCOMPATIBLE_LICENSE`` containing the names of
+ all licences from :term:`AVAILABLE_LICENSES` except the ones specified
+ in ``COMPATIBLE_LICENSES`` , thus only allowing the latter licences to
+ be used.
+
+ :term:`INHERIT`
+ Causes the named class or classes to be inherited globally. Anonymous
+ functions in the class or classes are not executed for the base
+ configuration and in each individual recipe. The OpenEmbedded build
+ system ignores changes to ``INHERIT`` in individual recipes.
+
+ For more information on ``INHERIT``, see the
+ :ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:\`\`inherit\`\` configuration directive`"
+ section in the Bitbake User Manual.
+
+ :term:`INHERIT_DISTRO`
+ Lists classes that will be inherited at the distribution level. It is
+ unlikely that you want to edit this variable.
+
+ The default value of the variable is set as follows in the
+ ``meta/conf/distro/defaultsetup.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ INHERIT_DISTRO ?= "debian devshell sstate license"
+
+ :term:`INHIBIT_DEFAULT_DEPS`
+ Prevents the default dependencies, namely the C compiler and standard
+ C library (libc), from being added to :term:`DEPENDS`.
+ This variable is usually used within recipes that do not require any
+ compilation using the C compiler.
+
+ Set the variable to "1" to prevent the default dependencies from
+ being added.
+
+ :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT`
+ Prevents the OpenEmbedded build system from splitting out debug
+ information during packaging. By default, the build system splits out
+ debugging information during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task. For more information on
+ how debug information is split out, see the
+ :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`
+ variable.
+
+ To prevent the build system from splitting out debug information
+ during packaging, set the ``INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT`` variable as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ INHIBIT_PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT = "1"
+
+ :term:`INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP`
+ If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in resulting
+ packages and prevents the ``-dbg`` package from containing the source
+ files.
+
+ By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries and puts
+ the debugging symbols into ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-dbg``.
+ Consequently, you should not set ``INHIBIT_PACKAGE_STRIP`` when you
+ plan to debug in general.
+
+ :term:`INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`
+ If set to "1", causes the build to not strip binaries in the
+ resulting sysroot.
+
+ By default, the OpenEmbedded build system strips binaries in the
+ resulting sysroot. When you specifically set the
+ ``INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`` variable to "1" in your recipe, you inhibit
+ this stripping.
+
+ If you want to use this variable, include the
+ :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class. This class uses a
+ ``sys_strip()`` function to test for the variable and acts
+ accordingly.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Use of the ``INHIBIT_SYSROOT_STRIP`` variable occurs in rare and
+ special circumstances. For example, suppose you are building
+ bare-metal firmware by using an external GCC toolchain. Furthermore,
+ even if the toolchain's binaries are strippable, other files exist
+ that are needed for the build that are not strippable.
+
+ :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES`
+ Defines the format for the output image of an initial RAM filesystem
+ (initramfs), which is used during boot. Supported formats are the
+ same as those supported by the
+ :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` variable.
+
+ The default value of this variable, which is set in the
+ ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file in the
+ :term:`Source Directory`, is "cpio.gz". The Linux kernel's
+ initramfs mechanism, as opposed to the initial RAM filesystem
+ `initrd <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Initrd>`__ mechanism, expects
+ an optionally compressed cpio archive.
+
+ :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE`
+ Specifies the :term:`PROVIDES` name of an image
+ recipe that is used to build an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs)
+ image. In other words, the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` variable causes an
+ additional recipe to be built as a dependency to whatever root
+ filesystem recipe you might be using (e.g. ``core-image-sato``). The
+ initramfs image recipe you provide should set
+ :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` to
+ :term:`INITRAMFS_FSTYPES`.
+
+ An initramfs image provides a temporary root filesystem used for
+ early system initialization (e.g. loading of modules needed to locate
+ and mount the "real" root filesystem).
+
+ .. note::
+
+ See the ``meta/recipes-core/images/core-image-minimal-initramfs.bb``
+ recipe in the :term:`Source Directory`
+ for an example initramfs recipe. To select this sample recipe as
+ the one built to provide the initramfs image, set ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE``
+ to "core-image-minimal-initramfs".
+
+ You can also find more information by referencing the
+ ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in
+ the Source Directory, the :ref:`image <ref-classes-image>` class,
+ and the :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class to see how to use
+ the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` variable.
+
+ If ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` is empty, which is the default, then no
+ initramfs image is built.
+
+ For more information, you can also see the
+ :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`
+ variable, which allows the generated image to be bundled inside the
+ kernel image. Additionally, for information on creating an initramfs
+ image, see the ":ref:`building-an-initramfs-image`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`
+ Controls whether or not the image recipe specified by
+ :term:`INITRAMFS_IMAGE` is run through an
+ extra pass
+ (:ref:`ref-tasks-bundle_initramfs`) during
+ kernel compilation in order to build a single binary that contains
+ both the kernel image and the initial RAM filesystem (initramfs)
+ image. This makes use of the
+ :term:`CONFIG_INITRAMFS_SOURCE` kernel
+ feature.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Using an extra compilation pass to bundle the initramfs avoids a
+ circular dependency between the kernel recipe and the initramfs
+ recipe should the initramfs include kernel modules. Should that be
+ the case, the initramfs recipe depends on the kernel for the
+ kernel modules, and the kernel depends on the initramfs recipe
+ since the initramfs is bundled inside the kernel image.
+
+ The combined binary is deposited into the ``tmp/deploy`` directory,
+ which is part of the :term:`Build Directory`.
+
+ Setting the variable to "1" in a configuration file causes the
+ OpenEmbedded build system to generate a kernel image with the
+ initramfs specified in ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE`` bundled within:
+ ::
+
+ INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE = "1"
+
+ By default, the
+ :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class sets this variable to a
+ null string as follows:
+ ::
+
+ INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE ?= ""
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You must set the ``INITRAMFS_IMAGE_BUNDLE`` variable in a
+ configuration file. You cannot set the variable in a recipe file.
+
+ See the
+ :yocto_git:`local.conf.sample.extended </cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample.extended>`
+ file for additional information. Also, for information on creating an
+ initramfs, see the ":ref:`building-an-initramfs-image`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME`
+ The link name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is
+ set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ INITRAMFS_LINK_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
+
+ The value of the
+ ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
+ file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
+
+ See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
+ information.
+
+ :term:`INITRAMFS_NAME`
+ The base name of the initial RAM filesystem image. This variable is
+ set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ INITRAMFS_NAME ?= "initramfs-${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
+
+ The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
+ variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
+
+ :term:`INITRD`
+ Indicates list of filesystem images to concatenate and use as an
+ initial RAM disk (``initrd``).
+
+ The ``INITRD`` variable is an optional variable used with the
+ :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class.
+
+ :term:`INITRD_IMAGE`
+ When building a "live" bootable image (i.e. when
+ :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains "live"),
+ ``INITRD_IMAGE`` specifies the image recipe that should be built to
+ provide the initial RAM disk image. The default value is
+ "core-image-minimal-initramfs".
+
+ See the :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class for more
+ information.
+
+ :term:`INITSCRIPT_NAME`
+ The filename of the initialization script as installed to
+ ``${sysconfdir}/init.d``.
+
+ This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``.
+ The variable is mandatory.
+
+ :term:`INITSCRIPT_PACKAGES`
+ A list of the packages that contain initscripts. If multiple packages
+ are specified, you need to append the package name to the other
+ ``INITSCRIPT_*`` as an override.
+
+ This variable is used in recipes when using ``update-rc.d.bbclass``.
+ The variable is optional and defaults to the :term:`PN`
+ variable.
+
+ :term:`INITSCRIPT_PARAMS`
+ Specifies the options to pass to ``update-rc.d``. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ INITSCRIPT_PARAMS = "start 99 5 2 . stop 20 0 1 6 ."
+
+ In this example, the script has a runlevel of 99, starts the script
+ in initlevels 2 and 5, and stops the script in levels 0, 1 and 6.
+
+ The variable's default value is "defaults", which is set in the
+ :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class.
+
+ The value in ``INITSCRIPT_PARAMS`` is passed through to the
+ ``update-rc.d`` command. For more information on valid parameters,
+ please see the ``update-rc.d`` manual page at
+ https://manpages.debian.org/buster/init-system-helpers/update-rc.d.8.en.html
+
+ :term:`INSANE_SKIP`
+ Specifies the QA checks to skip for a specific package within a
+ recipe. For example, to skip the check for symbolic link ``.so``
+ files in the main package of a recipe, add the following to the
+ recipe. The package name override must be used, which in this example
+ is ``${PN}``:
+ ::
+
+ INSANE_SKIP_${PN} += "dev-so"
+
+ See the ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section for a
+ list of the valid QA checks you can specify using this variable.
+
+ :term:`INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE`
+ By default, the ``tzdata`` recipe packages an ``/etc/timezone`` file.
+ Set the ``INSTALL_TIMEZONE_FILE`` variable to "0" at the
+ configuration level to disable this behavior.
+
+ :term:`IPK_FEED_URIS`
+ When the IPK backend is in use and package management is enabled on
+ the target, you can use this variable to set up ``opkg`` in the
+ target image to point to package feeds on a nominated server. Once
+ the feed is established, you can perform installations or upgrades
+ using the package manager at runtime.
+
+ :term:`KARCH`
+ Defines the kernel architecture used when assembling the
+ configuration. Architectures supported for this release are:
+
+ - powerpc
+ - i386
+ - x86_64
+ - arm
+ - qemu
+ - mips
+
+ You define the ``KARCH`` variable in the :ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:bsp descriptions`.
+
+ :term:`KBRANCH`
+ A regular expression used by the build process to explicitly identify
+ the kernel branch that is validated, patched, and configured during a
+ build. You must set this variable to ensure the exact kernel branch
+ you want is being used by the build process.
+
+ Values for this variable are set in the kernel's recipe file and the
+ kernel's append file. For example, if you are using the
+ ``linux-yocto_4.12`` kernel, the kernel recipe file is the
+ ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bb`` file. ``KBRANCH``
+ is set as follows in that kernel recipe file:
+ ::
+
+ KBRANCH ?= "standard/base"
+
+ This variable is also used from the kernel's append file to identify
+ the kernel branch specific to a particular machine or target
+ hardware. Continuing with the previous kernel example, the kernel's
+ append file (i.e. ``linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``) is located in the
+ BSP layer for a given machine. For example, the append file for the
+ Beaglebone, EdgeRouter, and generic versions of both 32 and 64-bit IA
+ machines (``meta-yocto-bsp``) is named
+ ``meta-yocto-bsp/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_4.12.bbappend``.
+ Here are the related statements from that append file:
+ ::
+
+ KBRANCH_genericx86 = "standard/base"
+ KBRANCH_genericx86-64 = "standard/base"
+ KBRANCH_edgerouter = "standard/edgerouter"
+ KBRANCH_beaglebone = "standard/beaglebone"
+
+ The ``KBRANCH`` statements
+ identify the kernel branch to use when building for each supported
+ BSP.
+
+ :term:`KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`
+ When used with the :ref:`kernel-yocto <ref-classes-kernel-yocto>`
+ class, specifies an "in-tree" kernel configuration file for use
+ during a kernel build.
+
+ Typically, when using a ``defconfig`` to configure a kernel during a
+ build, you place the file in your layer in the same manner as you
+ would place patch files and configuration fragment files (i.e.
+ "out-of-tree"). However, if you want to use a ``defconfig`` file that
+ is part of the kernel tree (i.e. "in-tree"), you can use the
+ ``KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`` variable and append the
+ :term:`KMACHINE` variable to point to the
+ ``defconfig`` file.
+
+ To use the variable, set it in the append file for your kernel recipe
+ using the following form:
+ ::
+
+ KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_KMACHINE ?= defconfig_file
+
+ Here is an example from a "raspberrypi2" ``KMACHINE`` build that uses
+ a ``defconfig`` file named "bcm2709_defconfig":
+ ::
+
+ KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_raspberrypi2 = "bcm2709_defconfig"
+
+ As an alternative, you can use the following within your append file:
+ ::
+
+ KBUILD_DEFCONFIG_pn-linux-yocto ?= defconfig_file
+
+ For more
+ information on how to use the ``KBUILD_DEFCONFIG`` variable, see the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:using an "in-tree" \`\`defconfig\`\` file`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE`
+ Specifies an alternate kernel image type for creation in addition to
+ the kernel image type specified using the
+ :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE` variable.
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
+ Specifies the name of all of the build artifacts. You can change the
+ name of the artifacts by changing the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME``
+ variable.
+
+ The value of ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME``, which is set in the
+ ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file, has the
+ following default value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
+
+ See the :term:`PKGE`, :term:`PKGV`, :term:`PKGR`, :term:`MACHINE`
+ and :term:`IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX` variables for additional information.
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_CLASSES`
+ A list of classes defining kernel image types that the
+ :ref:`kernel <ref-classes-kernel>` class should inherit. You
+ typically append this variable to enable extended image types. An
+ example is the "kernel-fitimage", which enables fitImage support and
+ resides in ``meta/classes/kernel-fitimage.bbclass``. You can register
+ custom kernel image types with the ``kernel`` class using this
+ variable.
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_DEVICETREE`
+ Specifies the name of the generated Linux kernel device tree (i.e.
+ the ``.dtb``) file.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Legacy support exists for specifying the full path to the device
+ tree. However, providing just the ``.dtb`` file is preferred.
+
+ In order to use this variable, the
+ :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must
+ be inherited.
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME`
+ The link name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable
+ is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_DTB_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
+
+ The
+ value of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in
+ the same file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
+
+ See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
+ information.
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_DTB_NAME`
+ The base name of the kernel device tree binary (DTB). This variable
+ is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_DTB_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
+
+ The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
+ variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_DTC_FLAGS`
+ Specifies the ``dtc`` flags that are passed to the Linux kernel build
+ system when generating the device trees (via ``DTC_FLAGS`` environment
+ variable).
+
+ In order to use this variable, the
+ :ref:`kernel-devicetree <ref-classes-kernel-devicetree>` class must
+ be inherited.
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_EXTRA_ARGS`
+ Specifies additional ``make`` command-line arguments the OpenEmbedded
+ build system passes on when compiling the kernel.
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_FEATURES`
+ Includes additional kernel metadata. In the OpenEmbedded build
+ system, the default Board Support Packages (BSPs)
+ :term:`Metadata` is provided through the
+ :term:`KMACHINE` and :term:`KBRANCH`
+ variables. You can use the ``KERNEL_FEATURES`` variable from within
+ the kernel recipe or kernel append file to further add metadata for
+ all BSPs or specific BSPs.
+
+ The metadata you add through this variable includes config fragments
+ and features descriptions, which usually includes patches as well as
+ config fragments. You typically override the ``KERNEL_FEATURES``
+ variable for a specific machine. In this way, you can provide
+ validated, but optional, sets of kernel configurations and features.
+
+ For example, the following example from the ``linux-yocto-rt_4.12``
+ kernel recipe adds "netfilter" and "taskstats" features to all BSPs
+ as well as "virtio" configurations to all QEMU machines. The last two
+ statements add specific configurations to targeted machine types:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES ?= "features/netfilter/netfilter.scc features/taskstats/taskstats.scc"
+ KERNEL_FEATURES_append = "${KERNEL_EXTRA_FEATURES}"
+ KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemuall = "cfg/virtio.scc"
+ KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86 = " cfg/sound.scc cfg/paravirt_kvm.scc"
+ KERNEL_FEATURES_append_qemux86-64 = "cfg/sound.scc"
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME`
+ The link name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This
+ variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass``
+ file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_FIT_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
+
+ The value of the
+ ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
+ file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
+
+ See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
+ information.
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_FIT_NAME`
+ The base name of the kernel flattened image tree (FIT) image. This
+ variable is set in the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass``
+ file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_FIT_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
+
+ The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME`
+ variable, which is set in the same file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME`
+ The link name for the kernel image. This variable is set in the
+ ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_IMAGE_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
+
+ The value of
+ the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the same
+ file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
+
+ See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional
+ information.
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`
+ Specifies the maximum size of the kernel image file in kilobytes. If
+ ``KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`` is set, the size of the kernel image file is
+ checked against the set value during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-sizecheck` task. The task fails if
+ the kernel image file is larger than the setting.
+
+ ``KERNEL_IMAGE_MAXSIZE`` is useful for target devices that have a
+ limited amount of space in which the kernel image must be stored.
+
+ By default, this variable is not set, which means the size of the
+ kernel image is not checked.
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME`
+ The base name of the kernel image. This variable is set in the
+ ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_IMAGE_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
+
+ The value of the
+ :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable,
+ which is set in the same file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_IMAGETYPE`
+ The type of kernel to build for a device, usually set by the machine
+ configuration files and defaults to "zImage". This variable is used
+ when building the kernel and is passed to ``make`` as the target to
+ build.
+
+ If you want to build an alternate kernel image type, use the
+ :term:`KERNEL_ALT_IMAGETYPE` variable.
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`
+ Lists kernel modules that need to be auto-loaded during boot.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ This variable replaces the deprecated :term:`module_autoload`
+ variable.
+
+ You can use the ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` variable anywhere that it
+ can be recognized by the kernel recipe or by an out-of-tree kernel
+ module recipe (e.g. a machine configuration file, a distribution
+ configuration file, an append file for the recipe, or the recipe
+ itself).
+
+ Specify it as follows:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name1 module_name2 module_name3"
+
+ Including ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`` causes the OpenEmbedded build
+ system to populate the ``/etc/modules-load.d/modname.conf`` file with
+ the list of modules to be auto-loaded on boot. The modules appear
+ one-per-line in the file. Here is an example of the most common use
+ case:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "module_name"
+
+ For information on how to populate the ``modname.conf`` file with
+ ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF` variable.
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_PROBECONF`
+ Provides a list of modules for which the OpenEmbedded build system
+ expects to find ``module_conf_``\ modname values that specify
+ configuration for each of the modules. For information on how to
+ provide those module configurations, see the
+ :term:`module_conf_* <module_conf>` variable.
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_PATH`
+ The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value
+ of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within
+ the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on
+ how this variable is used, see the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
+
+ To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build
+ modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the
+ :term:`KERNEL_SRC` variable, which is identical to
+ the ``KERNEL_PATH`` variable. Both variables are common variables
+ used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory.
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_SRC`
+ The location of the kernel sources. This variable is set to the value
+ of the :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR` within
+ the :ref:`module <ref-classes-module>` class. For information on
+ how this variable is used, see the
+ ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-common:incorporating out-of-tree modules`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual.
+
+ To help maximize compatibility with out-of-tree drivers used to build
+ modules, the OpenEmbedded build system also recognizes and uses the
+ :term:`KERNEL_PATH` variable, which is identical
+ to the ``KERNEL_SRC`` variable. Both variables are common variables
+ used by external Makefiles to point to the kernel source directory.
+
+ :term:`KERNEL_VERSION`
+ Specifies the version of the kernel as extracted from ``version.h``
+ or ``utsrelease.h`` within the kernel sources. Effects of setting
+ this variable do not take affect until the kernel has been
+ configured. Consequently, attempting to refer to this variable in
+ contexts prior to configuration will not work.
+
+ :term:`KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`
+ Specifies whether the data referenced through
+ :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` is needed or not. The
+ ``KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`` does not control whether or not that data
+ exists, but simply whether or not it is used. If you do not need to
+ use the data, set the ``KERNELDEPMODDEPEND`` variable in your
+ ``initramfs`` recipe. Setting the variable there when the data is not
+ needed avoids a potential dependency loop.
+
+ :term:`KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION`
+ Provides a short description of a configuration fragment. You use
+ this variable in the ``.scc`` file that describes a configuration
+ fragment file. Here is the variable used in a file named ``smp.scc``
+ to describe SMP being enabled:
+ ::
+
+ define KFEATURE_DESCRIPTION "Enable SMP"
+
+ :term:`KMACHINE`
+ The machine as known by the kernel. Sometimes the machine name used
+ by the kernel does not match the machine name used by the
+ OpenEmbedded build system. For example, the machine name that the
+ OpenEmbedded build system understands as ``core2-32-intel-common``
+ goes by a different name in the Linux Yocto kernel. The kernel
+ understands that machine as ``intel-core2-32``. For cases like these,
+ the ``KMACHINE`` variable maps the kernel machine name to the
+ OpenEmbedded build system machine name.
+
+ These mappings between different names occur in the Yocto Linux
+ Kernel's ``meta`` branch. As an example take a look in the
+ ``common/recipes-kernel/linux/linux-yocto_3.19.bbappend`` file:
+ ::
+
+ LINUX_VERSION_core2-32-intel-common = "3.19.0"
+ COMPATIBLE_MACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "${MACHINE}"
+ SRCREV_meta_core2-32-intel-common = "8897ef68b30e7426bc1d39895e71fb155d694974"
+ SRCREV_machine_core2-32-intel-common = "43b9eced9ba8a57add36af07736344dcc383f711"
+ KMACHINE_core2-32-intel-common = "intel-core2-32"
+ KBRANCH_core2-32-intel-common = "standard/base"
+ KERNEL_FEATURES_append_core2-32-intel-common = "${KERNEL_FEATURES_INTEL_COMMON}"
+
+ The ``KMACHINE`` statement says
+ that the kernel understands the machine name as "intel-core2-32".
+ However, the OpenEmbedded build system understands the machine as
+ "core2-32-intel-common".
+
+ :term:`KTYPE`
+ Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration.
+ The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt"
+ kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:kernel types`"
+ section in the
+ Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on
+ kernel types.
+
+ You define the ``KTYPE`` variable in the
+ :ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:bsp descriptions`. The
+ value you use must match the value used for the
+ :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE` value used by the
+ kernel recipe.
+
+ :term:`LABELS`
+ Provides a list of targets for automatic configuration.
+
+ See the :ref:`grub-efi <ref-classes-grub-efi>` class for more
+ information on how this variable is used.
+
+ :term:`LAYERDEPENDS`
+ Lists the layers, separated by spaces, on which this recipe depends.
+ Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a dependency
+ by adding it to the end of the layer name. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)"
+
+ In this previous example,
+ version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared against
+ :term:`LAYERVERSION`\ ``_anotherlayer``.
+
+ An error is produced if any dependency is missing or the version
+ numbers (if specified) do not match exactly. This variable is used in
+ the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be suffixed with the name of
+ the specific layer (e.g. ``LAYERDEPENDS_mylayer``).
+
+ :term:`LAYERDIR`
+ When used inside the ``layer.conf`` configuration file, this variable
+ provides the path of the current layer. This variable is not
+ available outside of ``layer.conf`` and references are expanded
+ immediately when parsing of the file completes.
+
+ :term:`LAYERRECOMMENDS`
+ Lists the layers, separated by spaces, recommended for use with this
+ layer.
+
+ Optionally, you can specify a specific layer version for a
+ recommendation by adding the version to the end of the layer name.
+ Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer = "anotherlayer (=3)"
+
+ In this previous example, version 3 of "anotherlayer" is compared
+ against ``LAYERVERSION_anotherlayer``.
+
+ This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be
+ suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g.
+ ``LAYERRECOMMENDS_mylayer``).
+
+ :term:`LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`
+ Lists the versions of the :term:`OpenEmbedded-Core (OE-Core)` for which
+ a layer is compatible. Using the ``LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`` variable
+ allows the layer maintainer to indicate which combinations of the
+ layer and OE-Core can be expected to work. The variable gives the
+ system a way to detect when a layer has not been tested with new
+ releases of OE-Core (e.g. the layer is not maintained).
+
+ To specify the OE-Core versions for which a layer is compatible, use
+ this variable in your layer's ``conf/layer.conf`` configuration file.
+ For the list, use the Yocto Project
+ :yocto_wiki:`Release Name </wiki/Releases>` (e.g.
+ DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP). To specify multiple OE-Core versions for the
+ layer, use a space-separated list:
+ ::
+
+ LAYERSERIES_COMPAT_layer_root_name = "DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP_MINUS_ONE"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Setting ``LAYERSERIES_COMPAT`` is required by the Yocto Project
+ Compatible version 2 standard.
+ The OpenEmbedded build system produces a warning if the variable
+ is not set for any given layer.
+
+ See the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating your own layer`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`LAYERVERSION`
+ Optionally specifies the version of a layer as a single number. You
+ can use this within :term:`LAYERDEPENDS` for
+ another layer in order to depend on a specific version of the layer.
+ This variable is used in the ``conf/layer.conf`` file and must be
+ suffixed with the name of the specific layer (e.g.
+ ``LAYERVERSION_mylayer``).
+
+ :term:`LD`
+ The minimal command and arguments used to run the linker.
+
+ :term:`LDFLAGS`
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the linker. This variable is exported
+ to an environment variable and thus made visible to the software
+ being built during the compilation step.
+
+ Default initialization for ``LDFLAGS`` varies depending on what is
+ being built:
+
+ - :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS` when building for the
+ target
+
+ - :term:`BUILD_LDFLAGS` when building for the
+ build host (i.e. ``-native``)
+
+ - :term:`BUILDSDK_LDFLAGS` when building for
+ an SDK (i.e. ``nativesdk-``)
+
+ :term:`LEAD_SONAME`
+ Specifies the lead (or primary) compiled library file (i.e. ``.so``)
+ that the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class applies its
+ naming policy to given a recipe that packages multiple libraries.
+
+ This variable works in conjunction with the ``debian`` class.
+
+ :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`
+ Checksums of the license text in the recipe source code.
+
+ This variable tracks changes in license text of the source code
+ files. If the license text is changed, it will trigger a build
+ failure, which gives the developer an opportunity to review any
+ license change.
+
+ This variable must be defined for all recipes (unless
+ :term:`LICENSE` is set to "CLOSED").
+
+ For more information, see the ":ref:`usingpoky-configuring-lic_files_chksum`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`LICENSE`
+ The list of source licenses for the recipe. Follow these rules:
+
+ - Do not use spaces within individual license names.
+
+ - Separate license names using \| (pipe) when there is a choice
+ between licenses.
+
+ - Separate license names using & (ampersand) when multiple licenses
+ exist that cover different parts of the source.
+
+ - You can use spaces between license names.
+
+ - For standard licenses, use the names of the files in
+ ``meta/files/common-licenses/`` or the
+ :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP` flag names defined in
+ ``meta/conf/licenses.conf``.
+
+ Here are some examples:
+ ::
+
+ LICENSE = "LGPLv2.1 | GPLv3"
+ LICENSE = "MPL-1 & LGPLv2.1"
+ LICENSE = "GPLv2+"
+
+ The first example is from the
+ recipes for Qt, which the user may choose to distribute under either
+ the LGPL version 2.1 or GPL version 3. The second example is from
+ Cairo where two licenses cover different parts of the source code.
+ The final example is from ``sysstat``, which presents a single
+ license.
+
+ You can also specify licenses on a per-package basis to handle
+ situations where components of the output have different licenses.
+ For example, a piece of software whose code is licensed under GPLv2
+ but has accompanying documentation licensed under the GNU Free
+ Documentation License 1.2 could be specified as follows:
+ ::
+
+ LICENSE = "GFDL-1.2 & GPLv2"
+ LICENSE_${PN} = "GPLv2"
+ LICENSE_${PN}-doc = "GFDL-1.2"
+
+ :term:`LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE`
+ Setting ``LICENSE_CREATE_PACKAGE`` to "1" causes the OpenEmbedded
+ build system to create an extra package (i.e.
+ ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}-lic``) for each recipe and to add
+ those packages to the
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS`\ ``_${PN}``.
+
+ The ``${PN}-lic`` package installs a directory in
+ ``/usr/share/licenses`` named ``${PN}``, which is the recipe's base
+ name, and installs files in that directory that contain license and
+ copyright information (i.e. copies of the appropriate license files
+ from ``meta/common-licenses`` that match the licenses specified in
+ the :term:`LICENSE` variable of the recipe metadata
+ and copies of files marked in
+ :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM` as containing
+ license text).
+
+ For related information on providing license text, see the
+ :term:`COPY_LIC_DIRS` variable, the
+ :term:`COPY_LIC_MANIFEST` variable, and the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:providing license text`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS`
+ Specifies additional flags for a recipe you must whitelist through
+ :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST` in
+ order to allow the recipe to be built. When providing multiple flags,
+ separate them with spaces.
+
+ This value is independent of :term:`LICENSE` and is
+ typically used to mark recipes that might require additional licenses
+ in order to be used in a commercial product. For more information,
+ see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS_WHITELIST`
+ Lists license flags that when specified in
+ :term:`LICENSE_FLAGS` within a recipe should not
+ prevent that recipe from being built. This practice is otherwise
+ known as "whitelisting" license flags. For more information, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:enabling commercially licensed recipes`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`LICENSE_PATH`
+ Path to additional licenses used during the build. By default, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system uses ``COMMON_LICENSE_DIR`` to define the
+ directory that holds common license text used during the build. The
+ ``LICENSE_PATH`` variable allows you to extend that location to other
+ areas that have additional licenses:
+ ::
+
+ LICENSE_PATH += "path-to-additional-common-licenses"
+
+ :term:`LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`
+ Defines the kernel type to be used in assembling the configuration.
+ The linux-yocto recipes define "standard", "tiny", and "preempt-rt"
+ kernel types. See the ":ref:`kernel-dev/kernel-dev-advanced:kernel types`"
+ section in the
+ Yocto Project Linux Kernel Development Manual for more information on
+ kernel types.
+
+ If you do not specify a ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE``, it defaults to
+ "standard". Together with :term:`KMACHINE`, the
+ ``LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE`` variable defines the search arguments used by
+ the kernel tools to find the appropriate description within the
+ kernel :term:`Metadata` with which to build out the sources
+ and configuration.
+
+ :term:`LINUX_VERSION`
+ The Linux version from ``kernel.org`` on which the Linux kernel image
+ being built using the OpenEmbedded build system is based. You define
+ this variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the
+ ``linux-yocto-3.4.bb`` kernel recipe found in
+ ``meta/recipes-kernel/linux`` defines the variables as follows:
+ ::
+
+ LINUX_VERSION ?= "3.4.24"
+
+ The ``LINUX_VERSION`` variable is used to define :term:`PV`
+ for the recipe:
+ ::
+
+ PV = "${LINUX_VERSION}+git${SRCPV}"
+
+ :term:`LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION`
+ A string extension compiled into the version string of the Linux
+ kernel built with the OpenEmbedded build system. You define this
+ variable in the kernel recipe. For example, the linux-yocto kernel
+ recipes all define the variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ LINUX_VERSION_EXTENSION ?= "-yocto-${LINUX_KERNEL_TYPE}"
+
+ Defining this variable essentially sets the Linux kernel
+ configuration item ``CONFIG_LOCALVERSION``, which is visible through
+ the ``uname`` command. Here is an example that shows the extension
+ assuming it was set as previously shown:
+ ::
+
+ $ uname -r
+ 3.7.0-rc8-custom
+
+ :term:`LOG_DIR`
+ Specifies the directory to which the OpenEmbedded build system writes
+ overall log files. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/log``.
+
+ For the directory containing logs specific to each task, see the
+ :term:`T` variable.
+
+ :term:`MACHINE`
+ Specifies the target device for which the image is built. You define
+ ``MACHINE`` in the ``local.conf`` file found in the
+ :term:`Build Directory`. By default, ``MACHINE`` is set to
+ "qemux86", which is an x86-based architecture machine to be emulated
+ using QEMU:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINE ?= "qemux86"
+
+ The variable corresponds to a machine configuration file of the same
+ name, through which machine-specific configurations are set. Thus,
+ when ``MACHINE`` is set to "qemux86" there exists the corresponding
+ ``qemux86.conf`` machine configuration file, which can be found in
+ the :term:`Source Directory` in
+ ``meta/conf/machine``.
+
+ The list of machines supported by the Yocto Project as shipped
+ include the following:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINE ?= "qemuarm"
+ MACHINE ?= "qemuarm64"
+ MACHINE ?= "qemumips"
+ MACHINE ?= "qemumips64"
+ MACHINE ?= "qemuppc"
+ MACHINE ?= "qemux86"
+ MACHINE ?= "qemux86-64"
+ MACHINE ?= "genericx86"
+ MACHINE ?= "genericx86-64"
+ MACHINE ?= "beaglebone"
+ MACHINE ?= "edgerouter"
+
+ The last five are Yocto Project reference hardware
+ boards, which are provided in the ``meta-yocto-bsp`` layer.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Adding additional Board Support Package (BSP) layers to your
+ configuration adds new possible settings for ``MACHINE``.
+
+ :term:`MACHINE_ARCH`
+ Specifies the name of the machine-specific architecture. This
+ variable is set automatically from :term:`MACHINE` or
+ :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`. You should not hand-edit
+ the ``MACHINE_ARCH`` variable.
+
+ :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
+ A list of required machine-specific packages to install as part of
+ the image being built. The build process depends on these packages
+ being present. Furthermore, because this is a "machine-essential"
+ variable, the list of packages are essential for the machine to boot.
+ The impact of this variable affects images based on
+ ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal``
+ image.
+
+ This variable is similar to the
+ ``MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`` variable with the exception
+ that the image being built has a build dependency on the variable's
+ list of packages. In other words, the image will not build if a file
+ in this list is not found.
+
+ As an example, suppose the machine for which you are building
+ requires ``example-init`` to be run during boot to initialize the
+ hardware. In this case, you would use the following in the machine's
+ ``.conf`` configuration file:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "example-init"
+
+ :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
+ A list of recommended machine-specific packages to install as part of
+ the image being built. The build process does not depend on these
+ packages being present. However, because this is a
+ "machine-essential" variable, the list of packages are essential for
+ the machine to boot. The impact of this variable affects images based
+ on ``packagegroup-core-boot``, including the ``core-image-minimal``
+ image.
+
+ This variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS``
+ variable with the exception that the image being built does not have
+ a build dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other
+ words, the image will still build if a package in this list is not
+ found. Typically, this variable is used to handle essential kernel
+ modules, whose functionality may be selected to be built into the
+ kernel rather than as a module, in which case a package will not be
+ produced.
+
+ Consider an example where you have a custom kernel where a specific
+ touchscreen driver is required for the machine to be usable. However,
+ the driver can be built as a module or into the kernel depending on
+ the kernel configuration. If the driver is built as a module, you
+ want it to be installed. But, when the driver is built into the
+ kernel, you still want the build to succeed. This variable sets up a
+ "recommends" relationship so that in the latter case, the build will
+ not fail due to the missing package. To accomplish this, assuming the
+ package for the module was called ``kernel-module-ab123``, you would
+ use the following in the machine's ``.conf`` configuration file:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-ab123"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ In this example, the ``kernel-module-ab123`` recipe needs to
+ explicitly set its :term:`PACKAGES` variable to ensure that BitBake
+ does not use the kernel recipe's :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variable to
+ satisfy the dependency.
+
+ Some examples of these machine essentials are flash, screen,
+ keyboard, mouse, or touchscreen drivers (depending on the machine).
+
+ :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
+ A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image
+ being built that are not essential for the machine to boot. However,
+ the build process for more fully-featured images depends on the
+ packages being present.
+
+ This variable affects all images based on ``packagegroup-base``,
+ which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or
+ ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images.
+
+ The variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`` variable
+ with the exception that the image being built has a build dependency
+ on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the image will
+ not build if a file in this list is not found.
+
+ An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential
+ for the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a
+ more fully-featured image, you want to enable the WiFi. The package
+ containing the firmware for the WiFi hardware is always expected to
+ exist, so it is acceptable for the build process to depend upon
+ finding the package. In this case, assuming the package for the
+ firmware was called ``wifidriver-firmware``, you would use the
+ following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS += "wifidriver-firmware"
+
+ :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
+ A list of machine-specific packages to install as part of the image
+ being built that are not essential for booting the machine. The image
+ being built has no build dependency on this list of packages.
+
+ This variable affects only images based on ``packagegroup-base``,
+ which does not include the ``core-image-minimal`` or
+ ``core-image-full-cmdline`` images.
+
+ This variable is similar to the ``MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`` variable
+ with the exception that the image being built does not have a build
+ dependency on the variable's list of packages. In other words, the
+ image will build if a file in this list is not found.
+
+ An example is a machine that has WiFi capability but is not essential
+ For the machine to boot the image. However, if you are building a
+ more fully-featured image, you want to enable WiFi. In this case, the
+ package containing the WiFi kernel module will not be produced if the
+ WiFi driver is built into the kernel, in which case you still want
+ the build to succeed instead of failing as a result of the package
+ not being found. To accomplish this, assuming the package for the
+ module was called ``kernel-module-examplewifi``, you would use the
+ following in the ``.conf`` file for the machine:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS += "kernel-module-examplewifi"
+
+ :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES`
+ Specifies the list of hardware features the
+ :term:`MACHINE` is capable of supporting. For related
+ information on enabling features, see the
+ :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`,
+ :term:`COMBINED_FEATURES`, and
+ :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` variables.
+
+ For a list of hardware features supported by the Yocto Project as
+ shipped, see the ":ref:`ref-features-machine`" section.
+
+ :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL`
+ Features to be added to ``MACHINE_FEATURES`` if not also present in
+ ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED``.
+
+ This variable is set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` file. It is
+ not intended to be user-configurable. It is best to just reference
+ the variable to see which machine features are being backfilled for
+ all machine configurations. See the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`"
+ section for more information.
+
+ :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL_CONSIDERED`
+ Features from ``MACHINE_FEATURES_BACKFILL`` that should not be
+ backfilled (i.e. added to ``MACHINE_FEATURES``) during the build. See
+ the ":ref:`ref-features-backfill`" section for more information.
+
+ :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`
+ A colon-separated list of overrides that apply to the current
+ machine. By default, this list includes the value of
+ :term:`MACHINE`.
+
+ You can extend ``MACHINEOVERRIDES`` to add extra overrides that
+ should apply to a machine. For example, all machines emulated in QEMU
+ (e.g. ``qemuarm``, ``qemux86``, and so forth) include a file named
+ ``meta/conf/machine/include/qemu.inc`` that prepends the following
+ override to ``MACHINEOVERRIDES``:
+ ::
+
+ MACHINEOVERRIDES =. "qemuall:"
+
+ This
+ override allows variables to be overridden for all machines emulated
+ in QEMU, like in the following example from the ``connman-conf``
+ recipe:
+ ::
+
+ SRC_URI_append_qemuall = " file://wired.config \
+ file://wired-setup \
+ "
+
+ The underlying mechanism behind
+ ``MACHINEOVERRIDES`` is simply that it is included in the default
+ value of :term:`OVERRIDES`.
+
+ :term:`MAINTAINER`
+ The email address of the distribution maintainer.
+
+ :term:`MIRRORS`
+ Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system
+ gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it
+ first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the
+ build system tries locations defined by
+ :term:`PREMIRRORS`, the upstream source, and then
+ locations specified by ``MIRRORS`` in that order.
+
+ Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky",
+ the default value for ``MIRRORS`` is defined in the
+ ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository.
+
+ :term:`MLPREFIX`
+ Specifies a prefix has been added to :term:`PN` to create a
+ special version of a recipe or package (i.e. a Multilib version). The
+ variable is used in places where the prefix needs to be added to or
+ removed from a the name (e.g. the :term:`BPN` variable).
+ ``MLPREFIX`` gets set when a prefix has been added to ``PN``.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The "ML" in ``MLPREFIX`` stands for "MultiLib". This representation is
+ historical and comes from a time when ``nativesdk`` was a suffix
+ rather than a prefix on the recipe name. When ``nativesdk`` was turned
+ into a prefix, it made sense to set ``MLPREFIX`` for it as well.
+
+ To help understand when ``MLPREFIX`` might be needed, consider when
+ :term:`BBCLASSEXTEND` is used to provide a
+ ``nativesdk`` version of a recipe in addition to the target version.
+ If that recipe declares build-time dependencies on tasks in other
+ recipes by using :term:`DEPENDS`, then a dependency on
+ "foo" will automatically get rewritten to a dependency on
+ "nativesdk-foo". However, dependencies like the following will not
+ get rewritten automatically:
+ ::
+
+ do_foo[depends] += "recipe:do_foo"
+
+ If you want such a dependency to also get transformed, you can do the
+ following:
+ ::
+
+ do_foo[depends] += "${MLPREFIX}recipe:do_foo"
+
+ module_autoload
+ This variable has been replaced by the ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD``
+ variable. You should replace all occurrences of ``module_autoload``
+ with additions to ``KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD``, for example:
+ ::
+
+ module_autoload_rfcomm = "rfcomm"
+
+ should now be replaced with:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD += "rfcomm"
+
+ See the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable for more information.
+
+ module_conf
+ Specifies `modprobe.d <http://linux.die.net/man/5/modprobe.d>`_
+ syntax lines for inclusion in the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf``
+ file.
+
+ You can use this variable anywhere that it can be recognized by the
+ kernel recipe or out-of-tree kernel module recipe (e.g. a machine
+ configuration file, a distribution configuration file, an append file
+ for the recipe, or the recipe itself). If you use this variable, you
+ must also be sure to list the module name in the
+ :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD`
+ variable.
+
+ Here is the general syntax:
+ ::
+
+ module_conf_module_name = "modprobe.d-syntax"
+
+ You must use the kernel module name override.
+
+ Run ``man modprobe.d`` in the shell to find out more information on
+ the exact syntax you want to provide with ``module_conf``.
+
+ Including ``module_conf`` causes the OpenEmbedded build system to
+ populate the ``/etc/modprobe.d/modname.conf`` file with
+ ``modprobe.d`` syntax lines. Here is an example that adds the options
+ ``arg1`` and ``arg2`` to a module named ``mymodule``:
+ ::
+
+ module_conf_mymodule = "options mymodule arg1=val1 arg2=val2"
+
+ For information on how to specify kernel modules to auto-load on
+ boot, see the :term:`KERNEL_MODULE_AUTOLOAD` variable.
+
+ :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_DEPLOY`
+ Controls creation of the ``modules-*.tgz`` file. Set this variable to
+ "0" to disable creation of this file, which contains all of the
+ kernel modules resulting from a kernel build.
+
+ :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME`
+ The link name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in
+ the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ MODULE_TARBALL_LINK_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME}"
+
+ The value
+ of the ``KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME`` variable, which is set in the
+ same file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_LINK_NAME ?= "${MACHINE}"
+
+ See the :term:`MACHINE` variable for additional information.
+
+ :term:`MODULE_TARBALL_NAME`
+ The base name of the kernel module tarball. This variable is set in
+ the ``meta/classes/kernel-artifact-names.bbclass`` file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ MODULE_TARBALL_NAME ?= "${KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME}"
+
+ The value of the :term:`KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME` variable,
+ which is set in the same file, has the following value:
+ ::
+
+ KERNEL_ARTIFACT_NAME ?= "${PKGE}-${PKGV}-${PKGR}-${MACHINE}${IMAGE_VERSION_SUFFIX}"
+
+ :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`
+ Uniquely identifies the type of the target system for which packages
+ are being built. This variable allows output for different types of
+ target systems to be put into different subdirectories of the same
+ output directory.
+
+ The default value of this variable is:
+ ::
+
+ ${PACKAGE_ARCH}${TARGET_VENDOR}-${TARGET_OS}
+
+ Some classes (e.g.
+ :ref:`cross-canadian <ref-classes-cross-canadian>`) modify the
+ ``MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`` value.
+
+ See the :term:`STAMP` variable for an example. See the
+ :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET` variable for more information.
+
+ :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING`
+ A string identifying the host distribution. Strings consist of the
+ host distributor ID followed by the release, as reported by the
+ ``lsb_release`` tool or as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. For
+ example, when running a build on Ubuntu 12.10, the value is
+ "Ubuntu-12.10". If this information is unable to be determined, the
+ value resolves to "Unknown".
+
+ This variable is used by default to isolate native shared state
+ packages for different distributions (e.g. to avoid problems with
+ ``glibc`` version incompatibilities). Additionally, the variable is
+ checked against
+ :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS` if that
+ variable is set.
+
+ :term:`NM`
+ The minimal command and arguments to run ``nm``.
+
+ :term:`NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`
+ Avoids QA errors when you use a non-common, non-CLOSED license in a
+ recipe. Packages exist, such as the linux-firmware package, with many
+ licenses that are not in any way common. Also, new licenses are added
+ occasionally to avoid introducing a lot of common license files,
+ which are only applicable to a specific package.
+ ``NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`` is used to allow copying a license that does
+ not exist in common licenses.
+
+ The following example shows how to add ``NO_GENERIC_LICENSE`` to a
+ recipe:
+ ::
+
+ NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[license_name] = "license_file_in_fetched_source"
+
+ The following is an example that
+ uses the ``LICENSE.Abilis.txt`` file as the license from the fetched
+ source:
+ ::
+
+ NO_GENERIC_LICENSE[Firmware-Abilis] = "LICENSE.Abilis.txt"
+
+ :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`
+ Prevents installation of all "recommended-only" packages.
+ Recommended-only packages are packages installed only through the
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS` variable). Setting the
+ ``NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`` variable to "1" turns this feature on: ::
+
+ NO_RECOMMENDATIONS = "1"
+
+ You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
+ can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
+ override: ::
+
+ NO_RECOMMENDATIONS_pn-target_image = "1"
+
+ It is important to realize that if you choose to not install packages
+ using this variable and some other packages are dependent on them
+ (i.e. listed in a recipe's :term:`RDEPENDS`
+ variable), the OpenEmbedded build system ignores your request and
+ will install the packages to avoid dependency errors.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Some recommended packages might be required for certain system
+ functionality, such as kernel modules. It is up to you to add
+ packages with the :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable.
+
+ Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM
+ packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB.
+
+ See the :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` and
+ the :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables for
+ related information.
+
+ :term:`NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG`
+ Disables auto package from splitting ``.debug`` files. If a recipe
+ requires ``FILES_${PN}-dbg`` to be set manually, the
+ ``NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG`` can be defined allowing you to define the
+ content of the debug package. For example:
+ ::
+
+ NOAUTOPACKAGEDEBUG = "1"
+ FILES_${PN}-dev = "${includedir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/Qt/*"
+ FILES_${PN}-dbg = "/usr/src/debug/"
+ FILES_${QT_BASE_NAME}-demos-doc = "${docdir}/${QT_DIR_NAME}/qch/qt.qch"
+
+ :term:`OBJCOPY`
+ The minimal command and arguments to run ``objcopy``.
+
+ :term:`OBJDUMP`
+ The minimal command and arguments to run ``objdump``.
+
+ :term:`OE_BINCONFIG_EXTRA_MANGLE`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`binconfig <ref-classes-binconfig>` class,
+ this variable specifies additional arguments passed to the "sed"
+ command. The sed command alters any paths in configuration scripts
+ that have been set up during compilation. Inheriting this class
+ results in all paths in these scripts being changed to point into the
+ ``sysroots/`` directory so that all builds that use the script will
+ use the correct directories for the cross compiling layout.
+
+ See the ``meta/classes/binconfig.bbclass`` in the
+ :term:`Source Directory` for details on how this class
+ applies these additional sed command arguments. For general
+ information on the ``binconfig`` class, see the
+ ":ref:`binconfig.bbclass <ref-classes-binconfig>`" section.
+
+ :term:`OE_IMPORTS`
+ An internal variable used to tell the OpenEmbedded build system what
+ Python modules to import for every Python function run by the system.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Do not set this variable. It is for internal use only.
+
+ :term:`OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT`
+ The name of the build environment setup script for the purposes of
+ setting up the environment within the extensible SDK. The default
+ value is "oe-init-build-env".
+
+ If you use a custom script to set up your build environment, set the
+ ``OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT`` variable to its name.
+
+ :term:`OE_TERMINAL`
+ Controls how the OpenEmbedded build system spawns interactive
+ terminals on the host development system (e.g. using the BitBake
+ command with the ``-c devshell`` command-line option). For more
+ information, see the ":ref:`platdev-appdev-devshell`" section in
+ the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ You can use the following values for the ``OE_TERMINAL`` variable:
+
+ - auto
+ - gnome
+ - xfce
+ - rxvt
+ - screen
+ - konsole
+ - none
+
+ :term:`OEROOT`
+ The directory from which the top-level build environment setup script
+ is sourced. The Yocto Project provides a top-level build environment
+ setup script: :ref:`structure-core-script`. When you run this
+ script, the ``OEROOT`` variable resolves to the directory that
+ contains the script.
+
+ For additional information on how this variable is used, see the
+ initialization script.
+
+ :term:`OLDEST_KERNEL`
+ Declares the oldest version of the Linux kernel that the produced
+ binaries must support. This variable is passed into the build of the
+ Embedded GNU C Library (``glibc``).
+
+ The default for this variable comes from the
+ ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file. You can override this
+ default by setting the variable in a custom distribution
+ configuration file.
+
+ :term:`OVERRIDES`
+ A colon-separated list of overrides that currently apply. Overrides
+ are a BitBake mechanism that allows variables to be selectively
+ overridden at the end of parsing. The set of overrides in
+ ``OVERRIDES`` represents the "state" during building, which includes
+ the current recipe being built, the machine for which it is being
+ built, and so forth.
+
+ As an example, if the string "an-override" appears as an element in
+ the colon-separated list in ``OVERRIDES``, then the following
+ assignment will override ``FOO`` with the value "overridden" at the
+ end of parsing:
+ ::
+
+ FOO_an-override = "overridden"
+
+ See the
+ ":ref:`bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:conditional syntax (overrides)`"
+ section in the BitBake User Manual for more information on the
+ overrides mechanism.
+
+ The default value of ``OVERRIDES`` includes the values of the
+ :term:`CLASSOVERRIDE`,
+ :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`, and
+ :term:`DISTROOVERRIDES` variables. Another
+ important override included by default is ``pn-${PN}``. This override
+ allows variables to be set for a single recipe within configuration
+ (``.conf``) files. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ FOO_pn-myrecipe = "myrecipe-specific value"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ An easy way to see what overrides apply is to search for ``OVERRIDES``
+ in the output of the ``bitbake -e`` command. See the
+ ":ref:`dev-debugging-viewing-variable-values`" section in the Yocto
+ Project Development Tasks Manual for more information.
+
+ :term:`P`
+ The recipe name and version. ``P`` is comprised of the following:
+ ::
+
+ ${PN}-${PV}
+
+ :term:`PACKAGE_ADD_METADATA`
+ This variable defines additional metdata to add to packages.
+
+ You may find you need to inject additional metadata into packages.
+ This variable allows you to do that by setting the injected data as
+ the value. Multiple fields can be added by splitting the content with
+ the literal separator "\n".
+
+ The suffixes '_IPK', '_DEB', or '_RPM' can be applied to the variable
+ to do package type specific settings. It can also be made package
+ specific by using the package name as a suffix.
+
+ You can find out more about applying this variable in the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:adding custom metadata to packages`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`PACKAGE_ARCH`
+ The architecture of the resulting package or packages.
+
+ By default, the value of this variable is set to
+ :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` when building for the
+ target, :term:`BUILD_ARCH` when building for the
+ build host, and "${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}" when building for the
+ SDK.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ See :term:`SDK_ARCH` for more information.
+
+ However, if your recipe's output packages are built specific to the
+ target machine rather than generally for the architecture of the
+ machine, you should set ``PACKAGE_ARCH`` to the value of
+ :term:`MACHINE_ARCH` in the recipe as follows:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_ARCH = "${MACHINE_ARCH}"
+
+ :term:`PACKAGE_ARCHS`
+ Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the target machine.
+ This variable is set automatically and should not normally be
+ hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order
+ of priority. The default value for ``PACKAGE_ARCHS`` is "all any
+ noarch ${PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS} ${MACHINE_ARCH}".
+
+ :term:`PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN`
+ Enables easily adding packages to ``PACKAGES`` before ``${PN}`` so
+ that those added packages can pick up files that would normally be
+ included in the default package.
+
+ :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`
+ This variable, which is set in the ``local.conf`` configuration file
+ found in the ``conf`` folder of the
+ :term:`Build Directory`, specifies the package manager the
+ OpenEmbedded build system uses when packaging data.
+
+ You can provide one or more of the following arguments for the
+ variable: PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_rpm package_deb package_ipk
+ package_tar"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ While it is a legal option, the ``package_tar``
+ class has limited functionality due to no support for package
+ dependencies by that backend. Therefore, it is recommended that
+ you do not use it.
+
+ The build system uses only the first argument in the list as the
+ package manager when creating your image or SDK. However, packages
+ will be created using any additional packaging classes you specify.
+ For example, if you use the following in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_CLASSES ?= "package_ipk"
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system uses
+ the IPK package manager to create your image or SDK.
+
+ For information on packaging and build performance effects as a
+ result of the package manager in use, see the
+ ":ref:`package.bbclass <ref-classes-package>`" section.
+
+ :term:`PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`
+ Determines how to split up the binary and debug information when
+ creating ``*-dbg`` packages to be used with the GNU Project Debugger
+ (GDB).
+
+ With the ``PACKAGE_DEBUG_SPLIT_STYLE`` variable, you can control
+ where debug information, which can include or exclude source files,
+ is stored:
+
+ - ".debug": Debug symbol files are placed next to the binary in a
+ ``.debug`` directory on the target. For example, if a binary is
+ installed into ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbol files are
+ installed in ``/bin/.debug``. Source files are placed in
+ ``/usr/src/debug``.
+
+ - "debug-file-directory": Debug symbol files are placed under
+ ``/usr/lib/debug`` on the target, and separated by the path from
+ where the binary is installed. For example, if a binary is
+ installed in ``/bin``, the corresponding debug symbols are
+ installed in ``/usr/lib/debug/bin``. Source files are placed in
+ ``/usr/src/debug``.
+
+ - "debug-without-src": The same behavior as ".debug" previously
+ described with the exception that no source files are installed.
+
+ - "debug-with-srcpkg": The same behavior as ".debug" previously
+ described with the exception that all source files are placed in a
+ separate ``*-src`` pkg. This is the default behavior.
+
+ You can find out more about debugging using GDB by reading the
+ ":ref:`platdev-gdb-remotedebug`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY`
+ Prevents specific packages from being installed when you are
+ installing complementary packages.
+
+ You might find that you want to prevent installing certain packages
+ when you are installing complementary packages. For example, if you
+ are using :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES` to install
+ ``dev-pkgs``, you might not want to install all packages from a
+ particular multilib. If you find yourself in this situation, you can
+ use the ``PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_COMPLEMENTARY`` variable to specify regular
+ expressions to match the packages you want to exclude.
+
+ :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE`
+ Lists packages that should not be installed into an image. For
+ example:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_EXCLUDE = "package_name package_name package_name ..."
+
+ You can set this variable globally in your ``local.conf`` file or you
+ can attach it to a specific image recipe by using the recipe name
+ override:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_EXCLUDE_pn-target_image = "package_name"
+
+ If you choose to not install a package using this variable and some
+ other package is dependent on it (i.e. listed in a recipe's
+ :term:`RDEPENDS` variable), the OpenEmbedded build
+ system generates a fatal installation error. Because the build system
+ halts the process with a fatal error, you can use the variable with
+ an iterative development process to remove specific components from a
+ system.
+
+ Support for this variable exists only when using the IPK and RPM
+ packaging backend. Support does not exist for DEB.
+
+ See the :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS` and the
+ :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS` variables for
+ related information.
+
+ :term:`PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS`
+ Specifies the list of architectures compatible with the device CPU.
+ This variable is useful when you build for several different devices
+ that use miscellaneous processors such as XScale and ARM926-EJS.
+
+ :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`
+ Optionally specifies the package architectures used as part of the
+ package feed URIs during the build. When used, the
+ ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variable is appended to the final package feed
+ URI, which is constructed using the
+ :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS` and
+ :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`
+ variables.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You can use the ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS``
+ variable to whitelist specific package architectures. If you do
+ not need to whitelist specific architectures, which is a common
+ case, you can omit this variable. Omitting the variable results in
+ all available architectures for the current machine being included
+ into remote package feeds.
+
+ Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
+ ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are
+ defined in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
+ PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
+ PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
+
+ Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
+
+ :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`
+ Specifies the base path used when constructing package feed URIs. The
+ ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`` variable makes up the middle portion of a
+ package feed URI used by the OpenEmbedded build system. The base path
+ lies between the :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`
+ and :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables.
+
+ Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
+ ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are
+ defined in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
+ PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
+ PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
+
+ Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
+
+ :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_URIS`
+ Specifies the front portion of the package feed URI used by the
+ OpenEmbedded build system. Each final package feed URI is comprised
+ of ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
+ :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS`, and
+ :term:`PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS` variables.
+
+ Consider the following example where the ``PACKAGE_FEED_URIS``,
+ ``PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS``, and ``PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS`` variables are
+ defined in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGE_FEED_URIS = "https://example.com/packagerepos/release \
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates"
+ PACKAGE_FEED_BASE_PATHS = "rpm rpm-dev"
+ PACKAGE_FEED_ARCHS = "all core2-64"
+
+ Given these settings, the resulting package feeds are as follows:
+
+ .. code-block:: none
+
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/release/rpm-dev/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm/core2-64
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/all
+ https://example.com/packagerepos/updates/rpm-dev/core2-64
+
+ :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL`
+ The final list of packages passed to the package manager for
+ installation into the image.
+
+ Because the package manager controls actual installation of all
+ packages, the list of packages passed using ``PACKAGE_INSTALL`` is
+ not the final list of packages that are actually installed. This
+ variable is internal to the image construction code. Consequently, in
+ general, you should use the
+ :term:`IMAGE_INSTALL` variable to specify
+ packages for installation. The exception to this is when working with
+ the :ref:`core-image-minimal-initramfs <ref-manual/ref-images:images>`
+ image. When working with an initial RAM filesystem (initramfs) image,
+ use the ``PACKAGE_INSTALL`` variable. For information on creating an
+ initramfs, see the ":ref:`building-an-initramfs-image`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`PACKAGE_INSTALL_ATTEMPTONLY`
+ Specifies a list of packages the OpenEmbedded build system attempts
+ to install when creating an image. If a listed package fails to
+ install, the build system does not generate an error. This variable
+ is generally not user-defined.
+
+ :term:`PACKAGE_PREPROCESS_FUNCS`
+ Specifies a list of functions run to pre-process the
+ :term:`PKGD` directory prior to splitting the files out
+ to individual packages.
+
+ :term:`PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS`
+ Specifies a list of dependencies for post-installation and
+ pre-installation scripts on native/cross tools. If your
+ post-installation or pre-installation script can execute at rootfs
+ creation time rather than on the target but depends on a native tool
+ in order to execute, you need to list the tools in
+ ``PACKAGE_WRITE_DEPS``.
+
+ For information on running post-installation scripts, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:post-installation scripts`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`PACKAGECONFIG`
+ This variable provides a means of enabling or disabling features of a
+ recipe on a per-recipe basis. ``PACKAGECONFIG`` blocks are defined in
+ recipes when you specify features and then arguments that define
+ feature behaviors. Here is the basic block structure (broken over
+ multiple lines for readability):
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG ??= "f1 f2 f3 ..."
+ PACKAGECONFIG[f1] = "\
+ --with-f1, \
+ --without-f1, \
+ build-deps-for-f1, \
+ runtime-deps-for-f1, \
+ runtime-recommends-for-f1, \
+ packageconfig-conflicts-for-f1"
+ PACKAGECONFIG[f2] = "\
+ ... and so on and so on ...
+
+ The ``PACKAGECONFIG`` variable itself specifies a space-separated
+ list of the features to enable. Following the features, you can
+ determine the behavior of each feature by providing up to six
+ order-dependent arguments, which are separated by commas. You can
+ omit any argument you like but must retain the separating commas. The
+ order is important and specifies the following:
+
+ 1. Extra arguments that should be added to the configure script
+ argument list (:term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
+ :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`) if
+ the feature is enabled.
+
+ 2. Extra arguments that should be added to ``EXTRA_OECONF`` or
+ ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` if the feature is disabled.
+
+ 3. Additional build dependencies (:term:`DEPENDS`)
+ that should be added if the feature is enabled.
+
+ 4. Additional runtime dependencies (:term:`RDEPENDS`)
+ that should be added if the feature is enabled.
+
+ 5. Additional runtime recommendations
+ (:term:`RRECOMMENDS`) that should be added if
+ the feature is enabled.
+
+ 6. Any conflicting (that is, mutually exclusive) ``PACKAGECONFIG``
+ settings for this feature.
+
+ Consider the following ``PACKAGECONFIG`` block taken from the
+ ``librsvg`` recipe. In this example the feature is ``gtk``, which has
+ three arguments that determine the feature's behavior.
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG[gtk] = "--with-gtk3,--without-gtk3,gtk+3"
+
+ The
+ ``--with-gtk3`` and ``gtk+3`` arguments apply only if the feature is
+ enabled. In this case, ``--with-gtk3`` is added to the configure
+ script argument list and ``gtk+3`` is added to ``DEPENDS``. On the
+ other hand, if the feature is disabled say through a ``.bbappend``
+ file in another layer, then the second argument ``--without-gtk3`` is
+ added to the configure script instead.
+
+ The basic ``PACKAGECONFIG`` structure previously described holds true
+ regardless of whether you are creating a block or changing a block.
+ When creating a block, use the structure inside your recipe.
+
+ If you want to change an existing ``PACKAGECONFIG`` block, you can do
+ so one of two ways:
+
+ - *Append file:* Create an append file named
+ recipename\ ``.bbappend`` in your layer and override the value of
+ ``PACKAGECONFIG``. You can either completely override the
+ variable:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG = "f4 f5"
+
+ Or, you can just append the variable:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG_append = " f4"
+
+ - *Configuration file:* This method is identical to changing the
+ block through an append file except you edit your ``local.conf``
+ or ``mydistro.conf`` file. As with append files previously
+ described, you can either completely override the variable:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG_pn-recipename = "f4 f5"
+
+ Or, you can just amend the variable:
+ ::
+
+ PACKAGECONFIG_append_pn-recipename = " f4"
+
+ :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`
+ A space-separated list of configuration options generated from the
+ :term:`PACKAGECONFIG` setting.
+
+ Classes such as :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` and
+ :ref:`cmake <ref-classes-cmake>` use ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` to
+ pass ``PACKAGECONFIG`` options to ``configure`` and ``cmake``,
+ respectively. If you are using ``PACKAGECONFIG`` but not a class that
+ handles the ``do_configure`` task, then you need to use
+ ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`` appropriately.
+
+ :term:`PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY`
+ For recipes inheriting the
+ :ref:`packagegroup <ref-classes-packagegroup>` class, setting
+ ``PACKAGEGROUP_DISABLE_COMPLEMENTARY`` to "1" specifies that the
+ normal complementary packages (i.e. ``-dev``, ``-dbg``, and so forth)
+ should not be automatically created by the ``packagegroup`` recipe,
+ which is the default behavior.
+
+ :term:`PACKAGES`
+ The list of packages the recipe creates. The default value is the
+ following:
+ ::
+
+ ${PN}-dbg ${PN}-staticdev ${PN}-dev ${PN}-doc ${PN}-locale ${PACKAGE_BEFORE_PN} ${PN}
+
+ During packaging, the :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task
+ goes through ``PACKAGES`` and uses the :term:`FILES`
+ variable corresponding to each package to assign files to the
+ package. If a file matches the ``FILES`` variable for more than one
+ package in ``PACKAGES``, it will be assigned to the earliest
+ (leftmost) package.
+
+ Packages in the variable's list that are empty (i.e. where none of
+ the patterns in ``FILES_``\ pkg match any files installed by the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task) are not generated,
+ unless generation is forced through the
+ :term:`ALLOW_EMPTY` variable.
+
+ :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`
+ A promise that your recipe satisfies runtime dependencies for
+ optional modules that are found in other recipes.
+ ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` does not actually satisfy the dependencies, it
+ only states that they should be satisfied. For example, if a hard,
+ runtime dependency (:term:`RDEPENDS`) of another
+ package is satisfied at build time through the ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC``
+ variable, but a package with the module name is never actually
+ produced, then the other package will be broken. Thus, if you attempt
+ to include that package in an image, you will get a dependency
+ failure from the packaging system during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-rootfs` task.
+
+ Typically, if there is a chance that such a situation can occur and
+ the package that is not created is valid without the dependency being
+ satisfied, then you should use :term:`RRECOMMENDS`
+ (a soft runtime dependency) instead of ``RDEPENDS``.
+
+ For an example of how to use the ``PACKAGES_DYNAMIC`` variable when
+ you are splitting packages, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:handling optional module packaging`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`PACKAGESPLITFUNCS`
+ Specifies a list of functions run to perform additional splitting of
+ files into individual packages. Recipes can either prepend to this
+ variable or prepend to the ``populate_packages`` function in order to
+ perform additional package splitting. In either case, the function
+ should set :term:`PACKAGES`,
+ :term:`FILES`, :term:`RDEPENDS` and
+ other packaging variables appropriately in order to perform the
+ desired splitting.
+
+ :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`
+ Extra options passed to the ``make`` command during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-compile` task in order to specify
+ parallel compilation on the local build host. This variable is
+ usually in the form "-j x", where x represents the maximum number of
+ parallel threads ``make`` can run.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ In order for ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` to be effective, ``make`` must be
+ called with ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy way to ensure
+ this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function.
+
+ By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this
+ variable to be equal to the number of cores the build system uses.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If the software being built experiences dependency issues during
+ the ``do_compile`` task that result in race conditions, you can clear
+ the ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` variable within the recipe as a workaround. For
+ information on addressing race conditions, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ For single socket systems (i.e. one CPU), you should not have to
+ override this variable to gain optimal parallelism during builds.
+ However, if you have very large systems that employ multiple physical
+ CPUs, you might want to make sure the ``PARALLEL_MAKE`` variable is
+ not set higher than "-j 20".
+
+ For more information on speeding up builds, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:speeding up a build`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`PARALLEL_MAKEINST`
+ Extra options passed to the ``make install`` command during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install` task in order to specify
+ parallel installation. This variable defaults to the value of
+ :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ In order for ``PARALLEL_MAKEINST`` to be effective, ``make`` must
+ be called with
+ ``${``\ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`\ ``}``. An easy
+ way to ensure this is to use the ``oe_runmake`` function.
+
+ If the software being built experiences dependency issues during
+ the ``do_install`` task that result in race conditions, you can
+ clear the ``PARALLEL_MAKEINST`` variable within the recipe as a
+ workaround. For information on addressing race conditions, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:debugging parallel make races`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`PATCHRESOLVE`
+ Determines the action to take when a patch fails. You can set this
+ variable to one of two values: "noop" and "user".
+
+ The default value of "noop" causes the build to simply fail when the
+ OpenEmbedded build system cannot successfully apply a patch. Setting
+ the value to "user" causes the build system to launch a shell and
+ places you in the right location so that you can manually resolve the
+ conflicts.
+
+ Set this variable in your ``local.conf`` file.
+
+ :term:`PATCHTOOL`
+ Specifies the utility used to apply patches for a recipe during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-patch` task. You can specify one of
+ three utilities: "patch", "quilt", or "git". The default utility used
+ is "quilt" except for the quilt-native recipe itself. Because the
+ quilt tool is not available at the time quilt-native is being
+ patched, it uses "patch".
+
+ If you wish to use an alternative patching tool, set the variable in
+ the recipe using one of the following:
+ ::
+
+ PATCHTOOL = "patch"
+ PATCHTOOL = "quilt"
+ PATCHTOOL = "git"
+
+ :term:`PE`
+ The epoch of the recipe. By default, this variable is unset. The
+ variable is used to make upgrades possible when the versioning scheme
+ changes in some backwards incompatible way.
+
+ ``PE`` is the default value of the :term:`PKGE` variable.
+
+ :term:`PF`
+ Specifies the recipe or package name and includes all version and
+ revision numbers (i.e. ``glibc-2.13-r20+svnr15508/`` and
+ ``bash-4.2-r1/``). This variable is comprised of the following:
+ ${:term:`PN`}-${:term:`EXTENDPE`}${:term:`PV`}-${:term:`PR`}
+
+ :term:`PIXBUF_PACKAGES`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`pixbufcache <ref-classes-pixbufcache>`
+ class, this variable identifies packages that contain the pixbuf
+ loaders used with ``gdk-pixbuf``. By default, the ``pixbufcache``
+ class assumes that the loaders are in the recipe's main package (i.e.
+ ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``). Use this variable if the
+ loaders you need are in a package other than that main package.
+
+ :term:`PKG`
+ The name of the resulting package created by the OpenEmbedded build
+ system.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ When using the ``PKG`` variable, you must use a package name override.
+
+ For example, when the :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class
+ renames the output package, it does so by setting
+ ``PKG_packagename``.
+
+ :term:`PKG_CONFIG_PATH`
+ The path to ``pkg-config`` files for the current build context.
+ ``pkg-config`` reads this variable from the environment.
+
+ :term:`PKGD`
+ Points to the destination directory for files to be packaged before
+ they are split into individual packages. This directory defaults to
+ the following:
+ ::
+
+ ${WORKDIR}/package
+
+ Do not change this default.
+
+ :term:`PKGDATA_DIR`
+ Points to a shared, global-state directory that holds data generated
+ during the packaging process. During the packaging process, the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task packages data
+ for each recipe and installs it into this temporary, shared area.
+ This directory defaults to the following, which you should not
+ change:
+ ::
+
+ ${STAGING_DIR_HOST}/pkgdata
+
+ For examples of how this data is used, see the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual and the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:viewing package information with \`\`oe-pkgdata-util\`\``"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For more
+ information on the shared, global-state directory, see
+ :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`.
+
+ :term:`PKGDEST`
+ Points to the parent directory for files to be packaged after they
+ have been split into individual packages. This directory defaults to
+ the following:
+ ::
+
+ ${WORKDIR}/packages-split
+
+ Under this directory, the build system creates directories for each
+ package specified in :term:`PACKAGES`. Do not change
+ this default.
+
+ :term:`PKGDESTWORK`
+ Points to a temporary work area where the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-package` task saves package metadata.
+ The ``PKGDESTWORK`` location defaults to the following:
+ ::
+
+ ${WORKDIR}/pkgdata
+
+ Do not change this default.
+
+ The :ref:`ref-tasks-packagedata` task copies the
+ package metadata from ``PKGDESTWORK`` to
+ :term:`PKGDATA_DIR` to make it available globally.
+
+ :term:`PKGE`
+ The epoch of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default, ``PKGE``
+ is set to :term:`PE`.
+
+ :term:`PKGR`
+ The revision of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default,
+ ``PKGR`` is set to :term:`PR`.
+
+ :term:`PKGV`
+ The version of the package(s) built by the recipe. By default,
+ ``PKGV`` is set to :term:`PV`.
+
+ :term:`PN`
+ This variable can have two separate functions depending on the
+ context: a recipe name or a resulting package name.
+
+ ``PN`` refers to a recipe name in the context of a file used by the
+ OpenEmbedded build system as input to create a package. The name is
+ normally extracted from the recipe file name. For example, if the
+ recipe is named ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of ``PN``
+ will be "expat".
+
+ The variable refers to a package name in the context of a file
+ created or produced by the OpenEmbedded build system.
+
+ If applicable, the ``PN`` variable also contains any special suffix
+ or prefix. For example, using ``bash`` to build packages for the
+ native machine, ``PN`` is ``bash-native``. Using ``bash`` to build
+ packages for the target and for Multilib, ``PN`` would be ``bash``
+ and ``lib64-bash``, respectively.
+
+ :term:`PNBLACKLIST`
+ Lists recipes you do not want the OpenEmbedded build system to build.
+ This variable works in conjunction with the
+ :ref:`blacklist <ref-classes-blacklist>` class, which is inherited
+ globally.
+
+ To prevent a recipe from being built, use the ``PNBLACKLIST``
+ variable in your ``local.conf`` file. Here is an example that
+ prevents ``myrecipe`` from being built:
+ ::
+
+ PNBLACKLIST[myrecipe] = "Not supported by our organization."
+
+ :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND`
+ Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
+ system has created the host part of the SDK. You can specify
+ functions separated by semicolons:
+ ::
+
+ POPULATE_SDK_POST_HOST_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you
+ can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
+ the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
+ :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
+
+ :term:`POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND`
+ Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
+ system has created the target part of the SDK. You can specify
+ functions separated by semicolons:
+ ::
+
+ POPULATE_SDK_POST_TARGET_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass the SDK path to a command within a function, you
+ can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
+ the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
+ :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
+
+ :term:`PR`
+ The revision of the recipe. The default value for this variable is
+ "r0". Subsequent revisions of the recipe conventionally have the
+ values "r1", "r2", and so forth. When :term:`PV` increases,
+ ``PR`` is conventionally reset to "r0".
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system does not need the aid of ``PR``
+ to know when to rebuild a recipe. The build system uses the task
+ :ref:`input checksums <overview-checksums>` along with the
+ :ref:`stamp <structure-build-tmp-stamps>` and
+ :ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:shared state cache`
+ mechanisms.
+
+ The ``PR`` variable primarily becomes significant when a package
+ manager dynamically installs packages on an already built image. In
+ this case, ``PR``, which is the default value of
+ :term:`PKGR`, helps the package manager distinguish which
+ package is the most recent one in cases where many packages have the
+ same ``PV`` (i.e. ``PKGV``). A component having many packages with
+ the same ``PV`` usually means that the packages all install the same
+ upstream version, but with later (``PR``) version packages including
+ packaging fixes.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ ``PR`` does not need to be increased for changes that do not change the
+ package contents or metadata.
+
+ Because manually managing ``PR`` can be cumbersome and error-prone,
+ an automated solution exists. See the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:working with a pr service`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information.
+
+ :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER`
+ If multiple recipes provide the same item, this variable determines
+ which recipe is preferred and thus provides the item (i.e. the
+ preferred provider). You should always suffix this variable with the
+ name of the provided item. And, you should define the variable using
+ the preferred recipe's name (:term:`PN`). Here is a common
+ example:
+ ::
+
+ PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/kernel ?= "linux-yocto"
+
+ In the previous example, multiple recipes are providing "virtual/kernel".
+ The ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER`` variable is set with the name (``PN``) of
+ the recipe you prefer to provide "virtual/kernel".
+
+ Following are more examples:
+ ::
+
+ PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/xserver = "xserver-xf86"
+ PREFERRED_PROVIDER_virtual/libgl ?= "mesa"
+
+ For more
+ information, see the ":ref:`metadata-virtual-providers`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you use a ``virtual/\*`` item with ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER``, then any
+ recipe that :term:`PROVIDES` that item but is not selected (defined)
+ by ``PREFERRED_PROVIDER`` is prevented from building, which is usually
+ desirable since this mechanism is designed to select between mutually
+ exclusive alternative providers.
+
+ :term:`PREFERRED_VERSION`
+ If multiple versions of recipes exist, this variable determines which
+ version is given preference. You must always suffix the variable with
+ the :term:`PN` you want to select, and you should set the
+ :term:`PV` accordingly for precedence.
+
+ The ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable supports limited wildcard use
+ through the "``%``" character. You can use the character to match any
+ number of characters, which can be useful when specifying versions
+ that contain long revision numbers that potentially change. Here are
+ two examples:
+ ::
+
+ PREFERRED_VERSION_python = "3.4.0"
+ PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto = "5.0%"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The use of the "%" character is limited in that it only works at the end of the
+ string. You cannot use the wildcard character in any other
+ location of the string.
+
+ The specified version is matched against :term:`PV`, which
+ does not necessarily match the version part of the recipe's filename.
+ For example, consider two recipes ``foo_1.2.bb`` and ``foo_git.bb``
+ where ``foo_git.bb`` contains the following assignment:
+ ::
+
+ PV = "1.1+git${SRCPV}"
+
+ In this case, the correct way to select
+ ``foo_git.bb`` is by using an assignment such as the following:
+ ::
+
+ PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "1.1+git%"
+
+ Compare that previous example
+ against the following incorrect example, which does not work:
+ ::
+
+ PREFERRED_VERSION_foo = "git"
+
+ Sometimes the ``PREFERRED_VERSION`` variable can be set by
+ configuration files in a way that is hard to change. You can use
+ :term:`OVERRIDES` to set a machine-specific
+ override. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_qemux86 = "5.0%"
+
+ Although not recommended, worst case, you can also use the
+ "forcevariable" override, which is the strongest override possible.
+ Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ PREFERRED_VERSION_linux-yocto_forcevariable = "5.0%"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The ``\_forcevariable`` override is not handled specially. This override
+ only works because the default value of ``OVERRIDES`` includes "forcevariable".
+
+ :term:`PREMIRRORS`
+ Specifies additional paths from which the OpenEmbedded build system
+ gets source code. When the build system searches for source code, it
+ first tries the local download directory. If that location fails, the
+ build system tries locations defined by ``PREMIRRORS``, the upstream
+ source, and then locations specified by
+ :term:`MIRRORS` in that order.
+
+ Assuming your distribution (:term:`DISTRO`) is "poky",
+ the default value for ``PREMIRRORS`` is defined in the
+ ``conf/distro/poky.conf`` file in the ``meta-poky`` Git repository.
+
+ Typically, you could add a specific server for the build system to
+ attempt before any others by adding something like the following to
+ the ``local.conf`` configuration file in the
+ :term:`Build Directory`:
+ ::
+
+ PREMIRRORS_prepend = "\
+ git://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
+ ftp://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
+ http://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n \
+ https://.*/.* http://www.yoctoproject.org/sources/ \n"
+
+ These changes cause the
+ build system to intercept Git, FTP, HTTP, and HTTPS requests and
+ direct them to the ``http://`` sources mirror. You can use
+ ``file://`` URLs to point to local directories or network shares as
+ well.
+
+ :term:`PRIORITY`
+ Indicates the importance of a package.
+
+ ``PRIORITY`` is considered to be part of the distribution policy
+ because the importance of any given recipe depends on the purpose for
+ which the distribution is being produced. Thus, ``PRIORITY`` is not
+ normally set within recipes.
+
+ You can set ``PRIORITY`` to "required", "standard", "extra", and
+ "optional", which is the default.
+
+ :term:`PRIVATE_LIBS`
+ Specifies libraries installed within a recipe that should be ignored
+ by the OpenEmbedded build system's shared library resolver. This
+ variable is typically used when software being built by a recipe has
+ its own private versions of a library normally provided by another
+ recipe. In this case, you would not want the package containing the
+ private libraries to be set as a dependency on other unrelated
+ packages that should instead depend on the package providing the
+ standard version of the library.
+
+ Libraries specified in this variable should be specified by their
+ file name. For example, from the Firefox recipe in meta-browser:
+ ::
+
+ PRIVATE_LIBS = "libmozjs.so \
+ libxpcom.so \
+ libnspr4.so \
+ libxul.so \
+ libmozalloc.so \
+ libplc4.so \
+ libplds4.so"
+
+ For more information, see the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ :term:`PROVIDES`
+ A list of aliases by which a particular recipe can be known. By
+ default, a recipe's own ``PN`` is implicitly already in its
+ ``PROVIDES`` list and therefore does not need to mention that it
+ provides itself. If a recipe uses ``PROVIDES``, the additional
+ aliases are synonyms for the recipe and can be useful for satisfying
+ dependencies of other recipes during the build as specified by
+ ``DEPENDS``.
+
+ Consider the following example ``PROVIDES`` statement from the recipe
+ file ``eudev_3.2.9.bb``:
+ ::
+
+ PROVIDES = "udev"
+
+ The ``PROVIDES`` statement
+ results in the "eudev" recipe also being available as simply "udev".
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Given that a recipe's own recipe name is already implicitly in its
+ own PROVIDES list, it is unnecessary to add aliases with the "+=" operator;
+ using a simple assignment will be sufficient. In other words,
+ while you could write:
+ ::
+
+ PROVIDES += "udev"
+
+
+ in the above, the "+=" is overkill and unnecessary.
+
+ In addition to providing recipes under alternate names, the
+ ``PROVIDES`` mechanism is also used to implement virtual targets. A
+ virtual target is a name that corresponds to some particular
+ functionality (e.g. a Linux kernel). Recipes that provide the
+ functionality in question list the virtual target in ``PROVIDES``.
+ Recipes that depend on the functionality in question can include the
+ virtual target in ``DEPENDS`` to leave the choice of provider open.
+
+ Conventionally, virtual targets have names on the form
+ "virtual/function" (e.g. "virtual/kernel"). The slash is simply part
+ of the name and has no syntactical significance.
+
+ The :term:`PREFERRED_PROVIDER` variable is
+ used to select which particular recipe provides a virtual target.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ A corresponding mechanism for virtual runtime dependencies
+ (packages) exists. However, the mechanism does not depend on any
+ special functionality beyond ordinary variable assignments. For
+ example, ``VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager`` refers to the package of
+ the component that manages the ``/dev`` directory.
+
+ Setting the "preferred provider" for runtime dependencies is as
+ simple as using the following assignment in a configuration file:
+ ::
+
+ VIRTUAL-RUNTIME_dev_manager = "udev"
+
+
+ :term:`PRSERV_HOST`
+ The network based :term:`PR` service host and port.
+
+ The ``conf/local.conf.sample.extended`` configuration file in the
+ :term:`Source Directory` shows how the
+ ``PRSERV_HOST`` variable is set:
+ ::
+
+ PRSERV_HOST = "localhost:0"
+
+ You must
+ set the variable if you want to automatically start a local :ref:`PR
+ service <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:working with a pr service>`. You can
+ set ``PRSERV_HOST`` to other values to use a remote PR service.
+
+ :term:`PTEST_ENABLED`
+ Specifies whether or not :ref:`Package
+ Test <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:testing packages with ptest>` (ptest)
+ functionality is enabled when building a recipe. You should not set
+ this variable directly. Enabling and disabling building Package Tests
+ at build time should be done by adding "ptest" to (or removing it
+ from) :term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`.
+
+ :term:`PV`
+ The version of the recipe. The version is normally extracted from the
+ recipe filename. For example, if the recipe is named
+ ``expat_2.0.1.bb``, then the default value of ``PV`` will be "2.0.1".
+ ``PV`` is generally not overridden within a recipe unless it is
+ building an unstable (i.e. development) version from a source code
+ repository (e.g. Git or Subversion).
+
+ ``PV`` is the default value of the :term:`PKGV` variable.
+
+ :term:`PYTHON_ABI`
+ When used by recipes that inherit the
+ :ref:`distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`,
+ :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>`,
+ :ref:`distutils <ref-classes-distutils>`, or
+ :ref:`setuptools <ref-classes-setuptools>` classes, denotes the
+ Application Binary Interface (ABI) currently in use for Python. By
+ default, the ABI is "m". You do not have to set this variable as the
+ OpenEmbedded build system sets it for you.
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system uses the ABI to construct directory
+ names used when installing the Python headers and libraries in
+ sysroot (e.g. ``.../python3.3m/...``).
+
+ Recipes that inherit the ``distutils`` class during cross-builds also
+ use this variable to locate the headers and libraries of the
+ appropriate Python that the extension is targeting.
+
+ :term:`PYTHON_PN`
+ When used by recipes that inherit the
+ `distutils3 <ref-classes-distutils3>`,
+ :ref:`setuptools3 <ref-classes-setuptools3>`,
+ :ref:`distutils <ref-classes-distutils>`, or
+ :ref:`setuptools <ref-classes-setuptools>` classes, specifies the
+ major Python version being built. For Python 3.x, ``PYTHON_PN`` would
+ be "python3". You do not have to set this variable as the
+ OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets it for you.
+
+ The variable allows recipes to use common infrastructure such as the
+ following:
+ ::
+
+ DEPENDS += "${PYTHON_PN}-native"
+
+ In the previous example,
+ the version of the dependency is ``PYTHON_PN``.
+
+ :term:`RANLIB`
+ The minimal command and arguments to run ``ranlib``.
+
+ :term:`RCONFLICTS`
+ The list of packages that conflict with packages. Note that packages
+ will not be installed if conflicting packages are not first removed.
+
+ Like all package-controlling variables, you must always use them in
+ conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "another_conflicting_package_name"
+
+ BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
+ specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies
+ depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
+ from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
+ ``RCONFLICTS`` variable:
+ ::
+
+ RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
+
+ For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
+
+ - =
+ - <
+ - >
+ - <=
+ - >=
+
+ For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or
+ greater of the package ``foo``:
+ ::
+
+ RCONFLICTS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
+
+ :term:`RDEPENDS`
+ Lists runtime dependencies of a package. These dependencies are other
+ packages that must be installed in order for the package to function
+ correctly. As an example, the following assignment declares that the
+ package ``foo`` needs the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` to be
+ installed:
+ ::
+
+ RDEPENDS_foo = "bar baz"
+
+ The most common types of package
+ runtime dependencies are automatically detected and added. Therefore,
+ most recipes do not need to set ``RDEPENDS``. For more information,
+ see the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:automatically added runtime dependencies`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ The practical effect of the above ``RDEPENDS`` assignment is that
+ ``bar`` and ``baz`` will be declared as dependencies inside the
+ package ``foo`` when it is written out by one of the
+ :ref:`do_package_write_\* <ref-tasks-package_write_deb>` tasks.
+ Exactly how this is done depends on which package format is used,
+ which is determined by
+ :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`. When the
+ corresponding package manager installs the package, it will know to
+ also install the packages on which it depends.
+
+ To ensure that the packages ``bar`` and ``baz`` get built, the
+ previous ``RDEPENDS`` assignment also causes a task dependency to be
+ added. This dependency is from the recipe's
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-build` (not to be confused with
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`) task to the
+ ``do_package_write_*`` task of the recipes that build ``bar`` and
+ ``baz``.
+
+ The names of the packages you list within ``RDEPENDS`` must be the
+ names of other packages - they cannot be recipe names. Although
+ package names and recipe names usually match, the important point
+ here is that you are providing package names within the ``RDEPENDS``
+ variable. For an example of the default list of packages created from
+ a recipe, see the :term:`PACKAGES` variable.
+
+ Because the ``RDEPENDS`` variable applies to packages being built,
+ you should always use the variable in a form with an attached package
+ name (remember that a single recipe can build multiple packages). For
+ example, suppose you are building a development package that depends
+ on the ``perl`` package. In this case, you would use the following
+ ``RDEPENDS`` statement:
+ ::
+
+ RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev += "perl"
+
+ In the example,
+ the development package depends on the ``perl`` package. Thus, the
+ ``RDEPENDS`` variable has the ``${PN}-dev`` package name as part of
+ the variable.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ ``RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev`` includes ``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}``
+ by default. This default is set in the BitBake configuration file
+ (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``). Be careful not to accidentally remove
+ ``${PN}`` when modifying ``RDEPENDS_${PN}-dev``. Use the "+=" operator
+ rather than the "=" operator.
+
+ The package names you use with ``RDEPENDS`` must appear as they would
+ in the ``PACKAGES`` variable. The :term:`PKG` variable
+ allows a different name to be used for the final package (e.g. the
+ :ref:`debian <ref-classes-debian>` class uses this to rename
+ packages), but this final package name cannot be used with
+ ``RDEPENDS``, which makes sense as ``RDEPENDS`` is meant to be
+ independent of the package format used.
+
+ BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
+ specifying versioned dependencies. Although the syntax varies
+ depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
+ from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
+ ``RDEPENDS`` variable:
+ ::
+
+ RDEPENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
+
+ For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
+
+ - =
+ - <
+ - >
+ - <=
+ - >=
+
+ For version, provide the version number.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You can use ``EXTENDPKGV`` to provide a full package version
+ specification.
+
+ For example, the following sets up a dependency on version 1.2 or
+ greater of the package ``foo``:
+ ::
+
+ RDEPENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
+
+ For information on build-time dependencies, see the
+ :term:`DEPENDS` variable. You can also see the
+ ":ref:`Tasks <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-metadata:tasks>`" and
+ ":ref:`Dependencies <bitbake:bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-execution:dependencies>`" sections in the
+ BitBake User Manual for additional information on tasks and
+ dependencies.
+
+ :term:`REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES`
+ When inheriting the
+ :ref:`features_check <ref-classes-features_check>`
+ class, this variable identifies distribution features that must exist
+ in the current configuration in order for the OpenEmbedded build
+ system to build the recipe. In other words, if the
+ ``REQUIRED_DISTRO_FEATURES`` variable lists a feature that does not
+ appear in ``DISTRO_FEATURES`` within the current configuration, then
+ the recipe will be skipped, and if the build system attempts to build
+ the recipe then an error will be triggered.
+
+ :term:`RM_WORK_EXCLUDE`
+ With ``rm_work`` enabled, this variable specifies a list of recipes
+ whose work directories should not be removed. See the
+ ":ref:`rm_work.bbclass <ref-classes-rm-work>`" section for more
+ details.
+
+ :term:`ROOT_HOME`
+ Defines the root home directory. By default, this directory is set as
+ follows in the BitBake configuration file:
+ ::
+
+ ROOT_HOME ??= "/home/root"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ This default value is likely used because some embedded solutions
+ prefer to have a read-only root filesystem and prefer to keep
+ writeable data in one place.
+
+ You can override the default by setting the variable in any layer or
+ in the ``local.conf`` file. Because the default is set using a "weak"
+ assignment (i.e. "??="), you can use either of the following forms to
+ define your override:
+ ::
+
+ ROOT_HOME = "/root"
+ ROOT_HOME ?= "/root"
+
+ These
+ override examples use ``/root``, which is probably the most commonly
+ used override.
+
+ :term:`ROOTFS`
+ Indicates a filesystem image to include as the root filesystem.
+
+ The ``ROOTFS`` variable is an optional variable used with the
+ :ref:`image-live <ref-classes-image-live>` class.
+
+ :term:`ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND`
+ Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build
+ system has installed packages. You can specify functions separated by
+ semicolons:
+ ::
+
+ ROOTFS_POSTINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
+ function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
+ directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
+ information.
+
+ :term:`ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
+ Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
+ system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions
+ separated by semicolons:
+ ::
+
+ ROOTFS_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
+ function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
+ directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
+ information.
+
+ :term:`ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND`
+ Specifies a list of functions to call after the OpenEmbedded build
+ system has removed unnecessary packages. When runtime package
+ management is disabled in the image, several packages are removed
+ including ``base-passwd``, ``shadow``, and ``update-alternatives``.
+ You can specify functions separated by semicolons:
+ ::
+
+ ROOTFS_POSTUNINSTALL_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
+ function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
+ directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
+ information.
+
+ :term:`ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND`
+ Specifies a list of functions to call before the OpenEmbedded build
+ system has created the root filesystem. You can specify functions
+ separated by semicolons:
+ ::
+
+ ROOTFS_PREPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass the root filesystem path to a command within a
+ function, you can use ``${IMAGE_ROOTFS}``, which points to the
+ directory that becomes the root filesystem image. See the
+ :term:`IMAGE_ROOTFS` variable for more
+ information.
+
+ :term:`RPROVIDES`
+ A list of package name aliases that a package also provides. These
+ aliases are useful for satisfying runtime dependencies of other
+ packages both during the build and on the target (as specified by
+ ``RDEPENDS``).
+
+ .. note::
+
+ A package's own name is implicitly already in its ``RPROVIDES`` list.
+
+ As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use the
+ variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an
+ example:
+ ::
+
+ RPROVIDES_${PN} = "widget-abi-2"
+
+ :term:`RRECOMMENDS`
+ A list of packages that extends the usability of a package being
+ built. The package being built does not depend on this list of
+ packages in order to successfully build, but rather uses them for
+ extended usability. To specify runtime dependencies for packages, see
+ the ``RDEPENDS`` variable.
+
+ The package manager will automatically install the ``RRECOMMENDS``
+ list of packages when installing the built package. However, you can
+ prevent listed packages from being installed by using the
+ :term:`BAD_RECOMMENDATIONS`,
+ :term:`NO_RECOMMENDATIONS`, and
+ :term:`PACKAGE_EXCLUDE` variables.
+
+ Packages specified in ``RRECOMMENDS`` need not actually be produced.
+ However, a recipe must exist that provides each package, either
+ through the :term:`PACKAGES` or
+ :term:`PACKAGES_DYNAMIC` variables or the
+ :term:`RPROVIDES` variable, or an error will occur
+ during the build. If such a recipe does exist and the package is not
+ produced, the build continues without error.
+
+ Because the ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable applies to packages being built,
+ you should always attach an override to the variable to specify the
+ particular package whose usability is being extended. For example,
+ suppose you are building a development package that is extended to
+ support wireless functionality. In this case, you would use the
+ following:
+ ::
+
+ RRECOMMENDS_${PN}-dev += "wireless_package_name"
+
+ In the
+ example, the package name (``${PN}-dev``) must appear as it would in
+ the ``PACKAGES`` namespace before any renaming of the output package
+ by classes such as ``debian.bbclass``.
+
+ BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
+ specifying versioned recommends. Although the syntax varies depending
+ on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences from you.
+ Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
+ ``RRECOMMENDS`` variable:
+ ::
+
+ RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
+
+ For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
+
+ - =
+ - <
+ - >
+ - <=
+ - >=
+
+ For example, the following sets up a recommend on version 1.2 or
+ greater of the package ``foo``:
+ ::
+
+ RRECOMMENDS_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
+
+ :term:`RREPLACES`
+ A list of packages replaced by a package. The package manager uses
+ this variable to determine which package should be installed to
+ replace other package(s) during an upgrade. In order to also have the
+ other package(s) removed at the same time, you must add the name of
+ the other package to the ``RCONFLICTS`` variable.
+
+ As with all package-controlling variables, you must use this variable
+ in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an example:
+ ::
+
+ RREPLACES_${PN} = "other_package_being_replaced"
+
+ BitBake, which the OpenEmbedded build system uses, supports
+ specifying versioned replacements. Although the syntax varies
+ depending on the packaging format, BitBake hides these differences
+ from you. Here is the general syntax to specify versions with the
+ ``RREPLACES`` variable:
+ ::
+
+ RREPLACES_${PN} = "package (operator version)"
+
+ For ``operator``, you can specify the following:
+
+ - =
+ - <
+ - >
+ - <=
+ - >=
+
+ For example, the following sets up a replacement using version 1.2
+ or greater of the package ``foo``:
+ ::
+
+ RREPLACES_${PN} = "foo (>= 1.2)"
+
+ :term:`RSUGGESTS`
+ A list of additional packages that you can suggest for installation
+ by the package manager at the time a package is installed. Not all
+ package managers support this functionality.
+
+ As with all package-controlling variables, you must always use this
+ variable in conjunction with a package name override. Here is an
+ example:
+ ::
+
+ RSUGGESTS_${PN} = "useful_package another_package"
+
+ :term:`S`
+ The location in the :term:`Build Directory` where
+ unpacked recipe source code resides. By default, this directory is
+ ``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/${``\ :term:`BPN`\ ``}-${``\ :term:`PV`\ ``}``,
+ where ``${BPN}`` is the base recipe name and ``${PV}`` is the recipe
+ version. If the source tarball extracts the code to a directory named
+ anything other than ``${BPN}-${PV}``, or if the source code is
+ fetched from an SCM such as Git or Subversion, then you must set
+ ``S`` in the recipe so that the OpenEmbedded build system knows where
+ to find the unpacked source.
+
+ As an example, assume a :term:`Source Directory`
+ top-level folder named ``poky`` and a default Build Directory at
+ ``poky/build``. In this case, the work directory the build system
+ uses to keep the unpacked recipe for ``db`` is the following:
+ ::
+
+ poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/db/5.1.19-r3/db-5.1.19
+
+ The unpacked source code resides in the ``db-5.1.19`` folder.
+
+ This next example assumes a Git repository. By default, Git
+ repositories are cloned to ``${WORKDIR}/git`` during
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`. Since this path is different
+ from the default value of ``S``, you must set it specifically so the
+ source can be located:
+ ::
+
+ SRC_URI = "git://path/to/repo.git"
+ S = "${WORKDIR}/git"
+
+ :term:`SANITY_REQUIRED_UTILITIES`
+ Specifies a list of command-line utilities that should be checked for
+ during the initial sanity checking process when running BitBake. If
+ any of the utilities are not installed on the build host, then
+ BitBake immediately exits with an error.
+
+ :term:`SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS`
+ A list of the host distribution identifiers that the build system has
+ been tested against. Identifiers consist of the host distributor ID
+ followed by the release, as reported by the ``lsb_release`` tool or
+ as read from ``/etc/lsb-release``. Separate the list items with
+ explicit newline characters (``\n``). If ``SANITY_TESTED_DISTROS`` is
+ not empty and the current value of
+ :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` does not appear in the
+ list, then the build system reports a warning that indicates the
+ current host distribution has not been tested as a build host.
+
+ :term:`SDK_ARCH`
+ The target architecture for the SDK. Typically, you do not directly
+ set this variable. Instead, use :term:`SDKMACHINE`.
+
+ :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`
+ The directory set up and used by the
+ :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk>` class to which
+ the SDK is deployed. The ``populate_sdk_base`` class defines
+ ``SDK_DEPLOY`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_DEPLOY = "${TMPDIR}/deploy/sdk"
+
+ :term:`SDK_DIR`
+ The parent directory used by the OpenEmbedded build system when
+ creating SDK output. The
+ :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class defines
+ the variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The ``SDK_DIR`` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of
+ ``WORKDIR``. The final output directory is :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`.
+
+ :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE`
+ Controls whether or not shared state artifacts are copied into the
+ extensible SDK. The default value of "full" copies all of the
+ required shared state artifacts into the extensible SDK. The value
+ "minimal" leaves these artifacts out of the SDK.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you set the variable to "minimal", you need to ensure
+ :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` is set in the SDK's configuration to enable the
+ artifacts to be fetched as needed.
+
+ :term:`SDK_HOST_MANIFEST`
+ The manifest file for the host part of the SDK. This file lists all
+ the installed packages that make up the host part of the SDK. The
+ file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ packagename packagearch version
+
+ The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class
+ defines the manifest file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_HOST_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.host.manifest"
+
+ The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and
+ :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables.
+
+ :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA`
+ When set to "1", specifies to include the packagedata for all recipes
+ in the "world" target in the extensible SDK. Including this data
+ allows the ``devtool search`` command to find these recipes in search
+ results, as well as allows the ``devtool add`` command to map
+ dependencies more effectively.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Enabling the ``SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA``
+ variable significantly increases build time because all of world
+ needs to be built. Enabling the variable also slightly increases
+ the size of the extensible SDK.
+
+ :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN`
+ When set to "1", specifies to include the toolchain in the extensible
+ SDK. Including the toolchain is useful particularly when
+ :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` is set to "minimal" to keep
+ the SDK reasonably small but you still want to provide a usable
+ toolchain. For example, suppose you want to use the toolchain from an
+ IDE or from other tools and you do not want to perform additional
+ steps to install the toolchain.
+
+ The ``SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN`` variable defaults to "0" if
+ ``SDK_EXT_TYPE`` is set to "minimal", and defaults to "1" if
+ ``SDK_EXT_TYPE`` is set to "full".
+
+ :term:`SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST`
+ A list of classes to remove from the :term:`INHERIT`
+ value globally within the extensible SDK configuration. The
+ :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets the
+ default value:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST ?= "buildhistory icecc"
+
+ Some classes are not generally applicable within the extensible SDK
+ context. You can use this variable to disable those classes.
+
+ For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
+ configuration, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
+ Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+ :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`
+ A list of variables not allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build
+ system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. Usually,
+ these are variables that are specific to the machine on which the
+ build system is running and thus would be potentially problematic
+ within the extensible SDK.
+
+ By default, ``SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`` is set in the
+ :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class and
+ excludes the following variables:
+
+ - :term:`CONF_VERSION`
+ - :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS`
+ - :term:`bitbake:BB_NUMBER_PARSE_THREADS`
+ - :term:`PARALLEL_MAKE`
+ - :term:`PRSERV_HOST`
+ - :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` :term:`DL_DIR`
+ - :term:`SSTATE_DIR` :term:`TMPDIR`
+ - :term:`BB_SERVER_TIMEOUT`
+
+ For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
+ configuration, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
+ Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+ :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_WHITELIST`
+ A list of variables allowed through from the OpenEmbedded build
+ system configuration into the extensible SDK configuration. By
+ default, the list of variables is empty and is set in the
+ :ref:`populate-sdk-ext <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class.
+
+ This list overrides the variables specified using the
+ :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`
+ variable as well as any variables identified by automatic
+ blacklisting due to the "/" character being found at the start of the
+ value, which is usually indicative of being a path and thus might not
+ be valid on the system where the SDK is installed.
+
+ For additional information on how to customize the extensible SDK's
+ configuration, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing:configuring the extensible sdk`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
+ Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+ :term:`SDK_NAME`
+ The base name for SDK output files. The name is derived from the
+ :term:`DISTRO`, :term:`TCLIBC`,
+ :term:`SDK_ARCH`,
+ :term:`IMAGE_BASENAME`, and
+ :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH` variables:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_NAME = "${DISTRO}-${TCLIBC}-${SDK_ARCH}-${IMAGE_BASENAME}-${TUNE_PKGARCH}"
+
+ :term:`SDK_OS`
+ Specifies the operating system for which the SDK will be built. The
+ default value is the value of :term:`BUILD_OS`.
+
+ :term:`SDK_OUTPUT`
+ The location used by the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK
+ output. The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>`
+ class defines the variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_DIR = "${WORKDIR}/sdk"
+ SDK_OUTPUT = "${SDK_DIR}/image"
+ SDK_DEPLOY = "${DEPLOY_DIR}/sdk"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The ``SDK_OUTPUT`` directory is a temporary directory as it is part of
+ :term:`WORKDIR` by way of :term:`SDK_DIR`. The final output directory is
+ :term:`SDK_DEPLOY`.
+
+ :term:`SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS`
+ Specifies a list of architectures compatible with the SDK machine.
+ This variable is set automatically and should not normally be
+ hand-edited. Entries are separated using spaces and listed in order
+ of priority. The default value for ``SDK_PACKAGE_ARCHS`` is "all any
+ noarch ${SDK_ARCH}-${SDKPKGSUFFIX}".
+
+ :term:`SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND`
+ Specifies a list of functions to call once the OpenEmbedded build
+ system creates the SDK. You can specify functions separated by
+ semicolons: SDK_POSTPROCESS_COMMAND += "function; ... "
+
+ If you need to pass an SDK path to a command within a function, you
+ can use ``${SDK_DIR}``, which points to the parent directory used by
+ the OpenEmbedded build system when creating SDK output. See the
+ :term:`SDK_DIR` variable for more information.
+
+ :term:`SDK_PREFIX`
+ The toolchain binary prefix used for ``nativesdk`` recipes. The
+ OpenEmbedded build system uses the ``SDK_PREFIX`` value to set the
+ :term:`TARGET_PREFIX` when building
+ ``nativesdk`` recipes. The default value is "${SDK_SYS}-".
+
+ :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`
+ A list of shared state tasks added to the extensible SDK. By default,
+ the following tasks are added:
+
+ - do_populate_lic
+ - do_package_qa
+ - do_populate_sysroot
+ - do_deploy
+
+ Despite the default value of "" for the
+ ``SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`` variable, the above four tasks are always added
+ to the SDK. To specify tasks beyond these four, you need to use the
+ ``SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`` variable (e.g. you are defining additional
+ tasks that are needed in order to build
+ :term:`SDK_TARGETS`).
+
+ :term:`SDK_SYS`
+ Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
+ system, for which the SDK will be built.
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
+ on :term:`SDK_ARCH`,
+ :term:`SDK_VENDOR`, and
+ :term:`SDK_OS`. You do not need to set the ``SDK_SYS``
+ variable yourself.
+
+ :term:`SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST`
+ The manifest file for the target part of the SDK. This file lists all
+ the installed packages that make up the target part of the SDK. The
+ file contains package information on a line-per-package basis as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ packagename packagearch version
+
+ The :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class
+ defines the manifest file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_TARGET_MANIFEST = "${SDK_DEPLOY}/${TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME}.target.manifest"
+
+ The location is derived using the :term:`SDK_DEPLOY` and
+ :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME` variables.
+
+ :term:`SDK_TARGETS`
+ A list of targets to install from shared state as part of the
+ standard or extensible SDK installation. The default value is "${PN}"
+ (i.e. the image from which the SDK is built).
+
+ The ``SDK_TARGETS`` variable is an internal variable and typically
+ would not be changed.
+
+ :term:`SDK_TITLE`
+ The title to be printed when running the SDK installer. By default,
+ this title is based on the :term:`DISTRO_NAME` or
+ :term:`DISTRO` variable and is set in the
+ :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_TITLE ??= "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_NAME') or d.getVar('DISTRO')} SDK"
+
+ For the default distribution "poky",
+ ``SDK_TITLE`` is set to "Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro)".
+
+ For information on how to change this default title, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing:changing the extensible sdk installer title`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
+ Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+ :term:`SDK_UPDATE_URL`
+ An optional URL for an update server for the extensible SDK. If set,
+ the value is used as the default update server when running
+ ``devtool sdk-update`` within the extensible SDK.
+
+ :term:`SDK_VENDOR`
+ Specifies the name of the SDK vendor.
+
+ :term:`SDK_VERSION`
+ Specifies the version of the SDK. The distribution configuration file
+ (e.g. ``/meta-poky/conf/distro/poky.conf``) defines the
+ ``SDK_VERSION`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_VERSION = "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_VERSION').replace('snapshot-${DATE}','snapshot')}"
+
+ For additional information, see the
+ :term:`DISTRO_VERSION` and
+ :term:`DATE` variables.
+
+ :term:`SDKEXTPATH`
+ The default installation directory for the Extensible SDK. By
+ default, this directory is based on the :term:`DISTRO`
+ variable and is set in the
+ :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ SDKEXTPATH ??= "~/${@d.getVar('DISTRO')}_sdk"
+
+ For the
+ default distribution "poky", the ``SDKEXTPATH`` is set to "poky_sdk".
+
+ For information on how to change this default directory, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing:changing the default sdk installation directory`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Application Development and the
+ Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual.
+
+ :term:`SDKIMAGE_FEATURES`
+ Equivalent to ``IMAGE_FEATURES``. However, this variable applies to
+ the SDK generated from an image using the following command:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename
+
+ :term:`SDKMACHINE`
+ The machine for which the SDK is built. In other words, the SDK is
+ built such that it runs on the target you specify with the
+ ``SDKMACHINE`` value. The value points to a corresponding ``.conf``
+ file under ``conf/machine-sdk/``.
+
+ You can use "i686" and "x86_64" as possible values for this variable.
+ The variable defaults to "i686" and is set in the local.conf file in
+ the Build Directory.
+ ::
+
+ SDKMACHINE ?= "i686"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You cannot set the ``SDKMACHINE``
+ variable in your distribution configuration file. If you do, the
+ configuration will not take affect.
+
+ :term:`SDKPATH`
+ Defines the path offered to the user for installation of the SDK that
+ is generated by the OpenEmbedded build system. The path appears as
+ the default location for installing the SDK when you run the SDK's
+ installation script. You can override the offered path when you run
+ the script.
+
+ :term:`SDKTARGETSYSROOT`
+ The full path to the sysroot used for cross-compilation within an SDK
+ as it will be when installed into the default
+ :term:`SDKPATH`.
+
+ :term:`SECTION`
+ The section in which packages should be categorized. Package
+ management utilities can make use of this variable.
+
+ :term:`SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`
+ Specifies the optimization flags passed to the C compiler when
+ building for the target. The flags are passed through the default
+ value of the :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS` variable.
+
+ The ``SELECTED_OPTIMIZATION`` variable takes the value of
+ ``FULL_OPTIMIZATION`` unless ``DEBUG_BUILD`` = "1". If that is the
+ case, the value of ``DEBUG_OPTIMIZATION`` is used.
+
+ :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLE`
+ Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using
+ `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a
+ value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name
+ separated by a space. You cannot specify more than one TTY device:
+ ::
+
+ SERIAL_CONSOLE = "115200 ttyS0"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The ``SERIAL_CONSOLE`` variable is deprecated. Please use the
+ :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES` variable.
+
+ :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`
+ Defines a serial console (TTY) to enable using
+ `getty <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_(Unix)>`__. Provide a
+ value that specifies the baud rate followed by the TTY device name
+ separated by a semicolon. Use spaces to separate multiple devices:
+ ::
+
+ SERIAL_CONSOLES = "115200;ttyS0 115200;ttyS1"
+
+ :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK`
+ Specifies serial consoles, which must be listed in
+ :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`, to check against
+ ``/proc/console`` before enabling them using getty. This variable
+ allows aliasing in the format: <device>:<alias>. If a device was
+ listed as "sclp_line0" in ``/dev/`` and "ttyS0" was listed in
+ ``/proc/console``, you would do the following: ::
+
+ SERIAL_CONSOLES_CHECK = "slcp_line0:ttyS0"
+
+ This variable is currently only supported with SysVinit (i.e. not
+ with systemd).
+
+ :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS`
+ A list of recipe dependencies that should not be used to determine
+ signatures of tasks from one recipe when they depend on tasks from
+ another recipe. For example: ::
+
+ SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "intone->mplayer2"
+
+ In the previous example, ``intone`` depends on ``mplayer2``.
+
+ You can use the special token ``"*"`` on the left-hand side of the
+ dependency to match all recipes except the one on the right-hand
+ side. Here is an example: ::
+
+ SIGGEN_EXCLUDE_SAFE_RECIPE_DEPS += "*->quilt-native"
+
+ In the previous example, all recipes except ``quilt-native`` ignore
+ task signatures from the ``quilt-native`` recipe when determining
+ their task signatures.
+
+ Use of this variable is one mechanism to remove dependencies that
+ affect task signatures and thus force rebuilds when a recipe changes.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you add an inappropriate dependency for a recipe relationship,
+ the software might break during runtime if the interface of the
+ second recipe was changed after the first recipe had been built.
+
+ :term:`SIGGEN_EXCLUDERECIPES_ABISAFE`
+ A list of recipes that are completely stable and will never change.
+ The ABI for the recipes in the list are presented by output from the
+ tasks run to build the recipe. Use of this variable is one way to
+ remove dependencies from one recipe on another that affect task
+ signatures and thus force rebuilds when the recipe changes.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you add an inappropriate variable to this list, the software
+ might break at runtime if the interface of the recipe was changed
+ after the other had been built.
+
+ :term:`SITEINFO_BITS`
+ Specifies the number of bits for the target system CPU. The value
+ should be either "32" or "64".
+
+ :term:`SITEINFO_ENDIANNESS`
+ Specifies the endian byte order of the target system. The value
+ should be either "le" for little-endian or "be" for big-endian.
+
+ :term:`SKIP_FILEDEPS`
+ Enables removal of all files from the "Provides" section of an RPM
+ package. Removal of these files is required for packages containing
+ prebuilt binaries and libraries such as ``libstdc++`` and ``glibc``.
+
+ To enable file removal, set the variable to "1" in your
+ ``conf/local.conf`` configuration file in your:
+ :term:`Build Directory`.
+ ::
+
+ SKIP_FILEDEPS = "1"
+
+ :term:`SOC_FAMILY`
+ Groups together machines based upon the same family of SOC (System On
+ Chip). You typically set this variable in a common ``.inc`` file that
+ you include in the configuration files of all the machines.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You must include ``conf/machine/include/soc-family.inc`` for this
+ variable to appear in :term:`MACHINEOVERRIDES`.
+
+ :term:`SOLIBS`
+ Defines the suffix for shared libraries used on the target platform.
+ By default, this suffix is ".so.*" for all Linux-based systems and is
+ defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file.
+
+ You will see this variable referenced in the default values of
+ ``FILES_${PN}``.
+
+ :term:`SOLIBSDEV`
+ Defines the suffix for the development symbolic link (symlink) for
+ shared libraries on the target platform. By default, this suffix is
+ ".so" for Linux-based systems and is defined in the
+ ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf`` configuration file.
+
+ You will see this variable referenced in the default values of
+ ``FILES_${PN}-dev``.
+
+ :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH`
+ When you are fetching files to create a mirror of sources (i.e.
+ creating a source mirror), setting ``SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH`` to "1" in
+ your ``local.conf`` configuration file ensures the source for all
+ recipes are fetched regardless of whether or not a recipe is
+ compatible with the configuration. A recipe is considered
+ incompatible with the currently configured machine when either or
+ both the :term:`COMPATIBLE_MACHINE`
+ variable and :term:`COMPATIBLE_HOST` variables
+ specify compatibility with a machine other than that of the current
+ machine or host.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Do not set the ``SOURCE_MIRROR_FETCH``
+ variable unless you are creating a source mirror. In other words,
+ do not set the variable during a normal build.
+
+ :term:`SOURCE_MIRROR_URL`
+ Defines your own :term:`PREMIRRORS` from which to
+ first fetch source before attempting to fetch from the upstream
+ specified in :term:`SRC_URI`.
+
+ To use this variable, you must globally inherit the
+ :ref:`own-mirrors <ref-classes-own-mirrors>` class and then provide
+ the URL to your mirrors. Here is the general syntax:
+ ::
+
+ INHERIT += "own-mirrors"
+ SOURCE_MIRROR_URL = "http://example.com/my_source_mirror"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You can specify only a single URL in ``SOURCE_MIRROR_URL``.
+
+ :term:`SPDXLICENSEMAP`
+ Maps commonly used license names to their SPDX counterparts found in
+ ``meta/files/common-licenses/``. For the default ``SPDXLICENSEMAP``
+ mappings, see the ``meta/conf/licenses.conf`` file.
+
+ For additional information, see the :term:`LICENSE`
+ variable.
+
+ :term:`SPECIAL_PKGSUFFIX`
+ A list of prefixes for :term:`PN` used by the OpenEmbedded
+ build system to create variants of recipes or packages. The list
+ specifies the prefixes to strip off during certain circumstances such
+ as the generation of the :term:`BPN` variable.
+
+ :term:`SPL_BINARY`
+ The file type for the Secondary Program Loader (SPL). Some devices
+ use an SPL from which to boot (e.g. the BeagleBone development
+ board). For such cases, you can declare the file type of the SPL
+ binary in the ``u-boot.inc`` include file, which is used in the
+ U-Boot recipe.
+
+ The SPL file type is set to "null" by default in the ``u-boot.inc``
+ file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ # Some versions of u-boot build an SPL (Second Program Loader) image that
+ # should be packaged along with the u-boot binary as well as placed in the
+ # deploy directory. For those versions they can set the following variables
+ # to allow packaging the SPL.
+ SPL_BINARY ?= ""
+ SPL_BINARYNAME ?= "${@os.path.basename(d.getVar("SPL_BINARY"))}"
+ SPL_IMAGE ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}-${PV}-${PR}"
+ SPL_SYMLINK ?= "${SPL_BINARYNAME}-${MACHINE}"
+
+ The ``SPL_BINARY`` variable helps form
+ various ``SPL_*`` variables used by the OpenEmbedded build system.
+
+ See the BeagleBone machine configuration example in the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:adding a layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Board Support Package Developer's Guide
+ for additional information.
+
+ :term:`SRC_URI`
+ The list of source files - local or remote. This variable tells the
+ OpenEmbedded build system which bits to pull in for the build and how
+ to pull them in. For example, if the recipe or append file only needs
+ to fetch a tarball from the Internet, the recipe or append file uses
+ a single ``SRC_URI`` entry. On the other hand, if the recipe or
+ append file needs to fetch a tarball, apply two patches, and include
+ a custom file, the recipe or append file would include four instances
+ of the variable.
+
+ The following list explains the available URI protocols. URI
+ protocols are highly dependent on particular BitBake Fetcher
+ submodules. Depending on the fetcher BitBake uses, various URL
+ parameters are employed. For specifics on the supported Fetchers, see
+ the ":ref:`Fetchers <bitbake:bb-fetchers>`" section in the
+ BitBake User Manual.
+
+ - ``file://`` - Fetches files, which are usually files shipped
+ with the :term:`Metadata`, from the local machine (e.g.
+ :ref:`patch <patching-dev-environment>` files).
+ The path is relative to the :term:`FILESPATH`
+ variable. Thus, the build system searches, in order, from the
+ following directories, which are assumed to be a subdirectories of
+ the directory in which the recipe file (``.bb``) or append file
+ (``.bbappend``) resides:
+
+ - ``${BPN}`` - The base recipe name without any special suffix
+ or version numbers.
+
+ - ``${BP}`` - ``${BPN}-${PV}``. The base recipe name and
+ version but without any special package name suffix.
+
+ - *files -* Files within a directory, which is named ``files``
+ and is also alongside the recipe or append file.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you want the build system to pick up files specified through
+ a
+ SRC_URI
+ statement from your append file, you need to be sure to extend
+ the
+ FILESPATH
+ variable by also using the
+ FILESEXTRAPATHS
+ variable from within your append file.
+
+ - ``bzr://`` - Fetches files from a Bazaar revision control
+ repository.
+
+ - ``git://`` - Fetches files from a Git revision control
+ repository.
+
+ - ``osc://`` - Fetches files from an OSC (OpenSUSE Build service)
+ revision control repository.
+
+ - ``repo://`` - Fetches files from a repo (Git) repository.
+
+ - ``ccrc://`` - Fetches files from a ClearCase repository.
+
+ - ``http://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``http``.
+
+ - ``https://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``https``.
+
+ - ``ftp://`` - Fetches files from the Internet using ``ftp``.
+
+ - ``cvs://`` - Fetches files from a CVS revision control
+ repository.
+
+ - ``hg://`` - Fetches files from a Mercurial (``hg``) revision
+ control repository.
+
+ - ``p4://`` - Fetches files from a Perforce (``p4``) revision
+ control repository.
+
+ - ``ssh://`` - Fetches files from a secure shell.
+
+ - ``svn://`` - Fetches files from a Subversion (``svn``) revision
+ control repository.
+
+ - ``npm://`` - Fetches JavaScript modules from a registry.
+
+ Standard and recipe-specific options for ``SRC_URI`` exist. Here are
+ standard options:
+
+ - ``apply`` - Whether to apply the patch or not. The default
+ action is to apply the patch.
+
+ - ``striplevel`` - Which striplevel to use when applying the
+ patch. The default level is 1.
+
+ - ``patchdir`` - Specifies the directory in which the patch should
+ be applied. The default is ``${``\ :term:`S`\ ``}``.
+
+ Here are options specific to recipes building code from a revision
+ control system:
+
+ - ``mindate`` - Apply the patch only if
+ :term:`SRCDATE` is equal to or greater than
+ ``mindate``.
+
+ - ``maxdate`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCDATE`` is not later
+ than ``maxdate``.
+
+ - ``minrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is equal to or
+ greater than ``minrev``.
+
+ - ``maxrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is not later
+ than ``maxrev``.
+
+ - ``rev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is equal to
+ ``rev``.
+
+ - ``notrev`` - Apply the patch only if ``SRCREV`` is not equal to
+ ``rev``.
+
+ Here are some additional options worth mentioning:
+
+ - ``unpack`` - Controls whether or not to unpack the file if it is
+ an archive. The default action is to unpack the file.
+
+ - ``destsuffix`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into
+ the specified subdirectory of :term:`WORKDIR` when
+ the Git fetcher is used.
+
+ - ``subdir`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into the
+ specified subdirectory of ``WORKDIR`` when the local (``file://``)
+ fetcher is used.
+
+ - ``localdir`` - Places the file (or extracts its contents) into
+ the specified subdirectory of ``WORKDIR`` when the CVS fetcher is
+ used.
+
+ - ``subpath`` - Limits the checkout to a specific subpath of the
+ tree when using the Git fetcher is used.
+
+ - ``name`` - Specifies a name to be used for association with
+ ``SRC_URI`` checksums or :term:`SRCREV` when you have more than one
+ file or git repository specified in ``SRC_URI``. For example:
+ ::
+
+ SRC_URI = "git://example.com/foo.git;name=first \
+ git://example.com/bar.git;name=second \
+ http://example.com/file.tar.gz;name=third"
+
+ SRCREV_first = "f1d2d2f924e986ac86fdf7b36c94bcdf32beec15"
+ SRCREV_second = "e242ed3bffccdf271b7fbaf34ed72d089537b42f"
+ SRC_URI[third.sha256sum] = "13550350a8681c84c861aac2e5b440161c2b33a3e4f302ac680ca5b686de48de"
+
+
+ - ``downloadfilename`` - Specifies the filename used when storing
+ the downloaded file.
+
+ :term:`SRC_URI_OVERRIDES_PACKAGE_ARCH`
+ By default, the OpenEmbedded build system automatically detects
+ whether ``SRC_URI`` contains files that are machine-specific. If so,
+ the build system automatically changes ``PACKAGE_ARCH``. Setting this
+ variable to "0" disables this behavior.
+
+ :term:`SRCDATE`
+ The date of the source code used to build the package. This variable
+ applies only if the source was fetched from a Source Code Manager
+ (SCM).
+
+ :term:`SRCPV`
+ Returns the version string of the current package. This string is
+ used to help define the value of :term:`PV`.
+
+ The ``SRCPV`` variable is defined in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``
+ configuration file in the :term:`Source Directory` as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ SRCPV = "${@bb.fetch2.get_srcrev(d)}"
+
+ Recipes that need to define ``PV`` do so with the help of the
+ ``SRCPV``. For example, the ``ofono`` recipe (``ofono_git.bb``)
+ located in ``meta/recipes-connectivity`` in the Source Directory
+ defines ``PV`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ PV = "0.12-git${SRCPV}"
+
+ :term:`SRCREV`
+ The revision of the source code used to build the package. This
+ variable applies to Subversion, Git, Mercurial, and Bazaar only. Note
+ that if you want to build a fixed revision and you want to avoid
+ performing a query on the remote repository every time BitBake parses
+ your recipe, you should specify a ``SRCREV`` that is a full revision
+ identifier and not just a tag.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ For information on limitations when inheriting the latest revision
+ of software using ``SRCREV``, see the :term:`AUTOREV` variable
+ description and the
+ ":ref:`automatically-incrementing-a-binary-package-revision-number`"
+ section, which is in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`SSTATE_DIR`
+ The directory for the shared state cache.
+
+ :term:`SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK`
+ If set to "1", allows fetches from mirrors that are specified in
+ :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS` to work even when
+ fetching from the network is disabled by setting ``BB_NO_NETWORK`` to
+ "1". Using the ``SSTATE_MIRROR_ALLOW_NETWORK`` variable is useful if
+ you have set ``SSTATE_MIRRORS`` to point to an internal server for
+ your shared state cache, but you want to disable any other fetching
+ from the network.
+
+ :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS`
+ Configures the OpenEmbedded build system to search other mirror
+ locations for prebuilt cache data objects before building out the
+ data. This variable works like fetcher :term:`MIRRORS`
+ and :term:`PREMIRRORS` and points to the cache
+ locations to check for the shared state (sstate) objects.
+
+ You can specify a filesystem directory or a remote URL such as HTTP
+ or FTP. The locations you specify need to contain the shared state
+ cache (sstate-cache) results from previous builds. The sstate-cache
+ you point to can also be from builds on other machines.
+
+ When pointing to sstate build artifacts on another machine that uses
+ a different GCC version for native builds, you must configure
+ ``SSTATE_MIRRORS`` with a regular expression that maps local search
+ paths to server paths. The paths need to take into account
+ :term:`NATIVELSBSTRING` set by the
+ :ref:`uninative <ref-classes-uninative>` class. For example, the
+ following maps the local search path ``universal-4.9`` to the
+ server-provided path server_url_sstate_path:
+ ::
+
+ SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "file://universal-4.9/(.*) http://server_url_sstate_path/universal-4.8/\1 \n"
+
+ If a mirror uses the same structure as
+ :term:`SSTATE_DIR`, you need to add "PATH" at the
+ end as shown in the examples below. The build system substitutes the
+ correct path within the directory structure.
+ ::
+
+ SSTATE_MIRRORS ?= "\
+ file://.* http://someserver.tld/share/sstate/PATH;downloadfilename=PATH \n \
+ file://.* file:///some-local-dir/sstate/PATH"
+
+ :term:`SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`
+ Controls the list of files the OpenEmbedded build system scans for
+ hardcoded installation paths. The variable uses a space-separated
+ list of filenames (not paths) with standard wildcard characters
+ allowed.
+
+ During a build, the OpenEmbedded build system creates a shared state
+ (sstate) object during the first stage of preparing the sysroots.
+ That object is scanned for hardcoded paths for original installation
+ locations. The list of files that are scanned for paths is controlled
+ by the ``SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`` variable. Typically, recipes add files
+ they want to be scanned to the value of ``SSTATE_SCAN_FILES`` rather
+ than the variable being comprehensively set. The
+ :ref:`sstate <ref-classes-sstate>` class specifies the default list
+ of files.
+
+ For details on the process, see the
+ :ref:`staging <ref-classes-staging>` class.
+
+ :term:`STAGING_BASE_LIBDIR_NATIVE`
+ Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the build host.
+
+ :term:`STAGING_BASELIBDIR`
+ Specifies the path to the ``/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
+ (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
+
+ :term:`STAGING_BINDIR`
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
+ (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
+
+ :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_CROSS`
+ Specifies the path to the directory containing binary configuration
+ scripts. These scripts provide configuration information for other
+ software that wants to make use of libraries or include files
+ provided by the software associated with the script.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ This style of build configuration has been largely replaced by
+ ``pkg-config``. Consequently, if ``pkg-config`` is supported by the
+ library to which you are linking, it is recommended you use
+ ``pkg-config`` instead of a provided configuration script.
+
+ :term:`STAGING_BINDIR_NATIVE`
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr/bin`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the build host.
+
+ :term:`STAGING_DATADIR`
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
+ (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
+
+ :term:`STAGING_DATADIR_NATIVE`
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr/share`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the build host.
+
+ :term:`STAGING_DIR`
+ Helps construct the ``recipe-sysroots`` directory, which is used
+ during packaging.
+
+ For information on how staging for recipe-specific sysroots occurs,
+ see the :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot`
+ task, the ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-extensible:sharing files between recipes`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual, the
+ ":ref:`configuration-compilation-and-staging-dev-environment`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual, and the
+ :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` variable.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Recipes should never write files directly under the ``STAGING_DIR``
+ directory because the OpenEmbedded build system manages the
+ directory automatically. Instead, files should be installed to
+ ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}`` within your recipe's :ref:`ref-tasks-install`
+ task and then the OpenEmbedded build system will stage a subset of
+ those files into the sysroot.
+
+ :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`
+ Specifies the path to the sysroot directory for the system on which
+ the component is built to run (the system that hosts the component).
+ For most recipes, this sysroot is the one in which that recipe's
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task copies
+ files. Exceptions include ``-native`` recipes, where the
+ ``do_populate_sysroot`` task instead uses
+ :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`. Depending on
+ the type of recipe and the build target, ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` can
+ have the following values:
+
+ - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is
+ "${:term:`STAGING_DIR`}/${:term:`MACHINE`}".
+
+ - For native recipes building for the build host, the value is empty
+ given the assumption that when building for the build host, the
+ build host's own directories should be used.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ ``-native`` recipes are not installed into host paths like such
+ as ``/usr``. Rather, these recipes are installed into
+ ``STAGING_DIR_NATIVE``. When compiling ``-native`` recipes,
+ standard build environment variables such as
+ :term:`CPPFLAGS` and
+ :term:`CFLAGS` are set up so that both host paths
+ and ``STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`` are searched for libraries and
+ headers using, for example, GCC's ``-isystem`` option.
+
+ Thus, the emphasis is that the ``STAGING_DIR*`` variables
+ should be viewed as input variables by tasks such as
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-configure`,
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-compile`, and
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install`. Having the real system
+ root correspond to ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` makes conceptual sense
+ for ``-native`` recipes, as they make use of host headers and
+ libraries.
+
+ :term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`
+ Specifies the path to the sysroot directory used when building
+ components that run on the build host itself.
+
+ :term:`STAGING_DIR_TARGET`
+ Specifies the path to the sysroot used for the system for which the
+ component generates code. For components that do not generate code,
+ which is the majority, ``STAGING_DIR_TARGET`` is set to match
+ :term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`.
+
+ Some recipes build binaries that can run on the target system but
+ those binaries in turn generate code for another different system
+ (e.g. cross-canadian recipes). Using terminology from GNU, the
+ primary system is referred to as the "HOST" and the secondary, or
+ different, system is referred to as the "TARGET". Thus, the binaries
+ run on the "HOST" system and generate binaries for the "TARGET"
+ system. The ``STAGING_DIR_HOST`` variable points to the sysroot used
+ for the "HOST" system, while ``STAGING_DIR_TARGET`` points to the
+ sysroot used for the "TARGET" system.
+
+ :term:`STAGING_ETCDIR_NATIVE`
+ Specifies the path to the ``/etc`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the build host.
+
+ :term:`STAGING_EXECPREFIXDIR`
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
+ (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
+
+ :term:`STAGING_INCDIR`
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the
+ sysroot directory for the target for which the current recipe being
+ built (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
+
+ :term:`STAGING_INCDIR_NATIVE`
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr/include`` subdirectory of the
+ sysroot directory for the build host.
+
+ :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR`
+ Points to the directory containing the kernel build artifacts.
+ Recipes building software that needs to access kernel build artifacts
+ (e.g. ``systemtap-uprobes``) can look in the directory specified with
+ the ``STAGING_KERNEL_BUILDDIR`` variable to find these artifacts
+ after the kernel has been built.
+
+ :term:`STAGING_KERNEL_DIR`
+ The directory with kernel headers that are required to build
+ out-of-tree modules.
+
+ :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR`
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the target for which the current recipe is being built
+ (:term:`STAGING_DIR_HOST`).
+
+ :term:`STAGING_LIBDIR_NATIVE`
+ Specifies the path to the ``/usr/lib`` subdirectory of the sysroot
+ directory for the build host.
+
+ :term:`STAMP`
+ Specifies the base path used to create recipe stamp files. The path
+ to an actual stamp file is constructed by evaluating this string and
+ then appending additional information. Currently, the default
+ assignment for ``STAMP`` as set in the ``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``
+ file is:
+ ::
+
+ STAMP = "${STAMPS_DIR}/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}"
+
+ For information on how BitBake uses stamp files to determine if a
+ task should be rerun, see the
+ ":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:stamp files and the rerunning of tasks`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual.
+
+ See :term:`STAMPS_DIR`,
+ :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`,
+ :term:`PN`, :term:`EXTENDPE`,
+ :term:`PV`, and :term:`PR` for related variable
+ information.
+
+ :term:`STAMPS_DIR`
+ Specifies the base directory in which the OpenEmbedded build system
+ places stamps. The default directory is ``${TMPDIR}/stamps``.
+
+ :term:`STRIP`
+ The minimal command and arguments to run ``strip``, which is used to
+ strip symbols.
+
+ :term:`SUMMARY`
+ The short (72 characters or less) summary of the binary package for
+ packaging systems such as ``opkg``, ``rpm``, or ``dpkg``. By default,
+ ``SUMMARY`` is used to define the
+ :term:`DESCRIPTION` variable if ``DESCRIPTION`` is
+ not set in the recipe.
+
+ :term:`SVNDIR`
+ The directory in which files checked out of a Subversion system are
+ stored.
+
+ :term:`SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE`
+ Specifies the kernel boot default console. If you want to use a
+ console other than the default, set this variable in your recipe as
+ follows where "X" is the console number you want to use:
+ ::
+
+ SYSLINUX_DEFAULT_CONSOLE = "console=ttyX"
+
+ The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class initially sets
+ this variable to null but then checks for a value later.
+
+ :term:`SYSLINUX_OPTS`
+ Lists additional options to add to the syslinux file. You need to set
+ this variable in your recipe. If you want to list multiple options,
+ separate the options with a semicolon character (``;``).
+
+ The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class uses this variable
+ to create a set of options.
+
+ :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL`
+ Specifies the alternate serial port or turns it off. To turn off
+ serial, set this variable to an empty string in your recipe. The
+ variable's default value is set in the
+ :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SYSLINUX_SERIAL ?= "0 115200"
+
+ The class checks for and uses the variable as needed.
+
+ :term:`SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY`
+ Specifies the alternate console=tty... kernel boot argument. The
+ variable's default value is set in the
+ :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SYSLINUX_SERIAL_TTY ?= "console=ttyS0,115200"
+
+ The class checks for and uses the variable as needed.
+
+ :term:`SYSLINUX_SPLASH`
+ An ``.LSS`` file used as the background for the VGA boot menu when
+ you use the boot menu. You need to set this variable in your recipe.
+
+ The :ref:`syslinux <ref-classes-syslinux>` class checks for this
+ variable and if found, the OpenEmbedded build system installs the
+ splash screen.
+
+ :term:`SYSROOT_DESTDIR`
+ Points to the temporary directory under the work directory (default
+ "``${``\ :term:`WORKDIR`\ ``}/sysroot-destdir``")
+ where the files populated into the sysroot are assembled during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task.
+
+ :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`
+ Directories that are staged into the sysroot by the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. By
+ default, the following directories are staged:
+ ::
+
+ SYSROOT_DIRS = " \
+ ${includedir} \
+ ${libdir} \
+ ${base_libdir} \
+ ${nonarch_base_libdir} \
+ ${datadir} \
+ "
+
+ :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST`
+ Directories that are not staged into the sysroot by the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task. You
+ can use this variable to exclude certain subdirectories of
+ directories listed in :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS` from
+ staging. By default, the following directories are not staged:
+ ::
+
+ SYSROOT_DIRS_BLACKLIST = " \
+ ${mandir} \
+ ${docdir} \
+ ${infodir} \
+ ${datadir}/locale \
+ ${datadir}/applications \
+ ${datadir}/fonts \
+ ${datadir}/pixmaps \
+ "
+
+ :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE`
+ Extra directories staged into the sysroot by the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-populate_sysroot` task for
+ ``-native`` recipes, in addition to those specified in
+ :term:`SYSROOT_DIRS`. By default, the following
+ extra directories are staged:
+ ::
+
+ SYSROOT_DIRS_NATIVE = " \
+ ${bindir} \
+ ${sbindir} \
+ ${base_bindir} \
+ ${base_sbindir} \
+ ${libexecdir} \
+ ${sysconfdir} \
+ ${localstatedir} \
+ "
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Programs built by ``-native`` recipes run directly from the sysroot
+ (:term:`STAGING_DIR_NATIVE`), which is why additional directories
+ containing program executables and supporting files need to be staged.
+
+ :term:`SYSROOT_PREPROCESS_FUNCS`
+ A list of functions to execute after files are staged into the
+ sysroot. These functions are usually used to apply additional
+ processing on the staged files, or to stage additional files.
+
+ :term:`SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
+ this variable specifies whether the specified service in
+ :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE` should start
+ automatically or not. By default, the service is enabled to
+ automatically start at boot time. The default setting is in the
+ :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SYSTEMD_AUTO_ENABLE ??= "enable"
+
+ You can disable the service by setting the variable to "disable".
+
+ :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`
+ When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
+ "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` variable specifies the
+ configuration file that should be used. By default, the
+ :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
+ ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SYSTEMD_BOOT_CFG ?= "${:term:`S`}/loader.conf"
+
+ For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
+ documentation <http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
+
+ :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`
+ When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
+ "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`` variable specifies a
+ list of entry files (``*.conf``) to install that contain one boot
+ entry per file. By default, the
+ :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
+ ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SYSTEMD_BOOT_ENTRIES ?= ""
+
+ For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
+ documentation <http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
+
+ :term:`SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`
+ When :term:`EFI_PROVIDER` is set to
+ "systemd-boot", the ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` variable specifies the
+ boot menu timeout in seconds. By default, the
+ :ref:`systemd-boot <ref-classes-systemd-boot>` class sets the
+ ``SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ SYSTEMD_BOOT_TIMEOUT ?= "10"
+
+ For information on Systemd-boot, see the `Systemd-boot
+ documentation <http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/systemd-boot/>`__.
+
+ :term:`SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
+ this variable locates the systemd unit files when they are not found
+ in the main recipe's package. By default, the ``SYSTEMD_PACKAGES``
+ variable is set such that the systemd unit files are assumed to
+ reside in the recipes main package:
+ ::
+
+ SYSTEMD_PACKAGES ?= "${PN}"
+
+ If these unit files are not in this recipe's main package, you need
+ to use ``SYSTEMD_PACKAGES`` to list the package or packages in which
+ the build system can find the systemd unit files.
+
+ :term:`SYSTEMD_SERVICE`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`systemd <ref-classes-systemd>` class,
+ this variable specifies the systemd service name for a package.
+
+ When you specify this file in your recipe, use a package name
+ override to indicate the package to which the value applies. Here is
+ an example from the connman recipe:
+ ::
+
+ SYSTEMD_SERVICE_${PN} = "connman.service"
+
+ :term:`SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS`
+ When using
+ :ref:`SysVinit <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:enabling system services>`,
+ specifies a space-separated list of the virtual terminals that should
+ run a `getty <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__
+ (allowing login), assuming :term:`USE_VT` is not set to
+ "0".
+
+ The default value for ``SYSVINIT_ENABLED_GETTYS`` is "1" (i.e. only
+ run a getty on the first virtual terminal).
+
+ :term:`T`
+ This variable points to a directory were BitBake places temporary
+ files, which consist mostly of task logs and scripts, when building a
+ particular recipe. The variable is typically set as follows:
+ ::
+
+ T = "${WORKDIR}/temp"
+
+ The :term:`WORKDIR` is the directory into which
+ BitBake unpacks and builds the recipe. The default ``bitbake.conf``
+ file sets this variable.
+
+ The ``T`` variable is not to be confused with the
+ :term:`TMPDIR` variable, which points to the root of
+ the directory tree where BitBake places the output of an entire
+ build.
+
+ :term:`TARGET_ARCH`
+ The target machine's architecture. The OpenEmbedded build system
+ supports many architectures. Here is an example list of architectures
+ supported. This list is by no means complete as the architecture is
+ configurable:
+
+ - arm
+ - i586
+ - x86_64
+ - powerpc
+ - powerpc64
+ - mips
+ - mipsel
+
+ For additional information on machine architectures, see the
+ :term:`TUNE_ARCH` variable.
+
+ :term:`TARGET_AS_ARCH`
+ Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target
+ system. ``TARGET_AS_ARCH`` is initialized from
+ :term:`TUNE_ASARGS` by default in the BitBake
+ configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``):
+ ::
+
+ TARGET_AS_ARCH = "${TUNE_ASARGS}"
+
+ :term:`TARGET_CC_ARCH`
+ Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target
+ system. ``TARGET_CC_ARCH`` is initialized from
+ :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` by default.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ It is a common workaround to append :term:`LDFLAGS` to
+ ``TARGET_CC_ARCH`` in recipes that build software for the target that
+ would not otherwise respect the exported ``LDFLAGS`` variable.
+
+ :term:`TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH`
+ This is a specific kernel compiler flag for a CPU or Application
+ Binary Interface (ABI) tune. The flag is used rarely and only for
+ cases where a userspace :term:`TUNE_CCARGS` is not
+ compatible with the kernel compilation. The ``TARGET_CC_KERNEL_ARCH``
+ variable allows the kernel (and associated modules) to use a
+ different configuration. See the
+ ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/feature-arm-thumb.inc`` file in the
+ :term:`Source Directory` for an example.
+
+ :term:`TARGET_CFLAGS`
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C compiler when building for the
+ target. When building in the target context,
+ :term:`CFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable by
+ default.
+
+ Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the ``CFLAGS``
+ variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CFLAGS`` value so that
+ executables built using the SDK also have the flags applied.
+
+ :term:`TARGET_CPPFLAGS`
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C pre-processor (i.e. to both the
+ C and the C++ compilers) when building for the target. When building
+ in the target context, :term:`CPPFLAGS` is set to the
+ value of this variable by default.
+
+ Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
+ ``CPPFLAGS`` variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CPPFLAGS``
+ value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags
+ applied.
+
+ :term:`TARGET_CXXFLAGS`
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the C++ compiler when building for the
+ target. When building in the target context,
+ :term:`CXXFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
+ by default.
+
+ Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
+ ``CXXFLAGS`` variable in the environment to the ``TARGET_CXXFLAGS``
+ value so that executables built using the SDK also have the flags
+ applied.
+
+ :term:`TARGET_FPU`
+ Specifies the method for handling FPU code. For FPU-less targets,
+ which include most ARM CPUs, the variable must be set to "soft". If
+ not, the kernel emulation gets used, which results in a performance
+ penalty.
+
+ :term:`TARGET_LD_ARCH`
+ Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system.
+ ``TARGET_LD_ARCH`` is initialized from
+ :term:`TUNE_LDARGS` by default in the BitBake
+ configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``):
+ ::
+
+ TARGET_LD_ARCH = "${TUNE_LDARGS}"
+
+ :term:`TARGET_LDFLAGS`
+ Specifies the flags to pass to the linker when building for the
+ target. When building in the target context,
+ :term:`LDFLAGS` is set to the value of this variable
+ by default.
+
+ Additionally, the SDK's environment setup script sets the
+ :term:`LDFLAGS` variable in the environment to the
+ ``TARGET_LDFLAGS`` value so that executables built using the SDK also
+ have the flags applied.
+
+ :term:`TARGET_OS`
+ Specifies the target's operating system. The variable can be set to
+ "linux" for glibc-based systems (GNU C Library) and to "linux-musl"
+ for musl libc. For ARM/EABI targets, "linux-gnueabi" and
+ "linux-musleabi" possible values exist.
+
+ :term:`TARGET_PREFIX`
+ Specifies the prefix used for the toolchain binary target tools.
+
+ Depending on the type of recipe and the build target,
+ ``TARGET_PREFIX`` is set as follows:
+
+ - For recipes building for the target machine, the value is
+ "${:term:`TARGET_SYS`}-".
+
+ - For native recipes, the build system sets the variable to the
+ value of ``BUILD_PREFIX``.
+
+ - For native SDK recipes (``nativesdk``), the build system sets the
+ variable to the value of ``SDK_PREFIX``.
+
+ :term:`TARGET_SYS`
+ Specifies the system, including the architecture and the operating
+ system, for which the build is occurring in the context of the
+ current recipe.
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system automatically sets this variable based
+ on :term:`TARGET_ARCH`,
+ :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`, and
+ :term:`TARGET_OS` variables.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You do not need to set the ``TARGET_SYS`` variable yourself.
+
+ Consider these two examples:
+
+ - Given a native recipe on a 32-bit, x86 machine running Linux, the
+ value is "i686-linux".
+
+ - Given a recipe being built for a little-endian, MIPS target
+ running Linux, the value might be "mipsel-linux".
+
+ :term:`TARGET_VENDOR`
+ Specifies the name of the target vendor.
+
+ :term:`TCLIBC`
+ Specifies the GNU standard C library (``libc``) variant to use during
+ the build process. This variable replaces ``POKYLIBC``, which is no
+ longer supported.
+
+ You can select "glibc", "musl", "newlib", or "baremetal"
+
+ :term:`TCLIBCAPPEND`
+ Specifies a suffix to be appended onto the
+ :term:`TMPDIR` value. The suffix identifies the
+ ``libc`` variant for building. When you are building for multiple
+ variants with the same :term:`Build Directory`, this
+ mechanism ensures that output for different ``libc`` variants is kept
+ separate to avoid potential conflicts.
+
+ In the ``defaultsetup.conf`` file, the default value of
+ ``TCLIBCAPPEND`` is "-${TCLIBC}". However, distros such as poky,
+ which normally only support one ``libc`` variant, set
+ ``TCLIBCAPPEND`` to "" in their distro configuration file resulting
+ in no suffix being applied.
+
+ :term:`TCMODE`
+ Specifies the toolchain selector. ``TCMODE`` controls the
+ characteristics of the generated packages and images by telling the
+ OpenEmbedded build system which toolchain profile to use. By default,
+ the OpenEmbedded build system builds its own internal toolchain. The
+ variable's default value is "default", which uses that internal
+ toolchain.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If ``TCMODE`` is set to a value other than "default", then it is your
+ responsibility to ensure that the toolchain is compatible with the
+ default toolchain. Using older or newer versions of these
+ components might cause build problems. See the Release Notes for
+ the Yocto Project release for the specific components with which
+ the toolchain must be compatible. To access the Release Notes, go
+ to the :yocto_home:`Downloads </software-overview/downloads>`
+ page on the Yocto Project website and click on the "RELEASE
+ INFORMATION" link for the appropriate release.
+
+ The ``TCMODE`` variable is similar to :term:`TCLIBC`,
+ which controls the variant of the GNU standard C library (``libc``)
+ used during the build process: ``glibc`` or ``musl``.
+
+ With additional layers, it is possible to use a pre-compiled external
+ toolchain. One example is the Sourcery G++ Toolchain. The support for
+ this toolchain resides in the separate Mentor Graphics
+ ``meta-sourcery`` layer at
+ http://github.com/MentorEmbedded/meta-sourcery/.
+
+ The layer's ``README`` file contains information on how to use the
+ Sourcery G++ Toolchain as an external toolchain. In summary, you must
+ be sure to add the layer to your ``bblayers.conf`` file in front of
+ the ``meta`` layer and then set the ``EXTERNAL_TOOLCHAIN`` variable
+ in your ``local.conf`` file to the location in which you installed
+ the toolchain.
+
+ The fundamentals used for this example apply to any external
+ toolchain. You can use ``meta-sourcery`` as a template for adding
+ support for other external toolchains.
+
+ :term:`TEST_EXPORT_DIR`
+ The location the OpenEmbedded build system uses to export tests when
+ the :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY` variable is set
+ to "1".
+
+ The ``TEST_EXPORT_DIR`` variable defaults to
+ ``"${TMPDIR}/testimage/${PN}"``.
+
+ :term:`TEST_EXPORT_ONLY`
+ Specifies to export the tests only. Set this variable to "1" if you
+ do not want to run the tests but you want them to be exported in a
+ manner that you to run them outside of the build system.
+
+ :term:`TEST_LOG_DIR`
+ Holds the SSH log and the boot log for QEMU machines. The
+ ``TEST_LOG_DIR`` variable defaults to ``"${WORKDIR}/testimage"``.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Actual test results reside in the task log (``log.do_testimage``),
+ which is in the ``${WORKDIR}/temp/`` directory.
+
+ :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`
+ For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to
+ control the power of the target machine under test. Typically, this
+ command would point to a script that performs the appropriate action
+ (e.g. interacting with a web-enabled power strip). The specified
+ command should expect to receive as the last argument "off", "on" or
+ "cycle" specifying to power off, on, or cycle (power off and then
+ power on) the device, respectively.
+
+ :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`
+ For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to
+ pass through to the command specified in
+ :term:`TEST_POWERCONTROL_CMD`. Setting
+ ``TEST_POWERCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`` is optional. You can use it if you
+ wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and
+ non-machine-specific parts of the arguments.
+
+ :term:`TEST_QEMUBOOT_TIMEOUT`
+ The time in seconds allowed for an image to boot before automated
+ runtime tests begin to run against an image. The default timeout
+ period to allow the boot process to reach the login prompt is 500
+ seconds. You can specify a different value in the ``local.conf``
+ file.
+
+ For more information on testing images, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`
+ For automated hardware testing, specifies the command to use to
+ connect to the serial console of the target machine under test. This
+ command simply needs to connect to the serial console and forward
+ that connection to standard input and output as any normal terminal
+ program does.
+
+ For example, to use the Picocom terminal program on serial device
+ ``/dev/ttyUSB0`` at 115200bps, you would set the variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD = "picocom /dev/ttyUSB0 -b 115200"
+
+ :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`
+ For automated hardware testing, specifies additional arguments to
+ pass through to the command specified in
+ :term:`TEST_SERIALCONTROL_CMD`. Setting
+ ``TEST_SERIALCONTROL_EXTRA_ARGS`` is optional. You can use it if you
+ wish, for example, to separate the machine-specific and
+ non-machine-specific parts of the command.
+
+ :term:`TEST_SERVER_IP`
+ The IP address of the build machine (host machine). This IP address
+ is usually automatically detected. However, if detection fails, this
+ variable needs to be set to the IP address of the build machine (i.e.
+ where the build is taking place).
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The ``TEST_SERVER_IP`` variable is only used for a small number of
+ tests such as the "dnf" test suite, which needs to download packages
+ from ``WORKDIR/oe-rootfs-repo``.
+
+ :term:`TEST_SUITES`
+ An ordered list of tests (modules) to run against an image when
+ performing automated runtime testing.
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system provides a core set of tests that can
+ be used against images.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Currently, there is only support for running these tests under
+ QEMU.
+
+ Tests include ``ping``, ``ssh``, ``df`` among others. You can add
+ your own tests to the list of tests by appending ``TEST_SUITES`` as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ TEST_SUITES_append = " mytest"
+
+ Alternatively, you can
+ provide the "auto" option to have all applicable tests run against
+ the image.
+ ::
+
+ TEST_SUITES_append = " auto"
+
+ Using this option causes the
+ build system to automatically run tests that are applicable to the
+ image. Tests that are not applicable are skipped.
+
+ The order in which tests are run is important. Tests that depend on
+ another test must appear later in the list than the test on which
+ they depend. For example, if you append the list of tests with two
+ tests (``test_A`` and ``test_B``) where ``test_B`` is dependent on
+ ``test_A``, then you must order the tests as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TEST_SUITES = "test_A test_B"
+
+ For more information on testing images, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`TEST_TARGET`
+ Specifies the target controller to use when running tests against a
+ test image. The default controller to use is "qemu":
+ ::
+
+ TEST_TARGET = "qemu"
+
+ A target controller is a class that defines how an image gets
+ deployed on a target and how a target is started. A layer can extend
+ the controllers by adding a module in the layer's
+ ``/lib/oeqa/controllers`` directory and by inheriting the
+ ``BaseTarget`` class, which is an abstract class that cannot be used
+ as a value of ``TEST_TARGET``.
+
+ You can provide the following arguments with ``TEST_TARGET``:
+
+ - *"qemu":* Boots a QEMU image and runs the tests. See the
+ ":ref:`qemu-image-enabling-tests`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more
+ information.
+
+ - *"simpleremote":* Runs the tests on target hardware that is
+ already up and running. The hardware can be on the network or it
+ can be a device running an image on QEMU. You must also set
+ :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP` when you use
+ "simpleremote".
+
+ .. note::
+
+ This argument is defined in
+ ``meta/lib/oeqa/controllers/simpleremote.py``.
+
+ For information on running tests on hardware, see the
+ ":ref:`hardware-image-enabling-tests`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+ :term:`TEST_TARGET_IP`
+ The IP address of your hardware under test. The ``TEST_TARGET_IP``
+ variable has no effect when :term:`TEST_TARGET` is
+ set to "qemu".
+
+ When you specify the IP address, you can also include a port. Here is
+ an example:
+ ::
+
+ TEST_TARGET_IP = "192.168.1.4:2201"
+
+ Specifying a port is
+ useful when SSH is started on a non-standard port or in cases when
+ your hardware under test is behind a firewall or network that is not
+ directly accessible from your host and you need to do port address
+ translation.
+
+ :term:`TESTIMAGE_AUTO`
+ Automatically runs the series of automated tests for images when an
+ image is successfully built. Setting ``TESTIMAGE_AUTO`` to "1" causes
+ any image that successfully builds to automatically boot under QEMU.
+ Using the variable also adds in dependencies so that any SDK for
+ which testing is requested is automatically built first.
+
+ These tests are written in Python making use of the ``unittest``
+ module, and the majority of them run commands on the target system
+ over ``ssh``. You can set this variable to "1" in your ``local.conf``
+ file in the :term:`Build Directory` to have the
+ OpenEmbedded build system automatically run these tests after an
+ image successfully builds:
+
+ TESTIMAGE_AUTO = "1"
+
+ For more information
+ on enabling, running, and writing these tests, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:performing automated runtime testing`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual and the
+ ":ref:`testimage*.bbclass <ref-classes-testimage*>`" section.
+
+ :term:`THISDIR`
+ The directory in which the file BitBake is currently parsing is
+ located. Do not manually set this variable.
+
+ :term:`TIME`
+ The time the build was started. Times appear using the hour, minute,
+ and second (HMS) format (e.g. "140159" for one minute and fifty-nine
+ seconds past 1400 hours).
+
+ :term:`TMPDIR`
+ This variable is the base directory the OpenEmbedded build system
+ uses for all build output and intermediate files (other than the
+ shared state cache). By default, the ``TMPDIR`` variable points to
+ ``tmp`` within the :term:`Build Directory`.
+
+ If you want to establish this directory in a location other than the
+ default, you can uncomment and edit the following statement in the
+ ``conf/local.conf`` file in the :term:`Source Directory`:
+ ::
+
+ #TMPDIR = "${TOPDIR}/tmp"
+
+ An example use for this scenario is to set ``TMPDIR`` to a local disk,
+ which does not use NFS, while having the Build Directory use NFS.
+
+ The filesystem used by ``TMPDIR`` must have standard filesystem
+ semantics (i.e. mixed-case files are unique, POSIX file locking, and
+ persistent inodes). Due to various issues with NFS and bugs in some
+ implementations, NFS does not meet this minimum requirement.
+ Consequently, ``TMPDIR`` cannot be on NFS.
+
+ :term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK`
+ This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
+ building an SDK, which contains a cross-development environment. The
+ packages specified by this variable are part of the toolchain set
+ that runs on the :term:`SDKMACHINE`, and each
+ package should usually have the prefix ``nativesdk-``. For example,
+ consider the following command when building an SDK:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake -c populate_sdk imagename
+
+ In this case, a default list of packages is
+ set in this variable, but you can add additional packages to the
+ list. See the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
+ Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information.
+
+ For background information on cross-development toolchains in the
+ Yocto Project development environment, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-intro:the cross-development toolchain`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For
+ information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the
+ :doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-manual` manual.
+
+ :term:`TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME`
+ This variable defines the name used for the toolchain output. The
+ :ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>` class sets
+ the ``TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME`` variable as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TOOLCHAIN_OUTPUTNAME ?= "${SDK_NAME}-toolchain-${SDK_VERSION}"
+
+ See
+ the :term:`SDK_NAME` and
+ :term:`SDK_VERSION` variables for additional
+ information.
+
+ :term:`TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK`
+ This variable lists packages the OpenEmbedded build system uses when
+ it creates the target part of an SDK (i.e. the part built for the
+ target hardware), which includes libraries and headers. Use this
+ variable to add individual packages to the part of the SDK that runs
+ on the target. See the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing-standard:adding individual packages to the standard sdk`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
+ Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual for more information.
+
+ For background information on cross-development toolchains in the
+ Yocto Project development environment, see the
+ ":ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-intro:the cross-development toolchain`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For
+ information on setting up a cross-development environment, see the
+ :doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-manual` manual.
+
+ :term:`TOPDIR`
+ The top-level :term:`Build Directory`. BitBake
+ automatically sets this variable when you initialize your build
+ environment using :ref:`structure-core-script`.
+
+ :term:`TRANSLATED_TARGET_ARCH`
+ A sanitized version of :term:`TARGET_ARCH`. This
+ variable is used where the architecture is needed in a value where
+ underscores are not allowed, for example within package filenames. In
+ this case, dash characters replace any underscore characters used in
+ ``TARGET_ARCH``.
+
+ Do not edit this variable.
+
+ :term:`TUNE_ARCH`
+ The GNU canonical architecture for a specific architecture (i.e.
+ ``arm``, ``armeb``, ``mips``, ``mips64``, and so forth). BitBake uses
+ this value to setup configuration.
+
+ ``TUNE_ARCH`` definitions are specific to a given architecture. The
+ definitions can be a single static definition, or can be dynamically
+ adjusted. You can see details for a given CPU family by looking at
+ the architecture's ``README`` file. For example, the
+ ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/README`` file in the
+ :term:`Source Directory` provides information for
+ ``TUNE_ARCH`` specific to the ``mips`` architecture.
+
+ ``TUNE_ARCH`` is tied closely to
+ :term:`TARGET_ARCH`, which defines the target
+ machine's architecture. The BitBake configuration file
+ (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) sets ``TARGET_ARCH`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TARGET_ARCH = "${TUNE_ARCH}"
+
+ The following list, which is by no means complete since architectures
+ are configurable, shows supported machine architectures:
+
+ - arm
+ - i586
+ - x86_64
+ - powerpc
+ - powerpc64
+ - mips
+ - mipsel
+
+ :term:`TUNE_ASARGS`
+ Specifies architecture-specific assembler flags for the target
+ system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
+ ``TUNE_ASARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are
+ typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
+ through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the
+ ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags
+ for the x86 architecture as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TUNE_ASARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-x32", "", d)}"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
+ in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
+ supply its own set of flags).
+
+ :term:`TUNE_CCARGS`
+ Specifies architecture-specific C compiler flags for the target
+ system. The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
+ ``TUNE_CCARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are
+ typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
+ through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
+ in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
+ supply its own set of flags).
+
+ :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`
+ Features used to "tune" a compiler for optimal use given a specific
+ processor. The features are defined within the tune files and allow
+ arguments (i.e. ``TUNE_*ARGS``) to be dynamically generated based on
+ the features.
+
+ The OpenEmbedded build system verifies the features to be sure they
+ are not conflicting and that they are supported.
+
+ The BitBake configuration file (``meta/conf/bitbake.conf``) defines
+ ``TUNE_FEATURES`` as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TUNE_FEATURES ??= "${TUNE_FEATURES_tune-${DEFAULTTUNE}}"
+
+ See the :term:`DEFAULTTUNE` variable for more information.
+
+ :term:`TUNE_LDARGS`
+ Specifies architecture-specific linker flags for the target system.
+ The set of flags is based on the selected tune features.
+ ``TUNE_LDARGS`` is set using the tune include files, which are
+ typically under ``meta/conf/machine/include/`` and are influenced
+ through :term:`TUNE_FEATURES`. For example, the
+ ``meta/conf/machine/include/x86/arch-x86.inc`` file defines the flags
+ for the x86 architecture as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TUNE_LDARGS += "${@bb.utils.contains("TUNE_FEATURES", "mx32", "-m elf32_x86_64", "", d)}"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Board Support Packages (BSPs) select the tune. The selected tune,
+ in turn, affects the tune variables themselves (i.e. the tune can
+ supply its own set of flags).
+
+ :term:`TUNE_PKGARCH`
+ The package architecture understood by the packaging system to define
+ the architecture, ABI, and tuning of output packages. The specific
+ tune is defined using the "_tune" override as follows:
+ ::
+
+ TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-tune = "tune"
+
+ These tune-specific package architectures are defined in the machine
+ include files. Here is an example of the "core2-32" tuning as used in
+ the ``meta/conf/machine/include/tune-core2.inc`` file:
+ ::
+
+ TUNE_PKGARCH_tune-core2-32 = "core2-32"
+
+ :term:`TUNEABI`
+ An underlying Application Binary Interface (ABI) used by a particular
+ tuning in a given toolchain layer. Providers that use prebuilt
+ libraries can use the ``TUNEABI``,
+ :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, and
+ :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` variables to check
+ compatibility of tunings against their selection of libraries.
+
+ If ``TUNEABI`` is undefined, then every tuning is allowed. See the
+ :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the variable is
+ used.
+
+ :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`
+ If set, the OpenEmbedded system ignores the
+ :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST` variable.
+ Providers that use prebuilt libraries can use the
+ ``TUNEABI_OVERRIDE``, ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST``, and
+ :term:`TUNEABI` variables to check compatibility of a
+ tuning against their selection of libraries.
+
+ See the :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the
+ variable is used.
+
+ :term:`TUNEABI_WHITELIST`
+ A whitelist of permissible :term:`TUNEABI` values. If
+ ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST`` is not set, all tunes are allowed. Providers
+ that use prebuilt libraries can use the ``TUNEABI_WHITELIST``,
+ :term:`TUNEABI_OVERRIDE`, and ``TUNEABI``
+ variables to check compatibility of a tuning against their selection
+ of libraries.
+
+ See the :ref:`sanity <ref-classes-sanity>` class to see how the
+ variable is used.
+
+ :term:`TUNECONFLICTS[feature]`
+ Specifies CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning features
+ that conflict with feature.
+
+ Known tuning conflicts are specified in the machine include files in
+ the :term:`Source Directory`. Here is an example from
+ the ``meta/conf/machine/include/mips/arch-mips.inc`` include file
+ that lists the "o32" and "n64" features as conflicting with the "n32"
+ feature:
+ ::
+
+ TUNECONFLICTS[n32] = "o32 n64"
+
+ :term:`TUNEVALID[feature]`
+ Specifies a valid CPU or Application Binary Interface (ABI) tuning
+ feature. The specified feature is stored as a flag. Valid features
+ are specified in the machine include files (e.g.
+ ``meta/conf/machine/include/arm/arch-arm.inc``). Here is an example
+ from that file:
+ ::
+
+ TUNEVALID[bigendian] = "Enable big-endian mode."
+
+ See the machine include files in the :term:`Source Directory`
+ for these features.
+
+ :term:`UBOOT_CONFIG`
+ Configures the :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE` and can
+ also define :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` for individual
+ cases.
+
+ Following is an example from the ``meta-fsl-arm`` layer. ::
+
+ UBOOT_CONFIG ??= "sd"
+ UBOOT_CONFIG[sd] = "mx6qsabreauto_config,sdcard"
+ UBOOT_CONFIG[eimnor] = "mx6qsabreauto_eimnor_config"
+ UBOOT_CONFIG[nand] = "mx6qsabreauto_nand_config,ubifs"
+ UBOOT_CONFIG[spinor] = "mx6qsabreauto_spinor_config"
+
+ In this example, "sd" is selected as the configuration of the possible four for the
+ ``UBOOT_MACHINE``. The "sd" configuration defines
+ "mx6qsabreauto_config" as the value for ``UBOOT_MACHINE``, while the
+ "sdcard" specifies the ``IMAGE_FSTYPES`` to use for the U-boot image.
+
+ For more information on how the ``UBOOT_CONFIG`` is handled, see the
+ :ref:`uboot-config <ref-classes-uboot-config>`
+ class.
+
+ :term:`UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS`
+ Specifies the load address for the dtb image used by U-boot. During FIT
+ image creation, the ``UBOOT_DTB_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used in
+ :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify
+ the load address to be used in
+ creating the dtb sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image.
+
+ :term:`UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS`
+ Specifies the load address for the dtbo image used by U-boot. During FIT
+ image creation, the ``UBOOT_DTBO_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used in
+ :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the load address to be used in
+ creating the dtbo sections of Image Tree Source for the FIT image.
+
+ :term:`UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT`
+ Specifies the entry point for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image
+ creation, the ``UBOOT_ENTRYPOINT`` variable is passed as a
+ command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility.
+
+ :term:`UBOOT_LOADADDRESS`
+ Specifies the load address for the U-Boot image. During U-Boot image
+ creation, the ``UBOOT_LOADADDRESS`` variable is passed as a
+ command-line parameter to the ``uboot-mkimage`` utility.
+
+ :term:`UBOOT_LOCALVERSION`
+ Appends a string to the name of the local version of the U-Boot
+ image. For example, assuming the version of the U-Boot image built
+ was "2013.10", the full version string reported by U-Boot would be
+ "2013.10-yocto" given the following statement:
+ ::
+
+ UBOOT_LOCALVERSION = "-yocto"
+
+ :term:`UBOOT_MACHINE`
+ Specifies the value passed on the ``make`` command line when building
+ a U-Boot image. The value indicates the target platform
+ configuration. You typically set this variable from the machine
+ configuration file (i.e. ``conf/machine/machine_name.conf``).
+
+ Please see the "Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type"
+ section in the U-Boot README for valid values for this variable.
+
+ :term:`UBOOT_MAKE_TARGET`
+ Specifies the target called in the ``Makefile``. The default target
+ is "all".
+
+ :term:`UBOOT_MKIMAGE_DTCOPTS`
+ Options for the device tree compiler passed to mkimage '-D'
+ feature while creating FIT image in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class.
+
+ :term:`UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT`
+ Specifies the entrypoint for the RAM disk image.
+ During FIT image creation, the
+ ``UBOOT_RD_ENTRYPOINT`` variable is used
+ in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the
+ entrypoint to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for
+ the FIT image.
+
+ :term:`UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS`
+ Specifies the load address for the RAM disk image.
+ During FIT image creation, the
+ ``UBOOT_RD_LOADADDRESS`` variable is used
+ in :ref:`kernel-fitimage <ref-classes-kernel-fitimage>` class to specify the
+ load address to be used in creating the Image Tree Source for
+ the FIT image.
+
+ :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_ENABLE`
+ Enable signing of FIT image. The default value is "0".
+
+ :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR`
+ Location of the directory containing the RSA key and
+ certificate used for signing FIT image.
+
+ :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME`
+ The name of keys used for signing U-boot FIT image stored in
+ :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory. For e.g. dev.key key and dev.crt
+ certificate stored in :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYDIR` directory will have
+ :term:`UBOOT_SIGN_KEYNAME` set to "dev".
+
+ :term:`UBOOT_SUFFIX`
+ Points to the generated U-Boot extension. For example, ``u-boot.sb``
+ has a ``.sb`` extension.
+
+ The default U-Boot extension is ``.bin``
+
+ :term:`UBOOT_TARGET`
+ Specifies the target used for building U-Boot. The target is passed
+ directly as part of the "make" command (e.g. SPL and AIS). If you do
+ not specifically set this variable, the OpenEmbedded build process
+ passes and uses "all" for the target during the U-Boot building
+ process.
+
+ :term:`UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST`
+ Specifies a list of options that, if reported by the configure script
+ as being invalid, should not generate a warning during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-configure` task. Normally, invalid
+ configure options are simply not passed to the configure script (e.g.
+ should be removed from :term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
+ :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`).
+ However, common options, for example, exist that are passed to all
+ configure scripts at a class level that might not be valid for some
+ configure scripts. It follows that no benefit exists in seeing a
+ warning about these options. For these cases, the options are added
+ to ``UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST``.
+
+ The configure arguments check that uses
+ ``UNKNOWN_CONFIGURE_WHITELIST`` is part of the
+ :ref:`insane <ref-classes-insane>` class and is only enabled if the
+ recipe inherits the :ref:`autotools <ref-classes-autotools>` class.
+
+ :term:`UPDATERCPN`
+ For recipes inheriting the
+ :ref:`update-rc.d <ref-classes-update-rc.d>` class, ``UPDATERCPN``
+ specifies the package that contains the initscript that is enabled.
+
+ The default value is "${PN}". Given that almost all recipes that
+ install initscripts package them in the main package for the recipe,
+ you rarely need to set this variable in individual recipes.
+
+ :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX`
+ You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream
+ source code version is by calling ``bitbake -c checkpkg`` recipe. If
+ the recipe source code is provided from Git repositories, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system determines the latest upstream version by
+ picking the latest tag from the list of all repository tags.
+
+ You can use the ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX`` variable to provide a
+ regular expression to filter only the relevant tags should the
+ default filter not work correctly.
+ ::
+
+ UPSTREAM_CHECK_GITTAGREGEX = "git_tag_regex"
+
+ :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX`
+ Use the ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX`` variable to specify a different
+ regular expression instead of the default one when the package
+ checking system is parsing the page found using
+ :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`.
+ ::
+
+ UPSTREAM_CHECK_REGEX = "package_regex"
+
+ :term:`UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`
+ You can perform a per-recipe check for what the latest upstream
+ source code version is by calling ``bitbake -c checkpkg`` recipe. If
+ the source code is provided from tarballs, the latest version is
+ determined by fetching the directory listing where the tarball is and
+ attempting to find a later tarball. When this approach does not work,
+ you can use ``UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI`` to provide a different URI that
+ contains the link to the latest tarball.
+ ::
+
+ UPSTREAM_CHECK_URI = "recipe_url"
+
+ :term:`USE_DEVFS`
+ Determines if ``devtmpfs`` is used for ``/dev`` population. The
+ default value used for ``USE_DEVFS`` is "1" when no value is
+ specifically set. Typically, you would set ``USE_DEVFS`` to "0" for a
+ statically populated ``/dev`` directory.
+
+ See the ":ref:`selecting-dev-manager`" section in
+ the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on how to
+ use this variable.
+
+ :term:`USE_VT`
+ When using
+ :ref:`SysVinit <new-recipe-enabling-system-services>`,
+ determines whether or not to run a
+ `getty <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Getty_%28Unix%29>`__ on any
+ virtual terminals in order to enable logging in through those
+ terminals.
+
+ The default value used for ``USE_VT`` is "1" when no default value is
+ specifically set. Typically, you would set ``USE_VT`` to "0" in the
+ machine configuration file for machines that do not have a graphical
+ display attached and therefore do not need virtual terminal
+ functionality.
+
+ :term:`USER_CLASSES`
+ A list of classes to globally inherit. These classes are used by the
+ OpenEmbedded build system to enable extra features (e.g.
+ ``buildstats``, ``image-mklibs``, and so forth).
+
+ The default list is set in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ USER_CLASSES ?= "buildstats image-mklibs image-prelink"
+
+ For more information, see
+ ``meta-poky/conf/local.conf.sample`` in the :term:`Source Directory`.
+
+ :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`
+ If set to ``error``, forces the OpenEmbedded build system to produce
+ an error if the user identification (``uid``) and group
+ identification (``gid``) values are not defined in any of the files
+ listed in :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and
+ :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`. If set to
+ ``warn``, a warning will be issued instead.
+
+ The default behavior for the build system is to dynamically apply
+ ``uid`` and ``gid`` values. Consequently, the
+ ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable is by default not set. If you plan
+ on using statically assigned ``gid`` and ``uid`` values, you should
+ set the ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` variable in your ``local.conf``
+ file as follows:
+ ::
+
+ USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC = "error"
+
+ Overriding the
+ default behavior implies you are going to also take steps to set
+ static ``uid`` and ``gid`` values through use of the
+ :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`,
+ :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`, and
+ :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ There is a difference in behavior between setting
+ ``USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC`` to ``error`` and setting it to ``warn``.
+ When it is set to ``warn``, the build system will report a warning for
+ every undefined ``uid`` and ``gid`` in any recipe. But when it is set
+ to ``error``, it will only report errors for recipes that are actually
+ built.
+ This saves you from having to add static IDs for recipes that you
+ know will never be built.
+
+ :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES`
+ Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static group
+ identification (``gid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system
+ adds a group to the system during package installation.
+
+ When applying static group identification (``gid``) values, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a
+ ``files/group`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the
+ variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+
+ USERADD_GID_TABLES = "files/group"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids"
+ causes the build system to use static ``gid`` values.
+
+ :term:`USERADD_PACKAGES`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
+ this variable specifies the individual packages within the recipe
+ that require users and/or groups to be added.
+
+ You must set this variable if the recipe inherits the class. For
+ example, the following enables adding a user for the main package in
+ a recipe:
+ ::
+
+ USERADD_PACKAGES = "${PN}"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ It follows that if you are going to use the ``USERADD_PACKAGES``
+ variable, you need to set one or more of the :term:`USERADD_PARAM`,
+ :term:`GROUPADD_PARAM`, or :term:`GROUPMEMS_PARAM` variables.
+
+ :term:`USERADD_PARAM`
+ When inheriting the :ref:`useradd <ref-classes-useradd>` class,
+ this variable specifies for a package what parameters should pass to
+ the ``useradd`` command if you add a user to the system when the
+ package is installed.
+
+ Here is an example from the ``dbus`` recipe:
+ ::
+
+ USERADD_PARAM_${PN} = "--system --home ${localstatedir}/lib/dbus \
+ --no-create-home --shell /bin/false \
+ --user-group messagebus"
+
+ For information on the
+ standard Linux shell command ``useradd``, see
+ http://linux.die.net/man/8/useradd.
+
+ :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES`
+ Specifies a password file to use for obtaining static user
+ identification (``uid``) values when the OpenEmbedded build system
+ adds a user to the system during package installation.
+
+ When applying static user identification (``uid``) values, the
+ OpenEmbedded build system looks in :term:`BBPATH` for a
+ ``files/passwd`` file and then applies those ``uid`` values. Set the
+ variable as follows in your ``local.conf`` file:
+ ::
+
+ USERADD_UID_TABLES = "files/passwd"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Setting the :term:`USERADDEXTENSION` variable to "useradd-staticids"
+ causes the build system to use static ``uid`` values.
+
+ :term:`USERADDEXTENSION`
+ When set to "useradd-staticids", causes the OpenEmbedded build system
+ to base all user and group additions on a static ``passwd`` and
+ ``group`` files found in :term:`BBPATH`.
+
+ To use static user identification (``uid``) and group identification
+ (``gid``) values, set the variable as follows in your ``local.conf``
+ file: USERADDEXTENSION = "useradd-staticids"
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Setting this variable to use static ``uid`` and ``gid``
+ values causes the OpenEmbedded build system to employ the
+ :ref:`ref-classes-useradd` class.
+
+ If you use static ``uid`` and ``gid`` information, you must also
+ specify the ``files/passwd`` and ``files/group`` files by setting the
+ :term:`USERADD_UID_TABLES` and
+ :term:`USERADD_GID_TABLES` variables.
+ Additionally, you should also set the
+ :term:`USERADD_ERROR_DYNAMIC` variable.
+
+ :term:`VOLATILE_LOG_DIR`
+ Specifies the persistence of the target's ``/var/log`` directory,
+ which is used to house postinstall target log files.
+
+ By default, ``VOLATILE_LOG_DIR`` is set to "yes", which means the
+ file is not persistent. You can override this setting by setting the
+ variable to "no" to make the log directory persistent.
+
+ :term:`WARN_QA`
+ Specifies the quality assurance checks whose failures are reported as
+ warnings by the OpenEmbedded build system. You set this variable in
+ your distribution configuration file. For a list of the checks you
+ can control with this variable, see the
+ ":ref:`insane.bbclass <ref-classes-insane>`" section.
+
+ :term:`WKS_FILE`
+ Specifies the location of the Wic kickstart file that is used by the
+ OpenEmbedded build system to create a partitioned image
+ (image\ ``.wic``). For information on how to create a partitioned
+ image, see the
+ ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating partitioned images using wic`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For details on
+ the kickstart file format, see the ":doc:`../ref-manual/ref-kickstart`" Chapter.
+
+ :term:`WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`
+ When placed in the recipe that builds your image, this variable lists
+ build-time dependencies. The ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable is only
+ applicable when Wic images are active (i.e. when
+ :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES` contains entries related
+ to Wic). If your recipe does not create Wic images, the variable has
+ no effect.
+
+ The ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable is similar to the
+ :term:`DEPENDS` variable. When you use the variable in
+ your recipe that builds the Wic image, dependencies you list in the
+ ``WIC_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable are added to the ``DEPENDS`` variable.
+
+ With the ``WKS_FILE_DEPENDS`` variable, you have the possibility to
+ specify a list of additional dependencies (e.g. native tools,
+ bootloaders, and so forth), that are required to build Wic images.
+ Following is an example:
+ ::
+
+ WKS_FILE_DEPENDS = "some-native-tool"
+
+ In the
+ previous example, some-native-tool would be replaced with an actual
+ native tool on which the build would depend.
+
+ :term:`WORKDIR`
+ The pathname of the work directory in which the OpenEmbedded build
+ system builds a recipe. This directory is located within the
+ :term:`TMPDIR` directory structure and is specific to
+ the recipe being built and the system for which it is being built.
+
+ The ``WORKDIR`` directory is defined as follows:
+ ::
+
+ ${TMPDIR}/work/${MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS}/${PN}/${EXTENDPE}${PV}-${PR}
+
+ The actual directory depends on several things:
+
+ - :term:`TMPDIR`: The top-level build output directory
+ - :term:`MULTIMACH_TARGET_SYS`: The target system identifier
+ - :term:`PN`: The recipe name
+ - :term:`EXTENDPE`: The epoch - (if :term:`PE` is not specified, which
+ is usually the case for most recipes, then `EXTENDPE` is blank)
+ - :term:`PV`: The recipe version
+ - :term:`PR`: The recipe revision
+
+ As an example, assume a Source Directory top-level folder name
+ ``poky``, a default Build Directory at ``poky/build``, and a
+ ``qemux86-poky-linux`` machine target system. Furthermore, suppose
+ your recipe is named ``foo_1.3.0-r0.bb``. In this case, the work
+ directory the build system uses to build the package would be as
+ follows:
+ ::
+
+ poky/build/tmp/work/qemux86-poky-linux/foo/1.3.0-r0
+
+ :term:`XSERVER`
+ Specifies the packages that should be installed to provide an X
+ server and drivers for the current machine, assuming your image
+ directly includes ``packagegroup-core-x11-xserver`` or, perhaps
+ indirectly, includes "x11-base" in
+ :term:`IMAGE_FEATURES`.
+
+ The default value of ``XSERVER``, if not specified in the machine
+ configuration, is "xserver-xorg xf86-video-fbdev xf86-input-evdev".
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-varlocality.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-varlocality.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5f7dba8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/ref-varlocality.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+****************
+Variable Context
+****************
+
+While you can use most variables in almost any context such as
+``.conf``, ``.bbclass``, ``.inc``, and ``.bb`` files, some variables are
+often associated with a particular locality or context. This chapter
+describes some common associations.
+
+.. _ref-varlocality-configuration:
+
+Configuration
+=============
+
+The following subsections provide lists of variables whose context is
+configuration: distribution, machine, and local.
+
+.. _ref-varlocality-config-distro:
+
+Distribution (Distro)
+---------------------
+
+This section lists variables whose configuration context is the
+distribution, or distro.
+
+- :term:`DISTRO`
+
+- :term:`DISTRO_NAME`
+
+- :term:`DISTRO_VERSION`
+
+- :term:`MAINTAINER`
+
+- :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`
+
+- :term:`TARGET_OS`
+
+- :term:`TARGET_FPU`
+
+- :term:`TCMODE`
+
+- :term:`TCLIBC`
+
+.. _ref-varlocality-config-machine:
+
+Machine
+-------
+
+This section lists variables whose configuration context is the machine.
+
+- :term:`TARGET_ARCH`
+
+- :term:`SERIAL_CONSOLES`
+
+- :term:`PACKAGE_EXTRA_ARCHS`
+
+- :term:`IMAGE_FSTYPES`
+
+- :term:`MACHINE_FEATURES`
+
+- :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
+
+- :term:`MACHINE_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
+
+- :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RDEPENDS`
+
+- :term:`MACHINE_ESSENTIAL_EXTRA_RRECOMMENDS`
+
+.. _ref-varlocality-config-local:
+
+Local
+-----
+
+This section lists variables whose configuration context is the local
+configuration through the ``local.conf`` file.
+
+- :term:`DISTRO`
+
+- :term:`MACHINE`
+
+- :term:`DL_DIR`
+
+- :term:`BBFILES`
+
+- :term:`EXTRA_IMAGE_FEATURES`
+
+- :term:`PACKAGE_CLASSES`
+
+- :term:`BB_NUMBER_THREADS`
+
+- :term:`BBINCLUDELOGS`
+
+- :term:`ENABLE_BINARY_LOCALE_GENERATION`
+
+.. _ref-varlocality-recipes:
+
+Recipes
+=======
+
+The following subsections provide lists of variables whose context is
+recipes: required, dependencies, path, and extra build information.
+
+.. _ref-varlocality-recipe-required:
+
+Required
+--------
+
+This section lists variables that are required for recipes.
+
+- :term:`LICENSE`
+
+- :term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`
+
+- :term:`SRC_URI` - used in recipes that fetch local or remote files.
+
+.. _ref-varlocality-recipe-dependencies:
+
+Dependencies
+------------
+
+This section lists variables that define recipe dependencies.
+
+- :term:`DEPENDS`
+
+- :term:`RDEPENDS`
+
+- :term:`RRECOMMENDS`
+
+- :term:`RCONFLICTS`
+
+- :term:`RREPLACES`
+
+.. _ref-varlocality-recipe-paths:
+
+Paths
+-----
+
+This section lists variables that define recipe paths.
+
+- :term:`WORKDIR`
+
+- :term:`S`
+
+- :term:`FILES`
+
+.. _ref-varlocality-recipe-build:
+
+Extra Build Information
+-----------------------
+
+This section lists variables that define extra build information for
+recipes.
+
+- :term:`DEFAULT_PREFERENCE`
+
+- :term:`EXTRA_OECMAKE`
+
+- :term:`EXTRA_OECONF`
+
+- :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE`
+
+- :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`
+
+- :term:`PACKAGES`
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/resources.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/resources.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ef182f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/ref-manual/resources.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+****************************************
+Contributions and Additional Information
+****************************************
+
+.. _resources-intro:
+
+Introduction
+============
+
+The Yocto Project team is happy for people to experiment with the Yocto
+Project. A number of places exist to find help if you run into
+difficulties or find bugs. This presents information about contributing
+and participating in the Yocto Project.
+
+.. _resources-contributions:
+
+Contributions
+=============
+
+The Yocto Project gladly accepts contributions. You can submit changes
+to the project either by creating and sending pull requests, or by
+submitting patches through email. For information on how to do both as
+well as information on how to identify the maintainer for each area of
+code, see the ":ref:`how-to-submit-a-change`" section in the
+Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _resources-bugtracker:
+
+Yocto Project Bugzilla
+======================
+
+The Yocto Project uses its own implementation of
+:yocto_bugs:`Bugzilla <>` to track defects (bugs).
+Implementations of Bugzilla work well for group development because they
+track bugs and code changes, can be used to communicate changes and
+problems with developers, can be used to submit and review patches, and
+can be used to manage quality assurance.
+
+Sometimes it is helpful to submit, investigate, or track a bug against
+the Yocto Project itself (e.g. when discovering an issue with some
+component of the build system that acts contrary to the documentation or
+your expectations).
+
+A general procedure and guidelines exist for when you use Bugzilla to
+submit a bug. For information on how to use Bugzilla to submit a bug
+against the Yocto Project, see the following:
+
+- The ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:submitting a defect against the yocto project`"
+ section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+- The Yocto Project :yocto_wiki:`Bugzilla wiki page </wiki/Bugzilla_Configuration_and_Bug_Tracking>`
+
+For information on Bugzilla in general, see http://www.bugzilla.org/about/.
+
+.. _resources-mailinglist:
+
+Mailing lists
+=============
+
+A number of mailing lists maintained by the Yocto Project exist as well
+as related OpenEmbedded mailing lists for discussion, patch submission
+and announcements. To subscribe to one of the following mailing lists,
+click on the appropriate URL in the following list and follow the
+instructions:
+
+- :yocto_lists:`/g/yocto` - General Yocto Project
+ discussion mailing list.
+
+- :oe_lists:`/g/openembedded-core` - Discussion mailing
+ list about OpenEmbedded-Core (the core metadata).
+
+- :oe_lists:`/g/openembedded-devel` - Discussion
+ mailing list about OpenEmbedded.
+
+- :oe_lists:`/g/bitbake-devel` - Discussion mailing
+ list about the :term:`BitBake` build tool.
+
+- :yocto_lists:`/g/poky` - Discussion mailing list
+ about :term:`Poky`.
+
+- :yocto_lists:`/g/yocto-announce` - Mailing list to
+ receive official Yocto Project release and milestone announcements.
+
+For more Yocto Project-related mailing lists, see the
+:yocto_home:`Yocto Project Website <>`.
+
+.. _resources-irc:
+
+Internet Relay Chat (IRC)
+=========================
+
+Two IRC channels on freenode are available for the Yocto Project and
+Poky discussions:
+
+- ``#yocto``
+
+- ``#poky``
+
+.. _resources-links-and-related-documentation:
+
+Links and Related Documentation
+===============================
+
+Here is a list of resources you might find helpful:
+
+- :yocto_home:`The Yocto Project Website <>`\ *:* The home site
+ for the Yocto Project.
+
+- :yocto_wiki:`The Yocto Project Main Wiki Page </wiki/Main_Page>`\ *:* The main wiki page for
+ the Yocto Project. This page contains information about project
+ planning, release engineering, QA & automation, a reference site map,
+ and other resources related to the Yocto Project.
+
+- :oe_home:`OpenEmbedded <>`\ *:* The build system used by the
+ Yocto Project. This project is the upstream, generic, embedded
+ distribution from which the Yocto Project derives its build system
+ (Poky) and to which it contributes.
+
+- :oe_home:`BitBake </wiki/BitBake>`\ *:* The tool
+ used to process metadata.
+
+- :doc:`BitBake User Manual <bitbake:index>`\ *:* A comprehensive
+ guide to the BitBake tool. If you want information on BitBake, see
+ this manual.
+
+- :doc:`../brief-yoctoprojectqs/brief-yoctoprojectqs` *:* This
+ short document lets you experience building an image using the Yocto
+ Project without having to understand any concepts or details.
+
+- :doc:`../overview-manual/overview-manual` *:* This manual provides overview
+ and conceptual information about the Yocto Project.
+
+- :doc:`../dev-manual/dev-manual` *:* This manual is a "how-to" guide
+ that presents procedures useful to both application and system
+ developers who use the Yocto Project.
+
+- :doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-manual` *manual :* This
+ guide provides information that lets you get going with the standard
+ or extensible SDK. An SDK, with its cross-development toolchains,
+ allows you to develop projects inside or outside of the Yocto Project
+ environment.
+
+- :doc:`../bsp-guide/bsp` *:* This guide defines the structure
+ for BSP components. Having a commonly understood structure encourages
+ standardization.
+
+- :doc:`../kernel-dev/kernel-dev` *:* This manual describes
+ how to work with Linux Yocto kernels as well as provides a bit of
+ conceptual information on the construction of the Yocto Linux kernel
+ tree.
+
+- :doc:`../ref-manual/ref-manual` *:* This
+ manual provides reference material such as variable, task, and class
+ descriptions.
+
+- :yocto_docs:`Yocto Project Mega-Manual </singleindex.html>`\ *:* This manual
+ is simply a single HTML file comprised of the bulk of the Yocto
+ Project manuals. The Mega-Manual primarily exists as a vehicle by
+ which you can easily search for phrases and terms used in the Yocto
+ Project documentation set.
+
+- :doc:`../profile-manual/profile-manual` *:* This manual presents a set of
+ common and generally useful tracing and profiling schemes along with
+ their applications (as appropriate) to each tool.
+
+- :doc:`../toaster-manual/toaster-manual` *:* This manual
+ introduces and describes how to set up and use Toaster. Toaster is an
+ Application Programming Interface (API) and web-based interface to
+ the :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`, which uses
+ BitBake, that reports build information.
+
+- :yocto_wiki:`FAQ </wiki/FAQ>`\ *:* A list of commonly asked
+ questions and their answers.
+
+- *Release Notes:* Features, updates and known issues for the current
+ release of the Yocto Project. To access the Release Notes, go to the
+ :yocto_home:`Downloads </software-overview/downloads>` page on
+ the Yocto Project website and click on the "RELEASE INFORMATION" link
+ for the appropriate release.
+
+- :yocto_bugs:`Bugzilla <>`\ *:* The bug tracking application
+ the Yocto Project uses. If you find problems with the Yocto Project,
+ you should report them using this application.
+
+- :yocto_wiki:`Bugzilla Configuration and Bug Tracking Wiki Page </wiki/Bugzilla_Configuration_and_Bug_Tracking>`\ *:*
+ Information on how to get set up and use the Yocto Project
+ implementation of Bugzilla for logging and tracking Yocto Project
+ defects.
+
+- *Internet Relay Chat (IRC):* Two IRC channels on freenode are
+ available for Yocto Project and Poky discussions: ``#yocto`` and
+ ``#poky``, respectively.
+
+- `Quick EMUlator (QEMU) <http://wiki.qemu.org/Index.html>`__\ *:* An
+ open-source machine emulator and virtualizer.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/releases.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/releases.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e27406
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/releases.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+=========================
+ Current Release Manuals
+=========================
+
+****************************
+3.1 'dunfell' Release Series
+****************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`3.1 Documentation </3.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`3.1.1 Documentation </3.1.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`3.1.2 Documentation </3.1.2>`
+- :yocto_docs:`3.1.3 Documentation </3.1.3>`
+- :yocto_docs:`3.1.4 Documentation </3.1.4>`
+- :yocto_docs:`3.1.5 Documentation </3.1.5>`
+- :yocto_docs:`3.1.6 Documentation </3.1.6>`
+- :yocto_docs:`3.1.7 Documentation </3.1.7>`
+- :yocto_docs:`3.1.8 Documentation </3.1.8>`
+- :yocto_docs:`3.1.9 Documentation </3.1.9>`
+- :yocto_docs:`3.1.10 Documentation </3.1.10>`
+- :yocto_docs:`3.1.11 Documentation </3.1.11>`
+- :yocto_docs:`3.1.12 Documentation </3.1.12>`
+
+==========================
+ Previous Release Manuals
+==========================
+
+*************************
+3.0 'zeus' Release Series
+*************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`3.0 Documentation </3.0>`
+- :yocto_docs:`3.0.1 Documentation </3.0.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`3.0.2 Documentation </3.0.2>`
+- :yocto_docs:`3.0.3 Documentation </3.0.3>`
+- :yocto_docs:`3.0.4 Documentation </3.0.4>`
+
+****************************
+2.7 'warrior' Release Series
+****************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`2.7 Documentation </2.7>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.7.1 Documentation </2.7.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.7.2 Documentation </2.7.2>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.7.3 Documentation </2.7.3>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.7.4 Documentation </2.7.4>`
+
+*************************
+2.6 'thud' Release Series
+*************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`2.6 Documentation </2.6>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.6.1 Documentation </2.6.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.6.2 Documentation </2.6.2>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.6.3 Documentation </2.6.3>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.6.4 Documentation </2.6.4>`
+
+*************************
+2.5 'sumo' Release Series
+*************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`2.5 Documentation </2.5>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.5.1 Documentation </2.5.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.5.2 Documentation </2.5.2>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.5.3 Documentation </2.5.3>`
+
+**************************
+2.4 'rocko' Release Series
+**************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`2.4 Documentation </2.4>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.4.1 Documentation </2.4.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.4.2 Documentation </2.4.2>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.4.3 Documentation </2.4.3>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.4.4 Documentation </2.4.4>`
+
+*************************
+2.3 'pyro' Release Series
+*************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`2.3 Documentation </2.3>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.3.1 Documentation </2.3.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.3.2 Documentation </2.3.2>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.3.3 Documentation </2.3.3>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.3.4 Documentation </2.3.4>`
+
+**************************
+2.2 'morty' Release Series
+**************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`2.2 Documentation </2.2>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.2.1 Documentation </2.2.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.2.2 Documentation </2.2.2>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.2.3 Documentation </2.2.3>`
+
+****************************
+2.1 'krogoth' Release Series
+****************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`2.1 Documentation </2.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.1.1 Documentation </2.1.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.1.2 Documentation </2.1.2>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.1.3 Documentation </2.1.3>`
+
+***************************
+2.0 'jethro' Release Series
+***************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`1.9 Documentation </1.9>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.0 Documentation </2.0>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.0.1 Documentation </2.0.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.0.2 Documentation </2.0.2>`
+- :yocto_docs:`2.0.3 Documentation </2.0.3>`
+
+*************************
+1.8 'fido' Release Series
+*************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`1.8 Documentation </1.8>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.8.1 Documentation </1.8.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.8.2 Documentation </1.8.2>`
+
+**************************
+1.7 'dizzy' Release Series
+**************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`1.7 Documentation </1.7>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.7.1 Documentation </1.7.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.7.2 Documentation </1.7.2>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.7.3 Documentation </1.7.3>`
+
+**************************
+1.6 'daisy' Release Series
+**************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`1.6 Documentation </1.6>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.6.1 Documentation </1.6.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.6.2 Documentation </1.6.2>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.6.3 Documentation </1.6.3>`
+
+*************************
+1.5 'dora' Release Series
+*************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`1.5 Documentation </1.5>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.5.1 Documentation </1.5.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.5.2 Documentation </1.5.2>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.5.3 Documentation </1.5.3>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.5.4 Documentation </1.5.4>`
+
+**************************
+1.4 'dylan' Release Series
+**************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`1.4 Documentation </1.4>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.4.1 Documentation </1.4.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.4.2 Documentation </1.4.2>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.4.3 Documentation </1.4.3>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.4.4 Documentation </1.4.4>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.4.5 Documentation </1.4.5>`
+
+**************************
+1.3 'danny' Release Series
+**************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`1.3 Documentation </1.3>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.3.1 Documentation </1.3.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.3.2 Documentation </1.3.2>`
+
+***************************
+1.2 'denzil' Release Series
+***************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`1.2 Documentation </1.2>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.2.1 Documentation </1.2.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.2.2 Documentation </1.2.2>`
+
+***************************
+1.1 'edison' Release Series
+***************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`1.1 Documentation </1.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.1.1 Documentation </1.1.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.1.2 Documentation </1.1.2>`
+
+****************************
+1.0 'bernard' Release Series
+****************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`1.0 Documentation </1.0>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.0.1 Documentation </1.0.1>`
+- :yocto_docs:`1.0.2 Documentation </1.0.2>`
+
+****************************
+0.9 'laverne' Release Series
+****************************
+
+- :yocto_docs:`0.9 Documentation </0.9>`
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-autotools-flow.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-autotools-flow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec6685f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-autotools-flow.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-devtool-add-flow.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-devtool-add-flow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7d6173
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-devtool-add-flow.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-devtool-modify-flow.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-devtool-modify-flow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..18ba8b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-devtool-modify-flow.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-devtool-upgrade-flow.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-devtool-upgrade-flow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d4f395
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-devtool-upgrade-flow.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-environment.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-environment.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78b8cad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-environment.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-installed-extensible-sdk-directory.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-installed-extensible-sdk-directory.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b71c8ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-installed-extensible-sdk-directory.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-installed-standard-sdk-directory.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-installed-standard-sdk-directory.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45c0154
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-installed-standard-sdk-directory.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-makefile-flow.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-makefile-flow.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ccb418
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-makefile-flow.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-title.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-title.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e69e039
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/figures/sdk-title.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/history.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/history.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5562eb7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/history.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+***********************
+Manual Revision History
+***********************
+
+.. list-table::
+ :widths: 10 15 40
+ :header-rows: 1
+
+ * - Revision
+ - Date
+ - Note
+ * - 2.1
+ - April 2016
+ - The initial document released with the Yocto Project 2.1 Release
+ * - 2.2
+ - October 2016
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.2 Release.
+ * - 2.3
+ - May 2017
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.3 Release.
+ * - 2.4
+ - October 2017
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.4 Release.
+ * - 2.5
+ - May 2018
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.5 Release.
+ * - 2.6
+ - November 2018
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.6 Release.
+ * - 2.7
+ - May 2019
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.7 Release.
+ * - 3.0
+ - October 2019
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.0 Release.
+ * - 3.1
+ - April 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1 Release.
+ * - 3.1.1
+ - June 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.1 Release.
+ * - 3.1.2
+ - August 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.2 Release.
+ * - 3.1.3
+ - September 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.3 Release.
+ * - 3.1.4
+ - November 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.4 Release.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing-standard.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing-standard.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..90b6345
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing-standard.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+****************************
+Customizing the Standard SDK
+****************************
+
+This appendix presents customizations you can apply to the standard SDK.
+
+Adding Individual Packages to the Standard SDK
+==============================================
+
+When you build a standard SDK using the ``bitbake -c populate_sdk``, a
+default set of packages is included in the resulting SDK. The
+:term:`TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK`
+and
+:term:`TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK`
+variables control the set of packages adding to the SDK.
+
+If you want to add individual packages to the toolchain that runs on the
+host, simply add those packages to the ``TOOLCHAIN_HOST_TASK`` variable.
+Similarly, if you want to add packages to the default set that is part
+of the toolchain that runs on the target, add the packages to the
+``TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK`` variable.
+
+Adding API Documentation to the Standard SDK
+============================================
+
+You can include API documentation as well as any other documentation
+provided by recipes with the standard SDK by adding "api-documentation"
+to the
+:term:`DISTRO_FEATURES`
+variable: DISTRO_FEATURES_append = " api-documentation" Setting this
+variable as shown here causes the OpenEmbedded build system to build the
+documentation and then include it in the standard SDK.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a33f63
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-customizing.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,377 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+******************************
+Customizing the Extensible SDK
+******************************
+
+This appendix describes customizations you can apply to the extensible
+SDK.
+
+Configuring the Extensible SDK
+==============================
+
+The extensible SDK primarily consists of a pre-configured copy of the
+OpenEmbedded build system from which it was produced. Thus, the SDK's
+configuration is derived using that build system and the filters shown
+in the following list. When these filters are present, the OpenEmbedded
+build system applies them against ``local.conf`` and ``auto.conf``:
+
+- Variables whose values start with "/" are excluded since the
+ assumption is that those values are paths that are likely to be
+ specific to the :term:`Build Host`.
+
+- Variables listed in
+ :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`
+ are excluded. These variables are not allowed through from the
+ OpenEmbedded build system configuration into the extensible SDK
+ configuration. Typically, these variables are specific to the machine
+ on which the build system is running and could be problematic as part
+ of the extensible SDK configuration.
+
+ For a list of the variables excluded by default, see the
+ :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_BLACKLIST`
+ in the glossary of the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
+
+- Variables listed in
+ :term:`SDK_LOCAL_CONF_WHITELIST`
+ are included. Including a variable in the value of
+ ``SDK_LOCAL_CONF_WHITELIST`` overrides either of the previous two
+ filters. The default value is blank.
+
+- Classes inherited globally with
+ :term:`INHERIT` that are listed in
+ :term:`SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST`
+ are disabled. Using ``SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST`` to disable these
+ classes is the typical method to disable classes that are problematic
+ or unnecessary in the SDK context. The default value blacklists the
+ :ref:`buildhistory <ref-classes-buildhistory>`
+ and :ref:`icecc <ref-classes-icecc>` classes.
+
+Additionally, the contents of ``conf/sdk-extra.conf``, when present, are
+appended to the end of ``conf/local.conf`` within the produced SDK,
+without any filtering. The ``sdk-extra.conf`` file is particularly
+useful if you want to set a variable value just for the SDK and not the
+OpenEmbedded build system used to create the SDK.
+
+Adjusting the Extensible SDK to Suit Your Build Host's Setup
+============================================================
+
+In most cases, the extensible SDK defaults should work with your :term:`Build
+Host`'s setup.
+However, some cases exist for which you might consider making
+adjustments:
+
+- If your SDK configuration inherits additional classes using the
+ :term:`INHERIT` variable and you
+ do not need or want those classes enabled in the SDK, you can
+ blacklist them by adding them to the
+ :term:`SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST`
+ variable as described in the fourth bullet of the previous section.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ The default value of
+ SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST
+ is set using the "?=" operator. Consequently, you will need to
+ either define the entire list by using the "=" operator, or you
+ will need to append a value using either "_append" or the "+="
+ operator. You can learn more about these operators in the "
+ Basic Syntax
+ " section of the BitBake User Manual.
+
+ .
+
+- If you have classes or recipes that add additional tasks to the
+ standard build flow (i.e. the tasks execute as the recipe builds as
+ opposed to being called explicitly), then you need to do one of the
+ following:
+
+ - After ensuring the tasks are :ref:`shared
+ state <overview-manual/overview-manual-concepts:shared state cache>` tasks (i.e. the
+ output of the task is saved to and can be restored from the shared
+ state cache) or ensuring the tasks are able to be produced quickly
+ from a task that is a shared state task, add the task name to the
+ value of
+ :term:`SDK_RECRDEP_TASKS`.
+
+ - Disable the tasks if they are added by a class and you do not need
+ the functionality the class provides in the extensible SDK. To
+ disable the tasks, add the class to the ``SDK_INHERIT_BLACKLIST``
+ variable as described in the previous section.
+
+- Generally, you want to have a shared state mirror set up so users of
+ the SDK can add additional items to the SDK after installation
+ without needing to build the items from source. See the "`Providing
+ Additional Installable Extensible SDK
+ Content <#sdk-providing-additional-installable-extensible-sdk-content>`__"
+ section for information.
+
+- If you want users of the SDK to be able to easily update the SDK, you
+ need to set the
+ :term:`SDK_UPDATE_URL`
+ variable. For more information, see the "`Providing Updates to the
+ Extensible SDK After
+ Installation <#sdk-providing-updates-to-the-extensible-sdk-after-installation>`__"
+ section.
+
+- If you have adjusted the list of files and directories that appear in
+ :term:`COREBASE` (other than
+ layers that are enabled through ``bblayers.conf``), then you must
+ list these files in
+ :term:`COREBASE_FILES` so
+ that the files are copied into the SDK.
+
+- If your OpenEmbedded build system setup uses a different environment
+ setup script other than
+ :ref:`structure-core-script`, then you must
+ set
+ :term:`OE_INIT_ENV_SCRIPT`
+ to point to the environment setup script you use.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You must also reflect this change in the value used for the
+ COREBASE_FILES
+ variable as previously described.
+
+Changing the Extensible SDK Installer Title
+===========================================
+
+You can change the displayed title for the SDK installer by setting the
+:term:`SDK_TITLE` variable and then
+rebuilding the the SDK installer. For information on how to build an SDK
+installer, see the "`Building an SDK
+Installer <#sdk-building-an-sdk-installer>`__" section.
+
+By default, this title is derived from
+:term:`DISTRO_NAME` when it is
+set. If the ``DISTRO_NAME`` variable is not set, the title is derived
+from the :term:`DISTRO` variable.
+
+The
+:ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>`
+class defines the default value of the ``SDK_TITLE`` variable as
+follows:
+::
+
+ SDK_TITLE ??= "${@d.getVar('DISTRO_NAME') or d.getVar('DISTRO')} SDK"
+
+While several ways exist to change this variable, an efficient method is
+to set the variable in your distribution's configuration file. Doing so
+creates an SDK installer title that applies across your distribution. As
+an example, assume you have your own layer for your distribution named
+"meta-mydistro" and you are using the same type of file hierarchy as
+does the default "poky" distribution. If so, you could update the
+``SDK_TITLE`` variable in the
+``~/meta-mydistro/conf/distro/mydistro.conf`` file using the following
+form:
+::
+
+ SDK_TITLE = "your_title"
+
+Providing Updates to the Extensible SDK After Installation
+==========================================================
+
+When you make changes to your configuration or to the metadata and if
+you want those changes to be reflected in installed SDKs, you need to
+perform additional steps. These steps make it possible for anyone using
+the installed SDKs to update the installed SDKs by using the
+``devtool sdk-update`` command:
+
+1. Create a directory that can be shared over HTTP or HTTPS. You can do
+ this by setting up a web server such as an `Apache HTTP
+ Server <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apache_HTTP_Server>`__ or
+ `Nginx <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nginx>`__ server in the cloud
+ to host the directory. This directory must contain the published SDK.
+
+2. Set the
+ :term:`SDK_UPDATE_URL`
+ variable to point to the corresponding HTTP or HTTPS URL. Setting
+ this variable causes any SDK built to default to that URL and thus,
+ the user does not have to pass the URL to the ``devtool sdk-update``
+ command as described in the "`Applying Updates to an Installed
+ Extensible
+ SDK <#sdk-applying-updates-to-an-installed-extensible-sdk>`__"
+ section.
+
+3. Build the extensible SDK normally (i.e., use the
+ ``bitbake -c populate_sdk_ext`` imagename command).
+
+4. Publish the SDK using the following command:
+ ::
+
+ $ oe-publish-sdk some_path/sdk-installer.sh path_to_shared_http_directory
+
+ You must
+ repeat this step each time you rebuild the SDK with changes that you
+ want to make available through the update mechanism.
+
+Completing the above steps allows users of the existing installed SDKs
+to simply run ``devtool sdk-update`` to retrieve and apply the latest
+updates. See the "`Applying Updates to an Installed Extensible
+SDK <#sdk-applying-updates-to-an-installed-extensible-sdk>`__" section
+for further information.
+
+Changing the Default SDK Installation Directory
+===============================================
+
+When you build the installer for the Extensible SDK, the default
+installation directory for the SDK is based on the
+:term:`DISTRO` and
+:term:`SDKEXTPATH` variables from
+within the
+:ref:`populate_sdk_base <ref-classes-populate-sdk-*>`
+class as follows:
+::
+
+ SDKEXTPATH ??= "~/${@d.getVar('DISTRO')}_sdk"
+
+You can
+change this default installation directory by specifically setting the
+``SDKEXTPATH`` variable.
+
+While a number of ways exist through which you can set this variable,
+the method that makes the most sense is to set the variable in your
+distribution's configuration file. Doing so creates an SDK installer
+default directory that applies across your distribution. As an example,
+assume you have your own layer for your distribution named
+"meta-mydistro" and you are using the same type of file hierarchy as
+does the default "poky" distribution. If so, you could update the
+``SDKEXTPATH`` variable in the
+``~/meta-mydistro/conf/distro/mydistro.conf`` file using the following
+form:
+::
+
+ SDKEXTPATH = "some_path_for_your_installed_sdk"
+
+After building your installer, running it prompts the user for
+acceptance of the some_path_for_your_installed_sdk directory as the
+default location to install the Extensible SDK.
+
+Providing Additional Installable Extensible SDK Content
+=======================================================
+
+If you want the users of an extensible SDK you build to be able to add
+items to the SDK without requiring the users to build the items from
+source, you need to do a number of things:
+
+1. Ensure the additional items you want the user to be able to install
+ are already built:
+
+ - Build the items explicitly. You could use one or more "meta"
+ recipes that depend on lists of other recipes.
+
+ - Build the "world" target and set
+ ``EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD_pn-``\ recipename for the recipes you do not
+ want built. See the
+ :term:`EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD`
+ variable for additional information.
+
+2. Expose the ``sstate-cache`` directory produced by the build.
+ Typically, you expose this directory by making it available through
+ an `Apache HTTP
+ Server <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apache_HTTP_Server>`__ or
+ `Nginx <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Nginx>`__ server.
+
+3. Set the appropriate configuration so that the produced SDK knows how
+ to find the configuration. The variable you need to set is
+ :term:`SSTATE_MIRRORS`:
+ ::
+
+ SSTATE_MIRRORS = "file://.* http://example.com/some_path/sstate-cache/PATH"
+
+ You can set the
+ ``SSTATE_MIRRORS`` variable in two different places:
+
+ - If the mirror value you are setting is appropriate to be set for
+ both the OpenEmbedded build system that is actually building the
+ SDK and the SDK itself (i.e. the mirror is accessible in both
+ places or it will fail quickly on the OpenEmbedded build system
+ side, and its contents will not interfere with the build), then
+ you can set the variable in your ``local.conf`` or custom distro
+ configuration file. You can then "whitelist" the variable through
+ to the SDK by adding the following:
+ ::
+
+ SDK_LOCAL_CONF_WHITELIST = "SSTATE_MIRRORS"
+
+ - Alternatively, if you just want to set the ``SSTATE_MIRRORS``
+ variable's value for the SDK alone, create a
+ ``conf/sdk-extra.conf`` file either in your
+ :term:`Build Directory` or within any
+ layer and put your ``SSTATE_MIRRORS`` setting within that file.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ This second option is the safest option should you have any
+ doubts as to which method to use when setting
+ SSTATE_MIRRORS
+ .
+
+Minimizing the Size of the Extensible SDK Installer Download
+============================================================
+
+By default, the extensible SDK bundles the shared state artifacts for
+everything needed to reconstruct the image for which the SDK was built.
+This bundling can lead to an SDK installer file that is a Gigabyte or
+more in size. If the size of this file causes a problem, you can build
+an SDK that has just enough in it to install and provide access to the
+``devtool command`` by setting the following in your configuration:
+::
+
+ SDK_EXT_TYPE = "minimal"
+
+Setting
+:term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE` to
+"minimal" produces an SDK installer that is around 35 Mbytes in size,
+which downloads and installs quickly. You need to realize, though, that
+the minimal installer does not install any libraries or tools out of the
+box. These libraries and tools must be installed either "on the fly" or
+through actions you perform using ``devtool`` or explicitly with the
+``devtool sdk-install`` command.
+
+In most cases, when building a minimal SDK you need to also enable
+bringing in the information on a wider range of packages produced by the
+system. Requiring this wider range of information is particularly true
+so that ``devtool add`` is able to effectively map dependencies it
+discovers in a source tree to the appropriate recipes. Additionally, the
+information enables the ``devtool search`` command to return useful
+results.
+
+To facilitate this wider range of information, you would need to set the
+following:
+::
+
+ SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA = "1"
+
+See the :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA` variable for additional information.
+
+Setting the ``SDK_INCLUDE_PKGDATA`` variable as shown causes the "world"
+target to be built so that information for all of the recipes included
+within it are available. Having these recipes available increases build
+time significantly and increases the size of the SDK installer by 30-80
+Mbytes depending on how many recipes are included in your configuration.
+
+You can use ``EXCLUDE_FROM_WORLD_pn-``\ recipename for recipes you want
+to exclude. However, it is assumed that you would need to be building
+the "world" target if you want to provide additional items to the SDK.
+Consequently, building for "world" should not represent undue overhead
+in most cases.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If you set
+ SDK_EXT_TYPE
+ to "minimal", then providing a shared state mirror is mandatory so
+ that items can be installed as needed. See the "
+ Providing Additional Installable Extensible SDK Content
+ " section for more information.
+
+You can explicitly control whether or not to include the toolchain when
+you build an SDK by setting the
+:term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN`
+variable to "1". In particular, it is useful to include the toolchain
+when you have set ``SDK_EXT_TYPE`` to "minimal", which by default,
+excludes the toolchain. Also, it is helpful if you are building a small
+SDK for use with an IDE or some other tool where you do not want to take
+extra steps to install a toolchain.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-obtain.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-obtain.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a51c22e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-appendix-obtain.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+*****************
+Obtaining the SDK
+*****************
+
+.. _sdk-locating-pre-built-sdk-installers:
+
+Locating Pre-Built SDK Installers
+=================================
+
+You can use existing, pre-built toolchains by locating and running an
+SDK installer script that ships with the Yocto Project. Using this
+method, you select and download an architecture-specific SDK installer
+and then run the script to hand-install the toolchain.
+
+Follow these steps to locate and hand-install the toolchain:
+
+1. *Go to the Installers Directory:* Go to
+ :yocto_dl:`/releases/yocto/yocto-3.1.2/toolchain/`
+
+2. *Open the Folder for Your Build Host:* Open the folder that matches
+ your :term:`Build Host` (i.e.
+ ``i686`` for 32-bit machines or ``x86_64`` for 64-bit machines).
+
+3. *Locate and Download the SDK Installer:* You need to find and
+ download the installer appropriate for your build host, target
+ hardware, and image type.
+
+ The installer files (``*.sh``) follow this naming convention:
+ ::
+
+ poky-glibc-host_system-core-image-type-arch-toolchain[-ext]-release.sh
+
+ Where:
+ host_system is a string representing your development system:
+ "i686" or "x86_64"
+
+ type is a string representing the image:
+ "sato" or "minimal"
+
+ arch is a string representing the target architecture:
+ "aarch64", "armv5e", "core2-64", "coretexa8hf-neon", "i586", "mips32r2",
+ "mips64", or "ppc7400"
+
+ release is the version of Yocto Project.
+
+ NOTE:
+ The standard SDK installer does not have the "-ext" string as
+ part of the filename.
+
+
+ The toolchains provided by the Yocto
+ Project are based off of the ``core-image-sato`` and
+ ``core-image-minimal`` images and contain libraries appropriate for
+ developing against those images.
+
+ For example, if your build host is a 64-bit x86 system and you need
+ an extended SDK for a 64-bit core2 target, go into the ``x86_64``
+ folder and download the following installer:
+ ::
+
+ poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-sato-core2-64-toolchain-ext-DISTRO.sh
+
+4. *Run the Installer:* Be sure you have execution privileges and run
+ the installer. Following is an example from the ``Downloads``
+ directory:
+ ::
+
+ $ ~/Downloads/poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-sato-core2-64-toolchain-ext-DISTRO.sh
+
+ During execution of the script, you choose the root location for the
+ toolchain. See the "`Installed Standard SDK Directory
+ Structure <#sdk-installed-standard-sdk-directory-structure>`__"
+ section and the "`Installed Extensible SDK Directory
+ Structure <#sdk-installed-extensible-sdk-directory-structure>`__"
+ section for more information.
+
+Building an SDK Installer
+=========================
+
+As an alternative to locating and downloading an SDK installer, you can
+build the SDK installer. Follow these steps:
+
+1. *Set Up the Build Environment:* Be sure you are set up to use BitBake
+ in a shell. See the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:preparing the build host`" section
+ in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on how
+ to get a build host ready that is either a native Linux machine or a
+ machine that uses CROPS.
+
+2. *Clone the ``poky`` Repository:* You need to have a local copy of the
+ Yocto Project :term:`Source Directory`
+ (i.e. a local
+ ``poky`` repository). See the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:cloning the \`\`poky\`\` repository`" and
+ possibly the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:checking out by branch in poky`" and
+ ":ref:`checkout-out-by-tag-in-poky`" sections
+ all in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on
+ how to clone the ``poky`` repository and check out the appropriate
+ branch for your work.
+
+3. *Initialize the Build Environment:* While in the root directory of
+ the Source Directory (i.e. ``poky``), run the
+ :ref:`structure-core-script` environment
+ setup script to define the OpenEmbedded build environment on your
+ build host.
+ ::
+
+ $ source oe-init-build-env
+
+ Among other things, the script
+ creates the :term:`Build Directory`,
+ which is
+ ``build`` in this case and is located in the Source Directory. After
+ the script runs, your current working directory is set to the
+ ``build`` directory.
+
+4. *Make Sure You Are Building an Installer for the Correct Machine:*
+ Check to be sure that your
+ :term:`MACHINE` variable in the
+ ``local.conf`` file in your Build Directory matches the architecture
+ for which you are building.
+
+5. *Make Sure Your SDK Machine is Correctly Set:* If you are building a
+ toolchain designed to run on an architecture that differs from your
+ current development host machine (i.e. the build host), be sure that
+ the :term:`SDKMACHINE` variable
+ in the ``local.conf`` file in your Build Directory is correctly set.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you are building an SDK installer for the Extensible SDK, the
+ SDKMACHINE
+ value must be set for the architecture of the machine you are
+ using to build the installer. If
+ SDKMACHINE
+ is not set appropriately, the build fails and provides an error
+ message similar to the following:
+ ::
+
+ The extensible SDK can currently only be built for the same architecture as the machine being built on - SDK_ARCH is
+ set to i686 (likely via setting SDKMACHINE) which is different from the architecture of the build machine (x86_64).
+ Unable to continue.
+
+
+6. *Build the SDK Installer:* To build the SDK installer for a standard
+ SDK and populate the SDK image, use the following command form. Be
+ sure to replace image with an image (e.g. "core-image-sato"): $
+ bitbake image -c populate_sdk You can do the same for the extensible
+ SDK using this command form:
+ ::
+
+ $ bitbake image -c populate_sdk_ext
+
+ These commands produce an SDK installer that contains the sysroot
+ that matches your target root filesystem.
+
+ When the ``bitbake`` command completes, the SDK installer will be in
+ ``tmp/deploy/sdk`` in the Build Directory.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ - By default, the previous BitBake command does not build static
+ binaries. If you want to use the toolchain to build these types
+ of libraries, you need to be sure your SDK has the appropriate
+ static development libraries. Use the
+ :term:`TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK`
+ variable inside your ``local.conf`` file before building the
+ SDK installer. Doing so ensures that the eventual SDK
+ installation process installs the appropriate library packages
+ as part of the SDK. Following is an example using ``libc``
+ static development libraries: TOOLCHAIN_TARGET_TASK_append = "
+ libc-staticdev"
+
+7. *Run the Installer:* You can now run the SDK installer from
+ ``tmp/deploy/sdk`` in the Build Directory. Following is an example:
+ ::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky/build/tmp/deploy/sdk
+ $ ./poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-sato-core2-64-toolchain-ext-DISTRO.sh
+
+ During execution of the script, you choose the root location for the
+ toolchain. See the "`Installed Standard SDK Directory
+ Structure <#sdk-installed-standard-sdk-directory-structure>`__"
+ section and the "`Installed Extensible SDK Directory
+ Structure <#sdk-installed-extensible-sdk-directory-structure>`__"
+ section for more information.
+
+Extracting the Root Filesystem
+==============================
+
+After installing the toolchain, for some use cases you might need to
+separately extract a root filesystem:
+
+- You want to boot the image using NFS.
+
+- You want to use the root filesystem as the target sysroot.
+
+- You want to develop your target application using the root filesystem
+ as the target sysroot.
+
+Follow these steps to extract the root filesystem:
+
+1. *Locate and Download the Tarball for the Pre-Built Root Filesystem
+ Image File:* You need to find and download the root filesystem image
+ file that is appropriate for your target system. These files are kept
+ in machine-specific folders in the
+ :yocto_dl:`Index of Releases </releases/yocto/yocto-3.1.2/machines/>`
+ in the "machines" directory.
+
+ The machine-specific folders of the "machines" directory contain
+ tarballs (``*.tar.bz2``) for supported machines. These directories
+ also contain flattened root filesystem image files (``*.ext4``),
+ which you can use with QEMU directly.
+
+ The pre-built root filesystem image files follow these naming
+ conventions:
+ ::
+
+ core-image-profile-arch.tar.bz2
+
+ Where:
+ profile is the filesystem image's profile:
+ lsb, lsb-dev, lsb-sdk, minimal, minimal-dev, minimal-initramfs,
+ sato, sato-dev, sato-sdk, sato-sdk-ptest. For information on
+ these types of image profiles, see the "Images" chapter in
+ the Yocto Project Reference Manual.
+
+ arch is a string representing the target architecture:
+ beaglebone-yocto, beaglebone-yocto-lsb, edgerouter, edgerouter-lsb,
+ genericx86, genericx86-64, genericx86-64-lsb, genericx86-lsb and qemu*.
+
+ The root filesystems
+ provided by the Yocto Project are based off of the
+ ``core-image-sato`` and ``core-image-minimal`` images.
+
+ For example, if you plan on using a BeagleBone device as your target
+ hardware and your image is a ``core-image-sato-sdk`` image, you can
+ download the following file:
+ ::
+
+ core-image-sato-sdk-beaglebone-yocto.tar.bz2
+
+2. *Initialize the Cross-Development Environment:* You must ``source``
+ the cross-development environment setup script to establish necessary
+ environment variables.
+
+ This script is located in the top-level directory in which you
+ installed the toolchain (e.g. ``poky_sdk``).
+
+ Following is an example based on the toolchain installed in the
+ ":ref:`sdk-locating-pre-built-sdk-installers`" section:
+ ::
+
+ $ source ~/poky_sdk/environment-setup-core2-64-poky-linux
+
+3. *Extract the Root Filesystem:* Use the ``runqemu-extract-sdk``
+ command and provide the root filesystem image.
+
+ Following is an example command that extracts the root filesystem
+ from a previously built root filesystem image that was downloaded
+ from the :yocto_dl:`Index of Releases </releases/yocto/yocto-3.1.2/machines/>`.
+ This command extracts the root filesystem into the ``core2-64-sato``
+ directory:
+ ::
+
+ $ runqemu-extract-sdk ~/Downloads/core-image-sato-sdk-beaglebone-yocto.tar.bz2 ~/beaglebone-sato
+
+ You could now point to the target sysroot at ``beablebone-sato``.
+
+Installed Standard SDK Directory Structure
+==========================================
+
+The following figure shows the resulting directory structure after you
+install the Standard SDK by running the ``*.sh`` SDK installation
+script:
+
+.. image:: figures/sdk-installed-standard-sdk-directory.png
+ :scale: 80%
+ :align: center
+
+The installed SDK consists of an environment setup script for the SDK, a
+configuration file for the target, a version file for the target, and
+the root filesystem (``sysroots``) needed to develop objects for the
+target system.
+
+Within the figure, italicized text is used to indicate replaceable
+portions of the file or directory name. For example, install_dir/version
+is the directory where the SDK is installed. By default, this directory
+is ``/opt/poky/``. And, version represents the specific snapshot of the
+SDK (e.g. 3.1.2). Furthermore, target represents the target architecture
+(e.g. ``i586``) and host represents the development system's
+architecture (e.g. ``x86_64``). Thus, the complete names of the two
+directories within the ``sysroots`` could be ``i586-poky-linux`` and
+``x86_64-pokysdk-linux`` for the target and host, respectively.
+
+Installed Extensible SDK Directory Structure
+============================================
+
+The following figure shows the resulting directory structure after you
+install the Extensible SDK by running the ``*.sh`` SDK installation
+script:
+
+.. image:: figures/sdk-installed-extensible-sdk-directory.png
+ :scale: 80%
+ :align: center
+
+The installed directory structure for the extensible SDK is quite
+different than the installed structure for the standard SDK. The
+extensible SDK does not separate host and target parts in the same
+manner as does the standard SDK. The extensible SDK uses an embedded
+copy of the OpenEmbedded build system, which has its own sysroots.
+
+Of note in the directory structure are an environment setup script for
+the SDK, a configuration file for the target, a version file for the
+target, and log files for the OpenEmbedded build system preparation
+script run by the installer and BitBake.
+
+Within the figure, italicized text is used to indicate replaceable
+portions of the file or directory name. For example, install_dir is the
+directory where the SDK is installed, which is ``poky_sdk`` by default,
+and target represents the target architecture (e.g. ``i586``).
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-extensible.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-extensible.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ff75ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-extensible.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,1356 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+************************
+Using the Extensible SDK
+************************
+
+This chapter describes the extensible SDK and how to install it.
+Information covers the pieces of the SDK, how to install it, and
+presents a look at using the ``devtool`` functionality. The extensible
+SDK makes it easy to add new applications and libraries to an image,
+modify the source for an existing component, test changes on the target
+hardware, and ease integration into the rest of the
+:term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For a side-by-side comparison of main features supported for an
+ extensible SDK as compared to a standard SDK, see the "
+ Introduction
+ " section.
+
+In addition to the functionality available through ``devtool``, you can
+alternatively make use of the toolchain directly, for example from
+Makefile and Autotools. See the "`Using the SDK Toolchain
+Directly <#sdk-working-projects>`__" chapter for more information.
+
+.. _sdk-extensible-sdk-intro:
+
+Why use the Extensible SDK and What is in It?
+=============================================
+
+The extensible SDK provides a cross-development toolchain and libraries
+tailored to the contents of a specific image. You would use the
+Extensible SDK if you want a toolchain experience supplemented with the
+powerful set of ``devtool`` commands tailored for the Yocto Project
+environment.
+
+The installed extensible SDK consists of several files and directories.
+Basically, it contains an SDK environment setup script, some
+configuration files, an internal build system, and the ``devtool``
+functionality.
+
+.. _sdk-installing-the-extensible-sdk:
+
+Installing the Extensible SDK
+=============================
+
+The first thing you need to do is install the SDK on your :term:`Build
+Host` by running the ``*.sh`` installation script.
+
+You can download a tarball installer, which includes the pre-built
+toolchain, the ``runqemu`` script, the internal build system,
+``devtool``, and support files from the appropriate
+:yocto_dl:`toolchain </releases/yocto/yocto-3.1.2/toolchain/>` directory within the Index of
+Releases. Toolchains are available for several 32-bit and 64-bit
+architectures with the ``x86_64`` directories, respectively. The
+toolchains the Yocto Project provides are based off the
+``core-image-sato`` and ``core-image-minimal`` images and contain
+libraries appropriate for developing against that image.
+
+The names of the tarball installer scripts are such that a string
+representing the host system appears first in the filename and then is
+immediately followed by a string representing the target architecture.
+An extensible SDK has the string "-ext" as part of the name. Following
+is the general form:
+::
+
+ poky-glibc-host_system-image_type-arch-toolchain-ext-release_version.sh
+
+ Where:
+ host_system is a string representing your development system:
+
+ i686 or x86_64.
+
+ image_type is the image for which the SDK was built:
+
+ core-image-sato or core-image-minimal
+
+ arch is a string representing the tuned target architecture:
+
+ aarch64, armv5e, core2-64, i586, mips32r2, mips64, ppc7400, or cortexa8hf-neon
+
+ release_version is a string representing the release number of the Yocto Project:
+
+ 3.1.2, 3.1.2+snapshot
+
+For example, the following SDK installer is for a 64-bit
+development host system and a i586-tuned target architecture based off
+the SDK for ``core-image-sato`` and using the current DISTRO snapshot:
+::
+
+ poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-sato-i586-toolchain-ext-DISTRO.sh
+
+.. note::
+
+ As an alternative to downloading an SDK, you can build the SDK
+ installer. For information on building the installer, see the "
+ Building an SDK Installer
+ " section.
+
+The SDK and toolchains are self-contained and by default are installed
+into the ``poky_sdk`` folder in your home directory. You can choose to
+install the extensible SDK in any location when you run the installer.
+However, because files need to be written under that directory during
+the normal course of operation, the location you choose for installation
+must be writable for whichever users need to use the SDK.
+
+The following command shows how to run the installer given a toolchain
+tarball for a 64-bit x86 development host system and a 64-bit x86 target
+architecture. The example assumes the SDK installer is located in
+``~/Downloads/`` and has execution rights.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If you do not have write permissions for the directory into which you
+ are installing the SDK, the installer notifies you and exits. For
+ that case, set up the proper permissions in the directory and run the
+ installer again.
+
+::
+
+ $ ./Downloads/poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-minimal-core2-64-toolchain-ext-2.5.sh
+ Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro) Extensible SDK installer version 2.5
+ ==========================================================================
+ Enter target directory for SDK (default: ~/poky_sdk):
+ You are about to install the SDK to "/home/scottrif/poky_sdk". Proceed [Y/n]? Y
+ Extracting SDK..............done
+ Setting it up...
+ Extracting buildtools...
+ Preparing build system...
+ Parsing recipes: 100% |##################################################################| Time: 0:00:52
+ Initialising tasks: 100% |###############################################################| Time: 0:00:00
+ Checking sstate mirror object availability: 100% |#######################################| Time: 0:00:00
+ Loading cache: 100% |####################################################################| Time: 0:00:00
+ Initialising tasks: 100% |###############################################################| Time: 0:00:00
+ done
+ SDK has been successfully set up and is ready to be used.
+ Each time you wish to use the SDK in a new shell session, you need to source the environment setup script e.g.
+ $ . /home/scottrif/poky_sdk/environment-setup-core2-64-poky-linux
+
+.. _sdk-running-the-extensible-sdk-environment-setup-script:
+
+Running the Extensible SDK Environment Setup Script
+===================================================
+
+Once you have the SDK installed, you must run the SDK environment setup
+script before you can actually use the SDK. This setup script resides in
+the directory you chose when you installed the SDK, which is either the
+default ``poky_sdk`` directory or the directory you chose during
+installation.
+
+Before running the script, be sure it is the one that matches the
+architecture for which you are developing. Environment setup scripts
+begin with the string "``environment-setup``" and include as part of
+their name the tuned target architecture. As an example, the following
+commands set the working directory to where the SDK was installed and
+then source the environment setup script. In this example, the setup
+script is for an IA-based target machine using i586 tuning:
+::
+
+ $ cd /home/scottrif/poky_sdk
+ $ source environment-setup-core2-64-poky-linux
+ SDK environment now set up; additionally you may now run devtool to perform development tasks.
+ Run devtool --help for further details.
+
+Running the setup script defines many environment variables needed in
+order to use the SDK (e.g. ``PATH``,
+:term:`CC`,
+:term:`LD`, and so forth). If you want to
+see all the environment variables the script exports, examine the
+installation file itself.
+
+Using ``devtool`` in Your SDK Workflow
+======================================
+
+The cornerstone of the extensible SDK is a command-line tool called
+``devtool``. This tool provides a number of features that help you
+build, test and package software within the extensible SDK, and
+optionally integrate it into an image built by the OpenEmbedded build
+system.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The use of
+ devtool
+ is not limited to the extensible SDK. You can use
+ devtool
+ to help you easily develop any project whose build output must be
+ part of an image built using the build system.
+
+The ``devtool`` command line is organized similarly to
+:ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-development-environment:git` in that it has a number of
+sub-commands for each function. You can run ``devtool --help`` to see
+all the commands.
+
+.. note::
+
+ See the "
+ devtool
+ Quick Reference
+ " in the Yocto Project Reference Manual for a
+ devtool
+ quick reference.
+
+Three ``devtool`` subcommands exist that provide entry-points into
+development:
+
+- *devtool add*: Assists in adding new software to be built.
+
+- *devtool modify*: Sets up an environment to enable you to modify
+ the source of an existing component.
+
+- *devtool upgrade*: Updates an existing recipe so that you can
+ build it for an updated set of source files.
+
+As with the build system, "recipes" represent software packages within
+``devtool``. When you use ``devtool add``, a recipe is automatically
+created. When you use ``devtool modify``, the specified existing recipe
+is used in order to determine where to get the source code and how to
+patch it. In both cases, an environment is set up so that when you build
+the recipe a source tree that is under your control is used in order to
+allow you to make changes to the source as desired. By default, new
+recipes and the source go into a "workspace" directory under the SDK.
+
+The remainder of this section presents the ``devtool add``,
+``devtool modify``, and ``devtool upgrade`` workflows.
+
+.. _sdk-use-devtool-to-add-an-application:
+
+Use ``devtool add`` to Add an Application
+-----------------------------------------
+
+The ``devtool add`` command generates a new recipe based on existing
+source code. This command takes advantage of the
+:ref:`devtool-the-workspace-layer-structure`
+layer that many ``devtool`` commands use. The command is flexible enough
+to allow you to extract source code into both the workspace or a
+separate local Git repository and to use existing code that does not
+need to be extracted.
+
+Depending on your particular scenario, the arguments and options you use
+with ``devtool add`` form different combinations. The following diagram
+shows common development flows you would use with the ``devtool add``
+command:
+
+.. image:: figures/sdk-devtool-add-flow.png
+ :align: center
+
+1. *Generating the New Recipe*: The top part of the flow shows three
+ scenarios by which you could use ``devtool add`` to generate a recipe
+ based on existing source code.
+
+ In a shared development environment, it is typical for other
+ developers to be responsible for various areas of source code. As a
+ developer, you are probably interested in using that source code as
+ part of your development within the Yocto Project. All you need is
+ access to the code, a recipe, and a controlled area in which to do
+ your work.
+
+ Within the diagram, three possible scenarios feed into the
+ ``devtool add`` workflow:
+
+ - *Left*: The left scenario in the figure represents a common
+ situation where the source code does not exist locally and needs
+ to be extracted. In this situation, the source code is extracted
+ to the default workspace - you do not want the files in some
+ specific location outside of the workspace. Thus, everything you
+ need will be located in the workspace:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool add recipe fetchuri
+
+ With this command, ``devtool`` extracts the upstream
+ source files into a local Git repository within the ``sources``
+ folder. The command then creates a recipe named recipe and a
+ corresponding append file in the workspace. If you do not provide
+ recipe, the command makes an attempt to determine the recipe name.
+
+ - *Middle*: The middle scenario in the figure also represents a
+ situation where the source code does not exist locally. In this
+ case, the code is again upstream and needs to be extracted to some
+ local area - this time outside of the default workspace.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If required,
+ devtool
+ always creates a Git repository locally during the extraction.
+
+ Furthermore, the first positional argument srctree in this case
+ identifies where the ``devtool add`` command will locate the
+ extracted code outside of the workspace. You need to specify an
+ empty directory:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool add recipe srctree fetchuri
+
+ In summary,
+ the source code is pulled from fetchuri and extracted into the
+ location defined by srctree as a local Git repository.
+
+ Within workspace, ``devtool`` creates a recipe named recipe along
+ with an associated append file.
+
+ - *Right*: The right scenario in the figure represents a situation
+ where the srctree has been previously prepared outside of the
+ ``devtool`` workspace.
+
+ The following command provides a new recipe name and identifies
+ the existing source tree location:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool add recipe srctree
+
+ The command examines the source code and creates a recipe named
+ recipe for the code and places the recipe into the workspace.
+
+ Because the extracted source code already exists, ``devtool`` does
+ not try to relocate the source code into the workspace - only the
+ new recipe is placed in the workspace.
+
+ Aside from a recipe folder, the command also creates an associated
+ append folder and places an initial ``*.bbappend`` file within.
+
+2. *Edit the Recipe*: You can use ``devtool edit-recipe`` to open up the
+ editor as defined by the ``$EDITOR`` environment variable and modify
+ the file:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool edit-recipe recipe
+
+ From within the editor, you
+ can make modifications to the recipe that take affect when you build
+ it later.
+
+3. *Build the Recipe or Rebuild the Image*: The next step you take
+ depends on what you are going to do with the new code.
+
+ If you need to eventually move the build output to the target
+ hardware, use the following ``devtool`` command:
+ :;
+
+ $ devtool build recipe
+
+ On the other hand, if you want an image to contain the recipe's
+ packages from the workspace for immediate deployment onto a device
+ (e.g. for testing purposes), you can use the ``devtool build-image``
+ command:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool build-image image
+
+4. *Deploy the Build Output*: When you use the ``devtool build`` command
+ to build out your recipe, you probably want to see if the resulting
+ build output works as expected on the target hardware.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ This step assumes you have a previously built image that is
+ already either running in QEMU or is running on actual hardware.
+ Also, it is assumed that for deployment of the image to the
+ target, SSH is installed in the image and, if the image is running
+ on real hardware, you have network access to and from your
+ development machine.
+
+ You can deploy your build output to that target hardware by using the
+ ``devtool deploy-target`` command: $ devtool deploy-target recipe
+ target The target is a live target machine running as an SSH server.
+
+ You can, of course, also deploy the image you build to actual
+ hardware by using the ``devtool build-image`` command. However,
+ ``devtool`` does not provide a specific command that allows you to
+ deploy the image to actual hardware.
+
+5. *Finish Your Work With the Recipe*: The ``devtool finish`` command
+ creates any patches corresponding to commits in the local Git
+ repository, moves the new recipe to a more permanent layer, and then
+ resets the recipe so that the recipe is built normally rather than
+ from the workspace.
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool finish recipe layer
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Any changes you want to turn into patches must be committed to the
+ Git repository in the source tree.
+
+ As mentioned, the ``devtool finish`` command moves the final recipe
+ to its permanent layer.
+
+ As a final process of the ``devtool finish`` command, the state of
+ the standard layers and the upstream source is restored so that you
+ can build the recipe from those areas rather than the workspace.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You can use the
+ devtool reset
+ command to put things back should you decide you do not want to
+ proceed with your work. If you do use this command, realize that
+ the source tree is preserved.
+
+.. _sdk-devtool-use-devtool-modify-to-modify-the-source-of-an-existing-component:
+
+Use ``devtool modify`` to Modify the Source of an Existing Component
+--------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The ``devtool modify`` command prepares the way to work on existing code
+that already has a local recipe in place that is used to build the
+software. The command is flexible enough to allow you to extract code
+from an upstream source, specify the existing recipe, and keep track of
+and gather any patch files from other developers that are associated
+with the code.
+
+Depending on your particular scenario, the arguments and options you use
+with ``devtool modify`` form different combinations. The following
+diagram shows common development flows for the ``devtool modify``
+command:
+
+.. image:: figures/sdk-devtool-modify-flow.png
+ :align: center
+
+1. *Preparing to Modify the Code*: The top part of the flow shows three
+ scenarios by which you could use ``devtool modify`` to prepare to
+ work on source files. Each scenario assumes the following:
+
+ - The recipe exists locally in a layer external to the ``devtool``
+ workspace.
+
+ - The source files exist either upstream in an un-extracted state or
+ locally in a previously extracted state.
+
+ The typical situation is where another developer has created a layer
+ for use with the Yocto Project and their recipe already resides in
+ that layer. Furthermore, their source code is readily available
+ either upstream or locally.
+
+ - *Left*: The left scenario in the figure represents a common
+ situation where the source code does not exist locally and it
+ needs to be extracted from an upstream source. In this situation,
+ the source is extracted into the default ``devtool`` workspace
+ location. The recipe, in this scenario, is in its own layer
+ outside the workspace (i.e. ``meta-``\ layername).
+
+ The following command identifies the recipe and, by default,
+ extracts the source files:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool modify recipe
+
+ Once
+ ``devtool``\ locates the recipe, ``devtool`` uses the recipe's
+ :term:`SRC_URI` statements to
+ locate the source code and any local patch files from other
+ developers.
+
+ With this scenario, no srctree argument exists. Consequently, the
+ default behavior of the ``devtool modify`` command is to extract
+ the source files pointed to by the ``SRC_URI`` statements into a
+ local Git structure. Furthermore, the location for the extracted
+ source is the default area within the ``devtool`` workspace. The
+ result is that the command sets up both the source code and an
+ append file within the workspace while the recipe remains in its
+ original location.
+
+ Additionally, if you have any non-patch local files (i.e. files
+ referred to with ``file://`` entries in ``SRC_URI`` statement
+ excluding ``*.patch/`` or ``*.diff``), these files are copied to
+ an ``oe-local-files`` folder under the newly created source tree.
+ Copying the files here gives you a convenient area from which you
+ can modify the files. Any changes or additions you make to those
+ files are incorporated into the build the next time you build the
+ software just as are other changes you might have made to the
+ source.
+
+ - *Middle*: The middle scenario in the figure represents a situation
+ where the source code also does not exist locally. In this case,
+ the code is again upstream and needs to be extracted to some local
+ area as a Git repository. The recipe, in this scenario, is again
+ local and in its own layer outside the workspace.
+
+ The following command tells ``devtool`` the recipe with which to
+ work and, in this case, identifies a local area for the extracted
+ source files that exists outside of the default ``devtool``
+ workspace:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool modify recipe srctree
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You cannot provide a URL for
+ srctree
+ using the
+ devtool
+ command.
+
+ As with all extractions, the command uses the recipe's ``SRC_URI``
+ statements to locate the source files and any associated patch
+ files. Non-patch files are copied to an ``oe-local-files`` folder
+ under the newly created source tree.
+
+ Once the files are located, the command by default extracts them
+ into srctree.
+
+ Within workspace, ``devtool`` creates an append file for the
+ recipe. The recipe remains in its original location but the source
+ files are extracted to the location you provide with srctree.
+
+ - *Right*: The right scenario in the figure represents a situation
+ where the source tree (srctree) already exists locally as a
+ previously extracted Git structure outside of the ``devtool``
+ workspace. In this example, the recipe also exists elsewhere
+ locally in its own layer.
+
+ The following command tells ``devtool`` the recipe with which to
+ work, uses the "-n" option to indicate source does not need to be
+ extracted, and uses srctree to point to the previously extracted
+ source files:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool modify -n recipe srctree
+
+ If an ``oe-local-files`` subdirectory happens to exist and it
+ contains non-patch files, the files are used. However, if the
+ subdirectory does not exist and you run the ``devtool finish``
+ command, any non-patch files that might exist next to the recipe
+ are removed because it appears to ``devtool`` that you have
+ deleted those files.
+
+ Once the ``devtool modify`` command finishes, it creates only an
+ append file for the recipe in the ``devtool`` workspace. The
+ recipe and the source code remain in their original locations.
+
+2. *Edit the Source*: Once you have used the ``devtool modify`` command,
+ you are free to make changes to the source files. You can use any
+ editor you like to make and save your source code modifications.
+
+3. *Build the Recipe or Rebuild the Image*: The next step you take
+ depends on what you are going to do with the new code.
+
+ If you need to eventually move the build output to the target
+ hardware, use the following ``devtool`` command:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool build recipe
+
+ On the other hand, if you want an image to contain the recipe's
+ packages from the workspace for immediate deployment onto a device
+ (e.g. for testing purposes), you can use the ``devtool build-image``
+ command: $ devtool build-image image
+
+4. *Deploy the Build Output*: When you use the ``devtool build`` command
+ to build out your recipe, you probably want to see if the resulting
+ build output works as expected on target hardware.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ This step assumes you have a previously built image that is
+ already either running in QEMU or running on actual hardware.
+ Also, it is assumed that for deployment of the image to the
+ target, SSH is installed in the image and if the image is running
+ on real hardware that you have network access to and from your
+ development machine.
+
+ You can deploy your build output to that target hardware by using the
+ ``devtool deploy-target`` command:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool deploy-target recipe target
+
+ The target is a live target machine running as an SSH server.
+
+ You can, of course, use other methods to deploy the image you built
+ using the ``devtool build-image`` command to actual hardware.
+ ``devtool`` does not provide a specific command to deploy the image
+ to actual hardware.
+
+5. *Finish Your Work With the Recipe*: The ``devtool finish`` command
+ creates any patches corresponding to commits in the local Git
+ repository, updates the recipe to point to them (or creates a
+ ``.bbappend`` file to do so, depending on the specified destination
+ layer), and then resets the recipe so that the recipe is built
+ normally rather than from the workspace.
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool finish recipe layer
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Any changes you want to turn into patches must be staged and
+ committed within the local Git repository before you use the
+ devtool finish
+ command.
+
+ Because there is no need to move the recipe, ``devtool finish``
+ either updates the original recipe in the original layer or the
+ command creates a ``.bbappend`` file in a different layer as provided
+ by layer. Any work you did in the ``oe-local-files`` directory is
+ preserved in the original files next to the recipe during the
+ ``devtool finish`` command.
+
+ As a final process of the ``devtool finish`` command, the state of
+ the standard layers and the upstream source is restored so that you
+ can build the recipe from those areas rather than from the workspace.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You can use the
+ devtool reset
+ command to put things back should you decide you do not want to
+ proceed with your work. If you do use this command, realize that
+ the source tree is preserved.
+
+.. _sdk-devtool-use-devtool-upgrade-to-create-a-version-of-the-recipe-that-supports-a-newer-version-of-the-software:
+
+Use ``devtool upgrade`` to Create a Version of the Recipe that Supports a Newer Version of the Software
+-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The ``devtool upgrade`` command upgrades an existing recipe to that of a
+more up-to-date version found upstream. Throughout the life of software,
+recipes continually undergo version upgrades by their upstream
+publishers. You can use the ``devtool upgrade`` workflow to make sure
+your recipes you are using for builds are up-to-date with their upstream
+counterparts.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Several methods exist by which you can upgrade recipes -
+ devtool upgrade
+ happens to be one. You can read about all the methods by which you
+ can upgrade recipes in the "
+ Upgrading Recipes
+ " section of the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+The ``devtool upgrade`` command is flexible enough to allow you to
+specify source code revision and versioning schemes, extract code into
+or out of the ``devtool``
+:ref:`devtool-the-workspace-layer-structure`,
+and work with any source file forms that the
+:ref:`fetchers <bitbake:bb-fetchers>` support.
+
+The following diagram shows the common development flow used with the
+``devtool upgrade`` command:
+
+.. image:: figures/sdk-devtool-upgrade-flow.png
+ :align: center
+
+1. *Initiate the Upgrade*: The top part of the flow shows the typical
+ scenario by which you use the ``devtool upgrade`` command. The
+ following conditions exist:
+
+ - The recipe exists in a local layer external to the ``devtool``
+ workspace.
+
+ - The source files for the new release exist in the same location
+ pointed to by :term:`SRC_URI`
+ in the recipe (e.g. a tarball with the new version number in the
+ name, or as a different revision in the upstream Git repository).
+
+ A common situation is where third-party software has undergone a
+ revision so that it has been upgraded. The recipe you have access to
+ is likely in your own layer. Thus, you need to upgrade the recipe to
+ use the newer version of the software:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool upgrade -V version recipe
+
+ By default, the ``devtool upgrade`` command extracts source
+ code into the ``sources`` directory in the
+ :ref:`devtool-the-workspace-layer-structure`.
+ If you want the code extracted to any other location, you need to
+ provide the srctree positional argument with the command as follows:
+ $ devtool upgrade -V version recipe srctree
+
+ .. note::
+
+ In this example, the "-V" option specifies the new version. If you
+ don't use "-V", the command upgrades the recipe to the latest
+ version.
+
+ If the source files pointed to by the ``SRC_URI`` statement in the
+ recipe are in a Git repository, you must provide the "-S" option and
+ specify a revision for the software.
+
+ Once ``devtool`` locates the recipe, it uses the ``SRC_URI`` variable
+ to locate the source code and any local patch files from other
+ developers. The result is that the command sets up the source code,
+ the new version of the recipe, and an append file all within the
+ workspace.
+
+ Additionally, if you have any non-patch local files (i.e. files
+ referred to with ``file://`` entries in ``SRC_URI`` statement
+ excluding ``*.patch/`` or ``*.diff``), these files are copied to an
+ ``oe-local-files`` folder under the newly created source tree.
+ Copying the files here gives you a convenient area from which you can
+ modify the files. Any changes or additions you make to those files
+ are incorporated into the build the next time you build the software
+ just as are other changes you might have made to the source.
+
+2. *Resolve any Conflicts created by the Upgrade*: Conflicts could exist
+ due to the software being upgraded to a new version. Conflicts occur
+ if your recipe specifies some patch files in ``SRC_URI`` that
+ conflict with changes made in the new version of the software. For
+ such cases, you need to resolve the conflicts by editing the source
+ and following the normal ``git rebase`` conflict resolution process.
+
+ Before moving onto the next step, be sure to resolve any such
+ conflicts created through use of a newer or different version of the
+ software.
+
+3. *Build the Recipe or Rebuild the Image*: The next step you take
+ depends on what you are going to do with the new code.
+
+ If you need to eventually move the build output to the target
+ hardware, use the following ``devtool`` command:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool build recipe
+
+ On the other hand, if you want an image to contain the recipe's
+ packages from the workspace for immediate deployment onto a device
+ (e.g. for testing purposes), you can use the ``devtool build-image``
+ command:
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool build-image image
+
+4. *Deploy the Build Output*: When you use the ``devtool build`` command
+ or ``bitbake`` to build your recipe, you probably want to see if the
+ resulting build output works as expected on target hardware.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ This step assumes you have a previously built image that is
+ already either running in QEMU or running on actual hardware.
+ Also, it is assumed that for deployment of the image to the
+ target, SSH is installed in the image and if the image is running
+ on real hardware that you have network access to and from your
+ development machine.
+
+ You can deploy your build output to that target hardware by using the
+ ``devtool deploy-target`` command: $ devtool deploy-target recipe
+ target The target is a live target machine running as an SSH server.
+
+ You can, of course, also deploy the image you build using the
+ ``devtool build-image`` command to actual hardware. However,
+ ``devtool`` does not provide a specific command that allows you to do
+ this.
+
+5. *Finish Your Work With the Recipe*: The ``devtool finish`` command
+ creates any patches corresponding to commits in the local Git
+ repository, moves the new recipe to a more permanent layer, and then
+ resets the recipe so that the recipe is built normally rather than
+ from the workspace.
+
+ Any work you did in the ``oe-local-files`` directory is preserved in
+ the original files next to the recipe during the ``devtool finish``
+ command.
+
+ If you specify a destination layer that is the same as the original
+ source, then the old version of the recipe and associated files are
+ removed prior to adding the new version.
+ ::
+
+ $ devtool finish recipe layer
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Any changes you want to turn into patches must be committed to the
+ Git repository in the source tree.
+
+ As a final process of the ``devtool finish`` command, the state of
+ the standard layers and the upstream source is restored so that you
+ can build the recipe from those areas rather than the workspace.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You can use the
+ devtool reset
+ command to put things back should you decide you do not want to
+ proceed with your work. If you do use this command, realize that
+ the source tree is preserved.
+
+.. _sdk-a-closer-look-at-devtool-add:
+
+A Closer Look at ``devtool add``
+================================
+
+The ``devtool add`` command automatically creates a recipe based on the
+source tree you provide with the command. Currently, the command has
+support for the following:
+
+- Autotools (``autoconf`` and ``automake``)
+
+- CMake
+
+- Scons
+
+- ``qmake``
+
+- Plain ``Makefile``
+
+- Out-of-tree kernel module
+
+- Binary package (i.e. "-b" option)
+
+- Node.js module
+
+- Python modules that use ``setuptools`` or ``distutils``
+
+Apart from binary packages, the determination of how a source tree
+should be treated is automatic based on the files present within that
+source tree. For example, if a ``CMakeLists.txt`` file is found, then
+the source tree is assumed to be using CMake and is treated accordingly.
+
+.. note::
+
+ In most cases, you need to edit the automatically generated recipe in
+ order to make it build properly. Typically, you would go through
+ several edit and build cycles until the recipe successfully builds.
+ Once the recipe builds, you could use possible further iterations to
+ test the recipe on the target device.
+
+The remainder of this section covers specifics regarding how parts of
+the recipe are generated.
+
+.. _sdk-name-and-version:
+
+Name and Version
+----------------
+
+If you do not specify a name and version on the command line,
+``devtool add`` uses various metadata within the source tree in an
+attempt to determine the name and version of the software being built.
+Based on what the tool determines, ``devtool`` sets the name of the
+created recipe file accordingly.
+
+If ``devtool`` cannot determine the name and version, the command prints
+an error. For such cases, you must re-run the command and provide the
+name and version, just the name, or just the version as part of the
+command line.
+
+Sometimes the name or version determined from the source tree might be
+incorrect. For such a case, you must reset the recipe:
+::
+
+ $ devtool reset -n recipename
+
+After running the ``devtool reset`` command, you need to
+run ``devtool add`` again and provide the name or the version.
+
+.. _sdk-dependency-detection-and-mapping:
+
+Dependency Detection and Mapping
+--------------------------------
+
+The ``devtool add`` command attempts to detect build-time dependencies
+and map them to other recipes in the system. During this mapping, the
+command fills in the names of those recipes as part of the
+:term:`DEPENDS` variable within the
+recipe. If a dependency cannot be mapped, ``devtool`` places a comment
+in the recipe indicating such. The inability to map a dependency can
+result from naming not being recognized or because the dependency simply
+is not available. For cases where the dependency is not available, you
+must use the ``devtool add`` command to add an additional recipe that
+satisfies the dependency. Once you add that recipe, you need to update
+the ``DEPENDS`` variable in the original recipe to include the new
+recipe.
+
+If you need to add runtime dependencies, you can do so by adding the
+following to your recipe:
+::
+
+ RDEPENDS_${PN} += "dependency1 dependency2 ..."
+
+.. note::
+
+ The
+ devtool add
+ command often cannot distinguish between mandatory and optional
+ dependencies. Consequently, some of the detected dependencies might
+ in fact be optional. When in doubt, consult the documentation or the
+ configure script for the software the recipe is building for further
+ details. In some cases, you might find you can substitute the
+ dependency with an option that disables the associated functionality
+ passed to the configure script.
+
+.. _sdk-license-detection:
+
+License Detection
+-----------------
+
+The ``devtool add`` command attempts to determine if the software you
+are adding is able to be distributed under a common, open-source
+license. If so, the command sets the
+:term:`LICENSE` value accordingly.
+You should double-check the value added by the command against the
+documentation or source files for the software you are building and, if
+necessary, update that ``LICENSE`` value.
+
+The ``devtool add`` command also sets the
+:term:`LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`
+value to point to all files that appear to be license-related. Realize
+that license statements often appear in comments at the top of source
+files or within the documentation. In such cases, the command does not
+recognize those license statements. Consequently, you might need to
+amend the ``LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`` variable to point to one or more of those
+comments if present. Setting ``LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`` is particularly
+important for third-party software. The mechanism attempts to ensure
+correct licensing should you upgrade the recipe to a newer upstream
+version in future. Any change in licensing is detected and you receive
+an error prompting you to check the license text again.
+
+If the ``devtool add`` command cannot determine licensing information,
+``devtool`` sets the ``LICENSE`` value to "CLOSED" and leaves the
+``LIC_FILES_CHKSUM`` value unset. This behavior allows you to continue
+with development even though the settings are unlikely to be correct in
+all cases. You should check the documentation or source files for the
+software you are building to determine the actual license.
+
+.. _sdk-adding-makefile-only-software:
+
+Adding Makefile-Only Software
+-----------------------------
+
+The use of Make by itself is very common in both proprietary and
+open-source software. Unfortunately, Makefiles are often not written
+with cross-compilation in mind. Thus, ``devtool add`` often cannot do
+very much to ensure that these Makefiles build correctly. It is very
+common, for example, to explicitly call ``gcc`` instead of using the
+:term:`CC` variable. Usually, in a
+cross-compilation environment, ``gcc`` is the compiler for the build
+host and the cross-compiler is named something similar to
+``arm-poky-linux-gnueabi-gcc`` and might require arguments (e.g. to
+point to the associated sysroot for the target machine).
+
+When writing a recipe for Makefile-only software, keep the following in
+mind:
+
+- You probably need to patch the Makefile to use variables instead of
+ hardcoding tools within the toolchain such as ``gcc`` and ``g++``.
+
+- The environment in which Make runs is set up with various standard
+ variables for compilation (e.g. ``CC``, ``CXX``, and so forth) in a
+ similar manner to the environment set up by the SDK's environment
+ setup script. One easy way to see these variables is to run the
+ ``devtool build`` command on the recipe and then look in
+ ``oe-logs/run.do_compile``. Towards the top of this file, a list of
+ environment variables exists that are being set. You can take
+ advantage of these variables within the Makefile.
+
+- If the Makefile sets a default for a variable using "=", that default
+ overrides the value set in the environment, which is usually not
+ desirable. For this case, you can either patch the Makefile so it
+ sets the default using the "?=" operator, or you can alternatively
+ force the value on the ``make`` command line. To force the value on
+ the command line, add the variable setting to
+ :term:`EXTRA_OEMAKE` or
+ :term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`
+ within the recipe. Here is an example using ``EXTRA_OEMAKE``:
+ ::
+
+ EXTRA_OEMAKE += "'CC=${CC}' 'CXX=${CXX}'"
+
+ In the above example,
+ single quotes are used around the variable settings as the values are
+ likely to contain spaces because required default options are passed
+ to the compiler.
+
+- Hardcoding paths inside Makefiles is often problematic in a
+ cross-compilation environment. This is particularly true because
+ those hardcoded paths often point to locations on the build host and
+ thus will either be read-only or will introduce contamination into
+ the cross-compilation because they are specific to the build host
+ rather than the target. Patching the Makefile to use prefix variables
+ or other path variables is usually the way to handle this situation.
+
+- Sometimes a Makefile runs target-specific commands such as
+ ``ldconfig``. For such cases, you might be able to apply patches that
+ remove these commands from the Makefile.
+
+.. _sdk-adding-native-tools:
+
+Adding Native Tools
+-------------------
+
+Often, you need to build additional tools that run on the :term:`Build
+Host` as opposed to
+the target. You should indicate this requirement by using one of the
+following methods when you run ``devtool add``:
+
+- Specify the name of the recipe such that it ends with "-native".
+ Specifying the name like this produces a recipe that only builds for
+ the build host.
+
+- Specify the "DASHDASHalso-native" option with the ``devtool add``
+ command. Specifying this option creates a recipe file that still
+ builds for the target but also creates a variant with a "-native"
+ suffix that builds for the build host.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If you need to add a tool that is shipped as part of a source tree
+ that builds code for the target, you can typically accomplish this by
+ building the native and target parts separately rather than within
+ the same compilation process. Realize though that with the
+ "DASHDASHalso-native" option, you can add the tool using just one
+ recipe file.
+
+.. _sdk-adding-node-js-modules:
+
+Adding Node.js Modules
+----------------------
+
+You can use the ``devtool add`` command two different ways to add
+Node.js modules: 1) Through ``npm`` and, 2) from a repository or local
+source.
+
+Use the following form to add Node.js modules through ``npm``:
+::
+
+ $ devtool add "npm://registry.npmjs.org;name=forever;version=0.15.1"
+
+The name and
+version parameters are mandatory. Lockdown and shrinkwrap files are
+generated and pointed to by the recipe in order to freeze the version
+that is fetched for the dependencies according to the first time. This
+also saves checksums that are verified on future fetches. Together,
+these behaviors ensure the reproducibility and integrity of the build.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - You must use quotes around the URL. The ``devtool add`` does not
+ require the quotes, but the shell considers ";" as a splitter
+ between multiple commands. Thus, without the quotes,
+ ``devtool add`` does not receive the other parts, which results in
+ several "command not found" errors.
+
+ - In order to support adding Node.js modules, a ``nodejs`` recipe
+ must be part of your SDK.
+
+As mentioned earlier, you can also add Node.js modules directly from a
+repository or local source tree. To add modules this way, use
+``devtool add`` in the following form:
+::
+
+ $ devtool add https://github.com/diversario/node-ssdp
+
+In this example, ``devtool``
+fetches the specified Git repository, detects the code as Node.js code,
+fetches dependencies using ``npm``, and sets
+:term:`SRC_URI` accordingly.
+
+.. _sdk-working-with-recipes:
+
+Working With Recipes
+====================
+
+When building a recipe using the ``devtool build`` command, the typical
+build progresses as follows:
+
+1. Fetch the source
+
+2. Unpack the source
+
+3. Configure the source
+
+4. Compile the source
+
+5. Install the build output
+
+6. Package the installed output
+
+For recipes in the workspace, fetching and unpacking is disabled as the
+source tree has already been prepared and is persistent. Each of these
+build steps is defined as a function (task), usually with a "do\_" prefix
+(e.g. :ref:`ref-tasks-fetch`,
+:ref:`ref-tasks-unpack`, and so
+forth). These functions are typically shell scripts but can instead be
+written in Python.
+
+If you look at the contents of a recipe, you will see that the recipe
+does not include complete instructions for building the software.
+Instead, common functionality is encapsulated in classes inherited with
+the ``inherit`` directive. This technique leaves the recipe to describe
+just the things that are specific to the software being built. A
+:ref:`base <ref-classes-base>` class exists that
+is implicitly inherited by all recipes and provides the functionality
+that most recipes typically need.
+
+The remainder of this section presents information useful when working
+with recipes.
+
+.. _sdk-finding-logs-and-work-files:
+
+Finding Logs and Work Files
+---------------------------
+
+After the first run of the ``devtool build`` command, recipes that were
+previously created using the ``devtool add`` command or whose sources
+were modified using the ``devtool modify`` command contain symbolic
+links created within the source tree:
+
+- ``oe-logs``: This link points to the directory in which log files and
+ run scripts for each build step are created.
+
+- ``oe-workdir``: This link points to the temporary work area for the
+ recipe. The following locations under ``oe-workdir`` are particularly
+ useful:
+
+ - ``image/``: Contains all of the files installed during the
+ :ref:`ref-tasks-install` stage.
+ Within a recipe, this directory is referred to by the expression
+ ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}``.
+
+ - ``sysroot-destdir/``: Contains a subset of files installed within
+ ``do_install`` that have been put into the shared sysroot. For
+ more information, see the "`Sharing Files Between
+ Recipes <#sdk-sharing-files-between-recipes>`__" section.
+
+ - ``packages-split/``: Contains subdirectories for each package
+ produced by the recipe. For more information, see the
+ "`Packaging <#sdk-packaging>`__" section.
+
+You can use these links to get more information on what is happening at
+each build step.
+
+.. _sdk-setting-configure-arguments:
+
+Setting Configure Arguments
+---------------------------
+
+If the software your recipe is building uses GNU autoconf, then a fixed
+set of arguments is passed to it to enable cross-compilation plus any
+extras specified by
+:term:`EXTRA_OECONF` or
+:term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`
+set within the recipe. If you wish to pass additional options, add them
+to ``EXTRA_OECONF`` or ``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS``. Other supported build
+tools have similar variables (e.g.
+:term:`EXTRA_OECMAKE` for
+CMake, :term:`EXTRA_OESCONS`
+for Scons, and so forth). If you need to pass anything on the ``make``
+command line, you can use ``EXTRA_OEMAKE`` or the
+:term:`PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS`
+variables to do so.
+
+You can use the ``devtool configure-help`` command to help you set the
+arguments listed in the previous paragraph. The command determines the
+exact options being passed, and shows them to you along with any custom
+arguments specified through ``EXTRA_OECONF`` or
+``PACKAGECONFIG_CONFARGS``. If applicable, the command also shows you
+the output of the configure script's "DASHDASHhelp" option as a
+reference.
+
+.. _sdk-sharing-files-between-recipes:
+
+Sharing Files Between Recipes
+-----------------------------
+
+Recipes often need to use files provided by other recipes on the
+:term:`Build Host`. For example,
+an application linking to a common library needs access to the library
+itself and its associated headers. The way this access is accomplished
+within the extensible SDK is through the sysroot. One sysroot exists per
+"machine" for which the SDK is being built. In practical terms, this
+means a sysroot exists for the target machine, and a sysroot exists for
+the build host.
+
+Recipes should never write files directly into the sysroot. Instead,
+files should be installed into standard locations during the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install` task within
+the ``${``\ :term:`D`\ ``}`` directory. A
+subset of these files automatically goes into the sysroot. The reason
+for this limitation is that almost all files that go into the sysroot
+are cataloged in manifests in order to ensure they can be removed later
+when a recipe is modified or removed. Thus, the sysroot is able to
+remain free from stale files.
+
+.. _sdk-packaging:
+
+Packaging
+---------
+
+Packaging is not always particularly relevant within the extensible SDK.
+However, if you examine how build output gets into the final image on
+the target device, it is important to understand packaging because the
+contents of the image are expressed in terms of packages and not
+recipes.
+
+During the :ref:`ref-tasks-package`
+task, files installed during the
+:ref:`ref-tasks-install` task are
+split into one main package, which is almost always named the same as
+the recipe, and into several other packages. This separation exists
+because not all of those installed files are useful in every image. For
+example, you probably do not need any of the documentation installed in
+a production image. Consequently, for each recipe the documentation
+files are separated into a ``-doc`` package. Recipes that package
+software containing optional modules or plugins might undergo additional
+package splitting as well.
+
+After building a recipe, you can see where files have gone by looking in
+the ``oe-workdir/packages-split`` directory, which contains a
+subdirectory for each package. Apart from some advanced cases, the
+:term:`PACKAGES` and
+:term:`FILES` variables controls
+splitting. The ``PACKAGES`` variable lists all of the packages to be
+produced, while the ``FILES`` variable specifies which files to include
+in each package by using an override to specify the package. For
+example, ``FILES_${PN}`` specifies the files to go into the main package
+(i.e. the main package has the same name as the recipe and
+``${``\ :term:`PN`\ ``}`` evaluates to the
+recipe name). The order of the ``PACKAGES`` value is significant. For
+each installed file, the first package whose ``FILES`` value matches the
+file is the package into which the file goes. Defaults exist for both
+the ``PACKAGES`` and ``FILES`` variables. Consequently, you might find
+you do not even need to set these variables in your recipe unless the
+software the recipe is building installs files into non-standard
+locations.
+
+.. _sdk-restoring-the-target-device-to-its-original-state:
+
+Restoring the Target Device to its Original State
+=================================================
+
+If you use the ``devtool deploy-target`` command to write a recipe's
+build output to the target, and you are working on an existing component
+of the system, then you might find yourself in a situation where you
+need to restore the original files that existed prior to running the
+``devtool deploy-target`` command. Because the ``devtool deploy-target``
+command backs up any files it overwrites, you can use the
+``devtool undeploy-target`` command to restore those files and remove
+any other files the recipe deployed. Consider the following example:
+::
+
+ $ devtool undeploy-target lighttpd root@192.168.7.2
+
+If you have deployed
+multiple applications, you can remove them all using the "-a" option
+thus restoring the target device to its original state:
+::
+
+ $ devtool undeploy-target -a root@192.168.7.2
+
+Information about files deployed to
+the target as well as any backed up files are stored on the target
+itself. This storage, of course, requires some additional space on the
+target machine.
+
+.. note::
+
+ The
+ devtool deploy-target
+ and
+ devtool undeploy-target
+ commands do not currently interact with any package management system
+ on the target device (e.g. RPM or OPKG). Consequently, you should not
+ intermingle
+ devtool deploy-target
+ and package manager operations on the target device. Doing so could
+ result in a conflicting set of files.
+
+.. _sdk-installing-additional-items-into-the-extensible-sdk:
+
+Installing Additional Items Into the Extensible SDK
+===================================================
+
+Out of the box the extensible SDK typically only comes with a small
+number of tools and libraries. A minimal SDK starts mostly empty and is
+populated on-demand. Sometimes you must explicitly install extra items
+into the SDK. If you need these extra items, you can first search for
+the items using the ``devtool search`` command. For example, suppose you
+need to link to libGL but you are not sure which recipe provides libGL.
+You can use the following command to find out:
+::
+
+ $ devtool search libGL mesa
+
+A free implementation of the OpenGL API Once you know the recipe
+(i.e. ``mesa`` in this example), you can install it:
+::
+
+ $ devtool sdk-install mesa
+
+By default, the ``devtool sdk-install`` command assumes
+the item is available in pre-built form from your SDK provider. If the
+item is not available and it is acceptable to build the item from
+source, you can add the "-s" option as follows:
+::
+
+ $ devtool sdk-install -s mesa
+
+It is important to remember that building the item from source
+takes significantly longer than installing the pre-built artifact. Also,
+if no recipe exists for the item you want to add to the SDK, you must
+instead add the item using the ``devtool add`` command.
+
+.. _sdk-applying-updates-to-an-installed-extensible-sdk:
+
+Applying Updates to an Installed Extensible SDK
+===============================================
+
+If you are working with an installed extensible SDK that gets
+occasionally updated (e.g. a third-party SDK), then you will need to
+manually "pull down" the updates into the installed SDK.
+
+To update your installed SDK, use ``devtool`` as follows:
+::
+
+ $ devtool sdk-update
+
+The previous command assumes your SDK provider has set the
+default update URL for you through the
+:term:`SDK_UPDATE_URL`
+variable as described in the "`Providing Updates to the Extensible SDK
+After
+Installation <#sdk-providing-updates-to-the-extensible-sdk-after-installation>`__"
+section. If the SDK provider has not set that default URL, you need to
+specify it yourself in the command as follows: $ devtool sdk-update
+path_to_update_directory
+
+.. note::
+
+ The URL needs to point specifically to a published SDK and not to an
+ SDK installer that you would download and install.
+
+.. _sdk-creating-a-derivative-sdk-with-additional-components:
+
+Creating a Derivative SDK With Additional Components
+====================================================
+
+You might need to produce an SDK that contains your own custom
+libraries. A good example would be if you were a vendor with customers
+that use your SDK to build their own platform-specific software and
+those customers need an SDK that has custom libraries. In such a case,
+you can produce a derivative SDK based on the currently installed SDK
+fairly easily by following these steps:
+
+1. If necessary, install an extensible SDK that you want to use as a
+ base for your derivative SDK.
+
+2. Source the environment script for the SDK.
+
+3. Add the extra libraries or other components you want by using the
+ ``devtool add`` command.
+
+4. Run the ``devtool build-sdk`` command.
+
+The previous steps take the recipes added to the workspace and construct
+a new SDK installer that contains those recipes and the resulting binary
+artifacts. The recipes go into their own separate layer in the
+constructed derivative SDK, which leaves the workspace clean and ready
+for users to add their own recipes.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-intro.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-intro.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acb3f45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-intro.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+************
+Introduction
+************
+
+.. _sdk-manual-intro:
+
+eSDK Introduction
+=================
+
+Welcome to the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
+Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual. This manual provides information
+that explains how to use both the Yocto Project extensible and standard
+SDKs to develop applications and images.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Prior to the 2.0 Release of the Yocto Project, application
+ development was primarily accomplished through the use of the
+ Application Development Toolkit (ADT) and the availability of
+ stand-alone cross-development toolchains and other tools. With the
+ 2.1 Release of the Yocto Project, application development has
+ transitioned to within a tool-rich extensible SDK and the more
+ traditional standard SDK.
+
+All SDKs consist of the following:
+
+- *Cross-Development Toolchain*: This toolchain contains a compiler,
+ debugger, and various miscellaneous tools.
+
+- *Libraries, Headers, and Symbols*: The libraries, headers, and
+ symbols are specific to the image (i.e. they match the image).
+
+- *Environment Setup Script*: This ``*.sh`` file, once run, sets up the
+ cross-development environment by defining variables and preparing for
+ SDK use.
+
+Additionally, an extensible SDK has tools that allow you to easily add
+new applications and libraries to an image, modify the source of an
+existing component, test changes on the target hardware, and easily
+integrate an application into the :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`.
+
+You can use an SDK to independently develop and test code that is
+destined to run on some target machine. SDKs are completely
+self-contained. The binaries are linked against their own copy of
+``libc``, which results in no dependencies on the target system. To
+achieve this, the pointer to the dynamic loader is configured at install
+time since that path cannot be dynamically altered. This is the reason
+for a wrapper around the ``populate_sdk`` and ``populate_sdk_ext``
+archives.
+
+Another feature for the SDKs is that only one set of cross-compiler
+toolchain binaries are produced for any given architecture. This feature
+takes advantage of the fact that the target hardware can be passed to
+``gcc`` as a set of compiler options. Those options are set up by the
+environment script and contained in variables such as
+:term:`CC` and
+:term:`LD`. This reduces the space needed
+for the tools. Understand, however, that every target still needs a
+sysroot because those binaries are target-specific.
+
+The SDK development environment consists of the following:
+
+- The self-contained SDK, which is an architecture-specific
+ cross-toolchain and matching sysroots (target and native) all built
+ by the OpenEmbedded build system (e.g. the SDK). The toolchain and
+ sysroots are based on a :term:`Metadata`
+ configuration and extensions, which allows you to cross-develop on
+ the host machine for the target hardware. Additionally, the
+ extensible SDK contains the ``devtool`` functionality.
+
+- The Quick EMUlator (QEMU), which lets you simulate target hardware.
+ QEMU is not literally part of the SDK. You must build and include
+ this emulator separately. However, QEMU plays an important role in
+ the development process that revolves around use of the SDK.
+
+In summary, the extensible and standard SDK share many features.
+However, the extensible SDK has powerful development tools to help you
+more quickly develop applications. Following is a table that summarizes
+the primary differences between the standard and extensible SDK types
+when considering which to build:
+
++-----------------------+-----------------------+-----------------------+
+| *Feature* | *Standard SDK* | *Extensible SDK* |
++=======================+=======================+=======================+
+| Toolchain | Yes | Yes [1]_ |
++-----------------------+-----------------------+-----------------------+
+| Debugger | Yes | Yes [1]_ |
++-----------------------+-----------------------+-----------------------+
+| Size | 100+ MBytes | 1+ GBytes (or 300+ |
+| | | MBytes for minimal |
+| | | w/toolchain) |
++-----------------------+-----------------------+-----------------------+
+| ``devtool`` | No | Yes |
++-----------------------+-----------------------+-----------------------+
+| Build Images | No | Yes |
++-----------------------+-----------------------+-----------------------+
+| Updateable | No | Yes |
++-----------------------+-----------------------+-----------------------+
+| Managed Sysroot [2]_ | No | Yes |
++-----------------------+-----------------------+-----------------------+
+| Installed Packages | No [3]_ | Yes [4]_ |
++-----------------------+-----------------------+-----------------------+
+| Construction | Packages | Shared State |
++-----------------------+-----------------------+-----------------------+
+
+.. [1] Extensible SDK contains the toolchain and debugger if :term:`SDK_EXT_TYPE`
+ is "full" or :term:`SDK_INCLUDE_TOOLCHAIN` is "1", which is the default.
+.. [2] Sysroot is managed through the use of ``devtool``. Thus, it is less
+ likely that you will corrupt your SDK sysroot when you try to add
+ additional libraries.
+.. [3] You can add runtime package management to the standard SDK but it is not
+ supported by default.
+.. [4] You must build and make the shared state available to extensible SDK
+ users for "packages" you want to enable users to install.
+
+The Cross-Development Toolchain
+-------------------------------
+
+The :term:`Cross-Development Toolchain` consists
+of a cross-compiler, cross-linker, and cross-debugger that are used to
+develop user-space applications for targeted hardware. Additionally, for
+an extensible SDK, the toolchain also has built-in ``devtool``
+functionality. This toolchain is created by running a SDK installer
+script or through a :term:`Build Directory` that is based on
+your metadata configuration or extension for your targeted device. The
+cross-toolchain works with a matching target sysroot.
+
+.. _sysroot:
+
+Sysroots
+--------
+
+The native and target sysroots contain needed headers and libraries for
+generating binaries that run on the target architecture. The target
+sysroot is based on the target root filesystem image that is built by
+the OpenEmbedded build system and uses the same metadata configuration
+used to build the cross-toolchain.
+
+The QEMU Emulator
+-----------------
+
+The QEMU emulator allows you to simulate your hardware while running
+your application or image. QEMU is not part of the SDK but is made
+available a number of different ways:
+
+- If you have cloned the ``poky`` Git repository to create a
+ :term:`Source Directory` and you have
+ sourced the environment setup script, QEMU is installed and
+ automatically available.
+
+- If you have downloaded a Yocto Project release and unpacked it to
+ create a Source Directory and you have sourced the environment setup
+ script, QEMU is installed and automatically available.
+
+- If you have installed the cross-toolchain tarball and you have
+ sourced the toolchain's setup environment script, QEMU is also
+ installed and automatically available.
+
+SDK Development Model
+=====================
+
+Fundamentally, the SDK fits into the development process as follows:
+
+.. image:: figures/sdk-environment.png
+ :align: center
+
+The SDK is installed on any machine and can be used to develop applications,
+images, and kernels. An SDK can even be used by a QA Engineer or Release
+Engineer. The fundamental concept is that the machine that has the SDK
+installed does not have to be associated with the machine that has the
+Yocto Project installed. A developer can independently compile and test
+an object on their machine and then, when the object is ready for
+integration into an image, they can simply make it available to the
+machine that has the Yocto Project. Once the object is available, the
+image can be rebuilt using the Yocto Project to produce the modified
+image.
+
+You just need to follow these general steps:
+
+1. *Install the SDK for your target hardware:* For information on how to
+ install the SDK, see the "`Installing the
+ SDK <#sdk-installing-the-sdk>`__" section.
+
+2. *Download or Build the Target Image:* The Yocto Project supports
+ several target architectures and has many pre-built kernel images and
+ root filesystem images.
+
+ If you are going to develop your application on hardware, go to the
+ :yocto_dl:`machines </releases/yocto/yocto-3.1.2/machines/>` download area and choose a
+ target machine area from which to download the kernel image and root
+ filesystem. This download area could have several files in it that
+ support development using actual hardware. For example, the area
+ might contain ``.hddimg`` files that combine the kernel image with
+ the filesystem, boot loaders, and so forth. Be sure to get the files
+ you need for your particular development process.
+
+ If you are going to develop your application and then run and test it
+ using the QEMU emulator, go to the
+ :yocto_dl:`machines/qemu </releases/yocto/yocto-3.1.2/machines/qemu>` download area. From this
+ area, go down into the directory for your target architecture (e.g.
+ ``qemux86_64`` for an Intel-based 64-bit architecture). Download the
+ kernel, root filesystem, and any other files you need for your
+ process.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ To use the root filesystem in QEMU, you need to extract it. See
+ the "
+ Extracting the Root Filesystem
+ " section for information on how to extract the root filesystem.
+
+3. *Develop and Test your Application:* At this point, you have the
+ tools to develop your application. If you need to separately install
+ and use the QEMU emulator, you can go to `QEMU Home
+ Page <http://wiki.qemu.org/Main_Page>`__ to download and learn about
+ the emulator. See the ":doc:`../dev-manual/dev-manual-qemu`" chapter in the
+ Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for information on using QEMU
+ within the Yocto Project.
+
+The remainder of this manual describes how to use the extensible and
+standard SDKs. Information also exists in appendix form that describes
+how you can build, install, and modify an SDK.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-manual.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-manual.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..177826e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-manual.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+========================================================================================
+Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible Software Development Kit (eSDK)
+========================================================================================
+
+|
+
+.. toctree::
+ :caption: Table of Contents
+ :numbered:
+
+ sdk-intro
+ sdk-extensible
+ sdk-using
+ sdk-working-projects
+ sdk-appendix-obtain
+ sdk-appendix-customizing
+ sdk-appendix-customizing-standard
+ history
+
+.. include:: /boilerplate.rst
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-using.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-using.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4b151e4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-using.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+**********************
+Using the Standard SDK
+**********************
+
+This chapter describes the standard SDK and how to install it.
+Information includes unique installation and setup aspects for the
+standard SDK.
+
+.. note::
+
+ For a side-by-side comparison of main features supported for a
+ standard SDK as compared to an extensible SDK, see the "
+ Introduction
+ " section.
+
+You can use a standard SDK to work on Makefile and Autotools-based
+projects. See the "`Using the SDK Toolchain
+Directly <#sdk-working-projects>`__" chapter for more information.
+
+.. _sdk-standard-sdk-intro:
+
+Why use the Standard SDK and What is in It?
+===========================================
+
+The Standard SDK provides a cross-development toolchain and libraries
+tailored to the contents of a specific image. You would use the Standard
+SDK if you want a more traditional toolchain experience as compared to
+the extensible SDK, which provides an internal build system and the
+``devtool`` functionality.
+
+The installed Standard SDK consists of several files and directories.
+Basically, it contains an SDK environment setup script, some
+configuration files, and host and target root filesystems to support
+usage. You can see the directory structure in the "`Installed Standard
+SDK Directory
+Structure <#sdk-installed-standard-sdk-directory-structure>`__" section.
+
+.. _sdk-installing-the-sdk:
+
+Installing the SDK
+==================
+
+The first thing you need to do is install the SDK on your :term:`Build
+Host` by running the ``*.sh`` installation script.
+
+You can download a tarball installer, which includes the pre-built
+toolchain, the ``runqemu`` script, and support files from the
+appropriate :yocto_dl:`toolchain </releases/yocto/yocto-3.1.2/toolchain/>` directory within
+the Index of Releases. Toolchains are available for several 32-bit and
+64-bit architectures with the ``x86_64`` directories, respectively. The
+toolchains the Yocto Project provides are based off the
+``core-image-sato`` and ``core-image-minimal`` images and contain
+libraries appropriate for developing against that image.
+
+The names of the tarball installer scripts are such that a string
+representing the host system appears first in the filename and then is
+immediately followed by a string representing the target architecture.
+::
+
+ poky-glibc-host_system-image_type-arch-toolchain-release_version.sh
+
+ Where:
+ host_system is a string representing your development system:
+
+ i686 or x86_64.
+
+ image_type is the image for which the SDK was built:
+
+ core-image-minimal or core-image-sato.
+
+ arch is a string representing the tuned target architecture:
+
+ aarch64, armv5e, core2-64, i586, mips32r2, mips64, ppc7400, or cortexa8hf-neon.
+
+ release_version is a string representing the release number of the Yocto Project:
+
+ 3.1.2, 3.1.2+snapshot
+
+For example, the following SDK installer is for a 64-bit
+development host system and a i586-tuned target architecture based off
+the SDK for ``core-image-sato`` and using the current DISTRO snapshot:
+::
+
+ poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-sato-i586-toolchain-DISTRO.sh
+
+.. note::
+
+ As an alternative to downloading an SDK, you can build the SDK
+ installer. For information on building the installer, see the "
+ Building an SDK Installer
+ " section.
+
+The SDK and toolchains are self-contained and by default are installed
+into the ``poky_sdk`` folder in your home directory. You can choose to
+install the extensible SDK in any location when you run the installer.
+However, because files need to be written under that directory during
+the normal course of operation, the location you choose for installation
+must be writable for whichever users need to use the SDK.
+
+The following command shows how to run the installer given a toolchain
+tarball for a 64-bit x86 development host system and a 64-bit x86 target
+architecture. The example assumes the SDK installer is located in
+``~/Downloads/`` and has execution rights.
+
+.. note::
+
+ If you do not have write permissions for the directory into which you
+ are installing the SDK, the installer notifies you and exits. For
+ that case, set up the proper permissions in the directory and run the
+ installer again.
+
+::
+
+ $ ./Downloads/poky-glibc-x86_64-core-image-sato-i586-toolchain-3.1.2.sh
+ Poky (Yocto Project Reference Distro) SDK installer version 3.1.2
+ ===============================================================
+ Enter target directory for SDK (default: /opt/poky/3.1.2):
+ You are about to install the SDK to "/opt/poky/3.1.2". Proceed [Y/n]? Y
+ Extracting SDK........................................ ..............................done
+ Setting it up...done
+ SDK has been successfully set up and is ready to be used.
+ Each time you wish to use the SDK in a new shell session, you need to source the environment setup script e.g.
+ $ . /opt/poky/3.1.2/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux
+
+Again, reference the "`Installed Standard SDK Directory
+Structure <#sdk-installed-standard-sdk-directory-structure>`__" section
+for more details on the resulting directory structure of the installed
+SDK.
+
+.. _sdk-running-the-sdk-environment-setup-script:
+
+Running the SDK Environment Setup Script
+========================================
+
+Once you have the SDK installed, you must run the SDK environment setup
+script before you can actually use the SDK. This setup script resides in
+the directory you chose when you installed the SDK, which is either the
+default ``/opt/poky/3.1.2`` directory or the directory you chose during
+installation.
+
+Before running the script, be sure it is the one that matches the
+architecture for which you are developing. Environment setup scripts
+begin with the string "``environment-setup``" and include as part of
+their name the tuned target architecture. As an example, the following
+commands set the working directory to where the SDK was installed and
+then source the environment setup script. In this example, the setup
+script is for an IA-based target machine using i586 tuning:
+::
+
+ $ source /opt/poky/3.1.2/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux
+
+When you run the
+setup script, the same environment variables are defined as are when you
+run the setup script for an extensible SDK. See the "`Running the
+Extensible SDK Environment Setup
+Script <#sdk-running-the-extensible-sdk-environment-setup-script>`__"
+section for more information.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-working-projects.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-working-projects.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c828fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sdk-manual/sdk-working-projects.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,423 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+********************************
+Using the SDK Toolchain Directly
+********************************
+
+You can use the SDK toolchain directly with Makefile and Autotools-based
+projects.
+
+Autotools-Based Projects
+========================
+
+Once you have a suitable :ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-intro:the cross-development toolchain`
+installed, it is very easy to develop a project using the `GNU
+Autotools-based <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GNU_Build_System>`__
+workflow, which is outside of the :term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`.
+
+The following figure presents a simple Autotools workflow.
+
+.. image:: figures/sdk-autotools-flow.png
+ :align: center
+
+Follow these steps to create a simple Autotools-based "Hello World"
+project:
+
+.. note::
+
+ For more information on the GNU Autotools workflow, see the same
+ example on the
+ GNOME Developer
+ site.
+
+1. *Create a Working Directory and Populate It:* Create a clean
+ directory for your project and then make that directory your working
+ location.
+ ::
+
+ $ mkdir $HOME/helloworld
+ $ cd $HOME/helloworld
+
+ After setting up the directory, populate it with files needed for the flow.
+ You need a project source file, a file to help with configuration,
+ and a file to help create the Makefile, and a README file:
+ ``hello.c``, ``configure.ac``, ``Makefile.am``, and ``README``,
+ respectively.
+
+ Use the following command to create an empty README file, which is
+ required by GNU Coding Standards:
+ ::
+
+ $ touch README
+
+ Create the remaining
+ three files as follows:
+
+ - ``hello.c``:
+ ::
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+
+ main()
+ {
+ printf("Hello World!\n");
+ }
+
+ - ``configure.ac``:
+ ::
+
+ AC_INIT(hello,0.1)
+ AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign])
+ AC_PROG_CC
+ AC_CONFIG_FILES(Makefile)
+ AC_OUTPUT
+
+ - ``Makefile.am``:
+ ::
+
+ bin_PROGRAMS = hello
+ hello_SOURCES = hello.c
+
+2. *Source the Cross-Toolchain Environment Setup File:* As described
+ earlier in the manual, installing the cross-toolchain creates a
+ cross-toolchain environment setup script in the directory that the
+ SDK was installed. Before you can use the tools to develop your
+ project, you must source this setup script. The script begins with
+ the string "environment-setup" and contains the machine architecture,
+ which is followed by the string "poky-linux". For this example, the
+ command sources a script from the default SDK installation directory
+ that uses the 32-bit Intel x86 Architecture and the 3.1.2 Yocto
+ Project release:
+ ::
+
+ $ source /opt/poky/3.1.2/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux
+
+3. *Create the configure Script:* Use the ``autoreconf`` command to
+ generate the ``configure`` script.
+ ::
+
+ $ autoreconf
+
+ The ``autoreconf``
+ tool takes care of running the other Autotools such as ``aclocal``,
+ ``autoconf``, and ``automake``.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you get errors from
+ configure.ac
+ , which
+ autoreconf
+ runs, that indicate missing files, you can use the "-i" option,
+ which ensures missing auxiliary files are copied to the build
+ host.
+
+4. *Cross-Compile the Project:* This command compiles the project using
+ the cross-compiler. The
+ :term:`CONFIGURE_FLAGS`
+ environment variable provides the minimal arguments for GNU
+ configure:
+ ::
+
+ $ ./configure ${CONFIGURE_FLAGS}
+
+ For an Autotools-based
+ project, you can use the cross-toolchain by just passing the
+ appropriate host option to ``configure.sh``. The host option you use
+ is derived from the name of the environment setup script found in the
+ directory in which you installed the cross-toolchain. For example,
+ the host option for an ARM-based target that uses the GNU EABI is
+ ``armv5te-poky-linux-gnueabi``. You will notice that the name of the
+ script is ``environment-setup-armv5te-poky-linux-gnueabi``. Thus, the
+ following command works to update your project and rebuild it using
+ the appropriate cross-toolchain tools:
+ ::
+
+ $ ./configure --host=armv5te-poky-linux-gnueabi --with-libtool-sysroot=sysroot_dir
+
+5. *Make and Install the Project:* These two commands generate and
+ install the project into the destination directory:
+ ::
+
+ $ make
+ $ make install DESTDIR=./tmp
+
+ .. note::
+
+ To learn about environment variables established when you run the
+ cross-toolchain environment setup script and how they are used or
+ overridden when the Makefile, see the "
+ Makefile-Based Projects
+ " section.
+
+ This next command is a simple way to verify the installation of your
+ project. Running the command prints the architecture on which the
+ binary file can run. This architecture should be the same
+ architecture that the installed cross-toolchain supports.
+ ::
+
+ $ file ./tmp/usr/local/bin/hello
+
+6. *Execute Your Project:* To execute the project, you would need to run
+ it on your target hardware. If your target hardware happens to be
+ your build host, you could run the project as follows:
+ ::
+
+ $ ./tmp/usr/local/bin/hello
+
+ As expected, the project displays the "Hello World!" message.
+
+Makefile-Based Projects
+=======================
+
+Simple Makefile-based projects use and interact with the cross-toolchain
+environment variables established when you run the cross-toolchain
+environment setup script. The environment variables are subject to
+general ``make`` rules.
+
+This section presents a simple Makefile development flow and provides an
+example that lets you see how you can use cross-toolchain environment
+variables and Makefile variables during development.
+
+.. image:: figures/sdk-makefile-flow.png
+ :align: center
+
+The main point of this section is to explain the following three cases
+regarding variable behavior:
+
+- *Case 1 - No Variables Set in the Makefile Map to Equivalent
+ Environment Variables Set in the SDK Setup Script:* Because matching
+ variables are not specifically set in the ``Makefile``, the variables
+ retain their values based on the environment setup script.
+
+- *Case 2 - Variables Are Set in the Makefile that Map to Equivalent
+ Environment Variables from the SDK Setup Script:* Specifically
+ setting matching variables in the ``Makefile`` during the build
+ results in the environment settings of the variables being
+ overwritten. In this case, the variables you set in the ``Makefile``
+ are used.
+
+- *Case 3 - Variables Are Set Using the Command Line that Map to
+ Equivalent Environment Variables from the SDK Setup Script:*
+ Executing the ``Makefile`` from the command line results in the
+ environment variables being overwritten. In this case, the
+ command-line content is used.
+
+.. note::
+
+ Regardless of how you set your variables, if you use the "-e" option
+ with
+ make
+ , the variables from the SDK setup script take precedence:
+ ::
+
+ $ make -e target
+
+
+The remainder of this section presents a simple Makefile example that
+demonstrates these variable behaviors.
+
+In a new shell environment variables are not established for the SDK
+until you run the setup script. For example, the following commands show
+a null value for the compiler variable (i.e.
+:term:`CC`).
+::
+
+ $ echo ${CC}
+
+ $
+
+Running the
+SDK setup script for a 64-bit build host and an i586-tuned target
+architecture for a ``core-image-sato`` image using the current 3.1.2
+Yocto Project release and then echoing that variable shows the value
+established through the script:
+::
+
+ $ source /opt/poky/3.1.2/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux
+ $ echo ${CC}
+ i586-poky-linux-gcc -m32 -march=i586 --sysroot=/opt/poky/3.1.2/sysroots/i586-poky-linux
+
+To illustrate variable use, work through this simple "Hello World!"
+example:
+
+1. *Create a Working Directory and Populate It:* Create a clean
+ directory for your project and then make that directory your working
+ location.
+ ::
+
+ $ mkdir $HOME/helloworld
+ $ cd $HOME/helloworld
+
+ After
+ setting up the directory, populate it with files needed for the flow.
+ You need a ``main.c`` file from which you call your function, a
+ ``module.h`` file to contain headers, and a ``module.c`` that defines
+ your function.
+
+ Create the three files as follows:
+
+ - ``main.c``:
+ ::
+
+ #include "module.h"
+ void sample_func();
+ int main()
+ {
+ sample_func();
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ - ``module.h``:
+ ::
+
+ #include <stdio.h>
+ void sample_func();
+
+ - ``module.c``:
+ ::
+
+ #include "module.h"
+ void sample_func()
+ {
+ printf("Hello World!");
+ printf("\n");
+ }
+
+2. *Source the Cross-Toolchain Environment Setup File:* As described
+ earlier in the manual, installing the cross-toolchain creates a
+ cross-toolchain environment setup script in the directory that the
+ SDK was installed. Before you can use the tools to develop your
+ project, you must source this setup script. The script begins with
+ the string "environment-setup" and contains the machine architecture,
+ which is followed by the string "poky-linux". For this example, the
+ command sources a script from the default SDK installation directory
+ that uses the 32-bit Intel x86 Architecture and the DISTRO_NAME Yocto
+ Project release:
+ ::
+
+ $ source /opt/poky/DISTRO/environment-setup-i586-poky-linux
+
+3. *Create the Makefile:* For this example, the Makefile contains
+ two lines that can be used to set the ``CC`` variable. One line is
+ identical to the value that is set when you run the SDK environment
+ setup script, and the other line sets ``CC`` to "gcc", the default
+ GNU compiler on the build host:
+ ::
+
+ # CC=i586-poky-linux-gcc -m32 -march=i586 --sysroot=/opt/poky/2.5/sysroots/i586-poky-linux
+ # CC="gcc"
+ all: main.o module.o
+ ${CC} main.o module.o -o target_bin
+ main.o: main.c module.h
+ ${CC} -I . -c main.c
+ module.o: module.c
+ module.h ${CC} -I . -c module.c
+ clean:
+ rm -rf *.o
+ rm target_bin
+
+4. *Make the Project:* Use the ``make`` command to create the binary
+ output file. Because variables are commented out in the Makefile, the
+ value used for ``CC`` is the value set when the SDK environment setup
+ file was run:
+ ::
+
+ $ make
+ i586-poky-linux-gcc -m32 -march=i586 --sysroot=/opt/poky/2.5/sysroots/i586-poky-linux -I . -c main.c
+ i586-poky-linux-gcc -m32 -march=i586 --sysroot=/opt/poky/2.5/sysroots/i586-poky-linux -I . -c module.c
+ i586-poky-linux-gcc -m32 -march=i586 --sysroot=/opt/poky/2.5/sysroots/i586-poky-linux main.o module.o -o target_bin
+
+ From the results of the previous command, you can see that
+ the compiler used was the compiler established through the ``CC``
+ variable defined in the setup script.
+
+ You can override the ``CC`` environment variable with the same
+ variable as set from the Makefile by uncommenting the line in the
+ Makefile and running ``make`` again.
+ ::
+
+ $ make clean
+ rm -rf *.o
+ rm target_bin
+ #
+ # Edit the Makefile by uncommenting the line that sets CC to "gcc"
+ #
+ $ make
+ gcc -I . -c main.c
+ gcc -I . -c module.c
+ gcc main.o module.o -o target_bin
+
+ As shown in the previous example, the
+ cross-toolchain compiler is not used. Rather, the default compiler is
+ used.
+
+ This next case shows how to override a variable by providing the
+ variable as part of the command line. Go into the Makefile and
+ re-insert the comment character so that running ``make`` uses the
+ established SDK compiler. However, when you run ``make``, use a
+ command-line argument to set ``CC`` to "gcc":
+ ::
+
+ $ make clean
+ rm -rf *.o
+ rm target_bin
+ #
+ # Edit the Makefile to comment out the line setting CC to "gcc"
+ #
+ $ make
+ i586-poky-linux-gcc -m32 -march=i586 --sysroot=/opt/poky/2.5/sysroots/i586-poky-linux -I . -c main.c
+ i586-poky-linux-gcc -m32 -march=i586 --sysroot=/opt/poky/2.5/sysroots/i586-poky-linux -I . -c module.c
+ i586-poky-linux-gcc -m32 -march=i586 --sysroot=/opt/poky/2.5/sysroots/i586-poky-linux main.o module.o -o target_bin
+ $ make clean
+ rm -rf *.o
+ rm target_bin
+ $ make CC="gcc"
+ gcc -I . -c main.c
+ gcc -I . -c module.c
+ gcc main.o module.o -o target_bin
+
+ In the previous case, the command-line argument overrides the SDK
+ environment variable.
+
+ In this last case, edit Makefile again to use the "gcc" compiler but
+ then use the "-e" option on the ``make`` command line:
+ ::
+
+ $ make clean
+ rm -rf *.o
+ rm target_bin
+ #
+ # Edit the Makefile to use "gcc"
+ #
+ $ make
+ gcc -I . -c main.c
+ gcc -I . -c module.c
+ gcc main.o module.o -o target_bin
+ $ make clean
+ rm -rf *.o
+ rm target_bin
+ $ make -e
+ i586-poky-linux-gcc -m32 -march=i586 --sysroot=/opt/poky/2.5/sysroots/i586-poky-linux -I . -c main.c
+ i586-poky-linux-gcc -m32 -march=i586 --sysroot=/opt/poky/2.5/sysroots/i586-poky-linux -I . -c module.c
+ i586-poky-linux-gcc -m32 -march=i586 --sysroot=/opt/poky/2.5/sysroots/i586-poky-linux main.o module.o -o target_bin
+
+ In the previous case, the "-e" option forces ``make`` to
+ use the SDK environment variables regardless of the values in the
+ Makefile.
+
+5. *Execute Your Project:* To execute the project (i.e. ``target_bin``),
+ use the following command:
+ ::
+
+ $ ./target_bin
+ Hello World!
+
+ .. note::
+
+ If you used the cross-toolchain compiler to build
+ target_bin
+ and your build host differs in architecture from that of the
+ target machine, you need to run your project on the target device.
+
+ As expected, the project displays the "Hello World!" message.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sphinx-static/YoctoProject_Logo_RGB.jpg b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sphinx-static/YoctoProject_Logo_RGB.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8ab47d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sphinx-static/YoctoProject_Logo_RGB.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sphinx-static/switchers.js b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sphinx-static/switchers.js
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..87160d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sphinx-static/switchers.js
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+(function() {
+ 'use strict';
+
+ var all_versions = {
+ 'dev': 'dev (3.3)',
+ '3.1.12': '3.1.12',
+ '3.0.4': '3.0.4',
+ '2.7.4': '2.7.4',
+ };
+
+ var all_doctypes = {
+ 'single': 'Individual Webpages',
+ 'mega': "All-in-one 'Mega' Manual",
+ };
+
+ // Simple version comparision
+ // Return 1 if a > b
+ // Return -1 if a < b
+ // Return 0 if a == b
+ function ver_compare(a, b) {
+ if (a == "dev") {
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if (a === b) {
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ var a_components = a.split(".");
+ var b_components = b.split(".");
+
+ var len = Math.min(a_components.length, b_components.length);
+
+ // loop while the components are equal
+ for (var i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+ // A bigger than B
+ if (parseInt(a_components[i]) > parseInt(b_components[i])) {
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ // B bigger than A
+ if (parseInt(a_components[i]) < parseInt(b_components[i])) {
+ return -1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ // If one's a prefix of the other, the longer one is greater.
+ if (a_components.length > b_components.length) {
+ return 1;
+ }
+
+ if (a_components.length < b_components.length) {
+ return -1;
+ }
+
+ // Otherwise they are the same.
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ function build_version_select(current_series, current_version) {
+ var buf = ['<select>'];
+
+ $.each(all_versions, function(version, title) {
+ var series = version.substr(0, 3);
+ if (series == current_series) {
+ if (version == current_version)
+ buf.push('<option value="' + version + '" selected="selected">' + title + '</option>');
+ else
+ buf.push('<option value="' + version + '">' + title + '</option>');
+
+ if (version != current_version)
+ buf.push('<option value="' + current_version + '" selected="selected">' + current_version + '</option>');
+ } else {
+ buf.push('<option value="' + version + '">' + title + '</option>');
+ }
+ });
+
+ buf.push('</select>');
+ return buf.join('');
+ }
+
+ function build_doctype_select(current_doctype) {
+ var buf = ['<select>'];
+
+ $.each(all_doctypes, function(doctype, title) {
+ if (doctype == current_doctype)
+ buf.push('<option value="' + doctype + '" selected="selected">' +
+ all_doctypes[current_doctype] + '</option>');
+ else
+ buf.push('<option value="' + doctype + '">' + title + '</option>');
+ });
+ if (!(current_doctype in all_doctypes)) {
+ // In case we're browsing a doctype that is not yet in all_doctypes.
+ buf.push('<option value="' + current_doctype + '" selected="selected">' +
+ current_doctype + '</option>');
+ all_doctypes[current_doctype] = current_doctype;
+ }
+ buf.push('</select>');
+ return buf.join('');
+ }
+
+ function navigate_to_first_existing(urls) {
+ // Navigate to the first existing URL in urls.
+ var url = urls.shift();
+
+ // Web browsers won't redirect file:// urls to file urls using ajax but
+ // its useful for local testing
+ if (url.startsWith("file://")) {
+ window.location.href = url;
+ return;
+ }
+
+ if (urls.length == 0) {
+ window.location.href = url;
+ return;
+ }
+ $.ajax({
+ url: url,
+ success: function() {
+ window.location.href = url;
+ },
+ error: function() {
+ navigate_to_first_existing(urls);
+ }
+ });
+ }
+
+ function get_docroot_url() {
+ var url = window.location.href;
+ var root = DOCUMENTATION_OPTIONS.URL_ROOT;
+
+ var urlarray = url.split('/');
+ // Trim off anything after '/'
+ urlarray.pop();
+ var depth = (root.match(/\.\.\//g) || []).length;
+ for (var i = 0; i < depth; i++) {
+ urlarray.pop();
+ }
+
+ return urlarray.join('/') + '/';
+ }
+
+ function on_version_switch() {
+ var selected_version = $(this).children('option:selected').attr('value');
+ var url = window.location.href;
+ var current_version = DOCUMENTATION_OPTIONS.VERSION;
+ var docroot = get_docroot_url()
+
+ var new_versionpath = selected_version + '/';
+ if (selected_version == "dev")
+ new_versionpath = '';
+
+ // dev versions have no version prefix
+ if (current_version == "dev") {
+ var new_url = docroot + new_versionpath + url.replace(docroot, "");
+ var fallback_url = docroot + new_versionpath;
+ } else {
+ var new_url = url.replace('/' + current_version + '/', '/' + new_versionpath);
+ var fallback_url = new_url.replace(url.replace(docroot, ""), "");
+ }
+
+ console.log(get_docroot_url())
+ console.log(url + " to url " + new_url);
+ console.log(url + " to fallback " + fallback_url);
+
+ if (new_url != url) {
+ navigate_to_first_existing([
+ new_url,
+ fallback_url,
+ 'https://www.yoctoproject.org/docs/',
+ ]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ function on_doctype_switch() {
+ var selected_doctype = $(this).children('option:selected').attr('value');
+ var url = window.location.href;
+ if (selected_doctype == 'mega') {
+ var docroot = get_docroot_url()
+ var current_version = DOCUMENTATION_OPTIONS.VERSION;
+ // Assume manuals before 3.2 are using old docbook mega-manual
+ if (ver_compare(current_version, "3.2") < 0) {
+ var new_url = docroot + "mega-manual/mega-manual.html";
+ } else {
+ var new_url = docroot + "singleindex.html";
+ }
+ } else {
+ var new_url = url.replace("singleindex.html", "index.html")
+ }
+
+ if (new_url != url) {
+ navigate_to_first_existing([
+ new_url,
+ 'https://www.yoctoproject.org/docs/',
+ ]);
+ }
+ }
+
+ // Returns the current doctype based upon the url
+ function doctype_segment_from_url(url) {
+ if (url.includes("singleindex") || url.includes("mega-manual"))
+ return "mega";
+ return "single";
+ }
+
+ $(document).ready(function() {
+ var release = DOCUMENTATION_OPTIONS.VERSION;
+ var current_doctype = doctype_segment_from_url(window.location.href);
+ var current_series = release.substr(0, 3);
+ var version_select = build_version_select(current_series, release);
+
+ $('.version_switcher_placeholder').html(version_select);
+ $('.version_switcher_placeholder select').bind('change', on_version_switch);
+
+ var doctype_select = build_doctype_select(current_doctype);
+
+ $('.doctype_switcher_placeholder').html(doctype_select);
+ $('.doctype_switcher_placeholder select').bind('change', on_doctype_switch);
+
+ if (ver_compare(release, "3.1") < 0) {
+ $('#outdated-warning').html('Version ' + release + ' of the project is now considered obsolete, please select and use a more recent version');
+ $('#outdated-warning').css('padding', '.5em');
+ } else if (release != "dev") {
+ $.each(all_versions, function(version, title) {
+ var series = version.substr(0, 3);
+ if (series == current_series && version != release) {
+ $('#outdated-warning').html('This document is for outdated version ' + release + ', you should select the latest release version in this series, ' + version + '.');
+ $('#outdated-warning').css('padding', '.5em');
+ }
+ });
+ }
+ });
+})();
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sphinx-static/theme_overrides.css b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sphinx-static/theme_overrides.css
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d235cb8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sphinx-static/theme_overrides.css
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+/*
+ SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+*/
+
+body {
+ font-family: Verdana, Sans, sans-serif;
+ margin: 0em auto;
+ color: #333;
+}
+
+h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,h7 {
+ font-family: Arial, Sans;
+ color: #00557D;
+ clear: both;
+}
+
+h1 {
+ font-size: 2em;
+ text-align: left;
+ padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
+ margin: 2em 0em 0em 0em;
+}
+
+h2.subtitle {
+ margin: 0.10em 0em 3.0em 0em;
+ padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
+ font-size: 1.8em;
+ padding-left: 20%;
+ font-weight: normal;
+ font-style: italic;
+}
+
+h2 {
+ margin: 2em 0em 0.66em 0em;
+ padding: 0.5em 0em 0em 0em;
+ font-size: 1.5em;
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+h3.subtitle {
+ margin: 0em 0em 1em 0em;
+ padding: 0em 0em 0em 0em;
+ font-size: 142.14%;
+ text-align: right;
+}
+
+h3 {
+ margin: 1em 0em 0.5em 0em;
+ padding: 1em 0em 0em 0em;
+ font-size: 140%;
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+h4 {
+ margin: 1em 0em 0.5em 0em;
+ padding: 1em 0em 0em 0em;
+ font-size: 120%;
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+h5 {
+ margin: 1em 0em 0.5em 0em;
+ padding: 1em 0em 0em 0em;
+ font-size: 110%;
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+h6 {
+ margin: 1em 0em 0em 0em;
+ padding: 1em 0em 0em 0em;
+ font-size: 110%;
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+em {
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+
+.pre {
+ font-size: medium;
+ font-family: Courier, monospace;
+}
+
+.wy-nav-content a {
+ text-decoration: underline;
+ color: #444;
+ background: transparent;
+}
+
+.wy-nav-content a:hover {
+ text-decoration: underline;
+ background-color: #dedede;
+}
+
+.wy-nav-content a:visited {
+ color: #444;
+}
+
+[alt='Permalink'] { color: #eee; }
+[alt='Permalink']:hover { color: black; }
+
+@media screen {
+ /* content column
+ *
+ * RTD theme's default is 800px as max width for the content, but we have
+ * tables with tons of columns, which need the full width of the view-port.
+ */
+
+ .wy-nav-content{max-width: none; }
+
+ /* inline literal: drop the borderbox, padding and red color */
+ code, .rst-content tt, .rst-content code {
+ color: inherit;
+ border: none;
+ padding: unset;
+ background: inherit;
+ font-size: 85%;
+ }
+
+ .rst-content tt.literal,.rst-content tt.literal,.rst-content code.literal {
+ color: inherit;
+ }
+
+ /* Admonition should be gray, not blue or green */
+ .rst-content .note .admonition-title,
+ .rst-content .tip .admonition-title,
+ .rst-content .warning .admonition-title,
+ .rst-content .caution .admonition-title,
+ .rst-content .admonition-tying-it-together .admonition-title,
+ .rst-content .important .admonition-title {
+ background: #f0f0f2;
+ color: #00557D;
+
+ }
+
+ .rst-content .note,
+ .rst-content .tip,
+ .rst-content .important,
+ .rst-content .warning,
+ .rst-content .admonition-tying-it-together,
+ .rst-content .caution {
+ background: #f0f0f2;
+ }
+
+ /* Remove the icon in front of note/tip element, and before the logo */
+ .icon-home:before, .rst-content .admonition-title:before {
+ display: none
+ }
+
+ /* a custom informalexample container is used in some doc */
+ .informalexample {
+ border: 1px solid;
+ border-color: #aaa;
+ margin: 1em 0em;
+ padding: 1em;
+ page-break-inside: avoid;
+ }
+
+ /* Remove the blue background in the top left corner, around the logo */
+ .wy-side-nav-search {
+ background: inherit;
+ }
+
+}
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sphinx/yocto-vars.py b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sphinx/yocto-vars.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8795eee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/sphinx/yocto-vars.py
@@ -0,0 +1,86 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+from hashlib import md5
+from pathlib import Path
+import re
+import sys
+
+import sphinx
+from sphinx.application import Sphinx
+
+# This extension uses pyyaml, report an explicit
+# error message if it's not installed
+try:
+ import yaml
+except ImportError:
+ sys.stderr.write("The Yocto Project Sphinx documentation requires PyYAML.\
+ \nPlease make sure to install pyyaml python package.\n")
+ sys.exit(1)
+
+__version__ = '1.0'
+
+# Variables substitutions. Uses {VAR} subst using variables defined in poky.yaml
+# Each .rst file is processed after source-read event (subst_vars_replace runs once per file)
+subst_vars = {}
+
+poky_hash = ""
+
+def subst_vars_replace(app: Sphinx, docname, source):
+ result = source[0]
+ for k in subst_vars:
+ result = result.replace("&"+k+";", subst_vars[k])
+ source[0] = result
+
+def yocto_vars_env_get_outdated(app: Sphinx, env, added, changed, removed):
+ '''
+ If poky.yaml changed (BUILDDIR/.poky.yaml.cache does not exist or contains
+ an md5sum different from poky.yaml's current md5sum), force rebuild of all
+ *.rst files in SOURCEDIR whose content has at least one occurence of `&.*;`
+ (see PATTERN global variable).
+ '''
+ try:
+ poky_cache = Path(app.outdir) / ".poky.yaml.cache"
+ cache_hash = poky_cache.read_text()
+ except FileNotFoundError:
+ cache_hash = None
+
+ if poky_hash == cache_hash:
+ return []
+
+ docs = []
+ for p in Path(app.srcdir).rglob("*.rst"):
+ if PATTERN.search(p.read_text()):
+ p_rel_no_ext = p.relative_to(app.srcdir).parent / p.stem
+ docs.append(str(p_rel_no_ext))
+ return docs
+
+def yocto_vars_build_finished(app: Sphinx, exception):
+ poky_cache = Path(app.outdir) / ".poky.yaml.cache"
+ poky_cache.write_text(poky_hash)
+ return []
+
+PATTERN = re.compile(r'&(.*?);')
+def expand(val, src):
+ return PATTERN.sub(lambda m: expand(src.get(m.group(1), ''), src), val)
+
+def setup(app: Sphinx):
+ global poky_hash
+
+ with open("poky.yaml") as file:
+ hasher = md5()
+ buff = file.read()
+ hasher.update(buff.encode('utf-8'))
+ poky_hash = hasher.hexdigest()
+ subst_vars.update(yaml.safe_load(buff))
+
+ for k in subst_vars:
+ subst_vars[k] = expand(subst_vars[k], subst_vars)
+
+ app.connect('source-read', subst_vars_replace)
+ app.connect('env-get-outdated', yocto_vars_env_get_outdated)
+ app.connect('build-finished', yocto_vars_build_finished)
+
+ return dict(
+ version = __version__,
+ parallel_read_safe = True,
+ parallel_write_safe = True
+ )
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/Vera.ttf b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/Vera.ttf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..58cd6b5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/Vera.ttf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/VeraMoBd.ttf b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/VeraMoBd.ttf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9be6547
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/VeraMoBd.ttf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/VeraMono.ttf b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/VeraMono.ttf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..139f0b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/VeraMono.ttf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/draft.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/draft.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..53051a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/draft.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/ohand-color.svg b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/ohand-color.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e42ff9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/ohand-color.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+<svg
+ xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
+ xmlns:cc="http://web.resource.org/cc/"
+ xmlns:rdf="http://www.w3.org/1999/02/22-rdf-syntax-ns#"
+ xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns:sodipodi="http://sodipodi.sourceforge.net/DTD/sodipodi-0.dtd"
+ xmlns:inkscape="http://www.inkscape.org/namespaces/inkscape"
+ width="141.17999"
+ height="55.34"
+ id="svg2207"
+ sodipodi:version="0.32"
+ inkscape:version="0.45"
+ version="1.0"
+ sodipodi:docname="ohand-color.svg"
+ inkscape:output_extension="org.inkscape.output.svg.inkscape"
+ sodipodi:docbase="/home/mallum/Projects/admin/oh-doc-tools/common"
+ sodipodi:modified="true">
+ <defs
+ id="defs3" />
+ <sodipodi:namedview
+ id="base"
+ pagecolor="#ffffff"
+ bordercolor="#666666"
+ borderopacity="1.0"
+ inkscape:pageopacity="0.0"
+ inkscape:pageshadow="2"
+ inkscape:zoom="1.2"
+ inkscape:cx="160"
+ inkscape:cy="146.21189"
+ inkscape:document-units="mm"
+ inkscape:current-layer="layer1"
+ height="55.34px"
+ width="141.18px"
+ inkscape:window-width="772"
+ inkscape:window-height="581"
+ inkscape:window-x="5"
+ inkscape:window-y="48" />
+ <metadata
+ id="metadata2211">
+ <rdf:RDF>
+ <cc:Work
+ rdf:about="">
+ <dc:format>image/svg+xml</dc:format>
+ <dc:type
+ rdf:resource="http://purl.org/dc/dcmitype/StillImage" />
+ </cc:Work>
+ </rdf:RDF>
+ </metadata>
+ <g
+ inkscape:label="Layer 1"
+ inkscape:groupmode="layer"
+ id="layer1">
+ <g
+ id="g2094"
+ style="fill:#6d6d70;fill-opacity:1"
+ inkscape:export-filename="/home/mallum/Desktop/g2126.png"
+ inkscape:export-xdpi="312.71841"
+ inkscape:export-ydpi="312.71841"
+ transform="matrix(0.5954767,0,0,0.5954767,31.793058,-18.471052)">
+ <g
+ id="g19"
+ style="fill:#6d6d70;fill-opacity:1">
+ <path
+ style="fill:#6d6d70;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="path21"
+ d="M 48.693,50.633 C 40.282,50.633 33.439,57.477 33.439,65.888 L 33.439,81.142 L 41.066,81.142 L 41.066,65.888 C 41.066,61.684 44.486,58.261 48.692,58.261 C 52.897,58.261 56.32,61.684 56.32,65.888 C 56.32,70.093 52.897,73.516 48.692,73.516 C 45.677,73.516 43.065,71.756 41.828,69.211 L 41.828,79.504 C 43.892,80.549 46.224,81.142 48.692,81.142 C 57.103,81.142 63.947,74.3 63.947,65.888 C 63.948,57.477 57.104,50.633 48.693,50.633 z " />
+ </g>
+ <path
+ style="fill:#6d6d70;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="path23"
+ d="M 18.486,50.557 C 26.942,50.557 33.819,57.435 33.819,65.888 C 33.819,74.344 26.942,81.223 18.486,81.223 C 10.032,81.223 3.152,74.344 3.152,65.888 C 3.152,57.435 10.032,50.557 18.486,50.557 z M 18.486,73.556 C 22.713,73.556 26.153,70.118 26.153,65.888 C 26.153,61.661 22.713,58.222 18.486,58.222 C 14.258,58.222 10.819,61.661 10.819,65.888 C 10.82,70.117 14.259,73.556 18.486,73.556 z " />
+ <path
+ style="fill:#6d6d70;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="path25"
+ d="M 94.074,107.465 L 94.074,96.016 C 94.074,87.605 87.233,80.763 78.822,80.763 C 70.41,80.763 63.567,87.605 63.567,96.016 C 63.567,104.427 70.41,111.269 78.822,111.269 C 81.289,111.269 83.621,110.676 85.685,109.631 L 85.685,99.339 C 84.448,101.885 81.836,103.644 78.822,103.644 C 74.615,103.644 71.194,100.221 71.194,96.016 C 71.194,91.81 74.615,88.388 78.822,88.388 C 83.026,88.388 86.448,91.81 86.448,96.016 L 86.448,107.456 C 86.448,109.562 88.156,111.268 90.262,111.268 C 92.364,111.269 94.068,109.566 94.074,107.465 z " />
+ <path
+ style="fill:#6d6d70;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="path27"
+ d="M 124.197,95.814 C 124.088,87.496 117.293,80.762 108.949,80.762 C 100.59,80.762 93.783,87.52 93.697,95.856 L 93.693,95.856 L 93.695,107.456 C 93.695,109.562 95.402,111.268 97.509,111.268 C 99.611,111.268 101.316,109.566 101.321,107.464 L 101.321,95.994 L 101.321,95.994 C 101.333,91.798 104.747,88.388 108.948,88.388 C 113.147,88.388 116.563,91.798 116.575,95.994 L 116.575,107.456 C 116.575,109.562 118.282,111.268 120.387,111.268 C 122.492,111.268 124.201,109.562 124.201,107.456 L 124.201,95.814 L 124.197,95.814 z " />
+ <path
+ style="fill:#6d6d70;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="path29"
+ d="M 63.946,96.005 L 63.946,95.854 L 63.943,95.854 L 63.943,95.815 L 63.942,95.815 C 63.833,87.497 57.037,80.761 48.693,80.761 C 48.682,80.761 48.671,80.763 48.658,80.763 C 48.382,80.763 48.107,80.772 47.833,80.786 C 47.75,80.791 47.668,80.799 47.586,80.806 C 47.378,80.822 47.172,80.838 46.968,80.862 C 46.884,80.873 46.801,80.882 46.719,80.893 C 46.508,80.92 46.298,80.952 46.091,80.987 C 46.024,80.999 45.958,81.01 45.891,81.024 C 45.649,81.068 45.406,81.119 45.168,81.175 C 45.14,81.183 45.112,81.189 45.085,81.195 C 43.656,81.542 42.306,82.092 41.065,82.812 L 41.065,80.761 L 33.438,80.761 L 33.438,95.857 L 33.435,95.857 L 33.435,107.457 C 33.435,109.563 35.142,111.269 37.248,111.269 C 39.093,111.269 40.632,109.958 40.984,108.217 C 41.036,107.963 41.065,107.702 41.065,107.435 L 41.065,95.873 C 41.086,94.732 41.357,93.65 41.828,92.685 L 41.828,92.693 C 42.598,91.106 43.905,89.824 45.511,89.085 C 45.519,89.08 45.529,89.076 45.536,89.073 C 45.849,88.928 46.174,88.807 46.508,88.707 C 46.523,88.704 46.536,88.699 46.55,88.696 C 46.699,88.651 46.85,88.614 47.004,88.576 C 47.025,88.575 47.046,88.567 47.069,88.562 C 47.234,88.527 47.402,88.495 47.572,88.469 C 47.586,88.468 47.6,88.466 47.615,88.463 C 47.763,88.443 47.916,88.427 48.067,88.415 C 48.106,88.41 48.145,88.407 48.186,88.404 C 48.352,88.393 48.52,88.386 48.691,88.386 C 52.888,88.387 56.304,91.797 56.316,95.992 L 56.316,107.454 C 56.316,109.56 58.023,111.266 60.13,111.266 C 61.976,111.266 63.516,109.954 63.867,108.211 C 63.919,107.963 63.946,107.706 63.946,107.442 L 63.946,96.024 C 63.946,96.021 63.947,96.018 63.947,96.015 C 63.948,96.011 63.946,96.008 63.946,96.005 z " />
+ <path
+ style="fill:#6d6d70;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="path31"
+ d="M 180.644,50.633 C 178.539,50.633 176.832,52.341 176.832,54.447 L 176.832,65.887 C 176.832,70.092 173.41,73.513 169.203,73.513 C 164.998,73.513 161.576,70.092 161.576,65.887 C 161.576,61.683 164.998,58.26 169.203,58.26 C 172.219,58.26 174.83,60.019 176.068,62.565 L 176.068,52.271 C 174.004,51.225 171.673,50.632 169.203,50.632 C 160.793,50.632 153.951,57.476 153.951,65.887 C 153.951,74.298 160.793,81.141 169.203,81.141 C 177.615,81.141 184.459,74.298 184.459,65.887 L 184.459,54.447 C 184.458,52.341 182.751,50.633 180.644,50.633 z " />
+ <path
+ style="fill:#6d6d70;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="path33"
+ d="M 124.203,77.339 L 124.203,65.687 L 124.197,65.687 C 124.088,57.371 117.293,50.633 108.949,50.633 C 100.592,50.633 93.783,57.393 93.697,65.731 L 93.695,65.731 L 93.695,65.877 C 93.695,65.882 93.693,65.885 93.693,65.888 C 93.693,65.891 93.695,65.896 93.695,65.899 L 93.695,77.33 C 93.695,79.435 95.402,81.142 97.509,81.142 C 99.614,81.142 101.321,79.435 101.321,77.33 L 101.321,65.868 C 101.333,61.672 104.747,58.261 108.948,58.261 C 113.147,58.261 116.563,61.672 116.575,65.868 L 116.575,65.868 L 116.575,77.329 C 116.575,79.434 118.282,81.141 120.389,81.141 C 122.492,81.142 124.197,79.44 124.203,77.339 z " />
+ <path
+ style="fill:#6d6d70;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="path35"
+ d="M 150.517,80.761 C 148.41,80.761 146.703,82.469 146.703,84.575 L 146.703,96.015 C 146.703,100.22 143.283,103.643 139.076,103.643 C 134.871,103.643 131.449,100.22 131.449,96.015 C 131.449,91.808 134.871,88.387 139.076,88.387 C 142.092,88.387 144.703,90.145 145.941,92.692 L 145.941,82.397 C 143.875,81.353 141.545,80.76 139.076,80.76 C 130.666,80.76 123.822,87.604 123.822,96.015 C 123.822,104.426 130.666,111.268 139.076,111.268 C 147.486,111.268 154.33,104.426 154.33,96.015 L 154.33,84.575 C 154.33,82.469 152.623,80.761 150.517,80.761 z " />
+ <path
+ style="fill:#6d6d70;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="path37"
+ d="M 82.625,77.345 C 82.625,75.247 80.923,73.547 78.826,73.547 L 78.826,81.142 C 80.922,81.142 82.625,79.442 82.625,77.345 z " />
+ <path
+ style="fill:#6d6d70;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="path39"
+ d="M 90.252,69.685 C 92.35,69.685 94.048,67.987 94.048,65.888 L 86.453,65.888 C 86.453,67.986 88.154,69.685 90.252,69.685 z " />
+ <path
+ style="fill:#6d6d70;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="path41"
+ d="M 93.832,77.329 C 93.832,75.223 92.125,73.516 90.018,73.516 L 78.825,73.516 C 74.619,73.516 71.199,70.093 71.199,65.888 C 71.199,61.684 74.619,58.261 78.825,58.261 C 83.032,58.261 86.453,61.684 86.453,65.888 C 86.453,68.904 84.694,71.514 82.149,72.752 L 92.442,72.752 C 93.488,70.689 94.08,68.356 94.08,65.888 C 94.08,57.477 87.237,50.633 78.826,50.633 C 70.415,50.633 63.571,57.477 63.571,65.888 C 63.571,74.3 70.415,81.142 78.826,81.142 L 90.018,81.142 C 92.125,81.142 93.832,79.435 93.832,77.329 z " />
+ <path
+ style="fill:#6d6d70;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="path43"
+ d="M 142.869,77.345 C 142.869,75.247 141.168,73.547 139.07,73.547 L 139.07,81.142 C 141.167,81.142 142.869,79.442 142.869,77.345 z " />
+ <path
+ style="fill:#6d6d70;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="path45"
+ d="M 150.496,69.685 C 152.594,69.685 154.293,67.987 154.293,65.888 L 146.699,65.888 C 146.699,67.986 148.398,69.685 150.496,69.685 z " />
+ <path
+ style="fill:#6d6d70;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="path47"
+ d="M 154.076,77.329 C 154.076,75.223 152.367,73.516 150.262,73.516 L 139.07,73.516 C 134.865,73.516 131.443,70.093 131.443,65.888 C 131.443,61.684 134.865,58.261 139.07,58.261 C 143.275,58.261 146.699,61.684 146.699,65.888 C 146.699,68.904 144.939,71.514 142.392,72.752 L 152.687,72.752 C 153.73,70.689 154.324,68.356 154.324,65.888 C 154.324,57.477 147.48,50.633 139.07,50.633 C 130.66,50.633 123.816,57.477 123.816,65.888 C 123.816,74.3 130.66,81.142 139.07,81.142 L 150.261,81.142 C 152.367,81.142 154.076,79.435 154.076,77.329 z " />
+ </g>
+ <g
+ id="g2126"
+ transform="matrix(0.7679564,0,0,0.7679564,-66.520631,11.42903)"
+ inkscape:export-xdpi="312.71841"
+ inkscape:export-ydpi="312.71841"
+ style="fill:#35992a;fill-opacity:1">
+ <g
+ transform="translate(86.33975,4.23985e-2)"
+ style="fill:#35992a;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="g2114">
+ <g
+ style="fill:#35992a;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="g2116">
+ <path
+ id="path2118"
+ transform="translate(-86.33975,-4.239934e-2)"
+ d="M 89.96875,0.03125 C 87.962748,0.031250001 86.34375,1.6815001 86.34375,3.6875 L 86.34375,17.71875 L 86.34375,19.6875 L 86.34375,28.90625 C 86.343752,39.06825 94.61925,47.34375 104.78125,47.34375 L 113.375,47.34375 L 123.1875,47.34375 L 127.15625,47.34375 C 129.16325,47.343749 130.8125,45.72475 130.8125,43.71875 C 130.8125,41.71275 129.16325,40.09375 127.15625,40.09375 L 123.1875,40.09375 L 123.1875,19.6875 L 123.1875,14.65625 L 123.1875,3.6875 C 123.1875,1.6815 121.5675,0.03125 119.5625,0.03125 C 117.5555,0.031250001 115.9375,1.6815001 115.9375,3.6875 L 115.9375,14.28125 C 115.1185,13.65425 114.26275,13.109 113.34375,12.625 L 113.34375,3.6875 C 113.34475,1.6815 111.6925,0.03125 109.6875,0.03125 C 107.6825,0.031250001 106.0625,1.6815001 106.0625,3.6875 L 106.0625,10.5625 C 105.6305,10.5325 105.22025,10.5 104.78125,10.5 C 104.34125,10.5 103.90075,10.5325 103.46875,10.5625 L 103.46875,3.6875 C 103.46975,1.6815 101.84975,0.03125 99.84375,0.03125 C 97.837749,0.031250001 96.21875,1.6815001 96.21875,3.6875 L 96.21875,12.625 C 95.299754,13.109 94.41375,13.65425 93.59375,14.28125 L 93.59375,3.6875 C 93.59475,1.6815 91.97475,0.03125 89.96875,0.03125 z M 104.78125,14.34375 C 112.80825,14.34375 119.3125,20.87925 119.3125,28.90625 C 119.3125,36.93325 112.80825,43.46875 104.78125,43.46875 C 96.754254,43.46875 90.21875,36.93425 90.21875,28.90625 C 90.218752,20.87825 96.753253,14.34375 104.78125,14.34375 z "
+ style="fill:#35992a;fill-opacity:1" />
+ </g>
+ </g>
+ <path
+ style="fill:#35992a;fill-opacity:1"
+ id="path2122"
+ d="M 112.04875,28.913399 C 112.04875,24.899399 108.78275,21.634399 104.76975,21.634399 C 100.75675,21.634399 97.490753,24.900399 97.490753,28.913399 C 97.490753,32.926399 100.75675,36.192399 104.76975,36.192399 C 108.78275,36.192399 112.04875,32.927399 112.04875,28.913399 z " />
+ </g>
+ </g>
+</svg>
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/poky-ref-manual.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/poky-ref-manual.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2085edb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/poky-ref-manual.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/poky.svg b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/poky.svg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4ea5e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/poky.svg
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
+<!-- Created with Inkscape (http://www.inkscape.org/) -->
+<svg
+ xmlns:svg="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"
+ version="1.0"
+ width="158.56076"
+ height="79.284424"
+ viewBox="-40.981 -92.592 300 300"
+ id="svg2"
+ xml:space="preserve">
+<defs
+ id="defs4">
+</defs>
+<path
+ d="M -36.585379,54.412576 L -36.585379,54.421305 L -36.582469,54.421305 L -36.582469,54.243829 C -36.57956,54.302018 -36.585379,54.357297 -36.585379,54.412576 z "
+ style="fill:#6ac7bd"
+ id="path6" />
+<g
+ transform="matrix(2.9094193,0,0,2.9094193,-179.03055,-86.624435)"
+ style="opacity:0.65"
+ id="g8">
+ <g
+ id="g10">
+ <path
+ d="M 24.482,23.998 L 24.482,23.995 C 10.961,23.994 0,34.955 0,48.476 L 0.001,48.479 L 0.001,48.482 C 0.003,62.001 10.962,72.96 24.482,72.96 L 24.482,72.96 L 0,72.96 L 0,97.442 L 0.003,97.442 C 13.523,97.44 24.482,86.48 24.482,72.961 L 24.485,72.961 C 38.005,72.959 48.963,62 48.963,48.479 L 48.963,48.476 C 48.962,34.957 38.001,23.998 24.482,23.998 z M 24.482,50.928 C 23.13,50.928 22.034,49.832 22.034,48.48 C 22.034,47.128 23.13,46.032 24.482,46.032 C 25.834,46.032 26.93,47.128 26.93,48.48 C 26.93,49.832 25.834,50.928 24.482,50.928 z "
+ style="fill:#ef412a"
+ id="path12" />
+ </g>
+</g>
+<g
+ transform="matrix(2.9094193,0,0,2.9094193,-179.03055,-86.624435)"
+ style="opacity:0.65"
+ id="g14">
+ <g
+ id="g16">
+ <path
+ d="M 119.96,48.842 C 120.024,47.548 121.086,46.516 122.397,46.516 C 123.707,46.516 124.768,47.548 124.833,48.843 C 137.211,47.62 146.879,37.181 146.879,24.483 L 122.397,24.483 C 122.396,10.961 111.435,0 97.915,0 L 97.915,24.485 C 97.917,37.183 107.584,47.619 119.96,48.842 z M 124.833,49.084 C 124.769,50.379 123.707,51.411 122.397,51.411 L 122.396,51.411 L 122.396,73.444 L 146.878,73.444 L 146.878,73.441 C 146.876,60.745 137.208,50.308 124.833,49.084 z M 119.949,48.963 L 97.915,48.963 L 97.915,73.442 L 97.915,73.442 C 110.613,73.442 121.052,63.774 122.275,51.399 C 120.981,51.334 119.949,50.274 119.949,48.963 z "
+ style="fill:#a9c542"
+ id="path18" />
+ </g>
+</g>
+<g
+ transform="matrix(2.9094193,0,0,2.9094193,-179.03055,-86.624435)"
+ style="opacity:0.65"
+ id="g20">
+ <g
+ id="g22">
+ <path
+ d="M 168.912,48.967 C 168.912,47.656 169.945,46.596 171.24,46.531 C 170.018,34.152 159.579,24.482 146.879,24.482 L 146.879,48.963 C 146.879,62.484 157.84,73.444 171.361,73.444 L 171.361,51.414 C 170.007,51.415 168.912,50.319 168.912,48.967 z M 195.841,48.978 C 195.841,48.973 195.842,48.969 195.842,48.964 L 195.842,24.482 L 195.838,24.482 C 183.14,24.484 172.702,34.154 171.482,46.531 C 172.776,46.595 173.808,47.656 173.808,48.967 C 173.808,50.278 172.776,51.339 171.481,51.403 C 172.679,63.59 182.814,73.146 195.244,73.445 L 171.361,73.445 L 171.361,97.927 L 171.364,97.927 C 184.879,97.925 195.834,86.973 195.842,73.46 L 195.844,73.46 L 195.844,48.979 L 195.841,48.978 z M 195.832,48.964 L 195.842,48.964 L 195.842,48.978 L 195.832,48.964 z "
+ style="fill:#f9c759"
+ id="path24" />
+ </g>
+</g>
+<g
+ transform="matrix(2.9094193,0,0,2.9094193,-179.03055,-86.624435)"
+ style="opacity:0.65"
+ id="g26">
+ <g
+ id="g28">
+ <path
+ d="M 70.994,48.479 L 48.962,48.479 L 48.962,48.481 L 70.995,48.481 C 70.995,48.481 70.994,48.48 70.994,48.479 z M 73.44,24.001 L 73.437,24.001 L 73.437,46.032 C 73.439,46.032 73.44,46.032 73.442,46.032 C 74.794,46.032 75.89,47.128 75.89,48.48 C 75.89,49.832 74.794,50.928 73.442,50.928 C 72.091,50.928 70.996,49.834 70.994,48.483 L 48.958,48.483 L 48.958,48.486 C 48.96,62.005 59.919,72.964 73.437,72.964 C 86.955,72.964 97.914,62.005 97.916,48.486 L 97.916,48.483 C 97.916,34.963 86.958,24.003 73.44,24.001 z "
+ style="fill:#6ac7bd"
+ id="path30" />
+ </g>
+</g>
+<g
+ transform="matrix(2.9094193,0,0,2.9094193,-179.03055,-86.624435)"
+ style="opacity:0.65"
+ id="g32">
+ <g
+ id="g34">
+ <path
+ d="M 24.482,23.998 L 24.482,23.995 C 10.961,23.994 0,34.955 0,48.476 L 22.034,48.476 C 22.036,47.125 23.131,46.031 24.482,46.031 C 25.834,46.031 26.93,47.127 26.93,48.479 C 26.93,49.831 25.834,50.927 24.482,50.927 L 24.482,72.937 C 24.469,59.427 13.514,48.479 0,48.479 L 0,72.96 L 24.481,72.96 L 24.481,72.96 L 0,72.96 L 0,97.442 L 0.003,97.442 C 13.523,97.44 24.482,86.48 24.482,72.961 L 24.485,72.961 C 38.005,72.959 48.963,62 48.963,48.479 L 48.963,48.476 C 48.962,34.957 38.001,23.998 24.482,23.998 z "
+ style="fill:#ef412a"
+ id="path36" />
+ </g>
+</g>
+<g
+ transform="matrix(2.9094193,0,0,2.9094193,-179.03055,-86.624435)"
+ style="opacity:0.65"
+ id="g38">
+ <g
+ id="g40">
+ <path
+ d="M 122.397,46.516 C 123.707,46.516 124.768,47.548 124.833,48.843 C 137.211,47.62 146.879,37.181 146.879,24.483 L 122.397,24.483 L 122.397,46.516 L 122.397,46.516 z M 97.915,0 L 97.915,24.482 L 122.396,24.482 C 122.396,10.961 111.435,0 97.915,0 z M 122.275,46.528 C 121.052,34.151 110.613,24.482 97.914,24.482 L 97.914,48.964 L 97.914,48.964 L 97.914,73.443 L 97.914,73.443 C 110.612,73.443 121.051,63.775 122.274,51.4 C 120.98,51.335 119.948,50.275 119.948,48.964 C 119.949,47.653 120.98,46.593 122.275,46.528 z M 124.833,49.084 C 124.769,50.379 123.707,51.411 122.397,51.411 L 122.396,51.411 L 122.396,73.444 L 146.878,73.444 L 146.878,73.441 C 146.876,60.745 137.208,50.308 124.833,49.084 z "
+ style="fill:#a9c542"
+ id="path42" />
+ </g>
+</g>
+<g
+ transform="matrix(2.9094193,0,0,2.9094193,-179.03055,-86.624435)"
+ style="opacity:0.65"
+ id="g44">
+ <g
+ id="g46">
+ <path
+ d="M 173.795,49.1 C 173.724,50.389 172.666,51.415 171.36,51.415 C 170.006,51.415 168.911,50.319 168.911,48.967 C 168.911,47.656 169.944,46.596 171.239,46.531 C 170.017,34.152 159.578,24.482 146.878,24.482 L 146.878,48.963 C 146.878,62.484 157.839,73.444 171.36,73.444 L 171.36,97.926 L 171.363,97.926 C 184.878,97.924 195.833,86.972 195.841,73.459 L 195.842,73.459 L 195.842,73.443 L 195.841,73.443 C 195.833,60.753 186.167,50.322 173.795,49.1 z M 195.838,24.482 C 183.14,24.484 172.702,34.154 171.482,46.531 C 172.775,46.595 173.806,47.655 173.808,48.964 L 195.841,48.964 L 195.841,48.979 C 195.841,48.974 195.842,48.969 195.842,48.964 L 195.842,24.482 L 195.838,24.482 z "
+ style="fill:#f9c759"
+ id="path48" />
+ </g>
+</g>
+<g
+ transform="matrix(2.9094193,0,0,2.9094193,-179.03055,-86.624435)"
+ style="opacity:0.65"
+ id="g50">
+ <g
+ id="g52">
+ <path
+ d="M 71.007,48.347 C 71.075,47.105 72.062,46.117 73.304,46.046 C 72.509,38.02 67.85,31.133 61.201,27.284 C 57.601,25.2 53.424,24 48.965,24 L 48.962,24 C 48.962,28.46 50.161,32.638 52.245,36.24 C 56.093,42.891 62.98,47.552 71.007,48.347 z M 48.962,48.418 C 48.962,48.438 48.961,48.456 48.961,48.476 L 48.961,48.479 L 48.962,48.479 L 48.962,48.418 z M 70.995,48.482 C 70.995,48.481 70.995,48.481 70.995,48.48 L 48.962,48.48 L 48.962,48.482 L 70.995,48.482 z M 73.44,24.001 L 73.437,24.001 L 73.437,46.032 C 73.439,46.032 73.44,46.032 73.442,46.032 C 74.794,46.032 75.89,47.128 75.89,48.48 C 75.89,49.832 74.794,50.928 73.442,50.928 C 72.091,50.928 70.996,49.834 70.994,48.483 L 48.958,48.483 L 48.958,48.486 C 48.96,62.005 59.919,72.964 73.437,72.964 C 86.955,72.964 97.914,62.005 97.916,48.486 L 97.916,48.483 C 97.916,34.963 86.958,24.003 73.44,24.001 z "
+ style="fill:#6ac7bd"
+ id="path54" />
+ </g>
+</g>
+<g
+ transform="matrix(2.9094193,0,0,2.9094193,-179.03055,-86.624435)"
+ style="opacity:0.65"
+ id="g56">
+ <g
+ id="g58">
+ <path
+ d="M 24.482,23.998 L 24.482,23.995 C 10.961,23.994 0,34.955 0,48.476 L 22.034,48.476 C 22.036,47.125 23.131,46.031 24.482,46.031 C 25.834,46.031 26.93,47.127 26.93,48.479 C 26.93,49.831 25.834,50.927 24.482,50.927 C 23.171,50.927 22.11,49.894 22.046,48.6 C 9.669,49.824 0.001,60.262 0.001,72.96 L 0,72.96 L 0,97.442 L 0.003,97.442 C 13.523,97.44 24.482,86.48 24.482,72.961 L 24.485,72.961 C 38.005,72.959 48.963,62 48.963,48.479 L 48.963,48.476 C 48.962,34.957 38.001,23.998 24.482,23.998 z "
+ style="fill:#ef412a"
+ id="path60" />
+ </g>
+</g>
+<g
+ transform="matrix(2.9094193,0,0,2.9094193,-179.03055,-86.624435)"
+ style="opacity:0.65"
+ id="g62">
+ <g
+ id="g64">
+ <path
+ d="M 119.949,48.963 C 119.949,47.611 121.045,46.515 122.397,46.515 C 123.707,46.515 124.768,47.547 124.833,48.842 C 137.211,47.619 146.879,37.18 146.879,24.482 L 122.397,24.482 C 122.396,10.961 111.435,0 97.915,0 L 97.915,24.482 L 122.394,24.482 C 108.874,24.484 97.916,35.444 97.916,48.963 L 97.916,48.963 L 97.916,73.442 L 97.916,73.442 C 110.614,73.442 121.053,63.774 122.276,51.399 C 120.981,51.334 119.949,50.274 119.949,48.963 z M 124.833,49.084 C 124.769,50.379 123.707,51.411 122.397,51.411 L 122.396,51.411 L 122.396,73.444 L 146.878,73.444 L 146.878,73.441 C 146.876,60.745 137.208,50.308 124.833,49.084 z "
+ style="fill:#a9c542"
+ id="path66" />
+ </g>
+</g>
+<g
+ transform="matrix(2.9094193,0,0,2.9094193,-179.03055,-86.624435)"
+ style="opacity:0.65"
+ id="g68">
+ <g
+ id="g70">
+ <path
+ d="M 195.841,48.979 L 195.835,48.964 L 195.841,48.964 L 195.841,48.979 C 195.841,48.974 195.842,48.969 195.842,48.964 L 195.842,24.482 L 195.838,24.482 C 183.14,24.484 172.702,34.154 171.482,46.531 C 172.776,46.595 173.808,47.656 173.808,48.967 C 173.808,50.319 172.712,51.415 171.361,51.415 C 170.007,51.415 168.912,50.319 168.912,48.967 C 168.912,47.656 169.945,46.596 171.24,46.531 C 170.018,34.152 159.579,24.482 146.879,24.482 L 146.879,48.963 C 146.879,62.484 157.84,73.444 171.361,73.444 L 171.361,97.926 L 171.364,97.926 C 184.883,97.924 195.843,86.963 195.843,73.444 L 171.959,73.444 C 185.203,73.126 195.841,62.299 195.841,48.979 z "
+ style="fill:#f9c759"
+ id="path72" />
+ </g>
+</g>
+<g
+ transform="matrix(2.9094193,0,0,2.9094193,-179.03055,-86.624435)"
+ style="opacity:0.65"
+ id="g74">
+ <g
+ id="g76">
+ <path
+ d="M 73.44,24.001 L 73.437,24.001 C 59.919,24.003 48.96,34.959 48.958,48.476 L 48.958,48.479 L 48.961,48.479 L 48.961,48.481 L 48.957,48.482 L 48.957,48.485 C 48.959,62.004 59.918,72.963 73.436,72.963 C 86.954,72.963 97.913,62.004 97.915,48.485 L 97.915,48.482 C 97.916,34.963 86.958,24.003 73.44,24.001 z M 73.442,50.928 C 72.09,50.928 70.994,49.832 70.994,48.48 C 70.994,47.128 72.09,46.032 73.442,46.032 C 74.794,46.032 75.89,47.128 75.89,48.48 C 75.89,49.832 74.794,50.928 73.442,50.928 z "
+ style="fill:#6ac7bd"
+ id="path78" />
+ </g>
+</g>
+</svg>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/yocto-project-qs.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/yocto-project-qs.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..333442e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/template/yocto-project-qs.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/add-variable.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/add-variable.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6bdcca7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/add-variable.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/bash-oecore.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/bash-oecore.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..801a5d9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/bash-oecore.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/compatible-layers.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/compatible-layers.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38436b0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/compatible-layers.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/hosted-service.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/hosted-service.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01fea7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/hosted-service.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/import-layer.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/import-layer.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..436ec7a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/import-layer.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/new-project.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/new-project.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbc50b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/new-project.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/set-variable.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/set-variable.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d36b527
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/set-variable.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/simple-configuration.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/simple-configuration.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e8fce2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/simple-configuration.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/toaster-title.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/toaster-title.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b7ea39c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/toaster-title.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/variable-added.png b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/variable-added.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..518f25f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/figures/variable-added.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/history.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/history.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4312837
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/history.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+***********************
+Manual Revision History
+***********************
+
+.. list-table::
+ :widths: 10 15 40
+ :header-rows: 1
+
+ * - Revision
+ - Date
+ - Note
+ * - 1.8
+ - April 2015
+ - The initial document released with the Yocto Project 1.8 Release
+ * - 2.0
+ - October 2015
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.0 Release.
+ * - 2.1
+ - April 2016
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.1 Release.
+ * - 2.2
+ - October 2016
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.2 Release.
+ * - 2.3
+ - May 2017
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.3 Release.
+ * - 2.4
+ - October 2017
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.4 Release.
+ * - 2.5
+ - May 2018
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.5 Release.
+ * - 2.6
+ - November 2018
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.6 Release.
+ * - 2.7
+ - May 2019
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 2.7 Release.
+ * - 3.0
+ - October 2019
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.0 Release.
+ * - 3.1
+ - April 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1 Release.
+ * - 3.1.1
+ - June 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.1 Release.
+ * - 3.1.2
+ - August 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.2 Release.
+ * - 3.1.3
+ - September 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.3 Release.
+ * - 3.1.4
+ - November 2020
+ - Released with the Yocto Project 3.1.4 Release.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/toaster-manual-intro.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/toaster-manual-intro.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..408c6fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/toaster-manual-intro.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+************
+Introduction
+************
+
+Toaster is a web interface to the Yocto Project's
+:term:`OpenEmbedded Build System`. The interface
+enables you to configure and run your builds. Information about builds
+is collected and stored in a database. You can use Toaster to configure
+and start builds on multiple remote build servers.
+
+.. _intro-features:
+
+Toaster Features
+================
+
+Toaster allows you to configure and run builds, and it provides
+extensive information about the build process.
+
+- *Configure and Run Builds:* You can use the Toaster web interface to
+ configure and start your builds. Builds started using the Toaster web
+ interface are organized into projects. When you create a project, you
+ are asked to select a release, or version of the build system you
+ want to use for the project builds. As shipped, Toaster supports
+ Yocto Project releases 1.8 and beyond. With the Toaster web
+ interface, you can:
+
+ - Browse layers listed in the various
+ :ref:`layer sources <toaster-manual/toaster-manual-reference:layer source>`
+ that are available in your project (e.g. the OpenEmbedded Layer Index at
+ http://layers.openembedded.org/layerindex/).
+
+ - Browse images, recipes, and machines provided by those layers.
+
+ - Import your own layers for building.
+
+ - Add and remove layers from your configuration.
+
+ - Set configuration variables.
+
+ - Select a target or multiple targets to build.
+
+ - Start your builds.
+
+ Toaster also allows you to configure and run your builds from the
+ command line, and switch between the command line and the web
+ interface at any time. Builds started from the command line appear
+ within a special Toaster project called "Command line builds".
+
+- *Information About the Build Process:* Toaster also records extensive
+ information about your builds. Toaster collects data for builds you
+ start from the web interface and from the command line as long as
+ Toaster is running.
+
+ .. note::
+
+ You must start Toaster before the build or it will not collect
+ build data.
+
+ With Toaster you can:
+
+ - See what was built (recipes and packages) and what packages were
+ installed into your final image.
+
+ - Browse the directory structure of your image.
+
+ - See the value of all variables in your build configuration, and
+ which files set each value.
+
+ - Examine error, warning, and trace messages to aid in debugging.
+
+ - See information about the BitBake tasks executed and reused during
+ your build, including those that used shared state.
+
+ - See dependency relationships between recipes, packages, and tasks.
+
+ - See performance information such as build time, task time, CPU
+ usage, and disk I/O.
+
+For an overview of Toaster shipped with the Yocto Project &DISTRO;
+Release, see the "`Toaster - Yocto Project
+2.2 <https://youtu.be/BlXdOYLgPxA>`__" video.
+
+.. _toaster-installation-options:
+
+Installation Options
+====================
+
+You can set Toaster up to run as a local instance or as a shared hosted
+service.
+
+When Toaster is set up as a local instance, all the components reside on
+a single build host. Fundamentally, a local instance of Toaster is
+suited for a single user developing on a single build host.
+
+.. image:: figures/simple-configuration.png
+ :align: center
+
+Toaster as a hosted service is suited for multiple users developing
+across several build hosts. When Toaster is set up as a hosted service,
+its components can be spread across several machines:
+
+.. image:: figures/hosted-service.png
+ :align: center
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/toaster-manual-reference.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/toaster-manual-reference.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e5e3531
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/toaster-manual-reference.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,662 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+**********************
+Concepts and Reference
+**********************
+
+In order to configure and use Toaster, you should understand some
+concepts and have some basic command reference material available. This
+final chapter provides conceptual information on layer sources,
+releases, and JSON configuration files. Also provided is a quick look at
+some useful ``manage.py`` commands that are Toaster-specific.
+Information on ``manage.py`` commands does exist across the Web and the
+information in this manual by no means attempts to provide a command
+comprehensive reference.
+
+Layer Source
+============
+
+In general, a "layer source" is a source of information about existing
+layers. In particular, we are concerned with layers that you can use
+with the Yocto Project and Toaster. This chapter describes a particular
+type of layer source called a "layer index."
+
+A layer index is a web application that contains information about a set
+of custom layers. A good example of an existing layer index is the
+OpenEmbedded Layer Index. A public instance of this layer index exists
+at http://layers.openembedded.org. You can find the code for this
+layer index's web application at
+http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/layerindex-web/.
+
+When you tie a layer source into Toaster, it can query the layer source
+through a
+`REST <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Representational_state_transfer>`__
+API, store the information about the layers in the Toaster database, and
+then show the information to users. Users are then able to view that
+information and build layers from Toaster itself without worrying about
+cloning or editing the BitBake layers configuration file
+``bblayers.conf``.
+
+Tying a layer source into Toaster is convenient when you have many
+custom layers that need to be built on a regular basis by a community of
+developers. In fact, Toaster comes pre-configured with the OpenEmbedded
+Metadata Index.
+
+.. note::
+
+ You do not have to use a layer source to use Toaster. Tying into a
+ layer source is optional.
+
+.. _layer-source-using-with-toaster:
+
+Setting Up and Using a Layer Source
+-----------------------------------
+
+To use your own layer source, you need to set up the layer source and
+then tie it into Toaster. This section describes how to tie into a layer
+index in a manner similar to the way Toaster ties into the OpenEmbedded
+Metadata Index.
+
+Understanding Your Layers
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The obvious first step for using a layer index is to have several custom
+layers that developers build and access using the Yocto Project on a
+regular basis. This set of layers needs to exist and you need to be
+familiar with where they reside. You will need that information when you
+set up the code for the web application that "hooks" into your set of
+layers.
+
+For general information on layers, see the
+":ref:`overview-manual/overview-manual-yp-intro:the yocto project layer model`"
+section in the Yocto Project Overview and Concepts Manual. For information on how
+to create layers, see the ":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:understanding and creating layers`"
+section in the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual.
+
+.. _configuring-toaster-to-hook-into-your-layer-source:
+
+Configuring Toaster to Hook Into Your Layer Index
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+If you want Toaster to use your layer index, you must host the web
+application in a server to which Toaster can connect. You also need to
+give Toaster the information about your layer index. In other words, you
+have to configure Toaster to use your layer index. This section
+describes two methods by which you can configure and use your layer
+index.
+
+In the previous section, the code for the OpenEmbedded Metadata Index
+(i.e. http://layers.openembedded.org) was referenced. You can use
+this code, which is at
+http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/layerindex-web/, as a
+base to create your own layer index.
+
+Use the Administration Interface
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+Access the administration interface through a browser by entering the
+URL of your Toaster instance and adding "``/admin``" to the end of the
+URL. As an example, if you are running Toaster locally, use the
+following URL::
+
+ http://127.0.0.1:8000/admin
+
+The administration interface has a "Layer sources" section that includes
+an "Add layer source" button. Click that button and provide the required
+information. Make sure you select "layerindex" as the layer source type.
+
+Use the Fixture Feature
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+The Django fixture feature overrides the default layer server when you
+use it to specify a custom URL. To use the fixture feature, create (or
+edit) the file ``bitbake/lib/toaster.orm/fixtures/custom.xml``, and then
+set the following Toaster setting to your custom URL:
+
+.. code-block:: xml
+
+ <?xml version="1.0" ?>
+ <django-objects version="1.0">
+ <object model="orm.toastersetting" pk="100">
+ <field name="name" type="CharField">CUSTOM_LAYERINDEX_SERVER</field>
+ <field name="value" type="CharField">https://layers.my_organization.org/layerindex/branch/master/layers/</field>
+ </object>
+ <django-objects>
+
+When you start Toaster for the first time, or
+if you delete the file ``toaster.sqlite`` and restart, the database will
+populate cleanly from this layer index server.
+
+Once the information has been updated, verify the new layer information
+is available by using the Toaster web interface. To do that, visit the
+"All compatible layers" page inside a Toaster project. The layers from
+your layer source should be listed there.
+
+If you change the information in your layer index server, refresh the
+Toaster database by running the following command:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ bitbake/lib/toaster/manage.py lsupdates
+
+
+If Toaster can reach the API URL, you should see a message telling you that
+Toaster is updating the layer source information.
+
+.. _toaster-releases:
+
+Releases
+========
+
+When you create a Toaster project using the web interface, you are asked
+to choose a "Release." In the context of Toaster, the term "Release"
+refers to a set of layers and a BitBake version the OpenEmbedded build
+system uses to build something. As shipped, Toaster is pre-configured
+with releases that correspond to Yocto Project release branches.
+However, you can modify, delete, and create new releases according to
+your needs. This section provides some background information on
+releases.
+
+.. _toaster-releases-supported:
+
+Pre-Configured Releases
+-----------------------
+
+As shipped, Toaster is configured to use a specific set of releases. Of
+course, you can always configure Toaster to use any release. For
+example, you might want your project to build against a specific commit
+of any of the "out-of-the-box" releases. Or, you might want your project
+to build against different revisions of OpenEmbedded and BitBake.
+
+As shipped, Toaster is configured to work with the following releases:
+
+- *Yocto Project &DISTRO; "&DISTRO_NAME;" or OpenEmbedded "&DISTRO_NAME;":*
+ This release causes your Toaster projects to build against the head
+ of the &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; branch at
+ https://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/log/?h=&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP; or
+ http://git.openembedded.org/openembedded-core/commit/?h=&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;.
+
+- *Yocto Project "Master" or OpenEmbedded "Master":* This release
+ causes your Toaster Projects to build against the head of the master
+ branch, which is where active development takes place, at
+ https://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/log/ or
+ http://git.openembedded.org/openembedded-core/log/.
+
+- *Local Yocto Project or Local OpenEmbedded:* This release causes your
+ Toaster Projects to build against the head of the ``poky`` or
+ ``openembedded-core`` clone you have local to the machine running
+ Toaster.
+
+Configuring Toaster
+===================
+
+In order to use Toaster, you must configure the database with the
+default content. The following subsections describe various aspects of
+Toaster configuration.
+
+Configuring the Workflow
+------------------------
+
+The ``bldcontrol/management/commands/checksettings.py`` file controls
+workflow configuration. The following steps outline the process to
+initially populate this database.
+
+1. The default project settings are set from
+ ``orm/fixtures/settings.xml``.
+
+2. The default project distro and layers are added from
+ ``orm/fixtures/poky.xml`` if poky is installed. If poky is not
+ installed, they are added from ``orm/fixtures/oe-core.xml``.
+
+3. If the ``orm/fixtures/custom.xml`` file exists, then its values are
+ added.
+
+4. The layer index is then scanned and added to the database.
+
+Once these steps complete, Toaster is set up and ready to use.
+
+Customizing Pre-Set Data
+------------------------
+
+The pre-set data for Toaster is easily customizable. You can create the
+``orm/fixtures/custom.xml`` file to customize the values that go into to
+the database. Customization is additive, and can either extend or
+completely replace the existing values.
+
+You use the ``orm/fixtures/custom.xml`` file to change the default
+project settings for the machine, distro, file images, and layers. When
+creating a new project, you can use the file to define the offered
+alternate project release selections. For example, you can add one or
+more additional selections that present custom layer sets or distros,
+and any other local or proprietary content.
+
+Additionally, you can completely disable the content from the
+``oe-core.xml`` and ``poky.xml`` files by defining the section shown
+below in the ``settings.xml`` file. For example, this option is
+particularly useful if your custom configuration defines fewer releases
+or layers than the default fixture files.
+
+The following example sets "name" to "CUSTOM_XML_ONLY" and its value to
+"True".
+
+.. code-block:: xml
+
+ <object model="orm.toastersetting" pk="99">
+ <field type="CharField" name="name">CUSTOM_XML_ONLY</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="value">True</field>
+ </object>
+
+Understanding Fixture File Format
+---------------------------------
+
+The following is an overview of the file format used by the
+``oe-core.xml``, ``poky.xml``, and ``custom.xml`` files.
+
+The following subsections describe each of the sections in the fixture
+files, and outline an example section of the XML code. you can use to
+help understand this information and create a local ``custom.xml`` file.
+
+Defining the Default Distro and Other Values
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+This section defines the default distro value for new projects. By
+default, it reserves the first Toaster Setting record "1". The following
+demonstrates how to set the project default value for
+:term:`DISTRO`:
+
+.. code-block:: xml
+
+ <!-- Set the project default value for DISTRO -->
+ <object model="orm.toastersetting" pk="1">
+ <field type="CharField" name="name">DEFCONF_DISTRO</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="value">poky</field>
+ </object>
+
+You can override
+other default project values by adding additional Toaster Setting
+sections such as any of the settings coming from the ``settings.xml``
+file. Also, you can add custom values that are included in the BitBake
+environment. The "pk" values must be unique. By convention, values that
+set default project values have a "DEFCONF" prefix.
+
+Defining BitBake Version
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The following defines which version of BitBake is used for the following
+release selection:
+
+.. code-block:: xml
+
+ <!-- Bitbake versions which correspond to the metadata release -->
+ <object model="orm.bitbakeversion" pk="1">
+ <field type="CharField" name="name">&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="giturl">git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="branch">&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="dirpath">bitbake</field>
+ </object>
+
+.. _defining-releases:
+
+Defining Release
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The following defines the releases when you create a new project:
+
+.. code-block:: xml
+
+ <!-- Releases available -->
+ <object model="orm.release" pk="1">
+ <field type="CharField" name="name">&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="description">Yocto Project &DISTRO; "&DISTRO_NAME;"</field>
+ <field rel="ManyToOneRel" to="orm.bitbakeversion" name="bitbake_version">1</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="branch_name">&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;</field>
+ <field type="TextField" name="helptext">Toaster will run your builds using the tip of the <a href="http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/log/?h=&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;">Yocto Project &DISTRO_NAME; branch</a>.</field>
+ </object>
+
+The "pk" value must match the above respective BitBake version record.
+
+Defining the Release Default Layer Names
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+The following defines the default layers for each release:
+
+.. code-block:: xml
+
+ <!-- Default project layers for each release -->
+ <object model="orm.releasedefaultlayer" pk="1">
+ <field rel="ManyToOneRel" to="orm.release" name="release">1</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="layer_name">openembedded-core</field>
+ </object>
+
+The 'pk' values in the example above should start at "1" and increment
+uniquely. You can use the same layer name in multiple releases.
+
+Defining Layer Definitions
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+Layer definitions are the most complex. The following defines each of
+the layers, and then defines the exact layer version of the layer used
+for each respective release. You must have one ``orm.layer`` entry for
+each layer. Then, with each entry you need a set of
+``orm.layer_version`` entries that connects the layer with each release
+that includes the layer. In general all releases include the layer.
+
+.. code-block:: xml
+
+ <object model="orm.layer" pk="1">
+ <field type="CharField" name="name">openembedded-core</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="layer_index_url"></field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="vcs_url">git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="vcs_web_url">http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/poky</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="vcs_web_tree_base_url">http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/%path%?h=%branch%</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="vcs_web_file_base_url">http://git.yoctoproject.org/cgit/cgit.cgi/poky/tree/%path%?h=%branch%</field>
+ </object>
+ <object model="orm.layer_version" pk="1">
+ <field rel="ManyToOneRel" to="orm.layer" name="layer">1</field>
+ <field type="IntegerField" name="layer_source">0</field>
+ <field rel="ManyToOneRel" to="orm.release" name="release">1</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="branch">&DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="dirpath">meta</field>
+ </object> <object model="orm.layer_version" pk="2">
+ <field rel="ManyToOneRel" to="orm.layer" name="layer">1</field>
+ <field type="IntegerField" name="layer_source">0</field>
+ <field rel="ManyToOneRel" to="orm.release" name="release">2</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="branch">HEAD</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="commit">HEAD</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="dirpath">meta</field>
+ </object>
+ <object model="orm.layer_version" pk="3">
+ <field rel="ManyToOneRel" to="orm.layer" name="layer">1</field>
+ <field type="IntegerField" name="layer_source">0</field>
+ <field rel="ManyToOneRel" to="orm.release" name="release">3</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="branch">master</field>
+ <field type="CharField" name="dirpath">meta</field>
+ </object>
+
+The layer "pk" values above must be unique, and typically start at "1". The
+layer version "pk" values must also be unique across all layers, and typically
+start at "1".
+
+Remote Toaster Monitoring
+=========================
+
+Toaster has an API that allows remote management applications to
+directly query the state of the Toaster server and its builds in a
+machine-to-machine manner. This API uses the
+`REST <http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Representational_state_transfer>`__
+interface and the transfer of JSON files. For example, you might monitor
+a build inside a container through well supported known HTTP ports in
+order to easily access a Toaster server inside the container. In this
+example, when you use this direct JSON API, you avoid having web page
+parsing against the display the user sees.
+
+Checking Health
+---------------
+
+Before you use remote Toaster monitoring, you should do a health check.
+To do this, ping the Toaster server using the following call to see if
+it is still alive::
+
+ http://host:port/health
+
+Be sure to provide values for host and port. If the server is alive, you will
+get the response HTML:
+
+.. code-block:: html
+
+ <!DOCTYPE html>
+ <html lang="en">
+ <head><title>Toaster Health</title></head>
+ <body>Ok</body>
+ </html>
+
+Determining Status of Builds in Progress
+----------------------------------------
+
+Sometimes it is useful to determine the status of a build in progress.
+To get the status of pending builds, use the following call::
+
+ http://host:port/toastergui/api/building
+
+Be sure to provide values for host and port. The output is a JSON file that
+itemizes all builds in progress. This file includes the time in seconds since
+each respective build started as well as the progress of the cloning, parsing,
+and task execution. The following is sample output for a build in progress:
+
+.. code-block:: JSON
+
+ {"count": 1,
+ "building": [
+ {"machine": "beaglebone",
+ "seconds": "463.869",
+ "task": "927:2384",
+ "distro": "poky",
+ "clone": "1:1",
+ "id": 2,
+ "start": "2017-09-22T09:31:44.887Z",
+ "name": "20170922093200",
+ "parse": "818:818",
+ "project": "my_rocko",
+ "target": "core-image-minimal"
+ }]
+ }
+
+The JSON data for this query is returned in a
+single line. In the previous example the line has been artificially
+split for readability.
+
+Checking Status of Builds Completed
+-----------------------------------
+
+Once a build is completed, you get the status when you use the following
+call::
+
+ http://host:port/toastergui/api/builds
+
+Be sure to provide values for host and port. The output is a JSON file that
+itemizes all complete builds, and includes build summary information. The
+following is sample output for a completed build:
+
+.. code-block:: JSON
+
+ {"count": 1,
+ "builds": [
+ {"distro": "poky",
+ "errors": 0,
+ "machine": "beaglebone",
+ "project": "my_rocko",
+ "stop": "2017-09-22T09:26:36.017Z",
+ "target": "quilt-native",
+ "seconds": "78.193",
+ "outcome": "Succeeded",
+ "id": 1,
+ "start": "2017-09-22T09:25:17.824Z",
+ "warnings": 1,
+ "name": "20170922092618"
+ }]
+ }
+
+The JSON data for this query is returned in a single line. In the
+previous example the line has been artificially split for readability.
+
+Determining Status of a Specific Build
+--------------------------------------
+
+Sometimes it is useful to determine the status of a specific build. To
+get the status of a specific build, use the following call::
+
+ http://host:port/toastergui/api/build/ID
+
+Be sure to provide values for
+host, port, and ID. You can find the value for ID from the Builds
+Completed query. See the ":ref:`toaster-manual/toaster-manual-reference:checking status of builds completed`"
+section for more information.
+
+The output is a JSON file that itemizes the specific build and includes
+build summary information. The following is sample output for a specific
+build:
+
+.. code-block:: JSON
+
+ {"build":
+ {"distro": "poky",
+ "errors": 0,
+ "machine": "beaglebone",
+ "project": "my_rocko",
+ "stop": "2017-09-22T09:26:36.017Z",
+ "target": "quilt-native",
+ "seconds": "78.193",
+ "outcome": "Succeeded",
+ "id": 1,
+ "start": "2017-09-22T09:25:17.824Z",
+ "warnings": 1,
+ "name": "20170922092618",
+ "cooker_log": "/opt/user/poky/build-toaster-2/tmp/log/cooker/beaglebone/build_20170922_022607.991.log"
+ }
+ }
+
+The JSON data for this query is returned in a single line. In the
+previous example the line has been artificially split for readability.
+
+.. _toaster-useful-commands:
+
+Useful Commands
+===============
+
+In addition to the web user interface and the scripts that start and
+stop Toaster, command-line commands exist through the ``manage.py``
+management script. You can find general documentation on ``manage.py``
+at the
+`Django <https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/2.2/topics/settings/>`__
+site. However, several ``manage.py`` commands have been created that are
+specific to Toaster and are used to control configuration and back-end
+tasks. You can locate these commands in the
+:term:`Source Directory` (e.g. ``poky``) at
+``bitbake/lib/manage.py``. This section documents those commands.
+
+.. note::
+
+ - When using ``manage.py`` commands given a default configuration,
+ you must be sure that your working directory is set to the
+ :term:`Build Directory`. Using
+ ``manage.py`` commands from the Build Directory allows Toaster to
+ find the ``toaster.sqlite`` file, which is located in the Build
+ Directory.
+
+ - For non-default database configurations, it is possible that you
+ can use ``manage.py`` commands from a directory other than the
+ Build Directory. To do so, the ``toastermain/settings.py`` file
+ must be configured to point to the correct database backend.
+
+.. _toaster-command-buildslist:
+
+``buildslist``
+--------------
+
+The ``buildslist`` command lists all builds that Toaster has recorded.
+Access the command as follows:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ bitbake/lib/toaster/manage.py buildslist
+
+The command returns a list, which includes numeric
+identifications, of the builds that Toaster has recorded in the current
+database.
+
+You need to run the ``buildslist`` command first to identify existing
+builds in the database before using the
+:ref:`toaster-manual/toaster-manual-reference:\`\`builddelete\`\`` command. Here is an
+example that assumes default repository and build directory names:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ cd ~/poky/build
+ $ python ../bitbake/lib/toaster/manage.py buildslist
+
+If your Toaster database had only one build, the above
+:ref:`toaster-manual/toaster-manual-reference:\`\`buildslist\`\``
+command would return something like the following::
+
+ 1: qemux86 poky core-image-minimal
+
+.. _toaster-command-builddelete:
+
+``builddelete``
+---------------
+
+The ``builddelete`` command deletes data associated with a build. Access
+the command as follows:
+
+.. code-block::
+
+ $ bitbake/lib/toaster/manage.py builddelete build_id
+
+The command deletes all the build data for the specified
+build_id. This command is useful for removing old and unused data from
+the database.
+
+Prior to running the ``builddelete`` command, you need to get the ID
+associated with builds by using the
+:ref:`toaster-manual/toaster-manual-reference:\`\`buildslist\`\`` command.
+
+.. _toaster-command-perf:
+
+``perf``
+--------
+
+The ``perf`` command measures Toaster performance. Access the command as
+follows:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ bitbake/lib/toaster/manage.py perf
+
+The command is a sanity check that returns page loading times in order to
+identify performance problems.
+
+.. _toaster-command-checksettings:
+
+``checksettings``
+-----------------
+
+The ``checksettings`` command verifies existing Toaster settings. Access
+the command as follows:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ bitbake/lib/toaster/manage.py checksettings
+
+Toaster uses settings that are based on the database to configure the
+building tasks. The ``checksettings`` command verifies that the database
+settings are valid in the sense that they have the minimal information
+needed to start a build.
+
+In order for the ``checksettings`` command to work, the database must be
+correctly set up and not have existing data. To be sure the database is
+ready, you can run the following:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ bitbake/lib/toaster/manage.py syncdb
+ $ bitbake/lib/toaster/manage.py migrate orm
+ $ bitbake/lib/toaster/manage.py migrate bldcontrol
+
+After running these commands, you can run the ``checksettings`` command.
+
+.. _toaster-command-runbuilds:
+
+``runbuilds``
+-------------
+
+The ``runbuilds`` command launches scheduled builds. Access the command
+as follows:
+
+.. code-block:: shell
+
+ $ bitbake/lib/toaster/manage.py runbuilds
+
+The ``runbuilds`` command checks if scheduled builds exist in the database
+and then launches them per schedule. The command returns after the builds
+start but before they complete. The Toaster Logging Interface records and
+updates the database when the builds complete.
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/toaster-manual-setup-and-use.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/toaster-manual-setup-and-use.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97c5af6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/toaster-manual-setup-and-use.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,651 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+.. Set default pygment highlighting to 'shell' for this document
+.. highlight:: shell
+
+****************************
+Setting Up and Using Toaster
+****************************
+
+Starting Toaster for Local Development
+======================================
+
+Once you have set up the Yocto Project and installed the Toaster system
+dependencies as described in the ":ref:`toaster-manual/toaster-manual-start:Preparing to Use
+Toaster`" chapter, you are ready to start
+Toaster.
+
+Navigate to the root of your
+:term:`Source Directory` (e.g. ``poky``)::
+
+ $ cd poky
+
+Once in that directory, source the build environment script::
+
+ $ source oe-init-build-env
+
+Next, from the build directory (e.g.
+``poky/build``), start Toaster using this command::
+
+ $ source toaster start
+
+You can now run your builds from the command line, or with Toaster
+as explained in section
+":ref:`toaster-manual/toaster-manual-setup-and-use:using the toaster web interface`".
+
+To access the Toaster web interface, open your favorite browser and
+enter the following::
+
+ http://127.0.0.1:8000
+
+Setting a Different Port
+========================
+
+By default, Toaster starts on port 8000. You can use the ``WEBPORT``
+parameter to set a different port. For example, the following command
+sets the port to "8400"::
+
+ $ source toaster start webport=8400
+
+Setting Up Toaster Without a Web Server
+=======================================
+
+You can start a Toaster environment without starting its web server.
+This is useful for the following:
+
+- Capturing a command-line build's statistics into the Toaster database
+ for examination later.
+
+- Capturing a command-line build's statistics when the Toaster server
+ is already running.
+
+- Having one instance of the Toaster web server track and capture
+ multiple command-line builds, where each build is started in its own
+ "noweb" Toaster environment.
+
+The following commands show how to start a Toaster environment without
+starting its web server, perform BitBake operations, and then shut down
+the Toaster environment. Once the build is complete, you can close the
+Toaster environment. Before closing the environment, however, you should
+allow a few minutes to ensure the complete transfer of its BitBake build
+statistics to the Toaster database. If you have a separate Toaster web
+server instance running, you can watch this command-line build's
+progress and examine the results as soon as they are posted::
+
+ $ source toaster start noweb
+ $ bitbake target
+ $ source toaster stop
+
+Setting Up Toaster Without a Build Server
+=========================================
+
+You can start a Toaster environment with the "New Projects" feature
+disabled. Doing so is useful for the following:
+
+- Sharing your build results over the web server while blocking others
+ from starting builds on your host.
+
+- Allowing only local command-line builds to be captured into the
+ Toaster database.
+
+Use the following command to set up Toaster without a build server::
+
+ $ source toaster start nobuild webport=port
+
+Setting up External Access
+==========================
+
+By default, Toaster binds to the loop back address (i.e. ``localhost``),
+which does not allow access from external hosts. To allow external
+access, use the ``WEBPORT`` parameter to open an address that connects
+to the network, specifically the IP address that your NIC uses to
+connect to the network. You can also bind to all IP addresses the
+computer supports by using the shortcut "0.0.0.0:port".
+
+The following example binds to all IP addresses on the host::
+
+ $ source toaster start webport=0.0.0.0:8400
+
+This example binds to a specific IP address on the host's NIC::
+
+ $ source toaster start webport=192.168.1.1:8400
+
+The Directory for Cloning Layers
+================================
+
+Toaster creates a ``_toaster_clones`` directory inside your Source
+Directory (i.e. ``poky``) to clone any layers needed for your builds.
+
+Alternatively, if you would like all of your Toaster related files and
+directories to be in a particular location other than the default, you
+can set the ``TOASTER_DIR`` environment variable, which takes precedence
+over your current working directory. Setting this environment variable
+causes Toaster to create and use ``$TOASTER_DIR./_toaster_clones``.
+
+.. _toaster-the-build-directory:
+
+The Build Directory
+===================
+
+Toaster creates a build directory within your Source Directory (e.g.
+``poky``) to execute the builds.
+
+Alternatively, if you would like all of your Toaster related files and
+directories to be in a particular location, you can set the
+``TOASTER_DIR`` environment variable, which takes precedence over your
+current working directory. Setting this environment variable causes
+Toaster to use ``$TOASTER_DIR/build`` as the build directory.
+
+.. _toaster-creating-a-django-super-user:
+
+Creating a Django Superuser
+===========================
+
+Toaster is built on the `Django
+framework <https://www.djangoproject.com/>`__. Django provides an
+administration interface you can use to edit Toaster configuration
+parameters.
+
+To access the Django administration interface, you must create a
+superuser by following these steps:
+
+#. If you used ``pip3``, which is recommended, to set up the Toaster
+ system dependencies, you need be sure the local user path is in your
+ ``PATH`` list. To append the pip3 local user path, use the following
+ command::
+
+ $ export PATH=$PATH:$HOME/.local/bin
+
+#. From the directory containing the Toaster database, which by default
+ is the :term:`Build Directory`,
+ invoke the ``createsuperuser`` command from ``manage.py``::
+
+ $ cd ~/poky/build
+ $ ../bitbake/lib/toaster/manage.py createsuperuser
+
+#. Django prompts you for the username, which you need to provide.
+
+#. Django prompts you for an email address, which is optional.
+
+#. Django prompts you for a password, which you must provide.
+
+#. Django prompts you to re-enter your password for verification.
+
+After completing these steps, the following confirmation message
+appears::
+
+ Superuser created successfully.
+
+Creating a superuser allows you to access the Django administration
+interface through a browser. The URL for this interface is the same as
+the URL used for the Toaster instance with "/admin" on the end. For
+example, if you are running Toaster locally, use the following URL::
+
+ http://127.0.0.1:8000/admin
+
+You can use the Django administration interface to set Toaster configuration
+parameters such as the build directory, layer sources, default variable
+values, and BitBake versions.
+
+.. _toaster-setting-up-a-production-instance-of-toaster:
+
+Setting Up a Production Instance of Toaster
+===========================================
+
+You can use a production instance of Toaster to share the Toaster
+instance with remote users, multiple users, or both. The production
+instance is also the setup that can handle heavier loads on the web
+service. Use the instructions in the following sections to set up
+Toaster to run builds through the Toaster web interface.
+
+.. _toaster-production-instance-requirements:
+
+Requirements
+------------
+
+Be sure you meet the following requirements:
+
+.. note::
+
+ You must comply with all Apache, ``mod-wsgi``, and Mysql requirements.
+
+- Have all the build requirements as described in the ":ref:`toaster-manual/toaster-manual-start:Preparing to
+ Use Toaster`" chapter.
+
+- Have an Apache webserver.
+
+- Have ``mod-wsgi`` for the Apache webserver.
+
+- Use the Mysql database server.
+
+- If you are using Ubuntu, run the following::
+
+ $ sudo apt-get install apache2 libapache2-mod-wsgi-py3 mysql-server python3-pip libmysqlclient-dev
+
+- If you are using Fedora or a RedHat distribution, run the
+ following::
+
+ $ sudo dnf install httpd python3-mod_wsgi python3-pip mariadb-server mariadb-devel python3-devel
+
+- If you are using openSUSE, run the following::
+
+ $ sudo zypper install apache2 apache2-mod_wsgi-python3 python3-pip mariadb mariadb-client python3-devel
+
+.. _toaster-installation-steps:
+
+Installation
+------------
+
+Perform the following steps to install Toaster:
+
+#. Create toaster user and set its home directory to
+ ``/var/www/toaster``::
+
+ $ sudo /usr/sbin/useradd toaster -md /var/www/toaster -s /bin/false
+ $ sudo su - toaster -s /bin/bash
+
+#. Checkout a copy of ``poky`` into the web server directory. You will
+ be using ``/var/www/toaster``::
+
+ $ git clone git://git.yoctoproject.org/poky
+ $ git checkout &DISTRO_NAME_NO_CAP;
+
+#. Install Toaster dependencies using the --user flag which keeps the
+ Python packages isolated from your system-provided packages::
+
+ $ cd /var/www/toaster/
+ $ pip3 install --user -r ./poky/bitbake/toaster-requirements.txt
+ $ pip3 install --user mysqlclient
+
+ .. note::
+
+ Isolating these packages is not required but is recommended.
+ Alternatively, you can use your operating system's package
+ manager to install the packages.
+
+#. Configure Toaster by editing
+ ``/var/www/toaster/poky/bitbake/lib/toaster/toastermain/settings.py``
+ as follows:
+
+ - Edit the
+ `DATABASES <https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/2.2/ref/settings/#databases>`__
+ settings:
+
+ .. code-block:: python
+
+ DATABASES = {
+ 'default': {
+ 'ENGINE': 'django.db.backends.mysql',
+ 'NAME': 'toaster_data',
+ 'USER': 'toaster',
+ 'PASSWORD': 'yourpasswordhere',
+ 'HOST': 'localhost',
+ 'PORT': '3306',
+ }
+ }
+
+ - Edit the
+ `SECRET_KEY <https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/2.2/ref/settings/#std:setting-SECRET_KEY>`__:
+
+ .. code-block:: python
+
+ SECRET_KEY = 'your_secret_key'
+
+ - Edit the
+ `STATIC_ROOT <https://docs.djangoproject.com/en/2.2/ref/settings/#std:setting-STATIC_ROOT>`__:
+
+ .. code-block:: python
+
+ STATIC_ROOT = '/var/www/toaster/static_files/'
+
+#. Add the database and user to the ``mysql`` server defined earlier::
+
+ $ mysql -u root -p
+ mysql> CREATE DATABASE toaster_data;
+ mysql> CREATE USER 'toaster'@'localhost' identified by 'yourpasswordhere';
+ mysql> GRANT all on toaster_data.\* to 'toaster'@'localhost';
+ mysql> quit
+
+#. Get Toaster to create the database schema, default data, and gather
+ the statically-served files::
+
+ $ cd /var/www/toaster/poky/
+ $ ./bitbake/lib/toaster/manage.py migrate
+ $ TOASTER_DIR=`pwd\` TEMPLATECONF='poky' \
+ ./bitbake/lib/toaster/manage.py checksettings
+ $ ./bitbake/lib/toaster/manage.py collectstatic
+
+
+ In the previous
+ example, from the ``poky`` directory, the ``migrate`` command
+ ensures the database schema changes have propagated correctly (i.e.
+ migrations). The next line sets the Toaster root directory
+ ``TOASTER_DIR`` and the location of the Toaster configuration file
+ ``TOASTER_CONF``, which is relative to ``TOASTER_DIR``. The
+ ``TEMPLATECONF`` value reflects the contents of
+ ``poky/.templateconf``, and by default, should include the string
+ "poky". For more information on the Toaster configuration file, see
+ the ":ref:`toaster-manual/toaster-manual-reference:Configuring Toaster`" section.
+
+ This line also runs the ``checksettings`` command, which configures
+ the location of the Toaster :term:`Build Directory`.
+ The Toaster
+ root directory ``TOASTER_DIR`` determines where the Toaster build
+ directory is created on the file system. In the example above,
+ ``TOASTER_DIR`` is set as follows::
+
+ /var/www/toaster/poky
+
+
+ This setting causes the Toaster build directory to be::
+
+ /var/www/toaster/poky/build
+
+ Finally, the ``collectstatic`` command is a Django framework command
+ that collects all the statically served files into a designated
+ directory to be served up by the Apache web server as defined by
+ ``STATIC_ROOT``.
+
+#. Test and/or use the Mysql integration with Toaster's Django web
+ server. At this point, you can start up the normal Toaster Django
+ web server with the Toaster database in Mysql. You can use this web
+ server to confirm that the database migration and data population
+ from the Layer Index is complete.
+
+ To start the default Toaster Django web server with the Toaster
+ database now in Mysql, use the standard start commands::
+
+ $ source oe-init-build-env
+ $ source toaster start
+
+ Additionally, if Django is sufficient for your requirements, you can use
+ it for your release system and migrate later to Apache as your
+ requirements change.
+
+#. Add an Apache configuration file for Toaster to your Apache web
+ server's configuration directory. If you are using Ubuntu or Debian,
+ put the file here::
+
+ /etc/apache2/conf-available/toaster.conf
+
+
+ If you are using Fedora or RedHat, put it here::
+
+ /etc/httpd/conf.d/toaster.conf
+
+ If you are using OpenSUSE, put it here::
+
+ /etc/apache2/conf.d/toaster.conf
+
+ Following is a sample Apache configuration for Toaster you can follow:
+
+ .. code-block:: apache
+
+ Alias /static /var/www/toaster/static_files
+ <Directory /var/www/toaster/static_files>
+ <IfModule mod_access_compat.c>
+ Order allow,deny
+ Allow from all
+ </IfModule>
+ <IfModule !mod_access_compat.c>
+ Require all granted
+ </IfModule>
+ </Directory>
+
+ <Directory /var/www/toaster/poky/bitbake/lib/toaster/toastermain>
+ <Files "wsgi.py">
+ Require all granted
+ </Files>
+ </Directory>
+
+ WSGIDaemonProcess toaster_wsgi python-path=/var/www/toaster/poky/bitbake/lib/toaster:/var/www/toaster/.local/lib/python3.4/site-packages
+ WSGIScriptAlias / "/var/www/toaster/poky/bitbake/lib/toaster/toastermain/wsgi.py"
+ <Location />
+ WSGIProcessGroup toaster_wsgi
+ </Location>
+
+
+ If you are using Ubuntu or Debian, you will need to enable the config and
+ module for Apache::
+
+ $ sudo a2enmod wsgi
+ $ sudo a2enconf toaster
+ $ chmod +x bitbake/lib/toaster/toastermain/wsgi.py
+
+ Finally, restart Apache to make sure all new configuration is loaded. For Ubuntu,
+ Debian, and OpenSUSE use::
+
+ $ sudo service apache2 restart
+
+ For Fedora and RedHat use::
+
+ $ sudo service httpd restart
+
+#. Prepare the systemd service to run Toaster builds. Here is a sample
+ configuration file for the service:
+
+ .. code-block:: ini
+
+ [Unit]
+ Description=Toaster runbuilds
+
+ [Service]
+ Type=forking User=toaster
+ ExecStart=/usr/bin/screen -d -m -S runbuilds /var/www/toaster/poky/bitbake/lib/toaster/runbuilds-service.sh start
+ ExecStop=/usr/bin/screen -S runbuilds -X quit
+ WorkingDirectory=/var/www/toaster/poky
+
+ [Install]
+ WantedBy=multi-user.target
+
+
+ Prepare the ``runbuilds-service.sh`` script that you need to place in the
+ ``/var/www/toaster/poky/bitbake/lib/toaster/`` directory by setting
+ up executable permissions::
+
+ #!/bin/bash
+
+ #export http_proxy=http://proxy.host.com:8080
+ #export https_proxy=http://proxy.host.com:8080
+ #export GIT_PROXY_COMMAND=$HOME/bin/gitproxy
+ cd ~/poky/
+ source ./oe-init-build-env build
+ source ../bitbake/bin/toaster $1 noweb
+ [ "$1" == 'start' ] && /bin/bash
+
+#. Run the service::
+
+ $ sudo service runbuilds start
+
+ Since the service is running in a detached screen session, you can
+ attach to it using this command::
+
+ $ sudo su - toaster
+ $ screen -rS runbuilds
+
+ You can detach from the service again using "Ctrl-a" followed by "d" key
+ combination.
+
+You can now open up a browser and start using Toaster.
+
+Using the Toaster Web Interface
+===============================
+
+The Toaster web interface allows you to do the following:
+
+- Browse published layers in the `OpenEmbedded Layer
+ Index <http://layers.openembedded.org>`__ that are available for your
+ selected version of the build system.
+
+- Import your own layers for building.
+
+- Add and remove layers from your configuration.
+
+- Set configuration variables.
+
+- Select a target or multiple targets to build.
+
+- Start your builds.
+
+- See what was built (recipes and packages) and what packages were
+ installed into your final image.
+
+- Browse the directory structure of your image.
+
+- See the value of all variables in your build configuration, and which
+ files set each value.
+
+- Examine error, warning and trace messages to aid in debugging.
+
+- See information about the BitBake tasks executed and reused during
+ your build, including those that used shared state.
+
+- See dependency relationships between recipes, packages and tasks.
+
+- See performance information such as build time, task time, CPU usage,
+ and disk I/O.
+
+.. _web-interface-videos:
+
+Toaster Web Interface Videos
+----------------------------
+
+Following are several videos that show how to use the Toaster GUI:
+
+- *Build Configuration:* This
+ `video <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qYgDZ8YzV6w>`__ overviews and
+ demonstrates build configuration for Toaster.
+
+- *Build Custom Layers:* This
+ `video <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QJzaE_XjX5c>`__ shows you how
+ to build custom layers that are used with Toaster.
+
+- *Toaster Homepage and Table Controls:* This
+ `video <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QEARDnrR1Xw>`__ goes over the
+ Toaster entry page, and provides an overview of the data manipulation
+ capabilities of Toaster, which include search, sorting and filtering
+ by different criteria.
+
+- *Build Dashboard:* This
+ `video <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=KKqHYcnp2gE>`__ shows you the
+ build dashboard, a page providing an overview of the information
+ available for a selected build.
+
+- *Image Information:* This
+ `video <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XqYGFsmA0Rw>`__ walks through
+ the information Toaster provides about images: packages installed and
+ root file system.
+
+- *Configuration:* This
+ `video <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UW-j-T2TzIg>`__ provides
+ Toaster build configuration information.
+
+- *Tasks:* This `video <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D4-9vGSxQtw>`__
+ shows the information Toaster provides about the tasks run by the
+ build system.
+
+- *Recipes and Packages Built:* This
+ `video <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x-6dx4huNnw>`__ shows the
+ information Toaster provides about recipes and packages built.
+
+- *Performance Data:* This
+ `video <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qWGMrJoqusQ>`__ shows the
+ build performance data provided by Toaster.
+
+.. _a-note-on-the-local-yocto-project-release:
+
+Additional Information About the Local Yocto Project Release
+------------------------------------------------------------
+
+This section only applies if you have set up Toaster for local
+development, as explained in the
+":ref:`toaster-manual/toaster-manual-setup-and-use:starting toaster for local development`"
+section.
+
+When you create a project in Toaster, you will be asked to provide a
+name and to select a Yocto Project release. One of the release options
+you will find is called "Local Yocto Project".
+
+.. image:: figures/new-project.png
+ :align: center
+ :scale: 75%
+
+When you select the "Local Yocto Project" release, Toaster will run your
+builds using the local Yocto Project clone you have in your computer:
+the same clone you are using to run Toaster. Unless you manually update
+this clone, your builds will always use the same Git revision.
+
+If you select any of the other release options, Toaster will fetch the
+tip of your selected release from the upstream `Yocto Project
+repository <https://git.yoctoproject.org>`__ every time you run a build.
+Fetching this tip effectively means that if your selected release is
+updated upstream, the Git revision you are using for your builds will
+change. If you are doing development locally, you might not want this
+change to happen. In that case, the "Local Yocto Project" release might
+be the right choice.
+
+However, the "Local Yocto Project" release will not provide you with any
+compatible layers, other than the three core layers that come with the
+Yocto Project:
+
+- `openembedded-core <http://layers.openembedded.org/layerindex/branch/master/layer/openembedded-core/>`__
+
+- `meta-poky <http://layers.openembedded.org/layerindex/branch/master/layer/meta-poky/>`__
+
+- `meta-yocto-bsp <http://layers.openembedded.org/layerindex/branch/master/layer/meta-yocto-bsp/>`__
+
+.. image:: figures/compatible-layers.png
+ :align: center
+ :scale: 75%
+
+If you want to build any other layers, you will need to manually import
+them into your Toaster project, using the "Import layer" page.
+
+.. image:: figures/import-layer.png
+ :align: center
+ :scale: 75%
+
+.. _toaster-web-interface-preferred-version:
+
+Building a Specific Recipe Given Multiple Versions
+--------------------------------------------------
+
+Occasionally, a layer might provide more than one version of the same
+recipe. For example, the ``openembedded-core`` layer provides two
+versions of the ``bash`` recipe (i.e. 3.2.48 and 4.3.30-r0) and two
+versions of the ``which`` recipe (i.e. 2.21 and 2.18). The following
+figure shows this exact scenario:
+
+.. image:: figures/bash-oecore.png
+ :align: center
+ :scale: 75%
+
+By default, the OpenEmbedded build system builds one of the two recipes.
+For the ``bash`` case, version 4.3.30-r0 is built by default.
+Unfortunately, Toaster as it exists, is not able to override the default
+recipe version. If you would like to build bash 3.2.48, you need to set
+the
+:term:`PREFERRED_VERSION`
+variable. You can do so from Toaster, using the "Add variable" form,
+which is available in the "BitBake variables" page of the project
+configuration section as shown in the following screen:
+
+.. image:: figures/add-variable.png
+ :align: center
+ :scale: 75%
+
+To specify ``bash`` 3.2.48 as the version to build, enter
+"PREFERRED_VERSION_bash" in the "Variable" field, and "3.2.48" in the
+"Value" field. Next, click the "Add variable" button:
+
+.. image:: figures/set-variable.png
+ :align: center
+ :scale: 75%
+
+After clicking the "Add variable" button, the settings for
+``PREFERRED_VERSION`` are added to the bottom of the BitBake variables
+list. With these settings, the OpenEmbedded build system builds the
+desired version of the recipe rather than the default version:
+
+.. image:: figures/variable-added.png
+ :align: center
+ :scale: 75%
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/toaster-manual-start.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/toaster-manual-start.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..267f9f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/toaster-manual-start.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+.. Set default pygments highlighting to shell for this document
+.. highlight:: shell
+
+************************
+Preparing to Use Toaster
+************************
+
+This chapter describes how you need to prepare your system in order to
+use Toaster.
+
+.. _toaster-setting-up-the-basic-system-requirements:
+
+Setting Up the Basic System Requirements
+========================================
+
+Before you can use Toaster, you need to first set up your build system
+to run the Yocto Project. To do this, follow the instructions in the
+":ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-start:preparing the build host`" section of
+the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual. For Ubuntu/Debian, you might
+also need to do an additional install of pip3. ::
+
+ $ sudo apt-get install python3-pip
+
+.. _toaster-establishing-toaster-system-dependencies:
+
+Establishing Toaster System Dependencies
+========================================
+
+Toaster requires extra Python dependencies in order to run. A Toaster
+requirements file named ``toaster-requirements.txt`` defines the Python
+dependencies. The requirements file is located in the ``bitbake``
+directory, which is located in the root directory of the
+:term:`Source Directory` (e.g.
+``poky/bitbake/toaster-requirements.txt``). The dependencies appear in a
+``pip``, install-compatible format.
+
+.. _toaster-load-packages:
+
+Install Toaster Packages
+------------------------
+
+You need to install the packages that Toaster requires. Use this
+command::
+
+ $ pip3 install --user -r bitbake/toaster-requirements.txt
+
+The previous command installs the necessary Toaster modules into a local
+python 3 cache in your ``$HOME`` directory. The caches is actually
+located in ``$HOME/.local``. To see what packages have been installed
+into your ``$HOME`` directory, do the following::
+
+ $ pip3 list installed --local
+
+If you need to remove something, the following works::
+
+ $ pip3 uninstall PackageNameToUninstall
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/toaster-manual.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/toaster-manual.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b003f1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/toaster-manual/toaster-manual.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+===================
+Toaster User Manual
+===================
+
+|
+
+.. toctree::
+ :caption: Table of Contents
+ :numbered:
+
+ toaster-manual-intro
+ toaster-manual-start
+ toaster-manual-setup-and-use
+ toaster-manual-reference
+ history
+
+.. include:: /boilerplate.rst
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/tools/update-documentation-conf b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/tools/update-documentation-conf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..adfca3c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/tools/update-documentation-conf
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+#
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only
+#
+# documentation.conf update script
+#
+# Author: Paul Eggleton <paul.eggleton@linux.intel.com>
+#
+# Copyright (C) 2015 Intel Corporation
+#
+
+
+import sys
+import os
+import argparse
+import re
+from lxml import etree
+import logging
+
+def logger_create(name):
+ logger = logging.getLogger(name)
+ loggerhandler = logging.StreamHandler()
+ loggerhandler.setFormatter(logging.Formatter("%(levelname)s: %(message)s"))
+ logger.addHandler(loggerhandler)
+ logger.setLevel(logging.INFO)
+ return logger
+logger = logger_create('docconfupdater')
+
+def main():
+ parser = argparse.ArgumentParser(description="documentation.conf updater")
+ parser.add_argument('basepath', help='Path to OE-Core base directory')
+ parser.add_argument('-q', '--quiet', help='Print only warnings/errors', action='store_true')
+
+ args = parser.parse_args()
+
+ if args.quiet:
+ logger.setLevel(logging.WARN)
+
+ if not os.path.isdir(args.basepath):
+ logger.error('Specified base path %s not found')
+ return 1
+
+ doc_conf = os.path.join(args.basepath, 'meta', 'conf', 'documentation.conf')
+ if not os.path.exists(doc_conf):
+ logger.error('Unable to find %s' % doc_conf)
+ return 1
+
+ allowed_flags = ['doc']
+ flag_re = re.compile(r'\[(.+?)\]')
+
+ infos = {}
+ tree = etree.parse('ref-manual/ref-variables.xml')
+ root = tree.getroot()
+ for glossary in root.findall('glossary'):
+ for glossdiv in glossary.findall('glossdiv'):
+ for glossentry in glossdiv.findall('glossentry'):
+ info = glossentry.find('info')
+ if info is not None:
+ infoline = ' '.join(info.text.split())
+ infolinesplit = infoline.split('=', 1)
+ if len(infoline) < 2:
+ logger.warn('Invalid info line (no = character), ignoring: %s' % infoline)
+ continue
+ flags = flag_re.findall(infolinesplit[0])
+ if not flags:
+ logger.warn('Invalid info line (no varflag), ignoring: %s' % infoline)
+ continue
+ for flag in flags:
+ if flag not in allowed_flags:
+ logger.warn('Invalid info line (varflag %s not in allowed list), ignoring: %s' % (flag, infoline))
+ continue
+ infos[infolinesplit[0].rstrip()] = infolinesplit[1].lstrip()
+
+ if not infos:
+ logger.error('ERROR: Unable to find any info tags in the glossary')
+ return 1
+
+ def sortkey(key):
+ # Underscores sort undesirably, so replace them
+ return key.split('[')[0].replace('_', '-')
+
+ changed = False
+ lines = []
+ invars = False
+ lastletter = None
+ added = []
+ with open(doc_conf, 'r') as dcf:
+ for line in dcf:
+ if not invars:
+ if line.startswith('#') and 'DESCRIPTIONS FOR VARIABLES' in line:
+ invars = True
+ elif not line.startswith('#'):
+ linesplit = line.split('=', 1)
+ if len(linesplit) > 1:
+ key = linesplit[0].rstrip()
+ lastletter = key[0]
+ # Find anything in the dict that should come before the current key
+ for dkey in sorted(infos.keys()):
+ if sortkey(dkey) < sortkey(key):
+ lines.append('%s = %s\n' % (dkey, infos[dkey]))
+ added.append(dkey)
+ del infos[dkey]
+ changed = True
+ newvalue = infos.get(key, None)
+ if newvalue:
+ del infos[key]
+ if newvalue != linesplit[1].strip():
+ lines.append('%s = %s\n' % (key, newvalue))
+ changed = True
+ continue
+ elif key in added:
+ # We already added a new value for this key, so skip it
+ continue
+ elif lastletter:
+ # Ensure we write out anything anything left over for this letter
+ for dkey in sorted(infos.keys()):
+ if dkey[0] == lastletter:
+ lines.append('%s = %s\n' % (dkey, infos[dkey]))
+ del infos[dkey]
+ changed = True
+ elif dkey[0] > lastletter:
+ # List is sorted, so we're done
+ break
+ lastletter = None
+ lines.append(line)
+
+ if not invars:
+ logger.error('ERROR: Unable to find variables section in documentation.conf')
+ return 1
+
+ if infos:
+ changed = True
+ # Write out anything left over
+ lines.append('\n\n')
+ for key in sorted(infos.keys()):
+ lines.append('%s = %s\n' % (key, infos[key]))
+
+ if changed:
+ logger.info('Updating %s' % doc_conf)
+ with open(doc_conf, 'w') as dcf:
+ for line in lines:
+ dcf.write(line)
+ else:
+ logger.info('No changes required')
+
+ return 0
+
+
+if __name__ == "__main__":
+ try:
+ ret = main()
+ except Exception:
+ ret = 1
+ import traceback
+ traceback.print_exc(5)
+ sys.exit(ret)
+
+
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/transitioning-to-a-custom-environment.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/transitioning-to-a-custom-environment.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b87fec6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/transitioning-to-a-custom-environment.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+=============================================================
+Transitioning to a custom environment for systems development
+=============================================================
+
+|
+
+.. note::
+
+ So you've finished the :doc:`brief-yoctoprojectqs/brief-yoctoprojectqs` and
+ glanced over the document :doc:`what-i-wish-id-known`, the latter contains
+ important information learned from other users. You're well prepared. But
+ now, as you are starting your own project, it isn't exactly straightforward what
+ to do. And, the documentation is daunting. We've put together a few hints to
+ get you started.
+
+#. **Make a list of the processor, target board, technologies, and capabilities
+ that will be part of your project**.
+ You will be finding layers with recipes and other metadata that support these
+ things, and adding them to your configuration. (See #3)
+
+#. **Set up your board support**.
+ Even if you're using custom hardware, it might be easier to start with an
+ existing target board that uses the same processor or at least the same
+ architecture as your custom hardware. Knowing the board already has a
+ functioning Board Support Package (BSP) within the project makes it easier
+ for you to get comfortable with project concepts.
+
+#. **Find and acquire the best BSP for your target**.
+ Use the :yocto_home:`Yocto Project curated layer index
+ </software-overview/layers/>` or even the `OpenEmbedded layer index
+ <https://layers.openembedded.org>`_ to find and acquire the best BSP for your
+ target board. The Yocto Project layer index BSPs are regularly validated. The
+ best place to get your first BSP is from your silicon manufacturer or board
+ vendor – they can point you to their most qualified efforts. In general, for
+ Intel silicon use meta-intel, for Texas Instruments use meta-ti, and so
+ forth. Choose a BSP that has been tested with the same Yocto Project release
+ that you've downloaded. Be aware that some BSPs may not be immediately
+ supported on the very latest release, but they will be eventually.
+
+ You might want to start with the build specification that Poky provides
+ (which is reference embedded distribution) and then add your newly chosen
+ layers to that. Here is the information :ref:`about adding layers
+ <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:Understanding and Creating Layers>`.
+
+#. **Based on the layers you've chosen, make needed changes in your
+ configuration**.
+ For instance, you've chosen a machine type and added in the corresponding BSP
+ layer. You'll then need to change the value of the ``MACHINE`` variable in your
+ configuration file (build/local.conf) to point to that same machine
+ type. There could be other layer-specific settings you need to change as
+ well. Each layer has a ``README`` document that you can look at for this type of
+ usage information.
+
+#. **Add a new layer for any custom recipes and metadata you create**.
+ Use the ``bitbake-layers create-layer`` tool for Yocto Project 2.4+
+ releases. If you are using a Yocto Project release earlier than 2.4, use the
+ ``yocto-layer create`` tool. The ``bitbake-layers`` tool also provides a number
+ of other useful layer-related commands. See
+ :ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating a general layer using the
+ \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script` section.
+
+#. **Create your own layer for the BSP you're going to use**.
+ It is not common that you would need to create an entire BSP from scratch
+ unless you have a *really* special device. Even if you are using an existing
+ BSP, :ref:`create your own layer for the BSP <bsp-guide/bsp:creating a new
+ bsp layer using the \`\`bitbake-layers\`\` script>`. For example, given a
+ 64-bit x86-based machine, copy the conf/intel-corei7-64 definition and give
+ the machine a relevant name (think board name, not product name). Make sure
+ the layer configuration is dependent on the meta-intel layer (or at least,
+ meta-intel remains in your bblayers.conf). Now you can put your custom BSP
+ settings into your layer and you can re-use it for different applications.
+
+#. **Write your own recipe to build additional software support that isn't
+ already available in the form of a recipe**.
+ Creating your own recipe is especially important for custom application
+ software that you want to run on your device. Writing new recipes is a
+ process of refinement. Start by getting each step of the build process
+ working beginning with fetching all the way through packaging. Next, run the
+ software on your target and refine further as needed. See :ref:`Writing a New
+ Recipe <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:writing a new recipe>` in the
+ Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual for more information.
+
+#. **Now you're ready to create an image recipe**.
+ There are a number of ways to do this. However, it is strongly recommended
+ that you have your own image recipe - don't try appending to existing image
+ recipes. Recipes for images are trivial to create and you usually want to
+ fully customize their contents.
+
+#. **Build your image and refine it**.
+ Add what's missing and fix anything that's broken using your knowledge of the
+ :ref:`workflow <sdk-manual/sdk-extensible:using \`\`devtool\`\` in your sdk
+ workflow>` to identify where issues might be occurring.
+
+#. **Consider creating your own distribution**.
+ When you get to a certain level of customization, consider creating your own
+ distribution rather than using the default reference distribution.
+
+ Distribution settings define the packaging back-end (e.g. rpm or other) as
+ well as the package feed and possibly the update solution. You would create
+ your own distribution in a new layer inheriting from Poky but overriding what
+ needs to change for your distribution. If you find yourself adding a lot of
+ configuration to your local.conf file aside from paths and other typical
+ local settings, it's time to :ref:`consider creating your own distribution
+ <dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:creating your own distribution>`.
+
+ You can add product specifications that can customize the distribution if
+ needed in other layers. You can also add other functionality specific to the
+ product. But to update the distribution, not individual products, you update
+ the distribution feature through that layer.
+
+#. **Congratulations! You're well on your way.**
+ Welcome to the Yocto Project community.
+
+.. include:: /boilerplate.rst
diff --git a/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/what-i-wish-id-known.rst b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/what-i-wish-id-known.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..593c6fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/cap/zx297520v3/sources/poky/documentation/what-i-wish-id-known.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: CC-BY-SA-2.0-UK
+
+=========================================
+What I wish I'd known about Yocto Project
+=========================================
+
+|
+
+.. note::
+
+ Before reading further, make sure you've taken a look at the
+ :yocto_home:`Software Overview</software-overview>` page which presents the
+ definitions for many of the terms referenced here. Also, know that some of the
+ information here won't make sense now, but as you start developing, it is the
+ information you'll want to keep close at hand. These are best known methods for
+ working with Yocto Project and they are updated regularly.
+
+Using the Yocto Project is fairly easy, *until something goes wrong*. Without an
+understanding of how the build process works, you'll find yourself trying to
+troubleshoot "a black box". Here are a few items that new users wished they had
+known before embarking on their first build with Yocto Project. Feel free to
+contact us with other suggestions.
+
+#. **Use Git, not the tarball download:**
+ If you use git the software will be automatically updated with bug updates
+ because of how git works. If you download the tarball instead, you will need
+ to be responsible for your own updates.
+
+#. **Get to know the layer index:**
+ All layers can be found in the `layer index
+ <https://layers.openembedded.org/>`_. Layers which have applied for Yocto
+ Project Compatible status (structure continuity assurance and testing) can be
+ found in the :yocto_home:`Yocto Project Compatible index
+ </software-over/layer/>`. Generally check the Compatible layer index first,
+ and if you don't find the necessary layer check the general layer index. The
+ layer index is an original artifact from the Open Embedded Project. As such,
+ that index doesn't have the curating and testing that the Yocto Project
+ provides on Yocto Project Compatible layer list, but the latter has fewer
+ entries. Know that when you start searching in the layer index that not all
+ layers have the same level of maturity, validation, or usability. Nor do
+ searches prioritize displayed results. There is no easy way to help you
+ through the process of choosing the best layer to suit your needs.
+ Consequently, it is often trial and error, checking the mailing lists, or
+ working with other developers through collaboration rooms that can help you
+ make good choices.
+
+#. **Use existing BSP layers from silicon vendors when possible:**
+ Intel, TI, NXP and others have information on what BSP layers to use with
+ their silicon. These layers have names such as "meta-intel" or "meta-ti". Try
+ not to build layers from scratch. If you do have custom silicon, use one of
+ these layers as a guide or template and familiarize yourself with the
+ :doc:`bsp-guide/bsp-guide`.
+
+#. **Do not put everything into one layer:**
+ Use different layers to logically separate information in your build. As an
+ example, you could have a BSP layer, a GUI layer, a distro configuration,
+ middleware, or an application (e.g. "meta-filesystems", "meta-python",
+ "meta-intel", and so forth). Putting your entire build into one layer limits
+ and complicates future customization and reuse. Isolating information into
+ layers, on the other hand, helps keep simplify future customizations and
+ reuse.
+
+#. **Never modify the POKY layer. Never. Ever. When you update to the next
+ release, you'll lose all of your work. ALL OF IT.**
+
+#. **Don't be fooled by documentation searching results:**
+ Yocto Project documentation is always being updated. Unfortunately, when you
+ use Google to search for Yocto Project concepts or terms, Google consistently
+ searches and retrieves older versions of Yocto Project manuals. For example,
+ searching for a particular topic using Google could result in a "hit" on a
+ Yocto Project manual that is several releases old. To be sure that you are
+ using the most current Yocto Project documentation, use the drop-down menu at
+ the top of any of its page.
+
+ Many developers look through the :yocto_docs:`All-in-one 'Mega' Manual </singleindex.html>`
+ for a concept or term by doing a search through the whole page. This manual
+ is a concatenation of the core set of Yocto Project manual. Thus, a simple
+ string search using Ctrl-F in this manual produces all the "hits" for a
+ desired term or concept. Once you find the area in which you are
+ interested, you can display the actual manual, if desired. It is also
+ possible to use the search bar in the menu or in the left navigation pane.
+
+#. **Understand the basic concepts of how the build system works: the workflow:**
+ Understanding the Yocto Project workflow is important as it can help you both
+ pinpoint where trouble is occurring and how the build is breaking. The
+ workflow breaks down into the following steps:
+
+ #. Fetch – get the source code
+ #. Extract – unpack the sources
+ #. Patch – apply patches for bug fixes and new capability
+ #. Configure – set up your environment specifications
+ #. Build – compile and link
+ #. Install – copy files to target directories
+ #. Package – bundle files for installation
+
+ During "fetch", there may be an inability to find code. During "extract",
+ there is likely an invalid zip or something similar. In other words, the
+ function of a particular part of the workflow gives you an idea of what might
+ be going wrong.
+
+ .. image:: figures/yp-how-it-works-new-diagram.png
+
+#. **Know that you can generate a dependency graph and learn how to do it:**
+ A dependency graph shows dependencies between recipes, tasks, and targets.
+ You can use the "-g" option with BitBake to generate this graph. When you
+ start a build and the build breaks, you could see packages you have no clue
+ about or have any idea why the build system has included them. The
+ dependency graph can clarify that confusion. You can learn more about
+ dependency graphs and how to generate them in the
+ :ref:`bitbake-user-manual/bitbake-user-manual-intro:generating dependency
+ graphs` section in the BitBake User Manual.
+
+#. **Here's how you decode "magic" folder names in tmp/work:**
+ The build system fetches, unpacks, preprocesses, and builds. If something
+ goes wrong, the build system reports to you directly the path to a folder
+ where the temporary (build/tmp) files and packages reside resulting from the
+ build. For a detailed example of this process, see the :yocto_wiki:`example
+ </Cookbook:Example:Adding_packages_to_your_OS_image>`. Unfortunately this
+ example is on an earlier release of Yocto Project.
+
+ When you perform a build, you can use the "-u" BitBake command-line option to
+ specify a user interface viewer into the dependency graph (e.g. knotty,
+ ncurses, or taskexp) that helps you understand the build dependencies better.
+
+#. **You can build more than just images:**
+ You can build and run a specific task for a specific package (including
+ devshell) or even a single recipe. When developers first start using the
+ Yocto Project, the instructions found in the
+ :doc:`brief-yoctoprojectqs/brief-yoctoprojectqs` show how to create an image
+ and then run or flash that image. However, you can actually build just a
+ single recipe. Thus, if some dependency or recipe isn't working, you can just
+ say "bitbake foo" where "foo" is the name for a specific recipe. As you
+ become more advanced using the Yocto Project, and if builds are failing, it
+ can be useful to make sure the fetch itself works as desired. Here are some
+ valuable links: :ref:`dev-manual/dev-manual-common-tasks:Using a Development
+ Shell` for information on how to build and run a specific task using
+ devshell. Also, the :ref:`SDK manual shows how to build out a specific recipe
+ <sdk-devtool-use-devtool-modify-to-modify-the-source-of-an-existing-component>`.
+
+#. **An ambiguous definition: Package vs Recipe:**
+ A recipe contains instructions the build system uses to create
+ packages. Recipes and Packages are the difference between the front end and
+ the result of the build process.
+
+ As mentioned, the build system takes the recipe and creates packages from the
+ recipe's instructions. The resulting packages are related to the one thing
+ the recipe is building but are different parts (packages) of the build
+ (i.e. the main package, the doc package, the debug symbols package, the
+ separate utilities package, and so forth). The build system splits out the
+ packages so that you don't need to install the packages you don't want or
+ need, which is advantageous because you are building for small devices when
+ developing for embedded and IoT.
+
+#. **You will want to learn about and know what's packaged in rootfs.**
+
+#. **Create your own image recipe:**
+ There are a number of ways to create your own image recipe. We suggest you
+ create your own image recipe as opposed to appending an existing recipe. It
+ is trivial and easy to write an image recipe. Again, do not try appending to
+ an existing image recipe. Create your own and do it right from the start.
+
+#. **Finally, here is a list of the basic skills you will need as a systems
+ developer. You must be able to:**
+
+ * deal with corporate proxies
+ * add a package to an image
+ * understand the difference between a recipe and package
+ * build a package by itself and why that's useful
+ * find out what packages are created by a recipe
+ * find out what files are in a package
+ * find out what files are in an image
+ * add an ssh server to an image (enable transferring of files to target)
+ * know the anatomy of a recipe
+ * know how to create and use layers
+ * find recipes (with the `OpenEmbedded Layer index <https://layers.openembedded.org>`_)
+ * understand difference between machine and distro settings
+ * find and use the right BSP (machine) for your hardware
+ * find examples of distro features and know where to set them
+ * understanding the task pipeline and executing individual tasks
+ * understand devtool and how it simplifies your workflow
+ * improve build speeds with shared downloads and shared state cache
+ * generate and understand a dependency graph
+ * generate and understand bitbake environment
+ * build an Extensible SDK for applications development
+
+#. **Depending on what you primary interests are with the Yocto Project, you
+ could consider any of the following reading:**
+
+ * **Look Through the Yocto Project Development Tasks Manual**: This manual
+ contains procedural information grouped to help you get set up, work with
+ layers, customize images, write new recipes, work with libraries, and use
+ QEMU. The information is task-based and spans the breadth of the Yocto
+ Project. See the :doc:`../dev-manual/dev-manual`.
+
+ * **Look Through the Yocto Project Application Development and the Extensible
+ Software Development Kit (eSDK) manual**: This manual describes how to use
+ both the standard SDK and the extensible SDK, which are used primarily for
+ application development. The :doc:`../sdk-manual/sdk-extensible` also provides
+ example workflows that use devtool. See the section
+ :ref:`sdk-manual/sdk-extensible:using \`\`devtool\`\` in your sdk workflow`
+ for more information.
+
+ * **Learn About Kernel Development**: If you want to see how to work with the
+ kernel and understand Yocto Linux kernels, see the :doc:`../kernel-dev/kernel-dev`.
+ This manual provides information on how to patch the kernel, modify kernel
+ recipes, and configure the kernel.
+
+ * **Learn About Board Support Packages (BSPs)**: If you want to learn about
+ BSPs, see the :doc:`../bsp-guide/bsp-guide`. This manual also provides an
+ example BSP creation workflow. See the :doc:`../bsp-guide/bsp` section.
+
+ * **Learn About Toaster**: Toaster is a web interface to the Yocto Project's
+ OpenEmbedded build system. If you are interested in using this type of
+ interface to create images, see the :doc:`../toaster-manual/toaster-manual`.
+
+ * **Have Available the Yocto Project Reference Manual**: Unlike the rest of
+ the Yocto Project manual set, this manual is comprised of material suited
+ for reference rather than procedures. You can get build details, a closer
+ look at how the pieces of the Yocto Project development environment work
+ together, information on various technical details, guidance on migrating
+ to a newer Yocto Project release, reference material on the directory
+ structure, classes, and tasks. The :doc:`../ref-manual/ref-manual` also
+ contains a fairly comprehensive glossary of variables used within the Yocto
+ Project.
+
+.. include:: /boilerplate.rst
